1 10 168 https://d1y502jg6fpugt.cloudfront.net/32263/archive/files/2a69584cda5b6d1281cbe9310b1ea504.pdf?Expires=1779321600&Signature=qLbwScvPUpI1Z6ZiqWlcVX-gDZh9OOGx05n0rXzVBYIp9MIPqYsjuJi1B8yo9QrhpXY%7EuBbgibjWy4J70JXCdgUi5c87GPpYqA-H2MmsoXrjirN1m8vFrw9fIn-ApoolqjC%7EkVza7Yj7jGJmhUfP2E3o9UQ6vzOE%7Euy0dAZ%7EeAaeloBBqKdfEoAxAFTAWZ7rqBroX5Jpf4DiqC8xDJe05pre%7E5GTUhB8xm-fkKeZ3K62xg29OSKRFK6clLnOXUMgCB50Vf42fGnJdSsOHngd3DeUop6KLanKKYsvyhLfTtfnt5o0Zq7T-bnUjaYeAYMeMbeZgvozgWR-0wpg4fwd%7EQ__&Key-Pair-Id=K6UGZS9ZTDSZM f23cf0eb3778afbb0a11bc4d33acd923 PDF Text Text LAKE SUPERIOR STATE UNIVERSITY Sault Sainte Marie, Michigan 1991-92 C atalog/C alendar �The CALENDAR! CATALOG 1991-92 Photo by JOHN SHIBLEV Published each year in August. Contents are subect to change. Consult department heads for details of such changes. ADMISSIONS PHONES: 906-635-2231 or, toll-free, 1-800-682-4800, ext. 2231 �PROGRAMS DETAILS concerning these offerings are in the "Programs" section in the center of this Catalog/Calendar, listed under the departments by which they are taught. Recreation Management, BA, BS Concentration in: Parks and Recreation Management* Social Science, BA, BS Sociology, BA, BS Therapeutic Recreation, BS Masters Degree Business Administration (MBA) Associate Degrees Baccalaureate Degrees (4 years) Accounting, BS Biology. BA, BS Business Administration, BS Concentration in: Accounting, Computer Information Systems Management, Gener­ al Business Option, HospitalityAdministration, Hospitality/Foreign Lan­ guage. Hospitality/Hotel-Restaurant Man­ agement, Management, Marketing, Office Administration >mputer and Mathematical Sciences, BS ,-iminal Justice, BS Concentration in: Conservation Law Enforcement*, Corrections, Criminalistics, Generalist, Law Enforcement, Loss Con­ trol, Public Safety Engineering Technology, BS Degrees in: Automated Systems Engi­ neering Technology, Electrical Engineer­ ing Technology, Mechanical Engineering Technology English Language and Literature, BA Environmental Science, BS Exercise Science, BS Finance and Economics, BS Fire Science, BS Concentrations in: Engineering Technol­ ogy, Generalist, Hazardous Materials Fisheries and Wildlife Management, BS Geology, BS Concentration in: Environmental History, BA, BS Human Services, BS Individualized Studies, BA, BS Legal Assistant Studies, BS Mathematics, BS Medical Technology, BS Nursing, BS Political Science, BA, BS Concentrations in: General, Pre-Law, Public Administration Psychology, BA, BS (2 years) Business Administration Business Data Processing Chemistry Computer Engineering Technology Criminal Justice/Corrections Criminal Justice/Law Enforcement Drafting and Design Engineering Technology Early Childhood Education Electrical Engineering Technology Fire Science Legal Assistant Studies Liberal Arts Mechanical Engineering Technology Natural Resources Technology Office Administration Substance Abuse Prevention and Treatment Technical Accounting Water Quality Technology Certificate Program (1 year) Computer Drafting Pre-Professional Transfer Programs (1-4 Years) Dentistry, elementary and secondary educa­ tion, engineering, forestry, journalism, law, medicine, pharmacy, veterinary medicine, special education ♦Must be preceded by completion of LSSU Natural Resources Technology Program THE UNIVERSITY 2 �CONTENTS Personnel General 2 7 9 10 14 32 37 50 50 54 The University University Talk The Library Equal Opportunity Academic Policies Standards of Behavior Admissions Student Services Student Senate Athletics Costs, Financial Aids 55 59 63 76 79 81 81 Tuition and Fees Financial Aids Scholarships, Grants Loans Student Employment American Indians Veteran’s Programs of Study 83 86 92 98 115 140 152 167 175 178 195 206 233 Graduation Procedures Degree Requirements Arts and Letters Biology, Chemistry Business, Economics Computer, Geologic and Mathematical Sciences Engineering Technology Health Sciences (Nursing) Social Sciences Criminal Justice Recreation Studies Social Sciences Continuing Education Courses 235 Course Descriptions in alphabetical order 298 306 310 311 312 313 323 326 328 IBC BC Faculty Administrative Staff Advisory Committees Board of Regents Foundation Master of Business Administration Index Calendar Campus Map Goals Mission Statement About this catalog . . . The Lake Superior State University Catalog does not constitute a contract between the University and its stu­ dent on either a collective or individ­ ual basis. It represents LSSU’s be? academic, social, and financial plai ning at the time of publicatioi Course and curriculum changes modification of tuition; fees, dormi­ tory, meal, and other charges, plus unforeseen changes in other aspects of LSSU life, sometimes occur after the Catalog has been printed, but before the changes can be incorporated in a later edition of the same publication. Because of this, Lake Superior State University does not assume a contractual obligation with its students for the contents of this Catalog. LSSU admits and hires men and women, veterans, and disabled individuals of any race, color, national, or ethnic origin, or marital status in compliance with all appropriate legislation, including the Age Discrimination Act. The compliance officer is Ruth Gendzwill. THE UNIVERSITY • 3 �WHAT Lake Superior State University encourages in its students a desire to learn and a willingness to serve. The primary purpose of the University is to educate and train young people for rewarding careers and lives of meaning. We: REGARD STUDENTS as mature, responsible individuals en­ gaged in the processes of self gov­ ernment which are essential in a democratic society. TEACH INDIVIDUALS, not groups; with a close-working rela­ tionship between instructors and students. Each student has a faculty advisor and may also consult the counseling service. :ducate students for ’ell-rounded lives; not only intellec­ tual competence, but physical, social, and cultural development. The pro­ gram of general education includes courses such as recreational activities, natural sciences, social sciences, English language and literature, and Athletic events, the humanities, clubs, dramatic and cultural presenta­ tions, and student self-government organizations offer a wide variety of co-curricular activities. TEACH FUNDAMENTALS and their application. In modem society knowledge increases so rap­ idly that specific facts may become obsolete even before they are widely learned. Close attention to funda­ mentals is necessary. The University attempts to inculcate habits of learn­ ing, thinking and doing which, thoughtfully modified, will endure for a lifetime. ENCOURAGE INITIATIVE, self criticism, and intellectual curios­ ity, leam by doing. Education in fundamental knowledge should be supplemented by laboratory and field work in order that university prepa­ ration closely resembles conditions in professional careers. Students should develop lifelong intellectual curiosity and discovery, become constructive critics of themselves and of society, and leam to prize creative, original thinking. IN RETROSPECT HISTORIC: Lake Superior State University is a hilltop campus, situat­ ed on the historic site of Fort Brady, a U.S. Army post dating back to 1822. The campus overlooks the St. Mary’s River and the famous Soo Locks. After the fort was deactivat­ ed in 1944, the property was acquired by Michigan Technological University to establish a branch. Thus, the campus is a blend of his­ toric and modem architecture. The University was accorded four-year status by the State Board of Educa­ tion in 1966, and authorized to grant baccalaureate degrees. THE UNIVERSITY 4 �WE ARE The first baccalaureate class graduat­ ed in 1967. Autonomy, separating the University from Michigan Tech­ nological University, was granted January 1, 1970. On November 4, 1987, Governor James Blanchard signed legislation changing Lake Superior State from College to Uni­ versity. CAMPUS RESIDENCE facili­ ties include two conventional halls, a Student Village with eight-man and eight-woman apartments, townhouses, a mobile home park, small group housing and several apartment buildings. Canusa Hall provides food service facilities. The Walker Cisler Center offers recreational facilities as well as a snack bar, student offices, and meeting rooms. The James Norris Physical Education Center provides ample opportunity for a variety of recreational activi­ ties, intramurals, courses and inter­ collegiate athletics. The Center for Applied Sciences and Engineering Technology offers students the latest in modem technological resources. A seasoned faculty and high academ­ ic standards have earned Lake Supe­ rior State University a reputation for an enriched education in such areas as liberal arts, engineering technol­ ogy, business administration, social sciences, biological sciences and their allied fields. The need to provide continuing education for adults has not been overlooked. The University offers evening courses as well as confer­ ences and cultural programs. Enroll- ment of part-time students in day classes is encouraged. Students find the close relationship between faculty and the student body is extremely valuable in the first years of university work. No one is "lost in the crowd" here. THE CAMPUS ENVIRONMENT: The campus provides a true university environ­ ment, with its own classroom and laboratory buildings, residence halls, library, auditorium, gymnasium, food services, and health center. It con­ sists of 121 acres of spacious, wood­ ed campus on the western heights of Sault Ste. Marie overlooking the St. Mary’s River, Lake Superior and Sault Ste. Marie, Ontario. Students find that the city of Sault Ste. Marie and its environs offer much of value to enhance their edu­ Sault Ste. cational experiences. Marie is one of the oldest cities in the United States. It was a fur trad­ ing center as early as the second quarter of the seventeenth century. In 1641, a Jesuit mission was estab­ lished here, and 27 years later Father Marquette founded at the Sault the first permanent settlement within the limits of Michigan. The Sault cele­ brated its 300th birthday in 1968. ACCREDITATION: How does this university rank with other educa­ tional institutions scholastically? Accreditation means the curricula, faculty, equipment, laboratories, and library of an institution have been THE UNIVERSITY 5 �inspected and approved. Lake Supe­ rior State University is accredited by the North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools. Fourth year instruction in medical technology is in hospitals approved by the Council on Medical Education and Hospitals of the American Medi­ cal Association. Engineering Technology associate degree programs accredited by the Accreditation Board for Engineering and Technology, Inc. include: com­ puter; drafting and design; electrical and mechanical engineering technol­ ogy. The Board has also accredited four-year programs in electrical, mechanical and automated systems engineering technology. The nursing program is accredited by the National League for Nursing. WELCOME to Lake Superior State University. I look forward to personally meeting you during your time at the University. This Catalog is intended to be your guide through your academic and student life at Lake Superior State University. It is given to you with the expectation that it will become a part of your personal library along with your dictionary, thesaurus, and any other reference books you need at your fingertips. While I do not necessarily commend it to you for a first-time cover-to-cover reading, I do urge you to read the first third of the book before moving to those sections devoted to specific disciplines and degrees. As in every other field of endeavor, it is essential that as a student at Lake Superior State University you know the academic rules by which we are expected to play. This book will help you with these and assist you in formulating questions if in your review particular areas are not adequately explained. While many students come to the University with a firm choice of a specific career field, others are not so certain. The literature shows that, once enrolled in higher education, the majority of those pursuing a degree change their minds about their academic major. This is healthy. Education is discovery. What you thought was the right choice for you in high school may take a distant second to something you find in a general education course or elective at the University. In this situation, the Catalog becomes a re-starting point, and now you will have faculty and staff whom you know to call on for advice. When your experience at LSSU is twenty years in the distance, I hope it will be fun to pull this book from the closet, dust it off, and reflect on interesting courses and faculty and, I hope, some very good times. This is a multi-purpose book; one that can continue to work for and with you. Keep it and use it wisely. Dr. H. Erik Shaar, President THE UNIVERSITY 6 �UNIVERSITY TALK BEFORE READING THIS CATALOG it would be well to familiarize yourself with terminology you will encounter along the way; words and phrases which you might not have previously encountered but are peculiar to the academic world: ACADEMIC CREDIT (or credit hours, or, simply, credit): One academic credit is generally earned for every 15 hours in a lec­ ture during a semester. ACADEMIC PROBATION: What you get when your grade point average falls below an acceptable level. ACADEMIC YEAR: Two 15week semesters plus a summer se­ mester. ACCREDITED: Quality of academic programs has been approved by an outside, rating agency. ADD: You may change your sche­ dule by adding courses after you schedule. Check schedule booklet for dates. ADMISSION: Your acceptance for enrollment. ADVISOR: Faculty member who offers you academic advice, explains requirements, and assists in schedul­ ing. Ask your department head for an advisor. ASSOCIATE DEGREE: Awarded for (generally) two-year programs. BACHELOR’S DEGREE: (Baccalaureate): awarded for fouryear program. CALENDAR: Important dates of the academic year. CATALOG: (In Canada, this is called "the Calendar"): Published in June/July. CERTIFICATE: Requires one year of study. COREQUISITE: Course you must take during the same semester as another course. COGNATE: A specified course, generally in field other than your major, which you must take for your program. COMPETENCY REQUIREMENTS: You must pass tests in writing and mathematics before you receive your degree. COURSES: Listed in the Aca­ demic Departments section of this Catalog, generally show a course number—EN 110 - followed by the course name - Freshmen Composi­ tion and the number of academic credits for the course (3) shown at the right of the column. CREDIT: See academic credit. CURRICULUM: (major, pro­ gram) Courses required for specific degree or certificate. CUT: Deliberately miss a class for no good reason. In high school you "skipped". DELETE: (DROP) You may change your schedule by dropping classes after you schedule, See scheduling booklet for dates. DEPARTMENTS: Seven aca­ demic departments, each adminis­ tered by a "head" and offering cours­ es in one or more disciplines. DISCIPLINE: Group of related courses such as mathematics. UNIVERSITY TALK 7 �DROP (DELETE) AND ADD: You may change your sche­ dule by dropping or adding courses after you schedule. Check schedul­ ing booklet for dates. ELECTIVE: Course distin­ guished from required course. You pick it from a number of specified courses. FIELD PLACEMENT: See practicum. FINANCIAL AIDS: Includes grants, loans, scholarships, or workstudy. FULL-TIME STUDENT: If you enroll for 12 or more credit in a semester. GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS: a group of courses you must take to earn a bachelor’s degree or an associate in Liberal Arts Degree, provides you with broadly based education. GED EXAMINATIONS: (General Education Development Examination): You take this if you didn’t finish high school, but believe vou learned enough in other ways to ualify for university. fRADE POINT AVERAGE GPA): Number of points divided oy the hours of credit attempted. INTERNSHIP (practicum, field placement, or clinical): Courses or activities you must take outside of classroom or lab. Your MAJOR (Curriculum): concentration of courses in your specific area. MINOR: Your lesser concentration (20 credits or more). PART-TIME STUDENT: You, if you take less than 12 credits in a semester. PRACTICUM: Another word for internship. PROFESSOR: General term for all faculty; also, a specific rank of college teachers who progress from instructor, assistant professor and associate professor to full professor. Professors having a doctoral degree may also be referred to as "doctor". Certain PREREQUISITE: courses you must successfully com­ plete before you may enroll for another specific course. Students must satisfy prerequisites, and any other stated conditions, before enroll­ ing in a course, or have permission from an instructor to waive the pre­ requisites. Enrollment in a course may be revoked if it is found before the end of the drop period that the proper prerequisites have not been met. Responsibility rests with the student to be certain that he/she has the approved prerequisites. PROGRAM (also curriculum): A group of courses you must take in order to earn a degree or certificate. REGISTRATION: Each semester you must request specific classes for the next semester, pay tuition, etc. REQUIRED COURSES: You must take these to earn your degree. SCHEDULE BOOKLET: Published before scheduling period for next semester. Includes course details and scheduling procedures. SCHEDULING: Period each semester when you must request courses for next semester. SEMESTER: Sometimes called term: See academic year. SYLLABUS: Written description of course content. TERM: Sometimes called semes­ ter: See academic year. TRANSCRIPT: Record of all your courses kept by LSSU Regis­ trar. TRANSCRIPT, OFFICIAL: Mailed directly from principal’s or registrar’s office of issuing institu­ tion to LSSU admissions office. It must bear the seal of the institution and signature or stamp of school official. Procedure WITHDRAWAL: when you drop a course or from school. UNIVERSITY TALK 8 �LIBRARY THE LIBRARY provides a wide variety of resources and services for students and faculty. It contains more than 126,000 volumes of books, 16,000 bound volumes of periodicals, 75,000 microforms, and over 40,000 paper government documents. The current subscription list exceeds 1,000 individual titles. The Library has been a depository of select U.S. Government publications The Audio-Visual since 1982. Center, on the main floor of the Library, maintains a diverse collection of cassettes, filmstrips, games, kits, 16mm films, slides and video tapes. A closed-circuit television system transmits many of these materials to campus classrooms. To assist faculty and students in obtaining materials from other libraries, the Library maintains an interlibrary loan service through OCLC, a computer service linked to libraries throughout the United States with access to more than 19 million books and periodicals. Library facilities include stacks open to all faculty and students, group study areas, CD-ROMs, microform readers and printers, photocopy machines, equipment for using audio-visual materials, production equipment for making transparencies and other materials. REFERENCE librarians on the main floor offer personal guidance in the use of the computerized catalog, indexes and abstracts and A handbook of bibliographies, library services and bibliographies are published by the library to assist faculty and students. Library tours and lectures are available to introduce students to the Library and teach library research skills. The Library is a member of an Upper Peninsula-wide consortium r 105 libraries. THE LIBRARY STAF includes a director, Dr. Fredrick Michels; librarians, Ruth Neveu, Linda Cullum, Mary June, Maureen Delaney; and audio-visual specialist, Charles Gustafson. NOTES LIBRARY 9 �EQUAL OPPORTUNITY Notice of Lake Superior State University’s policy of compli­ ance with Federal and State Law LAKE SUPERIOR STATE UNIVERSITY complies with all Federal and State laws and regula­ tions prohibiting discrimina­ tion, and with all require­ ments and regulations of the U.S. Department of Educa­ tion. Lake Superior State Univer­ sity reaffirms its policy that no person shall be discrimi­ nated against, excluded from participation in, denied he benefits of, or otherwise ■>e subjected to discriminaon in employment, or in ny program or activity for ,jhich the University is re­ sponsible or for which it receives financial assistance from the Department of Education, on the basis of race, color, religion, national origin or ancestry, age, sex, marital status, height, weight, handicap, or veteran status. Inquiries or complaints con­ cerning the application of Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 which deals with nondiscrimination on the basis of race, color and national origin, Title IX of the Educational Amendments of 1972 which deals with nondiscrimination in education programs on the basis of sex, and Sec­ tion 504 of the Rehabilita­ tion Act of 1973 which deals with nondiscrimination on the basis of handicap, should be made to the fol­ lowing University officers who have been designated to coordinate these prog­ rams, and act as Grievance Officers. Applicants for admission and students: Dr. Harry Pike, executive vice president, Fletcher Cen­ ter, Lake Superior State University. Telephone: 635-2684 Applicants for employment and em­ ployees: Ms. Ruth Gendzwill, director of employee relations, office of employee relations, Administration Building, Lake Superior State University. Telephone: 635-2614 EQUAL OPPORTUNITY • 10 �LAKE SUPERIOR STATE UNIVERSITY grievance procedures for Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, Title IX of the Educational Amendment Act of 1972, and Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973. POLICY 1. The University encourages students, faculty and staff to report promptly instances of discrimination and discrimina­ tory harassment. Once the University has been informed of such behavior it will take timely and appropriate steps to investigate the problem. At any step of the grievance process, time schedules as outlined in the process may be extended by mutual agree­ ment in writing. 2. Individuals may discuss with the Grievance Officer con­ cerns they may have regard­ ing possible discrimination or harassment to learn what options are available. 3. NONRETALIATION: The University not only prohibits discrimination, including ha­ rassment, but also strictly prohibits any retaliation against any individual, who, in good faith, has registered a complaint under this proce­ dure. Any supervisor, agent, or employee of the University who, after investigation, has been determined to have retal­ iated against any employee or student for using the complaint procedure in this policy will be subject to appropriate disci­ pline up to and including im­ mediate discharge. If an em­ ployee believes he or she has been retaliated against for exercis­ ing his or her rights under this policy, the employee should use this complaint procedure. 4. All matters discussed in this process will be kept as confi­ dential as possible. 5. Individuals have the right un­ der the law to seek remedies from the Michigan Department of Civil Rights, the Equal Em­ ployment Opportunity Commis­ sion, the Office for Civil Rights, Department of Educa­ tion or by court action. Indi­ viduals may file complaints of illegal discrimination on the basis of sex (Title IX) or handi­ cap (Section 504) with the Office for Civil Rights, Depart­ ment of Education, at the same time a grievance is filed under the University’s proce­ dure, during or after the use of the grievance process, or without using the grievance process at all. A Title IX or Section 504 complaint must be filed in writing with the Office for Civil Rights no later than 180 days after the occurrence of the possible discrimination. 1: INFORMAL COMPLAINT step Any individual (complainant) with a discrimination or harass­ ment complaint, may EQUAL OPPORTUNITY II �contact the Grievance Officer in person. written complaint to investigate the matter. The Grievance Officer will speak with the complainant and try to resolve the matter on an informal basis. At Step 1, all information will be kept confidential to the extent possible. Within ten (10) working days of completion of the investigation, the Grievance Officer will issue to complainant a written Determina­ tion stating whether the allega­ tions of the complaint are true and any remedial action recom­ mended. 2: FORMAL COMPLAINT step If the problem cannot be resolved at Step 1 within five (5) working days from the date of first contact with the Grievance Officer, the complainant may submit a written complaint on a form provided by the Grievance Officer. The Griev­ ance Officer will help the com­ plainant complete the form if the complainant requests. Within five (5) working days of the eceipt of the written complaint, 1le Grievance Officer will send a Jotice of Complaint, a copy of the complaint form, a response form and a copy of this procedure to the respondent. The respondent will submit the completed res­ ponse within five (5) working days from the date the complaint is received by the respondent. The Grievance Officer will con­ duct an investigation. The investi­ gation should be completed within twenty (20) working days after receipt of the response. If the complaint is against the University as the Employer, the Grievance Officer will have thirty (30) days from the receipt of the At Step 2, information will be kept confidential to the extent possible. 3: HEARING step If either the complainant or the respondent is dissatisfied with the Grievance Officer’s Determination, he or she may request that the matter be referred to a Hearing Panel for a hearing by submitting the form obtained from the Griev­ ance Officer. The request for hearing must be submitted in writing to the Grievance Officer within five (5) working days after receipt of the Determination. The President will appoint a per­ manent Hearing Panel composed of three members including, if possible, at least one female and one minority member. The Direc­ tor of Budgets, Planning and Personnel will be the chairperson and will conduct the hearing. The Grievance Officer will send a Notice of Hearing and a copy of the Request for Hearing to the complainant, respondent (if any), and Hearing Panel, scheduling EQUAL OPPORTUNITY 12 �the hearing within fifteen (15) working days, unless the Panel Chairperson provides otherwise and so notifies those involved. At the hearing the complainant and respondent will be allowed to give their own testimony, present the testimony of witnesses, docu­ mentary evidence or other evi­ dence relevant to the proceedings and cross examine the other party’s witnesses. The complain­ ant and respondent may have an attorney or other advisor present. The Grievance Officer will present the findings of the investigation conducted at Step 2 and may present witnesses, if appropriate. To ensure the privacy of those involved, witnesses (other than the complainant and respondent) will be allowed in the hearing room only during their testimony. At the Chairperson’s discretion, the hearing may be recorded. Within fifteen (15) working days after completion of the hearing, the Chairperson will issue the Decision and recommended order of the Hearing Panel. The Deci­ sion will be mailed to the com­ plainant and respondent with a copy to the Grievance Officer. The Chairperson will imp lement any action recommended by the Panel. 4: APPEAL step The decision of the Hearing Panel will be final and binding, ff grievants wish to pursue the matter further, they may file with the outside agencies listed in Policy section, No. 5. Section 5.02 of the by-laws of the Board of Regents, approved July 24, 1989, will not be invoked fc grievances submitted for settle ment under this procedure. NOTES EQUAL OPPORTUNITY 13 �ACADEMIC The Academic Policies and regulations of Lake Superior State University which are intended to guide students through an orderly and successful pursuit of their academic goals, describe the necessary actions and procedures for which students are responsible. They outline the students’ expectations and rights while enrolled as a university student. Advisors, department heads and personnel of university offices will help students to understand these policies and regulations; however, it is each student’s individual responsibility to comply with them. THE ACADEMIC YEAR Lake Superior State University is on a semester system. (Previous to Fall Semester 1991 it was on a quarter system.) The academic year consists if a Fall Semester (late August \rough December) and a Spring ;mester (January through April or Fall and Spring irly May), jemesters consist of fifteen weeks of instruction followed by a week for During the final examinations. Summer Semester (May through early August) most courses are conducted during an eight week period which includes two days for final examinations. Specific dates for each semester are found in the University Calendar located elsewhere in this book. ACADEMIC CREDIT In a lecture/recitation type course students receive one credit for each fifteen hours of classroom instruction. (For example, a threecredit course of this type might be scheduled 9:00 to 9:50 AM Monday, Wednesday and Friday. An "hour" period is usually only 50 minutes long, with ten minutes allowed for students to move from class to class.) Courses including laboratory, field work or other non-lecture formats may be scheduled for more than one hour per week per credit. In general, one credit requires an average of three hours of the student’s time per In week for the semester, lecture/recitation courses this would normally be accomplished with one hour of classroom attendance and two hours of preparation or study. An average student credit load per semester is sixteen credits. One hundred twenty four credits is the minimum number required for a Some baccalaureate degree, programs require more than this minimum. CLASSIFICATION OF STUDENTS Students are assigned to one of four class levels as follows: 0 to 25 credits = Freshman; 26 to 55 credits = Sophomore; 56 to 87 = Junior; 88+ = Senior. ACADEMIC POLICIES 14 �POLICIES STUDENT CURRICULUM CHOICE AND ADVISING Students are encouraged to select a major program upon admission to the University, The academic department offering the chosen program is called the "major department". The department head of the major department assigns an academic advisor to each of the students. An advisor assists students in course selection each semester, in understanding program and university requirements and regulations, in evaluating academic progress, and in other matters related to successful academic achievement. Lake Superior Slate University is firmly committed to providing students personalized advising and support. Students are encouraged to actively seek help from their instructors, advisors, department head, Counseling Center, and any other faculty, staff or office which they believe might be of assistance. The Counseling Center provides academic tutoring as does the Native American Center and academic departments. These services are usually provided without charge to enrolled students, Additional information concerning advising services is listed under testing and counseling service in this catalog. Students who are undecided about their choice of a major program are classified as majoring in Liberal Arts, an associate degree program, and assigned a provisional academic advisor until another major is chosen. Students may change their major curriculum by processing a Curriculum Change Card through the Registrar’s Office. The Registrar’s Office, Counseling Center and departmental offices can provide students with the card and instructions for processing it. Curriculum Change cards must be filed with the Registrar’s Office each time a curriculum change is made so that advisor materials, grade reports and graduation information will be sent to the correct department and advisor. Students will be assigned < new advisor when a cumculun change is made. Students maj request a change of advisor by asking their major department head to make such change. SEMESTER COURSE SELECTION Each semester the Scheduling Office publishes a Course Schedule listing all courses offered during the semester along with related information such as days and hour of course offering, instructor and the final examination time. This booklet is available several weeks before the semester begins and contains timely and important information for students. Students are responsible for reading each semester’s Course Schedule and adhering to its instructions. Course Schedules and ACADEMIC POLICIES 15 �scheduling materials are available from all departmental offices and the Scheduling Office. After academic advising, students schedule courses by submitting required materials to the Scheduling Office according to the time schedule described in the Course Schedule. After scheduling courses, students have a limited period of time to pay tuition and related fees. At the end of this period deregistration occurs. Deregistration means that students’ registration in all classes is canceled. Students who are deregistered will usually find fewer available classes from which to choose when rescheduling. Several factors assist or limit student course selections. Placement examinations for mathematics and English are administered by the Counseling and Testing Center located in Brown Hall. These xaminations are required of all tudents before they schedule their irst courses in mathematics or English. MAXIMUM STUDENT CREDIT LOAD is twenty credits per semester, with the exception that students having a 3.00 cumulative grade point average may take additional credit with written approval of their major department head. Students on academic probation should not take more than fifteen credits per semester. PREREQUISITES. Students must satisfy prerequisites, and any other stated conditions before enrolling in a course or have permission from an instructor to waive the prerequisites. Enrollment in a course may be revoked (with an N grade) if it is found during the regular drop period that the proper prerequisites have not been met. Responsibility rests with students to be certain that they have the approved prerequisites. Permission to take any course out of sequence is seldom granted even to exceptional students, since electing a course for which one is not prepared imposes an additional burden not reflected in the total number of credits being carried. Students must earn passing grades in a prerequisite course before taking the next course in sequence. For some courses a C (2.00) grade or better is required. Exceptions may be made only by department heads or the course instructor. Students who receive a D grade in a prerequisite course or a course in the major are strongly advised (and may be required) to repeat the course, and raise the D, before continuing. REPEATS. Students may not repeat a course by enrollment or examination if they have passed a course for which the repeated course is a prerequisite. Exceptions may be granted by the department head with the concurrence of the Registrar. CHANGES IN COURSE SCHEDULE. A period of time is provided at the beginning of each semester for students to add or delete courses or reschedule all classes after having been deregistered. Courses deleted during this period will not appear on a student’s permanent record (transcript). The add/delete period for a full semester course begins on the first day of the semester, and ends on the sixth university business day. For courses which span less than a full semester, a shorter add/delete period may be established. During the add/delete period schedule changes are initiated at departmental offices which ACADEMIC POLICIES 16 �maintain current records of class availability. In some cases faculty permission will be required for Detailed course changes, information on adding or deleting classes is provided to students in the Course Schedule booklet each semester. A STUDENT’S ADD OR WITHDRAWAL FROM A COURSE IS NOT OFFICIALLY COMPLETED UNLESS THE APPROPRIATE FORM IS FILED WITH THE SCHEDULING OFFICE. Students are advised to retain the official receipt they are given upon completion of an add or drop procedure. LATE ADDS. Students request­ ing to add courses after the end of the add/delete period must obtain permission and a special form for this purpose from the Registrar’s Office, obtain the written approval of the instructor, and then return the form to the Registrar’s Office. A service charge will be charged for this procedure. Students are responsible for all class work missed previous to adding a class. instructional period.) A student’s record shall indicate an N grade for each course officially dropped during this period. Forms for the procedure are available in departmental, Scheduling and Registrar’s Offices. After the five-week drop period, drops will be allowed only for The extenuating circumstances, student must receive the instructor’s recommendation and the approval of Forms may be the Registrar. obtained at the Registrar’s Office. CLASS ATTENDANCE Students at Lake Superior State University should be sufficiently mature to attend classes without being required to do so. Students must decide for themselves when it is necessary to be absent. In makin such a decision, they mu understand that instructors a authorized to lower grades if the believe a student’s absence require, The policy on this action. attendance reads as follows: NON-ATTENDANCE AT FIRST CLASS. Students scheduled for a course, but not attending the first class meeting, may be deleted by the instructor during the delete period. In this case, the instructor shall submit a delete form and notify the student. 2. Instructors may report consecutive or excessive absences to the Executive Vice President. DROPPING COURSES AFTER THE ADD/DELETE PERIOD. Students may drop a course during the first five weeks (twenty five school days) of a full semester course. For courses running less than a full semester the semester Course Schedule booklet will contain official dates each semester. (The time period for dropping will be equal to a third of the course 3. Participation in an official University function shall be considered an excused absence when approved by the Vice President of Academic Affairs. Students shall not be penalized for participation in such a function; but students are responsible for work missed and must confer with their instructor on this matter. 1. Absences will be handled according to the instructor’s discretion, consistent with departmental policy. ACADEMIC POLICIES 17 �COMPLETE WITHDRAWAL FROM THE UNIVERSITY Full time students who withdraw from the University during the semester should report in person to the Counseling Center and complete a withdrawal form for the Registrar’s office. The Registrar will authorize the appropriate refund, if any. Refunds will be mailed after the end of the refund period. Proper clearance of University obligations assures that students can later receive transfer of credits. with a hold on their Students transcript will not receive a transcript of credits until clearance is complete. THE GRADING SYSTEM ;rade point average (GPA). To compute the grade point average for a semester, divide the total points earned by the total credits carried. Credits carried include those failed or earned but not credits for Credit/No Credit courses. To figure the cumulative grade point average divide the total points earned by the total credits carried in all semesters. When a course is repeated, count only the credits carried and the points of the last grade earned. Thus, successfully repeating courses in which students initially earned a D or F is an effective way for them to improve their cumulative GPA. A cumulative grade point average of 2.00 for all credits carried is required for graduation. Further, the student must compile a 2.00 grade point GRADES AND GRADE POINTS Grades awarded are: Grade A - Excellent B - Good C - Average D - Inferior F - Failure I - Incomplete N - No Grade Z - Deferred CR - Credit NCR- No Credit Grade Points per Credit 4 3 2 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 average for all departmental courses required in the student’s major and minor(s). Incomplete grades (I): An incomplete grade is given only when students, because of circumstances beyond their control, are unable to complete a segment of the course. It must be made up by the date specified by the instructor which must be within a maximum of two semesters in residence, or else the incomplete grade becomes a failure. Summer semesters are not counted unless -a student is enrolled for classes during the summer. Deferred grades (Z): Deferred grades are given in those special courses where work is planned to extend beyond a single semester. GRADE REPORTS. Reports concerning grades and credits are sent to each student after each semester. These reports are mailed to home addresses. DEAN’S LIST. Students who complete twelve or more credits in a semester with a grade point average of 3.50 or higher will be placed on the dean’s list for that semester, acknowledging their outstanding achievement. ACADEMIC POLICIES 18 �ACADEMIC PROBATION Students at Lake Superior State University enjoy a considerable degree of self-determination; they decide for themselves when and how long to work on each assignment. The best way to succeed in this task is to work out a weekly schedule with two hours of study time earmarked as preparation for each one-hour class. (In a few cases, the instructor may suggest some other division of time.) Most students are able to maintain good work in all their courses. A few fall short of satisfactory performance. For them, a system of academic probation is used. Academic probation is considered a warning to students that their scholastic performance is below the University’s minimum requirements. During this period, students should determine for themselves whether to continue their programs as planned. No student while on probation shall carry more than 15 credits per semester exclusive of band and recreational activities. The Executive Vice-president, in consultation with the student’s advisor, may impose restrictions on the student’s extra-curricular activities. It is the responsibility of students to familiarize themselves with all academic regulations including those relating to probation, and to keep informed as to their academic standing. The rules governing academic probation, dismissal, and reinstatement follow. 1. Students will be on academic probation if their cumulative grade point average is in the "on probation" category. 2. Students whose cumulative grade point average at the conclusion of a semester falls into the dismissal range of the academic standing table will be dismissed. 3. After a first or second dismissal a student has the following options: a. Allow two semesters (summer may be counted for one semester) to elapse before re-enrollment or b. Petition the Scholastic Standards Committee for immediate readmittance. This action is initiated with the Registrar. The Committee can permit early readmittance with specific conditions required of the student or deny the student’s request. Subsequent to the Committee’s denial th' student can further appeal t the Vice President fc Academic Affairs, whose decision is final. 4. Students who continue after a dismissal will be dismissed again after any semester in which their cumulative grade point average falls in the dismissal category. The Registrar may allow the student to continue "on probation" with the record showing "on probation" instead of "dismissal", if the student’s record has shown improvement during the semester and student has a 2.00 grade point average in courses carried for that semester. 5. Students dismissed a third time will not be reinstated without the permission of the Vice President for Academic Affairs, Three semesters must elapse from the time of dismissal before the ACADEMIC POLICIES 19 �Academic Standing Table Full and Part-time Students Academic Probation and Dismissal Policy Cumulative Semester Credits Carried at LSSU 1 - 18 19 - 25 26 - 40 41 - 55 56-72 73-87 88 + Minimum for Good Standing 1.81 * Cumulative Grade Point Average On Probation less than 1.81 1.81 1.86 1.91 1.93 1.95 1.97 ** 1.41 - 1.80 1.51 - 1.85 1.61 - 1.90 1.71 - 1.92 1.81 - 1.94 1.91 - 1.96 Dismissal Not subject to Dismissal 1.40 or less 1.50 or less 1.60 or less 1.70 or less 1.80 or less 1.90 or less ♦Students will not be dismissed for academic deficiencies until they have enrolled in at least 19 semester credits at Lake Superior State University. ♦*A cumulative grade point average of 2.00 for all credits carried at Lake Superior State University, and a cumulative grade point average of 2.00 for all courses required in the student's major and minor is necessary for graduation. CREDIT/NO CREDIT COURSES NCR is given. To be eligible for this option students must be in good academic standing, not on academic probation. Only one such course per semester is permitted and no more than twelve semester credits in such courses may be presented toward a student’s degree requirements. Additionally, this credit/no credit option may not be selected in courses which satisfy major, minor or general education requirements. Students must apply at the Registrar’s Office during the six-day add period if they want to enroll in a graded course under the credit/no credit policy. This option may not be changed after the six-day add period. Academic performance at the level of 2.00 or higher is required for the credit, CR, grade. Instructors are not advised of a student’s option to be graded credit/no credit. To encourage intellectual explor­ ation, students may enroll in some courses on a credit/no credit basis for which either a grade of CR or Certain courses are always offered with a credit/no credit grading Such courses have this format. information in their official course student may petition for readmittance. Summer may be counted for one semester. 5. The Scholastic Standards Committee may, on the recommendation of a department head require students to withdraw from any course or courses in which their preparation, progress, effort or conduct is deemed unsatisfactory and may on the recommendation of the Vice President of Academic Affairs and/or Executive Vice President dismiss students from the University if their background, overall academic accomplishment, conduct or attitude toward their work is deemed unsatisfactory. ACADEMIC POLICIES 20 �descriptions and course syllabi. The above policy and limitations do not apply to these courses. CREDIT BY EXAMINATION There are three examination processes by which a student may earn credit for individual courses or general education requirements; Advanced Placement, CLEP and departmental examinations. Pro­ cesses for taking Advanced Placement and CLEP examinations are described in the Admissions section of this Catalog. Students must be admitted to a degree program before being eligible to receive credit by examination. A maximum of 30 credits may be earned by examination, CLEP examinations, if available, will be used to determine whether credit shall be granted. Departments may provide their own examinations for certain courses. Students should inquire at the academic department offering the course whether a departmental examination is available. If an examination is available, the department head’s written approval to take the examination must be obtained. An application form for credit by examination with explanation of the necessary procedural steps, may be obtained from the department head or the Registrar’s Office. The fee amount will be equivalent to that for CLEP exams and students will not be charged tuition for the credits earned. An examination grade of 2.00 or better is required for credit to be earned. Course and credit earned by examination shall be recorded on the student’s transcript with the Some grade marked as CR. universities may not accept for transfer, credit earned by departmental examination. TRANSCRIPTS Students desiring transcripts of their Lake Superior State University records must present or send a written request to the Registrar’s Office. Information such as name (at enrollment), ID number, dates of attendance is necessary. A fee may be charged for each copy of the record. The official record of the student’s academic progress (transcript) will be forwarded only to those places or persons requested in writing by the Only "student copy" student. transcripts will be issued directly to a student. Students with financial or other obligations to the University will not receive a transcript until all obligations are cleared. THE PRIVACY ACT Section 438 of the General Education Provisions Act, as amended, sets forth the requirements to be met by an educational institution to protect the privacy of students. This Act is called the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act and shall be referred to hereafter as the Act. The Act generally governs access to student educational records and the release of such records. The Act also requires that institutions of higher education must provide students access to official records directly related to the student and an opportunity for a hearing to challenge such records on the grounds that they are inaccurate, misleading or inappropriate. Educational institutions must also obtain written consent before ACADEMIC POLICIES 21 �releasing personally identifiable data about students from records to other than a specified list of exceptions. In addition, students must be notified of these rights. In accordance with provisions of the Act and the regulations enacted by the Department of Health, Education and Welfare, Lake Superior State University has adopted the following policies and procedures: Section 1. General Policy on Access and Disclosure Lake Superior State University shall not as a matter of policy or practice: 1. Deny or prevent students at the university the right to inspect or review the educational records of such students, or 2. Permit the release of educational records contrary to the provisions of the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act and the policies and procedures set forth in the following sections. regarding students rights, the location of copies of the university’s policies setting forth these rights, as well as the right to file complaints with the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act Office, shall be published in the University Catalog, the annual letter to students will notify students of Directory information. The Registrar, located in the Fletcher Center, is designated as the Hearing Officer for the Act and shall also be responsible for implementing the notification requirements and distribution of copies of the policies and procedures. Section 3. Defined Education Records "Education records" means those records which: I. Are directly related to a student 2. Are maintained by the university or its agent. The term does not include: Section 2. Notification to Students Under the provisions of the Act, the university must annually notify students of their rights and the institution policies pertaining to the Act. In addition, notice must be given to the location where the policy can be obtained as well as to inform the students of the right to file complaints with the Department of Health, Education and Welfare concerning alleged failures by the University to comply with the Act. In accordance with these requirements the annual notice 1. Records of institutional, supervisory, and administrative personnel which a. Are in the sole possession of the maker thereof, and b. Are not accessible or revealed to any other individual except a substitute. A "substitute" is defined as one who performs on a temporary basis the duties of the individual who made the record and does not refer to an individual who permanently succeeds the maker ACADEMIC POLICIES 22 �of the record in his or her position. b. Created, maintained, or used only in connection with the provision of treatment to the student; and c. Not disclosed to anyone other than individuals providing the treatment; provided, that the records can be personally reviewed by a physician or other appropriate paraprofessional of the student’s choice. For the purpose of this definition, "treatment" does not include remedial educa­ tional activities or activities which are part of the program of instruction at the univ­ ersity. 2. Records of the law enforcement unit of the university (Security Department) which are: a. Maintained apart from the university’s educational records; b. Maintained solely for law enforcement purposes; and c. Not disclosed to individuals other than law enforcement officials of the same jurisdiction; provided, that educational records main­ tained by the university are not disclosed to the personnel of the law enforcement unit. 3. Records relating to an individual who is employed by the university which: a. Are made and maintained in the normal course of bus­ iness; b. Relate exclusively to the individual in that individual’s capacity as an employee; and c. Are not available for use for any other purpose. d. This paragraph (3) does not apply to records relating to an individual in attendance at the university who is employed as a result of his or her status as a student. 5. Records of the university which contain only information relating to a person after that person is no longer a student at the university. (An example of these records would be information collected by the university pertaining to the accomplishments of its alumni.) Section 4. Rights to Inspect and Review Education Records A student who is or has been in attendance at Lake Superior State University shall have the right to inspect and review the educational records of the student subject to the limitations set forth in Section 3 and 13. 4. Records relating to an eligible student which are: a. Created or maintained by a physician, psychiatrist, psy­ chologist, or other recognized professional or paraprofessional acting in his or her professional or paraprofessional capacity, or assisting in that capacity; The educational record recorded by the student will be provided within a reasonable period of time dependent upon the availability of the record and the workload of the department maintaining the record. In no case will the record be provided more than 45 days after the date of the receipt of the request. ACADEMIC POLICIES • 23 �The right to review educational records includes the right to a response from Lake Superior State University to reasonable requests for explanation and interpretations of the subject record. Section 5. Procedures for Inspection and Review of Records A student must submit a written request for the inspection and review of educational records or the release of such records, where permitted, to third parties. (See Section 10A for release of records to third parties.) The request must be submitted to the appropriate officer responsible for the record. (See Section 7 for list of officials maintaining educational records.) The written request under this section must contain: 1. A description of the information requested. 2. The date, if any, that the information is required. 3. The student’s signature. 4. The date the request is filed. Section 6. Copies of Records: Fees for Copies Copies of educational records will only be provided under the Act under the following conditions: 1. Where failure to provide a copy would effectively prevent a student from exercising the right to inspect and review the educational record. (Examples of when this provision would be effective would be absence from the State or a confining illness.) If the student will return to the residence occupied while in attendance at the university or be within 30 miles of the campus and is not physically incapacitated during the 45-day compliance period, copies shall not be provided but the right of inspection shall be exercised. Under this provision, the student must submit a written request (see Section 10A) specifying the record to be disclosed, and the reason that a personal inspection of the record cannot be made during the 45-day compliance period. The university will review these requests on a caseby-case basis to determine if copies are required as opposed to personal inspection. 2. On request, under the provisions of Section 10B regarding records to officials of another educational institution in which the student is enrolled or seeks or intends to enroll. 3. On request, or with the consent of the student, under the provisions of Section 10A, regarding information released with the approval of the university to third parties. The university shall not charge a fee for copies of records provided under the Act. There shall not be a charge for search, retrieval or inspection of the record. Copies of grades provided under these provisions will not carry the university seal or official signature of approval. ACADEMIC POLICIES 24 �Section 7. Listing of Location of Education Records The following is a list of the records considered educational in nature under the Act and their locations listed by Office, Type of Record, Responsible Official, and Location. Admissions; Academic file, Financial; Dean of Admissions; Fletcher Center Career Advising and Placement; Academic, Personal, evaluations; Director; Brown Hall Continuing Education; Academic; Director; Fletcher Center Employee Relations; Work Eval­ uation, Employment; Director; Administration Building Financial Aid; Financial, Academic, Personal evaluation, Employ­ ment; Director; Fletcher Center Graduate Office; Academic, Financial; Director; Foundation House Registrar; Academic (Complete and official academic record) Personal, Veterans’ Affairs; Registrar; Fletcher Center Residence Halls; Personal; Housing Manager; Brady Hall Residence Halls and Student Life; Discipline; Coordinator of Residential and Student Life Programming; Fletcher Center Student Accounts; Financial; Director Business Operation; Administration Building Academic Areas, Academic; Depart­ ment Heads. Note: All academic records are partial records with the exception of the Office of the Registrar as noted above. Section 8. Disclosure of Restricted Information to University Officials Personally identifiable information from the education records of a student may be disclosed without the prior consent of the student to university officials who have a legitimate educational interest in the information. The university officials must demonstrate a need to obtain the information consistent with their official functions and the request must be consistent with normal professional practices and legal requirements. The disclosure of personally identifiable student information under the above conditions will not be disclosed to any other party without the prior written consent of the student, except that such information may be used by the appropriate officials or agents of the university for the purpose for which the disclosure was made. Section 9. University Officials For the purpose of those procedures and policies, "university officials" are defined to be those individuals who have demonstrated a need to require certain student records consistent with their official university responsibilities and consistent with professional practices. University Officials include: Members of the faculty, members of the professional, executive and administrative staff, excluding all members of the Department of Security, departmental secretaries, students properly appointed as members of a hearing panel or screening committee, representatives of the State Auditor General when ACADEMIC POLICIES • 25 �The right to review educational records includes the right to a response from Lake Superior State University to reasonable requests for explanation and interpretations of the subject record. Section 5. Procedures for Inspection and Review of Records A student must submit a written request for the inspection and review of educational records or the release of such records, where permitted, to third parties. (See Section 10A for release of records to third parties.) The request must be submitted to the appropriate officer responsible for the record. (See Section 7 for list of officials maintaining educational records.) The written request under this section must contain: 1. A description of the information requested. 2. The date, if any, that the information is required. 3. The student’s signature. 4. The date the request is filed. Section 6. Copies of Records: Fees for Copies Copies of educational records will only be provided under the Act under the following conditions: I. Where failure to provide a copy would effectively prevent a student from exercising the right to inspect and review the educational record. (Examples of when this provision would be effective would be absence from the State or a confining illness.) If the student will return to the residence occupied while in attendance at the university or be within 30 miles of the campus and is not physically incapacitated during the 45-day compliance period, copies shall not be provided but the right of inspection shall be exercised. Under this provision, the student must submit a written request (see Section 10A) specifying the record to be disclosed, and the reason that a personal inspection of the record cannot be made during the 45-day compliance period. The university will review these requests on a caseby-case basis to determine if copies are required as opposed to personal inspection. 2. On request, under the provisions of Section 10B regarding records to officials of another educational institution in which the student is enrolled or seeks or intends to enroll. 3. On request, or with the consent of the student, under the provisions of Section 10A, regarding information released with the approval of the university to third parties. The university shall not charge a fee for copies of records provided under the Act. There shall not be a charge for search, retrieval or inspection of the record. Copies of grades provided under these provisions will not carry the university seal or official signature of approval. ACADEMIC POLICIES 24 �Section 7. Listing of Location of Education Records The following is a list of the records considered educational in nature under the Act and their locations listed by Office, Type of Record, Responsible Official, and Location. Admissions; Academic file, Financial; Dean of Admissions; Fletcher Center Career Advising and Placement; Academic, Personal, evaluations; Director; Brown Hall Continuing Education; Academic; Director; Fletcher Center Employee Relations; Work Eval­ uation, Employment; Director; Administration Building Financial Aid; Financial, Academic, Personal evaluation, Employ­ ment; Director; Fletcher Center Graduate Office; Academic, Financial; Director; Foundation House Registrar; Academic (Complete and official academic record) Personal, Veterans’ Affairs; Registrar; Fletcher Center Residence Halls; Personal; Housing Manager; Brady Hall Residence Halls and Student Life; Discipline; Coordinator of Residential and Student Life Programming; Fletcher Center Student Accounts; Financial; Director Business Operation; Administration Building Academic Areas, Academic; Depart­ ment Heads. Note: All academic records are partial records with the exception of the Office of the Registrar as noted above. Section 8. Disclosure of Restricted Information to University Officials Personally identifiable information from the education records of a student may be disclosed without the prior consent of the student to university officials who have a legitimate educational interest in the information. The university officials must demonstrate a need to obtain the information consistent with their official functions and the request must be consistent with normal professional practices and legal requirements. The disclosure of personally identifiable student information under the above conditions will not be disclosed to any other party without the prior written consent of the student, except that such information may be used by the appropriate officials or agents of the university for the purpose for which the disclosure was made. Section 9. University Officials For the purpose of those procedures and policies, "university officials" are defined to be those individuals who have demonstrated a need to require certain student records consistent with their official university responsibilities and consistent with professional practices. University Officials include: Members of the faculty, members of the professional, executive and administrative staff, excluding all members of the Department of Security, departmental secretaries, students properly appointed as members of a hearing panel or screening committee, representatives of the State Auditor General when ACADEMIC POLICIES ■ 25 �performing their legally required duties, legal, insurance, or collection representatives of the university when performing their universityrelated duties requiring student record information in connection with a claim or legal matter. Section 10. Disclosure of Personally Identifiable Information A. Prior Consent for Disclosure Required The university shall obtain the written consent of the student before disclosing personally identifiable information from the education records of a student to third parties other than directory information as set forth in Section 11 or as provided in Part B of this section. (Consent is not required where the disclosure is to the student.) If the university consents to the release of personally identifiable student information to third parties under this section (10A) at the written request of the student, the university will provide the student with a copy of such record. The written consent required under this section (10A) must be signed and dated by the student and shall include: 1. A specification of the record to be disclosed 2. The purpose of the disclosure 3. The party or class of parties to whom disclosure may be made 4. A statement granting consent for the release of the information. B. Prior Consent for Disclosure Not Required The university may transfer or disclose the educational records of a student, without prior written consent, on request to the officials of another educational institution in which the student is enrolled or seeks or intends to enroll. The university, upon request, will provide the student with a copy of the transferred educational records. Information from the educational records of a student may be disclosed, without prior written consent, if the disclosure is: 1. To Federal and State authorities as provided by the Act or other legal authority. 2. In connection with financial aid for which a student has applied or has received; provided that the information may be disclosed only: a. To determine the eligibility of the student for financial aid, and b. To determine the amount of aid, c. To determine the conditions which will be imposed regarding financial aid, d. To enforce the terms or conditions of the financial aid. 3. To organizations conducting studies on behalf of educational agencies or institutions for the purpose of developing, validating, or administering predictive tests, administering student aid programs; and improving instruction; provided that the studies are conducted in a manner which will not permit the ACADEMIC POLICIES • 26 �personal identification of students by persons other than the representatives of the organization and that the information will be destroyed which it is no longer needed for the purpose for which the study was conducted. 4. To accrediting organizations in order to carry out their accrediting functions. 5. To comply with a judicial order or lawfully issued subpoena; provided that Lake Superior State University will make a reasonable effort to notify the student of the order or subpoena in advance of compliance. 6. The appropriate parties in an emergency to protect the health or safety of the student or other individuals. Section 11. Directory Information The Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act permits the disclosure of certain personally identifiable information from the educational record of a student if that information is designated as directory information as defined by the Act. In order to release such information the university is required to provide public notice of the following: 1. The categories of personally identifiable information desig­ nated as directory information. 2. The right of the student to refuse to permit the designation of any or all of the categories with respect to that student. 3. The period of time within which the student must inform the university in writing that such directory information is not to be released. In compliance with these provisions, the university will announce its intention to release directory information each fall in the annual letter. Students will be advised that written requests to prohibit or restrict the use of such directory information should be addressed by the last day to add classes to: Registrar’s Office in the Fletcher Center The university considers the following to be directory information: Name, address, tele­ phone number, date and place of birth, major field of study, participation in officially recognized activities and sports, height and weight of members of the athletic teams, dates of attendance, degrees, honors and awards received, including scholarships, and most recent previous educational agency or institution attended by student In the event that this list is altered or expanded, these provisions will be amended in accordance with the Act. Section 12. Record of Disclosures Required to be Maintained Lake Superior State University shall for each request and each disclosure of personally identifiable information from the education records of a student maintain a record kept with the education records of the student which indicates: 1. The parties who have requested or obtained information. 2. The legitimate educational interests the parties had in obtaining the information. A record is not required for disclosures to a student, disclosures ACADEMIC POLICIES 27 �pursuant to the student’s written consent when such consent is specific as to the party or parties, disclosures to university officials as set forth in Section 9, or to disclosures of directory information as provided in Section 11. The record of disclosures may be inspected by: The student, the university official and his or her assistants responsible for the custody of the records, and university officials authorized in Section 9 and those persons outside the university as authorized in Section 10 for the purpose of auditing the record keeping procedures of the institution. Section 13. Limitation on the Right to Inspect and Review Records The university is not required to permit a student to inspect or review the following records: 1. Financial records and statements of parents or any information contained therein. 2. Confidential letters and state­ ments of recommendation place in the student record prior to January 1, 1975; provided that such letters and statements were solicited with written assurance of confidentiality or sent and retained with a documented understanding of confidentiality. The documents must be used only for the purposes specifically intended. 3. Confidential letters and state­ ments of recommendation and statements for which the student has waived the right to inspection as set forth in Section 16 and placed in a student’s file after January 1, 1975 respecting: a. Admission, or b. An application for employment, or c. The receipt of an honor or honorary recognition 4. Those records which are defined not to be education records as set forth in Section 3. If the educational record of a student contains information on more than one student, the requesting student may review or inspect or be informed of only the specified information which pertains to the student making the inquiry. Section 14. Request to Amend Educational Records A student who believes that information in the student’s educational records is inaccurate or misleading or violates the privacy or other rights of the student may request that the university amend such records. The procedures regarding an amendment to a student record are as follows: 1. The student must submit a written request to amend the record in question to the university office responsible for establishing the content of the record. 2. The written request must specify the information to be amended and the basis for requesting a change in the record. 3. The written request should also set forth the corrective action recommended. 4. The university official responsible for establishing the content of the record in question ACADEMIC POLICIES 28 �within 14 calendar days will inform the student, in writing, that the record will be amended or that the request has been denied. If additional times is required due to the circumstances of the case, the student will be advised of the time period required to resolve the issue. 5. If the record is to be amended, corrective action will occur within 14 calendar days of the date of notice to the students. 6. If the university official responsible for establishing the content of the educational record denies the request to amend the record, the written notice of this decision will advise the student of the right to a hearing. Section 15. Right to a Hearing The Act provides an opportunity for a hearing in order to challenge the content of a student’s educational record to insure that the record does not contain inaccurate or misleading information or is in violation of the privacy or other rights of the student. This procedure may not be utilized to challenge grades awarded to students. The following procedure will be implemented after the decision of denial is made by the official responsible for maintaining the record. Procedure of Hearing A student desiring a hearing on the decision of denial to amend the record by the official establishing such records must: 1. Submit a written request for a hearing to the Hearing Officer, the Registrar, Fletcher Center. 2. Designate in the request: Student’s name and identification number, date request is made, specific information on the record challenged, basis for amending record, summary statement of previous action taken to amend record including names of individuals contacted and from whom communications have been received. The Hearing Officer will within 7 calendar days of receipt of the request for hearing, notify the student of the date, time and location of the hearing. At least 72 hours notice will be provided to the parties prior to the hearing. The student shall be afforded a full and fair opportunity to present evidence relevant to the question of whether the record in question is inaccurate, misleading or in violation of the privacy or other rights of the students. The student may be assisted or represented by individuals of the student’s choice and at the student’s expense, including an attorney. The Hearing Officer shall make a decision on the appeal within 7 calendar days of the last day of the hearing. The decision shall be in writing and shall be based solely upon the evidence presented at the hearing. The written decision to the student shall include a summary of the evidence and reasons for the decision. If, as a result of the hearing, the Hearing Officer decides that the information is in whole or in part inaccurate, misleading or is in violation of any of the student’s rights, the record in question will be ACADEMIC POLICIES 29 �amended within 7 calendar days of the decision. If, as a result of the hearing, the Hearing Officer detemiines that the record should not be amended, the student shall be informed of the right to place in the education record a statement commenting upon the information and setting forth the reasons for disagreeing with the university’s decision. Any expla­ nation placed in the record of the student under this provision shall: 1. Be maintained as a part of the record as long as the record or the contested portion thereof is retained by the university, and 2. Be disclosed by the university, along with the contested record to any party receiving such record. Section 16. Waivers A student may waive any right under the Act. The waiver shall not be valid unless it is in writing and The signed by the student. University may not require that a student waive any right under the Act. This requirement does not, however, preclude the university from requesting such a waiver. An applicant for admission or a student in attendance may waive the right to inspect and review con­ fidential letters and statements of recommendation. The waiver may apply to such letters or statements only if it is in writing and signed by the student regardless of age, and if: 1. The applicant or student is, upon request, notified of the names of all individuals providing the letters or statements; 2. The documents are used only for the purpose originally intended; and 3. Such waiver is not required as a condition of admission or receipt of any service or benefit from the university. A waiver may be revoked but such action must be in writing and filed with the office in possession of the waiver. NOTES ACADEMIC POLICIES 30 �NOTES ACADEMIC POLICIES 31 �STUDENT OF BEHAVIOR MEMBERSHIP IN THE UNIVERSITY COMMUNITY carries with it both privileges and responsibilities. The University cannot accept acts that interfere with the basic process of the academic enterprise, nor acts which interfere with the rights of other members of its community. Following are the basic regulations which govern the behavior and conduct on the Lake Superior State University campus: 1. ASSEMBLY: No person, or persons, shall assemble in a manner which obstructs the free movement of persons about the campus, or the free and normal use of University buildings and facilities, or prevents or obstructs the normal operation of the University. 2. ALCOHOL AND DRUGS: Any student found guilty of being under the influence of drugs, or possessing, or selling drugs or narcotics will be subject to immediate dismissal from the Any student who University. disregards the laws of the State regarding drinking as a minor is subject to disciplinary action including fines, or dismissal for repeated offenses. A student of 21 years of age who purchases alcoholic beverages for minors, or who participates in any way, faces not only legal action from the State but additional penalty from the University. The laws of the State of Michigan prohibit the sale of alcoholic beverages on any unlicensed premise. No alcohol may be offered for sale on any unlicensed portion of the University campus, and no hidden fee (such as admissions charges, charges for food, etc.) may be used to hide or conceal a charge Any for alcoholic beverages, organization, group, or individual offering alcohol to others anywhere on the campus shall be required to follow provisions of the University’s alcohol policy, distributed annually to all campus residents. Violators may suffer loss of campus privileges, disciplinary action by the University, and prosecution by civil authorities. 3. CHEATING AND PLAGIA­ RISM: The assumption of the academic contract is that the student does his or her own work: any breach of the contract is considered cheating. The faculty member who detects a student cheating may take appropriate action, such as assigning a failing grade for the entire course. A student who cheats is subject to dismissal from the University. If, in the opinion of the faculty member involved, such action in warranted, he or she will notify the chairman of the scholastic standards committee and the student to that effect in writing. The scholastic standards STUDENT STANDARDS 32 �STANDARDS AND CONDUCT committee will then conduct a hearing in such a manner that the student is given due process. If the committee decides that dismissal is warranted, the student shall have five school days to appeal that decision to the president of the University. 4. COMPLIANCE WITH UNI­ VERSITY OFFICIALS: Students are expected to comply with the directions of University officials who are acting in accordance with the performance of their duties. Failure to comply with such directions shall be considered a serious disciplinary violation. 5. FINANCIAL OBLIGATIONS: A student’s fees, loans, fines, driving and parking penalties, etc. are his or her responsibilities and must be paid when due. Delay in attention to financial responsibilities may require some or all of the following actions by the University: it may withhold official transcripts, prohibit further registration, remove registration if already granted, withhold further forms of financial aid, and in severe cases, seek legal action from outside agencies, including the State of Michigan itself. 6. FIREARMS AND EXPLO­ SIVES: Explosives, firecrackers, concealed weapons qnd similar items are not permitted on campus. Firearms are permitted, but must be registered and stored by the office of campus security. Any student who keeps firearms anywhere in the dormitory system will face dismissal from the University. 7. GUEST SPEAKERS: Only student organizations formally recognized by the University may invite speakers to the campus. Reservations for rooms or lecture halls for guest speakers are made through the director of student activities. 8. HOUSING: University housing regulations are published annually in the Housing Handbook. Students failing to comply with these regulations may suffer a variety c disciplinary penalties, includi separation from the housing systf or separation from the Univers: itself. 9. I.D. CARDS: All students enrolled in this institution are issued an identification card to facilitate recognition for the library, for cashing checks, for campus voting, for admission to campus activities, etc. Misuse or alteration of the University identification card, current or expired, is considered a serious offense subject to disciplinary action. 10. PARKING: All students who operate motor vehicles on campus must register them each year (normally accomplished during registration). Annual registration decals will be issued upon payment of fees and evidence of a valid operator’s license. All vehicles (with decals attached) must be parked in STUDENT STANDARDS 33 �areas assigned. Parking and traffic ordinances will be enforced and violators will be assessed fines and may have their campus registration and campus driving privileges revoked, Special parking arrangements can be made for health and personal hardship reasons at the Administration Building Parking Office. Parking and traffic violations are civil infractions and may be referred to 91st District Court. 11. RECORDS: It is the specific responsibility of the student to give honest and complete replies to all questions included in application forms, financial aid forms, and in all other University documents. Failure to give correct and complete information can result in cancellation of the student’s registration. Forgery or alteration on or of any University document or record can result in the separation of the student from the University. 2. STUDENT NOTICES: ludent notices, posters, etc. must be eared for posting by the Center for student Services before being placed on bulletin boards. Maintenance personnel have been instructed to remove all unauthorized material from bulletin boards each day. Normally posters and notices will not exceed 17” by 22” in size. 13. STUDENT ORGANIZATIONS: No student organizations may use campus facilities to solicit funds, or schedule activities unless such organizations have been approved by the University. Approval of University clubs and their operations must be in accordance with University policies. No organization which practices either racial or sexual discrimination will receive support, either directly or indirectly from the University. 14. THEFT: Property of the University, as well as that of individuals, must be respected. Theft of any kind, whether of money or of other property, is prohibited. The destruction or mutilation of books, magazines, or other library material will not be tolerated. Theft of, damage to, or destruction of the property of others is considered a serious offense against the University community, and will result in the separation of the student from the University. 15. TREATMENT OF OTHERS: Abuse, either physical or verbal, of any person on University-owned or controlled property, or at Universitysponsored or supervised functions, will result in disciplinary action by the University. No conduct will be permitted which threatens or endangers the health or safety of any person on the University campus or at University related activities. Lake Superior State University and its Board of Regents subscribe to the principles of equal opportunity and non-discrimination and complies with all applicable federal and state laws and regulations prohibiting discrimination, including harassment. The University is committed to the protection of the rights of all individuals within the University community, the equal and fair treatment of all individuals, and to the elimination of barriers that would prevent individuals from reaching their highest potential It is the responsibility of all employees, students and members of the University community to uphold this commitment in the daily activities of University life STUDENT STANDARDS 34 �this commitment in the activities of University life daily Sexual harassment is a form of discrimination based on sex, and as such falls under the University’s commitment to non-discrimination. Violations of this policy will receive prompt disciplinary action, up to and including dismissal, as warranted by the facts of the individual case. Sexual harassment is defined as unwelcome sexual advances, requests for sexual favors, and other unwelcome verbal or physical conduct or communication of sexual nature. PENALTIES ANY OR ALL of the following penalties may be assigned those few students who violate the University’s standards of behavior and conduct: 1. 2. 3. 4. Reprimand Restitution Monetary fines or work penalties Loss of course credit or reduction in academic grades 5. Probation 6. Suspension 7. Expulsion All-Campus Judicial Committee. It is the responsibility of the executive vice-president to designate the appropriate hearing officer or group in such cases. Instances involving possible academic cheating or plagiarism will be considered by the appropriate instructor and/or the Scholastic Standards Committee. Situations involving possible violations of the University’s standards shall be handled according to the following process. At a minimum, the process will include: 1. A notice to the student of the charges involved and of the individual or office bringing those charges. 2. An opportunity for the student to respond to the charges, and to request a formal hearing on them if desired. PROCEDURES 3. A hearing at which the stud has the right to examine evidence against him, confrol and question those bringing the charge, and introduce any persons he or she wishes to speak on his or her behalf. While students may bring those persons they wish to a disciplinary hearing, they may not be actively represented by University legal counsel, hearings are fact-finding procedures, not courts of law, and are not governed by either courtroom rules or courtroom procedures. POSSIBLE VIOLATIONS of the University’s standards of behavior and conduct shall be considered by either the University hearing officer, the executive vice-president, or the 4. A notification to the student of the hearing body’s or hearing officer’s decision, It is the responsibility of the executive vice-president to originate such notification, except when the Generally, disciplinary actions do not become a part of the student’s academic record. The exceptions are in cases of suspension or expulsion, which may be recorded on the student’s permanent transcript. STUDENT STANDARDS 35 �Scholastic Standards Committee is the hearing body. In these cases, notification is the responsibility of the chairman of that committee. 5. A notification to the student of his or her right of appeal to the president of the University. Such appeals must be made within forty-eight hours of the time notification is received. NOTES STUDENT STANDARDS• 36 �ADMISSIONS FRESHMEN Prospective freshmen still in high school may make application to Lake Superior State University any time during their final year of high school. Applications for admission are processed continuously and students are notified as quickly as A final transcript of possible. courses completed during the final year must be submitted to the Admissions Office promptly after completion of the school year. An official score report from American College Testing (ACT) must also be submitted prior to class registration. Prospective freshmen who have already graduated from high school, but have not attended any college or university, must have an official transcript sent directly from their high school to the Admissions Office. The transcript must include all courses taken, starting with grade nine, and graduation certification. Admitted applicants who graduated from high school fewer than 28 months prior to the date they wish to enter the University must submit their scores from American College Testing (ACT) prior to registering for classes. Individuals who apply during their final year of high school are considered for admission according to the following guidelines. The primary factor in evaluating an application for admission is the individual’s grade point average in academic subjects only. The grade point average for each applicant is recalculated, starting with grade nine, and includes only academic courses such as English, biology, chemistry, physics, algebra, geometry, trigonometry, senior math, social studies, and foreign languages. Seventy-five percent of the freshmen entering LSSU have an overall high school grade point average of 2.56 or higher. The top 25 percent of the entering freshmen have an overall high school grade point average of 3.28 or higher. Secondary factors which may also influence the admissions decision are the number of academic courses an applicant has completed, the trend from year to year of the applicant’s grades, class rank, and recommen-dations. ACT scores are rarely a factor in the admissions decision. All credentials should be submitt' to the Admissions Office at lea. three weeks before the intendeo semester of entry. However, if all available spaces become filled processing of applications will end at an earlier date. To qualify for admission as freshmen, applicants are expected to be graduates of accredited secondary schools. Any student graduating from a non-accredited school should contact the Dean of Admissions for an explanation of the testing procedure used to evaluate an applicant who has attended a nonaccredited school. Students denied admission may reapply for admission after attending another accredited college of their choice and earning at least thirty ADMISSIONS 37 �semester (45 quarter hours) of transferable credit. The evaluation for admission is then based upon the college record rather than the high school record. Admissions File Application materials from prospective freshmen to complete their application for admission file include: TRANSFER STUDENTS A completed application for admission form which is available at the Admissions Office of Lake Superior State University or at your school guidance office. Transfer students must possess a 2.00 cumulative college grade point average and be eligible to return to their former college(s) unless they have completed their required course work. A non-refundable application processing fee of $20 (U.S. funds) must be submitted before an application will be processed. Make check or money order (not cash) payable to Lake Superior State University. In order to comply with the recently enacted federal regulation commonly referred to as "Ability to Benefit" the University requires all transfer applicants who are U.S. residents and have not completed an associate degree prior to enrolling at Lake Superior State University to provide any one of the following: an official high school transcript including evidence of graduation L satisfactory GED scores 3. a satisfactory score on one of the tests approved by the U.S. Department of Education to meet the terms of the "Ability to Benefit" regulation. Contact the University’s Financial Aid Office or Admissions Office for a listing of the approved tests. All required official transcripts from high school, if required, and each college attended must be requested at the time an application for admission is submitted, Official transcripts may be obtained from the respective high school’s guidance office or colleges’ Registrar’s Office. College transcripts must bear the registrar’s signature and raised seal or stamp of An complete, official transcript of your high school credits or GED score report. A report of your scores from American College Testing (ACT), which should be taken before graduation from high school. ACT registration materials are available at your guidance office. ACT scores are generally used for counseling and placement purposes. All veterans must submit an official, certified copy of separation form DD214 with their application. The health record form, which is sent to admitted students must be completed by the student or by the student’s parent and returned to the University’s Health Services Office as soon as possible. Enter your social security number in the appropriate space in your application. It will serve as your permanent student number. If you do not wish to provide this number, an alternate student number will be assigned. However, please be aware the agency processing financial aid applications will not process any aid application which does not include the student’s social security number. Students who do not have a Social Security number or have lost their Social Security card should contact the Social Security Administration promptly. Canadian applicants should not use their Social Insurance number. A nine-digit student number will be assigned to Canadians and other foreign students by the Admissions Office. ADMISSIONS 38 �the college to be considered official. Transcripts must be mailed to the Admissions Office at Lake Superior State University directly from the issuing institution. All transcripts become the property of Lake Superior State University and are not returnable. Students whose last names have changed since they last attended another institution must indicate this when requesting transcripts from high schools or colleges. Each transcript should bear the student’s current name. The application and all required transcripts should be submitted at least thirty days prior to the beginning of the intended semester of entry. However, if all available spaces become filled processing of applications will end at an earlier date. Transfer applicants denied admission because their college grade point average is less than 2.0 on a scale of 4.0 are encouraged to reapply if, after taking additional college course work, their cumulative grade point average improves to more than 2.0. CREDIT EVALUATIONS: No official evaluation of transfer credit can be made until an applicant is accepted for admission, because the process is very time consuming. However, be assured every effort will be made to provide an evaluation of transfer credit as quickly as possible after admission. Students planning to transfer to Lake Superior State University can, by reviewing the course descriptions included in the Lake Superior State University catalog, arrive at a AMERICAN COLLEGE TESTING (ACT) All entering freshmen who will enroll within 28 months of high school graduation and have not attended another college must take the American College Test. The results should be forwarded to Lake Superior State University (code number 2031) prior to registering for classes. United States residents applying for academic scholarships at Lake Superior State University must take the ACT no later than February of their senior year and have results forwarded to Lake Superior State University prior to the April 1 scholarship application deadline. Transfer students entering Lake Superior within 28 months of high school graduation and having less than IS semester or 23 quarter hours of credit must also take the ACT prior to the beginning of classes in August. Transfer students required to take the ACT are encouraged to take it early enough for the results to be available to the University when they schedule their first semester’s classes. Canadian students who enter the University within 28 months of high school graduation are required to take the ACT. Completion of OAC credits does not exempt Ontario students from this requirement. ACT scores are used primarily for counseling and placement purposes and are not normally used as admissions criteria. However, the ACT may be required prior to making an admissions decision if additional information is deemed necessary. The ACT is given nationally five times a year at many locations, including our campus. Information bulletins and registration forms for the ACT are available at high school counseling offices by writing American College Testing Program, P.O. Box 168, Iowa City, Iowa 52243, or by contacting the Lake Superior State University Counseling and Testing Center. ADMISSIONS 39 �reasonably close approximation of the amount of transfer credit they may expect to receive. While making this informal evaluation, students should keep in mind transfer credit is granted for courses which are substantially equivalent in content, length, and prerequisites to the courses offered at this University. D grades will be transferred only for individuals meeting both of the following conditions: 1. having a 2.00 or higher cumulative grade point average; and 2. upon initial application being eligible for, or being granted, unconditional admission as a full­ time student on the basis of their college or university academic records elsewhere. »ome courses with D grades kccepted as transfer credit in accordance with the stipulations in the preceding paragraph may not apply to all departments. Some academic departments do not accept transferred D’s as replacements for courses required as part of the departmental major. In those cases, the departmental major courses involved must be repeated. However, courses not accepted by a department may be applied as elective credit where possible. ELECTIVE CREDIT: If a course taken at another institution is not offered at the University, elective credit may be granted for that course. Elective credits may be applied toward the number of credits required to receive a degree but may not be used to satisfy any specific course requirement. PROVISIONAL CREDIT: Credit earned at any post-secondary institution not listed as accredited in the American Council of Education’s publication, Accredited Institutions of Post-secondary Education, is granted provisionally. Only after students demonstrate satisfactory progress in their chosen academic program at Lake Superior State University do provisional credits become part of students’ permanent records. MACRAO AGREEMENT: Community colleges graduates granted admission to the University who possess baccalaureate-oriented associate of arts or science degrees, with the MACRAO stamp on their transcripts, will be recognized as having completed the general education requirements at Lake Superior State University. Graduates of Michigan and other community colleges with other associate degrees, e.g., applied science, applied business, applied technology, and applied health will be required to complete all remaining Lake Superior State University general education requirements. Students who transfer to Lake Superior State University will be required to satisfy all conditions of their selected majors and minors as well as degree requirements. Thirty (30) semester hours is the minimum number of credits to complete an academic major at Lake Superior State University. Some departments require more. The minimum number of credits in a major that must be earned at Lake Superior State University varies. Before enrolling, students should contact the academic department which includes the intended major to determine this number. ADMISSIONS 40 �RESIDENCY REQUIREMENT: There is no limit on the number of transfer credit from other institutions. However, bachelor’s degree candidates must earn at least 32 of their final 40 credits and at least 50 percent of their departmental required 300/400 level credits in Lake Superior State University courses. Regional Center students must earn at least 32 of their final 64 credits and at least 50 percent of their departmental required 300/400 level credits in Lake Superior State University Associate degree and courses. certificate candidates must earn 16 of their final 20 credits in Lake Superior State University courses. students seeking readmission, However, applicants who have attended another college since leaving Lake Superior State University must have an official transcript sent from the college attended and meet the terms of the University’s transfer student admissions policy. GUEST STUDENTS Initial transfer credit evaluations indicating which Lake Superior State University courses and how many credits will be granted to the student are completed by either the Admissions or Registrar’s offices. These initial evaluations are subject to review and possible modification by the head of the academic department offering the equivalent course. The academic department head’s decision on courses and amounts of transfer credits granted may be appealed to the Vice President for Academic Affairs by the transfer student. A student who is regularly enrolled at another college or university may be admitted to Lake Superior State University as a guest student. A guest admission is normally valid for only one semester. However, under extenuating circumstances this may be extended for one additional semester by submitting another guest application. Any student intending to enroll for more than one semester must submit an application for admission as a transfer studen' Guest student applications may 1 obtained from the Admissions Offit at Lake Superior State University c any other college or university in Michigan. Guest students assume full responsibility for determining whether courses taken at Lake Superior State University will apply to their programs of study at the college from which they intend to graduate. FORMER STUDENTS CANADIAN STUDENTS Former full-time Lake Superior State University students who interrupted their enrollment for one or more semesters, except summer, must apply for re-admission prior to the semester of intended re-entry. Students apply by obtaining a re­ admission application form from the Admissions Office. There is no application processing fee for Lake Superior State University welcomes applications from Canada. Ontario students who apply during their final year of high school are considered for admission using the following guidelines. The primary factor in evaluating an application for admission is the individual’s grade point average in academic ADMISSIONS 41 �Lake Superior "A" Level & OAC "G" Level Equivalent Letter Grade 80-99 70-79 60-69 50-59 A B C D F 90-99 80-89 70-79 60-69 50-59 subjects only. The grade point average for each applicant is recalculated, starting with grade nine and including only academic subjects. If a list of the Ontario secondary school OAC, "A" and "G" level courses included in this academic subjects average is not available at your guidance office, one may be obtained by writing the Dean of Admissions at Lake Superior State University. The Admissions Office uses two grading scales when evaluating an Ontario secondary school applicant, since "A" level courses are considered more demanding and cheir content more appropriate preparation for university-level courses than are "G" level courses. "B" level courses are never included in the recalculated academic grade point average. Secondary factors which may also influence the admissions decision are the number of academic courses an applicant has completed, the trend from year to year of the applicant’s grades, and recommendations. Beginning with students seeking admission for August 1992, a report of ACT scores will be required from all Ontario secondary school students. ACT scores are used for counseling and placement purposes, rather than as a factor in the admissions decision. Additional information for Ontario secondary school students is available in a booklet titled Informational Handbook for Ontario Students and Guidance Counselors published by the Admissions Office. Canadian applicants from provinces other than Ontario are also most welcome and will be evaluated on the basis of the education system in their provinces. ONTARIO GRADE 13/OAC COURSES Students who completed grade 13 or OAC courses no later than the summer of 1990 receive transfer credit at the University for each course in which a final mark of at least 60% was earned. Transfer credit will not be granted for OAC courses completed after the However, summer of 1990. completion of OAC courses prepares some students to earn transfer credit through testing. Up to 30 semester hours of transfer credit may be earned by achieving satisfactory scores on CLEP tests and departmental examinations given on the campus. If information about CLEP tests and departmental tests offered by the University is not available at your high school guidance office, please contact the Admissions Office. ADMISSIONS 42 �FOREIGN STUDENTS (NON-CANADIAN) The University makes every effort to meet the needs of foreign students who give evidence of adequate academic preparation and sufficient competency in English. Six months to one year before the beginning of the desired semester of entry, the student should write to the Dean of Admissions requesting application materials. Applicants must satisfy entrance requirements comparable to those required for All United States students, credentials written in a language other than English must be accompanied by certified English translations. No student should plan to come to Lake Superior State University with less than sufficient funds in the hope of obtaining financial assistance upon arrival, No foreign student scholarships are available, and employment opportunities for foreign students are restricted by government regulations. A notarized financial statement will be required before Form 1-20 (required to obtain a student visa) will be issued. This statement must include the amount of money available per year and the source(s). Inclusion of false information in the financial statement is grounds for dismissal. Applicants should not consider themselves admitted to the University until they have provided all documents which the University requires and received an official letter granting admission Following the letter granting admission, the Certificate of Eligibility ( Form 1-20) will be sent, as required by the U.S. Immigration and Naturalization Service. A health record form will be sent to students granted admission. This form must be completed and returned to the University’s Health Service Office prior to registration. Foreign students are required to purchase a health and accident insurance policy for each year in residence, This cost is approximately $600 per year for a single student. The policy is offered by GM Underwriters, Inc. The University’s English language proficiency requirement for admission may be satisfied in any of three ways: 1. By achieving a score of 550 or above on the Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) administered in most countries. Information regarding this test can be obtained by writing to: TOEFL, Box 6151, Princeton, New Jersey, 08541-6151, U.S.A. or from any United States Information Service Center; 2. By completing Level 109 at any ELS Language Center located in the United States. Information regarding ELS Centers can be obtained by writing to: ELS Language Centers, 5761 Buckingham Parkway, Culver City, California, 90230, U.S.A. 3. By completing two years of study at a school, college, or university located in an English speaking country. ADMISSIONS 43 �PART-TIME ENROLLMENT Students wishing to attend on a parttime basis may enroll for up to eleven credits per semester in courses for which they have sufficient academic background. Unless students have special permission from their principal, parttime enrollment is limited to those whose high school class has already graduated. Part-time students not seeking a degree or certificate, are not required to apply formally for admission prior to enrollment. A course request and part-time student enrollment form must be completed during the registration period for each semester of attendance, These forms are available through the University’s Scheduling and Continuing Education offices. hould a part-time student later Jesire full-time enrollment (12 or more credits per semester), or elect to seek degree/certificate status, the student must submit a completed application for admission form with a $20 non-refundable application processing fee, have the required official transcripts sent to the Admissions Office; and meet all admission requirements for Lake Superior State University. Part-time students are not officially assigned to faculty advisors. However, they are encouraged to seek assistance in selecting courses from the appropriate academic departments. Some who have been denied admission are permitted by the Admissions Committee to attend the University as non-admitted part-time students, then later ask to be reconsidered for admission. The grades earned as part-time students become an additional factor when reconsidering the students’ applications for admission. It is the responsibility of students electing to attend the University parttime, seeking reconsideration for admission, to make certain they are aware of all the conditions for reconsideration the Admissions Committee has established. Upon request, the Admissions Office will provide a sheet titled "Reconsideration for Admission to Lake Superior State University (LSSU) on the Basis of Part-Time Study" which details the requirements attached to this opportunity. The requirements for using part-time enrollment at the University as a method for being reconsidered for admission are: 1. In one semester, the student must take nine to eleven credits of academic subjects only. Recreational activities, skill courses such as keyboarding, and remedial courses such as Intermediate Algebra are not considered academic courses for this purpose. 2. The student must earn a final grade of at least "C" in every course, and may not withdraw from or drop a course after the standard drop-add period. A student receiving an "I" grade will not be eligible for reconsideration until the "I" has been changed to a standard grade (A,B, or C) by the instructor. 3. If a student has been academically dismissed from ADMISSIONS 44 �another college or university, at least 12 months must have passed before the start of the term for which reconsideration for admission is being sought. As soon as the grades are available for the semester, the student may make an appointment to see the Dean of Admissions to be reconsidered for admission. CONCURRENT ENROLLMENT FOR HIGH SCHOOL STUDENTS Recognizing some talented high school students may benefit from taking university courses while still enrolled full-time in high school, Lake Superior State University permits selected high school students to take specific courses at the University on a part-time basis. These students must receive written permission from both their high school principal and their parents. Also, they must possess an appropriate academic record. Generally, a 3.0 or higher grade point average or demonstrated exceptional aptitude in specific subject areas is required to be eligible for concurrent enrollment. Prior to a student registering for any class a Concurrent Enrollment Request form must be requested from the Scheduling Office. A parent of the student must complete the form, get the required signatures, and return the form to the Scheduling Office. Students no longer enrolled in high school whose high school class has not yet graduated are ineligible to enroll as part-time students unti1 their high school class has graduatec GENERAL INFORMATION Students may apply for admission any time during their final year in high school. All credentials must be submitted at least three weeks prior to the beginning of the semester for which the student intends to enroll. However, if all available spaces become filled, application processing will be stopped at an earlier date. A $20 non-refundable application fee must be sent with the application. Applications for admission for prospective freshmen are available upon request from the Admissions Office at Lake Superior State University or at most high school An official guidance offices, transcript of high school credit must be sent directly from the school to the Admissions Office. Upon receipt and evaluation of the application and transcript of high school credits, the Admissions Committee will notify each student promptly of its decision on the application for admission and provide instructions concerning subsequent procedures. PLACEMENT TESTING Entering freshmen are required to take placement tests in English, mathematics, and reading. The tests are given during the Fall Class ADMISSIONS 45 �COLLEGE ENTRANCE EXAMINATION BOARD ADVANCED PLACEMENT PROGRAM Advanced Placement examinations are administered each May at high schools to seniors who have taken specific advanced level courses in high school. Lake Superior State University grants credit in selected courses for Advanced Placement examinations, without an essay section, passed with a score of 3 or higher. The grading scale is from a low of 1 to a high of 5. If an essay is part of an individual Advanced Placement test, it must also be submitted to the University for evaluation. To receive credit, the essay must be satisfactory and the student must has a minimum score of 3 on the test. A list of courses for which the University currently grants credit may be obtained from either the Registrar’s Office or the University’s Counseling and Testing Center. Scheduling and Parents' Programs each July. The results are used to help place students in the appropriate fall semester courses, Students unable to participate in the July testing and class scheduling will do >oth during orientation in late August. ENGLISH: Individuals with a high placement score will be invited to enroll in Honors English. Students whose English placement test scores indicate a deficiency in English will complete the course EN091, Basic English, before enrolling in EN110, Freshman Composition. READING: Students who are deficient in reading achievement will be urged to enroll in a one-credit course, SA105, Development of Reading Abilities. MATHEMATICS: One or more freshman-level mathematics courses may be waived for students whose placement test results demonstrate excellent preparation in mathematics. Students whose mathematics placement scores indicate a deficiency will be placed, depending on their scores, in either MA091, Basic Mathematics or MA092, Intermediate Algebra. CREDIT BY EXAMINATION Students may earn up to one year of academic credit (thirty semester hours) at Lake Superior State University by examination. The University grants credit by examination to entering students for satisfactory results from the College Entrance Examination Board’s Advanced Placement Program, the College Level Examination Program (CLEP) tests, and departmental exams created by the University’s individual academic departments. Students already attending the University may earn credit through both CLEP and departmental exams. ADMISSIONS 46 �Before credits by examination, or transfer credits from other sources, will be entered on students’ permanent academic records in the registrar’s office, they must: 1. Apply, and be admitted, to the University under the criteria for full time students; 2. Enroll, either full time or part time. A description of each examination program follows: COLLEGE LEVEL EXAMINATION PROGRAM (CLEP) Students may take CLEP exams either at the University’s Counseling and Testing Center in Brown Hall or CLEP at other testing centers, exams are given at the University each month except February and December, and elsewhere on scheduled dates. CLEP exam scores for students entering fall semester should be reported to the Registrar’s Office no later than July 30 to be considered for advanced placement. To meet this date, a student taking the exams elsewhere should be tested no later than the month of May. Interested students should contact the Counseling and Testing Center at Lake Superior State University for complete information about the program, for test sites, and for test dates. The current University policy governing granting of credit through CLEP is as follows: 1. If a transcript indicating CLEP credit is received from a potential student, an official copy of the CLEP score report form will be required. 2. If any prospective student, accepted for admission, submits an official CLEP score report form, the scores will be evaluated by the Registrar’s Office to determine if credit shall be given in the appropriate subject areas. CLEP GENERAL Examinations: A student or prospective student may elect to write any or all tests comprising the general examination, except mathematics, under the following conditions: 1. To be eligible for consideration for credit, a student must have been granted admission to Lake Superior State University and an official score report must be on file. (Exception: President’s Achievement Award participants). 2. Credit for the CLEP genera1 examination will be granted a follows: English Composition: Students successfully passing the English general examination will receive credit for EN110 & EN210, or for either of the courses for which the student has not previously received credit. A maximum of 6 semester hours of English composition can be earned through a combination of the CLEP general examination and previously earned credit. Humanities: Students successfully passing the humanities general examination will receive a maximum of eight semester hours in humanities electives, toward general education If students requirements, previously have received credit in humanities courses or courses which substitute for humanities, ADMISSIONS 47 �a maximum of 8 semester hours can be earned through a combination of the CLEP general examinations and previously earned credit. Social Science: Students successfully passing the social science general examination will receive a maximum of eight semester hours in those social science elective courses specified in the general education requirements, provided these are courses for which credit has not already been received. Natural Science: Students successfully passing the natural science general examination will receive a maximum of eight semester hours in those natural science elective courses specified in the general education requirements, provided these are courses for which credit has not already been received. Students who have earned previous Test English Composition Humanities Social Science Score Equiv. Reg. 500 500 500 CLEP SUBJECT Examinations: 1. Credit may be earned for individual courses by successfully passing CLEP subject examinations. 2. CLEP subject examinations may not be used to repeat any course(s) previously taken unless special permission is granted from the academic department offering the course. college-level physical or biological science credits must apply these credits against their general education requirements before any CLEP natural science general examination credits will be granted to fulfill the general education requirements. 3. CLEP general examination credit may not be used to repeat courses previously taken unless permission is granted from the academic department offering the course. 4. Grades for general examinations, where credit is granted, will be recorded as credit (cr), without grade points. 5. Credit for CLEP general examination will be granted as follows for each test showing a composite score at the fiftieth percentile based on college sophomore norms published by the Educational Testing Service. Course EN1I0&EN210 HU Electives SS Electives Cr. Hrs. 6 8 8 3. A current listing of approved CLEP subject examinations and acceptable minimum scores may be obtained from the either the Registrar’s Office or the University’s Counseling and Testing Center. CREDIT BY EXAMINATION Departments may provide their own examinations for certain courses. ADMISSIONS • 48 �Students should inquire at the academic department offering the course whether a departmental examination is available. If an examination is available, the department head’s written approval to take the examination must be obtained. An application form for credit by examination with explanation of the necessary procedural steps, may be obtained from the department head or the Registrar’s Office. The fee amount will be equivalent to that for CLEP exams and students will not be charged tuition for the credits earned. An examination grade of 2.00 or better is required for credit to be earned. Course and credit earned by examination shall be recorded on the student’s transcript with the grade marked as CR. Some universities may not accept for transfer credit earned by departmental examination. their parents. The purpose is twofold. First, it enables new freshmen to take placement tests, meet with academic advisors, schedule fall semester classes and buy books prior to the orientation program. Second, it provides an opportunity for parents to meet University administrators and, through an informative program, gain a better understanding of the array of services Lake Superior State University furnishes. Entering transfer students should attend the Transfer Student Scheduling program in the spring or, at a later date, make individual appointments for advising and scheduling conferences with their academic advisors. ENTERING STUDENT ORIENTATION PROGRAM HEALTH RECORD FORM Everyone entering the University for the first time is required to complete a health record form, which is mailed to admitted students. The health record form should be completed by the student and/or a parent and returned to the Health Service Office in the envelope provided. Health record forms are not considered as criteria for admission to the University. The information helps the University’s Health Service better serve the needs of individual students. FALL CLASS SCHEDULING AND PARENTS’ PROGRAM Each July, the University offers a program for entering freshmen and All new fall semester students are required to be present on campus during orientation, prior to the start of classes. Program activities help students become acquainted with the campus and community and provide a basis for a smooth transition to university work. Included in the activities are placement examinations, consultations with departmental advisors and faculty members (for those who did not attend the July program), and lectures and conferences covering various phases of academic and extra-curricular activities. A separate orientation program is provided for transfer students. Note: Information in the admissions section of the catalog is for information only and not part of an enrollment contract. ADMISSIONS 49 �STUDENT SERVICES THE UNIVERSITY RECOGNIZES the value of a well rounded program for student development, and encourages students to participate in student activities. Students should carefully consider their choice of activities according to their special interests. There are opportunities to participate in the programs of the honorary, social, and professional organizations, special interest clubs, student publications, intramural, and intercollegiate activities. Formation of clubs, of such personal interest groups as camera and amateur radio clubs, and of musical, dramatic, and other organizations is encouraged. Intramural athletics are stressed, and varsity teams representing Lake Superior State University compete in several athletic conferences. Students are encouraged to take part in outdoor activity. Good hunting and excellent fishing are found within a few miles of the University. Favorite winter sports are skating, hockey, snowshoeing, tobogganing, ice fishing and skiing. THE H. THAYER FLETCHER CENTER houses a variety of offices providing services to students: scheduling, admissions, financial aids, placement, continuing education and the registrar, among others. It is named after a man who visited the campus one summer day in 1973 while back in his home town for a few days"to arrange for some scholarships." He set up a $25,000 fund to be paid in at $5,000 a year for five years. Upon his death in 1979 the University learned that he had left the bulk of his estate to expand this scholarship fund to almost more than a quarter of a million dollars. AN IMPORTANT PHASE of college life consists of development in "human relations." Learning to live and work with others, and the development of leadership qualities, are largely the result of student participation in a wide variety of student activities at Lake Superior State University. STUDENT SENATE THE GOVERNING BODY for many student activities is the Student Senate. All students are eligible for election to Senate membership and are encouraged to participate in this active student organization, The Senate each spring selects its future officers. It meet regularly during the academic year. Some annual events sponsored by the Senate: Winter Carnival and various lectures, motion pictures and entertainments. RECOGNIZED ORGANIZATIONS STUDENT ATHLETIC: Ski Club, Skating Club, Cheerleaders, Nordic Ski Club, and Judo Club. STUDENT SERVICES 50 �STUDENT PROFES­ SIONAL: Accounting Club, American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME), Technology Club, Society of Manufacturing Engineers, Phi Beta Lambda (Business), Lambda Sigma Beta (Business), Student Nursing Club, Institute of Electrical Electronic Engineers (IEEE), Geology Club, Data Processing Club, French Club, Criminal Justice Association, Biological Society, Political Science Club, Semper Fidelis Society (U.S. Marine Corps), Chemistry Club, Psychology Club, Math Club, Phi Sigma (Business), Society of Automotive Engineers, Association of Computing Machinery, Environmental Awareness Club, Hospitality Club, and Recreation Club. STUDENT RELIGIOUS: Inter-Varsity Christian Fellowship, Baptist Student Union, His House, Newman Association, Campus Crusade for Christ, and Anchor House. SPECIAL STUDENT: Alpha Kappa Chi, Associated Women and Men Student (AWMS), Canadian Club, Big Brothers and Big Sisters, Alpha Chi (National Academic Honorary), Alpha Phi Sigma (National Criminal Justice Honor Society), Science Fiction Club, Karate Club, Delta Sigma Phi, Chess Club, Forensic Club, Republican Forum, Young Democrats, Returning Students Organization, Students in Free Enterprise, Tau Kappa Epsilon, Delta Phi Epsilon, Theta Xi, Student Senate, Zeta Chi Epsilon, Inter Greek Council, Tau Alpha Phi, and Veterans’ Club. STUDENT MUSIC: LSSU Band, The Jazz Band, and Pep Band. COMMUNICATIONS: The Compass (weekly student newspaper), The Almanac (annual directory and data source). Sports Press Books (annual), Anchor yearbook, and WLKR (student radio station). LODGING/FOOD MODERN HOUSING facilities are available for both men and women. All students (enrolled for 12 hours or more) attending Lake Superior State University must comply with this housing policy: All unmarried, non-veteran students (enrolled for 12 hours or more) who are within twenty-seven calendar months of the date of their graduation from high school (for this purpose, all high school graduation dates shall be assumed to be June in any given year) must reside in University residence hall, with t following exceptions: STUDENTS living with their parents within reasonable commuting distance. STUDENTS exempted by the housing director when residence hall space is filled. STUDENTS with unusual financial or health problems who are exempted by the executive vicepresident. To permit adjustments to local housing problems, the University reserves the right to assign all students within the residence halls. Room, residence hall, and apartment preferences are considered according to the dates of receipt of application, with freshmen ordinarily given priority in residence hall assignments STUDENT SERVICES • 51 �and upperclassmen being given priority in apartment assignments. The University recognized that the need for an exception to the policy stated above may occasionally arise. Student requests for permission to live off campus will be considered by the executive vice-president. Should a student request permission to live off campus for financial reasons, the executive vice-president shall apply the following criteria to his or her request: "FINANCIAL hardship" shall be defined for this purpose as a situation in which the total resources of the student and family added to the total financial aid available from the University do not equal the dollar amount budgeted by the financial aids office as the minimum required for on-campus residency. In such a situation, the student will be considered to face two alternatives: a.) withdrawing from the dormitory or b.) withdrawing from the University. AN EXAMPLE OF a student who might be released from the dormitory under the above definition would be one whose financial situation changed suddenly during the year (perhaps due to the death of a parent) and who applies for assistance, after the aids program is depleted. A complete and modem cafeteria is located in Canusa Hall. The Cisler Center has a snack bar, informal lounges and recreational areas. A number of modem student apartments are available on campus. Married students or groups of single students desiring living accom­ modations should contact the housing manager. The Osborn Hall dormitory and the were Student Village dormitory constructed with a loan from the Federal Government which is to be repaid from the room rentals. The University Board of Control in obtaining this loan agreed to provide for maximum occupancy and use of As a result, the the building. University reserves the right to transfer students from Brady Hall or from off-campus housing to the Townhouses, Osborn Hall or the Student Village during the year. To avoid unnecessary inconvenience, such transfers are normally made between terms. COUNSELING/ TESTING ALL STUDENTS are encouraged to avail themselves of the counseling and testing services. Several professional counselors are available at the student counseling center to assist students with their academic, personal, or vocational problems. A complete vocational testing and counseling program, which has proven throughout the years to be invaluable in helping students assess their interests and potentials, is available to all students to help them decide upon their educational and career goals. The counseling center is equipped with career information, college undergraduate and graduate catalogs, applications for all Michigan colleges and universities, etc. The center maintains a complete file of individual test folders, which includes all orientation test results for our students. Those who wish to have their scores interpreted may make an appointment with a counselor at the counseling center. STUDENT SERVICES 52 �If the results are inconclusive you may wish to submit application for the complete vocational testing battery. Tutoring services are also offered through the counseling center. Student tutors are available to help individually those students who request special help in their courses. No fee is charged for this service. Growth group sessions are scheduled periodically for students who are interested in personal and social growth through the group dynamics of interpersonal relationships. Anyone interested in participating should stop by the counseling center. The student counseling center is open Monday through Friday from 8 a.m. to 5 p.m. For an appointment call extension 452 or just drop in. HEALTH SERVICE THE UNIVERSITY’S health service entitles full-time students to consultation and advice, a medical examination by appointment, minor treatment and first aid. A physician is in attendance at the health center at definite hours. The University makes available to all students a comprehensive plan of insurance covering medical expenses for a period of one year from the date of enrollment. An agent of the insurance company will be on hand to answer any questions and settle claims that may occur during the school year. Materials will be sent to the students prior to enrollment explaining the plan and costs involved. All students from countries other than the United States and Canada are required to carry health insurance as a condition of enrollment. Students who choose not to carry the program offered by the University must furnish proof that they have purchased an equivalent program of American health insurance. In either case, proof of insurance shall be required before registration is permitted. CAREER PLANNING/ PLACEMENT LAKE SUPERIOR State University maintains a centralized career planning and placement service for alumni and graduates. The function of the office of career planning and placement is to assist students to develop realistic career goals and in locating suitable and desirable employment. This is done by arranging interviews with representatives of schools, business, industry, and government agencies; by mailing employment credentials for graduates to prospective employers; by notifying graduates c employment opportunities; and b vocational counseling. In addition to assisting graduate and currently enrolled undergraduate students, this office maintains an active file of available alumni Alumni desiring to candidates, become, or to remain, active candidates must contact the office in writing for re-enrollment each year. Assistance in finding part-time and summer jobs is maintained and made available to all students. Several bulletin boards listing current parttime jobs are maintained to keep registrants informed. Regular contact is maintained with employers both on and off campus in an effort to promote their interest in employing Lake Superior State University students. STUDENT SERVICES 53 �ATHLETICS The mission of intercollegiate athletics at Lake Superior State University is to provide a broad based, meaningful opportunity for the student-athlete to compete while providing safety in travel, In competition and practice, addition, the athletic program provides the rest of the student body, campus community, local community and alumni an opportunity to follow the University. Lake Superior State University offers varsity intercollegiate athletics at the NCAA Division II level in the following Men’s and Women’s sports: Basketball, Cross Country, Track, Tennis, Women’s Volleyball and Softball and Men’s Golf and Wrestling. In addition, Lake Superior State University sponsors NCAA Division I Ice Hockey. The University is a member of the Great Lake Intercollegiate Athletic Conference (GLIAC) in it’s Division II sports, while holding membership in the Central Collegiate Hockey Association (CCHA) in Ice Hockey. The President, with assistance of the Executive Vice-President, has the same control over the athletics program that he/she exercises elsewhere in the University. The Intercollegiate Athletic Council, composed of faculty and staff of the University, approve academic eligibility requirements, scheduling of athletic events, athletic grant-in-aid policies and institutional positions on legislative matters acted upon at annual NCAA conventions. The Athletic Director reports directly to the Executive VicePresident on the day to day operation of the Intercollegiate Athletic Program. Initial and continuing eligibility for intercollegiate competition requires compliance with NCAA Bylaws Article 14. Interested individuals should contact the athletic department to ascertain the necessary information. All student-athletes are required to maintain a minimum grade point average, carry a required number of courses and make satisfactory progress towards a Baccalaureate Degree. NOTES ATHLETICS 54 �COSTS University fees and assessments are subject to change by the University Board of Regents. APPLICATION FEE OF $20 (in United States funds) must accompany each application for admission to Lake Superior State University. Fee is nonrefundable; does not apply towards tuition or other fees. The tuition schedule shown applies to on-campus instruction and at residence centers. A. RESIDENTS of Michigan including students from Northern Ontario qualifying under the Reciprocity Agreement: Enrollment fee of $26 per student (not refundable). Credit hour cost $102.75 per hour for enrollment of 1 through 12 hours and for each additional credit hour in excess of 17. Total tuition cost per full-time resident student is $2518.00 per academic year. B. NON-RESIDENTS of Michigan: Enrollment fee of $26 per student (not refundable). Credit hour cost $202.25 per hour, for enrollment of 1 through 12 hours and for each additional credit hour in excess of 19. Total tuition cost per full-time, non-resident student is $4906.00 per academic year. Michigan Residence DEFINITION OF MICHIGAN RESIDENCY: As a state-supported institution, Lake Superior State University complies with the following definitions and regulations governing resident status: 1. The residence of a student who is a minor follows that of parents or legal guardians, except that a minor student who comes to the University from another state or country cannot be registered as a resident of this state on the basis of having a resident of this state as a guardian, except on per- mission of the University in each individual case. 2. A person who is at least 18 years of age at the time of initial registration and who has con­ tinuously resided in Michigan for at least six months immediately preceding the first day of classes, is a resident for tuition purposes provided he/she can provide evi­ dence of Michigan residency. Such evidence should include, but is not limited to, changes in voter registration and vehicle registration. 3. Non-resident students who enter the state and immediately begin classes shall be eligible for reclassification to resident status after six months, provided they can provide evidence of a change in their residency status. Such evidence could include, but is not limited to, changes in voter and vehicle registration. 4. A Michigan resident absent from the state for periods of up to one COSTS • 55 �year shall not forfeit his or her residence for tuition purposes, provided that he or she has taken no action to become a resident of another state. 5. Initial decisions on classification, and requests for reclassification to become a resident student, will be made by and to the registrar. Students may appeal these decisions to the executive vicepresident. 6. The residence of a student follows that of his or her spouse, except that a student who initially registers as a resident student may continue to register as a resident of Michigan although subsequently marrying a non­ resident student or other non­ resident. Students on active duty in any of the armed services and stationed in the State of Michigan are exempt from payment of non­ resident tuition. 8. Aliens lawfully admitted for permanent resident in the United State who have a permanent visa, their spouses and minor children, may register as residents of this state provided they have met the other requirements herein for residency. 9. Any full-time employee of the University, and those members of the teaching staff whose appointments require at least three contact hours of teaching each week in regularly assigned formal classes, and their dependents, may register as residents. Any student who is in doubt of residence status should consult with the registrar and have any questions settled prior to registration. POLICY: TUITION/FEES ALL TUITION and fees are payable according to established due dates. Students who are delinquent in payment of any financial obligation are subject to enrollment cancellation until all amounts due the University have been paid, or until satisfactory arrangements have been made with the business office. The registrar, on notice that a student is delinquent in payment, will deny registration to students delinquent in payments of fees and other University obligations. University services including transcripts will not be provided until financial obligations are paid. Registration is not complete until fees are paid. A check or draft returned to the University and not honored by the bank shall constitute non-payment and result in cancellation of registration. Auditing: The cost for auditing courses is one-half the tuition charged for credit courses plus the full amount of enrollment and special fees. Other Courses: A few courses have special fees. All registrations (including payment of fees) must be completed no later than six days after the beginning of regular instruction. No student may enroll for the semester after the six-day period has passed without special permission from the Registrar. A COSTS 56 �service charge will be assessed for adding late. Vehicles: Students operating or parking a car or other motor vehicle anywhere on campus must pay an annual vehicle registration fee. The fee will be refunded in whole or in part only under certain conditions. Credit by exam: Credit by departmental examination can be available to students who are accepted as full-time. If a 2.00 or better is scored, the credit will be recorded on the student’s transcripts. The only fee charged will be a fee equivalent to CLEP exams, with no tuition charged for credits earned. Withdrawal: Students with­ drawing from the University must complete a withdrawal form in the Student Services Building to initiate a refund. Authorized refunds apply only to tuition and special course For students on approved fees. University financial aids, or aid through other agencies that mandate recovery of financial assistance, refunds will be in accordance with related requirements. Withdrawing students should check with the Director of Financial Aids. Refunds are made according to the following: During the first six days 100% refund on withdrawals, Seven through ten days 50% refund for students withdrawing completely from Lake Superior State University. No refunds for dropping one or two classes. Transcript Fee: Each student or former student is furnished, without charge, one official transcript either before or after graduation. A charge of $5 is made for each additional transcript. SUMMARY OF EXPENSES RESIDENT INCL. N. ONT. $2,518 Tuition Housing (damage) deposit (paid once) Board and Room Books and supplies (higher for first semester) Total for year: NON­ RESIDENT $4,906 75 75 3,625 3,625 480 480 $ 6,698 $ 9,086 In addition to the books and supplies indicated above students enrolled in ceratin curricula may be required to have special materials and supplies which may be purchased at the University bookstore. Travel and miscellaneous personal expenses will vary between students in proportion directly related to their established standards of living. COSTS 57 �ROOM & BOARD APPLICATIONS HOUSING APPLICA­ TIONS: Applications for housing must be made to the housing office. Students indicating interest in living on campus on their University admissions application will be sent housing information, Room assignments will be made upon receipt of the first room and board payment. Applications will be voided if first room and board payment is not received by June 14. If application is canceled by proper notification to the housing manager by June 14, all monies paid will be refunded. If cancellation is made between June 14 and the opening of the residence halls, LSSU will retain $100.00. If cancellation is made after the halls open, a penalty of $300.00 is charged. Students must be "accepted" by Admissions to live on campus. ROOM AND BOARD: A var iety of living environments areavailable on campus for students. Room and board costs for 19911992 are $3,589.00 for the academic year plus a $36.00 environmental fee. Payments are divided into nine installments. DAMAGE DEPOSIT: Students living on campus must pay a $75.00 damage deposit prior to checking into the halls. This deposit will be retained as a guarantee against breakage or damage. It will be refunded, less charges for breakage or damage, when students leave on-campus housing. REGULATIONS: To insure effective use of residence hall and cafeteria facilities and to promote development of desirable social qualities in students, certain regulations have been adopted to govern the conduct in the residence halls. Each student is given a copy of the regulations. NOTES COSTS 58 �FINANCIAL AIDS THE UNIVERSITY STRIVES to reward the scholar and to meet the needs of the many students who apply for financial assistance. A combination of University, state and federal programs enable many students to receive a "financial aid package" which may include a combination of scholarship, loan, grant, and/or work assistance. Priority in aid awards will be to full-time undergraduate students. All students should carefully consider the full cost of their education, parental support, and savings, including savings from summer employment, in determining their need for financial aid. Students with excellent high school or community college grades are encouraged to apply for scholarships regardless of need. Students with need will be considered for loans, grants, and/or employment on the basis of need established from the Financial Aid Form (FAF) or Family Financial Statement (FFS). Applications for all financial aid programs are available from the office of student financial aid. The staff of this office will be happy to counsel with applicants and their parents concerning the costs of attending the University, availability of financial aid, and application procedures. All applications for Financial aid must be received by April 1. Financial Statements (FAF or FFS) must be postmarked on or before March I. Applying Students already enrolled may secure applications in the financial aids office. PROSPECTIVE STUDENTS Applications should be submitted to the University as soon as possible and must be on file by April 1 to be considered for the fall semester beginning in August. wishing to apply for financial aid should complete the financial aid section of the application for admission; forms may be obtained from high school principals or counselors or by writing to: Student Financial Aid, Lake Superior State University, Sault Ste. Marie, MI 49783. SCHOLARSHIP REQUIREMENTS: Incoming freshmen must be in the upper onefourth of their graduating class and FINANCIAL AIDS 59 �have a 3.25 grade point average. The recipient of any award must be a full-time student (carrying 12 academic hours or more). Scholarship awardees will be notified December 1 through May. Others, April 1 through June. In most cases scholarship winners are selected on the basis of competitive examinations, scholastic records, and/or financial need. The American College Test is the University’s primary test for scholarship applicants. Test results must be on file by April I. Students applying for assistance must have parents or guardian complete a Financial Aid Form (FAF). These forms are made available by the College Scholarship Service and may be obtained from local high school The counselors or principals. Jniversity will also accept the ’amily Financial Statement (FFS) rom the American College Testing Program. Indicate on the form that a copy of the financial needs analysis report is to be sent to Lake Superior State University. The form must be mailed on or before March 1 to assure that financial needs analysis reports are received before the financial aid application deadline of April 1. RETAINING AID (SATISFACTORY PROGRESS POLICY) A POLICY of great importance to students receiving financial aid defines the rate of academic progress and success which must be met if financial aid is to be retained. If you are receiving any form of financial aid, please study the following section carefully: Financial aid regulations require satisfactory progress for students to remain eligible for financial aid. Programs affected by this policy are: Pell Grant, Perkins Student Loan, College Work-Study, Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant, the Stafford Student Loan Programs, Board of Regents Scholarships, Board of Regents Grant, Michigan Competitive Scholarship, and all other institutional scholarships and grants. The following is the minimum requirement for all types of financial aid; however, there are some types of aid, such as scholarships, with more stringent requirements: EVERY STUDENT must maintain, at the end of each semester, a cumulative grade point average (GPA) of at least: Credits Cumulative Attempted GPA 0-25 1.70 as a freshman 26-55 1.86 as a sophomore 56-87 1.93 as a junior 88+ 1.97 as a senior APPLICATION OF POLICY Freshman students not meeting the GPA requirement after Fall semester will be placed on Financial Aid Probation for one semester. The cumulative GPA after the probationary semester must satisfy the minimum GPA or the student will have their financial aid suspended. Students classified as a sophomore or higher will not have a probationary semester and must meet the schedule above. In addition, each student must have earned the following number of credits at the end of each semester in FINANCIAL AIDS 60 �attendance in order to remain eligible for financial aid: Full-Time Semester 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Credits Earned Full-Time Semester 8 16 8 9 25 34 43 10 52 61 11 12 13 14 15+ Credits Earned 70 79 88 97 106 115 124 ineligible Students enrolled for less than 6 credits do not have a term/semester added and those enrolled for 6 to 11 credits count as one-half semester. Students are reviewed annually (at the completion of Winter Semester) in regards to credits completed. Students who do not meet the completion schedule are considered as not making satisfactory progress and their financial aid is suspended for subsequent semesters. Once financial aid is suspended, both the GPA and credit completion criteria must be met in subsequent semesters before reinstatement of aid is possible. If completion of "I" grades or other record changes warrant a reinstatement, a written notice from the Registrar’s Office must be presented to the Financial Aid Office by the end of the semester following suspension of aid. Summer school attendance may be used by the student to remove grade point or credit earned deficiencies. Students must file a request for reinstatement with the Financial Aid Office following the successful completion of a summer term. FINANCIAL AID SUSPENSION No aid, including but not limited to the Stafford Student Loan, Perkins Student Loan, College Work-Study, Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant, Pell Grant, Michigan Competitive Scholarship, and Institutional Scholarships and Grants, will be granted once a student’s eligibility is suspended. To remove financial aid suspension status, a student must have attained the minimum cumulative grade point average and credit earned requirements while not receiving financial aid processed through the University. Successful students then must advise the Financial Aid Office in writing that they meet the requirements for reinstatement. TRANSFER STUDENTS The requirements for transfer students are based on the number of full-time equivalent credits transferred to LSSU. For example, a student with 68 transfer credits must earn a G.P.A. of 1.93 or higher and must earn at least 16 credits after two semesters of study. SCHOLARSHIP RENEWAL REQUIREMENTS In addition to the credits completion schedule, scholarship winners must meet the following GPA requirements to maintain their awards: BOARD OF REGENTS DISTINGUISHED* BOARD OF REGENTS** 3.00 or belter after two 2.50 or better after two semesters of study semesters of study 3.10 or better after four 2.60 or better after four semesters of study semesters of study 3.20 or better after six 2.70 or better after six semesters of study semesters of study 'Includes other institutional scholarships with a value of full-tuition or higher. "Includes other institutional scholarships with a value of less than full tuition. FINANCIAL AIDS ■ 61 �RIGHT TO APPEAL A student whose aid is suspended may request reinstatement through the Financial Aid Committee. To obtain reinstatement, the student must effectively demonstrate that their poor performance was due to some unusual circumstance. Such requests should be in writing and addressed to the Executive Vice President. Scholarships are awarded on academic excellence and may not be reinstated by appeal. CONSUMER INFORMATION AS AN APPLICANT and recipient of Federal financial student aid, you have certain rights and responsibilities, Knowing your rights and responsibilities will put you in a better position to make a decision about your goals and how you can best achieve them. STUDENT RIGHTS: You have the right to know: 1. What financial aid programs are available at your school. They are listed in the financial aid section of this Catalog. 2. Deadlines for submitting applications for each available financial aid program. 3. How financial aid will be distributed, how decisions on that distribution are made, and the basis for these decisions. (Contact financial aid office.) 4. How your financial need was determined. This includes how costs for tuition and fees, room and board, travel, books and supplies, personal and miscellaneous expenses, etc., are considered in your budget. (See award letter.) 5. What resources (such as parental contribution, other financial aid, your assets, etc.) were considered in the calculation of your need. (Contact financial aid office.) 6. How much of your financial need as determined by the institution has been met. (Contact financial aid office.) 7. To request an explanation of the various programs in your student aid package. 8. Your school’s refund policy. This is in the Catalog "costs" section. 9. What portion of the financial aid you receive must be repaid, and what portion is grant aid. If the aid is a loan, you have the right to know what the interest rate is, the total amount that must be repaid, the payback procedures, the length of time you have to repay the loan, and when repayment is to begin. (Contact financial aid office, see loan note.) 10. How the school determines whether you are making satisfactory progress, and what happens if you are not. This information is under "Retaining Financial Aid" in this section of the Catalog. 11. Handicapped students: Lake Superior State University programs are accessible to the Further handicapped, information is available from the director of counseling. FINANCIAL AIDS 62 �AND FINALLY: You have the right to request: 12. An explanation of the various programs in your student aid package. 13. The names of associations, agencies or governmental bodies which approve, accredit or license the University programs and copies of the accreditation documents are to be available upon request. (See "Accreditation".) STUDENT RESPONSIBILITIES: 1. You must complete all application forms accurately and submit them on time to the right place. 2. You must provide correct information. In most instances, misreporting information on financial aid application forms is a violation of law and may be considered a criminal offense which could result in indictment under the United States criminal code. 3. You must return all additional documentation, verification, corrections, and/or new information requested by either the financial aid office or the agency to which you submitted your application. 4. You are responsible for reading and understanding all forms you are asked to sign and for keeping copies of them. 5. You must accept responsibility for all agreements you sign. 6. You must perform the work that is agreed upon in accepting a work-study award. 7. You must be aware of and comply with deadlines for application or reapplication for aid. 8. Be aware of your school’s refund procedures. 9. All schools must provide information to prospective students about the schools programs and performance. You should consider this information carefully before deciding to attend. SCHOLARSHIPS, GRANTS THE PRESIDENT’S ACHIEVEMENT AWARD: Value: $3000 per year for first place. $2700 second and third place, full tuition fourth and fifth place, renewable for four years. Applicants must be high school graduates or near graduation in high schools in Michigan’s upper and northern lower peninsulas. Eligibility: Applicants must have a minimum 3.5 grade point average in high school or be selected as a National Merit Semi-Finalist. All qualified applicants will be invited to take a competitive examination on the Lake Superior State University campus to determine the scholarship recipient. Financial need will not be considered in awarding this scholarship. FINANCIAL AIDS 63 �BOARD OF REGENTS DISTINGUISHED STUDENT SCHOLARSHIP*: Value: $2700 per year, for study in any degree curriculum offered by the University. Applicants must be residents of Michigan, graduates or near-graduates of properly accredited high schools, have taken the ACT test, and rank in the upper onequarter of their high school classes. Renewable up to four years. Students requesting a fifth year renewal must petition the financial aid committee, which may or may not authorize such a renewal. BOARD OF REGENTS SCHOLARSHIP*: Value: variable up to full tuition per year, for study in any degree curriculum offered by the University. Applicants must be residents of Michigan, graduates or neargraduates of properly accredited high schools, have taken the ACT test, and rank in the upper one-quater of their high school classes. Renewable up to four years. Students requesting a fifth year renewal must petition the financial aid committee, which may or may not authorize such a renewal. BOARD OF REGENTS MICHIGAN JUNIOR AND COMMUNITY COLLEGE SCHOLARSHIPS*: Value: variable up to full tuition per year, for study in any curriculum. Applicants must be residents of Michigan and must have graduated or intend to graduate from a recognized junior or community college in Michigan prior to enrollment at Lake Superior State University. Eligible applicants must be enrolling as at least juniors at Lake Superior State University and have a minimum Community College grade point average of 3.0 or higher. Renewable for senior year. BOARD OF REGENTS UNITED STATES AND FOREIGN SCHOLARSHIPS*: Value: variable up to full tuition per year, for study in any degree curriculum offered by the University. Applicants must be from states other than Michigan or from foreign countries. Students must have a 3.5 GPA. Preference will be given to students from states adjacent to Michigan. BOARD OF REGENTS SAULT STE. MARIE, ONTARIO, SCHOLARSHIP: Value: variable up to full tuition per year, for study in any degree curriculum offered by the University. Applicants must be residents of Sault Ste. Marie, Ontario, and graduates of a Sault Ste. Marie, Ontario, high school. Scholarship is renewable up to four years. Students requesting a fifth year renewal must petition the financial aid committee, which may or may not authorize such a renewal. ‘All Board of Regents Scholarships, subject to regular renewal criteria, are normally granted for 8 consecutive academic semesters, excluding summer, In cases where a student must temporarily leave school due to circumstances beyond his or her control, the financial aid committee will consider petitions for scholarship reinstatement. Circumstances where a scholarship reinstatement might be granted would normally include cases of accident or serious illness. ROBERT W. CURTISAMERICAN SOCIETY FOR METALS SCHOLARSHIP: Value: $250 (Canadian funds) for study in an engineering or engineering FINANCIAL AIDS 64 �technology curriculum, To be awarded to Canadian citizens who have graduated from Ontario high schools. Must be in the upper half of the graduating class and submit references from two non-relatives. CENTRAL SAVINGS BANK SCHOLARSHIP: Value: tuition and books. Established in 1990 to assist majors in finance and economics. Students majoring in accounting or economics with a finance minor will be considered as a second priority. Preference to students who have graduated from high school in the Eastern Upper Peninsula or the Algoma District of Ontario who have an interest in seeking full-time employment in the field of banking in the Eastern Upper Peninsula. Applicants must have earned a 3.0 GPA after two or more semesters of study. A screening committee of five members composed of three members of the faculty of the Business and Economics Department, one Central Savings Bank representative and one person from the city government will review the qualified applicants at the conclusion of winter semester each year. Applicants must submit a resume and a transcript of grades. The committee will review the credentials of the applicants and invite the The finalist for interviews, committee will select the recipient and one alternate and recommend the selections to the full Financial Aid Committee for final approval. The recipient must maintain a grade point average consistent with the University policy for full tuition scholarships. The scholarship is renewable for a maximum of three years. HUDSON, COATES, KLINE Value: SCHOLARSHIP: minimum $2000. Established by the Hudson Foundation in memory of Roberts P. Hudson, Claude W. Coates, and Robert C. Kline prominent Sault Ste. Marie attorneys. The Hudson Foundation ministers funds for educational and charitable purposes in Chippewa County Michigan. Awarded to a graduating Sault Area High School senior accepted for admission in any undergraduate degree program. Selections shall be based on high school grades, ACT test scores, class rank and financial need. The award is renewable for up to a total of four years subject to the recipient maintaining the academic standards required for distinguished scholarships. FRANK AND GLADYS HOHOLIK Value: SCHOLARSHIP: variable up to full tuition. Applicants may be entering freshmen, transfer students, or currently enrolled students who have completed three terms of instruction at Lake Superior State University. Applicants must demonstrate Recipients ma; financial need, request renewal of the scholarshi for up to four years. MICHAEL D. DELLAMORETTA MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP: In honor of Michael Della-Moretta, a 1977 graduate killed while serving as a navy pilot aboard the U.S. Carrier Independence off Iran in 1981. He once said the happiest years of his life were at Lake Superior State University. The value of the award is $500 per year based on academic achievement and financial need. Preference given to Upper Peninsula residents with an interest in biological science. FINANCIAL AIDS • 65 �DR. ARTHUR E. DUWE MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP: Established by family and friends in memory of Dr. Arthur E. Duwe, Professor of Biology from 1968-1991. Eligibility: Awarded to a senior Medical Technology student for his/her year of internship. If a qualified Medical Technology student is not available, the award may be given to a senior in Biology, Fisheries and Wildlife or Environmental Science. Students may be a Michigan resident or non­ resident, enrolled full-time with a cumulative 3.0 or higher grade point average. Financial need is not a criteria for award consideration. Selection: One recipient shall be selected each year from qualified applicants by faculty of the Biology and Chemistry Department. Interested applicants will apply for the scholarship during the spring semester of their junior year and the award will commence Fall Semester of the applicant’s senior year. The recommendation of the academic department will be submitted to the Financial Aid Committee of Lake Superior State University for final approval. BILL AYERS MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP: Established as a memorial to Bill Ayers, former girls’ basketball coach at Sault High School. Recipient must be a Sault High graduate and be accepted at Lake Superior State University. Qualified applicants are recommended by the High School Scholarship Committee to the University financial aid committee for final selection. Renewable up to four years. EARL AND MINNIE WALKER ENDOWMENT SCHOLARSHIP FUND: This scholarship fund was established in memory of Earl and Minnie Walker, long time residents and community leaders in Strongs, Michigan. The Walkers highly valued education, and encouraged their children and others to pursue a college education. The value of the award is variable up to full tuition. Awards are made on the basis of academic achievement and financial need. Open to incoming students and renewable for up to four years. SOCIETY OF AMERICAN MILITARY ENGINEERS SCHOLARSHIP: Value: $300 for full-time students currently enrolled in engineering or engineering technology curricula. Application to be made to the head of the engineering technology department. Selection is made by the financial aid committee upon recommendation of the SAME executive committee. SOO BOTTLING COMPANY Value: SCHOLARSHIP: $500. Established in 1987 by the Soo Bottling Company to recognize outstanding high school graduates from eastern Upper Peninsula high schools. One student from each of the eligible high schools will be awarded a scholarship in the spring of their senior year. The eligible Brimley, high schools include: Pickford, Newberry, Rudyard, St. Ignace, Engadine, Mackinac Island, Grand Marais, Cedarville, DeTour, Paradise and Sault Ste. Marie. Selection will be made on the basis of the student’s high school grade point average, ACT test score and class rank. Recipients must enroll as full-time students at LSSU. FINANCIAL AIDS 66 �TRI-COUNTY WILDLIFE UNLIMITED SCHOLAR­ SHIP: Value: $1000. Established by the Tri-County Wildlife Unlimited Organization to assist qualified Fisheries and Wildlife students from the counties of Chippewa, Mackinac and Luce. v. Eligibility: Awarded to a resident of the tri-county area who is classified as a sophomore or higher. Preference will be given to students enrolled in the Fisheries and Wildlife Program with a cumulative grade point average of 3.0 or higher. The scholarship is renewable for the senior year if the recipient maintains a cumulative grade point average equal to or greater than that required by University scholarship renewal policy. Selection: One recipient shall be selected each year from qualified applicants by faculty of the Biology and Chemistry Department. Interested applicants will apply for the scholarship during the spring of their sophomore year and the award will commence Fall Semester of the applicant’s junior year. BOWATING BUSINESS AND PROFESSIONAL WOMEN’S SCHOLAR­ SHIP: Value: variable for a student who has returned to college after at least a two-year interruption and who has established a college cumulative 3.0 grade point average in two semesters of study. Restricted to applicants from Chippewa, Mackinac or Luce counties. Selection made in spring for the following academic year. EDWARD C. AND HAZEL L. STEPHENSON FOUNDATION SCHOLARSHIP: Value: variable up to $500. Generally awarded during winter semester to students who have been enrolled at least two semesters at the University. Applicants may be enrolled in any degree curriculum and either resident or non-resident students. The financial aid committee may give preference to junior or senior students if the number of qualified applicants exceeds the funding available. PHILIP A. HART MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP: These scholarships are for students whose ideals and goals reflect those of the late senator. Awards range in value from full tuition to the entire cost of education, Scholarships will be awarded annually in April and are renewable for up to four years. Eligible are: Seniors of Michigan high schools, or graduates of Michigan community colleges planning to attend Lake Superior State University for the first time. Applicants must have a 3.0 cumulative grade point average in their current studies. Successful applicants will have demonstrated interests in public service, as reflected through leadership roles and volunteer activities in school, community, and church. Candidates will be required to submit with their applications formal essays detailing their values, goals, and public service experience. Essays should attempt to answer this question: "How have my activities thus far related to the goals and the ideals of Senator Hart?" Candidates will also be required to submit two letters of recommendation from individuals FINANCIAL AIDS 67 �acquainted with their leadership and/or public service activities. Deadline for receipt of all application materials is April 1. TEMPIE DUBOW MEMORIAL SCHOLAR­ SHIP: Established in memory of Tempie Dubow, a 1973 nursing graduate and cheerleader. Value variable. Recipient recommended to the financial aid committee by the health sciences department. 449th BOMBARDMENT WING SCHOLARSHIP: Value: $1500. An endowment fund was established by officers, men and civilian employees of the 449th Bombardment Wing of Kincheloe Air Force Base as an expression of appreciation and friendship for the Tri-County area. Eligible applicants must be entering freshmen who have been graduated from high schools in Chippewa, Luce or Mackinac counties. Students’ high school grade point averages, rank in class, and ACT test scores will be prime citeria in the selection of recipients. FLETCHER SCHOLAR­ SHIP FUND: A native of Sault Ste. Marie, H. Thayer Fletcher founded the first endowment scholarship fund at Lake Superior State University. Remembering his talented high school classmates who, during the depths of the Depression, could not attend college, Mr. Fletcher was dedicated to helping today’s worthy but needy young people. At his death, he bequeathed to Lake Superior State University nearly a half a million dollars for this purpose. Value: Variable up to full tuition per year; for study in any degree curriculum offered by the University. Applicants must be Michigan or Canadian residents, demonstrate financial need, and have attained "superior" grades in high school, in previous colleges, or at Lake Superior State University. Eligible applicants may be entering freshmen, transfer students or students who have attended Lake Superior State University three semesters as full­ time students. Renewable up to four years. Apply to Lake Superior State University financial aid committee. GEORG W. DELLIS MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP: Value: full tuition. This scholarship was established in memory of Georg W. Dellis who had a short and successful business career and wished to help those qualified students in need of financial assistance to further their educations and professional careers. Applicants must have enrolled for one year at Lake Superior State University, have a minimum grade point average of 3.0, be a Michigan resident, have financial need, and be enrolled in the bachelor’s program in business administration or in finance Scholarship is and economics, renewable if the successful recipient continues to meet eligibility criteria and has a grade point average equivalent to that required for a Board of Regents Distinguished Scholarship. GUY ADDA MEMORIAL ENDOWED SCHOLAR­ SHIP: Established by family and friends of Guy Adda, a 1973 psychology and law enforcement graduate. Preference will be given to applicants from southeastern lower Michigan who have financial need. Selection will be based on the student’s academic grade point average, ACT test scores and high school class rank. The award is renewable for up to four years. FINANCIAL AIDS 68 �FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF ST. IGNACE ENDOWED SCHOLAR­ SHIP: Established by the First National Bank of St. Ignace to assist a St. Ignace area student attending the University. Preference will be given to graduates of LaSalle High School of St. Ignace and selection will be based on the student’s grade point average, ACT test score and high school class rank. Financial need is not a criteria and the award is renewable for up to a total of four years. KURT AND MARY E. BRAMMER SCHOLAR­ SHIP: Established in 1981 by Kurt and Mary Brammer through a gift of 10,000 shares of L. E. Myers Corporation stock. The Brammers are summer residents of Neebish Island, childhood home of Mrs. Brammer. The value of the scholarship is full tuition. Qualified applicants will include high school seniors, transfer students, or currently enrolled Lake Superior State University students who apply after two semesters of full-time attendance. Awards to high school seniors will be based on student’s ACT test score, grade point average and class rank. Awards to college transfer and currently enrolled students will be based on college grade point average. Scholarships may be renewed for up to four (4) years, provided student meets the University scholarship renewal criteria. GEORGE AND VIRGINIA LAHODNY ENDOWMENT SCHOLARSHIP FUND: The value of the award will be minimum of $500 up to full tuition depending on the annual earnings of the fund. Qualified applicants will include entering freshmen, community college graduates, or currently enrolled students who have completed three full-time semesters at Lake Superior State University. The Scholarships will be awarded on the following criteria: entering freshmen will be judged on the basis of their high school grade point average, ACT test score and rank in class; community college graduates will be considered on their community college grade point average; currently enrolled Lake Superior State University students will be considered on their Lake Superior State University grade point average. This will be a merit award and financial need shall not be a criteria. Scholarships shall be renewable on the basis of the student filing a renewable application annually and the maintenance of the same academic grade point average as is required for a Board of Regents Scholarship. SAULT/LORETTO HIGH SCHOOL MEMORIAL Value: SCHOLARSHIP: variable. Established in 1990 by a committee of Sault High/Loretto graduates to assist Sault High graduates attending Lake Superior State University. Applicants must be graduates of Sault High and enrolled full-time. Selection will be based on the student’s grade point average, ACT test score and high school class rank. Financial need is not a criteria. If a graduating senior is not available for the scholarship, it may be awarded to a currently enrolled Lake Superior State University student who is a Sault High graduate. GEOLOGY CLUB SCHOLARSHIP: A fund created by the Geology Club annually awards scholarship to one FINANCIAL AIDS 69 �or more students majoring in geology. During the early weeks of spring semester a student (or students) will be selected to receive the award for spring term of the same year. Recipients must be juniors or seniors who have attended Lake Superior State University for at least two semesters, been active members of the Geology Club, and have an exceptionally good academic record in geology during this period. Candidates will be selected by the geology faculty. not a criteria and the recipient will be selected on the basis of high school grades, ACT test scores and class rank. If an eligible high school senior is not available, the scholarship may be awarded to a geology major who has completed twenty-six or more credits at the University and has a 3.0 or higher University GPA. The award is renewable subject to the recipient meeting the Board of Regents scholarship renewal criteria and filing a renewal financial aid application on time. JOHN KALESKY MEMORIAL ENDOWED SCHOLARSHIP FUND: Value: $900. Established by his family in memory of John F. Kalesky, a 1985 geology graduate. Awarded to a high school senior admitted into the geology program. Preference given to students with need. Selected on the basis of high school grades, ACT test scores and class rank. The award may be granted to a currently enrolled geology student after one year (twenty-six credits) of study at the University, Eligible University students must have a GPA of 3.0 or higher. The award is renewable subject to the recipient meeting the Board of Regents scholarship renewal criteria and filing a renewal financial aid application on time. DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICS SCHOLARSHIP: A fund has been created for the purpose of annually awarding a monetary scholarship to a deserving mathematics major. During the early weeks of winter semester a student (or students) will be selected to receive the award for use in winter semester of the same year, The class level is open but the student must be majoring in mathematics. The recipient(s) will be nominated and chosen by a vote of the mathematics faculty. ERNEST KEMP ENDOWED SCHOLAR­ SHIP FUND: Minimum value: $600. Established in the name of C. Ernest Kemp, a longtime professor of Geology and Dean Emeritus at the University. Professor Kemp was one of the original instructors of the then Sault Branch of Michigan Technological University in 1946 who retired in 1980. Awarded to a high school senior admitted in the geology program. Financial need is CRIMINAL JUSTICE SCHOLARSHIP: A fund is available to assist criminal justice juniors or seniors. Adjunct faculty member Patrick Shannon established the fund in 1984. Awards of $400 are made every year to a deserving criminal justice student. Application is based on need and will be awarded for the fall semester. Nominations are made by the criminal justice faculty and confirmed by the financial aid committee. SAM M. COHODAS ENDOWED SCHOLAR­ SHIP FUND: Established by Sam Cohodas through a gift of 132 shares of Tenneco Stock. Mr. Cohodas was a long time Upper FINANCIAL AIDS 70 �Peninsula businessman, philanthropist, and recipient of LSSU’s 1987 Distinguished Citizen Award. Earnings from the fund shall be used for two scholarships awarded to Michigan Upper Peninsula high school seniors, selection based on high school grades, ACT test scores, class rank, character, leadership and financial need. ALANA EITREM MEMORIAL ENDOWMENT FUND AWARD: Established by family and friends in memory of Alana Eitrem, a Nursing student from 1984-1986. Eligible students must be admitted to the Nursing program, be a graduate of a Chippewa County high school, and be needy. The award is renewable if the recipient maintains a 2.00 grade point average and continues as an eligible nursing student. LSSU FOUNDATION ENDOWED SCHOLAR­ SHIP FUND: This fund was established in 1986 to assist academically qualified needy students. Value: minimum $300, for Michigan resident or non-resident students. For study in any curriculum; available to high school seniors, community college graduates, and LSSU students who are enrolled full-time and have earned 26 or more LSSU credits. The selection is made on the basis of student G.P.A., ACT test scores and class rank (upperclass students on G.P.A. only). Renewable. Selection by the Financial aid committee. RAYMOND CHELBERG OUTSTANDING SCIENCE/ATHLETE SCHOLARSHIP FUND: In memory of Prof. Raymond Chelberg, long time head of the University chemistry program, Awarded to outstanding science/athlete students at end of their junior year. Selection by athletic department in conjunction with academic department heads. Recipients must have at least 3.0 G.P.A., have demonstrated leadership abilities, major in a natural science and excel in at least one varsity sport. ANTHONY BOOTH/ ALFRED BRENNEN ENDOWED SCHOLAR­ SHIP FUND: In memory of Anthony D. Booth and Alfred John Brennen by the Denny Booth family. Awarded to graduates of Sault High School with minimum 3.0 G.P.A., demonstrated leadership, and needy. Renewable for a total of four years. CHIPPEWA-MACKINAC AREA RETIRED SCHOOL PERSONNEL SCHOLAR­ Value: $400. For SHIP: graduates or near graduates of area high schools or currently enrolled university students. Applicants may be enrolled in any degree curriculum, must have graduated from a Chippewa or Mackinaw County secondary school, and ranked in the upper one-third of their high school graduating class. Currently enrolled University applicants must have completed twenty-six hours of academic credit at Lake Superior State University and have obtained a minimum 3.00 cumulative grade point average. Applicants must also be needy and accepted for admission. Selections will be made in the spring for the following academic year by the Financial Aid Committee of the University. Recipients may reapply annually. FINANCIAL AIDS 71 �MEMORIALS Substantial funds have been contributed to the University’s endowment Scholarship Fund in memory of the following individuals: Arvid Norlin Donald Lenick Donald Hastings Viggo J. Thomsen Orlando Pingatore David Blair Minnie Etta Shobbrook MILTON SCHERER MEMORIAL ENDOWED SCHOLARSHIP: In memory of Milton Scherer, LSSU assistant professor of history and geography from 1948 to 1965. Awarded to sophomores majoring in history with minors in geography. Must have a cumulative 3.0 G.P.A. Qualified applicants are recommended by the Arts and Letters Department to financial aid committee. Renewable. SMO FOUNDATION ENDOWED SCHOLAR­ SHIP: Established by Stanley Tomcyek family, native and longtime residents of Sault Ste. Marie. Applicants must be LSSU sophomores, majoring in pre­ medicine or pre-pharmacy, resident of Chippewa, Mackinac, or Luce Counties, 3.50 college G.P.A., and needy. Renewable for the junior and senior year. Prof. Stephen P. Youngs Franklin T. Otis Linda Pike Milton Bays Beverly Brennen Booth E.J. " Shine" Sundstrom CHRISTOPHER W. REINKE ENDOWMENT AWARD: Established by family and friends in memory of Chris Reinke, a Natural Resources Technology (NRT) student, 1986-87. The intent of the award is to assist an average Natural Resources Technology student with a grade point average between 2.0-3.0 and who, in the opinion of the NRT faculty, has a sincere interest and dedication in the NRT field. Preference will be given to those students with financial need. Selection by the Natural Resources Technology faculty at the end of winter semester of the freshman year to be used for the sophomore year only. EUGENE L. WELCH ENDOWMENT SCHOLAR­ SHIP: Value: tuition and books. Established by Barbara Welch Buchanan of Richardon, Texas in FINANCIAL AIDS 72 �memory of Eugene L. Welch, a former Sault businessman who highly valued education for his family and encouraged others to pursue a college education. Applicants must be accepted for admission in any undergraduate program, be a resident of Michigan, and have financial need. The award is renewable up to four years if the recipient maintains the grades required for a Distinguished Scholarship. C G "SANDY” SANDERSON ENDOWED SCHOLARSHIP: Established in memory of C.G. "Sandy" Sanderson, a local aviatorbusinessman and longtime Sault Ste. Marie resident. Mr. Sanderson’s high regard for education can best be exemplified in a quote from a letter he wrote to his grandson, Terry, upon learning he was returning to Lake Superior State to complete his education. "Education cannot be taken from you nor can it be transferred, there is no reasonable way to measure its value. It will enhance your entire life." Eligibility: Applicants must be a graduate of an Upper Peninsula high school, and selection will be made on the basis of the applicant’s grade point average, ACT test score and class rank. Financial need will not be a consideration and students may be enrolled in any course of study. CHASE S. AND STELLA B. OSBORN ENDOWED SCHOLARSHIP FUND: Established Value: variable. through a bequest of Stella B. Osborn, wife of the former governor of Michigan, Chase S. Osborn. Award is based on GPA, ACT test, class rank, and financial need. MICHIGAN COMPETITIVE SCHOLARSHIPS THESE STATE scholarships range from Si00 to $1,200 at Lake Superior State University. Applicants must: 1. have been continuous residents of Michigan for a 12-month period prior to July 1, 1991; 2. be a high school graduate; 3. participate in the National American College Test (ACT) and attain a qualifying score; 4. not have engaged in any university, normal school, junior college, or other advanced training following graduation from high school and prior to the qualifying examination; 5. have complied with all other provisions of the law and rules and regulations adopted by the authority; and 6. demonstrate financial need. Student must be in good standing, have at least a 2.00 grade point average and meet satisfactory progress requirements to renew a scholarship. High school seniors must obtain ACT test registration materials from their high school counselor and mail them prior to the deadline for the October ACT examination. PELL Grants FOR MOST students, Federal student aid begins with PELL Grants, which provide a foundation of financial assistance to which other forms of aid may be added. A FINANCIAL AIDS • 73 �distinguishing feature of this program is its central concept of "entitlement," which guarantees that students who demonstrate need will receive a grant based on that need and on the cost of education at the post-secondary school they choose to attend. PELL Grants for the award period (July l, 1991 to June 30, 1992) will range up to $2,400 as determined by a standard formula. TO BE ELIGIBLE for a PELL Grant, students must: 1. be determined to have financial need based on the PELL Grant eligibility formula and the cost of their education; 2. be undergraduates accepted for admission and enrolled at least half-time in eligible programs at eligible institutions; 3. be U.S. citizens or permanent residents; 4. not have used their full eligibility for PELL Grants; 5. not in default on a Stafford or Perkins Student Loan, and not owe a refund for a PELL or S.E.O.G.; 6. maximum eligibility is limited to five academic years for first-time recipients in 1987-88 and after. Although most students are paid their awards through the school, the U.S. Dept, of Education determines their eligibility. The University financial aid office uses a standard procedure established by the Dept, of Education to calculate the amount of the award. STUDENT eligibility is determined on the basis of a formula developed annually by the Dept, of Education and reviewed by Congress. This formula is applied consistently to all applicants and takes into account indicators of financial strength such as income, assets, family size. The formula uses the information provided on the application to produce eligibility index numbers. These numbers are not dollar figures, but are used, along with the cost of student education, to determine the actual amount of grants. TO APPLY, applicants must complete Financial Aid Forms (FAF) or Family Financial Statements (FFS) or Application for Federal Student Aid (AFSA) and forward them to the processor listed on the form. Forms are available at high schools, colleges, and financial aid offices. THE BOARD OF REGENTS GRANT Program provides financial assistance to both incoming students and currently enrolled students based upon financial need. Preference for the grant is given to those whose financial need is greater than onehalf the cost of education. Recipients must be Michigan residents enrolled full-time. SUPPLEMENTAL EDUCATIONAL OPPORTUNITY GRANTS THE HIGHER Education Act of 1965 created this program of financial assistance to college students from exceptionally needy FINANCIAL AIDS 74 �families. The Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grants may be used to meet all or part of student financial need (up to $4000 in any one year), with the exact amount being proportional to the support that can reasonably be expected from their families. Financial need is the primary consideration in the selection of grant recipients. Priority is given to Pell Grant recipients. Academically, it is only necessary to gain admission to the University in order to be eligible for the grant. Recipients are selected from among those applying for all forms of financial aid. TUITION INCENTIVE PROGRAM (TIP): The TIP Program is a State of Michigan program that pays tuition and fees for students of lower-income families. Eligible students must be Michigan residents, have graduated from high school or obtained a GED after May 1, 1988 and before reaching age 20, be accepted for admission into an eligible program and file a TIP application. Applications are available from the Michigan Department of Social Services, high school guidance offices and college financial aid offices. Recipients of this award must reapply each year and maintain the regular satisfactory progress standards in order to be considered for a renewal award. MICHIGAN ADULT Parttime Grant: Established in 1986 to aid needy students who are enrolled for three to eleven credit hours; self-supporting, out of high school at least two years, Michigan residents for prior twelve months, U.S. citizens and making satisfactory Maximum academic progress, grant: $600 per year; limited to two years of study. MICHIGAN EDUCATIONAL Opportunity Grant: Established in 1986, provides up to $1000 a year to needy Michigan residents enrolled at least half-time. Eligible students must have been a Michigan resident for the past 12 months, making satisfactory academic progress and demonstrate financial need. FINANCIAL AIDS • 75 NOTES �LOANS Perkins Loans (National Direct Student Loans) THE PERKINS Student Loan program is for vocational, undergraduate, and graduate students who are enrolled at least half-time in a participating postsecondary institution and who need a loan to meet their educational expenses. STUDENTS MAY BORROW up to $4,500 if they are enrolled in vocational programs or have completed less than two years of a program leading to a bachelor’s degree; $9,000 if they are undergraduates who have already completed two years of study toward a bachelor’s degree (this total includes any amount borrowed under NDSL for the First two years of study); and $18,000 for graduate or professional study (this total includes any Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grants they borrowed under NDSL for undergraduate study). REPAYMENT begins six months (nine months for new borrowers after July 1, 1987) after students graduate or leave school for other reasons. Students may be allowed up to ten years to pay back the loan, and during the repayment period they will be charged five percent interest on the unpaid balance of the loan principal. The amount of the repayment depends upon the size of the debt and ability to pay; but in most cases, students must pay at least $30 a month unless the school agrees to a lesser amount. This agreement for a lesser amount may be due to extraordinary circumstances such as prolonged unemployment. DEFAULT: If students default on a Perkins Loan and the school is unable to collect, the Federal Government will take action to recover the loan. If such students are discharged in bankruptcy, become totally or permanently disabled or die, loan obligations will be canceled. DEFERMENT of payments are available L for up to three years while borrowers are: a. enrolled and in attendance as at least a half-time student at an institution of higher education; b. for any period not to exceed three (3) years during which they are: on full-time active 0) duty as a member of the Armed Forces of the United States, the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration Corps, or as as as officer on full-time active duty in the Commissioned Corps of the United States Public Health Service, in service as a (2) volunteer under the Peace Corps Act, ACTION, temporarily totally disabled or FINANCIAL AIDS • 76 �caring for a dependent who is disabled; c. for a period not in excess of two (2) years (1) serving in a required internship; d. for a period not in excess of one (I) year during which, if as a mother of preschool age children, a student has entered or reentered the work force, and is being paid at a rate which does not exceed $1.00 above the minimum hourly wage established by section 6 of the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938; e. For a period not in excess of six (6) months (1) that follows by six months or less a period during which the student was enrolled as at least a half-time student at an eligible institution; and (2) during which time a student is pregnant, caring for a newborn baby, or caring for a child immediately after he or she was placed with the student through adoption and the student is neither attending an eligible institution of higher education nor gainfully employed; and f. during a six (6) month period immediately following the expiration of any deferment provided in paragraph (A) through (E). 2. The Institution may, upon written request from the student, defer the scheduled repayments if it determines that the deferment is necessary to avoid a financial hardship for the student. Interest, however, will continue to accrue. CANCELLATION: Loans may be cancelled for: 1. certain types of teaching, 2. full-time employment in a Head Start program, 3. service in the Armed Forces of the United States in an area of hostility that qualifies for special pay under section 310 of Title 37 of the United States Code, 4. volunteer service under the Peace Corps Act or Domestic Volunteer Service Act of 1973 (ACTION programs), or 5. death or disability of the student, 6. full-time employment as a corrections or law enforcement officer. STAFFORD STUDENT LOAN STUDENTS MAY apply for a Stafford Student Loan after they have been admitted as full-time students at the University. Loans are made by participating banks and lending institutions. Under the plan, qualified students borrow from the lender of their choice on interim notes as needed for each university year. To qualify for a loan, students must be United States citizens. Students may borrow up to $2,625 the first two years of undergraduate study and $4,000 each year for subsequent undergraduate study for a maximum of $17,250. Eligibility is based on financial need. FINANCIAL AIDS • 77 �Students must apply for Pell Grant consideration, using the Financial Aid Form, Family Financial Statement, or Application for Federal Student Financial Aid Programs Form prior to completing a Stafford Student Loan application. Applications are available at the financial aid office. All students are eligible for Federal Interest Benefits with the Federal government paying interest on the loan until six months after students graduate or cease to be at least half­ time students. PARENTS AND independent students may borrow up to $4,000 per year or $20,000 aggregate limit. The interest rate is based on 91-day Repayment treasury bill rates, begins within 60 days of Applications are disbursements, available at participating lenders. Maximum interest is 12 percent. Once enrolled at Lake Superior State University a student must meet the Satisfactory Progress Standards to be eligible for additional loans. Repayment of principal and interest begins six months at eight (8) percent after students have graduated or reduced class hours to less than half-time. Interest rate increases to 10 percent beginning the fifth year of repayment. Applications are available at participating banks, credit unions, and savings and loan associations. State Direct Loan Program THE STATE direct loan program provides a source of guaranteed loans to students unable to secure loans from private lending sources. Students accepted for admission, enrolled in good standing and making satisfactory progress may apply for loans to help pay educational expenses through the financial aid offices of schools they plan to attend. The terms of the loan are the same as the Stafford Student Loan. (See above.) Parent (PLUS) and Supplemental Loans (SLS) Nursing Student Loan THE NURSING Education Loan Program provides loans of up to $2500 per year to students enrolled in the bachelor’s degree or completion nursing program. Eligible students must be United States citizens, enrolled more than half-time and demonstrate financial need greater than one-half the cost of education. Qualified applicants should apply at the financial aid office. Canada Student Loans THE PURPOSE of the Canada Student Loan Plan is to make bank loans available to Canadian students who need financial help to enable them to engage in full-time studies directed towards a degree at an institution of higher education. To qualify for a loan, the student must: 1. be a Canadian citizen or have landed immigrant status at the time of application and have FINANCIAL AIDS 78 �lived in Canada for 12 consecutive months prior to the first day of the month of academic semester; 2. be a resident of a province that participates in the plan; 3. have attained a satisfactory scholastic standard; 4. be enrolled, or qualified to enroll in a postsecondary course of studies; funds is to provide students who are temporarily out of cash with a small loan to meet an immediate, temporary financial problem. VALMA L. CURTIS Memorial Fund, ROBERT P. AND ELLA B. HUDSON Foundation, Inc. Loan Fund, BEACH Loan Fund, DON LENICK Memorial Loan Fund, SHIRLEY LIGHT Memorial Loan Fund, STEINMAN Loan Fund. 5. be a full-time student. The loans are interest free as long as a student is full-time and until six months after graduation or termination of full-time studies. After the interest-free period has expired, students are responsible not only for the repayment of principal but also for the present payment of interest on the outstanding balance at a rate that is in effect for student loans at the time the loan is taken out. APPLICATION forms are available from Student Awards Branch, Ministry of Colleges and Universities, Mowat Block, Queens Park, Toronto, ON M7A 2B4. Short-Term Loan Funds Several short-term loan funds are available. The purpose of these Generally, loans are granted not to exceed $150 for a period of no longer than 30 days during the school year when classes are in session. These loans are signature loans and do not bear interest if repaid when due. A minimum $5.00 service charge or one percent, whichever is greater, is assessed on all loans. Generally, loans must be repaid prior to the end of the semester in which they are issued. DELINQUENT LOANS are subject to a ten percent late penalty charge. Loans are made to students properly enrolled in the current semester and are obtained through the student financial aid office. Loans of over $150 will require a bank or institutional credit reference and a co-signer (may not be anothei student) 18 years of age or older. II repaid late, a 10 percent late charge will be assessed. EMPLOYMENT HOW TO APPLY hundred positions are open on campus for full-time students. STUDENTS INTERESTED Every effort is made to employ students in their major area of study, thereby providing a "learn while you earn" situation. On-campus jobs in employment on campus should make application at the office of employee relations. More than three FINANCIAL AIDS 79 �include work in laboratories, libraries, maintenance, offices, switchboard and food service areas. A student can earn approximately $1,400 during the school year and up to $2,100 in the summer in one of the on-campus jobs. It is recommended that students on academic probation do not continue or seek employment until probationary status has been corrected. Federal College Work-Study STUDENTS WHO need a job to help pay for some of their university expenses are potentially eligible for employment by Lake Superior State University under the federally supported Work-Study Program if they demonstrate financial need. 20-HOUR LOAD: Students may work up to 20 hours weekly while attending classes more than half-time. During the summer or other vacation periods when they do not have classes, students may work full-time (40 hours per week) under this program. In three months of summer employment under the Work-Study Program, an eligible student could earn approximately $2,100. PAY SCALE: The basic starting rate is $4.25 per hour, although higher rates are paid for highly Preference is specialized work, given to students who have high need. RELATED EMPLOYMENT: Work may be in the student’s major area of study, thereby providing a "learn Onwhile you earn” situation, campus jobs include work in laboratories, libraries, manitenance, offices, storerooms, and food service areas. Michigan Work-Study UNDERGRADUATES who have been Michigan residents for at least twelve months, have financial need, are enrolled at least half-time and are making satisfactory academic progress may be eligible for employment under the Michigan work-study program established in 1986. VOCATIONAL REHABILITATION THE MICHIGAN Department of Education, Bureau of Rehabilitation, provides services and financial assistance to persons who have any disability that has interfered with, or may interfere with the individual’s job performance. Students must apply for financial aid and have need. Further information may be obtained by writing to Bureau of Rehabilitation, Michigan Department of Education, Lansing, Michigan 48933, or contact your nearest Michigan Employment Security Commission office. FINANCIAL AIDS 80 �AMERICAN INDIANS BUREAU OF INDIAN AFFAIRS SCHOLARSHIP GRANT: Students who are members or eligible for membership in a federally recognized Indian tribe and with need may apply for Bureau of Indian Affairs Scholarship Grants by writing their Tribal education office for an application form. Eligible students may obtain up to full university expenses per year in scholarship grants if financial need is demonstrated. All applicants must have a copy of a Financial Aid Form, or Family Financial Aid Statement forwarded to the University. BUREAU OF INDIAN AFFAIRS VOCATIONAL TRAINING ASSISTANCE: Indian students enrolled in certificate or associate degree programs are eligible for assistance to pay for tuition, books, and living expenses. Students must be members or eligible for membership in a federally recognized Indian tribe. AWARDS are based on students’ financial need. Applicants must complete the Financial Aid Form (FAF) or Family Financial Statement (FFS). Application may be obtained by writing the Tribal Education Office. NATIVE AMERICAN TUITION WAIVER: Value: full tuition for full- or part-time North American Indian students who can provide evidence of being onequarter blood Native American Indian and Michigan residents. INTERESTED APPLICANTS must have their tribal chairperson or tribal certification officer submit a certification of one-quarter blood quantum to the Michigan Commission on Indian Affairs, 300 E. Michigan Ave., P.O. Box 30026, Lansing, Michigan 48909, along with a letter indicating the college The students plan to attend. Michigan Commission on Indians will attach a certification letter to the tribal certification and forward it to the financial aid office at the University. The University will then issue a Native American Tuition Waiver in the amount of tuition for eligible students each semester. Students must be accepted for admission. VETERANS Veterans, Children of Deceased, or Totally Disabled Veterans MICHIGAN PUBLIC ACT 245: Sons or daughters of a veteran who died of serviceconnected causes, may be eligible for benefits under the Public Act 245. The benefits waive tuition until the student reaches 23 years of age. Those who believe they are eligible should request an application from the Michigan Veterans’ Trust Fund, 1225 Grand Ave., Lansing, Michigan 48913. Recipients may be full- or part-time students. FINANCIAL AIDS 81 �Any student who believes they are eligible for educational assistance through any Veterans* Law should contact their area Veterans’ office for information and applications. Veterans must be admitted into a degree program that has been approved by the State Approving Agency Veterans’ Standards of Progress Information on Additional State Approving Agency Criteria: As of March, 1991, the last date of attendance for a class in which a failing grade was awarded will be reported as the first day of class for that semester unless the veteran provides a written statement declaring a different date to the Registrar’s Office. If a veteran withdraws from a class and does not notify the Registrar’s Office, LSSU will notify the U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs that the last date of attendance in each class was the first day of class. The Registrar’s Office will indicate the amount of credit granted for previous training and notify the veteran. UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS: Students grade point average has been raised to a 2.00 or higher. GRADUATE PROGRAM: Veterans, and other eligible persons, enrolled in any graduate programs must meet the following standards of A maximum of six progress: semester credits of C grades in 600level course will be allowed in veteran’s overall program. Veterans failing to maintain 3.0 (4.0 basis) average will be referred to the Master of Business Administration Standards and Policy Committee to determine whether they should be permitted to continue in the program. Veterans receiving D grades in 500 or 600-level courses will be referred to Master of Business Administration Standards and Policy Committee A veteran may immediately, withdraw from a course any time prior to the end of the semester. Veterans dismissed from the Master of Business Administration program may petition the Master of Business Administration Standards and Policy Committee to be reconsidered, and at the time of dismissal the Veterans Administration will be notified of their unsatisfactory progress. NOTES receiving benefits under the Veterans Administration entitlements, who fall below a 2.00 cumulative grade point average and fail to improve their cumulative grade point average to a 2.00 or higher within two additional semesters, will be reported to the Veterans Administration. This action will result in termination of benefits by the Veterans Administration. When benefits are terminated, a veteran may reapply to the Veterans Administration after the cumulative FINANCIAL AIDS 82 �GRADUATION PROCEDURES DEGREE CANDIDACY PROCEDURE. Two semesters before students plan to complete degree requirements and graduate, they must submit to the Registrar’s Office an appropriate departmental degree audit for each major and minor, and, a declaration of candidacy for degree. The necessary forms are available at students’ major departmental office. The departmental degree audit for a student’s major or minor specifies all required courses which have been or must be completed. The audit must be signed by the department head of the department offering the major or minor program. Course substitutions and waivers of departmental degree program requirements may be granted only by the head of the department offering the major or minor program. Exceptions to specific General Education requirements may be granted only by the Scholastic Standards Committee. Such exceptions are infrequently made. A petition for exceptions to General Education requirements is initiated with the Registrar. each semester. The names of students who are listed in the annual commencement program are also compiled from declaration of candidacy forms. Students will not be listed in the commencement program unless their degree candidacy form is filed with the Registrar’s Office six weeks prior to Students are commencement, expected to attend commencement exercises unless excused by the Students Registrar’s Office, completing degree requirements during the summer may participate in commencement the previous semester if their degree candidacy form is received six weeks prior to commencement. The Registrar’s Office checks students’ degree audits, after which a preliminary verification of the degree audit is sent to each student and respective department head. Students are responsible for examining this verification and requesting clarification of anything which is not consistent with their records or understanding. After grades are received in the Registrar’s Office at the end of each semester, degree audits will be updated for all students completing credit and who have a degree candidacy form on file. When all requirements specified on the degree audit are fulfilled the department head and Registrar give a final approval. Names of these graduates are then sent by the Registrar to the President for Board of Regents approval. Subsequently, a diploma is provided to each student. From the declaration of candidacy for degree forms submitted by students, the Registrar’s Office creates a potential graduate list for GRADUATION PROCEDURES 83 �Any student who believes they are eligible for educational assistance through any Veterans' Law should contact their area Veterans' office for information and applications. Veterans must be admitted into a degree program that has been approved by the State Approving Agency Veterans’ Standards of Progress Information on Additional State Approving Agency Criteria: As of March, 1991, the last date of attendance for a class in which a failing grade was awarded will be reported as the first day of class for that semester unless the veteran provides a written statement leclaring a different date to the egistrar’s Office. If a veteran l /ithdraws from a class and does not lotify the Registrar’s Office, LSSU will notify the U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs that the last date of attendance in each class was the first day of class. The Registrar’s Office will indicate the amount of credit granted for previous training and notify the veteran. UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS: Students grade point average has been raised to a 2.00 or higher. GRADUATE PROGRAM: Veterans, and other eligible persons, enrolled in any graduate programs must meet the following standards of A maximum of six progress: semester credits of C grades in 600level course will be allowed in veteran’s overall program. Veterans failing to maintain 3.0 (4.0 basis) average will be referred to the Master of Business Administration Standards and Policy Committee to determine whether they should be permitted to continue in the program. Veterans receiving D grades in 500 or 600-level courses will be referred to Master of Business Administration Standards and Policy Committee A veteran may immediately, withdraw from a course any time prior to the end of the semester. Veterans dismissed from the Master of Business Administration program may petition the Master of Business Administration Standards and Policy Committee to be reconsidered, and at the time of dismissal the Veterans Administration will be notified of their unsatisfactory progress. NOTES receiving benefits under the Veterans Administration entitlements, who fall below a 2.00 cumulative grade point average and fail to improve their cumulative grade point average to a 2.00 or higher within two additional semesters, will be reported to the Veterans Administration. This action will result in termination of benefits by the Veterans Administration. When benefits are terminated, a veteran may reapply to the Veterans Administration after the cumulative FINANCIAL AIDS 82 �GRADUATION PROCEDURES DEGREE CANDIDACY PROCEDURE. Two semesters before students plan to complete degree requirements and graduate, they must submit to the Registrar’s Office an appropriate departmental degree audit for each major and minor, and, a declaration of candidacy for degree. The necessary forms are available at students’ major departmental office. The departmental degree audit for a student’s major or minor specifies all required courses which have been or must be completed. The audit must be signed by the department head of the department offering the major or minor program. Course substitutions and waivers of departmental degree program requirements may be granted only by the head of the department offering the major or minor program, Exceptions to specific General Education requirements may be granted only by the Scholastic Standards Committee. Such exceptions are infrequently made. A petition for exceptions to General Education requirements is initiated with the Registrar. each semester. The names of students who are listed in the annual commencement program are also compiled from declaration of candidacy forms. Students will not be listed in the commencement program unless their degree candidacy form is filed with the Registrar’s Office six weeks prior to Students are commencement, expected to attend commencement exercises unless excused by the Students Registrar’s Office, completing degree requirements during the summer may participate in commencement the previous semester if their degree candidacy form is received six weeks prior to commencement. The Registrar’s Office checks students’ degree audits, after which a preliminary verification of the degree audit is sent to each student and respective department head. Students are responsible for examining this verification and requesting clarification of anything which is not consistent with their records or understanding. After grades are received in the Registrar’s Office at the end of each semester, degree audits will be updated for all students completing credit and who have a degree candidacy form on file. When all requirements specified on the degree audit are fulfilled the department head and Registrar give a final approval. Names of these graduates are then sent by the Registrar to the President for Board of Regents approval. Subsequently, a diploma is provided to each student. From the declaration of candidacy for degree forms submitted by students, the Registrar’s Office creates a potential graduate list for GRADUATION PROCEDURES 83 �DIPLOMA CHARGE. There is no charge for the first diploma from Lake Superior State University. A fee is charged for replacement diplomas. NOTES Students completing graduation requirements in the fall semester or summer, or who otherwise need documentation of completion before their diploma is available, will re­ ceive a letter from the Registrar certifying that they have completed degree requirements. Additionally, official university transcripts will be sent to any employer, graduate uni­ versity, or elsewhere, as requested by the graduate. Official transcripts will not be mailed to students. GRADUATION WITH HONORS. Honors graduates must earn at least 32 credits at Lake Superior State University. All cred­ its with grade points completed at other colleges will be figured in computing grade point averages for honors diplomas and medallions at Lake Superior State. Students who eam 3.50 to 3.69 will graduate cum laude; 3.70 to 3.89, magna cum laude; 3.90 to 4.00, summa cum laude. Honors earned shall not be higher than those for which a student qualifies on basis of courses taken at Lake Superior State University. Graduation diplomas with honors will be awarded to baccalaureate and associate and certificate recipients. Honors medallions will be awarded only to baccalaureate and associate degree recipients who graduate sum­ ma cum laude GRADUATION PROCEDURES 84 �m jp I Photo by Liz Ratlaele GRADUATION PROCEDURES 85 �DEGREE REQ LAKE SUPERIOR STATE UNIVERSITY offers bachelor’s (also called baccalaureate) degrees, associate degrees, and certificates. These degrees are offered in a wide variety of academic programs. Each academic department has a set of specific courses and other requirements for each of its degree programs. These are stated later in this Catalog in the various departmental sections. However, some requirements for bachelor’s degrees are of a general nature, applying to all such degrees. These are discussed below. BACHELOR’S DEGREES. A minimum of 124 credits is required for a bachelor's degree. Some programs require more than this number of credits. Requirements are of five categories: general education, bachelor of arts or bachelor of science requirements, departmental requirements, competency requirements in mathematics and writing, and residency. ASSOCIATE DEGREES AND CERTIFICATES. See the appropriate departmental section of this Catalog for the specific re­ quirements. A minimum of 62 cred­ its is required for an associate de­ cree. Competency in mathematics md writing is required for an associ­ ate degree. There is also a residency requirement. MINORS. Academic minor programs are also offered in a wide variety of disciplines. A minimum of 20 credits is required for a minor, and some require more. See depart­ mental sections for specific minor program requirements. GENERAL EDUCATION (35 credits) General Education consists of cours­ es required of all students regardless of their specialized area of study. The purpose of general education is to develop skills and knowledge useful for all students, regardless of their career choices. Requirements in English and speech enhance fun­ damental skills of writing and speak­ ing. Requirements in humanities, natural sciences, and social sciences broaden intellectual perspective and familiarize students with fundamental fields of human knowledge. The recreational activity requirement lays the foundation for a lifetime of activ­ ity that will promote health and well­ being. ENGLISH (6 credits) - EN110 and EN205, EN210 or EN215 SPEECH (3) - SD101. Quarter course SD110 or an equivalent twosemester credit speech course is sufficient if completed prior to Sept. 1991. HUMANITIES (8) - any HU course or courses, or any of the courses AT250,251; FR251; GN241, MU220, 221, 260; PL204, 205, 302; SD251, 252; or SP261, 305, 306; any second year foreign language course; with a maximum of four semester credits per discipline or DEGREE REQUIREMENTS 86 �UIREMENTS total in foreign languages (excluding HU) allowed to count for this re­ quirement. FR151-2 or 251-2; GN141-2; SP1612 or 261-2) SOCIAL SCIENCE (8) - Any at least eight semester credits, jn addition to courses used for general education requirements above, from categories of social science, natural science (see above) or mathematics (MA). combination of courses in economics EC), geography (GG, except GG106 and GG108; history (HS), political science (PS), psychology (PY) or sociology (SO) for which credit adds to eight semester credits. NATURAL SCIENCE (8) - At least one course from each of the following two categories: Life Sci­ ences - BL105, 110, 111, 121, 122, 204; NS 103 Physical Sciences CHI05, 108, 115, GE111, 112, 114; GG106, 108; NS101, 102, 105, 107, 119; PH221,222, 231 RECREATIONAL ACTIVITIES - Any two different 100 level recreational activities (RA) courses (excluding RA130). (One credit from either RA210 or RA211 may be used.) NOTE. Transfer students should refer to the Admission section of this catalog for an explanation of the MACRAO agreement as it applies to General Education requirements.) BA and BS Requirements (8 credits) Bachelor of Arts Degree - one year of a modem foreign language (If taken at LSSU, this would be Bachelor of Science Degree - DEPARTMENTAL REQUIREMENTS Each program has a set of specific course requirements determined by the department offering the degree program. See departmental sections for these requirements. ELECTIVES Elective courses are chosen to obtain credit beyond that of specified re­ quirements. Free electives refer to courses which students may select completely of their own choice. Designated electives refer to courses selected from a list specified by the department COMPETENCY IN MATHEMATICS Students seeking associate or bache­ lor’s degrees are required to demon­ strate competence in mathematics at approximately the level of basic algebra. Both the Counseling and Testing center and the Department of Computer, Geologic, and Mathemati­ cal Sciences administer the minimum DEGREE REQUIREMENTS 87 �competency algebra examination. Students can satisfy the mathematics competency requirement in the fol­ lowing ways: (1) score 15 or higher on the intermediate algebra place­ ment examination, given at the time the student enters the University, (2) pass the algebra competency exami­ nation, or (3) complete a Lake Supe­ rior State University mathematics course at MA091 or higher. Transfer students who have previous­ ly completed a course equivalent to MA092, with a grade of 2.00, or higher, or a higher level math class (specifically excluding MA207) will have satisfied the University’s math­ ematics graduation requirement. The student’s transfer credit evaluation form must indicate that LSSU’s mathematics competency requirement has been satisfied. Students are required to complete mathematics competency (by course or exam) during the first 56 credits earned. A student reaching the 56 credit limit without competency shall enroll in MA091 until passed and be limited to a maximum of 13 credits per semester, including MA091, until :ompetency is accomplished. Transfer students entering LSSU with 40 or more transfer credits shall complete mathematics competency during the first 20 credits they earn at LSSU or be subject to the enroll­ ment restrictions stated above. COMPETENCY IN WRITING The Writing Competency Examina­ tion demonstrates a student’s ability to read and write critically at a level deemed appropriate for undergradu­ ate work. Effective Fall Semester 1991 it will be given at the end of the sophomore English course (EN205, EN210 or EN215) as a "rising Junior test" before students begin upper level courses with disci­ plinary writing emphasis. The test consists of a read/respond format in which a passage is sup­ plied and students use it as the basis for the essay. At least three topics from across the curriculum will be available for each test. Students will have three hours to complete the test. The rising Junior test will be given during the final exam week of EN205, EN210 or EN215 at sched­ uled group times in place of the final examination. All other test sessions must be scheduled by indi­ viduals through Brown Hall. The test is a university graduation requirement and will be graded pass/repeat by the faculty using criterion-referenced scoring methods. Students who must repeat the exami­ nation may retake the test one time at the counseling center after one month. Students who do not pass the test before Junior level (56 cred­ its) must enroll in EN091, an inten­ sive review of English, and will be limited to 13 semester credits, in­ cluding EN091, until satisfying the requirement. Transfer students who enter Lake Superior State University prior to fall semester 1992 with EN205, 210, or 215 credit must pass the examination within the first two semesters of attendance at Lake Superior State University. If they fail the first attempt, they may retake the exami­ nation after one month. If they do not pass the examination within two semesters, they must repeat EN205, 210 or 215. Transfer students who enter Lake Superior State University in fall semester 1992 or later having com­ pleted the equivalent of the General Education English sequence must DEGREE REQUIREMENTS 88 �take the competency examination before beginning their second semes­ ter. Transfer students who do not pass the test before their senior year (88 semester credits) must enroll in, EN091, an intensive review of Eng­ lish and will be limited to 13 semes­ ter credits, including EN091, until satisfying the requirement. Transfer students on a 3+1 program must take the test before the beginning of their first semester. Arrangements will be made, if possible, to administer the test on the campus of the institution from which students are transferring. WAIVER OF COMPETENCY REQUIREMENTS Effective Fall semester 1991 the mathematics and/or writing compe­ tency graduation requirement(s) will be waived only on the basis of hav­ ing a certifiable learning disability or neurological medical condition. Students must be certified by a li­ censed psychologist or neurologist as having a substantial disability in the learning process. Students potentially eligible for a waiver are required to initiate their appeal through the University Coun­ seling Center. Those students who obtain the necessary certification must provide the University Counsel­ ing Center with documentation of such. The Counseling Center shall then notify the Registrar’s Office of the waiver. Enrollment restrictions stated above, as appropriate, continue in effect until a student has provided this documentation to the Counseling Center. RESIDENCY RE­ QUIREMENTS Bachelor’s degree candidates must earn at least 32 of their final 40 credits and at least fifty percent of their departmental required 300/400 level credits in courses offered by Lake Superior State University. Regional Center students must earn at least 32 of their final 64 credits and at least fifty percent of their departmental required 300/400 level credits in courses offered by the University. Associate degree and certificate candidates must earn 16 of their final 20 credits in such courses. For a minor, students must earn at least 6 of the required credits in such courses. EXCEPTIONS TO GRADUATION RE­ QUIREMENTS Exceptions to specific General Edu­ cation requirements may be granted only by the Scholastic Standards Committee. Such exceptions are infrequently made. A petition for exceptions to General Education requirements is initiated with the Registrar. Course substitutions and waivers of departmental degree program re­ quirements may be granted only by the head of the department offering the program (major or minor). Normally, students will graduate under the program degree require­ ments in effect and published in the Catalog at the time they are admitted into the given degree program, pro­ vided their enrollment at the Univer­ sity is continuous. If enrollment is interrupted, or if students select a new major, they will be required to satisfy program requirements in effect at the time they re-enter or officially change to the new major. If program requirements are revised during student’s enrollment, they will be allowed to graduate under the new requirements providing they can meet such requirements in their entirety. DEGREE REQUIREMENTS 89 �The University reserves the right to change the requirements for gradua­ tion at any time as a means of keep­ ing pace with educational develop­ ments affecting the various curricula. As such changes are made, they may at the discretion of the University be applied to students already enrolled. In such cases reasonable and prudent effort will be made to provide stu­ dents the benefit of the new educa­ tional program without imposing undue hardship. MULTIPLE MAJORS Students earning a bachelor’s degree at Lake Superior State University may do so with more than one major by completing all requirements of each desired major program. Before graduation students must file a de­ gree audit approved by the appropri­ ate department head for each major. MULTIPLE DEGREES tudents desiring to earn more than ne bachelor’s degree from Lake Superior State University must com­ plete all program requirements for the additional degree, including at least 32 additional credits of which at least 21 must be from courses offered by Lake Superior State Uni­ versity. Students earning a bachelor’s degree from Lake Superior State University who desire an associate degree must complete all requirements for the associate degree program at the time they are completing the bachelor’s degree requirements. Students earning an associate from Lake Superior State University who desire an additional associate degree must complete all requirements for the additional degree, including 16 additional credits of which 12 must be from courses offered by Lake Superior State University. ADDITIONAL DEGREES FOR GRADUATES OF OTHER UNIVERSITIES Students who have earned a bach­ elor’s degree at another accredited institution who desire a bachelor’s degree from Lake Superior State University must complete all require­ ments of an approved degree sched­ ule including at least 32 additional credits in courses offered by Lake Superior State University. The de­ gree schedule must be approved by the major department head, Registrar and Vice President for Academic Affairs. Students should initiate the approval process with the depart­ ment head at the time of or before commencing study toward the addi­ tional degree. The schedule elected shall consist mainly of minor, major and cognate courses. Courses con­ sidered essential to the degree but not previously elected may, at the option of the department head, be required even though the total may exceed 32 credits. Lake Superior Slate University general education requirements will be considered completed if the student has earned a bachelor’s degree at any United States accredited university or an honors bachelor’s degree from an accredited Canadian university. Mathematics and writing competency requirements must be met. Students who have earned a bache­ lor’s degree or associate degree at another accredited institution and who desire an associate degree from Lake Superior State University, must complete all requirements of an approved degree schedule including at least 16 additional credits in cour­ ses offered by Lake Superior State University. The degree schedule process is identical to that described above for an additional bachelor’s degree. The schedule elected shall DEGREE REQUIREMENTS 90 �consist mainly of major and cognate courses. Courses considered essen­ tial to the degree but not previously elected may, at the option of the department, be required even though the total may exceed 16 credits. NOTES INDIVIDUALIZED STUDIES DEGREE In addition to the baccalaureate degrees described in departmental sections, Lake Superior State also offers Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Science in Individualized Studies degrees, for students who desire an unusually specialized program. The individualized studies program re­ quires that students complete (I) a minimum of 124 credits, (2) general education requirements of the Uni­ versity, (3) 24 credits at the 300/400 level and (4) mathematics and writ­ ing competency. A 2.00 overall grade point average is required. Degree program approval by the Individualized Studies Committee is required. At least 30 credits must be completed after approval has been received. For further information on the approval process, students should contact the Chairperson of the Indi­ vidualized Studies Committee. (This person’s name can be obtained from the Vice President of Academic Affairs office.) ASSOCIATE IN LIBERAL ARTS An Associate Degree in Liberal Arts is offered for students interested in a general two-year program. Require­ ments and a sample curricular plan are listed in the Department of Arts and Letters section of this catalog. DEGREE REQUIREMENTS 91 �V-r.,' k :• ARTS LETTERS & ENGLISH • SPANISH • SPEECH • ART • JOURNALISM HUMANITIES • DRAMA • MUSIC • PHILOSOPHY FRENCH • HISTORY • GERMAN ARTS & LETTERS 92 �ARTS & LETTERS ARTS AND LETTERS FACULTY: Department Head, Assoc. Prof. Thomas E. Schirer; Profs. John C. Cullen, Daniel Doirity, Richard Jennings, Hellmuth Kommueller, Leon Linderoth, E. Gary Toffolo, John Wilkinson; Assoc. Profs. William Dickinson, Georgegeen Gaertner, Bari Lynn Gilliard, Robert M. Money, James W. T. Moody, John R. Stevens; Asst. Prof. George Blackwood, Charles Cullum, Marcel Pichot, Diana Pingatore; Instructor: Laura McGowan The load of Liberal Arts In an age and an economy devoted to mass activity and group conformity, the unique discipline of humane enlightenment traditionally associated with a study of the Liberal Arts bears an increasingly heavy load. Two related arts are our special concern: one is that of teaching, the other that of communicating with the larger public beyond these walls. Both require a concern for the truthful and accurate use of language - for truth, indeed, rather than indifferent "information." Both require an exercise of feeling and imagination as much as of thought. Both are concerned to discover and encourage whatever creative aptitudes may be latent in eacl student. Our aim is knowledge, not pedantry; our prime responsibility is to foster the free mind, the exploring spirit -and to insure them every reasonable liberty of expression. Since it is the purpose of many studies to remind us that we are neither apes, nor ants, such a purpose may be better served in a small community, such as ours, avowedly dedicated to the pursuit of a liberal education, than in some large institutions whose very size prohibits individual attention or concern. A four-year curriculum leads to the bachelor of arts degree in English Language and literature or to the bachelor of arts or bachelor of A science degree in history, suggested curriculum is outlined; however, students should plan individual programs of study in consultation either with assigned advisers, or with department head. Electives are available throughout the University; in liberal arts these include not only additional courses in English and history or sequences in the modem foreign languages, but also in speech, journalism, drama, music, art, and philosophy. Leading authorities recognize that a sound liberal arts education is often the most satisfactory preparation for successful training and accomplishment in many vocational and professional areas, Upon completion of their degree program, students will be prepared either to pursue career in fields such as communications, industry, and ARTS & LETTERS 93 �government, or to embark upon graduate studies which will qualify them for professions in fields such as teaching. graduates of accredited secondary schools with above average standing in their classes. Secondary school preparation should include a fouryear curriculum of at least 15 units of acceptable entrance credits. Three units of English are required. ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS. To qualify for admission as freshmen, applicants must be BACHELOR OF ARTS ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE REQUIREMENTS: Students must complete, in addition to general education requirements, 70 semester hours of credit in the courses specified below, or their equivalents, plus sufficient additional hours of free electives to make up a required total of 124 hours. Candidates in English must complete one minor in an area to be approved by the head of the department. II. 9 semester hours must be selected from: EN220 Advanced Composition 3 1) -OREN22I Creative Writing I. Required Courses: EN231 American Lit 1 3 EN232 American Lit II 3 EN233 English Literature I 3 EN234 English Literature 113 EN420 Hist. & Structure of English 3 EN421 Hist, of Literary Criticism 3 EN430 Chaucer 3 EN431 Milton & the Metaphysical Pocls3 EN432 Shakespeare 3 Second year of a modem foreign language 8 (EN215 is strongly recommended.) EN330 Devcl. Novel in Engl. & Amcr. I 2) -OR3 EN331 Devcl. Novel in Engl. & Amcr. II EN332 The Short Story 3) -OREN333 Studies in the Drama III. 3 6 elective semester hours must be selected from: EN220, 221, 320. 330, 332. 333, 334. 433. 450. or HU256 FIRST YEAR: BACHELOR OF ARTS, ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE FALL SPRING ENl 10 Freshman Comp.’ 1st Yr. For. Lang. I Minor NS Gen. ED. R.A. Elective 3 4 4 4 .I ’May be taken Fall or Spring Semester SECOND YEAR EN215 Intro to Lit & Res. 2nd Yr. For. Lang. I EN231 American Lit. I EN233 English Lit. I Minor SD101 Fundamentals of Speech 1st Yr. For. Lang. II Minor SS Gen. Ed. A 17 4 4 4 15 16 3 4 3 3 3 EN220 Advanced Composition or EN221 Creative Writing 2nd Yr. For. Lang. EN232 American Literature II EN234 English Literature II R-A. Elective ARTS & LETTERS 94 3 4 3 3 1 14 �3RD YEAR EN330 Dcvel. Novel Eng. & Amer. I EN331 Devel. Novel Eng. & Amer. II or or 3 EN332 The Short Story EN420 Hist. & Struct. Eng. Language HU Gen. Ed. NS Gen. Ed. 3 4 4 EN333 Studies in the Drama EN Elective Minor HU Gen. Ed. 3 3 4 4 14 14 4TH YEAR . . EN431 Milton & Meta. Poets EN430 Chaucer Free Elective SS Gen. Ed Minor 3 3 3 4 4 17 EN421 Literary Criticism EN Elective EN Elective Free Elective Free Elective 3 3 3 4 4 17 BACHELOR OF ARTS/SCIENCE HISTORY REQUIREMENTS for the bachelor of arts: 1) the bachelor of arts general education requirements of the University. 2) One year of foreign language or its equivalent. 3) HS10I, 102 History of World Civilization sequence; or HS131, 132 United States History sequence. 4) 16 semester hours of 300 or 400 level history courses. 5) HS496 Historical Methods and HS497 Senior Seminar in History. 6) Additional history electives to total 30 semester hours. 7) GG106 Physical Geography and GG201 World Regional Geography. 8) 4 semester hours selected from: GG306, 321, 322, 323, 325, 360, or EC201. 9) one minor (20 semester hours). Total department credits required: 70 semester hours. REQUIREMENTS for the bachelor of science: This degree includes categories I,3,4,5,6,7,8 and 9 above but excludes 2. However, in place of the foreign language the student must take a minimum of 8 semester hours of social sciences, natural sciences, or mathematics beyond the general education and major requirements. Total department credits required: 70 semester hours. FIRST YEAR: BACHELOR OF ARTS OR SCIENCE, HISTORY SPRING FALL EN110 Freshman Comp# SD101 Fund of Speech NS Elective HS101 Hist World Civ I 3 3 4 HU Elective Minor NS Elective HS102 Hist World Civ II or 4 or HS131 U.S. History I R.A. Elective 1 HSI32 U.S. History II R.A. Elective 4 4 3 4 GG201 World Reg Geography History Elective HU Elective Cognate* n SECOND YEAR GG106 Physical Geography History Elective EN210 or 215# Cognate* 15 'May be taken Fall or Spring Semester ARTS & LETTERS 95 4 4 4 4 1 17 4 4 4 4 16 �THIRD YEAR 300 Level History Elective Minor 4 4 GG306.321.322,323.325,360; or EC201 Free Elective 4 4 300 Level History Elective Minor Free Elective Minor 4 4 4 A 16 16 FOURTH YEAR HS496 Historical Methods 400 Level History Elective Minor Free Elective 2 4 4 A HS497 Sr. Seminar in History 400 Level History Elective Minor Free Elective 15 2 4 4 4 14 *The cognate requirement is simply the BA/BS differentiation. Students who want a bachelor of arts degree should take 8 semester hours (one year) of a foreign language to fulfill this requirement. Students who want a bachelor of science degree should select 8 semester hours of social sciences, natural sciences or mathematics beyond the general education and major requirements. ASSOCIATES DEGREE LIBERAL ARTS THIS DEGREE is offered to students who complete the general education requirements of the University, any minor presently offered, free electives -- for a total of 62 hours’ credit (minimum), and demonstrate competency in mathematics and writing. Consult departmental offerings for selection of a minor and electives. NOTE: Once you have chosen a minor, contact the department which offers it in order to be assigned an advisor. The department offering your minor will both advise you and conduct your degree audit before graduation. FIRST YEAR: ASSOCIATE DEGREE IN LIBERAL ARTS FALL SPRING EN110 Freshman Composition’ SD101 Fundamentals of Speech 3 4 Social Science Gen. Ed. Social Science Gen. Ed. Minor Course 4 Natural Science Gen. Ed. Elective 4 RA Elective 15 ‘May be taken Fall or Spring Semester SECOND YEAR EN210 or 215# 3 Natural Science Gen. Ed. 4 Humanities Gen. Ed. Humanities Gen. Ed. Natural Science Gen. Ed. 3 Minor Course RA Elective 1 Elective 15 3 4 3 1 15 3 4 8 2 17 COURSES SELECTED for credits toward the general education requirements are not generally accepted for a major or minor. However, some exceptions are made and the specific exceptions will be noted in the Catalog or should be discussed with departmental advisors. It is advisable to complete general education requirements first, as any changes in the choice of a major area of study will not appreciably affect the program for the first two years. Students will graduate under the requirements in effect upon entering (not to exceed five years). ARTS & LETTERS 96 �MINOR COURSE OF STUDIES ART: Students must complete 20 semester hours of credit. The following courses are required for an art minor: ATI 10, 111, 210, 211, 250, 251. BUSINESS FRENCH: Students must complete 20 semester hours of credit in addition to the basic requirements of FR151, 152, or their equivalents. Required courses: FR251,252, 351,352, 353, 354. COMMUNICATION: Students must complete 22 semester hours of credit in addition to basic requirements of Composition and Speech (SD101). Required courses: SD201, 202, 302, 307 or 308, 320, 325, BA23I. ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE: Students must complete 20 semester hours of credit in addition to basic requirements of Composition and Speech. The 20 hours of credit must include English Literature I and II (EN233, 234), with the balance selected from these courses or their equivalents: EN220,221, 231,232, 320, 330, 331, 332, 333, 334, 420, 421, 430, 431, 432, 450, 433, HU256. FRENCH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE: Students must complete 20 semester hours of credit in addition to the basic requirements of FR151, 152, or their equivalents. Required courses: FR251,252, 351. 352, 355, 356. HISTORY: Minor must include 20 history credits as well as one course to be selected from: GG306, 321, 322, 323, 325, or 360. Required courses: HS101, 102, History of World Civilization sequence, or HS 131,132, U.S. History sequence; HS 496 Historical Methods, 8 credits from 300/400 level courses. HUMANITIES: Students must take 24 semester credit hours of credit. Required courses: HU251, 252 Humanities sequence (8 semester credit hours). Sixteen credits from the areas of study listed below, of which at least 6 but not more than 8 credits must be taken in one discipline, with no more than 3 credits in studio or performing classes, the remaining credits to be distributed in at least three of the following areas: Spanish Literature in Translation (class is taught in English), History of Drama, Music, Mythology, Philosophy, Art, World Literature, Film, Second year of a foreign language (provided it is not offered in satisfaction of any other requirement). JOURNALISM: Students must complete 20 semester hours of credit in addition to basic requirements of Composition and Speech. Required courses: JR210, 211, 310, 410,411. Elective courses: JR311, EN220, EN221, MK287, JR413. JOURNALISM/WRITING: Students must complete 24 semester hours of credit in addition to basic requirements of Composition and Speech. Required courses: EN220, EN221, SD307, JR210, JR21I. Elective JR410, JR411, JR311, EN320, courses: JR310, JR413. PUBLIC RELATIONS: Students must complete 20 semester hours of credit in addition to basic requirements of Composition and Speech (SD101). Required courses: SD202 or SD302, SD307 or SD308, SD320, SD325, PS325, JR210, SD161. SPEECH AND DRAMA: Students must complete 20 semester hours of credit in addition to Composition and Speech (SD101) from speech and drama offerings, or their equivalents. Those who wish both a major in English language and literature and a minor in speech and drama must take additional credit in English for any of the advanced courses which overlap in both programs. WRITING: Students must complete 20 semester hours of credit in addition to Composition and Speech. Required courses: EN220, EN221, SD307, JR210, JR211. Elective courses: JR4I3, JR310, EN320, MK287. ARTS & LETTERS•97 �Photo by Liz Raffaele BIOLOGY & CHEMISTRY BIOLOGY & CHEMISTRY 98 �BIOLOGY & CHEMISTRY FACULTY: Department Head, Assoc. Prof. Patrick W. Brown; Profs. Melvin L. Anderson, David J. Behmer, Puma Chandra, Charles W. Jones, John W. Lehman, Steven J. Person, and Bryce E. Smith; Assoc. Profs. R. Steven Furr, William L. Haag, and Vemie Knudson; Asst. Profs. Gerald H. Johnson, Dennis Merkel, John H. Roese, Deborah Stai, and Margaret Week. Manager of Vermilion Station, Thomas Allan. BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES prepare students for careers in research and in applied aspects of life sciences as well as providing a background in biology for a career or further studies in allied sciences. Four-year programs lead to bachelor of science degrees in biological sciences, fisheries and wildlife management, environmental science and medical technology; bachelor of arts degree in biology; and two associate degrees: natural resources technology and water quality technology. Students electing to pursue four-year degree programs have the opportunity of changing their majors to one of the other biology degree programs without losing credits or having to make up deficiencies. Students working toward these four-year degree programs have the same basic first year of courses. BACHELOR OF ARTS/SCIENCE Biology Lake Superior State University is ideally located for field studies of terrestrial and aquatic resources. Students electing a variety of courses in ecology and applied ecology can qualify for state and federal positions in fisheries biology, wildlife biology, and other related fields. Laboratory courses give students knowledge and techniques necessary for many technical positions with industry and governmental agencies. and numerous other fields can receive a strong undergraduate background at Lake Superior State University that will enable them to pursue a career or graduate education elsewhere. Admission requirements for professional and graduate universities vary throughout the United States and Canada. Students planning post-baccalaureate education should plan with their advisor to insure that these requirements are met. Students interested in research positions in environmental science, marine biology, microbiology, physiology, fish and wildlife biology ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS: To qualify for admission as freshmen, applicants must be BIOLOGY & CHEMISTRY 99 �graduates of accepted secondary schools with above average standing in their class. Their secondary school preparation should include a four-year curriculum of at least 15 units of acceptable entrance credits. The following subjects must be included in these credits: one unit of beginning algebra, one unit of advanced algebra, one unit of chemistry and three units of English. In addition, one biology unit and one unit of geometry or trigonometry are highly recommended. Students not meeting these requirements may enter on a provisional basis. Ontario Grade 13 students are required to take departmental competency examinations before credit will be granted in biology and chemistry. Substitution for courses required as part of biology degree requirements must be approved by the department head. Honors Program This program is a research sequence open to biology, chemistry and environmental science majors with a minimum overall GPA of 3.5 through the first semester of the junior year. Majors electing this sequence will select an instructor as their supervisor. An undergraduate research project will be outlined in consultation with the supervising instructor and submitted to the department for approval. The outline must be approved before the first term of the senior year. At the end of the seventh week of the spring term during the senior year, the students will forward an abstract of their work to the department head and during the tenth week of the same semester will submit the final copy of their research papers in publishable form, for departmental approval. All grades for this sequence will be deferred until the final semester. Eight credit hours of honors credit will be substituted for 8 hours of electives upon successful completion of the research sequence. The special problem sequence will not be open to students electing the honors program research sequence. The completed research may be used for Senior Thesis. Special Problems In biology, chemistry, environmental science: Students desiring to enroll in BL, CH, EV Special Problem courses will be granted permission to take the course(s) provided the following conditions are in existence at the time of petition: (A) junior or senior standing; (B) With overall GPA of at least 2.5; (C) No I grades on transcript. Students meeting these requirements must petition depart­ ment faculty with a detailed onepage outline of work and date to be completed. Request for more than four hours will result in a propor­ tionate reduction in an 18-hour load; e.g. with BL400 for six credits, the balance of courses must not exceed 12 credits for the term. The faculty preceptor must endorse the petition with his signature and the date the project is to be completed. BIOLOGY & CHEMISTRY NOTES 100 �BACHELOR OF ARTS BIOLOGY Biology (28 credits) BL110 General Zoology BL111 General Botany BL204 General Microbiology BL220 Genetics BL221 Genetics Lab BL337 General Ecology BL395 Sci. Writ. & Present. BL420 Popul. Genetics & Evol. BL499 Senior Thesis BL330 Animal Physiology or BL315 Plant Physiology Chemistry (17 credits) CHI 15 General Chemistry CHI 16 General Chemistry CH225 Organic Chemistry CH226 Organic Chemistry 4 4 4 3 1 3 I 3 1 I II I II Other Departments (24 credits) CSI00 Intro, to Microcomp. MAI 11 College Algebra MAI 12 Calc. Bus. & Life Sci. MA207 Prin. Stat. Methods EN210 Research Paper Proc. Foreign Language 3 3 4 3 3 8 4 Additionally, a student is required to: 1. take 6-8 semester credits of BL electives with at least 1 course numbered 300 or higher, and 5 4 4 4 2. satisfy General Education requirements (Natural Science requirements are met by above classes) such that 124 semester credits are earned. FIRST YEAR: BACHELOR OF ARTS, BIOLOGY FALL BL110 General Zoology CHI 15 General Chem. I MAI 11 College Algebra EN110 Freshman Comp. RA Elective 4 5 3 3 1 16 SPRING 4 BL111 General Botany 4 CHI 16 General Chemistry MAI 12 Calculus for Bus. & LS.4 3 SD101 Fund, of Speech 1 RA Elective 16 SECOND YEAR CH225 Organic Chem. I 4 MA207 Statistical Methods 3 CS100 Intro. Micro. Appl. 3 4 Humanities Elective 3-4 BL Elective 17-18 CH226 Organic Chemistry II EN210 Res. Paper Process BL204 General Microbiology Humanities Elective 3 4 3 1 4 15 4 15 THIRD YEAR BL337 General Ecology Foreign Language BL220 Genetics BL221 Genetics Lab SS Elective 4 3 4 Foreign Lang. II SS Elective BL315 Plant Physiology or BL330 Animal Physiology BL395 Sci. Wrt. & Presen. Free Elective 4 4 4 1 3 16 FOURTH YEAR BL Elective Free Elective SS Elective 6 6-9 4 16-19 BL499 Senior Thesis 1 BL420 Pop. Gen. & Evolution 3 9-12 Free Elective 13-17 BIOLOGY & CHEMISTRY 101 �BACHELOR OF SCIENCE BIOLOGY Biology (49 credits) 4 BL110 General Zoology 4 BL111 General Botany 4 BL204 General Microbiology BL220 Genetics 3 BL221 Genetics Lab 1 BL280 Biometrics 3 BL337 General Ecology 3 BL395 Sci. Writ. & Present. 1 BL420 Pop. Genetics & Evol. 3 BL499 Senior Thesis 1 BL315 Plant Physiology 4 or BL330 Animal Physiol. BL Electives 18 (including at least 2 courses numbered 300 or higher) Chemistry (21 credits) CHI 15 General Chemistry I CHI 16 General Chemistry II 5 4 CH225 Organic Chemistry I CH226 Organic Chemistry I CH351 Intro. Biochemistry Other Departments (24 credits) CS100 Intro, to Microcomp. MAI 11 College Algebra MAI 12 Calc. Bus. & Life Sci. MA207 Prin. Stat. Methods PH221 Elem. Physics I PH222 Elem. Physics II EN210 Res. Paper Process 4 4 4 3 3 4 3 4 4 3 Additionally, a student is required to satisfy General Education requirements (Natural Science requirements are met by above classes) and free electives such that 127 semester credits are earned. FIRST YEAR: BACHELOR OF SCIENCE, BIOLOGY FALL BL110 General Zoology CHI 15 Chemistry I MAI 11 College Algebra Soc. Sci. Elective RA Elective 4 5 3 4 1 17 SECOND YEAR CH225 Organic Chem. I 4 3-4 BL Elective MA207 Prin. Stat. Meth. 3 4 Humanities Elec. CS100 Intro. Micro. THIRD YEAR ApF;-lt BL220 Genetics BL221 Genetics Lab BL337 Gen. Ecology PH221 Elemts. Physics I Free Elective CH351 Intro. Biochem. 3 1 3 4 3 4 18 FOURTH YEAR 6-8 BL Elective BL420 Pop. Gen. & Evol. 3 6 Free Electives 15-17 SPRING BL111 Gen. Botany CHI 16 Gen. Chemistry II MAI 12 Calc for Bus. & Life Science EN110 Freshman Comp. RA Elective CH226 Organic Chem. II BL204 Gen. Microbiology BL280 Biometrics Humanities Elective EN210 Res. Paper Process 4 4 4 3 1 re 4 4 3 4 3 re BL315 Plant Physiology 4 or BL330 Animal Physiology 3 BL Elective PH222 Elements Physics II 4 4 Social Science Elective BL395 Sci. Wrtg. & Pres. 16 BL499 Senior Thesis BL Electives Free Elective BIOLOGY & CHEMISTRY 102 �Environmental Science Students aspiring to become environmental scientists must possess a deep and lasting concern for the ecosystem, acquire a comprehensive knowledge of environmental issues, and develop the scientific skills needed to solve environmental problems and deal intelligently with our natural resources. They should also acquire the technical and communicative skills needed to deal with business, industrial and government leaders whose activities affect the environment. ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS: Those planning to enroll in the environmental science curriculum at Lake Superior State University should have completed at least 15 units of acceptable entrance credits at an accredited secondary school with above average standing in their class. These credits must include one unit of beginning algebra, one-half unit of advanced algebra, one unit of geometry, one unit of chemistry or physics, and three units of English. One unit of biology and a year of senior math are highly recommended. Environmental Science is a comparatively new field that is still evolving. It offers careers to technicians, engineers and research scientists in a wide variety of specialties. The curriculum is a prepare four-year program to students for careers directed toward the maintenance of a healthful environment for humans and other living organisms. BACHELOR OF SCIENCE ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE Biology, and Environmental Science (34 credits) BL110 General Zoology BL111 General Botany BL230 Introduction to Soils BL337 General Ecology EV101 Intro to Env. Sci. EV249 Water Pol. Coni. EV288 Environ. Microbiol. EV311 Environmental Law EV313 Solid & Haz. Waste EV395 Sci. Writ. & Pres. EV499 Senior Thesis ID300 Man & Environment 4 4 3 3 3 3 4 2 3 1 1 3 Chemistry (23 credits) CHI 15 General Chem. I CHI 16 GeneralChem.il CH225 Organic Chem. I CH226 Organic Chem. II CH231 Quantitative Anal. CH232 Instrumental Anal. 5 4 4 4 3 3 Other Departments (31 credits) CS100 Introduction to Microcomputers. MAI 11 College Algebra 3 3 MAI 12 Calc, for Bus. & Life Sciences MA207 Prin. Stat. Methods PH221 Elem. Physics I PH222 Elem. Physics II PH311 Hydrology EN205 Tech. Rept. Writing GE111 Geology I 4 3 4 4 3 3 4 Restricted Electives (students select one of the following—minimum 3 credits) 3 BL130 Remote Sensing 3 CH353 Intro. Toxicology 4 EV405 Special Problems 3 EN305 Adv. Tech. Rept. Writ. 4 GE112 Physical Geology II 3 GG108 Eanh, Sun, and Weath. 3 TC103 Surveying Additionally, a student is required to satisfy General Education requirements (Natural Science requirements are met by above classes) and free electives such that 124 semester credits are earned. BIOLOGY & CHEMISTRY • 103 �FIRST YEAR: BACHELOR OF SCIENCE, ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE FALL CHI 15 BL110 MA109 MAI 11 EV101 General Chem. I General Zoology Trigonometry College Algebra Intro. Env. Science 5 4 2 3 3 17 SECOND YEAR CH225 Organic Chem. I PH221 Elem. Physics I GE111 Geology I EN205 Tech. Rep. Writing RA Elective 4 4 4 3 1 16 THIRD YEAR BL337 General Ecology* SD101 Fund, of Speech CH231 Quant. Analysis Free Elective Soc. Sci. Elective 3 3 3 3 3 15 FOURTH YEAR EV313 Solid & Hazardous Waste* EV288 Environmental Microbiology Soc. Sci. Elective Humanities Elective 3 4 3 4 SPRING CHI 16 Gen. Chem. II BL111 General Botany EN110 Freshman Comp. I MAI 12 Calc, for Bus. & Life Sciences RA Elective CH226 PH222 EV249 MA207 CS100 4 4 3 4 1 16 Organic Chem. II 4 Elem. Physics II 4 Water Poll. Control 3 Prin. Stat. Meth. 3 Intro. Micro. Appl. _3 17 ID300 Man & Environment3 EV395 Scientific Writing 1 3 CH232 Instr. Analysis 3 *BL230 Intro, to Soils 3 Soc. Sci. Elective 3 Free Elective 16 EV311 Environmental Law* 2 1 EV499 Senior Thesis 3 PH311 Hydrology 4 Humanities Elective 3 Free Elective 3 Designated Elective 16 14 ‘Taken in alternate years “Student will be offered chance to have course waived by examination NOTES BIOLOGY & CHEMISTRY 104 �FISHERIES & WILDLIFE Fisheries and wildlife courses place strong emphasis on understanding organisms in their habitats. Fisheries and wildlife courses blend a conceptual understanding of fish and wildlife populations with practical knowledge of relevant lab and field techniques. Students work with, and must learn to identify, a wide variety of plants, fish, birds, and mammals. Students graduating from the rigorous curriculum requirements in the fisheries and wildlife degree can meet the qualifications of state and federal government agencies as technicians and biologists, To qualify for any type of position as a wildlife biologist with a federal agency, a minimum of 9 credits is needed in botany. Other career opportunities include positions as naturalists, conservation officers, and related professions. The rigorous curriculum provides an extremely competitive background for admittance to graduate school. All students majoring in fisheries and wildlife management are encouraged to consider pursuing a graduate degree. ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS: Same as biology. BACHELOR OF SCIENCE FISHERIES AND WILDLIFE MANAGEMENT Bioloigy (58 credits) BL110 General Zoology 4 4 BL111 General Botany 3 BL202 Field Botany 3 BL220 Genetics BL239 Biology & Managment of Wildlife 2 BL272 Freshwater Fish 2 Culture BL280 Biometrics 3 BL288 Environ. Microbiol. 4 3 BL310 Ichth vology BL312 Omit nologv 3gy 3 3 BL337 General Ecology BL395 Sci. Writ. & Pres. 1 3 BL411 Mammalogy BL432 Fish. Ecology & Management 3 BL437 Plant Ecology 3 BL439 Wildlife Ecology & Management 3 3 BL445 Limnology 1 BL499 Senior Tnesis BL230 Intro, to Soils 3 or BL275 Aquatic Entomology BL330 Animal Physiology or 4 BL315 Plant Physiology Chemistry (17 credits) CHI 15 General Chem . CHI 16 General Chem. CH225 Organic Chem. CH226 Organic Chem. I II I II 5 4 4 4 Other Departments (20 credits) CS100 Introduction to Microcomputers 3 MAI 11 College Algebra 3 MAI 12 Calculus for Bus. & 4 Life Science MA207 Prin. Stat. Methods 3 EN210 Research Paper Proc.3 PH221 Elem. of Physics I 4 Additionally, a student is required to satisfy General Education requirements such that 129 semester credits are earned. BIOLOGY & CHEMISTRY • 105 �FIRST YEAR: BACHELORS OF SCIENCE, FISHERIES AND WILDLIFE MANAGMENT FALL BL110 General Zoology CHI 15 General Chem. I MAI 11 College Algebra Soc. Sci. Elective RA Elective 4 5 3 4 1 17 SPRING BL111 General Botany CHI 16 GeneralChem.il MAI 12 Calculus for Bus. Life Science EN110 Freshman Comp. RA Elective 4 4 & 4 3 1 17 SECOND YEAR CH225 BL288 MA207 BL202 CS100 Organic Chem. I Env. Microbiology Prin. Stat. Meth. Field Botany Intro. Micro. Appl. 4 4 3 3 3 17 THIRD YEAR BL312 Ornithology BL337 General Ecology BL310 Ichthyology Humanities Electives SD101 Fund, of Speech 3 3 3 4 3 16 CH226 Organic Chem. II 4 BL239 Wildlife Biology & 2 Managment 3 BL280 Biometrics BL315 Plant Physiology or 4 BL330 Animal Physiology EN210 Res. Paper Process _3 16 3 BL220 Genetics 2 BL272 Fish Culture BL230 Intro, to Soils 3 or BL275 Aquatic Entomology 4 Humanities Elective 3 Free Electives BL395 Sci. Writ. & Pres. 1 16 FOURTH YEAR Free Electives BL432 Fish. Ecology & Management BL439 Wildlife Ecology PH221 Elements of Phys. 6 3 3 I_4 16 Medical Technology Medical technologists perform most of the clinical tests conducted in hospital, clinical and health laboratories. Pharmaceutical BL437 Plant Ecology BL411 Mammalogy BL445 Limnology BL499 Senior Thesis Soc. Sci. Elective 4 3 3 1 4 15 manufacturers employ medical technologists in connection with the development of drugs and the search for sera and vaccines. Students may obtain the bachelor of science degree in medical technology by completing the specified three-year sequence at the University (see medical technology bachelor of science BIOLOGY & CHEMISTRY • 106 �requirements) followed by 12 months training at an affiliated hospital. Students may elect any NAACLS accredited hospital (whose program is approved as satisfactory by the biological sciences department head. Lake Superior State University does not assume responsibility for obtaining an affiliation at an approved hospital. Graduates of this program are eligible to take an examination for certification as a registered medical technologist. ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS: To qualify for admission as freshmen, applicants must be graduates of accredited secondary schools with above average standing in their class. Their secondary school preparation should include a four-year curriculum of at least 15 units of acceptable entrance credits. The following subjects must be included in these credits: one unit of beginning algebra, one unit of geometry, one-half unit of advanced algebra, one unit of chemistry or physics (preferably chemistry) and three units of English. One unit of biology is highly recommended. Students not meeting these requirements may enter on a provisional basis. BACHELOR OF SCIENCE MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY Biology (56 credits) BL110 General Zoology BL204 General Microbiology BL220 Genetics BL243 Vertebrate Anatomy BL330 Animal Physiology BL422 Parasitology or BL480 Microbiol.& Biotech. BL423 Immunology BL460 Medical Tech. Intern.* Chemistry (23 credits) CHI 15 General Chem. I CHI 16 GeneralChem.il CH225 Organic Chem. I CH226 Organic Chem. II 4 4 3 4 4 3 4 30 5 4 4 4 Chemistry (cont) CH231 Quantitative Analysis CH232 Instrumental Analysis Other Departments (16 credits) CS100 Introduction to Microcomputers MAI 11 College Algebra MAI 12 Calculus for Bus. & Life Science MA207 Prin. Stat. Methods EN210 Research Paper Proc. 3 3 3 3 4 3 3 Additionally, a student is required to satisfy General Education requirements (Natural Science requirements are met by required classes) such that 128 semester credits are earned. ‘Calendar year FIRST YEAR: BACHELOR OF SCIENCE, MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY FALL BL110 General Zoology CHI 15 General Chem. I MAI 11 College Algebra EN110 Freshman Comp. RA Elective 4 5 3 3 1 16 SPRING CHI 16 General Chem. II 4 MAI 12 Calculus for Bus. & Life Science 4 SD101 Fund, of Speech 3 CS100 Intro. Micro. Appl. 3 RA Elective 1 15 BIOLOGY & CHEMISTRY 107 �SECOND YEAR CH225 Organic Chem. I 4 MA207 Prin. Stat. Meth. 3 BL243 Vertebrate Anat.* 4 4 Humanities Elective EN210 Res. Paper Process _3 18 THIRD YEAR BL422 Parasitology* or 3 BL480 Ap. Micr. & Biotech.* CH231 Quant. Analysis 3 4 Soc. Sci. Elective 6 Free Electives 16 FOURTH YEAR BL460 Med. Tech. 15 CH226 Organic Chem. II . 4 BL330 Animal Physiology* 4 BL204 Gen. Microbiology 4 4 Humanities Elective 16 3 BL220 Genetics 4 BL423 Immunology CH232 Instrument. Analys. 3 4 Soc. Science Elective 3 Free Electives 17 BL460 Med. Tech. Intern. 15 NOTE: The 3 + 1 nature of the program forces these students to take 300 and 400 level courses in an earlier year. Alternate year offerings will also affect the precise year in a student’s program in which she can take a particular course. ‘Indicates courses offered in alternate years. Pre-professional: Medicine, Dentistry, Veterinary Medicine Applicants to a professional school are seldom accepted with only three years of undergraduate credit, therefore, pre-medical, pre-veterinary medicine or pre-dental students are encouraged to remain four years and complete the requirements for the bachelor of science or bachelor of arts degree in biological sciences. A survey of medical school admission requirements for the United States and Canada as published by the Association of American Medical Colleges shows that the Lake Superior State University bachelor of science degree in biological sciences meets the most stringent requirements. representatives from the biology and chemistry department including two professional advisors, will: 1. review the performance of all students indicating an interest in medicine, veterinarian medicine or dentistry at the end of their sophomore year; BOARD: The pre-professional advisory board, made up of 4. make appropriate recom­ mendation to the indicated 2. indicate to the student before their junior year, where possible, the advisability of remaining in the program; 3. meet with and interview all students from which MCAT, VAT, DAT or OCAT scores have been received; BIOLOGY & CHEMISTRY 108 �medical, veterinary or universities based upon: dental b. interview performance; c. grade point average; a. personal knowledge of student’s performance while at Lake Superior State University; d. and MCAT, VAT, DAT or OCAT scores. Pre-Pharmacy (Transfer Program) The two-year course of study outlined below is a guide for those who plan to apply for admission and transfer to a three-year professional pharmacy curriculum at another In Michigan, such institution, programs are offered at Ferris State University, University of Michigan, and Wayne State University. For further information and planning, students are advised to consult catalogs from these or other institutions. Generally, application for admission to a professional pharmacy curriculum must be submitted after completing the first year of pre-pharmacy. Generally, students must have a cumulative grade point average of 2.00 as well as grades of C or better in sciences and mathematics. Students entering Ferris State University with one year of high school physics may pass a physics proficiency examination in lieu of the year of college Physics. If the latter courses are not taken, a sequence of humanities or behavioral science courses is recommended. The following suggested schedule, for instance, is recommended and meets all requirements for admission to the School of Pharmacy of Ferris State University. FIRST YEAR: PRE-PHARMACY FALL CHI 15 BL110 MAI 11 PY101 Gen Chem. I 5 4 Gen Zoology College Algebra 4 Intro to Psychol. _4 16 SECOND YEAR CH225 Organic Chem. I 4 BL121 Human Anatomy & 3 Physiology PH221 Elem. Physics I* 4 EN210 Rese. Paper Proc. 3 PS110 Intro.Amer.Gov. 4 18 SPRING 4 CHI 16 Gen. Chem. II 4 BL111 Gen. Botany MAI 12 Calc. Bus. & Life Sci. 4 or MA151 Calculus I EN110 Fresh. Composition 3 EC201 Prin. Macroecon. _3 18 CH226 Organic Chem. II 4 BL122 Human Anatomy & 4 Physiology PH222 Elem. Physics II 4 BL330 Animal Physiology_4 16 ‘At Ferris State University, the Physics requirement may be fulfilled in other ways. Consult the Ferris State University catalog. BIOLOGY & CHEMISTRY 109 �Forestry (Transfer Program) Students may receive a bachelor of science in forestry from the University of Michigan by attending Lake Superior State University for three years then transfer to U. of M. for the fourth year. A summer program at U. of M.’s Camp Filbert Roth is also required. To transfer after three years to University of Michigan students must maintain a minimum 2.5 GPA. No D grades can be transferred. A minimum of 90 semester hours that are applicable toward the degree should be completed at Lake Superior State University. Physical education classes may not be included. Arrangements can be made to attend Lake Superior State University for one or two years before transferring to other colleges to complete the bachelor’s degree in forestry. ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS: Same as biology. BACHELOR OF SCIENCE Conservation Law Enforcement Laws enacted to protect our natural esources, and federal restrictions on he rate of consumption of our enewable resources, have created a demand for highly qualified enforcement officers. Lake Superior State University, with its unique location in the heart of resource diversity, offers a bachelor of science degree in conservation law enforcement. Students completing the associate degree in natural resources technology can elect to continue their education by taking the required courses in criminal justice to earn, at the end of four years, the bachelor of science in conservation law enforcement. Graduates of this program are able to compete for openings in the Michigan Department of Natural Resources, the United States Forest Service and the National Park Service. This program also provides students with requirements for certification as police officers in Michigan. ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS: Are the same as for the natural resource technology program. For additional information regarding the first two years of this program, please consult the natural resources technology section of this catalog. BACHELOR OF SCIENCE Parks and Recreation, Management Concentration The increased interest nationally in parks, from small city parks to large national parks, has created a demand for people who can manage both our natural resources as well as the people who want to benefit from Lake Superior State them. University offers a bachelor of science in Recreation Management with a Parks and Recreation Management concentration. Students completing the associate degree in BIOLOGY & CHEMISTRY • 110 �natural resources technology can elect to continue their education by taking the required courses in recreation to earn, at the end of four years, a bachelor of science in recreation management with a parks and recreation concentration. The land management and resource development skills acquired in this curriculum will qualify students to pursue a wide variety of career options with the various state Departments of Natural Resources, the National Park Service, various municipal parks or in the area of outdoor education and interpretation. Entrance requirements are the same as for the natural resource tech­ For additional nology program, information regarding the first two years of this program, please consult the natural resources technology section of this catalog. CHEMISTRY The associate degree in chemistry provides the fundamentals required for additional studies of chemistry that can be completed at another university. The strong quantitative orientation would provide a strong background for a student to pursue a bachelor’s degree in chemistry or physics. ASSOCIATE DEGREE CHEMISTRY Chemistry (23 credits) CHI 15 General Chem. CHI 16 General Chem. CH225 Organic Chem. CH226 Organic Chem. CH231 Quant. Anal. CH232 Instr. Anal. I II I II Other Departments (37 credits) CS100 Intro, to Microcomp. EN110 English Comp. I 5 4 4 4 3 3 3 3 EN205 Technical Rept. Writ. MA151 Calculus I MAI52 Calculus II MA25I Calculus III PH231 Elem. Physics I PH232 Elem. Physics II SD101 Fund, of Speech SS Elective 3 4 4 4 5 5 3 3 Students are required to take a total of 63 semester credits . FIRST YEAR: ASSOCIATE DEGREE CHEMISTRY FALL CH115 MA151 EN110 SD101 General Chem. I Calculus I Freshman Comp. Fund, of Speech SECOND YEAR CH225 CH231 PH231 EN205 Organic Chem. I Quant. Analysis General Physics I Tech. Rpt. Writing 5 4 3 3 T5 4 3 5 3 15 SPRING CHI 16 General Chem. II MAI52 Calculus II CS100 Intro. Micro. Appl. SS or HU Elective Free Elective CH226 CH232 PH232 MA251 Organic Chem. II Instrumental Anal. Gen. Physics II Calculus III BIOLOGY & CHEMISTRY 111 4 4 3 3 3 T7 4 3 5 4 n> �Natural Resources Technology This program trains technicians as aides to fish and wildlife biologists and for careers in parks, forest fire control, forestry, and conservation law enforcement. The associate degree curriculum includes two academic years. The enrollment into this program is limited. ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS: To be considered for admission as freshmen, applicants must be graduates of accredited secondary schools with above average standing Their secondary in their class, school preparation should include a four-year curriculum of at least 15 units of acceptable entrance credits. The following should be included in these credits: one unit of beginning algebra, one unit of laboratory science (biology, chemistry or physics—preferably biology) and three units of English. Applicants who do not meet the above require­ ments may be considered on the basis of equivalent courses and/or satisfactory scores on the American College Test (ACT). ASSOCIATE DEGREE Natural Resources Technology Resource Technology, Biology, and Chemistry (33 credits) RT101 RT102 RT206 RT207 RT275 RT284 RT286 BL130 BL239 CH108 ID300 Intro. Natur. Resour. Methods in Nat Res. Wildlife Mgmt. Tech. Biol. & Mgmt. Fish Soil Management Prin. of Forestry Limnological Tech. Remote Sensing Wildlife Biol. & Mgmt Applied Chemistry Man & Environment 3 1 2 3 4 4 4 3 2 4 3 Other Departments (26 credits) RC201 Intro. Rec./Services MA109 Trigonometry CS100 Intro, to Microcomp. EN110 English Comp. I EN205 Technical Rept. Writ. HE181 First Aid TCI03 Surveying TCI04 Sm. Eng./Safety RA Electives SD101 Fund, of Speech 3 2 3 3 3 1 3 3 2 3 Students are required to take three additional free elective credits for a total of 62 semester credits. FIRST YEAR: ASSOCIATES DEGREE, Natural Resources Technology FALL EN110 Freshman Comp. 3 RT101 Intro, to Nat. Res. 3 RT102 Meth. in Nat. Res. 1 MAI09 Trigonometry 2 CS100 Intro. Micro. Appl. 3 RC101 Intro. Rec./Services 3 RA Elective 1 16 SPRING TCI04 Small Engine Safety3 BL130 Remote Sensing 3 CHI08 Applied Chemistry 4 SD101 Fund, of Speech 3 HE181 First Aid 1 1 RA Elective 15 SECOND YEAR RT275 RT284 RT207 RT286 Soil Management 4 4 Prin. Forestry Biol. & Mgt. Fish 3 Limnological Tech._4 15 BL239 Nat. Hist. Wildlife 2 RT206 Wldlf. Mgmt. Tech. 2 ID300 Man & Environment3 3 TC103 Surveying EN205 Tech. Rep. Writing 3 3 Elective 16 BIOLOGY & CHEMISTRY 112 �Water Quality Technology This program offers training for vocations as technicians in hydrology, water supply technology, waste-water treatment and water pollution control. Applicants should have an aptitude for chemistry and aconcem for environmental quality. The employment and salaries for graduates of this program have been excellent. ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS: To be considered for admission as freshmen, applicants must be graduates of accredited secondary schools with above average standing Their secondary in their class, school preparation should include a four-year curriculum of at least 15 units of acceptable entrance credits. The following subjects should be included in these credits: one unit of beginning algebra, one unit of geometry, one unit of chemistry, and three units of English. One unit of biology is recommended. Applicants who do not meet the above requirements may be considered on the basis of equivalent courses and/or satisfactory scores on the American College Test (ACT). ASSOCIATE DEGREE Water Quality Technology Resource Technology, Biology, and Chemistry (36 credits) 1 RT102 Methods in Nat. Res. 3 RT207 Bio. & Mgmt of Fish 4 RT275 Soil Management 4 RT285 Water Quality Intern. 4 RT286 Limnological Tech. 3 RT287 Indust. Wastewat. Trt. 3 EV101 Intro. Environ. Sci. 3 EV249 Water Pollution 4 EV288 Environ. Microbiol. 4 CHI08 Applied Chemistry 3 ID300 Man & Environment Other Departments (22 credits) MAI09 Trigonometry CS100 Intro, to Microcomp. EN110 English Comp. I EN205 Technical Rept. Writ. TCI03 Surveying TCI04 Small Eng./Safety Electives RA SD101 Fund, of Speech 2 3 3 3 3 3 2 3 Students are required to take four additional free elective credits for a total of 62 semester credits . FIRST YEAR: ASSOCIATES DEGREE, WATER QUALITY TECHNOLOGY SPRING FALL 3 TCI03 Surveying RT102 Meth in Nat. Res. 1 CHI08 Applied Chemistry 4 EN110 Freshman Comp. 3 TCI04 Small Eng./Safety 3 EV101 Intro Environ. Sci. 3 Elective 4 CS100 Introduction to 1 RA Elective 3 Microcomputers T5 MAI09 Trigonometry 2 SD101 Fund, of Speech 3 1 RA Elective T5 SECOND YEAR EV249 Water Pollution 3 RT275 Soil Management 4 ID300 Man & Environment3 RT286 Limnological Tech. 4 RT287 Indus. Wastewater 3 EV288 Env. Microbiology 4 RT285 Water Qual. Intern. 4 RT207 Bio. & Mgt. Fish 3 EN205 Tech. Rpt. Writing _3 15 BIOLOGY & CHEMISTRY 113 �BIOLOGY MINOR CHEMISTRY MINOR This supportive minor is open to all students. Requires a minimum of 21 credit hours of Biology courses. CHEMISTRY: Requires a minimum of 20 credit hours of chemistry courses. Biology (21 credits) BL110 General Zoology BL111 General Botany BL220 Genetics BL221 Genetics Lab BL337 Ecology BL Electives 200+ level Chemistry (20-21 credits) CH115 General Chem. I CHI 16 General Chem. II CH225 Organic Chem. I CH226 Organic Chem. II CH231 Quant. Analysis or CH351 Intro. Biochem. 4 4 3 1 3 6 NOTES BIOLOGY & CHEMISTRY 114 5 4 4 4 3 4 �BUSINESS & ECONOMICS BUSINESS & ECONOMICS 115 �BUSINESS & ECONOMICS FACULTY: Assoc. Prof. Bruce T. Harger, head; Prof. Madan Saluja; Assoc. Profs. Mary L. Adams, Donner Dowd, John Erkkila, Robert C. Gaertner, John S. Hudson, Jean Lundin, Ann B. Marinoni, Charles Meiser, Daniel Mugavero, Karl (Jim) Sherman; Asst. Prof. Valerie Filek; Instructor Linda Schmitigal. Well-rounded professional education for careers in fields of business THE OBJECTIVE of the department of business and economics is to provide a well-rounded professional education. At a minimum, such an education should allow the student the opportunity to develop: • Understanding and appreciation of the historical evolution of the modem business culture. • Awareness of social and economic forces shaping its future dimensions. • Ability to recognize and promote ethical and social values. • Understanding of major functional areas of business with some opportunity for specialization for a career in business. • Preparation for advanced study. BACHELOR OF SCIENCE ACCOUNTING The discipline of accounting provides financial and other information essential to the efficient conduct and evaluation of the activities of any organization, The information which accounting provides is essential for 2. discharging the accountability of organizations to investors, creditors, government agencies, taxing authorities, association members, contributors to non­ profit institutions and others. 1. effective planning, control and decision making by management, Accounting includes the development and analysis of data, BUSINESS & ECONOMICS 116 �the testing of their validity and relevance, and the interpretation and communication of the resulting information to intended users. The data may be expressed in monetary or other quantitative terms, or in symbolic or verbal forms. This program is primarily for those students who may desire Business Core (44 Credits) 4 AC 132 Prin of Acct I 4 AC 133 Prin of Acct II BA211 Business Statistics 3 BA231 Business Communications 3 BA254 Business Law I 3 3 BA466 Business Policy DP264 Intro to Data Proc 3 EC201 Prin of Macroeconomics^* 3 EC202 Prin of Microeconomics’ 3 4 FN341 Managerial Finance MK281 Marketing Prin and Strat 4 MN370 Managerial Prin and Human 4 Resource Concepts 3 MAI 11 College Algebra*' ‘May count toward Social Science General Education Requirement "May count toward B.S. Degree Requirement 1. to enter the field of public accounting, or 2. a more intensive study of accounting. The program meets the State of Michigan educational requirements, qualifying students to sit for the certified public accountant’s examination. Major Requirements (38 credits) AC232 Intermediate Acct I AC233 Intermediate Acct II AC332 Cost Accounting I AC333 Cost Accounting II AC334 Acct Information Systems AC432 Advanced Accounting I AC433 Advanced Accounting II AC421 Fed Taxation Acct I AC422 Fed Taxation Acct II AC427 Auditing BA255 Business Law II 4 4 4 4 3 3 3 3 3 4 3 General Education Requirements and sufficient eletctive credits must be completed such that at least 128 semester credits have been earned. FIRST YEAR: BACHELOR OF SCIENCE, ACCOUNTING FALL AC 132 Prin Accounting I MAI 11 College Algebra EN110 Freshman Comp* DP264 Intro Data Proc NS Elective 4 3 3 3 3 SPRING AC 133 Prin of Acct II SD101 Fund of Speech NS Elective HU Elective Soc Sci Elective 4 3 3 4 3 17 16 SECOND YEAR AC232 Intermediate Acct I 4 BA254 Bus Law I 3 EC201 Principles of Macroeconomics 3 EN210 or 215 Res Pap/Lit‘ 3 4 HU Elective 17 AC233 Inter Accounting II BA255 Business Law II EC202 Principles of Microeconomics BA231 Business Comm BA211 Business Statistics BUSINESS & ECONOMICS 117 4 3 3 3 3 16 �THIRD YEAR AC332 Cost Accounting I 4 4 FN341 Mgr Finance MK281 Marketing Principles & 4 Strategies NS Elective 3 RA Elective 1 16 AC333 Cost Accounting II 4 MN370 Management Prin & Human Resource Cone 4 AC334 Acct Info Syst 3 3 NS/MA/SS Elective 1 RA Elective 15 FOURTH YEAR AC421 Fed Tax Acct I 3 AC432 Adv Accounting I 3 AC427 Auditing 4 6 Electives 16 AC422 Fed Tax Acct II 3 AC433 Advanced Acct II 3 BA466 Business Policy 3 6 Electives 15 'English Composition may be taken either Fall or Spring semester BACHELOR OF SCIENCE BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION Requires successful completion of a four-year curriculum of 128 semester hours as prescribed in the following pages. The degree in business administration provides the student with a broad background in general business. Students select a second major area of concentration in one of several areas of specialization: 1. Accounting 4. Marketing 6. Hospitality 2. Management 3. Office Administration 5. Computer Information Systems Management 7. General Business □ Accounting Concentraion Prepares students for careers in industrial or governmental accounting or administrative careers in business or government. The program is flexible, enabling students to select many elective courses. This program does not meet the State of Michigan requirements qualifying a student to sit for the Certified Public Accountant’s exam. Students desiring to become Certified Public Accountants or those desiring greater depth in accounting studies should refer to the bachelor of science program. Business Core AC 132 AC 133 BA211 BA231 BA254 BA466 (44 Credits) Prin of Acct I Prin of Acct II Business Statistics Business Communications Business Law I Business Policy 4 4 3 3 3 3 DP264 EC201 EC202 FN341 MK281 MN370 MAI 11 Intro to Data Processing. Prin of Macroeconomics* Prin of Microeconomics' Managerial Finance Mktg Prin and Strategy Mgmt Prin & HR Cone College Algebra" 'May count toward Social Science General Education Requirement "May count toward B.S. Degree Requirement BUSINESS & ECONOMICS 118 3 3 3 4 4 4 3 �Major Requirements (29 credits) AC232 Inter Acct I AC233 Inter Acct II AC332 Cost Accounting I AC333 Cost Accounting II 4 4 4 4 AC334 AC421 AC427 BA255 3 3 4 3 Acct Info Systems Fed Tax Acct I Auditing Business Law II General Eduation Requirements and sufficient elective credits must be completed such that at least 128 semester credits have been earned. FIRST YEAR: BJS. IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION-ACCOUNTING FALL AC132 Prin Accounting I 4 MAI 11 College Algebra 3 EN110 Freshman Comp* 3 NS Elective DP264 Intro Data Process 3 3 SPRING AC 133 Prin Acct II SD101 Fund of Speech NS Elective HU Elective Soc Sci Elective 16 SECOND YEAR AC232 Interned Acct I BA254 Business Law I EC201 Prin of Macro EN210 or 215 Res Pap/Lit* HU Elective 4 3 3 3 4 17 THIRD YEAR AC332 Cost Accounting I 4 FN341 Managerial Finance 4 MK281 Marketing Principles & 4 Strategies 3 NS Elective 1 RA Elective AC233 BA255 EC202 BA231 BA211 Inter Acct II Business Law II Prin of Micro Business Comm Business Statistics AC421 Fed Tax Acct I AC427 Auditing Electives 3 4 9 3 3 4 3 17 4 3 3 3 3 16 AC333 Cost Accounting II 4 MN370 Management Prin & Human Resource Cone 4 3 NS/MA/SS Elective 3 Electives RA Elective 1 15 16 FOURTH YEAR 4 AC334 Acct Info Syst BA466 Business Policy Electives 9 15 16 ’English composition may be taken either Fall or Spring semester BUSINESS & ECONOMICS 3 3 119 �□ Computer Information Systems Management concentration The CISM area of concentration is an integrated program of management and computer information systems. It provides a broad study of business management with the opportunity to extend this study by elective courses. The curriculum includes a strong emphasis on computer-based information systems including systems analysis, systems design, database systems, systems management and computer programming. The COBOL (Common Business Oriented Language) is studied in depth, with an emphasis on program design. COBOL is also used as the host language in the study of database program development. Students have an introduction to RPG (Report Program Generator), and they may elect to study other programming languages. Career oriented: Although graduates should expect to begin their careers as programmer/analysts, their background prepares them to develop professionally along alternative career paths including systems analysis, systems design, programming project management, systems development management, and information systems department management. Business Core (44 Credits) AC 132 Prin of Acct I AC 133 Prin of Acct II BA211 Business Statistics BA231 Business Comm BA254 Business Law I BA466 Business Policy DP264 Intro to Data Proc EC201 Prin of Macroeconomics’ EC202 Prin of Microeconomics’ FN341 Managerial Finance MK281 Mktg Prin & Strategy MN370 Mgmt Prin & HR Cone MAI 11 College Algebra” 4 4 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 3 'May count toward Social Science General Education Requirement "May count toward B.S. Degree Requirement Major Requirements (41 credits) DP275 COBOL Prog I 3 DP276 COBOL Prog II 3 3 DP269 RPG II Prog DP366 Database Prog Dev 3 DP368 Sftwre and Hrdwre Cone 3 DP461 Sys Anal and Design I 3 DP462 Sys Anal and Design II 3 3 DP469 Info Resource Mgmt 6 List A/B elective 6 List A electives 2 Business elective MN461 Management Simulation 3 PY101 or 228 or 383 or 396* 3-4 General Eduation Requirements and sufficient elective credits must be completed such that at least 128 semester credits have been earned. List A Electives AS305 Introd Automated Systems DP467 Distributed Data Processing DP367 Decision Support and Expert Systems DP468 EDP Audit and Controls DP466 Advanced Database Concepts ID399 Internship in Data Processing List B Electives CS111 Intro to Computer Science I CS112 Intro to Computer Science II CS321 Computer Graphics CT235 Microprocessor Fundamentals DP151 Computer Applications DP 165 APL Programming DP240 Desktop Publishing and Presentations I DP245 Desktop Publishing and Presentations II DP268 PL/I Programming DP225 Word Processing Techniques DP230 Word Processing Applications MN464 Organizational Behavior in Business MN471 Production and Operations Management OA111 Keybdg/Doc Formatting OA112 Keyboard Skillbuilding BUSINESS & ECONOMICS 120 �FIRST YEAR: B.S. IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATIONCOMPUTER INFORMATION SYSTEMS MANAGEMENT CONCENTRATION FALL AC 132 Prin Acct I 4 EN110 Freshman Comp* 3 MAI 11 College Algebra 3 3 NS Elective PY Designated Elective _3 16 SPRING AC 133 Prin Acct II 4 DP264 Intro Data Processing3 SD101 Fund of Speech 3 HU Elective 4 NS Elective 3 17 SECOND YEAR EN210 or 215 Res Pap/Lit* DP275 COBOL I MK281 Mktg Prin & Strat EC201 Macroeconomics BA254 Bus Law I 3 3 4 3 3 16 THIRD YEAR DP366 Database Prog Dev 3 3 List A Elective MN370 Management Principles & Human Resources Cone 4 NS Elective 3 4 HU Elective 17 FOURTH YEAR DP461 Systems An Des List A Elective FN341 Mgr Finance Business Elective Free Elective 3 3 4 2 3 15 DP276 COBOL II DP269 RPG II List B Elective EC202 Microeconomics BA231 Bus Comm RA Elective DP368 Software/Hardware List B Elective BA211 Bus Statistics MA/NS/SS Elective Free Elective RA Elective 3 3 3 3 3 1 16 3 3 3 3 3 1 16 DP462 Sys Anal & Des 3 DP469 Info Resource Mgt 3 MN461 Mgt Simulation 3 3 Free Elective BA466 Business Policy _3 15 ‘English composition may be taken either Fall or Spring semester □ General Business option The Program provides a well-rounded professional education in business administration. Breadth of preparation rather than specialization is emphasized; however, the student will be able to focus on areas of concentration through selection of business electives. Business Core AC 132 AC 133 BA211 BA231 (44 Credits) Principles of Accounting I 4 Principles of Accounting II4 3 Business Statistics Business Communications 3 BA254 BA466 DP264 EC201 EC202 Business Law I Business Policy Intro to Data Processing > Prin of Macroeconomics^* Prin of Microeconomics’ BUSINESS & ECONOMICS 121 3 3 3 3 3 �FN341 Managerial Finance MK281 Mktg Prin and Strategy MN370 Mgmt Prin and HR Cone MAlll College Algebra" 4 4 4 3 ’May count toward Social Science General ^Education Requirement "May count toward B.S. Degree Requirement Major Requirements (32 credits) AC332 Cost Accounting I 4 3 BA255 Business Law II MN464 Organizational Behavior in 4 Business Seven (7) business electives, five (5) of which must be at 300 or 400 level 21 General Eduation Requirements and sufficient elective credits must be completed such that at least 128 semester credits have been earned. FIRST YEAR: BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREE, BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION-GENERAL BUSINESS FALL ENUO Freshman Comp* 3 AC 132 Prin Acounting I 4 MAlll College Algebra 3 NS Elective 3 SD101 Fund of Speech _3 16 SPRING AC 133 Prin Acct II DP264 Intro Data Proc NS Elective HU Elective RA Elective 4 3 3 4 1 15 SECOND YEAR EN210 or 215 Res Pap/Lit* BA254 Business Law I EC201 Prin of Macro MK281 Mkt Prin & Stat Business Elective RA Elective 3 3 3 4 3 1 17 BA255 Business Law II EC202 Principles of Microeconomics BA231 Bus Comm BA211 Business Statistics Business Elective 3 3 3 3 3 15 THIRD YEAR MN370 Management Principles & Human Resource Cone 4 AC332 Cost Accounting I 4 NS Elective 3 Business Elective 3 Elective 3 17 4 FN341 Mgr Finance 4 HU Elective MN464 Orgizational Behavior 4 in Business 3 Business Elective 15 FOURTH YEAR Business Electives Soc Sci Elective NS/SS/MA Elective Electives 6 3 3 4 BA466 Business Policy Business Elective Electives 16 ‘English composition may be taken either Fall or Spring semester. BUSINESS & ECONOMICS 122 3 3 11 17 �□ Hospitality concentration The hospitality, tourism and travel industry is expanding at a rapid rate around the world, and skilled employees are in great demand. The program is interdisciplinary in nature and emphasizes the business administration approach to studying hotel and restaurant management, and travel/tourism. A student may choose one of the following four areas of specialization: 1. Hotel/Restaurant Management (in conjunction with Sault College) 2. Hospitality/Recreation 3. Hospitality/Foreign Language 4. Hospitality/Administration □ Hospitality/Administration Business Core (44 Credits) AC 132 Prin of Acct I AC 133 Prin of Acct II BA211 Business Statistics BA231 Bus Communications BA254 Business Law I BA466 Business Policy DP264 Intro to Data Processing EC201 Prin of Macroeconomics* EC202 Prin of Microeconomics* FN341 Managerial Finance MK281 Mktg Prin and Strategy MN370 Mgmt Prin and HR Cone MA111 College Algebra** 4 4 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 3 Major Requirements (48 credits) HS102 His of World Civ H“ 4 GG306 Cultural Geography* 3 4 AC332 Cost Accounting I MK287 Advg Theory and Practice 3 MK480 Marketing Research 3 MN464 Org Behavior in Bus 4 HT121 Intro to Hosp Industry 4 HT231 Destinations - World 3 3 HT231 Destinations - Electives HT321 Trvl-Trsm Ping & Dev I 3 HT322 Trvl-Trsm Ping & Dev II 3 HT421 Travel-Tourism Cases 3 HT441 Internship - Trvl & Trsm 8 *May count toward Social Science General Education Requirement “May count toward B.S. Degree Requirement General Eduation Requirements and sufficient elective credits must be completed such that at least 128 semester credits have been earned. FIRST YEAR: BUSINESS ADMINISTRATIONHOSPITALITY/ADMINISTRATION CONCENTRATION FALL HT121 Intro Hospitality AC 132 Prin Accounting I RA Elective MAI 11 College Algebra NS Elective* 4 4 1 3 4 16 SECOND YEAR EN210 or 215 Res Pap/Lit HT231 Dest-World BA254 Business Law I MK281 Mktg Principles EC201 Macroeconomics 3 3 3 4 3 SPRING SD101 Fund of Speech 3 AC 133 Prin Accounting II 4 1 RA Elective EN110 Freshman Comp 3 4 NS Elective* 15 BA231 HS102 BA211 GG306 EC202 3 Bus Comm Hist of Wrld Civ II 4 3 Bus Statistics Cultural Geography 3 Microeconomics _3 16 BUSINESS & ECONOMICS 123 16 �third year 4 HU Elective MN370 Management Principles & Human Resource Cone 4 2 HT231 Destinations HT321 Trvl-Trsm Ping I 3 DP264 Intro Data Proces _3 16 HU Elective* MK287 Advertising HT322 Travel-Tourism Planning II Electives 4 3 3 6 16 FOURTH YEAR 4 HT441 Internship BA466 Business Policy 3 MK480 Mktg Research 3 MN464 Organizational Behavior in Business 4 3 Elective 17 ‘Suggeted humanities and natural science electives are art and music appreciation, BL105 and physical geography. HT441 HT231 AC332 HT421 FN341 4 Intership 1 Destinations Cost Accounting I 4 Trvl-Trsm Cases 3 Managerial Finance_4 16 □ Hospitality/Foreign Language Business Core (44 Credits) AC 132 Prin of Acct I AC133 Prin of Acct II BA211 Business Statistics BA231 Business Communications BA254 Business Law I BA466 Business Policy DP264 Intro to Data Proc EC201 Principles of Macroeconomics* EC202 Principles of Microeconomics* FN341 Managerial Finance MK281 Mktg Prin and Strategy MN370 Mgmt Prin and HR Cone MAI 11 College Algebra** 4 4 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 3 Major Requirements (46 credits) HS102 Hist of World Civ 11“ GG306 Cultural Geography* SP261 Second Year Spanish I*** or FR251 Second Year French 1*“^ SP262 Second Year Spanish II"* or FR252 Second Year French 1I‘“ HT121 Intro to Hosp Industry HT231 Destinations - World HT231 Destinations - Electives HT321 Trvl-Trsm Ping & Dev I HT322 Trvl-Trsm Ping & Dev II HT421 Travel - Tourism Cases HT441 Intemship-Trvl & Trsm SP or FR 300 level elective 4 3 4 4 4 3 4 3 3 3 8 3 ’May count toward Social Science General Education Requirement “May count toward B.S. Degree Requirement ’“May count a maximum of 4 semester credits toward Humanities General Education requirement. General Eduation Requirements and sufficient elective credits must be completed such that at least 128 semester credits have been earned. FIRST YEAR: BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREE, BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION, HOSPITALITY/FOREIGN LANGUAGE FALL HT121 Intro Hospitality NS Elective* AC 132 Prin Accounting I MAI 11 College Algebra RA Elective 4 4 4 3 1 16 SPRING SD101 Fund of Speech 3 EN110 Freshman Comp 3 AC 133 Prin Accounting II 4 HS102 Hist of Wrld Civ II 4 1 RA Elective 15 BUSINESS & ECONOMICS 124 �SECOND YEAR EN210 or 215 Res Pap/Lit 2nd yr Foreign Language HT231 Dest-World NS Elective* DP264 Intro Data Proc 3 4 3 4 3 17 3 Elective MK281 Marketing Principles & 4 Strategy 2nd Yr Foreign Language 4 BA231 Bus Comm 3 EC202 Microeconomics 3 17 THIRD YEAR MN370 Management Principles & Human Resource Cone 4 EC201 Macroeconomics 3 2 HT231 Destinations HT321 Trvl-Trsm Ping I 3 3rd Yr Foreign Language _3 15 FOURTH YEAR HT441 Internship BA254 Business Law I BA211 Business Stat Elective HT231 Destinations HT421 Trvl-Trsm Cases 4 3 3 2 2 4 HU Elective* GG306 Cultural Geography 3 HT322 Travel-Tourism II Planning 3 6 Electives 16 HT441 Internship BA466 Business Policy FN341 Managerial Fin Electives 4 3 4 4 15 3 17 ‘Suggested humanities and natural science electives are art and music appreciation, BL105 and physical geography. □ Hospitality Hotel/Restaurant Management Concentration Business Core (44 Credits) AC 132 Prin of Acct I AC 133 Prin of Acct II BA211 Business Statistics BA231 Bus Comm BA254 Business Law I BA466 Business Policy DP264 Intro to Data Proc EC201 Prin of Macroeconomics* EC202 Prin of Microeconomics* 4 4 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 FN341 MK281 MN370 MAI 11 Managerial Finance Mktg Prin and Strategy Mgmt Prin and HR Cone College Algebra’* Major Requirements (48 credits) HS102 Hist of World Civ II GG306 Cultural Geography HT121 Intro to Hosp Industry HT291 Hotel and Rest Mgmt 4 4 4 3 4 3 4 37 ‘May count toward Social Science General Education Requirement “May count toward B.S. Degree Requirement General Eduation Requirements and sufficient elective credits must be completed such that at least 128 semester credits have been earned. BUSINESS & ECONOMICS 125 �FIRST YEAR: BS. DEGREE, BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION, HOSPITALITY HOTEIVRESTAURANT MANAGEMENT 3 3 4 3 _4 17 SPRING SD101 Fund of Speech 3 HS102 Hist of World Civ 4 RA Elective 1 AC 133 Prin Accounting II 4 HT291 Hotel & Rest Mgt _5 17 4 HU Elective’ HT291 Hotel & Rest Mgt 10 DP264 Intro Data Proc 3 17 RA Elective 1 EN210 or 215 Res Pap/Lit 3 HT291 Hotel & Rest Mgt JO 14 FALL EN110 MAI 11 AC 132 HT291 HT121 Freshman Comp’ College Algebra Prin Accounting I Hotel & Rest Mgt Intro Hospitality SECOND YEAR THIRD YEAR MN370 Mgt Prin & HR Cone 4 4 NS Elective* EC201 Macroeconomics 3 HT291 Hotel & Rest Mgt _5 16 4 NS Elective* EC202 Microeconomics 3 MK281 Mktg Prin & Strat 4 HT291 Hotel & Rest Mgt _4 15 FOURTH YEAR GG306 Cultural Geography 3 BA466 Business Policy 3 FN341 Managerial Finance 4 HU Elective” 4 3 Elective 17 ’English composition may be taken either Fall or Spring semester ’’Suggested humanities and natural science electives are art and music appreciation, BL105 and physical geography. BA211 Business Stat BA254 Business Law I BA231 Business Comm Electives 3 3 3 6 15 (Hotel-Restaurant Management courses must be approved by coordinator of hospitality and taken at Sault College or transferred). □ Hospitality/Recreation Concentration Business Core (44 Credits) AC 132 Principles of Accounting I AC 133 Principles of Accouting II BA211 Business Statistics BA231 Business Communications BA254 Business Law I BA466 Business Policy DP264 Intro to Data Proc 4 4 3 3 3 3 3 EC201 Prin of Macroeconomics’ 3 EC202 Prin of Microeconomics* 3 4 FN341 Managerial Finance MK281 Mktg Prin and Strategy 4 MN370 Management Principles and Human Resource Concepts 4 3 MAI 11 College Algebra” BUSINESS & ECONOMICS • 126 �Major Requirements (48 credits) HS102 History of World Civ If 4 GG306 Cultural Geography* 3 HE181 First Aid 1 RC101 Intro to Rec & Leisure Scrv 3 RC105 Program Dev Leadership in Recreation/Leisure Services 3 RC295 Practicum 2 RC390 Rec Ldiship Apprenticeship 1 RC482 HT121 HT231 HT231 HT321 HT322 HT421 HT4-41 Admin of Rec/Lelsure Service Intro to Hosp Industry Destinations - World Destinations - Electives Trvl-Trsm Plng/Dev I Trvl-Trsm Plng/Dev II Trvl-Trsm Cases Internship - Trvl and Trsm 3 4 3 4 3 3 3 8 ‘May count toward Social Science General Education Requirement ’’May count toward B.S. Degree Requirement General Eduation Requirements and sufficient elective credits must be completed such that at least 128 semester credits have been earned. FIRST YEAR: B.S. DEGREE, BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION, HOSPTIALITY/RECREATION FALL NS Elective* RA Elective MAI 11 College Algebra AC 132 Prin Accounting I HT121 Intro Hospitality 4 1 3 4 _4 16 SECOND YEAR EN210 or 215 Res Pap/Lit Res HT231 Destinations - World RC101 Int to Rec & Leisure EC201 Macroeconomics DP264 Intro Data Proces 3 3 3 3 3 15 HS102 History of Wodd Civ II4 MK281 Mktg Prin & Strategy 4 EC202 Microeconomics 3 RC105 Prog Dev & Leadership 3 3 Elective 17 4 4 HU Elective* MN370 Management Principles & Human Resource Cone 4 HT322 Travel Tourism Plan II 3 GG306 Cultural Geography 3 2 HT231 Destinations 16 THIRD YEAR HU Elective* BA231 Bus Communications HT231 Destinations HT321 Travel-Tourism Plan I RC295 Practicum HE181 First Aid 3 2 3 2 1 15 FOURTH YEAR RC482 BA211 BA254 HT421 HT441 RC390 SPRING EN110 Freshman Comp 3 SD101 Fund of Speech 3 4 NS Elective* 1 RA Elective AC 133 Prin Accounting II _4 15 Adm of Rec & Leisure 3 3 Bus Statistics Business Law I 3 Travel-Tourism Cases 3 4 Internship Rec Leader App 1 17 BA466 Business Policy FN341 Managerial Finance Electives HT441 Internship 3 4 6 4 17 'Suggested humanities and natural science electives are art and music appreciation, BL105 and physical geography. BUSINESS & ECONOMICS 127 �□ Management concentration A broad survey of all phases of business operations for students 1. planning to operate their own business who seek a broad business background; 2. preparing for jobs in large organizations with training programs in which specialization is taught after employment; and 3. those who desire a general business background at the undergraduate level prior to taking more specialized graduate work. This program provides breadth of preparation rather than specialization but with sufficient flexibility to permit students to emphasize such professional fields as personnel management, production management, or the broad aspects of management philosophy and practice. Business Core (44 Credits) AC 132 Prin of Acct I AC 133 Prin of Acct II BA211 Business Statistics BA231 Bus Comm BA254 Business Law I *BA466 Business Policy •DP264 Intro to Data Proc EC201 Principles of. Macroeconomics* EC202 Principles of. ' Microeconomics’ FN341 Managerial Finance MK281 Mktg Prin and Strategy •MN370 Mgmt Prin and HR Cone MAI 11 College Algebra” 4 4 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 3 Major Requirements (38 credits) 3 BA255 Business Law II 4 AC332 Cost Accounting I 3 MN469 Collective Bargaining 4 MN451 Labor Law MN461 Management Simulation 3 MN464 Org Behav in Business 4 MN47I Prod & Operations Mgmt 5 12 Business electives ‘May count toward Social Science General Education Requirement ”May count toward B.S. Degree Requirement General Eduation Requirements and sufficient elective credits must be completed such that at least 128 semester credits have been earned. FIRST YEAR: BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREE, BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION-MANAGEMENT CONCENTRATION FALL EN110 Freshman Comp* AC 132 Prin Accounting I MAI 11 College Algebra NS Elective SD101 Fund of Speech SPRING 3 4 3 3 3 16 SECOND YEAR EN210 or 215 Res Pap/Lit* BA254 Business Law I EC201 Macroeconomics MK281 Mktg Prin & Strat Elective 3 3 3 4 3 16 AC 133 Prin Accounting II 4 DP264 Intro Data Proc 3 NS Elective 3 4 HU Elective RA Elective 1 15 BA255 Business Law II EC202 Microeconomics BA231 Bus Comm BA211 Business Stat Elective RA Elective BUSINESS & ECONOMICS 128 3 3 3 3 3 1 16 �THIRD YEAR AC332 Cost Accounting I 4 Soc Sci Elective 3 MN370 Mgt Prin & HR Cone 4 NS Elective 3 Business Elective 3 17 FN341 Managerial Finance 4 Business Elective 3 Elective 3 HU Elective 4 NS/MA/SS Elective 3 17 FOURTH YEAR MN451 Labor Law MN464 Org Behav in Bus MN471 Prod Opr Mgt Business Elective 4 4 5 3 16 MN469 Collective Barg BA466 Business Policy Business Elective MN461 Mgmt Simulation Elective 3 3 3 3 3 15 ’English composition may be taken either Fall or Spring semester □ Marketing concentration Marketing prepares students for a career in problem solving/sales, advertising, distribution, marketing research and product development, consumer services, marketing management, and other careers. Through proper selection of courses, students may place emphasis upon preparation for a career in: 1. 2. 3. 4. sales and sales management; retail management; purchasing and industrial procurement; or international business, or may choose to obtain a broad background in the field as preparation for a career with a marketing organization which provides its own training program. Business Core (44 Credits) —AC 132 Principles of Accounting I 4 —' AC 133 Principles of Accouting II 4 3 BA211 Business Statistics BA231 Business Communications 3 3 —BA254 Business Law I 3 BA466 Business Policy --DP264 Intro to Data Processing 3 EC201 Prin of Macroeconomics* 3 — EC202 Prin of Microeconomics’ 3 4 FN341 Managerial Finance —MK281 Mktg Prin and Strategy 4 MN370 Mgmt Principles and Human 4 Resource Cone 3 __MA 111 College Algebra** Major Requirements (31 credits) — BA255 Business Law II MN464 Organ Behavior in Bus __MK283 Principles of Selling — MK285 Retail Management __ MK287 Adv Theory and Practice MK480 Marketing Research MK486 International Marketing MK Electives 3 4 3 3 3 3 3 9 ‘May count toward Social Science General Education Requirement “May count toward B.S. Degree Requirement General Eduation Requirements and sufficient elective credits must be completed such that at least 128 semester credits have been earned. BUSINESS & ECONOMICS 129 �FIRST YEAR: BACHELOR OF SCIENCE, BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION-MARKETING FALL EN110 Freshman Comp* AC 132 Prin Accounting I MAI 11 College Algebra NS Elective SD101 Fund of Speech 3 4 3 3 _3 16 SPRING AC 133 Prin Acct II DP264 Intro Data Proc NS Elective HU Elective RA Elective 4 3 3 4 1 15 SECOND YEAR EN210 or 215 Res Pap/Lit* BA254 Business Law I EC201 Macroeconomics MK281 Mktg Prin & Strat MK283 Selling 3 3 3 4 3 16 MK287 Advertising BA255 Business Law II EC202 Microeconomics BA231 Bus Comm MK285 Retail Mgmt RA Elective 3 3 3 3 3 1 16 THIRD YEAR MN370 Management Prin Human Resource Cone MK Elective BA211 Business Stat NS Elective HU Elective & 4 3 3 4 3 3 6 FN341 Managerial Fin MK Elective Soc Sci Elective Electives 16 3 4 17 FOURTH YEAR MK486 International Mktg 3 MK Elective 3 SS/NS/MA Elective 3 7 Electives 16 MN464 Org Beh in Bus BA466 Business Policy MK480 Marketing Res Electives 4 3 3 6 16 *English composition may be taken either Fall or Spring semester □ Office Administration concentration Prepares students for positions as office managers, administrative assistants, word (information) processing specialists, or records managers. Responsible office administration positions are going more to those with university training. These individuals have, in addition to office skills, training in business administration, social science, business communications, economics, computerized office systems, information processing and records management which helps them to function effectively. BUSINESS & ECONOMICS 130 �Office Administration Concentration Business Core (44 Credits) AC 132 Principles of Accounting I 4 'AC 133 Principles of Accouting II 4 3 BA211 Business Statistics BA231 Business Communications 3 3 BA254 Business Law I 3 -i-BA466 Business Policy DP264 Intro to Data Processing 3 EC20I Prin of Macroeconomics* 3 EC202 Prin of Microeconomics* 3 4 FN341 Managerial Finance MK281 Mktg Prin and Strategy 4 MN370 Mgmt Principles and Human 4 Resource Concepts 3 MAI 11 College Algebra” Major Requirements (44 credits) PY228 Organizational Behavior’* 3 "’BA201 Professional Development 3 BA226 Records Management 3 - BA255 Business Law II 3 DP225 Word Proc Techniques 3 DP230 Word Proc Applications 3 MN464 Organ Behavior in Bus 4 OA111 Keybrdg/Doc Formatting I 3 OA112 Keyboard Skillbuilding 2-4 OA113 Document Formatting II 2 -iOA121 Shorthand I 3 -OA221 Shrthnd/Mchn Transaction 3 Business Electives’” 7-9 ’May count toward Social Science General Education Requirement ’’May count toward B.S. Degree Requirement General Eduation Requirements and sufficient elective credits must be completed such that at least 128 semester credits have been earned. “’Business Electives (7-9) MN451 Labor Law MN469 Coll Bargaining AC421 Fed Taxation Acct I 4 3 3 DP 151 BA261 OA227 OA228 Comp Applications Business Skills Med Office Proc Legal Office Proc 1-4 1-4 3 3 FIRST YEAR: BJS., BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION-OFFICE ADMINISTRATION CONCENTRATION FALL AC 132 Prin Accounting I OA111 Keyboarding OA112 Skillbuilding OA121 Shorthand I EN110 Freshman Comp’ RA Elective 4 3 2 3 3 1 16 SPRING AC 133 Prin Accounting II OA112 Skillbuilding OA113 Formatting II BA201 Prof Development SD101 Fund of Speech NS Elective SECOND YEAR EN210 or 215 Res Pap/Lit* DP225 Word Proc Tech BA254 Business Law I EC201 Macroeconomics OA221 Transcription 3 3 3 3 3 15 BA231 Bus Comm DP230 Word Proc App BA255 Business Law II EC202 Microeconomics BA226 Records Mgmt RA Elective BUSINESS & ECONOMICS 131 4 2 2 3 3 3 17 3 3 3 3 3 1 16 �THIRD YEAR MAI 11 College Algebra 3 PY228 Org Behavior 3 DP264 Intro Data Proc 3 MK281 Mktg Prin & Strat 4 MN370 Management Principles & Human Resource Cone 4 17 FOURTH YEAR HU Elective Designated Bus Elect Elective FN341 Managerial Fin NS Elective 4 2 3 4 3 3 NS Elective BA211 Bus Statistics 3 MN464 Organizational Behavior 4 in Business Designated Bus Elect 3 2 Elective 15 BA466 Business Policy HU Elective Designated Bus Elect 3 4 2 4 3 Flprtivp SS/MA/NS Elective 16 16 'English composition may be taken either Fall or Spring Semester BACHELOR OF SCIENCE FINANCE and ECONOMICS THE STUDY of Finance and economics affords an opportunity for the student to acquire a general knowledge of business and economic systems. Specialized courses are included to develop ability in the use of the tools of economic and financial theory and analysis. To deal with the advances in sophistication and rigor in this discipline, students are required to take calculus. The program prepares students for careers in business, government service, education, and graduate study. Business Core (44 Credits) AC 132 Principles of Accounting 4 AC 133 Principles of Accouting II 4 3 BA211 Business Statistics BA231 Business Communications 3 BA254 Business Law I 3 BA466 Business Policy x 3 DP264 Intro to Data Processing > 3 EC201 Prin of Macroeconomics’ 3 EC202 Prin of Microeconomics' 3 4 FN341 Managerial Finance MK281 Mktg Prin and Strategy 4 MN370 Mgmt Principles and Human 4 Resource Concepts MAI 11 College Algebra" 3 Major Requirements (41 credits) BA255 Business Law II EC304 Money, Banking and Monetary Policy' EC305 Public Finance EC408 International Economics" EC308 Inter Microeconomics EC309 Inter Macroeconomics FN446 Fin Anal and Policy FN448 Investment Strategy MAI 12 Calc for Bus & LS" EC/FN/AC Electives 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 11 'May count toward Social Science General Education Requirement "May count toward B.S. Degree Requirement General Education requirements and sufficient elective credits must be completed such that at least 124 semester credits have been earned. BUSINESS & ECONOMICS 132 �FIRST YEAR BACHELOR OF SCIENCE, FINANCE AND ECONOMICS FALL EN110 Freshman Comp* MAI 11 College Algebra NS Elective AC 132 Prin Accounting I RA Elective 3 3 4 4 1 15 SPRING SD101 Fund of Speech 3 MAI 12 Calculus for Business 4 & Life Science 4 NS Elective AC 133 Prin Accounting II 3 RA Elective 1 15 SECOND YEAR EN210 or 215 Res Pap/Lit* 3 4 HU Elective EC201 Macroeconomics 3 BA254 Business Law I 3 DP264 Data Processing _3 16 THIRD YEAR 4 FN341 Managerial Fin EC309 Intermediate Macroeconomics 3 BA231 Bus Comm 3 6 Free Electives 16 BA211 Bus Statistics HU Elective EC202 Microeconomics BA255 Business Law II Free Elective 3 4 3 3 3 16 FN448 Invest Strategy EC304 Money, Banking & Monetary Policy MK281 Mktg Prin & Strat EC/FN/AC Elective 4 3 4 4 15 FOURTH YEAR EC305 Public Finance EC308 Intermediate FN446 Fin Anal & Policy Microeconomics 3 BA466 Business Policy EC408 Int’l Economics 3 EC/FV/AC Elective MN370 Management Principles & RA Elective Human Resource Cone 4 3 EC/FN/AC Elective 3 Free Elective 16 ‘English composition may be taken either Fall or Spring semester 3 4 3 4 1 15 ASSOCIATE DEGREE BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION This Program prepares students for entry level positions in industry and government requiring two years of college level business preparation. The program is oriented toward marketing and should be of special interest to individuals seeking careers in marketing or as management trainees in retail organizations. The degree program is transferable into a four-year program in Business Administration. BUSINESS & ECONOMICS 133 �ASSOCIATE DEGREE, BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION General Education Requirements ENUO Freshman Composition EN210 Research Paper Process or EN215 Intro to Lit and Res SD101 Fundamentals of Speech PY101 Foundations of Psychology or PY228 Organizational Behavior RA Recreational Activity elective RA Recreational Activity elective EC202 Prin of Microeconomics 3 3 3 3 I 1 3 Departmental AC 132 BA231 BA254 BA255 FN245 Requirements Principles of Accounting I 4 Business Communications 3 3 Business Law I 3 Business Law II Prin of Finance 3-4 or FN341 Mgr Finance MK281 Mktg Prin and Strategy 4 MK283 Principles of Selling 3 3 MK285 Retail Management MK287 Adv Theory and Practice 3 MN370 Mgmt Principles & Human 4 Resource Concepts 3 BA 105 Business Mathematics DP151 Computer Applications 3 Sufficient elective credits must be completed such that at least 62 semester credits have been earned. FIRST YEAR: ASSOCIATE, BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION SPRING FALL SD101 Fund of Speech 3 AC 132 Prin Accounting I 4 MK287 Adv Thry & Pract 3 EN110 Freshman Comp* 3 MK285 Retail Management3 3 PY101 or PY228 EC202 Microeconomics 3 BA 105 Business Math 3 3 DP151 Electives 3 Elective 16 SECOND YEAR MK283 Prin of Selling MK281 Mktg Prin & Strat EN210 or 215 Res Pap/Lit* FN245 Prin of Finance BA254 Business Law I 15 3 4 3 3 3 16 MN370 Mgmt Principles & Human Resource Cone 4 3 BA231 Bus Comm 1 RA Elective RA Elective 1 BA255 Business Law II 3 3 Electives 15 ‘English composition may be taken either Fall or Spring semester. ASSOCIATE DEGREE BUSINESS DATA PROCESSING This Program is designed to provide students with a knowledge of data processing techniques that will enable them to apply these techniques to a wide range of business problems. The program provides the student with an understanding of the basic functional areas of business; an ability to operate and program data processing equipment; a basic understanding of the fundamentals of accounting and mathematics as they apply to computer usage; and preparation for advanced study. After completing this program, the student may transfer into the corresponding four-year program without loss of BUSINESS & ECONOMICS 134 �credit. The Program is intended to prepare students for entry-level employment in the data processing field. General Education Requirements EN110 Freshman Composition 3 EN210 Research Paper Process or 3 EN215 Intro to Literature & Research SDI01 Fundamentals of Speech 3 EC201 Principles of Macroeconomics or 3 EC202 Principles of Microeconomics PY101 Found of Psychology or PY228 Organizational Behavior 4 or PY383 Industrial Psychology or PY396 Tests and Measure RA Recreational Activity elective 1 3-4 HU Humanities elective Departmental Requirements AC 132 Principles of Accounting I 4 AC 133 Principles of Accounting II4 BA231 Business Communications 3 MN370 Mgmt Principles & Human 4 Resource Concepts MK281 Mktg Prin and Strategy 4 DP264 Intro to Data Processing 3 DP275 COBOL Programming I 3 DP276 COBOL Programming II 3 3 DP269 RPG II Programming 3 DP366 Database Prog Devel DP368 Sftwr and Hrdwr Concepts 3 3 DP elective Sufficient elective credits must be completed such that at least 63 semester credits have been earned. FIRST YEAR: ASSOCIATE, BUSINESS DATA PROCESSING FALL EN110 AC 132 DP264 DP275 SD101 Freshman Comp* Prin Accounting I Intro Data Proces COBOL I Fund of Speech 3 4 3 3 _3 SPRING AC 133 Prin Accounting II 4 DP276 COBOL Prog II 3 3 DP269 RPG II PY Designated Elective 3-4 3 Free Elective 16-17 16 SECOND YEAR EN210 or 215 Res Pap/Lit’ 3 MK281 Mktg Prin & Strat 4 DP366 Database Prog Dev 3 MN370 Management Principles & Human Resource Cone 4 1 RA Elective 15 3-4 HU Elective 3 BA231 Bus Comm DP368 Sftwr/Hrdwr Cone 3 EC201 Macroeconomics 3 or EC202 Microeconomics DP Elective ’English Composition may be taken either Fall or Spring semester BUSINESS & ECONOMICS 135 �ASSOCIATE DEGREE OFFICE ADMINISTRATION This Program is designed for students seeking a career as an administrative assistant, word processors, corresponding secretary, or office supervisor. Good basic writing skills are required. General Education Requirements ENUO Freshman Composition 3 EN210 Research Paper Process 3 or EN215 Intro to Literature & Research SD101 Fundamentals of Speech 3 6 General education electives Departmental Requirements BA201 Professional Development 3 BA226 Records Management 3 BA231 Business Communications 3 BA 121 Introduction to Business 3 BA105 Business Mathematics 3 3 DP225 Word Proc Techniques DP230 Word Proc Applications 3 DP264 Intro to Data Processing 3 OAlll Keybrdg/Doc Formating 1 3 OA112 Keyboard Skillbuilding 24 OA113 Document Formatting II 2 OA121 Shorthand I 3 OA221 Shrthnd/Mach Trans 3 AC 132 Principles of Accounting I 4 or OA119 Accounting Procedures Business Electives (6-8) From OA227 Medical Office Procedures 3 OA228 Legal Office Procedures 3 MN370 Mgmt Principles & Human 4 Resource Concepts MK281 Mktg Prin & Strategy 4 DPI51 Computer Applications 1-3 1-3 BA261 Business Skills FN245 Principles of Finance 3 3 BA254 Business Law I Sufficient elective credits must be completed such that at least 64 semester credits have been earned. FIRST YEAR: ASSOCIATE, OFFICE ADMINISTRATION FALL OAlll OA112 OA121 EN110 J3A105 BA 121 Keyboarding Skillbuilding Shorthand I Freshman Comp Business Math Intro to Business 3 2 3 3 3 3 17 SPRING OA112 Skillbuilding OA113 Formatting II DP264 Intro to Data Proc BA201 Prof Development SD101 Fund of Speech Designated Bus Elective 2 2 3 3 3 _3 16 SECOND YEAR EN210or 215 Res Pap/Lit 3 DP225 Word Proc Tech 3 OAI19 Accounting Proc or 4 AC 132 Prin Accounting I OA221 Shthnd Mach Trans 3 General Ed Elective 3 16 BA231 Business Comm 3 DP230 Word Proc Appl 3 BA226 Records Mgmt 3 Designated Business Elective3 3 General Ed Elective 15 BUSINESS & ECONOMICS • 136 �ASSOCIATE DEGREE TECHNICAL ACCOUNTING This Program is designed for the student who does not plan to go to college for four years but desires a working knowledge in the field of accounting. The program provides students with knowledge in the accounting techniques used in modem business. Emphasis is on business administration courses in addition to accounting such as economics, business law, data processing, and business communications. After completing this program, the student may transfer to the four year program without loss of credit. General Education Requirements EN110 Freshman Composition 3 SD101 Fundamentals of Speech 3 EN210 Research Paper Process or 3 EN215 Intro to Literature & Research MA092 Intermediate Algebra or 3 MAI 11 College Algebra EC201 Principles of Macroeconomics or 3 EC202 Principles of Microeconomics General Education Elective 3 Departmental Requirements AC 132 Principles of Accounting I 4' AC 133 Principles of Accounting II4 , AC232 Intermediate Accounting I 4 ^ AC233 Intermediate Accounting II 4 *‘ AC332 Cost Accounting I 3 DP264 Intro to Data Processing 3 BA231 Business Communications 3 *" 3 BA254 Business Law I AC42I Federal Taxation Acct I 3 DP15I Computer Applications 2/ FN245 Prin of Finance 3-4 ^ or FN341 Mgr Finance Sufficient elective credits must be completed such that at least 64 semester credits have been earned. FIRST YEAR: ASSOCIATE, TECHNICAL ACCOUNTING FALL AC 132 Prin Accounting I EN110 Freshman Comp Electives MAI 11 College Algebra* 4 3 6 _3 16 SPRING BA254 AC 133 SD10I DP264 Elective Business Law I 3 Prin Accounting II 4 Fund of Speech 3 Intro Data Proc 3 3 16 SECOND YEAR AC233 Inter Acct II 4 BA231 Bus Comm 3 EC201 Prin of Macroeconomics or 3 EC202 Prin of Microeconomics General Education Elective 3 2 DP 151 Electives 15 ‘College Algebra recommended; intermediate algebra required; MA092 credit does not apply toward 64 credits fro degree. AC232 Intermed Acctg I AC332 Cost Accounting I AC421 Fed Tax Acct I EN210or 215 Res Pap/Lit FN245 Prin of Finance 4 4 3 3 3 17 BUSINESS & ECONOMICS 137 �MINOR COURSE OF STUDY Nine minors are offered in the Department of Business and Economics. Course requirements are set out below. Elective courses are to be chosen in consultation with advisors. GENERAL BUSINESS MINOR ACCOUNTINGFINANCE MINOR Total Credits Required: 24 Required Courses: AC 132 Prin of Acct I AC133 Prin of Acct II FN341 Managerial Finance AC and FN electives Total Credits Required: 26 Required Courses: 4 4 4 12 DATA PROCESSING MINOR Total Credits Required: 23 Required Courses: EC201 Principles of Macroeconomics 3 or EC202 Principles of Microeconomics OA119 Accounting Procedures 4 DP264 Intro to Data Processing 3 MN370 Management Principles & Human Resource Cone 4 DP275 COBOL Programming I 3 DP276 COBOL Programming II 3 DP269 RPG II Programming 3 or DP366 Database Prog Development ECONOMICS MINOR Total Credits Required: 21 Required Courses: EC201 Prin of Macroeconomics EC202 Prin of Microeconomics EC308 Inter Microeconomics EC309 Inter Macroeconomics EC Electives 3 3 3 3 9 ECONOMICSFINANCE MINOR Total Credits Required: 28 Required Courses: AC 132 Prin of Acct I AC 133 Prin of Acct II EC201 Prin of Macroeconomics EC202 Prin of Microeconomics FN341 Managerial Finance EC or FN electives 4 4 3 3 4 10 AC 132 Prin of Accounting I 4 or OA119 Accounting Procedures MN370 Management Principles & 4 Human Resource Cone 4 MK281 Mktg Prin & Strat EC201 Prin of Macroeconomics 3 EC202 Prin of Microeconomics 3 FN245 Principles of Finance 3-4 or FN341 Managerial Finance 4-5 Business Electives HOSPITALITY AND TRAVEL/TOURISM MINOR Total Credits Required: 20 Required courses: HT121 Intro to Hospitality Ind HT231 World Destination HT231 Destination Elective HT321 Trvl/Trsm Plng/Dev I HT322 Trvl/Trsm Plng/Dev II HT421 Trvl & Trsm Cases 4 3 4 3 3 3 INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS MINOR Total Credits Required: Required Courses: 29 EC201 Prin of Macroeconomics 3 EC202 Prin of Microeconomics 3 3 BA254 Business Law 1 MN370 Management Principles & 4 Human Resource Cone 4 MN451 Labor Law MN469 Collective Bargaining 3 PY228 Organizational Behavior 3 PY396 Tests and Measurements 3 PY203 Counseling Theory and Process 3 or PY383 Industrial Psychology BUSINESS & ECONOMICS 138 �OFFICE ADMIN MINOR MARKETING MINOR Total Credits Required: 22 Total Credits Required: Required Courses: Required Courses: MK28I MK283 MK287 MK384 Mktg Prin & Strat Princ of Selling Adv Thry & Pract Physical Distribution or MK386 Materials Mgmt MK Electives EC202 Prin of Microeconomics 4 3 3 3 6 3 OA121 OA221 DP225 BA226 DP230 BA121 DP264 OA119 25 Shorthand I Shrthnd/Mach Trans Word Proc Techniques Records Management Word Proc Applications Intro to Business Intro to Data Processing Accounting Procedures or AC 132 Principles of Accounting I NOTES BUSINESS & ECONOMICS 139 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 �Photo by Liz Ratlaele COMPUTER, GEOLOGIC AND MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES COMPUTER, GEOLOGIC AND MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES 140 �COMPUTER, GEOLOGIC AND MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES DEPARTMENTAL FACULTY: Head, Prof. Gary Thesing; Profs. Bernard Arbic, Lewis Brown, David Knowles, Thomas Mickewich, Charles R. Mullin, Paul Wilson and Richard Zabelka; Assoc. Profs. Thomas Boger, Mieczyslaw Gutowski; Asst. Profs. Janina Gutowska, Galen Harrison and Randall Suggitt; Instrs. Kenneth Hatfield, Mark Terwilliger; Dean Emeritus C. Ernest Kemp. COMPUTER SCIENCE In recent years, a quiet revolution has taken place. The computer has moved out of the back room of large corporations and research institutions into the front offices and living rooms of modem society. Computer scientists work at the leading edge of this revolution, developing software systems that allow us to utilize the electronic hardware the engineers have built. The work is challenging, and often frustrating, but is ultimately very rewarding. THE DEPARTMENT offers a Bachelor of Science In Computer and Mathematical Sciences that combines a study of digital computing with the study of mathematical concepts. The resulting program provides students with considerable versatility and potential for future endeavors in which practical quantitative skills are important. A MINOR in computer science is also available to provide excellent support and value to most majors offered at the University. ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS: To qualify for admission to the program in computer and mathematical sciences, applicants must satisfy University admission requirements as described in the Admissions section of this Catalog. (This information is also included in the Viewbook.) Secondary school academic subjects should include: Three units of English, two units of algebra, one unit of geometry. It is strongly recommended that applicants have a fourth unit of college-preparatory mathematics which includes one-half unit of trigonometry. A unit of chemistry or physics is also recommended. Completion of the program may require more than four years for students who do not meet all entrance requirements. For students with college-level achievement, the opportunity will be offered, by means of examination, to obtain course credit or placement into an advanced course. COMPUTER, GEOLOGIC AND MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES • 141 �BACHELOR OF SCIENCE COMPUTER AND MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES Computer Science (24 credits) CS111 Intro to Comp Sci I CS112 Intro to Comp Sci II CS205 Comp Org and Arch CS212 File & Database Mgmt CS333 Systems Programming CS334 Operating Systems Cone CS411 Prog Language Concepts CS418 Software Engineering Mathematics (22 Credits) MAI51 Calculus I MAI52 Calculus 11 MA215 Fund Cone of Math MA216 Disc Math. & Prob Solv MA261 Intro to Num Methods MA305 Computational Lin Alg MA308 Prob and Math. Statistics 3 Computer Science or Mathematics Electives (6 credits) CS340 Computer Simulation 3 or MA401 Mathematical Modeling CS401 Automata, Lang & Computability 3 or MA341 Abstract Algebra I 4 4 Additionally, a student is required to satisfy one of the following: 1. A minor (from any discipline), or 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 3 3 2. Thirty six or more credits at the 300 or 400 levels (from any discipline, including CS and MA courses required above). Elective credits, approximately twenty six. and General Education requirements must be completed such that at least 124 semester credits have been earned. A sample four-year schedule of courses for this program follows. Numerous options for completing the program are possible and students will select these with assistance of their advisor. FIRST YEAR: BACHELOR OF SCIENCE, COMPUTER & MATHEMATICAL SIENCES FALL CS111 Intro, to C.S. I MA151 Calculus I EN110 Freshman Comp.’ Soc. Sci. Elective RA Elective 3 4 3 4 1 15 SPRING CS112 Intro, to C.S. II MA152 Calculus II Soc. Sci. Elective RA Elective Elective 3 4 4 1 3 15 SECOND YEAR CS205 Comp Org & Arch MA215 Fund. Cone. Math EN210 Res Pap Process” Nat. Sci. Elective CS210 COBOL Prog’” 3 3 3 4 16 CS212 File & Dtbse Mgmt 3 MA216 Disc Mth Prb Solv 3 4 Nat. Sci. Elective SD101 Fund, of Speech 3 3 Elective 16 THIRD YEAR CS333 Systems Prog MA261 Numerical Meth Humanities Elective Electives 3 2 4 7 16 CS334 Operating Sys Cone 3 MA305 Comp Linear Alg 3 4 Humanities Elective 6 Electives 16 COMPUTER, GEOLOGIC AND MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES 142 �FOURTH YEAR CS418 Software Eng. 3 CS32I Comp Graphics*** 3 MA308 Prob & Math Stats 3 MA341 Abstract Algebra I or 3 CS401 Automata, Lang. & Computability Elective 3 15 CS411 Prog. Lang. Cone. 3 CS340 Computer Simulation or 3 MA401 Math Modeling Electives 9 15 *EN110 may be taken in Spring semester “EN205 or EN215 also acceptable ‘"Suggested electives GEOLOGY SINCE THE BEGINNING of the solar system our earth has been developing. Our present environment is the result of the cumulative interaction of many dynamic physical, chemical and biological processes. GEOLOGY deals with the dynamic earth, its physical makeup, and its physical and organic history. It involves the study of changes which have taken place and the forces which cause, and are now causing, these changes. By drawing on concepts of biology, chemistry, mathematics and physics geologists attempt to understand the physical environment in which we live and from which we derive most of the natural resources essential to our civilization. Our civilization requires many non-renewable natural resources in order to survive. Since the turn of the century, we have used more and more of these resources at an everincreasing rate and now have critical supply problems. Our demands upon the environment have significantly changed the earth around us, and, if we are to survive, we must live within the constraints imposed by nature. Geologists study and understand these constraints. They must apply their knowledge to achieve harmony between the human race and its environment. BACHELOR OF SCIENCE GEOLOGY GEOLOGY HAS A BROAD scientific base in mathematics, physics, biology and chemistry as well as emphasizing fundamentals COMPUTER, GEOLOGIC AND MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES 143 �of geologic science and geophysics. Increases in the demand for energy fuels and mineral products result in an expansion of opportunities for graduates in geology. Students contemplating careers in geology should, upon graduating, expect to travel, often to remote and uninhabited areas. Most of the jobs entail outdoor field work, often under difficult conditions. Other new fields are now requiring geologists, such as NASA, EPA, and companies and agencies involved with environmental concerns. The geological environment of Lake Superior State University provides unexcelled opportunities for field study of classic sections illustrating Precambrian stratigraphy, structure, intrusions, and metamorphism and undisturbed Paleozoic sedimentary formations. Proximity to deposits of iron, copper, uranium, dolomite and the Michigan oil and gas fields as well as other minerals is an additional advantage. Students are eligible to participate in the department’s active research in micropaleontology (conodonts). satisfy University admission requirements as described in the Admissions section of the Catalog. (This information is also included in the Viewbook.) Secondary school academic subjects should include: Three units of English, two units of algebra, one unit of geometry, and one unit of chemistry and physics. One-half unit of trigonometry is highly recommended. Completion of the program may require more than four years for students who do not meet all entrance requirements. ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS: To qualify for admission to the program in geology, applicants must For students with college-level achievement, the opportunity will be offered, by means of examination, to obtain course credit or placement into an advanced course. Geology (54 Credits) GEl11 Phys Geology I GE112 Phys Geology II GE215 Historical Geo GE216 Struct Geo & Geo Grphcs GE221 Crystalgrphy & Mnrlgy GE222 Mnrlgy & Petrography GE321 Optical Mnrlgy GE422 Ign and Metamor. Petro. GE423 Sed Petrography GE351 Invert Paleontology I GE352 Invert Paleontology II GE436 Field Geology GE461 Strtgrphy & Sedimentation GE471 Economic Geo I GE472 Economic Geo II Support courses (33 to 36 Credits) 5 CHI 15 General Chemistry I 4 CHI 16 General Chemistry II CS100 Intro Microcomp Appls. 3 or CS111 Intro, to Computer Science I MA207 Princ of Stat Methods 3 MA140 & MA141 Alg, Tch Clc I 7 or MA151 and MAI52: Clc I & II 8 3 NS 103 Env Biology PH221 & PH222: Ele of Phy I&II 8 or PH231 & PH232: Gen Phy I&II 10 4 4 3 4 4 4 3 3 3 3 3 6 4 3 3 Free elective credits, approximately eleven, and General Education requirements must be completed such that at least 125 semester credits have been earned. sample four-year schedule of courses for this program follows. Numerous options for completing the program are possible and students will select these with assistance of their advisor. COMPUTER, GEOLOGIC AND MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES 144 �FIRST YEAR: BACHELOR OF SCIENCE, GEOLOGY FALL EN110 Freshman Comp/ 3 MA140 Algebra for Tech/* or 3-4 MA151 Calculus I GE11I Physical Geology I 4 4 Soc. Sci. Elective 14-15 SPRING MA141 Technical Calculus I or 4 MAI52 Calculus II GE112 Physical Geo II 4 4 Soc. Sci. Elective CS100 or CS1I1 3 15 SECOND YEAR EN210 Res. Paper Process GE215 Historical Geology GE221 Cryst & Mnrlgy CHI 15 Chemistry I RA Elective GE216 Structural Geology GE222 Miner. & Pet. CHI 16 Chemistry II RA Elective NS 103 Env Biology 3 3 4 4 1 15 4 4 4 1 3 16 THIRD YEAR GE321 Optical Mineralogy 3 PH222 Elements of Phy II 4-5 or PH232 General Physics II GE352 Invrtbrt Palntgy II 3 4 Humanities Elective 3 Elective 17-18 GE351 Invert. Paleo. I 3 PH221 Elements of Phy I or 4-5 PH231 General Physics I 4 Humanities Elective SD101 Fund, of Speech 3 MA207 Prin of Stat Meth _3 17-18 SUMMER: GE436 Field Geology 6 FOURTH YEAR GE422 Igneous & Met Pet 3 GE461 Strat. and Sedmt 4 GE471 Economic Geo I 3 6 Electives 16 *EN110 may be taken in Spring Semester **MA109 Trigonometry and Vectors is required trigonometry credit. GE423 Sedimentary Pet GE472 Economic Geo II Electives 3 3 9 15 for students without high school BACHELOR OF SCIENCE GEOLOGY: ENVIRONMENTAL GEOLOGY Geology (33 Credits) GE111 Physical Geology I GE112 Physical Geology II GE215 Historical Geology GE216 Struct. Geol./Geol. Gr. GE221 Cryst. & Mnrlgy GE222 Mnrlgy & Petrography GE436 Field Geology GE461 Strat. & Sedimentation 4 4 3 4 4 4 6 4 Support Courses (56 to 59 Credits) CHI 15 General Chemistry I CHI 16 General Chemistry II CH225 Organic Chemistry I CH226 Organic Chemistry II CH231 Quantitative Analysis CH232 Instrumental Analysis CS100 Intro Microcomp Appls or CS 111 Intro Comp Sci I COMPUTER, GEOLOGIC AND MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES 145 5 4 4 4 3 3 3 �Support Courses (cont) MA140.MAI4I: Alg. Tech Calc 1 or 7-8 MAI51.MAI52: Calculus I & II MA207 Prin. of Stat. Methods or 3 MA308 Probability & Math. Stat. NS 103 Env Biology 3 NS 107 Phy Geo Lndfrms & Soils 3 PH221.PH222: Elc of Phy 1 & 11 8-10 or PH231.PH232: Gen. Physics I & II 3 PH311 Princ of Hydrology 3 PH312 Gmdwater Hydrology Free elective credits, approximately eleven, and General Education requirements must be completed such that at least 125 semester credits have been earned. sample four-year schedule of courses for this program follows. Numerous options for completing the program are possible and students will select these with assistance of their advisor. FIRST YEAR: BACHELOR OF SCIENCE, GEOLOGY: ENVIRONMENTAL GEOLOGY OPTION FALL MAI40 or MAI51* EN110 Fresh Comp“ GE111 Physical Geo I Soc. Sci. Elective RA Elective 3-4 3 4 4 1 15-16 SPRING MA141 or MAI52 GE112 Physical Geo II NS 103 Env Biology SD101 Fund, of Spch RA Elective 4 4 3 3 1 15 SECOND YEAR EN205 CHI 15 GE215 GE221 Bsc Tch Rpt Wrt Gen Chemistry I Historical Geo Cryst & Mnrlgy 3 5 3 _4 15 CS 100 CHI 16 GE216 GE222 or 111 Intro Comp Gen Chemistry II Strct Geo/Grphcs Mnrlgy & Pet 3 4 4 4 15 THIRD YEAR CH225 Org Chemistry I 4 Humanities Elective 4 PH221 or PH231 (Phy) 4-5 Soc. Sci. Elective 4 16-17 SUMMER: GE436 Field Geology CH226 Org Chemistry II 4 4 Humanities Elective PH222 or PH232 (Phy) 4-5 3 PH311 Prin of Hyd 15-16 6 FOURTH YEAR PH312 Gmdwtr Hyd CH231 Quant Anal MA207 or MA308 (Stat) Electives 3 3 3 7 16 CH232 Inst Anal NS 107 Lndfrms & Soils GE461 Strat. and Sed. Electives 3 3 4 6 16 'MA109 Trigonometry and Vectors is required for students without high school trigonometry credit. *‘EN110 may be taken in Spring Semester COMPUTER, GEOLOGIC AND MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES 146 �BACHELOR OF SCIENCE, DUAL MAJOR ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE AND GEOLOGY WITH ENVIRONMENTAL GEOLOGY OPTION Departmental Requirements (119-122) BL110 General Zoology BL111 General Botany BL230 Intro, to Soils BL337 Gen. Ecology CHI 15 Gen. Chemistry I CHI 16 Gen. Chemistry II CH225 Organic Chemistry I CH226 Organic Chemistry II CH231 Quantitative Analysis CH232 Instrumental Analysis CS100 Intro Microcomp Appl EV101 Intro, to Env Science EV249 Water Poll Control EV288 Env Microbiology EV311 Environmental Law EV313 Solid & Hazardous Waste EV395 Scientific Wrtg & Pres EV499 Senior Thesis GE111 Physical Geology I 4 4 3 3 5 4 4 4 3 3 3 3 3 4 2 3 I 1 4 4 GE112 Physical Geology II 3 GE215 Historical Geology GE216 Struct Geol/Geol Graphics 4 4 GE221 Cryst & Mineralogy GE222 Mnrlgy & Petrography 4 6 GE436 Field Geology GE461 Strat & Sedimentation 4 ID300 Man & Environment 3 MAI09 Trigonometry and Vectors 2 (may be waived by exam) MA111 Col Alg & MA112 Calc, for Bus. & Life Sc. 7-8 or MA 151-152 Calculus I and II MA207 Prin. Statistical Methods 3 PH221-PH222 Ele of Phy I and II or 8-10 PH231-PH232 General Physics I and II PH311 Principles of Hydrology 3 PH312 Groundwater Hydrology 3 Nine credits of free electives and three credits of designated electives are required. GE112 serves as a designated elective for the Environmental Science major. A minium of 153 semester credits is required for the dual major. Below is a sample five-year schedule of courses for the double major in Environmental Science and Geology: Environmental Geology Option. FIRST YEAR: BACHELOR OF SCIENCE, DUAL MAJOR: ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE AND GEOLOGY WITH ENVIRONMENTAL GEOLOGY OPTION FALL CHI 15 Gen. Chemistry I 5 BL110 General Zoology 4 MAI09 Trig. & Vectors* 2 MAI 11 Coll Alg 3-4 or MAI51 Calculus I EV101 Intro Env. Sci. _3 17-18 SPRING CHI 16 Gen. Chemistry II 4 BL111 General Botany 4 EN110 Fresh Composition 3 MAI 12 Calc for Bus & Life Sci 4 or MAI52 Calculus II 1 RA Elective 16 COMPUTER, GEOLOGIC AND MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES 147 �SECOND YEAR CH225 Org. Chem I PH221 Ele. Physics I or PH231 Gen. Physics I GE111 Physical Geo I EN205 Tch Rep Wrtg RA Elective 4 4-5 4 3 1 16-17 CH226 Org. Chem. II 4 PH222 Ele. Physics II or 4-5 PH232 Gen. Physics I GE112 Physical Geo II 4 EV249 Wtr. Poll Control J. 15-16 THIRD YEAR BL337 Ecology 3 CH231 Quant. Analysis 3 GE215 Historical Geo 3 CS100 Intro Mcrocmp App 3 Soc. Sci. Elective 3 15 EV311 Envir. Law** CH232 Inst. Analysis GE216 Struct Geol/Graph** BL230 Intro. Soils MA207 Prin. Stat. Meth 2 3 4 3 3 15 FOURTH YEAR EV313 Sid & Haz Waste** GE221 Cryst & Mnrlgy SD101 Fund, of Speech Soc. Sci. Elective Elective 3 4 3 3 3 EV395 Sci. Wrtg. & Pres. GE222 Mineralogy & Pet. PH311 Hydrology** Soc. Sci. Elective Elective 3 3 14 16 SUMMER: GE436 Field Geology 1 4 3 6 FIFTH YEAR EV288 Envir Microbio 4 PH312 Gmdwtr Hydrol.** 3 Elective 3 4 Humanities Elective 14 ID300 Man & Envir. EV499 Senior Thesis GE461 Stratig. & Sed.** Humanities Elective 3 1 4 4 12 ‘Prerequisite for PH221; may be waived by examination. "Alternate year courses. MATHEMATICS A MOST PRODUCTIVE TOOL: Mathematics is the foundation of the sciences and the technology largely responsible for our present standard of living. Mathematics is one of the most productive tools yet discovered for unraveling the mysteries of our COMPUTER, GEOLOGIC AND MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES 148 �universe. In some instances, it is the only language in which some ideas can be expressed. Courses offered in this discipline provide the foundation for future work in mathematics. Our teaching objectives are twofold: to give students an understanding of mathematics, and to impart an understanding of the many ways in which this tool may be used. ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS: To qualify for admission to the program in mathematics, applicants must satisfy University admission requirements as described in the Admissions section of the Catalog. (This information is also included in the Viewbook.) Secondary school academic subjects should include: Three units of English, two units of algebra, one unit of geometry. It is strongly recommended that applicants have a fourth unit of college-preparatory mathematics which includes one-half unit of trigonometry. A unit of chemistry or physics is also recommended. Completion of the program may require more than four years for students who do not meet all entrance requirements. For students with college-level achievement, the opportunity will be offered, by means of examination, to obtain course credit or placement into an advanced course. BACHELOR OF SCIENCE, MATHEMATICS Departmental Requirements (54 credits) CS111 Intro. Computer Science I MAI51 Calculus I MAI52 Calculus II MA215 Fund. Concepts of Math MA216 Disc Math & Prob Solv MA251 Calculus III MA261 Intro, to Num Methods MA305 Comp Linear Algebra 3 4 4 3 3 4 2 3 Prob and Math. Statistics Abstract Algebra I Real Analysis I Mathematical Modeling or MA411 Advanced Calculus PH231 General Physics I PH232 General Physics II MA308 MA341 MA421 MA401 3 3 3 3 5 5 Six credits from MA courses numbered 300 or above. Additionally, a student is required to satisfy one of the following: 1. a minor (from any discipline), or 2. Thirty six or more credits at the 300 or 400 levels (from any discipline, including MA courses required above). Free electives, approximately twenty five credits, and General Education requirements must be completed such that at least 124 semester credits have been earned. A sample four-year schedule of courses for this program follows. Numerous options for completing the program are possible and students will select these with assistance of their advisor. COMPUTER, GEOLOGIC AND MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES 149 �FIRST YEAR: BACHELOR OF SCIENCE, MATHEMATICS FALL EN110 Fresh Comp.* MA151 Calculus I Soc. Sci. Elective Elective 3 4 4 4 15 SPRING CS111 Intro to Cmp Sci I 3 4 MAI52 Calculus II 4 Soc. Sci. Elective 1 RA Elective 4 Elective 16 SECOND YEAR MA215 Fund Cone Math 3 MA261 Num Methods 2 EN210 Res Pap Process** 3 Humanities Elective 4 RA Elective 1 Elective 3 16 MA216 DisMthPrbSlv MA251 Calculus III Humanities Elective SD101 Fund, of Speech Elective 3 4 4 3 3 17 THIRD YEAR MA305 Comp Lin Alg MA341 Abstract Alg. I PH231 General Physics I Elective 3 3 5 4 MA310 Differential Eqs. Natural Sci. Elect, (life) PH232 General Physics II Elective 3 4 5 4 16 15 OURTH YEAR MA308 Prob & Math Stat 3 MA421 Real Analysis I 3 Electives 9 15 MA401 Math Modeling MA Elective Electives 3 3 9 15 *EN110 may be taken in Spring Semester **EN205 or EN215 also acceptable MINOR COURSES OF STUDY COMPUTER SCIENCE MINOR For a minor in computer science a total of 21 semester credits must be selected as follows: CS 111 CS112 CS205 CS212 Intro to Comp Sci I Intro to Comp Sci II Comp Org & Arch File & Dtbse Mgmt 3 3 3 3 Plus three additional CS courses at the 300 or 400 level 9 Note: The mathematics prerequisite for CS 111 implies that at least one mathematics course at the 100 level or above must be taken. Some CS elective courses may have additional mathematics requirements. COMPUTER, GEOLOGIC AND MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES • 150 �GEOLOGY MINOR MATHEMATICS MINOR For a minor in geology a total of 23 semester credits must be selected as follows: For a minor in mathematics a total of at least 22 semester credits must be selected as follows: GE111 GEI12 GE215 GE216 GE221 GE222 Phys Geo I Phys Geology II Historical Geology Struct Geo/Geo Grph Cryst & Mineralogy Mnrlgy & Petrography csm 4 4 3 4 4 4 MA151.152 or MA14I.142 MA207 or MA308 MA215 or MA401 MA261 or MA305 3 8 3 3 2-3 Plus three MA elective credits from MA215, MA216 or any MA course 3 numbered 250 or above (Note that MA141 and MA151 have prerequisites which may effectively add credits to the above when these are chosen.) NOTES COMPUTER, GEOLOGIC AND MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES • 151 �Photo by Liz Ratfaele ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY 152 �ENGINEERING TECHNOLGY FACULTY: Patrick Grounds, Department Head; Assoc. Profs. Ray Adams, Lawrence H. Bolio, D. L. Carstens, John T. Madl, David M. McDonald, Charles L. Weber, and Paul R. Duesing; Assistant Profs. Steven Gerrish, Alan Niemi, Keith E. Schwiderson, Lester Spencer, James Devaprasad, and Mike Wagner. THE ENGINEERING TEAM: Most activities involving engineering have increased in complexity so that a team of The size and cost of engineering professionals is required, engineering endeavors have dictated the employment of professional engineers, engineering technologists, technicians and skilled craftsmen as a team. Bachelor of science degrees in engineering technology are offered at LSSU along with associate degrees in engineering technology. LSSU offers the first two years of a professional engineering program after which a student can transfer to a school of engineering. LSSU does not offer training in the skilled trades. PROGRAMS The education of engineering technologists focuses on application and implementation of current Engineering technologies, technology programs strive to balance the theoretical and practical aspects of engineering science. Typical job responsibilities of engineering technologists include product and process design, system design and implementation, and operations management. Graduates with bachelor of science degrees are adequately prepared for graduate studies in egineering technology. ACCREDITATION All of the programs in Engineering Technology, both 4-year and 2-year, are accredited by the Technology Accreditation Commission of the Accreditation Board for Engineering The U.S. and Technology. i Department of Education formally recognizes this boards exclusive jurisdiction for accredition of engineering and engineering technology education. B.S. IN ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY: LSSU offers Bachelor of Science degrees (4-year) programs in Electrical, Mechanical and Automated Systems Engineering Technology. These programs teach mathematics through calculus with laboratory applications. A.D. IN ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY: LSSU offers Associate de grees (2 year) programs in Electrical, Mechanical, Computer, and Drafting and Design Engineering Technology. These degrees qualify the graduate as a technician. A oneyear certificate is also offered in Drafting and Design. ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY • 153 �ENGINEERING TRANSFER: The first two years of a professional engineering degree may be taken at LSSU if you are well prepared in mathematics. It is recommended that you contact the engineering school that you would like to transfer to early in your freshman year at LSSU. Each school of engineering has somewhat different requirements which will affect the exact program you take at LSSU. must be graduates of accredited secondary schools with above average standing in their class. The secondary school preparation should include a four-year curriculum of at least 15 units of acceptable entrance credits. The following subjects must be included in these credits: one unit of beginning algebra, one unit of advanced algebra, and one unit of An science with laboratory, additional unit of trigonometry or geometry is strongly recommended. Transfer Students: An evaluation of all previous course work will be made upon receipt of application. Transfer of LSSU credits to Most engineering schools, engineering technology credits earned at LSSU will not transfer to professional engineering schools due to the mathematics requirements of each program. Entrance Requirements: To qualify for admission as freshmen in engineering technology, applicants BACHELOR OF SCIENCE Automated Systems Engineering Technology THIS PROGRAM combines the disciplines of mechanical, electrical, computer, and manufacturing engineering technologies in preparing students for modem manufacturing and production career responsibilities. The capstone program assumes a two-year background in an appropriate engineering technology or pre-engineering curriculum. Graduates will be prepared to design, integrate, and program various systems for automated manufacturing. Technical courses in the final two years will be based upon the student’s previous background and are designed to produce a well-rounded and versatile engineering technologist. Students from community colleges with a background in an engineering technology curriculum can usually transfer directly into the third year of the automated systems program. Most community college programs have transfer curriculum agreements available BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN AUTOMATED SYSTEMS ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY (Following A Computer Engineering Technology Associate Degree) Automated Systems Core Courses (34 Credits) AS315 Prog Logic Cont AS325 Robotics in Manuf 3 4 AS365 Comp Control Concepts AS425 Machine Vision AS455 Automatic Controls AS465 Sensor Tech & Appl ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY 154 3 3 4 4 �AS475 AS485 MT331 MA240 Automated Manuf Sys Automated Sys Proj Quality Control Math, for AS 3 3 3 3 Support Courses (6 Credits) MT112 Manufacturing I MT316 Stat & Str of Mat 3 3 In addition to the courses listed above and the CET associate degree courses, general education requirements and nine free electives must be completed for a total of at least 129 semester credits. FIRST YEAR: BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN AUTOMATED SYSTEMS ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY (and a Computer Engineering Technology Associate Degree) SPRING FALL 3 SD101 Speech MA140 Algebra for Tech 3 MA141 Tech Calculus I 4 MAI09 Trig & Vectors 2 DTI25 Electronic Drafting 2 EN110 Freshman Compos 3 CS112 Intro Comp Sci II 3 CS111 Intro Comp Sci I 3 4 ET124 Electronics I ET115 Elec Circuits I 5 16 16 SECOND YEAR PH221 Elmts of Physics I 4 4 Soc Sci Elec CT235 Microproc Fund 4 EN205 Tech Rep Writ 3 RA Elective 1 16 THIRD YEAR AS315 Prog Log Control Free Elective AS325 Robotics in Manuf. MT316 Stat & Str of Mat MA240 Math Auto Sys 3 3 4 3 3 16 FOURTH YEAR AS465 Sensor Tech Appl 4 AS425 Machine Vision 3 4 Humanities MT112 Manuf Proc I 3 3 Free Elective 17 PH222 CT224 CT236 MA142 Elmts of Physics II 4 Digital Electronics 4 Microcont Appl 5 Tech Calculus II _4 17 AS365 Comp Cont Cone Biology AS455 Automatic Controls Humanities RA Elective AS475 Auto Mfg Sys AS485 Auto Sys Proj Social Science MT331 Quality Control Free Elective 3 3 4 4 1 15 3 3 4 3 3 16 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN AUTOMATED SYSTEMS (Following an Electrical Engineering Technology Associate Degree) Automated Systems Core Courses (30 Credits) AS325 Robotics in Manuf AS365 Comp Cont Cone AS425 Machine Vision AS455 Automatic Controls AS465 Sensor Tch & Appl AS475 Automated Manuf Sys AS485 Automated Sys Proj MT331 Quality Control MA240 Math for Auto Sys 4 3 3 4 4 3 3 3 3 Support Courses (13 Credits) MT112 Manufacturing I MT316 Stat & Str of Mat MA142 Technical Calculus II 3 3 4 In addition to the courses listed above and the EET associate degree courses, general education requirements and nine free electives must be completed for a total of at least 130 semester credits. ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY 155 �FIRST YEAR: BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN AUTOMATED SYSTEMS (and an EJectiical E/igi/ieeiing Taiuiology Associate Degree) SPRING FALL SD101 MAI40 Alg for Tech 3 MA141 MA109 Trig & Vectors 2 DTI25 EN110 Fresh Comp 3 ET116 CS100 Intro Micro Appl 3 ET124 5 ET115 Elec Circ I 16 SECOND YEAR ET244 PH221 ET224 CT235 Elect Machinery 4 Elmts of Physics I 4 4 Electronics II Microproc Fund 4 16 THIRD YEAR MA142 Tech Calculus II 4 3 Free Elective AS325 Robotics in Mfg 4 MT316 Stat & Str Mat 3 MA240 Math for Auto Sys _3 17 FOURTH YEAR AS465 Sensor Tech Appl AS425 Machine Vision Humanities MT112 Manuf Proc I Free Elective 4 3 4 3 3 Soc Sci PH224 EN205 CT224 Fund of Speech Tech Calculus I Elect Drafting Elect Circ II Electronics I 3 4 2 4 4 17 Elective Phy for Elct Tch Bsc Tch Rep Writ Digital Electronics AS365 Comp Cont Cone Biology AS455 Automatic Cont Humanities Recreational Act. Recreational Act. AS475 Auto Mfg Systems AS485 Auto. Sys Proj Social Science MT331 Quality Control Free Elective 4 4 3 _4 15 3 3 4 4 1 1 16 3 3 4 3 3 16 17 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN AUTOMATED SYSTEMS (Following a Mechanical Engineering Technology Associate Degree) Automated Systems Core Courses (33 Credits) AS3I5 Prog Log Cont AS325 Robotics in Manuf AS365 Comp Control Cone AS425 Machine Vision AS455 Automatic Controls AS465 Sensor Tech & Appl AS475 Automated Manuf Sys AS485 Automated Sys Proj MT331 Quality Controls MA240 Math for Automated Sys 3 4 3 3 4 4 3 3 3 3 Support Courses (10 Credits) ET302 Electricity n NS 103 Env Biology MA142 Tech Calculus II 3 3 4 In addition to the courses listed above and the MET associate degree courses, general education requirements and nine free electives must be completed for a total of at least 129 semester credits. ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY 156 �FIRST YEAR: BACHELOR OF SCIENCE AUTOMATED SYSTEMS (and an Associate Degree in Mechanical Engineering Technology) SPRING FALL SD101 Fund, of Speech 3 EN110 Freshman Comp. 3 MA141 Tech Calculus I 4 MAI40 Algebra for Tech. 3 ME124 Basic CAD 3 MAI09 Trig. & Vectors 2 MT113 ManufProcII 3 ME 104 Technical Drawing 4 CHI08 Applied Chemistry_4 MT112 Mfg. Processes I 3 17 MT100 Intro. Mech. Sys. _2 17 SECOND YEAR PH221 Elemts of Physics I 4 MT220 Statics 3 ET201 Appl. Elect. I 3 4 Social Science Elective EN205 Tech. Rept. Writ. _3 17 THIRD YEAR MA142 Tech Calculus II 4 MA240 Math for Auto Sys 3 AS315 Prog Logic Cont 3 Free Elective 3 AS325 Robotics in Mfg _4 17 FOURTH YEAR AS465 Sensor Tech Appl 4 AS425 Machine Vision 3 Recreational Act. 1 4 Humanities Free Elective 3 15 PH222 MT241 MT253 CT265 Elemts of Physics 114 Str of Materials 4 Eng Materials 4 Intro to Tch Prog _3 15 AS365 Comp Cont Cone AS455 Automatic Cont ET302 Appl Elect II Humanities Free Elective AS475 Auto Mfg Sys AS485 Auto Sys Proj MT331 Quality Control Social Science Recreational Act. 3 4 3 4 3 17 3 3 3 4 1 14 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY THIS PROGRAM prepares students for employment in production, maintenance and design activities or as field representatives in electrical or electronic related firms. Electrical and electronics course work provides a background in the fundamentals of circuits. Added training in electronics leads to work in advanced circuits and automatic controls. A communica- tions option may also be selected which uses transform calculus studied earlier. Many students graduating from a community college with an ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY • 157 �associates degree in electronics can transfer directly into the third year of the program. 128 credit hours are required for graduation. Sample transfer programs are available for many Michigan community colleges. Electrical Engineering Technology (41 credits) ET115 Electrical Circuits I ET116 Electrical Circuits II ET124 Electronics I ET224 Electronics II ET244 Elect. Mach. ET334 Network Anal. 1 ET335 Network Anal. II ET345 Anal. Cir. Design ET435 Communications I or ET445 Ind. Electronics ET436 Communications II or ET446 Control Systems Support Courses (54 credits) AS365 Comp. Control Concepts CS100 Intro. Microcomp. CT224 Digital Elect. CT235 Micro. Fund. CT335 Digital Design DTI25 Electronic Drafting EN1I0 Fresh. Comp. EN205 Basic Tech. Report Writ. HE181 First Aid MA109 Trig. & Vectors MA140 Algebra for Tech. MA141 Tech. Calc. I MA142 Tech. Calc. II MT316 Statics & Strength NS103 Environ. Biology PH221 Elmts. of Phys. I PH222 Elmts. of Phys. II or PH224 Topics in Phy for EET Elective Credits (3 credits) Non-EET Technical Elective 5 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 3 3 3 4 4 4 2 3 3 1 2 3 4 4 3 3 4 4 In addition to the courses listed above, general education requirements and nine free electives must be completed for a total of at least 128 semester credits. FIRST YEAR: BACHELOR OF SCIENCE, ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY FALL CS100 Intro Micro EN110 Freshman Comp ET115 Elect Circ I MAI09 Trig & Vectors MA140 Algebra for Tech 3 3 5 2 _3 16 SPRING SD101 Fund, of Speech ET116 Elect Circ II ET124 Electronics I DTI25 Elect Drafting Social Science Elective 3 4 4 2 4 17 SECOND YEAR CT235 ET224 PH221 ET244 Micro Fund 4 Electronics II 4 Elmts of Physics I 4 Elect Machinery _4 16 CT224 EN205 MA141 PH224 Digital Electronics 4 Bsc Tch Rep Writ 3 Tech. Calculus I 4 Phys for Elect Tech 4 or PH222 Elmts of Physics II 15 THIRD YEAR CT335 ET334 MAI42 MT316 HE181 Digital Design 4 Network Anal I 4 Tech. Calculus II 4 Statics 3 First Aid 1 16 AS365 Comp Cont Cone 3 ET335 Network Anal II 4 ET345 Analog Circ Dsgn 4 NS 103 Env. Biology 3 3 Elective 17 ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY 158 �FOURTH YEAR Humanities Elective ET435 Comm. I or ET445 Industrial Elect. Social Science Elective Elective Recreational Act. 4 4 4 3 1 16 Humanities Elective ET436 Comm. II or ET446 Control Syst. Recreational Act. Non-EET Tech. Elective Elective 4 4 1 3 3 15 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE MECHANICAL ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY THIS PROGRAM prepares graduates for career responsibilities in machine design, manufacturing, and thermal sciences. The curriculum provides a broad base for job preparation and stresses topics which are current in today’s technical environment. Graduates have found employment in product design, manufacturing, plant engineering, inspection, production supervision, and sales and service. Students graduating from community colleges with an associate degree in mechanical engineering technology can usually transfer into this program and receive a bachelor of science degree in mechanical engineering technology in two years. Many community college programs in Michigan have transfer articulation agreements with Lake Superior State University. Mechanical Engineering Technology (56 Credits) ME 104 Tech. Drawing ME 124 Basic CAD MT100 Intro, to Mech. Syst. & Computer Programmig MT112 Manf. Proc. MT1I3 Manf.Proc.il MT220 Statics MT241 Strength of Materials MT253 Engr. Mat. MT310 Kinematics MT311 Dynamics MT33I Quality Control MT341 Fluid Mech. MT371 NC/CNC Manf. Proc. MT410 Mech. Design I MT411 Mech. Design II MT430 Thermo. MT431 Thermo. & Heat Trans. Support Courses (50 Credits) 3 AS315 Prog. Logic Cont. 4 CHI08 Applied Chemistry 3 CT265 Intro. Tech. Prog. 4 EC302 Manager. Econ. 3 EN110 Freshman Comp. EN205 Basic. Tech. Report Writ. 3 3 ET201 Appl. Elect. I 3 ET302 Appl. Elec. II 2 MA109 Trig. & Vectors MA140 Algebra 3 4 MA141 Tech. Calc. I 4 MA142 Tech. Calc. II 4 PH221 Elmts. Phys. I 4 PH222 Elmts. Phys. II 3 SD101 Speech 4 3 2 3 3 3 4 4 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 3 4 In addition to the above courses, general education requirements and nine free electives must be completed for a total of 132 semester credits. ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY • 159 �FIRST YEAR: BACHELOR OF SCIENCE, MECHANICAL ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY FALL MAI09 Trig & Vectors MA140 Algebra for Tech EN110 Freshman Comp ME 104 Tech Drawing MT112 Mfg Processes I Ml'100 Mech Sys & Comp 2 3 3 4 3 _2 17 SPRING SD101 MA141 ME 124 MT113 CH108 Fund of Speech 3 4 Tech Calc I 3 Basic CAD Mfg Processes II 3 Appl Chemistry _4 17 SECOND YEAR PH221 MT220 ET201 Soc Sci EN205 PH222 MT241 MT253 CT265 Elmts of Physics I 4 3 Statics Electricity I 3 4 Elective Tech Rep Wrtg _3 17 Elmts of Physics II 4 Str of Materials 4 4 EngMatls Intro to Tech Prog _3 15 THIRD YEAR AS315 Prog Logic Contr MAI42 Tech Calculus II MT310 Kinematics MT371 NC/CNC Man Proc Free Elective MT331 Quality Control MT341 Fluid Mech MT311 Dynamics ET302 Applied Elect II Bio Free Elective Phy Ed Elective 3 4 3 3 3 16 3 3 3 3 3 1 16 FOURTH YEAR MT410 Machine Design I MT430 Thermodynamics Free Elective Humanities Free Elective MT411 Machine Design II 4 MT431 Thermo-Heat Trans 4 4 Humanities EC302 Managerial Econ 4 1 Phy Ed Elective 17 4 3 3 4 3 17 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE GENERAL ENGINEERING (for transfer) THIS CURRICULUM is for students who plan to transfer to engineering after two years at Lake Superior State University. ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS: To qualify for admission as freshmen, applicants must be graduates of accredited secondary schools with above average standing in their class. Their secondary school preparation should include a four-year curriculum of at least 15 ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY 160 �units of acceptable entrance credits. The following subjects should be included in these credits: one unit of beginning algebra, one unit of geometry, one-half unit of advanced algebra, one-half unit of trigonometry, one unit of chemistry or physics, and three units of English. Recommended: a fourth year of senior mathematics. CURRENT CATALOGS for many colleges and universities offering engineering programs are on file in the Engineering Technology Department or the Admissions Office. FIRST YEAR: BACHELOR OF SCIENCE, GENERAL ENGINEERING FALL EN110 Freshman Comp. 3 4 MA151 Calculus I ME 104 Technical Drawing 4 5 CHI 15 Gen Chem I RA Elective 1 17 SPRING CS100 Intro to Comp Appl MAI52 Calculus II ME 124 Basic CAD CHI 16 Gen Chem II RA Elective 3 4 3 4 1 15 SECOND YEAR EN210 Res Paper Process EC201 Prin Macroecon PH231 General Physics I MA207 Prin Stat Meth Elective 3 3 4 3 MA310 EC202 PH232 MA251 Diff Equations Prin Microecon Gen. Physics 0 Calculus III 3 3 4 4 14 4 17 ASSOCIATE DEGREE COMPUTER ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY THIS PROGRAM prepares graduates for the opportunities brought about by the impact of digital and microprocessor electronics on many of today’s technical disciplines. It is also an option for Lake Superior State University students seeking the Bachelor of Science in Automated Systems Engineering Technology or Electrical Engineering Technology. THIS PROGRAM emphasizes the hardware and machine-level software aspects of digital computing systems. Graduates will be prepared for such opportunities as field engineering (installation and maintenance of digital equipment), applications of computers to industrial control and data acquisition, and development of new devices, systems and test equipment. THE FIRST YEAR encompasses basic concepts in circuit analysis and devices, computer science, mathematics, and oral and graphic communication skills. THE SECOND YEAR covers such topics as the internal organization and operation of digital computing equipment, including programming and application of microprocessors, microcontrollers and programmable integrated circuit logic devices ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY 161 �Computer Engineering Technology (13 Credits) CT224 Digital Elect CT235 Micro Fund CT236 Microcont Appl 4 4 5 Support Courses (43 Credits) ET115 Electrical Circuits I ET124 Electronics 1 DTI25 Electronic Drafting CS111 Intro Comp Sci I CS112 Intro Comp Sci II EN110 Fresh Composition EN205 Bsc Tech. Report Writing MA109 Trig. & Vectors 5 4 2 3 3 3 3 2 Algebra Technical Calculus 1 Elements of Physics I Elements of Physics II or PH224 Phys Topics for EET SD101 Speech 3 1 4 3 1 4 3 A total of 64 semester credits is required. 16 4 4 Elective Credits (8 Credits) Recreational Activities Social Science Technical Elective FIRST YEAR: ASSOCIATE DEGREE, COMPUTER ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY SPRING FALL CS112 Intro to Cmp Sci II CS111 Intro to Cmp Sci I 3 DTI25 Elect Drafting EN110 Freshman Comp 3 ET124 Electronics I 5 ET115 Elect Circ I MA141 Tech Calc I MAI09 Trig & Vectors 2 SD101 Fund of Speech MA140 Algebra for Tech 3 SECOND YEAR CT235 Micro Fund EN205 Res Paper Process Recreational Act PH221 Elmts of Physics I Soc Sci Elective 3 4 4 MA140 MA141 PI 1221 PH222 CT224 Digital Electronics CT236 Microcont Appl PH222 Elmts of Physics IT* Tech Elective* 4 3 2 4 4 3 TE 4 5 4 3 TE TE [Students planning to continue for the BSASET Program should take MAI42. “Students planning to continue for either the BSEET or BSASET Program should take PH224. ASSOCIATE DEGREE DRAFTING AND DESIGN ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY THIS TWO-YEAR PROGRAM combines drafting skills and engineering-related knowledge to develop technologists capable of working with engineers in the design and drafting of products. Students become proficient in both manual engineering drawing and computer-aided drafting (CAD). Instruction and laboratory experiences are provided in tool design, jig and fixture design, and die design. Additional knowledge is gained in problem solving, Graduates are com puter-usage and manufacturing processes. employed as draftpersons, tool and die designers, product technologists and development specialists in the creation ana use of production machinery. ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY 162 �Drafting and Dcsing Engineering Technology (11 CREDITS) DT214 Advanced (CAD) 3 DT261 Tool Dsgn & Insp Mcth 3 DT262 Jig, Fixture & Die Design 5 Support Courses (50 CREDITS) CS100 Intro to Micro Appl ENI10 Fresh. Comp. EN205 Bsc Tch Rep Wrtg ET201 Appl. Elect. I MA109 Trig. & Vectors MAI40 Algebra for Tech. MA141 Tech. Calc. I ME 104 Tech. Drawing 3 3 3 3 2 3 4 4 Support Courses (corn) ME 124 Basic CAD MT100 Intro, to Mech. Sys. & Computer Programming MT112 Manf. Proc. I MT1I3 Manf.Proc.il MT316 Statics & Strength PH221 Elmts. Phy. I PH222 Elmts. Phy. II SD10I Speech 3 2 3 3 3 4 4 3 Elective Credits (3 CREDITS) Social Science 3 A total of 64 semester credits is required. FIRST YEAR: ASSOCIATE DEGREE, DRAFTING AND DESIGN ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY SPRING FALL CS100 Intro Micro Appl EN110 Freshman Comp. 3 Soc Sci Elective MAI09 Trig. & Vectors 2 MA141 Tech. Calculus I MAI40 Algebra for Tech. 3 ME 124 Basic CAD 4 ME 104 Tech. Drawing MT1I3 Mfg. Processes II MT100 Mech Sys Cmp Prg 2 MT112 Mfg Processes I _3 17 SECOND YEAR DT214 Advanced CAD EN205 Tech. Report Writ. 3 DT262 Jig Fix & Die Dsgn DT261 Tool Dsgn Insp Mtd 3 MT316 Stat & Str Mat ET201 Applied Elect I 3 PH222 Elem of Phys II PH221 Elem of Phys I 4 SD101 Fund, of Speech _3 16 ‘MET Students should take MT220 Statics & MT241 Strength of Materials 3 3 4 3 _3 16 3 5 3 _4 15 ASSOCIATE DEGREE ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY THIS PROGRAM prepares technicians for direct employment into most phases of the electrical and electronic industry. Their careers will normally begin with a supportive role on the engineering team, working directly with experienced engineers, scientists, and technologists. THE CURRICULUM provides the tools necessary for analysis of basic electronic circuits, a comprehensive understanding of some of the more important electronic devices and instruments, and a strong base in fundamentals. Courses in electrical theory are ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY 163 �accompanied by extensive laboratory exercises to provide opportunity for work with test apparatus, and to reinforce theories presented classroom discussion. Electrical Engineering Technology (21 credits) ET115 Electrical Circuits I ET116 Electrical Circuits II ET124 Electronics I ET224 Electronics II ET244 Elect. Mach. Support Courses (39 credits) CS100 Intro to Micro CT224 Digital Elect. CT235 Micro. Fund. DTI25 Electronic Drafting EN110 Fresh. Comp. EN205 Bsc Tch Rep Wrtg MA109 Trig. & Vectors MAI40 Algegra MA141 Tech. Calc. I PH221 Elmts. of Phys. I PH222 Elmts. of Phys. H or PH224 Top in Phys for EET SD101 Speech Elective Credits (4 credits) Social Science Elective 5 4 4 4 4 4 A total of 64 semester credits is required. in 3 4 4 2 3 3 2 3 4 4 4 3 FIRST YEAR: ASSOCIATE DEGREE, ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY FALL CS100 Intro Micro EN110 Freshman Comp. ET115 Electrical Cir. I MAI09 Trig. & Vectors MAI40 Algebra for Tech. 3 3 5 2 _3 SPRING SD101 Fund of Speech ET116 Elect Circ II ET124 Electronics I DTI25 Elect Drafting Social Science Elective 3 4 4 2 4 17 16 SECOND YEAR CT235 ET224 PH221 ET244 Microproc Fund Electronics II Physics I Elect Macinery 4 4 4 _4 16 CT224 EN205 MA141 PH224 Digital Electronics 4 Bsc Tch Rep Wrtg 3 Tech. Calculus I 4 Phys for Elect Tech or 4 PH222 Elem. of Phys. II _ 15 ASSOCIATE DEGREE MECHANICAL ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY THIS PROGRAM prepares graduates for work as draftsmen, product designers, machine designers, instrument technicians, and development and installation specialists in the creation and use of all types of production machinery. ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY 164 �Requirements for the Associate Degree in Mechanical Engineering Technology are the same as the first two years of the Bachelor of Science Degree in Mechanical Engineering Technology. Thus, the graduate of this program has the option of seeking employment as a technician, or continuing his or her education by transferring directly into the third year of the Bachelor of Science in Mechanical Engineering Technology or Automated Systems Engineering Technology. Mechanical Engineering Technology (26 Credits) ME 104 Tech. Drawing ME124 CAD MT100 Intro, to Mech. Syst. & and Comp. Prog. MT112 Manf. Proc. MT113 Manf.Proc.il MT220 Statics MT241 Strength of Materials MT253 Engr. Mat. Support Courses (36 Credits) CHI08 Applied Chemistry CT265 Intro. Tech. Prog. EN110 Freshman Comp. EN205 Bsc Tch Rep Wrtg ET201 Appl. Elect. I MAI09 Trig. & Vectors MA140 Algebra for Tech. MA141 Tech. Calc. I PH221 Elmts. Phys. I PH222 Elmts. Phys. II SD101 Speech Elective Credits (*4 Credits) Social Science 4 3 2 3 3 3 4 4 4 3 3 3 3 2 3 4 4 4 3 ‘4 ‘May be 3 credit hours for Associate Degree A total of 65 credits is required. FIRST YEAR: ASSOCIATE DEGREE, MECHANICAL ENGINEERING TECHNOLGY FALL MAI09 Trig & Vectors MAI40 Algebra for Tech EN110 Freshman Comp ME 104 Tech Drawing MT112 Mfg Processes I MT100 Mech Sys & Comp 2 3 3 4 3 _2 17 SPRING SD101 MAI41 ME 124 MT113 CH108 Fund of Speech 3 4 Tech Calc. I 3 Basic CAD Mfg Processes II 3 Appl Chemistry _4 17 SECOND YEAR PH221 MT220 ET201 Soc Sci EN205 Elmts of Physics I 4 Statics 3 Electricity I 3 Elective 4 Tech. Report Writ. _3 17 PH222 MT241 MT253 CT265 Elmts of Physics II 4 4 StrofMat 4 Eng Mails Intro to Tech Prog _3 15 CERTIFICATE COMPUTER DRAFTING THIS ONE-YEAR PROGRAM prepares students for employment in computer-aided drafting (CAD) departments within engineering companies where graduates work directly with experienced technologists and engineers to produce state-of-the-art CAD drawings. ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY 165 �Computer Drafting Courses (9 credits) DT132 Const Sketch & Draw DT2I4 Advanced (CAD) ME 124 Basic (CAD) 3 3 3 Support Courses (23 credits) CS100 Intr to Micro Comp App EN110 Freshman Comp. 3 3 MAI09 ME 104 SD101 MT100 MT112 MTII3 2 4 3 2 3 3 Trig, and Vectors Tech Drawing Speech Intro to Mcch Syst ManfProc(I) ManfProc(II) A total of 32 semester credits is required. FIRST YEAR: CERTIFICATE, COMPUTER DRAFTING FALL EN110 Freshman Comp. MA109 Trig. & Vectors ME 104 Technical Drawing ME 124 Basic CAD MT100 Mech Sys & Comp MT112 Manuf Proc I 3 2 4 3 2 3 17 SPRING CS100 Intro to Micro Appl DTI32 Cnstr Sket & Draw DT214 Advanced CAD SD101 Fund, of Speech MT113 Manuf Proc II NOTES ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY 166 3 3 3 3 _3 15 �HEALTH SCIENCES HEALTH SCIENCES 167 �HEALTH SCIENCES FACULTY: Department Head, Assoc. Prof. Mae E. Markstrom; Prof. Carole Connaughton; Assoc. Profs. Alice I. Halsey, Carol A. Campagna; Asst. Profs. Donna M. Anleitner, Shirley Proctor Bingham, Elizabeth M. Hellow, Gerald H. Johnson, Ruth K. Johnston-Pike, and Elena J. Wentz. THE DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH SCIENCES offers a bachelor of science degree in nursing which is based on the belief that nursing is goal-oriented, directed toward assisting human beings in health promotion, maintenance, restoration, and rehabilitation. The program is based upon human needs theory throughout the life cycle and is built on a liberal arts foundation in the belief that all aspects of society must be considered influential factors in the health of human beings. ACCREDITATION: The Bachelor of Science in Nursing Program is approved by the Michigan Board of Nursing and is accredited by the National League for Nursing. COURSES OFFERED by the department are in nursing and health sciences. Nursing courses, excluding interdisciplinary elective nursing courses, provide the core content of the nursing major and are limited to students accepted into the nursing programs. Health science courses provide a wide range of knowledge and skills useful for preparation in related health careers and in the delivery of health services in the community. CLINICAL EXPERIENCES: The nursing program is unique in its Clinical international affiliation, nursing experience is obtained at hospitals and community agencies in Sault Ste. Marie, Ontario, as well as at health care and community agencies in Sault Ste. Marie, Michigan, and the surrounding area. The LSSU Wellness C.A.R.E. Center provides opportunities for practice in a nurse-managed community nursing center. BACHELOR OF SCIENCE NURSING THE DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH SCIENCES offers two curricular tracks to the bachelor of science degree in nursing: the four-year program and the two-year completion program for the registered nurse. HEALTH SCIENCES 168 �THESE PROGRAMS provide students with the opportunity to acquire knowledge, values and skills necessary for the practice of professional nursing. They offer them the opportunity to: DEMONSTRATE skills of critical thinking and decision making in nursing practice. PROMOTE the health of individuals, families, groups and communities in a variety of settings. ASSIST clients of all ages in their adaptation to actual and DEMONpotential stressors. STRATE independent use of the nursing process in health promotion, maintenance, restoration, and rehabilitation, INTEGRATE professional values into nursing practice. PRACTICE within the ethical, moral and legal parameters of the nursing profession. DEMON­ STRATE responsibility and accountability for evaluating the effectiveness of one’s nursing practice. EVALUATE nursing research findings for possible utilization in nursing practice. INTEGRATE leadership and management skills into the nursing role. SYNTHESIZE theoretical/ empirical knowledge from nursing, the physical and behavioral sciences, and humanities in nursing practice. COLLABORATE with the health care team and consumer to improve health care service, using knowledge of the political system. INCORPORATE the nursing roles of advocate, caregiver, health educator and change agent into the delivery of health care. COURSE DISTRIBUTION requirements facilitate development of liberal backgrounds in physical science, social science and humanities. The curriculum lays a scientific basis for expanding roles in The nursing nursing practice, curriculum provides an interdisciplinary major and does not require a minor to meet graduation requirements. Students interested in a minor should refer to the appropriate Catalog section. A total of 128 credits is required to complete a Bachelor of Science Degree in Nursing. □ B.S. NURSING FOUR-YEAR PROGRAM PRE-NURSING ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS: To qualify for admission to the pre-nursing program, applicants must satisfy University admission requirements described in the admission section of the Catalog. (This information is also included in the Viewbook.) For students with college-level achievement, the opportunity will be offered, by means of examination, to obtain course credit or placement into an advanced course. High school academic subjects should include a minimum of one unit of biology, one of chemistry, three of English and two of algebra. Additional science and mathematics courses are highly recommended. ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS TO NURSING: Following successful completion of the pre- HEALTH SCIENCES 169 �nursing requirements, students will be admitted to this program based upon academic achievement and competency in mathematics. Entrance into nursing requires a cumulative grade point average of 2.5 or above in nursing, nursing support, and English courses. Required academic courses are separated into two groups: 1. Nursing support courses (anatomy and physiology, microbiology, life chemistry, psychology and sociology courses); and 2. General education requirements (English, humanities, speech and recreation activity). A grade of C or above is required in all nursing, nursing support courses and English courses. A grade of D in other general education or elective courses is accepted. Mathematics proficiency at the MA092 level is required prior to entering the junior year of the nursing program. Students selected for nursing must complete all pre-nursing course requirements satisfactorily to remain on the accepted list. A maximum of 45 students with the highest grade point average will be accepted. TRANSFER CREDIT will be granted on an individual basis. Only those courses in which the student Nursing (57 credits) NU110 Intro to Prof Nrsg I NU2II Intro to Prof Nrsg II NU212 Health Appraisal NU213 Fund of Nursing NU325 Parent/Newbom Nrsg NU326 Parent/Child Nrsg NU327 Adult Nursing I NU43I Adult Nursing II NU432 Community Hlth Nrsg NU433 Mntl Hlth Nrsg NU434 Nrsg Research NU435 Mgmt in Nursing NU436 Cntmpry Iss in Nrsg 1 3 3 5 5 6 8 8 5 5 3 3 2 received a grade of C or better are transferrable. Credits for baccalaureate nursing courses and pharmacology are transferrable for five years. Time requirements for program completion is four academic years; however, completion may require more than four years for students who do not meet all entrance requirements. Progression and readmission policies are detailed in the Baccalaureate Nursing Student Handbook. Students are responsible for transportation to and from clinical agencies, as well as additional costs incurred by enrollment in the nursing Costs, academic and program. general information are listed in the Baccalaureate Nursing Student Handbook. LICENSURE: Graduates of this program are eligible to write the NCLEX-RN examination admin­ istered by the Michigan Board of Nursing for licensure as a Registered Nurse (R.N.) Canadian students must pass the NCLEX-RN examination prior to applying for licensure in Ontario. Requirements for the Bachelor of Science Degree in Nursing FourYear Program are as follows: Health Sciences (10 credits) HE208 Nutrition HE209 Pharmacology HE232 Pathophysiology HE235 Comp Appl in Hlth Sci Other Disciplines (15 credits) BL121 Human Anat & Phys I BL223 Clinical Microbiology CHI04 Life Chemistry I MA207 Prin of Stat Meth or PY210 Statistics S0326 Soc of Aging & Aged HEALTH SCIENCES 170 2 3 3 2 3 3 3 3 3 �General Electives (9 credits) General Education (37 credits) PY101 Found of Psych PY155 Lfspn Devel SO 101 Intro to Soc BL122 Human Anat/Phys II CH105 Life Chemistry II 4 3 3 4 4 Additional credits to meet degree requirements 19 Total credits: 9 128 A sample four-year schedule of courses for this program follows. The planned sequence of courses may be modified to meet the needs of individual students. FIRST YEAR: BACHELOR OF SCIENCE, NURSING: FOUR-YEAR PROGRAM FALL EN110 Freshman Comp PY101 Intro Psych SO 101 Intro Soc SD101 Fund. Speech BL121 Human Anat./Phys. RA Elective 3 4 3 3 3 1 17 SECOND YEAR EN210 Res Pap Process 3 NU211 Intro Prof Nrsg II 3 CH105 Life Chemistry II 4 NU212 Health Appraisal 3 HE232 Pathophysiology _3 16 THIRD YEAR S0326 Sociology of Aging NU325 Pmt/Nwbm Nrsg NU326 Pmt/Chld Nrsg Elective 3 5 6 3 17 FOURTH YEAR NU431 Adult Nursing II 8 NXJ434 Nursing Research 3 NU435 Mgmt. in Nursing _3 14 SPRING 4 Humanities NU110 Intro Prof Nrsg I I 3 CHI04 Life Chem I BL122 Hmn Anat/Phys II 4 3 PY155 Lfspn Devel 2 HE208 Nutrition 17 BL223 Microbiology Humanities NU213 Fund of Nursing HE209 Pharmacology RA Elective PY210 Statistics or MA207 Prin Stat Meth NU327 Adult Nursing I HE235 Cmp App Hlth Sci Elective 3 4 5 3 1 16 3 8 2 _3 16 NU432 Comm Hlth Nrsg 5 NU433 Mntl Hlth Nrsg 5 NU436 Cntmpry Issues in Nrsg 2 Elective _3 15 HEALTH SCIENCES 171 �□ B.S. NURSING: COMPLETION PROGRAM FOR R.N. STUDENTS ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS: To qualify for admission to the R.N. Completion Program, applicants must satisfy University admission requirements as described in the admission section of the Catalog. (This information is also included in the Viewbook.) For students with college-level achievement, the opportunity will be offered, by means of examination, to obtain course credit or placement into an advanced course. Applicants must be graduates of a state or provincial approved associate degree or diploma nursing program with a cumulative grade point average of 2.5 in all nursing, nursing support, and English courses. Nursing support courses include: chemistry, anatomy and physiology, microbiology, psychology, and sociology courses. Credit may be granted for basic nursing courses, nutrition, and pharmacology upon writing the required NLN challenge tests within 5 years prior to admission and achieving scores at the 50 percentile or above. NLN tests may be repeated once; students must enroll in the course if not successful on second writing. Psychomotor skills validation and mathematics proficiency at the MA092 level are also required. Students may be admitted to the University at any point, but may not be admitted to nursing core courses until they have fulfilled the above requirements. REQUIRED ADMISSION CREDENTIALS: Submit to Admissions Office: standard LSSU admission application; transcripts from previous nursing school(s) and college(s). Submit to Department of Health Sciences: work experience and reference list; copy of current Michigan or Ontario professional nursing license; NLN test scores for Mobility Profile II (Book 1), Nursing of Childbearing Family, and Nursing of Children. All credentials must be on file preceding semester of entry. TRANSFER CREDITS: Transfer credit may be granted on an individual basis for equivalent general education and support Only those courses in courses. which students received a grade of C or better may be transferred. Credit for pharmacology and baccalaureate nursing courses are accepted for five years after completion of course. A maximum of 32 semester hours credit in basic nursing courses may be transferred. Time required for completion will depend upon the number of transfer credits and credits received by examination. Most registered nurses can complete the program in two years. Progression and readmission policies are detailed in the Baccalaureate Nursing Student Handbook. Students are responsible for transportation to clinical agencies and additional costs incurred by enrollment in the nursing program. Costs, academic and general information are listed in the Baccalaureate Nursing Student Handbook. HEALTH SCIENCES 172 �Requirements for the Bachelor of Science Degree in Nursing (RN Completion Program) are as follows: Nursing (57 credits) NU213 Fundamentals of Nursing** 5 NU325 Parent/Newbom Nursing * 5 NU326 Parent/Child Nursing" 6 8 NU327 Adult Nursing I" 8 NU431 Adult Nursing II" NU361 Trans to Prof Nrsg 3 NU356 Health Appraisal/Promotion through Lifespan 6 NU432 Comm Hlth Nrsg 5 NU433 Mental Health Nursing 5 3 NU434 Nursing Research NU435 Management in Nursing 3 Health Sciences (10 credits) HE208 Nutrition" HE209 Pharmacology" HE232 Pathophysiology" HE235 Comp Appl in Hlth Sci 2 3 3 2 Other Disciplines (15 credits) BL121 Human Anat/Phys I BL223 Clinical Microbiology CHI04 Life Chemistry I MA207 Prin of Stat Meth or PY210 Statistics S0326 Soc of Aging & Aged 3 3 3 3 3 General Education (37 credits) PY101 Found of Psych SO 101 Intro to Soc BL122 Human Anat/Phys D CHIOS Life Chemistry II Additional credits to meet degree requirements General Electives Total credits: 4 3 4 4 22 9 128 "Challenge examinations available A sample two-year schedule of courses for this program follows. The planned sequence of courses may be modified to meet individual needs. □ BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN NURSING COMPLETION PROGRAM FOR THE REGISTERED NURSE Prerequisite courses for entrance to program: BL121 Hmn Anat/Phys I 3 BL122 Hmn Anat/Phys II 4 BL223 Microbiology 3 EN110 Freshman Comp 3 EN210 Res Paper Proc 3 HE208 Nutrition 2 HE209 Pharmacology 3 PY101 Intro. Psychology 4 SO 101 Intro. Sociology 3 NLN Challenge Exams NU213 Fund of Nrsg NU325 Pmt/Nwbm Nrsg NU326 Pmt/Chld Nrsg NU327 Adult Nrsg I NU431 Adult Nrsg II 5 5 6 8 8 32 28 FIRST YEAR: BACHELOR OF SCIENCE, NURSING: COMPLETION PROGRAM FALL NU361 Trans to Prof Nrsg S0326 Soc of Aging/Aged Humanities SD101 Fund, of Speech RA Elective 3 3 4 3 1 3 17 SPRING CHI04 Life Chemistry I 3 NU362 Health Appr./Prom. through the Lifespan 6 HE235 Comp Appl Hlth Sci 2 HE232 Pathophysiology 3 Elective (Soc. Sci.) __3 17 HEALTH SCIENCES 173 �SECOND YEAR CHI05 Life Chemistry II NU432 Comm Hlth Nrsg NU433 Mntl Hlth Nrsg PY210 Statistics or MA207 Prin of Stat Meth 4 5 5 3 NU434 Nursing Research NU435 Mgmt in Nursing Humanities Electives RA Elective 3 3 4 6 1 17 17 NOTES HEALTH SCIENCES 174 �SOCIAL SCIENCES CRIMINAL JUSTICE/FIRE SCIENCE CRIMINALISTICS • CORRECTIONS • FIRE SCIENCE CONSERVATION LAW ENFORCEMENT • LOSS CONTROL LAW ENFORCEMENT • PUBLIC SAFETY □ RECREATION STUDIES EXCERCISE SCIENCE • RECREATION MANAGEMENT THERAPUETIC RECREATION • PHYSICAL EDUCATION □ SOCIAL SCIENCE EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION • EDUCATION GEOGRAPHY • HUMAN SERVICES • LEGAL ASSISTANT STUDIES POLITICAL SCIENCE • PSYCHOLOGY • SOCIAL SCIENCES SOCIOLOGY • SUBSTANCE ABUSE PREVENTION AND TREATMENT SOCIAL SCIENCES 175 �SOCIAL SCIENCES FACULTY: Department Head, Assoc. Prof. Margaret A. Malmberg; Profs. William N. Castor; Richard C. Crandall; Gary R. Johnson; Thomas M. Kelly; Susan H. Ratwik; Timothy Sawyer; Assoc. Profs. Sally Childs; Richard T. Conboy; Leslie A. Dobbertin; Terry L. Heyns; James Madden; Nancy L. Voight; Asst. Profs. Carol S. Andary, Gerald F. Dobbertin; James Blashill; Elizabeth A. Foley; Michael J. Gibson; Debra McPherson; Patrick J. Sweet; Instructors Thomas Borrelli, David J. Cotner; Randell L. Gardiner, Gary A. Rackliffe, Stephen R. Yanni. THIS DEPARTMENT encompasses a variety of disciplines and programs, including Criminal Justice and Recreation Studies (each described subsequently in greater detail). Programs described here include early childhood education, education, geography, human services, legal assistant studies, substance abuse prevention and treatment, political science, psychology and sociology. These are quite diverse in their perspectives and methods, but all are concerned with either the scientific study of human behavior or the development of human potential, or both. OFFERINGS: There are a variety of majors, minors, and associate degrees. Some programs give students specific employable skills upon graduation. Others are broader, so that upon graduation students may have the option of further education in graduate school or law school, or of entering careers in fields such as politics, teaching, social services, administration, and business. Each area of study is described in greater detail below, including requirements for majors, minors and associate degrees. ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS: To qualify for admission as freshmen, applicants must be graduates of accredited secondary schools with above average standing in their class. Their secondary school preparation should include a four-year curriculum of at least 15 units of acceptable entrance credits. Two major sequences and two minor sequences should be included in the 15 units for graduation. Individual disciplines within the department may have additional entrance requirements. EDUCATION Lake Superior State University is currently working in cooperation with Michigan State University to develop an integrated BA/MA program in education. The program emphasizes a combination of preparation in the student’s discipline and education course work SOCIAL SCIENCES 176 �that is coordinated with extensive work in schools. The program as it is being developed will include a BA or BS from LSSU and graduate course work from MSU, all of which will be completed in the Sault Ste. Marie area. Disciplinary majors and minors that will lead to teaching certification are being developed by a number of academic departments. CHILD CARE CENTER A campus Child Care Center provides full or part-time care for children, aged two through five, of students and staff, The Center, licensed by the State of Michigan Department of Social Services, provides developmentally sound experiences for the whole child across a range of social, emotional, physical and cognitive dimensions. It is a place where young children can develop a strong relationship with both adults and children. Each morning and afternoon under the supervision of an experienced staff, child development students plan and supervise large group, art, snack and small group experiences for the children. A significant portion of each day is devoted to exploratory During exploratory play play. children may move throughout the various learning areas of the Center, electing to participate in any one of the wide variety of activities and interact with learning materials. The Child Care Center is located on the south edge of the Library parking lot. NOTES SOCIAL SCIENCES 177 �CRIMINAL JUSTICE/FIRE SCIENCE FACULTY: Coordinator of Criminal Justice, Asst. Prof. James Blashill, Coordinator of Corrections, Asst. Prof. Elizabeth Foley, Assoc. Profs. James Madden, Terry Heyns, Asst. Prof. Patrick Sweet. PROGRAMS INCLUDE: Criminal justice baccalaureate conservation law, corrections, degrees with emphasis in: criminalistics, generalists, law enforcement, loss control, and public safety. Fire Science baccalaureate degrees with emphasis in engineering technology, hazardous materials, and generalists. TWO YEAR ASSOCIATE DEGREES in corrections, fire science, and law enforcement. CRIMINAL JUSTICE MICHIGAN LAW ENFORCEMENT OFFICERS TRAINING COUNCIL (MLEOTQ CERTIFICATION: Students enrolled in the conservation law enforcement, criminalistics, law enforcement, or public safety criminal justice baccalaureate degrees may be eligible for MLEOTC Certification, Upon graduation, these students may be eligible for employment with local law enforcement agencies in Michigan without further training. MICHIGAN CORRECTIONS OFFICER TRAINING COUNCIL CERTIFICATION: Students enrolled in the associate or baccalaureate degrees will also take the five courses necessary for this certification. CANADIAN STUDENTS may substitute CJ202 Canadian Criminal Law and CJ406 Advanced Canadian Jurisprudence for CJ319 Substantive Criminal Law and CJ409 Procedural Law. PS 160 Introduction to Canadian Government may be substituted for PS110 Introduction to US Government. ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS: To qualify for admission as freshmen, applicants must meet the minimum criteria of Lake Superior State University. Criminalistics and fire science students must have completed two units of algebra and at least one laboratory course, preferably chemistry, in high school. SOCIAL SCIENCES - CRIMINAL JUSTICE 178 �BACHELOR OF SCIENCE CRIMINAL JUSrnCEyCONSERVATION LAW General Education Requirements (27* credits) Major Requirements (39 credits) CJ101 Intro to Crim Just 3 3 CJ102 Police Process CJ201 Firearms Training 1 CJ308 Adv Firearms Training'** 1 CJ313 Crisis Inter Dev Beh 3 0319 Subst Criminal Law*** 3 0343 Investigation*** 3 0344 Criminalistics*** 3 0401 Senior Seminar 3 0402 Crim Just Internship 3-9 5 0407 Police Operations I ** 5 0408 Police Operations II*** CJ409 Proc Criminal Law’** 3 Support Courses (53 credits) BL130 Intro to Remote Sensing BL239 Nat Hist of Wildlife CHI08 Applied Chemistry CS100 Intro Microcomp Appl HE181 First Aid HE 190 Prehospital Emrg Care & Crisis Intervention I *' HE191 Prehospital Emrg Care & Crisis Intervention II"* ID300 Man & His Environment ^ MA109 Trigonometry & Vectors** RC101 Intro Rec/Leisure Serv RT101 Intro Nat Resources Tech RT102 Meth in Nat Resources RT206 Wildlife Mgmt Tech RT207 Bio & Mgmt of Fishes’* RT275 Soil Management RT284 Principles of Forestry RT286 Limnological Tech" TCI03 Surveying TCI04 Industrial Safety & Small Engine Mechanics 3 2 3 2 3 3 I 2 3 4 4 4 3 3 Electives (9 credits) 3 2 4 3 1 *8 Hours Included in Support Courses. "B.S. Requirement '"MLEOTC Courses FIRST YEAR: BACHELOR OF SCIENCE, CRIMINAL JUSTICE/CONSERVATION LAW FALL EN110 Freshman Comp RT101 Intro to Nat Res RT102 Meth in Nat Res RC201 Intro Rec/Serv MAI09 Trigonometry CS100 Intro Microcomp PE Elective 3 3 1 3 2 3 1 16 SECOND YEAR RT275 RT284 RT207 RT286 Soil Management 4 Prin Forestry 4 Bio & Mgt Fish 3 Limnological Tech _4 15 SPRING TCI04 Sm. Eng./Safety BL130 Remote Sensing CHI08 Applied Chemistry SD101 Speech HE181 First Aid PE Elective 3 3 4 3 1 1 15 BL239 Nat Hist Wildlife RT206 Wldlfe Mgmt Tch ID300 Man & Env TCI03 Surveying EN205 Tech Rep Wrtg Elective SOCIAL SCIENCES - CRIMINAL JUSTICE 179 2 2 3 3 3 3 16 �THIRD YEAR Humanities Elective Soc. Science Elective CJ101 Intro to Crim Just CJ102 Police Process CJ201 Firearms 4 4 3 3 1 15 FOURTH YEAR 0319 Substantive Law* 3 0343 Investigation* 3 3 0401 Seminar 0407 Police Operations 1**5 HE 190 Prehospital Emrg Care & Crisis Intervention I* 3 17 Humanities Elective Soc. Science Elective CJ402 Internship Electives 4 4 3 6 17 0308 Adv Firearms* 1 3 0313 Crisis’ CJ344 Criminalistics* 3 0408 Police Oper II** 5 0409 Procedural Law* 3 HE191 Prehospital Emrg Care & Crisis Intervention _2 17 ‘MLEOTC Course ’’MLEOTC Students Only BACHELOR OF SCIENCE CRIMINAL JUSTICE/CORRECTIONS General Education Requirements (27‘ credits) Major Requirements (62 credits) 3 CJ101 Intro to Crim Just 3 CJ102 Police Process 3 CJ106 Juvenile Justice CJ110 Intro to Corrections 3 3 CJ130 Client Rel in Corr CJ140 Corr Client Growth 3 & Development 3 CJ220 Institutional Corr 3 CJ240 Comm Based Corr 3 CJ250 Correctional Law CJ319 Substantive Criminal Law 3 or CJ202 Canadian Criminal Law CJ321 Eth Issues in Pub Safety 3 CJ330 Correctional Casework 3 CJ401 Senior Seminar CJ402 Crim Just Internship Minor Support Courses (20 credits) PS 160 Intro Can Govt/Pol 3-4 or PS110 Intro Amer Govt/Pol 3 PS 120 Legal Processes PY101 Intro to Psych 4 PY259 Abnormal Psychology” 3 S0214 Criminology 3 S0226 Races & Minorities” 3 Electives (15 credits) [8 Hours Included in Support Courses. ”B.S. Requirement. FIRST YEAR: BACHELOR OF SCIENCE, CRIMINAL JUSTICE/CORRECTIONS FALL CJ 101 Intro to Crim Just CJ102 Police Process CJ 110 Intro to Corrections EN110 Eng Composition Elective 3 3 3 3 3 15 3 3-9 20 SPRING CJ106 Juvenile Justice 3 PS 160 Intro to Can Govt 3-4 or PS 110 Intro to Amer Govt CJ130 Client Growth SD101 Speech Elective SOCIAL SCIENCES - CRIMINAL JUSTICE • 180 �SECOND YEAR CJ140 Correction Client CJ240 Comm Based Corr EN210 Res Pap Proc PY101 Intro to Psych Elective 3 3 3 4 3 3 3 15 4 4 17 3 3 4 1 3 3 3 CJ330 Corr Casework CJ321 CJ/FS Ethics 3 S0226 Races & Minorities 3 4 Humanities Elective I Recreation Activities 14 2 THIRD YEAR CJ250 Corr Law S0214 Criminology Natural Science Recreation Activities Elective Minor PS 120 Legal Proc CJ220 Inst Corrections PY259 Abnormal Psych Humanities Elective Natural Science 14 FOURTH YEAR CJ401 Seminar CJ319 Subst Crim Law or CJ202 Canadian Law Minor 3 CJ402 Internship Elective 3 4 3 10 16 8 15 Minor BACHELOR OF SCIENCE CRIMINAL JLSTICE/CRIMINAIJSI1CS General Education Requirements (19* credits) CHI 15 General Chemistry I”* CHI 16 General Chemistry II CH225 Organic Chemistry I CH226 Organic Chemistry II CH231 Quantitative Analysis CH232 Instrumental Analysis CH351 Introductory Biochemistry HE 190 Prehospital Emr^ Care & Crisis Intervention I ’ HE191 Prehospital Emrg Care & Crisis Intervention II" NS 101 Conceptual Physics PS110 Intro Amer Govt/Pol PY101 Intro to Psychology PY259 Abnormal Psychology’ S0214 Criminology Major Requirements (42 credits) CJ101 Intro to Crim Just 3 CJ102 Police Process 3 CJ201 Firearms Training 1 CJ308 Adv Firearms Training" 1 CJ313 Crisis Int Dev Beh" 3 CJ319 Subst Criminal Law" 3 CJ321 Eth Issues in Pub Safety 3 CJ343 Investigation" 3 CJ344 Criminalistics" 3 CJ401 Senior Seminar 3 CJ402 Crim Just Internship 3-9 CJ407 Police Operations I" 5 CJ408 Police Operations II" 5 CJ409 Procedural Criminal Law” 3 Electives (9 credits) Support Courses (57 credits) BL110 General Zoology BL 111 General Botany*" ‘16 Hours Included in Support "MLEOTC Courses "*B.S. Requirement 4 4 SOCIAL SCIENCES - CRIMINAL JUSTICE 181 5 4 4 4 3 3 4 3 ' 3 4 4 3 3 �FIRST YEAR: BACHELOR OF SCIENCE, CRIMINAL JUSTICE/CRIMINALISTICS FALL CJ101 CJ102 CHI 15 EN110 PY101 Intro to Crim Just Police Process Prin of Chem I Eng Composition Intro to Psych 3 3 4 3 _4 17 SECOND YEAR CH225 CH231 BL110 CJ201 EN210 Org Chemistry I Quant Anal Zoology Firearms Res Pap Proc 4 3 4 1 3 SPRING CHI 16 Princ of Chem II PS110 Intro to Amer Govt SD101 Speech Elective Physical Education CH226 Org Chemistry II CH232 Inst Anal BL111 Botany PY259 Abnormal Psych Recreation Activities 15 THIRD YEAR CH351 Biochemistry Humanities Elective Recreation Activities Elective 4 4 1 6 Substantive Law* Investigation* Seminar Police Oper I** PEC & Cl I* 3 3 1 15 4 3 " 4 3 1 15 3 3 3 3-9 4 15 16 3 3 3 1 CJ308 Adv Firearms* CJ313 Crisis Intervention* 3 FOURTH YEAR CJ319 CJ343 CJ401 CJ407 HE 190 NS 101 Come Phy S0214 Criminology CJ321 CJ/FS Ethics CJ402 Internship Humanities Elective 4 4 5 3 17 CJ344 CJ408 CJ409 HE191 Criminalistics* Police Oper II** Procedural Law* PEC & Cl II* 3 5 3 _2 17 ‘MLEOTC Course **MLEOTC Students Only BACHELOR OF SCIENCE CRIMINAL JUSTICE/GENERALIST General Education Requirements (27’ credits) Major Requirements (42 credits) CJ 101 Intro to Crim Just CJ102 Police Process CJ 110 Intro to Corrections CJ40I Senior Seminar Other CJ Classes”” Support Courses” (19 credits) PS110 Intro to Amer Govt/Pol PS 120 Legal Processes 3 3 3 3 30 4 3 PY101 PY259 S0214 S0226 Intro to Psych Abnormal Psychology’” Criminology”* ^ Races & Minorities’” 4 3 3 3 Electives’” (36 credits) '8 Hours Included in Support Courses. “At Least 20 Hours of Support or Electives at 300-400 Level. ”*B.S. Requirement. ””Min 23 credit hours at 300-400 level SOCIAL SCIENCES - CRIMINAL JUSTICE 182 �FIRST YEAR: BACHELOR OF SCIENCE, CRIMINAL JUSTICE/GENERALIST FALL CJ101 Intro to Crim Just CJ102 Police Process EN110 Eng Composition CJ Elective Elective 3 3 3 3 3 15 SECOND YEAR CJ 110 Intro to Corrections EN210 Res Pap Proc PY101 Intro, to Psych Humanities Elective CJ Elective 3 3 4 4 3 SPRING PS 110 Intro to Amer Govt 4 PS 120 Legal Process 3 3 SD101 Speech 3 CJ Elective 1 Recreation Activities 14 PY259 Abnormal Psych Humanities Elective Natural Science CJ Elective Elective 17 17 THIRD YEAR S0226 Races & Minorities 3 Recreation Activities 1 6 CJ Elective Elective 5 15 S0214 Criminology Natural Science Electives FOURTH YEAR CJ401 Seminar Electives Electives 3 6 6 15 3 4 4 3 3 CJ Electives Electives 3 4 9 16 9 6 15 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE CRIMINAL JISTICELAW ENFORCEMENT General Education Requirements (27* credits) Major Requirements (46 credits) 3 CJ 101 Intro to Crim Just 3 CJ102 Police Process 3 CJ106 Juvenile Justice CJ110 Intro to Corrections 3 CJ201 Firearms Training 1 3 CJ206 On Campus Internship 3 CJ212 Loss Control CJ313 Crisis Int of Dev Beh 3 CJ319 Substantive Criminal Law 3 or CJ202 Canadian Criminal Law CJ321 Eth Issues in Pub Safety 3 3 CJ343 Investigation 0344 Criminalistics 3 0401 Senior Seminar 3 0402 Crim Just Internship 3-9 CJ409 Procedural Criminal Law or CJ406 Adv Can Jurisprudence FS101 Intro to Fire Science 3 3 Support Courses (21 credits) HE181 First Aid 1 PS 160 Intro, to Can Govt/Pol 3-4 or PS110 Intro to Amer Govt/Pof* PS 120 Legal Processes** 3 4 PY101 Intro to Psych PY259 Abnormal Psychology 3 S0214 Criminology 3 S0226 Races & Minorities 3 Electives (30 credits) *8 Hours Included in Support Courses **B.S. Requirement SOCIAL SCIENCES - CRIMINAL JUSTICE 183 �FIRST YEAR: BACHELOR OF SCIENCE, CRIMINAL JUSTICE/LAW ENFORCEMENT FALL CJ101 Intro to Crim Just CJ102 Police Process CJ 110 Intro to Corrections EN110 Eng Composition Elective 3 3 3 3 4 16 SPRING CJ106 Juvenile Justice 3 PS 160 Intro to Can Govt 3-4 or PS110 Intro to Amer Govt PS 120 Legal Process SD101 Speech Elective SECOND YEAR CJ201 Firearms CJ212 Loss Control EN210 Res Pap Proc FS101 Intro to Fire Sci PY101 Intro to Psych Recreation Activities 1 3 3 3 4 CJ206 LE/LC Internship PY259 Abnormal Psych S0214 Criminology Humanities Elective Natural Science 3 3 3 4 4 17 1 15 THIRD YEAR CJ343 Investigation 3 S0226 Races & Minorities 3 4 Humanities Elective 4 Natural Science 2 Elective 16 CJ313 Crisis Intervention CJ321 CJ/FS Ethics CJ344 Criminalistics HE181 First Aid Elective 3 3 3 1 4 14 OURTH YEAR CJ401 Seminar CJ319 Subst Law or CJ202 Canadian Law Electives Recreational Activities 3 3 8 1 15 CJ402 Internship CJ409 Crim Proc or CJ406 Canadian Juris Electives 3-9 3 9 15 CERTIFICATION CRIMINAL JUSTICELAW ENFORCEMENT General Education Requirements (27* credits) Major Requirements (57 credits) CJ 101 Intro to Crim Just CJ102 Police Process CJ106 Juvenile Justice CJ 110 Intro to Corrections CJ201 Firearms Training CJ206 On Campus Internship 3 3 3 3 1 3 CJ212 CJ308 CJ313 CJ319 CJ321 CJ343 CJ344 CJ401 CJ402 Loss Control Adv Firearms Training**. Crisis Inter of Dev Beh” Subst Criminal Law’* Eth Issues in Pub Safety Investigation’* Criminalistics’* Senior Seminar Crim Just Internship SOCIAL SCIENCES - CRIMINAL JUSTICE • 184 3 1 3 3 3 3 3 3 3-9 �I CJ407 CJ408 CJ409 FS101 Police Operations I** Police Operations II** Procedural Criminal Law** Intro to Fire Science 5 5 3 3 Support Courses (25 credits) HE190 Prehospital Emrg Care & Crisis Intervention I * 3 HE191 Prehospital Emrg Care & Crisis Intervention II” 2 PS 110 Intro to Amer Govt/Pol 4 PS 120 PY101 PY259 S0214 S0226 3 4 3 3 3 Legal Processes Intro to Psych Abnormal Psychology*’* Criminology*** Races & Minorities*** Electives (15 credits) *8 Hours Included in Support Courses **MLEOTC Courses ***B.S. Requirement FIRST YEAR: CERTIFICATE, CRIMINAL JUSTICE/LAW ENFORCEMENT FALL CJ101 Intro to Crim Just CJ102 Police Process CJ110 Intro to Corrections EN110 Eng Composition Elective 3 3 3 3 3 SPRING CJ106 Juvenile Justice PS110 Intro to Amer Govt PS 120 Legal Process SD101 Speech Elective 3 4 3 3 3 16 15 SECOND YEAR CJ201 Firearms CJ212 Loss Control EN210 Res Pap Proc FS101 Intro to Fire Sci PY101 Intro to Psych Recreation Activities 1 3 3 3 4 CJ206 LE/LC Internship PY259 Abnormal Psych S0214 Criminology Humanities Elective Natural Science 3 3 3 4 4 17 1 15 THIRD YEAR S0226 Races & Minorities 3 4 Humanities Elective 4 Natural Science RA150 Indiv Phys Fitness 1 2 Electives 14 FOURTH YEAR CJ319 CJ343 CJ401 CJ407 HE 190 Substantive Law* Investigation* Seminar Police Oper I** Pec & Cl I* 3 3 3 5 3 17 3 3 7 CJ321 CJ/FS Ethics CJ402 Internship Electives 13 CJ308 CJ313 CJ344 CJ408 CJ409 HE191 Advanced Firearms* Crisis Intervention* Criminalistics* Police Oper 11**^ Procedural Law* Pec & Cl II* ‘MLEOTC Course “MLEOTC Students Only SOCIAL SCIENCES - CRIMINAL JUSTICE 185 1 3 3 5 3 2 17 �BACHELOR OF SCIENCE CRIMINAL JUSTICE/LOSS CONTROL Jencral Education Requirements (27* credits) ilajor Requirements (49 credits) CJ101 Intro to Crim Just 3 CJ102 Police Process 3 CJ110 Intro to Corrections 3 CJ201 Firearms Training 1 CJ206 Law Enf/Loss Cont Intern 3 CJ212 Loss Control 3 CJ306 Security Systems 3 CJ319 Substantive Criminal Law or 3 CJ202 Canadian Criminal Law CJ341 Fire/Arson Investigation 3 CJ343 Investigation 3 3 CJ344 Criminalistics CJ401 Senior Seminar 3 CJ402 Crim Just Internship 3-9 0409 Procedural CriminaJ Law or 3 0406 Adv Can Jurisprudence 3 FS101 Intro to Fire Science FS111 Hazardous Materials FS321 Industrial Fire Protection 3 3 Support Courses (35 credits) DP264 Intro to Data Processing 3 1 HE181 First Aid MN370 Management Principles & Human Resource Concepts 4 4 MN451 Labor Law PS110 Intro to Amer Govt/Pol 4 3 PS 120 Legal Processes PY101 Introduction to Pyschology 4 PY259 Abnormal Psychology” 3 3 S0214 Criminology” 3 S0226 Races & Minorities” TCI04 Industrial Safety & 3 Small Engine Mechanics Electives (13 credits) ‘8 Hours Included in Support Courses “B.S. Requirement FIRST YEAR: BACHELOR OF SCIENCE, CRIMINAL JUSTICE/LOSS CONTROL CJ 101 CJ102 CJ212 EN110 PY101 Intro to Crim Just Police Process Loss Control Eng Composition Intro to Psych 3 3 3 3 4 16 SECOND CJ 110 CJ201 FS101 FS 111 EN210 TCI04 YEAR Intro to Corrections Firearms Intro to Fire Sci Hazardous Mat Res Pap Proc Safety/SE 3 1 3 3 3 SPRING PS 160 Intro to Can Govt 3-4 or PS110 Intro to Amer Govt 3 PS 120 Legal Process 3 SD101 Speech 3 S0214 Criminology 1 Recreation Activities 14 CJ206 LE/LC Internship DP264 Intro, to D.P. PY259 Abnormal Psych Natural Science Humanities Elective 3 3 3 3 4 4 17 16 THIRD YEAR CJ343 Investigation 3 S0226 Races & Minorities 3 4 Natural Science 4 Humanities Elective Physical Education 1 15 3 CJ306 Sec. System 3 CJ341 Fire & Arson 3 CJ344 Investigation FS321 Industrial Fire Prot. 3 3 Electives 15 SOCIAL SCIENCES - CRIMINAL JUSTICE • 186 �FOURTH YEAR CJ401 Seminar CJ319 Subst Crim Law or CJ202 Canadian Law MN370 Prin of Mgmt Electives 3 3 3 4 6 CJ402 Internship CJ409 Procedural Law or CJ406 Canadian Juris HE181 First Aid MN451 Labor Law Electives 3-9 3 16 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE CRIMINAL JUSTICE/PUBLIC SAFETY General Education Requirements (27* credits) Major Requirements (60 credits) 3 CJ101 Intro to Crim Just 3 CJ102 Police Process CJ201 Firearms Training 1 CJ206 Law Enf/Loss Cont Intern 3 CJ308 Advanced Firearms’* 1 CJ313 Crisis Inter & Dev Beh** 3 CJ319 Substantive Criminal Law" 3 CJ321 Eth Issues in Pub Safety 3 CJ343 Investigation" 3 3 CJ344 Criminalistics" CJ401 Crim Just Senior Seminar 3 or FS401 Fire Sci Senior Seminar CJ402 Crim Just Internship or 3-9 FS402 Fire Sci Internship 5 CJ407 Police Operations I" 5 CJ408 Police Operations II" 3 CJ409 Proc Criminal Law" 3 FS101 Intro to Fire Science FS111 FS204 FS205 FS211 Hazardous Materials Fire Prot Hyd & Pumps Fire Prot Systems & Equip Tactics & Strategy Support Courses HE 190 Prehospital Emr^Care & Crisis Intervention I ’ HE 191 Prehospital EmrgjCare & Crisis Intervention II*’ PS110 Intro to Amer Govt/Pol PS 120 Legal Processes PY101 Intro to Psych PY259 Abnormal Psychology"* S0214 Criminology*" ^ S0226 Races & Minorities*" 1 3 3 4 3 2 2 4 3 4 3 3 3 *8 Hours Included in Support Courses "MLEOTC Courses *’*B.S. Requirement 15 SECOND YEAR CJ201 Firearms FS 111 Hazardous Materials FS204 F.P. Hydraulics PY101 Intro to Psych EN210 Res Pap Proc Elective 3 Electives (12 credits) FIRST YEAR: BACHELOR OF SCIENCE, CRIMINAL JUSTICE/PUBLIC SAFETY SPRING FALL PS 110 Amer Government CJ 101 Intro to Crim Just 3 PS 120 Legal Process 3 CJ102 Police Process SD101 Speech EN110 Eng Composition 3 Elective 3 FS101 Intro to Fire Sci Recreation Activities 3 Elective CJ206 LE/LC Internship FS205 Fire Protection Sys. FS211 Tactics & Strategy PY259 Abnormal Psycho Humanities Elective 16 SOCIAL SCIENCES - CRIMINAL JUSTICE • 187 3 3 3 3 4 3 3 4 1 15 3 3 3 3 4 16 �THIRD YEAR Humanities Elective Natural Science S0226 Races & Minorities Electives 3 CJ321 CJ/FS Ethics CJ402 Crim Just Internship 3-9 or FS403 Fire Sci Internship 4 Natural Science 3 S0214 Criminology 1 Recreation Activities 14 4 4 3 3 14 FOURTH YEAR CJ319 Substantive Law* CJ343 Investigation* CJ401 CJ Seminar or FS401 FS Senior Seminar CJ407 Police Oper I” HE190 PEC & Cl I* CJ308 CJ313 CJ344 CJ408 CJ409 HE191 3 3 3 5 3 Advanced Firearms* Crisis Intervention* Criminalistics* Police Oper 11**^ Procedural Law* PEC & Cl II 1 3 3 5 3 2 17 17 ‘MLEOTC Course **MLEOTC Students Only FIRE SCIENCE BACHELOR OF SCIENCE FIRE SC3ENCELNGINEERING TECHNOLOGY General Education Requirements (31* credits) Major Requirements (33 credits) CJ341 Fire & Arson Invest 3 FS101 Intro to Fire Science 3 FSI11 Hazardous Materials 3 FS204 Fire Prot Hyd & Pumps 3 FS205 Fire Prot Sys & Equip 3 FS211 Tactics & Strategy 3 FS301 Code Enf Insp & Fire Prev 3 FS321 Industrial Fire Protection 3 FS401 Senior Seminar 3 FS403 Fire Science Internship 3-9 FS420 Fire Science Management & Incident Analysis 3 Support Courses (41 credits) CSI00 Intro Microcomp Appl MA140 Alg for Technologists 3 3 MA141 MA142 ME 104 MT316 MT341 MT430 MT431 NS 101 Technical Calculus I ^ Technical Calculus II Technical Drawing Stat & Stgth of Mat Fluid Mechanics Thermodynamics Thermo/Heat Trans Conceptual Physics or PH221 Elmts Phys I TC101 Construction I TCI02 Construction II Electives (19 credits) ‘4 Hours Included in Support Courses. "B.S. Requirement SOCIAL SCIENCES - CRIMINAL JUSTICE 188 4 4 4 3 3 3 4 4 3 3 �FIRST YEAR: BACHELOR OF SCIENCE, FIRE SCIENCE/ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY FALL FS101 Intro to Fire Sci 3 FS111 Hazardous Materials 3 EN110 Eng Composition 3 MA140 Algebra & Trig 4 TC101 Construction I _3 SPRING CS100 Intro, to Micro. TCI02 Construction II SD101 Speech Social Science Electives FS204 FP Hydraulics 3 ME 104 Technical Drawing 4 Elective 3 4 MA141 Tec. Calc. I EN205 Tech Rept Wrtg or 3 EN210 Res Pap Proc 17 THIRD YEAR FS301 Code Enforcement NS Life Science Elective PH221 Physics I Humanities Elective Recreation Activities 3 4 4 4 1 16 FS205 FP Systems FS211 Tactics MA142 Tec. Calc. II Elective Humanities Elective 3 3 4 3 4 17 FS321 Industrial FP CJ341 Fire & Arson MT316 Stats & Strat MT341 Fluid Mech Social Science 3 3 3 3 4 FOURTH YEAR FS401 Seminar MT430 Thermodynamics Recreation Activities Electives 3 3 1 6 4 1 16 16 SECOND YEAR 3 3 3 FS403 Internship FS420 Fire Management MT431 Thermo/Heat Trans Electives 13 16 3 3 4 3 13 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE FIRE SCIENCE/GENERALIST General Education Requirements (35 credits) Major Requirements (53 credits) CJ341 FS101 FS111 FS204 FS205 FS211 FS301 FS321 FS401 Fire & Arson Investigation Intro to Fire Science Hazardous Materials Fire Prot Hyd & Pumps Fire Prot Sys Equip Tactics & Strategy Code Enf Insp/Fire Prev Industrial Fire Prot Senior Seminar 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 FS403 Fire Science Internship FS420 Fire Science Mgmt & Incident Analysis Minor 3-9 3 20 Support Courses (6 credits) TC101 Construction I TCI02 Construction II Electives' (30 credits) ‘Must Include 8 Hours B.S. Requirements. SOCIAL SCIENCES - CRIMINAL JUSTICE • 189 3 3 �FIRST YEAR: BACHELOR OF SCIENCE, FIRE SCIENCE/GENERALIST FALL FS101 Intro to Fire Sci FS111 Hazardous Materials EN110 Fresh Composition Elective Recreation Activities TC101 Construction I SPRING Social Science Humanities Elective SD101 Speech TCI02 Construction II Elective 3 3 3 3 1 3 16 SECOND YEAR FS204 FP Hydraulics EN205 Tec Rep Wrtg or EN210 Res Pap Proc Social Science Recreation Activities Electives 3 3 4 FS205 FP Systems FS211 Tactics BS Requirement Natural Science Elective 1 4 4 3 3 3 17 3 3 4 4 3 17 4 15 THIRD YEAR FS301 Code Enforcement BS Requirement Humanities Elective Minor 3 4 4 4 15 FS321 Industrial Fire Prot 3 CJ341 Fire & Arson 3 6 Minor 4 Electives 16 FOURTH YEAR FS401 Seminar Minor Electives 3 6 6 15 FS403 Internship FS420 Fire Management Minor Electives 3 3 4 3 13 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE FIRE SCIENCE/HAZARDOUS MATERIALS General Education Requirements (27* credits) Major Requirements (33 credits) CJ341 FS101 FS111 FS204 FS205 FS211 FS301 FS321 FS401 Fire and Arson Invest Intro to Fire Science Hazardous Materials Fire Prot Hyd & Pumps Fire Prot Sys Equip Tactics & Strategy Code Enf Insp/Fire Prev Industrial Fire Prot Senior Seminar 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 FS403 Fire Science Internship FS420 Fire Science Mgmt & Incident Analysis Support Courses (51 credits) BL110 General Zoology** BL111 General Botany CHI 15 General Chemistry I m CHI 16 General Chemistry II’* CH225 Organic Chemistry I CH226 Organic Chemistry II CH231 Quantitative Analysis CH232 Instrumental Analysis SOCIAL SCIENCES - CRIMINAL JUSTICE • 190 3-9 3 4 4 5 4 4 4 3 3 �CH351 GGI08 NS 102 RT275 TCI01 TCI02 Intro Biochemistry Phys Geo: Met/Clim Intro to Geology Soil Management Construction I Construction II 4 3 3 4 3 3 Electives (13 credits) ‘8 Hours Included in Support Courses. “B.S. Requirement FIRST YEAR: BACHELOR OF SCIENCE, FIRE SCIENCE/HAZARDOUS MATERIALS FALL FS101 Intro to Fire Sci FS111 Hazardous Materials EN110 Eng Composition TCI01 Construction I CHI 15 Princ Chemistry I 3 3 3 3 _5 17 SPRING SD101 Speech CHI 16 Prin of Chem II Social Science Elective TCI02 Construction I 3 4 4 3 _3 17 SECOND YEAR FS204 CH225 CH231 BL110 EN205 FP Hydraulics Org. Chem. I Analytic I Zoology Tech Rep Wrtg or EN210 Res Pap Proc 3 4 3 4 3 3 4 3 4 FS205 FP System Elective CH226 Org. Chem. II CH232 Analytic BL111 Botany 17 3 17 THIRD YEAR GG108 Physical Geology RT275 Soils Social Science Humanities Elective 3 4 4 4 FS321 Industrial FP NS 102 Geology FS211 Tactics Humanities Elective Physical Education 15 FOURTH YEAR FS401 Seminar CH351 Biochemistry FS301 Code Enforcement Electives Physical Education 3 4 3 3 FS403 Internship FS420 Fire Management CJ341 Fire & Arson Electives 1 14 3 3 3 4 1 14 3 3 3 4 13 ASSOCIATE DEGREE CRIMINAL JUSTICE/CORRECTIONS Basic Requirements (11 credits) Major Requirements (30 credits) CJ101 Intro to Crim Just CJ106 Juvenile Justice CJ 110 Intro to Corrections CJI40 Correctional Client Growth & Development 3 3 3 3 CJ130 CJ220 CJ240 CJ250 CJ319 Client Rel in Corr Institutional Corrections Comm Based Corrections Correctional Law Substantive Criminal Law or CJ202 Canadian Criminal Law CJ330 Correctional Casework SOCIAL SCIENCES - CRIMINAL JUSTICE • 191 3 3 3 3 3 3 �PS 120 Legal Process or PS 160 Intro to Can Govt/Pol Electives (14 credits) Support Courses (7 credits) 1 3 HE181 First Aid S0214 Criminology 3 3 FIRST YEAR: ASSOCIATE DEGREE, CRIMINAL JUSTICE/CORRECTIONS FALL CJ101 Intro to Crim Just CJ110 Intro to Corrections CJ140 Correctional Clients EN110 Eng Composition Elective 3 3 3 3 4 16 SPRING CJ106 Juvenile Justice 3 CJ130 Client Growth 3 1 HE181 First Aid 1 Recreational Activities PS 120 Legal Process 3 or PS 160 Intro to Can Govt 3 SD101 Speech 14 SECOND YEAR CJ240 Comm Based Corr CJ250 Correctional Law CJ319 Subst Crim Law or CJ202 Can Crim Law EN210 Res Pap Proc Electives 3 3 3 CJ220 Institutional Corr CJ330 Corr Casework S0214 Criminology Recreation Activities Electives 3 3 3 3 1 6 16 4 16 ASSOCIATE DEGREE CRIMINAL JLSTICLLAW ENFORCEMENT Basic Requirements (11 credits) Major Requirements (28 credits) CJ101 Intro to Crim Just CJ 102 Police Process CJ106 Juvenile Justice CJ201 Firearms Training CJ206 On Campus Intern 0313 Crisis Intervention of Deviant Behavior 0319 Subst Criminal Law or CJ202 Can Criminal Law CJ343 Investigation 3 3 3 1 3 3 CJ344 Criminalistics CJ409 Procedural Criminal Law or 0406 Adv Canadian Juris Support Courses (7 credits) HE181 First Aid PS 120 Legal Process or PS 160 Intro Can Govt/Pol S0214 Criminology 3 3 Electives (16 credits) SOCIAL SCIENCES - CRIMINAL JUSTICE 192 3 3 1 3 3 3 �FIRST YEAR: ASSOCIATE DEGREE, CRIMINAL JUSTICE/LAW ENFORCEMENT FALL SPRING CJ106 Juvenile Justice CJ101 Intro to Crim Justice3 HE181 First Aid CJ102 Police Process 3 Recreation Activities EN110 Eng Compostion 3 PS 120 Legal Process 6 Electives or 1 Recreation Activities PS 160 Canadian Govt 16 SD101 Speech S0214 Criminology SECOND CJ201 CJ313 CJ319 YEAR Firearms Crisis Intervention Subst Crim Law or CJ202 Canadian Law CJ343 Investigation EN210 Res Pap Proc Electives 1 3 3 3 3 3 CJ206 CJ/LE Internship CJ344 Criminalistics CJ409 Procedural Law or Canadian Juris Electives 3 1 1 3 3 3 14 3 3 3 7 16 16 ASSOCIATE DEGREE FIRE SCIENCE Basic Requirements (11 credits) Major Requirements (21 credits) CJ341 Fire & Arson Invest FS101 Intro to Fire Science FS 111 Hazardous Materials FS204 Fire Prot Hyd & Pumps FS205 Fire Prot Sys & Equip FS211 Tactics & Strategy FS321 Industrial Fire Prot 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Support Courses (17 credits) HE 190 Prehospital Emrg Care & Crisis Intervention I HE 191 Prehospital Emrg Care & Crisis Intervention II SO, PY or PS TCI01 Construction I TCI02 Construction II 3 2 6 3 3 Electives (13 credits) FIRST YEAR: ASSOCIATE DEGREE, FIRE SCIENCE SPRING FALL HE191 PEC & Cl II FS101 Intro to Fire Sci 3 SD101 Speech FS 111 Hazardous Materials 3 TCI02 Construction II EN110 Eng Composition 3 SO, PY or PS TCI01 Construction I 3 Recreational Activities 3 HE190 PEC & Cl I Electives 15 SOCIAL SCIENCES - CRIMINAL JUSTICE • 193 2 3 3 3 1 4 16 �SECS EN205 Tech Rep Wrtg or EN210 Res Pap Proc SO, PV or PS Electives Electives 3 3 3 3 3 FS205 FP Systems FS211 Tactics & Strategy FS321 Industrial FP CJ341 Fire & Arson Recreational Activities Electives 3 3 3 3 1 3 16 15 MINOR COURSES OF STUDY CORRECTIONS MINOR Total Credits Required: 21 Total Credits Required: 21 Required Courses: CJ110 Intro to Corr CJ220 Inst Corrections CJ240 Comm Based Corrections CJ319 Substantive Law Minimum of 9 hours from: (At least one must be 300-400) CJ 101 Intro to Crim Just CJ106 Juvenile Justice a 130 Client Relations 0140 Client Grth/Dev 0250 Correctional Law 0343 Investigation 0402 Internship 0409 Procedural Law 3 3 3 3 Required Courses: FS101 Introduc. to Fire Science FS111 Hazardous Materials FS204 FP Hydraulics & Systems FS205 FP Systems & Equipment Required Courses: CJ101 Intro to Crim Just CJ102 Police Process 3 3 Minimum of 15 hours from: 3 3 3 3 3 3 3-9 3 CJ202 0206 0313 0319 0321 0343 CJ344 CJ406 0409 Canadian Criminal Law LE/LC Internship Crisis Intervention Substantive Law Ethics Investigation Criminalistics Adv Canadian Juris Procedural Criminal Law 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 LOSS CONTROL MINOR FIRE SCIENCE MINOR Total Credits Required: LAW ENFORCEMENT MINOR 21 3 3 3 3 Minimum of 9 hours from: FS211 Tactics and Strategy 3 FS301 Code Enf & Admin 3 FS321 Industrial Fire Prot 3 CJ341 Fire/Arson Invest 3 FS420 Fireground Management 3 TC101 Construction I 3 TCI02 Construction II 3 Total Credits Required: 21 Required Courses: 0212 Loss Control 0306 Security Systems 3 3 Minimum of 6 hours from: 0202 Canadian Criminal Law CJ319 Substantive Law 0406 Adv Canadian Juris 0409 Procedural Law 3 3 3 3 Minimum of 9 hours from: MN370 Prin of Management DP264 Intro to Data Proc MN451 Labor Law MK285 Retail Management 4 3 4 3 SOCIAL SCIENCES - CRIMINAL JUSTICE 194 �RECREATION STUDIES FACULTY: Coordinator, Assoc. Prof. Sally Childs; Assist. Prof. Debra McPherson; Instructors Thomas Borrelli, David Cotner, Lee Gardiner, Stephen Yanni. BACHELOR OF SCIENCE EXERCISE SCIENCE THE EXERCISE SCIENCE major concentrates on developing an understanding of the physiological and psychological consequences of exercise in various populations, and applying this knowledge to fitness, clinical and research settings. The need for exercise science professionals is growing in each of these areas as exercise continues to occupy a prominent role in enhancing the quality of life and maintaining health; and, gains prominence in the treatment and prevention of lifestyle diseases such as cardiovascular disease, hypertension, obesity, and diabetes. Employment opportunities for exercise science professionals are becoming more varied and requiring increased levels of expertise and technical skills. This major is designed to prepare students to meet these professional challenges through a skill- development approach in the critical areas of exercise testing and exercise prescription. The required 124 graduation credits emphasize course work in physiology, pathophysiology, sport medicine, laboratory procedures, research. methods, exercise psychology and computer applications. Exercise Science (30 credits) ES141 Intro to Movement ES242 Sports Medicine ES295 Practicum ES342 Exercise Physiology ES344 Kinesiology ES348 Lab Proc in Exer Sci ES390 Rec Leader Apprentice ES440 Exercise Physiology Sem ES444 Exercise Prescription ES492 Internship ES496 Selected Research Topics 3 3 2 3 3 3 2 2 1 6 2 Cognate Requirements (35 credits) BL121 Anatomy and Physiology I 3 BL122 Anatomy and Physiology II4 CHI04 Life Chemistry I 3 4 CHI05 Life Chemistry II CS100 Intro to Microcomputers 3 2 HE208 Nutrition HM480 Grantwriting MA207 Princ of Stat Methods PY101 Intro to Psychology PY203 Couns Theory & Process PY240 Behavior Management 3 3 4 3 3 Departmental Electives (18 credits) 3 ESI40 Health and Fitness ES244 Techniques of Athletic Tr 2 ES248 Psy of Sports and Athl 3 2 ES295 Practicum ES390 Rec Leader Apprenticeship 1 ES442 ECG in Exer Sci 2 ES481 Professional Dev Seminar 1 RA211 Water Saf & Lfgrd Instr 2 RC101 Intro, to Rec. & Leis. Ser. 3 RC105 Prog Development Leadership Recreation Leisure Services 3 RC212 Instructional Methods in Adapted Aquatics 1 SOCIAL SCIENCES - RECREATION STUDIES • 195 �RC230 RC320 for RC370 RC482 Prin & Prac in Thera Rec Dance & Rhythmic Act Recreation Rec. for the Elderly Admin of Rec Leis Serv Cognate Electives (9 credits) BL330 Animal Physiology BL423 Immunology HE 190 Prehospital Emrg Care & Crisis Intervention I 3 3 3 3 4 4 3 HE209 HE232 PH221 PY265 PY459 S0341 3 Pharmacology Pathophysiology 3 4 Elmts. Phys. I Child & Adoles. Dev. 3 Physiological Psychology 3 Sociology of Addiction 3 Elective credits (approximately 12) and General Education requirements must be completed such that at least 124 semester credits have been earned FIRST YEAR: BACHELOR OF SCIENCE, EXERCISE SCIENCE FALL EN110 Eng. Comp. ES/RC Elective General Electives RA Recreation Act 3 3 6 1 13 SPRING CHI04 Life Chemistry I CS100 Intro. Microcom. ES141 Intro, to Movement PY101 Intro, to Psych. RA Recreation Act 3 3 3 4 I 14 SECOND YEAR BL121 Ana! & Phys I CHI05 Life Chemistry D ES242 Sports Medicine Humanities PY203 Couns. Theory Pr. 3 4 3 4 3 17 BL122 AnaL & Phys. H 4 EN210 Research Paper Process 3 ES295 Practicum 3 General Electives 4 Humanities PY240 Beh. Management _3 18 THIRD YEAR ES342 Exer Phys ES344 Kinesiology ES/RC Elective MA207 Statistics SD101 Fund Speech 3 3 3 3 3 ES348 Lab & Meas in ES ES390 Rec Ldr Apprenticeship ES/RC Elective General Electives HE208 Nutrition 15 FOURTH YEAR Cognate Elective ES390 Rec. Ldr. Apprentice ES440 Exer. Phys. Seminar ES444 Exer. Prescription ES496 Sel. Res. Topics ES/RC Elective HM480 Grantwriting 3 1 2 1 2 3 3 15 3 2 14 6 Cognate Elective ES295 Practicum ES/RC Elective Soc. Sci. Elective 1 4 2 13 Summer ES492 Internship 6 (following either 3rd or 4th year) SOCIAL SCIENCES - RECREATION STUDIES 3 1 5 196 �□ Athletic Training Concentration AN ATHLETIC TRAINER is a highly skilled professional who deals directly with injuries which occur to athletes. The athletic trainer works closely with physicians and other health care professionals in order to provide today’s athletes with the best medical care possible. Those who pursue a career in athletic training may seek employment on the high school, college, or professional sport levels. In addition, the athletic trainer may be employed in sports medicine and health fitness clinics, the number of which has greatly increased in the past decade. All the above mentioned positions usually require certification by the National Athletic Trainers’ Association. Students completing the concentration at Lake Superior State University will be more marketable in the field of exercise science and eligible for a variety of graduate programs in athletic training and sports medicine throughout the country. Any student wishing to achieve eligibility to sit for the National Athletic Trainers’ Association certification examination will receive individual guidance in that direction. Exercise Science (30 credits) ES141 Intro to Movement ES230 Orthopaedic Assessment ES242 Sports Medicine ES244 Techniques of AthI Training ES295 Practicum ES342 Exercise Physiology ES344 Kinesiology ES348 Lab Procedures in Exer Sci ES492 Internship ES496 Selected Research Topics 3 3 3 2 2 3 3 3 6 2 Cognate Requirements (34 credits) BL121 Anatomy and Physiology I BL122 Anatomy and Physiology 13 CHI04 Life Chemistry I CHI05 Life Chemistry II HE 190 Prehospital Emrg Care & Crisis Intervention I HE191 Prehospital Emrg Care & Crisis Intervention II HE208 Nutrition MA207 Prin of Statistical Methods PY101 Intro to Psychology PY203 Couns Theory and Process PY240 Behavior Management 2 2 3 4 3 3 Departmental Electives (18 credits) ES140 Health and Fitness 3 3 4 3 4 3 ES248 ES295 ES390 ES440 ES442 ES444 ES481 RA211 RC101 RCI05 RC212 RC230 RC370 RC482 Psy of Sports and AthI Practicum Rec Leader Apprenticeship Exercise Physiology Seminar ECG in Exer Sci Exercise Prescription Prof Dev Seminar Water Saf & Lifeguard Inst Intro to Rec & Leis Ser Prog Dev Ldsp Rec Leis Ser Instmc Meth in Adapted Aq Prin & Prac in TR Rec for the Elderly Admin of Rec Leis Ser Cognate Electives (9 credits) BA201 Professional Dev. EN305 Adv Tech Report Writing HE209 Pharmacology HE232 Pathophysiology PH221 Elements of Physics I PY459 Physiological Psychology 3 2 1 2 2 I 1 2 3 3 1 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 3 Elective credits (approximately 12) and General Education requirements must be completed such that at least 124 semester credits have been earned. SOCIAL SCIENCES - RECREATION STUDIES • 197 �FIRST YEAR: BACHELOR OF SCIENCE, EXERCISE SCIENCE/ATHLETIC TRAINING CONCENTRATION FALL EN110 Eng Composition General Electives HE 190 Emer Care & Cr In I RA Recreation Act 3 6 3 1 13 SPRING CHI04 Life Chemistry I ES140 Health and Fitness* ES141 Intro to Movement HE191 Emer Care & Cr In II PY101 Intro to Psychology 3 3 3 2 _4 15 SECOND YEAR BL121 Anat & Phys I CHI05 Life Chemistry II 3 4 4 BL122 Anat & Phys II ES230 Orthopaedic Assessment 3 2 4 Humanities EN210 Research Paper Process _3 3 ES242 Sports Medicine ES244 Tech of Ath Training Humanities 14 4 16 THIRD YEAR ES342 Exer Phys ES/RC Electives ES295 Practicum* MA207 Statistics PY203 Couns Theory/Pract SD101 Fund of Speech 3 3 2 3 3 3 PY240 Behavior Management ES344 Kinesiology ES348 Lab. Proced. in ES General Electives HE208 Nutrition RA Recreation Act 1 6 FOURTH YEAR Cognate Elective ES390 Rec Ldr Apprentice* ES496 Sel Res Topics ES/RC Elective General Elective 3 3 3 2 15 17 Summer ES492 Internship (following 3rd year) 3 3 1 2 6 Cognate Elective ES295 Practicum ES/RC Elective Soc. Sci. Elective 3 6 2 3 2 13 15 ‘suggested electives BACHELOR OF ARTS/SCIENCE RECREATION MANAGEMENT THE RECREATION MANAGEMENT degree is a program of study designed to prepare those students seeking employment opportunities in the recreation/leisure field that demand sound management skills. Career SOCIAL SCIENCES - RECREATION STUDIES 198 �choices abound within commercial, resort, industrial, military, municipal, state, federal government, and voluntary recreation settings. The need for qualified leaders, supervisors, and directors that possess management and recreation skills is increasing. Career specialization can be achieved by selecting recreation electives that promote a concentration, enhancing a degree that has a built-in business minor. BACHELOR OF ARTS, RECREATION MANAGEMENT Department Requirements (22 credits) ES140 Health and Fitness 3 RA Recreation Activity 11 RA Recreation Activity 11 RC101 Intro to Recreation 3 RC105 Program Development Leadership f RC«H SLovSen,™ 11 RC482 Admin of Rec and Leis Serv RC492 Internship 3 6 Business Requirements (31 credits) AC 132 Principles of Accounting I 4 AC133 Principles of Accounting II 4 BA231 Business Communications 3 BA254 Business Law I 3 DP264 Intro to Data Processing 31 EC201 Principles of Macroeconomics 3 EC202 Principles of Microeconomics 3 MK281 Marketing Prin & Strategy 4 MN370 Management Principles & Human 4 Resource Concepts Cognate Requirements (13 credits) BA Requirements - Foreign Language 8 BL105 Functions of the Human Body 4 I HE181 First Aid Department Electives (19 credits) ES141 Intro to Movement ES242 Sports Medicine ES244 Tech of Athletic Training g P7 °f & lew ES348 LabFroc& Mcas in ES 3 3 2 3 3 3 3 ^ * 1 3 HM480 Grantwriting 1 RC212 Ins Mds Adapted Aquatics RC220 Methods in Arts & Crafts 3 3 RC230 Prin & Pract in TR 3 RC262 Outdoor Recreation I RC295 Practicum RC320 Dance Rym Act for Rec 3 3 RC330 Disabilities Ser by TR 3 RC335 Rec Pursuits of Disabled RC362 Land Mgmt for Rec Purposes 3 RC365 Expedition Management 3 RC370 Recreation for the Elderly 3 1 RC390 Rec Ldr Apprenticeship 3 RC435 Problems & Issues in TR 1 RC496 Sen Res Topics Elective credits (approximately 14) and General Education requirements must be completed such that at least 124 semester credits have been earned. FIRST YEAR: BACHELOR OF ARTS, RECREATION MANAGEMENT SPRING FALL BL105 Func of Hmn Bdy 4 EN110 Eng Composition I 3 DP264 Intro Data Proc 3 ESI40 Health and Fitness 3 1 HE181 First Aid 4 NS Nat Sci Elective RA Recreation Activity 1 RC101 Intro Rec & Leis 3 RC105 Prog Dev & Leadership PY/SO Psy/Soc Elective 2 in Recreation 3 RA Recreation Activity J. SD101 Fund, of Speech _3 16 15 SECOND YEAR AC 132 Accounting I BA Req - Foreign Lang EN210 Res Paper Process Humanities HU RC295 Rec Practicum 4 4 3 4 I 16 AC 133 Prin Accounting II 4 BA Req - Foreign Lang 4 3 Department Elective 4 HU Humanities RA Recreational Activity _1 16 SOCIAL SCIENCES - RECREATION STUDIES 199 �THIRD YEAR BA254 Business Law I Department Elective EC201 Prin Macroecon General Electives RA Elective 3 4 3 4 1 BA231 Bus Comm Department Electives EC202 Microeconomics RC492 Internship 3 4 3 6 16 15 FOURTH YEAR Department Electives General Electives MN370 Management Prin RC481 Prof Dev Seminar RC482 Admin Recreation Leisure Services 4 3 4 1 Department Electives General Electives MK281 Prin Marketing 4 7 _4 15 3 15 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE, RECREATION MANAGEMENT Business Requirements (31 credits) AC 132 Principles of Accounting I 4 AC133 Principles of Accounting II4 BA231 Business Communications 3 BA254 Business Law I 3 DP264 Intro to Data Processing 3 EC201 Prin of Macroeconomics 3 EC202 Prin of Microeconomics 3 MK281 Mktg Prin & Strategy 4 MN370 Management Principles & Human Resource Concepts 4 Department (19 credits) ES141 Intro, to Movement ES242 Sports Medicine ES244 Tech, of Athletic Training ES248 Psy. of Sport & Athletics ES342 Exercise Physiology ES344 Kinesiology ES348 Lab. Proc. & Meas. in ES ES442 Electrocardiography in ES ES444 Exercise Prescription HM480 Grantwriting RC212 Ins.Mds.Adapted Aquatics RC220 Methods in Arts & Crafts RC230 Prin. & Pract. in TR RC262 Outdoor Recreation RC295 Practicum RC320 Dance Rym. Act. for Rec. RC330 Disabilities Ser. by TR RC335 Rec. Pursuits of Disabled RC362 Land Mgmt for Rec Purp RC365 Expedition Management RC370 Recreation for the Elderly RC390 Rec. Ldr. Apprenticeship RC435 Problems & Issues in TR RC496 Sel Res. Topics Cognate Requirements (5 credits) BL105 Func of Human Body HE181 First Aid and Elective credits (approximately 14) General Education requirements must be completed such that at least 124 semester credits have been earned. Department Requirements (22 credits) ES140 Health and Fitness 3 RA Recreation Activity 1 RA Recreation Activity 1 RC101 Intro to Recreation 3 RC105 Program Dev Leadership Recreation Leisure Services 3 RC295 Practicum 1 RC481 Professional Deve Seminar 1 RC482 Admin Rec & Leis Serv 3 RC492 Internship 6 4 1 3 3 2 3 3 3 3 2 1 3 1 3 3 3 1 3 3 3 3 3 3 1 3 1 FIRST YEAR: BACHELOR OF SCIENCE, RECREATION MANAGEMENT FALL EN110 Eng Comp. I ESI40 Health and Fitness NS Nat Sci Elective RC101 Intro Rec/Lsr Serv SO Soc Sci Elective 3 3 4 3 3 16 SPRING BL105 Func Human Body HE181 First Aid PY Psych Elective RA Recreation Activity RC105 Program Dev & Leadership in Rec SD101 Fund of Speech SOCIAL SCIENCES - RECREATION STUDIES 200 4 1 3 1 3 3 15 �SECOND YEAR AC 132 Prin of Acctg I DP264 Intro Data Proc EN210 Res Paper Proc HU Humanities RA Recreation Activity RC295 Practicum 4 3 3 4 1 1 16 AC 133 Prin. Accounting II 4 3 BA231 Bus Comm HU Humanities 4 RA Recreation Activity 1 SO/NS Soc/Nat Sci Elect _2 14 THIRD YEAR BA254 Business Law I Department Elective EC201 Prin Macroecon General Electives RA Recreation Activity 3 6 3 3 1 16 EC202 Prin Microecon Department Electives MK281 Mktg Prin Strat RC492 Internship 3 3 4 6 16 FOURTH YEAR Department Electives 3 5 General Electives MN370 Mgmt Principles 4 RC481 Prof Dev Seminar 1 RC482 Admin Recreation Leisure Services 3 Department Electives 7 6 General Electives PY/SO Psy/Soc Sci Elect _2 15 16 □ Parks and Recreation Management Concentration This is an in-house 2 + 2 degree. At the end of four years of study, the student will have earned an associate degree in Natural Resources Technology and a baccalaureate degree in Recreation Management with a Parks and Recreation emphasis. Students who complete this degree will have acquired skills specific to land management and resource development. This person would be wellqualified to pursue a wide variety of career options which include, but are not limited to, working with agencies such as the Department of Natural Resources or the National Park Service, working with municipal parks and recreation, or working in outdoor education. Recreation Requirements (25 credits) 3 RC101 Intro to Recreation RC105 Program Dev & Leadership Recreation Leisure Services 3 3 RC262 Outdoor Recreation RC362 Land Mgmt for Rec Purp 3 RC365 Expedition Management 3 1 RC481 Professional Dev Sem RC482 Admin Rec & Leis Serv RC492 Internship 3 6 Natural Resources Technology (21 credits) RT101 Intro to Natural Resources 3 RT102 Meth in Nat Resources 1 2 RT206 Wildlife Mgmt Tech RT207 Bio & Mgmt of Fishes 3 SOCIAL SCIENCES - RECREATION STUDIES 201 �4 RT275 Soil Management RT284 Principles of Forestry 4 RT286 Limnological Techniques 4 Cognate Requirements (43 credits) AC 132 Principles of Acctg I BL130 Remote Sensing BL239 Wildlife Bio & Mgmt CHIOS Applied Chemistry CS100 Intro to Microcomputers DP264 Intro to Data Proc HE181 First Aid ID300 Man and His Env 4 3 2 4 3 3 1 3 MA109 Trigonometry & Vectors MN370 Management Principles & Human Resource Cone PS 130 State and Local Govt PYI01 Intro to Psychology TCI03 Surveying TCI04 Industrial Safety & Small Engines Mechanics 2 4 4 4 3 3 Elective credits (approximately 9) and General Education requirements must be completed such that at least 126 semester credits have been earned. FIRST YEAR: PARKS AND RECREATION MANAGEMENT CONCENTRATION FALL CS100 Intro to Microcomp EN110 Eng Comp I MA109 Trig and Vectors RA Recreation Activity RC101 Intro to Rec & Leis RT101 Intro to Nat Res RT102 Meth in Nat Res 3 3 2 1 3 3 ' 1 16 SPRING BL130 Remote Sensing 3 CHI08 Applied Chemistry 4 HE181 First Aid 1 RA Recreation Activity 1 SD101 Fund of Speech 3 TC104 Indus Sfty/Sml Eng J. 15 SECOND YEAR RT207 RT275 RT284 RT286 Bio/Mgmt Fishes 3 Soil Management 4 Prin Forestry 4 Limnological Tech _4 15 BL239 Bio/Wildlife Mgmt EN205 Tech Rep Writing ID300 Man & His Env RC105 Program Dev & Leadership in Rec RT206 Wldlf Mgmt Tech TC103 Surveying 2 3 3 3 2 3 16 THIRD YEAR AC 132 Prin of Acctg I HU Humanities PS 130 St/Lcl Govt PY101 Intro to Psych 4 4 4 4 16 DP264 Intro to Data Proc General Electives HU Humanities MN370 Mgmt Principles & Human Resource Cone RC262 Outdoor Rec 3 2 4 4 3 16 Summer RC492 Internship 6 FOURTH YEAR Electives RC362 Lnd Mgmt for Rec RC482 Admin of Rec RC481 Prof Dev Seminar Gen Elective 4 3 3 1 B. S. Requirements General Electives Soc Sci Requirements RC365 Expedition Mgmt 2 13 SOCIAL SCIENCES - RECREATION STUDIES 202 7 1 2 _3 13 �BACHELOR OF SCIENCE THERAPEUTIC RECREATION With the advancement of the humanistic and holistic philosophy of health care, the development of Therapeutic Recreation as a profession has been tremendous. Through the use of recreational activities as a modality, the Therapeutic Recreation Specialist improves the physical, social, mental and emotional functioning of individuals with a variety of limiting conditions. Canadian and American students graduating with a bachelor of science in Therapeutic Recreation have been very successful in finding employment in a variety of settings, such as hospitals, homes for the aged, special recreation associations, prisons, municipal recreation programs and agencies providing services for the physically challenged. Recreation Studies (42 credits) ESI40 Health and Fitness 3 ES342 Exercise Physiology 3 RC101 Intro to Recreation 3 RC105 Program Dev & Leadership Recreation Leisure Serv 3 RC220 Meth in Arts & Crafts 3 RC230 Prin & Pract in Ther Rec 3 RC262 Outdoor Recreation 3 RC320 Dance & Rhythmic Activities for Recreation 3 RC330 Disabilities Serviced by Therapeutic Rec 3 RC335 Rec Pursuits of Disabled 3 RC336 Fieldwork in Thera Rec 1 RC390 Rec Leader Apprentice 1 RC435 Prob & Issues Thera Rec 3 1 RC481 Professional Dev Sem RC492 Internship 6 Cognate Requirements (33 credits) AC 132 Principles of Acctg I BL105 Func of the Human Body BL121 Human Anat/Phys I BL122 Human Anat/Phys II CHI04 Life Chemistry I CS100 Intro to Microcomp HM480 Grantwriting 4 4 3 4 3 3 3 3 3 3 PY203 Couns Thry/Pract PY204 Couns/Crisis Inter Strgy PY210 Statistics Cognate Electives (9 credits) HE 190 Prehospital Emrg Care & Crisis Intervention HE209 Pharmacology PY259 Abnormal Psychology PY265 Child/Adol Dev PY391 Family Therapy S0327 Soc of Aging/Aged S0341 Soc of Addiction 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Departmental Electives (12 credits) ES141 Intro to Movement RC212 Ins Mds Adapted Aqua RC295 Practicum RC365 Expedition Management RC370 Rec for the Elderly RC482 Admin Rec & Leis Serv RC496 Selected Research Topics 3 1 2 3 3 3 1 Elective credits (approximately 9 credits) and General Education requirements must be completed such that at least 124 semester credits have been earned. FIRST YEAR: BX, THERAPEUTIC RECREATION FALL BL105 Func. Human Body EN110 Eng Composition I RC101 Intro Rec/Leis Serv Free Elective 4 3 3 3 13 SPRING CHI04 Life Chemistry I CS100 Intro to Microcomp ES140 Health & Fitness RA Recreation Activities RC105 Prog Dev/Ldr Rec SD101 Fund. Speech SOCIAL SCIENCES - RECREATION STUDIES • 203 3 3 3 1 3 3 16 �SOCIAL SCIENCES HUMAN SERVICES BACHELOR OF SCIENCE HUMAN SERVICES The Human Services major allows students to combine practical skills with an academic preparation in psychology or sociology. Students complete 3 minors. One of the three must be the coordinating minor (psychology or sociology). The two skill minors should be selected from the list below. All skill minors require a practicum or internship. A total of 11 credits of practicum must be completed between the two skill minors. No more than 16 practicum credits may be counted for the degree. The acceptable skill minors are: 1. Child Development 2. Corrections 3. Counseling 4. Human Services Admin 5. Industrial Relations 6. Law Enforcement 7. Legal Assistant Studies 8. Native Amer Studies 9. Recreation Studies 10. Subst Abuse Counseling Students should consult the descriptions of the skill minors for detailed information, Transfer students who have completed the equivalent of a skill minor at another college or university may request a waiver of one skill minor. All B.S. in Human Services students must be good role models for their skill areas. Students need 24 credits of 300-400 level courses across their 3 minors, and all students must complete a capstone course from the following list. CJ401 - Senior Seminar HM480 - Grantwriting LA450 - Adv Legal Writing & Interviewing Seminar PY498 - Senior Research I SO401 - Research Seminar I SOCIAL SCIENCES - SOCIAL SCIENCES • 206 �LEGAL ASSISTANT TO TRAIN QUALIFIED legal assistants capable of working in a variety of areas of the law; program requirements based upon guidelines of American Bar Association and National Association of Legal Assistants. LEGAL ASSISTANTS, or paralegals, are paraprofessionals who work under the supervision of attorneys. Among other tasks, they do legal research, draft legal pleadings and documents, assistant attorneys during legal proceedings, and manage activities of law offices. Legal assistants work for private law firms, banks, real estate offices, corporations, insurance companies, accounting firms, judges, government agencies, and others. PROGRAMS INCLUDE: Legal Assistant Studies Baccalaureate Degree with emphasis in: legal administration, criminal law, personal injury, labor law or legislative/constitutional law, or a selected minor as approved by the Legal Assistant Studies Coordinator; a Two-Year Associate Degree in the Legal Assistant Studies; or a minor in a four-year baccalaureate program. BACHELOR OF SCIENCE LEGAL ASSISTANT STUDIES FOR THIS DEGREE students must complete the coursf below, plus electives to total 125-128 credits. Students may elect « specialty area as lasted below or a minor as approved by the Legal Assistant Studies Coordinator. Required Major Course (45 credits) 3 LA 102 Lgl Res/Case Anal LA202 Lgl Wrtg/Anal 3 LA 150 Lgl Asst Prof/Eth Cons 3 4 LA 125 Cvl Lit & Proc LA 140 Prsnl Inj Lit/Inv Tech 3 LA250 Law Off Mgmt, Sys/Tech 3 3 LA320 Real Estate Law 2 LA321 Family Law 3 LA322 Probate Law & Proc LA401 Evidence & Trial Pract 3 LA450 Advance Legal Writing & 3 Interviewing Seminar 3 LA Elective’* BA254, 255 Bus Law I & II 6 CJ319 Substantive Crim Law 3 General Education (35 credits) EN110 Fresh Composition EN210 Research Paper Process SD101 Fundamentals of Speech Natural Science Humanities Social Sciences Recreational Activities PS 110 Intro to Amer Government and Politics or PS467 Const Law & Cvl Lib Cognates - Required: (16-18 credits) OA119 Acctg Procedures’ LA299 Lgl Assistant Intern & Prof Dev Seminar CJ409 Proc Criminal Law SOCIAL SCIENCES - SOCIAL SCIENCES • 207 3 3 3 8 8 8 2 4 4 4 6-8 3 �Electives: Word Proc Comp Science DP225 Word Proc Techniques DP230 Word Proc Appl CS100 Intro Micro Appl 3 3 3 3 'Note: ACI32 may be substituted for OA1I9 when one is specializing in Legal Administration) "Note: All Specialties: LA300 Seminar in Legal Assistant Studies may apply to certain specialties and can be employed this way with approval of Legal Assistant Coordinator. In the alternative, these special topics may be utilized toward the required Legal Assistant Elective. SPECIALTY/MINOR REQUIRED (20 credits) A student shall obtain a minimum of twenty (20) credits in any one of the Specialty following specialties, courses should be selected in consultation with your Legal Assistant Studies Coordinator. As an alternative, a student may choose a minor of study that must be approved by the Legal Assistant Studies Coordinator. SPECIALTY LIST** NOTE: At least nine (9) credit hours shall be at the 300-400 level. CRIMINAL LAW SPECIALTY: CJ101 CJ106 CJ250 CJ343 CJ344 SO 101 S0226 S0214 S0338 PY101 PY259 Intro to Crim Justice Juvenile Justice Correctional Law Investigation Criminalistics Intro to Sociology Races and Minorities Criminology Deviance Intro to Psychology Abnormal Psychology 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 3 LABOR LAW SPECIALTY: EC201 Prin of Macroeconomics or EC202 Prin of Microeconomics EC403 Priv Entrprs/Public Pol LA406 Wrkrs Disablty Comp Law MN370 Mgmt Prin & HR Cone MN451 Labor Law MN464 Org Behavior in Bus MN469 Collective Bargaining S0313 Work and Organization PY228 Organizational Behavior PY383 Industrial Psychology 3 3 2 4 4 4 3 3 3 3 LEGAL ADMIN. SPECIALTY AC 132, 133 Prin of Acctg I/II AC232, 233 Inter Acctg I/II AC332 Cost Accounting I AC334 Acctg Info Systems AC421, 422 Fed Tax Acctg I/II DP264 Intro to Data Proc FN341 Managerial Finance FN443 Insurance MN370 Mgmt Prin & HR Cone MN461 Management Simulation 8 8 4 3 6 3 4 4 4 3 MN464 Org Beh in Bus MK281 Mktg Prin/Strategy MK287 Adv Theory in Pract BA226 Records Management SD320 Public Relations PY228 Organizational Behavior EC302 Managerial Economics 4 4 3 3 4 3 4 LEGISLATIVE/CONSTITU­ TIONAL LAW SPECIALTY: EC201 Prin of Macroeconomics or EC202 Prin of Microeconomics EC305 Public Finance HS131,132 U.S. History I & II LA305 Tribal Law and Gov PS 130 Intro State/Lcl Gov PS201 Intro to Public Admin PS301 Policy Anal/Eval PS364 Politcal Parties, Interest Groups & Public Opinion PS367 Congress & the Pres PS401 Prin of Pub Admin 3 3 8 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 PERSONAL INJURY SPECIALTY: HE209 Pharmacology"’ BL105 Func of Human Body BL121.122 Hmn Anat/Phys I/II CH104,105 Life Chemistry I/II FN443 Insurance LA405 No-Fault Automobile Law LA406 Wrkrs Dis Comp Law PY101 Intro to Psychology PY217 Social Psychology PY357 Personality Theory PY385 Health Psychology TC101,102 Construction I & II SOCIAL SCIENCES - SOCIAL SCIENCES • 208 3 4 7 7 4 3 2 4 3 3 3 6 �Electives (9-10 credits) Electives are to be chosen consultation with advisor. ‘Note: in The Legal Assistant B.S. Degree requires 8 credits in Social Science, Natural Science or Mathematics beyond those for General Education. These requirements may be fulfilled in part or in total through the Specialty selection or the minor. Students should consult with their Advisors. ftNote: All Specialties: LA300 Seminar in Legal Assistant Studies may apply to certain specialties and can be employed this way with approval of Legal Assistant Coordinator. In the alternative, these special topics may be utilized toward the required Legal Assistant Elective. “‘Prerequisites: BL122 or BL105 and CHI05 POLITICAL SCIENCE Political Science is the systematic study of government and politics. Since government and politics are found at many levels— international, national, state, and local-and all over the world, political science has many facets. All of these facets receive attention in the political science program at Lake Superior State University. The goal of the curriculum is to prepare students interested in government and politics for rewarding careers and lifetimes of learning and involvement. To best achieve this goal, three distinct concentrations or tracks are available for students of political science: 1. general political science 2 pre-law, 3. public administration. Each concentration has beedesigned to provide a combination knowledge and skills that is uniqm appropriate for those with particu I career goals. However, choosir one concentration over the otheri does not limit a student to one particular career path-each of the concentrations provides a solid grounding in political science. BACHELOR OF ARTS/SCIENCE POLITICAL SCIENCE - GENERAL The general political science concentration is designed to provide a broad education in political science. It is most appropriate for students who plan to attend graduate school in political science and for those with an interest in government and politics who wish to get a broad, liberal education as preparation for a career in business, government, or journalism. Students who continue their education in graduate school most often pursue careers SOCIAL SCIENCES - SOCIAL SCIENCES - 209 �as professors, researchers, consultants, or government officials. Students who do not pursue graduate study choose from a wide variety of career options in business, government, and journalism. Political Science Courses (36 credits) PS110 Intro to Amer Gov & Pol PS491-492 Senior Seminar 4 6 EC201 Prin of Macroeconomics 3 EN220 Advanced Composition 3 or EN221 Creative Writing HS sequence’ 8 PL204 Intro to Philosophy or 3 PL205 Logic SD302 Persuasion & Argu 3-4 or SD320 Public Relations SO201 Social Research and Stats 4 A minimum of one course in each of following areas, and two courses in one 16-20 of the areas: American Politics (PS325, 364, 367, 467) Comparative Politics (PS 160, 331, 334) International Relations (PS241, 411,412) Political Philosophy (PS351, 352) ‘One full-year history sequence (HS 101-102 or HS 131-132 is recommended) Additional political science electives to reach 6-10 36 credits Bachelor of Arts/Bachelor Cognates (Choose One) NOTE: A minimum of 21 credits must be at the 300/400 level. Of these, at least 9 must be at the 400 level.) Bachelor of Arts Cognates: One year of a foreign language General Political Science Cognates (27-28 credits) CS100 Intro Microcomputer App or DP264 Intro Data Processing 3 of Science 8-9 8 Bachelor of Science Cognates: A minimum of 9 credits from the following: EC202 Prin of Microeconomics 3 4 PY101 Intro to Psychology 3 SO 101 Intro to Sociology S0213 Intro to Anthropology 3 FIRST YEAR: POLITICAL SCIENCE - GENERAL FALL EN110 Freshman Comp.* PS110 Intro. Amer. Govt. HS History Seq. Elect. Nat. Sci. Elect. SA100 How to Succ Colg 3 4 4 3 SPRING SD101 Fund, of Speech Pol. Sci. Elective Hist. Seq. Elective Nat. Sci. Elec. RA Elective 15 3 4 4 3 1 15 SECOND YEAR EN210 Res Pap Process* HU251 Humanities I Pol. Sci. Elect. CS100 Intro Micro Appl Elective 3 4 3 3 3 Nat. Sci. Elec. HU252 Humanities II Pol. Dist. Elec. SO201 Soc Res/Stats RA Elective 16 SOCIAL SCIENCES - SOCIAL SCIENCES -210 3 4 3 4 1 15 �THIRD YEAR Pol. Sci. Dist. Elec. 3 PL204 Intro, to Philosophy 3 EC201 Macroeconomics 3 BA/BS Cognate 4 Elective 3 16 Pol. Sci. Dist. Elec. Pol. Sci. Elec. EN220 Adv Composition SD302 Persuasion & Argu BA/BS Cognate 3 3 3 3 4 16 FOURTH YEAR PS491 Senior Seminar I Pol. Sci. Dist. Elec. Elective Elective Elective 3 4 3 3 3 PS492 Senior Seminar II Pol. Sci. Dist. Elec. Elective Elective Elective 16 3 4 3 3 3 16 ‘May be taken in Spring semester. BACHELOR OF ARTS/SCIENCE POLITICAL SCIENCE - PRE LAW The pre-law concentration provides students of political science interested in legal careers with a planned curriculum that prepares them especially well for law school and for careers in law. Students who choose this option are often interested in careers as attorneys, prosecutors, or judges. It should be noted that this is not a mandatory pre-law curriculum; it is a curriculum for pre-law students who have a special interest in government and politics. Noteworthy features of this concentration are a special course on the nature of legal careers and how to prepare for them; two courses in legal research and writing that provide students with a head start in using a law library and in conducting legal research; and a well-designed combination of support courses in logic, debate, writing, accounting, and research. A minimum of one course in each of the 10-12 following areas: Comparative Politics (PS 160, 331, 334) International Relations (PS241, 411,412) Political Philosophy (PS351, 352) Political Science Courses (36 credits) PS110 Intro to American Government & Politics PS 120 Intro to Legal Proc PS 130 Intro to St/Lcl Gov PS222 Intro to the Lgl Prof PS467 Const Law/Cvl Lib PS491-492 Senior Seminar Pre-Law Cognates (40 credits) CS100 Intro Microcomputer App or DP264 Intro Data Processing EN220 Advanced Composition or EN221 Creative Writing HS sequence' 4 3 4 2 4 6 NOTE: A minimum of 21 credits must be at 1-3 the 300/400 level Additional political science electives to reach 36 credits SOCIAL SCIENCES - SOCIAL SCIENCES -211 3 3 8 �LA 102 Lgl Res/Case Anal LA202 Lgl Wrtg & Anal OA119 Accounting Procedures or AC 132 Prin of Acctg I PL205 Logic SD302 Pers & Argu SO201 Social Res & Stats 3 3 CJ409 Proc Criminal Law BA254 Business Law I BA255 Business Law II 3 3 3 Bachelor of Arts Cognates One year of a foreign language 8 4 3 3 4 ’One full-year history sequence (HS 101-102 or HS 131-132 is recommended) Two law courses from the following: Any Legal Assistant (LA) courses CJ319 Subst Criminal Law 3 Bachelor of Science Cognates A minimum of 9 credits from the following: EC201 Prin of Macroeconomics 3 EC202 Prin of Microeconomics 3 4 PY101 Intro to Psychology 3 SOI01 Intro to Sociology S0213 Intro to Anthropology 3 FIRST YEAR: POLITICAL SCIENCE - PRE-LAW FALL EN110 Freshman Comp.* 3 PS 110 Intro Am Govt/Pol 4 4 Hist. Seq. Elec. Nat. Sci. Elec. 3 SA100 Succeed in College^ 15 SPRING SD101 Fund, of Speech PS 120 Intro to Lgl Proc History Seq. Elec. Nat. Sci. Elec. Elective 3 3 4 3 3 16 SECOND YEAR EN210 HU251 PS222 CS100 BA/BS Res. Paper Process* 3 4 Humanities I Intro, to Legal Prof. 2 Intro Micro Appl 3 4 Cognate 16 HU252 Humanities II PS 130 Intro St/Lcl Govt SO201 Soc Res & Stats RA Elective BA/BS Cognate THIRD YEAR Pol. Sci. Dist. Elec. PL205 Logic EN220 Adv Composition OA119 Acctg Proc Nat. Sci. Elec. 3 3 3 4 3 Pol. Sci. Dist. Elec. Pol. Sci. Elec. SD302 Pers & Argu Law Elective Elective 16 4 4 4 1 4 17 3 3 3 3 3 15 FOURTH YEAR PS491 Senior Seminar I LA 102 Lgl Res/Case Anal PS467 Const Law/Cvl Lib Law Elective Elective 3 3 4 3 3 PS492 Senior Seminar II LA202 Lgl Wrtg & Anal Pol. Sci. Dist. Elec. Elective RA Elective 16 ‘May be taken in Spring Semester. SOCIAL SCIENCES - SOCIAL SCIENCES -212 3 3 4 3 1 14 �BACHELOR OF SCIENCE POLITICAL SCIENCE - PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION The public administration concentration is most appropriate for students who plan to work in an administrative capacity in public agencies or nonprofit organizations with public missions. Students who choose this option are preparing for careers of public service. Such careers may be pursued through positions in government agencies at the local, state or provincial, and national levels. Other positions may be found in nonprofit organizations involved in public concerns, such as Common Cause, the Environmental Defense Fund, and the Michigan Health Council. Some of these careers of public service may be pursued with only a bachelor’s degree. Others may require completion of a master’s degree in public administration or a related field. Senior public administration students will complete an internship as part of their education. Internships allow students to apply the knowledge they have gained in the classroom in an on-the-job setting. They are also valuable for creating a record of experience that will impress prospective employers and help the student become established in a career. Internships, which are arranged with the assistance of an advisor, are available with local, state or provincial, and federal agencies. Political Science Courses (37 credits) PS110 Intro Amer Gov & Pol PS 130 Intro to St/Locl Gov PS201 Intro to Public Admin PS301 Policy Anal/Eval PS401 Prin of Pub Admin PS491-92 Senior Seminar PS499 Pol Sci/Pub Admin Intm 4 4 3 4 3 6 3 A minimum of one course in each of the 10-12 following areas: Comparative Politics (PS160, 331. 334) International Relations (PS241, 411, 412) Political Philosophy (PS351, 352) Public Administration Cognates (34 credits) CS100 Intro Micro App 3 or DP264 Intro Data Proc EC201 Prin of Macroeconomics 3 3 EC305 Public Finance 8 HS Sequence* MN370 Mgmt Prin & HR Cone 4 4 OA119 Acctg Proc PY228 Organizational Behavior 4 or S0313 Work and Organizations SD302 Persuasion & Argu 3-4 or SD320 Public Relations 4 SO201 Soc Res & Stats ’One full-year history seq (HS 131 -32 is recommended) SOCIAL SCIENCES - SOCIAL SCIENCES -213 �FIRST YEAR: BACHELOR OF SCIENCE, POLITICAL SCIENCE - PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION FALL EN110 Freshman Comp* PS 110 Intro Am Govt/Pol Hist. Sequence Elec. Nat. Sci. Elec. SA100 How to Succ Col 3 4 4 3 1 15 SPRING SD101 Fund of Speech PS 130 Intro St/Lcl Gov History Sequence Elec. Natural Science Elec. RA Elective 3 4 4 3 1 15 SECOND YEAR EN210 HU251 PS201 CS100 Elective Res Pap Proc* 3 Humanities I 4 Intro Public Admin 3 Intro Micro App 3 3 Natural Science Elec. HU252 Humanities II Pol. Sci. Dist. Elec. SO201 Soc Res & Stats RA Elective 16 3 4 4 4 1 16 THIRD YEAR Pol. Sci. Dist. Elec. 3 4 OA119 Acctg Proc EC201 Macroeconomics 3 PY228 Organizational Beh. 3 Elective 3 16 PS301 Plcy Anal/Eval SD320 Public Relations MN370 Mgmt Principles Elective Elective FOURTH YEAR PS491 Senior Seminar I PS401 Prin of Pub Admin EC305 Public Finance Elective Elective 3 3 3 3 3 PS492 Senior Sem II PS499 Pub Adm Intern Pol. Sci. Dist. Elec. Elective Elective 15 4 4 4 3 1 16 3 3 3 3 3 15 ‘May be taken in Spring Semester PRE-LAW A specialized pre-law curriculum is available for political science students interested in legal careers. However, no prescribed course of study can be recommended to all students who plan to Students entering law school choose attend law school. undergraduate majors from a wide variety of fields. As previously indicated, a pre-law concentration is offered in the political science curriculum and various law courses are offered as a part of the legal SOCIAL SCIENCES - SOCIAL SCIENCES • 214 �assistant studies program at Lake Superior State University. See appropriate political science and legal assistant studies program listings, which are part of the Social Sciences Department. Students interested in a legal career should consult with the pre-law advisor early and often during their undergraduate studies. The pre-law advisor is located in the Social Sciences Department, Pre-law planning based on consultation with the advisor will allow the student to make an informed choice of curriculum and of elective courses that will help with the development of the skills mentioned below. The pre-law advisor will also provide pre-law students with a variety of materials about admission to law school, the law school admission test, and careers in law. A student’s undergraduate grade point average and his or her score on the Law School Admission Test (LSAT) are the two most important criteria for admission to law school. Details on admission policies of law schools throughout the country, and the degree to which these schools may use other criteria in addition to grade point average and LSAT score, may be found in the Pre-Law Handbook. The Pre-Law Handbook is published by the Law School Admission Council/Law School Admission Services and is the official law school guide. This handbook may be examined by contacting the pre-law advisor, or may be purchased in many book stores. Although there is no prescribed major which must be taken for admission to law school, some curricula may be better than others in helping students develop skills necessary for admission to law school and for a successful legal career. A broad and challenging undergraduate curriculum is the best preparation for law school. The PreLaw Handbook stresses that a student’s undergraduate education should lead to the development of skills in three areas: (1) the ability to understand and express oneself well in words, (2) the development of a critical understanding of the human institutions and values with which the law deals, and (3) the development of creative power in thinking. A pre-law student should consider the need to develop these skills in selecting his or her curriculum. In addition, students should think about whether the curriculum they choose can provide an alternative to a career in law should they eventually choose not to pursue a legal career. PSYCHOLOGY BACHELOR OF ARTS/BACHELOR OF SCIENCES PSYCHOLOGY Psychology is the systematic study of behavior and mental processes in humans and animals. The major provides students with SOCIAL SCIENCES - SOCIAL SCIENCES -215 �exposure to the areas that define contemporary scientific psychology. The psychology major helps a student develop analytical thinking and communication skills which are applicable to a variety of careers. Many psychology majors pursue post baccalaureate degrees. Psychology electives enable students to construct a program of study consistent with their professional goals. The Bachelor of Science and Bachelor of Arts degrees differ only in the nature of the cognate; science classes or foreign language classes, respectively. Total Departmental Credits Required: 41 Required Psychology Credits (35 credits) PY101 Intro to Psychology PY210 Statistics PY212 Experimental Psychology PY311 Learning and Motivation PY357 Personality Theory PY396 Tests and Measurement PY456 Hstry & Sys of Psych PY457 Cognition PY459 Physiological Psychology PY498 Senior Research I PY499 Senior Research II 4 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 Elective Psychology Credits (6 credits) PY Elective - any level PY217 Soc Psych or PY259 Abnormal Psych or PY265 Chid & Adlscnt Dev 13 J Cognate Bachelor of Arts Degree 1 year of foreign language 8 3 Bachelor of Science Degree 8 credits from the following: biology and chemistry beyond those used to fulfill general education requirements; mathematics at the level of MAI 11 and above (except MA207) and CS or DP courses; PL204, PL205, HS235. General Education and Electives Students must complete all General Education requirements including BL105 or BL121. Students must take sufficient elective credits to total 124 semester credits. PSYCHOLOGY MINOR Students may select an approved minor (21 credits) or 21 credits in courses approved by their advisor. Nine credits must be at the 300-400 level. FIRST YEAR: BACHELOR OF ARTS, PSYCHOLOGY FALL EN110 Foreign PY 101 PY210 BL105 Fresh Comp* Language Intro to Psych Statistics Func Hmn Bdy 3 4 4 3 4 18 SPRING SD101 Fund, of Speech PY212 Exp Psych Foreign Language Physical Science MA Elec 100+ Level 3 3 4 4 SECOND YEAR EN210 Res Pap Proc* Minor Course PY311 Lmg & Motivation PY357 Personality Theory RA Elective Elective 3 3 3 3 1 3 16 SD101 Fund of Speech Minor Course PY396 Tests & Msrmts RA Elective Minor Course Elective SOCIAL SCIENCES - SOCIAL SCIENCES -216 3 3 3 1 3 3 16 �THIRD YEAR PY459 Phys Psych HU or elective Minor courses Elective 3 3-4 6 FOURTH YEAR PY498 Senior Research I 3 PY456 HS & Sys of Psych 3 3 Minor Course 3-5 Electives 12-14 PY457 Cognition HU or Elective Minor Courses Elective 3 3-4 6 PY499 Senior Research II 4 10 Electives 14 ‘May be taken Fall or Spring Semester FIRST YEAR: BACHELOR OF SCIENCE, PSYCHOLOGY FALL 3 EN110 Fresh Comp* 4 PY 101 Intro to Psych 3 PY210 Statistics BL105 Func Human Body 4 MA Elect. 100+ level 2-4 16-18 SECOND YEAR EN210 Res Pap Proc* Minor Course PY311 Lmg & Motivation PY357 Personality Theory Cognate Course RA Elective 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 3 3 3 1 6 16 16 3 4 6 1 PY457 Cognition HU Humanities Minor Courses Elective 3 4 6 1 16 16 3 3 PY499 Senior Research II 4 11 Electives 15 FOURTH YEAR PY498 Senior Research I PY456 Hs & Sys of Psych Minor Course Electives PY Designated Elective Minor Course PY396 Tests & Msrmts RA Elective Electives I THIRD YEAR PY459 Physlgcl Psych HU Humanities Minor Courses Elective SPRING SD101 Fund of Speech PY Elective PY212 Exp Psych Natural Science MA Elec. 100+ level 3 6 15 ‘May be taken Fall or Spring semester. SOCIAL SCIENCES - SOCIAL SCIENCES • 217 �SOCIAL SCIENCES BACHELOR OF ARTS/BACHELOR OF SCIENCE SOCIAL SCIENCES STUDENTS WHO ELECT either of these programs should become more effective citizens for tomorrow and develop skills useful in various employment areas, both public and private. These curricula allow a large number of electives and a great deal of flexibility for the mature student. THE PROGRAMS provide both depth and breadth in the social sciences (economics, geography, history, political science, psychology and sociology), as well as providing opportunities for specialization in areas of interest. CORE REQUIREMENTS (36-40 credits): A minimum of fullyear sequences in each of four social science disciplines, plus social science credits at the 100-200 level. ADVANCED COURSES (21 credits). Social science courses at the 300-400 level, with no more than 12 credits in any one discipline counted toward the major; METHODOLOGY COURSES (5-7 credits), two courses from SO 201, PY 210, PY 212, HS 496. BA/BS DIFFERENTIATION (24 to 42 hours): For a Bachelor of Arts degree, students are required to take 8 credits of a foreign language as well as an additional 12 approved credits from English, humanities, speech, journalism, or philosophy (beyond General Education requirements). For a Bachelor of Science degree, students must complete an approved natural or Students social science minor, should fulfill General Education requirements and sufficient elective courses to total 124 credits. Total Major Area Credits Required: 62 Major Area Requirements A. Introductory Sequences Students must select four full year introductory sequences from the following six areas: 6 credits Economics Geography 8 credits History 8 credits Political Science 8 credits Psychology 7 credits Sociology 6 credits SOCIAL SCIENCES - SOCIAL SCIENCES -218 27-31 �B. Lower Level Courses from the Six Areas of the Major Students must choose at least 9 credits from the 100-200 level in the six areas. 9 C. Upper Level Courses from the Six Areas of the Major Students must choose 21 credits from the 300-400 level offerings in the six areas. No more than 12 credits can be in any one discipline. 21 D. Methodology Courses Students choose 2 courses from SO201, PY210, PY212, HS496 5-7 Minor or Cognate: To earn a Bachelor of Arts degree, students must take 8 credits of a foreign language as well as an additional 12 approved credits from English, humanities, speech, journalism, or philosophy (beyond General Education requirements). For a Bachelor of Science degree, students will take an approved minor in natural science or social science (20 credits). General Education and Electives: Students must complete an approved minor in natural science or social science (20 credits) plus all the general education requirements and electives to total 124 semester credits. FIRST YEAR: BACHELOR OF ARTS, SOCIAL SCIENCES FALL EN110 Fresh Comp* Intro. Sequence I NS Elective Intro. Sequence II First Yr. For. Lang. 3 3-4 4 3-4 4 17-19 SPRING SD101 Fund, of Speech 3 3-4 Intro. Sequence I 4 NS Elective 3-4 Intro. Sequence II 4 First Year For. Lang. 17-19 SECOND YEAR EN210 Res Pap Proc* Intro. Sequence III RA Elective Intro. Sequence IV Elective 3 3-4 1 3-4 3 Social Sci. Electives Intro. Sequence III RA Elective Intro. Sequence IV Elective 13-15 THIRD YEAR Cognate/Minor HU Elective Methodology Course EN/HU/JR/SD Elective Elective 3 4 3 3 3 1 3-4 3 16-17 3 Cognate/Minor 4 HU Elective 3 Methodology Course Elective 3 en/hu/jr/sd 3-6 Elective 16-19 16 SOCIAL SCIENCES - SOCIAL 6 3-4 SCIENCES -219 �FOURTH YEAR Electives (if needed) EN/HU/JR/SD Electives Cognate/Minor 3 9 Electives (ifneeded) Social Sci. Electives Cognate/Minor Course 3-5 9 ‘May be taken Fall or Spring semester. FIRST YEAR: BACHELOR OF SCIENCE, SOCIAL SCIENCES FALL EN110 Freshman Comp* 3 3-4 Intro Sequence I 4 NS Elective 3-4 Intro. Sequence II Cognate/Minor 3-4 16-19 SPRING SD101 Fund, of Speech 3 3-4 Intro. Sequence I 4 NS Elective 3-4 Intro Sequence II 3-4 Cognate/Minor 16-19 SECOND YEAR EN210 Res Paper Proc’ 3 3-4 Intro. Sequence III RA Elective 1 Intro. Sequence IV 3-4 3 Elective 13-15 Soc Sci Electives Intro. Sequence III RA Elective Intro. Sequence IV Elective THIRD YEAR Cognate/Minor HU Elective Methodology Course Social Sci. Elective 3 4 3 3 16 Cognate/Minor HU Elective Methodology Course Social Sci. Elective Elective FOURTH YEAR Electives Of needed) Soc. Sci. Electives Cognate/Minor 3 9 3-4 Electives Of needed) Social Sci. Elective Cognate/Minor Course 6 3-4 1 3-4 3 16-18 3 4 3 3 3-5 9 15-16 ‘May be taken Fall or Spring semester. SOCIOLOGY Sociology is the scientific study of human social groups, from families to societies. In sociology we examine how variables such as the culture, laws, and customs of a society influence individuals SOCIAL SCIENCES - SOCIAL SCIENCES • 220 �within the society. Sociologists also investigate how individuals influence and change society. The knowledge acquired through the study of sociology is useful in a number of careers, including human services, law enforcement, corrections, business administration, and public administration, among others. For those students who plan a career in sociology, teaching or doing research, an undergraduate major in sociology provides a good background for graduate work in sociology. For the bachelor degree in Sociology, the student must complete the following requirements: A. SOCIOLOGY MAJOR (31 hours) The Sociology major consists of 19 credit hours of CORE courses and 12 credit hours in SUBSTANTIVE MAJOR AREAS. These are described below. 1. CORE (19 hours) The courses required for the major in sociology are: 3 SO 101 Introduction to Sociology 3 SO 102 Social Problems 4 SO201 Soc Research and Statistics SO301 Sociological Theory 3 3 50401 Sociology Res Sem I 50402 Sociology Res Sem II 3 2. SUBSTANTIVE MAJOR AREAS (12 hours) (The student completes a minimum of one course from each of the following four areas. At least six hours must be at the 300 or 400 level). a. Institutions: 3 SOI 13 Soc of the Amer Family 3 50213 Introduction to Anthropology 3 50214 Criminology 3 50313 Work and Organization 3 50314 Social Change b. Social Problems and Inequality: 50225 Native Cult of N. Amer 50226 Races and Minorities 50227 Population 50325 Social Stratification 50326 The Soc of Aged/Aging 50327 The Soc of Death/Dying S0321 The Sociology of Women 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 c. Social S0238 50338 50339 PY228 3 3 3 3 Psychology Social Psychology Deviance Culture and Personality Organizational Behavior SOCIAL SCIENCES - SOCIAL SCIENCES • 221 �d. Social Welfare S0341 Sociology of Addiction S0242 Sociology of Sex S0344 Social Welfare Systems 3 3 3 B. MINOR OR OTHER COGNATE (20 HOURS) Choose one of the following two alternatives. At least 6 credit hours must be at the 300 or 400 level. 1. A minor. Students may complete an approved minor. This minor could be in sociology, giving the student a double concentration which provides a solid background for graduate work in sociology. Otherwise, the minor may be any approved minor at the University. OR 2. An approved concentration. The student may develop an approved concentration in one or more disciplines in consultation with their advisor. C. GENERAL EDUCATION All Bachelor degree students must complete the General Education requirements described under that heading in this catalogue. D. BACHELOR OF SCIENCE AND BACHELOR OF ARTS REQUIRE­ MENTS The student selects one of the following alternatives. 1. Bachelor of Science The student must complete a minor in social sciences or a natural science (20 hours.). One minor can satisfy this requirement and that of the "minor or other cognate" given above. Students must complete sufficient elective credits to total 124 semester credit hours. OR 2. Bachelor of Arts The student must complete one year of a foreign language (8 hours) plus 12 approved credits from English, humanities, philosophy, speech, or journalism (beyond the General Education requirements). Students must take sufficient elective credits to total 124 semester credits. FIRST YEAR: BACHELOR OF ARTS, SOCIOLOGY FALL EN110 Fresh Comp* SO 101 Intro, to Sociology NS Elective RA Elective Cognate or Elective 3 3 3 1 3 SPRING SO 102 Social Problems NS Elective RA Elective SD101 Fund, of Speech Cognate or Elective 13 (Complete math proficiency, if necessary during first year) SOCIAL SCIENCES - SOCIAL SCIENCES • 222 3 3 1 3 3. 13 �SECOND YEAR EN210 Res Pap Process* OR EN215 Intro to Lit Res* Substantive Soc. Course Cognates or Electives HU Elective 3 3 SO210 Soc. Res./Stats. Substantive Soc. Course Cognate or Elective HU Elective 4 3 3 4 14 Substantive Soc. Course Cognates or Electives First Year Foreign Lang 3 9 _4 6 4 16 THIRD YEAR SO301 Theory Substantive Soc. Course Cognates or Electives First Year Foreign Lang 3 3 6 16 4 16 FOURTH YEAR SO401 Soc. Seminar I Cognates or Electives 3 14 17 SO402 Soc. Seminar II Cognates or Elective 3 _14 17 ‘May be taken Fall or Spring semester FIRST YEAR: BACHELOR OF SCIENCE, SOCIOLOGY FALL EN110 Freshman Comp* SO 101 Intro, to Sociology NS Elective RA Elective Cognate or Elective 3 3 3 1 3 14 SPRING SO 102 Social Problems NS Elective RA Elective SD101 Fund, of Speech Cognate or Elective 3 3 1 3 3 14 (Complete math proficiency, if necessary during first year) SECOND YEAR EN210 Res Pap Process* OR EN215 Intro to Lit Res* Substantive Soc. Course Cognates or Electives HU Elective 3 3 SO201 Soc. Res./Stats. Substantive Soc. Course Cognates or Electives HU Elective 4 3 5 4 16 6 4 16 THIRD YEAR SO301 Theory Substantive Soc. Course Cognates or Electives Electives 3 3 6 Substantive Soc. Course Cognates or Electives Elective 4 16 SOCIAL SCIENCES - SOCIAL SCIENCES • 223 3 9 4 16 �FOURTH YEAR SO401 Soc. Seminar I Cognates or Electives 3 14 17 SO402 Soc. Seminar II Cognates or Electives 3 14 17 ‘May be taken Fall or Spring Semester ASSOCIATE DEGREE EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION This two-year program leading to an associate degree is for those interested in working with young children-birth through age five. Students are expected to acquire an understanding of developmental patterns of the preschool child in such areas as: cognition, emotion, social interaction, and physical growth. This understanding will be a basis for working with groups of children and will culminate in a practicum. GRADUATES of this program normally seek positions with day care centers, day care homes, head start programs, residential homes and other facilities designed for the care and development of the preschool child. Graduates wishing to continue their education can matriculate into the four-year bachelor degree program in human services at the University or pursue a degree in elementary education or special education. A total of 62 credit hours is required as follows: Required EN110 Freshman Composition EN210 Research Paper Processes SD101 Fundamentals of Speech BL105 Func of the Human Body HE 104 Nut for Early Childhood HE 181 First Aid SOI 13 Soc of the Amer Family RA Electives ED101 Found of Early Child Ed ED 105 Child Guidance/Welfare EDI 10 Curr Dev/Tchg Pract EDI 11 Infants & Toddlers: Dev Approaches & Practices Ed220 Early Childhood Lit ED260 Practicum I ED26I Practicum II ED270 Admin Early Chldhd Prog Cognate Required PY155 Lifespan Development or PY265 Child/Adolescent Dev PY288 Organizational Behavior or PY299 Exceptional Child/Adol S0225 Native American Culture or S0226 Races and Minorities 3 3 3 3 3 1 3 2 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 3 3 3 3 Electives Students completing the Associate Degree in Early Childhood Education may conveniently continue their education in the Bachelors Degree in Human Services or other fields such as Psychology, Sociology, or Corrections. Students interested in this option should consult the Early Childhood Education advisor. SOCIAL SCIENCES - SOCIAL SCIENCES • 224 �FIRST YEAR: ASSOCIATE DEGREE, EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION FALL EN110 Fresh Comp 3 BL105 Funct Hmn Bdy 4 PY155 Lifespan Dev or 3 PY265 Child & Adol Dev ED 101 Foudations of Early Childhood Education 3 EDI 10 Curr Development & Teaching Practices 3 RA Elective 1 17 SPRING SD101 Fund, of Speech 3 SO 113 Soc of Amer Fam 3 HE104 Nut Early Chldhd 3 1 HE181 First Aid EDI 11 Infants & Toddlers: Devel Approp Prac 3 ED 105 Child Guid/Wlfre _3 16 SECOND YEAR EN210 Res Pap Proc ED220 Early Chldhd Lit ED260 Practicum I or ED261 Practicum II PY* or SO** RA Elective 3 3 5 3 1 15 'Choose one of the following: PY299 Exceptional Child & Adol. or PY288 Organizational Behavior ED270 Admin of EC Prog 3 3 Elective 2 Elective ED261 Practicum II 5 or ED260 Practicum I 1 PY* or SO** 16 **Choose one of the following: S0225 Native American Cultures or S0226 Races and Minorities ASSOCIATE DEGREE LEGAL ASSISTANT STUDIES FOR THIS DEGREE, students must complete the courses below plus electives to total 64 credits. Required courses (53 credits) EN110 Freshman Composition EN210 Research Paper Process SD101 Fundamentals of Speech LA 102 Lgl Res & Case Anal LA 125 Cvl Lit & Procedure LA 140 Pers Injury Litigation & Investigative Techniques LA 150 Lgl Assistant Profession & Ethical Considerations LA202 Legal Writing and Analysis LA250 Law Office Management, Systems & Technology LA320 Real Estate Law 3 3 3 3 4 3 3 3 3 3 2 LA321 Family Law 3 LA322 Probate Law/Proc 3 BA254 Business Law I 3 BA255 Business Law II CJ319 Substantive Criminal Law 3 0A119 Accounting Procedures 4 PS110 Intro Amer Govt/Politics 4 Cognate Required (3 credits) DP225 Word Proc Techniques or DP230 Word Proc Applications or CSI00 Intro to Micro Appl SOCIAL SCIENCES - SOCIAL SCIENCES • 225 3 �Elective: (8 credits)** Electives are to be chosen consultation with advisor. in *Note: The Legal Assistant Associate Degree requires 2 credits in Social Science, Natural Science or Mathematics beyond those for general education. These requirements may be fulfilled from the students’ electives. "Note: Students may wish to apply some elective credits to the Legal Assistant Internship and Professional Devel­ opment Seminar (LA299) in their sophomore year. STUDENTS COMPLETING the Associate Degree in Legal Assistant Studies may conveniently continue their education in a Bachelor’s Degree in Legal Assistant Studies or other fields such as office administration, human services, or political science. Those interested in this option should consult the Legal Assistant Studies Coordinator. FIRST YEAR: ASSOCIATE DEGREE, LEGAL ASSISTANT STUDIES FALL EN110 Fresh Comp* LA 102 Lgl Res Case Anal LA 150 Lgl Assist Prof. & Ethical Considerations SD101 Fund, of Speech OA119 Acctg Proc 3 3 3 3 4 16 SPRING LA 125 Cvl Lit & Proc LA 140 Personal Injury Lit & Investigative Tech. PS110 Intro Amer Govt Pol Cognate Electives 4 3 4 3 2 16 SECOND YEAR EN210 LA202 LA320 LA321 BA254 CJ319 Res Pap Proc* 3 Lgl Wrtg & Analy 3 Real Estate Law 3 Family Law 2 Business Law I 3 Substan Crim Law 3 17 LA322 Prob Law & Proc BA255 Business Law II LA250 Law Office Mgmt, System/Technology Electives 3 3 3 6 15 ‘May be taken Fall or Spring semester. ASSOCIATE DEGREE SUBSTANCE ABUSE PREVENTION AND TREATMENT THE ASSOCIATE DEGREE PROGRAM provides training in substance abuse counseling to prepare students for paraprofessional roles in hospitals, treatment centers, and substance abuse prevention programs. Students are required to be good role models for the clients they will serve. SOCIAL SCIENCES - SOCIAL SCIENCES • 226 �The Associate Degree can be completed in two years of full-time study and requires an extensive practicum placement. Practicum placements may be completed outside the local area. Placements are available in hospitals, out patient programs, assessment centers, detoxification units, long term treatment centers, prevention programs, and specialized programs in schools or in corrections settings. Most Michigan placements require the Fundamentals of Substance Abuse Counseling credential. The test for this credential can be taken on campus during Spring Semester. Students completing the Associate Degree may continue in the B.S. in Human Services program to qualify for entry level counseling positions. Students completing the Associate Degree in Substance Abuse Prevention and Treatment may conveniently continue their education in the Bachelors Degree in Human Services or other fields such as Psychology, Sociology, or Corrections. Students interested in these options should consult the Substance Abuse Prevention and Treatment Advisor. Total Credits Required 64 Required Courses: EN110 Freshman Composition EN210 Research Paper Processes SD101 Fundamentals of Speech BL105 Func of Human Body HM204 Fund of Drug Abuse HM250 Human Serv Practicum HM292 Alcohol Abuse Prevention & Treatment S0242 Sociology of Sex S0341 Sociology of Addiction S0344 Social Welfare Systems PY101 Intro to Psych PY203 Couns Theory/Process PY204 Counseling and Crisis Intervention Strategy PY259 Abnormal Psychology 3 3 3 4 3 9 3 3 3 3 4 3 Cognate - Required S0225 Native American Cultures or S0226 Races and Minorities PY291 Group Counseling or PY391 Family Therapy 3 Electives General education requirements and sufficient elective credits must be completed to total a minimum of 64 semester credits. 3 3 FIRST YEAR: ASSOCIATE DEGREE, SUBSTANCE ABUSE PREVENTION AND TREATMENT FALL EN110 BL105 HM204 PY203 PY101 Fresh Comp* Func Hmn Bdy Intro Drug Abuse Couns Thry/Proc Intro to Psych 3 4 3 3 4 17 SPRING PY204 Counseling & Crisis Intervention Strategy 3 PY259 Abnormal Psych 3 S0242 Sociology of Sex 3 HM292 Alcohol Abuse Prev & Treatment 3 S0341 Soc of Addiction 3 15 SOCIAL SCIENCES - SOCIAL SCIENCES • 227 �SECOND YEAR EN210 Res Pap Proc* 3 S0344 Soc Welfare Sys 3 S0225 Nat Amer Culture 3 or S0226 Races & Minorities PY291 Group Counseling 3 or PY391 Family Therapy 5 Electives 17 HM250 Human Serv Pract 9 SD101 Fund, of Speech 3 Elective 3 15 ‘May be taken Fall or Spring Semester. MINOR COURSES OF STUDY CHILD DEVELOPMENT MINOR (Recommended for students in luman services (and other fields) who plan to enter careers working on behalf of young children. It is particularly relevant for those anticipating agency work such as adoptions, child custody and social work. For the child development minor, the following 29 credit hours of courses must be taken: ED 101 Found of Early Chldhd Ed ED 105 Child Guidance & Welfare EDI 10 Curr Dev & Tchg Pract EDI 11 Infants and Toddlers: Dev Appropriate Practices ED220 Early Childhood Literature ED260 Practicum I PY265 Child/Adol Dev PY299 Exceptional Child/Adol HE 104 Nut for Early Childhood HE181 First Aid 3 3 3 3 3 4 3 3 3 1 COUNSELING MINOR The skill minor in counseling provides introductory training in counseling individuals, groups, and families. Students generally seek employment in government agencies, social service agencies, hospice care, employment programs, youth services, child welfare agencies, and agencies serving the mentally ill. The minor does not provide certification as a school counselor. Practicum placement may be completed locally or in any approved setting. Practicum students must be good role models for the clients they serve. Total Credits Required: 30-36 Required Courses: PY155 Lifespan Development PY203 Couns Thry/Process PY204 Couns Crisis Interv Strat PY240 Behavior Management PY291 Group Counseling PY385 Health Psychology PY391 Family Therapy PY396 Tests/Measurements* S0344 Social Welfare Systems HM250 Human Services Pract BL121 Human Anatomy’* or >t BL105 Func of the Human Body PY259 Abnormal Psychology” or S0338 Deviance’” SOCIAL SCIENCES - SOCIAL SCIENCES • 228 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 ^ �’Because of prerequisite to PY396, students must choose one of the following as part of coordinating minor or electives: PY210 Statistics 3 (already required by PY minors) SO201 Social Research & Stat. 3 (counts toward SO minors) MA207 Prin. of Stat. Methods 3 “May count toward general Education “’May count toward SO/PY minor NOTE: If substance abuse minor and counseling minor are both selected, student must fulfill overlap requirement. GEOGRAPHY MINOR A minor course of studies is offered in geography. This minor meets the needs of students aspiring to professional careers in business, government, or planning agencies, or who wish to do university graduate work. It is strongly suggested that students pursuing professional careers complete MA207, Statistical Methods,. A total of 20 credits is required: Geography (15-17 credits) GG106 Phys Geo: Landforms 3 GG108 Phys Geo: Meteorology and 3 Climatology GG302 Economic Geography 4 GG306 Cultural Geography 3 GG492 Indiv Stud Geography 2-4 Geography electives to total 20 credits: GG201 World Regional Geography GG321 Geo Europe/Great Britain GG322 Geo of S. America GG323 Geo of East Asia GG325 Reg Geo of N. America GG360 Historical Geography 4 4 4 4 4 4 HUMAN SERVICES ADMIN MINOR This skill minor in Human Services Administration offers training and experience in management, fiscal control, staff supervision, and service marketing in human service agencies. The minor recognizes that many agencies, especially in rural areas, are small and that service providers may also share administrative tasks. Also, service providers in larger agencies may wish to prepare for advancement into administrative positions. Practicum placements may be completed outside the local area. Depending on the student’s skill and interests, placements are available at state/provincial social services offices, child care centers, counseling agencies, tribal/band offices, treatment centers, family support agencies, corrections settings, etc. Total Credits Required: 32-33 Required Courses: S0344 Soc Welfare Sys PY228 Org Behavior MN370 Mgmt Prin & Human Resource Concepts BA231 Business Comm DP264 Intro to Data Proc PS201 Intro to Public Admin HM250 Human Serv Pract HM480 Grantwriting OA119 Accounting Procedures or AC132 Princ. of Accounting I MN469 Collective Bargaining or MK281 Marketing Principles 3 3 4 3 3 3 3 3 4 3-4 LEGAL ASSISTANT STUDIES MINOR Requires a minimum of 26 credits as follows: Required core courses LA 102 Lgl Res/Case Anal 3 LA202 Legal Writing and Analysis 3 SOCIAL SCIENCES - SOCIAL SCIENCES • 229 �4 LA 125 Cvl Lit/Proc LA 150 Legal Assistant Professions & Ethical Considerations 3 OA119 Accounting Procedures 4 or PS 110 Intro Amer Gov/Pol Electives: Minimum of 9 credits from the following (with 6 credits selected from 300-400 level courses): LA 140 Personal Injury Litigation & Investigative Techniques 3 LA250 Law Office Mgmt/Systems 3 & Technology LA300 Seminar Lgl Assist Stud 1-4 LA320 Real Estate Law 3 LA321 Family Law 2 LA322 Probate Law & Proc 3 LA401 Evidence and Trial Practice 3 LA405 No-Fault Automobile Law 3 LA406 Wrkrs Dis Comp Law 2 CJ319 Substantive Criminal Law 3 CJ409 Procedural Criminal Law 3 BA254 Business Law I 3 BA255 Business Law II 3 NATIVE AMERICAN STUDIES MINOR A minor is offered in Native American Studies, requiring a minimum of 22 credits. The Native American Studies minor is appropriate for students majoring in a wide variety of disciplines who may or may not be Native American themselves. Students intending to eventually work in a Native American setting or who may often work with Native Americans are likely to benefit from the information and new perspectives gained from the experiences provided by the minor. The Native American Studies minor is also appropriate for students who are simply interested in and wish to explore the Native American culture of our area, Individual courses within the Native American Studies minor may be of interest and value to both full and part-time students across community. the campus Approximately 25% of the population in the local service area of Lake Superior State University is Native American. There are also a substantial number of Native Americans in the broader service region of the University, both in Michigan and Ontario. The Native American Studies minor is designed to provide valuable background and current information about this special population of Americans. The courses in the Native American Studies minor reflect the Native American experience across time and throughout North America, but have a particular focus on issues which are of particular importance to Native Americans at the present time in the Great Lakes area. Course content will include the study of Native American history, culture, and literature. In addition, courses within the Native American Studies minor will introduce students to the structure and operation of tribal governments and tribal law, as well as various current Native American issues and concerns. The advisor for the Native American Studies’ minor, who is located in the Social Sciences Department, may be contacted for further information. This minor consists of the following courses: Required courses: (19): 50225 Nat Cultures of N. America 3 3 50226 Races and Minorities HS230 Survey of Amer Indian Hist 4 EN235 Survey of Nat Amer Lit 3 LA305 Tribal Law & Govt 3 ID320 Corn Nat Amer Issues 3 ID305 Sem in Nat Amer Stud 3 or Approved Internship Course SOCIAL SCIENCES - SOCIAL SCIENCES • 230 �PUBLIC ADMIN MINOR POLITICAL SCIENCE MINOR Total Credits Required PS110 Intro Amer Govt/Pol SO201 Social Res/Stats Total Credits Required 28 28 4 4 A minimum of one course in each of the 13-16 following areas: American Politics (PS325, 364, 367, 467) Comparative Politics (PS 160, 331, 334) International Relations (PS241, 411, 412) Political Philosophy (PS351, 352) 4 4 3 4 3 3 3 4 SOCIOLOGY MINOR SOCIAL WELFARE Additional political science electives to reach 24 credits (A minimum of 12 credits must be at the 300/400 level) 4-7 PSYCHOLOGY MINOR The psychology minor exposes students to the knowledge base required for understanding and studying behavior. Total credits Required: 22 Required Courses: PY101 Intro to Psych PY210 Statistics PY212 Experimental Psychology PY Electives PY elective at 300+ level PY357 Personality Theory or PY396 Tests and Measurements or PY457 Cognition or PY459 Physiological Psychology Required: PS HO Intro to Amer Govt/Pol PS130 Intro to St/LcI Govt PS201 Intro to Public Admin PS302 Policy Anai/Eval PS401 Prin of Public Admin PS449 Poli Sci/Pub Admin Intern EC201 Prin of Macroeconomics SO201 Social Res & Stats 4 3 3 Total Credits Required: 21 Required Courses: SO 101 Intro to Soc SO 102 Social Problems S0226 Races and Minorities S0344 Soc Welfare Institutions S0214 Criminology or S0338 Deviance S0327 Soc of Dying/Death or S0326 Sociology of Aging/Aged S0325 Social Stratification S0314 Social Change S0321 Sociology of Women 3 3 3 3 SOCIOLOGY MINOR GENERAL 6 3 Total Credits Required: 20 i I 3 I J Required Courses: SO 101 Intro to Sociology SO 102 Social Problems 3 3 Additional sociology courses to total a minimum of 20 hours, among which at least 9 hours are 300 or 400 level 14 courses. SOCIAL SCIENCES - SOCIAL SCIENCES • 231 �SUBSTANCE ABUSE COUNSELING MINOR THIS SKILL MINOR prepares students to work in substance abuse settings and provides invaluable background for students planning to work in law enforcement, domestic violence, or corrections settings. Students choosing this minor must be good role models for clients confronting and recovering from substance abuse problems. Students seeking the B.S. in Human Services degree who select both this minor and the Counseling minor will note that there is a great deal of overlap between the minors. Therefore, these students must select five courses (3 at the 300-400 level) from the Approved Overlap Courses list. Total Credits Required: 27-33 Required Courses: HM204 Fund of Drug Abuse 3 HM250 Human Serv Practicum 3 HM292 Alcohol Abuse Prev/Treat 3 S0341 S0233 PY203 PY204 Sociology of Addiction 3 Social Welfare Systems 3 3 Couns Thry/Process Counsel & Crisis Intervention Strategies 3 PY396 Tests and Measurements 3 BL121 Human Anat/Phys I 3-4 or BL105 Func of Human Body^ PY259 Abnormal Psychology* 3 or S0338 Deviance* PY291 Group Counseling or 3 PY391 Family Therapy ‘May count toward SO/PY minor APPROVED OVERLAP COURSES - 15 CREDITS Students minoring in both Substance Abuse Counseling and Counseling must choose 15 credits from this list including 9 credits at the 300-400 level. Overlap credits will not count in the coordinating minor. PY217 PY228 PY259 PY311 PY357 PY383 PY457 PY459 S0214 S0226 S0242 S0321 S0327 50338 50339 Social Psychology Organizational Behavior Abnormal Psychology Learning and Motivation Personality Theory Industrial Psychology Cognition Physiological Psychology Criminology Races and Minorities Sociology of Sex Sociology of Women Sociology of Death/Dying Deviance Culture and Personality NOTES SOCIAL SCIENCES - SOCIAL SCIENCES • 232 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 �•A t Photo by Liz Raffaele CONTINUING EDUCATION CONTINUING EDUCATION • 233 �CONTINUING EDUCATION THE CONTINUING EDUCATION OFFICE offers both credit courses, in cooperation with academic departments, and creditfree programs for members of surrounding communities. Undergraduate credit courses are offered both on and off campus. The two main off campus sites are at Alpena Community College in Alpena, and North Central Michigan College in Petoskey, Michigan, where LSSU operates its Regional Centers. Off campus courses are also offered in Escanaba, at Bay de Noc Community College, and at other locations, based on student demand. Through the two Regional Centers, students may obtain a Bachelor of Science degree in Business Administration, Accounting and Nursing (B.S.N. completion program These for registered nurses), programs are offered over a three year cycle, and students are usually concurrently enrolled in one of the community colleges and LSSU. All degree requirements may be completed off campus. The length of time required to complete the degree varies, according to each student’s individual schedule and the number of college credits already completed. CONTINUING EDUCATION is the office primarily responsible for community service activities. Non­ credit enrichment courses are scheduled several times a year and include a wide variety of inexpensive courses and activities for adults and children. Learn to Swim and the children’s dance are two popular Adult programs for children, enrichment courses in subjects such as computers, exercise, crafts, art and languages, to name just a few, are available. UPWARD BOUND, a program for high school students who have the potential to become the first person in their family to attend college, is also run under the Continuing Education Office. Upward Bound provides a six week summer residential program, consisting of academic classes and enrichment activities. During the school year, students receive tutoring and counseling from Upward Bound staff. About 60 students from the Eastern Upper Peninsula participate in Upward Bound each year. ELDERHOSTEL, for participants at the other end of the age scale, has been held on campus Under each year since 1979. Elderhostel, an international program for senior citizens, participants spend a week on the campus studying with LSSU professors and visiting areas of interest in the EUP and Ontario. LOCATION: Continuing Education is located in the Fletcher Center for Student Services. CONTINUING EDUCATION 234 �COURSES EACH COURSE DESCRIPTION is preceeded by the following sort of heading: CH999 Chemistry (3-3) 5 sometimes, with other notations: CH999 Chemistry (3-3) alternate yrs 5 The first line is the code number (CH999) and the course name; see below for keys to (CH) letters included. The second includes severa pieces oi information: Two figures are hours of lecture-lab per week; and the number of credit hours (5). Sometimes, no semester will be indicated, °r there will oe the (alternate yrs) notation. Consult the Course Schedule Booklet published each semester prior to pre-registration; or your department ea scheduling of such courses. Abbreviations AC Accounting AS Automated Systems Engr. Tech. AT Art BA Business BL Biology CH Chemistry CJ Criminal Justice CS Computer Science CT Computer Engineering Technology DP Data Processing DT Drafting & Design Engr. Tech, EC Economics ED Education EN English ES Exercise Science ET Electrical Engineering Technology EV Environmental Science FN Finance FS Fire Science FR French GE Geology GG Geography GN German HE Health Sciences HM Human Services HS History______ ____ _ _____ HT Hospitality HU Humanities ID Interdisciplinary JR Journalism LA Legal Assistant Studies MA Mathematics ME Mechanical Engineering MK Marketing MN Management MT Mechanical Engineering Technology MU Music NS Natural Science NU Nursing OA Office Administration PH Physics PL Philosophy PS Political Science PY Psychology RA Recreational Activities RC Recreation RT Natural Resources Technology SA Student Affairs SD Speech SO Sociology SP Spanish TC Construction Technology Students revoked (with an N grade) if it is found during the regular drop period that the proper prerequisites have not been met. Responsibility rests with students to be certain that they have the approved prerequisites. must satisfy prerequisites, and any other stated conditions, before enrolling in a course, or have permission from an instructor to waive the prerequisites. Enrollment in a course my be COURSES 235 �ACCOUNTING Special topics courses will be available as need and interest develop. Consult the semester Course Schedule for these. AC132 PRINCIPLES OF ACCOUNTING I 4 (4,0) An introduction to the principles of accounting as applied to proprietorships, partnerships and corporations. Areas of study include the accounting cycle for service and merchandising enterprises, internal control and items included in the asset section of the balance sheet. (Formerly QAC121) AC133 PRINCIPLES OF ACCOUNTING II 4 (4,0) This course includes a study of the equity portion of the balance sheet as well as an introduction to financial analysis and managerial accounting. Prerequisite: Grade of C or higher in AC 132. (Formerly QAC123) AC232 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING I 4 (4,0) A review of the general theoretical framework and process of accounting for use as a reference in an intensive study of accounting doctrines and procedures proposed by various authoritative groups. Topics: Generally accepted accounting principles; the accounting process; balance sheet; income statement; present value principles and application; cash and temporary investments; receivables; inventories, plant and intangible assets; and long term investments. Prerequisites: AC 132 and 133 or permission of instructor. (Formerly QAC221-222) (4,°) AC233 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING II 4 Continuation of AC232 with reference to accounting theory as applied to specific critical areas of financial data accumulation and presentation. Emphasis is placed on valuation concepts and their influence on contemporary practice. Topics: Liabilities; long term debt securities; owner’s equity; earnings and revenue recognition; income taxes; leases; pensions; error correction; cash flows; and financial statement analysis. Prerequisite: AC232. (Formerly QAC222-223) AC333 COST ACCOUNTING II 4 (4,0) A continuation of AC332 encompassing process costing, capital budgeting, inventory control, performance measurement, accounting systems and internal control, and cost accounting in relation to the certified public accountant and certified management accountant examinations. A study of various quantitative techniques and their application is included in the course content. Prerequisite: AC332. (Formerly QAC323) AC334 ACCOUNTING INFORMATION SYSTEMS 3 (3,0) Elements that constitute an accounting system and theories upon which a system should be designed. Emphasis upon computerized accounting systems with extensive use of computers. Prerequisites: AC233, AC332 and introductory data processing course. (Formerly QAC324) AC421 FEDERAL TAXATION ACCOUNTING I 3 (3,0) Basic concepts of the theory and practice applicable to the preparation of individual tax returns. A comprehensive analysis of regulations governing inclusions and exclusions of income; capital gains and losses; and personal, standard, and itemized deductions. Prerequisites: AC 133 and junior standing or approval of the department. (Formerly QAC421) AC422 FEDERAL TAXATION ACCOUNTING II 3 (3,0) Theory and practice of income tax accounting as applied to tax credits, partnerships, and corporations. Includes some library tax research. Prerequisite: AC421. (Formerly QAC422) AC332 COST ACCOUNTING I (4,0) 4 A study of the fundamentals of cost accounting: The cost cycle, cost terminology, cost behavior, cost-volume-profit analysis, budgeting, standard cost, relevant costs, cost allocation, and cost control. Emphasis is given to both product costing and costing for control purposes. Prerequisite: AC 133.(Formerly QAC321) COURSES 236 NOTES �AC427 AUDITING (4,0) 4 A sludy of ethical, professional, and technical standards for independent audits and auditing procedures as they apply to internal controls. A study of audit program applications as they apply to elements of the financial statements. Prerequisites: AC233 and AC333 or permission of instructor. (Formerly QAC427 and QAC428) AC432 ADVANCED ACCOUNTING I (3,0) 3 This course begins with a review of accounting theory and income presentation followed by a study of accounting for corporate combinations and preparation of consolidated financial statements. Prerequisite: AC233. (Formerly QAC425) AC433 ADVANCED ACCOUNTING II (3,0) 3 A study of special topics in accounting including partnerships, governmental accounting, accounting for non-profit organizations, fiduciary accounting, and insolvency. Prerequisite: AC233. (Formerly QAC426) AUTOMATED SYSTEMS ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY Special topics courses available as need and interest develop. Consult the semester Course Schedule for these. AS305 INTRODUCTION TO AUTOMATED SYSTEMS (2,2) 3 A non-technical introduction to the field of automation. Topics include: robotics overview, applications of robots, layout and performance evaluation, future trends in automated systems, automation economics, sociological and management issues in automation. Laboratory exercises involve basic programming in AML on IBM robots and automated systems simulation on the computer. Prerequisites: MAI 40 and knowledge of at least one computer programming language. (Substitutes for QAS310). AS315 PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC COffTROLLERS 3 (2,2) An introduction to the use of programmable logic controllers. Basic components of the programmable logic controller along with the interface to hydraulic/pneumatic systems and sensors will be discussed. Some higher level functions such as zone control, master control, and sequencers will also be covered. Written business communications is an integral part of the course. Pre or corequisite: ET201 or equivalent, (substitutes for QAS314). AS325 ROBOTICS IN MANUFACTURING 4 (3,3) Introduction to manufacturing industries, types of production and automation strategies. Emphasis on robotic applications, topics include robot anatomy, control systems, programming techniques and kinematics. Laboratory work focuses on programming in AML for IBM robots. Prerequisite: MA141. (Substitutes for QAS320). AS365 COMPUTER CONTROL CONCEPTS 3 (3,0) Introduction to the C programming language, with major emphasis on the topics of computer interfacing, serial and parallel ports, computer control architecture and control applications. Prerequisite: CT235 or CT265. (Substitutes for AS360). AS425 MACHINE VISION 3 (2,2) Machine vision topics as applied to the manufacturing environment. Topics include lighting techniques, imaging techniques, image recognition, inspection, and robot guidance. Laboratory focuses on programming PC based vision card and interfacing with robot controller in the "C" programming language. Prerequisite: AS365. (Substitutes for QAS420). AS455 AUTOMATIC CONTROLS 4 (3,3) Introduction to the analysis of linear feedback automatic control systems. The course will include a study of modeling, block diagrams, system response, stability, bode analysis, root locus, and Laplace transforms. Prerequisite: MT316 or MT220. (Substitutes for QMT461). COURSES • 237 �AS465 SENSOR TECHNOLOGY & APPLICATIONS 4 Study of theory and applications of sensors used in robotics and automated systems. Topics include position sensors incremental encoders, velocity sensors, accelerometers, proximity sensors, touch and slip sensors, force and torque sensors, interfacing electronics, general and special purpose feeders for automated assembly, design for assembly, and systems integration. Laboratory work will focus on programming in VAL for PUMA robots, AML for IBM robots, and systems integration using sensors and the Allen Bradley PLC 2/30. Prerequisite: AS325. (Substitutes for QAS460). AS475 AUTOMATED MANUFACTURING SYSTEMS (3,0) 3 Study and analysis of the components of an automated manufacturing system. Topics include flow lines, automated assembly systems, materials handling and storage, group technology, automated inspection, FMS and CIM. Manufacturing factory simulation using Simfactory 11.5 software package. Prerequisite: AS465. (Substitutes for QAS470). AS485 AUTOMATED PROJECTS SYSTEMS 0,6) 3 Group projects in which students are required to design and implement an automated assembly system. Students are responsible for design, proposal, implementation, formal presentation, and users manual for the system. Project designed to be representative of a typical industrial project. Prerequisite: AS425. (Substitutes for QAS480). ART Special topics courses will be available as need and interest develop, Consult the semester Course Schedule for these. AT110 FUNDAMENTALS OF DRAWING AND COMPOSITION (3,0) 3 This course will acquaint the student with the various drawing media, such as pencil, charcoal, ink, wash and the use of various papers. Studio problems in still life, object drawing, landscape, texture, and drawing from imagination and memory. Introduction to limited palette oil painting with emphasis on techniques of brush handling and concepts of Outside visual organization language, sketching required. Organic form, perspective, proportion, line, shape and tone are studied. (Substitutes for QAT125) AT111 PAINTING COMPOSmON & DESIGN 3 (3,0) Projects in various media, primarily oil, acrylic paints and water color. Emphasis on individual development and expression. Outside sketching required. Specific pictorial problems, advanced paint handling and brush techniques will be studied. Understanding of structural, value and color principles by which great paintings are organized will be studied. Prerequisite: ATllO, or permission of instructor. (Substitutes for QAT127; waive AT 126) AT210 DRAWING, PAINTING AND COMPOSITION 3 (3,0) Advanced concepts of color and design elements basic to drawing and painting. The study of painting employing figure, still life, and nature as source material. Emphasis on visual perception and the study of the formal elements of painting. Prerequisite: ATI 11 or permission of instructor. (Substitutes for QAT225) AT211 GRAPHIC ARTS, WATERCOLOR AND MIXED MEDIA 3 (3,°) Painting from figure, memory, portrait, ana landscape stressing personal expression. Concentration on individual projects involving significant forms and symbols. Emphasis on advanced color and composition problems through study of spatial structure and color and order relative to pictorial meaning. Prerequisite: AT210 or permission of instructor. (Substitutes for QAT227; waive AT226) COURSES 238 �AT250 ART HISTORY AND APPRECIATION I (4,0) 4 Study of arts exemplified in prehistoric and primitive cultures, and in the Mesopotamian, Egyptian, Aegean, Greek, Roman, early Christian, Byzantine, Moslem, Romanesque and Gothic eras. The course presents a development of historic, social and aesthetic principles, including a study of signs and symbols for students of art education, science, letters, business and engineering. Art history is taught in terms of visual experience and knowledge with art films, slides and demonstrations with art materials in addition to class lectures. Universal standards that can be applied to any work of art are studied. Counts as humanities substitute. (Substitutes for QAT267) AT251 ART HISTORY AND APPRECIATION II (4,0) 4 A study of European and American art from the Renaissance to the twentieth century, including Renaissance, baroque, rococo, neoclassic, romantic, realist, and contemporary. The history of art is presented from a technical, social and aesthetic standpoint, along with a study of rhythm, motion, and proportion. Works of art are considered on their own merits and development rather than on the basis of preconceptions, Art films, color slide presentations, and demonstrations using art materials supplement class lectures. Counts as humanities substitute. (Substitutes for QAT269) NOTES BUSINESS Special topics courses will be available as need and interest develop. Consult the semester Course Schedule for these. BA105 BUSINESS MATHEMATICS 3 (3,0) Solution of business problems. Topics include discounts, mark-ups, payroll, interest, financing charges, depreciation methods, real estate taxes, controlling cash, metric system conversion, inventory evaluation, annuities and insurance. Story problems. Prerequisite: MA09I or placement in mathematics beyond MA091. Course not available for credit for students who have taken a full year of accounting. (Formerly QOA105) BA121 INTRODUCTION TO BUSINESS 3 (3,0) Comprehensive coverage of the major activities of business and the key institutions that facilitate the business process. Topics covered include the following: American business enterprise system, international business, forms of business ownership, management and organization of human resources, production, marketing, information management and controls, business laws and ethics, finance, accounting, contemporary economic issues and business career opportunities. Contemporary business cases may be used for decision making simulations. Enrollment open to freshman and sophomore business majors or any non-business major. (Formerly QBA121) BA201 PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT (3,0) . ;-3 Lectures, discussion, and experiential learning in interpersonal relations, telephone techniques, travel, meetings, office decorum, time management, eustress and distress, motivation, professional appearance and conduct. (Formerly QOA201) BA211 BUSINESS STATISTICS 3 (3,0) An introduction to business statistics. Topics include collection and presentation of data, measures of central tendency, variation and skewness, probability, probability distributions, Bayes’s Theorem, sampling, sampling distributions, estimation, hypothesis testing, simple linear regression and correlation. Prerequisite: MAI 11. (Formerly QBA211) COURSES 239 �BA226 RECORDS MANAGEMENT (3,0) 3 Study and application of records control, forms design, filing systems (manual and electronic), microforms, and the records cycle. A computer simulation is completed utilizing a program to print, sort, and select records as reports or labels. (Formerly QOA226) BA231 BUSINESS COMMUNICATIONS (3,0) 3 Business and management communications problems. Direct, indirect, and persuasive letters; memos, short reports, and directives. Some assignments must be typed. Extensive writing practice. Prerequisite: EN205 or EN210. (Formerly QBA231) BA254 BUSINESS LAW I (3,0) 3 This portion of business law covers the law applicable to contracts, sales, personal property, and bailments. (Formerly QBA254) BA255 BUSINESS LAW II (3,0) 3 This portion of business law covers the law applicable to commercial paper, corporations; partnerships, agency and employment. (Formerly QBA255) BA261 BUSINESS SKILLS (1,0) 1 A series of specific, business-skill classes. Each course will provide 15 classroom hours of instruction. A student may register for one or more sections per term, for a maximum of three credits earned in this course. (Formerly QOA261) BA466 BUSINESS POLICY (3,0) 3 This course provides an opportunity for the student to develop an understanding of the interrelationship of the various divisions, departments and functions of a business organizations from a top management perspective. Library research and case analysis are utilized. Prerequisite: Senior status in Business and Economics. (Formerly QBA466) BA491 RESEARCH READING IN BUSINESS AND ECONOMICS (1-3,0) 1-3 Independent study and seminar, individual student guidance by faculty for selected research topics in business. Prerequisite: Senior status. (Formerly QBA491) BIOLOGY Special topics courses will be available as need and interest develop. 1Consult the semester Course Schedule for these. BL105 FUNCTION OF THE HUMAN BODY 4 (3,2) Survey of the functional anatomy and the related physiological processes needed for the understanding of normal human activity. This course may be substituted for NS103. Not open to biological majors or minors. (Formerly QBL105) BL110 GENERAL ZOOLOGY 4 (3,2) Introduction to the diversity of the animal kingdom, invertebrates and vertebrates. Adaptation and evolution are stressed as unifying themes throughout the course. Prerequisites: MA090 and EN090 or equivalent scores on math and English placement exams. Note: "C" or better is required to use this course as a prerequisite for other BL/EV courses. (Substitutes for QBL102) BL111 GENERAL BOTANY 4 (3,2) Introduction to the diversity of the plant kingdom. Will include the morphology, physiology, reproduction and general habitat of organisms traditionally considered as plants but with an organization reflecting modem concepts of evolutionary relationships. Prerequisites: MA090 and EN090 or equivalent scores on math and English placement exams. Note: "C" or better is required to use this course as a prerequisite for other BL/EV courses. (Substitutes for QBL103) BL121 HUMAN ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY I 3 A two semester sequence. This sequence does not apply toward a major or minor in biological science. The first semester covers organization of the human body, basic principles of chemistry, the skeletal and muscular systems, and the nervous system and special senses. (Formerly QBL121) BL122 HUMAN ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY I 4 The continuation of BL121 with emphasis on the endocrine system, cardiovascular system, respiratory system, digestive system, urinary system and the reproductive system with an introduction to genetics. The course will conclude with a study of pregnancy and* human embryology. Prerequisite: BL121. (Formerly QBL122) COURSES 240 �BL130 INTRODUCTION TO REMOTE SENSING (2,4) 3 Introduction to the use of remotely acquired imagery to evaluate various ground features, utilizing mainly aerial photographs. One all­ day field trip required. This course does not count as a life science education requirement. Prerequisite: Completion of LSSU mathematics competency. (Formerly QBL130) BL201 PLANT MORPHOLOGY (2,3) 3 A survey of the principal groups of plants from the standpoint of their structure, development and reproduction. Emphasis is placed on evolutionary relationships as revealed by comparisons of the structural and reproductive traits. Prerequisite: BL111. (Formerly QBL201) BL202 FIELD BOTANY (2,3) 3 A course whose main objective is to allow the student to be able to recognize common families, genera, and species, especially those in the local flora. Prerequisite: BL111. (Formerly QBL202) BL204 GENERAL MICROBIOLOGY (3,3) 4 This course will deal with the history and scope of microbiology, a study of microbial structure, growth, nutrition, metabolism, genetics, taxonomy and control. Labs will emphasize the identification and cultivation of molds and bacteria with various staining techniques. A study of mycoplasma, viruses and molds will be incorporated along with the origin of life and biochemical evolution, genetic engineering and recombinant DNA. Prerequisites: BL110, BL111 and CHI 16 (Substitutes for QBL375) BL220 GENETICS (3,0) 3 A study of the nature, transmission, recombination, and function of hereditary material in animals, plants, and microorganisms. Prerequisites: BL110 or BL111, and CHI 16. A statistics course strongly recommended. (Substitutes for QBL320) BL221 GENETICS LABORATORY 1 (0,2) A course including exercises in Mendclian genetics, Cytogenetics, Microbial genetics, and computer simulations of population genetics. Corequisite or prerequisite: BL220. (Substitutes for QBL321) BL223 CLINICAL MICROBIOLOGY 3 (3.0) A basic course in microbiology dealing with the study of microorganisms and pathogens in humans. A survey of viruses, molds and bacteria. Their morphology and growth characteristics will be discussed along with the physical and chemical means to control pathogenic microorganisms causing human infections. Prerequisites: CHI05 and BL122. Does not apply towards a major or minor in Biology. (Formerly QBL223) BL230 INTRODUCTION TO SOILS 3 (2,3) A course dealing with the historical development of the study of soils as a science in the U.S.A. Pedology and parent material relationships, along with relationships of various physical, chemical, mineralogical and microbial properties of soil in relation to plant growth, soil survey, organic matter, land use planning, soil erosion, saline-acidic soil reclamation, liming soil and environmental quality. Prerequisite: CHI 16. (Formerly QBL230) BL239 WILDLIFE BIOLOGY AND MANAGEMENT 2 course covering the basic biology and management of wildlife. Prerequisite: Enrollment in the Natural Resource Technology', Biology or Fisheries and Wildlife program. (Completion of BL239 and RT206 substitutes for QRT185) (2.°) A lecture BL243 VERTEBRATE ANATOMY 4 (3,3) Study of the anatomy of vertebrates, including representatives of pre-chordates, Agnatha, Chondrichthyes, Osteichthyes, Amphibia, Reptilia, Aves, and Mammalia. Laboratories emphasize thorough dissection of representatives of at least two diverse classes of vertebrates. Prerequisite: BL110 and sophomore standing. (Formerly QBL243) COURSES 241 �BL249 WATER POLLUTION CONTROL 3 (2,3) An analytical study of the tests, operations, and solutions involved in contemporary water pollution problems. (Also listed as EV249.) Prerequisite: EV101 or permission of instructor. (Substitutes for QBL449) BL272 FRESHWATER FISH CULTURE 2 (2,0) Methods of fish propagation: egg taking and incubation, feeding and nutrition, water quality monitoring, carrying capacity determination, hatchery problem solving using computer models, and disease identification and treatment. At least one all-day field trip. Prerequisites: BL280 and sophomore standing or permission of instructor. (Substitutes for QBL370) BL273 RSH CULTURE PRACTICUM I 2 (0,6) Fish hatchery practices and management decisions. Students actively involved in fish culture procedures through the reading cycle of salmonid fishes and possibly other coldwater species. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. (Substitutes for QBL471 and QBL472) BL274 RSH CULTURE PRACTICUM II (0,6) 2 Fish hatchery practices and management decisions. Students actively involved in fish culture procedures through the reading of salmonid fishes and possibly other coldwater species. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. (Substitutes for QBL472 and QBL473) BL275 AQUATIC ENTOMOLOGY 0,4) 3 Survey of regional lake and stream insects with emphasis on identification and life histories. Role of various groups in aquatic systems and as fish food organisms. Prerequisite: BL110. (Formerly QBL275) BL280 BIOMETRICS 3 (3,0) Applications of statistics to biological problems, analysis of variance, multiple regression and correlation. Prerequisite: MA207. This does not count as a life science general education requirement. (Formerly QBL280) BL288 ENVIRONMENTAL MICROBIOLOGY 4 (3*3) A study of viruses, molds, algae, bacteria, actinomycetes, and some protozoa, their morphology, structure, taxonomy, growth, nutrition and control. The role of microorganisms in organic matter decomposition, nutrient cycling, biodegradation of recalcitrant molecules in different ecosystems, community microbial ecology and different stresses in microbial communities along with water bom pathogens and diseases they cause will be discussed along with the role of microorganisms in sewage and sludge disposal in wastewater treatment. (Also listed as EV288) Prerequisite: CHI08. (Substitutes for QRT288) BL290 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN BIOLOGY 1-4 0-4,°) Special studies and/or research in biology for individuals or small seminar groups. Course content to be arranged by student(s) and a supervising professor with approval of department head. Prerequisites: Students must have an overall GPA of at least 2.5, and no I grades on their transcript. Independent study courses may be repeated for a maximum of eight credits. Additional information is available at the Department of Biology and Chemistry office. BL302 INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY 4 (3.2) A study of the invertebrate groups with emphasis on morphology, phylogeny and life cycles. Prerequisites: BL110 and sophomore standing. (Formerly QBL302) BL310 ICHTHYOLOGY 3 (2.3) Anatomy, physiology, behavior, taxonomy ana natural history of fishes, with emphasis on freshwater species. Prerequisite: BL110; sophomore standing. (Formerly QBL310) BL312 ORNITHOLOGY 3 (2.4) The biology and taxonomy of birds. Labs will focus upon bird anatomy and bird recognition using video tapes and specimens. Prerequisites: BL110 and junior standing, (formerly QBL312) COURSES 242 �BL315 PLANT PHYSIOLOGY 4 (3,3) Organization of plants, plant replication, photophysiology and photosynthesis, mineral nutrition, water transport in higher plants, plant growth substances, physiology of seeds, control of plant growth and plant cell tissue culture. Prerequisites: BL111 and CH222. (formerly QBL315) BL330 ANIMAL PHYSIOLOGY (3,3) 4 A study of the physical and chemical properties of the animal systems as they concern homeostasis. Prerequisites: BL110 with a C or better and CHI 16 with a C or better. (Formerly QBL330) BL332 EMBRYOLOGY (2.2) 3 A study of the development of representative vertebrates. Offered every other year alternating with BL422, Parasitology. Prerequisites: BL110 and sophomore standing. (Formerly QBL332) BL401 HONORS PROGRAM I 4 (0,8) Biological Sciences Honors Program I. (open to students earning a bachelor of science degree in biological sciences with a grade point of 3.5 or higher) An undergraduate research project will be outlined in consultation with the supervising instructor and submitted to the department for approval. Outline must be approved before the first semester of the senior year. All grades for this sequence will be deferred until the final semester. Eight credit hours of honors credit will be substituted for 8 hours of electives upon successful completion of the research sequence. The special problem sequence will not be open to students electing the honors program sequence. The completed research may be used for Senior Thesis. (Formerly QBL401) BL402 HONORS PROGRAM II 4 (0,8) Biological Sciences Honors Program II. This is a continuation of the honors research sequence. (Formerly BL402) BL337 GENERAL ECOLOGY (2.3) 3 Fundamental concepts of plant and animal ecology, population dynamics and ecosystem analysis. Field trips are required during the first four week-ends of the semester. Prerequisites: BL110 and BL111 with a C or better. (Formerly QBL337) BL411 MAMMALOGY 3 (2,3) Emphasis will be on the physiological behavioral and ecological adaptations of mammals. Identification and classification will be emphasized. Some field work may be included. Prerequisite: BL110, suggest BL330. (Formerly QBL411) BL395 SCIENTIFIC WRITING AND PRESENTATION (0,2) 1 Literature searching, scientific writing, and oral presentation of scientific data. Students will be expected to listen to presentations of peers enrolled in BL499 and develop topic for their senior thesis, (also listed as EV395). Prerequisite: Junior standing. (Substitutes for QBL398 and QBL399) BL420 POPULATION GENETICS AND EVOLUTION (3,0) A course including historical and modeq Somt concepts of evolutionary theory, coverage of origin of life concepts will be included. Prerequisite: BL220 (New course in fall 1991) NOTES BL422 PARASITOLOGY 3 (2,2) A study of the morphology, taxonomy, habitats and life cycles of parasites. Offered every other year alternating with BL332, Embryology. Prerequisite: BL110. (Formerly QBL422) BL423 IMMUNOLOGY 4 (3,3) A study of antigens, antibodies, antigenantibody reactions, blood groups, phagocytosis and hypersensitivity. Prerequisites: BL110, BL204, CH226. (Formerly QBL423) COURSES 243 �BL432 FISHERIES ECOLOGY AND MANAGEMENT (2,3) 3 Current concepts and techniques relating to the management of sport and commercial fishery resources including lake and stream surveys. Prerequisites: BL110 and junior standing or permission of instructor. (Formerly QBL432) BL433 HISTOLOGY 3 (2,2) Study of the microscopic anatomy of tissues, with emphasis on mammals, Related physiological processes are integrated with the anatomical studies. Offered alternate years. Prerequisites: BL110 and junior standing. (Formerly QBL433) BL437 PLANT ECOLOGY (2,3) 3 The measurement and description of plant communities as well as some autecological studies. Prerequisites: BL202, BL337 with a C or better. (Formerly QBL437) BL439 WILDLIFE ECOLOGY AND MANAGEMENT 3 (2,3) A study of ecological principles as they relate to wildlife management. Discussion of the history, philosophy, and practice of wildlife :onservation. Demonstration of field and aboratory techniques. (Formerly QBL439) BL445 LIMNOLOGY (2,3) 3 An investigation of the principles of freshwater ecology of lakes and streams. Prerequisite: BL337. (Formerly QBL445) BL4S0 APPLIED MICROBIOLOGY AND BIOTECHNOLOGY 3 (2,3) An advanced course in microbiology concerning the role of bacteria, viruses, Rickettsia and molds in cause and control of various human infections. Food, dairy, soil and industrial microbiology will also be discussed along with Recombinant DNA, genetic engineering and cell tissue culture. Prerequisites: BL204 and CH226, CH350 recommended. (Formerly QBL480) BL490 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN BIOLOGY 1-4 (-M,°) Special studies and/or research in biology for individuals or small seminar groups. Course content to be arranged by student(s) and a supervising professor with approval of department head. Prerequisites: Students must have junior or senior standing, have an overall GPA of at least 2.5, and no I grades on their transcript. Independent study courses may be repeated for a maximum of eight credits. Additional information is available at the Department of Biology and Chemistry office. BL499 SENIOR THESIS 1 (0,3) Required of seniors majoring in biology. Students present seminars and provide an audience for fellow seniors. Each paper presented will be critically analyzed by the audience (also listed as EV499). Prerequisite: BL395. (Formerly QBL499) BL460 MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY INTERNSHIP 30 (15 credits per semester for a maximum of 30 credits) Practical and didactic training with regular Branch training is laboratory personnel. supplemented by informal lectures, oral quizzes and written examinations. Offered only at approved or affiliated hospital laboratories. Prerequisite: Satisfactory completion of required college course work. (Formerly QBL460) COURSES 244 NOTES �CHEMISTRY Special topics courses will be available as need and interest develop, Consult the semester Course Schedule for these.1 CH091 BASIC CHEMISTRY (3,0) 3 Thorough exposure to elementary chemistry for students inadequately prepared for college level chemistry. Emphasis on drill to enhance problem solving skills. Proficiency in basic mathematics (MA091) required. Students must receive a C or better in this course to qualify for CHI04, CHI08, or CHI 15. Credit in this course does not apply toward graduation. (Formerly QCH091) CH104 LIFE CHEMISTRY I (3,0) 3 An introduction to selected principles of chemistiy, including organic chemistry, with emphasis on their physiological importance and their applications to nursing and other health related professions. (This course does not apply toward a major or minor in chemistry.) Prerequisite: MA091 or equivalent. (Substitutes for QCH141) CH105 LIFE CHEMISTRY II (3.2) 4 A continuation of organic chemistry presented in CHI04 as well as a presentation of the chemical processes taking place in metabolism. The interrelationships between the metabolic processes of living systems are discussed along with their underlying chemical reactions. Prerequisite: CHI04. (Substitutes for QCH142) CH116 GENERAL CHEMISTRY II 4 (3,3) Continuation of CHI 15 with emphasis on equilibrium. Prerequisite: CHI 15 with a grade of C or better. (Substitutes for QCH113, QCH123, and half of QCH112) CH225 ORGANIC CHEMISTRY I 4 (3,3) Fundamental principles of organic chemistry, covering the structures, reactions and properties of aliphatic and alicyclic compounds. The course will introduce the study of organic nomenclature, functional group chemistry, stereochemistry, reactive intermediates, organic synthesis, reaction mechanisms, and conjugated unsaturated systems. The Laboratory introduces basic organic laboratory techniques and includes experiments in organic separations, synthesis, and analysis. Prerequisite: CHI 16. (Substitutes for QCH221) CH226 ORGANIC CHEMISTRY II 4 (3,3) A continuation of CH225 covering the structures, properties, and reactions of aromatic compounds, carbonyl compounds, carboxylic acids and their functional derivatives, phenols, amines, organometallics, carbohydrates, amino acids, and proteins. The course will introduce the study of spectral methods of structure determination and expand the study of organic synthesis and mechanisms. The laboratory will include experiments in spectroscopy, organic synthesis and mechanisms, qualitative organic analysis, and instrumental analysis. Prerequisite: CH225 with a grade of C or better. (Substitutes for QCH222 and QCH223) CH108 APPLIED CHEMISTRY 4 (3.3). An introduction to selected principles of chemistry with emphasis on technological applications. Credit in this course does not apply toward a major or minor in chemistry. (Substitutes for QCH181) CH231 QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS 3 (2,3) Evaluation of analytical data and study of gravimetric and titrimetric methods of analysis. Prerequisite: CHI 16 with a grade of C or better. (Formerly QCH231) CH115 GENERAL CHEMISTRY I (4.3) .5 Fundamental principles of chemistry with emphasis on atomic structure, molecular structure, and stoichiometry. Prerequisites: High school chemistry and MA092 or equivalent, each with a grade of C or better. (Substitutes for QCHlll, QCH122, and half of QCH112) CH232 INSTRUMENTAL ANALYSIS 3 (2,3) Continuation of CH231. An instrumental analysis course involving the theory and use of spectrochemical, electroanalytical, and separation methods for the characterization and determination of selected chemical substances. Prerequisite: CH231. (Formerly QCH232) COURSES • 245 �CH290 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN CHEMISTRY (1-4,0) 1-4 Special studies and/or research in chemistry for individuals or small seminar groups. Course content to be arranged by student(s) and a supervising professor with approval of department head. Prerequisites: Students must have an overall GPA of at least 2.5, and no I grades on their transcript. Independent study courses may be repeated for a maximum of eight credits, Additional information is available at the Department of Biology and Chemistry office. CH351 INTRODUCTORY BIOCHEMISTRY (3,3) 4 Introduction to the chemistry of biological molecules, including the general properties and chemical tranformation of amino acids, proteins, carbohydrates, lipids and nucleic Emphasis will be on correlating acids. chemical reactions with biological function. An introduction to the intermediary metabolism of the carbohydrates, amino acids, lipids and nucleic acids will also be presented. Prerequisite: CH226. (Substitutes for QCH350) CH353 INTRODUCTORY TOXICOLOGY '3,0) 3 n introduction to toxicology, including its story, types of poisons, their mode of >eration, and the biochemistry of jtoxification. Environmental problems aused by toxic contaminants will be discussed. Prerequisite: CH351 or permission of instructor. (Formerly QCH353) CH490 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN CHEMISTRY 1-4 Special studies and/or research in chemistry for individuals or small seminar groups. Course content to be arranged by student(s) and a supervising professor with approval of department head. Prerequisites: Students must have junior or senior standing, have an overall GPA of at least 2.5, and no I grades on their transcript. Independent study courses may be repeated for a maximum of eight credits. Additional information is available at the Department of Biology and Chemistry office. (1^,°) CRIMINAL JUSTICE Special topics courses will be available as need and interest develop, Consult the semester Course Schedule for these. CJ101 INTRODUCTION TO CRIMINAL JUSTICE (3,0) 3 A survey of the evolution of criminal justice with particular emphasis on the development of western models of justice. Included will be the role of law enforcement, corrections, the courts and loss control. (Substitutes for QCJ101) CJ102 POLICE PROCESS (3,0) 3 Basic principles and techniques of administration which apply to criminal justice organizations. Emphasis on decision making, authority, human relations, and communication within organizations. (Substitutes for QCJ102) CJ106 JUVENILE JUSTICE 3 (3,0) Theories of juvenile delinquency and the roles of criminal justice personnel are considered with emphasis on legal rights, treatment, confinement, and the role of a community. (Substitutes for QCJ106) CJ110 INTRODUCTION TO CORRECTIONS 3 (3,0) History and philosophy of correctional policy and need for correctional reform; correctional system from arrest through sentencing; correctional personnel and clients. (Formerly QCJllO) CJ130 CUENTRELATXDNSWCORRECnONS 3 Meaning and functions of culture and discrimination, minorities in Michigan, affirmative action and attitude formation; ethics, values and professional responsiveness. (Formerly QCJ 130) m CJ140 CORRECTIONAL CLIENT GROWTH AND DEVELOPMENT 3 (3,0) Emphasis on needs, identities and development of recipients of correctional services; to assist students in gaining insights into development of sensitivity to behavior and motivations of corrections clients. Specific problems of prisoners and intervention strategies are reviewed. (Formerly QCJ 140) CJ201 FIREARMS TRAINING 1 (0,2) Emphasis on safe weapon handling, the fundamentals of good marksmanship, proper methods of cleaning, and weapon nomenclature. A variety of weapons will be used. Students will have to provide their own targets and ammunition. Prerequisite: Criminal justice student, sophomore standing or permission of CJ coordinator. (Substitutes for QCJ201) COURSES 246 �CJ202 CANADIAN CRIMINAL LAW (3.0) 3 Survey of Canadian substantive and procedural criminal law including search and seizure, arrest, evidence and statutory and case law. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. (Formerly QCJ202) CJ206 LAW ENFORCEMENT/LOSS CONTROL INTERNSHIP (3,0) 3 Field experience for correlation of theoretical knowledge with practice in participatin law enforcmenet or loss control agencies. Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor or sophomore standing. Course may be elected twice for credit of six hours. (Formerly QCJ206 or QCJ207) CJ212 LOSS CONTROL (3,0) 3 Study of security, including historical, legal and philosophical framework for various phases of security operations in our society today. (Formerly QCJ211 and part of QCJ305, CJ212 and CJ306 are equivalent to QCJ211, QCJ305 and QCJ307) CJ220 INSTITUTIONAL CORRECTIONS (3,0) 3 A survey of the history and philosophy of correctional institutions focusing on: The use of imprisonment as a mechanism of social control, custody versus treatment, rights of prisoners, prison and jail management, institutional training programs, examination of contemporary correctional institutions, prison and jail architecture, and prisoner society. (Formerly QCJ220) CJ240 COMMUNITY BASED CORRECTIONS (3,0) 3 A survey of the history, development, techniques, and fundamentals of noninstitutional correctional programs and services. Emphasis will be placed on the necessity of correctional programs to interact with other human service agencies within the community. (Substitutes for QCJ230) CJ250 CORRECTIONAL LAW (3,0) 3 Survey of substantive and procedural correctional law including sentencing, probation, parole, imprisonment, fines and restitution, and prisoners rights. Case law method used, based on appellate court decisions which evolve from criminal c defendant litigation, complex legal issues concerning American corrections. (Formerly QCJ250) OJ306 SECURITY SYSTEMS 3 Overview of specialized areas of security in specific facilities with special attention given to information security. Prerequisites: CJ212 or permission of instructor. (Formerly QCJ307 and part of QCJ305, CJ212 and CJ306 are equivalent to QCJ211.QCJ305 and QCJ307) CJ308 ADVANCED FIREARMS TRAINING ^ fundamentals of single and double hand combat firing of hand guns, shotguns and semi-automatic weapons also included. Prerequisite: CJ201 or permission of criminal justice coordinator. (Substitutes for QCJ308) CJ313 CRISIS INTERVENTION OF DEVIANT BEHAVIOR 3 (3,0) Survey of philosophy, theory and practice involved in the treatment of different crisis situations most commonly confronting the law enforcement officer in the performance of regular duties. Prerequisite: CJ101, 102 or approval of instructor. (Formerly QCI313) CJ319 SUBSTANTIVE CRIMINAL LAW (3,0) 3 Survey of substantive criminal law as a means of attaining socially desirable ends including protection of life and property. Deals with historical, philosophical concepts as well as case law. Prerequisite: CJ101 or permission of instructor. (Formerly QCJ203 and QCJ404) CJ321 ETHICAL ISSUES IN PUBLIC SAFETY (3,0) 3 Consideration of selected issues in public safety organizations. Emphasis on the role of practitioners and relations with the various publics. Students will be given moral dilemmas and will consider their individual value system. Prerequisites: 0101,102, or permission of instructor. (Substitutes for QO301 and QO302) CJ330 CORRECTIONAL CASEWORK (3,0) The history, standards and principles correctional casework are presented; the role functions and goals of casework are discusser the competencies and training required fo\ effective casework are considered correctional clients - probation and parole selection and appraisal - are concentrated upon. Prerequisites: CJ220, CJ240, junior or senior standing and permission of instructor. (Formerly QCJ320) CJ341 FIRE AND ARSON INVESTIGATION (3,0) . ■:3 Determination of fire cause and origin and explosion causes. Prevention, documentation and legal aspects examined. Prerequisite: Junior standing or permission of instructor. (Substitutes for QCJ312 and/or QFS212) CJ343 INVESTIGATION (3,0) 3 Introduction to criminal investigation and the techniques of forensic science with emphasis upon crime scene procedures. Prerequisite: GJIOl and junior standing or permission of instructor. (Formerly QCJ314 and part of QCJ309, substitutes for QCJ303, CJ343 and Cl344 are equivalent to QCJ309, QCJ314 and QCJ315) COURSES ■ 247 �CJ344 CRIMINALISTICS (3,0) COMPUTER SCIENCE 3 Continuation of 0343 with increased emphasis on criminalistic methods. Prerequisite: CJ343. (Formerly QCJ315 and pan of QCJ309, CJ343 and CJ344 are equivalent to QCJ309. QCJ314, and QCJ315) CJ401 SENIOR SEMINAR (3,0) 3 Seminar and independent study course with individual student guidance by faculty on selected research topics in criminal justice. Prerequisites: Senior standing or permission of instructor. (Formerly QCJ401) CJ402 CRIMINAL JUSTICE INTERNSHIP 3-9 Criminal justice internship with an agency. Credit is based on 34 hours of field work per credit hour. Students must make application by the ninth week of the previous semester. Prerequisite: Senior standing or permission of instructor. (Formerly QCJ402 or QCJ403) CJ406 ADVANCED CANADIAN JURISPRUDENCE (3,0) 3 Expands upon the material covered in CJ202, Canadian Criminal Law, including trail tactics and procedures, sentencing, jurors, invasion of privacy, and other current topics. Prerequisite: CJ202 or permission of instructor. (Formerly QCJ406) CJ407 POLICE OPERATIONS I (3,4) 5 Survey of police patrol operations including the relationship between the legal, investigative, administrative, juvenile functions and the patrol officer. Defensive tactics for the patrol officer are also covered. Course is only open to senior MLETOC Certification Students. (Substitutes for QCJ318 and QCJ405) CJ408 POLICE OPERATIONS II (4,2) 5 Continuation of CJ407. Emphasis on traffic function including motor vehicle law, driving policies and liabilities, licensing, enforcement, and accident investigation. Prerequisite: CJ407 and senior MLEOTC Certification status. (Substitutes for QCJ317) CJ409 PROCEDURAL CRIMINAL LAW (3,0) 3 Principles, duties and mechanics of criminal procedures as applied to important areas of arrest, search and seizure. Prerequisite: CJ319 or approval of the instructor. (Formerly 0316) Special topics courses will be available as need and interest develop. Consult the semester Course Schedule for these. CS100 INTRODUCTION TO MICROCOMPUTER APPLICATIONS (3,0) 3 The study of a selection of contemporary microcomputer applications, including operating system concepts, programming in BASIC, word processing, database management systems, and spreadsheets. Brief survey of other applications, such as presentation graphics, computer-assisted drafting, and desktop publishing. Prerequisite: Completion of mathematics competency graduation requirement. (Substitutes for QCS101) CS111 INTRODUCTION TO COMPUTER SCIENCE I 3 (3,0) Fundamental concepts of computer science, using the Pascal programming language as a vehicle. Input and output, the standard data types, arithmetic, and control structures. Functions and procedures. Primitive data structures, including arrays, records, and strings. Files and multidimensional data. Text processing and simple parsing. Applications to illustrate these basic programming concepts. Prerequisite: CS100 or appropriate programming experience, and completion of, or current enrollment in a mathematics course numbered 100 or above. (Substitutes for QCS161) CS112 INTRODUCTION TO COMPUTER SCIENCE II 3 (3,0) Continuation of CS 111 with an emphasis on program design and data structures. Sorting, searching, pointer-variables, and free storage management. Stacks and queues and general trees, and graphs. Prerequisite: CSlll with grade of C or better. (Substitutes for QCS163) CS205 COMPUTER ORGANIZATION AND ARCHITECTURE 3 (3,0) A hardware-oriented introduction to the structure of modem computer systems, emphasizing the role of, and interrelationships between the various components. The evolution of modem computer systems. Memory organization, peripheral devices, and their connectivity. Instruction sets, arithmetic, and central processing unit structure. Control unit organization and operation. Alternative computer architectures. Prerequisite: CS112 with grade of C or better. (New course in fall, 1991) COURSES 248 �CS210 COBOL PROGRAMMING (3,0) alternate years 3 An introduction to the COBOL programming language emphasizing facilities for the effective management of files and databases. Overview of COBOL syntax, arithmetic, input/output and control structures in COBOL. Report generation and table management. COBOL facilities for sorting and merging files. Sequential, relative, and indexed rile organizations and their applications. Facilities for interfacing with database management systems. NOTE: Students may not receive credit for this course and the COBOL programming sequence, DP275 and DP27o, offered in the data processing curriculum. Prerequisite: CS112. (Substitutes for QCS211) CS212 RLE AND DATABASE MANAGEMENT (3,0) 3 An introduction to files and file processing, with an emphasis on non-sequential organizations for supporting multi-file databases. Direct file structures and hashing, indexing, tree-structures organizations. Expandable file structures. Secondary key retrieval. Application to database structures. Prerequisite: CS112. (Formerly QCS212) CS290 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN COMPUTER SCIENCE 1-4 in computer Special studies and/or research science for individuals or small seminar groups. Course content to be arranged with instructor and with approval of the department head. This course may be repeated for a maximum of eight credits. Prerequisites: Sophomore standing or higher and permission of the instructor. CS321 COMPUTER GRAPHICS (3,0) alternate years 3 An introduction to the generation of graphical images by computer. Survey of common graphics devices. Generation of lines and curves. Representation of two-dimensional objects. Techniques for area filling. Scaling, rotation, and translation in two dimensions. Rendering three-dimensional objects by projections. Scaling, rotating and translating in three dimensions. Hidden line and hidden surface detection and removal. Prerequisite: CS112, and MA141 or MA151. (Substitutes for QCS321) CS333 SYSTEMS PROGRAMMING (3,0) 3 An introduction to systems-leve! programming using C and assembly language. Desig n and development of specialized systems utilities, such as window-management packages and command interpreter shells. Overview of the function and design of system utility programs, such as text editors, language processors, and linkers. Prerequisite: CS205. (Substitutes for QCS331) CS334 OPERATING SYSTEMS CONCEPTS 3 (3,0) . . Definition and historical development of operating systems. Characteristics of batch, interactive, and multiprogramming systems. File systems, processor and memory management. Communication, concurrency, deadlock, and protection. Prerequisite: CS333. (Substitutes for QCS431) CS340 COMPUTER SIMULATION (3,0) alternate years 3 Introduction to the use of computer simulation as an alternative approach to finding solutions for difficult mathematical problems. Numerical generation of random deviates from several standard distributions. Theoretical concepts from probability, statistics, and queuing theory. Simulation exercises and languages for performing computer simulations. Prerequisites: CS 112 and MA308. (Substitutes for QCS340) CS401 AUTOMATA THEORY, LANGUAGES, AND COMPUTABILITY (3,0) alternate years 3 An introduction to the theoretical foundations of computer science. Topics include automata theory, grammars and formal languages, decidability and computability. Prerequisites: CS112 and MA2I6. (Formerly QCS401) CS411 PROGRAMMING LANGUAGE CONCEPTS (3,0) 3 Comparative treatment of common programming languages and their underlying Formal language definition, structure. interpretive and compiled implementations. Data representation and control structures. Run-time support requirements. Prerequisite: CS333 (Formerly QCS4J1) CS418 SOFTWARE ENGINEERING (1,4) 3 A project-based introduction to the design and implementation of computer software. Requirements analysis, software specification, design methodologies, implementation, testing, verification, documentation, and maintenance. Development of a complete software system for "real-world" clients by project teams. Prerequisite: CS212. (Formerly QCS416-417) CS490 RESEARCH TOPICS IN COMPUTER SCIENCE 1-4 (1-4,0) Special studies and/or research in computer science for individuals or small seminar groups. Course content to be arranged with instructor and with approval of the department head. This course may be repeated for a maximum of eight credits. Prerequisites: Junior standing or higher and permission of the instructor. COURSES 249 �COMPUTER ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY DATA PROCESSING Special topics courses will be available as need and interest develop, Consult the semester Course Schedule for these. CT224 DIGITAL ELECTRONICS (3,2) 4 A detailed study of the electronic behavior of combinational sequential digital circuitry. Proper utilization of MSI/LSI digital integrated circuits and programmable logic devices (PLD’s) will be stressed. Prerequisite: ET124. (Substitutes for CT242/282). CT235 MICROPROCESSOR FUNDAMENTALS (3,2) 4 An introduction to number systems, binary arithmetic, microprocessor architecture, machine and assembly language program development, and computer system hardware and interfacing techniques. Prerequisite: CS100 or CS 111. (Substitutes for QCT233/273). CT236 MICROCONTROLLER APPLICATIONS (4,3) 5 A detailed introduction to single-chip microcomputer architectures, programming and interfacing. Practical considerations of embedding a real-time control element in digital and analog systems are emphasized. Prerequisite: CT235. (Substitutes for QCT234/274). CT265 INTRODUCTION TO TECHNICAL PROGRAMMING (3,°) 3 An introduction to computer programming in the C language emphasizing technical problem solving. (Intended primarily for students in Mechanical Engineering Technology.) Prerequisite: MT100 or CS100. (New course in Fall 1991). CT335 DIGUAL DESIGN (3,2) 4 Detailed logical and electronic design considerations using combinational and sequential digital techniques. State machines and programmable logic devices are emphasized. Prerequisite: CT224. (New course in Fall 1991). Special topics courses will be available as Consult the need and interest develop, semester Course Schedule for these. DP151 COMPUTER APPLICATIONS (1-2,0) 1-2 A series of courses using computer applications programs. Each course will provide 15 classroom hours of instruction per credit. A student may register for one or more sections per term, for a maximum of five credits earned in this course. Students without computer experience are expected to take the introduction to computers module as a prerequisite. (Formerly QOA151) DP165 APL PROGRAMMING (3,0) 3 An introduction to the APL computer Covers APL programming language, concepts, primitive operators, calculator mode, function definition, workspace and library management, and file operation. Emphasis is on development of computational facilities. (Formerly QDP165) DP225 WORD PROCESSING TECHNIQUES 3 (3,0) Study and application of office systems, word processing systems, and word processing machine operation with 40 hours of hands-on experience. Prerequisite: Basic keyboarding skills and introduction to computers. Handson experience is scheduled in labs outside of classroom hours and performance tests are individually scheduled on some equipment. (Formerly QOA225) DP230 WORD PROCESSING APPLICATIONS 3 (3,0) Comprehensive training on word processing equipment including completion of machine training programs, problem applications and text editing. Prerequisite: DP225 or permission Hands-on experience is of instructor, scheduled in labs outside of classroom hours, and performance tests are individually scheduled on some equipment. (Formerly QOA230) COURSES 250 �DP240 DESKTOP PUBLISHING AND PRESENTATIONS I (3,0) 3 Emphasis is on understanding the basic concepts of desktop publishing and how to create well-designed publications and presentations. Creating brochures, graphics, newsletters, reports and resumes using lowend software. Topics include: the production process-traditional vs. desk-top, planning and layout, drawing simple graphics, clip art graphics, copyrights, electronically scanned art and photography. Prerequisites: English competency and a working knowledge of a word processor or permission of instructor. (New Course Fall 1991) DP245 DESKTOP PUBLISHING AND PRESENTATIONS II (3,0) 3 Continuation of DP240 DESKTOP PUBLISHING AND PRESENTATIONS I. Topics include: the Windows environment, a high-end page composer, vector graphics software, multimedia presentations. Prerequisites: DP240. (New Course Fall 1991) DP264 INTRODUCTION TO DATA PROCESSING (3,0) 3 An introduction to the terminology, application software and fundamental concepts of computing. Topics include history of data processing, computer hardware, software, systems, programming concepts, system and software development, impact on society, user application issues and pre-programmed user packages. Prerequisite: Mathematics competency. (Formerly QDP264) DP268 PL/1 PROGRAMMING (3,0) 3 Fundamentals of structured program design, development, testing, implementation and documentation using PL/1, application of topdown design strategies and structured programming techniques for designing and developing program solutions. Coverage of janguage syntax, data and files structure, and input/output devices for implementing programs for input editing, table processing, report generation and sequential file creation and access. Prerequisite: DP264 or permission of instructor. (Formerly QDP268) DP269 RPG II PROGRAMMING (3,0) 3 The RPG II report program generation language is used for rapid report generation in business settings. The fundamental capabilities of RPG II are covered including report generation, calculations, data editing, and table lookup. Additional topics include system Job Control Language (JCL) and Screen Design Aids (SDA). Prerequisite: DP264 or permission of instructor. (Formerly QDP269) DP275 COBOL PROGRAMMING I (3,0) 3 DP276 COBOL PROGRAMMING II (3,0) 3 Application of structured programming techniques to business situations using the COBOL language. Emphasis on program design, writing, compiling, and testing. Report generation, arithmetic and conditional statements, control breaks, table processing, data editing and sequential file processing. Prerequisite: DP264 (Substitutes for QDP265) Continuation of COBOL programming from DP275. Applications include file sorting and updating, segmented and random file processing using the indexed sequential access method. Emphasis on program design, documentation and testing. Prerequisite: DP275. (Substitutes for DP266.267) DP366 DATABASE PROGRAM DEVELOPMENT 3 (3,0) Introduction to application program development in a database environment with an emphasis on loading, modifying, and querying the database. Discussion and application of data structures, indexed and direct file organizations, models of data including hierarchical, network, and relational. Discussion of storage devices, data administration and data analysis, design and implementation. Prerequisite: DP276. (Formerly QDP366) DP367 DECISION SUPPORT AND EXPERT SYSTEMS 3 (3,0) Decision Suppport Systems assist top-level managers. Expert Systems attempt to capture human expertise in a computer. This course examines the concept, design, development, and implementation of these two types of systems. Students will do case studies and projects in each area. Prerequisite: DP276. (Formerly QDP367) DP368 SOFTWARE AND HARDWARE CONCEPTS (3,0) 3 Survey of technical topics related to computer systems with emphasis on relationship between hardware architecture, system software and applications software. Topics include components, data representation, addressing, assembler language, translation, interrupts and multiprogramming. Prerequisite: DP276 (Formerly QDP368) DP461 SYSTEMS ANALYSIS AND DESIGN I 3 (3,0) The course covers the system development life cycle for computer systems. Includes the concept of systems, business system components, tools and techniques of the systems analyst, and life cycle phases of study, design and development. Uses practical casebook projects. Prerequisite: DP368. (Substitutes for QDP364) COURSES 251 �DP462 SYSTEMS ANALYSIS AND DESIGN II 3 (3,0) Continuation of DP461. Includes the life cycle activities of system implementation, changeover, operations and maintenance. Student teams will use the case methodology to study, design, develop, document, and implement an automated system as a practical presentation of the project. Group dynamics of project planning, organizing, reporting and control will be stressed. Prerequisite: DP461. (Substitutes for QDP365 and QDP464) DP466 ADVANCED DATABASE CONCEPTS (3,0) 3 Investigation and application of advanced database concepts including database administration, database technology and selection and acquisition of database management systems. In-depth practicum in data modeling and system development in a database environment. Overview of future trends in data management. Prerequisite: DP366. (Formerly QDP466) DP467 DISTRIBUTED DATA PROCESSING 3 (3,0) The features of centralized, decentralized and distributed systems will be examined. The impact of distributed systems on the business nterprise will be exposed via the medium of ise studies. Technology implications of jmputer hardware, software and immunications are discussed as they relate to ne design, development and implementation of distributed data processing systems. Prerequisite: DP366. (Formerly QDP467) DP468 EDP AUDIT AND CONTROLS (3,0) 3 An introduction to the fundamentals of EDP auditing. Emphasis on EDP controls, types of EDP audits, and concepts and techniques used in EDP audits. Exposure to risk assessment and professional standards in the field of EDP auditing. Prerequisite: DP366. (Formerly QDP 468) DP469 INFORMATION RESOURCE MANAGEMENT (3,0) 3 A seminar course providing a broad overview of the information systems management function. The course emphasizes information systems management, with particular attention on planning, organizing, and controlling user services and managing the computer information systems development process. Coverage of subject matter through lectures, reading, discussions and case study analysis. Prerequisites: DP368 and senior standing. (Formerly QDP469) DRAFTING & DESIGN ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY Special topics courses will be available as need and interest develop. Consult the semester Course Schedule for these. DT125 ELECTRONIC DRAFTING 2 (1,3) An introduction to electronic drafting to include instruments, lettering, sketching, multiview projection, dimensioning, reproduction, standard electronic symbols, schematic diagrams and circuit board layout. (Substitutes for QET125). DT132 CONSTRUCTION SKETCHING AND DRAWING 3 (2,3) Free hand and computer-aided drafting (CAD) of orthographic and pictorial representations to include the study and development of architectural working drawing, plan views, elevations, details and schedules. (Substitutes for QBC122 and QBC132). DT214 ADVANCED COMPUTER AIDED DRAFTING (CAD) (3,0) 3 Advanced Autocad to include attributes, data extraction, (3-D) construction techniques, customization of macros and menus, Autoslip, system management, intelligent symbols, slide shows, interfacing Autocad with WordPerfect, facilities management, and Autoshade. Prerequisite: ME 124. (Substitutes for QDT215 and QDT315). DT261 TOOL DESIGN AND INSPECTION METHODS (2.3) 3 A study of the job of a tool designer as it relates to the various manufacturing processes in both limited and mass production. Optimum design of cutting tools used in manufacturing and the methods of inspection for manufactured products will be introduced. Prerequisite: MT113. (Substitutes for QDT211). DT262 JIG, FIXTURE AND DIE DESIGN (3.4) 5 Procedures for design and construction of jigs, fixtures and dies for both limited and mass production. Prerequisite: MT113. (Substitutes for QDT212 and QDT213). COURSES 252 �EC306 INTERMEDIATE MICROECONOMTCS ECONOMICS Special topics courses will be available as need and interest develop. Consult the semester Course Schedule for these. EC201 PRINCIPLES OF MACROECONOMICS (3,0) 3 Nature and scope of economics; national income accounting; problems of unemployment and price instability; public revenues and expenditures; money and banking; Fiscal and monetary policies to promote stability and economic growth. Prerequisite: Mathematics competency. (Formerly QEC201) EC202 PRINCIPLES OF MICROECONOMICS (3.0) 3 3 0,0) Theory of demand; consumer choice and utility analysis; production and cost analysis; price-output determination under the four market structures; resource allocation; public policy and managerial applications emphasized. Prerequisite: EC202. (Formerly QEC308) EC309 INTERMEDIATE MACROECONOMICS 3 (3,0) Determinants and measurement of national income; theories of consumption and investment; aggregate economic analysis including IS-LM and aggregate demandaggregate supply models; unemployment and inflation; stabilization policies; economic growth. Prerequisite: EC201. (Formerly QEC309) EC403 PRIVATE ENTERPRISE AND PUBLIC POUCY Principles of economic reasoning; supply and demand analysis; theories of production; price and output determination under each of the four market structures; factor returns, and income distribution theories; public policy implications. Prerequisite: Mathematics competency. (Formerly QEC202) 3 (3,0) Review of price theory; structure, conduct and performance; antitrust laws and application: restraint of trade, monopoly, mergers, trade practices; regulation. Prerequisite: EC202. (Formerly QEC403) EC302 MANAGERIAL ECONOMICS (4.0) EC408 INTERNATIONAL ECONOMICS (3,0) 4 A study of the application of economic analysis to managerial decisions. Topics include the Firm and its environment, demand estimation, production and cost analysis, optimization and proFit maximization, analysis of markets, pricing strategy and analysis of project decisions. Prerequisite: MAH2 or MA141 or equivalent. EC304 MONEY, BANKING AND MONETARY POLICY (3,0) 3 Monetary theory; study of Financial institutions and central bank authorities; monetary policy and its limitations; changing structure of Financial markets and industry; relationships between money, prices and national income. Prerequisite: EC201. (Formerly QEC304) EC305 PUBLIC FINANCE (3,0) 3 The economics of public Finance, including taxation, public expenditures and fiscal policy. Rationale and objectives of government activity in a market system; distribution of tax burden; income redistribution effects of taxation and expenditure programs. Prerequisite: EC201 or EC202. (Formerly QEC305) 3 Pure theory of trade and comparative advantage; free trade versus protectionism; trade problems of developing nations; balance of payment accounting; exchange rates; international monetary systems. Prerequisites: EC201 and EC202. (Formerly QEC408) EC409 SEMINAR IN ECONOMICS (1-2,0) 1-2 Discussion of economic issues, theories and their applications. May be repeated for credit with the approval of the instructor for a total of 4 credits. (Formerly QEC409) EDUCATION Special topics courses will be available as need and interest develop. Consult the semester Course Schedule for these. ED101 FOUNDATIONS OF EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION 3 (3,0) An introduction to the field of Early Topics include its history, Childhood. application of theories to curriculum, types of programs, and issues in the field of child care. Observations of various early childhood settings will be required. (Substitutes for QED230 and QED231). COURSES 253 �ED105 CHILD GUIDANCE AND WELFARE (3,°) ED270 ADMINISTRATION OF EARLY CHILDHOOD PROGRAMS (3,0) 3 Through readings, discussions, observations, and interactions with children, the student will leam how to develop guidance strategies when working with children in an early childhood setting. Prerequisite: PY155 or PY265. ED110 CURRICULUM DEVELOPMENT AND TEACHING PRACTICES (3,0) 3 Developing curriculum and teaching practices based on the whole child’s development: cognitive, physical, social, emotional, and creative. Emphasis on planning play activities for learning centers. Observations of children in an early childhood setting will be required. (Formerly QED240). ED111 INFANTS AND TODDLERS: DEVELOPMENTALLY APPROPRIATE PRACTICES 3 Knowledge of Financial, legal, supervisory and administrative procedures used in operating an early childhood program will be gained through lectures, discussions, readings, and activities. Prerequisite: Completion of ED260 Practicum I or permission of instructor. (Formerly QED360) ENGLISH Special topics courses will be available as Consult the need and interest develop, semester Course Schedule for these. EN091 BASIC ENGUSH (3,0) 3 Includes theories of emotional, physical, social and cognitive stages of development of children ages 0 to 36 months. The knowledge of these stages will be applied to matching developmentally appropriate teaching and caregiving practices. Issues in administering Infant/Toddler programs will also be discussed. Prerequisite: PY155 or PY265. (Substitutes for QED250). 3 (3,0) . Thorough review of basic language skills for students inadequately prepared for Freshman Composition; weekly vocabulary tests and writing assignments. Credit/no credit Final grade. Credit in this course does not apply All students whose toward graduation. English placement examination score does not place them in EN110 must receive credit for EN091 before taking EN110. (Substitutes for QEN090) ED220 EARLY CHILDHOOD LITERATURE (3,0) EN110 FRESHMAN COMPOSITION (3,0) 3 Readings in developmentally appropriate literature and related activities across the curriculum for young children, ages birth through kindergarten. Prerequisite: EN110 and SD101. (Formerly QED241). ED260 PRACTICUM I (1,12) 4 The student will complete 12 hours weekly in an early childhood laboratory setting for a 15 week total of 180 contact hours. Attendance at a weekly seminar is also required. Prerequisites: Completion of ED 101, ED 105, EDI 10, and EDI 11, and permission of nstructor. Students should seek permission of nstructor no later than 10th week of semester preceding enrollment. Credit/No Credit grade. (Substitutes for one-half (1/2) of QED363). ED261 PRACTICUM II (1,12) 4 The student will complete 12 hours weekly in an early childhood laboratory setting for a 15 week total of 180 contact hours. Attendance at a weekly seminar is also required. Prerequisites: Completion of ED260 and permission of instructor. Students should seek permission of instructor no later than 10th week of semester preceding enrollment. Credit/No Credit grade. (Substitutes for one half (1/2) of QED363). 3 Emphasis on writing, usage and rhetoric which may include narration, process, description, comparison/contrast, deFinition and classiFication. Introduction to library resources and documentation. Prerequisite: Appropriate score on the English placement examination or credit for EN091. (Substitutes for QEN101) EN205 BASIC TECHNICAL REPORT WRmNG 3 (3,0) Introduction to fundamentals of reading and writing memos, letters, short reports, and articles. Prerequisites: EN110 and sophomore standing. Students will not receive credit for this course if they have already received credit for EN210 or EN215. (Substitutes for QEN190) EN210 RESEARCH PAPER PROCESS (3,0) 3 A course in research methods and critical reading and writing. Includes introduction to library resources and research protocols. Emphasis on critical analysis and evaluation of primary and secondary source material. Requires one short and one long research paper: APA style. Prerequisites: ENl 10 and sophomore standing. (Substitutes for EN103) COURSES 254 �EN215 INTRODUCTION TO LITERATURE AND RESEARCH (3,0) 3 A course in research methods and critical reading and writing, including the study of traditional and modem techniques of literary interpretation. Requires one research paper and five critical papers: MLA style. Prerequisites: EN110 and sophomore standing. (New course in fall, 1991) EN220 ADVANCED COMPOSITION (3,0) 3 Study and practice of the various forms of academic discourse. Library research paper required. Prerequisite: EN210 or EN215. (Substitutes for QEN208) EN221 CREATIVE WRITING (3,0) 3 Writing and discussion of art forms such as poetry, fiction and drama consistent with the student’s individual interests. Prerequisite: EN210 or EN215, or permission of instructor. (Substitutes for QEN325) EN231 AMERICAN LITERATURE I (3,0) 3 A chronological study of American literature from the colonial writers through the Romantic period, ending with the Civil War. Prerequisite: EN110, or permission of instructor. (Substitutes for QEN201) EN232 AMERICAN LITERATURE II (3,0) 3 A chronological study of American literature from the Civil War through the present, covering the Age of Realism and the development of twentieth century literature. Prerequisite: ENllO, or permission of instructor. (Substitutes for QEN203; waive EN202) EN233 ENGLISH LITERATURE I (3,0) 3 Reading and discussion of selected works from the Old English period to the beginning of the eighteenth century. Emphasis on major writers and works, evaluated in their historical context. Prerequisite: EN110, or permission of instructor. (Substitutes for QEN211) EN234 ENGUSH LITERATURE II (3,0) 3 Reading and discussion of selected works from the eighteenth century to the twentieth century. Emphasis on major writers and works, evaluated in their historical context. Prerequisite: ENllO, or permission of instructor. (Substitutes for QEN213; waive EN212) EN235 SURVEY OF NATIVE AMERICAN LITERATURE (3,0) 3 An overview of Native American Literature, including myths, poetry, biographys, legends, and stories from recognized Indian and nonIndian authors. The significance of Indian philosophy found in such literature will be emphasized. Prerequisite: EN2I0 or EN215 or permission of instructor. (New course in fall, 1991) EN305 ADVANCED TECHNICAL REPORT WRITING 3 (3,0) Preparation of written reports of type produced by technologists; emphasis on research reports. Prerequisites: EN205 and junior standing. (Substitutes for QEN390) EN320 RESPONDING TO WRITING (2,0) 2 A course in the theories and practices of effective composition strategies with an emphasis on responding to interdisciplinary writing, recommended for tutors, writing assistants, potential secondary education majors and other interested students. Course includes current research on the writing process, theory and practice of responding to student writing, computer assisted writing and revision, tutorial strategies, characteristics of modes of various disciplinary writing and writing to learn. Hands on emphasis with actual student papers and clients. Ombudsmen and tutors have priority. Course is cross-listed as ED320. Prerequisites: ENI10 and permission of instructor. (Formerly QEN302) EN330 DEVELOPMENT OF THE NOVEL IN ENGLAND AND AMERICA I 3 (3,0) Study of the leading novelists-English and American-of the eighteenth century and the first half of the nineteenth century, beginning with Defoe and ending with the works of the 1840’s. Prerequisite: EN231-232 or EN233234, or permission of instructor. This course will be offered every other year. (Substitutes for QEN426) EN331 DEVELOPMENT OF THE NOVEL IN ENGLAND AND AMERICA II 3 (3,0) Study of the background and art of the Anglo/American novel from approximately 1850 to the present. Intensive examination of characteristic forms, techniques, and themes in major works. Prerequisite: EN231-232 or EN233-234, or permission of instructor. This course will be offered every other year. (Substitutes for QEN371) COURSES 255 �EN332 THE SHORT STORY (3,0) 3 A study of the background and development of the short story. Readings will include selections from Boccaccio, the French conte and the German novella in addition to English and American short stories. Prerequisite: EN210 or EN215. This course will be offered every other year. (New course in fall, 1991) EN333 STUDIES IN THE DRAMA: THE GENRE AND THEATER IN CONTEXT 3 (3,0) EN431 MILTON AND THE METAPHYSICAL POETS 3 (3,0) Intensive study of Milton’s principal poetic works including Paradise Lost and Samson Agonistes; Donne’s poetry and prose, and the metaphysical poets. Prerequisite: EN233 or permission of instructor. This course will be offered every other year. (Substitutes for QEN356) EN432 SHAKESPEARE (3,0) 3 A study of major plays in the context of theatre and literary history from the beginning to the present, including European, British and American development. Prerequisite: EN210 or EN215. This course will be offered every other year. (New course in fall, 1991) Intensive study of Shakespeare’s comedies, tragedies and historical dramas. Prerequisite: EN233, or permission of instructor. This course will be offered every other year. (Substitutes for QEN353) EN334 APPROACH TO POETRY (3,0) EN433 SEMINAR IN MAJOR AMERICAN AND ENGLISH WRITERS 3 (3,0) 3 This is an introduction to the appreciation of poetry for junior-senior students (not exclusively English majors). Prerequisite: EN210 or EN215, or permission of instructor. This course will be offered every other year. (Substitutes for QEN372) EN420 HISTORY AND STRUCTURE OF THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE (3,0) 3 Development and structure of the English language; relationship with other IndoEuropean languages. Prerequisite: EN233-234, or permission of instructor. This course will be offered every other year. (Substitutes for QEN411) An intensive study of a single writer, or of two or three writers who might be studied together profitably along thematic, technical or other lines. Prerequisite: Junior-senior standing, or permission of instructor. May be repeated twice for credit. (New course in fall, 1991) EN450 DIRECTED INDIVIDUAL STUDY (3,0) EXERCISE SCIENCE EN421 HISTORY OF LITERARY CRITICISM (3,0) 3 An investigation of the history of critical theory to include classicism, neoclassicism, romanticism, the New Critics, and contemporary critical trends. Prerequisite: EN233-234, or permission of instructor. This course will be offered every other year. (Substitutes for QEN412) 3 Individual study of an author, period, genre or other related topic relevant to literary scholarship. Each student will do extensive research and prepare a paper. (Substitutes for QEN413) Special topics courses will be available as Consult the need and interest develop, semester Course Schedule for these. ES140 HEALTH AND FITNESS EN430 CHAUCER (3,0) (3,°) 3 Intensive study of Chaucer’s life and times and principal literary works: Canterbury Tales, Troilus and Criseyde, The Romaunt of the Rose. Prerequisite: EN233, or permission of instructor. This course will be offered every other year. (Substitutes for QEN355) 3 Introductory course: theoretical basics of exercise, diet and nutrition and the wellness Topics include aerobic and lifestyle. musculoskeletal fitness, weight control, stress reduction, alcohol and tobacco abuse and presents principles for promoting a wellness lifestyle. (Substitutes for QES210). COURSES 256 �ES141 INTRODUCTION TO MOVEMENT (3,0) ES295 PRACTICUM 3 This course reviews and applies the pertinent aspects of the prerequisite disciplines of anatomy and physiology. Specific attention will be placed on muscles, bones, joint structures, and functions as well as the fundamentals of leverage, balance, and "the feel of the movement", A detailed understanding of movement description is the most critical element in the student’s mastery of the subject matter. (New course in Fall, 1991) ES230 ORTHOPAEDIC ASSESSMENT IN SPORTS MEDICINE (3,0) 3 Provides a clear concise process of physical examination of the spine and extremities which would direct the student in a logical, efficient and thorough search of anatomy relevant to the field of sports medicine. This course will allow the student to continue to build a solid foundation in anatomy specific to orthopaedic education. Prequisite: BL122. (New course in Winter, 1992). ES242 SPORTS MEDICINE (3,0) 3 This course will deal with the principles of athletic training sciences concerned with the evaluation, recognition, treatment, and therapeutic exercises practiced for the athlete’s safe return to participation after an injury. Lectures and laboratory experiences will introduce the student to the updated theories in sport medicine with specific respect to injuries incurred in athletics. (Formerly QES302 and QES305). ES244 TECHNIQUES OF ATHLETIC TRAINING (2,0) 2 Athletic training supportive taping and protective bracing and padding procedures; techniques of fitting athletic and orthopaedic equipment. Administration of athletic training room including facility design, budget and inventory. (Substitutes for QES308). ES248 PSYCHOLOGY OF SPORT AND ATHLETICS (3,0) 3 A general introduction in the history and evolution of sport psychology in North America. Areas of interest are cognitive interventions, aggression, and socialization in sport, and the relationship between exercise and psychological well-being. (Substitutes for QES331). 1-2 (1-2,0) Practical experiences that explore various types of work setting in Exercise Science, working under specialist in the various chosen areas of interest. May be repeated for a total of 4 credits. (Formerly QES395). ES342 EXERCISE PHYSIOLOGY (3.0) 3 Examines physiological energy systems; their recruitment, recovery, acute and chronic adaptations to training. Applications to specific sports, and health and fitness programming. (Formerly QES310 and QES311). ES344 KINESIOLOGY (3,0) . .3 Science of movement applied to muscle, joint structure and function and application of physical laws of gravity, leverage, motion and balance to human performance. Video tape motion analysis is used to apply these theories into practical experience. (Substitutes for QES220). ES348 LABORATORY PROCEDURES AND MEASUREMENT IN EXERCISE SCIENCE 3 (2,2) Provides theoretical background and measurement concepts in conjunction with developing laboratory skills specific to field and laboratory procedures. (Formerly QES240 and QES340). ES390 RECREATION LEADER APPRENTICESHIP 0.°) Practical experience in 1 learning to teach and lead various recreation experiences. Students serve with qualified instructors. Prerequisites: Basic skills and knowledge of activity or permission of instructor. May be repeated for a total of 3 credits. (Formerly QRC385). ES440 EXERCISE PHYSIOLOGY SEMINAR 2 (1,2) Examines current issues in the field and students will prepare and present advanced physiological concepts related to special topics. (Formerly QES311). ES442 ELECTROCARDIOGRAPHY IN EXERCISE SCIENCE 2 (2.°) Examines electrophysiological basis of ECG, Cardiac anatomy, metabolism responses to rest and exercise. Prerequiste: ES341 with a C grade or better. Offered alternate years. (New course in Fall, 1991). COURSES • 257 �ES444 EXERCISE PRESCRIPTION (1.1). 1 Provides experience in writing and developing advanced training and conditioning programs for a variety of populations. Process oriented; considers needs analysis and cyclic training. (New course in Fall, 1991). ES481 PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT SEMINAR (1,0) 1 Opportunities for students to refine personal and professional goals and initiate preparation of resumes and interviewing skills. Career planning and placement will be emphasized as well as internship evaluation. Seminar format. Prerequisite: Senior status required. (Substitutes for QES430 and QRC430). ET201 APPLIED ELECTRICITY I (2.2) 3 A study of basic circuit theory and electrical machinery for non-electrical technicians. Topics include DC and AC circuits, inductance, capacitance, three-phase circuits, and D.C. and A.C. motors and controls. Prerequisite: M A140. (Substitutes for QET225) ET224 ELECTRONICS II (3,3) 4 A continuation of ET124 to include multi­ stage amplifiers, frequency response, power supplies, voltage regulators, oscillators and operational amplifier. Prerequisite; ETI24. (Substitutes for QET213,214,253,254) ES492 INTERNSHIP 6 Comprehensive practical application of students formal academic preparation. Prerequisites: junior status and permission of instructor. (Formerly ES495). ES496 SELECTED RESEARCH TOPICS (1-3,0) 1-3 Student cames out approved project(s) of his/her own initiative. Prerequisites: Junior standing and permission of instructor. 'Formerly QES490) ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY Special topics courses will be available as need and interest develop. ~ Consult the semester Course Schedule for these. ET115 ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS I (4,3) 5 Basic principles of DC and AC electricity including R, L, C series and parallel circuits using phasor algebra. Laboratory exercises will reinforce the lecture material and introduce circuit board fabrication. No prior knowledge of electricity is assumed. Corequisites: MA109.MA 140. (Substitutes for QET111 and QET151) ET116 ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS II (3.2) 3 A continuation of ET115. Topics covered include: transients, mesh and nodal analysis, network theorems, and power. Prerequisite: ET115. (Substitutes for QET112 and QET152) ET124 ELECTRONICS I (3.3) 3 Study of the operation of diodes, transistors, FET’s to include bias circuits and small signal models. Prerequisite: ET115. (Substitutes for QET123 and QET163) ET244 ELECTRICAL MACHINERY (3.2) 4 Study of the operation and application of DC and AC machines, and programmable logic controllers. Prerequisite: ET116. (Substitutes for QET243, 283) ET302 APPLIED ELECTRICITYII (2.2) 3 ET334 NETWORK ANALYSIS I (3,2) 4 A study of electronic devices and circuits for non-electrical technologists. Topics include diodes, transistors, and analog and digital integrated circuits. Prerequisite: ET201. (Substitutes for QET315, 316) A study of two-port networks, computer circuit simulation, and an introduction to C programming. Prerequisite: ET116. Corequisite: MAI41. ET335 NETWORK ANALYSIS II (3,2) 4 A continuation of ET334 with an emphasis on the analysis of networks using differential equation and laplace transform techniques. Prerequisite: ET334. Corequisite: MAI42. (Substitutes for QET341,381) ET345 ANALOG CIRCUIT DESIGN (3,2) 4 Design of linear circuits including operational amplifier circuits, instrumentation amplifiers, waveform generators, acting filters, and A/D and D/A conversion circuits. Prerequisite: ET224. (Substitutes for QET332,333,372,373) ET435 COMMUNICATIONS I (3,2) 4 A study of analog/digital communications with emphasis on the frequency domain and modulation techniques. Prerequisite: ET335. (Substitutes for QET422.462) COURSES 258 �ET436 COMMUNICATIONS II (3>2) 4 EV290 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE 1-4 (1-4,0) 4 Special studies and/or research in environmental science for individuals or small seminar groups, Course content to be arranged by student(s) and a supervising professor with approval of department head. Prerequisites: Students must have an overall GPA of at least 2.5, and no I grades on their transcript. Independent study courses may be repeated for a maximum of eight credits. Additional information is available at the Department of Biology and Chemistry office. A continuation of ET435 with an emphasis on transmission lines, antennas, and microwave systems. An oral report is required on a design project. Prerequisite: ET435. (Substitutes for QET423,463,424,464) ET445 INDUSTRIAL ELECTRONICS (3,2) A study of power semiconductors, control circuits, motor controls, and programmable logic controllers. Prerequisite: ET334. (Substitutes for QET416,456) ET446 CONTROL SYSTEMS (3,2) 4 An introduction to the analysis and design of analog and digital feedback control systems. Emphasis is on velocity and position control using D.C. and stepper motors. An oral report is required on a design project. Prerequisite: ET335. (Substitutes for ET417,418,457,458) ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE Special topics courses will be available as need and interst develop. Consult the semester Course Schedule for these. EV101 INTRODUCTION TO ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCES (3,0) 3 This course will provide students with the opportunity to learn about modem solutions to problems related to water supply resources, water pollution control, air pollution, and solid and hazardous wastes. (Substitutes for QEV182) EV249 WATER POLLUTION CONTROL (2.3) 3 An analytical study of the tests, operations, and solutions involved in contemporary water pollution problems. (Also listed as BL249) Prerequisite: EVlOl or permission of instructor. (Substitutes for QEV449) EV288 ENVIRONMENTAL MICROBIOLOGY (3.3) 4 A study of viruses, molds, algae, bacteria, actinomycetes, and some protozoa, their morphology, structure, taxonomy, growth, nutrition and control. The role of microorganisms in organic matter decomposition, nutrient cycling, biodegradation of recalcitrant molecules in different ecosystems, community microbial ecology and different stresses in microbial communities along with water bom pathogens and diseases they cause will be discussed along with the role of microorganisms in sewage and sludge disposal in wastewater (Also listed as BL288) treatment. Prerequisite: CHI08. (Substitutes for QRT288) EV311 ENVIRONMENTAL LAW (2,0) 2 Study of fundamental concepts of environmental law, basic legal research techniques, state and federal environmental statues, and cases pertaining to environmental law. Prerequisite: Junior standing or permission of instructor. (Substitutes for QEV34I) EV313 SOUD AND HAZARDOUS WASTE (3,0) 3 Identification and classification of solid and hazardous wastes, including discussion of storage and processing, collection and transportation, resource recovery and recycling, ultimate disposal. Topics on radiation, decay, health effects and sources of hazardous materials will also be covered. Prerequisite: MAI 12 or equivalent. (Substitutes for QEV343) EV395 SCIENTIFIC WRITING AND PRESENTATION 1 (0,2) Literature searching, scientific writing, and oral presentation of scientific data. Students will be expected to listen to presentations of peers enrolled in EV499 and develop topic for their senior thesis. (Also listed as BL395) Prerequisite: Junior standing. (Substitutes for QEV398 and QEV399) EV490 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE 1-4 (1-4,0) . Special studies and/or research in environmental science for individuals or small seminar groups. Course content to be arranged by student(s) and a supervising professor with approval of department head. Prerequisites: Students must have junior or senior standing, have an overall GPA of at least 2.5, and no I grades on their transcript. Independent study courses may be repeated for a maximum of eight credits. Additional information is available at the Department of Biology and Chemistry office. COURSES 259 �EV499 SENIOR THESIS (0,3) 1 Required of seniors majoring in environmental science. Students present seminars and provide an audience for fellow seniors. Each paper presented will be critically analyzed by the audience. (Also listed as BL499) Prerequisite: EV395. (Formerly QEV499) FINANCE Special topics courses will be available as need and interest develop, Consult the semester Course Schedule for these. FN242 PERSONAL FINANCE (3,0) 3 3 An introduction to the principles of business finance. Topics include math of finance, working capital management, financial planning and forecasting, debt and leasing, common and preferred stock, leverage and capital structure, capital budgeting, cost of capital. Students with credit in FN341 may not enroll in this course. Prerequisite: AC 132 or OA119 and mathematics competency. (Formerly QFN245) FN24S REAL ESTATE (3,0) 4 A study of the financial, legal and social aspects of the insurance industry with emphasis on risk and actuarial analysis, insurance institutions and operations, insurance contracts and policies including life, annuity, health, property, liability, group, business and governmental coverages. Financial planning worksheets are utilized to determine personal insurance needs and appropriate policy selection. Prerequisites: BA254 and mathematics competency. (Formerly QFN443) FN446 FINANCIAL ANALYSIS AND POLICY 4 (4,0) An introduction to the principles of personal financial planning. Topics include the financial planning process, credit and borrowing fundamentals, analysis of savings, investments and taxes, individual insurance, retirement and estate planning. Prerequisite: Mathematics competency. (Formerly QFN242) FN245 PRINCIPLES OF FINANCE (3,0) FN443 INSURANCE (4,0) An analytical study of long and short term financial policy and strategy through case problems. Selected readings in financial theory supplement the case studies. Prerequisite: FN341. (Formerly QFN446) FN448 INVESTMENT STRATEGY (4,0) FIRE SCIENCE Special topics courses will be available as need and interest develop. Consult the semester Course Schedule for these. FS101 INTRODUCTION TO FIRE SCIENCE (3.0) 3 A study of the basic principles of real estate practice. Coverage includes broker-agent relationships, real estate marketing, real estate law, financing, appraising, taxation, and math. Prerequisite: Mathematics competency. (Formerly QFN248) FN341 MANAGERIAL FINANCE (4,0) , 4 The nature and scope of financial management including math- of finance, financing instruments, leverage and capital structure, financial planning and forecasting, risk and return analysis, capital budgeting. Prerequisites: AC133 and BA211. (Substitutes for QFV345 and QFN346) 4 A study of investment media and securities markets, risk and return analysis, valuation theory, portfolio construction and investment mechanics. Prerequisite: FN341. (Formerly QFN448) 3 Survey of the history and philosophy of fire protection. Examines present fire protection problems and future challenges, public fire protection agencies, firefighting equipment, and extinguishing agents. Special emphasis is placed on emergency responder’s safety and hazard material recognition. (Formerly QFS101) FS111 HAZARDOUS MATERIALS (3.0) . . % Principles of combustion; examination of theoretical and practical aspects of combustion. Investigation of physical and chemical properties of substances which may harm responders, the general public and the environment. (Substitutes for QFS111) COURSES 260 �FS204 RRE PROTECTION HYDRAULICS AND PUMPS (3,0) 3 The application of mathematics and physics laws to properties of water, force, pressure and flow velocities, Emphasis: applying principles of hydraulics to fire protection problems, use of water supply sources and needs; examines fire department apparatus testing, inspection and maintenance; deals with apparatus specifications and requirements. Prerequisite; Successful completion of math competency graduation requirement. (Formerly QFS201 and part of QFS202, FS204 and FS205 are equivalent to QFS201, QFS202 and QFS203) FS205 RRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS EQUIPMENT (3,0) 3 Use and water supply needs of sprinkler and stand pipe systems and devices, fixed extinguishing and detection systems and devices, fire department testing, inspection, and maintenance. Alarm centers, warning devices, and safety considerations are covered along with fire flow calculations, and risk assessment. Prerequisite: Successful completion of math competency graduation requirement. (Formerly QFS203 and part of QFS202, FS204 and FS205 are equivalent to QFS201, QFS202, and QFS203) FS211 TACTICS AND STRATEGY (3,0) 3 Utilization of manpower, equipment, and apparatus on the fireground. Emphasis: pre­ fire planning, fire ground decision making. Implementing tactics; and disaster planning. Students will use fire simulation programs and interactive technology to apply and implement the principles covered in didactic instruction. (Formerly QFS211) FS301 CODE ENFORCEMENT INSPECTION AND RRE PREVENTION (3,0) 3 An introduction to fire inspection procedures and inspection techniques as related to building construction, fire load, fire protection systems, plans and the storage of hazardous materials. A study of safety code enactment, formulation and its relation to fire prevention and public education efforts and responsibilities of the fire service. Prerequisite: FS101 or permission of instructor. (Formerly QFS301) FS321 INDUSTRIAL RRE PROTECTION (3,°) 3 Examination of fire and life-style hazards in business and industry. Emphasis on managing the codes process, fire prevention, and training private fire brigades. Prerequisite: FS101 or permission of instructor. (Formerly QFS321) FS401 SENIOR SEMINAR (3,0) 3 Seminar and independent study course with individual student guidance by faculty on selected research topics in fire science. Prerequisite: Senior standing or permission of instructor. (Formerly QFS40I) FS403 FIRE SCIENCE INTERNSHIP 3-9 Fire science internship with an agency. Credit is based on 34 hours of field work per credit hour. Students must make application by the ninth week of the previous semester. Prerequisite: Senior standing or permission of instructor. (Formerly QFS403) FS420 RRE SCIENCE MANAGEMENT AND INCIDENT ANALYSIS (3,0) 3 An application of the principles of fire attack and strategy through the use of exercises and computer generated simulations, Hazmat incident analysis and other major disaster case studies are used in this class. Prerequisite: FS211 or permission of instructor. (Substitutes for QFS421) FRENCH Special topics courses will be available as Consult the need and interest develop, semester Course Schedule for these. FR151 RRST YEAR FRENCH I (4’1) 4 Introduction to basic French grammar and vocabulary, designed to acquaint the student with the minimum essentials of oral and written French. Students will Ieam to read magazines, newspapers and elementary texts as well as to express themselves orally. (Substitutes for QFR171) FR152 RRST YEAR FRENCH II (4,1) 4 Further study of French grammar and vocabulary. Emphasis on student's ability to communicate both orally and in writing. The reading of various materials with the aim of translating English, enlarging the vocabulary, and improving understanding of the language. Prerequisite: HU 51 or equivalent. (Substitutes for QFR173; waive FR172) FR251 SECOND YEAR FRENCH I (4,1) 4 Review of basic grammar, introduction to advanced idiom; use of oral French in classroom; writing of compositions in French; reading of French texts. Prerequisite: FR152 or equivalent. (Substitutes for QFR271) COURSES • 261 �FR252 SECOND YEAR FRENCH II (4,1) 4 FR356 SURVEY OF FRENCH LITERATURE II 3 (3,0) Emphasis on use of oral French; reading, translation, and explication de texte, conducted as much as possible in French. Prerequisite: FR251 or equivalent. (Substitutes for QFR273) Study and discussion of the major works of French literature of the 18th, 19th and 20th century. May be taken concurrently with FR352. Prerequisite: FR355 or equivalent. (Substitutes for QFR373; waive FR372) FR351 ADVANCED CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION I 3 (3,0) Extensive reading of French contemporary prose and writing of compositions on related current issues. Directed discussion of all oral and written assignments. Systematic review of grammar. Prerequisite: FR252 or equivalent. (Substitutes for QFR375) FR352 ADVANCED CONVERSATION AND COMPOSmON II 3 (3,0) Continuation of FR351 with special emphasis on the development of a more mature oral and written expression. Prerequisite: FR351 or equivalent. (Substitutes for QFR377; waive FR376) -R353 BUSINESS FRENCH I (3,0) 3 An initiation into the language skills for use in business situations in a French speaking environment. The course is organized around twelve different professional situations in the service industry. A conversational approach is used with systematic oral and written practice from authentic documents. May be taken concurrently with FR351. Prerequisite: FR252 or equivalent. (Substitutes for QFR381) FR354 BUSINESS FRENCH II (3,0) 3 Continuation of FR353. The course is organized around twelve different professional situations within the industrial sector. Further systematic practice through visits to French speaking companies and individual reports. Aims to bring students to a level of proficiency in French business communication that would enable them to function in an internship situation. May be taken concurrently with FR352. Prerequisite: FR353 or equivalent. (Substitutes for QFR383; waive FR382) FR355 SURVEY OF FRENCH LITERATURE I (3,0) 3 A chronological study of the major works of French literature from its origins to the 18th century. Emphasis on the development and continuity of ideas and their evaluation within the political, social and religious framework of the time, their influence on the formation of the language and literature. May be taken concurrently with FR351. Prerequisite: FR252 or equivalent. (Substitutes for QFR371) GEOLOGY Special topics courses will be available as need and iterest develop, Consult the semester Course Schedule for these. GE111 PHYSICAL GEOLOGY I (4,1) 4 GE112 PHYSICAL GEOLOGY II (4,1) 4 The study of the materials, processes and features of the rocks and surficial materials Laboratory that form the earth’s crust, exercises involve minerals, rocks, and Prerequisite: None. topographic maps. (Substitutes for QGE101) Surficial processes and landforms continued from GE 111. Geologic time, earthquakes, earth’s interior, ocean basins, mountains, plate tectonics and other aspects of our dynamic earth are also studied, supplemented by appropriate laboratory exercises and two field trips. Prerequisite: GE111 or NS 102 or permission of instructor. (Substitutes for QGE103) GE114 HELD EXCURSIONS IN EARTH SCIENCE (1,2) 2 A two-week field-based educational experience in which aspects of geology and, when feasible, the interrelationships between geology and biology will be addressed. Travel destinations will vary to include regions with unique natural history. Emphasis will be placed upon holistic scientific viewpoints. A summary report will be required. Trip expenses are the responsibility of the student. Prerequisite: Successful completion of one NS course or equivalent and permission of instructor. (Formerly QGE110) GE215 HISTORICAL GEOLOGY (3>1) 3 Summary review of the geologic record concerning origin and evolution of earth through geologic time. Emphasis upon stratigraphic principles, depositional environments, the tectonic framework of North America and significant events in the history of plants and animals. Laboratory exercises involve stratigraphic maps and introductory paleontology. Prerequisite: GE112 or permission of instructor. (Formerly QGE210) COURSES 262 �GE216 STRUCTURAL GEOLOGY AND GEOLOGIC GRAPHICS (3,3) 4 Study of stress, strain and deformation of rocks and the structural features commonly occurring in them. Laboratory exercises deal with structures in three-dimensional space and emphasize graphic methods of solving problems and of communicating geologic data. Prerequisite: GE215 (Substitutes for QGE433 and QGE250) GE221 CRYSTALLOGRAPHY AND MINERALOGY (3,4) 4 A laboratory course initially emphasizing the crystalline structure of minerals followed by mineral identification techniques. Major topics include symmetry, crystals, physical properties, composition and related topics. Prerequisite: GE112 or NS 102 or permission of instructor. Pre or Corequisite CHI 15. (Substitutes for QGE301) GE222 MINERALOGY AND PETROGRAPHY (3,4) 4 A continuation of GE221 emphasizing mineral identification leading to hand lens identification of igneous, sedimentary, metamorphic and other rocks. Related topics include chemical tests and a student research project. Prerequisite: GE221 or permission of instructor. (Substitutes for QGE301) GE290 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN GEOLOGY 1-4 d-4,0) GE352 INVERTEBRATE PALEONTOLOGY II (3,1) alternate years 3 Common invertebrate fossils and microfossils, their evolutionary trends, anatomical features and geological significance. Special emphasis upon use of fossils for geologic dating and correlation and use of paleontologic data. Prerequisite: GE351. (Formerly QGE442) GE422 IGNEOUS AND METAMORPHIC PETROGRAPHY (2,3) 3 Description and classification of igneous and metamorphic rocks including laboratory study of rocks in thin section. Prerequisite: GE321. (Substitutes for QGE341) GE423 SEDIMENTARY PETROGRAPHY (2,2) 3 The study of the history of sedimentary rocks with emphasis placed upon depositional models. Major topics include lithology, facies and microfacies recognition and relationships, and diagenesis. Prerequisites: GE215 and GE321. (Formerly QGE342) GE434 GEOTECTONICS 3 (2,2) alternate years A study of the general structure of the earth with emphasis on the dynamics of continental and oceanic crust, includes a history of geologic thought leading to plate tectonics, with appropriate laboratory and student research projects. Prerequisites: GE222 and GE216. (Formerly QGE434) GE436 FIELD GEOLOGY (0,16) Special studies and/or research in geology for individuals or small seminar groups. Course content to be arranged with instructor and with approval of the department head. This course may be repeated for a maximum of eight credits. Prerequisites: Sophomore standing or higher and permission of the instructor. Six weeks of training and field experience i the observation, mapping, recording art' interpretation of the great variety of geologic features in the Sault Ste. Marie region. Some extended field trips will be required. A supply and travel fee will be charged. Prerequisites: GE216 and GE222 and senior status or instructor approval. (Formerly QGE436) GE321 OPTICAL MINERALOGY (2,3) GE461 STRATIGRAPHY AND SEDIMENTATION 4 (4,1) alternate years The study and interpretation of sedimentary processes and stratigraphic principles, emphasis on sedimentary relationships and depositional environments. Prerequisite: GE215. (Substitutes for QGE411) 3 Optical properties of minerals and their underlying principles studied by oil immersion and thin section methods. Laboratory work consists of measuring optical properties and learning to identify unknown non-opaque minerals. Prerequisite: GE221. (Formerly QGE340) GE351 INVERTEBRATE PALEONTOLOGY I 3 (3,1) alternate years Common invertebrate fossils, their evolutionary trends, anatomical features and geological significance. Special emphasis upon use of fossils for geologic dating and correlation, fossil description and classification. Prerequisite: GE215 or permission of instructor. (Formerly QGE441) GE471 ECONOMIC GEOLOGY I 3 (2,2) alternate years A study of mineral resource forming processes, major rock-metal associations, and a survey of classic ore deposits. Related topics include exploration, mining metallurgy, marketing and environmental aspects. Laboratory exercises appropriate to the topic, and student research project. Prerequisites: GE112 and GE222 or equivalent. (Formerly QGE420) COURSES • 263 �GE472 ECONOMIC GEOLOGY II (2,2) alternate years 3 GG306 CULTURAL GEOGRAPHY (3.0) alternate years, S92 3 A continuation of the resource forming processes and deposits begun in GE471. Coverage of minor metals, industrial minerals, energy resources, and the economic, environmental and political aspects of the demand for limited resources are included as time permits. Student research project and field trip. Prerequisite: GE471. (Formerly QGE421) A study of the relationship of environment, culture, and adaptive patterns, i.e. the socio­ economic development. A special emphasis will be placed upon the current problems associated with food supplies, shortages, and 3rd world development. (Substitutes for QGG305). GE490 RESEARCH TOPICS IN GEOLOGY 1-4 (1-4,0) 4 (4.0) alternate years A study of the physical, cultural, and economic interdependence of the Western European Community. Special emphasis will be placed upon the role of the EEC in world economic development. Prerequisite: Junior standing or instructor permission. (Substitutes for QGG311) Special studies and/or research in geology for individuals or small seminar groups. Course content to be arranged with instructor and with approval of the department head. This course may be repeated for a maximum of eight credits. Prerequisites: Junior standing or higher and permission of the instructor. GEOGRAPHY Special topics courses will be available as need and interest develop. Consult the semester Course Schedule for these. GG106 PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY: LANDFORMS 3 (3,1) Introduction to the description and distribution of landforms with emphasis on lithospheric, hydrospheric and atmospheric relationships. Natural (physical) science credit given. Prerequisite: Completion of mathematics competency graduation requirement. (Formerly QGG106) GG108 PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY: METEOROLOGY AND CLIMATOLOGY (3,1) 3 Introduction to earth-sun relationships, maps and elementary principles of atmospheric science. Natural (physical) science credit given. Prerequisite: Completion of mathematics competency graduation requirement. (Formerly QGG108) GG201 WORLD REGIONAL GEOGRAPHY (4,0) alternate years, F91 4 A study of the physical environment, resources, past and present economic development, population distribution, and historical development of Europe, Asia, The Islamic Middle East and North Africa, SubSaharan Africa, Latin America, and North America. (Substitutes for QGG221 or QGG222) GG302 ECONOMIC GEOGRAPHY (4,0) alternate years, F92 4 A study of the internal and external interrelationships of the various economic groupings of the world, i.e. North America, Europe and the emerging 3rd world. (Substitutes for QGG301). GG321 GEOGRAPHY OF EUROPE AND GREAT BRITAIN GG322 GEOGRAPHY OF SOUTH AMERICA, CENTRAL AMERICA, AND THE CARIBBEAN REGION 4 (4,0) alternate years, S91 The study of the geographical features, cultural history of the major regions in South America, Central America, and the Caribbean with special concern for their 20th century development. Prerequisite: Junior standing or instructor permission. (Substitutes for QGG312). GG323 GEOGRAPHY OF EAST AND SOUTHEAST ASIA (4,0) alternate years, F92 4 The study of the geography of Japan, China, Korea, Southeast Asia and India with special emphasis on the impact of the major religions, regional rivalries and 20th century development. Prerequisite: Junior standing or instructor permission. (Substitutes for QGG313). GG325 REGIONAL GEOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICA 4 (4,0) alternate years, F93 The study of the physical, cultural, and economic development of various regions of Canada and the United States with special emphasis on the development of regional characteristics and cultural traditions. Prerequisite: Junior standing or instructor permission. (Substitutes for QGG315 and QGG316). GG360 HISTORICAL GEOGRAPHY OF EASTERN NORTH AMERICA 4 (4,0) alternate years, F93 A study of the impact of the physical features upon the historical development of Eastern Canada and the Eastern regions of the United States. Special attention will be given to the Western Migration patterns. Prerequisite: Junior standing or instructor permission. (Substitutes for QGG350). COURSES 264 �GG490 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN GEOGRAPHY (1-4) 1-4 Special topics such as regional, historical, economic, urban, cultural or physical geography. Prerequisites: junior standing and permission of instructor. May be repeated up to a total of twelve credits. GG492 INDIVIDUALIZED STUDIES IN GEOGRAPHY (2-4,0) 2-4 GERMAN Special topics courses will be available as need and interest develop. Consult the semester Course Schedule for these. 4 Introduction to basic German grammar and vocabulary, acquainting the students with minimum essentials of oral and written German. Reading of German texts. (Substitutes for QGN181) GN142 FIRST YEAR GERMAN II (4,1) 4 Further study of German grammar and vocabulary. Emphasis on oral expression. Reading of various materials in German with aim of enlarging the student’s vocabulary and improving understanding of the language. Prerequisite: GN141 or equivalent. (Substitutes for QGN183; waive QGN182) GN241 SECOND YEAR GERMAN I (4,1) 4 Review of basic German grammar; study of vocabulary, idiom, and word formation to improve reading and conversational abilities. Prerequisite: GN142 or equivalent. (Substitutes for QGN281) GN242 SECOND YEAR GERMAN II (4,1) 4 Reading and discussion of more advanced German literary materials; conducted as much as possible in German. Emphasis on spoken language. Prerequisite: GN241 or equivalent. (Substitutes for QGN283) NOTES Special topics courses will be available as need and interest develop. Consult the semester Course Schedule for these. HE104 NUTRITION FOR EARLY CHILDHOOD 3 (3,0) This is designed to provide an opportunity for specialized study of issues, problems, and selected topics in geography. Prerequisite: Junior standing or instructor permission. (Formerly QGG491). GN141 FIRST YEAR GERMAN I (4,1) HEALTH Introduction to the function and metabolism of nutrients with special emphasis on the relationship between nutrition and childhood growth and development between 0-8. Lectures, discussion and community based assignments will relate the body systems to the child’s nutritional status, review recent developments in nutrition as they relate to childhood development, and provide basic nutrition education principles for adaptation in community settings. (Formerly QAH104) HE101 FIRST AID (0.5,1.5) 1 Basic course in first aid. Theoretical and practical experience in university laboratory. (Formerly QAH181) HE190 PREHOSPITAL EMERGENCY CARE AND CRISIS INTERVENTION l 3 (2,3) Techniques of emergency medical care needed by the emergency medical technicianambulance attendant. Theoretical and practical experience in administering preliminary emergency care and transportation of sick and injured victims to medical care centers. (Formerly QAH190) HE191 PREHOSPITAL EMERGENCY CARE AND CRISIS INTERVENTION II 2 0.3) Simulated practice with some in-hospital observation. Emphasis on laboratory practice of skills needed for functions of an EMT-A. Prerequisite: HE 190. (Formerly QAH191) HE208 NUTRITION (2,0) .2 Basic principles of normal nutrition with emphasis on basic nutrients and food groups. Nutrition throughout life cycle including stressors impacting on nutritional requirements. Social, biological and physical sciences integrated throughout course. Preqrequisite: BL105 or BL121. (Formerly QAH204) HE209 PHARMACOLOGY (3,0) 3 Study of basic concepts of pharmacology and their relationships to health care. Drug metabolic processes are described providing foundation for clinical judgments about drug actions, reactions, and interactions. Prerequisite or Corequisite: BL122 or BL105. (Formerly AH203) COURSES ■ 265 �HE232 PATHOPHYSIOLOGY (3,0) 3 Study of physiological alterations in the body which disrupt homeostasis. Integrates anatomy, physiology and biochemistry into framework for studying disease. Core content provides understanding of mechanism and principles of disruptions of health. Emphasis on clinical correlations and physiological basis for common disorders. Prerequisite: BL122, or permission of instructor. Corequisite: CHI05. (Formerly QNU244) HE235 COMPUTER APPLICATION IN HEALTH SCIENCES 2 (V) Introduces students to computer usage and its application to education, research and practice in health care professions. Topics include computer fundamentals, computer language, information systems, data-base systems, expert systems, health care applications, ethical considerations and relationships of computers to health care trends. Prerequisite: NU213 or permission of instructor. (Formerly QNU285) HM292 ALCOHOL ABUSE PREVENTION & TREATMENT (3,0) 3 This course examines current prevention, detection, and treatment approaches for alcohol abuse and alcoholism. Prerequisite: HM204. (Substitutes for QHM291 and QMH291). HM480 GRANTWRIT1NG (3,0) This course experience in planning skills proposals for Prerequisite: (Substitutes for 3 gives advanced students the research, writing, and involved in preparing grant human service problems. Instructor permission. QRC480). HISTORY Special topics courses will be available as need and interest develop. Consult the semester Course Schedule for these. HS101 HISTORY OF WORLD CIVILIZATION I 4 (4,0) HE330 APPLIED NUTRITION (2,°) 2 Application of nutrition principles in health care; obesity, anorexia nervosa, and bulimia; emphasis on gathering information and relevant objective measurements (anthropometric, biochemical) for use in developing nutritional care plans. Prerequisite: HE208 or permission of instructor. (Formerly QAH324/QNU324) A study of world civilization from earliest time through the baroque. (Substitutes for QHS144) HS102 HISTORY OF WORLD CIVILIZATION II 4 (4,0) A study of world civilization from the baroque to the present. (Substitutes for QHS146, waive QHS145) HS131 UNITED STATES HISTORY I (4,0) HUMAN SERVICES 4 A study of United States history from the colonial settlement to the end of the American Civil War in 1865. (Substitutes for QHS147) Special topics courses will be available as need and interest develop. Consult the semester Course Schedule for these. HM204 FUNDAMENTALS OF DRUG ABUSE (3,0) 3 Examines the pharmacology of commonly abused psychoactive and high-use drugs. Emphasizes the physiological effects of drug use and abuse. Topics include stimulants, depressants, opiates, hallucinogens, inhalants, cannabis, over-the-counter drugs, alcohol and drug testing. Prerequisites or corequisites: BL105 or BL121 or equivalent. (Substitutes for QHM104). HM250 HUMAN SERVICES PRACHCUM (1,9-27) 3-9 This course provides a field placement opportunity for students to practice skills and use knowledge gained in skill minor coursework. Prerequisite: Instructor permission. (Substitutes for QHM203). HS132 UNITED STATES HISTORY II (4,0)I 4 1- A study of United States history from the end of the Civil War to the present. (Substitutes for QHS149, waive QHS148) HS201 CLASSICAL WORLD AND MEDIEVAL EUROPE (4,0) .... ^ 4 A survey of Mediterranean civilization from the Bronze Age to the eve of the Renaissance. This course will be offered every third year. (Substitutes for QHS247) HS202 RENAISSANCE, REFORMATION AND BAROQUE EUROPE 4 (4,0) A study of the political, institutional, religious, social, economic, and cultural developments from 1400 to 1700. This course will be offered every third year. (Substitutes for QHS249, waive QHS248) COURSES 266 �HS230 SURVEY OF AMERICAN INDIAN HISTORY (4,0) 4 A study of American Indian History from earliest times to the present, with emphasis placed on the historical development of Indian tribes located in the Great Lakes Region. (New course in fall, 1991) HS231 AMERICAN MILITARY HISTORY (4,0) HS315 EUROPE FROM NAPOLEON TO WORLD WAR I (4,0)I HS316 EUROPE IN THE 20TH CENTURY (4,0) 4 A general survey of American military history with a specific emphasis on the Midwest and Great Lakes regions to utilize the unique geographic location of LSSU. Field trips to the Straits of Mackinac and St. Joseph’s Island are a part of the course. (Substitutes for QHS250) HS235 HISTORY OF APPLIED SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY (4,0) 4 An introductory study of the origins and development of the applied sciences and technology from 1790 to the present. This survey will focus on the scientists, engineers, and inventors responsible for the rapid rise of modem technology, industry and business with particular emphasis on the developments in chemistry, metalurgy, electromagnetism, thermodynamics, and cybernetics. The impact of these developments on the marketplace and society in general will be a major concern. This course will be offered every third year. (Substitutes for QHS275) HS301 HISTORY OF ENGLAND-1000 TO 1714 (4.0) 4 These seven hundred years witness the formation and maturing of most of the important political and social institutions that have come to be the Anglo-Saxon civilization and tradition. This period is critical to understanding present-day American culture and civilization. This course will be offered every third year. (New course in fall, 1991) HS302 ENGLAND IN THE MODERN WORLD (4.0) 4 A history of England from 1715 to the present, emphasizing the struggle for parliamentary government, the Anglo-French conflict for commercial and colonial empire, the Industrial Revolution, the evolution of democracy, and the recession of the British Empire. This course will be offered every third year. (Substitutes for QHS311) HS310 RUSSIA: FROM UNDERDEVELOPED STATE TO SUPERPOWER (4,0) 4 A study of Russian history from Peter the Great to the present. This course will be offered every third year. (Substitutes for QHS321) 4 A study in the political and economic history of Europe in the period 1789-1914. This course will be offered every third year. (Substitutes for QHS348) 4 A study of Europe in the age of Nazism, Communism, World War I and II, and the Common Market. This course will be offered every third year. (Substitutes for QHS349) HS331 AMERICAN INTELLECTUAL AND CULTURAL HISTORY 1 (4,0) 4 A study of American cultural and intellectual institutions as they developed from their Elizabethan and European origins to the mid­ nineteenth century. The emphasis will be placed upon the emergence of the unique and variant adaptations that arose in the first 250 years of English settlement in America. This course will be offered alternate years only. (Substitutes for QHS360) HS332 AMERICAN INTELLECTUAL AND CULTURAL HISTORY II (4,0) 4 A study of American culture from the mid­ nineteenth century until the present. Often considered our finest century, the nineteenth century witnesses many of America’s most unique, fascinating and important contributions. The physical and philosophical aspects of these years will be surveyed. Particular attention will be given to areas where America comes to exercise important influences overseas. This course will be offered alternate years only. (Substitutes for QHS362, waive QHS361) HS335 AMERICAN POLITICAL PARTIES (4,0) 4 A study of the rise and development of the American party system and the large number of major and minor parties that have participated in this system in the years prior to 1945. These parties will be treated in an historical fashion rather than structurally. May be taken for political science credit. This course will be offered every third year. (Substitutes for QHS365) HS346 CANADIAN HISTORY 4 A survey of Canadian History including the moving frontier, relations with the united States, British-French rivalry, tne establishment of democratic government, an the changing relationship to Great Bn • This course will be offered every third year. (New course in fall, 1991) COURSES ■ 267 �HS361 LATIN AMERICA (4,0) 4 HS496 HISTORICAL METHODS (2,0) 2 A study and analysis of Latin American History from the end of the Colonial Period to the present. This course will examine the basic political, social, and religious institutions of Latin America and their evolution and role in the change of development of the region. The issues and problems of U.S.-Latin American relations will be an important focus of this study. This course will be offered every third year. Prerequisite: GG322 Geography of South America, or permission of instructor. (New course in fall, 1991) Survey emphasizing research aids and techniques and historical analysis. Readings, discussions, and written exercises introduce students to problems, methods, and techniques of historical research. Discussion of and practice in main techniques of historical method, including bibliography and documentation. Prerequisites: Senior standing and pursuit of a major or a minor in history, or permission of instructor. (Formerly QHS491) HS371 FAR EAST CIVILIZATION 1850 - PRESENT (4,0) Students will complete an historical research project under the supervision of a faculty member, at end of term participants make oral presentation at seminar for other students and invited guests, and submit the final paper. Prerequisite: HS496. (Substitutes for QHS493; waive HS492) 4 A study of the history of China, Japan, India, and adjoining areas of Asia from 1850 to present. This course will be offered every third year. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. (New course in fall, 1991) HS440 THE DECLARATION OF INDEPENDENCE AND THE CONSTTTUTION (4,0) 4 The events between 1763 and 1791 which produce these documents are the United States in the historical sense, Using original documents and contemporary comments, this critical era will be studied in depth to letermine from whence we came. This course 'ill be offered every third year. Prerequisite: .S. history sequence desired or permission of istructor. (New course in fall, 1991) HS441 DIPLOMATIC HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES I (4,0) 4 American diplomacy from 1775 through the nineteenth century to U.S. entry into World War I in 1917. May be used as political science credit. Offered alternate years only. (Substitutes for QHS431) HS442 DIPLOMATIC HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES II (4,0) 4 American diplomacy from the entry of the U.S. into World War I in 1917 up through the present day. May be used as political science Offered alternate years only. credit. (Substitutes for QHS433, waive QHS432) HS497 SENIOR SEMINAR IN HISTORY (0-6) 2 HOSPITALITY Special topics courses will be available as Consult the need and interest develop, semester Course Schedule for these. HT121 INTRODUCTION TO HOSPITALITY INDUSTRY (4,0) 4 An overview of the hospitality industry including the operation and trends in restaurant/food service management, lodging management and travel/tourism. Introduction to destinations and the following components of travel/tourism: modes of travel, tour management, associations, agencies, marketing and sales, career preparation and opportunities and travel publications. (Formerly QTR121) HT231 DESTINATIONS (1-3,0) 1-3 Modules of 1,2, or 3 credits each, Each module will present a geographic area of travel (examples: Central America, Southern Europe, Scandinavian countries, Southwestern U. S., U.S., world, or tropical destinations); the unique cultures, characteristics, points of interest, money, government regulations, imports/ exports, and tourism development will be studied. Modules will be offered on a rotating and on-demand basis. (Formerly QTR231) COURSES 268 �HT441 INTERNSHIP-TRAVEL AND TOURISM HT291 HOTEL AND RESTAURANT MANAGEMENT 1-17 Students majoring in hospitality management, hotel and restaurant option, in the business administration program are required to complete 41 semester credits in food service and hospitality management, These requirements may be met either through transfer of credit from other institutions, or by enrollment in this course. The University subcontracts with Sault College of Applied Arts and Technology to provide facilities and instruction for HT291 courses. Students may re-enroll for a total of 41 credits under this course number. Prerequisite: Admission to hospitality management; consultation with, and permission by, the coordinator of hospitality. (Formerly QBA291) 1-6 Student work placement in a travel/tourism business or agency with stated, specific work objectives to meet each student’s interests and career aspirations and to apply what has been studied by the student. Internship plan to be developed by student, employer/s and instructor prior to enrollment. Prerequisite: HT421 or permission of instructor. (Formerly QTR441) HT321 TRAVEL-TOURISM PLANNING AND DEVELOPMENT I ao) 3 Principles of management applied to travel/tourism and other hospitality enterprises; includes study of planning, organizing, staffing, operations and control; travel information systems management; overview of travel research, travel agency procedures; itineraries; scheduling and routing; tariffs and ticketing. Prerequisite: HT121, MN370 or permission of instructor. (Formerly QTR321) HT322 TRAVEL-TOURISM PLANNING AND DEVELOPMENT II 3 (3,0) Study of group travel planning and sales; planning conventions, seminars, meetings, and group accommodations; incentive marketing travel programs; business travel; national tourism programs; state, provincial, and local programs; transportation regulation and deregulation, passenger travel and transportation of goods. Prerequisite: HT321 or permission of instructor. (Formerly QTR322) HT421 TRAVEL TOURISM CASES (3,0) 3 Planning of simulated and actual trips and tours for business and pleasure—individual and group travel; students will plan and conduct area tours, conduct employee training sessions and work with travel/tourism agencies and businesses. Current issues in travel and tourism will be studied and individual research projects will be conducted and discussed. Prerequisite: HT322 or permission of instructor. (Formerly QTR421) COURSES 269 NOTES �HU490 DIRECTED STUDIES IN HUMANmES 1 (1,0) HUMANITIES Special topics courses will be available as need and interest develo>d. Consult " the semester Course Schedule for these. HU251 HUMANmES I ft0) The humanities 4 in the life of mankind from prehistory to the Medieval epoch. Emphasizes significant values evolved in the Hebrew, Greek, Roman, and early Christian cultures. Includes consideration of the origins of the arts, language, religion, mythology, and philosophy, and ancient Chinese and Indian systems of religious thought. Prerequisite: EN110 (Substitutes for QHU295) HU252 HUMANmES II (4.0) 4 Continuation of HU251, the humanities in the age of science, from the early Renaissance to the present. Prerequisite: EN110. (Substitutes for QHU297) HU255 WORLD MYTHOLOGY (3.0) 3 A survey of world mythology from "Gilgamesh” to "Finnegan’s Wake". Prerequisite: EN110. (Substitutes for QHU301) HU256 INTRODUCTION TO FILM: IMAGES OF OUR CULTURE (2*2) 3 An exploration of film as an image of our culture in both its technical sense and in its role as contemporary an form which both conveys and delimits our aesthetic and social values. Focus on the visual elements of film, historical development of the medium, and its narrative modes through screening of significant films. Applies toward humanities general education requirement. Prerequisite: EN110. (Substitutes for QEN200) HU261 WORLD LITERATURE I (4,0) 4 The Ancient World to the Renaissance. Readings in translation of significant texts. Primarily Western. Selection can include the Bible and works by such authors as Homer, Vergil, Thucydides, Tacitus, Boccaccio, Montaigne, Rabelais, and others, Applies toward humanities General Education requirement. Prerequisite: EN110. (New course in fall, 1991) HU262 WORLD LITERATURE II (4,0) 4 The Renaissance to modem times. Readings in translation of significant texts. Primarily Western. Selections can include works by Galileo, Voltaire, Racine, Goethe, Ibsen, Dostoevksy, Brecht, Kafka, Sartre, and others. Applies toward humanities General Education requirement. Prerequisite: ENllO. (New course in fall, 1991) To provide students who have omitted one term of the general humanities sequence with an opportunity to read or explore material related to the content of that term. Papers and tutorial session required. Prerequisites: Seven hours of humanities credit; evidence that students are capable of carrying out independent study; approval of department head. (Substitutes for QHU490) INTER­ DISCIPLINARY Special topics courses will be available as need and interest develop. Consult the semester Course Schedule for these. ID300 MAN AND HIS ENVIRONMENT (3,0) 3 Designed to assist the participant in understanding how the individual can become involved with solving environmental problems. Prerequisite: Junior status or permission of course coordinator. (Formerly QID300) ID305 SEMINAR IN NATIVE AMERICAN STUDIES 3 (3,°) . . A seminar dealing with selected topics in Native American Studies. The content of this course may vary each time the course is offered. Prerequisites: S0225, S0226, HS230, EN235 and LA305 or permision of instructor. (New course in fall, 1991) ID320 CONTEMPORARY NATIVE AMERICAN ISSUES (3,0) 3 A study of current Native American issues, Prerequisites: problems, and concerns. S0225, S0226, HS230, EN235 and LA305 or permission of instructor. (New course in fall, 1991) ID399 INTERNSHIP IN (DEPARTMENT) 2-4 (2A°) This course is designed to provide students with an opportunity to earn credit while obtaining meaningful discipline-related work experience outside the classroom setting. Students are expected to spend a minimum of 45 hours in an approved work setting for each credit hour earned. The course may be repeated once for a maximum of 4 credits. Prerequisite: 2.5 GPA in major, junior standing and permission of department head at least one semester in advance of registering for the course. (Formerly QID399) COURSES • 270 �JR411 BROADCAST EDITING AND PRODUCTION JOURNALISM Special topics courses will be available as need and interest develop. Consult the semester Course Schedule for these. JR210 WRITING FOR THE MASS MEDIA (3,0) 3 Designed to acquaint journalism students with the basic similarities and differences in newswriting among the mass media, particularly newspapers, radio and television. Student will practice writing in the various formats. Prerequisites: EN110; ability to type 40 words per minute. (Substitutes for QJR201) JR211 PRINT NEWSWRITING (3,0) 3 Designed to improve students’ print newswriting skills. Writing of basic print news stories, such as obituaries, speech, news conference and meetings, accidents, fires, natural disasters, schools, taxation, and police and the courts. Prerequisite: JR210, or permission of instructor. (Substitutes for JR203; waive JR202) JR310 ELECTRONIC EDHING AND PRODUCTION (2,3) JR413 DIRECTED INDIVIDUAL STUDIES (2,0) JR311 SUPERVISING SCHOOL PUBLICATIONS (3,0) 3 The teaching of high school journalism; the role of the faculty advisor to high school publication; the high school newspaper; the high school yearbook; methods of production; problems of production; the elements of libel; good taste. Prerequisite: JR211, or permission of instructor. (Substitutes for QJR305) 3 Designed to improve students’ broadcast newswriting skills from the fundamental level Upon of those developed in JR210. completion of this course,the student will be familiar with the process by which broadcast news is reported, written and performed on the air. Prerequisite: JR210, or permission of instructor. (Substitutes for QJR30I) 2 Shine Sundstrom journalism internship at Sault Ste. Marie EVENING NEWS: Experience in newsroom and on assignment; writing, rewriting; use of word processor. Prerequisites: Junior status; JR2I0 and JR211. File application with head of Arts and Letters Department by fifth week of previous semester. (Formerly QJR413) LEGAL ASSISTANT STUDIES 3 Designed to build upon JR211. Students will gain an understanding of basic copyediting responsibilities—use of symbols, headline writing, and newspaper design and layout-and the ability to discharge those responsibilities under deadline pressure. Prerequisite: JR211. (Substitutes for QJR306) JR410 BROADCAST NEWSWRITING (2,3) 3 (2,3) Designed to build upon the broadcast reporting, writing and performing skills developed in JR410. Students will become familiar with production of newscasts, public affairs documentaries, the role of the producer in modem radio, the function and operation of the console, tape recording and playback units, microphones and sound, splicing and dubbing, achieving effects, and news-oriented talk shows. Prerequisite: JR410, or permission of instructor. (Substitutes for QJR302) Special topics courses will be available as need and interest develop. 1Consult the semester Course Schedule for these. LA102 LEGAL RESEARCH AND CASE ANALYSIS 3 (3.0) Introduction to the law library and its use. Students will develop research techniques and skills in using encyclopedias, treatises, digests, case reporters, loose leaf services, annotated reports, legal periodicals, legislation, legislative history, administrative materials, shepard ization, and citation of legal authorities. Students will also develop skills in analyzing, evaluating and synthesizing court opinions and statutory law. (Formerly QLA102 and part of QLA103). LA 125 CIVIL LITIGATION AND PROCEDURE 4 (4.0) Concentration on Federal and Michigan rules of procedure prior to, during and after trial. Detailed study of drafting pleadings, discovery procedures and case preparation for trial and appeal. Prerequisite: LAI02 and LA 150. (Formerly QLA125 and QLA126). COURSES ■ 271 �LA140 PERSONAL INJURY LmGATlON AND INVESTIGATIVE TECHNIQUES (3,0) 3 The study of personal litigation shall include principles of negligence, intentional torts, strict liability, products liability, and professional malpractice. Emphasis will be placed on investigative techniques utilized in personal injury cases and stuaents will draft complaints and other documents used in such litigation. The course also covers interviewing techniques and utilization of experts and documentary evidence. (Substitutes for QLA140). LA150 THE LEGAL ASSISTANT PROFESSION AND ETHICAL CONSIDERATIONS ^ Overview of the legal assistant profession including job qualifications and employment opportunities. General legal principles and terminology shall be discussed. The Code of Professional Responsibility and its application to legal assistants shall be studied in detail including such areas as: confidentiality; conflict of interest; legal advertising; competency considerations; and legal malpractice. (Formerly QLA101 and QLA150). LA202 LEGAL WRITING AND ANALYSIS (3,0) 3 Introduction to legal writing styles and skills. Through review and preparation of legal documents, students will become acquainted with basic principles, style, organization, and structure of certain legal documents which shall include letter writing, and preparation of memorandum of law and an appellate brief. Research skills and analysis of court opinion will be further refined. Prerequisites; LA 102 and LA 125. (Formerly QLA104 and part of QLA103). LA250 LAW OFFICE MANAGEMENT, SYSTEMS AND TECHNOLOGY (3,0) 3 The management and organization of a law office, including such areas as staffing, timekeeping, equipment, legal systems, file maintenance, public relations, and the utilization of computer technology in law office organization, litigation ind case EESSSmbbs LA299 (1,3-7) 4-8 £siSrxx-,£p'rie„ce as * ^ coToVSob„1^Ssr^-Se^aagbS: an? professionalSUonn<ie C0/nPany- Personal incluoingresume Shafl ** refined* permission of ir,Lc,“, LA300 SEMINAR IN LEGAL ASSISTANT STUDIES (variable) 1-4 A seminar dealing with selected topics in Legal Assistant Studies. The content of this course may vary each time the course is offered. May be repeated with permission of advisor. Prerequisites: LA202, LA 125, and/or permission of Legal Assistant Advisor. (Formerly QLA300). LA305 TRIBAL LAW AND GOVERNMENT 3 (3,0) A study of tribal law which will explore such areas as the structure of tribal government; tribal sovereignty; treaties; civil and criminal court jurisdiction in Indian country;: tribal resources: tribal economic development; resources; taxation and regulation; rights of individual Indians; and various federal laws and court cases concerning and affecting tribes and their members. Prerequisite: HS230 or permission of instructor. (New course in fall, 1991) LA320 REAL ESTATE LAW ^ Various aspects of real estate law and procedures will be studied and include conveyances, mortgages, land contracts, titles, environmental concerns, foreclosure proceedings, and landlord-tenant relationships. Emphasis will be placed on preparation of legal documents and pleadings regarding real estate law. Prerequisites: LA 102 and LA 125 or permission of instructor. (Formerly QLA222). LA321 FAMILY LAW (2,0) 2 LA322 PROBATE LAW AND PROCEDURE ^ Areas of Family Law including marriage contracts, divorce, separation, child custody, juvenile law, and adoption will be explored. Prerequisites: LAIOz and LA 125 or permission of instructor. (Formerly QLA221). Vhe^ Probate Code will be discussed in detail along with the major topics of wills, estates trusts, guardianships, conservatorships, and other Probate Court procedures. Preparation of probate documents and pleadings will be emphasized. Prerequisites: LA202, LA 125, ana LA320. (Formerly QLA220). LA401 EVIDENCE AND TRIAL PRACTICE (3,°) An in-depth 2 study of trial preparation and practice including gathering and organization of materials and information; discovery; depositions; voir dire; preparing trial witnesses and exhibits; preparing trial motions and briefs; jury instructions and forms; organizing the trial; and post-trial procedures and documents. The course also covers evidentiary rules as they relate to trial practice and preparation. Prerequisites: LA202, LA 125, LA240, and LA 150. (Formerly QLA401). COURSES 272 �LA405 NO-FAULT AUTOMOBILE LAW (3,0) 3 The study of the Michigan No-Fault Automobile Law, including Michigan statutory and case law developments; first and third party cases; recoverable benefits and damages; review of insurance policies; and the preparation and evaluation of such cases for settlement and trial. Prerequisites: LA202, LA 125, LA 140, and LA 150. (Formerly QLA405). LA406 WORKER’S DISABILITY COMPENSATION LAW (2,0) 2 A study of the Worker’s Disability Compensation Act, including both Michigan statutory and case law developments. Also, the administrative procedures and worker’s compensation case preparation will be addressed. Prerequisites: LA202, LA 125, and LA 140. (Formerly QLA406). LA450 ADVANCED LEGAL WRITING AND INTERVIEWING SEMINAR (3,0) 3 An advanced study of legal research and writing including the preparation of complex pleadings, legal aocuments, mediation summaries, settlement brochures and trial and appellate briefs. Development in interviewing and investigative skills and techniques miq with regard to client and witnesses will also be discussed. Prerequisites: LA202, LA 125, LA 150 & senior standing or permission of instructor. (Formerly QLA301 and QLA450). LA490 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN LEGAL ASSISTANT STUDIES ft!I 1-4 is may take the form of either a research project or a program of directed reading on a specific topic. One to four credits over a period of one or two semesters may be granted according to the nature of the student’s project. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. May be repeated up to a total of 8 credits. MATHEMATICS Special topics courses will be available as need and interest develop. Consult the semester Course Schedule fur these. MA091 BASIC MATHEMATICS (4,0) 4 Arithmetic calculations including basic arithmetic skills, fractions, decimals, proportions and percentages. Fundamental concepts and techniques of introductory algebra including polynomial manipulations, factoring, solving equations, and graphing. Prerequisite: None. This course is graded on a credit/no credit basis. (Substitutes for QMA091) MA092 INTERMEDIATE ALGEBRA (3,0) 3 MA109 TRIGONOMETRY AND VECTORS ^ An algebra course for those students who have not had at least one and one-half years of high school algebra or who need a refresher course in algebra. Elementary operations, first degree equations, products ana factoring, algebraic fractions, exponents and radicals, quadratic equations, functions and systems of equations. Prerequisites: One year of high school algebra and a score of 15 or better on the mathematics placement exam or MA091 with credit. Credit in this course'does not apply toward graduation. (Formerly QMA092) trigonometric functions of a right triangle, ana of real numbers, graphs of trigonometric functions, identities, inverse trigonometric functions, vectors, and complex numbers. Prerequisite: Satisfactory mathematics placement score or MA092 with a grade of C or better. (New course in fall, 1991) MA111 COLLEGE ALGEBRA (3,0) 3 Algebra for business, life and social science students. Inequalities, functions, graphs of linear, polynomial and rational functions, exponential and logarithmic functions, mathematics of finance, systems of linear equations and matrices, linear programming, and introduction to probability. Prerequisite: Two years of hign school algebra and satisfactory achievement on the mathematics placement exam or MA092 with a grade of C or better. High school plane geometry also recommended. This course will not count toward a major or minor in mathematics. (Formerly QMA111) MA112 CALCULUS FOR BUSINESS AND LIFE SCIENCES Limits, differentiation, applications of the derivative, integration, application of the definite integral, techniques of integration. Calculus of exponential and logarithmic functions, elementary differential equations, functions of several variables. Prerequisite: MAUI with a grade of C or better. This course will not count toward a major or minor in mathematics. (Substitutes for QMA 112) MA140 ALGEBRA FOR TECHNOLOGISTS (3,0) r . , 3 Algebra for students of science and technology. Algebraic operations, functions and grapns, factoring and fractions, quadratic equations, exponents and radicals, complex numbers, exponential and logaritmic functions, systems of linear equations, determinants and matrices. Prerequisites: Two years of high school algebra and satisfactory achievement on the mathematics placement examination or MA092 with a grade of C or better. This course will not count toward a major or minor in mathematics. (This course with MAI09 will substitute for QMA115 and QMA 116) COURSES • 273 �MA141 TECHNICAL CALCULUS I (4,0) 4 Plane analytic geometry, the derivative and procedures of differentiation, integration and applications of integration, derivatives of trigonometric and inverse trigonometric functions, exponential functions, and logarithmic functions. Prerequisites: MAI09 and MAI40 each with a grade of C or better. (Substitutes for QMA201) MA142 TECHNICAL CALCULUS II (4,0) 4 Integration of trigonometric, exponential and logarithmic functions, methods of integration, partial derivatives and double integrals, polar coordinates, curve fitting, series expansion of functions, using MacLaurin, Taylor, and Fourier Series. First and second order differential equations and Laplace transform methods. Prerequisite: MA141 with a grade of C or better. (Substitutes for QMA203) MA150 PRECALCULUS MATHEMATICS (4,0) MA207 PRINCIPLES OF STATISTICAL METHODS Inscriptive statistics, probability distributions (including normal, binomial and chi-square), techniques of statistical inference including tests or hypotheses and selected nonparametric tests. (This course is a survey of elementary statistical concepts.) Prerequisite: Completion of mathematics competency graduation requirement. This course will not count toward a major in mathematics. (Formerly QMA207) MA215 FUNDAMENTAL CONCEPTS OF MATHEMATICS Elements of set theory, set algebra, cardinality, logic, mathematical induction, methods of proof, functions, relations, equivalence relations. Prerequisite: MA151 or MAI42 or MAI 12 (latter course with permission of instructor only) (Formerly QMA215) MA216 DISCRETE MATHEMATICS AND PROBLEM SOLVING Selected 4 Basic theory of functions including polynomial, exponential, logarithmic and trigonometric functions. Inequalities, topics from analytic geometry and plane rigonometry. Provides the essential >ackground for calculus and subsequent upper evel mathematics. Prerequisites: Two years of high school algebra and one year of plane geometry and satisfactory achievement on the mathematics placement exam, or MA092 with a grade of C or better, Courses in trigonometry and analytic geometry are recommended. This course will not count toward a major or minor in mathematics. (Formerly QMA121) MA240 MATHEMATICS FOR AUTOMATED SYSTEMS (3,0) 3 Applied linear algebra and vector algebra, Laplace transform methods for solution of first and second order linear differential equations. Spherical and cylindrical coordinate systems, graphing of kinematic quantities. Pre or co­ requisite: MA142. (Formerly QMA302) MA251 CALCULUS III MA151 CALCULUS I (4,0) 4 Limits, continuity, differentiation, applications of the derivative, integration, applications of the definite integral. Prerequisite: High school mathematics which includes two years of algebra, one year of plane geometry, and one-half year of trigonometry and satisfactory achievement on the mathematics placement exam, or MAI50 with a grade of C or better. (Substitutes for QMA132) MA152 CALCULUS II (4,0) 4 Logarithm and exponential functions, inverse trigonometric functions, techniques of integration, improper integrals, L’hopital’s rule, infinite series, conic sections, polar coordinates, parametric equations. Prerequisite: MA151 with a grade of C or better. (Substitutes for QMA134) 3 topics from discrete mathematics including fundamental counting principles, recurrence relations, and1 an introduction to graph theory. A strong emphasis is placed on fundamental problem solving techniques. Prerequisite: MA215 or permission of instructor. (New course in fall, 1991) 4 Thre ree dimensional space, vectors, vectorvalved functions, partial differentiation, multiple integration, topics in vector calculus. Prerequisite: maid MAI52/ witn with a gr;rade of C or prerequisite: better. (Substitutes for QMA23z) MA261 INTRODUCTION TO NUMERICAL ^METHODS floating point representation of numbers and2 floating point arithmetic. Survey of numerical methods for solving a wide variety of common mathematical problems, including Solution of a single non-linear equation, solution of a system of linear equations, matrix inversion, numerical integration, function approximation, interpolation. Emphasis will be on the actual computer implementation of common algorithms for solving these problems. Prerequisites: CS111 and either MA142 or MAI52. (Formerly QCS241) COURSES 274 �MA290 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN MATHEMATICS (1-4,0) 1-4 Special studies and/or research in mathematics for individuals or small seminar groups. Course content to be arranged with instructor and with approval of the department head. This course may be repeated for a maximum of eight credits. Prerequisites: Sophomore standing or higher and permission of the instructor. MA305 COMPUTATIONAL UNEAR ALGEBRA Introduction to matrix algebra and vector3 spaces. An examination of the topics of linear algebra, with an emphasis on computational aspects. Applications of matrices and linear algebra in the natural and social sciences. Prerequisites: CS111, and either MAI 12, MA141, or MA151. (Formerly QMA305) MA308 PROBABILITY AND MATHEMATICAL STATISTICS (3,0) 3 An introductory course in probability and Probab ility, mathematical statistics, probability distributions, mathematical expectation, moment generating functions, central limit theorem, estimation of parameters, hypothesis testing. Prerequisite: MAI 12 or MAI42 or MAI52. (Formerly QMA208) MA309 MATHEMATICAL STATISTICS (3,0) alternate years 3 A continuation of MA308 including nonparametric methods, analysis of variance, multiple regression, and an introduction to statistical software packages. Prerequisite: MA308 (Substitutes tor QMA209) MA310 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS (3,0) 3 Differential equations of first order, linear differential equations of second and higher orders. Introduction to power series methods, allocations. Prerequisite: MAI52 (Formerly MA321 HISTORY OF MATHEMATICS (3,0) on demand 3 Selected topics in the development of mathematics from the time of the ancient Babylonians and Egyptians to the twentieth century. Prerequisites: MAI52 and MA215 (Formerly QMA321) MA325 COLLEGE GEOMETRY (3,0) on demand 3 Selected topics in geometry, including some or all of the following: Modem elementary geometry, transformations, Euclidean constructions, dissection theory, projective geometry, introduction to non-Euclidean geometry, and problems in foundations of geometry. Prerequisites: MAI52 and MA215. (Formerly QMA325) MA341 ABSTRACT ALGEBRA I 3 (3,0) alternate years An introduction to congruences, groups, subgroups, quotient groups, fundamental homomorphism theorems, Sylow theorems. Prerequisite: MA215. (Formerly QMA341) MA342 ABSTRACT ALGEBRA II 3 (3,0) on demand A continuation of MA341 including rings, integral domains, ideals, auoticnt rings, the natural homomorphism, fields and polynomial rings. Prerequisite: MA341. (Formerly QMA342) MA351 GRAPH THEORY (3,0) alternate years 3 Selected topics in graph theory, including connectivity, matchings, edge and vertex colorings, networks and tournaments. Prerequisite: MA216. (Formerly QMA351) MA401 MATHEMATICAL MODELING (3,0) alternate years 3 Selected applications of mathematics in such areas as biology, economics, social science and engineering lire discussed. The construction of a mathematical model used to study a real situation will be stressed, as well as interpretation of mathematical results in that context. Prerequisites: Jr/Sr standing, a course in computer programming, and mathematical maturity at the level of MA305, MA308, or MA310. (Formerly QMA315) MA411 ADVANCED CALCULUS (3,0) alternate years An extension of the calculus in one, two, ar three dimensions leading to the formulatic and solution (in simple cases) of the partii differential equations of mathematical physics. Differential and integral calculus of vectors, divergence, curl, line, surface and volume integrals, Green’s divergence and Stokes’ theorems, heat and wave equations, Fourier series, orthogonal sets, boundary value problems, separation of variables. Prerequisite: MA251. (Formerly QMA411) MA413 INTRODUCTION TO COMPLEX ANALYSIS £.0) on demand 3 The calculus of functions of a complex variable, algebra and geometry of complex numbers, elementary functions, limits, derivatives, Cauchy-Rieman equations, integrals, Cauchy integral theorem, series, singularities, residue theorem. Prerequisite: MA251. (Formerly QMA413) MA421 REAL ANALYSIS I 3 (3,0) alternate years An examination of some of the foundations of the calculus, including basic topology of the real line, limits, continuity, metric spaces, function spaces, some uniformity concepts. Prerequisites: MA215 and MA251. (Formerly QMA412) COURSES 275 �MA422 REAL ANALYSIS II (3,0) on demand 3 Continuation of MA421 with emphasis on measure and integration. Prerequisite: MA421. (Formerly QMA422) MA490 RESEARCH TOPICS IN MATHEMATICS (1-4,0) 1-4 Special studies and/or research in mathematics for individuals or small seminar groups. Course content to be arranged with instructor and with approval of the department head. This course may be repeated tor a maximum of eight credits. Prerequisites: Junior standing or higher and permission of the instructor. MECHANICAL ENGINEERING Special topics courses will be available as need and interest develop. Consult the semester Course Schedule for these. ME104 TECHNICAL DRAWING technical 4 drawing to include instruments, lettering, geometnc construction, sketching, multiview projection, sectioning, auxiliary views, dimensioning, tolerancing, fasteners, design and working drawings, reproduction and control drawings, pictorial drawings, intersections, graphical vector analysis, and graphs. (Substitutes for QME 105,115) ME124 BASIC COMPUTER AIDED DRAFTING (CAD) (3,0) 3 Basic Autocad to include setting up and configuring Autocad software, MS-DOS, graphical primitives, editing, (2-D) construction techniques, symbols, drawing enhancements, printer-plotting, isometric drawing, system variables, dimension variable, and Autosketch. Prerequisite: ME 104 or permission of instructor. (Substitutes for QME125) MARKETING Special topics courses will be available as need and interest develop. Consult the semester Course Schedule for these. MK281 MARKETING PRINCIPLES AND STRATEGY (4,0) MK283 PRINCIPLES OF SELUNG Vhe study of personal selling and its requirements. Topics included are buyer behavior, sales presentations from prospecting to closing the sale, and overcoming objections. Sales interviews by students are an integral part of the course. (Formerly QMK283) MK285 RETAIL MANAGEMENT (3,0) 3 A study of the Field of retailing. A survey of retail institutions; store location and organization; buying and merchandising techniques; retail advertising, sales promotion and image; human resource policies; and store protection. (Formerly QMK285) MK287 ADVERTISING THEORY AND PRACTICE (3,0) 3 MK384 PHYSICAL DISTRIBUTION (3,0) 3 MK386 MATERIALS MANAGEMENT (3,0) 3 A study of the principles and practices in various advertising media such as newspaper, radio, television, outdoor and direct mail; consideration of creative methods, consumer behavior, measurement of effectiveness, and coordination with other aspects of the promotional program. (Formerly QMK287) An analysis of the physical supply-physical distribution system. Studies areas of movement control, including distribution centers and warehousing, traffic and transportation, inventory management, information flow and cost-service alternatives. Prerequisite; MK281. (Formerly QMK384) A study of the principles and methods used in purchasing materials, supplies, and equipment. Purchasing procedures, buying policies, stock planning, market appraisals, and the functions of the purchasing agent. Prerequisite: MK281. (Formerly QMK386) MK389 INDUSTRIAL MARKETING MANAGEMENT 3 (3,0) A study of the marketing structure and function for business-to-business and industrial transactions. Prerequisite: MK281. (Formerly QMK389) MK480 MARKETING RESEARCH (3,0) 4 A study of the marketing principles, variables, institutions, target markets, marketing mix, and the development of marketing strategy. Prerequisite: EN110. (Substitutes for MK281 and MK382) 3 Application of research methods to the field of marketing. Methods of gathering and presenting data, market analysis, consumer surveys and sales forecasting. Students will participate in a research project. Prerequisites: BA211 and MK281. (Formerly QMK480) COURSES 276 �MK483 SALES FORCE MANAGEMENT (3,0)I 3 Principles and policies of sales organization; career opportunities; recruiting, selecting, and training sales people; motivation, supervision, and evaluation of sales performance; compensation plans, quotes, and exp ense accounts. Prerequisites: MK281, MK 283. (Formerly QMK483) MK486 INTERNATIONAL MARKETING (3,0) 3 Principles and methods of international marketing; strategies for foreign market entry and operations. Analysis of the environment of international marketing management with emphasis on problems connected with social, cultural, institutional, and economic variables found in foreign markets. Prerequisite: MK281. (Formerly QMK486) MK487 ADVERTISING MANAGEMENT (3,0) 3 Planning and preparation of advertising programs. Includes preparation of messages and budgets and selection of media. Utilizes case studies. Prerequisites: MK281 and MK287. (Formerly QMK487) MANAGEMENT Special topics courses will be available as need and interest develop. Consult the semester Course Schedule for these. MN370 MANAGEMENT PRINCIPLES AND HUMAN RESOURCE CONCEPTS (4,0) 4 Principles and techniques of management: Planning organizing, staffing and directing; development of management thought; environment of human resource management; staffing and organizing; directing and leadership; safety, health, Tabor and employee relations; performance appraisal. Prerequisite: Junior status or permission of instructor. (Substitutes for QMN360 and QMN365) MN451 LABOR LAW (4,0) MN464 ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOR IN BUSINESS (4,0) 4 An analysis of problems relating to management and organizational behavior typically requiring decisions by an administrator. Topics include leadership, motivation, communication, problem solving, decision making, conflict resolution, group dynamics and employee training and development. Prerequisite: MN370 or permission of instructor. (Formerly QMN464) MN469 COLLECTIVE BARGAINING (3,0) 3 An analysis of the process of collective bargaining, the major subjects of negotiation, including arbitration of grievances; process of dispute settlements; and influence of larger environment. The discussion includes theories of bargaining, strategies, and weapons available to beoth parties. Also examines collective employee-employer relationships in the public sector and tactics of public employee groups and agencies. Prerequisite: Junior standing or permission of instructor. (Formerly QMN469) MN471 PRODUCTION AND OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT: MODELS, METHODS AND APPLICATIONS litudy and analysis of operations of modem industrial and service organizations. Topics covered include scheduling and assignment problems, forecasting, inventory models, project management, mathematical programming, decision theory, game theory, Markov models, replacement problems, queuing problems, and simulation. Prerequisite: BA211 and MN370, or permission of instructor. (Substitutes for QBA216 and QMN467) 4 An analysis of labor laws pertaining to unionmanagement relations; emphasis on the private sector as well as on laws relating to health care institutions; legal aspects of relationships between unions and their members; federal wage and hour laws, including administration of the statutes and their relationship; applicable remedies for violations of federal labor laws. Prerequisite: MN370. (Formerly QMN451 and substitutes for QMN465. MN461 MANAGEMENT SIMULATION Realistic simulations of business operations with an opportunity to practice the functions of management by means of computerized models and cases. Prerequisite or corequisite: FN341 or permission of instructor. (Formerly QMN462 and QMN463) COURSES 277 NOTES �MT310 KINEMATICS (2,2) MECHANICAL ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY Special topics courses will be available as need and interest develo>d. Consult the semester Course Schedule tor these. MT100 INTRODUCTION TO MECHANICAL SYSTEMS AND COMPUTER PROGRAMMING Careers and opportunities. Reviews technical competence expected of engineering technologists. Engineering computations using BASIC. (New course in Fall 1991) MT112 MANUFACTURING PROCESSES I (2,3) 3 Capabilities and limitations of machines and processes for promotion planning or designing machinery, mechanical parts, and systems. Prerequisite: MTIOO or permission of instructor. (Substitutes for QMT126) MT113 MANUFACTURING PROCESSES II (2,3)I 3 Continuation of MT1I2. In addition, computer-aided numerically controlled machining. Prerequisite: MT112. (Substitutes for QMT136 and QDT221) 4T220 STATICS 3,0) 3 fheory and application of principles of statics with emphasis on problem solving, free body diagrams and vector analysis. Theory applied to equilibrium of particles and principles of rigid body equilibrium. Prerequisite or corequisite: MAM I, PH221, and MT100, or permission of instructor. (Substitutes for QMT227) MT241 STRENGTH OF MATERIALS (3,3) 4 A study of the concepts in stress analysis and stress measurement. Topics include axial, shear, torsion, bending, and transverse stresses. Also covered are axial strain, shear strain, poissons ratio, Hookes Law, and the transformation of stress and strain. Stress measurement in the laboratory will include use of a tensile machine and strain gages. A Final project with oral and written communication are incorporated as an integral part of the course. Prerequisites: MT220, ET201. (Substitutes for QMT231) MT253 ENGINEERING MATERIALS (3,3) 4 Physical structure of engineering materials, properties, testing, and applications. Prerequisite: CHI81. Corequisite: MT241. (Substitutes for QMT233) 3 Theory and application of principles of kinematics with emphasis on problem solving. Position, velocity, and acceleration analysis applied to particles and rigid bodies. Prerequisite: MT220. Corequisite: MAI42. (Substitutes for QMT321) MT311 DYNAMICS (2,2) 3 Theory and application of principles of dynamics with emphasis on problem solving and free body diagrams. Kinematics, kinetics, kinetics of particles using work, energy, and momentum principles. Kinematics and kinetics of rigid bodies. Prerequisite: MT310. (Formerly QMT327) MT316 STATICS AND STRENGTH OF MATERIALS 3 (3,1) Fundamental concepts of statics and strength of materials. Solution of problems including forces, moments, normal stress, shear stress, bending stress, and torsional stress. Theory and application of strain gages. Not for credit for a degree in Mechanical Engineering Technology. Lab meets two hours per week for second half of semester. Prerequisite: PH221. (Substitutes for QMT326) MT331 QUAUTY CONTROL (3,0) 3 An introduction to the philosophy, principles, and methods for the use of statistical process control in the manufacturing environment. Numerous control charts and frequency distributions will be covered in detail. Management methods and philosophy will also be discussed. Prerequisite: MA141. (Formerly QDT231) MT341 FLUID MECHANICS (3,0) 3 Theory and application of principles of fluid mechanics with emphasis on problem solving. Basic measurement, statics, kinematics, continuity, energy balances, and impulsemomentum principles of ideal and real fluids. MAII 42 or Prerequisites: MT220 and 11.'. permission of instructor. (Substitutes for QMT421) MT371 NC/CNC MANUFACTURING PROCESSES (2,3) 3 Writing NC/CNC programs in machine code, and the setup and trial runs to produce production parts from these programs. Computer software interfacing between programming languages and various industrial machines will be stressed. Prerequisite: MT113 or permission of instructor. (Substitutes for QMT361, QMT420) COURSES 278 �MT410 MACHINE DESIGN I (3,2) 4 Design and selection of machine elements, power transmission units, and their components. Prerequisites: MT241, MT253, MT311 ior permission of instructor. (Substitutes for QMT401) MT411 MACHINE DESIGN II (3,2) 4 Continuation of MT410. In addition, the design of a machine for a particular application including specifications, details, and working drawings. The results are presented in oral and written form. An industrial setting will be simulated. Prerequisite: MT410. (Substitutes for QMT402.403) MT412 RNrTE ELEMENT ANALYSIS IN MACHINE DESIGN (2,0) 2 This course is designed to teach the fundamentals of finite element analysis (FEA) in machine design. Prerequisite: MT410. (Substitutes for QMT404) MT430 THERMODYNAMICS (3,0) 3 Theory and application of principles of thermodynamics. First and second laws of thermodynamics, energy conversions, properties of working substances, processes and cycles. Prerequisite: MT341. (Substitutes for QMT441) MT431 THERMODYNAMICS AND HEAT TRANSFER 4 (3,3) In addition, Continuation of MT430. fundamentals of steady state and transient conduction, convection, and radiation heat transfer. Design and analysis of heat exchangers. Prerequisite: MT430. (Substitutes for QMT442.453) MUSIC MU113 BAND (0,3) 1 Open to all students in University. The Concert Band performs representative band and wind ensemble literature and provides a challenging musical experience. (Substitutes for QMU117) MU 140 CHORUS (0,3) 1 Regular rehearsals and participation in various campus activities. Admission by permission of the instructor. (Substitutes for QMU118) MU141 CHORUS (0,3) 1 Regular rehearsals and participation in various campus activities. Admission by permission of the instructor. (Substitutes for QMU120) MU 160 JAZZ ENSEMBLE <M) J . 1 Regular rehearsals and performances during school year. Prerequisite: permission of instructor. (Substitutes for QMU121) MU161 JAZZ ENSEMBLE (0,3) 3 Regular rehearsals and performances during the school year. Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor. (Substitutes for QMU123) MU 170 CLASS PIANO I (0,2) . 1 Beginning piano techniques. Music reading ability helpful but not required. (Substitutes for QMU130) (0,2) . 1 To improve proficiency and techniques gained in MU 170. Prerequisite: MU 170 or permission of instructor. (Substitutes for QMU132) MU 180 CLASS GUrTAR I 1 Perform regular series of concerts as a member of the Sault Symphony Orchestra. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. (Substitutes for QMU101) MU111 ORCHESTRA (0,3) 1 Open to all students in University. The Concert Band performs representative band and wind ensemble literature and provides a challenging musical experience. (Substitutes for QMU115) MU171 CLASS PIANO II Special topics courses will be available as need and interest develop. Consult the semester Course Schedule for these. MU110 ORCHESTRA (0,3) MU112 BAND (0,3) (0,2) ..) 1 introduction to guitar playing including knowledge of musical rudiments, left and right hand techniques and ensemble performance. (Substitutes for QMU150) MU181 CLASS GUITAR II 1 Perform regular series of concerts as a member of the Sault Symphony Orchestra. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. (Substitutes for QMU103) (0,2) 1 Course emphasizes increasing technical achievement, musicianship and the development of individual musicality. (Substitutes for QMU152) COURSES ■ 279 �MU220 HISTORY AND APPRECIATION OF MUSIC I (4,0) 4 A survey of music from the Middle Ages to the early nineteenth century with emphasis on the music of Bach. Handel. Haydn. Mozart and Beethoven. Counts as Humanities substitute. (Substitutes for QMU230) MU221 HISTORY AND APPRECIATION OF MUSIC II (4,0) 4 A survey of music of the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. Counts as Humanities substitute. (Substitutes for QMU232) MU250 CHAMBER MUSIC I (0,2)i 1 NS103 ENVIRONMENTAL BIOLOGY (2,2) 3 An introduction to environmental concepts and a brief survey of environmental issues facing society. Emphasis is placed on solutions and the responsibility of the individual towards these solutions. (Formerly QNS103) NS105 PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY: EARTH, SUN AND WEATHER 3 (3,1) Study of the physical properties of the earth’s surface as they relate to weather and climate. Prerequisite: None. (Formerly QNS105) NS107 PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY: LANDFORMS AND SOILS 3 (3,1) For advanced students interested in solo and ensemble performance in a supervised program. Prerequisite: Admission by permission of instructor. (Substitutes for QMU235) Study of the physical properties of the earth’s surface as they relate to landforms and soils. Prerequisite: None. (Formerly QNS107) MU251 CHAMBER MUSIC II (0,2) Introductory course with a balanced, comprehensive account of contemporary astronomy with emphasis placed on the broad principles of astronomy rather than on a chronological or historical framework. Prerequisite: Completion of the mathematics competency graduation requirement. (Formerly QNS119) 1 For advanced students interested in solo and ensemble performance in a supervised program. Prerequisite: Admission by permission of instructor. (Substitutes for QMU237) NS119 DESCRIPTIVE ASTRONOMY (3,1) MU260 HISTORY & APPRECIATION OF JAZZ 4 (4,0) The course explores the historical and stylistic development of jazz and explains how to listen to this type of music. Counts as a Humanities substitute. (Substitutes for QMU240) NATURAL SCIENCES Special topics courses will be available as need and interest develop, Consult the semester Course Schedule for these. NS101 CONCEPTUAL PHYSICS (3,1) 3 A surv ey of basic physical science principles emphasizing their applications in daily life. Prerequisite: Completion of the mathematics QNSH)1 )CygradUati°nre9uirement. (formerly NS102 INTRODUCTION TO GEOLOGY (3,1) study of geology. U wj|| a)so Drovide sufficient background for prL° iae COURSES • 280 NOTES 3 �NU326 PARENT/CHILD NURSING NURSING Special topics courses will be available as need and interest develop. ~ Consult the semester Course Schedule for these. NU110 INTRODUCTION TO PROFESSIONAL NURSING I (1,0) 1 Focus on historical origin of nursing and its evolvement into current status as major profession; role of nursing in meeting present and future holistic needs of contemporary society; philosophy of, concepts, and roles in nursing. (Formerly QNU141) NU211 INTRODUCTION TO PROFESSIONAL NURSING 11 (3,0) 3 Theoretical foundation for nursing practice, nursing concepts and theories needed to promote, maintain, and restore health throughout the life cycle, including nursing theory, human needs, human development, stress adaptation, teaching-learning and legal aspects. Prerequisites: NU110, PY155, acceptance into nursing major. (Formerly QNU241) NU212 HEALTH APPRAISAL (2,3) 3 An introduction to nursing assessment component of the nursing process as a method of determining a well individual’s health potential and status across the lifespan. Emphasis is on obtaining a health history, performing a nursing assessment and formulating a nursing diagnosis. Prerequisites: HE208, BL122. Corequisite: NU21I. (Formerly QNU242) NU213 FUNDAMENTALS OF NURSING (3,6) 5 Theoretical and clinical foundation upon which nursing is applied to individual client experiencing common health stressors. Emphasis: forming nursing diagnoses derived from human needs theory and implementation of both appropriate nursing interventions and related psychomotor nursing skills. Responsibilities as a health team member and as a self-directed learner are also considered. Prerequisites: NU2ll, NU212, HE208, corequisites: HE209, BL223 NU325 PARENT/NEWBORN NURSING (3,6) 5 Theoretical and clinical foundation for care of the child-bearing family using family centered approach. Emphasis: teaching and health promotion. Stress Adaptation and Self Care theories used to help clients cope with stressors encountered during child-bearing cycle. Prerequisites: NU212, NU213, HE232, HE209. (Formerly QNU343) 6 (4,6) Theoretical and clinical foundation for application of nursing process in caring for children and their families. Emphasis: health promotion, maintenance and restoration with application of principles and concepts related to growth and development, family theory and stress adaptation. Prerequisites: NU212, NU213, HE232, HE209, PY155. (Substitutes for QNU344) NU327 ADULT NURSING I (4,12) 8 NU328 TRANSCULTURAL NURSING (2,0) 2 NU329 ISSUES IN WOMEN’S HEALTH (2,0) 2 Combined theory and clinical laboratory with concepts of stress adaptation related to common health alterations in each of the basic Nursing clinical human need areas, experience is primarily in secondary care settings for adult clients. Prerequisites: NU212, NU213, HE209, HE232. (Substitutes for QNU345) Discusses and explores values, beliefs and practices related to health by using a comparative transcultural approach. Focuses on the delivery of health care to various cultural and ethnic groups. Prerequisites: Graduate nurse, NU213 or its equivalent. (Formerly QNU322) This course explores the diverse health needs Social, cultural, political. of women, economic, legal, and ethical issues are analyzed for their influence on women’s health care. Emphasis is placed on how one might positively influence women’s health. Prerequisites: Junior level standing, PY101, SOI01. (Formerly QNU323) NU330 APPUED NUTRITION 2 Application of nutrition principles in health care; obesity, anorexia nervosa, and bulimia; emphasis on gathering information and relevant objective measurements (anthropometric, biochemical) for use in developing nutritional care plans. Prerequisite: HE208 or permission of instructor. (Formerly QAH324/QNU324) NU361 TRANSITION TO PROFESSIONAL NURSING (3,°) Explores . .... ? concepts of socialization and professionalism in relation to baccalaureate education in nursing: examines conceptual frameworks, nursing models and theories pertinent to practice of nursing and selected legal, social, ethical, economic and political issues in professional nursing and health care delivery. Prerequisites: Acceptance into BSN program or permission of instructor. (Formerly QNU350) COURSES ■ 281 �NU362 HEALTH APPRAISAL AND PROMOTION THROUGH THE LIFESPAN (4,6) 6 NU435 MANAGEMENT IN NURSING (3,0) 3 Application of nursing theory to health appraisal, promotion and maintenance of the individual and family throughout the lifespan. Emphasis on principles of comprehensive history-taking, physical assessment skills, health teaching and health promotion strategies. Prerequisites: NU361, S0326. (Substitutes for QNU356 and QNU358) Analysis of the leadership and management roles in professional nursing; focus is on leadership/management theories basic to the planning, organizing, directing and controlling of nursing services in health care settings. Includes concepts of quality assurance, risk management, performance appraisal, fiscal planning, employee relations. Prerequisite: NU431 or NU361. (Substitutes for QNU444) NU431 ADULT NURSING II (4,12) NU436 CONTEMPORARY ISSUES IN NURSING (2.°) , . 2, 8 This is a theory and clinical laboratory course focusing on application of the nursing process in care of the adult client with multiple health stressors. Basic human needs theory and concepts of Stress/Adaptation, Health Promotion, Health Maintenance, Health Restoration and Teaching-Learning are applied. The student collaborates with the health team and applies theory and principles of leadership and management in providing care in secondary and tertiary care settings. Prerequisites: NU325, NU326, NU327. Corequisite: NU435. (Formerly QNU441) NU432 COMMUNITY HEALTH NURSING (3,6) 5 Theoretical and clinical foundation in community health nursing. The nursing process is applied to communities, groups, families and individuals. Content includes the application of public health nursing principles, levels of prevention and epidemiology. Expands the roles of the nurse as teacher, collaborator, advocate and direct care >rovider. Examines health care delivery rends and issues. Prerequisites: NU327, HE232, S0327 and all required junior level nursing courses. (Substitutes for QNU442) Corequisite: NU433. NU433 MENTAL HEALTH NURSING (3,6) NU451 CRITICAL CARE NURSING (3,0) 3 Assists student in developing nursing knowledge essential to care of critically ill client/family. Health promotion maintenance and restoration interventions are stressed in care of clients with severe alterations in basic Prerequisite: NU431 or human needs, graduate nurse. (Formerly QNU451) NU452 INTERDISCIPLINARY APPROACH TO APPLIED GERONTOLOGY 2 Study and application of gerontological theories and research in the interdisciplinary care management of the aging client. Analyzes strategics to protect, promote and maintain the well being and health of the Emphasis is on interdisciplinary client. collaboration to achieve measurable outcomes. The role of helping professionals in implementing or altering health policies is explored. Prerequisite: S0326 or permission of instructor. (Formerly QNU452) 5 Theoretical and clinical foundation in mental health nursing. Emphasis is on the use of the therapeutic relationship and communication skills to help clients cope with stressors of life experiences. Nursing, human needs theory, family theory, stress adaptation theory and developmental theory are used to help the client achieve optimum level of mental health. Prerequisites: HE232 and all required junior level nursing courses. (Substitutes for NU342) NU434 NURSING RESEARCH (3,0) Analysis of issues involving the professional nurse. Explores role socialization from student to professional nurse. Selected social, ethical, economic, and legal issues will be examined. Prerequisites: NU325, NU326, NU327. (Formerly QNU445) NU490 INDEPENDENT STUDY 1-4 (1^»,°) Individual investigation of topics tailored to student interest and need. Prerequisites: Junior or Senior standing and permission of the instructor. 3 Focus is on the ethics, methods, evaluation of research studies and consideration of application of nursing research findings in delivery of health care. Students discuss and evaluate nursing research studies and develop and present sections of a research proposal. Prerequisites: PY210 or MA207, NU325, NU326, NU327 or NU361. (Formerly QNU443) COURSES 282 NOTES �OFFICE ADMINISTRATION Special topics courses will be available as need and interest develop. uoi “ Consult the semester Course Schedule for these. OA111 KEYBOARDING/DOCUMENT FORMATTING I (3.0) 3 Introduction to typewriter and computer keyboard; development of basic keyboarding skill-alphabetic, numeric, and 10-key pad numeric; to assist student to reach optimal skill and more efficiently use computer terminals, information processor, and typewriter keyboards. This course is intended for students with no previous typing experience. Students will be pretested by the instructor the first day of class for placement in accordance with beginning skill level. Also, formatting of business letters, memos, tables, and reports (APA, MLA, and Turabian formats), using word processing software. (Formerly QOA131 and QOA111) OA221 SHORTHAND/MACHINE TRANSCRIPTION 3 (3,0) Emphasis on transcription cof mailable correspondence from snorthand notes and machine dictation, with continued dictation and transcription speedbuilding. Prerequisite: Keyboarding skills; OA121 or equivalent. (Formerly QOA122 and QOA205) OA227 MEDICAL OFFICE PROCEDURES (3,0) 3 A comprehensive training in duties performed in moaem medical offices, including medical terminology, transcribing diagnostic reports, case histones, and correspondence employing medical terms. Prerequisite: Basic keyboarding skills. (Formerly QOA227) OA228 LEGAL OFFICE PROCEDURES (3,0) :3 A comprehensive training in duties performed in modem legal offices, including legal terminology, transcribing legal forms relating to real estate, litigation, wills and probate, and corporate work. Prerequisite: Basic keyboarding skills. (Formerly QOA228) PHYSICS OA112 KEYBOARD SKILLBUILDING (4.0) 7 1/2 WEEKS 2 Improvement of keyboarding speed and accuracy (both alphabetic and numeric), using developmental programs and keyboarding drills. Student may take this course to accumulate 2-4 credits. Once an office administration student reaches 60 wpm skill on alpha/numeric text (error rate - l per minute) this course becomes an elective. Prerequisite: OA 111 or 30 wpm keyboarding skill. (Formerly QOA112) OA113 DOCUMENT FORMATTING II (2,°) 12 Formatting of legal documents, medical histories and reports, governmental correspondence, accounting statements, and technical text/data, using word processing software. Prerequisite: OA111. (Formerly QO A132) OA119 ACCOUNTING PROCEDURES (4.0) 4 Accounting experiences common to small business or professional offices; development of basic principles underlying accounting procedures; techniques and records used in analyzing, classifying, recording, and summarizing transactions; accounting procedures applied to a computer simulation for small businesses. May not be taken for credit following successful completion of AC 132. (Substitutes for QOA119) OA121 SHORTHAND I (3.0) l3 Principles of SuperWrite Shorthand (an alphabetic system); beginning dictation and transcription. (Formerly QOA121) Special topics courses will be available as need and interest develop. Consult the semester Course Schedule for these. PH221 ELEMENTS OF PHYSICS I M 4 General principles of rigid body mechanics (kinematics, laws of motion, energy and momentum), fluid mechanics, and thermal physics. Prerequisite: MAI09, and either MAI 11 or MAI40. (Substitutes for QPH201) PH222 ELEMENTS OF PHYSICS II 4 Vibrations and waves, electricity and magnetism, optics, relativity and modem physics. Prerequisite: PH221 with a grade of C or better. (Substitutes for QPH203) PH224 TOPICS IN PHYSICS FOR ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY 4 (3.2) Vibrations and waves, optics, relativity and modem physics (identical to PH222). Electricity and magnetism topics of particular relevance to electronic engineering technology. Prerequisite: PH221 with a grade of C or better. Sophomore standing in EET coursework, and MA141 (which may be taken concurrently). (Substitutes for QPH301) PH231 GENERAL PHYSICS I (4.2) 5 An introductory calculus-based course in rigid body mechanics and fluid mechanics. Intended primarily for students in physical science, mathematics and pre-engineering curricula. Pre- or corequisite: MAI52. (Substitutes for QPH207) COURSES • 283 �PH232 GENERAL PHYSICS II (4,2) 5 Continuation of PH231. Introduction to thermal physics, optics, electricity, magnetism, and topics from modem physics. Prerequisite: PH231 with a grade of C or better. (Substitutes for QPH209) PH290 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN PHYSICS 1-4 (1-4,0) Special studies and/or research in physics for individuals or small seminar groups. Course content to be arranged with instructor and with approval of the department head. This course may be repeated for a maximum of eight credits. Werequisites: Sophomore standing or higher and permission of the instructor. PH311 PRINCIPLES OF HYDROLOGY (3,0) alternate years 3 Origin, movement, and uses of water with emphasis on water resources in relation to human needs and environmental considerations. Hydrologic principles, runoff analysis, flood routing, urban hydrology, floodplain hydraulics, groundwater hydrology. Prerequisites: PH221 or PH231, or permission of instructor. Prior computer programming experience recommended. (Substitutes for QPH311) PH312 GROUNDWATER HYDROLOGY (3,0) alternate years 3 Uses, preservation and protection of ground water. Physics and chemistry of ground water. Influences of geological structures and ground water exploration. Hydraulics and modeling techniques for ground water and water wells. Water well design, construction, and testing. Prerequsites: PH221,222 or PH231,232; PH311; and a course in computer programming. (New course Fall 1991) PHILOSOPHY PL302 ANCIENT WESTERN PHILOSOPHY (3,0) 3 A study of the origins and the development of Greek and Roman philosophy from the preSocratics to the early Christians. Counts as Humanities substitute. Prerequisite: EN210 or EN215; or permission of instructor. (Substitutes for QPL301) POLITICAL SCIENCE Special topics courses will be available as need and interest develop, Consult the semester Course Schedule for these. PS110 INTRODUCTION TO AMERICAN GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS (4,0) 4 An introductory survey of American national government and politics. (Formerly QPS110) PS120 INTRODUCTION TO LEGAL PROCESSES 3 (3,0) An introduction to the nature and characteristics of law as it operates in the United States: structure and function of judiciary, process of litigation, influences on law, and impact and enforcement of decisions. (Formerly QPS120) PS130 INTRODUCTION TO STATE AND LOCAL GOVERNMENT 4 (4,0) A study of the politics and organization of state and local governments, with an emphasis on specific policy issues such as education, criminal justice and economic development. (Substitutes for QPS130) PS160 INTRODUCTION TO CANADIAN GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS Special topics courses will be available as need and interest develop. Consult the semester Course Schedule for these. 3 (3,0) An introductory survey of Canadian government and politics. (Formerly QPS260) PL204 INTRODUCTION TO PHILOSOPHY (3,0) PS201 INTRODUCTION TO PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 3 A study of selected philosophical problems and of methods and ways to answer them. Counts as Humanities substitute. Prerequisite: EN210 or EN215; or permission of instructor. (Substitutes for QPL201) PL205 LOGIC (3,0) 3 An introductory course in logic; study of the role of logical methods of the rational approach to knowledge, consideration of such concepts as definition, implication, inference, syllogism, deduction. Counts as Humanities substitute. Prerequisite: EN210 or EN215; or permission of instructor. (Substitutes for QPL202) 3 (3.0) This course provides an overview of the field of public administration. It examines the types of organizations, the relation of administration to politics, and public management. (Formerly QPS201) PS222 INTRODUCTION TO THE LEGAL PROFESSION (2.0) 2 Students will become familiar with how the law functions, how the legal profession has evolved, how to prepare for and apply to law school, and how law schools differ from college. Prerequisites: PS 110, 120. (New course in fall, 1991) COURSES 284 �PS241 INTRODUCTION TO INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS (4,0) 4 An introductory study of the factors that influence the conduct of international relations and of the various methods by which those relations are conducted. This material will then be applied to an examination of some appropriate current international controversies. (Formerly QPS241) PS247 MODEL UNITED NATIONS (1,0) 1 This course includes required participation in the model United Nations program, in which students represent specific countries and become familiar with their background and politics. The goal is an understanding of how the United Nations functions. May be repeated for up to a total of 4 credits, but no more than 2 credits may be counted toward a political science major or minor. Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor. (Formerly QPS247) PS290 RESEARCH TOPICS IN POLITICAL SCIENCE (1-4,0) 1-4 This may take the form of either a research project or a program of directed reading on a specific topic. One to four credits over a period of one or two semesters may be granted according to the nature of the student’s project. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. PS301 POLICY ANALYSIS AND EVALUATION (4.0) 4 Examines how public issues and problems are analyzed to assist in the development of public policies. Considers the process of evaluating public programs to determine whether they are to be expanded, cut back, or continued at the current level. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. (Substitutes for QPS302 and part of QPS315) PS325 POLITICS AND MEDIA (3.0) C3 Examines the impact of electronic and print media on contemporary American politics. Evaluates proposals for changing the method and role of media coverage of government and politics. Prerequisites: PSllO and junior standing or permission of instructor. (Substitutes for QPS325) PS331 COMPARATIVE POLITICS OF WESTERN EUROPE AND THE SOVIET UNION (4.0) 4 Institutions and functioning of government in major European states, such as Great Britain, France, Germany, and U.S.S.R. Prerequisite: PS110. (Formerly QPS245) PS334 MIDDLE EAST POLITICS (3.0) 3 An examination of government and politics in the Middle East, with special emphasis on the influences of Islam and nationalism on both international and domestic politics of the area. Prerequisite: Junior or senior standing, or permission of instructor. (Formerly QPS334) PS351 POLITICAL PHILOSOPHY I (4.0) 4 An examination of political philosophy from the ancient Greeks through the Reformation, concentrating on Plato, Aristotle, Augustine, Aquinas, and Machiavclli. Prerequisites: PS 110 and junior or senior standing, or permission of instructor. (Substitutes for QPS361 and half of QPS362) PS352 POLITICAL PHILOSOPHY II (4.0) 4 An examination of political philosophy from the seventeenth century to the twentieth century, concentrating on Hobbes, Locke, Rousseau, Hume, Burke, Bentham, Mill, Hegel, and Marx. The course includes analysis of the period’s main ideologies: conservatism, liberalism, socialism, communism, anarchism, fascism, and national socialism. Prerequisites: PS110 and junior or senior standing, or permission of instructor. (Substitutes for QPS363 and half of PS362) PS357 POLITICS OF VIOLENCE (3.0) . . .3 An interdisciplinary examination of the origin, nature, and consequences of political violence, including war, revolution, and terrorism. Prerequisite: Junior or senior standing or permission of instructor. May also be used for sociology credit. (Formerly QPS357) PS364 POLITICAL PARTIES, INTEREST GROUPS AND PUBLIC OPINION 3 (3.0) Examines the roles of political parties and interest groups in the American political system, especially in elections and lobbying activities. The formation and uses of public opinion are also analyzed. Prerequisite: PS 110. (Formerly QPS364) PS367 CONGRESS AND THE PRESIDENCY (4.0) 4 Examines the legislative and executive branches of government as parts of the policymaking process. Prerequisite: PSllO. (Substitutes for QPS365 and QPS366) PS401 PRINCIPLES OF PUBUC ADMINISTRATION (3.0) 3 Examines major issues and methods in public administration. Analysis of specific public policy issues. Prerequisite: Advanced standing or permission of instructor. (Formerly QPS401) COURSES ■ 285 �PS411 FOREIGN POLICY I (U.S.) (3,0) 3 A study of the formulation and conduct of American foreign policy. Analysis of relevant factors, institutions which influence the formulation and conduct of policy, and an examination of selected foreign policies. Prerequisite: PS110. (Formerly QPS411) PS412 FOREIGN POLICY II (NON-U.S.) (3,0) 3 Analysis of the factors influencing the foreign policies of selected foreign countries, both great and small. Prerequisite: PS241. (Formerly QPS412) PS463 SEMINAR IN POLITICAL SCIENCE d-3,0) 1-3 A reading and discussion seminar dealing with selected topics in political science. Course may be repeated with permission of instructor. Prerequisite: Junior or senior standing, or permission of instructor. (Formerly QPS463) PS467 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW AND CIVIL LIBERTIES (4,0) 3 Completion of the research project begun in PS491. Students will make oral presentations of their project results at the end of the course to other students, faculty, and invited guests. Prerequisite: PS49I. (New course in fall, 1991) PS499 POLITICAL SCIENCE/PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION INTERNSHIP (1,9-27) 3-9 Students arrange, with the assistance and approval of the instructor, a supervised work experience in a governmental, community, or nonprofit organization. Students perform professional tasks under the supervision of agency personnel. The students’ review and evaluation of the work experience is under the direction of the instructor. Permission of the instructor required by the seventh week of the preceding semester. Course may be repeated to a maximum of 9 credits. (New course in fall, I99l) PSYCHOLOGY 4 Principles of the American Constitution: separation of powers, federalism, the powers of the national and state governments, and limitations on the exercise of these powers as well as principles of the American constitution respecting civil rights and iberties, The Bill of Rights, equal protection if the laws, citizenship and suffrage, and limitations on the exercise of those rights. Prerequisite: PS 120 or its equivalent, or permission of instructor. (Formerly QPS464 and QPS465) PS490 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN POLITICAL SCIENCE (1-3) 1-3 Independent research or directed study under the supervision of a faculty member. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. May be repeated for a total of 9 credits. PS491 SENIOR SEMINAR I (3,0) PS492 SENIOR SEMINAR II (3,0) 3 The first course in a capstone sequence required of all political science majors. The course examines the history of political science and public administration and reviews contemporary approaches and recent research. Students prepare a research proposal to be carried out in PS492. Prerequisites: Political science major and senior standing, or permission of instructor. (New course in fall, 1991) Special topics courses will be available as need and interest develop. Consult the semester Course Schedule for these. PY101 INTRODUCTION TO PSYCHOLOGY (4.0) 4 A general introduction to the systematic study of behavior and mental processes in humans and animals. (Substitutes for QPY121, 122 and 123) PY155 UFESPAN DEVELOPMENT (3.0) 3 Human psychological development from birth to death. This course covers social, emotional and intellectual development across the lifespan. This course will not count toward a major or minor in psychology. Students cannot obtain credit both for PY155 and PY265. (New course fall, 1991.) PY203 COUNSEUNG THEORY AND PROCESS (2.5,5) 3 This course introduces students to contemporary counseling theories and develops communication skills used in therapeutic interviewing. (Substitutes for QPY199) PY204 COUNSELING AND CRISIS INTERVENTION STRATEGIES 3 (2.5,5) This course focuses on assessment of client concerns and the selection and implementation of appropriate intervention strategies. Prerequisite: PY203. (Substitutes for QPY202; (Substitutes for QPY201 if both PY203 and PY204 are completed) COURSES 286 �PY210 STATISTICS (3,0) 3 Introduction to basic statistical methods of analyzing psychological data. Emphasis is placed on statistical inference, e.g. t-tests, Ftests, and selected non-parametric tests. This course provides students with basic statistical concepts and skills necessary for laboratory and survey work, and for understanding psychological literature and introduces them to statistical analysis on the computer. MA207 may be used in place of PY210 to meet the psychology major and minor requirements. Prerequisite: Fulfillment of mathematics competency graduation requirement. (Formerly QPY210) PY212 EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY (3,0) PY217 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY (3,0) 3 PY228 ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOR (3,0) 3 Topics include attitude formation and change, interpersonal attraction, aggression, altruism, conformity, and environmental psychology. (Substitutes for QPY227) An introduction to the theories, principles, and practices of organizational behavior within the workplace. May be used for sociology credit. (New course in fall, 1991) PY240 BEHAVIOR MANAGEMENT (3,0) 3 Systematic introduction to behavioral concepts and techniques. Self-management applications and behavioral assessments in applied settings serve as practical lab experiences. (Substitutes for QPY340) 3 This course is a systematic investigation of the identification, dynamics and treatment of deviant and maladaptive behavior. (Substitutes for QPY258) PY265 CHILD AND ADOLESCENT DEVELOPMENT 3 This course examines the theory, techniques, and practice of group counseling. Students will become familiar with basic group process, theoretical perspectives, and their application to group counseling. Prerequisite: PY203. (Substitutes for QPY290) PY299 EXCEPTIONAL CHILD AND ADOLESCENT 3 (3,0) The study of physically, intellectually, and socially exceptional children and adolescents, including their characteristics and unique educational needs. Prerequisite: PY155 or PY265. (Substitutes for QPY350) 3 An examination of the basic research methods employed in the social sciences with emphasis on the experiment. Topics: epistemology, laboratory experiments, field experiments, survey construction, correlational research. Students will each participate as a subject and an experimenter, collect data, analyze data, and write a laboratory report according to the editorial style of the American Psychological Association. Prerequisites: PY101, PY210 or MA207. (Substitutes for QPY211) PY259 ABNORMAL PSYCHOLOGY (3,0) PY291 GROUP COUNSELING (3,0) 3 (3,0) Psychological development of the child through adolescence. Social, emotional, and intellectual development are covered, with consideration of genetic, prenatal and postnatal influences. Prerequisite: PY10L (Substitutes for either QPY255 or QPY256) PY311 LEARNING AND MOTIVATION (3,0) 3 An introduction to the theory and research of learning. Factors are examined that influence the acquisition and performance of behaviors in classical and instrumental learning paradigms. Prerequisite: PY212. (Substitutes for either QPY310 or QPY320) PY357 PERSONALITY THEORY (3,0) 3 This course surveys the major psychological theories used to conceptualize, treat, and research personality issues. Prerequisite: 12 hours of psychology or permission of instructor. (Substitutes for either QPY257 or QPY357) PY383 INDUSTRIAL PSYCHOLOGY (3,0) 3 The principles of human behavior in the industrial situation are studied with particular emphasis given to scientific methods of selecting, utilizing, and evaluating a work force in ways consistent with the well-being of the individual worker. Prerequisites: PY101 and statistics. (Substitutes for QPY373) PY385 HEALTH PSYCHOLOGY This course covers psychoneuroimmunology and stress as they impact on human health and disease as well as psychological interventions which promote physical well being and healing. Prerequisite: Junior standing or permission of instructor. (Substitutes for QPY375) PY391 FAMILY THERAPY (3,0) 3 This course applies a systems framework to the understanding of family dynamics and introduces structural perspectives and modalities for family intervention. Prerequisites: PY101 and junior standing. (Substitutes for QPY390) COURSES 287 �PY396 TESTS AND MEASUREMENTS (3,0) 3 This course has two parts. Part one covers measurement theory, the properties of the normal curve, reliability, validity, and measurement statistics. Part two reviews major tests used by researchers, educators, clinicians, counselors, addictions counselors, and industrial psychologists. Prerequisites: SO201, PY210, or MA207 or equivalent. (Substitutes for either QPY226 or QPY 396) PY456 HISTORY AND SYSTEMS OF PSYCHOLOGY 3 (3,0) An examination of persons, events, theories, schools, and systems that influenced and define contemporary psychology. Prerequisite: PY3l l. (Substitutes for QPY446) RECREATIONAL ACTIVITIES Special topics courses will be available as need and interest develop, Consult the semester Course Schedule for these. RA103 BADMINTON AND RACQUETBALL (0,2) 1 This course will serve to introduce the student to two racquet sports: racquetball and badminton. The course will offer each sport for 7.5 weeks and then the student will rotate to the "other" racquet sport. (Formerly QPE103 and QPEH3). RA105 BOWLING (0,2) 1 PY457 COGNmON (3,0) 3 A survey of recent findings on cognition in humans. Topics include learning, memory, problem solving, language, and complex perceptual processes. Prerequisite: PY311. (Substitutes for QPY447) This course will emphasize delivery, scoring etiquette, strategies for converting spares, spot vs. pin bowling, and learning about handicapping. The course will involve theory as well as practical experience. (Formerly QPE105). PY459 PHYSIOLOGICAL PSYCHOLOGY (3,0) 3 RA106 BACKPACKING (0,2) 1 This course is an introduction to the neurophysiological structures of the brain and their functions as regulators of animal and human behavior. Prerequisite: PY311. (Substitutes for QPY449) Introduction to equipment, safety precautions, environmental concerns, and skills needed to successfully backpack. Class will experience a weekend backpacking trip. (Formerly QPE106). PY490 RESEARCH TOPICS IN PSYCHOLOGY 1-4 (1-4)) RA107 CANOE TECHNIQUES (0,2) This may take the form of either a research project or a program of directed reading on a specific topic. One to four credits over a period of one or two semesters may be granted according to the nature of the student’s project. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. May be repeated up to a total of 6 credits.. PY498 SENIOR RESEARCH I (3.0) 3 The study of methods employed in gathering data for research purposes including direct observational techniques and self-report measures. Students will also learn to use the computer to gather data, analyze data, and present data graphically, and will develop a research prospectus. Prerequisites: PY210, PY212, PY311. (Substitutes for QPY410) PY499 SENIOR RESEARCH II (4.0) 4 Applications of the principles derived from PY498 to the investigation of a research topic. Also, presentations on recent developments and approaches in psychology, including ethical issues in research. Prerequisite: PY498. (Substitutes for QPY488; also, substitutes for QPY411 if both PY498 and PY499 are completed) 1 This course will introduce the student to the basic strokes and canoe safety associated with flat water canoeing. (Formerly QPE107). RA108 OUTDOOR SURVIVAL (0,2) 1 This class will focus on the appropriate strategies to employ to avoid a survival situation. It will also expose the student to various techniques and strategies to employ should they Find themselves "lost" or unexpectedly spending several days and nights in the out-of-doors. (Formerly QPE108). RA109 ROCK CLIMBING AND RAPPELLING 1 (0,2) This course will introduce the student to the components associated with top rope climbing and rappelling. The student will become familiar with equipment, knots, setting up a safe site, terminology and technique. (Formerly QPE109). RA110 GOLF (0,2) 1 This course is designed to provide the beginning golfer with the fundamentals of the activity and to further play as a lifetime recreational activity. (Formerly QPE110). COURSES • 288 �RA114 SELF DEFENSE (O'?) 1 This course is designed to introduce the student to the philosophy, concepts, and various strategies associated with the martial arts. Physical and mental conditioning and physical techniques associated with the art of self defense will be presented and practiced. (Formerly QPE114). RA119 CROSS COUNTRY SKIING (0,2) 1 This course will introduce the student to the sport of cross country- skiing. Emphasis will be placed on basic skill development, equipment selection, maintenance of equipment, and the enjoyment of winter and the beauty it has to offer. The majority of class time will be spent skiing; class instruction will occur during the ski, usually on a one-to-one basis to meet the needs of the student. The class will spend much of its time at the local Algonquin Ski Trail, but will also cross the river to ski at Kinsman Park near the Hiawatha Lodge. (Formerly QPE119) RA125 TENNIS (0,2) 1 This course is intended to develop each student’s present knowledge and skills in order that they will be able to pursue tennis as a lifetime leisure activity. (Formerly QPE125). RA151 JOGGING FOR FITNESS (0,2) 1 Introduction to jogging as a means of developing physical and mental fitness. Development of an activity ideal for lifetime leisure involvement. (Formerly QPE15I). RA152 ORIENTEERING (0,2) 1 The focus of this class will be to introduce the student to map and compass reading skills and techniques associated with coordinating their use. It will also introduce the student to the competitive sport of orienteering. (Formerly QPE152). RA153 WEIGHT TRAINING (0,2) ... 1 This class is designed to familiarize each student with basic weight training knowledge. The student will become familiar with muscular systems, functions, and safe and effective ways to organize and implement a weight training routine. (Formerly QPE153). RA160 ADAPTED ACTIVITIES (0,2) 1 Leisure activities adapted to meet the needs of students with disabilities. Emphasis on walking, jogging and aquatics. (May be repeated for credit). (Formerly QPE160). RA173 SOCIAL DANCE RA127 VOLLEYBALL (0,2) 1 This course is designed to develop basic skills and progression in power volleyball. Conditioning, drill, game tactics, and rules will _ be practically applied. (Formerly QPE127) RA130 INTERCOLLEGIATE SPORTS SKILLS (0,2) 1 Will meet as directed by instructor. The course is designed for student-athletes involved in intercollegiate athletics. It provides the opportunity to develop advanced skills in their respective sports. The course may be taken two times for a total of two credits. It may be taken only once per academic year and only during the term in which the student-athlete is participating in an intercollegiate sport. The course may not count as credit for General Education requirements. It will count only as electives. (Formerly QPE130). RA150 INDIVIDUALIZED PHYSICAL FITNESS (0,2) 1 This class is designed to enable the student to discover his or her own level of fitness and develop and implement an exercise program that will address personal fitness concerns. Central to this process is introducing the student to various aspects of a balanced fitness program and providing personal assistance to the student in selecting beginning fitness goals and appropriate progression or those goals. (Formerly QPE150). (°.2) .. 1 This course is designed to provide participants with a broad range of dancing patterns and rhythmic skills. Through social interaction, the following social dances will be learned: mixers, round dance, square dance, and ballroom dance. (Formerly QPEI73 and QPE175). RA174 AEROBIC DANCE (0,2) 1 This course will provide the student with an opportunity to become exposed to and involved in a structured aerobic dance program. The purpose of this type of programming is to improve an individual’s physical Fitness through rhythmic and dance activities. (Formerly QPE174). RA180 BEGINNING SKATING (0,2) 1 The students will be provided with an opportunity to learn the basic fundamentals of skating and to gain sufficient knowledge of the sport so that they may continue to enjoy and improve for the rest of their lives. (Formerly QPE180). RA194 SCUBA (0,2) 1 This course is designed to introduce the student to the appropriate and safe use of selfcontained underwater breathing apparatus. (Formerly QPE194). COURSES ■ 289 �RA195 BEGINNING AND ADVANCED BEGINNING SWIMMING (0,2) 1 Course meets in pool two hours a week. Mostly lab work but some lecture. Students cover material in Red Cross Beginner and Advanced Beginner courses and receive certification in one or both depending on skill level attained. (Formerly QPE190). RA196 INTERMEDIATE AND ADVANCED SWIMMING (0,2) 1 Course meets in pool two hours a week. Mostly lab work but some lecture. Students cover material in Red Cross Intermediate and Swimmer courses and receive certification in one or both depending on skill level attained. Prerequisite: Red Cross Advanced Beginner certification or equivalent skills. (Formerly QPE191). RA210 EMERGENCY WATER SAFETY AND UFEGUARDING (0,4) 2 Course meets in pool four hours a week. Mostly lab work, some lecture. Students cover material in Red Cross Basic and Emergency Water Safety course and Red Cross Lifeguarding course. Students receive certification in one or both depending on skill level attained. Either certificate qualifies students to take Water Safety and Lifeguarding Instructor course, LP211. Prerequisite: American Red Cross Intermediate Swimming certificate or equivalent skills. For lifeguarding certificate, a current First Aid and CPR certificate are required. (New course Fall 1991). RA211 WATER SAFETY AND UFEGUARD INSTRUCTOR (0,4) 2 Course meets four hours a week, 70% of the time in the pool and 30% of the time in the classroom. All students cover material in Red Cross Water Safety Instructor course and do a teaching practicum at the Lake Superior State University Pool. Those students entering with a current lifeguarding card may also cover Lifeguarding Instructor material. Prerequisites: Current Emergency Water Safety or Lifeguarding certificate. (Formerly QPE209). RECREATION Special topics courses will be available as need and interest develop. Consult the semester Course Schedule for these. RC101 INTRODUCTION TO RECREATION AND LEISURE SERVICES 3 (3,0) Overview of philosophy, history, theory, programs, professional leadership and organizations, economics and leisure service delivery systems. (Substitutes for QRC201). RC105 PROGRAM DEVELOPMENT AND LEADERSHIP IN RECREATION AND LEISURE SERVICES (3,0) 3 Principles of leadership skills and styles are applied to various recreation settings with emphasis on group interaction and face to face leading. Programming fundamentals for effective leisure services delivery are explored and implemented. Prerequisite: RC101. (Substitutes for QRC250). RC212 INSTRUCTIONAL METHODS IN ADAPTED AQUATICS 1 (1,0) This course is designed to help students understand why swimming (or activity in the water) can be a valuable experience for persons who have a disability. Students will become familiar with symptoms and characteristics of various impairments and their effect on aquatic activities. Students will also be actively working in the water with people who have various handicapping conditions. (Formerly QRC212). RC220 METHODS IN ARTS AND CRAFTS (3,0) 3 A variety of arts and crafts media are studied and applied to specific recreation settings with concentration on leading and programming. Prerequisites: RC101 and RC105. (Substitutes for QRC260) RC230 PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICES OF THERAPEUTIC RECREATION 3 (3,0) Introduction to professional development and history of Therapeutic Recreation. Team approach to holistic health care is explored. TTiorough study of the Therapeutic Recreation delivery system including assessment, planning, implementation and evaluation. Prerequisites: RC101 and sophomore standing. (Formerly QRC230 and QRC330). RC262 OUTDOOR RECREATION (3,0) 3 This course will introduce the student to a variety of topics and content areas related to outdoor recreation. These topics will include outdoor education, organized camping and adventure education. Also included will be an opportunity to become familiar with outdoor living skills. (Substitutes for QRC360). RC295 PRACTICUM 1-2 Practical experiences designed to provide the student with various types of recreation programs. The student will work under a site supervisor specialized in that particular area of the student’s interest. One credit hour for every 45 hours of practical experience. May be repeated for up to two credits. (Formerly QRC395). COURSES 290 �RC320 DANCE AND RHYTHMIC ACTIVmES FOR RECREATION RC365 EXPEDmON MANAGEMENT (2,2) (3,0) 3 Study of dance in social and therapeutic settings; developing skills to lead programs and adopt a variety of rhythmic activities for individuals and groups: Creative Movement, Improvisation, Variety of Social Dance, Historical Significance to Actual Implementation. Prerequisites: RC101 and RC105. (Substitutes for QRC320). Intensive study of performance, programming, leadership and management skills involved in conducting wilderness and back county recreation programming. The student will become aware of various theoretical support structures and paradigms associated with adventure education and the values associated with the use of outdoor programming as a therapeutic intervention modality. Course content includes: initiating and programming wildemess/back country experiences, group dynamics, and outdoor living skills. A tenday outing is required immediately upon completion of the semester. Prerequisite: RC262 or permission of instructor. (Formerly QRC365). RC330 DISABILITIES SERVICED BY THERAPEUTIC RECREATION (3,0) 3 An extensive survey of physical and mental disabilities encountered by recreational therapists. Emphasis will be placed on incidence, characteristics, etiology, and restrictions to involvement. Prerequisites: RC101, RC230 and junior standing. (Substitutes for QRC330). RC335 RECREATIONAL PURSUITS OF THE DISABLED (3,0) 3 A study of specialized and adapted activities used in program planning for the disabled. Practical applications will be encountered. Student involvement with Special Olympics will also be required. Prerequisites: RC101, RC230, RC330, and junior standing. (Substitutes for QRC335). RC336 FIELDWORK IN THERAPEUTIC RECREATION 1 (1,0) A directed fieldwork experience where students will directly apply classroom theory to the Fieldwork setting. Emphasis will be placed on determining effective procedures of program development. Prerequisites: RC101, RC230, RC330 and junior standing. (New course in Fall 1991) RC362 LAND MANAGEMENT FOR RECREATION PURPOSES 3 (3,0) This course is designed to meet the needs of the student pursuing a Parks and Recreation degree. Provides insight and understanding for problems inherent to managing recreation lands for optimum use and minimum impact. Also, for Recreation majors in outdoor recreation option. Prerequisites: RC101, RC262. (Substitutes for QRC355). RC370 RECREATION FOR THE ELDERLY (3,0) 3 3 Geared to individuals who will be working with senior citizens in recreation programs, hospitals, nursing homes, and family members. The aging process will be studied from the perspective that sound principles will be applied to leading and programming for this growing segment of our population. Prerequisite: RC10I, RC105, and 200 level recreation electives. (Substitutes for QRC370). RC390 RECREATION LEADER APPRENTICESHIP 1 (1,0) Practical experience in learning to teach and lead various recreation experiences. Students serve with qualified instructors. Prerequisite: Basic skills and knowledge of activity or permission of instructor. (Formerly RC385). RC435 PROBLEMS AND ISSUES IN THERAPEUTIC RECREATION 3 (3.0) , • This course will serve as a culminating educational component for the student majoring in therapeutic recreation. The course will focus in part on current problems and issues in therapeutic recreation and will also have a major emphasis on developing an original research project. Prerequisite: RC481. (Formerly QRC435). RC481 PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT SEMINAR (1.0) 1 Opportunities for students to refine personal and professional goals and initiate preparation of resumes and interviewing skills. Career planning and placement will be emphasized as well as internship evaluation. Seminar format. Prerequisite: Senior status required. (Substitutes for QES430 and QRC430). COURSES 291 �RC482 ADMINISTRATION OF RECREATION AND LEISURE SERVICES (3,0) 3 This course will emphasize organizational patterns and administration problems encountered in operating various types of recreation departments and agencies. Additional content will include budgeting, fund raising, grant writing, personnel management, and public relations. Prerequisites: RC105 and junior standing. (Formerly QRC450). RC492 INTERNSHIP 2-6 This is a comprehensive practical application of the student's formal academic preparation. Prerequisites: Completion of 20 of the 25 hours of departmental core requirements and junior or senior standing. (Formerly QRC495). RC496 SELECTED RESEARCH TOPICS (1-3,0) 1-3 Student carries out approved project(s) of his/her own initiative. Prerequisites: RC105, SO201. (Formerly QRC490). NATURAL RESOURCES TECHNOLOGY Special topics courses will be available as need and interest develop. Consult the semester Course Schedule for these. RT101 INTRODUCTION TO NATURAL RESOURCES TECHNOLOGY 3 (3,0) Introduction to the conservation of renewable natural resources and the agencies that manage them. (Formerly QRT180) RT102 METHODS IN NATURAL RESOURCES (0,3) 1 A lab course introducing students to field techniques utilized in the Natural Resources Technology and Water Quality Technology programs. Methods in forestry, soils, water quality, fishes, and wildlife will be presented. (New course in fall 1991) RT206 WILDLIFE MANAGEMENT TECHNIQUES (0,6) L2 A lab and field course working with techniques and specimens commonly associated with wildlife management. Prerequisites: Enrollment in Natural Resource Technology program, RT10I, RT284. (Completion of BL239 and RT206 substitutes for QRT185) RT207 BIOLOGY AND MANAGEMENT OF RSHES 3 (2,3) Identification and natural history of important regional fishes followed by a study of their ecology and management, with emphasis on management techniques. Prerequisite: Enrollment in Natural Resource Technology program. (Substitutes for QRT187) RT275 SOIL MANAGEMENT 4 (3,3) A course dealing with the soil ecosystem as a natural resource. Topics to be discussed factors of soil formation, soil include: chemical and physical properties; soil erosion and its control, soils and plant growth; soil survey use, soil classification and soil mapping. Emphasis will be placed on sustainable soil management practices. At least one all day field trip will be required. Prerequisite: CHI08. (Formerly QBL190) RT284 PRINCIPLES OF FORESTRY (2,4) 4 An introduction to the various areas of forestry, some techniques utilized by foresters, and an analysis of an area for management purposes. Prerequisites: RT101, BL130 with a C or better. (Formerly QRT184 and QRT235) RT285 WATER QUALITY INTERNSHIP (1,9) 4 A work experience training session designated to provide practical application of knowledge and skills in water quality technology. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. (Formerly QRT285) RT286 LIMNOLOGICAL TECHNIQUES (3,3) 4 A course designed to provide training in hydrographic methods, sampling techniques and aquatic surveys. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. (Formerly QRT286) RT287 INDUSTRIAL WASTEWATER TREATMENT (3,0) 3 This course will give the students a background in the workings of a wastewater plant and preparation to spend the needed hours for the internship in this program. (Formerly QRT287) COURSES 292 �SA2G5 GROUP INTERACTIONS (3,0) STUDENT SERVICES Special topics courses will be available as need and interest develop, Consult the semester Course Schedule for these. SA100 HOW TO SUCCEED IN COLLEGE (1-5,0) 1 A general overview of the importance attitude and motivation play toward academic success. Help students understand L.S.S.U. programs, policies, and procedures, Focus on the various study skills that can help students improve upon their note-taking, preparing for and taking tests, time management, memory, and reading skills. The course consists of lectures, discussions, and quizzes. (Formerly QSA100) SA105 DEVELOPMENT OF READING ABILITIES (1,1) 1 Lectures, discussion, activities, and labs provide students with the information and experiences needed to develop reading-rate flexibility, vocabulary skills, critical reading/thinking skills for reading in the context areas, and concentration and memory improvement. Labs are individualized to fit each student’s needs, as determined by a reading test given at the beginning of the semester. (Formerly QSA105) SA125 CAREER PLANNING AND DECISION MAKING (0,1.5) 1 3 This course is designed for the first year resident advisors to develop a better understanding of self and others, particularly in regard to group responsibilities. There will be a three-day PTe-Fall Orientation Program. Group activities will be aimed at developing cohesiveness. Curriculum will increase awareness of group processes and interaction skills including: leadership, referral, conflict resolution, assertiveness, crisis intervention, programming, empathy and active listening. Prerequisite: for first year resident advisors only. (Formerly QSA200) SPEECH Special topics courses will be available as need and interest develop. Consult the semester Course Schedule for these. SD101 FUNDAMENTALS OF SPEECH COMMUNICATION 3 (3,0) A study of communication theory as it relates to the oral sender and receiver in the interpersonal, dyadic, small group and public speaking situations. Application will be in perceptual analysis, dyadic encounters, small group problem-solving and discussion, and public speaking situations. (Substitutes for QSDllO) SD161 PROBLEMS IN SPEECH/DRAMA (1-3,0) 1-3 Practical problems in speech or theatre. Requires an involvement in Forensics, Debate, Reader’s Theatre or Theatre. May be repeated for a maximum of three credits. Prerequisite: SDIOI or permission of instructor. (Substitutes for QSD160) Expanding awareness of personal strength and career options, this course will help students make realistic decisions relating to planning and implementation of academic and life career goals. Follows a student self-directed framework utilizing video-tapes and career/self-exploration to complete assignments. Prerequisite: student must be fully admitted for enrollment at L.S.S.U. and currently enrolled in six (6) credits. (Formerly QSAI25) SD201 SMALL GROUP COMMUNICATION (3,0) 3 Analysis of verbal communication in small groups as related to information processing, problem solving, agenda establishment, decision making and policy formation. Prerequisite: SD101. (Substitutes for QSD111) SA150 PERSONAL GROWTH SEMINAR (0,1.5) SD202 INFORMATIVE SPEAKING (3,0) 3 1 A seminar to help students make the transition to university life, communicate effectively on an interpersonal level, strengthen self-concept, and build positive relationships. Course content addresses the personal-social, educational and vocational aspects of individual development. (Formerly QSA150) Development of effective informative discourse in theory and practice, The preparation and use of audience analysis, organizational structures and visual aids will be applied to descriptive, conceptual and expository situations. Prerequisite: SD101. (Substitutes for QSD211) COURSES • 293 �SD251 HISTORY OF DRAMA & THEATRE I (3,0) 3 SD325 ORGANIZATIONAL COMMUNICATIONS (3,0) 3 SD252 HISTORY OF DRAMA & THEATRE II (3,0) 3 Focus on oral communication as it impacts on and permits coordination among people and thus allows for organized behavior. Focus on business and organizational contexts for Participant interpersonal transactions, involvement in simulation designed to generate insights into the elements involved in coordinated and competitive organizational communication. Selected topics for theory and practice: interpersonal transactions, communication rules, conflict management, negotiations, trust, power, and influence. Prerequisite: SD10I or permission of instructor. (Substitutes for QSD400) The study of the historical and esthetic drama and theatre from the Greek period to the European Renaissance. Counts as Humanities substitute. Prerequisite: EN110. (Substitutes for QSD361) The study of the historical and esthetic drama and theatre from the Renaissance to current theatre and drama. Counts as Humanities substitute. Prerequisite: EN110. (Substitutes for QSD362) SD302 PERSUASION AND ARGUMENTATION (3,0) 3 The development of persuasive oral discourse which emphasizes audience analysis and adaptation, organization, reasoning and debate. Exercises in individual and team debates are included. Prerequisite: SD101. (Substitutes for QSD303) SD307 CLASSICAUCONTEMPORARY RHETORIC (3,0) 3 3 \ study of the sources, dimensions and pplications of contemporary communication leory, including the impact of mass ^mmunication in modern society, rerequisite: SD101 or permission of •nstructor. (Substitutes for QSD202) SD309 SPEECH AND DRAMA PRODUCTIONS (3.0) 3 Practical problems in the development and production of dramatic works, Forensics workshops, tournaments and festivals. Prerequisite: SDlOl and permission of instructor. (Substitutes for QSD351) SD320 PUBLIC RELATIONS (4.0) Special topics courses will be available as need and interest develop. Consult the semester Course Schedule for these. 50101 INTRODUCTION TO SOCIOLOGY (3,0) A study of the development of rhetoric beginning with the Greeks and continuing to the present. An emphasis will be placed on the influences of past rhetoric to current theory. Prerequisite: SD101 or permission of instructor. (Substitutes for QSD201) SD308 COMMUNICATION THEORY (3,0) SOCIOLOGY 4 Public relations theory and practice will form the two emphases of the course. Theory will be explored and discussed as foundation for the application of public relations concepts and strategies. Students will be responsible for working with organizations in order to develop realistic PR campaigns which reflect the awareness of the significant structures and responsibilities involved in a professional approach to public relations. Prerequisite: SDlOl or permission of instructor. (Substitutes for QSD355 and QSD356) 3 An introduction to the basic concepts of sociology. Explanation of human behavior which emphasizes human groups, institutions, social change, social forces. (Substitutes for QS0141) 50102 SOCIAL PROBLEMS (3,0) 3 An introductory course providing data and theory for a variety of contemporary social problems such as poverty, unemployment, teenage pregnancy, inequality, housing shortages, violence, and pollution. (Substitutes for QS0142) S0113 SOCIOLOGY OF THE AMERICAN FAMILY (3,0) 3 A study of the development and change of the American family since 1890. This study will explore the impact of urbanization, industrialization, increased mobility, extended education, and the changing status of women on the American family. (Substitutes for QS0143) SO201 SOCIAL RESEARCH AND STATISTICS (4,0) 4 The student will be required to design four types of research projects: experiment, survey, field research, unobtrusive research. The social foundation of statistical inference is discussed and elementary statistical concepts are introduced through numerical problems: z scores, t-test, chi square, correlation, ANOVA, etc. Prerequisite: Fulfillment of mathematics competency graduation requirement. (Substitutes for QSO210 and QS0211) COURSES 294 �50213 INTRODUCTION TO ANTHROPOLOGY (3,0) 3 A study of the evolution of humankind and the evolution and development of culture and society. Prerequisite: One introductory sociology course. (Substitutes for QS0275 and QS0276) 50214 CRIMINOLOGY (3,0) 3 A study of the nature and causes of crime and the results of various attempts to reduce crime. (Substitutes for QS0279) S0225 NATIVE CULTURES OF NORTH AMERICA (3,0) 3 A study of the Native American-Indian and Inuit-cultures of North America from earliest times to the present with emphasis on contrasting patterns of cultures. (Substitutes for QS0277) 50226 RACES AND MINORITIES (3,°) 3 Study of various social and ethnic minorities in the United States with an emphasis on Black-White relations. Competition, conflict and prejudice as they influence social and ethnic minority group relations, Social movements and their effects on majority minority relations. Prerequisite: Sophomore standing. (Substitutes for QS0278) 50227 POPULATION (3,0) 3 Study of the basic problem of the world’s population increase and distribution in relation to natural resources, and standards of living. (Substitutes for QS0282) SO238 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY (3,0) 3 Relation of the individual to his social environment with special reference to group processes and interaction, social structure, and language. (Substitutes for QS0281) S0242 SOCIOLOGY OF SEX (3,0) 3 Socio-psychological study of the impact of human sexuality upon human behavior. (Substitutes for QSO/84) S0314 SOCIAL CHANGE (3.0) 3 S0321 SOCIOLOGY OF WOMEN (3.0) 3 Study of trends in industrial societies, theories explaining these changes, and the role of social movements in social change; focusing primarily on industrialized societies with some discussion of developing countries. Prerequisite: Junior standing or three hours of sociology. (Substitutes for QS0378) This analysis of the roles and status of women in contemporary American society covers social structure, social psychology, and social movements and includes some cross-cultural comparisons (Substitutes for QS0361) 50325 SOCIAL STRATIFICATION (3,0) 3 Class, caste, status, power and general concept of stratification, consequences of stratification will be related to social institutions. (Substitutes for QSO350) 50326 THE SOCIOLOGY OF AGING AND THE AGED 3 (3,0) Examines aging and the aged in American society from the sociological perspective. (Substitutes for QSO310) S0327 THE SOCIOLOGY OF DYING AND DEATH (3,°) , '-3 Sociological examination of dying and death. (Substitutes for QSO320) 50338 DEVIANCE (3,0) 3 Analysis of causes and consequences of deviance and development of deviant subcultures: examination of various societal responses to control deviance and their effectiveness. Included are alcoholism, crime, mental illness and homosexuality among others. Prerequisite: Junior standing or three hours of sociology and/or human services. (Substitutes for QS0384) 50339 CULTURE AND PERSONALITY (3,0) 3 S0341 SOCIOLOGY OF ADDICTION (3,0) 3 SO301 DEVELOPMENT OF SOCIOLOGICAL THEORY Analysis of the role of culture in shaping personality using both contemporary industrial society and also cross-culture material. Prerequisite: Three hours of sociology or junior standing. (Substitutes for QS0383) S0313 WORK AND ORGANIZATION Study of the nature of chemical dependence with emphasis on individual, social, and cultural variations of drug effects. Relationship of chemical use to the family system. Comparisons between chemical and non-chemical dependent behaviors. Prerequisite: Six hours of sociology or permission of instructor. (Substitutes for QSO330) 3 (3,0) A critical analysis of the contributions to sociological theory by Comte, Spencer, Marx, Durkheim, Pareto, Weber, and others. (Substitutes for QS0478) Development and structure of the worlmlace; includes contemporary trends in formal organization and management styles, changing career patterns, sources of conflict, and some cross-cultural comparisons. Prerequisite: Junior standing or three hours of sociology. (Substitutes for QS0381) COURSES • 295 �S0344 SOCIAL WELFARE SYSTEMS (3,0) 3 SP261 SECOND YEAR SPANISH I (4,1) 4 Development of social welfare system including changing programs and philosophy and interrelationships with economic, political, and family institutions; cross-cultural comparisons; current issues and problems in social welfare. Prerequisites: Junior standing or three credits in sociology. (Substitutes for either HM297 or S0382) Intensive review of grammar and further vocabulary development, Emphasis on composition and conversation based on the reading of Spanish texts and newspapers. Prerequisite: SP162 or equivalent. (Substitutes for QSP291) 50401 RESEARCH SEMINAR I (3,0) Conducted as much as possible in Spanish with the primary aim of dealing fluently with basic conversation situations. Prerequisite: SP261 or equivalent. (Substitutes forQSP293) 3 A research topic is developed by the student using library resources. Prerequisites: Senior standing and completion of SO201 and SO301, or permission of instructor. (Substitutes for QS0479) 50402 RESEARCH SEMINAR II (3,0) 3 The student conducts and analyzes the results of the research project initiated in SO401. Prerequisite: SO401. (Substitutes for QSO480) SO490 INDEPENDENT RESEARCH TOPICS IN SOCIOLOGY (1-4) 1-4 This may take the form of either a research project or a program of directed reading on a specific topic. One to four credits over a period of one or two semesters may be granted according to the nature of the student’s project. Prerequisities: SO402. May )e repeated to a total of 6 credits. SPANISH Special topics courses will be available as need and interest develop. Consult the semester Course Schedule for these. SP161 FIRST YEAR SPANISH 1 (4,1) 4 Introduction to basic Spanish grammar and vocabulary, designed to acquaint the student with the essentials of oral and written Spanish. (Substitutes for QSP191) SP162 FIRST YEAR SPANISH II (4,1) 4 Further study of Spanish grammar and vocabulary; emphasis on oral communication; reading of various materials in Spanish with the aim of understanding the meaning, enlarging the vocabulary and using Spanish for communication. Prerequisite: SP161 or equivalent. (Substitutes for QSP193; waive SP192) SP165 SPANISH FOR PUBLIC SAFETY (4,1) 4 A continuation of SP161, with emphasis on vocabulary relevant to work in criminal justice. Prerequisite: SP161 or equivalent. (Substitutes for QSP195; waive SPI94) SP262 SECOND YEAR SPANISH II (4,1) SP305 SPANISH LITERATURE IN TRANSLATION I (3,0) 4 3 From the Medieval period through the works of Miguel de Cervantes. The course is taught in English, and the readings are in English. This course counts as humanities substitute. (Substitutes for QSP301) SP306 SPANISH 1JTERATURE IN TRANSLATION U (3,0) 3 Representative 18th, 19th and 20th century Spanish works and some representative Latin American works. The course is taught in English, and the readings are in English. This course counts as humanities substitute. (Substitutes for QSP303) CONSTRUCTION TECHNOLOGY Special topics courses will be available as Consult the need and interest develop, semester Course Schedule for these. TC101 CONSTRUCTION I (3,0) 3 An overview and analysis of properties, processing and applications of conventional construction materials. Wood, concrete, masonry, ferrous and nonferrous metals, glass, plastics and other materials are examined in detail. The application of building code as they pertain to these materials will also be presented. (Substitutes for QBCl 11) TC102 CONSTRUCTION II (3,0) 3 Concepts in construction blueprint reading and the development of skills in reading construction drawings. The correlation of building codes and specifications to the production of working drawings. Prerequisite: TCI01. (Substitutes for QBCl 12,213) COURSES 296 �TC103 SURVEYING (2,4) 3 Concepts and operation of distance and angular measurement. Use of transit and level, land description, traverse, construction and eanh work calculations. (Substitutes for QBC134) TC104 INDUSTRIAL SAFETY AND SMALL ENGINE MECHANICS !>tudy of occupational safety, occupational3 health, and industrial hazard control. Focus on basic principles, concepts, and techniques proven useful in reducing industrial injuries and occupational diseases (one-half semester). Practical study of the operation and repair of small engines (one-half semester). (Substitutes for QMT122.141) NOTES COURSES 297 �FACULTY Adams, Mary L., assoc, prof, of business admin, and data pro­ cessing (1984, 1991); B.A., Law­ rence University, 1959; M.S., University of Calif, at Berkeley, 1965; Ph.D., Michigan State Uni­ versity, 1981. Adams, Ray, assoc, prof, and coordinator of mechanical engi­ neering technology, (1986); B.S., 1975; M.S., Nicholls State Univer­ sity, Thibodaux, Louisiana, 1978. Andary, Carol, asst. prof, and coordinator of legal assistant studies, (1984); B.S., Western Michigan University, 1977; Juris Doctor, Wayne State University, 1980. Anderson, Melvin L., prof, of chemistry (1969, 1985); B.S. 1953; M.S., Michigan Techno­ logical University, 1955; Ph.D., Michigan State University, 1965. Anleitner, Donna, asst. prof, of nursing (1985); B.S.N., Indiana State University, 1971; M.S.N., Northern Illinois State University, 1976. Arbic, Bernard J., prof, of mathe­ matics (1967,1986); B.S., Massa­ chusetts Institute of Technology, 1962; M.A., Bowdoin, 1967; Ph.D., University of Wyoming, 1972. Behmer, David J., prof, of biol­ ogy (1967,1981); B.S., Wisconsin State College, 1963; M.S., 1965; Ph.D., Iowa State University, 1966. Bingham, Shirley Proctor, asst, prof, of nursing (1984); B.S., Uni­ versity of Michigan, 1952; M.S., Boston University, 1980. Blackwood, George, asst. prof, of journalism (1990); B.A., Michi­ gan State University, 1966; M.A., Western Michigan University, 1967. Blashill, James, asst. prof, and coordinator of criminal justice, and coordinator of Institute for Public Safety (1975); B.S., Wayne State University, 1973; M.S., Michigan State University, 1976. Boger, Thomas, assoc, prof, of computer science, (1981, 1991); B.S., 1973; M.S., Michigan State University, 1974. Bolio, Lawrence A., assoc, prof, of mechanical engineering tech­ nology and coordinator of drafting and design engineering technol­ ogy, (1984); B.S., Michigan Tech­ nological University, 1966 and 1975; M.A., Northern Michigan University, 1979. Borrelli, Thomas, instr. of physi­ cal education and recreation and coordinator of intramurals (1987); B.S., The Citadel, 1979; M.S., Clemson University, 1986. Brown, Lewis M., prof, and coordinator of geology (1979 , 1989); B.A., Cornell College, 1965; M.S., University of Iowa, 1967; Ph.D., University of New Mexico, 1973. Campagna, Carol A., assoc, prof, of nursing (1984); B.S.N., D’Youville College, 1964; M.S.N., University of Colorado, 1969. Castor, William N., prof, of politi­ cal science (1971, 1985); B.A., Middlebury College, 1951; M.A., Columbia University, 1952; Ph.D., University of Denver, 1975. Chandra, Purna, prof, of microbiolo>gy (1967, 1970); B.Sc., 1949; M. S., Agra University, 1951; Ph.D., Oregon State University, 1958. FACULTY • 298 �Childs, Sally A., assoc, prof, of physical education and recreation and coordinator of recreation studies (1981, 1987); B.S., East­ ern Michigan University, 1971; M.S., Northern Michigan Universi­ ty, 1978; Ph.D., Ohio State Uni­ versity, 1986. Conboy, Richard T., assoc, prof, of political science and assoc, coordinator for policy research/ Center for Social Research (1988); B.A., 1967; M.P.A., Uni­ versity of Dayton, 1969; Ph.D., The American University, 1984. Connaughton, Carole, prof, of nursing and coordinator of B.S.N. program (1984); B.S.N., Saint Mary’s College, Notre Dame, 1956; M.S.N., 1967; Ph.D., Indi­ ana University, 1974. Cotner, David J., instr./head trainer (1989); B.S., University of Maryland, 1984; M.A., George Washington University, 1987. Cox, Sharon, asst. prof, of nurs­ ing (1989); B.S.N, Lake Superior State University, 1976; M.S.N., Wayne State University, 1984. Crandall, Richard C., prof, of sociology (1969, 1987); B.S., 1967; M.A., Central Michigan University, 1969; Ph.D., University of Michigan, 1974. Cullen, John C., prof, of Spanish and English (1967, 1985); B.A., 1963; M.A., Michigan State Uni­ versity, 1965; Ph.D., Interamerican University, 1973. Cullum, Charles, asst. prof, of English (1989); B.A., Pennsylva­ nia State University, 1972; M.A., 1981; Ph.D., Temple University, 1987. Cullum, Linda, asst. prof, librar­ ian (1990); B.A., Temple Universi­ ty, 1969; M.L.S., Drexel Universi­ ty, 1972; M.A., Temple University, 1982. Delaney, Maureen, instr./librarian (1989); B.M., Western Michigan University, 1975; M.S., Michigan State University, 1980; M.L.S., University of Kentucky, 1988. Devaprasad, James, asst. prof, of automated systems engineering technology (1986,1989); B.E., University of Madras, India, 1983; M.S., University of New Mexico, 1986. Dickinson, William J., assoc, prof, of humanities (1966, 1969); B.A., 1951; M.Ed., Montana State University, 1957. Dobbertin, Gerald, asst. prof, of sociology (1972, 1982); B.S., Wayne State University, 1967; M.A., Central Michigan University, 1973; Ph.D., Michigan State Uni­ versity, 1981. Dobbertin, Leslie, assoc, prof, of sociology (1974, 1982, 1991); B.A., Central Michigan University, 1965; M.A., Iowa State University, 1972; Ph.D., Michigan State University, 1989. Dorrity, Daniel T., prof, of his­ tory (1970, 1990); B.A., 1966; M.A., Wayne State University, 1967; Ph.D., University of Mich­ igan, 1973. Dowd, Donner, assoc, prof, of business (1982); B.S., Wheaton College, 1960; M.S., Purdue Uni­ versity, 1966. Duesing, Paul, assoc, prof, of mechanical engineering technol­ ogy (1984, 1990); B.S.M.E., 1971; M.S.M.E., University of Michigan, 1973. Erikkila, John, assoc, prof, of economics, (1990); B.S., Lake Superior State University, 1970; M.A., University of Windsor, 1971; Ph.D., The University of Western Ontario, 1987. Filek, Valerie, asst. prof, of mar­ keting, management (1990); B.S., McGill University, 1978; B. Com­ merce, McGill University, 1980; M.B.A., McGill University, 1984. Foley, Elizabeth A., asst. prof, of criminal justice and coordinator of FACULTY • 299 �corrections (1981, 1987); B.A., Madonna College, 1969; M.A., Northern Michigan University, 1982. Furr, Richard S., assoc, prof, of biology (1971, 1981); A.B., Pfeif­ fer College, 1963; M.S., North Carolina State University, 1966; Ph.D., University of Tennessee, 1971. Gaertner, Georgegeen P., assoc, prof, of English (1965, 1974); B.A., Michigan State University, 1959; M.A., University of Michi­ gan, 1963. Gaertner, Robert, assoc, prof, of finance (1965,1989); B.B.A., Uni­ versity of Notre Dame, 1964; M.B.A., Michigan State University, 1965. Gardiner, Randell L., instr. of exercise science (1988); B.S., Grand Valley State University, 1979; M.S., Northern Michigan University, 1988. Gerrish, Steven J., asst. prof, of mechanical engineering technol­ ogy (1981, 1988); B.S., Lake Superior State College, 1978; M.A., Michigan State University, 1981. Gibson, Michael J., asst. prof, of psychology (1990); B.A., Universi­ ty of Illinois, 1978; M.S.Ed., 1984; Ed.D, Northern Illinois University, 1989. Gilliard, Bari Lynn, assoc, prof, of English and writing (1986, 1990); B.A., 1964; M.A., University of Montana, 1973; Ph.D., Uni­ versity of Utah, 1975. Godby, Marjorie B., instr./counselor (1986); B.S., Uni­ versity of Minnesota, 1962; M.A., University of Michigan, 1966. Grounds, Patrick M., asst. prof, and coordinator of automatedsystems engineering technology(1986, 1989); B.S., 1984; M.A., University of Michigan, 1986. Gutowska, Janina, asst. prof, of mathematics (1988); M.S. Uni­ versity of Lodz, Poland, 1966. Gutowski, Mieczyslaw, assoc, prof, of mathematics (1984, 1990); M.S., University of Lodz, 1965; Ph.D., University of Gdansk, 1973. Haag, William, assoc, prof, of biochemistry (1984); B.S., Loras College, 1961; M.S., 1965; Ph.D., University of Nebraska, 1971. Halsey, Alice, assoc, prof, of nursing (1973, 1983); B.S.N., University of Michigan, 1962; M.S.N., Wayne State University, 1977. Harrison, Galen H., asst. prof, of mathematics (1963, 1967); B.S., 1960; M.A., Michigan Technologi­ cal University, 1963. Hatfield, Kenneth G., instr. of geology (1983); B.S., Michigan Technological University, 1950. Hellow, Elizabeth, asst. prof, of nursing (1979, 1985); B.S.N., Lake Superior State University, 1977; M.S.N., Wayne State Uni­ versity, 1986. Heyns, Terry L., assoc, prof, of fire science (1989); A.B., Saint Louis University, 1965; M.A., University of Kansas, 1967; Ph.D., Kansas State University, 1989. Hudson, John S., assoc, prof, of accounting (1970, 1986); B.A., 1963; M.A., Michigan State Uni­ versity, 1965; M.B.A., Western Michigan University, 1967. Jennings, Richard P., prof, of speech (1970, 1990); B.A., Uni­ versity of Michigan, 1950; B.D., Virginia Theological Seminary, 1953; M.A., Central Michigan University, 1970. Johnson, Gary R., prof, of politi­ cal science (1978, 1990); B.A., Augustana College, 1972; M.A., 1975; Ph.D., University of Cin­ cinnati, 1979. FACULTY 300 �Johnson, Gerald H.( asst. prof, of biology and nursing (1983); B.S., 1965; Ph.D., University of Michigan, 1971. Jones, Charles W., prof, of che­ mistry (1970, 1981); A.B., West­ ern State College of Colorado, 1954; M.S., 1957; Ph.D., Oklaho­ ma State University, 1973. June, Mary M., instr./librarian (1988); B.A., 1978; M.L.S., Uni­ versity of WisconsinMilwaukee, 1980. Kelly, Thomas M., prof, of sociol­ ogy (1971, 1983); B.A., St. Mary of the Lake University, 1952; S.T.L., Gregorian University, Rome, 1956; M.A., University of Notre Dame, 1964; M.Ed., Loyola University, 1970. Knowles, David M., prof, of geol­ ogy (1969, 1983); B.S., 1954; M.S., Michigan Technological University, 1955; Ph.D., Columbia University, 1967. Knudson, Vernie A., assoc, prof, of natural resources technology (1971, 1976); B.S., Bethany Col­ lege, 1954; B.S., University of Kansas, 1958; M.S., Fort Hays State College, 1959; Ph.D., Okla­ homa State University, 1970. Kornmueller, Hellmuth, prof, of humanities (1968, 1983); Ph.B., 1951; Ph.L., 1952; Ph.D., Salz­ burg University, Austria, 1953. Lehman, John W., prof, of chemistry (1966, 1982); B.S., McPherson College, 1960; Ph.D., University of Colorado, 1969. Linderoth, Leon W., prof, of English (1968); A.B., 1958; B.S., Central Michigan University, 1958; M.A., 1960; Ph.D., Florida State University, 1966. Madden, James, assoc, prof, of criminal justice (1984, 1989); B.S., William Carey College, 1971; M.S., University of Southern Mississippi, 1975. Madl, John T., assoc, prof, of mechanical engineering technol­ ogy (1967, 1981); B.S.M.E., 1965, M.S.M.E., Michigan Technological University, 1967. Marinoni, Ann B., assoc, prof, of business and coordinator of hos­ pitality management (1976,1980); B.S., Lake Superior State Univer­ sity, 1975; M.S., Central Michigan University, 1977. McDonald, David M., assoc, prof, and coordinator of electrical engi­ neering technology (1973, 1986); B.S.E.E., 1969; M.S.E.E., Michi­ gan Technological University, 1970. McGowan, Laura C., instr. of speech and coordinator of foren­ sics and debate (1990); B.A., Albion College, 1987; M.A., Cen­ tral Michigan University, 1990. McPherson, Debra, asst. prof, of physical education and recreation, volleyball, softball coach (1976, 1983); B.S., 1974; M.S., Northern Michigan University, 1982. Meehan, Mary Jo, asst. prof, counselor (1983, 1987); M.A., Northern Michigan University, 1981. Meiser, Charles W., assoc, prof, of quantitative economics and coordinator of business data pro­ cessing (1968, 1982); B.S.E.E., 1963; M.S., Purdue University, 1966. Merkel, Dennis, asst. prof, of biology (1988); B.S., 1977; M.S. State University of New YorkSyracuse, 1983; Ph.D., Michigan State University, 1988. Mickewich, Thomas, prof, of mathematics (1967, 1988); B.A., 1964; M.A., University of Maine, 1967. Money, Robert M., assoc, prof, of history (1969, 1976); A.B., Northern Michigan University, 1953; M.A., University of Michi­ gan, 1958. __ Moody, James W. T., assoc, prof, of history (1971,1983); B.A., FACULTY 301 �Greenville College, 1959; M.A., Michigan State University, 1960. Mugavero, Daniel C., assoc, prof, of accounting (1991); B.A., 1966; M.B.A., Michigan State University, 1967. Mullin, Charles R., prof, of chem­ istry and physics and coordinator of the planetarium (1969, 1986); B.S., St. Vincent College, 1959; Ph.D., University of Notre Dame, 1964. Neveu, Ruth, asst, prof./librarian (1984, 1988); B.A., Lake Superior State University, 1977; M. S., University of Michigan, 1984. Niemi, Alan D., asst. prof, of computer engineering technology (1986); B.S., Lake Superior State University, 1981; M.S.E.E., Illinois Institute of Technology, 1985. Person, Steven J., prof, of biolo­ gy (1974, 1989); B.S., 1966; L1.S., Iowa State University, 1968; 5h.D., University of Alaska, 1976. >ichot, Marcel, asst. prof, of rrench (1989); B.A., Andrews University, 1967; M.A., Western Michigan University, 1968; Ph.D., University of Michigan, 1975. Pike, Ruth Johnston, asst. prof, of nursing (1983); B.S.N., Lake Superior State University, 1982; M.S.N., Wayne State University, 1985. Pingatore, Diana, asst. prof, of English and coordinator of Writing Lab (1988); B.A., Lake Superior State University, 1977; M.A., 1981; Ph.D., Michigan State Uni­ versity, 1987. Ratwik, Susan H., prof, of psy­ chology and coordinator of the Center for Social Research (1977, 1990); B.A., University of Minne­ sota, 1969; M.S., 1975; Ph.D., University of Notre Dame, 1978. Roese, John H., asst. prof, of wildlife ecology and management (1990); B.S.F., Stephen F. Austin State University, 1982; M.S. 1984; Ph.D., Stephen F. Austin State University, 1989. Saluja, Madan, prof, of manage­ ment (1969,1981); B.A., Universi­ ty of Delhi, 1960; LL.B., 1962; B.A., Macalester College, 1964; M.A., 1966; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1977. Sawyer, Timothy J., prof, of psy­ chology (1976,1989); B.A., North­ ern Michigan University, 1972; M.A., 1974; Ph.D., University of Nevada, 1976. Schmitigal, Linda, instruc., office administration; B.S., Lake Superi­ or State University, 1982; M.B.E., Central Michigan University, 1990. Schwiderson, Keith H., asst, prof, of engineering technology (1 977,1985); B.S., Lake Superior State University, 1976; M.S., Northern Michigan University, 1981. Sherman, Karl J., assoc, prof, of accounting (1971, 1980); B.S., Northern Michigan University, 1965; M.S., Southern Illinois Uni­ versity, 1967; C.P.A., 1970. Smith, Bryce E., prof, of biology (1970, 1976); B.S., 1952, M.A., University of Michigan, 1957; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, 1965. Spencer, Lester W., asst. prof, of engineering technology (1977, 1983); B.S., Lake Superior State University, 1977; M.S., Northern Michigan University, 1980. Stevens, John R., assoc, prof, of English (1967, 1983); B.A., 1958; M.A., University of Michigan, 1959. Suggitt, Randall G., asst. prof, of mathematics (1983, 1988); B.S., Lake Superior State University, 1976; M.A., University of Mon­ tana, 1979. Sweet, Patrick J., asst. prof, of criminal justice (1989); B.S., 1974; M.S., Michigan State Uni­ versity, 1987. FACULTY • 302 �Terwilliger, Mark G., instr. of mathematics and computer sci­ ence (1990); B.S., Lake Superior State University, 1988, M.S., Michigan State University, 1990. Toffolo, E. Gary, prof, of English (1970, 1990); B.S., Northwestern University, 1958; M.A., University of Chicago, 1961. Voight, Nancy L., assoc, prof, of human services and psychology and coordinator of psychology, sociology, and human services (1988); B.A., Wittenberg Univer­ sity, 1967; M.A., Ball State Uni­ versity, 1971; Ph.D., Michigan State University, 1975. Wagner, Michael D., asst. prof, of electrical engineering technol­ ogy (1989); B.S.Lake Superior State University, 1984; M.S., Purdue University, 1987. Weber, Charles L., assoc, prof, of electrical engineering technol­ ogy and coordinator of computer engineering technology (1970, 1980); B.S., 1964; M.S.E.E., Mic­ higan Technological University, 1970. Week, Margaret A., asst. prof, of biology (1988); B.S., University of Illinois, 1980; M.S., 1983; D.A., Idaho State University, 1985. Wentz, Elena, asst. prof, of nursing (1971, 1977); B.A., Simpson College; M.S.N., Wayne State University, 1977. Wilkinson, John S., prof, of music and coordinator of music and cultural affairs (1976, 1989); B.M.E., 1969; M.M., University of Nebraska, 1972; D.M.A., Universi­ ty of Michigan, 1974. Wilson, Paul W., prof, of mathe­ matics (1963, 1988); B.S., 1962; M.A., Central Michigan University, 1963. Yanni, Stephen R., instr. of ther­ apeutic recreation (1987); B.S., Lake Superior State University, 1986; M.S., Western Illinois Uni­ versity, 1987. Zabelka, Richard J., prof, of physics (1966, 1984); B.S., Michi­ gan Technological University, 1956; M.S., University of Califor­ nia (LA), 1960; Ph.D., Purdue University, 1964. EMERITI FACULTY Anderson, Roland A., assoc, prof, of office administration (1969-1986); B.A., Wisconsin State University Whitewater, 1953; M.A., Northern Colorado University Greeley, 1961. Bruce, Russell D., prof, of physi­ cal education and recreation (1976-1987); B.A., Cornell Col­ lege, 1953; M.A., University of Michigan, 1956; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, 1966. Carlson, Arthur F., assoc, prof, of physics (1947-1970); B.S., University of Minnesota, 1935. (deceased) Carlson, Delphine, assoc, prof, of mathematics (1947-1969); B.A., 1934; M.A., University of Michi­ gan, 1938. Cole, Wallace, assoc, prof, of mathematics (1955-1969); B.S., 1926; M.A., University of Wiscon­ sin, 1928. Cooper, Ronald R., prof, of phys­ ical education (1956-1986); direc­ tor of intercollegiate athletics and James Norris Physical Education Center (1976-1986); B.S., 1951; M.A., Central Michigan University, 1958. Curtis, Robert W., prof, of engi­ neering technology (1955-1886); B.S.M.E., Michigan Technological University, 1948; B.S.Ed., North­ ern Michigan University, 1950; M.A., University of Michigan, 1954. (deceased) Dahlman, Marvin, assoc, prof, of mechanical engineering technol- FACULTY • 303 �ogy (1952-1985); B.S., 1947; M.S., University of Minnesota, 1952. Duwe, Arthur E., prof, of biologi­ cal science (1968, 1970); B.S., Alma College, 1949; M.S., Ohio State University, 1950; Ph.D., 1953. (deceased) Flynn, Michael, prof, of English (19611986); B.A., Central Mich­ igan University, 1954; M.A., Nort­ hern Michigan University, 1964. Francisco, Wayne H., asst. prof, of criminal justice (1973-1983); B.S., Eastern Michigan University, 1950; M.A., 1967; M.S., Michigan State University, 1971.; Ph.D., Columbia Pacific University, 1987. Gleason, Gale R., prof, of biology and department head of biology and chemistry (1965-1986); B.S., Central Michigan University, 1950; M.S., 1951; Ph.D., Michigan State University, 1960. Gleason, Gilbert J., prof, of biol­ ogy (1961-1988); B.S., 1958; M.A., Central Michigan University, 196°. Harris, Earle B., assoc, prof, of English (1976-1987); A.B., Uni/ersity of Michigan, 1946; B.D., 1947; Th.M., Princeton Theolog­ ical Seminary, 1964. Howe, Margaret, assoc, prof, of humanities (1969-1981); A.B., Northwestern University, 1932; M.A., Northern Michigan Universi­ ty, 1965. Jemison, Eugene F., assoc, prof, of humanities (1969-1986); B.A., Washburn University, 1946; M.F.A., Kansas City Art Institute, 1948. Kemp, C. Ernest, assoc, prof, of geology (1944-1980); dean emeri­ tus of Lake Superior State Univer­ sity; B.S., Michigan Technological University, 1949. Marken, Marzale, assoc, prof, of engineering technology (19551984); B.S., 1948; M.A., Universi­ ty of Minnesota, 1956. Matheson, John M., prof, of jour­ nalism and secretary, Board of Control (1969-1984); B.A., Michi­ gan State University, 1948; M.A., 1965; Ph.D., Southern Illinois University, 1967. McCabe, John C. Ill, prof, of English (1970-1987); Ph.B., Uni­ versity of Detroit, 1947; M.F.A., Fordham University, 1948; Ph.D., Shakespeare Institute, University of Birmingham, England, 1954. Poisson, Joseph A., assoc, prof, of physical education (19631976); S.S., Northern Michigan University, 1940; M.A., University of Michigan, 1957. Sawczak, George J., asst. prof, of English (1965-1982); B.A., Alliance, 1952; M.A., Kent State University, 1954. Shouldice, Kenneth J., prof, of business administration and president (1965-1982); B.S., Mar­ quette, 1949; M.S., Northwestern, 1951; Ph.D., Iowa, 1969. Smith, Bernard M., prof, of be­ havioral science (1966-1980); B.A., 1947; M.A., University of Louisville, 1949; M.A., University of Kentucky, 1956; Ph.D., Iowa, 1960. (deceased) Stough, Bessie, assoc, prof, of mathematics (1947-1963); B.A., 1923; M.A., University of Michi­ gan, 1929. Truckey, John, assoc, prof, of B.S., counseling (1966-1986); " ~ 1958; M.A., Northern M ichigan University, 1964. Vialpando, Edeltraute, p rof. of foreign languages (1967-1988); Ph.D., Charles University, Prague, Czechoslovakia. Ward, Louis R., prof, of English (1961-1981); B.A., 1939; M.A., University of Colorado, 1940; Ph.D., Purdue University, 1959. Youngs, Stephen P., prof, and psychometrist (1947-1968); B.S., Northern Michigan University, 1930; M.Ed., Colorado, 1941. (deceased) FACULTY 304 �ACADEMIC DEPARTMENT HEADS ARTS AND LETTERS: Thomas Schirer, assoc, prof, of English i1984, 1987); B.A., 1971; M.A., Jniversity of California, 1976; Ph.D., Friedrich-Alexander Universitat, 1983. BIOLOGY AND CHEMISTRY: Patrick Brown, assoc, prof, of Biology 1990); B.S., Central Mi­ chigan University, 1974; M.S., Iowa State University, 1977; Ph.D., University of Missouri, 1981. BUSINESS AND ECONOMICS: Bruce T. Haraer, assoc, prof . of economics (1967, 1985); B.A., 1966; M.A. Michigan State Uni­ versity, 1967. COMPUTER/GEOLOGIC/ MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES: Gary L. Thesing, prof, of mathe- matics (1971, 1981); B.A., St. Mary of the Plains College, 1960; M.S., University of Notre Dame, 1964; Ed.D., Oklahoma State University, 1971. ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY: Patrick M. Grounds, asst. prof, and coordinator of automated systems engineering technology (1986, 1989); B.S., 1984; M.A., University of Michigan, 1986. HEALTH SCIENCES: Mae E. Markstrom, assoc, prof. (1968, 1981); B.S., Lake Superior State University, 1970; M.S.N., Wayne State University, 1977. SOCIAL SCIENCES: Margaret A. Malmberg, assoc, prof, of psy­ chology (1971,1989); B.S., Musk­ ingum College, 1964; M.A., 1970; Ph.D., Texas Christian University, 1971. NOTES FACULTY • 305 �ADMINISTRATIVE STAFF Katherine A. Albrough, accoun­ tant (1989); B.S., Lake Superior State University, 1989. Thomas A. Allan, manager, Ver­ milion project (1984); B.S., Cen­ tral Michigan University, 1973; M.S., Michigan Technological University, 1978; Ph.D., University of Maine, Orono, 1984. Francis I. Atkinson, manager/ director student activities (1981); B.S., University of Detroit, 1956. Susan Autore, health services nurse (1990); assoc., Lake Supe­ rior State University, 1981. Mary L. Baker, administrative coordinator/professional nurse (1989); B.S.N., St. Olaf College, 1971; M.S., Mankato State Uni­ versity, 1983. John L. Banks, supervisor of computer operations and mainte­ nance (1988); assoc., Madison Area Technical College, 1970. Paul A. Besteman, assistant director physical plant (1973, 1987); Lake Superior State Uni­ versity, (ex1973). Susan M. Branstner, director, interpretive center and educa­ tional programming for schools (1990); B.S., Michigan State Uni­ versity, 1982; M.A., 1986; Ph.D., 1990. Thomas R. Bugbee, manager of labor relations (1988); B.A., Michi­ gan State University, 1973; M.A., Eastern Michigan University, 1974. Mary L. Cahill, supervisor inven­ tory/accounts receivable/loans (1975, 1981). Susan K. Camp, coordinator of MBA program (1977, 1988); B.S., Lake Superior State University, 1985. Alden E. Campbell, manager of projects/CHP (1973); B.S., Lake Superior State University, 1973. Cheryl L. Castner, textbook ser­ vices supervisor (1980); B.S., Uni­ versity of Wisconsin Stout. David H. Castner, asst. prof, and director of counseling and testing services (1978, 1986); B.S., Uni­ versity of WisconsinStout, 1972; M.S., 1974. Jeffrey A. Chaney, microcom­ puter specialist (1988); B.S., Lake Superior State University, 1991 assoc., Lake Superior State Uni­ versity, 1988,. Bruce G. Clark, assistant dean of admissions (1976, 1986); B.A., Lake Superior State University, 1976. Robert S. Coon, systems analyst (1989); B.S., Lake Superior State University, 1980. Georgiana M. Cox, staff accoun­ tant (1979); B.S., Lake Superior State University, 1979; M.B.A., 1988. Juliana L. Cox, staff accountant (1983); B.S., Lake Superior State University, 1983 and 1987. William J. Crawford, director of public relations (1988); B.S., Western Michigan University, 1970. Katherine M. Crisp, administra­ tive assistant (1990); Muskegon Business College, 1986. Stella R. DePlonty, registrar (1960, 1987). Cheryl L. Dozier, assistant wo­ men’s basketball coach (1989); B.A. and B.S., Aquinas College, 1989. Wanda Eby, director of purchas­ ing (1974, 1980, 1990). ADMINISTRATIVE STAFF 306 �Leroy A. Fake, electronic techni­ cian (1983); assoc., Lake Supe­ rior State University, 1984. James E. Fallis, assoc, prof., director athletics/manager Norris Center (1974, 1988); B.A., Lake Superior State University, 1974; M.S., Northern Michigan Univer­ sity, 1976. Deborah Faust, director of auxil­ iary enterprises (1979, 1990); assoc., Lake Superior State Uni­ versity, 1985. Paul T. Fenlon, assistant to ex­ ecutive vice president (1981, 1987); B.A., Western Michigan University, 1964. Kathryn L. Fiandt, clinical direc­ tor of Wellness C.A.R.E. Center (1990); B.S.N., University of Maryland, 1971; M.S.N., Indiana University, 1976. Kay A. Floyd, executive secre­ tary office of board of regents (1990). Lee M. Freedman, textbook as­ sistant (1988); Lake Superior State University, (ex1988). Ruth E. Gendzwill, director of employee relations (1969, 1985); B.A., Calvin College, 1955. Donald J. Gerrie, prof, marketing and director, MBA program (1966, 1985); B.A., College of William and Mary, 1951; M.A., Michigan State University, 1953. Roger W. Greil, aquatics lab manager (1989); assoc., Lake Superior State University, 1988. Charles J. Gustafson, media specialist (1970); assoc., Lake Superior State University, 1968. Suzette M. Hazel, personnel assistant (1988); assoc., LakeSuperior State University, 1986 and 1987. Jo Ann Hill, admissions counsel­ or/ internal operations (1990); B.A., Michigan State University. Karen M. Huhtala, reading spe­ cialist (1983); B.A., Albion Col­ lege, 1965; M.A., Northern Michi­ gan University, 1980. Amanda A. Izzard, office records aide (1989); Lake Superior State University, (ex1991). Jeffery L. Jackson, head hockey coach (1986, 1990); B.A., Michigan State University, 1977; B.A., 1978. Mary P. Jason, director of Re­ gional Center (1986); B.S., Michi­ gan State University, 1966. Beverly A. Johnson, executive secretary to the president (1978, 1986); B.S., Northern Michigan University, 1970. Bruce R. Johnson, dean of ad­ missions (1985,1986); B.S., State University College, 1967; M.S., State University of New York Buffalo, 1971. Patricia A. Kellan, coordinator of health services (1989); B.S.N., Lake Superior State University, 1989. Helen M. Kennedy, secretary, information services (1989,1991). John F. Kibble, director of Native American Center (1986); B.A., Lake Superior State University, 1976. Erica L. Ledy, women’s basket­ ball coach (1990); B.S., Lake Superior State University, 1988. Dr. James Leete, university phy­ sician. Annette M. Malaski, systems analyst (1990); B.S., University of Wisconsin-Stevens Point, 1985. Robbin S. Manor, Campus Shoppe manager (1990); Lan­ sing Community College, (ex1977). J. Dennis McPherson, financial aid counselor (1967, 1981); Lake Superior State University, (ex 1955). Cynthia F. Merkel, systems de­ velopment manager (1987,1988); B.A., Syracuse University, 1979. Fredrick A. Michels, assoc, prof, and director of library and audio ADMINISTRATIVE STAFF 307 �visual services (1976,1981); B.S., University of Wisconsin, 1968; M.L.S., Western Michigan Univer­ sity, 1971; Ed.D., 1976. Linda K. Miller, administrative assistant to registrar (1967, 1988). Guy E. Molby, director of security (1989); B.S., Northern Michigan University, 1982. K. Scott Monaghan, sports infor­ mation director (1989); B.A., Mi­ chigan State University, 1987. Barbara K. Mugavero, pool di­ rector (1991); B.A., Oakland Uni­ versity, 1968; M.A., University of Michigan, 1970. William T. Munsell, financial aid director (1967); Lake Superior State University, (ex1968). Jane K. Ogle, coordinator of scheduling (1983, 1988); assoc., Lake Superior State University, 1991. Margaret E. Olson, payroll su­ pervisor (1965, 1975); B.A., Lake Superior State University, 1985. Scott A. Olson, communications specialist/hardware maintenance (1985,1990); Lake Superior State University, (ex1990). Mark D. Paluszak, men s basket­ ball coach (1989); B.A., University of Toledo, 1968; M.A., 1973. Larry J. Perron, assistant custo­ dial operations manager (1986, 1988). Noel L. Pingatore, exercise fit­ ness instructor (1991); B.S., Lake Superior State University, 1990. Paul R. Pooley, assistant hockey coach (1991); B.S., The Ohio State University, 1984. Denise A. Roe, admissions coun­ selor (1986); B.A., Lake Superior State University, 1975. Ronald T. Rolston, second as­ sistant hockey coach (1990); B.S., Michigan Technological Universi­ ty, 1990. Richard A. Rynberg, microcom­ puter lab manager and technician (1988); B.S., Central Michigan University, 1969. Conrad A. Schmitigal, mechani­ cal technician (1982). Shirley A. Schoenemann, super­ visor, child care center (1983); B.A., Western Michigan Univer­ sity, 1966; M.A.T., Oakland Uni­ versity, 1986. Karen L. Shackleton, admissions counselor/media specialist (1990); B.A., University of Michigan, 1988. Jeanne M. Shibley, manager of graphic arts/production (1989); B.S., Northern Michigan Univer­ sity, 1982. Debra L. Smart, head teacher, child care center (1989); assoc, Lake Superior State University, 1989. Scott W. Smart, budget and planning analyst (1988); B.S., Lake Superior State University, 1986. Malorie S. Smith, professional nurse (1990); B.S.N., Lake Supe­ rior State University, 1990. Terry J. Smith, assistant men’s basketball coach (1988); B.S., Michigan State University, 1984. Gilmore R. Somes, athletic eq­ uipment manager (1981). Jessica A. Stanaway, director, continuing education (1979, 1983); B.A., Lake Superior State University, 1970. Jerry A. Stephens, systems analyst (1986, 1990); B.S., Lake Superior State University, 1986. Jacquey A. Swailes, executive secretary to vice pressident for academic affairs (1990). William G. Thompson, supervi­ sor of grounds/pool/rink and re­ ceiving (1979, 1987). Earl C. Tomlinson, director of business operations (1985,1987); B.S., Ferris State University, M.A., Central Michigan University, 1975. Dale A. Ulrich, manager of build­ ing maintenance and operations (1989). ADMINISTRATIVE STAFF 308 �Beverly E. White, office manager of budgets, planning and person­ nel (1976, 1990); B.S., Lake Su­ perior State University, 1988. Patricia A. Whyte, housing man­ ager (1978, 1987); B.S., Lake Superior State University, 1985; Pamela A. Williamson, assistant director of upward bound (1970, 1986); B.A., Michigan State Uni­ versity, 1968. Heidi L. Witucki, director of up­ ward bound (1991), B.A., North­ ern Michigan University, 1982. Michael J. Worley, coordinator of residential and student life pro­ gramming (1984, 1989); B.S., Lake Superior State University, 1983. Jack Yach, dir. of food services. NOTES ADMINISTRATIVE STAFF 309 �ADVISORY COMMITTEES DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH SCIENCES: Dr. Elsie Baccari, War Memorial Hospital; Ms. Mary Baker, Wellness Care Center, Sault Ste. Marie, Mich.; Ms. Antoi­ nette Blunt, Victorian order of Nurses, Sault Ste. Marie, Ont.; Ms. Marylyn Carriere, General Hospital, Sault Ste. Marie, Ont.; Mr. Sam Dubow, Consumer Ad­ vocate, Brimley, Mich.; Ms. Cindy Jenkins, Tendercare Nursing Homes of Ml, Sault Ste. Marie, Mich.; Mr. Merrill Lewis, High School Counselor, Sault Area Schools, Sault Ste. Marie, Mich.; Ms. Terry Malloy, Kinross Correc­ tional Facility, Kinross; Mr. Larry Paine, Plummer Hospital, Sault Ste. Marie, Ontario; Dr. Susan Ratwick, Lake Superior State University, Sault Ste. Marie, Mich.; Ms. Helen Ross, Group Health Centre, Sault Ste. Marie, Ont.; Ms. Alda Routhier, Sault Area Skill Center, Beverly Stew­ art, Community Action Agency, Ms. Ruth Thesing, Sault Ste. Marie, Mich.; Ms. Donna Tromblay, Sault College, Sault Ste. Marie, Ont.; Ms. Bim VanDusen, Chippewa County Health Department, Ms. Debra Viher, War Memorial Hospital, Sault Ste. Marie, Mich.; Ms. Anna Zuccato, Algoma Health Unit, Sault Ste. Marie, Ont. CRIMINAL JUSTICE: Law En­ forcement Members: Scott Fitz­ gerald, Sault Ste. Marie; Tim Matelski, St. Ignace; Charles Ludwick, Michigan State Police; Dan Frazier, Cheboygan; Ralph Boudreau, Michigan State Police; Harris Miller, Sault Ste. Marie; Wally Binder, Department of Nat­ ural Resources; Barry King, Sault Ste. Marie, Ontario; Ed Bercompas, Chippewa County Sheriff; Andrew Kozak, Chief of Customs Operations, Sault Ste. Marie, Ontario; Michael Roy, Alpena Community College. Corrections Members: Robert LeCureux, Kinross Correctional Facility; Wayne Fortin, John Ferroni, Gary McLeod, Sault Ste. Marie Probation/Parole. Judicial Members: Honorable Nicholas Lambros, Circuit Court Judge; Patrick Shannon, Chippe­ wa County Prosecutor. Federal Members: Mel Hen­ drickson, US Customs Port Direc­ tor; John Kendall, US Marshall, Western District of Michigan. Security/Fire Science Members: Robin Robinson, Algoma Steel Corporation; Kenneth Eagle, Sault Ste. Marie Fire Chief; Wayne Francisco, Atlanta, Michigan. ADVISORY COMMITTEES 310 �BOARD OF REGENTS Lake Superior State University is governed by an eight member Board of Regents appointed by the Governor and confirmed by the Michigan Senate to serve terms of eight years. Expiration of current terms are shown below. Board meetings are open to the Public. Rev erend Louis G Cappo Marquette, 1996 Mr. Edward W. Jarvie Rudyard, 1994 Mr. Thomas H. Weiss Gaylord, 1998 Mr. Jack L. Gingrass Iron Mountain, 1998 Mr. Gary LaPlant Escanaba, 1992 Dr. H. Erik Shaar ex-officio Leonard Jaques, Esquire Dr. Alice R. McCarthy Grosse Pointe Shores, Birmingham, 1994 1996 Dr. Jack R. Rombouts Iron River, 1992 Dr. Harry E. Pike Treasurer of the Board Dr. Terrence A. Sweeney Secretary of the Board BOARD OF REGENTS 311 �LSSU Foundation THE LAKE SUPERIOR STATE UNIVERSITY FOUNDATION was authorized by a resolution of the Lake Superior State University Board of Regents in July 1983. The Foundation is a non-profit, tax-exempt corporation established under the laws of the State of Michigan. It was created to promote, receive, invest and disburse gifts for educational goals and needs. These needs include scholarships, grants, loans, research, equipment and other student and faculty enrichment opportunities. Since its creation the LSSU Foundation has raised more than $1.5 million in private gifts solely for the benefit of Lake Superior State University and its students. Members of the Foundation’s independent Board of Directors are: Mr. H. James Bourque, Mr. Prentiss M. Brown III, Mr. Daniel T. Laur, Dr. Louis B. Lukenda, Dr. Margaret A. Malmberg, Mr. Gary E. McClellan, Dr. Mark Mercer, Honorable Joanna Neale, Mr. Walter North, Mr. Evan L. Noyes, Mr. James C. Park, Mr. John Peacock, Dr. Thomas G. Robinson, Dr. H. Erik Shaar, Mr. Kelvin P. Smyth, Mr. iarl Tomlinson, and Mr. Thomas Weiss. oundation Staff: Daniel J. O’Shea, Director of Development Susan L. Fitzpatrick, Office Manager NOTES FOUNDATION 312 �Photo by John Shibley MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 313 �MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION The Master of Business Administration (MBA) Program provides a graduate management education to further prepare students for careers in business, industry and government agencies. The MBA Program reflects a realis­ tic approach to graduate work in two ways. First, the courses tend to be more applied or practical, and are thus more useful for the practicing manager. Second, the courses are offered evenings and weekends, tailored specifically for the employed person. PROGRAM OBJECTIVES 1. To provide individuals with advanced academic work in the field of business and manage­ ment education. 2. To provide individuals with a graduate program that is oriented to a pragmatic study of business and management education. 3. To provide individuals with a program that will prepare them for management positions in public and private units in society. 4. To provide individuals with an opportunity to develop a capacity for self-directed and professional growth. 5. To provide individuals with a program that provides a broadbase exposure to the general concepts of management. 6. To provide individuals employed full-time with an opportunity to secure graduate management education on a part-time basis. 7. To provide opportunities for a multi-disciplinary approach to learning through an exchange of graduate faculty of other institu­ tions. FACULTY The MBA graduate faculty consists of full-time Lake Superior State University faculty, adjunct faculty from other colleges and universities, and visiting scholars. Faculty are selected on the basis of their creden­ tials, business training, industrial experience, professional reputation, and interest in graduate management education. MBA ADVISORY COUNCIL The MBA Advisory Council assists the University in curriculum devel­ opment and serves as a liaison be­ tween the MBA program and the area it serves. Active interchange with this Council helps MBA faculty and staff to be sensitive to current trends in business and to the profes­ sional development needs there. MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 314 �ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS Admission to the MBA Program will be based on the following require­ ments: 1. Possession of a baccalaureate or higher degree from an accredited institution. 2. Cumulative undergraduate grade point average of 2.70 or higher (67% for Canadian universities) on a 4.00 basis or a 3.00 for the last two years of undergraduate work (70% for Canadian univer­ sities). (4.0 basis) average is referred to the MBA Standards & Policy Committee to determine whether he or she should be permitted to continue in the program. Any student receiving a "D" or "F" grade in a 500 or 600level course is referred to the Com­ mittee immediately. Any student dismissed from the MBA program may petition the MBA Standards & Policy Committee for reconsidera­ tion. A maximum of six semester credits of "C" grades in 600-level courses may be allowed in the stu­ dent’s overall program. APPLICATION PROCEDURE 3. Satisfactory completion of the Graduate Management Admis­ sions Test (GMAT). Those seeking admission into the MBA Program must complete the following steps: In order to assist the University in evaluating a student’s potential for graduate work, a two to three page written statement outlining educa­ tional background, related work experience, and reasons for applying to the MBA program is also req­ uired. This must be submitted with the application for admission. 1. Submit an application for admis­ sion directly to the MBA office along with a $25.00 (US Funds) nonrefundable application fee. Individuals who do not meet these requirements may be considered for admission on a conditional basis. The MBA Standards & Policy Com­ mittee must review all such appli­ cants. MBA STANDARDS & POLICY COMMITTEE Academic standards and policies and curriculum development are the re­ sponsibilities of the MBA Standards & Policy Committee, which is com­ posed of five MBA faculty plus the Director of the MBA Program. Any student failing to maintain a 3.0 2. Submit a two to three page state­ ment outlining educational back­ ground, related work experiences, and reasons for applying to the MBA Program. This statement assists in the evaluation of a student’s potential for graduate work. It should be turned in with the application for admis­ sion. 3. Request official transcripts of all undergraduate work and graduate work to the MBA Office. To be considered official, transcript(s) must be sent directly from the former institution to the MBA Office at Lake Superior State University. 4. Submit an official report of your GMAT scores to the MBA of­ fice. MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 315 �MBA DEGREE REQUIREMENTS Preparatory Courses (500 level) Students must complete course work at the 500-level unless they have satisfactorily completed an equivalent undergraduate course or have equiva­ lent professional experience. Preparatory Course credits 3 MB502 Economic Analysis MB508 Statistical Analysis 3 MB511 Data Proc & Cmpt Prog 3 MB521 Financial Accounting 3 3 MB525 Business Finance MB561 Organizational Theory 3 MB581 Marketing Analysis A 21 Total Preparatory Courses: Preparatory courses are REQUIRED unless waived. Students will receive a degree audit work sheet indicating which 500 level preparatory courses will be waived upon their acceptance into the MBA Program. Preparatory courses do NOT count towards the MBA degree requirements. Undergraduate Equivalent* Prin of Economics Statistics Data Processing Prin of Accounting Prin of Finance Prin of Management Intro to Marketing 'Please contact the MBA Office for a listing of specific equivalent undergraduate courses at LSSU and other institutions. Required Courses (600 level) A total of 36 semester hours of 600 level graduate course work is requir­ ed for completion of the MBA De­ gree. Of the 36 hours, 18 hours are required, and 18 hours are elective courses. Required Core Courses: The following core courses are re­ quired for all students: MB608 Research Techniques 3 3 MB621 Mgrl Acclg & Cntrl MB625 Financial Management 3 MB659 Administrative Policy 3 MB660 Organizational Behavior 3 MB681 Marketing Management _3 Total Core Requirements: 18 Elective Courses Elective courses, equaling a total of 18 credits, are required to complete the degree requirements for the MBA Program. A variety of elec­ tive courses are offered in a multi­ tude of subjects which provide stu­ dents with an opportunity to take courses in areas of individual interest. MBA DEGREE Preparatory Courses - if not waived 21 (500 level) MBA Core Courses 18 (600 Level) MBA Elective Courses 18 (600 Level) 57 TOTAL: A minimum overall grade point of 3.00 (4.00 basis) is required with no more then six credits of "C" grades. Program Length All degree requirements must be completed within eight years from date of admission. MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 316 �Grades The following grades are awarded to MBA students: A =4.00 B+ = 3.50 B =3.00 C+ = 2.50 C =2.00 D = 1.00 F = 0.00 I = Incomplete Z = Deferred A minimum overall grade point of 3.00 (4.00 basis) is required with no more than six credits of "C" grades. Students who earn a "D" or "F" grade in a 600-level course will be immediately referred to the MBA Standards and Policy Committee for review. Courses with grades of "D" or "F" must be repeated or the student will not be eligible to graduate. Transfer Credit A maximum of six (6) semester hours of 600 level graduate work may be transferred into the MBA program from another graduate pro­ gram. The credits must be graduate level, from an accredited institution, with a grade of "B" or higher. The courses must be applicable to the MBA Program and have been earned within the six-year period prior to the student’s admission. ACADEMIC CALENDAR The MBA academic calendar is divided into three trimesters, Fall (September - December), Winter (January - April) and Summer (April - July). The length of the trimester is 13 weeks. Courses are offered evenings and weekends using a variety of class formats. GUEST STUDENTS Students who have not been formally accepted into the MBA Program are classified as guest students and may enroll in MBA classes provided they have the necessary prerequisites. Students who wish to use credit earned as a guest student towards the MBA degree must apply and be accepted into the Program. A maxi­ mum of six credits earned as a guest student may be applied toward the MBA degree requirements. REGISTRATION AND SCHEDULING INFORMATION Course registration and scheduling begins upon receipt of the scheduling bulletin each trimester. All registra­ tion and scheduling is processed through the MBA Office. Drop/Refund Policy Classes may be dropped at any time PRIOR to the first class session with a 100% refund. No refund will be given for classes dropped between that date and the course’s final ex­ amination. A drop slip must be processed through the MBA Office. Courses dropped prior to the last class session will be assigned a "N" grade on the academic transcript. Non-Credit Option If desired, students may sign up for a course on a non-credit basis (with­ out letter grade). Tuition remains at the same rate as the credit basis. This option must be selected at sch­ eduling time and cannot be changed once the course has begun. Courses taken under this option do not count towards the MBA degree require­ ments. They do not affect the grade MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION • 317 �point average. Students who com­ plete courses under the non-credit option may request a Certificate of Completion by contacting the MBA Office. This may a practical option for guest students who are not taking the course for MBA credit, but rather professional and/or personal develop­ ment. FOR MORE INFOR­ MATION, Please contact the MBA Office. MEMBERS OF THE MBA ADVISORY COUNCIL Dan Alexander, St. Mary’s Paper Company; William Connolly, CPA; Lou Fera, Ontario Lottery Corpora­ tion; William Gregory, Edison Sault Electric Company; John McVeety, Alpena General Hospital; Peter Nix­ on, Algoma Steel Corporation; Wal­ ter North, Mackinac Bridge Authori­ ty; Leonard Savoie, Algoma Central Railway; William VanKosky, Mead Paper Company. MEMBERS OF THE MBA STANDARDS & POLICY COMMITTEE Donald Gerrie, Chair; Dr. Richard Crandall; Dr. John Erkkila, Prof. Charles Meiser, Dr. Susan Ratwik, Dr. Madan Saluja. MBA ADMINISTRATION AND FACULTY Donald J. Gerrie, Director of the MBA Program; Susan K. Camp, Coordinator, MBA Program; Facul­ ty: Earl E. Borseth, ABD, Michigan State University; Richard Conboy, Ph.D., American University; Richard Crandall, Ph.D.,University of Michi­ gan; John Erkkila, Ph.D., University of Western Ontario; Terry Hagan, Ph.D., Western Michigan University; Dale Haywood, Ph.D.; Ron Irwin, C.M., Q.C., LL.B; Richard Jennings; MA, Central Michigan University; Marilyn Keigley, Ph.D., Michigan State University; Keehn Landis, J.D; Northwestern University Law School; George Matzureff, Ph.D., American University; William McGuinnes; MBA, Harvard Univer­ sity; Charles Meiser; MA, North Dakota State University; Fredrick Michels, Ph.D., Western Michigan University; Daniel Mugavero, CPA, MBA, Michigan State University; Susan Ratwik, Ph.D., University of Notre Dame; Alan Rugman; Ph.D., Simon Fraser University; Madan Saluja, Ph.D., University of Minne­ sota; Phil Valenti, J.D.; Nancy Voight, Ph.D., Michigan State Uni­ versity; Robert Welsh; Ph.D., Ohio State University. NOTES MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 318 �MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION COURSES 500 LEVEL PREPARATORY COURSES MB502 ECONOMIC ANALYSIS 3 Study and application of theories and tools of economic analysis. Familiarization with insti­ tutional characteristics of U.S. economy and economic policy-making process. MB508 STATISTICAL ANALYSIS 3 Overview of statistical analysis methods; application to business analysis and decision making. Emphasis: development of problem solving and computational skills. MB511 DATA PROCESSING AND COM­ PUTER PROGRAMMING 3 Introduction to computers, computer program­ ming, and computer data processing systems. Topics include: computer organization, pro­ gram design and coding (using BASIC lan­ guage), system analysis and design, and data security. MB521 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING 3 Basic accounting principles; their application with emphasis on management uses of ac­ counting data, analysis of financial statements, and management planning and control sys­ tems. 3 MB525 BUSINESS FINANCE Basic principles of business finance; applica­ tion of analytical techniques to a variety of financial management problems. Evaluation of investment and financing decisions. Pre­ requisites: MB521 and MB508. MB561 ORGANIZATIONAL THEORY 3 Fundamental theories and concepts of manlagement and their application to organization theory and management functions, and pro­ cesses. MB581 MARKETING ANALYSIS 3 Planning, organizing, directing, and control­ ling of marketing sub-system in business organizations. Focus on environment that influences marketing, and marketing decisions facing marketing managers such as selection, target marketing, designing marketing strategy, and organizing and controlling marketing activities. 600 LEVEL COURSES MB601 QUANTITATIVE METHODS 3 Orientation to management science; introduces students to variety of deterministic and prob­ abilistic models useful in resolution of busi­ ness related problems in functional application areas. Prerequisite: MB508. MB602 MANAGEMENT OF QUALITY 1 An examination of quality control techniques used by managers in both manufacturing and service organizations. MB604 MANAGERIAL ECONOMICS 3 Application of economic theory and analysis to managerial decision making. Emphasis: business environment under conditions of uncertainty. Demand theory and estimation, production theory and cost analysis, market structures and pricing practices, investment analysis, regulation and antitrust policy. Prerequisites: MB502 and 508. MB608 RESEARCH TECHNIQUES 3 Survey of research methods used in business; emphasis on development of a research de­ sign. Survey techniques, experimental design, non-experimental designs, and case study method. Prerequisite: MB508. MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION • 319 �MB610 MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SERVICES 3 The use of computers in business and indus­ try. Modem applications will be provided. Through the use of computers, students will become familiar with several computer pro­ grams. Prerequisites: MB511. MB611 OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT 3 In-depth exposure to the management of operational systems. Focus: development and implementation of realistic solutions to com­ plex problems related to operations manage­ ment. Prerequisites: MB508 and 561. MB615 DATABASE MANAGEMENT 3 The organization, manipulation, and applica­ tion of information through a computer data­ base management system. Prerequisite: MB511. MB621 MANAGERIAL ACCOUNTING AND CONTROL 3 Accounting concepts, budgeting, management control, and elements of cost accounting systems. Emphasis: analysis and interpreta­ tion of accounting reports for management purposes-measuring performance, controlling costs, and evaluating proposals. Prerequisite: MB521. MB625 RNANCIAL MANAGEMENT 3 In-depth study of major elements of modem financial theory; application of current analyt­ ical techniques in corporate finance; financial analysis and projections, working capital management sources of funds, capital budget­ ing, leasing decisions, cost of capital theory, dividend policy and valuation theory. Prereq­ uisites: MB521, 525 and 508 MB626 MONEY, BANKING & MONETARY POLICY 3 An understanding of money, banking and monetary policy in both the U.S. and Canada will be discussed. Monetary policy will be examined in some detail. MB630 PUBLIC BUSINESS PRESENTA­ TIONS 2 Public speaking skills are an essential com­ ponent for the business man or woman in contemporary society. This course will focus on the theory and practice necessary to be­ come adept at making public business presen­ tations. MB631 WRITTEN COMMUNICATION FOR MANAGERS 3 Designed to give the business professional practical experience in the following areas: writing clearly to a specific audience, struc­ turing ideas on paper, writing with a purpose for results, organizing information coherently, editing for style and conciseness, presenting a polished product. MB632 INTERVIEWING IN BUSINESS 3 An introduction to interviewing in business. Guidelines on how to conduct initial employ­ ment, appraisal, and exit interviews. Legal guidelines will be provided. MB650 BUSINESS AND GOVERNMENT RELATIONS 3 A course designed to assist the student achieve a better understanding of the workings of government and what a manager can, from a practical point of view, do about its negative impact on his/her enterprise - or from a posi­ tive point of view, how the manager can influence changes that will improve his/her organization’s operation. MB652 INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS MANAGEMENT 3 An examination of international and multi­ national management. A review of the issues and concepts that are needed by the manager with the increasing globalization of business. MB653 BUSINESS AND SOCIETY 2 The role of business and society; government regulations, labor values and ethics, social responsibility, changing international environ­ ment and future of the corporation. MB654 CANADIAN BUSINESS ENTER­ PRISE 3 A course designed to provide students with an understanding of the small business environ­ ment in Canada. Topics include a current socio-economic perspective of the Canadian economy, Canadian entrepreneurs, and public policy as it relates to small business in Canada. 3 MB659 ADMINISTRATIVE POLICY Concepts and relationships between a firm and its economic, social, and political environ­ ment. Focus: position of general manager in formulating strategic policy and implications for attainment of corporate objectives. Prereq­ uisite: This is the master of business adminis­ tration capstone course and is to be scheduled toward the conclusion of student’s program. MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 320 �MB660 ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOR 3 Study and analysis of characteristics common to all organizations (behavior, structure, and process); application to the effective manage­ ment of organizational behavior. Prerequisite: MB561. MB661 ETHICS IN MANAGEMENT 1 Every business decision or situation has ethi­ cal components. This course is designed to integrate ethical reflection with management decision making. MB662 PROBLEM SOLVING AND DECI­ SION MAKING 3 Skills will be taught to help students organize and analyze information efficiently, so that the most appropriate action may be taken. MB663 POWER AND INFLUENCE IN OR­ GANIZATIONS 2 A study of the basic elements of power in and around the organization. Who seeks it, why and how. Various systems of internal influ­ ence are introduced - personal control, bu­ reaucratic control, ideology, expertise, and politics. MB664 WOMEN IN MANAGEMENT 3 An examination of the organizational and interpersonal attributes which contribute to the well-functioning of women in manage­ ment.Focus will be upon the career develop­ ment and preparation of women for leadership roles in organizations. Prerequisite: MB561. MB665 HUMAN STRESS IN ORGANIZA­ TIONS 3 An examination of stress in the work place. The causes and consequences of stress on managers and those they supervise will be examined. Stress recognition and manage­ ment will also be discussed. MB668 ORGANIZATIONAL GERONTOL­ OGY 1 Demographic changes have contributed to the "aging" of the population. This aging has and will continue to affect the workforce and the workplace. The impact of this aging, both current and future, on the workforce and the workplace will be examined. MB670 HUMAN RESOURCES MANAGE­ MENT 3 An examination of human resource manage­ ment in organizations. Topics will include the traditional approach (i.e. recruitment, compen­ sation, etc.) as well as the contemporary approach to HRM (i.e. equal opportunity employment, career planning, organizational development, etc.) MB671 PEOPLE MANAGEMENT 3 This course will teach specific techniques for improving employee performance and new ways to overcome obstacles to organizational effectiveness. The approach presented will be managing on-the-job behavior. This approach is used to achieve important results not at the cost of people, but by using methods consis­ tent with growth and development of an organization. MB673 EMPLOYEE ASSISTANCE 1 A survey of employee assistance programs that have been developed for workers who have personal problems that affect job per­ formance. MB666 ENTREPRENEUR APPLICAT­ 3 IONS Theoretical framework for entrepreneurship and small business startup and ownership 3 MB676 LABOR LAW An examination of significant concepts in labor law - the evolution of these concepts as well as variables that influence their evolution will be examined. MB667 SMALL BUSINESS CONSULT­ 3 ING A practicum providing students with an op­ portunity to practically apply their theoretical knowledge within the context of a small business. Students will acquire the skills and knowledge required of individuals who want to provide management advice to entrepre­ neurs and individuals managing or starting small business. MB677 LABOR RELATIONS PRACTICES 3 The course is separated into two separate segments. The first segment will deal with labor relations practices and will focus on areas such as administration of contract and dealing with grievances. The second segment will deal with labor laws and acts. MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 321 �MB678 COLLECTIVE BARGAINING AND DISPUTE SETTLEMENT 3 Introduction to theories and practices of nego­ tiating and administering collective bargaining agreements; negotiation process, legal con­ straints, subject matter of contracts, grievance procedures, and arbitration. Prerequisite; MB561. MB681 MARKETING MANAGEMENT 3 Advanced course in marketing, emphasizing market forces and opportunities that coincide with a firm’s marketing strategy and plan. Prerequisite: MB581, MB682 MARKETING FOR NOT-FORPROFIT ORGANIZATIONS 3 Strategic marketing techniques for not-forprofit organizations. MB690 SPECIAL TOPICS NOTES MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 322 1-3 �INDEX A Abbreviations; 235 Absences; 17 Academic; policies; 14 probation; 19 standing; 19 Accounting; 116-119, 236-237 Accreditation; 5 Additional Degree; 90 Administrative Staff; 306-309 Admissions; 37 Advanced Placement Program; 46 Advisory Committees; 310 Alcohol; 32 American College Test; 39 American Indians; 81 Art; 238-239 Arts and Letters; 92 Athletics; 54 Auditing; 56 Automated Systems Engineering Technology; 154-157, 237-238 B BA/BS Requirements; 87 Biology; 99, 101-102, 240-244 honors program; 100 Biology and Chemistry; 98 Board and Room; 58 Board of Regents; 311 Business: and Economics; 115 Administration; 133-134 Courses; 239-240 Data Processing; 134-135 Information Systems Management; 120-121 Science; 141,248-249 Construction Technology; 296-297 Continuing Education; 233-234 Conservation Law Enforcement; 110,179-180 Corrections; 180-181,191-192 Costs; 55 Counseling Service; 52 Courses; 235-297 Credit/No Credit; 20 Credit: by examination; 21, 46,48, 57 hours; 14 transfer; 39 Criminal Justice; 178,182, 246-248 Criminalistics; 181-182 Curricular Changes; 15 D Data Processing; 250-252 Dean’s List; 18 Degree Requirements; 86-91 Dentistry-pre; 108 Department Heads; 305 Diplomas; 84 Discipline; 32-36 Dismissal Policy; 19-20 Drafting & Design Engr. Tech.; 162-163, 252 Drugs; 32 E C Calendar; 326-327 Career Planning; 52 Catalog Terms; 7-8 Cheating; 32 Chemistry; 111, 245-246 Child Care Center; 177 Class Attendance; 17 Classification of Students; 14 CLEP; College Level Examination Program; 47 Computer, Geologic and Mathematical Sciences; 140 Computer and Mathematical Sciences -142 Computer: Drafting; 165-166 Engineering Technology; 161-162, 250 Early Childhood Education; 224-225 Economics; 253 Education; 253-254 Elective Credit; 40 Electrical Engineering Tech.; 157-159, 163-164, 268-259 Emeriti; 303-304 Employment, Student; 79 Engineering Technology; 152-153 English Language & Literature; 94, 254-256 Environmental Science; 103-104, 259-260 Equal Opportunity; 10 Exception to Graduation Requirements; 89 Exercise Science; 195-198, 256-258 F Faculty; 298-305 Fall Class Scheduling & Parents Program; 49 Fees; 56 Finance and Economics; 132-133,260 Financial Aids; 59 Financial Obligations; 33 INDEX 323 �Firearms & Explosives; 33 Fire Science; 188-191,193-194, 260-261 Fisheries/Wildlife Management; 105-106 Food; 51 Foreign Students; 43 Forestry; 110 Foundation; 312 French; 261-262 G General Business; 121-122 General Education Requirement; 86 General Engineering; 160-161 Geography; 264-265 Geology; 143-148, 262-264 German; 265 Goals of University; IBC Grades and Grade Points; 18 Graduation Procedures; 83 Grants; 73 Guest Speakers; 33 Guest Student Admission; 41 Marketing; 129-130, 276-277 Master of Business Administration; 313-322 Mathematics; 148-150, 273-276 Mathematics Competency; 87 Maximum Student Credit Load; 16 Mechanical Engineering; 276 Mechanical Engineering Technology; 159-160, 164-165, 278-279 Medical Technology; 106-108 Medicine-pre; 108 Minors; 97,114,138-139,150-151,194, 204, 228-232 Mission Statement; BC Multiple Majors; 90 Music; 279-280 N Native American Tuition Waiver; 81 Natural Resources Technology; 112, 292 Natural Sciences; 280 Nonattendance; 17 Nursing; 168-174, 281-282 H O Health; 265-266 Health Records; 49 Health Service; 53 Health Sciences; 167 History; 95, 266-268 History of University; 4 Honors, Graduation; 84 Hospitality; 123-127, 268-269 Housing; 33, 51 Human Services; 206, 266 Humanities; 270 Office Administration; 130-132,136, 283 Ontario Grade 13; 42 Organizations, Student; 50 Orientation; 49 I.D. Cards; 33 Indians, American; 81 Individualized Studies Degree; 91 Interdisciplinary; 270 Intramurals; 205 J Journalism; 271 L Late Adds; 17 Law-pre; 214-215 Law Enforcement; 183-185,192-193 Legal Assistant; 207-208, 225-226, 271-273 Liberal Arts; 91,93, 96 Library; 9 Loans; 76 Lodging; 51 Loss Control; 186-187 M MACRAO Agreement; 40 Management; 128-129, 277 Map, Campus; 323 P Parking; 33 Part-time Studies; 44 PELL Grants; 73 Perkins Loan; 76 Pharmacy-pre; 109 Philosophy; 284 Physical Education; 205 Physics; 283-284 Plagiarism; 32 Placement; 45 Political Science; 209-214, 284-286 Prerequisites; 16 Privacy Act; 21 Probation, Academic; 19 Programs Offered; 2 Provisional Credit; 40 Psychology; 215-217, 286-288 Public Safety; 187-188 R Readmission of Former Students; 41 Records; 34 Recreation Management; 198-201, 290-292 Parks Option; 110, 201-202 Recreational Activities; 288-290 Refunds; 57 Registration and Scheduling; 48 Repeats; 16 Residency, Graduation Requirements; 41, 89 Residency, Michigan; 55 Room and Board; 58 INDEX 324 �s T Satisfactory Academic Progress; 19 Schedule Changes; 16 Schedule of Subjects; 15 Scholarships; 63 Social Science; 175, 218-220 Sociology; 220-224, 294-296 Spanish; 296 Speech; 293 Student: Classification; 14 Notices; 34 Organizations; 34 Senate; 50 Services; 50 Service Courses; 293 Standards of Behavior; 32 Substance Abuse Prevent. & Treatment; 226-228 Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant; 74 Technical Accounting; 137 Testing Service; 52 Theft; 34 Therapeutic Recreation; 203-204 Transfer Students; 38 Transcripts; 21, 57 Tuition; 56 V Vehicle; 57 Veterans; 81 Vet. Medicine-Pre; 108 Vocational Rehabilitation; 80 W Waiver of Competency Requirements; 89 Water Quality Technology; 113 Withdrawal; 17,18, 57 Work Study; 80 Writing Competency; 88 WHO DID IT? Catalog organization, editing and desktop publishing done by Stella DePlonty, Registrar. Formatting done by Jeff Chaney, Information Services. Keylining by Patti Goforth, Graphics' Department. Printing by Pendell Printing, Midland, Michigan. Uncredited photographs property of LSSU Archives. For further details concerning any program contact the Dean of Admissions, Lake Superior State University, Sault Ste. Marie, Mich. 49783. Phone: 1-906-635-2231; or 1-800-682-4800 toll-free in Michigan; or 759-4903 in Sault Ste. Marie, Ont., only. INDEX 325 �Lake Superior State _______________1991-1992 FALL SEMESTER INSTRUCTION BEGINS Labor Day recess Labor Day recess Classes resume Final day to add classes Final day to drop classes SPRING SEMESTER SCHEDULING and Registration Thanksgiving recess Classes resume SPRING SEMESTER tuition payment Classes end Final Examinations SEMESTER ENDS 1991 AUGUST 26, Mon. 8:00 a.m. 30, Fri., 10 p.m. SEPTEMBER 2-3, Mon.-Tues. 4, Wed. 4, 5:00 p.m., Wed. OCTOBER 1, 5:00 p.m., Tues. NOVEMBER 4-20 26, Tues., 10 p.m. DECEMBER 2, Mon. 2- Jan. 2, 12 noon 13, Fri. 16-20, Mon.-Fri. 20, Fri. 6 p.m. SPRING SEMESTER INSTRUCTION BEGINS Final day to add classes Final day to drop classes Spring break begins Classes resume FALL SEMESTER SCHEDULING and Registration Classes end Final Examinations SEMESTER ENDS Commencement 1992 JANUARY 6, Mon. 13, Mon. FEBRUARY 7, Fri., 5 p.m. 28, Fri., 10 p.m. MARCH 9, Mon. March 23 - April 8 APRIL 24, Fri. 27-May 1, Mon.-Fri., 6 p.m. MAY 1, Fri., 6 p.m. 2, Sat. SUMMER SEMESTER 1992 SCHEDULING OF CLASSES Registration, tuition payment INTRUCTION BEGINS SEMESTER ENDS All Grades Due CALENDAR • 326 MARCH/APRIL/MAY March 23-May 6 APRIL/MAY Apr. 14-May 6, 12 noon May 11 AUGUST 4 6, 9 a.m. �University Calendar _____________ 1992-1993 FALL SEMESTER • 1992 Fall Semester tuition payment INSTRUCTION BEGINS Final day to add classes Labor Day recess begins Labor Day recess Classes resume Final day to drop classes SPRING SEMESTER SCHEDULING and registration Thanksgiving recess Classes resume Spring Semester tuition payment Classes end Final examinations SEMESTER ENDS AUGUST 3-19, 1 p.m. 24, Mon. 8:00 a.m. 31, 5:00 p.m., Mon. SEPTEMBER 4, Fri., 10 p.m. 7-8, Mon.-Tues. 9, Wed. 29, 5:00 p.m., Tues. NOVEMBER 2-18 24, Tues., 10 p.m. 30, Mon. DECEMBER 2- Jan. 6, 12 noon 11, Fri. 14-18, Mon.-Fri. 18, Fri. 6 p.m. SPRING SEMESTER • 1993 INSTRUCTION BEGINS Final day to add classes Final day to drop classes Spring break begins Classes resume FALL SEMESTER SCHEDULING and registration Classes end Final examinations SEMESTER ENDS Commencement JANUARY 11, Mon. 18, Mon. FEBRUARY 12, Fri., 5 p.m. MARCH 5, Fri., 10 p.m. 15, Mon. March 29 - April 14 APRIL 30, Fri. MAY 3-7, Mon.-Fri., 6 p.m. 7, Fri., 6 p.m. 8, Sat. SUMMER SEMESTER • 1993 SCHEDULING OF CLASSES Registration, tuition payment INSTRUCTION BEGINS SEMESTER ENDS All grades due CALENDAR 327 MARCH/APRIL/MAY March 29-May 12 APRIL/MAY Apr. 20-May 12, 12 noon May 17 AUGUST 10 12, 9 a.m. �LAKE SUPERIOR//V! STATE 0 CAMPUS MAP r' BUILDING KEY PARKING AREA KEY Dormitory residents Commuter students. Norris Center staff Freshmen dorm students Visitors Seniors, faculty and staff Row students rday Houses jdents ary: faculty and ataff; students after 8 p.m. ker Cisler Center staff Motor Pool. Maintenance staff Overflow for Lot B Osborn. Canusa staff Mobile Home Residence Overflow for Lot B, winter months only 61-62-63 student apa Townhouse parking 30-mlnute parking NO PARKING ON ANY UNIVERSITY DRIVE. Old Main: administration South Hall: bookstore, bus. & econ Crawford Hall of Sclonco: carlhsclcnces, mathematics, biological sciences, physics and chemistry Brown Ha II: student counselIng and testing center Conlor for Slude nl Servlcos: vico-priesldent sludent services. I Inanclal aids, admlsslons, registrar, scheduling. placement, continuing education, alumni Library: arts and leltems. humanll les, social sc lone es idy Hall: student residence Ea at Hall: music Iroq uols House President's Residence Foe ully residence Fac ully residence 30. Chippewa Hall 31. Huron Hall 32. Ontario Hall 33. Foundation, MBA Offices 34. Laker House 36. Easterday House 38. Ryan House: sludent residence 39. Osborn Hall: student residence 40. Canuse Hall: food service center 42. Child Core Center 45 Gale House 52. Central Healing Plant 61-82-63: Marquette. Novou, Moloney Halls: sludent apartments 64. The VIII age: Senter. Chelberrg, Kemp and Youngs Houses: Stu­ dent residence 65. Walker Clsler Centor 66. Townhouses: student residence 67. James Norris Phys. Education Center 68. Maintenance Bldg. 69. Center for App lied Sciences and EngineerIng Tech. 101 Tennis Courts 102. Newman Center 103. Blalr-Hastln gs Park: mobile horn e tr park 105 Slors SAULT SAINTE MARIE, MICHIGAN 49783 �GOALS OF THE UNIVERSITY GOAL NUMBER I Continue to develop Lake Superior State University as an essentially baccalaureate­ granting institution in an international setting whose major focus is on fostering academic excellence through effective teaching of the Liberal Arts, the Sciences, Technology and the Professions in a collegial environment. (Institutional Purpose) GOAL NUMBER II Design support programs that will address the special learning needs of minorities, nontraditional students and women. (Student Resources Goal) GOAL NUMBER III Contribute to the development of faculty, administrators, and staff through a planned set of activities for professional growth. (Human Resources Goal) GOAL NUMBER IV Assume a more active leadership role to enhance academic, economic, cultural, and research opportunities in the region. (Community Resources Goal) GOAL NUMBER V Enhance Lake Superior State University’s future financial security through: raising additional money from private sources through the foundation office; seeking more state and federal funds; carefully reviewing existing and new costs. (Financial Resources Goal) GOAL NUMBER VI Maintain/upgrade Lake Superior State University’s grounds, buildings, and facilities to provide an attractive and safe environment for the students, staff and public associated with the university. (Physical Resources Goal) �LAKE SUPERIOR STATE UNIVERSITY MISSION STATEMENT Lake Superior tState University is a co-educational, public, comprehensive institution that recognizes as its primary mission the offering of challenging undergraduate programs to students from Michigan, Northern Ontario, and the near Midwest in anticipation of preparing them for stimulating lives and satisfying careers in the twenty-first century. By design a relatively small institution, Lake Superior Stave University strives to carry out its primary mission by realizing a collegial community in which all its constituencies share in the teaching, research, and regional service activities of the Institution. In this supportive environment students, staff, faculty, and administrators demonstrate high regard for one another as valued members of the community, thus providing opportunities for emotional and social maturation as well as intellectual growth. AIT educational programming at Lake Superior State University rests on an acknowledged commitment to an integrated relationship between the liberal arts and professional/technical fields. That relationship fosters the development of students as contributing citizens, viable professionals, and fulfilled individuals, who think critically, appreciate creativity, have problem-solving skills and express continuing intellectual curiosity about themselves, others, and the world around them. The University’s international setting complements its efforts to assist students in the expansion of their perspectives. Lake Superior State University’s primary mission, thus, draws its validity from the knowledge that today’s students—tomorrow’s leaders will best serve humanity by having: the necessary infor­ mation to understand the past; the critical thinking skills to assess contemporary problems; and the enlightened courage to face with enthusiasm the uncertainty of the future. � Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource College Catalogs Subject The topic of the resource College Catalogs Description An account of the resource Historical collection of LSSU College Catalogs Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Lake Superior State University Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource © 2019 Board of Regents - Lake Superior State University. All Rights Reserved Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource application/pdf Language A language of the resource English Type The nature or genre of the resource text.serial Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Lake Superior State University Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1946- Text A resource consisting primarily of words for reading. Examples include books, letters, dissertations, poems, newspapers, articles, archives of mailing lists. Note that facsimiles or images of texts are still of the genre Text. Text Any textual data included in the document 8.5" X 11" 333 pp. Original Format The type of object, such as painting, sculpture, paper, photo, and additional data paper Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource College Catalog 1991-1992 Subject The topic of the resource College Catalogs Description An account of the resource Descriptions of academic programs, student services, general regulations, requirements and procedures. The publication describes all classes offered by the institution. Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Lake Superior State University Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived Registrar Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Lake Superior State University Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1991 Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource © 2021 Board of Trustees - Lake Superior State University. All Rights Reserved Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource application/pdf Language A language of the resource English Type The nature or genre of the resource text.serial Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context D20211022003 Coverage The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant 1991-1992 1990's classes College Catalogs degrees departments LSSU majors requirements https://d1y502jg6fpugt.cloudfront.net/32263/archive/files/715948c07e526cb391a80313e1653453.pdf?Expires=1779321600&Signature=h4oT9IzqgdlEDP%7Eb425qynWn5tNeZaqgb0B0wE0lcO%7EGc1sBHJrMYPzKzBV2BOqMckvXwGhzUp5tEr6XvAwRbxT8Da2cYSROSgFGfz5woK7nOQpsR62PVw2HzUQnPvRf8Uu24tJ6GVONqP2ixs0MLHi5Z4Sop-QrlT%7ExGdtZs55Z-0%7EITbTHUQORptVwcdUsDhvnlOxteOxVfPpiiPITeWuSP3hUIKc88xJYCEcBVDIxQXbsUNCmwqYdH74FM-jD%7EugulRleG7f75nVVUGQIu-YLwX4oFnCL4HLTYemWEz78ZExn5tVNZQKnuj1UItKMBrjGmV-uu-0KyJVJolMbaA__&Key-Pair-Id=K6UGZS9ZTDSZM 6a51e3c77885091c7253f73674959083 PDF Text Text 1 i i s' f Lake Superior State University Sault Sainte Marie Michigan > & a :::: Ilk I I 1SIf\ :: Sk \ :-x I \ \ 1 ■ ;-•> . 1 s; 1992-1994 Catalog/Calendar �LAKE ,, SUPERIOR// STATE H CAMPUS MAP L TTT BUILDING KEY 1. 2. 5. 7. 8. 9. Old Main: administration South Hall: bookstore, bus. & aeon Crawtord Hall of Science: earlhsclences. mathe­ matics, biological sciences, physics and chemistry Brown Hall: student counseling and testing center Fletcher Center tor Student Services: vicepresident (or student services, llnanclal aids, admissions, registrar, scheduling, placement, continuing education, alumni Shouldlce Library: arts and letters, humanities, soda! Brasdy Hall: student residence Ea stHall: music Iroq uols House Pre:sldent's Residence Fac ulty residence Faculty residence Chippewa Hall 31. Huron Had Ontario Hall 33. Foundation, MBA Otllce Laker House Easterday House 38. Ryan House: student residence 39. Osborn Hall: student residence 40. Canusa Hall: lood service center 42. Child Care Center 45 Gate House 52. Central Healing Plant 61-62-63: Marquette, Neveu, Moloney Halls: student apanments 64. The VIII age: Senter. Chelberg. Kemp and Youngs Houses : student residence 65. Walker Claler Center 66. Townhoutes: student residence 67. James Norris Physical Education Center 68. Maintenance Building 69. Center lor Applied Sclencea and Engineering Technology 101. Tennis Courts 102. Newman Center 103. Blalr-Haatlngs Park: mobile home trailer park 105. Storage 621. Edna M. Youngs Student Health Center 623. Faculty residence 21. 2*. 26. 27. 28. 29. 30. 32. 34. £ A B PARKING AREA KEY Dormllory residents Commuter students, Norris Center stall C Freshmen dorm students D Visitors E Faculty and stall, commuting |uniors A seniors! £ F ■ University Row students > F-Annex Ryan & Easterday Houses I G Commuter students J Library: laculty and stall; students alter 8 p.m.II L Commuting juniors A seniors •*ni M Motor Pool, Maintenance stall N Overflow lor Lot B O Osborn, Canusa stall P Mobile Home Residence Q Overflow tor Lot B, winter months only 61-62-63 student apartments T Townhouse parking X 30-mlnute parking NO PARKING ON ANY UNIVERStTY DRIVE. n s « I I SAULT SAINTE MARIE, MICHIGAN 49783 �CALENDAR/ CATALOG 1992-1994 “gfsi®sfSl ImMTMi II HI'PI Will III HI III! Photo by JOHN SHIBLEY STELLA DEPLONTY, registrar: production, editor, and desktop publishing. Contents are subject to change. Consult department heads for details of such changes. ADMISSIONS PHONES: (906) 635-2231 or, toll-free, 1-800-682-4800, ext. 2231 �PRESIDENT 2 �WELCOME TO A BETTER TOMORROW Tomorrow will be better than today because the University community wills it. Excitement abounds as you begin to share the unique experience of Lake Superior State University. Our commitment to students and the personal approach to education has been our hallmark. We renew our pledge to treat each of you as our most precious resource and the development of your mind as our ultimate challenge and opportunity. Quality faculty and staff, state-of-the-art equip­ ment, a tremendous library resource center, and telecommuni­ cations and its application to education are all necessary for the enhancement of your learning. Here you will see visions of an exciting environment for learning and social interaction. Use this catalog as a guide to that better tomorrow. In it you will find answers to most of your questions regarding Lake Superior State. If you can’t find the solution in these pages, just ask the nearest faculty or staff member. They will be glad to help you. Yes, we really can’t wait for tomorrow! It’s an exciting time to be at Lake Superior State University! We are glad you are part of it! Robert D. Arbuckle, President PRESIDENT 3 �PROGRAMS DETAILS concerning these offerings are in the "Programs" section in the center of this Catalog/Calendar, listed under the departments by which they are taught. Masters Degree Business Administration (MBA) Baccalaureate Degrees (4 years) Accounting. BS Biology. BA. BS Business Administration. BS Concentration in: Accounting. Computer Information Systems Management, Gener­ al Business Option, Hotel-Restaurant Management. Management, Marketing, Office Information Systmes, Travel-Tour­ ism Computer and Mathematical Sciences, BS Criminal Justice, BS Concentration in: Conservation Law Enforcement*, Corrections, Criminalistics, Generalist, Law Enforcement, Loss Con­ trol, Public Safety Engineering Technology, BS Degrees in: Automated Systems Engi­ neering Technology, Electrical Engineer­ ing Technology, Mechanical Engineering Technology English Language and Literature, BA Environmental Science, BS Exercise Science. BS Finance and Economics, BS Fire Science, BS Concentrations in: Engineering Technol­ ogy, Generalist, Hazardous Materials Fisheries and Wildlife Management, BS Geology, BS Concentration in: Environmental History, BA, BS Human Services, BS Individualized Studies, BA, BS Legal Assistant Studies, BS Specialties in: Criminal Law, Labor Law, Personal Injury,. Legal Administration, Legislative/Constitutional Law Mathematics. BS Medical Technology, BS Nursing, BS Political Science, BA, BS Concentrations in: General, Pre-Law, Public Administration Psychology, BA, BS Recreation Management, BA, BS Concentration in: Parks and Recreation Management* Social Science, BA, BS Sociology, BA, BS Therapeutic Recreation, BS Associate Degrees (2 years) Business Administration Business Data Processing Chemistry Computer Engineering Technology Criminal Justice/Corrections Criminal Justice/Law Enforcement Drafting and Design Engineering Technology Early Childhood Education Electrical Engineering Technology Fire Science Legal Assistant Studies Liberal Arts Mechanical Engineering Technology Natural Resources Technology Office Administration Substance Abuse Prevention and Treatment Technical Accounting Water Quality Technology Certificate Program (J year) Computer Drafting Information Processing Minors Accounting-Finance, Art, Biology, Business French, Chemistry, Child Development, Com­ munication, Computer Science, Corrections, Counseling, Data Processing, Economics, Economics/Finance, English Language and Literature, Fire Science, French Language and Literature, General Business, Geography, Geology, History, Hosptiality and Travel Tourism, Human Services Administration, Humanities, Industrial Relations, Journalism, Joumalism/Writing, Law Enforcement, Legal Assistant Studies. Loss Control, Marketing, Mathematics, Native American Studies, Office Administration, Political Science, Psychology, Public Administration, Public Relations, Recreation Studies, Recreation Studies Skill, Sociology, Sociology/Social Welfare, Speech/Drama, Substance Abuse Counseling, Writing Pre-Professional Transfer Programs a •4rears) Dentistry, elementary and secondary educa­ tion, engineering, forestry, journalism, law, medicine, pharmacy, veterinary medicine, special education ♦Must be preceded by completion of LSSU Natural Resources Technology Program THE UNIVERSITY 4 �CONTENTS General 2 4 10 12 16 34 39 51 51 55 President The University University Talk Equal Opportunity Academic Policies Standards of Behavior Admissions Student Services Student Senate Athletics Costs, Financial Aid 57 60 65 78 82 83 84 Tuition and Fees Financial Aid Scholarships, Grants Loans Student Employment American Indians Veterans Programs of Study 85 88 94 101 118 144 —156 171 179 182 199 210 240 Graduation Procedures Degree Requirements Arts and Letters Biology & Chemistry Business & Economics Computer, Geologic and Mathematical Sciences Engineering Technology Health Sciences (Nursing) Social Sciences Criminal Justice Recreation Studies Social Sciences Continuing Education Courses 242 Course Descriptions in alphabetical order Graduate Program 304 Master of Business Administration Personnel and General Information 314 315 322 323 324 327 328 329 331 332 333 334 338 IBC BC Distinguished Teachers Faculty Department Heads Department Secretaries Administrative Staff Officers of Administration Board of Regents Advisory Committees Computer Services Foundation Library Index Calendar Goals Mission Statement About this catalog . . . The Lake Superior State University Catalog does not constitute a contract between the University and its student on either a collective or individual basis. It represents LSSU’s best academic, social, and financial planning at the time of publication. Course and curriculum changes, modification of tuition; fees, dormitory, meal, and other charges, plus unforeseen changes in other aspects of LSSU life, sometimes occur after the Catalog has been printed, but before the changes can be incorporated in a later edition of the same publication. Because of this, Lake Superior State University does not assume a contractual obligation with its students for the contents of this Catalog. LSSU admits and hires men and women, veterans, and disabled individuals of any race, color, national, or ethnic origin, or marital status in compliance with all appropriate legislation, including the Age Discrimination Act. The compliance officer is Ruth Gendzwill. THE UNIVERSITY 5 �WHAT Lake Superior State University encourages in its students a desire to learn and a willingness to serve. The primary purpose of the University is to educate and train young people for rewarding careers and lives of meaning. We: REGARD STUDENTS as mature, responsible individuals en­ gaged in the processes of self gov­ ernment which are essential in a democratic society. TEACH INDIVIDUALS, not groups’, with a close-working rela­ tionship between instructors and students. Each student has a faculty advisor and may also consult the counseling service. EDUCATE STUDENTS for well-rounded lives’, not only intellec­ tual competence, but physical, social, and cultural development. The pro­ gram of general education includes courses such as recreational activi­ ties, natural sciences, social sciences, English language and literature, and the humanities. Athletic events, clubs, dramatic and cultural presenta­ tions, and student self-government organizations offer a wide variety of co-curricular activities. TEACH FUNDAMENTALS and their application. In modem society knowledge increases so rap­ idly that specific facts may become obsolete even before they are widely learned. Close attention to funda­ mentals is necessary. The University attempts to inculcate habits of learn­ ing, thinking and doing which, thoughtfully modified, will endure for a lifetime. ENCOURAGE INITIATIVE, self criticism, and intellectual curios­ ity, leam by doing. Education in fundamental knowledge should be supplemented by laboratory and field work in order that university prepa­ ration closely resembles conditions in professional careers. Students should develop lifelong intellectual curiosity and discovery, become constructive critics of themselves and of society, and leam to prize creative, original thinking. IN RETROSPECT HISTORIC: Lake Superior State University is a hilltop campus, situat­ ed on the historic site of Fort Brady, a U.S. Army post dating back to 1822. The campus overlooks the St. Mary’s River and the famous Soo Locks. After the fort was deactivat­ ed in 1944, the property was acquired by Michigan Technological University to establish a branch. Thus, the campus is a blend of his­ toric and modem architecture. The University was accorded four-year status by the State Board of Educa­ tion in 1966, and authorized to grant baccalaureate degrees. THE UNIVERSITY • 6 �WE ARE The first baccalaureate class graduat­ ed in 1967. Autonomy, separating the University from Michigan Tech­ nological University, was granted January 1, 1970. On November 4, 1987, Governor James Blanchard signed legislation changing Lake Superior State from College to Uni­ versity. CAMPUS RESIDENCE facili­ ties include two traditional halls, a Student Village with eight-person apartments, townhouses, a mobile home park, several apartment build­ ings and unique family-style houses. Canusa Hall provides food service facilities. The Walker Cisler Center offers recreational facilities as well as a snack bar, student offices, and meeting rooms. The James Norris Physical Education Center provides ample opportunity for a variety of recreational activities, intramurals, courses and intercollegiate athletics. The Center for Applied Sciences and Engineering Technology offers stu­ dents the latest in modem technolog­ ical resources. A seasoned faculty and high academ­ ic standards have earned Lake Supe­ rior State University a reputation for an enriched education in such areas as liberal arts, engineering technol­ ogy, business administration, social sciences, biological sciences and their allied fields. The need to provide continuing education for adults has not been overlooked. The University offers evening courses as well as confer­ ences and cultural programs. Enroll- ment of part-time students in day classes is encouraged. Students find the close relationship between faculty and the student body is extremely valuable in the first years of university work. No one is "lost in the crowd" here. THE CAMPUS ENVIRONMENT: The campus provides a true university environ­ ment, with its own classroom and laboratory buildings, residence halls, library, auditorium, gymnasium, food services, and health center. It con­ sists of 121 acres of spacious, wood­ ed campus on the western heights of Sault Ste. Marie overlooking the St. Mary’s River, Lake Superior and Sault Ste. Marie, Ontario. Students find that the city of Sault Ste. Marie and its environs offer much of value to enhance their edu­ Sault Ste. cational experiences. Marie is one of the oldest cities in the United States. It was a fur trad­ ing center as early as the second quarter of the seventeenth century. In 1641, a Jesuit mission was estab­ lished here, and 27 years later Father Marquette founded at the Sault the first permanent settlement within the limits of Michigan. The Sault cele­ brated its 300th birthday in 1968. ACCREDITATION: How does this university rank with other educa­ tional institutions scholastically? Accreditation means the curricula, faculty, equipment, laboratories, and library of an institution have been THE UNIVERSITY 7 �inspected and approved. Lake Supe­ rior State University is accredited by the North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools. Fourth year instruction in medical technology is in hospitals approved by the Council on Medical Education and Hospitals of the American Medi­ cal Association. Engineering Technology associate degree programs accredited by the Accreditation Board for Engineering and Technology, Inc. include: com­ puter; drafting and design; electrical and mechanical engineering technol­ ogy. The Board has also accredited four-year programs in electrical, mechanical and automated systems engineering technology. The nursing program is accredited by the National League for Nursing. NOTES THE UNIVERSITY 8 �— — — — r — THE UNIVERSITY 9 - �UNIVERSITY TALK BEFORE READING THIS CATALOG it would be well to familiarize yourself with terminology you will encounter along the way; words and phrases which you might not have previously encountered but are peculiar to the academic world: ACADEMIC CREDIT (or credit hours, or, simply, credit): One academic credit is generally earned for every 15 hours in a lec­ ture during a semester. ACADEMIC PROBATION: What you get when your grade point average falls below an acceptable level. ACADEMIC YEAR: Two 15week semesters plus a summer se­ mester. ACCREDITED: Quality of academic programs has been approved by an outside, rating agency. ADD: You may change your sche­ dule by adding courses after you schedule. Check schedule booklet for dates. ADMISSION: Your acceptance for enrollment. ADVISOR: Faculty member who offers you academic advice, explains requirements, and assists in schedul­ ing. Ask your department head for an advisor. ASSOCIATE DEGREE: Awarded for (generally) two-year programs. BACHELOR’S DEGREE: (Baccalaureate): awarded for fouryear program. CALENDAR: Important dates of the academic year. CATALOG: (In Canada, this is called "the Calendar"): Published in August. CERTIFICATE: Requires one year of study. COREQUISITE: Course you must take during the same semester as another course. COGNATE: A specified course, generally in field other than your major, which you must take for your program. COMPETENCY REQUIRE­ MENTS: You must pass tests in writing and mathematics before you receive your degree. COURSES: Listed in the Academic Departments section of this Catalog, generally show a course number—EN 110 - followed by the course name - Freshmen Composi­ tion and the number of academic credits for the course (3) shown at the right of the column. CREDIT: See academic credit. CURRICULUM: (major, pro­ gram) Courses required for specific degree or certificate. CUT: Deliberately miss a class for no good reason. In high school you "skipped". DELETE: (DROP) You may change your schedule by dropping classes after you schedule, See scheduling booklet for dates. DEPARTMENTS: Seven aca­ demic departments, each adminis­ tered by a "head" and offering cours­ es in one or more disciplines. DISCIPLINE: Group of related courses such as mathematics. UNIVERSITY TALK 10 �DROP (DELETE) AND ADD: You may change your sche­ dule by dropping or adding courses after you schedule. Check schedul­ ing booklet for dates. Course distin­ ELECTIVE: guished from required course. You pick it from a number of specified FIELD PLACEMENT: See practicum. FINANCIAL AIDS: Includes grants, loans, scholarships, or workstudy. FULL-TIME STUDENT: If you enroll for 12 or more credit in a semester. GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS: a group of courses you must take to earn a bachelor’s degree or an associate in Liberal Arts Degree, provides you with broadly based education. GED EXAMINATIONS: (General Education Development Examination): You take this if you didn’t finish high school, but believe you learned enough in other ways to qualify for university. GRADE POINT AVERAGE (GPA): Number of points divided by the hours of credit attempted. INTERNSHIP (practicum, field placement, or clinical): Courses or activities you must take outside of classroom or lab. Your MAJOR (Curriculum): concentration of courses in your specific area. MINOR: Your lesser concentra­ tion (20 credits or more). PART-TIME STUDENT: You, if you take less than 12 credits in a semester. PRACTICUM: Another word for internship. PROFESSOR: General term for all faculty; also, a specific rank of college teachers who progress from instructor, assistant professor and associate professor to full professor. Professors having a doctoral degree may also be referred to as "doctor". Certain PREREQUISITE: courses you must successfully com­ plete before you may enroll for another specific course. Students must satisfy prerequisites, and any other stated conditions, before enroll­ ing in a course, or have permission from an instructor to waive the pre­ requisites. Enrollment in a course may be revoked if it is found before the end of the drop period that the proper prerequisites have not been met. Responsibility rests with the student to be certain that he/she has the approved prerequisites. PROGRAM (also curriculum): A group of courses you must take in order to earn a degree or certificate. REGISTRATION: Each se­ mester you must request specific classes for the next semester, pay tuition, etc. REQUIRED COURSES: You must take these to earn your degree. SCHEDULE BOOKLET: Published before scheduling period for next semester. Includes course details and scheduling procedures. SCHEDULING: Period each semester when you must request courses for next semester. SEMESTER: Sometimes called term: See academic year. SYLLABUS: Written description of course content. TERM: Sometimes called semes­ ter: See academic year. TRANSCRIPT: Record of all your courses kept by LSSU Regis­ trar. TRANSCRIPT, OFFICIAL: Mailed directly from principal’s or registrar’s office of issuing institu­ tion to LSSU admissions office. It must bear the seal of the institution and signature or stamp of school official. WITHDRAWAL: Procedure when you drop a course or from school. UNIVERSITY TALK 11 �EQUAL OPPORTUNITY Notice of Lake Superior State University’s policy of compli­ ance with Federal and State Law LAKE SUPERIOR STATE UNIVERSITY complies with all Federal and State laws and regula­ tions prohibiting discrimina­ tion, and with all require­ ments and regulations of the U.S. Department of Educa­ tion. Lake Superior State Univer­ sity reaffirms its policy that no person shall be discrimi­ nated against, excluded from participation in, denied the benefits of, or otherwise be subjected to discrimina­ tion in employment, or in any program or activity for which the University is re­ sponsible or for which it receives financial assistance from the Department of Education, on the basis of race, color, religion, national origin or ancestry, age, sex, marital status, height, weight, handicap, or veteran status. Inquiries or complaints con­ cerning the application of Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 which deals with nondiscrimination on the basis of race, color, and national origin, Title IX of the Educational Amend­ ments of 1972 which deals with nondiscrimination in education programs on the basis of sex, and Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 which deals with nondiscrimination on the basis of handicap, should be made to the following University officers who have been designated to coordi­ nate these programs, and act as Grievance Officers. Applicants for admission and students: Dr. Harry Pike, executive vice president, Fletcher Cen­ ter, Lake Superior State University. Telephone: 635-2684 Applicants for employment and em­ ployees: Ms. Ruth Gendzwill, director of employee relations, office of employee relations, Administration Building, Lake Superior State University. Telephone: 635-2614 EQUAL OPPORTUNITY 12 �LAKE SUPERIOR STATE UNIVERSITY grievance procedures for Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, Title IX of the Educational Amendment Act of 1972, and Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973. POLICY 1. The University encourages students, faculty and staff to report promptly instances of discrimination and discrimina­ tory harassment. Once the University has been informed of such behavior it will take timely and appropriate steps to investigate the problem. At any step of the grievance process, time schedules as outlined in the process may be extended by mutual agree­ ment in writing. 2. Individuals may discuss with the Grievance Officer con­ cerns they may have regard­ ing possible discrimination or harassment to learn what options are available. 3. NONRETALIATION: The University not only prohibits discrimination, including ha­ rassment, but also strictly prohibits any retaliation against any individual, who, in good faith, has registered a complaint under this proce­ dure. Any supervisor, agent, or employee of the University who, after investigation, has been determined to have retal­ iated against any employee or student for using the complaint procedure in this policy will be subject to appropriate disci­ pline up to and including im­ mediate discharge. If an em­ ployee believes he or she has been retaliated against for ex- ercising his or her rights under this policy, the employee should use this complaint procedure. 4. All matters discussed in this process will be kept as confi­ dential as possible. 5. Individuals have the right un­ der the law to seek remedies from the Michigan Department of Civil Rights, the Equal Em­ ployment Opportunity Commis­ sion, the Office for Civil Rights, Department of Educa­ tion or by court action. Indi­ viduals may file complaints of illegal discrimination on the basis of sex (Title IX) or handi­ cap (Section 504) with the Office for Civil Rights, Depart­ ment of Education, at the same time a grievance is filed under the University's proce­ dure, during or after the use of the grievance process, or without using the grievance process at all. A Title IX or Section 504 complaint must be filed in writing with the Office for Civil Rights no later than 180 days after the occurrence of the possible discrimination. STEP 1: INFORMAL COMPLAINT Any individual (complainant) with a discrimination or harass­ ment complaint, may contact the Grievance Officer in person. EQUAL OPPORTUNITY • 13 �The Grievance Officer will speak with the complainant and try to resolve the matter on an informal basis. At Step 1, all information will be kept confidential to the extent possible. complainant a written Determina­ tion stating whether the allega­ tions of the complaint are true and any remedial action recom­ mended. At Step 2, information will be kept confidential to the extent possible. 2: FORMAL COMPLAINT step If the problem cannot be resolved at Step 1 within five (5) working days from the date of first contact with the Grievance Officer, the complainant may submit a written complaint on a form provided by the Grievance Officer. The Griev^ ance Officer will help the com­ plainant complete the form if the complainant requests. Within five (5) working days of the receipt of the written complaint, the Grievance Officer will send a Notice of Complaint, a copy of the complaint form, a response form and a copy of this procedure to the respondent. The respondent will submit the completed res­ ponse within five (5) working days from the date the complaint is received by the respondent. The Grievance Officer will con­ duct an investigation. The investi­ gation should be completed within twenty (20) working days after receipt of the response. If the complaint is against the University as the Employer, the Grievance Officer will have thirty (30) days from the receipt of the written complaint to investigate the matter. Within ten (10) working days of completion of the investigation, the Grievance Officer will issue to 3: HEARING step If either the complainant or the respondent is dissatisfied with the Grievance Officer’s Determination, he or she may request that the matter be referred to a Hearing Panel for a hearing by submitting the form obtained from the Griev­ ance Officer. The request for hearing must be submitted in writing to the Grievance Officer within five (5) working days after receipt of the Determination. The President will appoint a per­ manent Hearing Panel composed of three members including, if possible, at least one female and one minority member. The Direc­ tor of Budgets, Planning and Personnel will be the chairperson and will conduct the hearing. The Grievance Officer will send a Notice of Hearing and a copy of the Request for Hearing to the complainant, respondent (if any), and Hearing Panel, scheduling the hearing within fifteen (15) working days, unless the Panel Chairperson provides otherwise and so notifies those involved. At the hearing the complainant and respondent will be allowed to give their own testimony, present the testimony of witnesses, docu­ mentary evidence or other evi­ dence relevant to the proceedings and cross examine the other EQUAL OPPORTUNITY 14 �party’s witnesses. The complain­ ant and respondent may have an attorney or other advisor present. The Grievance Officer will present the findings of the investigation conducted at Step 2 and may present witnesses, if appropriate. To ensure the privacy of those involved, witnesses (other than the complainant and respondent) will be allowed in the hearing room only during their testimony. At the Chairperson’s discretion, the hearing may be recorded. Within fifteen (15) working days after completion of the hearing, the Chairperson will issue the Decision and recommended order of the Hearing Panel. The Deci­ sion will be mailed to the com­ plainant and respondent with a copy to the Grievance Officer. The Chairperson will implement any action recommended by the Panel. 4: APPEAL step The decision of the Hearing Panel will be final and binding, if grievants wish to pursue the matter further, they may file with the outside agencies listed in Policy section, No. 5. Section 5.02 of the by-laws of the Board of Regents, approved July 24, 1989, will not be invoked for grievances submitted for settle­ ment under this procedure. NOTES EQUAL OPPORTUNITY 15 �ACADEMIC The Academic Policies and regulations of Lake Superior State University which are intended to guide students through an orderly and successful pursuit of their academic goals, describe the necessary actions and procedures for which students are responsible. They outline the students’ expectations and rights while enrolled as a university student. Advisors, department heads and personnel of university offices will help students to understand these policies and regulations; however, it is each student’s individual responsibility to comply with them. THE ACADEMIC YEAR Lake Superior State University is on a semester system. (Previous to Fall Semester 1991 it was on a quarter system.) The academic year consists of a Fall Semester (late August through December) and a Spring Semester (January through April or early May), Fall and Spring semesters consist of fifteen weeks of instruction followed by a week for During the final examinations. Summer Semester (May through early August) most courses are conducted during an eight week period which includes two days for final examinations. Specific dates for each semester are found in the University Calendar located elsewhere in this book. ACADEMIC CREDIT In a lecture/recitation type course students receive one credit for each fi fteen hours of classroom instruction. (For example, a threecredit course of this type might be scheduled 9:00 to 9:50 AM Monday, Wednesday and Friday. An "hour" period is usually only 50 minutes long, with ten minutes allowed for students to move from class to class.) Courses including laboratory, field work or other non-lecture formats may be scheduled for more than one hour per week per credit. In general, one credit requires an average of three hours of the student’s time per In week for the semester, lecture/recitation courses this would normally be accomplished with one hour of classroom attendance and two hours of preparation or study. An average student credit load per semester is sixteen credits. One hundred twenty four credits is the minimum number required for a Some baccalaureate degree, programs require more than this minimum. CLASSIFICATION OF STUDENTS Students are assigned to one of four class levels as follows: 0 to 25 credits = Freshman; 26 to 55 credits = Sophomore; 56 to 87 = Junior; 88+ = Senior. ACADEMIC POLICIES 16 �POLICIES STUDENT CURRICULUM CHOICE AND ADVISING Students are encouraged to select a major program upon admission to The academic the University, department offering the chosen program is called the "major department". The department head of the major department assigns an academic advisor to each of the students. An advisor assists students in course selection each semester, in understanding program and university requirements and regulations, in evaluating academic progress, and in other matters related to successful academic achievement. Lake Superior State University is firmly committed to providing students personalized advising and support. Students are encouraged to actively seek help from their instructors, advisors, department head, Counseling Center, and any other faculty, staff or office which they believe might be of assistance. The Counseling Center provides academic tutoring as does the Native American Center and academic departments. These services are usually provided without charge to Additional enrolled students, information concerning advising services is listed under testing and counseling service in this catalog. Students who are undecided about their choice of a major program are classified as majoring in Liberal Arts, an associate degree program, and assigned a provisional academic advisor until another major is chosen. Students may change their major curriculum by processing a Curriculum Change Card through the Registrar’s Office. The Registrar’s Office, Counseling Center and departmental offices can provide students with the card and instructions for processing it. Curriculum Change cards must be filed with the Registrar’s Office each time a curriculum change is made so that advisor materials, grade reports and graduation information will be sent to the correct department and advisor. Students will be assigned a new advisor when a curriculum change is made. Students may request a change of advisor by asking their major department head to make such change. SEMESTER COURSE SELECTION Each semester the Scheduling Office publishes a Course Schedule listing all courses offered during the semester along with related information such as days and hour of course offering, instructor and the final examination time. This booklet is available several weeks before the semester begins and contains timely and important information for students. Students are responsible for reading each semester’s Course Schedule and adhering to its instructions. Course Schedules and ACADEMIC POLICIES 17 �scheduling materials are available from all departmental offices and the Scheduling Office. After academic advising, students schedule courses by submitting required materials to the Scheduling Office according to the time schedule described in the Course Schedule. After scheduling courses, students have a limited period of time to pay tuition and related fees. At the end of this period deregistration occurs. Deregistration means that students' registration in all classes is canceled. Students who are deregistered will usually find fewer available classes from which to choose when rescheduling. Several factors assist or limit student course selections. Placement examinations for mathematics and English are administered by the Counseling and Testing Center located in Brown Hall. These examinations are required of all students before they schedule their first courses in mathematics or English. MAXIMUM STUDENT CREDIT LOAD is twenty credits per semester, with the exception that students having a 3.00 cumulative grade point average may take additional credit with written approval of their major department head. Students on academic probation should not take more than fifteen credits per semester. PREREQUISITES. Students must satisfy prerequisites, and any other stated conditions before enrolling in a course or have permission from an instructor to waive the prerequisites. Enrollment in a course may be revoked (with an N grade) if it is found during the regular drop period that the proper prerequisites have not been met. Responsibility rests with students to be certain that they have the approved prerequisites. Permission to take any course out of sequence is seldom granted even to exceptional students, since electing a course for which one is not prepared imposes an additional burden not reflected in the total number of credits being carried. Students must earn passing grades in a prerequisite course before taking the next course in sequence. For some courses a C (2.00) grade or better is required. Exceptions may be made only by department heads or the course instructor. Students who receive a D grade in a prerequisite course or a course in the major are strongly advised (and may be required) to repeat the course, and raise the D, before continuing. REPEATS. Students may not repeat a course by enrollment or examination if they have passed a course for which the repeated course is a prerequisite. Exceptions may be granted by the department head with the concurrence of the Registrar. CHANGES IN COURSE SCHEDULE. A period of time is provided at the beginning of each semester for students to add or delete courses or reschedule all classes after having been deregistered. Courses deleted during this period will not appear on a student’s permanent record (transcript). The add/delete period for a full semester course begins on the first day of the semester, and ends on the sixth university business day. For courses which span less than a full semester, a shorter add/delete period may be established. During the add/delete period schedule changes are initiated at departmental offices which ACADEMIC POLICIES 18 �maintain current records of class availability. In some cases faculty permission will be required for Detailed course changes, information on adding or deleting classes is provided to students in the Course Schedule booklet each semester. A STUDENT’S ADD OR WITHDRAWAL FROM A COURSE IS NOT OFFICIALLY COMPLETED UNLESS THE APPROPRIATE FORM IS FILED WITH THE SCHEDULING OFFICE. Students are advised to retain the official receipt they are given upon completion of an add or drop procedure. LATE ADDS. Students request­ ing to add courses after the end of the add/delete period must obtain permission and a special form for this purpose from the Registrar’s Office, obtain the written approval of the instructor, and then return the form to the Registrar’s Office. A service charge will be charged for this procedure. Students are responsible for all class work missed previous to adding a class. NON-ATTENDANCE AT FIRST CLASS. Students sched­ uled for a course, but not attending the first class meeting, may be deleted by the instructor during the delete period. In this case, the instructor shall submit a delete form and notify the student. DROPPING COURSES AFTER THE ADD/DELETE PERIOD. Students may drop a course during the first five weeks (twenty five school days) of a full semester course. For courses running less than a full semester the semester Course Schedule booklet will contain official dates each semester. (The time period for dropping will be equal to a third of the course instructional period.) A student’s record shall indicate an N grade for each course officially dropped during this period. Forms for the procedure are available in departmental, Scheduling and Registrar’s Offices. After the five-week drop period, drops will be allowed only for A extenuating circumstances, student’s record shall indicate a W grade for courses officially dropped during this period. The student must receive the instructor’s recommen­ dation and the approval of the Registrar. Forms may be obtained at the Registrar’s Office. CLASS ATTENDANCE Students at Lake Superior State University should be sufficiently mature to attend classes without being required to do so. Students must decide for themselves when it is necessary to be absent. In making such a decision, they must understand that instructors are authorized to lower grades if they believe a student’s absence requires this action. The policy on attendance reads as follows: 1. Absences will be handled according to the instructor’s discretion, consistent with departmental policy. 2. Instructors may report consecutive or excessive absences to the Executive Vice President. 3. Participation in an official University function shall be considered an excused absence when approved by the Vice President of Academic Affairs. Students shall not be penalized for participation in such a function; but students are ACADEMIC POLICIES 19 �responsible for work missed and must confer with their instructor on this matter. COMPLETE WITHDRAWAL FROM THE UNIVERSITY Full time students who withdraw from the University during the First Five-weeks of the semester should report in person to the Counseling Center and complete a withdrawal form for the Registrar’s ofFice. The Registrar will authorize the appropriate refund, if any. Refunds will be mailed after the end of the refund period. After the Five-week drop period, students must report to the Registrar’s OfFice for the Withdrawal Form. Proper clearance of University obligations assures that students can later receive transfer of credits. Students with a hold on their transcript will not receive a transcript of credits until clearance is complete. THE GRADING SYSTEM GRADE POINT AVERAGE (GPA). To compute the grade point average for a semester, divide the total points earned by the total credits carried, Credits carried include those failed or earned but not credits for Credit/No Credit courses. To Figure the cumulative grade point average divide the total points earned by the total credits carried in all semesters, When a course is repeated, count only the credits carried and the points of the last grade earned. Thus, successfully repeating courses in which students initially earned a D or F is an effective way for them to improve their cumulative GPA. A cumulative grade point average of 2.00 for all credits carried is required for graduation. Further, the student must compile a 2.00 grade point average for all departmental courses required in the student’s major and minor(s). GRADES AND GRADE POINTS Grades awarded are: Grade A+ A Excellent AB+ B Good BC+ C Average CD+ D Inferior DF Failure I Incomplete N No Grade W Withdrawal Z Deferred CR Credit NCR No Credit Grade Points per Credit 4 4 3.7 3.3 3 2.7 2.3 2 1.7 1.3 1 .7 0 0 0 0 0 . 0 0 Incomplete grades (I): An incomplete grade is given only when students, because of circumstances beyond their control, are unable to complete a segment of the course. It must be made up by the date speciFied by the instructor which must be within a maximum of two semesters in residence, or else the incomplete grade becomes a failure. Summer semesters are not counted unless a student is enrolled for classes during the summer. No Grade (N) and Withdrawal (W) grades: An N grade will be given for each course officially dropped during the ACADEMIC POLICIES • 20 �first five weeks and a W grade will be given for each course officially dropped after the five week drop period. Deferred grades (Z): Deferred grades are given in those special courses where work is planned to extend beyond a single semester. GRADE REPORTS. Reports concerning grades and credits are sent to each student after each semester. These reports are mailed to home addresses. DEAN’S LIST. Students who complete twelve or more credits in a semester with a grade point average of 3.50 or higher will be placed on the dean’s list for that semester, acknowledging their outstanding achievement. ACADEMIC PROBATION Students at Lake Superior State University enjoy a considerable degree of self-determination; they decide for themselves when and how long to work on each assignment. The best way to succeed in this task is to work out a weekly schedule with two hours of study time earmarked as preparation for each one-hour class. (In a few cases, the instructor may suggest some other division of time.) Most students are able to maintain good work in all their courses. A few fall short of satisfactory performance. For them, a system of academic probation is used. Academic probation is considered a warning to students that their scholastic performance is below the University’s minimum requirements. During this period, students should determine for themselves whether to continue their programs as planned. No student while on probation shall carry more than 15 credits per semester exclusive of band and The recreational activities. Executive Vice-president, in consultation with the student’s advisor, may impose restrictions on the student’s extra-curricular activities. It is the responsibility of students to familiarize themselves with all academic regulations including those relating to probation, and to keep informed as to their academic The rules governing standing. academic probation, dismissal, and reinstatement follow. 1. Students will be on academic probation if their cumulative grade point average is in the "on probation" category. 2. Students whose cumulative grade point average at the conclusion of a semester falls into the dismissal range of the academic standing table will be dismissed. 3. After a first or second dismissal a student has the following options: a. Allow two semesters (summer may be counted for one semester) to elapse before re-enrollment or b. Petition the Scholastic Standards Committee for immediate readmittance. This action is initiated with the Registrar. The Committee can permit early readmittance with specific conditions required of the student or deny the student’s request. Subsequent to the ACADEMIC POLICIES 21 �Academic Standing Table Full and Part-time Students Academic Probation and Dismissal Policy Cumulative Semester Credits Carried at LSSU - 18 19 - 25 26-40 41 - 55 56 - 72 73 - 87 88 + Minimum for Good Standing 1.81 * Cumulative Grade Point Average On Probation less than 1.81 1.81 1.86 1.91 1.93 1.95 1.97 ** 1.41 1.51 1.61 1.71 1.81 1.91 - 1.80 1.85 1.90 1.92 1.94 1.96 Dismissal Not subject to Dismissal 1.40 or less 1.50 or less 1.60 or less 1.70 or less 1.80 or less 1.90 or less ♦Students will not be dismissed for academic deficiencies until they have enrolled in at least 19 semester credits at Lake Superior State University. ♦*A cumulative grade point average of 2.00 for all credits carried at Lake Superior State University, and a cumulative grade point average of 2.00 for all courses required in the student's major and minor is necessary for graduation. Committee’s denial the student can further appeal to the Vice President for Academic Affairs, whose decision is Final. 4. Students who continue after a dismissal will be dismissed again after any semester in which their cumulative grade point average falls in the dismissal category. The Registrar may allow the student to continue on probation” with the record showing "on probation" instead of "dismissal", if the student’s record has shown improvement during the semester and student has a 2.00 grade point average in courses carried for that semester. 5. Students dismissed a third time will not be reinstated without the permission of the Vice President for Academic Affairs. Three semesters must elapse from the time of dismissal before the student may petition for readmittance. Summer may be counted for one semester. 6. The Scholastic Standards Committee may, on the recommendation of a department head require students to withdraw from any course or courses in which their preparation, progress, effort or conduct is deemed unsatisfactory and may on the recommendation of the Vice President of Academic Affairs and/or Executive Vice President dismiss students from the University if their background, overall academic accomplish­ ment, conduct or attitude toward their work is deemed unsatisfact­ ory. CREDIT/NO CREDIT COURSES To encourage intellectual explor­ ation, students may enroll in some courses on a credit/no credit basis for which either a grade of CR or NCR is given. To be eligible for this option students must be in good ACADEMIC POLICIES 22 �academic standing, not on academic probation. Only one such course per semester is permitted and no more than twelve semester credits in such courses may be presented toward a student’s degree requirements. Additionally, this credit/no credit option may not be selected in courses which satisfy major, minor or general education requirements. Students must apply at the Registrar’s Office during the six-day add period if they want to enroll in a graded course under the credit/no credit policy. This option may not be changed after the six-day add period. Academic performance at the level of 2.00 or higher is required for the credit, CR, grade. Instructors are not advised of a student’s option to be graded credit/no credit. Certain courses are always offered with a credit/no credit grading format. Such courses have this information in their official course descriptions and course syllabi. The above policy and limitations do not apply to these courses. CREDIT BY EXAMINATION There are three examination processes by which a student may earn credit for individual courses or general education requirements; Advanced Placement, CLEP and departmental examinations. Pro­ cesses for taking Advanced Placement and CLEP examinations are described in the Admissions section of this Catalog. Students must be admitted to a degree program before being eligible to receive credit by examination. A maximum of 30 credits may be CLEP earned by examination, examinations, if available, will be used to determine whether credit shall be granted. Departments may provide their own examinations for certain courses. Students should inquire at the academic department offering the course whether a departmental examination is available. If an examination is available, the department head’s written approval to take the examination must be obtained. An application form for credit by examination with explanation of the necessary procedural steps, may be obtained from the department head or the Registrar’s Office. The fee amount will be equivalent to that for CLEP exams and students will not be charged tuition for the credits earned. An examination grade of 2.00 or better is required for credit to be earned. Course and credit earned by examination shall be recorded on the student’s transcript with the Some grade marked as CR. universities may not accept for transfer, credit earned by departmental examination. TRANSCRIPTS Students desiring transcripts of their Lake Superior State University records must present or send a written request to the Registrar’s Office. Information such as name (at enrollment), ID number, dates of attendance is necessary. A fee may be charged for each copy of the record. The official record of the student’s academic progress (transcript) will be forwarded only to those places or persons requested in writing by the student. Only "student copy" transcripts will be issued directly to a student. Students with financial or other obligations to the University will not receive a transcript until all obligations are cleared. ACADEMIC POLICIES 23 �THE PRIVACY ACT Section 438 of the General Education Provisions Act, as amended, sets forth the requirements to be met by an educational institution to protect the privacy of students. This Act is called the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act and shall be referred to hereafter as the Act. The Act generally governs access to student educational records and the release of such records. The Act also requires that institutions of higher education must provide students access to official records directly related to the student and an opportunity for a hearing to challenge such records on the grounds that they are inaccurate, misleading or inappropriate. Educational institutions must also obtain written consent before releasing personally identifiable data about students from records to other than a specified list of exceptions. In addition, students must be notified of these rights. In accordance with provisions of the Act and the regulations enacted by the Department of Health, Education and Welfare, Lake Superior State University has adopted the following policies and procedures: Section 1. General Policy on Access and Disclosure Lake Superior State University shall not as a matter of policy or practice: 1. Deny or prevent students at the university the right to inspect or review the educational records of such students, or 2. Permit the release of educational records contrary to the provisions of the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act and the policies and procedures set forth in the following sections. Section 2. Notification to Students Under the provisions of the Act, the university must annually notify students of their rights and the institution policies pertaining to the Act. In addition, notice must be given to the location where the policy can be obtained as well as to inform the students of the right to file complaints with the Department of Health, Education and Welfare concerning alleged failures by the University to comply with the Act. In accordance with these requirements the annual notice regarding students rights, the location of copies of the university’s policies setting forth these rights, as well as the right to file complaints with the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act Office, shall be published in the University Catalog, the annual letter to students will notify students of Directory information. The Registrar, located in the Fletcher Center, is designated as the Hearing Officer for the Act and shall also be responsible for implementing the notification requirements and distribution of copies of the policies and procedures. Section 3. Defined Education Records "Education records" means those records which: ACADEMIC POLICIES 24 �1. Are directly related to a student 2. Are maintained by the university or its agent. The term does not include: 1. Records of institutional, supervisory, and administrative personnel which a. Are in the sole possession of the maker thereof, and b. Are not accessible or revealed to any other individual except a substitute. A "substitute" is defined as one who performs on a temporary basis the duties of the individual who made the record and does not refer to an individual who permanently succeeds the maker of the record in his or her position. 2. Records of the law enforcement unit of the university (Security Department) which are: a. Maintained apart from the university’s educational records; b. Maintained solely for law enforcement purposes; and c. Not disclosed to individuals other than law enforcement officials of the same jurisdiction; provided, that educational records main­ tained by the university are not disclosed to the personnel of the law enforcement unit. 3. Records relating to an individual who is employed by the univer­ sity which: a. Are made and maintained in the normal course of bus­ iness; b. Relate exclusively to the individual in that individual’s capacity as an employee; and c. Are not available for use for any other purpose. d. This paragraph (3) does not apply to records relating to an individual in attendance at the university who is employed as a result of his or her status as a student. 4. Records relating to an eligible student which are: a. Created or maintained by a physician, psychiatrist, psy­ chologist, or other recognized professional or paraprofessional acting in his or her professional or paraprofessional capacity, or assisting in that capacity; b. Created, maintained, or used only in connection with the provision of treatment to the student; and c. Not disclosed to anyone other than individuals providing the treatment; provided, that the records can be personally reviewed by a physician or other appropriate paraprofessional of the student’s choice. For the purpose of this definition, "treatment" does not include remedial educa­ tional activities or activities which are part of programs of instruction at the university. 5. Records of the university which contain only information relating to a person after that person is no longer a student at the university. (An example of these records would be information collected by the university pertaining to the accomplishments of its alumni.) Section 4. Rights to Inspect and Review Education Records A student who is or has been in attendance at Lake Superior State University shall have the right to ACADEMIC POLICIES • 25 �inspect and review the educational records of the student subject to the limitations set forth in Section 3 and 13. The educational record recorded by the student will be provided within a reasonable period of time dependent upon the availability of the record and the workload of the department maintaining the record. In no case will the record be provided more than 45 days after the date of the receipt of the request. The right to review educational records includes the right to a response from Lake Superior State University to reasonable requests for explanation and interpretations of the subject record. Section 5. Procedures for Inspection and Review of Records A student must submit a written request for the inspection and review of educational records or the release of such records, where permitted, to third parties. (See Section 10A for release of records to third parties.) The request must be submitted to the appropriate officer responsible for the record. (See Section 7 for list of officials maintaining educational records.) The written request under this section must contain: 1. A description of the information requested. 2. The date, if any, that the information is required. 3. The student’s signature. 4. The date the request is filed. Section 6. Copies of Records: Fees for Copies Copies of educational records will only be provided under the Act under the following conditions: 1. Where failure to provide a copy would effectively prevent a student from exercising the right to inspect and review the educational record. (Examples of when this provision would be effective would be absence from the State or a confining illness.) If the student will return to the residence occupied while in attendance at the university or be within 30 miles of the campus and is not physically incapac­ itated during the 45-day com­ pliance period, copies shall not be provided but the right of inspection shall be exercised. Under this provision, the student must submit a written request (see Section 10A) specifying the record to be disclosed, and the reason that a personal inspection of the record cannot be made during the 45-day compliance period. The university will review these requests on a caseby-case basis to determine if copies are required as opposed to personal inspection. 2. On request, under the provisions of Section 10B regarding records to officials of another educational institution in which the student is enrolled or seeks or intends to enroll. 3. On request, or with the consent of the student, under the provisions of Section 10A, regarding information released with the approval of the university to third parties. ACADEMIC POLICIES 26 �The university shall not charge a fee for copies of records provided under the Act. There shall not be a charge for search, retrieval or inspection of the Copies of grades record. provided under these provisions will not carry the university seal or official signature of approval. Section 7. Listing of Location of Education Records The following is a list of the records considered educational in nature under the Act and their locations listed by Office, Type of Record, Responsible Official, and Location. Admissions; Academic file, Financial; Dean of Admissions; Fletcher Center Career Advising and Placement; Academic, Personal, evaluations; Director; Brown Hall Continuing Education; Academic; Director; Fletcher Center Employee Relations; Work Eval­ uation, Employment; Director; Administration Building Financial Aid; Financial, Academic, Personal evaluation, Employ­ ment; Director; Fletcher Center Graduate Office; Academic, Financial; Director; Foundation House Registrar; Academic (Complete and official academic record) Personal, Veterans’ Affairs; Registrar; Fletcher Center Residence Halls; Personal; Housing Manager; Brady Hall Residence Halls and Student Life; Discipline; Coordinator of Residential and Student Life Programming; Fletcher Center Student Accounts; Financial; Director Business Operation; Administration Building Academic Areas, Academic; Depart­ ment Heads. Note: All academic records are partial records with the exception of the Office of the Registrar as noted above. Section 8. Disclosure of Restricted Information to University Officials Personally identifiable information from the education records of a student may be disclosed without the prior consent of the student to university officials who have a legitimate educational interest in the information. The university officials must demonstrate a need to obtain the information consistent with their official functions and the request must be consistent with normal professional practices and legal requirements. The disclosure of personally identifiable student information under the above conditions will not be disclosed to any other party without the prior written consent of the student, except that such information may be used by the appropriate officials or agents of the university for the purpose for which the disclosure was made. Section 9. University Officials For the purpose of those procedures and policies, "university officials" are defined to be those individuals who have demonstrated a need to require certain student records consistent with their official university responsibilities and consistent with professional practices. University Officials include: Members of the faculty, members of the professional, executive and administrative staff, including all members of the Department of ACADEMIC POLICIES 27 �Security, departmental secretaries, students properly appointed as members of a hearing panel or screening committee, representatives of the State Auditor General when performing their legally required duties, legal, insurance, or collection representatives of the university when performing their universityrelated duties requiring student record information in connection with a claim or legal matter. Section 10. Disclosure of Personally Identifiable Information A. Prior Consent for Disclosure Required The university shall obtain the written consent of the student before disclosing personally identifiable information from the education records of a student to third parties other than directory information as set forth in Section 11 or as provided in Part B of this section. (Consent is not required where the disclosure is to the student.) If the university consents to the release of personally identifiable student information to third parties under this section (10A) at the written request of the student, the university will provide the student with a copy of such record. The written consent required under this section (10A) must be signed and dated by the student and shall include: 1. A specification of the record to be disclosed 2. The purpose of the disclosure 3. The party or class of parties to whom disclosure may be made 4. A statement granting consent for the release of the information. B. Prior Consent for Disclosure Not Required The university may transfer or disclose the educational records of a student, without prior written consent, on request to the officials of another educational institution in which the student is enrolled or seeks or intends to enroll. The university, upon request, will provide the student with a copy of the transferred educational records. Information from the educational records of a student may be disclosed, without prior written consent, if the disclosure is: 1. To Federal and State authorities as provided by the Act or other legal authority. 2. In connection with financial aid for which a student has applied or has received; provided that the information may be disclosed only: a. To determine the eligibility of the student for financial aid, and b. To determine the amount of aid, c. To determine the conditions which will be imposed regarding financial aid, d. To enforce the terms or conditions of the financial aid. 3. To organizations conducting studies on behalf of educational agencies or institutions for the purpose of developing, validating, or administering predictive tests, administering student aid programs; and improving instruction; provided that the studies are conducted in a manner which will not permit the personal identification of students ACADEMIC POLICIES 28 �by persons other than the representatives of the organization and that the information will be destroyed which it is no longer needed for the purpose for which the study was conducted. 4. To accrediting organizations in order to carry out their accrediting functions. 5. To comply with a judicial order or lawfully issued subpoena; provided that Lake Superior State University will make a reasonable effort to notify the student of the order or subpoena in advance of compliance. 6. The appropriate parties in an emergency to protect the health or safety of the student or other individuals. Section 11. Directory Information The Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act permits the disclosure of certain personally identifiable information from the educational record of a student if that information is designated as directory information as defined by the Act. In order to release such information the university is required to provide public notice of the following: 1. The categories of personally identifiable information desig­ nated as directory information. 2. The right of the student to refuse to permit the designation of any or all of the categories with respect to that student. 3. The period of time within which the student must inform the university in writing that such directory information is not to be released. In compliance with these provisions, the university will announce its intention to release directory information each fall in the annual letter. Students will be advised that written requests to prohibit or restrict the use of such directory information should be addressed by the last day to add classes to: Registrar’s Office in the Fletcher Center The university considers the following to be directory information: Name, address, tele­ phone number, date and place of birth, major field of study, participation in officially recognized activities and sports, height and weight of members of the athletic teams, dates of attendance, degrees, honors and awards received, including scholarships, and most recent previous educational agency or institution attended by student In the event that this list is altered or expanded, these provisions will be amended in accordance with the Act. Section 12. Record of Disclosures Required to be Maintained Lake Superior State University shall for each request and each disclosure of personally identifiable information from the education records of a student maintain a record kept with the education records of the student which indicates: 1. The parties who have requested or obtained information. 2. The legitimate educational interests the parties had in obtaining the information. A record is not required for disclosures to a student, disclosures ACADEMIC POLICIES 29 �pursuant to the student’s written consent when such consent is specific as to the party or parties, disclosures to university officials as set forth in Section 9, or to disclosures of directory information as provided in Section 11. The record of disclosures may be inspected by: The student, the university official and his or her assistants responsible for the custody of the records, and university officials authorized in Section 9 and those persons outside the university as authorized in Section 10 for the purpose of auditing the record keeping procedures of the institution. Section 13. Limitation on the Right to Inspect and Review Records The university is not required to permit a student to inspect or review the following records: 1. Financial records and statements of parents or any information contained therein. 2. Confidential letters and state­ ments of recommendation place in the student record prior to January 1, 1975; provided that such letters and statements were solicited with written assurance of confidentiality or sent and retained with a documented understanding of confidentiality. The documents must be used only for the purposes specifically intended. 3. Confidential letters and state­ ments of recommendation and statements for which the student has waived the right to inspection as set forth in Section 16 and placed in a student’s file after January 1, 1975 respecting: a. Admission, or b. An application for employment, or c. The receipt of an honor or honorary recognition 4. Those records which are defined not to be education records as set forth in Section 3. If the educational record of a student contains information on more than one student, the requesting student may review or inspect or be informed of only the specified information which pertains to the student making the inquiry. Section 14. Request to Amend Educational Records A student who believes that information in the student’s educational records is inaccurate or misleading or violates the privacy or other rights of the student may request that the university amend such records. The procedures regarding an amendment to a student record are as follows: 1. The student must submit a written request to amend the record in question to the university office responsible for establishing the content of the record. 2. The written request must specify the information to be amended and the basis for requesting a change in the record. 3. The written request should also set forth the corrective action recommended. 4. The university official responsible for establishing the content of the record in question ACADEMIC POLICIES 30 �within 14 calendar days will inform the student, in writing, that the record will be amended or that the request has been denied. If additional times is required due to the circumstances of the case, the student will be advised of the time period required to resolve the issue. 5. If the record is to be amended, corrective action will occur within 14 calendar days of the date of notice to the students. 6. If the university official responsible for establishing the content of the educational record denies the request to amend the record, the written notice of this decision will advise the student of the right to a hearing. Section 15. Right to a Hearing The Act provides an opportunity for a hearing in order to challenge the content of a student’s educational record to insure that the record does not contain inaccurate or misleading information or is in violation of the privacy or other rights of the student. This procedure may not be utilized to challenge grades awarded to students. The following procedure will be implemented after the decision of denial is made by the official responsible for maintaining the record. Procedure of Hearing A student desiring a hearing on the decision of denial to amend the record by the official establishing such records must: 1. Submit a written request for a hearing to the Hearing Officer, the Registrar, Fletcher Center. 2. Designate in the request: Student’s name and identification number, date request is made, specific information on the record challenged, basis for amending record, summary statement of previous action taken to amend record including names of individuals contacted and from whom communications have been received. The Hearing Officer will within 7 calendar days of receipt of the request for hearing, notify the student of the date, time and location of the hearing. At least 72 hours notice will be provided to the parties prior to the hearing. The student shall be afforded a full and fair opportunity to present evidence relevant to the question of whether the record in question is inaccurate, misleading or in violation of the privacy or other rights of the students. The student may be assisted or represented by individuals of the student’s choice and at the student’s expense, including an attorney. The Hearing Officer shall make a decision on the appeal within 7 calendar days of the last day of the hearing. The decision shall be in writing and shall be based solely upon the evidence presented at the hearing. The written decision to the student shall include a summary of the evidence and reasons for the decision. If, as a result of the hearing, the Hearing Officer decides that the information is in whole or in part inaccurate, misleading or is in violation of any of the student’s rights, the record in question will be ACADEMIC POLICIES 31 �amended within 7 calendar days of the decision. If. as a result of the hearing, the Hearing Officer determines that the record should not be amended, the student shall be informed of the right to place in the education record a statement commenting upon the information and setting forth the reasons for disagreeing with the university’s decision. Any expla­ nation placed in the record of the student under this provision shall: 1. Be maintained as a part of the record as long as the record or the contested portion thereof is retained by the university, and 2. Be disclosed by the university, along with the contested record to any party receiving such record. Section 16. Waivers A student may waive any right under the Act. The waiver shall not be valid unless it is in writing and signed by the student. The University may not require that a student waive any right under the Act. This requirement does not, however, preclude the university from requesting such a waiver. An applicant for admission or a student in attendance may waive the right to inspect and review con­ fidential letters and statements of recommendation. The waiver may apply to such letters or statements only if it is in writing and signed by the student regardless of age, and if: 1. The applicant or student is, upon request, notified of the names of all individuals providing the letters or statements; 2. The documents are used only for the purpose originally intended; and 3. Such waiver is not required as a condition of admission or receipt of any service or benefit from the university. A waiver may be revoked but such action must be in writing and filed with the office in possession of the waiver. NOTES ACADEMIC POLICIES • 32 �— — NOTES ■ — ACADEMIC POLICIES 33 — �STUDENT OF BEHAVIOR MEMBERSHIP IN THE UNIVERSITY COMMUNITY carries with it both privileges and responsibilities. The University cannot accept acts that interfere with the basic process of the academic enterprise, nor acts which interfere with the rights of other members of its community. Following are the basic regulations which govern the behavior and conduct on the Lake Superior State University campus: 1. ASSEMBLY: No person, or persons, shall assemble in a manner which obstructs the free movement of persons about the campus, or the free and normal use of University buildings and facilities, or prevents or obstructs the normal operation of the University. 2. ALCOHOL AND DRUGS: Any student found guilty of being under the influence of drugs, or possessing, or selling drugs or narcotics will be subject to immediate dismissal from the University. Any student who disregards the laws of the State regarding drinking as a minor is subject to disciplinary action including fines, or dismissal for repeated offenses. A student of 21 years of age who purchases alcoholic beverages for minors, or who participates in any way, faces not only legal action from the State but additional penalty from the University. The laws of the State of Michigan prohibit the sale of alcoholic beverages on any unlicensed premise. No alcohol may be offered for sale on any unlicensed portion of the University campus, and no hidden fee (such as admissions charges, charges for food, etc.) may be used to hide or conceal a charge Any for alcoholic beverages, organization, group, or individual offering alcohol to others anywhere on the campus shall be required to follow provisions of the University’s alcohol policy, distributed annually to all campus residents. Violators may suffer loss of campus privileges, disciplinary action by the University, and prosecution by civil authorities. 3. CHEATING AND PLAGIA­ RISM: The assumption of the academic contract is that the student does his or her own work: any breach of the contract is considered cheating. The faculty member who detects a student cheating may take appropriate action, such as assigning a failing grade for the entire course. A student who cheats is subject to dismissal from the University. If, in the opinion of the faculty member involved, such action is warranted, he or she will notify the chairman of the scholastic standards committee and the student to that effect in writing. The scholastic standards STUDENT STANDARDS 34 �STANDARDS AND CONDUCT committee will then conduct a hearing in such a manner that the student is given due process. If the committee decides that dismissal is warranted, the student shall have five school days to appeal that decision to the president of the University. 4. COMPLIANCE WITH UNI­ VERSITY OFFICIALS: Students are expected to comply with the directions of University officials who are acting in accordance with the performance of their duties. Failure to comply with such directions shall be considered a serious disciplinary violation. 5. FINANCIAL OBLIGATIONS: A student’s fees, loans, fines, driving and parking penalties, etc. are his or her responsibilities and must be paid when due. Delay in attention to financial responsibilities may require some or all of the following actions by the University: it may withhold official transcripts, prohibit further registration, remove registration if already granted, withhold further forms of financial aid, and in severe cases, seek legal action from outside agencies, including the State of Michigan itself. 6. FIREARMS AND EXPLO­ SIVES: Explosives, firecrackers, concealed weapons and similar items are not permitted on campus. Firearms are permitted, but must be registered and stored by the office of campus security. Any student who keeps firearms anywhere in the dormitory system will face dismissal from the University. 7. GUEST SPEAKERS: Only student organizations formally recognized by the University may invite speakers to the campus. Reservations for rooms or lecture halls for guest speakers are made through the director of student activities. 8. HOUSING: University housing regulations are published annually in the Housing Handbook. Students failing to comply with these regulations may suffer a variety of disciplinary penalties, including separation from the housing system or separation from the University itself. 9. I.D. CARDS: All students enrolled in this institution are issued an identification card to facilitate recognition for the library, for cashing checks, for campus voting, for admission to campus activities, etc. Misuse or alteration of the University identification card, current or expired, is considered a serious offense subject to disciplinary action. 10. PARKING: All students who operate motor vehicles on campus must register them each year (normally accomplished during registration). Annual registration decals will be issued upon payment of fees and evidence of a valid operator’s license. All vehicles (with decals attached) must be parked in STUDENT STANDARDS 35 �areas assigned. Parking and traffic ordinances will be enforced and violators will be assessed fines and may have their campus registration and campus driving privileges revoked, Special parking arrangements can be made for health and personal hardship reasons at the Administration Building Parking Office. Parking and traffic violations arc civil infractions and may be referred to 91st District Court. 11. RECORDS: It is the specific responsibility of the student to give honest and complete replies to all questions included in application forms, financial aid forms, and in all other University documents. Failure to give correct and complete information can result in cancellation of the student’s registration. Forgery or alteration on or of any University document or record can result in the separation of the student from the University. 12. STUDENT NOTICES: Student notices, posters, etc. must be cleared for posting by the Center for Student Services before being placed on bulletin boards. Maintenance personnel have been instructed to remove all unauthorized material from bulletin boards each day. Normally posters and notices will not exceed 17“ by 22“ in size. 13. STUDENT ORGANIZATIONS: No student organizations may use campus facilities to solicit funds, or schedule activities unless such organizations have been approved by the University. Approval of University clubs and their operations must be in accordance with University policies. No organization which practices either racial or sexual discrimination will receive support, either directly or indirectly from the University. 14. THEFT: Property of the University, as well as that of individuals, must be respected. Theft of any kind, whether of money or of other property, is prohibited. The destruction or mutilation of books, magazines, or other library material will not be tolerated. Theft of, damage to, or destruction of the property of others is considered a serious offense against the University community, and will result in the separation of the student from the University. 15. TREATMENT OF OTHERS: Abuse, either physical or verbal, of any person on University-owned or controlled property, or at Universitysponsored or supervised functions, will result in disciplinary action by the University. No conduct will be permitted which threatens or endangers the health or safety of any person on the University campus or at University related activities. Lake Superior State University and its Board of Regents subscribe to the principles of equal opportunity and non-discrimination and complies with all applicable federal and state laws and regulations prohibiting discrimination, including harassment. The University is committed to the protection of the rights of all individuals within the University community, the equal and fair treatment of all individuals, and to the elimination of barriers that would prevent individuals from reaching their highest potential It is the responsibility of all employees, students and members of the University community to uphold this commitment in the daily activities of University life. STUDENT STANDARDS 36 �Sexual harassment is a form of discrimination based on sex, and as such falls under the University’s commitment to non-discrimination. Violations of this policy will receive prompt disciplinary action, up to and including dismissal, as warranted by the facts of the individual case. Sexual harassment is defined as unwelcome sexual advances, requests for sexual favors, and other unwelcome verbal or physical conduct or communication of sexual nature. PENALTIES ANY OR ALL of the following penalties may be assigned those few students who violate the University’s standards of behavior and conduct: 1. 2. 3. 4. Reprimand Restitution Monetary fines or work penalties Loss of course credit or reduction in academic grades 5. Probation 6. Suspension 7. Expulsion appropriate hearing officer or group in such cases. Instances involving possible academic cheating or plagiarism will be considered by the appropriate instructor and/or the Scholastic Standards Committee. Situations involving possible violations of the University’s standards shall be handled according to the following process. At a minimum, the process will include: 1. A notice to the student of the charges involved and of the individual or office bringing those charges. 2. An opportunity for the student to respond to the charges, and to request a formal hearing on them if desired. PROCEDURES 3. A hearing at which the student has the right to examine any evidence against him, confront and question those bringing the charge, and introduce any persons he or she wishes to speak on his or her behalf. While students may bring those persons they wish to a disciplinary hearing, they may not be actively represented by legal counsel, University hearings are fact-finding procedures, not courts of law, and are not governed by either courtroom rules or courtroom procedures. POSSIBLE VIOLATIONS of the University’s standards of behavior and conduct shall be considered by either the University hearing officer, the executive vice-president, or the All-Campus Judicial Committee. It is the responsibility of the executive vice-president to designate the 4. A notification to the student of the hearing body’s or hearing officer’s decision. It is the responsibility of the executive vice-president to originate such notification, except when the Scholastic Standards Committee is the hearing body. In these cases, notification is the Generally, disciplinary actions do not become a part of the student’s academic record. The exceptions are in cases of suspension or expulsion, which may be recorded on the student’s permanent transcript. STUDENT STANDARDS•37 �responsibility of the chairman of that committee. 5. A notification to the student of his or her right of appeal to the president of the University. Such appeals must be made within 48 hours of the time notification is received. NOTES STUDENT STANDARDS • 38 �ADMISSIONS FRESHMEN A prospective freshman still in high school may make application to Lake Superior State University any time during the final year of high school. Applications for admission are processed continuously and students are notified as quickly as possible. A final transcript of courses completed during the final year must be submitted to the Admissions Office promptly after completion of the school year. Failure to provide a final transcript may result in the withdrawal or an offer of admission. An official score report from American College Testing (ACT) must also be submitted prior to class registration. A prospective freshman who has already graduated from high school but not attended any college or university must have an official transcript sent directly from the high school to the Admissions Office. The transcript must include all courses taken, starting with grade nine, and graduation certification. Admitted applicants who graduated from high school fewer than 26 months prior to the date they wish to enter the University must submit their scores from American College Testing (ACT) prior to registering for classes. The' primary factor in evaluating an application for admission is the individual’s grade point average in academic subjects only. The grade point average for each applicant is recalculated, starting with grade nine, and includes only academic courses such as English, biology, chemistry, physics, algebra, geometry, trigonometry, senior math, social studies, and foreign languages. Seventy-five percent of the freshmen entering LSSU have an overall high school grade point average of 2.47 or higher. The top 25 percent of the entering freshmen have an overall high school grade point averages of 3.18 or higher. The admissions requirements for students entering any major offered by the Biology and Chemistry Department are slightly higher than the minimum to gain admission to the University. Secondary factors which may also influence the admission decision are the number of academic courses an applicant has completed, the trend from year to year of the applicant’s grades, class rank, and recommendations. ACT scores are rarely a factor in the admissions decision. All credentials should be submitted to the Admissions Office at least three weeks before the semester of entry. However, if available spaces become filled, application processing will end at an earlier date. To qualify for admission as freshmen, applicants are expected to be graduates of accredited secondary schools. Any student graduating from a non-accredited school should contact the Dean of Admissions for an explanation of the testing procedure used to evaluate an applicant who has attended a nonaccredited school. Students denied admission may reapply for admission after attending another accredited college of their choice and earning at least 30 semester (45 quarter) hours of transferable credit. The evaluation for admission is then based upon the college record rather than the high school record. ADMISSIONS 39 �TRANSFER STUDENTS Freshman Admissions File Application materials from prospec­ tive freshmen to complete their ad­ mission applications include: Transfer students must possess a 2.00 cumulative college grade point average and be eligible to return to their former college(s) unless they have completed their required course work. A completed application for admis­ sion, which is available at the Admis­ sions Office of Lake Superior State University or at your school guidance office. A non-refundable application process­ ing fee of $20 (U.S. funds) must be submitted before an application will be processed. Make check or money order (not cash) payable to Lake Superior State University. A complete, official transcript of your high school credits or GED score report. A report of your scores from Ameri­ can College Testing (ACT), which should be taken before graduation from high school. ACT registration materials are available at your guid­ ance office. ACT scores are general­ ly used for counseling and placement purposes. All veterans must submit an official, certified copy of separation form DD214 with their applications. The health history questionnaire, sent to admitted students must be com­ pleted by the student or by the stud­ ent’s parent and returned to the University’s Health Services Office. Enter your social security number in the appropriate space in your appli­ cation. It will serve as your perma­ nent student number. If you do not wish to provide this number, an al­ ternate student number will be as­ signed. However, please be aware the agency processing financial aid applications will not process any aid application which does not include the student’s social security number. Students who do not have social secu­ rity numbers or have lost their social security card should contact the So­ cial Security Administration prompt­ ly. Canadian applicants should not use their Social Insurance number. A 9-digit student number will be assigned to Canadians and other foreign students. Along with an application for admission, students must have sent to our Admissions Office an official high school transcript or GED scores, and an official transcript from each school where college or university credit has been earned or attempted. For students with more than 30 semester hours (or 45 quarter hours) of college credit, the high school transcript/GED will be used only to verify graduation. Official transcripts may be obtained from the respective high school’s guidance office or college’s College Registrar’s Office, transcripts must bear the registrar’s signature and raised seal or stamp of the college to be considered official. Transcripts must be mailed to the Admissions Office at Lake Superior State University directly from the issuing institution. Transcripts sent via facsimile machine are not considered official. All transcripts become the property of Lake Superior State University and are not returnable. Students whose names have changed since they attended another institution must indicate this when requesting transcripts from high schools or colleges. Each transcript should bear the student’s current name. The application and all transcripts should be submitted at least 30 days prior to the beginning of the semester of entry. However, if available spaces become filled, processing of applications will end at an earlier date. ADMISSIONS 40 �A transfer applicant denied admission because the college grade point average is less than 2.0 (on a scale of 4.0) is encouraged to reapply if, after taking additional college course work, the cumulative grade point average improves to greater than 2.0. CREDIT EVALUATIONS: Because the process is very time consuming, evaluation of transfer credit is not made until an applicant is accepted for admission. However, every effort is made to provide an evaluation of transfer credit as quickly as possible after admission. Students planning to transfer to Lake Superior State University can, by reviewing the course descriptions included in the Lake Superior State University catalog, arrive at a reasonably close approximation of the amount of transfer credit they may expect to receive. While making this informal evaluation, students should keep in mind transfer credit is granted for courses which are substantially equivalent in content, length, and prerequisites to the courses offered at this University. D grades will be transferred only for individuals meeting both of the following conditions: 1. having a 2.00 or greater cumulative grade point average; and AMERICAN COLLEGE TESTING (ACT) AH freshmen who enroll within 26 months of high school graduation and have not attended another college must take the American College Test. The results should be forwarded to Lake Superior State University (code number 2031) prior to registering for classes. United States residents applying for academic scholarships at Lake Superior State University must take the ACT no later than February of their senior year and have results forwarded to Lake Superior State University prior to the April 1 scholarship application deadline. Transfer students entering Lake Superior within 26 months of high school graduation and having less than 15 semester or 23 quarter hours of credit must also take the ACT prior to the beginning of classes in August. Transfer students required to take the ACT are encouraged to take it early enough for the results to be available to the University when they schedule their first semester’s classes. Canadian students who enter the University within 26 months of high school graduation are required to take the ACT. Completion of OAC credits does not exempt Ontario students from this requirement. ACT scores are used primarily for counseling and placement purposes and are not ordinarily used as admissions criteria. However, the ACT may be required prior to making an admissions decision if additional information is deemed necessary. The ACT is given nationally five times a year at many locations, including our campus. Information bulletins and registration forms for the ACT are available at high school counseling offices by writing American College Testing Program, P.O. Box 168, Iowa City, Iowa 52243, or by contacting the Lake Superior State University Counseling and Testing Center. Entering students required to submit their ACT results who have not taken the ACT during one of the five national test dates will take the ACT during orientation in August. ADMISSIONS 41 �2. upon initial application being eligible for, or being granted, unconditional admission as a full­ time student on the basis of their college or university academic records elsewhere. Courses with D grades accepted as transfer credit may not apply to all departments, Some academic departments do not accept transferred D grades as replacements for courses required as part of the departmental major. In those cases, the departmental major courses involved must be repeated. However, courses not accepted by a department may be applied as elective credit where possible. Initial transfer credit evaluations indicating which Lake Superior State University courses and how many credits will be granted to the student are completed by either the Admissions or Registrar’s offices. These initial evaluations are subject to review and possible modification by the head of the academic department offering the equivalent course. The academic department head’s decision on courses and amounts of transfer credit granted may be appealed by the student to the Vice President for Academic Affairs. ELECTIVE CREDIT: If a course taken at another institution is not offered at the University, elective credit may be granted for that course. Elective credits may be applied toward the number of credits required to receive a degree but may not be used to satisfy any specific course requirement. PROVISIONAL CREDIT: Credit earned at any institution not listed as accredited in the American Council of Education’s publication, Accredited Institutions of Post- secondary Education, is granted provisionally. Only after students demonstrate satisfactory progress in their chosen academic programs at Lake Superior State University do provisional credits become part of students’ permanent records. MACRAO AGREEMENT: Community college graduates granted admission to the University who possess baccalaureate-oriented associate of arts or science degrees, with the MACRAO stamp on their transcripts, will be recognized as having completed the general education requirements at Lake Superior State University. Graduates of Michigan and other community colleges with other associate degrees, e.g., applied science, applied business, applied technology, and applied health will be required to complete all remaining Lake Superior State University general education requirements. Students who transfer to Lake Superior State University will be required to satisfy all conditions of their selected majors and minors as well as degree requirements. The minimum number of credits to complete an academic major at Lake Superior State University is 30 semester hours. Some departments require more. The minimum amount of credits in a major that must be earned at Lake Superior State University varies. Before enrolling, students should contact the academic department which includes the intended major to determine this amount. RESIDENCY REQUIREMENT: There is no limit on the number of transfer credit from other institutions. However, bachelor’s degree candidates must earn at least 32 of their final 40 ADMISSIONS 42 �credits and at least 50 percent of their departmental required 300/400 level credits in Lake Superior State University courses. Regional Center students must earn at least 32 of their final 64 credits and at least 50 percent of their departmental required 300/400 level credits in Lake Superior State University courses. Associate degree and certificate candidates must earn 16 of their final 20 credits in Lake Superior State University courses. FORMER STUDENTS Former full-time Lake Superior State University students who interrupted their enrollments for one or more semesters, except summer, must apply for readmission prior to the semester of intended reentry. Students apply by obtaining a re­ admission application from the Admissions Office. There is no application processing fee for students seeking readmission. However, applicants who have attended another college since leaving Lake Superior State University must have official transcripts sent from the college attended and meet the terms of the University’s transfer student admissions policy. GUEST STUDENTS A student who is regularly enrolled at another college or university may be admitted to Lake Superior State University as a guest student. A guest admission is valid for only one semester. However, under exten- uating circumstances this may be extended for one additional semester by submitting another guest application. Any student intending to enroll for more than one semester must submit an application for admission as a transfer student. Guest student applications may be obtained from the Admissions Office at Lake Superior State University or any other college or university in Michigan. Guest students assume full responsibility for determining whether courses taken at Lake Superior State University will apply to their programs of study at the college from which they intend to graduate. CANADIAN STUDENTS Lake Superior State University welcomes applications from Canada. Ontario students applying on the basis of their high school records are evaluated on their grade point average in academic subjects only. The grade point average for each applicant is recalculated, starting with grade nine and including only academic subjects. The Admissions Office uses two grading scales, shown below, when evaluating an Ontario secondary school applicant. OAC and A level courses are considered more demanding and their content more appropriate preparation for university-level courses than are G level courses. B level courses are never included in the recalculated academic grade point average. ADMISSIONS 43 �Grading Scales for Evaluation A Level & OAC G Level Equivalent Letter Grade A B C D F 90-99 80-89 70-79 60-69 50-59 80-99 70-79 60-69 50-59 If a list of the Ontario secondary school OAC, A and G level courses included in this academic subjects average is not available at your guidance office, one may be obtained by writing the Dean of Admissions at Lake Superior State University. Secondary factors which may also influence the admission decision are the number of academic courses an applicant has completed, the trend from year to year of the applicant’s grades, and recommendations. A report of ACT scores is required from all Ontario secondary school students. ACT scores are used for counseling and placement purposes, rather than as a factor in the admissions decision. Additional information for Ontario secondary school students is available in Informational Handbook for Ontario Students and Guidance Counselors, published by the Admissions Office. Canadian applicants from provinces other than Ontario are also welcome and will be evaluated on the basis of the education system in their provinces. ONTARIO GRADE 13/OAC COURSES Students who completed grade 13 or OAC courses before September, 1990 receive transfer credit at the University for each course in which a final mark of at least 60 percent was earned. Transfer credit will not be granted for OAC courses completed after that date. However, completion of OAC courses prepares some students to earn credit through testing. Up to 30 semester hours of credit may be earned by achieving satisfactory scores on CLEP tests and departmental examinations given on the campus. If information about CLEP tests and departmental tests offered by the University is not available at your high school guidance office, please contact the Admissions Office. FOREIGN STUDENTS (NON-CANADIANS) Six months to one year before the beginning of the desired semester of entry, the student should write to the Dean of Admissions requesting application materials. Applicants must satisfy entrance requirements comparable to those required for AllUnited States students, credentials written in a language other than English must be accompanied by certified English translations. No student should plan to come to Lake Superior State University with less than sufficient funds in the hope of obtaining financial assistance upon arrival. No foreign student scholarships are available, and ADMISSIONS • 44 �employment opportunities for foreign students are restricted by government regulations. A notarized financial statement will be required before Form 1-20 (required to obtain a student visa) will be issued. This statement must include the amount of money available per year and the source(s). Inclusion of false information in the financial statement is grounds for dismissal. In addition to the financial statement the student’s sponsor or sponsoring agency must provide a letter assuming responsibility for all of the student’s educational and living expenses while studying in the U.S.A. Applicants should not consider themselves admitted to the University until they have provided all documents which the University requires and received an official letter granting admission. Following the letter granting admission, the Certificate of Eligibility ( Form 1-20) will be sent, as required by the US Immigration and Naturalization Service. A health record form will be sent to students granted admission. This form must be completed and returned to the University’s Health Service Office prior to registration. Foreign students are required to purchase a health and accident insurance policy for each year in residence, This cost is approximately $600 per year for a single student. The policy is offered by GM Underwriters, Inc. The University’s English language proficiency requirement for admission may be satisfied in any of three ways: 1. By achieving a score of 550 or above on the Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) administered in most countries. Information regarding this test can be obtained by writing to: TOEFL, Box 6151, Princeton, New Jersey, 08541-6151, U.S.A. or from any United States Information Service Center; 2. By completing Level 109 at any ELS Language Center located in the United States. Information regarding ELS Centers can be obtained by writing to: ELS Language Centers, 5761 Buckingham Parkway, Culver City, California, 90230, USA 3. By completing two years of study at a school, college, or university located in an English speaking country. PART-TIME ENROLLMENT Students wishing to attend on a parttime basis may enroll for up to eleven credits per semester in courses for which they have sufficient academic background. Unless students have special permission from their principals, part-time enrollment is limited to those whose high school classes have already graduated, Part-time students not seeking degrees or certificates, are not required to apply formally for admission prior to enrollment. A course registration form must be completed during the registration period for each semester of attendance. These forms are available through the University’s Scheduling and Continuing Education offices. Should a part-time student later desire full-time enrollment (12 or more credits per semester), or elect to seek degree/certificate status, the ADMISSIONS 45 �student must submit a completed application for admission with a $20 non-refundable application processing fee, have the required official transcripts sent to the Admissions Office and meet all admission requirements for Lake Superior State University. Part-time students are not officially assigned to faculty advisors. However, they are encouraged to seek assistance in selecting courses from the appropriate academic departments. Some who have been denied admission are permitted by the Admissions Committee to attend the University as non-admitted, part-time students, then later ask to be reconsidered for admission. The grades earned as part-time students become an additional factor when reconsidering the students’ applications for admission. It is the responsibility of students electing to attend the University parttime, seeking reconsideration for admission, to make certain they are aware of all the conditions for reconsideration the Admissions Committee has established. Upon request, the Admissions Office will provide a sheet titled "Reconsideration for Admission to Lake Superior State University (LSSU) on the Basis of Part-Time Study" which details the requirements attached to this opportunity. The requirements for using part-time enrollment at the University as a method for being reconsidered for admission are: 1. In one semester, the student must take nine to eleven credits of academic subjects only. Recre- ational activities, skill courses such as keyboarding, and remedial courses such as intermediate algebra are not considered academic courses for this purpose. 2. The student must earn a final grade of at least "C" in every course, and may not withdraw from or drop a course after the standard drop-add period. A student receiving an "I" grade will not be eligible for reconsideration until the "I" has been changed to a standard grade (A, B, or C) by the instructor. 3. If a student has been academically dismissed from another college or university, at least 12 months must have passed before the start of the semester for which reconsideration for admission is being sought. As soon as the grades are available for the semester, the student may make an appointment to see the Dean of Admissions to be reconsidered for admission. CONCURRENT ENROLLMENT FOR HIGH SCHOOL STUDENTS Recognizing some talented high school students may benefit from taking university courses while still enrolled full-time in high school, Lake Superior State University permits selected high school students to take specific courses at the University on a part-time basis. Prior to a student registering for any class a Concurrent Enrollment Request form must be completed by the student’s parent. The form is available and must be returned to the Scheduling Office. ADMISSIONS 46 �A student must possess an appropriate academic record. Generally, a 3.0 or higher grade point average or demonstrated exceptional aptitude in specific subject areas is required to be eligible for concurrent enrollment. A student no longer enrolled in high school whose high school class has not yet graduated is ineligible to enroll as part-time students until their high school class has graduated. SCHEDULING PROGRAMS activities help students become acquainted with the campus and community and provide a basis for a smooth transition to university work. Included in the activities are lectures and conferences covering various phases of academic and extra-curricular activities, placement meetings with academic advisors and faculty members (for those who did not attend the July program). A separate August orientation program is provided for transfer students. PLACEMENT TESTING FRESHMEN Each July, the University offers the Fall Class Scheduling and Parents’ Program. The program enables new freshmen to take placement tests, meet with academic advisors, schedule fall semester classes and buy books. It also provides an opportunity for parents to meet University administrators and, through an informative program, gain a better understanding of the array of services Lake Superior State University provides. TRANSFERS Transfer students attend the Transfer Student Scheduling Program in the spring. Participants take mathematics placement test, meet with academic advisors, and schedule classes. Students unable to attend must arrange individual appointments to meet with academic advisors and complete testing and scheduling. ORIENTATION PROGRAM Freshmen students are required to attend orientation the week before Program the start of classes. Entering freshmen are required to take placement tests in English, mathematics, and reading. ENGLISH: Individuals with high placement scores will be invited to enroll in honors English. Students whose English placement test scores indicate a deficiency in English will complete the course EN091, Basic English, before enrolling in EN110, Freshman Composition. READING: Students who are deficient in reading achievement are required to enroll in SA105, Development of Reading Abilities. MATHEMATICS: One or more freshman-level mathematics courses may be waived for students whose placement test results demonstrate excellent preparation in mathematics. Students whose mathematics placement scores indicate a deficiency will be placed, depending on their scores, in either MA091, Basic Mathematics or MA092, Intermediate Algebra. Transfer students without appropriate coursework in English and mathe- ADMISSIONS • 47 �matics (see degree requirements) are also required to take placement tests. CREDIT BY EXAMINATION Students may earn up to 30 semester hours at Lake Superior State University by examination. The University grants credit by examination to entering students for satisfactory results from the College Entrance Examination Board’s Advanced Placement Program, the College Level Examination Program (CLEP) tests, and departmental exams created by the University’s individual academic departments. Students already attending the University may earn credit through both CLEP and departmental exams. Before credits by examination, or transfer credits from other sources, will be entered on students’ permanent academic records in the Registrar’s Office, they must: 1. Be admitted to the University under the criteria for full-time students; and 2. Enroll, either full-time or parttime. ADVANCED PLACEMENT PROGRAM (AP) Advanced placement examinations are administered at high schools each May to seniors who have taken specific advanced level courses. Lake Superior State University grants credit in selected courses for advanced placement examinations, without an essay section, passed with a score of 3 or higher. The grading scale is from a low of 1 to a high of 5. If an essay is part of an individual advanced placement test, it must also be submitted to the University for evaluation. To receive credit, the essay must be satisfactory and the student must have a minimum score of 3 on the test. A list of courses for which the University currently grants credit may be obtained from either the Registrar’s Office or the University’s Counseling and Testing Center. COLLEGE LEVEL EXAMINATION PROGRAM (CLEP) Students may take CLEP exams either at the University’s Counseling and Testing Center in Brown Hall or CLEP at other testing centers, exams are given at the University each month except February and December, and elsewhere on scheduled dates. CLEP exam scores for students entering fall semester should be reported to the Registrar’s Office no later than June 30 to be considered for advanced placement. To meet this date, a student taking the exams elsewhere should be tested Interested no later than May. students should contact the Counseling and Testing Center at Lake Superior State University for complete information about the program, test sites, and test dates. The current University policy for CLEP credit is: 1. An official copy of the CLEP score report form is required. 2. CLEP scores will be evaluated by the Registrar to determine if credit will be given. Credit for the CLEP general examination will be granted as follows: ADMISSIONS 48 �English Composition: Students passing the English general examination will receive credit for EN110 and EN210, or for either of the courses for which the student has not previously received credit. A maximum of six semester hours of English composition can be earned through a combination of the CLEP general examination and previously earned credit. Humanities: Students passing the humanities general examination will receive a maximum of eight semester hours in humanities electives, toward general If education requirements, students previously have received credit in humanities courses or courses which substitute for humanities, a maximum of eight semester hours can be earned through a combination of the CLEP general examinations and previously earned credit. Social Science: Students passing the social science general examination will receive a maximum of eight semester hours in those social science elective courses specified in the general education requirements, provided these are courses for which credit has not already been received. Score Test Equiv. Reg. English Composition 500 500 Humanities Social Science 500 Nat. Science 500 Natural Science: Students passing the natural science general examination will receive a maximum of eight semester hours in those natural science elective courses specified in the general education requirements, provided these are courses for which credit has not already been received. Students who have earned previous college-level physical or life science credits must apply these credits against their general education require­ ments before any CLEP natural science general examination credits will be granted to fulfill the general education requirements. CLEP general examination credit may not be used to repeat courses previously taken unless permission is granted from the academic department offering the course. Grades for general examinations where credit is granted will be recorded as credit (cr) without grade points. Credit for CLEP general examinations will be granted as follows for each test showing a composite score at the 50th percentile, based on college sophomore norms published by the Educational Testing Service. Course EN110&EN210 HU Electives SS Electives NS Electives ADMISSIONS • 49 Cr. Hrs. 6 8 8 8 �Credit may be earned for individual courses by passing CLEP subject examinations. CLEP subject examinations may not be used to repeat courses previously taken unless special permission is granted from the academic department offering the course. A current listing of approved CLEP subject examinations and acceptable minimum scores may be obtained from the either the Registrar’s Office or the University’s Counseling and Testing Center. DEPARTMENTAL EXAMINATIONS Departments may provide their own examinations for certain courses. Students should inquire at the academic department offering the course whether a departmental examination is available. If an examination is available, the department head’s written approval to take the examination must be obtained. An application form for credit by examination with explanation of the necessary procedural steps, may be obtained from the department head or the Registrar’s Office. The fee amount will be equivalent to that for CLEP exams and students will not be charged tuition for the credits earned. An examination grade of 2.00 or better is required for credit to be earned. Course and credit earned by examination shall be recorded on the student’s transcript with the grade marked as CR. Transfer credit earned by departmental examination may not be accepted by some universities. naire, which is mailed to admitted The health history students. questionnaire can be completed by the student and/or a parent and returned to the Edna M. Youngs Student Health Center in the envelope provided. Health history questionnaires are not considered as criteria for admission to the University. The information helps the University’s Health Service better serve the needs of individual students. Note: Information in the admis­ sions section of the catalog is for information only and not part of an enrollment contract. HEALTH RECORD FORM Everyone entering the University for the first time is encouraged to complete a health history question- ADMISSIONS 50 NOTES �STUDENT SERVICES THE UNIVERSITY RECOGNIZES the value of a wellrounded program for student development, and encourages students to participate in student activities. Students should carefully consider their choice of activities according to their special interests. There are opportunities to participate in the programs of the honorary, social, and professional organizations, special interest clubs, student publications, intramural, and intercollegiate activities. Formation of clubs, of such personal interest groups as camera and amateur radio clubs, and of musical, dramatic, and other organizations is encouraged. Intramural athletics are stressed, and varsity teams representing Lake Superior State University compete in several athletic conferences. Students are encouraged to take part in outdoor activity. Good hunting and excellent fishing are found within a few miles of the University. Favorite winter sports are skating, hockey, snowshoeing, tobogganing, ice fishing and skiing. STUDENT SENATE THE GOVERNING BODY for many student activities is the Student Senate. All students are eligible for election to Senate membership and are encouraged to participate in this active student The Senate each organization, spring selects its future officers. It meet regularly during the academic year. Some annual events sponsored by the Senate: Winter Carnival and various lectures, motion pictures and entertainments. RECOGNIZED ORGANIZATIONS THE H. THAYER FLETCHER CENTER houses STUDENT ATHLETIC: Ski a variety of offices providing Club, Skating Club, Cheerleaders, services to students: scheduling, Nordic Ski Club, and Judo Club. admissions, financial aids, placement, continuing education and the STUDENT PROFES­ registrar, among others. It is named after a man who visited the campus SIONAL: Accounting Club, one summer day in 1973 while back American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME), Technology in his home town for a few days"to Club, Society of Manufacturing arrange for some scholarships." He Engineers, Phi Beta Lambda set up a $25,000 fund to be paid in (Business), Lambda Sigma Beta at $5,000 a year for five years. (Business), Student Nursing Club, Upon his death in 1979 the Institute of Electrical Electronic University learned that he had left Engineers (IEEE), Geology Club, the bulk of his estate to expand this Data Processing Club, French Club, scholarship fund to almost more than Criminal Justice Association, a quarter of a million dollars. STUDENT SERVICES 51 �Biological Society, Political Science Club, Semper Fidelis Society (U.S. Marine Corps), Chemistry Club, Psychology Club, Math Club, Phi Sigma (Business), Society of Automotive Engineers, Association of Computing Machinery, Environmental Awareness Club, Hospitality Club, and Recreation Club. STUDENT RELIGIOUS: Inter-Varsity Christian Fellowship, Baptist Student Union, His House, Newman Association, Campus Cru­ sade for Christ, and Anchor House. SPECIAL STUDENT: Alpha Kappa Chi, Associated Women and Men Student (AWMS), Canadian Club, Big Brothers and Big Sisters, Alpha Chi (National Academic Honorary), Alpha Phi Sigma (National Criminal Justice Honor Society), Science Fiction Club, Karate Club, Delta Sigma Phi, Chess Club, Forensic Club, Republican Forum, Young Democrats, Returning Students Organization, Students in Free Enterprise, Tau Kappa Epsilon, Delta Phi Epsilon, Theta Xi, Student Senate, Zeta Chi Epsilon, Inter Greek Council, Tau Alpha Phi, and Veterans’ Club. STUDENT MUSIC: LSSU Band, The Jazz Band, and Pep Band. COMMUNICATIONS: The Compass (weekly student newspaper), The Almanac (annual directory and data source), Sports Press Books (annual), Anchor yearbook, and WLKR (student radio station). LODGING/FOOD MODERN HOUSING facilities are available for both men and women. All students (enrolled for 12 hours or more) attending Lake Superior State University must comply with this housing policy: All unmarried, non-veteran students (enrolled for 12 hours or more) who are within twenty-seven calendar months of the date of their graduation from high school (for this purpose, all high school graduation dates shall be assumed to be June 1 in any given year) must reside in a University residence hall, with the following exceptions: STUDENTS living with their parents within reasonable commuting distance. STUDENTS exempted by the housing director when residence hall space is filled. STUDENTS with unusual financial or health problems who are exempted by the executive vicepresident. To permit adjustments to local housing problems, the University reserves the right to assign all students within the residence halls. Room, residence hall, and apartment preferences are considered according to the dates of receipt of application, with freshmen ordinarily given priority in residence hall assignments and upperclassmen being given priority in apartment assignments. The University recognized that the need for an exception to the policy stated above may occasionally arise. Student requests for permission to live off campus will be considered by the executive vice-president. Should a student request permission to live off campus for financial reasons, the executive vice-president shall apply the following criteria to his or her request: STUDENT SERVICES • 52 �" FINANCIAL hardship" shall be defined for this purpose as a situation in which the total resources of the student and family added to the total financial aid available from the University do not equal the dollar amount budgeted by the financial aids office as the minimum required for on-campus residency. In such a situation, the student will be considered to face two alternatives: a.) withdrawing from the dormitory or b.) withdrawing from the University. AN EXAMPLE OF a student who might be released from the dormitory under the above definition would be one whose financial situation changed suddenly during the year (perhaps due to the death of a parent) and who applies for assistance, after the aids program is depleted. A complete and modem cafeteria is located in Canusa Hall. The Cisler Center has a snack bar, informal lounges and recreational areas. A number of modem student apartments are available on campus. Married students or groups of single students desiring living accom­ modations should contact the housing manager. The Student Village and Townhouse units were constructed with a loan from the Federal Government which is to be repaid from the room rentals. The University Board of Regents, in obtaining this loan agreed to provide for maximum occupancy and use of the buildings. As a result, the University reserves the right to transfer students to the Townhouses or the Student Village during the year. To avoid unnecessary inconvenience, such transfers are normally made between semesters. COUNSELING/ TESTING ALL STUDENTS are encour­ aged to avail themselves of the counseling and testing services. Several professional counselors are available at the student counseling center to assist students with their academic, personal, or vocational problems. A complete vocational testing and counseling program, which has proven throughout the years to be invaluable in helping students assess their interests and potentials, is available to all students to help them decide upon their educational and career goals. The center maintains a complete file of individual test folders, which includes all orientation test results for our students. Those who wish to have their scores interpreted may make an appointment with a counselor at the counseling center. If the results are inconclusive you may wish to submit application for the complete vocational testing battery. Tutoring services are also offered through the counseling center. Student tutors are available to help individually those students who request special help in their courses. No fee is charged for this service. Growth group sessions are scheduled periodically for students who are interested in personal and social growth through the group dynamics of interpersonal relationships. Anyone interested in participating should stop by the counseling center. The student counseling center is open Monday through Friday from 8 STUDENT SERVICES 53 �a.m. to 5 p.m. For an appointment call extension 2733 or just drop in. HEALTH SERVICE THE UNIVERSITY’S health service entitles full-time students to consultation and advice, a medical examination by appointment, minor treatment and first aid. A physician is in attendance at the health center at definite hours. The University makes available to all students a comprehensive plan of insurance covering medical expenses for a period of one year from the date of enrollment. Materials will be sent to the students prior to enrollment explaining the plan and costs involved. All students from countries other than the United States and Canada are required to carry health insurance as a condition of enrollment. Students who choose not to carry the program offered by the University must furnish proof that they have purchased an equivalent program of American health insurance. In either case, proof of insurance shall be required before registration is permitted. industry, and government agencies; by mailing employment credentials for graduates to prospective employers; by notifying graduates of employment opportunities; and by vocational counseling. In addition to assisting graduate and currently enrolled undergraduate students, this office maintains an active file of available alumni Alumni desiring to candidates. become, or to remain, active candidates must contact the office in writing for re-enrollment each year. Assistance in finding part-time and summer jobs is maintained and made available to all students. Several bulletin boards listing current parttime jobs are maintained to keep registrants informed. Regular contact is maintained with employers both on and off campus in an effort to promote their interest in employing Lake Superior State University students. NOTES CAREER PLANNING/ PLACEMENT i : LAKE SUPERIOR State University maintains a centralized career planning and placement service for alumni and graduates. The function of the office of career planning and placement is to assist students to develop realistic career goals and in locating suitable and desirable employment. This is done by arranging interviews with representatives of schools, business, i ':• i STUDENT SERVICES 54 i ; V *___ a �ATHLETICS The mission of intercollegiate athletics at Lake Superior State University is to provide a broad based, meaningful opportunity for the student-athlete to compete while providing safety in travel, In competition and practice, addition, the athletic program provides the rest of the student body, campus community, local community and alumni an opportunity to follow the University. Lake Superior State University offers varsity intercollegiate athletics at the NCAA Division II level in the following sports: Men’s and Women’s Basketball, Cross Country, Track, Tennis, Women’s Volleyball and Softball and Men’s Golf and Wrestling. In addition, Lake Superior State University sponsors NCAA Division I Ice Hockey. The University is a member of the Great Lake Intercollegiate Athletic Conference (GLIAC) in it’s Division II sports, while holding membership in the Central Collegiate Hockey Association (CCHA) in Ice Hockey. The President, with assistance of the Executive Vice-President, has the same control over the athletics program that he/she exercises elsewhere in the University. The Intercollegiate Athletic Council, composed of faculty and staff of the University, approve academic eligibility requirements, scheduling of athletic events, athletic grant-in-aid policies and institutional positions on legislative matters acted upon at annual NCAA conventions. The Athletic Director reports directly to the Executive VicePresident on the day to day operation of the Intercollegiate Athletic Program. Initial and continuing eligibility for intercollegiate competition requires compliance with NCAA Bylaws Article 14. Interested individuals should contact the athletic department to ascertain All the necessary information, student-athletes are required to maintain a minimum grade point average, carry a required number of courses and make satisfactory progress towards a Baccalaureate Degree. NOTES ATHLETICS 55 �COSTS University fees and assessments listed here are based on the 1992 academic year and are subject to change by the University Board of Regents. APPLICATION FEE OF $20 (in United States funds) must accompany each application for admission to Lake Superior State University. Fee is nonrefundable; does not apply towards tuition or other fees. The tuition schedule shown applies to on-campus instruction and at residence centers. A. RESIDENTS of Michigan including students from Northern Ontario qualifying under the Reciprocity Agreement: Enrollment fee of $30 per student (not refundable). Credit hour cost $109.75 per hour for enrollment of 1 through 12 hours and for each additional credit hour in excess of 17. Total tuition cost per full-time resident student is $2694.00 per academic year. B. NON-RESIDENTS of Michigan: Enrollment fee of $30 per student (not refundable). Credit hour cost $216.25 per hour, for enrollment of 1 through 12 hours and for each additional credit hour in excess of 19. Total tuition cost per full-time, non-resident student is $5250.00 per academic year. Michigan Residence DEFINITION OF MICHIGAN RESIDENCY: As a state-supported institution, Lake Superior State University complies with the following definitions and regulations governing resident status: 1. The residence of a student who is a minor follows that of parents or legal guardians, except that a minor student who comes to the University from another state or country cannot be registered as a resident of this state on the basis of having a resident of this state as a guardian, except on per­ mission of the University in each individual case. 2. A person who is at least 18 years of age at the time of initial registration and who has con­ tinuously resided in Michigan for at least six months immediately preceding the first day of classes, is a resident for tuition purposes provided he/she can provide evi­ dence of Michigan residency. Such evidence should include, but is not limited to, changes in voter registration and vehicle registration. 3. Non-resident students who enter the state and immediately begin classes shall be eligible for reclassification to resident status after six months, provided they can provide evidence of a change in their residency status. Such evidence could include, but is not limited to, changes in voter and vehicle registration. COSTS • 56 �4. A Michigan resident absent from the state for periods of up to one year shall not forfeit his or her residence for tuition purposes, provided that he or she has taken no action to become a resident of another state. 5. Initial decisions on classification, and requests for reclassification to become a resident student, will be made by and to the registrar. Students may appeal these decisions to the executive vicepresident. 6. The residence of a student follows that of his or her spouse, except that a student who initially registers as a resident student may continue to register as a resident of Michigan although subsequently marrying a non­ resident student or other non­ resident. 7. Students on active duty in any of the armed services and stationed in the State of Michigan are exempt from payment of non­ resident tuition. 8. Aliens lawfully admitted as permanent residents in the United States who have a permanent visa, their spouses and minor children, may register as resi­ dents of this state provided they have met the other requirements herein for residency. 9. Any full-time employee of the University, and those members of the teaching staff whose appointments require at least three contact hours of teaching each week in regularly assigned formal classes, and their dependents, may register as residents. Any student who is in doubt of residence status should consult with the registrar and have any questions settled prior to registration. TUITION/FEES ALL TUITION and fees are payable according to established due dates. Students who are delinquent in payment of any financial obligation are subject to enrollment cancellation until all amounts due the University have been paid, or until satisfactory arrangements have been made with the business office. The registrar, on notice that a student is delinquent in payment, will deny registration to students delinquent in payments of fees and other University obligations. University services including transcripts will not be provided until financial obligations are paid. Registration is not complete until fees are paid. A check or draft returned to the University and not honored by the bank shall constitute non-payment and result in cancellation of registration. Auditing: The cost for auditing courses is one-half the tuition charged for credit courses plus the full amount of enrollment and special fees. Other Courses: A few courses have special fees. All registrations (including payment of fees) must be completed no later than six days after the beginning of regular instruction. No student may enroll for the semester after the six-day COSTS • 57 �a refund. Authorized refunds apply only to tuition and special course fees. For students on approved University financial aid, or aid through other agencies that mandate recovery of financial assistance, refunds will be in accordance with related requirements. Withdrawing students should check with the Director of Financial Aid. Refunds are made according to the following: During the first six days 100% Seven refund on withdrawals, through ten days 50% refund for students withdrawing completely from Lake Superior State University. No refunds for dropping one or two classes. period has passed without special permission from the Registrar. A service charge will be assessed for adding late. Vehicles: Students operating or parking a car or other motor vehicle anywhere on campus must pay an annual vehicle registration fee. The fee will be refunded in whole or in part only under certain conditions. Credit by exam: Credit by departmental examination can be available to students who are accepted as full-time. If a 2.00 or better is scored, the credit will be recorded on the student’s transcripts. The only fee charged will be a fee equivalent to CLEP exams, with no tuition charged for credits earned. Withdrawal: Students with­ drawing from the University must complete a withdrawal form in the Student Services Building to initiate Transcript Fee: Each student or former student is furnished, without charge, one official transcript either before or after graduation. A charge of $5 is made for each additional transcript. SUMMARY OF EXPENSES RESIDENT INCL. N. ONT. Tuition Housing (damage) deposit (paid once) Board and Room Books and supplies (higher for first semester) Total for year: NON­ RESIDENT $ 2,694 $ 5,250 75 3,855 480 75 3,855 480 $ 7,104 $ 9,660 In addition to the books and supplies indicated above students enrolled in certain curricula may be required to have special materials and supplies which may be purchased at the University bookstore. Travel and miscellaneous personal expenses will vary between students in proportion directly related to their established standards of living. COSTS 58 �ROOM & BOARD APPLICATIONS HOUSING APPLICA­ TIONS: Applications for housing must be made to the housing office. Students indicating interest in living on campus on their University admissions application will be sent housing information, Room assignments will be made upon receipt of the first room and board payment. Applications are voided if first room and board payment is not received by June 12. If application is canceled by proper notification to the housing manager by June 12, all monies paid will be refunded. When cancellation is made between June 12 and the opening of the residence halls, LSSU retains $100.00. If cancellation is made after the halls open, a penalty of $300.00 is charged. Students must be "accepted" by Admissions to live on campus. ROOM AND BOARD: A variety of living environments are available on campus for students. Room and board costs for 19921993 are $3,819.00 for the academic year plus a $36.00 environmental fee. Payments are divided into nine installments. DAMAGE DEPOSIT: Students living on campus must pay a $75.00 damage deposit prior to checking into the halls. This deposit will be retained as a guarantee against breakage or damage. It will be refunded, less charges for breakage or damage, when students leave on-campus housing. REGULATIONS: To insure effective use of residence hall and cafeteria facilities and to promote development of desirable social qualities in students, certain regulations have been adopted to govern the conduct in the residence halls. Each student is given a copy of the regulations. NOTES COSTS 59 �FINANCIAL AID THE UNIVERSITY STRIVES to reward the scholar and to meet the needs of the many students who apply for financial assistance. A combination of University, state and federal programs enable many students to receive a "financial aid package" which may include a combination of scholarship, loan, grant, and/or work assistance. Priority in aid awards will be to full-time undergraduate students. All students should carefully consider the full cost of their education, parental support, and savings, including savings from summer employment, in determining their need for financial aid. Students with excellent high school or community college grades are encouraged to apply for scholarships regardless of need. Students with need will be considered for loans, grants, and/or employment on the basis of need established from the Financial Aid Form (FAF) or Family Financial Statement (FFS). Applications for all financial aid programs are available from the office of student financial aid. The staff of this office will be happy to counsel with applicants and their parents concerning the costs of attending the University, availability of financial aid, and application procedures. All applications for financial aid must be received by April 1. Financial Statements (FAF or FFS) must be postmarked on or before March 1. Applying Students already enrolled may secure applications in the financial aids office. PROSPECTIVE STUDENTS wishing to apply for financial aid should complete the financial aid section of the application for admission; forms may be obtained from high school principals or counselors or by writing to: Student Financial Aid, Lake Superior State University, Sault Ste. Marie, MI 49783. Applications should be submitted to the University as soon as possible and must be on file by April 1 to be considered for the fall semester beginning in August. SCHOLARSHIP REQUIREMENTS: Incoming freshmen must be in the upper onefourth of their graduating class and FINANCIAL AID 60 �have a 3.25 grade point average. The recipient of any award must be a full-time student (carrying 12 academic hours or more). Scholarship awardees will be notified December 1 through May. Others, April 1 through June. In most cases scholarship winners are selected on the basis of competitive examinations, scholastic records, and/or financial need. The American College Test is the University’s primary test for scholarship applicants. Test results must be on file by April 1. Students applying for assistance must have parents or guardian complete a Financial Aid Form (FAF). These forms are made available by the College Scholarship Service and may be obtained from local high school The counselors or principals. University will also accept the Family Financial Statement (FFS) from the American College Testing Program. Indicate on the form that a copy of the financial needs analysis report is to be sent to Lake Superior State University. The form must be mailed on or before March 1 to assure that financial needs analysis reports are received before the financial aid application deadline of April 1. RETAINING AID (SATISFACTORY PROGRESS POLICY) A POLICY of great importance to students receiving financial aid defines the rate of academic progress and success which must be met if financial aid is to be retained. If you are receiving any form of financial aid, please study the following section carefully: Financial aid regulations require satisfactory progress for students to remain eligible for financial aid. Programs affected by this policy are: Pell Grant, Perkins Student Loan, College Work-Study, Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant, the Stafford Student Loan Programs, Board of Regents Scholarships, Board of Regents Grant, Michigan Competitive Scholarship, and all other institutional scholarships and The following is the grants. minimum requirement for all types of financial aid; however, there are some types of aid, such as scholarships, with more stringent requirements: EVERY STUDENT must maintain, at the end of each semester, a cumulative grade point average (GPA) of at least: Credits Cumulative Attempted GPA 0-25 1.70 as a freshman 26-55 1.86 as a sophomore 56-87 1.93 as a junior 88+ 1.97 as a senior APPLICATION OF POLICY Freshman and new transfer students not meeting the GPA requirement after their first semester will be placed on Financial Aid Probation for one semester. The cumulative GPA after the probationary semester must satisfy the minimum GPA or the student will have their financial aid suspended. Students classified as a sophomore or higher will not have a probationary semester and must meet the schedule above. In addition, each student must have earned the following number of credits at the end of each semester in FINANCIAL AID 61 �attendance in order to remain eligible for financial aid: Full-Time Semester Credits Earned 1 $ 2 3 4 16 25 5 6 7 34 43 52 61 Full-Time Semester ¥ 9 10 11 12 13 14 15-1- Credits Earned 70 79 88 97 106 115 124 ineligible Students enrolled for less than 6 credits do not have a term/semester added and those enrolled for 6 to 11 credits count as one-half semester. Students are reviewed annually (at the completion of Spring Semester) in regards to credits completed. Students who do not meet the completion schedule are considered as not making satisfactory progress and their financial aid is suspended for subsequent semesters. Once financial aid is suspended, both the GPA and credit completion criteria must be met in subsequent semesters before reinstatement of aid is possible. If completion of "1" grades or other record changes warrant a reinstatement, a written notice from the Registrar’s Office must be presented to the Financial Aid Office by the end of the semester following suspension of aid. Summer school attendance may be used by the student to remove grade point or credit earned deficiencies. Students must file a request for reinstatement with the Financial Aid Office following the successful completion of a summer term. FINANCIAL AID SUSPENSION No aid, including but not limited to the Stafford Student Loan, Perkins Student Loan, College Work-Study, Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant, Pell Grant, Michigan Competitive Scholarship, and Institutional Scholarships and Grants, will be granted once a student’s eligibility is suspended. To remove financial aid suspension status, a student must have attained the minimum cumulative grade point average and credit earned requirements while not receiving financial aid processed through the University. Successful students then must advise the Financial Aid Office in writing that they meet the requirements for reinstatement. TRANSFER STUDENTS The requirements for transfer students are based on the number of full-time equivalent credits transferred to LSSU. For example, a student with 68 transfer credits must earn a G.P.A. of 1.93 or higher and must earn at least 16 credits after two semesters of study. SCHOLARSHIP RENEWAL REQUIREMENTS In addition to the credits completion schedule, scholarship winners must meet the following GPA requirements to maintain their awards: BOARD OF REGENTS DISTINGUISHED* BOARD OF REGENTS** 3.00 or better after two 2.50 or better after two semesters of study semesters of study 3.10 or belter after four 2.60 or better after four semesters of study semesters of study 3.20 or better after six 2.70 or better after six semesters of study semesters of study •Includes other institutional scholarships with a value of full-tuition or higher. ••Includes other institutional scholarships with a value of less than full tuition. FINANCIAL AID 62 �RIGHT TO APPEAL A student whose aid is suspended may request reinstatement through the Financial Aid Committee. To obtain reinstatement, the student must effectively demonstrate that their poor performance was due to some unusual circumstance. Such requests should be in writing and addressed to the Executive Vice President. Scholarships are awarded on academic excellence and may not be reinstated by appeal. CONSUMER INFORMATION AS AN APPLICANT and recipient of Federal financial student aid, you have certain rights and responsibilities, Knowing your rights and responsibilities will put you in a better position to make a decision about your goals and how you can best achieve them. STUDENT RIGHTS: You have the right to know: 1. What financial aid programs are available at your school. They are listed in the financial aid section of this Catalog. 2. Deadlines for submitting applications for each available financial aid program. 3. How financial aid will be distributed, how decisions on that distribution are made, and the basis for these decisions. (Contact financial aid office.) 4. How your financial need was determined. This includes how costs for tuition and fees, room and board, travel, books and supplies, personal and miscel­ laneous expenses, etc., are considered in your budget. (See award letter.) 5. What resources (such as parental contribution, other financial aid, your assets, etc.) were considered in the calculation of your need. (Contact financial aid office.) 6. How much of your financial need as determined by the institution has been met. (Contact financial aid office.) 7. To request an explanation of the various programs in your student aid package. 8. Your school’s refund policy. This is in the Catalog "costs" section. 9. What portion of the financial aid you receive must be repaid, and what portion is grant aid. If the aid is a loan, you have the right to know what the interest rate is, the total amount that must be repaid, the payback procedures, the length of time you have to repay the loan, and when repayment is to begin. (Contact financial aid office, see loan note.) 10. How the school determines whether you are making satisfactory progress, and what happens if you are not. This information is under "Retaining Financial Aid" in this section of the Catalog. 11. Handicapped students: Lake Superior State University programs are accessible to the handicapped. Further information is available from the director of counseling. FINANCIAL AID 63 �AND FINALLY: You have the right to request: 12. An explanation of the various programs in your student aid package. 13. The names of associations, agencies or governmental bodies which approve, accredit or license the University programs and copies of the accreditation documents are to be available upon request. (See "Accreditation".) STUDENT RESPONSIBILITIES: 1. You must complete all application forms accurately and submit them on time to the right place. 6. You must perform the work that is agreed upon in accepting a work-study award. 7. You must be aware of and comply with deadlines for application or reapplication for aid. 8. Be aware of your school’s refund procedures. 9. All schools must provide information to prospective students about the schools programs and performance. You should consider this information carefully before deciding to attend. NOTES 2. You must provide correct information. In most instances, misreporting information on financial aid application forms is a violation of law and may be considered a criminal offense which could result in indictment under the United States criminal code. 3. You must return all additional documentation, verification, corrections, and/or new information requested by either the financial aid office or the agency to which you submitted your application. 4. You are responsible for reading and understanding all forms you are asked to sign and for keeping copies of them. 5. You must accept responsibility for all agreements you sign. FINANCIAL AID 64 �SCHOLARSHIPS, GRANTS THE PRESIDENT’S ACHIEVEMENT AWARD: Value: $3300 per year for first place. $3000 second and third place, full tuition fourth and fifth place, renewable for four years. Applicants must be high school graduates or near graduation in high schools in Michigan’s upper and northern lower peninsulas. Eligibility: Applicants must have a minimum 3.5 grade point average in high school or be selected as a National Merit Semi-Finalist. All qualified applicants will be invited to take a competitive examination on the Lake Superior State University campus to determine the scholarship recipient. Financial need will not be considered in awarding this scholarship. schools, have taken the ACT test, and rank in the upper one-quater of their high school classes. Renewable up to four years. Students requesting a fifth year renewal must petition the financial aid committee, which may or may not authorize such a renewal. BOARD OF REGENTS MICHIGAN JUNIOR AND COMMUNITY COLLEGE SCHOLARSHIPS*: Value: variable up to full tuition per year, for study in any curriculum. Applicants must be residents of Michigan and must have graduated or intend to graduate from a recognized junior or community college in Michigan prior to enrollment at Lake Superior State University. Eligible applicants must be enrolling as at least juniors at Lake Superior State University and have a minimum Community College grade point average of 3.0 or higher. Renewable for senior year. BOARD OF REGENTS DISTINGUISHED STUDENT SCHOLAR­ SHIP*: Value: $3000 per year, for study in any degree curriculum offered by the University. Applicants must be residents of Michigan, graduates or near­ graduates of properly accredited high schools, have taken the ACT test, and rank in the upper one-quarter of their high school classes. Renewable up to four years. Students requesting a fifth year renewal must petition the financial aid committee, which may or may not authorize such a renewal. BOARD OF REGENTS UNITED STATES AND FOREIGN SCHOLAR­ SHIPS*: Value: variable up to full tuition per year, for study in any degree curriculum offered by the University. Applicants must be from states other than Michigan or from foreign countries, Students must have a 3.5 GPA. Preference will be given to students from states adjacent to Michigan. BOARD OF REGENTS SCHOLARSHIP*: Value: variable up to full tuition per year, for study in any degree curriculum offered by the University. Applicants must be residents of Michigan, graduates or neargraduates of properly accredited high BOARD OF REGENTS SAULT STE. MARIE, ONTARIO, SCHOLARSHIP*: Value: variable up to full tuition per year, for study in any degree curriculum offered by the University. Applicants must be FINANCIAL AID 65 �residents of Sault Ste. Marie, Ontario, and graduates of a Sault Ste. Marie, Ontario, high school. Scholarship is renewable up to four years. Students requesting a fifth year renewal must petition the financial aid committee, which may or may not authorize such a renewal. 'All Board of Regents Scholarships, subject to regular renewal criteria, are normally granted for 8 consecutive academic semesters, excluding summer. In cases where a student must temporarily leave school due to circumstances beyond his or her control, the financial aid committee will consider petitions for scholarship reinstatement. Circumstances where a scholarship reinstatement might be granted would normally include cases of accident or serious illness. BESSER FOUNDATION SCHOLARSHIPS: Value up to $2000. Established by the Besser Foundation of Alpena, Michigan for students who meet the following conditions: must be a graduate from Alpena High School, must have a college G.P.A. of 3.15 or higher, grant is further subject to a maximum of $2000 for each graduate, student must meet all requirements of the college for financial assistance, and the University must match the Foundation’s grant with an equal amount of assistance from other University sources. RICHARD I. BLANKENBAKER MEMO­ RIAL AWARD: Value: variable up to full tuition. Established by the family of Richard I. Blankenbaker, a person who overcame his impoverished youth to own a supermarket chain and devote much of his life to public service. He also served as Director of Public Safety for the city of Indianapolis, Indiana. Mr. Blankenbaker was an avid fisherman and outdoorsman who loved to visit the DeTour area and shared his love of the northwoods with his five children and many grandchildren. Preference will be given to graduates of DeTour High School or a DeTour mailing address. Applicants must be needy and the award is renewable if the applicant meets the University’s satisfactory progress policy for financial aid renewal. RUSSELL D. BRUCE RECREATION DEPART­ MENT SCHOLARSHIP: Value: $300. This annual scholarship is established in honor and recognition of Dr. Russell D. Bruce, the first department head (1976-1987) of Recreation disciplines at Lake Superior State University. Awarded to a Recreation Major student at the conclusion of the Spring Semester of the junior year. Candidates will be nominated by the Recreation Department faculty, and the recipient will be selected based on scholarship (3.00 or better), leadership, and service contributions to the Recreation Club and Lake The Superior State University, recommendation of the Recreation Department will be submitted to the Financial Aid Committee for final approval. ROBERT W. CURTISAMERICAN SOCIETY FOR METALS SCHOLAR­ SHIP: Value: $250 (Canadian funds) for study in an engineering or engineering technology curriculum. To be awarded to Canadian citizens who have graduated from Ontario high schools. Must be in the upper half of the graduating class and submit references from two non­ relatives. CENTRAL SAVINGS BANK SCHOLARSHIP: Value: tuition and books. Established in 1990 to assist majors FINANCIAL AID 66 �in finance and economics. Students majoring in accounting or economics with a finance minor will be considered as a second priority. Preference to students who have graduated from high school in the Eastern Upper Peninsula or the Algoma District of Ontario who have an interest in seeking full-time employment in the field of banking in the Eastern Upper Peninsula. Applicants must have earned a 3.0 GPA after two or more semesters of study. A screening committee of five members composed of three members of the faculty of the Business and Economics Department, one Central Savings Bank representative and one person from the city government will review the qualified applicants at the conclusion of winter semester each year. Applicants must submit a resume and a transcript of grades. The committee will review the credentials of the applicants and invite the The finalist for interviews, committee will select the recipient and one alternate and recommend the selections to the full Financial Aid Committee for final approval. The recipient must maintain a grade point average consistent with the University policy for full tuition scholarships. The scholarship is renewable for a maximum of three years. BUD COOPER BASKET­ BALL AWARD: Value: $300. The Ronald "Bud" Cooper Award is awarded annually to that individual in the men’s basketball program that most exemplifies the attributes of Ronald "Bud" Cooper during his years as an athlete, coach, and athletic director here at Lake Superior State University. During Ronald "Bud" Cooper’s 30+ years of service, he demonstrated a tremendous amount of loyalty to his teammates, staff, and Lake Superior State University. In addition to his loyalty, he exemplified a tremendous amount of tenacity in the sport, while performing solidly in the classroom. It is in honor of these attributes that Lake Superior State University will annually present the Ronald "Bud" Cooper Men’s Basketball Award to an individual exhibiting these attributes. The recommendation of the Athletic Department will be submitted to the Financial Aid Committee for final approval. HUDSON, COATES, KLINE Value: SCHOLARSHIP: minimum $2000. Established by the Hudson Foundation in memory of Roberts P. Hudson, Claude W. Coates, and Robert C. Kline prominent Sault Ste. Marie attorneys. The Hudson Foundation ministers funds for educational and charitable purposes in Chippewa County Michigan. Awarded to a graduating Sault Area High School senior accepted for admission in any undergraduate degree program. Selections shall be based on high school grades, ACT test scores, class rank and financial need. The award is renewable for up to a total of four years subject to the recipient maintaining the academic standards required for distinguished scholarships. FRANK AND GLADYS HOHOLIK SCHOLAR­ SHIP: Value: variable up to full tuition. Applicants may be entering freshmen, transfer students, or currently enrolled students who have completed three terms of instruction at Lake Superior State University. Applicants must demonstrate Recipients may financial need, request renewal of the scholarship for up to four years. FINANCIAL Ain 67 �MICHAEL D. DELLAMORETTA MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP: In honor of Michael Della-Moretta, a 1977 graduate killed while serving as a navy pilot aboard the U.S. Carrier Independence off Iran in 1981. He once said the happiest years of his life were at Lake Superior State University. The value of the award is $500 per year based on academic achievement and financial need. Preference given to Upper Peninsula residents with an interest in biological science. DR. ARTHUR E. DUWE MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP: Established by family and friends in memory of Dr. Arthur E. Duwe, Professor of Biology from 1968-1991. Eligibility: Awarded to a senior Medical Technology student for his/her year of internship. If a qualified Medical Technology "tudent is not available, the award nay be given to a senior in Biology, Fisheries and Wildlife or Environmental Science. Students may be a Michigan resident or non­ resident, enrolled full-time with a cumulative 3.0 or higher grade point average. Financial need is not a criteria for award consideration. Selection: One recipient shall be selected each year from qualified applicants by faculty of the Biology and Chemistry Department. Interested applicants will apply for the scholarship during the spring semester of their junior year and the award will commence Fall Semester of the applicant’s senior year. The recommendation of the academic department will be submitted to the Financial Aid Committee of Lake Superior State University for final approval. ROSA L. GROUT SCHOL­ Value ARSHIP FUND: variable. Established in 1992 by Rosa L. Grout, a long time teacher of Mathematics in the Sault Area Schools and one of the founders of the Chippewa County Employees Credit Union. Applicants must be enrolled in Engineering Technology, Mathematics, Computer and Mathematical Science, or a lab science major. Financial need not a criteria. Selection based on high school grade point average, ACT test and high school class rank. Student may be Michigan resident or nonresident. Renewable for up to four years. BILL AYERS MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP: Established as a memorial to Bill Ayers, former girls’ basketball coach at Sault High School. Recipient must be a Sault High graduate and be accepted at Lake Superior State University. Qualified applicants are recommended by the High School Scholarship Committee to the University financial aid committee for final selection. Renewable up to four years. EARL AND MINNIE WALKER ENDOWMENT SCHOLARSHIP FUND: This scholarship fund was established in memory of Earl and Minnie Walker, long time residents and community leaders in Strongs, Michigan. The Walkers highly valued education, and encouraged their children and others to pursue a college education. The value of the award is variable up to full tuition. Awards are made on the basis of academic FINANCIAL AID 68 �achievement and financial need. Open to incoming students and renewable for up to four years. SOCIETY OF AMERICAN MILITARY ENGINEERS SCHOLARSHIP: Value: $300 for full-time students currently enrolled in engineering or engineering technology curricula. Application to be made to the head of the engineering technology department. Selection is made by the financial aid committee upon recommendation of the SAME executive committee. SOO BOTTLING COM­ PANY SCHOLARSHIP: Value: $500. Established in 1987 by the Soo Bottling Company to recognize outstanding high school graduates from eastern Upper Peninsula high schools. One student from each of the eligible high schools will be awarded a scholarship in the spring of their senior year. The eligible high schools include: Brimley, Pickford, Newberry, Rudyard, St. Ignace, Engadine, Mackinac Island, Grand Marais, Cedarville, DeTour, Paradise and Sault Ste. Marie. Selection will be made on the basis of the student’s high school grade point average, ACT test score and class rank. Recipients must enroll as full-time students at LSSU. TRI-COUNTY WILDLIFE UNLIMITED SCHOLAR­ SHIP: Value: $1000. Established by the Tri-County Wildlife Unlimited Organization to assist qualified Fisheries and Wildlife students from the counties of Chippewa, Mackinac and Luce. Eligibility: Awarded to a resident of the tri-county area who is classified as a sophomore or higher. Preference will be given to students enrolled in the Fisheries and Wildlife Program with a cumulative grade point average of 3.0 or higher. The scholarship is renewable for the senior year if the recipient maintains a cumulative grade point average equal to or greater than that required by University scholarship renewal policy. Selection: One recipient shall be selected each year from qualified applicants by faculty of the Biology and Chemistry Department. Interested applicants will apply for the scholarship during the spring of their sophomore year and the award will commence Fall Semester of the applicant’s junior year. BOWATING BUSINESS AND PROFESSIONAL WOMEN’S SCHOLAR­ SHIP: Value: variable for a student who has returned to colleg* after at least a two-year interruptic and who has established a colle^ cumulative 3.0 grade point averag in two semesters of study. Restricted to applicants from Chippewa, Mackinac or Luce counties. Selection made in spring for the following academic year. EDWARD C. AND HAZEL L. STEPHENSON FOUNDATION SCHOLAR­ SHIP: Value: variable up to $500. Generally awarded during spring semester to students who have been enrolled at least two semesters at the University. Applicants may be enrolled in any degree curriculum and either resident or non-resident The financial aid students. committee may give preference to junior or senior students if the number of qualified applicants exceeds the funding available. FINANCIAL AID 69 �PHILIP A. HART MEMORIAL SCHOLAR­ SHIP: These scholarships are for students whose ideals and goals reflect those of the late senator. Awards range in value from $3000 to the entire cost of education. Scholarships will be awarded annually in April and are renewable for up to four years. Eligible are: Seniors of Michigan high schools, or graduates of Michigan community colleges planning to attend Lake Superior Slate University for the first time. Applicants must have a 3.0 cumulative grade point average in their current studies. Successful applicants will have demonstrated interests in public service, as reflected through leadership roles and volunteer divides in school, community, and hurch. Candidates will be required ) submit with their applications ormal essays detailing their values, goals, and public service experience. Essays should attempt to answer this question: "How have my activities thus far related to the goals and the ideals of Senator Hart?" Candidates will also be required to submit two letters of recommen­ dation from individuals acquainted with their leadership and/or public service activities, Deadline for receipt of all application materials is April 1. TEMPIE DUBOW MEMORIAL SCHOLAR­ SHIP: Established in memory of Tempie Dubow, a 1973 nursing graduate and cheerleader, Value variable. Recipient recommended to the financial aid committee by the health sciences department. 449th BOMBARDMENT WING SCHOLARSHIP: Value: $1500. An endowment fund was established by officers, men and civilian employees of the 449th Bombardment Wing of Kincheloe Air Force Base as an expression of appreciation and friendship for the Tri-County area. Eligible applicants must be entering freshmen who have been graduated from high schools in Chippewa, Luce or Mackinac counties. Students’ high school grade point averages, rank in class, and ACT test scores will be prime citeria in the selection of recipients. FLETCHER SCHOLAR­ SHIP FUND: A native of Sault Ste. Marie, H. Thayer Fletcher founded the first endowment scholarship fund at Lake Superior State University. Remembering his talented high school classmates who, during the depths of the Depression, could not attend college, Mr. Fletcher was dedicated to helping today’s worthy but needy young people. At his death, he bequeathed to Lake Superior State University nearly a half a million dollars for this purpose. Value: Variable up to $3000 per year; for study in any degree curriculum offered by the University. Applicants must be Michigan or Canadian residents, demonstrate financial need, and have attained "superior" grades in high school, in previous colleges, or at Lake Superior State University. Eligible applicants may be entering freshmen, transfer students or students who have attended Lake Superior State University three semesters as full­ time students. Renewable up to four years. Apply to Lake Superior State University financial aid committee. FINANCIAL AID 70 �GEORG W. DELLIS MEMORIAL SCHOLAR­ SHIP: Value: full tuition. This scholarship was established in memory of Georg W. Dellis who had a short and successful business career and wished to help those qualified students in need of financial assistance to further their educations and professional careers. Applicants must have enrolled for one year at Lake Superior State University, have a minimum grade point average of 3.0, be a Michigan resident, have financial need, and be enrolled in the bachelor’s program in business administration or in finance Scholarship is and economics, renewable if the successful recipient continues to meet eligibility criteria and has a grade point average equivalent to that required for a Board of Regents Distinguished Scholarship. GUY ADDA MEMORIAL ENDOWED SCHOLAR­ SHIP: Established by family and friends of Guy Adda, a 1973 psychology and law enforcement graduate. Preference will be given to applicants from southeastern lower Michigan who have financial need. Selection will be based on the student’s academic grade point average, ACT test scores and high school class rank. The award is renewable for up to four years. FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF ST. IGNACE ENDOWED SCHOLAR­ SHIP: Established by the First National Bank of St. Ignace to assist a St. Ignace area student attending the University. Preference will be given to graduates of LaSalle High School of St. Ignace and selection will be based on the student’s grade point average, ACT test score and high school class rank. Financial need is not a criteria and the award is renewable for up to a total of four years. KURT AND MARY E. BRAMMER SCHOLAR­ SHIP: Established in 1981 by Kurt and Mary Brammer through a gift of 10,000 shares of L. E. Myers Corporation stock. The Brammers are summer residents of Neebish Island, childhood home of Mrs. Brammer. The value of the scholarship is full tuition. Qualified applicants will include high school seniors, transfer students, or currently enrolled Lake Superior State University students who apply after two semesters of full-time attendance. Awards to high school seniors will be based on student’s ACT test score, grade point average and class rank. Awards to collegt transfer and currently enrolls students will be based on college grade point average. Scholarships may be renewed for up to four (4) years, provided student meets the University scholarship renewal criteria. GEORGE AND VIRGINIA LAHODNY ENDOWMENT SCHOLARSHIP FUND: The value of the award will be minimum of $500 up to full tuition depending on the annual earnings of the fund. Qualified applicants will include entering freshmen, community college graduates, or currently enrolled students who have completed three full-time semesters at Lake Superior State University. The Scholarships will be awarded on the following criteria: entering freshmen will be judged on the basis of their high school grade point average, ACT test score and rank in class; community college graduates will be considered on their FINANCIAL AID 71 �community college grade point average; currently enrolled Lake Superior State University students will be considered on their Lake Superior State University grade point average. This will be a merit award and financial need shall not be a criteria. Scholarships shall be renewable on the basis of the student filing a renewable application annually and the maintenance of the same academic grade point average as is required for a Board of Regents Scholarship. SAULT/LORETTO HIGH SCHOOL MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP: Value: variable. Established in 1990 by a committee of Sault High/Loretto graduates to assist Sault High graduates attending Lake Superior State University. Applicants must be graduates of Sault High and enrolled full-time. Selection will be based on the student’s grade point average, ‘.CT test score and high school class ink. Financial need is not a iteria. If a graduating senior is not /ailable for the scholarship, it may lx awarded to a currently enrolled Lake Superior State University student who is a Sault High graduate. GEOLOGY CLUB SCHOLARSHIP: A fund created by the Geology Club annually awards scholarship to one or more students majoring in geology. During the early weeks of spring semester a student (or students) will be selected to receive the award for spring term of the same year, Recipients must be juniors or seniors who have attended Lake Superior State University for at least two semesters, been active members of the Geology Club, and have an exceptionally good academic record in geology during this period. Candidates will be selected by the geology faculty. JOHN KALESKY MEMORIAL ENDOWED SCHOLARSHIP FUND: Value: $900. Established by his family in memory of John F. Kalesky, a 1985 geology graduate. Awarded to a high school senior admitted into the geology program. Preference given to students with need. Selected on the basis of high school grades, ACT test scores and class rank. The award may be granted to a currently enrolled geology student after one year (26 credits) of study at the University. Eligible University students must have a GPA of 3.0 or higher. The award is renewable subject to the recipient meeting the Board of Regents scholarship renewal criteria and filing a renewal financial aid application on time. ERNEST KEMP ENDOWED SCHOLAR­ SHIP FUND: Minimum value: $600. Established in the name of C. Ernest Kemp, a longtime professor of Geology and Dean Emeritus at the University. Professor Kemp was one of the original instructors of the then Sault Branch of Michigan Technological University in 1946 who retired in 1980. Awarded to a high school senior admitted in the geology program. Financial need is not a criteria and the recipient will be selected on the basis of high school grades, ACT test scores and class rank. If an eligible high school senior is not available, the scholarship may be awarded to a geology major who has completed twenty-six or more credits at the University and has a 3.0 or higher University GPA. The award is renewable subject to the recipient meeting the Board of Regents FINANCIAL AID 72 �scholarship renewal criteria and filing a renewal financial aid application on time. grades, ACT test scores, class rank, character, leadership and financial need. DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICS SCHOLARSHIP: A fund has been created for the purpose of annually awarding a monetary scholarship to a deserving mathematics major. During the early weeks of winter semester a student (or students) will be selected to receive the award for use in spring semester of the same year. The class level is open but the student must be majoring in mathematics. The recipient(s) will be nominated and chosen by a vote of the mathematics faculty. ALANA EITREM MEMO­ RIAL ENDOWMENT FUND AWARD: Established by family and friends in memory of Alana Eitrem, a Nursing student from 1984-1986. Eligible students must be admitted to the Nursing program, be a graduate of a Chippewa County high school, and be needy. The award is renewable if the recipient maintains a 2.00 grade point average and continues as an eligible nursing student. CRIMINAL JUSTICE SCHOLARSHIP: A fund is available to assist criminal justice juniors or seniors. Adjunct faculty member Patrick Shannon established the fund in 1984. Awards of $400 are made every year to a deserving criminal justice student. Application is based on need and will be awarded for the fall semester. Nominations are made by the criminal justice faculty and confirmed by the financial aid committee. SAM M. COHODAS ENDOWED SCHOLAR­ SHIP FUND: Established by Sam Cohodas through a gift of 132 Mr. shares of Tenneco Stock. Cohodas was a long time Upper Peninsula businessman, philanthropist, and recipient of LSSU’s 1987 Distinguished Citizen Award. Earnings from the fund shall be used for two scholarships awarded to Michigan Upper Peninsula high school seniors, selection based on high school LSSU FOUNDATION ENDOWED SCHOLAR­ SHIP FUND: This fund was established in 1986 to assist academically qualified need' students. minimum $300, 1 Value: Michigan resident or non-reside, For study in an; students. curriculum; available to high school seniors, community college graduates, and LSSU students who are enrolled full-time and have earned 26 or more LSSU credits. The selection is made on the basis of student G.P.A., ACT test scores and class rank (upperclass students on G.P.A. only). Renewable. Selection by the financial aid committee. RAYMOND CHELBERG OUTSTANDING SCIENCE ATHLETE SCHOLARSHIP In memory of Prof. FUND: Raymond Chelberg, long time head of the University chemistry program. Awarded to outstanding science/athlete students at end of Selection by their junior year. athletic department in conjunction with academic department heads. FINANCIAL AID 73 �MEMORIALS Substantial funds have been contributed to the University’s endowment Scholarship Fund in memory of the following individuals: Arvid Norlin Donald Lenick Donald Hastings Viggo J. Thomsen Orlando Pingatore David Blair Minnie Etta Shobbrook Leslie O’Polka Howard MacDonald Recipients must have at least 3.0 G.P.A., have demonstrated leadership abilities, major in a natural science and excel in at least one varsity sport. NTHONY BOOTH/ I LFRED BRENNEN Endowed scholar­ ship FUND: In memory of Anthony D. Booth and Alfred John Brennen by the Denny Booth family. Awarded to graduates of Sault High School with minimum 3.0 G.P.A., demonstrated leadership, and needy. Renewable for a total of four years. CHIPPEWA-MACKINAC AREA RETIRED SCHOOL PERSONNEL SCHOLARSHIP: Value: $400. For graduates or near graduates of area high schools or currently enrolled university students. Applicants may be enrolled in any degree curriculum, must have graduated from a Chippewa or Mackinac County Prof. Stephen P. Youngs Franklin T. Otis Linda Pike Milton Bays Beverly Brennen Booth E.J. ’’Shine'1 Sundstrom Chrisopher Yanni Bernard M. Smith Lynn Steppig secondary school, and ranked in the upper one-third of their high school graduating class. Currently enrolled University applicants must have completed 26 hours of academic credit at Lake Superior State University and have obtained a minimum 3.00 cumulative grade point average. Applicants must also be needy and accepted for admission. Selections will be made in the spring for the following academic year by the Financial Aid Committee of the University. Recipients may reapply annually. MILTON SCHERER MEMORIAL ENDOWED SCHOLARSHIP: In memory of Milton Scherer, LSSU assistant professor of history and geography from 1948 to 1965. Awarded to sophomores majoring in history with minors in geography. Must have a cumulative 3.0 G.P.A. Qualified applicants are recommended by the Arts and Letters Department to financial aid committee. Renewable. FINANCIAL AID 74 �SMO FOUNDATION ENDOWED SCHOLAR­ SHIP: Established by Stanley Tomcyek family, native and longtime residents of Sault Ste. Marie. Applicants must be LSSU sophomores, majoring in pre­ medicine or pre-pharmacy, resident of Chippewa, Mackinac, or Luce Counties, 3.50 college G.P.A., and needy. Renewable for the junior and senior year. CHRISTOPHER W. REINKE ENDOWMENT AWARD: Established by family and friends in memory of Chris Reinke, a Natural Resources Technology (NRT) student, 1986-87. The intent of the award is to assist an average Natural Resources Technology student with a grade point average between 2.0-3.0 and who, in the opinion of the NRT faculty, has a sincere interest and dedication in the NRT field. Preference will be given to those students with financial need. Selection by the Natural Resources Technology faculty at the end of winter semester of the freshman year to be used for the sophomore year only. EUGENE L. WELCH ENDOWMENT SCHOLAR­ SHIP: Value: tuition and books. Established by Barbara Welch Buchanan of Richardon, Texas in memory of Eugene L. Welch, a former Sault businessman who highly valued education for his family and encouraged others to pursue a college education. Applicants must be accepted for admission in any undergraduate program, be a resident of Michigan, and have financial need. The award is renewable up to four years if the recipient maintains the grades required for a Distinguished Scholar­ ship. LOTTIE, FLORENCE AND DOROTHY WEINRICH MEMORIAL SCHOLAR­ SHIP FUND: Value $1000. Established in memory of Lottie, Florence and Dorothy Weinrich, long time residents of Sault Ste. Marie. Awards are made to both resident and non-resident students on the basis of academic achievement. The scholarship is renewable if the recipient meets the University scholarship renewal policy. SANDERSON ENDOWED SCHOLARSHIP: Established in memory of C.G. ''Sandy" a local aviatorSanderson businessman and longtime Sault Ste. Marie resident. Mr. Sanderson’ high regard for education can best 1 exemplified in a quote from a leti he wrote to his grandson, Ten i upon learning he was returning t! Lake Superior State to complete his education. "Education cannot be taken from you nor can it be transferred, there is no reasonable way to measure its value, It will enhance your entire life." Eligibility: Applicants must be a graduate of an Upper Peninsula high school, and selection will be made on the basis of the applicant’s grade point average, ACT test score and class rank. Financial need will not be a consideration and students may be enrolled in any course of study. CHASE S. AND STELLA B. OSBORN ENDOWED SCHOLARSHIP FUND: Value: variable. Established through a bequest of Stella B. FINANCIAL AID 75 �Osborn, wife of the former governor of Michigan, Chase S. Osborn. Award is based on GPA, ACT test, class rank, and financial need. MICHIGAN COMPETITIVE SCHOLARSHIPS THESE STATE scholarships range from $100 to $1,200 at Lake Superior State University. Applicants must: 1. have been continuous residents of Michigan for a 12-month period prior to July 1, 1992; PELL Grants For most students, Federal student aid begins with PELL Grants, which provide a foundation of financial assistance to which other forms of aid may be added. A distinguishing feature of this program is its central concept of "entitlement," which guarantees that students who demonstrate need will receive a grant based on that need and on the cost of education at the post-secondary school they choose to attend. PELL Grants for the award period (July 1, 1992 to June 30, 1993) will range up to $2,400 as determined by a standard formula. 2. be a high school graduate; 3. participate in the National American College Test (ACT) and attain a qualifying score; not have engaged in any university, normal school, junior college, or other advanced training following graduation from high school and prior to the qualifying examination; 5. have complied with all other provisions of the law and rules and regulations adopted by the authority; and 6. demonstrate financial need. Student must be in good standing, have at least a 2.00 grade point average and meet satisfactory progress requirements to renew a scholarship. High school seniors must obtain ACT test registration materials from their high school counselor and mail them prior to the deadline for the October ACT exami­ nation. TO BE ELIGIBLE for a PELL Grant, students must: 1. be determined to have financial need based on the PELL Grant eligibility formula and the cost of their education; 2. be undergraduates accepted for admission and enrolled at least half-time in eligible programs at eligible institutions; 3. be U.S. citizens or permanent residents; 4. not have used their full eligibility for PELL Grants; 5. not in default on a Stafford or Perkins Student Loan, and not owe a refund for a PELL or S.E.O.G.; 6. maximum eligibility is limited to five academic years for first-time recipients in 1987-88 and after. Although most students are paid their awards through the school, FINANCIAL AID • 76 �the U.S. Dept, of Education determines their eligibility. The University financial aid office uses a standard procedure established by the Dept, of Education to calculate the amount of the award. STUDENT eligibility is determined on the basis of a formula developed annually by the Dept, of Education and reviewed by Congress. This formula is applied consistently to all applicants and takes into account indicators of financial strength such as income, assets, family size. The formula uses the information provided on the application to produce eligibility index numbers. These numbers are not dollar figures, but are used, along with the cost of student education, to determine the actual amount of grants. SUPPLEMENTAL EDUCATIONAL OPPORTUNITY GRANTS THE HIGHER Education Act of 1965 created this program of financial assistance to college students from exceptionally needy The Supplemental families. Educational Opportunity Grants may be used to meet all or part of student financial need (up to $4000 in any one year), with the exact amount being proportional to the support that can reasonably be expected from their families. Financial need is the primary consideration in the selection of grant recipients. Priority is given to Pell Grant recipients. Academically, it is only necessary to gain admission to the University in order to be eligible for the grant. Recipients are selected from among those applying for all forms of financial aid. TO APPLY, applicants must complete Financial Aid Forms (FAF) or Family Financial Statements (FFS) or Application for Federal Student Aid (AFSA) and forward them to the processor listed on the form. Forms are available at high schools, colleges, and financial aid offices. Recipients of this award must reapply each year and maintain the regular satisfactory progress standards in order to be considered for a renewal award. THE BOARD OF REGENTS GRANT Program provides financial assistance to both incoming students and currently enrolled students based upon financial need. Preference for the grant is given to those whose financial need is greater than onehalf the cost of education. Recipients must be Michigan residents enrolled full-time. MICHIGAN ADULT Parttime Grant: Established in 1986 to aid needy students who are enrolled for three to eleven credit hours; self-supporting, out of high school at least two years, Michigan residents for prior twelve months, U.S. citizens and making satisfactory Maximum academic progress, grant: $600 per year; limited to two years of study. FINANCIAL AID 77 �MICHIGAN EDUCA­ TIONAL Opportunity Grant: Established in 1986, provides up to $ 1000 a year to needy Michigan residents enrolled at least half-time. Eligible students must have been a Michigan resident for the past 12 months, making satisfactory academic progress and demonstrate financial need. TUITION INCENTIVE PROGRAM (TIP): The TIP Program is a State of Michigan pro- gram that pays tuition and fees for students of lower-income families. Eligible students must be Michigan residents, have graduated from high school or obtained a GED after May 1, 1988 and before reaching age 20, be accepted for admission into an eligible program and file a TIP Applications are application, available from the Michigan Department of Social Services, high school guidance offices and college financial aid offices. LOANS Perkins Loans (National Direct Student Loans) THE PERKINS Student Loan program is for vocational, undergraduate, and graduate students who are enrolled at least half-time in a participating postsecondary institution and who need a loan to meet their educational expenses. STUDENTS MAY BORROW up to $4,500 if they are enrolled in vocational programs or have completed less than two years of a program leading to a bachelor’s degree; $9,000 if they are undergraduates who have already completed two years of study toward a bachelor’s degree (this total includes any amount borrowed under NDSL for the first two years of study); and $18,000 for graduate or professional study (this total includes any Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grants they borrowed under NDSL for undergraduate study). REPAYMENT begins six months (nine months for new borrowers after July 1, 1987) after students graduate or leave school for other reasons. Students may be allowed up to ten years to pay back the loan, and during the repayment period they will be charged five percent interest on the unpaid balance of the loan principal. The amount of the repayment depends upon the size of the debt and ability to pay; but in most cases, students must pay at least $30 a month unless the school agrees to a lesser amount. This agreement for a lesser amount may be due to extraordinary circumstances such as prolonged unemployment. DEFAULT: If students default on a Perkins Loan and the school is unable to collect, the Federal Government will take action to recover the loan. If such students are discharged in bankruptcy, become totally or permanently disabled or die, loan obligations will be canceled. FINANCIAL AID 78 �DEFERMENT of payments are available 1. for up to three years while borrowers are: a. enrolled and in attendance as at least a half-time student at an institution of higher education; b. for any period not to exceed three (3) years during which they are: (1) on full-time active duty as a member of the Armed Forces of the United States, the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Adminis­ tration Corps, or as as as officer on full-time active duty in the Commissioned Corps of the United States Public Health Service, (2) in service as a volunteer under the Peace Corps Act, ACTION, temporarily totally disabled or caring for a dependent who is disabled; c. for a period not in excess of two (2) years (1) serving in a required internship d. for a period not in excess of one (1) year during which, if as a mother of preschool age children, a student has entered or reentered the work force, and is being paid at a rate which does not exceed $1.00 above the minimum hourly wage established by section 6 of the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938; e. For a period not in excess of six (6) months that follows by six (1) months or less a per­ iod during which the student was enrolled as at least a half-time student at an eligible institution; and (2) during which time a student is pregnant, caring for a newborn baby, or caring for a child immediately after he or she was placed with the student through adoption and the student is neither attending an eligible institution of higher education nor gainfully employed; and f. during a six (6) month period immediately following the expiration of any deferment provided in paragraph (A) through (E). 2. The Institution may, upon written request from the student, defer the scheduled repayments if il determines that the deferment is necessary to avoid a financial hardship for the student. Interest, however, will continue to accrue. CANCELLATION: Loans may be cancelled for: 1. certain types of teaching, 2. full-time employment in a Head Start program, 3. service in the Armed Forces of the United States in an area of hostility that qualifies for special pay under section 310 of Title 37 of the United States Code, 4. volunteer service under the Peace Corps Act or Domestic Volunteer Service Act of 1973 (ACTION programs), or FINANCIAL AID 79 �5. death or disability of the student, 6. full-time employment as a corrections or law enforcement officer. STAFFORD STUDENT LOAN STUDENTS MAY apply for a Stafford Student Loan after they have been admitted as full-time students at the University. Loans are made by participating banks and lending institutions. Under the plan, qualified students borrow from the lender of their choice on interim notes as needed for each university year. To qualify for a loan, students must be United States citizens. Students may borrow up to $2,625 the first two years of undergraduate study and $4,000 each year for subsequent undergraduate study for a maximum r $17,250. Eligibility is based on lancial need. Students must apply ■ Pell Grant consideration, using t Financial Aid Form, Family inancial Statement, or Application for Federal Student Financial Aid Programs Form prior to completing a Stafford Student Loan application. All students are eligible for Federal Interest Benefits with the Federal government paying interest on the loan until six months after students graduate or cease to be at least half­ time students. Once enrolled at Lake Superior State University a student must meet the Satisfactory Progress Standards to be eligible for additional loans. Repayment of principal and interest begins six months at eight (8) percent after students have graduated or reduced class hours to less than half-time. Interest rate increases to 10 percent beginning the fifth year of repayment. Applications are available at participating banks, credit unions, and savings and loan associations. State Direct Loan Program THE STATE direct loan program provides a source of guaranteed loans to students unable to secure loans from private lending sources. Students accepted for admission, enrolled in good standing and making satisfactory progress may apply for loans to help pay educational expenses through the financial aid offices of schools they plan to attend. The terms of the loan are the same as the Stafford Student Loan. (See above.) Applications are available at the financial aid office. Parent (PLUS) and Supplemental Loans (SLS) PARENTS AND independent students may borrow up to $4,000 per year or $20,000 aggregate limit. The interest rate is based on 91-day Repayment treasury bill rates, begins within 60 days of Applications are disbursements, available at participating lenders. Maximum interest is 12 percent. Nursing Student Loan THE NURSING Education Loan Program provides loans of up to FINANCIAL AID 80 �$2500 per year to students enrolled in the bachelor’s degree or completion nursing program. Eligible students must be United States citizens, enrolled more than half-time and demonstrate financial need greater than one-half the cost of education. Qualified applicants should apply at the financial aid office. Canada Student Loans THE PURPOSE of the Canada Student Loan Plan is to make bank loans available to Canadian students who need financial help to enable them to engage in full-time studies directed towards a degree at an institution of higher education. To qualify for a loan, the student must: 1. be a Canadian citizen or have landed immigrant status at the time of application and have lived in Canada for 12 consecutive months prior to the first day of the month of academic semester; 2. be a resident of a province that participates in the plan; 3. have attained a satisfactory scholastic standard; 4. be enrolled, or qualified to enroll in a postsecondary course of studies; 5. be a full-time student. The loans are interest free as long as a student is full-time and until six months after graduation or termination of full-time studies. After the interest-free period has expired, students are responsible not only for the repayment of principal but also for the present payment of interest on the outstanding balance at a rate that is in effect for student loans at the time the loan is taken out. APPLICATION forms are available from Student Awards Branch, Ministry of Colleges and Universities, Mowat Block, Queens Park, Toronto, ON M7A 2B4. Short-Term Loan Funds Several short-term loan funds are available. The purpose of these funds is to provide students who are temporarily out of cash with a small loan to meet an immediate, temporary financial problem. Generally, loans are granted not to exceed $150 for a period of no longer than 30 days during the school year when classes are in session. These loans are signature loans and do not bear interest if repaid when due. A minimum $5.00 service charge or one percent, whichever is greater, is assessed on all loans. Generally, loans must be repaid prior to the end of the semester in which they are issued. VALMA L. CURTIS Memorial Fund, ROBERT P. AND ELLA B. HUDSON Foundation, Inc. Loan Fund, BEACH Loan Fund, DON LENICK Memorial Loan Fund, SHIRLEY LIGHT Memorial Loan Fund, STEINMAN Loan Fund. DELINQUENT LOANS are subject to a ten percent late penalty charge. Loans are made to students properly enrolled in the current semester and are obtained through the student financial aid office. Loans of over $150 will require a bank or institutional credit reference and a co-signer (may not be another FINANCIAL AID 81 �student) 18 years of age or older. If repaid late, a 10 percent late charge will be assessed. EMPLOYMENT HOW TO APPLY STUDENTS INTERESTED in employment on campus should make application at the office of employee relations. More than three hundred positions are open on campus for full-time students. Every effort is made to employ students in their major area of study, thereby providing a "learn while you earn" situation. On-campus jobs include work in laboratories, libraries, maintenance, offices, switchboard and food service areas. A student can earn approximately $1,400 during the school year and up * $2,100 in the summer in one of e on-campus jobs. t is recommended that students on academic probation do not continue or seek employment until probationary status has been corrected. Federal College Work-Study STUDENTS WHO need a job to help pay for some of their university expenses are potentially eligible for employment by Lake Superior State University under the federally supported Work-Study Program if they demonstrate financial need. 20-HOUR LOAD: Students may work up to 20 hours weekly while attending classes more than half-time. During the summer or other vacation periods when they do not have classes, students may work full-time (40 hours per week) under this program. In three months of summer employment under the Work-Study Program, an eligible student could earn approximately $2,100. PAY SCALE: The basic starting rate is $4.25 per hour, although higher rates are paid for highly Preference is specialized work, given to students who have high need. RELATED EMPLOYMENT: Work may be in the student’s major area of study, thereby providing a "learn Onwhile you earn" situation, campus jobs include work in laboratories, libraries, maintenance, offices, storerooms, and food service areas. Michigan Work-Study UNDERGRADUATES who have been Michigan residents for at least twelve months, have financial need, are enrolled at least half-time and are making satisfactoty academic progress may be eligible for employment under the Michigan work-study program established in 1986. FINANCIAL AID 82 �VOCATIONAL REHABILITATION Students must apply for financial aid and have need. THE MICHIGAN Department of Education, Bureau of Rehabilitation, provides services and financial assistance to persons who have any disability that has interfered with, or may interfere with the individual’s job performance. Further information may be obtained by writing to Bureau of Rehabil­ itation, Michigan Department of Education, Lansing, Michigan 48933, or contact your nearest Michigan Employment Security Commission office. AMERICAN INDIANS BUREAU OF INDIAN AFFAIRS SCHOLARSHIP GRANT: Students who are members or eligible for membership in a federally recognized Indian tribe and with need may apply for Bureau of Indian Affairs Scholarship Grants by writing their Tribal education office for an application form. Eligible students may obtain up to full university expenses per year in scholarship grants if financial need is demonstrated. All applicants must have a copy of a Financial Aid Form, or Family Financial Aid Statement forwarded to the University. BUREAU OF INDIAN AFFAIRS VOCATIONAL TRAINING ASSISTANCE: Indian students enrolled in certificate or associate degree programs are eligible for assistance to pay for tuition, books, and living expenses. Students must be members or eligible for membership in a federally recognized Indian tribe. AWARDS are based on students’ financial need. Applicants must complete the Financial Aid Form (FAF) or Family Financial Statement (FFS). Application may be obtained by writing the Tribal Education Office. NATIVE AMERICAN TUITION WAIVER: Value: full tuition for full- or part-time North American Indian students who can provide evidence of being onequarter blood Native American Indian and Michigan residents. INTERESTED APPLICANTS must have their tribal chairperson or tribal certification officer submit a certification of one-quarter blood quantum to the Michigan Commission on Indian Affairs, P.O. Box 30026, Lansing, Michigan 48909, along with a letter indicating the college students plan to attend. The Michigan Commission on Indians will attach a certification letter to the tribal certification and forward it to the financial aid office at the University. The University will then issue a Native American Tuition Waiver in the amount of tuition for eligible students each semester. Students must be accepted for admission. FINANCIAL AID 83 �VETERANS Veterans, Children of Deceased, or Totally Disabled Veterans MICHIGAN PUBLIC ACT 245: Sons or daughters of a veteran who died of serviceconnected causes, may be eligible for benefits under the Public Act 245. The benefits waive tuition until the student reaches 23 years of age. Those who believe they are eligible should request an application from the Michigan Veterans’ Trust Fund, 1225 Grand Ave., Lansing, Michigan 48913. Recipients may be full- or part-time students. Any student who believes they are eligible for educational assistance through any Veterans’ Law should contact their area Veterans’ office for information and applications. Veterans must be admitted into a degree program that has been approved by the State Approving Agency. Veterans’ Standards of Progress The requirement of grade point average will be the same as the University Academic Probation and Dismissal Policy. If your grade point average falls into the dismissal category, the Registrar’s Office will notify the Veterans Administration of your dismissal and benefits will be terminated. WITHDRAWAL OR DROPPING A CLASS You are required to notify the Registrar’s Office if you drop a class or withdraw completely from the University. CREDIT FOR PREVIOUS TRAINING The Veteran must obtain a degree audit from their Department Head and submit it to the Registrar’s Office. The Registrar’s Office will indicate the amount of credit granted for previous training and notify the veteran. The Registrar’s Office will keep the audit updated. The veteran should not register for classes not required for their degree. However, they should make sure they have the required electives. GRADUATE PROGRAM: Veterans, and other eligible persons, enrolled in any graduate program must meet the following standards of A maximum of six progress: semester credits of C grades in 600level course will be allowed in veteran’s overall program. Veterans failing to maintain 3.0 (4.0 basis) average will be referred to the Master of Business Administration Standards and Policy Committee to determine whether they should be permitted to continue in the program. Veterans receiving D grades in 500 or 600-level courses will be referred to Master of Business Administration Standards and Policy Committee A veteran may immediately, withdraw from a course any time prior to the end of the semester. Veterans dismissed from the Master of Business Administration program may petition the Master of Business Administration Standards and Policy Committee to be reconsidered, and at the time of dismissal the Veterans Administration will be notified of their unsatisfactory progress. FINANCIAL AID 84 �GRADUATION PROCEDURES 85 �GRADUATION PROCEDURES DEGREE CANDIDACY PROCEDURE. Two semesters before students plan to complete degree requirements and graduate, they must submit to the Registrar’s Office an appropriate departmental degree audit for each major and minor, and, a declaration of candidacy for degree. The necessary forms are available at students’ major departmental office. The departmental degree audit for a student’s major or minor specifies all required courses which have been or must be completed. The audit must be signed by the department head of the department offering the major or minor program. Course substitutions and waivers of departmental degree program requirements may be granted only by the head of the department offering the major or minor program. Exceptions to specific General Education requirements may be granted only by the Scholastic Standards Committee. Such exceptions are infrequently made. A petition for exceptions to General Education requirements is initiated with the Registrar. The names of each semester, students who are listed in the annual commencement program are also compiled from declaration of candidacy forms. Students will not be listed in the commencement program unless their degree candidacy form is filed with the Registrar’s Office six weeks prior to Students are commencement. expected to attend commencement exercises unless excused by the Students Registrar’s Office, completing degree requirements during the summer may participate in commencement the previous semester if their degree candidacy form is received six weeks prior to commencement. The Registrar’s Office checks students’ degree audits, after which a preliminary verification of the degree audit is sent to each student and respective department head. Students are responsible for examining this verification and requesting clarification of anything which is not consistent with their records or understanding. After grades are received in the Registrar’s Office at the end of each semester, degree audits will be updated for all students completing credit and who have a degree candidacy form on file. When all requirements specified on the degree audit are fulfilled the department head and Registrar give a final approval. Names of these graduates are then sent by the Registrar to the President for Board of Regents approval. Subsequently, a diploma is provided to each student. From the declaration of candidacy for degree forms submitted by students, the Registrar’s Office creates a potential graduate list for GRADUATION PROCEDURES 86 �DIPLOMA CHARGE. There is no charge for the first diploma from Lake Superior State University. A fee is charged for replacement diplomas. NOTES Students completing graduation requirements in the fall semester or summer, or who otherwise need documentation of completion before their diploma is available, will re­ ceive a letter from the Registrar certifying that they have completed degree requirements. Additionally, official university transcripts will be sent to any employer, graduate uni­ versity, or elsewhere, as requested by the graduate. Official transcripts will not be mailed to students. GRADUATION WITH HONORS. Honors graduates must earn at least 32 credits at Lake Superior State University. All cred­ its with grade points completed at other colleges will be figured in computing grade point averages for honors diplomas and medallions at Lake Superior State. Students who earn 3.50 to 3.69 will graduate cum laude; 3.70 to 3.89, magna cum laude; 3.90 to 4.00, summa cum laude. Honors earned shall not be higher than those for which a student qualifies on basis of courses taken at Lake Superior State University. Graduation diplomas with honors will be awarded to baccalaureate and associate and certificate recipients. Honors medallions will be awarded only to baccalaureate and associate degree recipients who graduate sum­ ma cum laude. GRADUATION PROCEDURES • 87 �GRADUATION PROCEDURES DEGREE CANDIDACY PROCEDURE. Two semesters before students plan to complete degree requirements and graduate, they must submit to the Registrar’s Office an appropriate departmental degree audit for each major and minor, and, a declaration of candidacy for degree. The necessary forms are available at students’ major departmental office. The departmental degree audit for a student’s major or minor specifies all required courses which have been or must be completed. The audit must be signed by the department head of the department offering the major or minor program. Course substitutions and waivers of departmental degree program requirements may be granted only by the head of the department offering the major or minor program. Exceptions to specific General Education requirements may be granted only by the Scholastic Standards Committee. Such exceptions are infrequently made. A petition for exceptions to General Education requirements is initiated with the Registrar. The names of each semester, students who are listed in the annual commencement program are also compiled from declaration of candidacy forms. Students will not be listed in the commencement program unless their degree candidacy form is filed with the Registrar’s Office six weeks prior to Students are commencement, expected to attend commencement exercises unless excused by the Students Registrar’s Office, completing degree requirements during the summer may participate in commencement the previous semester if their degree candidacy form is received six weeks prior to commencement. The Registrar’s Office checks students’ degree audits, after which a preliminary verification of the degree audit is sent to each student and respective department head. Students are responsible for examining this verification and requesting clarification of anything which is not consistent with their records or understanding. After grades are received in the Registrar’s Office at the end of each semester, degree audits will be updated for all students completing credit and who have a degree candidacy form on file. When all requirements specified on the degree audit are fulfilled the department head and Registrar give a final approval. Names of these graduates are then sent by the Registrar to the President for Board of Regents approval. Subsequently, a diploma is provided to each student. From the declaration of candidacy for degree forms submitted by students, the Registrar’s Office creates a potential graduate list for GRADUATION PROCEDURES 86 �DIPLOMA CHARGE. There is no charge for the first diploma from Lake Superior State University. A fee is charged for replacement diplomas. NOTES Students completing graduation requirements in the fall semester or summer, or who otherwise need documentation of completion before their diploma is available, will re­ ceive a letter from the Registrar certifying that they have completed degree requirements. Additionally, official university transcripts will be sent to any employer, graduate uni­ versity, or elsewhere, as requested by the graduate. Official transcripts will not be mailed to students. GRADUATION WITH Honors graduates HONORS. must earn at least 32 credits at Lake Superior State University. All cred­ its with grade points completed at other colleges will be figured in computing grade point averages for honors diplomas and medallions at Lake Superior State. Students who earn 3.50 to 3.69 will graduate cum laude; 3.70 to 3.89, magna cum laude; 3.90 to 4.00, summa cum laude. Honors earned shall not be higher than those for which a student qualifies on basis of courses taken at Lake Superior State University. Graduation diplomas with honors will be awarded to baccalaureate and associate and certificate recipients. Honors medallions will be awarded only to baccalaureate and associate degree recipients who graduate sum­ ma cum laude. GRADUATION PROCEDURES 87 �DEGREE REQ LAKE SUPERIOR STATE UNIVERSITY offers bachelor’s (also called baccalaureate) degrees, associate degrees, and certificates. These degrees are offered in a wide variety of academic programs. Each academic department has a set of specific courses and other requirements for each of its degree programs. These are stated later in this Catalog in the various departmental sections. However, some requirements for bachelor’s degrees are of a general nature, applying to all such degrees. These are discussed below. BACHELOR’S DEGREES. A minimum of 124 credits is required for a bachelor’s degree. Some programs require more than this number of credits. Requirements are of five categories: general education, bachelor of arts or bachelor of science requirements, departmental requirements, competency requirements in mathematics and writing, and residency. ASSOCIATE DEGREES AND CERTIFICATES. See the appropriate departmental section of this Catalog for the specific re­ quirements. A minimum of 62 cred­ its is required for an associate de­ gree. Competency in mathematics and writing is required for an associ­ ate degree. There is also a residency requirement. MINORS. Academic minor programs are also offered in a wide variety of disciplines. A minimum of 20 credits is required for a minor, and some require more. See depart­ mental sections for specific minor program requirements. GENERAL EDUCATION (35 credits) General Education consists of cours­ es required of all students regardless of their specialized area of study. The purpose of general education is to develop skills and knowledge useful for all students, regardless of their career choices. Requirements in English and speech enhance fun­ damental skills of writing and speak­ ing. Requirements in humanities, natural sciences, and social sciences broaden intellectual perspective and familiarize students with fundamental fields of human knowledge. The recreational activity requirement lays the foundation for a lifetime of activ­ ity that will promote health and well­ being. ENGLISH (6 credits) - EN110 and EN205, EN210 or EN215 SPEECH (3) - SD101. Quarter course SD110 or an equivalent twosemester credit speech course is sufficient if completed prior to Sept. 1991. HUMANITIES (8) - any HU course or courses, or any of the courses AT250,251; FR251; GN241, MU220, 221, 260; PL204, 205, 302; SD251, 252; or SP261, 305, 306; any second year foreign language course; with a maximum of foul semester credits per discipline QI DEGREE REQUIREMENTS 88 �UIREMENTS total in foreign languages (excluding HU) allowed to count for this re­ quirement. FR151-2or251-2; GN141-2; SP1612 or 261-2) SOCIAL SCIENCE (8) Any at least eight semester credits, jn addition to courses used for general education requirements above, from categories of social science, natural science (see above) or mathematics (MA). Bachelor of Science Degree combination of courses in economics EC), geography (GG, except GG106 and GG108; history (HS), political science (PS), psychology (PY) or sociology (SO) for which credit adds to eight semester credits. NATURAL SCIENCE (8) - At least one course from each of the following two categories: Life Sci­ ences - BL105, 110, 111, 121, 122, 204; NS 103 Physical Sciences CH105, 108, 115, GE111, 112, 114; GG106, 108; NS101, 102, 105, 107, 119; PH221, 222, 231 RECREATIONAL ACTIVE TIES - Any two different 100 level recreational activities (RA) courses (excluding RA130). (One credit from either RA210 or RA211 may be used.) NOTE. Transfer students should refer to the Admission section of this catalog for an explanation of the MACRAO agreement as it applies to General Education requirements.) BA and BS Requirements (8 credits) Bachelor of Arts Degree - one year of a modem foreign language (If taken at LSSU, this would be DEPARTMENTAL REQUIREMENTS Each program has a set of specific course requirements determined by the department offering the degree program. See departmental sections for these requirements. ELECTIVES Elective courses are chosen to obtain credit beyond that of specified re­ quirements. Free electives refer to courses which students may select completely of their own choice. Designated electives refer to courses selected from a list specified by the department COMPETENCY IN MATHEMATICS Students seeking associate or bache­ lor’s degrees are required to demon­ strate competence in mathematics at approximately the level of basic algebra. Both the Counseling and Testing center and the Department of Computer, Geologic, and Mathemati­ cal Sciences administer the minimum DEGREE REQUIREMENTS 89 �competency algebra examination. Students can satisfy the mathematics competency requirement in the fol­ lowing ways: (1) score 15 or higher on the intermediate algebra place­ ment examination, given at the time the student enters the University, (2) pass the algebra competency exami­ nation, or (3) complete a Lake Supe­ rior State University mathematics course at MA091 or higher. Transfer students who have previous­ ly completed a course equivalent to MA092, with a grade of 2.00, or higher, or a higher level math class (specifically excluding MA207) will have satisfied the University’s math­ ematics graduation requirement. The student’s transfer credit evaluation form must indicate that LSSU’s mathematics competency requirement has been satisfied. Students are required to complete mathematics competency (by course or exam) during the first 56 credits earned. A student reaching the 56 credit limit without competency shall enroll in MA091 until passed and be limited to a maximum of 13 credits per semester, including MA091, until competency is accomplished. Transfer students entering LSSU with 40 or more transfer credits shall complete mathematics competency during the first 20 credits they earn at LSSU or be subject to the enroll­ ment restrictions stated above. COMPETENCY IN WRITING The Writing Competency Examina­ tion demonstrates a student’s ability to read and write critically at a level deemed appropriate for undergradu­ ate work. Effective Fall Semester 1991 it will be given at the end of the sophomore English course (EN205, EN210 or EN215) as a "rising Junior test" before students begin upper level courses with disci­ plinary writing emphasis. The test consists of a read/respond format in which a passage is sup­ plied and students use it as the basis for the essay. At least three topics from across the curriculum will be available for each test. Students will have three hours to complete the test. The rising Junior test will be given during the final exam week of EN205, EN210 or EN215 at sched­ uled group times in place of the final examination. All other test sessions must be scheduled by indi­ viduals through Brown Hall. The test is a university graduation requirement and will be graded pass/repeat by the faculty using criterion-referenced scoring methods. Students who must repeat the exami­ nation may retake the test one time at the counseling center after one month. Students who do not pass the test before Junior level (56 cred­ its) must enroll in EN091, an inten­ sive review of English, and will be limited to 13 semester credits, in­ cluding EN091, until satisfying the requirement. Transfer students who enter Lake Superior State University prior to fall semester 1992 with EN205, 210, or 215 credit must pass the examination within the first two semesters of attendance at Lake Superior State University. If they fail the first attempt, they may retake the exami­ nation after one month. If they do not pass the examination within two semesters, they must repeat EN205, 210 or 215. Transfer students who enter Lake Superior State University in fall semester 1992 or later having com­ pleted the equivalent of the General Education English sequence must DEGREE REQUIREMENTS ■ 90 �take the competency examination before beginning their second semes­ ter. Transfer students who do not pass the test before their senior year (88 semester credits) must enroll in, EN091, an intensive review of Eng­ lish and will be limited to 13 semes­ ter credits, including EN091, until satisfying the requirement. Transfer students on a 3+1 program must take the test before the beginning of their first semester. Arrangements will be made, if possible, to administer the test on the campus of the institution from which students are transferring. WAIVER OF COMPETENCY REQUIREMENTS Effective Fall semester 1991 the mathematics and/or writing compe­ tency graduation requirement(s) will be waived only on the basis of hav­ ing a certifiable learning disability or neurological medical condition. Students must be certified by a li­ censed psychologist or neurologist as having a substantial disability in the learning process. Students potentially eligible for a waiver are required to initiate their appeal through the University Coun­ seling Center. Those students who obtain the necessary certification must provide the University Counsel­ ing Center with documentation of such. The Counseling Center shall then notify the Registrar’s Office of the waiver. Enrollment restrictions stated above, as appropriate, continue in effect until a student has provided this documentation to the Counseling Center. RESIDENCY RE­ QUIREMENTS Bachelor’s degree candidates must earn at least 32 of their final 40 credits and at least fifty percent of their departmental required 300/400 level credits in courses offered by Lake Superior State University. Regional Center students must earn at least 32 of their final 64 credits and at least fifty percent of their departmental required 300/400 level credits in courses offered by the University. Associate degree and certificate candidates must earn 16 of their final 20 credits in such courses. For a minor, students must earn at least 6 of the required credits in such courses. EXCEPTIONS TO GRADUATION RE­ QUIREMENTS Exceptions to specific General Edu­ cation requirements may be granted only by the Scholastic Standards Committee. Such, exceptions are infrequently made. A petition for exceptions to General Education requirements is initiated with the Registrar. Course substitutions and waivers of departmental degree program re­ quirements may be granted only by the head of the department offering the program (major or minor). Normally, students will graduate under the program degree require­ ments in effect and published in the Catalog at the time they are admitted into the given degree program, pro­ vided their enrollment at the Univer­ sity is continuous. If enrollment is interrupted, or if students select a new major, they will be required to satisfy program requirements in effect at the time they re-enter or officially change to the new major. If program requirements are revised during student’s enrollment, they will be allowed to graduate under the new requirements providing they can meet such requirements in their entirety. DEGREE REQUIREMENTS 91 �competency algebra examination. Students can satisfy the mathematics competency requirement in the fol­ lowing ways: (1) score 15 or higher on the intermediate algebra place­ ment examination, given at the time the student enters the University, (2) pass the algebra competency exami­ nation, or (3) complete a Lake Supe­ rior State University mathematics course at MA091 or higher. Transfer students who have previous­ ly completed a course equivalent to MA092, with a grade of 2.00, or higher, or a higher level math class (specifically excluding MA207) will have satisfied the University’s math­ ematics graduation requirement. The student’s transfer credit evaluation form must indicate that LSSU’s mathematics competency requirement has been satisfied. Students are required to complete mathematics competency (by course or exam) during the first 56 credits earned. A student reaching the 56 credit limit without competency shall enroll in MA091 until passed and be limited to a maximum of 13 credits per semester, including MA091, until competency is accomplished. Transfer students entering LSSU with 40 or more transfer credits shall complete mathematics competency during the first 20 credits they earn at LSSU or be subject to the enroll­ ment restrictions stated above. COMPETENCY IN WRITING The Writing Competency Examina­ tion demonstrates a student’s ability to read and write critically at a level deemed appropriate for undergradu­ ate work. Effective Fall Semester 1991 it will be given at the end of the sophomore English course (EN205, EN210 or EN215) as a "rising Junior test" before students begin upper level courses with disci­ plinary writing emphasis. The test consists of a read/respond format in which a passage is sup­ plied and students use it as the basis for the essay. At least three topics from across the curriculum will be available for each test. Students will have three hours to complete the test. The rising Junior test will be given during the final exam week of EN205, EN210 or EN215 at sched­ uled group times in place of the final examination. All other test sessions must be scheduled by indi­ viduals through Brown Hall. The test is a university graduation requirement and will be graded pass/repeat by the faculty using criterion-referenced scoring methods. Students who must repeat the exami­ nation may retake the test one time at the counseling center after one month. Students who do not pass the test before Junior level (56 cred­ its) must enroll in EN091, an inten­ sive review of English, and will be limited to 13 semester credits, in­ cluding EN091, until satisfying the requirement. Transfer students who enter Lake Superior State University prior to fall semester 1992 with EN205, 210, or 215 credit must pass the examination within the first two semesters of attendance at Lake Superior State University. If they fail the first attempt, they may retake the exami­ nation after one month. If they do not pass the examination within two semesters, they must repeat EN205, 210 or 215. Transfer students who enter Lake Superior State University in fall semester 1992 or later having com­ pleted the equivalent of the General Education English sequence must DEGREE REQUIREMENTS 90 �take the competency examination before beginning their second semes­ ter. Transfer students who do not pass the test before their senior year (88 semester credits) must enroll in, EN091, an intensive review of Eng­ lish and will be limited to 13 semes­ ter credits, including EN091, until satisfying the requirement. Transfer students on a 3+1 program must take the test before the beginning of their first semester. Arrangements will be made, if possible, to administer the test on the campus of the institution from which students are transferring. WAIVER OF COMPETENCY REQUIREMENTS Effective Fall semester 1991 the mathematics and/or writing compe­ tency graduation requirement(s) will be waived only on the basis of hav­ ing a certifiable learning disability or neurological medical condition. Students must be certified by a li­ censed psychologist or neurologist as having a substantial disability in the learning process. Students potentially eligible for a waiver are required to initiate their appeal through the University Coun­ seling Center. Those students who obtain the necessary certification must provide the University Counsel­ ing Center with documentation of such. The Counseling Center shall then notify the Registrar’s Office of the waiver. Enrollment restrictions stated above, as appropriate, continue in effect until a student has provided this documentation to the Counseling Center. RESIDENCY RE­ QUIREMENTS Bachelor’s degree candidates must earn at least 32 of their final 40 credits and at least fifty percent of their departmental required 300/400 level credits in courses offered by Lake Superior State University. Regional Center students must earn at least 32 of their final 64 credits and at least fifty percent of their departmental required 300/400 level credits in courses offered by the University. Associate degree and certificate candidates must earn 16 of their final 20 credits in such courses. For a minor, students must earn at least 6 of the required credits in such courses. EXCEPTIONS TO GRADUATION RE­ QUIREMENTS Exceptions to specific General Edu­ cation requirements may be granted only by the Scholastic Standards Committee. Such, exceptions are infrequently made. A petition for exceptions to General Education requirements is initiated with the Registrar. Course substitutions and waivers of departmental degree program re­ quirements may be granted only by the head of the department offering the program (major or minor). Normally, students will graduate under the program degree require­ ments in effect and published in the Catalog at the time they are admitted into the given degree program, pro­ vided their enrollment at the Univer­ sity is continuous. If enrollment is interrupted, or if students select a new major, they will be required to satisfy program requirements in effect at the time they re-enter or officially change to the new major. If program requirements are revised during student’s enrollment, they will be allowed to graduate under the new requirements providing they can meet such requirements in their entirety. DEGREE REQUIREMENTS 91 �The University reserves the right to change the requirements for gradua­ tion at any time as a means of keep­ ing pace with educational develop­ ments affecting the various curricula. As such changes are made, they may at the discretion of the University be applied to students already enrolled. In such cases reasonable and prudent effort will be made to provide stu­ dents the benefit of the new educa­ tional program without imposing undue hardship. MULTIPLE MAJORS Students earning a bachelor’s degree at Lake Superior State University may do so with more than one major by completing all requirements of each desired major program. Before graduation students must file a de­ gree audit approved by the appropri­ ate department head for each major. MULTIPLE DEGREES Students desiring to earn more than one bachelor’s degree from Lake Superior State University must com­ plete all program requirements for the additional degree, including ... at least 32 additional credits of which at least 21 must be from courses offered by Lake Superior State Uni­ versity. Students earning a bachelor’s degree from Lake Superior State University who desire an associate degree must complete all requirements for the associate degree program at the time they are completing the bachelor’s degree requirements. Students earning an associate from Lake Superior State University who desire an additional associate degree must complete all requirements for the additional degree, including 16 additional credits of which 12 must be from courses offered by Lake Superior State University. ADDITIONAL DEGREES FOR GRADUATES OF OTHER UNIVERSITIES Students who have earned a bach­ elor’s degree at another accredited institution who desire a bachelor’s degree from Lake Superior State University must complete all require­ ments of an approved degree sched­ ule including at least 32 additional credits in courses offered by Lake Superior State University. The de­ gree schedule must be approved by the major department head, Registrar and Vice President for Academic Affairs. Students should initiate the approval process with the depart­ ment head at the time of or before commencing study toward the addi­ tional degree. The schedule elected shall consist mainly of minor, major and cognate courses. Courses con­ sidered essential to the degree but not previously elected may, at the option of the department head, be required even though the total may exceed 32 credits. Lake Superior State University general education requirements will be considered completed if the student has earned a bachelor’s degree at any United States accredited university or an honors bachelor’s degree from an accredited Canadian university. Mathematics and writing competency requirements must be met. Students who have earned a bache­ lor’s degree or associate degree at another accredited institution and who desire an associate degree from Lake Superior State University, must complete all requirements of an approved degree schedule including at least 16 additional credits in cour­ ses offered by Lake Superior State University. The degree schedule process is identical to that described above for an additional bachelor’s degree. The schedule elected shall DEGREE REQUIREMENTS • 92 �consist mainly of major and cognate courses. Courses considered essen­ tial to the degree but not previously elected may, at the option of the department, be required even though the total may exceed 16 credits. NOTES INDIVIDUALIZED STUDIES DEGREE In addition to the baccalaureate degrees described in departmental sections, Lake Superior State also offers Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Science in Individualized Studies degrees, for students who desire an unusually specialized program. The individualized studies program re­ quires that students complete (1) a minimum of 124 credits, (2) general education requirements of the Uni­ versity, (3) 24 credits at the 300/400 level (in addition to the General Education requirement) and (4) mathematics and writing competen­ cy. A 2.00 overall grade point aver­ age is required. Degree program approval by the Individualized Studies Committee is required. At least 30 credits must be completed after approval has been received. For further information on the approval process, students should contact the Chairperson of the Indi­ vidualized Studies Committee. (This person’s name can be obtained from the Vice President of Academic Affairs office.) ASSOCIATE IN LIBERAL ARTS An Associate Degree in Liberal Arts is offered for students interested in a general two-year program. Require­ ments and a sample curricular plan are listed in the Department of Arts and Letters section of this catalog. DEGREE REQUIREMENTS • 93 �KT2f ,r ■ /L-rtSW' .yrr, ,; 'v i r-ift’ ar*j> ij i IB * ■. car j i .*■ I Wvi A $ -*#»y 8 i'i* \ -i ^EfgSSB^-jl ... ■ - .y £ .,. .- ARTS LETTERS & ENGLISH • SPANISH • SPEECH • ART • JOURNALISM HUMANITIES • DRAMA • MUSIC • PHILOSOPHY FRENCH • HISTORY • GERMAN ARTS & LETTERS 94 �ARTS & LETTERS ARTS AND LETTERS FACULTY: Profs. John C. Cullen, Daniel Dorrity, Richard Jennings, Hellmuth Kommueller, Leon Linderoth, James W.T. Moody, E. Gary Toffolo, John Wilkinson; Assoc. Profs. Charles Cullum, William Dickinson, Georgegeen Gaertner, Bari Lynn Gilliard, Robert M. Money, Marcel Pichot, Diana Pingatore, Thomas E. Schirer, John R. Stevens; Asst. Prof. Colleen Anderson, Don McDermott; Instructor: Laura McGowan The load of Liberal Arts In an age and an economy devoted to mass activity and group conformity, the unique discipline of humane enlightenment traditionally associated with a study of the Liberal Arts bears an increasingly heavy load. Two related arts are our special concern: one is that of teaching, the other that of communicating with the larger public beyond these walls. Both require a concern for the truthful and accurate use of language - for truth, indeed, rather than indifferent "information.” Both require an exercise of feeling and imagination as much as of thought. Both are concerned to discover and encourage whatever creative aptitudes may be latent in each student. Our aim is knowledge, not pedantry; our prime responsibility is to foster the free mind, the exploring spirit -and to insure them every reasonable liberty of expression. Since it is the purpose of many studies to remind us that we are neither apes, nor ants, such a purpose may be better served in a small community, such as ours, avowedly dedicated to the pursuit of a liberal education, than in some large institutions whose very size prohibits individual attention or concern. A four-year curriculum leads to the bachelor of arts degree in English Language and Literature or to the bachelor of arts or bachelor of science degree in history. A suggested curriculum is outlined; however, students should plan indi- vidual programs of study in consultation either with assigned advisers, or with department head. Electives are available throughout the University; in liberal arts these include not only additional courses in English and history or sequences in the modem foreign languages, but also in speech, journalism, drama, music, art, and philosophy. Leading authorities recognize that a sound liberal arts education is often the most satisfactory preparation for successful training and accomplishment in many vocational and professional areas, Upon completion of their degree program, students will be prepared either to pursue career in fields such as communications, government, and ARTS & LETTERS•95 �industry, or to embark upon graduate studies which will qualify them for professions in fields such as teaching. ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS: To qualify for admission as freshmen, applicants must be graduates of accredited secondary schools with above average standing in their classes. Secondary school preparation should include a fouryear curriculum of at least 15 units of acceptable entrance credits. Three units of English are required. BACHELOR OF ARTS ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE REQUIREMENTS: Students must complete, in addition to general education requirements, 70 semester hours of credit in the courses specified below, or tneir equivalents, plus sufficient additional hours of free electives to make up a require total of 124 hours. Candidates in English must complete one minor in an area to be approved by the head of the department. I. Required Courses: EN231 American Lit I EN232 American Lil II EN233 English Literature I EN234 English Literature II EN420 Hist. & Struct of English EN421 Hist, of Literary Criticism EN430 Chaucer EN431 Milton & Metaphy Poets EN432 Shakespeare 2nd year modem foreign lang 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 8 II. 9 semester hours must be selected from: EN220 Advanced Composition 3 1) -OREN221 Creative Writing EN330 Devel. Novel in Engl. & Amer. I 2) -OR3 EN331 Devel. Novel in Engl. & Amer. II EN332 The Short Story 3) -OREN333 Studies in the Drama III. (EN215 is strongly recommended.) 3 6 elective semester hours must be selected from: EN220, 221, 320, 330, 332, 333, 334, 433, 450, or HU256 FIRST BACHELOR OF ARTS, ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE FALL EN110 Freshman Comp* 1st Year For Lang I Minor Natural Science Gen Ed RA Elective 3 4 4 4 i TE *May be taken Fall or Spring Semester SECOND YEAR EN215 Intro to Lit & Res 2nd Year For Lang I EN231 American Lit I EN233 English Lit I Minor 3 4 3 3 4 Y1 SPRING SD101 Fund Speech 1st Year For Lang II Minor Social Science Gen Ed EN220 Adv Composition or EN221 Creative Writing 2nd Year For Lang EN232 Am Literature II EN234 Eng Literature II RA Elective ARTS & LETTERS 96 3 4 4 4 n> 3 4 3 3 1 re �3RD YEAR EN330 Dev Novel Eng & Amer I or EN332 The Short Story EN420 Hist & Struct Eng Language HU Gen Ed NS Gen Ed 4TH YEAR 3 3 4 4 14 EN331 Dev Novel Eng & Amer II 3 or EN333 Studies in the Drama 3 EN Elective 4 Minor 4 HU Gen Ed 17 EN431 Milton & Met Poets3 EN430 Chaucer 3 Free Elective 3 SS Gen Ed 4 Minor 4 EN421 Literary Criticism 3 3 EN Elective 3 EN Elective 4 Free Elective 4 Free Elective 17 17 BACHELOR OF ARTS/SCIENCE HISTORY REQUIREMENTS for the bachelor of arts: 1) the bachelor of arts general education requirements of the University. 2) One year of foreign language or its equivalent. 3) HS101, 102 History of World Civilization sequence; or HS131, 132 United States History sequence. 4) 16 semester hours of 300 or 400 level history courses. 5) HS496 Historical Methods and HS497 Senior Seminar in History. 6) Additional history electives to total 30 semester hours. 7) GG106 Physical Geography and GG201 World Regional Geography. 8) 4 semester hours selected from: GG306, 321, 322, 323, 325, 360, or EC201. 9) one minor (20 semester hours). Total department credits required: 70 semester hours. REQUIREMENTS for the bachelor of science: This degree includes categories 1,3,4,5,6,7,8 and 9 above but excludes 2. However, in place of the foreign language the student must take a minimum of 8 semester hours of social sciences, natural sciences, or mathematics beyond the general education and major requirements. Total department credits required: 70 semester hours. FIRST YEAR: HISTORY BACHELOR OF ARTS OR SCIENCE, FALL EN110 Freshman Comp# SD101 Fund of Speech NS Elective HS101 Hist World Civ I or HS131 U.S. History I R.A. Elective 3 3 4 4 1 SPRING HU Elective Minor NS Elective HS102 Hist World Civ H or HS132 U.S. History H R.A. Elective 15 #May be taken Fall or Spring Semester ARTS & LETTERS 97 4 4 4 4 1 17 �SECOND YEAR GG106 Physical Geography 4 History Elective 4 EN210 or 215# 3 4 Cognate* G6201 World Reg Geog History Elective HU Elective Cognate* 4 4 4 4 16 15 #May be taken Fall or Spring Semester THIRD YEAR 300 Level History Elective 4 4 Minor GG306,321,322,323,325,360; 4 or EC201 4 Free Elective 16 FOURTH YEAR HS496 Historical Methods 2 400 Level History Elective 4 4 Minor 5 Free Elective 15 300 Level History Elective 4 4 Minor 4 Free Elective 4 Minor 16 HS497 Sr. Sem in History 2 400 Level History Elective 4 Minor 4 4 Free Elective 14 *The cognate requirement is simply the BA/BS differentiation. Students who want a bachelor of arts degree should take 8 semester hours (one year) of a foreign language to fulfill this requirement. Students who want a bachelor of science degree should select 8 semester hours of social sciences, natural sciences or mathematics beyond the general education and major requirements. ASSOCIATE DEGREE LIBERAL ARTS THIS DEGREE is offered to students who complete the general education requirements of the University, any minor presently offered, free electives -- for a total of 62 hours’ credit (minimum), and demonstrate competency in mathematics and writing. Consult departmental offerings for selection of a minor and electives. NOTE: Once you have chosen a minor, contact the department which offers it in order to be assigned an advisor. The department offering your minor will both advise you and conduct your degree audit before graduation. FIRST YEAR: ASSOCIATE DEGREE IN LIBERAL ARTS FALL SPRING EN110 Freshman Comp* 3 SD101 Fund of Speech 3 Social Science Gen. Ed. 4 Social Science Gen. Ed. 4 Minor Course 4 Natural Science Gen. Ed. 3 1 Elective 4 RA Elective 15 15 'May be taken Fall or Spring Semester ARTS & LETTERS 98 �SECOND YEAR EN210 or 215# Humanities Gen Ed Natural Science Gen Ed RA Elective 3 4 3 1 15 Natural Science Gen Ed Humanities Gen Ed Minor Course Elective 3 4 8 2 17 COURSES SELECTED for credits toward the general education requirements may be, at the discretion of the department offering the minor, accepted for the minor. It is advisable to complete general education requirements first, as any changes in the choice of a major area of study will not appreciably affect the program for the first two years. Students will graduate under the requirements in effect upon entering (not to exceed five years). MINOR COURSE OF STUDIES ART: Students must complete 20 semester hours of credit. The following courses are required for an art minor: ATI 10, 111, 210, 211, 250, 251. BUSINESS FRENCH: Students must complete 20 semester hours of credit in addition to the basic requirements of FR151, 152, or their equivalents. Required courses: FR251, 252, 351, 352, 353, 354. COMMUNICATION: Students must complete 22 semester hours of credit in addition to basic requirements of Composition and Speech (SD101). Required courses: SD201, 202, 302, 307 or 308, 320, 325, BA231. ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE: Students must complete 20 semester hours of credit in addition to basic requirements of Composition and Speech. The 20 hours of credit must include English Literature I and II (EN233, 234), with the balance selected from these courses or their equivalents: EN220, 221, 231, 232, 320, 330, 331, 332, 333, 334, 420, 421, 430, 431, 432, 450, 433, HU256. FRENCH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE: Students must complete 20 semester hours of credit in addition to the basic requirements of FR151, 152, or their equivalents. Required courses: FR251, 252, 351, 352, 355, 356. HISTORY: Minor must include 20 history credits as well as one course to be selected from: GG306, 321, 322, 323, 325, or 360. Required courses: HS101, 102, History of World Civilization sequence, or HS131,132, U.S. History sequence; HS 496 Historical Methods, 8 credits from 300/400 level courses. HUMANITIES: Students must take 24 semester credit hours of credit. Required courses: HU251, 252 Humanities sequence (8 Sixteen semester credit hours), credits from the areas of study listed below, of which at least 6 but not more than 8 credits must be taken in one discipline, with no more than 3 credits in studio or performing classes, the remaining credits to be distributed in at least three of the following areas: Spanish Literature in Translation (class is taught in English), History of Drama, Music, Mythology, Philosophy, Art, World Literature, Film, Second year of a foreign language (provided it is not ARTS & LETTERS 99 �offered in satisfaction of any other requirement). JOURNALISM: Students must complete 20 semester hours of credit in addition to basic requirements of Composition and Speech. Required courses: JR210, 211, 310, 410, 411. Elective courses: JR311, EN220, EN221, MK287, JR413. Speech (SD101). Required courses: SD202 or SD302, SD307 or SD308, SD320, SD325, PS325, JR210, SD161. SPEECH AND DRAMA: JOURNALISM/WRITING: Students must complete 20 semester hours of credit in addition to Composition and Speech (SD101) from speech and drama offerings, or their equivalents. Those who wish both a major in English language and literature and a minor in speech and drama must take additional credit in English for any of the advanced courses which overlap in both programs. PUBLIC Students must WRITING: complete 20 semester hours of credit in addition to Composition and Speech. Required courses: EN220, EN221, SD307, JR210, JR211. Elective courses: JR413, JR310, EN320, MK287. Students must complete 24 semester hours of credit in addition to basic requirements of Composition and Speech. Required courses: EN220, EN221, SD307, JR210, JR211. Elective courses: JR410, JR411, JR311, EN320, JR310, JR413. RELATIONS: Students must complete 20 semester hours of credit in addition to basic requirements of Composition and NOTES ARTS & LETTERS•100 �BIOLOGY & CHEMISTRY BIOLOGY & CHEMISTRY 101 �BIOLOGY & CHEMISTRY FACULTY: Department Head, Assoc. Prof. Patrick W. Brown; Profs. Melvin L. Anderson, David J. Behmer, Puma Chandra, Charles W. Jones, John W. Lehman, Steven J. Person, and Bryce E. Smith; Assoc. Profs. R. Steven Furr, William L. Haag, and Vemie Knudson; Asst. Profs. Thomas Allan, Gerald H. Johnson, Dennis Merkel, John H. Roese, Deborah Stai. BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES prepare students for careers in research and in applied aspects of life sciences as well as providing a background in biology for a career or further studies in allied sciences. Four-year programs lead to bachelor of science degrees in biological sciences, fisheries and wildlife management, environmental science and medical technology; bachelor of arts degree in biology; and two associate degrees: natural resources technology and water quality technology. Students electing to pursue four-year degree programs generally have the opportunity of changing their majors to one of the other biology degree programs without losing credits or having to make up deficiencies during the first two years of study. Students working toward these four-year degree programs have the same basic first year of courses. BACHELOR OF ARTS/SCIENCE Biology Lake Superior State University is ideally located for field studies of terrestrial and aquatic resources. Students electing a variety of courses in ecology and applied ecology can qualify for state and federal positions in fisheries biology, wildlife biology, and other related fields. Laboratory courses give students knowledge and techniques necessary for many technical positions with industry and governmental agencies. Students interested in research positions in environmental science, marine biology, microbiology, physiology, fish and wildlife biology and numerous other life sciences can receive a strong undergraduate background at Lake Superior State University that will enable them to pursue a career or graduate education elsewhere. Admission requirements for professional and graduate universities vary throughout the United States and Canada. Students planning post-baccalaureate education should plan with their advisor to insure that these requirements are met. ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS: To qualify for admission as fresh­ men, applicants must be graduates of BIOLOGY & CHEMISTRY 102 �accepted secondary schools with above average standing in their class. Their secondary school preparation should include a four-year curriculum of at least 15 units of acceptable entrance credits. The following subjects must be included in these credits: one unit of beginning algebra, one unit of advanced algebra, one unit of chemistry and three units of English. In addition, one biology unit and one unit of geometry or trigonometry are highly recommended. Students not meeting these requirements may enter on a provisional basis. OAC students are required to take departmental competency examinations before credit will be granted in biology and chemistry. Substitution for courses required as part of biology degree requirements must be approved by the department head. Honors Program This program is a research sequence open to biology, and environmental science majors with a minimum overall GPA of 3.5 through the first semester of the junior year. Majors electing this sequence will select an instructor as their supervisor. An undergraduate research project will be outlined in consultation with the supervising instructor and submitted to the department for approval. The outline must be approved before the first semester of the senior year. At the end of the seventh week of the spring semester during the senior year, the students will forward an abstract of their work to the department head and during the tenth week of the same semester will submit the final copy of their research papers in publishable form, for departmental approval, All grades for this sequence will be deferred until the final semester. Eight credit hours of honors credit will be substituted for 8 hours of electives upon successful completion of the research sequence. The special problem sequence will not be open to students electing the honors program research sequence. The completed research may be used for Senior Thesis. Independent Study In biology, chemistry, environmental science: Students desiring to enroll in BL, CH, EV Special Problem courses will be granted permission to take the course(s) provided the following conditions are in existence at the time of petition: (A) junior or senior standing; (B) With overall GPA of at least 2.5; (C) No I grades on transcript. Students meeting these requirements must petition depart­ ment faculty with a detailed onepage outline of work and date to be completed. Request for more than four hours will result in a propor­ tionate reduction in a 17-hour load. The faculty preceptor must endorse the petition with his signature and the date the project is to be completed. NOTES BIOLOGY & CHEMISTRY • 103 �BACHELOR OF ARTS BIOLOGY Biology (28 credits) BL110 General Zoology BL111 General Botany BL204 General Microbiology BL220 Genetics BL221 Genetics Lab BL337 General Ecology BL395 Sci Writ & Present BL420 Popul Genetics & Evol BL499 Senior Thesis BL330 Animal Physiology or BL315 Plant Physiology Chemistry (17 credits) CHI 15 General Chemistry I CHI 16 General Chemistry 11 CH225 Organic Chemistry 1 CH226 Organic Chemistry II 4 4 4 3 1 3 1 3 1 Other Departments (24 credits) CS100 Intro to Microcomp MAI 11 College Algebra MAI 12 Calc Bus & Life Sc MA207 Prin Stat Methods EN210 Research Paper Proc Foreign Language 3 3 4 3 3 8 4 Additionally, a student is required to: 1. take 6-8 semester credits of BL electives with at least 1 course numbered 300 or higher, and 5 4 4 4 2. satisfy General Education requirements (Natural Science requirements are met by above classes) such that 124 semester credits are earned. FIRST YEAR: BACHELOR OF ARTS, BIOLOGY FALL BL110 General Zoology CHI 15 General Chem I MAI 11 College Algebra EN110 Freshman Comp RA Elective 4 5 3 3 I SPRING BL111 General Botany CHI 16 General Chemistry MAI 12 Calc Bus & Life Sc SD101 Fund of Speech RA Elective 16 4 4 4 3 1 16 SECOND YEAR CH225 Organic Chem I 4 MA207 Statistical Methods 3 CS100 Intro Micro Appl 3 Humanities Elective 4 BL Elective 3-4 17-18 CH226 Organic Chemistry II EN210 Res Paper Process BL204 General Microbiology Humanities Elective BL337 Foreign BL220 BL221 Soc Sci Foreign Lang. II Soc Sci Elective BL315 Plant Physiology or BL330 Animal Physiology BL395 Sci Wrt & Presen Free Elective 4 3 4 4 15 THIRD YEAR General Ecology Language Genetics Genetics Lab Elective 3 4 3 1 4 15 4 1 3 16 FOURTH YEAR BL Elective Free Elective 4 4 6 6-9 12-15 1 BL499 Senior Thesis BL420 Pop Gen & Evolution 3 9-12 Free Elective 13-17 BIOLOGY & CHEMISTRY • 104 �BACHELOR OF SCIENCE BIOLOGY Biology (49 credits) BL110 General Zoology 4 BL111 General Botany 4 4 BL204 General Microbiology BL220 Genetics 3 BL221 Genetics Lab 1 BL280 Biometrics 3 BL337 General Ecology 3 BL395 Sci Writ & Present 1 BL420 Pop Genetics & Evol 3 BL499 Senior Thesis 1 BL315 Plant Physiology or 4 BL330 Animal Physiol BL Electives 18 (including at least 2 courses numbered 300 or higher) Chemistry (21 credits) CHI 15 General Chemistry I CHI 16 General Chemistry II 5 4 CH225 Organic Chemistry I CH226 Organic Chemistry I CH351 Intro Biochemistry 4 4 4 Other Departments (24 credits) CS100 Intro to Microcomp MAI 11 College Algebra MAI 12 Calc Bus & Life Sci MA207 Prin Stat Methods PH221 Elem Physics I PH222 Elem Physics II EN210 Res Paper Process 3 3 4 3 4 4 3 Additionally, a student is required to satisfy General Education requirements (Natural Science requirements are met by above classes) and free electives such that 127 semester credits are earned. FIRST YEAR: BACHELOR OF SCIENCE, BIOLOGY FALL BL110 General Zoology CHI 15 Chemistry I MAI 11 College Algebra Soc Sci Elective RA Elective SECOND YEAR 4 5 3 4 1 17 CH225 Organic Chem I 4 BL Elective 3-4 MA207 Prin Stat Meth 3 Humanities Elec 4 CS100 Intro Micro Appl 3 THIRD YEAR BL220 BL221 BL337 PH221 CH351 17-re Genetics 3 Genetics Lab 1 Gen Ecology 3 Elements Physics I 4 Intro Biochem 4 15 SPRING BL111 Gen Botany CHI 16 Gen Chemistry II MAI 12 Calc for Bus & Life Science EN110 Freshman Comp RA Elective CH226 Organic Chem II BL204 Gen Microbiology BL280 Biometrics Humanities Elective EN210 Res Paper Process 4 4 3 1 YE 4 4 3 4 3 re BL315 Plant Physiology or 4 BL330 Animal Physiology BL Elective 3 PH222 Elements Physics II4 Soc Sci Elective 4 BL395 Sci Wrtg & Pres _1^ 16 FOURTH YEAR BL Elective 6-8 BL420 Pop Gen & Evol 3 Free Electives 6 15-17 4 BL499 Senior Thesis BL Electives SD101 Fund of Speech Free Elective BIOLOGY & CHEMISTRY 105 �Environmental Science Students aspiring to become environmental scientists must possess a deep and lasting concern for the ecosystem, acquire a comprehensive knowledge of environmental issues, and develop the scientific skills needed to solve environmental problems and deal intelligently with our natural resources. They should also acquire the technical and communicative skills needed to deal with business, industrial and government leaders whose activities affect the environment. ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS: Those planning to enroll in the environmental science curriculum at Lake Superior State University should have completed at least 15 units of acceptable entrance credits at an accredited secondary school with above average standing in their class. These credits must include one unit of beginning algebra, one-half unit of advanced algebra, one unit of geometry, one unit of chemistry or physics, and three units of English. One unit of biology and a year of senior math are highly recommended. Environmental Science is a comparatively new field that is still It offers careers to evolving. technicians, engineers and research scientists in a wide variety of specialties. The curriculum is a four-year program to prepare students for careers directed toward the maintenance of a healthful environment for humans and other living organisms. BACHELOR OF SCIENCE ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE Biology, and Environmental Science (34 credits) BL110 General Zoology BLlll General Botany BL230 Intro to Soils BL337 General Ecology EV101 Intro to Env Sci EV249 Water Pol Corn EV288 Environ Microbiol EV311 Environmental Law EV313 Solid & Haz Waste EV395 Sci Writ & Pres EV499 Senior Thesis 1D300 Man & Environment 4 4 3 3 3 3 4 2 3 1 1 3 Chemistry (23 credits) CHI 15 General Chem I CH116 General Chem II CH225 Organic Chem I CH226 Organic Chem II CH231 Quantitative Anal" CH232 Instrumental Anal - 5 4 4 4 3 3 Other Departments (31 credits) CS100 Intro to Microcomp MAI 11 College Algebra MAI 12 Calc for Bus & Life Sciences. 3 3 4 MA207 PH221 PH222 PH311 EN205 GE111 Prin Stat Methods Elem Physics I* Elem Physics II Hydrology Tech Rept Writing ‘ Geology I 3 4 4 3 3 4 *Competency in trigonometry is required to take Physics. See advisor for details. Restricted Electives (students select one of the following—minimum 3 credits) 3 BL130 Remote Sensing 3 CH353 Intro Toxicology 4 EV405 Special Problems 3 EN305 Adv Tech Rept Writ 4 GE112 Physical Geology II 3 GG108 Earth, Sun, & Weather 3 TC103 Surveying Additionally, a student is required to satisfy General Education requirements (Natural Science requirements are met by above classes) and free electives such that 124 semester credits are earned. BIOLOGY & CHEMISTRY • 106 �FIRST YEAR: BACHELOR OF SCIENCE; ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE FALL CH115 BL110 MA109 MA111 EV101 General Chem I General Zoology Trigonometry College Algebra Intro Env Science 5 4 2 3 3 17 SECOND YEAR CH225 Organic Chem I PH221 Elem Physics I GE111 Geology I EN205 Tech Rep Writing RA Elective 4 4 4 3 1 16 THIRD YEAR EV313 Solid/Haz Waste* 3 SD101 Fund of Speech 3 CH231 Quant Analysis 3 Free Elective 3 Soc Sci Elective 3 15 FOURTH YEAR BL337 General Ecology* Social Sci Elec EV288 Environ Micro Humanities Elective 3 3 4 4 14 SPRING 4 CHI 16 Gen Chem II BL111 General Botany 4 EN110 Freshman Comp I 3 - MAI 12 Calc for Bus & 4 Life Sciences l RA Elective 16 - CH226 PH222 EV249 MA207 CS100 Organic Chem II 4 Elem Physics II 4 Water Poll Control 3 Prin Stat Meth 3 Intro Micro Appl _3 17 ID300 Man & Environ EV395 Scientific Writing CH232 Instr Analysis BL230 Intro, to Soils* Soc Sci Elective Free Elective EV311 Environ Law* EV499 Senior Thesis PH311 Hydrology Humanities Elective Free Elective Designated Elective [Taken in alternate years ’‘Student will be offered chance to have course waived by examination NOTES BIOLOGY & CHEMISTRY 107 3 1 3 3 3 3 16 2 1 3 4 3 3 16 �FISHERIES & WILDLIFE Fisheries and wildlife courses place strong emphasis on understanding organisms in their habitats and blend a conceptual understanding of fish and wildlife populations with practical knowledge of relevant lab and field techniques. Students work with, and must learn to identify, a wide variety of plants, fish, birds, and mammals. Students graduating from this rigorous curriculum can meet the qualifications of state and federal government agencies as technicians and biologists. Students desiring certification by the Wildlife Society should consult with an advisor for details. To qualify for any type of position as a wildlife biologist with a federal agency, a minimum of 9 credits is needed in botany. Other career opportunities include positions as naturalists, conservation officers, The and related professions, rigorous curriculum provides an extremely competitive background for admittance to graduate school. All students majoring in fisheries and wildlife management are encouraged to consider pursuing a graduate degree. ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS: Same as biology. BACHELOR OF SCIENCE FISHERIES AND WILDLIFE MANAGEMENT iology (48 credits) BL110 General Zoology 4 BL111 General Botany 4 BL202 Field Botany 3' BL220 Genetics 3 3‘ BL280 Biometrics BL310 Ichthyology 3 BL312 Ornithology 3 BL330 Animal Physiology 4 BL337 General Ecology 3 BL395 Sci Writ & Pres 1 BL411 Mammalogy 3 BL432 Fish Eco & Mgmt 3 BL439 Wildlife Ecology & Management 3 BL445 Limnology 3 BL499 Senior Thesis 1 Student must select at least 14 semester hours from the following: BL130 Remote Sensing 3 BL201 Plant Morphology 3 BL204 Gen Microbio 4 BL230 Soils 3 BL239 Wildlife Bio Mgmt 2 BL243 Vertebrate Anatomy 4 BL272 Freshwtr Fish Cult 2 BL275 Aquatic Entomology3 BL315 Plant Physiology 4 BL437 Plant Ecology 3 EV311 Environmental Law 2 Other classes may be selected if approved by advisor and department head. Chemistry (17 credits) 1 CHI 15 General Chem I 5 vCHI 16 General Chem II 4 ' CH225 Organic Chem I 4 ^ CH226 Organic Chem II 4 To complete a chemistry minor, students should also select: 3 CH231 Quant Analysis or 4 CH351 Intro Biochem Other Departments (13 credits) ' CS100 Intro to Microcomp 3 \ MAI 11 College Algebra 3 s MAI 12 Calculus for Bus & 4 Life Science ' MA207 Prin Stat Methods 3 ' EN210 Res Paper Proc 3 BIOLOGY & CHEMISTRY ■ 108 �Students that qualify are urged to replace MAI 11 & MA112 with: MAI50 Precalculus Math 4 MA151 Calculus 4 Additionally, students must complete General Education requirements and sufficient electives to total 124 semester credits. To meet The Wildlife Society certification standards, students should select the following electives to satisfy the following requirements: Botany - 9 hours (select BL201, BL315, or BL437); Physics, Geology , or Soils - 3 hours (select PH221, G El 11, or BL230) Communication - 12 hours (select (SD201 or SD202) Policy, Admin, & Law - 6 hours (Select BL239, EV311, PS110, or PS201). Federal agencies require 9 semester hours of botany. To meet this requirement, students should select BL201, BL315, or BL437. FIRST YEAR: BACHELOR OF SCIENCE, FISHERIES AND WILDLIFE MANAGMENT FALL BL110 CHI 15 MAI 11 -GS100 General Zoology 4 General Chem I 5 College Algebra 3 Intro Microcomp _3 15 SPRING BL111 General Botany CH116 General Chem II MAI 12 Calc Bus Life Sci EN110 Freshman Comp RA Elective 4 4 4 3 1 16 SECOND YEAR CH225 Organic Chem I BL Elective BL202 Field Botany MA207 Prin Stat Meth EN210 Res Paper Process 4 4 3 3 _3 17 CH226 Organic Chem II BL Elective BL280 Biometrics BL330 Animal Physiology RA Elective 4 4 3 4 1 16 THIRD YEAR BL220 Genetics BL337 General Ecology —Free Elective Humanities Electives SD101 Fund of Speech 3 3 3 4 _3 16 BL312 Ornithology BL310 Ichthyology BL395 Sci Writ Pres Humanities Elective -Free Electives 3 3 1 4 3 14 FOURTH YEAR BL Elective BL432 Fish Ecol & Mgmt BL439 Wildlife Ecology Free Elective "-Soc Sci Elective 3 3 3 3 4 BL499 Senior Thesis BL411 Mammalogy BL445 Limnology BL Elective Soc Sci Elective 16 BIOLOGY & CHEMISTRY 109 1 3 3 3 4 14 �pital. Graduates of this program are eligible to take an examination for certification as a registered medical technologist. Medical Technology Medical technologists perform most of the clinical tests conducted in hospital, clinical and health laboratories, Pharmaceutical manufacturers employ medical technologists in connection with the development of drugs and the search for sera and vaccines. Students may obtain the bachelor of science degree in medical technology by completing the specified three-year sequence at the University (see medical technology bachelor of science requirements) followed by 12 months training at an affiliated hospital. Students may elect any NAACLS accredited hospital (whose program is approved as satisfactory by the biological sciences department head). Lake Superior State University does not assume responsibility for obtain­ ing an affiliation at an approved hos- ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS: To qualify for admission as freshmen, applicants must be graduates of accredited secondary schools with above average standing in their class. Their secondary school preparation should include a four-year curriculum of at least 15 units of acceptable entrance credits. The following subjects must be included in these credits: one unit of beginning algebra, one unit of geometry, one-half unit of advanced algebra, one unit of chemistry or physics (preferably chemistry) and three units of English. One unit of biology is highly recommended. Students not meeting these requirements may enter on a provisional basis. BACHELOR OF SCIENCE MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY Biology (56 credits) BL110 General Zoology BL204 General Microbiology BL220 Genetics BL243 Vertebrate Anatomy BL330 Animal Physiology BL422 Parasitology or BL480 Microbiol.& Biotech. BL423 Immunology BL460 Medical Tech Intern* Chemistry (23 credits) CHI 15 General Chem. CHI 16 General Chem. CH225 Organic Chem. CH226 Organic Chem. I II I II 4 4 3 4 4 3 4 30 5 4 4 4 Chemistry (cont) CH231 Quantitative Analysis CH232 Instrumental Analysis Other Departments (16 credits) CS100 Introduction to Microcomputers MAI 11 College Algebra MAI 12 Calculus for Bus & Life Science MA207 Prin Stat Methods EN210 Res Paper Proc 3 3 3 3 4 3 3 Additionally, a student is required to satisfy General Education requirements (Natural Science requirements are met by required classes) such that 128 semester credits are earned. ‘Calendar year BIOLOGY & CHEMISTRY 110 �FIRST YEAR: BACHELOR OF SCIENCE, MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY FALL BL110 General Zoology CH115 General Chem I MAI 11 College Algebra EN110 Freshman Comp RA Elective 4 5 3 3 1 16 SPRING CHI 16 General Chem II 4 MAI 12 Calculus for Bus & 4 Life Science SD101 Fund of Speech 3 CS100 Intro Micro Appl 3 1 RA Elective 15 SECOND YEAR CH225 Organic Chem. I MA207 Prin Stat Meth BL243 Vertebrate Anat Humanities Elective EN210 Res Paper Process 4 3 4 4 CH226 Organic Chem II BL330 Animal Physiology BL204 Gen Microbiology Humanities Elective 4 4 4 4 16 _3 18 THIRD YEAR BL220 Genetics BL422 Parasitology* or BL480 Ap Micr Biotec* CH231 Quant Analysis Soc Science Elective Free Electives 3 3 BL423 Immunology CH232 Instrument Analys Soc Sci Elective Free Electives 3 4 3 4 3 4 6 17 16 FOURTH YEAR BL460 Med Tech Intern 15 BL460 Med Tech Intern 15 NOTE: The 3+1 nature of the program forces these students to take 300 and 400 level courses in an earlier year. Alternate year offerings will also affect the precise year in a student’s program in which he/she can take a particular course. 'Indicates courses offered in alternate years. Pre-professional: Medicine, Optometry, Dentistry, Veterinary Medicine Professional schools, including medical, dental, optrometry, and veterinary schools, typically do not yecifically rquire any college degree, let alone a specific degree in biology. However, applicants to professional schools are seldom accepted with ony three years of undergraduate credt. Further, since career goals often change, pre­ professional students at LSSU are encouraged to remain four years and complete the requirements for a baccalaureate degree. A survey of medical and dental school admission requirements for the United States and Canada as published by the American and Canadian Associations of Medical and Dental Colleges shows that courses taken for either BIOLOGY & CHEMISTRY • 111 �end of their sophomore year where possible, the committee will write a formal recommendation to the appropriate medical, optometry, veterinary or dental universities. By virtue of our small size and student to faculty ratio, we can write an indepth letter based upon our personal knowledge of each student’s abilities and performance rather than merely using grade point average and MAT, VAT, DAT or OCAT scores. These letters, which take into account the aspects of the student’s personality that relate to their potential as a medical professional, are highly regarded by the various professional schools in Michigan as well as in the province of Ontario. the Lake Superior State University Bachelor of Science or Bachelor of Arts degree in Biology meet the most stringent entrance requirements. Therefore, although other curricula may be pursued as pre-professional degrees, most students elect to strive toward a degree in biology. BOARD: The pre-professional advisory board consists of representatives from the disciplines of biology and chemistry including two pre-professional advisors. This committee serves to aid the progress of all of our pre-professional students throughout their undergraduate carrers. In addition to assessing a student’s progress at the Pre-Pharmacy (Transfer Program) must have a cumulative grade point average of 2.00 as well as grades of C or better in sciences and Students entering mathematics. Ferris State University with one year of high school physics may pass a physics proficiency examination in lieu of the year of college Physics. If the latter courses are not taken, a sequence of humanities or behavioral science courses is recommended. The two-year course of study outlined below is a guide for those who plan to apply for admission and transfer to a three-year professional harmacy curriculum at another stitution. In Michigan, such ograms are offered at Ferris State diversity, University of Michigan, and Wayne State University. For further information and planning, students are advised to consult catalogs from these or other institutions. Generally, application for admission to a professional pharmacy curriculum must be sub­ mitted after completing the first year of pre-pharmacy. Usually, students The following suggested schedule, for instance, is recommended and meets all requirements for admission to the School of Pharmacy of Ferris State University. FIRST YEAR: PRE-PHARMACY FALL CHI 15 BL110 MAI 11 PY101 Gen Chem I 5 Gen Zoology 4 College Algebra 4 Intro Psychology _4 16 SPRING CHI 16 Gen Chem II 4 4 BL111 Gen Botany MAI 12 Calc Bus & Life Sci 4 or MA151 Calculus I EN110 Fresh Composition 3 EC201 Prin Macroecon _3 18 BIOLOGY & CHEMISTRY 112 �SECOND YEAR CH225 Organic Chem I 4 BL121 Human Anatomy & 3 Physiology PH221 Elem Physics I* 4 EN210 Res Paper Proc 3 PS 110 Intro Amer Gov 4 18 CH226 Organic Chem II 4 BL122 Human Anatomy & 4 Physiology PH222 Elem Physics II 4 BL330 Animal Physiology _4 16 *At Ferris State University, the Physics requirement may be fulfilled in other ways. Consult the Ferris State University catalog. BACHELOR OF SCIENCE Conservation Law Enforcement Laws enacted to protect our natural resources, and federal restrictions on the use of our renewable resources, have created a demand for highly qualified enforcement officers. Lake Superior State University, with its unique location in the heart of resource diversity, offers a Bachelor of Science Degree in Conservation Law Enforcement. Students completing the associate degree in natural resources technology can elect to continue their education by taking the required courses in criminal justice to earn, at the end of four years, the B.S. in in Conservation Law Enforcement. Graduates of this program are able to compete for openings in the Michigan Department of Natural Resources, the United States Forest Service and the National Park Service. This program also provides students with requirements for certification as police officers in Michigan. ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS: Are the same as for the natural resource technology program. For additional information regarding the first two years of this program, please consult the natural resources technology section of this catalog. BACHELOR OF SCIENCE Parks and Recreation, Management Concentration The increased interest nationally in parks, from small city parks to large national parks, has created a demand for people who can manage both our natural resources as well as the people who want to benefit from them. Lake Superior State University offers a bachelor of in Recreation Management science Parks and Recreation with a nt concentration. Students Manageme associate degree m completing the natural resources technology can elect to continue their education by the required courses in taking recreation to earn , at the end of four BIOLOGY & CHEMISTRY • 113 �years, a bachelor of science in recreation management with a parks and recreation concentration. The land management and resource development skills acquired in this curriculum will qualify students to pursue a wide variety of career options with the various state Departments of Natural Resources, the National Park Service, various municipal parks or in the area of outdoor education and interpretation. Entrance requirements are the same as for the natural resource tech­ For additional nology program, information regarding the first two years of this program, please consult the natural resources technology section of this catalog. CHEMISTRY The associate degree in chemistry provides the fundamentals required for additional studies of chemistry that can be completed at another university. The strong quantitative orientation would provide a strong background for a student to pursue a bachelor’s degree in chemistry or physics. ASSOCIATE DEGREE CHEMISTRY hemistry (23 credits) CHI 15 General Chem I CHI 16 General Chem II CH225 Organic Chem I CH226 Organic Chem II CH231 Quant Anal CH232 Instr Anal 5 4 4 4 3 3 Other Departments (37 credits) CS100 Intro to Microcomp EN110 English Comp I 3 3 EN205 Tech Rept Writ MA151 Calculus I MAI52 Calculus II MA251 Calculus III PH231 Elem Physics I PH232 Elem Physics II SD101 Fund of Speech SS Elective 3 4 4 4 5 5 3 3 Students are required to take a total of 63 semester credits . FIRST YEAR: ASSOCIATE DEGREE CHEMISTRY FALL CHI 15 MAI51 EN110 SD101 General Chem I Calculus I Freshman Comp Fund of Speech SECOND YEAR CH225 CH231 PH231 EN205 Organic Chem I Quant Analysis General Physics I Tech Rpt Writing 5 4 3 3 Y5 4 3 5 3 T5 SPRING CHI 16 General Chem II MAI52 Calculus II CS100 Intro Micro Appl SS or HU Elective Free Elective CH226 CH232 PH232 MA251 4 4 3 3 3 17 Organic Chem II 4 Instrumental Anal 3 Gen Physics II 5 Calculus III 4 YE BIOLOGY & CHEMISTRY • 114 �Natural Resources Technology This program trains technicians as aides to fish and wildlife biologists and for careers in parks, forest fire control, forestry, and conservation law enforcement, The associate degree curriculum includes two academic years. Enrollment into this program is limited. ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS: To be considered for admission as freshmen, applicants must be graduates of accredited secondary schools with above average standing in their class. Their secondary school preparation should include a four-year curriculum of at least 15 units of acceptable entrance credits. The following should be included in these credits: one unit of beginning algebra, one unit of laboratory science (biology, chemistry or physics-preferably biology) and three units of English. ASSOCIATE DEGREE Natural Resources Technology Resource Technology, Biology, and Chemistry (33 credits) RT101 RT102 RT206 RT207 RT275 RT284 RT286 BL130 BL239 CH108 ID300 Intro Natur Resour Methods in Nat Res Wildlife Mgmt Tech Biol & Mgmt Fish Soil Management Prin of Forestry Limnological Tech Remote Sensing Wildlife Biol & Mgmt Applied Chemistry Man & Environment 3 1 2 3 4 4 4 3 2 4 3 Other Departments (26 credits) RC101 Intro Rec/Services MAI09 Trigonometry CS100 Intro to Microcomp EN110 English Comp I EN205 Technical Rept Writ HE181 First Aid TCI03 Surveying TC104 Sm Eng/Safety RA Electives SD101 Fund of Speech 3 2 3 3 3 1 3 3 2 3 Students are required to take three additional free elective credits for a total of 62 semester credits. FIRST YEAR: ASSOCIATE DEGREE, Natural Resources Technology FALL EN110 Freshman Comp RT101 Intro to Nat Res RT102 Meth in Nat Res MA109 Trigonometry CS100 Intro Micro Appl RC101 Intro Rec/Services RA Elective SECOND YEAR RT275 RT284 RT207 RT286 3 3 1 2 3 3 1 16 Soil Management 4 Prin Forestry 4 Biol & Mgt Fish 3 Limnological Tech _4 15 SPRING TC104 Small Eng Safety BL130 Remote Sensing CHI08 Applied Chemistry SD101 Fund of Speech HE181 First Aid RA Elective 3 3 4 3 1 1 15 BL239 Wildlife Biol Mgmt 2 RT206 Wldlf Mgmt Tech 2 ID300 Man & Environ 3 TCI03 Surveying 3 EN205 Tech Rep Writing 3 Elective 3 16 BIOLOGY & CHEMISTRY 115 �Water Quality Technology This program offers training for vocations as technicians in hydrology, water supply technology, waste-water treatment and water pollution control. Applicants should have an aptitude for chemistry and a concern for environmental quality. The employment and salaries for graduates of this program have been excellent. ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS: To be considered for admission as freshmen, applicants must be graduates of accredited secondary schools with above average standing in their class. Their secondary school preparation should include a four-year curriculum of at least 15 units of acceptable entrance credits. The following subjects should be included in these credits: one unit of beginning algebra, one unit of geometry, one unit of chemistry, and three units of English. One unit of biology is recommended. ASSOCIATE DEGREE Water Quality Technology Resource Technology, Biology, and Chemistry (36 credits) RT102 Methods in Nat Res 1 RT207 Bio & Mgmt of Fish 3 RT275 Soil Management 4 RT285 Water Quality Intern 4 RT286 Limnological Tech 4 RT287 Indust Wastewat Trt 3 EV101 Intro Environ Sci 3 EV249 Water Pollution 3 EV288 Environ Microbiol 4 CH108 Applied Chemistry 4 ID300 Man & Environment 3 Other Departments (22 credits) MAI09 Trigonometry CSI00 Intro to Microcomp EN110 English Comp I EN205 Technical Rept Writ TCI03 Surveying TCI04 Small Eng/Safety RA Electives SD101 Fund of Speech 2 3 3 3 3 3 2 3 Students are required to take four additional free elective credits for a total of 62 semester credits . FIRST YEAR: ASSOCIATE DEGREE, WATER QUALITY TECHNOLOGY FALL SPRING , RT102 Meth in Nat Res 1 TC103 Surveying 3 EN110 Freshman Comp 3 CH108 Applied Chemistry EV101 Intro Environ Sci 3 TC104 Small Eng/Safety J CS100 Intro to Microcomp 3 Elective SD101 Fund of Speech 3 RA Elective 1 MA109 Trigonometry 13 2 RA Elective 1 15 SECOND YEAR RT275 RT286 EV288 RT207 Soil Management Limnological Tech Env Microbiology Bio & Mgt Fish 4 4 4 3 15 EV249 ID300 RT287 RT285 EN205 Water Pollution Man & Environ Indus Wastewater Water Qual Intern Tech Rpt Writing BIOLOGY & CHEMISTRY • 116 3 3 3 4 3 16 �BIOLOGY MINOR CHEMISTRY MINOR This minor is open to all students. Requires a minimum of 21 credit hours of Biology courses. This minor is open to all students. Requires a minimum of 20 credit hours of Chemistry courses. Biology (21 credits) BL110 General Zoology BL111 General Botany BL220 Genetics BL221 Genetics Lab BL337 Ecology BL Electives 200+ level Chemistry (20-21 credits) CHI 15 General Chem I CH116 General Chem II CH225 Organic Chem I CH226 Organic Chem II CH231 Quant Analysis or CH351 Intro Biochem 4 4 3 1 3 6 NOTES BIOLOGY & CHEMISTRY • 117 5 4 4 4 3 4 �jisgS*. ■" aSs Ns ' $ #> \ \* PH >*' : >. ■'. r5; m m Vi——, •>, •■ 1 *». m. ,• T‘i X? • > mt jC. ■drag &-7, £3 ■& •;,V' HO !W| .-■ '1; ft* i€;41 ■el _ Jl I BUSINESS & ECONOMICS BUSINESS & ECONOMICS 118 �BUSINESS & ECONOMICS FACULTY: Assoc. Prof. Bruce T. Harger, head; Prof. Madan Saluja; Assoc. Profs. Mary L. Adams, Dormer Dowd, John Erkkila, Robert C. Gaertner, John S. Hudson, Jean Lundin, Ann B. Marinoni, Charles Meiser, Daniel Mugavero, Lynn Ryckman, Karl (Jim) Sherman; Instructor Linda Schmitigal. Well-rounded professional education for careers in fields of business THE OBJECTIVE of the department of business and economics is to provide a well-rounded professional education. At a minimum, such an education should allow the student the opportunity to develop: • Understanding and appreciation of the historical evolution of the modem business culture. • Awareness of social and economic forces shaping its future dimensions. • Ability to recognize and promote ethical and social values. • Understanding of major functional areas of business with some opportunity for specialization for a career in business. • Preparation for advanced study. BACHELOR OF SCIENCE ACCOUNTING The discipline of accounting provides financial and other information essential to the efficient conduct and evaluation of the activities of any organization, The information which accounting provides is essential for 2. discharging the accountability of organizations to investors, creditors, government agencies, taxing authorities, association members, contributors to non­ profit institutions and others. 1. effective planning, control and decision making by management, Accounting includes the development and analysis of data, BUSINESS & ECONOMICS • 119 �the testing of their validity and relevance, and the interpretation and communication of the resulting information to intended users. The data may be expressed in monetary or other quantitative terms, or in symbolic or verbal forms. This program is primarily for those students who may desire 1. to enter the field of public accounting, or 2. a more intensive study of accounting. Business Core (44 Credits) AC 132 Prin of Acct I 4 AC 133 Prin of Acct II 4 BA211 Business Statistics 3 BA231 Business Communications 3 BA254 Business Law I 3 BA466 Business Policy 3 DP264 Intro to Data Proc 3 EC201 Prin of Macroeconomics* 3 EC202 Prin of Microeconomics’ 3 FN341 Managerial Finance 4 MK281 Marketing Prin and Strat 4 MN370 Managerial Prin and Human Resource Concepts 4 MA111 College Algebra’* 3 Major Requirements (38 credits) AC232 Intermediate Acct I AC233 Intermediate Acct II AC332 Cost Accounting I AC333 Cost Accounting II AC334 Acct Information Systems AC432 Advanced Accounting I AC433 Advanced Accounting II AC421 Fed Taxation Acct I AC422 Fed Taxation Acct II AC427 Auditing BA255 Business Law II ‘May count toward Social Science General Education Requirement “May count toward B.S. Degree Requirement The program meets the State of Michigan educational requirements, qualifying students to sit for the certified public accountant’s examination. 4 4 4 4 3 3 3 3 3 4 3 General Education Requirements and sufficient elective credits must be completed such that at least 128 semester credits have been earned. FIRST YEAR: BACHELOR OF SCIENCE, ACCOUNTING SPRING FALL AC132 Prin Accounting I MAI 11 College Algebra EN110 Freshman Comp* DP264 Intro Data Proc NS Elective 4 3 3 3 3 AC 133 Prin of Acct II SD101 Fund of Speech NS Elective HU Elective Soc Sci Elective 16 4 3 3 4 3 17 SECOND YEAR AC232 Intermediate Acct I 4 BA254 Bus Law I 3 EC201 Principles of Macroeconomics 3 EN210 or 215 Res Pap/Lit* 3 HU Elective 4 17 AC233 Inter Accounting II BA255 Business Law II EC202 Principles of Microeconomics BA231 Business Comm BA211 Business Statistics BUSINESS & ECONOMICS 120 4 3 3 3 3 16 �THIRD YEAR AC332 Cost Accounting I 4 FN341 Mgr Finance 4 MK281 Marketing Principles & Strategies 4 NS Elective 3 RA Elective 1 AC333 Cost Accounting II 4 MN370 Management Prin & Human Resource Cone 4 AC334 Acct Info Syst 3 3 NS/MA/SS Elective 1 RA Elective 15 16 FOURTH YEAR AC421 Fed Tax Acct I 3 AC432 Adv Accounting I 3 AC427 Auditing 4 Electives 6 16 AC422 Fed Tax Acct II AC433 Advanced Acct II BA466 Business Policy Electives 3 3 3 6 15 'English Composition may be taken either Fall or Spring semester BACHELOR OF SCIENCE BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION Requires successful completion of a four-year curriculum of 128 semester hours as prescribed in the following pages. The degree in business administration provides the student with a broad background in general business. Students select a second major area of concentration in one of several areas of specialization: 1. Accounting 3. General Business 6. Marketing 2. Computer Information Systems Management 5. Management 4. Hotel-Restaurant Management 8. Travel-Tourism 7. Office Information Systems □ Accounting Concentration Prepares students for careers in industrial or governmental accounting or administrative careers in business or government. The program is flexible, enabling students to select many elective courses. This program does not meet the State of Michigan requirements qualifying a student to sit for the Certified Public Accountant’s exam. Students desiring to become Certified Public Accountants or those desiring greater depth in accounting studies should refer to the bachelor of science program. Business Core AC 132 AC 133 BA211 BA231 BA254 BA466 (44 Credits) Prin of Acct I Prin of Acct II Business Statistics Business Communications Business Law I Business Policy 4 4 3 3 3 3 DP264 EC201 EC202 FN341 MK281 MN370 MAUI Intro to Data Processing < Prin of Macroeconomics* Prin of Microeconomics* Managerial Finance Mktg Prin and Strategy Mgmt Prin & HR Cone College Algebra** ,May count toward Social Science General Education Requirement May count toward B.S. Degree Requirement BUSINESS & ECONOMICS 121 3 3 3 4 4 4 3 �Major Requirements (29 credits) AC232 Inter Acct I AC233 Inter Acct II AC332 Cost Accounting I AC333 Cost Accounting II 4 4 4 4 AC334 AC421 AC427 BA255 Acct Info Systems Fed Tax Acct I Auditing Business Law II 3 3 4 3 General Education Requirements and sufficient elective credits must be completed such that at least 128 semester credits have been earned. FIRST YEAR: BS. IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION-ACCOUNTING FALL AC 132 Prin Accounting I MA111 College Algebra EN110 Freshman Comp* NS Elective DP264 Intro Data Process 4 3 3 3 3 16 SPRING AC 133 Prin Acct II SD101 Fund of Speech NS Elective HU Elective Soc Sci Elective SECOND YEAR AC232 Interned Acct I 4 BA254 Business Law I 3 EC201 Prin of Macro 3 EN210 or 215 Res Pap/Lit*3 HU Elective 4 17 AC233 BA255 EC202 BA231 BA211 4 3 3 4 3 17 4 Inter Acct II Business Law II 3 Prin of Micro 3 Business Comm 3 Business Statistics _3 16 THIRD YEAR AC332 Cost Accounting I 4 FN341 Managerial Finance 4 MK281 Marketing Principles & Strategies 4 NS Elective 3 RA Elective 1 16 AC333 Cost Accounting II 4 MN370 Management Prin & Human Resource Cone 4 3 NS/MA/SS Elective 3 Electives 1 RA Elective 15 FOURTH YEAR AC421 Fed Tax Acct I AC427 Auditing Electives 3 4 9 16 AC334 Acct Info Syst BA466 Business Policy Electives ‘English composition may be taken either Fall or Spring semester BUSINESS & ECONOMICS ■ 122 3 3 9 15 �□ Computer Information Systems Management concentration The CISM area of concentration is an integrated program of management and computer information systems. It provides a broad study of business management with the opportunity to extend this study by elective courses. The curriculum includes a strong emphasis on computer-based information systems including systems analysis, systems design, database systems, systems management and computer programming. The COBOL (Common Business Oriented Language) is studied in depth, with an emphasis on program design. COBOL is also used as the host language in the study of database program development. Students have an introduction to RPG (Report Program Generator), and they may elect to study other programming languages. Career oriented: Although graduates should expect to begin their careers as programmer/analysts, their background prepares them to develop professionally along alternative career paths including systems analysis, systems design, programming project management, systems development management, and information systems department management. Business Core (44 Credits) AC 132 Prin of Acct I AC 133 Prin of Accl II BA211 Business Statistics BA231 Business Comm BA254 Business Law I BA466 Business Policy DP264 Intro to Data Proc EC201 Prin of Macroeconomics' EC202 Prin of Microeconomics’ FN341 Managerial Finance MK281 Mktg Prin & Strategy MN370 Mgmt Prin & HR Cone MAI 11 College Algebra" 4 4 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 3 May count toward Social Science General Education Requirement May count toward B.S. Degree Requirement Major Requirements (41 credits) DP275 COBOL Prog I 3 DP276 COBOL Prog II 3 DP269 RPG II Prog 3 DP366 Database Prog Dev 3 DP368 Sftwre and Hrdwre Cone 3 DP461 Sys Anal and Design I 3 DP462 Sys Anal and Design II 3 3 DP469 Info Resource Mgmt List A/B elective 6 List A electives 6 2 Business elective MN461 Management Simulation 3 PY101 or 228 or 383 or 396' 3-4 General Eduation Requirements and sufficien elective credits must be completed such that at least 128 semester credits have been earned. List A Electives AS305 Introd Automated Systems DP467 Distributed Data Processing DP367 Decision Support and Expert Systems DP468 EDP Audit and Controls DP466 Advanced Database Concepts ID399 Internship in Data Processing List B Electives CS111 Intro to Computer Science I CS112 Intro to Computer Science II CS321 Computer Graphics CT235 Microprocessor Fundamentals DPI51 Computer Applications DP 165 APL Programming DP240 Desktop Publishing and Presentations I DP245 Desktop Publishing and Presentations II DP268 PL/I Programming DP225 Word Processing Techniques DP230 Word Processing Applications MN464 Organizational Behavior in Business MN471 Production and Operations Management OA111 Keybdg/Doc Formatting OA112 Keyboard Skillbuilding BUSINESS & ECONOMICS • 123 �FIRST YEAR: B.S. IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATIONCOMPUTER INFORMATION SYSTEMS MANAGEMENT FALL 4 AC 132 Prin Acct I EN110 Freshman Comp* 3 MA111 College Algebra 3 NS Elective 3 _3 PY Designated Elective 16 SECOND YEAR EN210 or 215 Res Pap/Lit* DP275 COBOL I MK281 Mktg Prin & Strat EC201 Macroeconomics BA254 Bus Law I 3 3 4 3 3 16 THIRD YEAR DP366 Database Prog Dev 3 List A Elective 3 MN370 Management Principles & Human Resources Cone 4 NS Elective 3 HU Elective 4 17 SPRING 4 AC 133 Prin Acct II DP264 Intro Data Processing3 SD101 Fund of Speech 3 4 HU Elective 3 NS Elective 17 DP276 COBOL II DP269 RPG II List B Elective EC202 Microeconomics BA231 Bus Comm RA Elective DP368 Software/Hardware List B Elective BA211 Bus Statistics MA/NS/SS Elective Free Elective RA Elective 3 3 3 3 3 1 16 3 3 3 3 3 1 16 FOURTH YEAR DP461 Systems An Des List A Elective FN341 Mgr Finance Business Elective Free Elective 3 3 4 2 3 DP462 Sys Anal & Des DP469 Info Resource Mgt MN461 Mgt Simulation Free Elective BA466 Business Policy 15 3 3 3 3 3 15 'English composition may be taken either Fall or Spring semester □ General Business option The Program provides a well-rounded professional education in business administration. Breadth of preparation rather than specialization is emphasized; however, the student will be able to focus on areas of concentration through selection of business electives. Business Core AC132 AC 133 BA211 BA231 (44 Credits) Principles of Accounting I 4 Principles of Accounting II4 Business Statistics 3 Business Communications 3 BA254 BA466 DP264 EC201 EC202 Business Law I Business Policy . Intro to Data Processing. Prin of Macroeconomics. Prin of Microeconomics BUSINESS & ECONOMICS 124 3 3. 4 3 4 �FN341 MK281 MN370 MAI 11 Managerial Finance Mktg Prin and Strategy Mgmt Prin and HR Cone College Algebra** 4 4 4 3 *May count toward Social Science General ^Education Requirement ’’May count toward B.S. Degree Requirement Major Requirements (32 credits) 4 AC332 Cost Accounting I 3 BA255 Business Law II MN464 Organizational Behavior in Business 4 Seven (7) business electives, five (5) of which must be at 300 or 400 level 21 General Education Requirements and sufficient elective credits must be completed such that at least 128 semester credits have been earned. FIRST YEAR: BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREE, BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION-GENERAL BUSINESS FALL EN110 Freshman Comp* Jr AC 132 Prin Acounting I 4 MAI 11 College Algebra 3 NS Elective 3 SD101 Fund of Speech _3 16 SPRING AC 133 Prin Acct II DP264 Intro Data Proc NS Elective HU Elective RA Elective 4 3 3 4 1 15 SECOND YEAR EN210 or 215 Res Pap/Lit* BA254 Business Law I EC201 Prin of Macro MK281 Mkt Prin & Stat Business Elective RA Elective 3 3 3 4 3 1 17 THIRD YEAR MN370 Management Principles & Human Resource Cone 4 AC332 Cost Accounting I 4 NS Elective 3 Business Elective 3 Elective 3 17 FOURTH YEAR Business Electives Soc Sci Elective NS/SS/MA Elective Electives 6 3 3 4 BA255 Business Law II EC202 Principles of Microeconomics BA231 Bus Comm BA211 Business Statistics Business Elective 3 3 3 3 3 15 FN341 Mgr Finance HU Elective MN464 Organizat’l Behav in Business Business Elective 4 4 4 3 15 BA466 Business Policy Business Elective Electives 16 English composition may be taken either Fall or Spring semester. BUSINESS & ECONOMICS 125 3 3 11 17 �Hospitality Hospitality includes the food service, lodging and travel-tourism industries. These businesses are expanding at a rapid rate around the world and skilled employees are in great demand. The program is interdisciplinary in nature and emphasizes the business administration approach to studying hotel and restaurant management and travel/tourism. A student may choose one of the following areas of specialization: 1. Hotel/Restaurant Management (in conjunction with Sault College) 2. Travel-Tourism □ Travel-Tourism Concentration Business Core (44 Credits) AC 132 Prin of Acct I AC 133 Prin of Acct II BA211 Business Statistics BA231 Bus Communications BA254 Business Law I BA466 Business Policy DP264 Intro to Data Processing EC201 Prin of Macroeconomics’ EC202 Prin of Microeconomics’ FN341 Managerial Finance MK281 Mktg Prin and Strategy Designated electives - choose one of the Administration AC332 Cost Accounting I MK287 Advg Theory and Practice MK480 Marketing Research MN464 Org Behavior in Bus Recreation HE181 First Aid RC101 Intro to Rec & Leisure Serv RC105 Program Dev Leadership in Recreational/Leisure Services RC295 Practicum RC390 Rec Ldship Apprenticeship RC482 Admin of Rec/Leisure Service 4 4 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 MN370 Mgmt Prin and HR Cone MA111 College Algebra'* Major Requirements (48 credits) HS102 His of World Civ II’* GG306 Cultural Geography* HT121 Intro to Hosp Industry HT231 Destinations - World HT231 Destinations - Electives HT321 Trvl-Trsm Ping & Dev I HT322 Trvl-Trsm Ping & Dev II HT421 Travel-Tourism Cases HT441 Internship - Trvl & Trsm following options: Foreign Language 4 SP261 Second Year Spanish I*** 3 or FR251 Second Year French I*** 3 4 SP262 Second Year Spanish II*** or FR252 Second Year French II*** 1 SP or FR 300 level elective 4 3 4 3 4 3 3 3 3 3 8 4 4 3 3 3 2 1 3 *May count toward Social Science General Education Requirement "May count toward B.S. Degree Requirement ***May count a maximum of 4 semester credits toward Humanities General Education requirement General Education Requirements and sufficient elective credits must be completed such that at least 128 semester credits have been earned. BUSINESS & ECONOMICS • 126 �FIRST YEAR: B.S. DEGREE, BUSINESS ADMINISTRATIONTRAVEL-TOURISM/ADMINISTRATION FALL HT121 Intro Hospitality AC 132 Prin Accounting I RA Elective MAI 11 College Algebra NS Elective* 4 4 1 3 4 16 SPRING SD101 Fund of Speech 3 AC 133 Prin Accounting II 4 RA Elective 1 EN110 Freshman Comp 3 NS Elective* 4 15 SECOND YEAR EN210 or 215 Res Pap/Lit HT231 Dest - World BA254 Business Law I MK281 Mktg Principles EC201 Macroeconomics 3 3 3 4 3 16 BA231 HS102 BA211 GG306 EC202 3 Bus Comm Hist of Wrld Civ II 4 Bus Statistics 3 Cultural Geography 3 Microeconomics _3 16 THIRD YEAR 4 HU Elective* MN370 Management Principles & Human Resource Cone 4 2 HT231 Destinations HT321 Trvl-Trsm Ping I 3 DP264 Intro Data Proces 3 16 HU Elective* MK287 Advertising HT322 Travel-Tourism Planning II Electives 4 3 3 6 16 FOURTH YEAR 4 HT441 Internship BA466 Business Policy 3 MK480 Mktg Research 3 MN464 Organizational Behavior 4 in Business 3 Elective _ 17 'Suggested humanities and natural science electives are art and music appreciation, BL105 and physical geography. HT441 HT231 AC332 HT421 FN341 Intership 4 Destinations 1 Cost Accounting I 4 Trvl-Trsm Cases 3 Managerial Finance_4 16 FIRST YEAR: B.S. DEGREE, BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION, TRAVEL-TOURISM/FOREIGN LANGUAGE FALL HT121 Intro Hospitality NS Elective* AC 132 Prin Accounting I MAI 11 College Algebra RA Elective 4 4 4 3 1 16 SPRING SD101 Fund of Speech EN110 Freshman Comp AC 133 Prin Accounting II HS102 Hist of Wrld Civ II RA Elective BUSINESS & ECONOMICS 127 3 3 4 4 1 15 �SECOND YEAR EN210 or 215 Res Pap/Lit 2nd yr Foreign Language HT231 Dest-World NS Elective’ DP264 Intro Data Proc 3 4 3 4 3 17 THIRD YEAR MN370 Management Principles & Human Resource Cone 4 EC201 Macroeconomics 3 2 HT231 Destinations HT321 Trvl-Trsm Ping I 3 3rd Yr Foreign Language _3 15 FOURTH YEAR HT441 Internship BA254 Business Law I BA211 Business Stat Elective HT231 Destinations HT421 Trvl-Trsm Cases 4 3 3 2 2 3 Elective MK281 Marketing Principles & 4 Strategy 2nd Yr Foreign Language 4 3 BA231 Bus Comm EC202 Microeconomics 3 17 4 HU Elective GG306 Cultural Geography 3 HT322 Travel-Tourism II Planning 3 6 Electives 16 HT441 Internship BA466 Business Policy FN341 Managerial Fin Electives 4 3 4 4 15 3 17 ’Suggested humanities and natural science electives are art and music appreciation, BL105 and physical geography. NOTES BUSINESS & ECONOMICS • 128 �FIRST YEAR: B.S. DEGREE, BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION, TRAVEL-TOURISM/RECREATION FALL NS Elective* 4 1 P A Flpptivp MAI 11 College Algebra 3 AC 132 Prin Accounting I 4 HT121 Intro Hospitality _4 16 SECOND YEAR EN210 or 215 Res Pap/Lit Res HT231 Destinations - World RC101 Int to Rec & Leisure EC201 Macroeconomics DP264 Intro Data Proces 3 3 3 3 3 15 THIRD YEAR 4 HU Elective* BA231 Bus Communications 3 2 HT231 Destinations HT321 Travel-Tourism Plan I 3 RC295 Practicum 2 1 HE181 First Aid SPRING EN110 Freshman Comp 3 SD101 Fund of Speech 3 4 NS Elective* 1 RA Elective AC 133 Prin Accounting II _4 15 HS102 History World Civ II 4 MK281 Mktg Prin & Strategy 4 3 EC202 Microeconomics RC105 Prog Dev & Leadership3 3 Elective n 4 HU Elective* MN370 Management Principles & Human Resource Cone 4 HT322 Travel Tourism Plan II 3 GG306 Cultural Geography 3 2 HT231 Destinations 16 15 FOURTH YEAR RC482 BA211 BA254 HT421 HT441 RC390 Adm of Rec & Leisure 3 Bus Statistics 3 Business Law I 3 Travel-Tourism Cases 3 Internship 4 Rec Leader App 1 BA466 Business Policy FN341 Managerial Finance Electives HT441 Internship 3 4 6 4 17 17 ’Suggested humanities and natural science electives are art and music appreciation, BL105 and physical geography □ Hotel/Restaurant Management Concentration Business Core (44 Credits) AC 132 Prin of Acct I AC 133 Prin of Acct II BA21I Business Statistics BA231 Bus Comm BA254 Business Law I BA466 Business Policy DP264 Intro to Data Proc EC201 Prin of Macroeconomics* EC202 Prin of Microeconomics* FN341 Managerial Finance 4 4 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 MK281 Mktg Prin and Strategy 4 MN370 Mgmt Prin and HR Cone 4 MAI 11 College Algebra*’ 3 Major Requirements (48 credits) 4 HS102 Hist of World Civ n 3 GG306 Cultural Geography HT121 Intro to Hosp Industry 4 HT291 Hotel and Rest Mgmt 29-30 HT441 Intern Hotel-Restaurant 7-8 May count toward Social Science General Education Requirement May count toward B.S. Degree Requirement General Education Requirements and sufficient elective credits must be completed such that at least 128 semester credits have been earned. BUSINESS & ECONOMICS • 129 �FIRST YEAR: BS. DEGREE, BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION/ HOTEL-RESTAURANT MANAGEMENT FALL EN110 MAI 11 AC 132 DP264 HT121 Freshman Comp* 3 College Algebra 3 Prin Accounting I 4 Intro Data Proc 3 Intro Hospitality _4 17 SECOND YEAR HT291 Hotel & Rest Mgt 15 SPRING SD101 Fund of Speech HS102 Hist of World Civ RA Elective AC 133 Prin Accounting II NS Elective** 3 4 1 4 4 16 EN210 or 215 Res Pap/Lit 3 HT291 Hotel & Rest Mgt J4 17 THIRD YEAR MN370 Mgt Prin & HR Cone NS Elective** EC201 Macroeconomics HU Elective** RA Elective 4 4 3 4 1 16 BA211 EC202 MK281 BA231 Elective Business Stat Microeconomics Mktg Prin & Strat Business Com 3 3 4 3 3 16 FOURTH YEAR FN341 Managerial Finance 4 BA254 Business Law I 3 4 HT441 Internship Electives 6 17 GG306 Cultural Geography 3 BA466 Business Policy 3 4 HT441 Internship 4 HU Elective** 14 ‘English composition may be taken either Fall or Spring semester “Suggested humanities and natural science electives are art and music appreciation, BL105 and physical geography. (Hotel-Restaurant Management courses must be approved by coordinator of hospitality and taken at Sault College or transferred). □ Management concentration A broad survey of all phases of business operations for students 1. planning to operate their own business who seek a broad business background; 2. preparing for jobs in large organizations with training programs in which specialization is taught after employment; and BUSINESS & ECONOMICS 130 �3. those who desire a general business background at the undergraduate level prior to taking more specialized graduate work. This program provides breadth of preparation rather than specialization but with sufficient flexibility to permit students to emphasize such professional fields as personnel management, production management, or the broad aspects of management philosophy and practice. Business Core (44 Credits) AC 132 Prin of Acct I AC 133 Prin of Acct II BA211 Business Statistics BA231 Bus Comm BA254 Business Law I BA466 Business Policy DP264 Intro to Data Proc EC201 Principles of Macroeconomics* EC202 Principles of Microeconomics* FN341 Managerial Finance MK281 Mktg Prin and Strategy MN370 Mgmt Prin and HR Cone MA111 College Algebra** 4< 4^ 3' 3y 3^ 3*/ V 3-/ 4 3 S Major Requirements (38 credits) 3^ BA255 Business Law II AC332 Cost Accounting I MN469 Collective Bargaining 4t/ MN451 Labor Law MN461 Management Simulation 3 v MN464 Org Behav in Business 4F«\\0 MN471 Prod & Operations Mgmt 5y/ 12 Business electives ‘May count toward Social Science General Education Requirement “May count toward B.S. Degree Requirement \T* General Education Requirements and sufficient elective credits must be completed such that at least 128 semester credits have been earned. FIRST YEAR: B.S. DEGREE, BUSINESS ADMINISTRATIONMANAGEMENT FALL EN110 Freshman Comp* AC 132 Prin Accounting I 4 MAI 11 College Algebra NS Elective Jr SD101 Fund of Speech 3 16 SPRING AC 133 Prin Accounting II 4 DP264 Intro Data Proc 3 3 NS Elective HU Elective v RA Elective 15 -r' SECOND YEAR EN210 or 215 Res Pap/Lit* BA254 Business Law I 3 EC201 Macroeconomics 3 MK281 Mktg Prin & Strat 4 Elective 3 16 BA255 Business Law II EC202 Microeconomics BA231 Bus Comm BA211 Business Stat Elective RA Elective 3 3 3 3 16 third year AC332 Cost Accounting I 4 Soc Sci Elective 4T MN370 Mgt Prin HR Cone 3 NS Elective 3 Business Elective 3 17 FN341 Managerial Finance 4 Business Elective Elective HU Elective NS/MA/SS Elective BUSINESS & ECONOMICS 131 Jr �FOURTH YEAR MN451 Labor Law MN464 Org Behav in Bus MN471 Prod Opr Mgt Business Elective 4 4 5 3 16 MN469 Collective Barg BA466 Business Policy Business Elective MN461 Mgmt Simulation Elective 3 3 3 3 3 15 "English composition may be taken either Fall or Spring semester □ Marketing concentration Marketing prepares students for a career in problem solving/sales, advertising, distribution, marketing research and product development, consumer services, marketing management, and other careers. Through proper selection of courses, students may place emphasis upon preparation for a career in: 1. 2. 3. 4. sales and sales management; retail management; purchasing and industrial procurement; or international business, or may choose to obtain a broad background in the field as preparation for a career with a marketing organization which provides its own training program. Business Core (44 Credits) AC 132 Principles of Accounting I 4 AC 133 Principles of Accouting II 4 BA211 Business Statistics 3 BA231 Business Communications 3 BA254 Business Law I 3 BA466 Business Policy 3 DP264 Intro to Data Processing 3 EC201 Prin of Macroeconomics’ 3 EC202 Prin of Microeconomics’ 3 FN341 Managerial Finance 4 MK281 Mktg Prin and Strategy 4 MN370 Mgmt Principles and Human Resource Cone 4 MA111 College Algebra” 3 Major Requirements (31 credits) BA255 Business Law II MN464 Organ Behavior in Bus MK283 Principles of Selling MK285 Retail Management MK287 Adv Theory and Practice MK48Q Marketing Research MK486 International Marketing MK Electives 3 4 3 3 3 3 3 9 ’May count toward Social Science General Education Requirement ’’May count toward B.S. Degree Requirement General Education Requirements and sufficient elective credits must be completed such that at least 128 semester credits have been earned. BUSINESS & ECONOMICS 132 �FIRST YEAR: B.S. DEGREE, BUSINES ADMINISTRATION­ MARKETING FALL EN110 Freshman Comp* ^ AC 132 Prin Accounting I 4 MA111 College Algebra 3 NS Elective 3 SD101 Fund of Speech _3 SPRING AC 133 Prin Acct II DP264 Intro Data Proc NS Elective HU Elective RA Elective 16 4 3 3 4 1 15 SECOND YEAR EN210 or 215 Res Pap/Lit'-fl'* BA254 Business Law I 3 EC201 Macroeconomics 3 MK281 Mktg Prin & Strat 4 MK283 Selling 3 16 MK287 Advertising BA255 Business Law II EC202 Microeconomics BA231 Bus Comm MK285 Retail Mgmt RA Elective 3 3 3 3 3 1 16 THIRD YEAR MN370 Management Prin Human Resource Cone MK Elective BA211 Business Stat NS Elective HU Elective & 4 3 3 FN341 Managerial Fin MK Elective Soc Sci Elective Electives 3 4 4 3 16 17 FOURTH YEAR MK486 International Mktg 3 MK Elective 3 SS/NS/MA Elective Electives 7 MN464 Org Beh in Bus BA466 Business Policy MK480 Marketing Res Electives 16 4 3 3 6 16 ^English composition may be taken either Fall or Spring semester □ Office Information Systems concentration Prepares students for positions as office managers, administrative assistants, word (information) processing specialists, or records managers. Responsible office administration positions are going more to those with university training. These individuals have, in addition to office skills, training in business administration, social science, business communications, economics, computerized office systems, information processing and records management which helps them to function effectively. BUSINESS & ECONOMICS 133 �Office Information Systems Concentration Business Core (44 Credits) AC132 Principles of Accounting I 4 AC 133 Principles of Accouting II 4 3 BA211 Business Statistics BA231 Business Communications 3 BA254 Business Law I 3 BA466 Business Policy 3 DP264 Intro to Data Processing 3 EC201 Prin of Macroeconomics* 3 EC202 Prin of Microeconomics’ 3 FN341 Managerial Finance 4 MK281 Mktg Prin and Strategy 4 MN370 Mgmt Principles and Human 4 Resource Concepts 3 MAI 11 College Algebra** Major Requirements (44 credits) 3 BA226 Records Management 1 DP151 Dos 2 DP151 Lotus 1-2-3 or dBase 3 DP225 Word Proc Techniques DP230 Word Proc Applications 3 3 DP240 Desktop Pub Pres I 3 DP345 Present Graphics MN464 Organ Behavior in Bus 4 OA111 Keybrdg/Doc Formatting I 3 OA112 Keyboard Skillbuilding 2-4 OA113 Document Formatting II 2 6-7 Designated Electives’** ‘May count toward Social Science General Education Requirement “May count toward B.S. Degree Requirement General Education Requirements and sufficient elective credits must be completed such that at least 128 semester credits have been earned. ’’’Designated Electives (6-7) Choose two courses from one of the following areas Communications SD320 Public Relations SD308 Communication Theory SD325 Org. Communication 4 3 3 Industrial Relations MN451 Labor Law MN469 Collective Bargain 4 3 Public Relations SD320 Public Relations PS325 Politics and Media JR210 Writing Mass Media 4 3 3 FIRST YEAR: BS. DEGREE, BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION-OFFICE INFORMATION SYSTEMS FALL AC 132 Prin Accounting I OA111 Keyboarding OA112 Skillbuilding EN110 Freshman Comp* DP151 DOS SD101 Fund of Speech RA Elective 4 3 2 3 1 3 1 17 SPRING AC 133 Prin Accounting II 4 2 OA112 Skillbuilding 2 ' OA113 Formatting II DPI51 Lotus 1-2-3,dBase 2 MAI 11 College Algebra 3 NS Elective __4 17 SECOND YEAR EN210 or 215 Res Pap/Lit* DP225 Word Proc Tech BA254 Business Law I EC201 Macroeconomics NS Elective 3 3 3 3 4 16 BA231 Bus Comm DP230 Word Proc App DP264 Intro Data Proc EC202 Microeconomics BA226 Records Mgmt RA Elective BUSINESS & ECONOMICS 134 3 3 3 3 3 1 16 �THIRD YEAR DP240 Desktop Pub/Pres I 3 BA211 Business Statistics 3 Social Science Elective 3 MK281 Mktg Prin & Strat 4 MN370 Management Principles & 4 Human Resource Cone DP345 Present Graphics 3 FN341 Managerial Finance 4 Designated Elective 3-4 1 Elective 15-16 17 FOURTH YEAR HU Elective Designated Elective SS/NS/MA Elective MN464 Org Behavior 4 3-4 4 4 15-16 BA466 Business Policy HU Elective Elective 3 4 ‘English composition may be taken either Fall or Spring Semester BACHELOR OF SCIENCE FINANCE and ECONOMICS THE STUDY of finance and economics affords an opportunity for the student to acquire a general knowledge of business and economic systems. Specialized courses are included to develop ability in the use of the tools of economic and financial theory and analysis. To deal with the advances in sophistication and rigor in this discipline, students are required to take calculus. The program prepares students for careers in business, government service, education, and graduate study. Business Core (44 Credits) AC 132 Principles of Accounting 4 AC 133 Principles of Accouting II 4 BA211 Business Statistics 3 BA231 Business Communications 3 BA254 Business Law I 3 BA466 Business Policy 3 DP264 Intro to Data Processing # 3 EC201 Prin of Macroeconomics* 3 EC202 Prin of Microeconomics* 3 4 FN341 Managerial Finance MK281 Mktg Prin and Strategy 4 MN370 Mgmt Principles and Human Resource Concepts 4 MAI 11 College Algebra** 3 Major Requirements (41 credits) 3 BA255 Business Law II EC304 Money, Banking and 3 Monetary Policy* 3 EC305 Public Finance EC408 International Economics** 3 3 EC308 Inter Microeconomics EC309 Inter Macroeconomics 3 4 FN446 Fin Anal and Policy FN448 Investment Strategy4 4 MAI 12 Calc for Bus & LS” 11EC/FN/AC Electives 'May count toward Social Science General Education Requirement Genora^^iucatkmrequ^reme^it^andsuffident elective credits nrust be contpie.ed such that at .east .24 semester credits have been earned. BUSINESS & ECONOMICS 135 �FIRST YEAR BS. DEGREE, FINANCE AND ECONOMICS FALL EN110 Freshman Comp* MAI 11 College Algebra NS Elective AC 132 Prin Accounting I RA Elective 3 3 4 4 1 15 SPRING SD101 Fund of Speech 3 MAI 12 Calculus for Business 4 & Life Science 4 NS Elective AC 133 Prin Accounting II 3 RA Elective 1 15 SECOND YEAR EN210 or 215 Res Pap/Lit* 3 4 HU Elective EC201 Macroeconomics 3 BA254 Business Law I 3 DP264 Data Processing _3 16 THIRD YEAR FN341 Managerial Fin 4 EC309 Intermediate 3 Macroeconomics BA231 Bus Comm 3 Free Electives 6 16 BA211 Bus Statistics HU Elective EC202 Microeconomics BA255 Business Law II Free Elective 3 4 3 3 3 16 FN448 Invest Strategy EC304 Money, Banking & Monetary Policy MK281 Mktg Prin & Strat EC/FN/AC Elective 4 3 4 4 15 FOURTH YEAR EC308 Intermediate EC305 Public Finance Microeconomics FN446 Fin Anal & Policy 3 EC408 Int’l Economics 3 BA466 Business Policy MN370 Management Principles & EC/FN/AC Elective Human Resource Cone 4 EC/FN/AC Elective 3 Free Elective 4 17 ’English composition may be taken either Fall or Spring semester 3 4 3 4 14 ASSOCIATE DEGREE BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION This Program prepares students for entry-level positions in industry and government requiring two years of college-level business preparation. The program is oriented toward marketing and should be of special interest to individuals seeking careers in marketing or as management trainees in retail organizations. The degree program is transferable into a four-year program in Business Administration. BUSINESS & ECONOMICS 136 �ASSOCIATE DEGREE, BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION General Education Requirements EN110 Freshman Composition EN210 Research Paper Process or EN215 Intro to Lit and Res SD101 Fundamentals of Speech PY101 Foundations of Psychology or PY228 Organizational Behavior RA Recreational Activity elective RA Recreational Activity elective EC202 Prin of Microeconomics 3 3 3 3 1 1 3 Departmental Requirements AC 132 Principles of Accounting I 4 BA231 Business Communications 3 3 BA254 Business Law I 3 BA255 Business Law II FN245 Prin of Finance 3-4 or FN341 Mgr Finance MK281 Mktg Prin and Strategy 4 MK283 Principles of Selling 3 3 MK285 Retail Management MK287 Adv Theory and Practice 3 MN370 Mgmt Principles & Human 4 Resource Concepts BA 105 Business Mathematics 3 DPI51 Computer Applications 3 Sufficient elective credits must be completed such that at least 62 semester credits have been earned. FIRST YEAR: ASSOCIATE, BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION FALL AC 132 Prin Accounting ! EN110 Freshman Comp* PY101 or PY228 BA 105 Business Math Elective SECOND YEAR 4 3 3 3 3 SPRING SD101 MK287 MK285 EC202 DP 151 Fund of Speech 3 Adv Thry & Pract 3 Retail Management3 Microeconomics 3 3 Electives 16 15 MN370 Mgmt Principles & Human Resource Cone 4 3 BA231 Bus Comm 1 RA Elective 1 RA Elective BA255 Business Law II 3 3 Electives 15 English composition may be taken either Fall or Spring semester. MK283 Prin of Selling MK281 Mktg Prin & Strat EN210 or 215 Res Pap/Lit* FN245 Prin of Finance BA254 Business Law I 3 4 3 3 3 16 ASSOCIATE DEGREE BUSINESS DATA PROCESSING This Program is designed to provide students with a knowledge of data processing techniques that will enable them to apply these techniques to a wide range of business problems. The program provides the student with an understanding of the basic functional areas of business; an ability to operate and program data processing equipment; a basic understanding of the fundamentals of accounting and mathematics as they apply to computer usage; and preparation for advanced study. After completing this program, the student may transfer into the corresponding four-year program without loss of BUSINESS & ECONOMICS • 137 �credit. The program is intended to prepare students for entry-level employment in the data processing field. General Education Requirements ENUO FreshmanComposition 3 EN210 Research Paper Process or 3 EN215 Intro to Literature & Research SD101 Fundamentals of Speech 3 EC201 Principles of Macroeconomics or 3 EC202 Principles of Microeconomics PY101 Found of Psychology or PY228 Organizational Behavior or 4 PY383 Industrial Psychology or PY396 Tests and Measure RA Recreational Activity elective 1 3-4 HU Humanities elective Departmental Requirements AC 132 Principles of Accounting 1 4 AC 133 Principles of Accounting II4 BA231 Business Communications 3 MN370 Mgmt Principles & Human 4 Resource Concepts MK281 Mktg Prin and Strategy 4 DP264 Intro to Data Processing 3 DP275 COBOL Programming I 3 DP276 COBOL Programming II 3 3 DP269 RPG II Programming 3 DP366 Database Prog Devel DP368 Sftwr and Hrdwr Concepts 3 3 DP elective Sufficient elective credits must be completed such that at least 63 semester credits have been earned. FIRST YEAR: ASSOCIATE, BUSINESS DATA PROCESSING FALL EN110 AC 132 DP264 DP275 SD101 Freshman Comp* Prin Accounting I Intro Data Proces COBOL I Fund of Speech 3 4 3 3 _3 16 SECOND YEAR EN210 or 215 Res Pap/Lit’ 3 MK281 Mktg Prin & Strat 4 DP366 Database Prog Dev 3 MN370 Management Principles & Human Resource Cone 4 RA Elective 1 15 SPRING AC 133 Prin Accounting II 4 DP276 COBOL Prog II 3 3 DP269 RPG II PY Designated Elective 3-4 Free Elective 3 16-17 3-4 HU Elective 3 BA231 Bus Comm DP368 Sftwr/Hrdwr Cone 3 EC201 Macroeconomics 3 or EC202 Microeconomics DP Elective ‘English Composition may be taken either Fall or Spring semester BUSINESS & ECONOMICS 138 �ASSOCIATE DEGREE OFFICE ADMINISTRATION This Program is designed for students seeking a career as an administrative assistant, word processors, corresponding secretary, or office supervisor. Good basic writing skills are required. General Education Requirements EN110 Freshman Composition 3 EN210 Research Paper Process or 3 EN215 Intro to Literature & Research SD101 Fundamentals of Speech 3 General education electives 6 Departmental Requirements BA226 Records Management BA231 Business Communications BA 121 Introduction to Business BA 105 Business Mathematics DP151 Dos DP151 Lotus 1-2-3 DP151 dBase DP240 Desktop Pub/Pres I DP245 Desktop Pub/Pres II DP225 Word Proc Techniques DP230 Word Proc Applications 3 3 3 3 1 2 2 3 3 3 3 DP264 OA111 OA112 OA113 AC 132 Intro to Data Processing 3 Keybrdg/Doc Formating I 3 Keyboard SkiJlbuilding 2-4 Document Formatting II 2 Principles of Accounting I 4 or OA119 Accounting Procedures Business Electives (4-6) From MN370 Mgmt Principles & Human 4 Resource Concepts MK281 Mktg Prin & Strategy 4 1-3 BA26I Business Skills FN245 Principles of Finance 3 3 BA254 Business Law I Sufficient elective credits must be completed such that at least 64 semester credits hav' been earned. FIRST YEAR: ASSOCIATE, OFFICE ADMINISTRATION FALL OA111 OA112 DP151 EN110 BA105 DP151 BA121 Keyboarding 3 2 Skillbuilding Dos 1 Freshman Comp 3 Business Math 3 2 Lotus 1-2-3 Intro to Business _3 17 SECOND YEAR EN210 or 215 Res Pap/Lit DP225 Word Proc Tech OA119 Accounting Proc or AC 132 Prin Accounting I DP240 Desktop Pub/Pres I General Ed Elective 3 3 4 3 3 SPRING OA112 Skillbuilding OA113 Formatting II DP264 Intro to Data Proc DP 151 dBase SD101 Fund of Speech Designated Bus Elective 2 2 3 2 3 _3 15 BA231 Business Comm 3 DP230 Word Proc Appl 3 BA226 Records Mgmt 3 Designated Bus Elective 1 3 General Ed Elective DP245 Desktp Pub/Pres II _3 16 16 BUSINESS & ECONOMICS 139 �ASSOCIATE DEGREE TECHNICAL ACCOUNTING This Program is designed for the student who does not plan to go to college for four years but desires a working knowledge in the field of accounting. The program provides students with knowledge of the accounting techniques used in modem business. Emphasis is on business administration courses in addition to accounting such as economics, business law, data processing, and business communications. After completing this program, the student may transfer to the four-year program without loss of credit. General Education Requirements EN110 Freshman Composition 3 SD101 Fundamentalsof Speech 3 EN210 Research Paper Process or 3 EN215 Intro to Literature & Research MA092 Intermediate Algebra or 3 MAI 11 College Algebra EC201 Principles of Macroeconomics 3 or EC202 Principles of Microeconomics General Education Elective 3 Departmental Requirements AC 132 Principles of Accounting I 4 AC 133 Principles of Accounting II4 AC232 Intermediate Accounting I 4 AC233 Intermediate Accounting II 4 3 AC332 Cost Accounting I DP264 Intro to Data Processing 3 BA231 Business Communications 3 3 BA254 Business Law I AC421 Federal Taxation Acct I 3 DP151 Computer Applications 2 FN245 Prin of Finance 3-4 or FN341 Mgr Finance Sufficient elective credits must be completed such that at least 64 semester credits have been earned. FIRST YEAR: ASSOCIATE, TECHNICAL ACCOUNTING FALL AC 132 Prin Accounting I 4 EN110 Freshman Comp 3 Flertivp*; 6 MAI 11 College Algebra _3 16 SPRING BA254 AC 133 SD101 DP264 Elective Business Law I 3 Prin Accounting II 4 Fund of Speech 3 Intro Data Proc 3 3 16 SECOND YEAR AC233 Inter Acct II 4 3 BA231 Bus Comm EC201 Prin of Macroeconomics 3 or EC202 Prin of Microeconomics General Education Elective 3 2 DPI 51 Electives 15 ’College Algebra recommended; intermediate algebra required; MA092 credit does not apply toward 64 credits for degree. AC232 Intermed Acctg I AC332 Cost Accounting I AC421 Fed Tax Acct I EN210 or 215 Res Pap/Lit FN245 Prin of Finance 4 4 3 3 3 17 BUSINESS & ECONOMICS 140 �CERTIFICATE INFORMATION PROCESSING This program prepares students for entry-level office positions as word processors or receptionists. The program develops other fundamental skills in communications, computer applications and records management. CERTIFICATE INFORMATION PROCESSING FALL EN110 BA105 OA111 DP225 DP264 Freshman Comp Business Math Keyboarding Word Proc Tech Intro Data Proc 3 3 3 3 _3 15 SPRING SD101 DP230 BA226 OA112 OA113 DPI 51 DP 151 Fund of Speech Word Proc Appl Records Mgmt Keybd Skillbuild Doc Format II Lotus 1-2-3 dBase NOTES BUSINESS & ECONOMICS 141 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 17 �MINOR COURSE OF STUDY Nine minors are offered in the Department of Business and Economics. Course requirements are set out below. Elective courses are to be chosen in consultation with advisors. GENERAL BUSINESS MINOR ACCOUNTINGFINANCE MINOR Total Credits Required: 26 Required Courses: Total Credits Required: 24 Required Courses: AC 132 Prin of Acct I AC 133 Prin of Acct II FN341 Managerial Finance AC and FN electives 4 4 4 12 DATA PROCESSING MINOR Total Credits Required: 23 Required Courses: EC201 Principles of Macroeconomics 3 or EC202 Principles of Microeconomics OA119 Accounting Procedures 4 DP264 Intro to Data Processing 3 MN370 Management Principles & 4 Human Resource Cone DP275 COBOL Programming I 3 DP276 COBOL Programming II 3 DP269 RPG II Programming or 3 DP366 Database Prog Development ECONOMICS MINOR Total Credits Required: 21 Required Courses: EC201 Prin of Macroeconomics EC202 Prin of Microeconomics EC308 Inter Microeconomics EC309 Inter Macroeconomics EC Electives 3 3 3 3 9 ECONOMICSFINANCE MINOR ' Total Credits Required: 28 Required Courses: AC 132 Prin of Acct I 4 4 AC 133 Prin of Acct II EC20I Prin of Macroeconomics 3 3 EC202 Prin of Microeconomics 4 FN341 Managerial Finance EC or FN electives 10 AC 132 Prin of Accounting I 4 or OA119 Accounting Procedures MN370 Management Principles & 4 Human Resource Cone 4 MK281 Mktg Prin & Strat EC201 Prin of Macroeconomics 3 EC202 Prin of Microeconomics 3 FN245 Principles of Finance 3-4 or FN341 Managerial Finance 4-5 Business Electives HOSPITALITY AND TRAVEL/TOURISM MINOR Total Credits Required: 20 Required courses: HT121 Intro to Hospitality Ind HT231 World Destination HT231 Destination Elective HT321 Trvl/Trsm Plng/Dev I HT322 Trvl/Trsm Plng/Dev II HT421 Trvl & Trsm Cases 4 3 4 3 3 3 INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS MINOR Total Credits Required: Required Courses: 29 EC201 Prin of Macroeconomics 3 ■ EC202 Prin of Microeconomics 3 3 BA254 Business Law I MN370 Management Principles & 4 Human Resource Cone 4 MN451 Labor Law 3 MN469 Collective Bargaining PY228 Organizational Behavior 3 PY396 Tests and Measurements 3 PY203 Counseling Theory and Process or 3 PY383 Industrial Psychology BUSINESS & ECONOMICS 142 �OFFICE ADMIN MINOR MARKETING MINOR Total Credits Required: 22 Total Credits Required: Required Courses: Required Courses: MK281 MK283 MK287 MK384 Mktg Prin & Strat Princ of Selling Adv Thry & Pract Physical Distribution or MK386 Materials Mgmt MK Electives EC202 Prin of Microeconomics 4/^ \s 3 ^ 3/ 25 DPI 51 Dos DP 151 Lotus 1-2-3 or dBase DP240 Desktop Pub/Pres 1 DP225 Word Proc Techniques BA226 Records Management DP230 Word Proc Applications BA 121 Intro to Business DP264 Intro to Data Processing OA119 Accounting Procedures or AC 132 Principles of\ccounting I 1 NOTES BUSINESS & ECONOMICS 143 1 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 �Photo by Uz Rattaele COMPUTER, GEOLOGIC AND MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES COMPUTER, GEOLOGIC AND MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES 144 �COMPUTER, GEOLOGIC AND MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES DEPARTMENTAL FACULTY: Head, Prof. Gary Thesing; Profs. Bernard Arbic, Lewis Brown, David Knowles, Thomas Mickewich, Charles R. Mullin, Paul Wilson and Richard Zabelka; Assoc. Profs. Thomas Boger, Mieczyslaw Gutowski; Asst. Profs. Janina Gutowska, Galen Harrison and Randall Suggitt; Instrs. Kenneth Hatfield, Mark Terwilliger; Dean Emeritus C. Ernest Kemp. COMPUTER SCIENCE In recent years, a quiet revolution has taken place. The computer has moved out of the back room of large corporations and research institutions into the front offices and living rooms of modem society. Computer scientists work at the leading edge of this revolution, developing software systems that allow us to utilize the electronic hardware the engineers have built. The work is challenging, and often frustrating, but is ultimately very rewarding. THE DEPARTMENT offers a Bachelor of Science In Computer and Mathematical Sciences that combines a study of digital computing with the study of mathematical concepts. The resulting program provides students with considerable versatility and potential for future endeavors in which practical quantitative skills are important. A MINOR in computer science is also available to provide excellent support and value to most majors offered at the University. ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS: To qualify for admission to the program in computer and mathematical sciences, applicants must satisfy University admission requirements as described in the Admissions section of this Catalog. (This information is also included in the Viewbook.) Secondary school academic subjec should include: Three units English, two units of algebra, o\ unit of geometry. It is strongi. recommended that applicants have a fourth unit of college-preparatory mathematics which includes one-half unit of trigonometry. A unit of chemistry or physics is also recommended. Completion of the program may require more than four years for students who do not meet all entrance requirements. For students with college-level achievement, the opportunity will be offered, by means of examination, to obtain course credit or placement into an advanced course. COMPUTER, GEOLOGIC AND MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES 145 �BACHELOR OF SCIENCE COMPUTER AND MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES Computer Science (24 credits) CS111 Intro to Comp Sci I CS112 Intro to Comp Sci II CS205 Comp Org and Arch CS212 File & Database Mgmt CS333 Systems Programming CS334 Operating Systems Cone CS411 Prog Language Concepts CS418 Software Engineering Mathematics (22 Credits) MA151 Calculus I MAI52 Calculus II MA215 Fund Cone of Math MA216 Disc Math. & Prob Solv MA261 Intro to Num Methods MA305 Computational Lin Alg MA308 Prob and Math. Statistics Computer Science or Mathematics Electives (6 credits) CS340 Computer Simulation 3 or MA401 Mathematical Modeling CS401 Automata, Lang & Computability 3 or MA341 Abstract Algebra I 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Additionally, a student is required to satisfy one of the following: 1. A minor (from any discipline), or 4 4 3 3 2 3 3 2. Thirty six or more credits at the 300 or 400 levels (from any discipline, including CS and MA courses required above). Elective credits, approximately 26, and General Education requirements must be completed such that at least 124 semester credits have been earned. A sample four-year schedule of courses for this program follows. Numerous options for completing the program are possible and students will select these with assistance of their advisor. FIRST YEAR: BACHELOR OF SCIENCE, COMPUTER & MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES FALL CS111 Intro, to C.S. I 3 MAI51 Calculus I 4 EN110 Freshman Comp.* 3 Soc. Sci. Elective 4 RA Elective 1 SPRING CS112 Intro.toCS.il MAI52 Calculus II Soc. Sci. Elective RA Elective Elective 3 15 4 4 1 3 15 CS205 Comp Org & Arch 3 MA215 Fund. Cone. Math 3 EN210 Res Pap Process** 3 Nat. Sci. Elective 4 CS210 COBOL Prog*** _3 CS212 File & Dtbse Mgmt 3 MA216 Disc Mth Prb Solv 3 4 Nat. Sci. Elective SD101 Fund, of Speech 3 3 Elective SECOND YEAR 16 16 3 2 CS334 Operating Sys Cone 3 MA305 Comp Linear Alg 3 4 Humanities Elective 6 Electives THIRD YEAR CS333 Systems Prog MA261 Numerical Meth Humanities Elective Electives 4 7 16 COMPUTER, GEOLOGIC AND MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES 16 146 �FOURTH YEAR CS418 Software Eng. 3 CS321 Comp Graphics*** 3 MA308 Prob & Math Stats 3 MA341 Abstract Algebra I 3 or CS401 Automata, Lang. & Computability Elective 3 15 CS411 Prog. Lang. Cone. 3 CS340 Computer Simulation or 3 MA401 Math Modeling Electives 9 15 *EN110 may be taken in Spring semester **EN205 or EN215 also acceptable "‘Suggested electives GEOLOGY SINCE THE BEGINNING of the solar system our earth has been developing. Our present environment is the result of the cumulative interaction of many dynamic physical, chemical and biological processes. GEOLOGY deals with the dynamic earth, its physical makeup, and its physical and organic history. It involves the study of changes which have taken place and the forces which cause, and are now causing, these changes. By drawing on concepts of biology, chemistry, mathematics and physics geologists attempt to understand the physical environment in which we live and from which we derive most of the natural resources essential to our civilization. Our civilization requires many non-renewable natural resources in order to survive. Since the turn of the century, we have used more and more of these resources at an everincreasing rate and now have critical supply problems. Our demands upon the environment have significantly changed the earth around us, and, if we are to survive, we must live within the constraints imposed by Geologists study and nature. understand these constraints. They must apply their knowledge to achieve harmony between the human race and its environment. BACHELOR OF SCIENCE GEOLOGY GEOLOGY HAS A BROAD scientific base in mathematics, physics, biology and chemistry as well as emphasizing fundamentals COMPUTER, GEOLOGIC AND MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES • 147 �of geologic science and geophysics. Increases in the demand for energy fuels and mineral products result in an expansion of opportunities for graduates in geology. Students contemplating careers in geology should, upon graduating, expect to travel, often to remote and uninhabited areas. Most of the jobs entail outdoor field work, often under difficult conditions. Other new fields are now requiring geologists, such as NASA, EPA, and companies and agencies involved with environmental concerns. The geological environment of Lake Superior State University provides unexcelled opportunities for field study of classic sections illustrating Precambrian stratigraphy, structure, intrusions, and metamorphism and undisturbed Paleozoic sedimentary formations. Proximity to deposits of iron, copper, uranium, dolomite and the Michigan oil and gas fields as well as other minerals is an additional advantage. Students are eligible to participate in the department’s active research in micropaleontology (conodonts). ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS: To qualify for admission to the program in geology, applicants must Geology (54 Credits) GE111 GE112 GE215 GE216 GE221 GE222 GE321 GE422 GE423 GE351 GE352 GE436 GE461 GE471 GE472 Phys Geology I Phys Geology II Historical Geo Struct Geo & Geo Grphcs Crystalgrphy & Mnrlgy Mnrlgy & Petrography Optical Mnrlgy Ign and Metamor. Petro. Sed Petrography Invert Paleontology I Invert Paleontology II Field Geology Strtgrphy & Sedimentation Economic Geo I Economic Geo II 4 4 3 4 4 4 3 3 3 3 3 6 4 3 3 satisfy University admission requirements as described in the Admissions section of the Catalog. (This information is also included in the Viewbook.) Secondary school academic subjects should include: Three units of English, two units of algebra, one unit of geometry, and one unit of chemistry and physics. One-half unit of trigonometry is highly recommended. Completion of the program may require more than four years for students who do not meet all entrance requirements. For students with college-level achievement, the opportunity will be offered, by means of examination, to obtain course credit or placement into an advanced course. Support courses (33 to 36 Credits) CHI 15 General Chemistry I 5 CHI 16 General Chemistry II 4 CS100 Intro Microcomp Appls. or 3 CS111 Intro, to Computer Science I MA207 Princ of Stat Methods 3 MA140 & MA141 Alg, Tch Clc I 7 or 8 MA151 and MA152: Clc I & II 3 NS 103 Env Biology PH221 & PH222: Ele of Phy I&II 8 or PH231 & PH232: Gen Phy I&II 10 Free elective credits, approximately 11 and General Education requirements must be completed such that at least 125 semester credits have been earned. Sample four-year schedule of courses for this program follows. Numerous options for completing the program are possible and students will select these with assistance of their advisor. COMPUTER, GEOLOGIC AND MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES 148 �FIRST YEAR: BACHELOR OF SCIENCE, GEOLOGY FALL EN110 Freshman Comp.* 3 MAI40 Algebra for Tech.** 3-4 or MA151 Calculus I GE111 Physical Geology I 4 4 Soc. Sci. Elective 14-15 SECOND YEAR EN210 Res. Paper Process 3 GE215 Historical Geology 3 GE221 Cryst & Mnrlgy 4 4 CHI 15 Chemistry I RA Elective 1 15 THIRD YEAR GE351 Invert. Paleo. I 3 PH221 Elements of Phy I 4-5 or PH231 General Physics I 4 Humanities Elective SD101 Fund, of Speech 3 MA207 Prin of Stat Meth _3 17-18 SUMMER: GE436 Field Geology 6 SPRING MA141 Technical Calculus I 4 or MA152 Calculus II 4 GE112 Physical Geo II 4 Soc. Sci. Elective CS100 or CS111 1 15 GE216 Structural Geology GE222 Miner. & Pet. CHI 16 Chemistry II RA Elective NS 103 Env Biology 4 4 4 1 3 16 GE321 Optical Mineralogy 3 PH222 Elements of Phy II 4-5 or PH232 General Physics II GE352 Invrtbrt Palntgy II 3 4 Humanities Elective Elective 1 17-18 FOURTH YEAR GE423 Sedimentary Pet 3 3 GE472 Economic Geo II 3 4 9 Electives 3 15 6 16 EN110 may be taken in Spring Semester MAI09 Trigonometry and Vectors is required for students without high school trigonometry credit. GE422 Igneous & Met Pet GE461 Strat. and Sedmt GE471 Economic Geo I Electives BACHELOR OF SCIENCE GEOLOGY: ENVIRONMENTAL GEOLOGY Geology (33 Credits) GE111 Physical Geology I GE112 Physical Geology II GE215 Historical Geology GE216 Struct. Geol./Geol. Gr. GE221 Cryst. & Mnrlgy GE222 Mnrlgy & Petrography GE436 Field Geology GE461 Strat. & Sedimentation 4 4 3 4 4 4 6 4 Support Courses (56 to 59 Credits) CHI 15 General Chemistry I CHI 16 General Chemistry II CH225 Organic Chemistry I CH226 Organic Chemistry II CH231 Quantitative Analysis CH232 Instrumental Analysis CS100 Intro Microcomp Appls or CS111 Intro Comp Sci I COMPUTER, GEOLOGIC AND MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES 5 4 4 4 3 3 3 149 �Support Courses (corn) MA140.MA141: Alg, Tech Calc I 7-8 or MA151.MAI52: Calculus I & II MA207 Prin. of Stat. Methods or 3 MA308 Probability & Math. Stat. 3 NS 103 Env Biology NS 107 Phy Geo Lndfrms & Soils 3 PH221.PH222: Ele of Phy 1 & II 8-10 or PH231.PH232: Gen. Physics I & 11 3 PH311 Princ of Hydrology PH312 Gmdwater Hydrology 3 Free elective credits, approximately 11, and General Education requirements must be completed such that at least 125 semester credits have been earned. Sample four-year schedule of courses for this program follows. Numerous options for completing the program are possible and students will select these with assistance of their advisor. FIRST YEAR: BACHELOR OF SCIENCE, GEOLOGY: ENVIRONMENTAL GEOLOGY OPTION FALL MA140 or MA151* EN110 Fresh Comp** GE111 Physical Geo I Soc. Sci. Elective RA Elective 3-4 3 4 4 1 15-16 SPRING MA141 or MAI52 GE112 Physical Geo II NS 103 Env Biology SD101 Fund, of Spch RA Elective 4 4 3 3 1 15 SECOND YEAR EN205 CHI 15 GE215 GE221 Bsc Tch Rpt Wrt 3 Gen Chemistry I 5 Historical Geo 3 Cryst & Mnrlgy _4 15 CS 100 CHI 16 GE216 GE222 or 111 Intro Comp Gen Chemistry II Strct Geo/Grphcs Mnrlgy & Pet 3 4 4 4 15 THIRD YEAR CH225 Org Chemistry I 4 Humanities Elective 4 PH221 or PH231 (Phy) 4-5 Soc. Sci. Elective 4 16-17 SUMMER: GE436 Field Geology CH226 Org Chemistry II 4 Humanities Elective 4 PH222 or PH232 (Phy) 4-5 3 PH311 Prin of Hyd 15-16 6 FOURTH YEAR PH312 Gmdwtr Hyd 3 CH231 Quant Anal 3 MA207 or MA308 (Stat) 3 Electives 7 16 CH232 Inst Anal NS 107 Lndfrms & Soils GE461 Strat. and Sed. Electives 3 3 4 6 16 *MA109 Trigonometry and Vectors is required for students without high school trigonometry credit. **EN110 may be taken in Spring Semester COMPUTER, GEOLOGIC AND MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES • 150 �BACHELOR OF SCIENCE, DUAL MAJOR ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE AND GEOLOGY WITH ENVIRONMENTAL GEOLOGY OPTION Departmental Requirements (119-122) BL110 General Zoology BL111 General Botany BL230 Intro, to Soils BL337 Gen. Ecology CHI 15 Gen. Chemistry I CHI 16 Gen. Chemistry II CH225 Organic Chemistry I CH226 Organic Chemistry II CH231 Quantitative Analysis CH232 Instrumental Analysis CS100 Intro Microcomp Appl EV101 Intro, to Env Science EV249 Water Poll Control EV288 Env Microbiology EV31I Environmental Law EV313 Solid & Hazardous Waste EV395 Scientific Wrtg & Pres EV499 Senior Thesis GE111 Physical Geology I 4 4 3 3 5 4 4 4 3 3 3 3 3 4 2 3 1 1 4 4 GE112 Physical Geology II 3 GE215 Historical Geology GE216 Struct Geol/Geol Graphics 4 4 GE221 Cryst & Mineralogy 4 GE222 Mnrlgy & Petrography 6 GE436 Field Geology 4 GE461 Strat & Sedimentation 3 ID300 Man & Environment MAI09 Trigonometry and Vectors 2 (may be waived by exam) MAI 11 Col Alg & MAI 12 Calc, for Bus. & Life Sc. 7-8 or MA 151-152 Calculus I and II MA207 Prin. Statistical Methods 3 PH221-PH222 Ele of Phy I and II or 8-10 PH231-PH232 General Physics I and II PH311 Principles of Hydrology 3 PH312 Groundwater Hydrology 3 Nine credits of free electives and three credits of designated electives are required. GE112 serves as a designated elective for the Environmental Science major. A minium of 153 semester credits is required for the dual major. Below is a sample five-year schedule of courses for the double major in Environmental Science and Geology: Environmental Geology Option. FIRST YEAR: BACHELOR OF SCIENCE, DUAL MAJOR: ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE AND GEOLOGY WITH ENVIRONMENTAL GEOLOGY OPTION FALL CHI 15 Gen. Chemistry I 5 BL110 General Zoology 4 MA109 Trig. & Vectors* 2 MAI 11 Coll Alg or L3-4 MA151 Calculus I EV101 Intro Env. Sci. _3 17-18 SPRING CHI 16 Gen. Chemistry II 4 BL111 General Botany 4 EN110 Fresh Composition 3 MAI 12 Calc for Bus & Life Sci 4 or MAI52 Calculus II 1 RA Elective 16 COMPUTER, GEOLOGIC AND MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES ■ 151 �SECOND YEAR I CH226 Org. Chem. II 4 PH222 Ele. Physics II or 4-5 PH232 Gen. Physics I GE112 Physical Geo II 4 EV249 Wtr. Poll Control _3 15-16 BL337 Ecology 3 CH231 Quant. Analysis 3 GE215 Historical Geo 3 CS100 Intro Mcrocmp App 3 Soc. Sci. Elective 3 15 2 EV311 Envir. Law** 3 CH232 Inst. Analysis GE216 Struct Geol/Graph** 4 3 BL230 Intro. Soils MA207 Prin. Stat. Meth _3 15 CH225 Org. Chem I PH221 Ele. Physics I or PH231 Gen. Physics I GE111 Physical Geo 1 EN205 Tch Rep Wrtg RA Elective 4 4-5 4 3 16-17 THIRD YEAR FOURTH YEAR EV313 Sid & Haz Waste** GE221 Cryst & Mnrlgy SD101 Fund, of Speech Soc. Sci. Elective Elective 3 4 3 3 3 EV395 Sci. Wrtg. & Pres. GE222 Mineralogy & Pet. PH311 Hydrology** Soc. Sci. Elective Elective 16 SUMMER: GE436 Field Geology 1 4 3 3 1 14 6 FIFTH YEAR EV288 Envir Microbio PH312 Gmdwtr Hydrol.** Elective Humanities Elective 4 3 3 4 ID300 Man & Envir. EV499 Senior Thesis GE461 Stratig. & Sed.** Humanities Elective 14 3 1 4 4 12 Prerequisite for PH221; may be waived by examination. Alternate year courses. MATHEMATICS A MOST PRODUCTIVE TOOL: Mathematics is the foundation of the sciences and the technology largely responsible for our present standard of living. Mathematics is one of the most productive tools yet discovered for unraveling the mysteries of our COMPUTER, GEOLOGIC AND MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES 152 �universe. In some instances, it is the only language in which some ideas can be expressed. Courses offered in this discipline provide the foundation for future work in mathematics. Our teaching objectives are twofold: to give students an understanding of mathematics, and to impart an understanding of the many ways in which this tool may be used. ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS: To qualify for admission to the program in mathematics, applicants must satisfy University admission requirements as described in the Admissions section of the Catalog. (This information is also included in the Viewbook.) Secondary school academic subjects should include: Three units of English, two units of algebra, one unit of geometry. It is strongly recommended that applicants have a fourth unit of college-preparatory mathematics which includes one-half unit of trigonometry. A unit of chemistry or physics is also recommended. Completion of the program may require more than four years for students who do not meet all entrance requirements. For students with college-level achievement, the opportunity will be offered, by means of examination, to obtain course credit or placement into an advanced course. BACHELOR OF SCIENCE, MATHEMATICS Departmental Requirements (54 credits) CS111 Intro. Computer Science I MA151 Calculus I MAI52 Calculus II MA215 Fund. Concepts of Math MA216 Disc Math & Prob Solv MA251 Calculus III MA261 Intro, to NumMethods MA305 Comp Linear Algebra 3 4 4 3 3 4 2 3 MA308 Prob and Math. Statistics MA341 Abstract Algebra I MA421 Real Analysis I MA401 Mathematical Modeling or MA411 Advanced Calculus PH231 General Physics I PH232 General Physics II 3 3 3 3 5 5 Six credits from MA courses numbered 300 or above. Additionally, a student is required to satisfy one of the following: 1. a minor (from any discipline), or 2. Thirty six or more credits at the 300 or 400 levels (from any discipline, including MA courses required above). Free electives, approximately 25 credits, and General Education requirements must be completed such that at least 124 semester credits have been earned. A sample four-year schedule of courses for this program follows. Numerous options for completing the program are possible and students will select these with assistance of their advisor. COMPUTER, GEOLOGIC AND MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES ■ 153 �FIRST YEAR: BACHELOR OF SCIENCE, MATHEMATICS FALL EN110 Fresh Comp. MA151 Calculus I Soc. Sci. Elective Elective 3 4 4 4 15 SPRING CS111 Intro to Cmp Sci I 3 MAI52 Calculus II 4 4 Soc. Sci. Elective RA Elective 1 4 Elective 16 SECOND YEAR MA215 Fund Cone Math MA261 Num Methods EN210 Res Pap Process** Humanities Elective RA Elective Elective 3 2 3 4 1 MA216 Dis Mth Prb Slv MA251 Calculus III Humanities Elective SD101 Fund, of Speech Elective 3 4 4 3 3 17 3 16 THIRD YEAR MA305 Comp Lin Alg MA341 Abstract Alg. I PH231 General Physics I Elective 3 3 5 4 MA310 Differential Eqs. Natural Sci. Elect, (life) PH232 General Physics II Elective 3 4 5 4 16 15 FOURTH YEAR MA308 Prob & Math Stat 3 MA421 Real Analysis I 3 Electives 9 15 MA401 Math Modeling MA Elective Electives 3 3 9 15 ‘EN110 may be taken in Spring Semester "EN205 or EN215 also acceptable MINOR COURSES OF STUDY COMPUTER SCIENCE MINOR Plus three additional CS courses at 9 the 300 or 400 level For a minor in computer science a total of 21 semester credits must be selected as follows: Note: The mathematics prerequisite for CS 111 implies that at least one mathematics course at the 100 level or above must be taken. Some CS elective courses may have additional mathematics requirements. CS 111 CS 112 CS205 CS212 Intro to Comp Sci I Intro to Comp Sci II Comp Org & Arch File & Dtbse Mgmt 3 3 3 3 COMPUTER, GEOLOGIC AND MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES • 154 �GEOLOGY MINOR MATHEMATICS MINOR For a minor in geology a total of 23 semester credits must be selected as follows: For a minor in mathematics a total of at least 22 semester credits must be selected as follows: GEl 11 GE112 GE215 GE216 GE221 GE222 Phys Geo I Phys Geology II Historical Geology Struct Geo/Geo Grph Cryst & Mineralogy Mnrlgy & Petrography A CS111 MA151.152 or MA141.142 MA207 or MA308 MA215 or MA401 MA261 or MA305 4 4 3 4 4 4 3 8 3 3 2-3 Plus three MA elective credits from MA215, MA216 or any MA course 3 numbered 250 or above (Note that MA141 and MA 151 have prerequisites which may effectively add credits to the above when these are chosen.) NOTES COMPUTER, GEOLOGIC AND MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES • 155 �must be graduates of accredited secondary schools with above average standing in their class. The secondary school preparation should include a four-year curriculum of at least 15 units of acceptable entrance credits. The following subjects must be included in these credits: one unit of beginning algebra, one unit of advanced algebra, and one unit of science with laboratory. An additional unit of trigonometry or geometry is strongly recommended. ENGINEERING TRANSFER: The first two years of a professional engineering degree may be taken at LSSU if you are well prepared in mathematics. It is recommended that you contact the engineering school that you would like to transfer to early in your freshman year at LSSU. Each school of engineering has somewhat different requirements which will affect the exact program you take at LSSU. Transfer Students: An evaluation of all previous course work will be made upon receipt of application. Transfer of LSSU credits to Most engineering schools, engineering technology credits earned at LSSU will not transfer to professional engineering schools due to the mathematics requirements of each program. Entrance Requirements: To qualify for admission as freshmen in engineering technology, applicants BACHELOR OF SCIENCE Automated Systems Engineering Technology THIS PROGRAM combines the disciplines of mechanical, electrical, computer, and manufacturing engineering technologies in preparing students for modem manufacturing and production career responsibilities. The capstone program assumes a two-year background in an appropriate engineering technology or pre-engineering curriculum. Graduates will be prepared to design, integrate, and program various systems for automated manu­ facturing. Technical courses in the final two years will be based upon the student’s previous background and are designed to produce a well-rounded and engineering technologist. versatile Students from community colleges with a background in an engineering technology curriculum can usually transfer directly into the third year of the automated systems program. Most community college programs in Michigan have transfer curriculum agreements with LSSU. BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN AUTOMATED SYSTEMS ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY (Following A Computer Engineering Technology Associate Degteej Automated Systems Core Courses (33 Credits) AS315 Prog Logic Cont AS325 Robotics in Manuf I I 3 4 AS365 Comp Control Concep AS425 Machine Vision AS455 Automatic Controls AS465 Sensor Tech & Appl ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY • 158 4 4 �AS475 AS485 MT331 MA240 Automated Manuf Sys Automated Sys Proj Quality Control Adv Tech Mathematics 3 3 3 3 Support Courses (6 Credits) MT112 Manufacturing I MT316 Stat & Str of Mat 3 3 In addition to the courses listed above and the CET associate degree courses, general education requirements and nine free electives must be completed for a total of at least 129 semester credits. FIRST YEAR: BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN AUTOMATED SYSTEMS ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY (and a Computer Engineering Technology Associate Degree) FALL SPRING 3 SD101 Speech MAI40 Algebra for Tech 3 MA141 Tech Calculus I 4 MAI09 Trig & Vectors 2 DTI25 Electronic Drafting 2 EN110 Freshman Compos 3 CS112 Intro Comp Sci II 3 CS111 Intro Comp Sci I 3 4 Soc Sci Elect 5 ET115 Elec Circuits I 16 16 SECOND YEAR PH221 ET124 CT235 EN205 RA Elmts of Physics I 4 4 Electronics I Microproc Fund 4 Tech Rep Writ 3 Elective 1 16 THIRD YEAR PH222 CT224 CT236 MA142 Elmts of Physics II 4 Digital Electronics 4 Microcont Appl 5 Tech Calculus II _4 17 4 3 3 16 AS365 Comp Cont Cone 3 Biology Elective 3 AS455 Automatic Controls 4 4 Humanities Elective 1 RA Elective 15 AS465 Sensor Tech Appl 4 AS425 Machine Vision 3 Humanities Elective 4 MT112 Manuf Proc I 3 Free Elective 3 17 3 AS475 Auto Mfg Sys 3 AS485 Auto Sys Proj EC302 Managerial Econ 4 MT331 Quality Control 3 Free Elective _3 16 AS315 Prog Log Control Free Elective AS325 Robotics in Manuf. MT316 Stat & Str of Mat MA240 Adv Tech Math 3 3 FOURTH YEAR BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN AUTOMATED SYSTEMS (Following an Electrical Engineering Technology Associate Degree) Automated Systems Core Courses (30 Credits) AS325 Robotics in Manuf AS365 Comp Cont Cone AS425 Machine Vision AS455 Automatic Controls AS465 Sensor Tch & Appl AS475 Automated Manuf Sys AS485 Automated Sys Proj MT331 Quality Control MA240 Adv Tech Math 4 3 3 4 4 3 3 3 3 Support Courses (10 Credits) MT112 Manufacturing I MT316 Stat & Str of Mat MA142 Technical Calculus II 3 3 4 In addition to the courses listed above and the EET associate degree courses, general education requirements and nine free electives must be completed for a total of at least 130 semester credits. ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY • 159 �FIRST YEAR: BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN AUTOMATED SYSTEMS (and an Electrical Engineering Technology Associate Degree) FALL SPRING SD101 Fund of Speech 3 3 MA140 Alg for Tech MA141 Tech Calculus I 4 MA109 Trig & Vectors 2 DTI25 Elect Drafting 2 EN110 Fresh Comp 3 ET116Elect Circ II 4 CS111 Intro to Comp Sci 3 4 Soc Sci Elective 5 ET115 Elec Circ I 17 16 SECOND ET124 ET244 PH221 CT235 YEAR 4 Electroinics I Elect Machinery 4 Elmts of Physics I 4 Microproc Fund _4 16 THIRD YEAR MA142 Tech Calculus II Free Elective AS325 Robotics in Mfg MT316 Stat & Str Mat MA240 Adv Tech Mathe FOURTH YEAR AS465 Sensor Tech Appl AS425 Machine Vision Humanities Electives MT112 Manuf Proc I Free Elective 4 3 4 3 3 17 4 3 4 3 3 ET224 EN205 PH224 CT224 Electronics II Bsc Tch Rep Writ Phy for Elct Tch Digital Electronics AS365 Comp Cont Cone Biology Elective AS455 Automatic Cont Humanities Elective RA Elective RA Elective 4 3 4 _4 15 3 3 4 4 1 1 16 AS475 Auto Mfg Systems AS485 Auto. Sys Proj EC302 Managerial Econ MT331 Quality Control Free Elective 17 3 3 4 3 3 16 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN AUTOMATED SYSTEMS (Following a Mechanical Engineering Technology Associate Degree) Automated Systems Core Courses (33 Credits) AS315 Prog Log Cont AS325 Robotics in Manuf AS365 Comp Control Cone AS425 Machine Vision AS455 Automatic Controls AS465 Sensor Tech & Appl AS475 Automated Manuf Sys AS485 Automated Sys Proj MT331 Quality Controls MA240 Adv Tech Mathematics 3 4 3 3 4 4 3 3 3 3 Support Courses (7 Credits) ET302 Electricity II MAI42 Tech Calculus II 3 4 In addition to the courses listed above and the MET associate degree courses, general education requirements and nine free electives must be completed for a total of at least 132 semester credits. ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY 160 �FIRST YEAR: BACHELOR OF SCIENCE AUTOMATED SYSTEMS (and an Associate Degree in Mechanical Engineering Technology) FALL SPRING SD101 Fund, of Speech 3 EN110 Freshman Comp. 3 MA141 Tech Calculus I 4 MAI40 Algebra for Tech. 3 3 ME 124 Basic CAD MAI09 Trig. & Vectors 2 MT113 Manuf Proc II 3 ME 104 Technical Drawing 4 CH108 Applied Chemistry_4 MT112 Mfg. Processes I 3 17 MT100 Intro. Mech. Sys. _2 17 SECOND YEAR PH221 Elemts of Physics I 4 3 MT220 Statics ET201 Appl. Elect. I 3 4 Social Science Elective EN205 Tech. Rept. Writ. _3 17 THIRD YEAR MAI42 Tech Calculus II 4 MA240 Adv Tech Math 3 AS315 Prog Logic Cont 3 3 Free Elective AS325 Robotics in Mfg _4 17 FOURTH YEAR AS465 Sensor Tech Appl 4 AS425 Machine Vision 3 RA Elective 1 Humanities Elective 4 Free Elective 3 PH222 MT241 MT253 CT265 Elemts of Physics 114 Str of Materials 4 Eng Materials 4 Intro to Tech Prog _3 15 AS365 Comp Cont Cone AS455 Automatic Cont ET302 Appl Elect II Humanities Elective Free Elective AS475 Auto Mfg Sys AS485 Auto Sys Proj MT331 Quality Control EC302 Managerial Econ RA Elective Biology Elective 15 3 4 3 4 1 17 3 3 3 3 1 1 17 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY prepares students for employment in r^auctl0n- m?intenance and design activities or as field presentatives in electrical or electronic related firms. THIS , . PROGRAM Electrical and electronics course work provides a background in the fundamentals of circuits. Added training in electronics leads to work in advanced circuits and automatic controls. A communica- tions option may also be selected which uses transform calculus studied earlier. Many students graduating from a Michigan community college with an ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY • 161 �associates degree in electronics can transfer directly into the third year of the program. 128 credit hours are required for graduation. Sample transfer programs are available for many Michigan community colleges. Electrical Engineering Technology (41 credits) ET115 Electrical Circuits I ET116 Electrical Circuits II ET124 Electronics I ET224 Electronics II ET244 Elect. Mach. ET334 Network Anal. I ET335 Network Anal. II ET345 Anal. Cir. Design ET435 Communications I or ET445 Ind. Electronics ET436 Communications II or ET446 Control Systems Support Courses (58 credits) AS365 Comp Control Concepts CS111 Intro Comp Sci I CT224 Digital Elect. CT235 Micro. Fund. CT335 Digital Design DTI25 Electronic Drafting EC202 Managerial Economics 4 EN110 Fresh. Comp. EN205 Basic Tech. Report Writ. HE181 First Aid MAI09 Trig. & Vectors MA140 Algebra for Tech. MA141 Tech. Calc. I MA142 Tech. Calc, n MT316 Statics & Strength NS 103 Environ. Biology PH221 Elmts. of Phys. I PH224 Topics in Phy for EET Elective Credits (3 credits) Non-EET Technical Elective 5 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 3 3 3 4 4 4 2 3 3 2 3 4 4 3 3 4 In addition to the courses listed above, general education requirements and nine free electives must be completed for a total of at least 128 semester credits. FIRST YEAR: BACHELOR OF SCIENCE, ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY FALL CS111 Intro to Comp Sci EN110 Freshman Comp ET115 Elect Circ I MAI09 Trig & Vectors MAI40 Algebra for Tech 3 3 5 2 3 16 SPRING SD101 Fund, of Speech ET116 Elect Circ II MA141 Tech Calc I DTI25 Elect Drafting Social Science Elective 3 4 4 2 4 IT SECOND YEAR CT235 ET124 PH221 ET244 Micro Fund 4 Electronics I 4 Elmts of Physics I 4 Elect Machinery 4 TE CT224 EN205 ET224 PH224 Digital Electronics Bsc Tch Rep Writ Electroinics II Top Phys for EET 4 3 4 _4 THIRD YEAR CT335 ET334 MA142 AS365 HE181 Digital Design Network Anal I Tech. Calculus II Comp Cont Cone First Aid 4 4 4 4 1 YE 3 Tech Elec, Non-EET* ET335 Network Anal II 4 ET345 Analog Circ Dsgn 4 MT316 Statics & Strengths 3 Elective 3 ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY 162 IT �FOURTH YEAR Humanities Elective ET435 Comm. I or ET445 Industrial Elect. NS 103 Envir Biology Elective RA Elective 4 4 3 3 1 16 Humanities Elective ET436 Comm. II or ET446 Control Syst. RA Elective EC302 Managerial Econ Elective 4 4 1 4 3 15 *CT236 recommended for students planning to take Control Systems. BACHELOR OF SCIENCE MECHANICAL ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY THIS PROGRAM prepares graduates for career responsibilities in machine design, manufacturing, and thermal sciences. The curriculum provides a broad base for job preparation and stresses topics which are current in today’s technical environment. Graduates have found employment in product design, manufacturing, plant engineering, inspection, production supervision, and sales and service. Students graduating from community colleges with an associate degree in mechanical engineering technology can usually transfer into this program and receive a bachelor of science degree in mechanical engineering technology in two years. Many community college programs in Michigan have transfer articulation agreements with Lake Superior State University. Mechanical Engineering Technology (56 Credits) ME 104 Tech. Drawing ME 124 Basic CAD MT100 Intro, to Mech. Syst. & Computer Programmig MT112 Manf. Proc. MT113 Manf. Proc. II MT220 Statics MT241 Strength of Materials MT253 Engr. Mat. MT310 Kinematics MT311 Dynamics MT331 Quality Control MT341 Fluid Mech. MT371 NC/CNC Manf. Proc. MT410 Mech. Design I MT411 Mech. Design II MT430 Thermo. MT431 Thermo. & Heat Trans. Support Courses (50 Credits) 3 AS315 Prog. Logic Cont. 4 CHI08 Applied Chemistry 3 CT265 Intro. Tech. Prog. 4 EC302 Manager. Econ. 3 EN110 Freshman Comp. EN205 Basic. Tech. Report Writ. 3 3 ET201 Appl. Elect. I 3 ET302 Appl. Elec. II 2 MA109 Trig. & Vectors 3 MAI40 Algebra 4 MA141 Tech. Calc. I 4 MAI42 Tech. Calc. II 4 PH221 Elmts. Phys. I 4 PH222 Elmts. Phys. II 3 SD101 Speech 4 3 2 3 3 3 4 4 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 3 4 In addition to the above courses, general education requirements and nine free electives must be completed for a total of 132 semester credits. ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY • 163 �/ FIRST YEAR: BACHELOR OF SCIENCE, MECHANICAL ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY FALL MA109/Trig & Vectors 2 MA140\ Algebra for Tech 3 EN110 /Freshman Comp 3 ME 104;' Tech Drawing 4-e=5MT112 Mfg Processes fe-^3 MT100 \Mech Sys & Comp _2 SPRING SD101 Fund-of Speech 3 4 MA141 Tech Calc I 3 ME 124- Basrc\C'AD: MT113 Mfg Processes II 3 CHI08 Appl Chemistry _4 17 SECOND YEAR PH221 Elmts of Physics I 4 3 MT220 Statics ET201 Electricity I 3 4 Soc Sci Elective EN205 Tech Rep Wrtg _3 17 THIRD YEAR MT331 Quality Control MA142 Tech Calculus II MT310 Kinematics MT371 NC/CNC Man Proc Free Elective PH222 MT241 MT253 CT265 AS315 Prog Logic Contr MT341 Fluid Mech MT311 Dynamics ET302 Applied Elect II Bio Free Elective Phy Ed Elective 3 4 3 3 3 16 FOURTH YEAR MT410 Machine Design I MT430 Thermodynamics Free Elective Humanities Free Elective Elmts of Physics II 4 Str of Materials 4 4 Eng Matls Intro to Tech Prog _3 15 3 3 3 3 3 1 16 MT411 Machine Design II 4 MT431 Thermo-Heat Trans 4 4 Humanities EC302 Managerial Econ 4 1 Phy Ed Elective 17 4 3 3 4 3 17 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE GENERAL ENGINEERING (for transfer) THIS CURRICULUM is for students who plan to transfer to engineering after two years at Lake Superior State University. ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS: To qualify for admission as freshmen, applicants must be graduates of accredited secondary schools with above average standing Their secondary in their class. school preparation should include a four-year curriculum of at least 15 ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY 164 �units of acceptable entrance credits. The following subjects should be included in these credits: one unit of beginning algebra, one unit of geometry, one-half unit of advanced algebra, one-half unit of trigonometry, one unit of chemistry or physics, and three units of English Recommended: a fourth year of senior mathematics. CURRENT CATALOGS for many colleges and universities offering engineering programs are on file in the Engineering Technology Department or the Admissions Office. FIRST YEAR: BACHELOR OF SCIENCE, GENERAL ENGINEERING FALL SPRING CS100 Intro to Comp Appl 3 EN110 Freshman Comp. 3 4 MAI52 Calculus II MAI51 Calculus I 4 3 ME 124 Basic CAD ME104 Technical Drawing 4 4 CHI 16 Gen Chem II CHI 15 Gen Chem I 5 1 RA Elective RA Elective 1 15 17 SECOND YEAR MA310 Diff Equations 3 EN210 Res Paper Process 3 EC202 Prin Microecon 3 EC201 Prin Macroecon 3 PH232 Gen. Physics II 4 PH231 General Physics I 4 4 MA251 Calculus III MA207 Prin Stat Meth 3 14 4 Elective 17 ASSOCIATE DEGREE COMPUTER ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY THIS PROGRAM prepares graduates for the opportunities brought about by the impact of digital and microprocessor electronics on many of today’s technical disciplines. It is also an option tor Lake Superior State University students seeking the Bachelor of Science in Automated Systems Engineering Technology or Electrical Engineering Technology. THIS PROGRAM emphasizes the hardware and machine-level software aspects of digital computing systems. Graduates will be prepared for such opportunities as field engineering (installation and maintenance of digital equipment), applications of computers to industrial control and data acquisition, and development of new devices, systems and test equipment. THE FIRST YEAR encompasses basic concepts in circuit analysis and devices, computer science, mathematics, and oral and graphro communication skills. SECOND YEAR covers such topics as the internal organization and operation of digital computing equipment, including programming and application of microprocessors, microcontrollers and programmable integrated circuit logic devices. ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY 165 �Computer Engineering Technology (13 Credits) CT224 Digital Elect CT235 Micro Fund CT236 Microcont Appl 4 4 5 Support Courses (43 Credits) ET115 Electrical Circuits I ET124 Electronics I DTI25 Electronic Drafting CS111 Intro Comp Sci I CS112 Intro Comp Sci II EN110 Fresh Composition EN205 Bsc Tech. Report Writing 5 4 2 3 3 3 3 MA109 MA140 MA141 PH221 PH222 Trig. & Vectors Algebra Technical Calculus I Elements of Physics I Elements of Physics II or PH224 Phys Topics for EET SD101 Speech 2 3 4 4 4 3 Elective Credits (8 Credits) Recreational Activities Social Science Technical Elective 1 4 3 A total of 64 semester credits is required. FIRST YEAR: ASSOCIATE DEGREE, COMPUTER ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY FALL CS111 EN110 ET115 MA109 MA140 Intro to Cmp Sci I Freshman Comp Elect Circ I Trig & Vectors Algebra for Tech 3 3 5 2 3 13 SECOND YEAR CT235 Micro Fund 4 EN205 Res Paper Process 3 Recreational Act 1 PH221 Elmts of Physics I 4 ET124 Electronics I 4 13 SPRING CS112 Intro to Cmp Sci II DTI25 Elect Drafting Soc Sci Elective MA141 Tech Calc I SD101 Fund of Speech CT224 Digital Electronics CT236 Microcont Appl PH222 Elmts of Physics IT* Tech Elective* 3 2 4 4 3 13 4 5 4 3 13 [Students planning to continue for the BSASET Program should take MA142. “Students planning to continue for either the BSEET or BSASET Program should take PH224. ASSOCIATE DEGREE DRAFTING AND DESIGN ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY THIS TWO-YEAR PROGRAM combines drafting skills and engineering-related knowledge to develop technologists capable of working with engineers in the design and drafting of products. Students become proficient in both manual engineering drawing and computer-aided drafting (CAD). Instruction and laboratory experiences are provided in tool design, jig and fixture design, and die design. Additional knowledge is gained in problem solving, com puter-usage and manufacturing processes. Graduates are em ployed as draftpersons, tool and die designers, product technologists and development specialists in the creation ana use of production machinery. ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY • 166 �Drafting and Desing Engineering Technology (II CREDITS) DT214 Advanced (CAD) 3 DT26I Tool Dsgn & Insp Meth 3 DT262 Jig, Fixture & Die Design 5 Support Courses (50 CREDITS) CS100 Intro to Micro Appl EN110 Fresh. Comp. EN205 Bsc Tch Rep Wrtg ET201 Appl. Elect. I MAI09 Trig. & Vectors MAI40 Algebra for Tech. MA141 Tech. Calc. I ME 104 Tech. Drawing 3 3 3 3 2 3 4 4 Support Courses (cont) ME 124 Basic CAD MT100 Intro, to Mech. Sys. & Computer Programming MT112 Manf. Proc. I MT113 Manf.Proc.il MT316 Statics & Strength PH221 Elmts. Phy. I PH222 Elmts. Phy. II SD101 Speech 2 3 3 3 4 4 3 Elective Credits (3 CREDITS) Social Science 3 3 A total of 64 semester credits is required. FIRST YEAR: ASSOCIATE DEGREE, DRAFTING AND DESIGN ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY FALL EN110 Freshman Comp. MAI09 Trig. & Vectors MAI40 Algebra for Tech. ME 104 Tech. Drawing MT100 Mech Sys Cmp Prg MT112 Mfg Processes I 3 2 3 4 2 _3 17 SPRING CS100 Soc Sci MA141 ME 124 MT113 Intro Micro Appl 3 3 Elective Tech. Calculus I 4 3 Basic CAD Mfg. Processes II _3 16 SECOND YEAR v/3 EN205 Tech. Report Writ1. 3 DT261 Tool Dsgn Insp Mtd 3 ET201 Applied Elect I y 3 PH221 Elem of Phys I J , 4 SD101 Fund, of SpeechJ _3 DT214 Advanced CAD DT262 Jig Fix & Die Dsgn . 5 MT316 Stat & Str Mat’ ^ 3 PH222 Elem of Phys II _4 15 ‘MET Students should take MT220 Statics & MT241 Strength of Materials ASSOCIATE DEGREE electrical engineering TECHNOLOGY employment THIS PROGRAM prepares technicians for direct industry. Their into most phases of the electrical and elec engineering careers will normally begin with a supportive role o e g g team, working directly with experienced engineers, scientists, an technologists. THE CURRICULUM provides the tools necessary for analysis of basic electronic circuits, a comprehensive understanding of some of the more important electronic devices and instruments, and a strong base in fundamentals. Courses in electrical theory are ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY 167 �accompanied by extensive laboratory exercises to provide opportunity for work with test apparatus, and to rein- force theories presented in classroom discussion. Electrical Engineering Technology (21 credits) ET115 Electrical Circuits I ET116 Electrical Circuits II ET124 Electronics 1 ET224 Electronics II ET244 Elect. Mach. Support Courses (39 credits) CS111 Intro Comp Sci I CT224 Digital Elect. CT235 Micro. Fund. DTI25 Electronic Drafting EN110 Fresh. Comp. EN205 Bsc Tch Rep Wrtg MAI09 Trig. & Vectors MAI40 Algegra MA141 Tech. Calc. I PH221 Elmts. of Phys. I PH224 Top in Phys for EET SD101 Speech Elective Credits (4 credits) Social Science Elective 5 4 4 4 4 4 3 4 4 2 3 3 2 3 4 4 3 A total of 64 semester credits is required. FIRST YEAR: ASSOCIATE DEGREE, ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY FALL CS 111 Intro to Comp Sci EN110 Freshman Comp. ET115 Electrical Cir. I MAI09 Trig. & Vectors MAI40 Algebra for Tech. 3 3 5 2 _3 SPRING SD101 Fund of Speech ET116 Elect Circ II MA141 Tech Calc I DTI25 Elect Drafting Social Science Elective 16 3 4 4 2 4 17 SECOND YEAR CT235 ET124 PH221 ET244 EET 4 Microproc Fund Electronics I Physics I Elect Macinery 4 4 4 _4 CT224 Digital Electronics EN205 Bsc Tch Rep Wrtg ET224 Electroinics II PH224 Topics in Phys 16 4 3 4 for 15 ASSOCIATE DEGREE MECHANICAL ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY THIS PROGRAM prepares graduates for work as draftsmen, product designers, machine designers, instrument technicians, and development and installation specialists in the creation and use of all types of production machinery. ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY • 168 �Requirements for the Associate Degree in Mechanical Engineering Technology are the same as the first two years of the Bachelor of Science Degree in Mechanical Engineering Technology. Thus, the graduate of this program has the option of seek- ing employment as a technician, or continuing his or her education by transferring directly into the third year of the Bachelor of Science in Mechanical Engineering Technology or Automated Systems Engineering Technology. Mechanical Engineering Technology (26 Credits) ME 104 Tech. Drawing ME 124 CAD MT100 Intro, to Mech. Syst. & and Comp. Prog. MT112 Manf. Proc. MT113 Manf.Proc.il MT220 Statics MT241 Strength of Materials MT253 Engr. Mat. Support Courses (36 Credits) CHI08 Applied Chemistry CT265 Intro. Tech. Prog. EN110 Freshman Comp. EN205 Bsc Tch Rep Wrtg ET201 Appl. Elect. I MAI09 Trig. & Vectors MA140 Algebra for Tech. MA141 Tech. Calc. I PH221 Elmts. Phys. I PH222 Elmts. Phys. II SD101 Speech Elective Credits (*4 Credits) Social Science 4 3 2 3 3 3 4 4 4 3 3 3 3 2 3 4 4 4 3 *4 ‘May be 3 credit hours for Associate Degree A total of 65 credits is required. FIRST YEAR: ASSOCIATE DEGREE, MECHANICAL ENGINEERING TECHNOLGY FALL MA109 Trig & Vectors MA140 Algebra for Tech EN110 Freshman Comp ME 104 Tech Drawing MT112 Mfg Processes I MT100 Mech Sys & Comp SECOND YEAR PH221 MT220 ET201 Soc Sci EN205 2 3 3 4 3 _2 17 Elmts of Physics I 4 Statics 3 Electricity I 3 Elective 4 Tech. Report Writ. .3. 17 SPRING SD101 MA141 ME 124 MT113 CHI08 PH222 MT241 MT253 CT265 Fund of Speech 3 Tech Calc. I 4 3 Basic CAD Mfg Processes II 3 Appl Chemistry _4 17 Elmts of Physics II 4 4 StrofMat 4 Eng Matls Intro to Tech Prog _3 15 CERTIFICATE COMPUTER DRAFTING HIS ONE-YEAR PROGRAM prepares students for employment in computer-aided drafting (CAD) departments within engineering companies where gra uates work directly with experienced technologists and engineers to produce state-of-the-art CAD drawings. ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY • 169 �Computer Drafting Courses (9 credits) DTI32 Const Sketch & Draw DT214 Advanced (CAD) ME 124 Basic (CAD) 3 3 3 Support Courses (23 credits) CS100 Intr to Micro Comp App EN110 Freshman Comp. 3 3 MA109 ME 104 SD101 MT100 MTl 12 MT113 2 4 3 2 3 3 Trig, and Vectors Tech Drawing Speech Intro to Mech Syst ManfProc(I) ManfProc(II) A total of 32 semester credits is required. FIRST YEAR: CERTIFICATE, COMPUTER DRAFTING FALL EN110 MA109 ME 104 ME 124 MTl00 MTl 12 Freshman Comp. Trig. & Vectors Technical Drawing Basic CAD Mech Sys & Comp Manuf Proc I 3 2 4 3 2 3 17 SPRING CSI00 Intro to Micro Appl DTI32 Cnstr Sket & Draw DT214 Advanced CAD SD101 Fund, of Speech MTl 13 Manuf Proc II NOTES ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY 170 3 3 3 3 _3 15 �HEALTH SCIENCES HEALTH SCIENCES 171 �HEALTH SCIENCES FACULTY: Department Head, Assoc. Prof. Mae E. Markstrom; Prof. Carole Connaughton; Assoc. Profs. Alice I. Halsey, Carol A. Campagna; Asst. Profs. Donna M. Anleitner, Shirley Proctor Bingham, Sharon L. Cox, Elizabeth M. Hellow, Gerald H. Johnson, Ruth K. Johnston-Pike, MaryAnne Shannon, and Elena J. Wentz; Instructor, Lynn M. Kabke. THE DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH SCIENCES offers a bachelor of science degree in nursing which is based on the belief that nursing is goal-oriented, directed toward assisting human beings in health promotion, maintenance, restoration, and rehabilitation. The program is based upon human needs theory throughout the life cycle and is built on a liberal arts foundation in the belief that all aspects of society must be considered influential factors in the health of human beings. ACCREDITATION: The Bachelor of Science in Nursing Program is approved by the Michigan Board of Nursing and is accredited by the National League for Nursing. COURSES OFFERED by the department are in nursing and health sciences. Nursing courses, excluding interdisciplinary elective nursing courses, provide the core content of the nursing major and are limited to students accepted into the nursing programs. Health science courses provide a wide range of knowledge and skills useful for preparation in related health careers and in the delivery of health services in the community. CLINICAL EXPERIENCES: The nursing program is unique in its Clinical international affiliation, nursing experience is obtained at hospitals and community agencies in Sault Ste. Marie, Ontario, as well as at health care and community agencies in Sault Ste. Marie, Michigan, and the surrounding area. The LSSU Wellness CARE Center provides opportunities for practice in a nurse-managed community nursing center. bachelor of science NURSING twn !:,5EFAR™ENT of HEALTH SCIENCES Offers four-vMi-CU ^ trac^s t0 bachelor of science degree in nursing: the registered nurse301 ^ ^ two_year completion program for the HEALTH SCIENCES 172 �THESE PROGRAMS provide students with the opportunity to acquire knowledge, values and skills necessary for the practice of professional nursing. They offer them the opportunity to: DEMONSTRATE skills of critical thinking and decision making in nursing practice. PROMOTE the health of individuals, families, groups and communities in a variety of settings. ASSIST clients of all ages in their adaptation to actual and potential stressors. DEMONSTRATE independent use of the nursing process in health promotion, maintenance, restoration, and rehabilitation, INTEGRATE professional values into nursing practice. PRACTICE within the ethical, moral and legal parameters of the nursing profession. DEMON­ STRATE responsibility and accountability for evaluating the effectiveness of one’s nursing practice. EVALUATE nursing research findings for possible utilization in nursing practice. INTEGRATE leadership and management skills into the nursing role. SYNTHESIZE theoretical/ empirical knowledge from nursing, the physical and behavioral sciences, and humanities in nursing practice. COLLABORATE with the health care team and consumer to improve health care service, using knowledge of the political system. USE effective interpersonal communication skills as client advocate, caregiver, health educator and change agent. COURSE DISTRIBUTION requirements facilitate development of liberal backgrounds in physical science, social science and humanities. The curriculum lays a scientific basis for expanding roles in The nursing nursing practice, curriculum provides an interdisciplinary major and does not require a minor to meet graduation requirements. Students interested in a minor should refer to the appropriate Catalog section. A total of 128 credits is required to complete a Bachelor of Science Degree in Nursing. □ B.S. NURSING FOUR-YEAR PROGRAM PRE-NURSING ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS: To qualify for admission to the pre-nursing program, applicants must satisfy University admission requirements described in the admission section of the Catalog. (This information is also included in the Viewbook.) For students with college-level achievement, the opportunity will be offered, by means of examination, to obtain course credit or placement into an advanced course. High school academic subjects should include a minimum of one unit of biology, one of chemistry, three of English and two of algebra. Additional science and mathematics courses are highly recommended. ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS TO NURSING: Following successful completion of the pre- HEALTH SCIENCES 173 �nursing requirements, students will be admitted to this program based upon academic achievement and competency in mathematics. Mathematics proficieny at the MA091 level is required.) Entrance into nursing requires a cumulative grade point average of 2.5 or above in nursing, nursing support, and English courses. Required academic courses are separated into two groups: 1. Nursing support courses (anatomy and physiology, microbiology, life chemistry, psychology, sociology, nutrition, pharmacology, pathophysiology, and statistics; and 2. General education requirements (English, humanities, speech and recreation activity). A grade of C or above is required in all nursing, nursing support courses and English courses. A grade of D in other general education or elective courses is accepted. Mathematics proficiency at the MA092 level is required prior to entering the junior year of the nursing program. Students selected for nursing must complete all pre-nursing course requirements satisfactorily to remain on the accepted list. A maximum of 45 students with the highest grade point average will be accepted. TRANSFER CREDIT will be granted on an individual basis. Only those courses in which the student received a grade of C or better are transferrable. Credits for baccalaureate nursing courses and pharmacology are transferrable for five years. Time requirements for program completion is four academic years; however, completion may require more than four years for students who do not meet all entrance requirements. Progression and readmission policies are detailed in the Baccalaureate Nursing Student Handbook. Students are responsible for transportation to and from clinical agencies, as well as additional costs incurred by enrollment in the nursing Costs, academic and program. general information are listed in the Baccalaureate Nursing Student Handbook. LICENSURE: Graduates of this program are eligible to write the NCLEX-RN examination admin­ istered by the Michigan Board of Nursing for licensure as a Registered Nurse (R.N.) Canadian students must pass the NCLEX-RN examination prior to applying for licensure in Ontario. Requirements for the Bachelor of Science Degree in Nursing Four-Year Program are as follows: Nursing (57 credits) NU110 Intro to Prof Nrsg I NU211 Intro to Prof Nrsg II NU212 Health Appraisal NU213 Fund of Nursing NU325 Parent/Newbom Nrsg NU326 Parent/Child Nrsg NU327 Adult Nursing I NU431 Adult Nursing II NU432 Community Hlth Nrsg NU433 Mntl Hlth Nrsg NU434 Nrsg Research 1 3 3 5 5 6 8 8 5 5 3 NU435 Mgmt in Nursing NU436 Cntmpry Iss in Nrsg 3 2 Health Sciences (10 credits) HE208 Nutrition HE209 Pharmacology HE232 Pathophysiology HE235 Comp Appl in Hlth Sci 2 3 3 2 Other Disciplines (15 credits) BL121 Human Anat & Phys I BL223 Clinical Microbiology 3 3 HEALTH SCIENCES 174 �CHI04 Life Chemistry I MA207 Prin of Stat Meth or PY210 Statistics S0326 Soc of Aging & Aged 3 3 EN210 Res Pap Process SDI01 Fund Speech RA Electives 3 3 2 3 9 General Electives (9 credits) General Education (37 credits) PY101 Found of Psych PY155 Lfspn Devel SO 101 Intro to Soc BL122 Human Anat/Phys II CHI05 Life Chemistry II Humanities EN110 Freshman Comp 4 3 3 4 4 8 3 Total credits: 128 A sample four-year schedule of courses for this program follows. The planned sequence of courses may be modified to meet the needs of individual students. FIRST YEAR: BACHELOR OF SCIENCE, NURSING: FOUR-YEAR PROGRAM FALL EN110 Freshman Comp PY101 Intro Psych SO 101 Intro Soc SD101 Fund. Speech BL121 Human Anat./Phys. RA Elective 3 4 3 3 3 1 SPRING Humanities NU110 Intro Prof Nrsg I CHI04 Life Chem I BL122 Hmn Anat/Phys II PY155 Lfspn Devel HE208 Nutrition 17 4 1 3 4 3 2 17 SECOND YEAR EN210 Res Pap Process 3 NU211 Intro Prof Nrsg II 3 CH105 Life Chemistry II 4 NU212 Health Appraisal 3 HE232 Pathophysiology _3 16 BL223 Microbiology Humanities NU213 Fund of Nursing HE209 Pharmacology RA Elective 3 4 5 3 1 16 THIRD YEAR S0326 Sociology of Aging 3 NU325 Pmt/Nwbm Nrsg 5 NU326 Pmt/Chld Nrsg 6 Elective 1 17 FOURTH YEAR NU431 Adult Nursing II 8 NU434 Nursing Research 3 NU435 Mgmt. in Nursing _3 14 PY210 Statistics or MA207 Prin Stat Meth NU327 Adult Nursing I HE235 Cmp App Hlth Sci Elective 3 8 2 _3 16 NU432 Comm Hlth Nrsg 5 NU433 Mntl Hlth Nrsg 5 NU436 Cntmpry Issues in Nrsg 2 3 Elective 15 HEALTH SCIENCES • 175 �□ B.S. NURSING: COMPLETION PROGRAM FOR R.N. STUDENTS ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS: To qualify for admission to the R.N. Completion Program, applicants must satisfy University admission requirements as described in the admission section of the Catalog. (This information is also included in the Viewbook.) For students with college-level achievement, the opportunity will be offered, by means of examination, to obtain course credit or placement into an advanced course. Applicants must be graduates of a state or provincial approved associate degree or diploma nursing program with a cumulative grade point average of 2.5 in all nursing, nursing support, and English courses. Nursing support courses include: chemistry, anatomy and physiology, microbiology, statistics, nutrition, pharmacology, pathophysiology, computer applications in health sciences, psychology, and sociology courses. Credit may be granted for basic nursing courses, nutrition, and pharmacology upon writing the required NLN challenge tests within 5 years prior to admission and achieving scores at the 50 percentile or above. NLN tests may be repeated once; students must enroll in the course if not successful on second writing. Psychomotor skills validation and mathematics proficiency at the MA092 level are also required. Students may be admitted to the University at any point, but may not be admitted to nursing core courses until they have fulfilled the above requirements. REQUIRED ADMISSION CREDENTIALS: Submit to Admissions Office: standard LSSU admission application; transcripts from previous nursing school(s) and college(s). Submit to Department of Health Sciences: work experience and reference list; copy of current Michigan or Ontario professional nursing license; NLN test scores for Mobility Profile II (Book 1), Nursing of Childbearing Family, and Nursing of Children. All credentials must be on file preceding semester of entry. TRANSFER CREDITS: Transfer credit may be granted on an individual basis for equivalent general education and support courses. Only those courses in which students received a grade of C or better may be transferred. Credit for pharmacology and baccalaureate nursing courses are accepted for five years after completion of course. A maximum of 32 semester hours credit in basic nursing courses may be transferred. Time required for completion will depend upon the number of transfer credits and credits received by examination. Most registered nurses can complete the program in two years. Progression and readmission policies are detailed in the Baccalaureate Nursing Student Handbook. Students are responsible for transportation to clinical agencies and additional costs incurred by enrollment in the nursing program. Costs, academic and general information are listed in the Baccalaureate Nursing Student Handbook. HEALTH SCIENCES 176 �Requirements for the Bachelor of Science Degree in Nursing (RN Completion Program) are as follows: Other Disciplines (15 credits) BL121 Human Anat/Phys I BL223 Clinical Microbiology CHI04 Life Chemistry I MA207 Prin of Stat Meth or PY210 Statistics S0326 Soc of Aging & Aged Nursing (57 credits) NU213 Fundamentals of Nursing** 5 NU325 Parent/Newbom Nursing** 5 NU326 Parent/Child Nursing" 6 8 NU327 Adult Nursing I" 8 NU431 Adult Nursing If* 3 NU361 Trans to Prof Nrsg NU356 Health Appraisal/Promotion 6 through Lifespan 5 NU432 Comm Hlth Nrsg NU433 Mental Health Nursing 5 3 NU434 Nursing Research NU435 Management in Nursing 3 Health Sciences (10 credits) HE208 Nutrition** HE209 Pharmacology*’ HE232 Pathophysiology” HE235 Comp Appl in Hlth Sci General Education (37 credits) PY101 Found of Psych SO 101 Intro to Soc BL122 Human Anat/Phys II CHI05 Life Chemistry II EN110 Fresh Comp EN210 Res Pap Proc SD101 Fund Speech Humanities SO Elective RA Elective 2 3 3 2 General Electives Total credits: 3 3 3 3 3 4 3 4 4 3 3 3 8 3 2 9 128 "Challenge examinations available A sample two-year schedule of courses for this program follows. The planned sequence of courses may be modified to meet individual needs. □ BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN NURSING COMPLETION PROGRAM FOR THE REGISTERED NURSE Prerequisite courses for entrance to program: BL121 Hmn Anat/Phys I 3 BL122 Hmn Anat/Phys II 4 BL223 Microbiology 3 EN110 Freshman Comp 3 EN210 Res Paper Proc 3 2 HE208 Nutrition 3 HE209 Pharmacology PY101 Intro. Psychology SO 101 Intro. Sociology NLN Challenge Exams NU213 Fund of Nrsg NU325 Pmt/Nwbm Nrsg NU326 Pmt/Chld Nrsg NU327 Adult Nrsg I NU431 Adult Nrsg II 4 ^ 5 6 8 8 FIRST YEAR: BACHELOR OF SCIENCE, NURSING. COMPLETION PROGRAM FALL NU361 Trans to Prof Nrsg S0326 Soc of Aging/Aged Humanities SD101 Fund, of Speech RA Elective 3 3 4 3 1 3 SPRING CHI04 Life Chemistry I NU362 Health Appr./Prom. through the Lifespan HE235 Comp Appl Hlth Sci HE232 Pathophysiology Elective (Soc. Sci.) 17 HEALTH SCIENCES • 177 3 6 2 3 3 17 �SECOND YEAR CHI05 Life Chemistry II NU432 Comm Hlth Nrsg NU433 Mntl Hlth Nrsg PY210 Statistics or MA207 Prin of Stat Meth 4 5 5 3 NU434 Nursing Research NU435 Mgmt in Nursing Humanities Electives RA Elective 17 NOTES HEALTH SCIENCES 178 3 3 4 6 1 17 �SOCIAL SCIENCES CRIMINAL JUSTICE/FIRE SCIENCE CRIMINALISTICS • CORRECTIONS • FIRE SCIENCE CONSERVATION LAW ENFORCEMENT • LOSS CONTROL LAW ENFORCEMENT • PUBLIC SAFETY □ PYrcnr RECREATION studies * r£ISE SCIENCE • RECREATION MANAGEMENT FIERAPEUTIC RECREATION • PHYSICAL EDUCATION thcd _ □ SOCIAL SCIENCES rR(EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION • EDUCATION m Cf.vrPHY ’ huMAN SERVICES • LEGAL ASSISTANT STUDIES 1NAIIVE AMERICAN STUDIES • POLITICAL SCIENCE PSYCHOLOGY • SOCIAL SCIENCES • SOCIOLOGY SUBSTANCE ABUSE PREVENTION AND TREATMENT SOCIAL SCIENCES ■ 179 �SOCIAL SCIENCES FACULTY: Department Head, Assoc. Prof. Margaret A. Malmberg; Profs. William N. Castor, Richard C. Crandall, Gary R. Johnson, Susan H. Ratwik, Timothy Sawyer; Assoc. Profs. Sally Childs, Richard T. Conboy, Leslie A. Dobbertin, Terry L. Heyns, James Madden, Nancy L. Voight; Asst. Profs. Carol S. Andary, Gerald F. Dobbertin, James Blashill, Elizabeth A. Foley, Randell L. Gardiner, Michael J. Gibson, Dennis K. Holmes, Debra McPherson, Gary A. Rackliffe, Shirley A. Schoenemann, Stephen R. Yanni. THIS DEPARTMENT encompasses a variety of disciplines and programs, including Criminal Justice and Recreation Studies (each described subsequently in greater detail). Programs described here include early childhood education, education, geography, human services, legal assistant studies, Native American studies, substance abuse prevention and treatment, political science, psychology and sociology. These are quite diverse in their perspectives and methods, but all are concerned with either the scientific study of human behavior or the development of human potential, or both. OFFERINGS: There are a variety of majors, minors, and issociate degrees. Some programs give students specific employable skills upon graduation. Others are broader, so that upon graduation students may have the option of further education in graduate school or law school, or of entering careers in fields such as politics, teaching, social services, administration, and business. Each area of study is described in greater detail below, including requirements for majors, minors and associate degrees. ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS: To qualify for admission as freshmen, applicants must be graduates of accredited secondary schools with above average standing Their secondary in their class. school preparation should include a four-year curriculum of at least 15 units of acceptable entrance credits. Two major sequences and two minor sequences should be included in the 15 units for graduation. Individual disciplines within the department may have additional entrance requirements. EDUCATION Lake Superior State University is currently working in cooperation with Michigan State University to develop an integrated BA/MA program in education. The program emphasizes a combination of preparation in the student’s discipline and education course work that is SOCIAL SCIENCES 180 �coordinated with extensive work in schools. The program as it is being developed will include a BA or BS from LSSU and graduate course work from MSU, all of which will be completed in the Sault Ste. Marie area. Disciplinary majors and minors that will lead to teaching certification are being developed by a number of academic departments. CHILD CARE CENTER A campus Child Care Center provides full or part-time care for children, aged two and one-half to five years, of students and staff and the Sault Community. Children must be toilet trained. The Center, licensed by the State of Michigan Department of Social Services, provides developmentally sound experiences for the whole child across a range of social, emotional, physical and cognitive dimensions. It is a place where young children can develop a strong relationship with both adults and children. Each morning and afternoon under the supervision of an experienced staff, child development students plan and supervise large group, art, snack and small group experiences for the children. A significant portion of each day is devoted to exploratory play. During exploratory play children may move throughout the various learning areas of the Center, electing to participate in any one of the wide variety of activities and interact with learning materials. The Child Care Center is located on the south edge of the Library parking lot. NOTES SOCIAL SCIENCES ■ 181 �CRIMINAL JUSTICE/FIRE SCIENCE FACULTY: Coordinator of Criminal Justice, Asst. Prof. James Blashill, Coordinator of Corrections, Asst. Prof. Elizabeth Foley, Assoc. Profs. James Madden, Asst. Prof. Dennis Holmes. PROGRAMS INCLUDE: Criminal justice baccalaureate degrees with emphasis in: conservation law, corrections, criminalistics, generalists, law enforcement, loss control, and public safety. Fire Science baccalaureate degrees with emphasis in engineering technology, hazardous materials, and generalists. TWO YEAR ASSOCIATE DEGREES in corrections, fire science, and law enforcement. CRIMINAL JUSTICE MICHIGAN LAW ENFORCEMENT OFFICERS TRAINING COUNCIL (MLEOTQ CERTIFICATION: Students enrolled in the conservation law enforcement, criminalistics, law enforcement, or public safety criminal justice baccalaureate degrees may be eligible for MLEOTC Certification. Upon graduation, these students may be eligible for employment with local law enforcement agencies in Michigan without further training. MICHIGAN CORRECTIONS OFFICER TRAINING COUNCIL CERTIFICATION: Students enrolled in the associate or baccalaureate degree in corrections will also take the five courses necessary for this certification. CANADIAN STUDENTS may substitute CJ202 Canadian Criminal Law and CJ406 Advanced Canadian Jurisprudence for CJ319 Substantive Criminal Law and CJ409 Procedural PS 160 Introduction to Law. Canadian Government may be substituted for PS110 Introduction to US Government. ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS: To qualify for admission as freshmen, applicants must meet the minimum criteria of Lake Superior State University. Criminalistics and fire science students must have completed two units of algebra and at least one laboratory course, preferably chemistry, in high school. SOCIAL SCIENCES - CRIMINAL JUSTICE 182 �CODE OF CONDUCT: Majors in criminal justice and fire science will be required to sign a code of conduct. The code specifies certain behavior on the part of students and also states that violation of criminal laws and/or university regulations may end in the separation of the student from the criminal justice/fire science program. BACHELOR OF SCIENCE CRIMINAL JUSnCEyCONSERVAIION LAW General Education Requirements (27* credits) Major Requirements (39 credits) CJ101 Intro to Crim Just 3 CJ102 Police Process 3 CJ201 Firearms Training 1 CJ308 Adv Firearms Training*” 1 CJ313 Crisis Inter Dev Beh‘” 3 CJ319 Subst Criminal Law*** 3 0343 Investigation”* 3 0344 Criminalistics*** 3 0345 Statistics 4 0401 Senior Seminar 3 0402 Crim Just Internship 3-9 0407 Police Operations I ** 0408 Police Operations II*** 5 0409 Proc Criminal Law”* 3 Support Courses (53 credits) BL130 Intro to Remote Sensing BL239 Nat Hist of Wildlife CHI08 Applied Chemistry CS100 Intro Microcomp Appl HE181 First Aid HE 190 Prehospital Emrg Care & Crisis Intervention I " 3 HE191 Prehospital Emrg Care & Crisis Intervention II”* 2 ID300 Man & His Environment 3 MAI09 Trigonometry & Vectors’* 2 RC101 Intro Rec/Leisure Serv 3 RT101 Intro Nat Resources Tech 3 RT102 Meth in Nat Resources 1 RT206 Wildlife Mgmt Tech 2 RT207 Bio & Mgmt of Fishes’* 3 4 RT275 Soil Management RT284 Principles of Forestry 4 RT286 Limnological Tech” 4 3 TCI03 Surveying TCI04 Industrial Safety & 3 Small Engine Mechanics Electives (9 credits) 3 2 4 3 1 ‘8 Hours Included in Support Courses. **B.S. Requirement "‘MLEOTC Courses FIRST YEAR: BACHELOR OF SCIENCE, CRIMINAL JUSTICE/CONSERVATION LAW FALL EN110 Freshman Comp RT101 Intro to Nat Res RT102 Meth in Nat Res RC201 Intro Rec/Serv MAI09 Trigonometry CS100 Intro Microcomp RA Elective 3 3 1 3 2 3 1 16 SECOND YEAR RT275 RT284 RT207 RT286 Soil Management 4 Prin Forestry 4 Bio & Mgt Fish 3 Limnological Tech _4 15 SOCIAL SCIENCES - SPRING TCI04 Sm. Eng./Safety BL130 Remote Sensing CH108 Applied Chemistry SD101 Speech HE181 First Aid RA Elective 3 3 4 3 1 1 15 BL239 Nat Hist Wildlife 2 ID300 Man& Env TCI03 Surveying EN205 Tech Rep Wrtg 3 3 j Electives 16 K Wldlfe Mgmt Tch 2 CRIMINAL JUSTICE . 183 �FIRST YEAR: BACHELOR OF SCIENCE, CRIMINAL JUSTICE/CRIMINALISTICS FALL CJ101 CJ102 CHI 15 EN110 PY101 Intro to Crim Just Police Process Prin of Chem I Eng Composition Intro to Psych SPRING CHI 16 Princ of Chem II PS 110 Intro to Amer Govt SD101 Speech Elective RA Elective 3 3 4 3 4 17 SECOND CH225 CH231 BL110 CJ201 EN210 YEAR Org Chemistry I Quant Anal Zoology Firearms Res Pap Proc CH226 Org Chemistry II CH232 Inst Anal BL111 Botany PY259 Abnormal Psych RA Elective CJ321 CJ/FS Ethics 4 3 4 1 3 15 THIRD YEAR CH351 Biochemistry Humanities Elective RA Electives Elective NS101 Come Phy S0214 Criminology CJ345 Statistics CJ402 Internship Humanities Elective 4 4 1 6 4 4 3 3 1 15 4 3 4 3 1 3 18 3 3 4 3-9 15 4 17 FOURTH YEAR CJ319 CJ343 CJ401 CJ407 HE 190 Substantive Law* Investigation* Seminar Police Oper I** PEC & Cl I* 3 3 3 5 3 17 CJ308 CJ313 CJ344 CJ408 CJ409 HE191 Adv Firearms* Crisis Intervention* Criminalistics*^ Police Oper II**# Procedural Law* PEC & Cl II* 1 3 3 5 3 2 17 ‘MLEOTC Course ’‘MLEOTC Students Only BACHELOR OF SCIENCE CRIMINAL JUSTICE/GENERALIST General Education Requirements (27* credits) Major Requirements (42 credits) CJ 101 Intro to Crim Just CJ102 Police Process CJ 110 Intro to Corrections CJ345 Statistics CJ401 Senior Seminar Other CJ Classes**’* Support Courses" (19 credits) PS110 Intro to Amer Govt/Pol PS 120 Legal Processes 3 3 3 4 3 26 4 3 PY101 PY259 S0214 S0226 Intro to Psych Abnormal Psychology Criminology*** >># Races & Minorities 4 3 -J 3 Electives'" (34 credits) ‘8 Hours Included in Support Courses. "At Least 20 Hours of Support or Electives at 300-400 Level. "*B.S. Requirement. ""Min 19 credit hours at 300-400 level SOCIAL SCIENCES - CRIMINAL JUSTICE ■ 186 �FIRST YEAR: B.S., CRIMINAL JUSTICE/GENERALIST FALL CJ101 Intro to Crim Just CJ102 Police Process EN110 Eng Composition CJ Elective Elective 3 3 3 3 1 SPRING PS 110 Intro to Amer Govt 4 PS 120 Legal Process 3 3 SD101 Speech 3 CJ Elective 1 RA Elective 14 15 SECOND YEAR CJ 110 Intro to Corrections EN210 Res Pap Proc PY101 Intro, to Psych Humanities Elective CJ Elective 3 3 4 4 1 PY259 Abnormal Psych Humanities Elective Natural Science CJ Elective Elective 17 THIRD YEAR S0226 Races & Minorities 3 1 RA Elective 6 CJ Elective Elective 5 S0214 Criminology Natural Science CJ345 Statistics Electives 15 FOURTH YEAR CJ401 Seminar Electives Electives 3 6 6 15 CJ Electives Electives 3 4 4 3 1 17 3 4 4 5 16 9 6 15 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE CRIMINAL JUSmCE/LAW ENFORCEMENT General Education Requirements (27* credits) Major Requirements (46 credits) CJ 101 Intro to Crim Just CJ 102 Police Process CJ106 Juvenile Justice CJ 110 Intro to Corrections CJ201 Firearms Training CJ206 On Campus Internship 0212 Loss Control 0313 Crisis Int of Dev Beh 0319 Substantive Criminal Law or 0202 Canadian Criminal Law 0321 Eth Issues in Pub Safety 0343 Investigation 0344 Criminalistics 0345 Statistics 0401 Senior Seminar 3 3 3 3 1 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 3 3-9 CJ402 Crim Just Intern CJ409 Procedural Criminal Law or 3 CJ406 Adv Can Jurisprudence 3 FS101 Intro to Fire Science Support Courses (21 credits) HE181 First Aid PS 160 Intro, to CanGovt/Pol or 3-4 PS110 Intro to Amer Govt/Pol“ PS 120 LegalProcesses** 3 4 PY101 Intro to Psych PY259 Abnormal Psychology 3 3 S0214 Criminology 3 S0226 Races & Minorities Electives (26 credits) *8 Hours Included in Support Courses *’B.S. Requirement SOCIAL SCIENCES - CRIMINAL JUSTICE • 187 �FIRST YEAR: BACHELOR OF SCIENCE, CRIMINAL JUSTICE/LAW ENFORCEMENT FALL CJ101 Intro to Crim Just CJ102 Police Process CJ 110 Intro to Corrections EN110 Eng Composition Elective SPRING CJ106 Juvenile Justice 3 PS 160 Intro to Can Govt 3-4 or PS110 Intro to Amer Govt PS 120 Legal Process 3 3 SD101 Speech Elective 3 3 3 3 4 16 SECOND YEAR CJ201 Firearms CJ212 Loss Control EN210 Res Pap Proc FS101 Intro to Fire Sci PY101 Intro to Psych RA Elective 1 3 3 3 4 1 15 THIRD YEAR CJ343 Investigation S0226 Races & Minorities Humanities Elective Natural Science Elective 3 3 4 4 2 16 CJ206 LE/LC Internship PY259 Abnormal Psych S0214 Criminology Humanities Elective Natural Science 3 3 3 4 4 17 CJ313 CJ321 CJ344 HE181 CJ345 3 3 3 1 4 14 Crisis Intervention CJ/FS Ethics Criminalistics First Aid Statistics FOURTH YEAR CJ401 Seminar CJ319 Subst Law or CJ202 Canadian Law Electives Recreational Activities 3 3 8 1 15 CJ402 Internship CJ409 Crim Proc or CJ406 Canadian Juris Electives 3-9 3 9 15 CERTIFICATION CRIMINAL JUSTICE/LAW ENFORCEMENT General Education Requirements (27* credits) Major Requirements (57 credits) CJ 101 Intro to Crim Just CJ102 Police Process CJ106 Juvenile Justice CJ 110 Intro to Corrections CJ201 Firearms Training CJ206 On Campus Internship 3 3 3 3 1 3 CJ212 CJ308 CJ313 CJ319 CJ32I CJ343 CJ344 CJ345 CJ401 Loss Control Adv Firearms Training ^ Crisis Inter of Dev Beh Subst Criminal Law** Eth Issues in Pub Safety Investigation** ^ Criminalistics** Statistics Senior Seminar SOCIAL SCIENCES - CRIMINAL JUSTICE ■ 188 3 1 3 3 3 ’ 3 4 3 �CJ402 CJ407 CJ408 CJ409 FS101 Crim Just Internship. 3-9 Police Operations I * 5 Police Operations II** 5 Procedural Criminal Law** 3 Intro to Fire Science 3 Support Courses (25 credits) HE190 Prehospital Emrg. Care & Crisis Intervention I * 3 HE 191 Prehospital Emrg .Care & 2 Crisis Intervention 11“ PS110 Intro to Amer Govt/Pol 4 PS 120 PY101 PY259 S0214 S0226 3 4 3 3 3 Legal Processes Intro to Psych Abnormal Psychology*" Criminology*** Races & Minorities"* Electives (11 credits) *8 Hours Included in Support Courses "MLEOTC Courses *"B.S. Requirement FIRST YEAR: CERTIFICATE, CRIMINAL JUSTICE/LAW ENFORCEMENT FALL CJ101 Intro to Crim Just CJ102 Police Process CJ110 Intro to Corrections EN110 Eng Composition Elective 3 3 3 3 3 15 SECOND YEAR CJ201 Firearms CJ212 Loss Control EN210 Res Pap Proc FS101 Intro to Fire Sci PY101 Intro to Psych RA Electives 1 3 3 3 4 SPRING CJ106 Juvenile Justice PS 110 Intro to Amer Govt PS 120 Legal Process SD101 Speech Elective CJ206 LE/LC Internship PY259 Abnormal Psych S0214 Criminology Humanities Elective Natural Science 3 4 3 3 3 16 3 3 3 4 4 17 1 15 THIRD YEAR S0226 Races & Minorities 3 Humanities Elective 4 Natural Science 4 RA150 Indiv Phys Fitness 1 Electives 2 14 FOURTH YEAR CJ319 CJ343 CJ401 CJ407 HE190 Substantive Law* Investigation* Seminar Police Oper I** Pec & Cl f 3 3 3 5 3 17 CJ321 CJ/FS Ethics CJ402 Internship CJ345 Statistics Electives CJ308 CJ313 CJ344 CJ408 CJ409 HE191 3 3 4 Advanced Firearms* Crisis Intervention* Criminalistics* Police Oper II** Procedural Law* Pec & Cl II* ^MLEOTC Course MLEOTC Students Only SOCIAL SCIENCES - CRIMINAL JUSTICE • 189 1 13 1 3 3 5 3 2 17 �BACHELOR OF SCIENCE CRIMINAL JUSTICE/LOSS CONTROL General Education Requirements (27* credits) Major Requirements (49 credits) CJ101 Intro to Crim Just 3 3 CJ102 Police Process 3 CJ 110 Intro to Corrections CJ201 Firearms Training 1 CJ206 Law Enf/Loss Corn Intern 3 3 CJ212 Loss Control CJ306 Security Systems 3 CJ319 Substantive Criminal Law or 3 CJ202 Canadian Criminal Law CJ341 Fire/Arson Investigation 3 3 CJ343 Investigation 3 CJ344 Criminalistics 4 CJ345 Statistics CJ401 Senior Seminar 3 CJ402 Crim Just Internship 3-9 CJ409 Procedural Criminal Law or 3 CJ406 Adv Can Jurisprudence • FS101 Intro to Fire Science 3 FS 111 Hazardous Materials FS321 Industrial Fire Protection 3 3 Support Courses (35 credits) DP264 Intro to Data Processing 3 HE181 First Aid 1 MN370 Management Principles & Human Resource Concepts 4 4 MN451 Labor Law PS110 Intro to Amer Govt/Pol 4 3 PS 120 Legal Processes PY101 Introduction to Pyschology 4 PY259 Abnormal Psychology” 3 3 S0214 Criminology” 3 S0226 Races & Minorities” TCI04 Industrial Safety & 3 Small Engine Mechanics Electives (13 credits) ‘8 Hours Included in Support Courses “B.S. Requirement FIRST YEAR: BACHELOR OF SCIENCE, CRIMINAL JUSTICE/LOSS CONTROL FALL CJ 101 CJ102 CJ212 EN110 PY101 Intro to Crim Just Police Process Loss Control Eng Composition Intro to Psych 3 3 3 3 4 16 SPRING PS 160 Intro to Can Govt 3-4 or PS110 Intro to Amer Govt PS 120 Legal Process 3 3 SD101 Speech S0214 Criminology 3 1 RA Elective 14 SECOND YEAR CJ110 CJ201 FS101 FS 111 EN210 TCI04 Intro to Corrections Firearms Intro to Fire Sci Hazardous Mat Res Pap Proc Safety/SE 3 1 3 3 3 CJ206 LE/LC Internship DP264 Intro, to D.P. PY259 Abnormal Psych Natural Science Humanities Elective 3 3 3 3 4 4 17 16 THIRD YEAR CJ343 Investigation S0226 Races & Minorities Natural Science Humanities Elective RA Elective 3 3 4 4 1 15 CJ306 CJ341 CJ344 FS321 CJ345 3 Sec. System 3 Fire & Arson 3 Investigation Industrial Fire Prot. 3 4 Statistics 16 SOCIAL SCIENCES - CRIMINAL JUSTICE • 190 �FOURTH YEAR CJ401 Seminar CJ319 Subst Crim Law or CJ202 Canadian Law 3 MN370 Prin of Mgmt 4 6 Electives 3 CJ402 Internship CJ409 Procedural Law or CJ406 Canadian Juris 3-9 3 I HE181 First Aid MN451 Labor Law Electives 4 16 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE CRIMINAL JUSTICE/PUBLIC SAFETY General Education Requirements (27’ credits) Major Requirements (60 credits) CJ101 Intro to Crim Just 3 CJ102 Police Process 3 CJ201 Firearms Training I CJ206 Law Enf/Loss Cent Intern 3 0308 Advanced Firearms” 1 0313 Crisis Inter & Dev Beh” 3 0319 Substantive Criminal Law”3 0321 Eth Issues in Pub Safety 3 0343 Investigation” 3 0344 Criminalistics” 3 0345 Statistics 4 0401 Crim Just Senior Seminar or 3 FS401 Fire Sci Senior Seminar 0402 Crim Just Internship or 3-9 FS402 Fire Sci Internship 0407 Police Operations I” 5 0408 Police Operations II” 5 0409 Proc Criminal Law” 3 FS101 Intro to Fire Science 3 FS 111 FS204 FS2G5 FS211 Hazardous Materials 3 Fire Prot Hyd & Pumps 3 Fire Prot Systems & Equip 3 Tactics & Strategy 3 Support Courses HE 190 Prehospital Emnj Care & Crisis Intervention I HE 191 Prehospital Emrv^Care & Crisis Intervention 11'* PS 110 Intro to Amer Ciovt/Pol PS 120 Legal Processes PY101 Intro to Psych PY259 Abnormal Psychology’” S0214 Criminology” S0226 Races & Minorities’” Electives (9 credits) ’8 Hours Included in Support Courses “MLEOTC Courses ”’B.S. Requirement FIRST YEAR: B.S. CRIMINAL JUSTICE/PUBLIC SAFETY FALL CJ101 Intro to Crim Just CJ102 Police Process EN110 Eng Composition FS101 Intro to Fire Sci Elective SECOND YEAR CJ201 Firearms FS 111 Hazardous Materials FS204 F.P. Hydraulics PY101 Intro to Psych EN210 Res Pap Proc Elective 3 3 3 3 3 SPRING „ , PS 110 Amer Government PS 120 Legal Process SD101 Speech Natural Science RA Elective 15 1 3 3 4 3 3 17 SOCIAL SCIENCES - , 4 3 3 4 1 15 j§, K4BS 16j Humanities Elecuve CRIMINAL JUSTICE • 191 3 2 4 3 4 3 3 3 �THIRD YEAR 4 Humanities Elective 4 Natural Science S0226 Races & Minorities 3 3 Electives 14 CJ321 CJ/FS Ethics 3 CJ402 Crim Just Internship 3-9 or FS403 Fire Sci Internship 4 CJ345 Statistics 3 S0214 Criminology 1 RA Electives 14 FOURTH YEAR CJ319 Substantive Law* CJ343 Investigation* CJ401 CJ Seminar or FS401 FS Senior Seminar CJ407 Police Oper I‘* HE190 PEC & Cl I* 3 3 3 5 3 17 CJ308 CJ313 CJ344 CJ408 CJ409 HE191 Advanced Firearms* 1 Crisis Intervention’ 3 Criminalistics* 3 Police Oper II** 5 Procedural Law* 3 2 PEC & Cl II 17 ‘MLEOTC Course "MLEOTC Students Only FIRE SCIENCE BACHELOR OF SCIENCE FIRE SCIENCEENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY General Education Requirements (31 credits) Major Requirements (33 credits) CJ341 Fire & Arson Invest 3 CJ345 Statistics 4 FS101 Intro to Fire Science 3 FS 111 Hazardous Materials 3 FS204 Fire Prot Hyd & Pumps 3 FS205 Fire Prot Sys & Equip 3 FS211 Tactics & Strategy 3 FS301 Code Enf Insp & Fire Prev 3 FS321 Industrial Fire Protection 3 FS401 Senior Seminar 3 FS403 Fire Science Internship 3-9 FS420 Fire Science Management & Incident Analysis 3 Support Courses (41 credits) CS100 Intro Microcomp Appl MAI40 Alg for Technologists 3 3 MA141 MA142 ME 104 MT316 MT341 MT430 MT431 NS 101 Technical Calculus I ^ Technical Calculus II** Technical Drawing Slat & Stgth of Mat Fluid Mechanics Thermodynamics Thermo/Heat Trans Conceptual Physics or PH221 Elmts Phys I TCI01 Construction I TCI02 Construction II Electives (15 credits) ’4 Hours Included in Support Courses. *’B.S. Requirement SOCIAL SCIENCES - CRIMINAL JUSTICE 192 4 4 4 3 3 3 4 4 3 3 �FIRST YEAR: BACHELOR OF SCIENCE, FIRE SCIENCE/ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY FALL FS101 Intro to Fire Sci 3 FS111 Hazardous Materials 3 EN110 Eng Composition 3 MAI40 Algebra & Trig 4 TC101 Construction I _3 16 SPRING CS100 Intro, to Micro. TCI02 Construction II SD101 Speech Social Science Electives 16 SECOND YEAR FS204 FP Hydraulics ME 104 Technical Drawing Elective MAI41 Tec. Calc. I EN205 Tech Rept Wrtg or EN210 Res Pap Proc 3 4 3 4 3 3 3 4 3 FS205 FP Systems FS211 Tactics MA142 Tec. Calc. II Social Science Humanities Elective 3 3 4 3 4 17 3 17 THIRD YEAR FS301 Code Enforcement NS Life Science Elective PH221 Physics I Humanities Elective RA Elective 3 4 4 4 1 16 FS321 Industrial FP CJ341 Fire & Arson MT316 Stats & Strat MT341 Fluid Mech CJ345 Statistics 3 3 1 6 13 4 16 FOURTH YEAR FS401 Seminar MT430 Thermodynamics RA Elective Electives 3 3 3 3 FS403 Internship FS420 Fire Management MT431 Thermo/Heat Trans Electives 3 3 4 3 13 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE FIRE SCIENCE/GENERALIST General Education Requirements (35 credits) Major Requirements (53 credits) CJ341 CJ345 FS101 FS111 FS204 FS205 FS211 FS301 FS321 FS401 Fire & Arson Investigation Statistics Intro to Fire Science Hazardous Materials Fire Prot Hyd & Pumps Fire Prot Sys Equip Tactics & Strategy Code Enf Insp/Fire Prev Industrial Fire Prot Senior Seminar FS403 Fire Science Internship FS420 Fire Science Mgmt & Incident Analysis Minor 3-9 3 20 3 4 3 3 3 Support Courses (6 credits) TC101 Construction I TCI02 Construction II 3 3 Electives' (22 credits) 3 3 3 'Must Include 8 Hours B.S. Requirements. SOCIAL SCIENCES - CRIMINAL JUSTICE 193 3 3 �FIRST YEAR: BACHELOR OF SCIENCE, FIRE SCIENCE/GENERALIST SPRING FALL FS101 IntTO to Fire Sci FS111 Hazardous Materials EN110 Fresh Composition Elective RA Elective TC101 Construction I Social Science Humanities Elective SD101 Speech TCI02 Construction II Elective 3 3 3 3 1 4 4 3 3 1 17 3 16 SECOND YEAR FS204 FP Hydraulics EN205 Tec Rep Wrtg or EN210 Res Pap Proc Social Science RA Elective Electives THIRD YEAR FS301 Code Enforcement BS Requirement Humanities Elective Minor 3 3 4 1 3 3 4 4 1 17 4 15 3 4 4 4 FS321 Industrial Fire Prot 3 CJ341 Fire & Arson 3 6 Minor 4 CJ345 Statistics 16 15 FOURTH YEAR FS401 Seminar Minor Electives FS205 FP Systems FS211 Tactics BS Requirement Natural Science Elective 3 6 6 15 FS403 Internship FS420 Fire Management Minor Electives 3 3 4 3 13 FIRK S(^(WA£^mJSNmTERIALS General Education Requirements (27* credits) Major Requirements (33 credits) CJ341 Fire and Arson Invest 0345 Statistics FS101 Intro to Fire Science FS111 Hazardous Materials FS204 Fire Prot Hyd & Pumps FS205 Fire Prot Sys Equip FS211 Tactics & Strategy FS301 Code Enf Insp/Fire Prev FS321 Industrial Fire Prot 3 4 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 FS401 Senior Seminar FS403 Fire Science Internship FS420 Fire Science Mgmt & Incident Analysis Support Courses (51 credits) BL110 General Zoology** BL111 General Botany CHI 15 General Chemistry I ^ CHI 16 General Chemistry II’* CH225 Organic Chemistry I CH226 Organic Chemistry II CH231 Quantitative Analysis SOCIAL SCIENCES - CRIMINAL JUSTICE • 194 3 3-9 3 4 4 5 4 4 4 3 �CH232 CH351 GG108 NS 102 RT275 TCI01 TCI02 Instrumental Analysis Intro Biochemistry Phys Geo: Met/Clim Intro to Geology Soil Management Construction I Construction II 3 4 3 3 4 3 3 Electives (9 credits) *8 Hours Included in Support Courses. "B.S. Requirement FIRST YEAR: BACHELOR OF SCIENCE, FIRE SCIENCE/HAZARDOUS MATERIALS SPRING FALL FS101 Intro to Fire Sci 3 FS111 Hazardous Materials 3 EN110 Eng Composition 3 TCI01 Construction I 3 CHI 15 Princ Chemistry I J5 17 SD101 Speech CHI 16 Prin of Chem II Social Science Elective TCI02 Construction I 3 4 4 3 _3 17 SECOND YEAR FS204 CH225 CH231 BL110 EN205 FP Hydraulics Org. Chem. I Analytic I Zoology Tech Rep Wrtg or EN210 Res Pap Proc 3 4 3 4 3 4 4 3 4 FS205 FP System Humanities Elective CH226 Org. Chem. II CH232 Analytic BL111 Botany 18 3 17 THIRD YEAR GG108 Physical Geology RT275 Soils Social Science Humanities Elective 3 4 4 4 FOURTH YEAR 3 4 3 3 I 14 15 FS401 Seminar CH351 Biochemistry FS301 Code Enforcement Electives RA Elective 3 3 3 4 FS321 Industrial FP NS 102 Geology FS211 Tactics CJ345 Statistics RA ELective FS403 Internship FS420 Fire Management CJ341 Fire & Arson Electives 1 3 3 3 3 12 14 ASSOCIATE DEGREE CRIMINAL JUSTICE/CORRECTIONS Basic Requirements (11 credits) Major Requirements (30 credits) CJ101 Intro to Crim Just CJ106 Juvenile Justice CJ110 Intro to Corrections CJ140 Correctional Client Growth & Development 3 3 3 3 CJ130 CJ220 CJ240 CJ250 CJ319 Client Re! in Corr Institutional Corrections Comm Based Corrections Correctional Law Substantive Criminal Law or CJ202 Canadian Criminal Law CJ330 Correctional Casework SOCIAL SCIENCES - CRIMINAL JUSTICE • 195 3 3 3 3 3 3 �Support Courses (7 credits) 1 3 HE181 First Aid S0214 Criminology PS 120 Legal Process or PS 160 Intro to Can Govt/Pol Electives (14 credits) 3 3 FIRST YEAR: ASSOCIATE DEGREE, CRIMINAL JUSTICE/CORRECTIONS FALL CJ101 Intro to Crim Just CJ110 Intro to Corrections CJ140 Correctional Clients EN110 Eng Composition Elective 3 3 3 3 4 16 SECOND YEAR CJ240 Comm Based Corr CJ250 Correctional Law CJ319 Subst Crim Law or CJ202 Can Crim Law EN210 Res Pap Proc Electives 3 3 3 SPRING CJ106 Juvenile Justice 3 CJ130 Client Growth 3 1 HE181 First Aid 1 Recreational Activities PS 120 Legal Process 3 or PS 160 Intro to Can Govt 3 SD101 Speech 14 CJ220 Institutional Corr CJ330 Corr Casework S0214 Criminology Recreation Activities Electives 3 3 3 3 1 6 16 4 16 ASSOCIATE DEGREE CRIMINAL JUSTICE/LAW ENFORCEMENT Basic Requirements (11 credits) Major Requirements (28 credits) CJ 101 Intro to Crim Just CJ102 Police Process CJ106 Juvenile Justice CJ201 Firearms Training CJ206 On Campus Intern CJ313 Crisis Intervention of Deviant Behavior CJ319 Subst Criminal Law or CJ202 Can Criminal Law CJ343 Investigation 3 3 3 1 3 3 3 CJ344 Criminalistics CJ409 Procedural Criminal Law or .^ CJ406 Adv Canadian Juris Support Courses (7 credits) HE181 First Aid PS 120 Legal Process or PS 160 Intro Can Govt/Pol S0214 Criminology 3 3 Electives (16 credits) SOCIAL SCIENCES - CRIMINAL JUSTICE • 196 1 3 3 3 �FIRST YEAR: ASSOCIATE DEGREE, CRIMINAL JUSTICE/LAW ENFORCEMENT FALL CJ101 Intro to Crim Justice3 CJ102 Police Process 3 EN110 Eng Compostion 3 6 Electives 1 Recreation Activities 16 SPRING CJ106 Juvenile Justice HE181 First Aid Recreation Activities PS 120 Legal Process or PS 160 Canadian Govt SD101 Speech S0214 Criminology 3 1 1 3 3 1 14 SECOND YEAR CJ201 Firearms CJ313 Crisis Intervention CJ319 Subst Crim Law or CJ202 Canadian Law CJ343 Investigation EN210 Res Pap Proc Electives 1 3 3 3 3 CJ206 CJ/LE Internship CJ344 Criminalistics CJ409 Procedural Law or Canadian Juris Electives 3 3 3 1 16 1 16 ASSOCIATE DEGREE FIRE SCIENCE Basic Requirements (11 credits) Major Requirements (21 credits) CJ341 Fire & Arson Invest FS101 Intro to Fire Science FS111 Hazardous Materials FS204 Fire Prot Hyd & Pumps FS205 Fire Prot Sys & Equip FS211 Tactics & Strategy FS321 Industrial Fire Prot 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Support Courses (17 credits) HE 190 Prehospital Emrg Care & Crisis Intervention I HE191 Prehospital Emrg Care & Crisis Intervention II SO, PY or PS TCI01 Construction I TCI02 Construction II 3 2 6 3 3 Electives (13 credits) FIRST YEAR: ASSOCIATE DEGREE, FIRE SCIENCE FALL FS101 FS 111 EN110 TCI01 HE 190 Intro to Fire Sci 3 Hazardous Materials 3 Eng Composition 3 Construction I 3 PEC & Cl I 3 15 SPRING HE191 PEC & Cl II SD101 Speech TCI02 Construction II SO, PY or PS Recreational Activities Electives SOCIAL SCIENCES - CRIMINAL JUSTICE 197 2 3 3 3 1 4 16 �RC105 Prog Dcvel & Leadership in Recreat & Leisure Services 3 RC212 Instructional Methods in 2 Adapted Aquatics RC230 Prin & Prac of Thera Rec 3 RC320 Dance & Rhythmic Act 3 for Recreation 3 RC370 Rec. for the Elderly RC482 Admin of Rec Leis Serv 3 Cognate Electives (9 credits) BL330 Animal Physiology FIRST YEAR: SCIENCE 4 BL423 Immunology HE 190 Prehospital Emrg Care & Crisis Intervention I HE209 Pharmacology HE232 Pathophysiology PH221 Elmts. Phys. I PY265 Child & Adoles. Dev. PY459 Physiological Psychology S0341 Sociology of Addiction 4 3 3 3 4 3 3 3 Elective credits (approximately 12) and General Education requirements must be completed such that at least 124 semester credits have been earned BACHELOR OF SCIENCE, EXERCISE 6 1 13 SPRING CHI04 Life Chemistry I CS100 Intro. Microcom. ES141 Intro, to Movement PY101 Intro, to Psych. RA Recreation Act. BL121 Anat & Phys I 3 CHI05 Life Chemistry II 4 ES242 Sports Medicine 3 Humanities 4 PY203 Couns. Theory Pr. _3 17 BL122 Anat. & Phys. II EN210 Res Paper Process ES295 Practicum General Electives Humanities ES344 Kinesiology FALL EN110 Eng. Comp. ES/RC Elective General Electives RA Recreation Act. 3 3 SECOND YEAR THIRD YEAR ES342 Exer Phys 3 MA207 Statistics 3 PY385 Health Psychology 3 ES/RC Elective 3 SD101 Fund Speech 3 15 FOURTH YEAR Cognate Elective 3 ES390 Rec. Ldr. Apprent 1 ES440 Exer. Phys. Seminar 2 ES444 Exer. Prescription 1 ES496 Sel. Res. Topics 3 ES/RC Elective 3 13 ES348 Lab & Meas in ES ES358 Res Meth Exer Sci ES390 Rec Ldr Apprent ES/RC Elective General Electives HE208 Nutrition Cognate Elective ES295 Practicum ES/RC Elective Soc. Sci. Elective HM480 Grantwriting Summer ES492 Internship 6 (following either 3rd or 4th year) SOCIAL SCIENCES - RECREATION STUDIES • 200 3 3 3 4 1 14 4 3 1 3 4 3 18 3 3 1 2 3 2 14 6 1 4 2 3 16 �□ Athletic Training Concentration A person who receives a degree concentration in Athletic Training, which is also referred to as Sports Medicine, will become a highly skilled professional who deals directly with injuries which occur to athletes. The athletic trainer works closely with physicians and other health care professionals in order to provide today’s athletes with the best medical care possible. Those who pursue a career in athletic training may seek employment on the high school, college, or professional sport level. In addition, the athletic trainer may be employed in sports medicine and health fitness clinics, which have increased in numbers during the past decade. All the above mentioned positions usually require certification by the National Athletic Trainers’ Association. Students completing the concentration at Lake Superior State University will be more marketable in the field of exercise science and eligible for a variety of graduate programs in athletic training and sports medicine throughout the country. Any student wishing to achieve eligibility to sit for the National Athletic Trainers’ Association certification examination will receive individual guidance in that direction. Exercise Science (34 credits) ES141 Intro to Movement 3 ES230 Orthopaedic Assessment 3 ES242 Sports Medicine 3 ES244 Techniques of Ath Train 2 ES295 Practicum 2 ES342 Exercise Physiology 3 ES344 Kinesiology 3 ES348 Lab Procedures in Exer Sci 3 ES358 Res Meths in Exer Sci 3 ES492 Internship 6 ES496 Selected Research Topics 3 Cognate Requirements (34 credits) BL121 Anatomy & Physiology I BL122 Anatomy & Physiology II CHI04 Life Chemistry I CHI05 Life Chemistry II HE 190 Prehospital Emrg Care & Crisis Intervention I HE191 Prehospital Emrg Care & Crisis Intervention II HE208 Nutrition MA207 Prin of Statistical Meth PY101 Intro to Psychology PY203 Couns Theory and Proc PY385 Health Psychology Departmental Electives (15 credits) ES140 Health and Fitness 3 4 3 4 3 2 2 ES248 ES295 ES390 ES440 ES442 ES444 ES481 RA211 RC10I RC105 RC212 RC230 RC370 RC482 Psy of Sports and Athl Practicum Rec Leader Apprentic Exercise Physiology Sem ECG in Exer Sci Exercise Prescription Prof Dev Seminar Water Saf Lifegd Inst Intro to Rec & Leis Ser Pro Dev Ldsp Rec Leis Inst Meth in Adapted Aq Prin & Prac of TR Rec for the Elderly Admin of Rec Leis Ser Cognate Electives (9 credits) BA201 Professional Dev. EN305 Adv Tech Report Writing HE209 Pharmacology HE232 Pathophysiology PH221 Elements of Physics I PY459 Physiological Psychology 3 2 1 2 2 1 1 2 3 3 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 3 3 4 3 3 3 Elective credits (approximately 12) and General Education requirements must be completed such that at least 124 semester credits have been earned. SOCIAL SCIENCES - RECREATION STUDIES 201 �FIRST YEAR: BACHELOR OF SCIENCE, EXERCISE SCIENCE/ATHLETIC TRAINING CONCENTRATION FALL EN110 Eng Composition General Electives HE 190 Emer Care Cr In I RA Recreation Act 3 6 3 1 13 SPRING CHI04 Life Chemistry I 3 ES140 Health and Fitness* 3 ES141 Intro to Movement 3 HE 191 Emer Care Cr In II 2 PY101 Intro to Psychology _4 15 SECOND YEAR BL121 Anat & Phys I CHI05 Life Chemistry II ES242 Sports Medicine ES244 Tech of Ath Train Humanities 3 4 3 2 4 BL122 Anat & Phys II ES230 Orthopaed Assmnt Humanities EN210 Res Paper Process General Electives 16 4 3 4 3 3 17 THIRD YEAR ES342 Exer Phys 3 PY385 Health Psychology 3 ES295 Practicum 2 MA207 Statistics 3 PY203 Couns Theory/Pract 3 SD101 Fund, of Speech _3 17 Summer ES492 Internship (following 3rd year) ES358 Res Mthds in ES ES344 Kinesiology ES348 Lab. Proced. in ES HE208 Nutrition RA Recreation Act 3 3 2 1 12 6 FOURTH YEAR Cognate Elective ES390 Rec Ldr Apprentice* ES496 Sel Res Topics ES/RC Elective General Elective 3 3 1 3 6 Cognate Elective ES295 Practicum ES/RC Elective Soc. Sci. Elective 3 6 2 3 2 13 16 'suggested electives BACHELOR OF ARTS/SCIENCE RECREATION MANAGEMENT THE RECREATION MANAGEMENT degree is a program of study designed to prepare those students seeking employment opportunities in the recreation/leisure field that demand sound management skills. Career choices abound within commercial, resort, industrial, military, municipal, state, federal government, and voluntary recreation settings. The need for qualified leaders, supervisors, and directors who possess management and recreation SOCIAL SCIENCES - RECREATION STUDIES 202 �skills is increasing. Career specialization can be achieved by selecting recreation electives that promote a concentration, enhancing a degree with a built-in business minor. BACHELOR OF ARTS, RECREATION MANAGEMENT Department Requirements (22 credits) ESI40 Health and Fitness RA Recreation Activity RA Recreation Activity RC101 Intro to Recreation RC105 Program Devel Ldr Rec Leisure Services RC295 Practicum RC481 Prof Dev Seminar RC482 Admin Rec & Leis Serv RC492 Internship 3 1 1 3 3 1 1 3 6 Business Requirements (31 credits) AC 132 Prin of Accounting I AC 133 Prin of Accounting II BA231 Bus Communications BA254 Bus Law I DP264 Intro Data Processing EC201 Prin of Macroeconomics EC202 Prin of Microeconomics MK281 Mkt Prin & Strategy MN370 Management Principles & Human Resource Concepts 4 4 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 Cognate Requirements (13 credits) BA Requirements - For Language 8 BL105 Functions Human Body 4 HE181 First Aid 1 Department Electives (19 credits) ES141 Intro to Movement ES242 Sports Medicine ES244 Tech of Athletic Training ES248 Psy of Sport & Athletics ES342 Exercise Physiology ES344 Kinesiology ES348 Lab Proc & Meas in ES ES442 Electrocardiography in ES ES444 Exercise Prescription HM480 Grantwriting RC212 Ins Mds Adapted Aquatics RC220 Methods in Arts & Crafts RC230 Prin & Pract of TR RC262 Outdoor Recreation RC295 Practicum RC320 Dance Rym Act for Rec RC330 Disabilities Ser by TR RC335 Rec Pursuits of Disabled RC362 Land Mgmt Rec Purposes RC365 Expedition Management RC370 Recreation for Elderly RC390 Rec Ldr Apprenticeship RC435 Problems & Issues in TR RC496 Selected Res Topics 3 3 2 3 3 3 3 2 1 3 2 3 3 3 1 3 3 3 3 3 3 1 3 1 Elective credits (approximately 14) and General Education requirements must be completed such that at least 124 semester credits have been earned. FIRST YEAR: BACHELOR OF ARTS, RECREATION MANAGEMENT SPRING FALL BL105 Func of Hmn Bdy 4 EN110 Eng Composition I 3 DP264 Intro Data Proc 3 ESI40 Health and Fitness 3 1 HE181 First Aid NS Nat Sci Elective 4 RA Recreation Activity 1 RC101 Intro Rec & Leis 3 RC105 Prog Dev & Ldrship PY/SO Psy/Soc Elective 2 in Recreation 3 RA Recreation Activity _1 SD101 Fund, of Speech _3 16 15 SECOND YEAR AC 132 Accounting I BA Req - Foreign Lang EN210 Res Paper Process HU Humanities RC295 Rec Practicum 4 4 3 4 I 16 AC 133 Prin Accounting II 4 BA Req - Foreign Lang 4 3 Department Elective 4 HU Humanities RA Recreational Activity _1 16 SOCIAL SCIENCES - RECREATION STUDIES • 203 �THIRD YEAR BA254 Business Law I Department Elective EC201 Prin Macroecon General Electives RA Elective 3 4 3 4 BA231 Bus Comm Department Electives EC202 Microeconomics RC492 Internship 1 15 FOURTH YEAR Department Electives General Electives MN370 Management Prin RC481 Prof Dev Seminar RC482 Admin Recreation Leisure Services 4 3 4 1 Department Electives General Electives MK281 Prin Marketing 3 4 3 6 16 4 7 _4 15 3 15 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE, RECREATION MANAGEMENT Department Requirements (22 credits) ES140 Health and Fitness RA Recreation Activity RA Recreation Activity RC101 Intro to Recreation RC105 Program Dev & Ldrship Rec & Leisure Ser RC295 Practicum RC481 Prof Dev Seminar RC482 Admin Rec & Leis Serv RC492 Internship Business Requirements (31 credits) AC 132 Prin of Accounting I AC 133 Prin of Accounting II BA23I Bus Communications BA254 Bus Law I DP264 Intro Data Processing EC201 Prin of Macroeconomics EC202 Prin of Microeconomics MK281 Mktg Prin & Strategy MN370 Management Principles & Human Resource Concepts Cognate Requirements (5 credits) BL105 Func of Human Body HE181 First Aid 4 Department Electives (19 credits) ES141 Intro, to Movement ES242 Sports Medicine ES244 Tech, of Athletic Training ES248 Psy. of Sport & Athletics ES342 Exercise Physiology ES344 Kinesiology ES348 Lab. Proc. & Meas. in ES ES442 Electrocardiography in ES ES444 Exercise Prescription HM480 Grantwriting RC212 Ins.Mds.Adapted Aquatics RC220 Methods Arts & Crafts RC230 Prin. & Pract. of TR RC262 Outdoor Recreation RC295 Practicum RC320 Dance Rym. Act. for Rec. RC330 Disabilities Ser. by TR RC335 Rec. Pursuits of Disabled RC362 Land Mgmt for Rec Purp RC365 Expedition Management RC370 Recreation for Elderly RC390 Rec. Ldr. Apprenticeship RC435 Problems & Issues in TR RC496 Sel Res. Topics 4 1 Elective credits (approximately 14) and General Education requirements must be completed such that at least 124 semester credits have been earned. 3 1 I 3 3 1 1 3 6 4 4 3 3 3 3 3 4 3 3 2 3 3 3 3 2 1 3 2 3 3 3 1 3 3 3 3 3 3 1 3 1 FIRST YEAR: BACHELOR OF SCIENCE, RECREATION MANAGEMENT FALL EN110 Eng Comp. I 3 ESI40 Health and Fitness 3 NS Nat Sci Elective 4 RC101 Intro Rec/Lsr Serv 3 SO Soc Sci Elective 3 16 SPRING BL105 Func Human Body HE181 First Aid PY Psych Elective RA Recreation Activity RC105 Program Dev & Ldrship in Rec SD101 Fund of Speech SOCIAL SCIENCES - RECREATION STUDIES 204 4 1 3 1 3 3 �SECOND YEAR AC 132 Prin of Acctg I DP264 Intro Data Proc EN210 Res Paper Proc HU Humanities RA Recreation Activity RC295 Practicum 4 3 3 4 1 1 16 AC 133 Prin. Accounting II 4 3 BA231 Bus Comm 4 HU Humanities RA Recreation Activity 1 SO/NS Soc/Nat Sci Elect J2 14 3 6 3 3 EC202 Prin Microecon Department Electives MK281 Mktg Prin Strat RC492 Internship 3 3 4 6 16 Department Electives General Electives PY/SO Psy/Soc Sci Elect 7 6 _2 15 THIRD YEAR BA254 Business Law I Department Elective EC201 Prin Macroecon General Electives RA Recreation Activity i 16 FOURTH YEAR Department Electives General Electives MN370 Mgmt Principles RC481 Prof Dev Seminar RC482 Admin Recreation Leisure Services 3 5 4 1 3 16 □ Parks and Recreation Management Concentration This is an in-house 2 + 2 degree. At the end of four years of study, the student will have earned an associate degree in Natural Resources Technology and a baccalaureate degree in Recreation Management with a Parks and Recreation emphasis. Students who complete this degree will have acquired skills specific to land management and resource development. This person would be wellqualified to pursue a wide variety of career options which include, but are not limited to, working with agencies such as the Department of Natural Resources or the National Park Service, working with municipal parks and recreation, or working in outdoor education. Recreation Requirements (25 credits) RC101 Intro to Recreation 3 RC105 Program Dev & Leadership in Recreation & Leisure Services 3 RC262 Outdoor Recreation 3 RC362 Land Mgmt for Rec Purp 3 RC365 Expedition Management 3 RC481 Professional Dev Sem 1 RC482 Admin Rec & Leis Serv RC492 Internship 3 16 Natural Resources Technology (21 credits) RT101 Intro to Natural Resources 3 RT102 Meth in Nat Resources 1 2 RT206 Wildlife Mgmt Tech RT207 Bio & Mgmt of Fishes 3 SOCIAL SCIENCES - RECREATION STUDIES • 205 �RT275 Soil Management RT284 Principles of Forestry RT286 Limnological Techniques Cognate Requirements (43 credits) AC 132 Principles of Acctg I BL130 Remote Sensing BL239 Wildlife Bio & Mgmt CHI08 Applied Chemistry CS100 Intro to Microcomputers HE181 First Aid HM480 Grantwriting 1D300 Man and His Env 4 4 4 4 3 2 4 3 1 3 3 MA109 Trigonometry & Vectors MN370 Management Principles & Human Resource Cone PS 130 State and Local Govt PY101 Intro to Psychology TC103 Surveying TCI04 Industrial Safety & Small Engines Mechanics 2 4 4 4 3 3 Elective credits (approximately 9) and General Education requirements must be completed such that at least 126 semester credits have been earned. FIRST YEAR: PARKS AND RECREATION MANAGEMENT CONCENTRATION FALL CS100 Intro to Microcomp EN110 Eng Comp I MAI09 Trig and Vectors RA Recreation Activity RC101 Intro to Rec & Leis RT101 Intro to Nat Res RT102 Meth in Nat Res SECOND YEAR RT207 Bio/Mgmt Fishes RT275 Soil Management RT284 Prin Forestry RT286 Limnological Tech 3 3 2 1 3 3 1 16 3 4 4 _4 15 SPRING BL130 Remote Sensing 3 CHI08 Applied Chemistry 4 1 HE181 First Aid 1 RA Recreation Activity SD101 Fund of Speech 3 TCI04 Indus Sfty/Sml Eng_3 15 BL239 Bio/Wildlife Mgmt EN205 Tech Rep Writing ID300 Man & His Env RC105 Program Dev & Leadership in Rec RT206 Wldlf Mgmt Tech TCI03 Surveying 2 3 3 3 2 _3 16 THIRD YEAR AC 132 Prin of Acctg I HU Humanities RC262 Outdoor Recreation PY101 Intro to Psych 4 4 3 4 15 FOURTH YEAR B.S. Requirements Electives RC482 Admin of Rec RC481 Prof Dev Seminar Gen Elective 3 4 3 1 2 HM480 Grantwriting 3 2 General Electives 4 HU Humanities MN370 Mgmt Principles & Human Resource Cone 4 PS 130 St/Local Govemmt _4 17 RC362 Lnd Mgmt for Rec B. S. Requirements Soc Sci Requirements RC365 Expedition Mgmt General Electives 13 Summer RC492 Internship 6 SOCIAL SCIENCES - RECREATION STUDIES • 206 3 4 2 3 _L 13 �BACHELOR OF SCIENCE THERAPEUTIC RECREATION With the advancement of the humanistic and holistic philosophy of health care, the development of Therapeutic Recreation as a profession has been tremendous. Through the use of recreational activities as a modality, the Therapeutic Recreation Specialist improves the physical, social, mental and emotional functioning of individuals with a variety of limiting conditions. Canadian and American students graduating with a bachelor of science in Therapeutic Recreation have been very successful in finding employment in a variety of settings, such as hospitals, homes for the aged, special recreation associations, prisons, municipal recreation programs and agencies providing services for the physically challenged. Recreation Studies (42 credits) ESI40 Health and Fitness 3 ES342 Exercise Physiology 3 RC101 Intro to Recreation 3 RC105 Program Dev & Leadership in Recreation & Leisure Serv 3 RC220 Meth in Arts & Crafts 3 RC230 Prin & Pract of Ther Rec 3 RC262 Outdoor Recreation 3 RC320 Dance & Rhythmic Activities for Recreation 3 RC330 Disabilities Serviced by Therapeutic Rec 3 RC335 Rec Pursuits of Disabled 3 RC336 Fieldwork in Thera Rec 1 RC390 Rec Leader Apprentice 1 RC435 Prob & Issues Ther Rec 3 RC481 Professional Dev Sem 1 RC492 Internship 6 Cognate Requirements (33 credits) AC 132 Principles of Acctg I BL105 Func of the Human Body BL121 Human Anat/Phys I BL122 Human Anat/Phys II CHI04 Life Chemistry I CS100 Intro to Microcomp HM480 Grantwriting 4 4 3 4 3 3 3 3 3 3 PY203 Couns Thry/Pract PY204 Couns/Crisis Inter Strgy PY210 Statistics Cognate Electives (9 credits) HE 190 Prehospital Emrg Care & Crisis Intervention HE209 Pharmacology PY259 Abnormal Psychology PY265 Child/Adol Dev PY391 Family Therapy S0326 Soc of Aging/Aged S0341 Soc of Addiction Departmental ES141 ES230 RC212 RC295 RC365 RC370 RC482 RC496 Electives (12 credits) Intro to Movement Orthopaedic Assessmt Ins Mds Adapted Aqua Practicum Expedition Management Rec for the Elderly Admin Rec & Leis Serv Selected Research Topics 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 3 3 3 1 Elective credits (approximately 9 credits) and General Education requirements must be completed such that at least 124 semester credits have been earned. FIRST YEAR: BS., THERAPEUTIC RECREATION FALL ~ "1 BL105 Func. Human Body EN110 Eng Composition I RC101 Intro Rec/Leis Serv Free Elective 4 3 3 3 13 SPRING CHI04 Life Chemistry I CS100 Intro to Microcomp ESI40 Health & Fitness RA Recreation Activities RC105 Prog Dev/Ldr Rec SD101 Fund. Speech SOCIAL SCIENCES - RECREATION STUDIES • 207 3 3 3 1 3 3 16 �SECOND YEAR BL121 Anat/Phys I EN210 Res Paper Process PY203 Couns Thera Pract RC230 Prin/Pract Tliera Rec RC262 Outdoor Recreation Cognate Elective 3 3 3 3 3 3 18 AC 132 Accounting I BL122 Anat & Phys II Dept Elective PY204 Couns/Crisis Intrv Strat 4 4 3 3 14 3 3 4 3 1 PY210 Statistics 3 Humanities 4 RA Recreation Activities 1 RC335 Rec Purs of Dis 3 RC320 Dance & Rhyth Act_3 14 THIRD YEAR ES342 Exer Phys Free Electives Humanities RC220 Meth in Arts/Crafts RC336 Fid work in T.R. RC330 Dis Serv Thera Rec 1 17 FOURTH YEAR Cognate Electives Dept. Electives RC435 Prob/Iss in Thera Rec RC481 Prof. Dev. Seminar Summer RC492 Internship 3 6 3 1 13 Department Electives Free Electives HM480 Grantwriting Cognate Electives RC390 Rec Ldr Apprentice 3 3 3 3 _1 13 6 MINOR COURSE OF STUDY RECREATION STUDIES This■ minor includes 15 credits of ron , required courses and 9 credits of departmental electives. Required: 15 credits o^,l° Heaith and Htness 3 KC101 Intro to Recreation & Leisure Services 3 RCI05 Program Dev & Ldrshp in Rec & Leisure Serv RC295 Practicum 23 RC390 Recreation Leader Appr 1 RC482 Admin of Rec & Lsre Serv 3 Departmental Electives: (9 credits) (6 credits from 300 and 400 level classes) 3 HM480 Grantwriting 2 RA210 Lifeguarding RA211 Wir Sfty & Lfgrd Inst 2 RC212 Inst Meth in Adptd Aqua 2 RC220 Meth in Arts & Crafts 3 RC230 Prin & Pract of Thera Rec 3 3 RC262 Outdoor Recreation RC320 Dance & Rhythmic Act for Recreation 3 RC330 Dis Serv by Thera Rec 3 RC335 Rec Pursuits of Disabled 3 RC362 Lnd Mgmt for Rec Purp 3 RC365 Expedition Mgmt 3 3 RC370 Rec for the Elderly RC435 Problems and Issues in 4 Therapeutic Recreation RC496 Selected Research Topics 1 SOCIAL SCIENCES - RECREATION STUDIES 208 �PHYSICAL EDUCATION Lake Superior State University does not offer majors or minors in physical education. However, all students enrolled in a four-year degree granting program are required to take two different credit hours of recreation activity. Those enrolled in a one, two, or three-year terminal curriculum are required to take variable credits of recreational activity. Students fulfill the two-credit hour requirement by earning two different recreational activity credits. The faculty offer a varied program of activities. Courses include badminton, bowling, volleyball, swimming, weight training, dance, backpacking, outdoor survival, rock climbing and rappelling, racquetball, jogging, orienteering, canoeing, soccer, self defense, and individualized physical fitness. Physical education, intramurals, and athletics play an important part in the lives of the students. Students are encouraged to participate in activities that will provide a carry-over into later life. Preparation for a lifetime of recreational activity is a major goal of the university. THE JAMES NORRIS PHYSICAL EDUCATION CENTER provides facilities for intercollegiate basketball, wrestling, hockey, volleyball, softball and tennis. It features an ice arena, three gymnasiums, swimming and diving pools, handball-racquetball courts, classrooms, dance studio, shooting range, wrestling and weight training rooms, offices for recreational activity, recreation studies and criminal justice faculty and athletic staff. In addition the center contains steam, laundry, locker, equipment, Spectator and training rooms, capacities include 2,500 in the gymnasium, 420 for swimming and 3,200 in the ice arena. Adjacent to the Norris Center are eight tennis courts, a softball diamond, a soccertouch football field, and a six-lane, all-weather quarter-mile track. NOTES SOCIAL SCIENCES - RECREATION STUDIES • 209 �SOCIAL SCIENCES HUMAN SERVICES BACHELOR OF SCIENCE HUMAN SERVICES The Human Services major allows students to combine practical skills with an academic preparation in psychology or sociology. Students complete 3 minors. One of the three must be the coordinating minor (psychology or sociology). The two skill minors should be selected from the list below. All skill minors require a practicum or internship. A total of 11 credits of practicum must be completed between the two skill minors. No more than 16 practicum credits may be counted for the degree. The acceptable skill minors are: 1. Child Development 2. Corrections 3. Counseling 4. Human Services Admin 5. Industrial Relations 6. Law Enforcement 7. Legal Assistant Studies 8. Native Amer Studies 9. Recreation Studies Skill 10. Subst Abuse Counseling Students should consult the descriptions of the skill minors for detailed information, Transfer students who have completed the equivalent of a skill minor at another college or university may request a waiver of one skill minor. New students may register as PreHuman Services majors and may concurrently enroll in a Liberal Arts Associate Degree program in either psychology, sociology, or in one of the skill minors. Special Associate Degree programs exists for Early Childhood Education, Corrections, Legal Assistant Studies and Substance Abuse Prevention and Treatment. Students may apply for admission to the Human Services major after completing 12 credits of human services or social sciences coursework or after completing an Associate Degree or Canadian college diploma in a human services area. SOCIAL SCIENCES 210 �Human Services majors must be ethical, caring individuals who are capable of forming helping relationships with others and serving as good role models. As part of the admissions process, students will be asked to volunteer in human service agencies and to explore their own appropriateness to enter the human service field. Students need 24 credits of 300-400 level courses across their 3 minors, and all students must complete a capstone course from the following list. CJ40I - Senior Seminar HM480 - Grantwriting LA450 - Adv Legal Writing & Interviewing Seminar PY498 - Senior Research I SO401 - Research Seminar I LEGAL ASSISTANT TO TRAIN QUALIFIED legal assistants capable of working in a variety of areas of the law; program requirements based upon guidelines of American Bar Association and National Association of Legal Assistants. LEGAL ASSISTANTS, or paralegals, are paraprofessionals who work under the supervision of attorneys. Among other tasks, they do legal research, draft legal pleadings and documents, assistant attorneys during legal proceedings, and manage activities of law offices. Legal assistants work for private law firms, banks, real estate offices, corporations, insurance companies, accounting firms, judges, government agencies, and others. PROGRAMS INCLUDE: Legal Assistant Studies BACCALAUREATE DEGREE with emphasis in: legal administration, criminal law, personal injury, labor law or legislative/constitutional law or a selected minor as approved b the Legal Assistant Studie Coordinator; a TWO-YEAR ASSOCIATE DEGREE in the Legal Assistant Studies; or a MINOR in a four-year baccalaureate program. BACHELOR OF SCIENCE LEGAL ASSISTANT STUDIES FOR THIS DEGREE students must complete the courses below, plus electives to total 125-128 credits. Students may e ect a specialty area as listed below or a minor as approved by the Legal Assistant Studies Coordinator. Required Major Course (45 credits) LA 102 Lgl Res/Case Anal LA202 Lgl Wrtg/Anal LA 150 Lgl Asst Prof/Eth Cons 3 3 3 LA125 LA 140 LA250 LA320 SOCIAL SCIENCES • 211 Cvl Lit & Proc Prsnl Inj Lit/Inv Tech Law Off Mgmt, SysyTech Real Estate Law 4 3 3 3 �2 LA321 Family Law LA322 Probate Law & Proc 3 LA401 Evidence & Trial Pract 3 LA450 Advance Legal Writing & Interviewing Seminar 3 3 LA Elective** BA254, 255 Bus Law 1 & II 6 CJ319 Substantive Crim Law 3 General Education (35 credits)’ EN110 Fresh Composition 3 EN210 Research Paper Process 3 SD101 Fundamentals of Speech 3 Natural Science 8 Humanities 8 Social Sciences-Must select 8 PS110 Intro to Am Gov & Pol or PS467 Const Law & Cvl Lib Recreational Activities 2 Cognates - Required: (16-18 credits) OAI19 Acctg Procedures’” LA299 Lgl Assistant Intern & Prof Dev Seminar CJ409 Proc Criminal Law 4 6-8 3 Word Proc Comp Science (choose one) 3 DP225 Word Proc Techniques(3) DP230 Word Proc Appl(3) CS100 Intro Micro Appl(3) Electives (9-10 credits) Electives are to be chosen consultation with advisor. in ‘Note: The legal Assistant B.S. Degree requires 8 credits in Social Science, Natural Science or Mathematics beyond those for General Education. These requirements may be fulfilled in part or in total through the Specialty section or the minor. Students should consult with their advisors. ’’Note: See LA300, Seniors in Legal Assistant Studies; also consult with Legal Assistant Advisor. *“Note: AC132 may be substituted for OA119 when one is specializing in Legal Administration) SPECIALTY/MINOR REQUIRED (20 credits) A student shall obtain a minimum of twenty (20) credits in any one of the Specialty following specialties. courses should be selected in consultation with your Legal Assistant Studies Coordinator. As an alternative, a student may choose a minor of study that must be approved by the Legal Assistant Studies Coordinator. SPECIALTY LIST* NOTE: At least nine (9) credit hours shall be at the 300-400 level. CRIMINAL LAW SPECIALTY: CJ101 CJ106 CJ250 CJ343 CJ344 SO 101 S0226 S0214 S0338 PY101 PY259 Intro to Crim Justice Juvenile Justice Correctional Law Investigation Criminalistics Intro to Sociology Races and Minorities Criminology Deviance Intro to Psychology Abnormal Psychology 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 3 LABOR LAW SPECIALTY: EC201 Prin of Macroeconomics or 3 EC202 Prin of Microeconomics EC403 Priv Entrprs/Public Pol 3 LA406 Wrkrs Disablty Comp Law 2 MN370 Mgmt Prin & HR Cone MN451 Labor Law MN464 Org Behavior in Bus MN469 Collective Bargaining S0313 Work and Organization PY228 Organizational Behavior PY383 Industrial Psychology LEGAL ADMIN. SPECIALTY AC 132, 133 Prin of Acctg l/II AC232, 233 Inter Acctg I/II AC332 Cost Accounting I AC334 Acctg Info Systems AC421, 422 Fed Tax Acctg I/II DP264 Intro to Data Proc FN341 Managerial Finance FN443 Insurance MN370 Mgmt Prin & HR Cone MN461 Management Simulation SOCIAL SCIENCES • 212 4 4 4 3 3 3 3 8 8 4 3 ° 3 4 4 4 3 �MN464 Org Beh in Bus MK281 Mktg Prin/Strategy MK287 Adv Theory in Pract BA226 Records Management SD320 Public Relations PY228 Organizational Behavior EC302 Managerial Economics 4 4 3 3 4 3 4 LEGISLATIVE/CONSTITU­ TIONAL LAW SPECIALTY: EC201 Prin of Macroeconomics or EC202 Prin of Microeconomics 3 EC305 Public Finance 3 HS131,132 U.S. History I & II 8 LA305 Tribal Law and Gov 3 4 PS 130 Intro State/Lcl Gov PS201 Intro to Public Admin 3 PS301 Policy Anal/Eval 4 PS364 Politcal Parties, Interest Groups & Public Opinion 3 PS367 Congress & the Pres 4 PS401 Prin of Pub Admin 3 PERSONAL INJURY SPECIALTY: HE209 Pharmacology’*’ BL105 Func of Human Body BL121.122 Hmn Anat/Phys I/ll CH104,105 Life Chemistry I/ll FN443 Insurance LA405 No-Fault Automobile Law LA406 Wrkrs Dis Comp Law PY101 Intro to Psychology PY217 Social Psychology PY357 Personality Theory PY385 Health Psychology TCI01.I02 Construction I & II 3 4 7 7 4 3 2 4 3 3 3 6 ”Note: All Specialties: LA300 Seminar in Legal Assistant Studies may apply to certain specialties and can be employed this way with approval of Legal Assistant Coordinator. In the alternative, these special topics may be utilized toward the required Legal Assistant Elective. ’’’Prerequisites: BL122 or BL105 and CHI05 FIRST YEAR: BS. LEGAL ASSISTANT STUDIES FALL EN110 Freshman Comp. 3 LA 102 Lgl Res Case Analy 3 LA 150 Lgl Ass’t Prof and Ethical Con 3 SD110 Fund of Speech 3 OA119 Accounting Proced _4 SPRING LA 125 Civil Litig & Proc LA 140 Pers Inj Inves Tec PS 110 Intro Am Govt Pol Cognate Elective 4 3 4 3 2 T3 16 SECOND YEAR EN210 Res Pap Process 3 LA202 Legal Writ & Analy 3 LA320 Real Estate Law 3 2 LA321 Family Law BA254 Business Law I 3 RA Elective 1 15 THIRD YEAR LA401 Evid & Trial Prac CJ319 Subst Criminal Law NS Elective Specialty/Minor LA Elective 3 4 4 4 3 LA322 Probate Law Proc BA255 Business Law II LA250 Law Office Mgmt Sys & Tech Electives CJ409 Proced Crim Law NS Elective Specialty/Minor Elective 3 3 3 6 15 3 4 6 4 IT IS FOURTH YEAR PS467 Const Law Civil Lib 4 Specialty/Minor 7 HU Elective 4 RA Elective 1 LA450 Adv Legal Writ Int 3 LA299 Internship 6 Specialty/Minor 3 4 HU Elective 13 *May be taken Fall or Spring semester. SOCIAL SCIENCES 213 13 �POLITICAL SCIENCE Political Science is the systematic study of government and politics. Since government and politics are round at many levels— international, national, state, and local—and all over the world, political science has many facets. All of these facets receive attention in the political science program at Lake Superior State University. The goal of the curriculum is to prepare students interested in government and politics for rewarding careers and lifetimes of learning and involvement. To best achieve this goal, three distinct concentrations or tracks are available for students of political science: 1. general political science 2 pre-law, 3. public administration. Each concentration has been designed to provide a combination of knowledge and skills that is uniquely appropriate for those with particular career goals. However, choosing one concentration over the others does not limit a student to one particular career path—each of the concentrations provides a solid grounding in political science. BACHELOR OF ARTS/SCIENCE POLITICAL SCIENCE - GENERAL The general political science concentration is designed to provide a broad education in political science. It is most appropriate for students who plan to attend graduate school in political science and for those with an interest in government and politics who wish to get a broad, liberal education as preparation for a career in business, government, or journalism. Students who continue their education in graduate school most often pursue careers as professors, researchers, consultants, or government officials. Students who do not pursue graduate study choose from a wide variety of career options in business, government, and journalism. Political Science Courses (36 credits) PS110 Intro to Amer Gov & Pol PS491-492 Senior Seminar 4 6 A minimum of one course in each of following areas, and two courses in one of the areas: 16-20 American Politics (PS325, 364, 367, 467) Comparative Politics (PS 160, 331, 334) International Relations (PS241, 411, 412) Political Philosophy (PS351, 352) Additional political science electives to reach 36 credits 6'10 SOCIAL SCIENCES 214 �NOTE: A minimum of 21 credits must be at the 300/400 level. Of these, at least 9 must be at the 400 level. General Political Science Cognates (27-28 credits) CS100 Intro Microcomputer App or DP264 Intro Data Processing EC201 Prin of Macroeconomics EN220 Advanced Composition or EN221 Creative Writing HS sequence’ PL204 Intro to Philosophy or PL205 Logic SD302 Persuasion & Argu 3-4 or SD320 Public Relations SO201 Social Research and Stats 4 ’One full-year history sequence (HS 101-102 or HS 131-132 is recommended) 3 3 Bachelor of Arts/Bachelor Cognates (Choose One) of Science 8-9 Bachelor of Arts Cognates: One year of a foreign language 8 3 8 3 Bachelor of Science Cognates: A minimum of 9 credits from the following: EC202 Prin of Microeconomics 3 4 PY101 Intro to Psychology 3 SO 101 Intro to Sociology S0213 Intro to Anthropology 3 FIRST YEAR: POLITICAL SCIENCE - GENERAL FALL EN110 Freshman Comp.* PS 110’Intro. Amer. Govt. HS History Seq. Elect. Nat. Sci. Elect. SA100 Succeed College 3 4 4 3 1 15 SECOND YEAR EN210 Res Pap Process* HU251 Humanities I Pol. Sci. Elect. CS100 Intro Micro Appl Elective 3 4 3 3 3 SPRING SD101 Fund, of Speech Pol. Sci. Elective Hist. Seq. Elective Nat. Sci. Elec. RA Elective 3 4 4 3 1 15 Nat. Sci. Elec. HU252 Humanities II Pol. Dist. Elec. SO201 Soc Res/Stats RA Elective 16 THIRD YEAR Pol. Sci. Dist. Elec. 3 PL204 Intro, to Philosophy 3 EC201 Macroeconomics 3 BA/BS Cognate 4 Elective 1 16 fourth year PS491 Senior Seminar I Pol. Sci. Dist. Elec. Elective Elective Elective 3 4 3 3 1 Pol. Sci. Dist. Elec. Pol. Sci. Elec. EN220 Adv Composition SD302 Persuasion & Argu BA/BS Cognate PS492 Senior Seminar II Pol. Sci. Dist. Elec. Elective Elective Elective 16 May be taken in Spring semester. SOCIAL SCIENCES 215 3 4 3 4 1 15 3 3 3 3 4 16 3 4 3 3 1 16 �BACHELOR OF ARTS/SCIENCE POLITICAL SCIENCE - PRE-LAW The pre-law concentration provides students of political science interested in legal careers with a planned curriculum that prepares them especially well for law school and for careers in law. Students who choose this option are often interested in careers as attorneys, prosecutors, or judges. It should be noted that this is not a mandatory pre-law curriculum; it is a curriculum for pre-law students who have a special interest in government and politics. Noteworthy features of this concentration are a special course on the nature of legal careers and how to prepare for them; two courses in legal research and writing that provide students with a head start in using a law library and in conducting legal research; and a well-designed combination of support courses in logic, debate, writing, accounting, and research. Political Science Courses (36 credits) PS110 Intro to Am Gov & Pol PS 120 Intro to Legal Proc PS 130 Intro to St/Lcl Gov PS222 Intro to the Lgl Prof PS467 Const Law/Cvl Lib PS491-492 Senior Seminar 4 3 4 2 4 6 A minimum of one course in each of the following areas: 10-12 Comparative Politics (PS 160, 331, 334) International Relations (PS241, 411, 412) Political Philosophy (PS351, 352) NOTE: A minimum of 21 credits must be at the 300/400 level 1-3 Additional political science electives to reach 36 credits Pre-Law Cognates (40 credits) CS100 Intro Microcomputer App or DP264 Intro Data Processing EN220 Advanced Composition or EN221 Creative Writing HS sequence’ LA 102 Lgl Res/Case Analy LA202 Lgl Wrtg & Analy OA119 Accounting Procedures or AC 132 Prin of Acctg I PL205 Logic SD302 Pers & Argu SO201 Social Res & Stats 3 3 8 3 3 4 3 3 4 'One full-year history sequence (HS 101-102 or HS 131-132 is recommended) Two law courses from the following: Any Legal Assistant (LA) courses CJ319 Subst Criminal Law CJ409 Proc Criminal Law BA254 Business Law I BA255 Business Law II 3 3 3 3 Bachelor of Arts Cognates One year of a foreign language 8 Bachelor of Science Cognates A minimum of 9 credits from the following. EC201 Prin of Macroeconomics 3 EC202 Prin of Microeconomics 3 4 PY101 Intro to Psychology 3 SO 101 Intro to Sociology 3 S0213 Intro to Anthropology SOCIAL SCIENCES 216 �FIRST YEAR: POLITICAL SCIENCE - PRE-LAW FALL SPRING EN110 Freshman Comp.* 3 V SD101 Fund, of Speech PS 120 Intro to Lgl Proc PS 110 Intro Am Govt/Pol 4 * Hist. Seq. Elec. 4* History Seq. Elec. Nat. Sci. Elec. Nat. Sci. Elec. 3* SXTOCT-Succeed in College;^ Elective 15 SECOND EN210 HU251 _^PS222 CS100 BA/BS YEAR Res. Paper Process* 3^ 4X Humanities I Intro, to Legal Prof. 2X Intro Micro Appl 3' Cognate 4* 16 HU252 Humanities II PS 130 Intro St/Lcl Govt SO201 Soc Res & Stats RA Elective BA/BS Cognate Pol. Sci. Dist. Elec. Pol. Sci. Elec. SD302 Pers & Argu PL205 Logic Elective FOURTH YEAR PS491 Senior Seminar I LA202 Lgl Wrtg & Analy PS467 Const Law/Cvl Lib Law Elective Elective PS492 Senior Seminar II Law Elective Pol. Sci. Dist. Elec. Elective RA Elective 3* 4^ 3* 1- 4* 3* IH 16 4A 4 4* 1* 4V 17 THIRD YEAR Pol. Sci. Dist. Elec. 3 LA 102 Lgl Res/Case Analy 3* EN220 Adv Composition 3> OA119 Acctg Proc 4V Nat. Sci. Elec. 1* 16 3* 3^ 3^ 3 3 3* 3* 3 15 16 3V 3* 4' 1* 14 May be taken in Spring Semester. BACHELOR OF SCIENCE POLITICAL SCIENCE - PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION The public administration concentration is most appropriate for students who plan to work in biic capacity in public agencies or nonprofit organiz careers missions. Students who choose this option Me pr P,8-■ of public service. Such careers may be pursued through positions in SOCIAL SCIENCES 217 : �government agencies at the local, state or provincial, and national levels. Other positions may be found in nonprofit organizations involved in public concerns, such as Common Cause, the Environmental Defense Fund, and the Michigan Health Council. Some of these careers of public service may be pursued with only a bachelor’s degree. Others may require completion of a master’s degree in public administration or a related field. Senior public administration students will complete an internship as part of their education. Internships allow students to apply the knowledge they have gained in the classroom in an on-the-job setting. They are also valuable for creating a record of experience that will impress prospec­ tive employers and help the student become established in a career. Internships, which are arranged with the assistance of an advisor, are available with local, state or provincial, and federal agencies. Political Science Courses (37 credits) PS110 Intro Amer Gov & Pol 4 PS 130 Intro to St/Locl Gov 4 PS201 Intro to Public Admin 3 PS301 Policy Anal/Eval 4 PS401 Prin of Pub Admin 3 PS491-92 Senior Seminar 6 PS499 Pol Sci/Pub Admin Intm 3 A minimum of one course in each of the following areas: 10-12 Comparative Politics (PS160, 331, 334) International Relations (PS241, 411, 412) Political Philosophy (PS351, 352) Public Administration Cognates (34 credits) CS100 Intro Micro App 3 or DP264 Intro Data Proc 3 EC201 Prin of Macroeconomics 3 EC305 Public Finance 8 HS Sequence* 4 MN370 Mgmt Prin & HR Cone 4 OA119 Accounting Procedures PY228 Organizational Behavior 4 or S0313 Work and Organizations SD302 Persuasion & Argu 3-4 or SD320 Public Relations 4 SO201 Soc Res & Stats ‘One full-year history seq (HS131-32 is recommended) FIRST YEAR: B.S. POLITICAL ADMINISTRATION FALL EN110 Freshman Comp* PS 110 Intro Am Govt/Pol Hist. Sequence Elec. Nat. Sci. Elec. SA100 Succeed College 3 4 4 3 _1 15 SCIENCE PUBLIC SPRING SD101 Fund of Speech PS 130 Intro St/Lcl Gov History Sequence Elec. Natural Science Elec. RA Elective SECOND YEAR EN210 Res Pap Proc* HU251 Humanities I PS201 Intro Public Admin CS100 Intro Micro App Elective 3 4 3 3 3 Natural Science Elec. HU252 Humanities II Pol. Sci. Dist. Elec. SO201 Soc Res & Stats RA Elective 16 SOCIAL SCIENCES 218 3 4 4 3 1 15 3 4 4 4 1 16 �THIRD YEAR Pol. Sci. Dist. Elec. 3 OA119 Acctg Proc 4 EC201 Macroeconomics 3 PY228 Organizational Beh. 3 Elective 3 16 FOURTH YEAR PS491 Senior Seminar I PS401 Prin of Pub Admin EC305 Public Finance Elective Elective 3 3 3 3 1 PS301 Plcy Anal/Eval 4 SD320 Public Relations 4 MN370 Mgmt Principles 4 3 Elective Elective 1 16 PS492 Senior Sem II PS499 Pub Adm Intern Pol. Sci. Dist. Elec. Elective Elective 15 3 3 3 3 1 15 May be taken in Spring Semester PRE-LAW No prescribed course of study can be recommended to all students who plan to attend law school. Students entering law school choose undergraduate majors from a wide variety of fields. However, a pre-law concentration is offered in the political science curriculum, and various law courses are offered as a part of the legal assistant studies program at Lake Superior State University. See appropriate political science and legal assistant studies program listings, which are part of the Social Sciences Department. Students interested in a legal career should consult with the pre-law advisor, Professor Carol Andary, early and often during their undergraduate studies. The pre-law advisor is located in the Social Sciences Department, Pre-law planning based on consultation with the advisor will allow the student to make an informed choice of curriculum and of elective courses that will help with the development of the skills mentioned below. The pre-law advisor will also provide pre-law students with a variety of materials about admission to law school, the law school admission test, and careers in law. A student’s undergraduate grade point average and his or her score on the Law School Admission Test (LSAT) are the two most important criteria for admission to law school. Details on admission policies of law schools throughout the country, and the degree to which these schools may use other criteria in addition to grade point average and LSAT score, may be found in the Pre-Law Handbook. The Pre-Law Handbook is published by the Law School SOCIAL SCIENCES • 219 �Admission Council/Law School Admission Services and is the official law school guide, This handbook may be examined by contacting the pre-law advisor, or may be purchased in many book stores. Although there is no prescribed major which must be taken for admission to law school, some curricula may be better than others in helping students develop skills necessary for admission to law school and for a successful legal career. A broad and challenging undergraduate curriculum is the best preparation for law school. The Pre- Law Handbook stresses that a student’s undergraduate education should lead to the development of skills in three areas: (1) the ability to understand and express oneself well in words, (2) the development of a critical understanding of the human institutions and values with which the law deals, and (3) the development of creative power in thinking. A pre-law student should consider the need to develop these skills in selecting his or her curriculum. In addition, students should think about whether the curriculum they choose can provide an alternative to a career in law should they eventually choose not to pursue a legal career. NOTES SOCIAL SCIENCES 220 �PSYCHOLOGY BACHELOR OF ARTS/BACHELOR OF SCIENCES PSYCHOLOGY Psychology is the systematic study of behavior and mental processes in humans and animals. The major provides students with exposure to the areas that define contemporary scientific psychology. The psychology major helps a student develop analytical thinking and communication skills which are applicable to a variety of careers. Many psychology majors pursue post baccalaureate degrees. Psychology electives enable students to construct a program of study consistent with their professional goals. The Bachelor of Science and Bachelor of Arts degrees differ only in the nature of the cognate; science classes or foreign language classes, respectively. Total Departmental Credits Required: 41 Required Psychology Credits (35 credits) PY101 PY210 PY212 PY311 PY357 PY396 PY456 PY457 PY459 PY498 PY499 Intro to Psychology Statistics Experimental Psychology Learning and Motivation Personality Theory Tests and Measurement Hstry & Sys of Psych Cognition Physiological Psychology Senior Research I Senior Research II Elective Psychology Credits (6 credits) PY Elective - any level PY217 Soc Psych or PY259 Abnormal Psych or PY265 Chid & Adlscnt Dev 4 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 3 13 J Cognate Bachelor of Arts Degree 8 1 year of foreign language Bachelor of Science Degree 8 credits from the following: biology, chemistry, and physical science beyond those used to fulfill general education requirements: mathematics at the level of MA111 and above (except MA207) any CS or DP courses; PL204, PL205, HS235. General Education and Electives Students must complete all General Education requirements including BL105 or BL121. Students must take sufficient elective credits to total 124 ■ semester credits. Acceptable Minors: Psychology majors may select an approved minor (21 credits) or may complete 21 credits in courses approved in lieu of the minor by their advisor. Nine credits must be at the 300-400 level. FIRST YEAR: BACHELOR OF ARTS, PSYCHOLOGY FALL EN110 Foreign PY101 PY210 BL105 Fresh Comp* Language Intro to Psych Statistics Func Hmn Bdy 3 4 4 3 4 SPRING SD101 Fund, of Speech 3 PY212 Exp Psych 3 4 Foreign Language Physical Science 3 MA Elec 100+ Level 2-4 13T7 SOCIAL SCIENCES • 221 �SECOND YEAR EN210 Res Pap Proc* Minor Course PY311 Lmg & Motivation PY357 Personality Theory RA Elective NS Elective 3 3 3 3 1 3 YE THIRD YEAR PY459 Phys Psych HU or elective Minor courses Elective 3 3-4 6 3 PY Elective Minor Course PY396 Tests & Msrmts RA Elective Minor Course PY Designated Elective PY457 Cognition HU or Elective Minor Courses Elective 3 3 3 1 3 3 YE 3 3-4 6 3 1TYE 15-16 PY498 Senior Research I 3 PY456 HS & Sys of Psych 3 Minor Course 3 Electives 3-5 lTTT PY499 Senior Research II 4 10 Electives FOURTH YEAR T4 ‘May be taken Fall or Spring Semester FIRST YEAR: BACHELOR OF SCIENCE, PSYCHOLOGY \ALL EN110 Fresh Comp*/ 3 PY101 Intro to Psych v 4 >(.PY210 Statistics 3 cCTC^Func Human 1 B3ody 4 MA Elect. 100+ level v 2-4 YEA$ SECOND YEAR EN210 Res Pap Proc* Minor Course PY311 Lmg & Motivation PY357 Personality Theory Cognate Course RA Elective 3 3 3 3 3 1 YE THIRD YEAR PY459 Physlgcl Psych HU Humanities Minor Courses Elective FOURTH YEAR PY498 Senior Research I PY456 Hs & Sys of Psych Minor Course Electives SPRING -SD-L04 Fund of Speech PY Elective ^PY212 Exp Psych Y Natural Science^MA_Elec. 100+ level PY Designated Elective Minor Course PY396 Tests & Msrmts RA Elective Electives Physical Science d 3 3 3 3 3 3 1 3 3 YE 3 4 3 PY457 Cognition HU Humanities Minor Courses Elective 3 3 PY499 Senior Research II 4 11 Electives 3 4 6 YE 3 6 Y5 ‘May be taken Fall or Spring semester. SOCIAL SCIENCES 222 6 3 YE T5 �SOCIAL SCIENCES BACHELOR OF ARTS/BACHELOR OF SCIENCE SOCIAL SCIENCES STUDENTS WHO ELECT either of these programs should become more effective citizens for tomorrow and develop skills useful in various employment areas, both public and private. These curricula allow a large number of electives and a great deal of flexibility for the mature student. THE PROGRAMS provide both depth and breadth in the social sciences (economics, geography, history, political science, psychology and sociology), as well as providing opportunities for specialization in areas of interest. CORE REQUIREMENTS (36-40 credits): A minimum of fullyear sequences in each of four social science disciplines, plus social science credits at the 100-200 level. ADVANCED COURSES (21 credits). Social science courses at the 300-400 level, with no more than 12 credits in any one discipline counted toward the major. METHODOLOGY COURSES (5-7 credits), two courses from SO 201, PY 210, PY 212, HS 496. BAIBS DIFFERENTIATION (24 to 42 hours): For a Bachelor of Arts degree, students are required to take 8 credits of a foreign language as well as an additional 12 approved credits from English, humanities, speech, journalism, or philosophy (beyond General Education requirements). For a Bachelor of Science degree, :students _____ must complete an approved natural or social science minor. Students should fulfill General Education requirements and sufficient elective courses to total 124 credits. Total Major Area Credits Required: 62 Major Area Requirements A. Introductory Sequences Students must select four full year introductory sequences from the following six areas: 6 credits Economics 8 credits Geography 8 credits History 8 credits Political Science credits 7 Psychology 6 credits Sociology SOCIAL SCIENCES • 223 27-31 �B. Lower Level Courses from the Six Areas of the Major Students must choose at least 9 credits from the 100-200 level in the six areas. 9 C. Upper Level Courses from the Six Areas of the Major Students must choose 21 credits from the 300-400 level offerings in the six areas. No more than 12 credits can be in any one discipline. 21 D. Methodology Courses Students choose 2 courses from SO201, PY210, PY212, HS496 5-7 Minor or Cognate: To earn a Bachelor of Arts degree, students must take 8 credits of a foreign language as well as an additional 12 approved credits from English, humanities, speech, journalism, or philosophy (beyond General Education requirements). For a Bachelor of Science degree, students will take an approved minor in natural science or social science (20 credits). General Education and Elec­ tives. Students must complete all the general education requirements and electives to total 124 semester credits. FIRST YEAR: BACHELOR OF ARTS, SOCIAL SCIENCES FALL EN110 Fresh Comp* Intro. Sequence I NS Elective Intro. Sequence II First Yr. For. Lang. 3 3-4 3 3-4 4 16-18 SPRING SD101 Fund, of Speech 3 3-4 Intro. Sequence I 3 NS Elective 3-4 Intro. Sequence II 4 First Year For. Lang. 16-18 SECOND YEAR EN210 Res Pap Proc* Intro. Sequence III RA Elective Intro. Sequence IV NS Elective 3 3-4 1 3-4 3 Social Sci. Electives Intro. Sequence III RA Elective Intro. Sequence IV Elective 13-15 THIRD YEAR Cognate/Minor HU Elective Methodology Course EN/HU/JR/SD Elective Elective 3 4 3 3 3 Cognate/Minor HU Elective Methodology Course EN/HU/JR/SD Elective Elective 16 SOCIAL SCIENCES 224 6 3-4 1 3-4 3 16-17 3 4 ^ 3 �FOURTH YEAR Electives <if needed) EN/HU/JR/SD Electives Cognate/Minor 3 9 3-4 Electives (if needed) Social Sci. Electives Cognate/Minor Course 15-16 3-5 9 3-4 15-18 ‘May be taken Fall or Spring semester. FIRST YEAR: BACHELOR OF SCIENCE, SOCIAL SCIENCES FALL EN110 Freshman Comp* 3 3-4 Intro Sequence I 4 NS Elective 3-4 Intro. Sequence II Cognate/Minor 3-4 16-19 SECOND YEAR EN210 Res Paper Proc* 3 Intro. Sequence III 3-4 RA Elective 1 Intro. Sequence IV 3-4 Elective 1 13-15 THIRD YEAR 3 4 3 Cognate/Minor HU Elective Methodology Course Social Sci. Elective 1 16 FOURTH YEAR Electives of needed) Soc. Sci. Electives Cognate/Minor • 3 9 3-4 SPRING SD101 Fund, of Speech 3 3-4 Intro. Sequence I 4 NS Elective 3-4 Intro Sequence II 3-4 Cognate/Minor 16-19 Soc Sci Electives Intro. Sequence III RA Elective Intro. Sequence IV Elective Cognate/Minor HU Elective Methodology Course Social Sci. Elective Elective Electives Ofneeded) Social Sci. Elective Cognate/Minor Course 6 3-4 1 3-4 3 16-18 3 4 3 3 3-6 16-19 3-5 9 15-16 May be taken Fall or Spring semester. SOCIOLOGY Sociology is the scientific study of human social groups, from families to societies. In sociology we examine how variables such as the culture, laws, and customs of a society influence individuals SOCIAL SCIENCES • 225 �within the society. Sociologists also investigate how individuals influence and change society. The knowledge acquired through the study of sociology is useful in a number of careers, including human services, law enforcement, corrections, business administration, and public administration, among others. For those students who plan a career in sociology, teaching or doing research, an undergraduate major in sociology provides a good background for graduate work in sociology. All social science minors, including the two sociology minors, are listed at the end of the social science section. For the bachelor degree in Sociology, the student must complete the following requirements: A. SOCIOLOGY MAJOR (31 hours) The Sociology major consists of 19 credit hours of CORE courses and 12 credit hours in SUBSTANTIVE MAJOR AREAS. These are described below. 1. CORE (19 hours) The courses required for the major in sociology are: 3 SO 101 Introduction to Sociology 3 SO 102 Social Problems 4 SO201 Soc Research and Statistics 3 SO301 Sociological Theory 3 50401 Sociology Res Sem I 3 50402 Sociology Res Sem II 2. SUBSTANTIVE MAJOR AREAS (12 hours) (The student completes a minimum of one course from each of the following four areas. At least six hours must be at the 300 or 400 level). a. Institutions: 3 SOI 13 Soc of the Amer Family 3 50213 Introduction to Anthropology 3 50214 Criminology 3 50313 Work and Organization 50314 Social Change 3 b. Social Problems and Inequality: 50225 Native Cult of N. Amer 50226 Races and Minorities 50227 Population 50325 Social Stratification 50326 The Soc of Aged/Aging 50327 The Soc of Death/Dying S0321 The Sociology of Women 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 c. Social S0238 50338 50339 PY228 3 3 3 3 Psychology Social Psychology Deviance Culture and Personality Organizational Behavior SOCIAL SCIENCES ■ 226 �d. Social Welfare S0341 Sociology of Addiction S0242 Sociology of Sex S0344 Social Welfare Systems 3 3 3 B. MINOR OR OTHER COGNATE (20 HOURS) Choose one of the following two alternatives. At least 6 credit hours must be at the 300 or 400 level. 1. A minor. Students may complete an approved minor. This minor could be in sociology, giving the student a double concentration which provides a solid background for graduate work in sociology. Otherwise, the minor may be any approved minor at the University. OR 2. An approved concentration. The student may develop an approved concentration in one or more disciplines in consultation with their advisor. C. GENERAL EDUCATION All Bachelor degree students must complete the General Education requirements described under that heading in this catalogue. D. BACHELOR OF SCIENCE AND BACHELOR OF ARTS REQUIRE­ MENTS The student selects one of the following alternatives. 1. Bachelor of Science The student must complete at least eight semester credits, in addition to courses used for general education requirements above, from the categories of social science, natural science (see above) or mathematics (MA). OR 2. Bachelor of Arts The student must complete one year of a foreign language (8 hours) Students must take sufficient elective credits to total 124 semester credits. FIRST YEAR: BACHELOR OF ARTS, SOCIOLOGY tALL EN110 Fresh Comp* SO101 Intro, to Sociology NS Elective RA Elective Cognate or Elective SPRING 3 SO 102 Social Problems NS Elective 3 RA Elective 3 SD101 Fund, of Speech 1 Cognate or Elective 3 13 (Complete math proficiency, if necessary during first year) SOCIAL SCIENCES • 227 3 3 1 3 1 13 �SECOND YEAR EN210 Res Pap Process* OR EN215 Intro to Lit Res* Substantive Soc. Course Cognates or Electives HU Elective 3 3 SO210 Soc. Res./Stats. Substantive Soc. Course Cognate or Elective HU Elective 4 3 3 4 14 Substantive Soc. Course Cognates or Electives First Year Foreign Lang 3 9 4 16 SO402 Soc. Seminar II Cognates or Elective 3 JA 17 6 4 16 THIRD YEAR SO301 Theory Substantive Soc. Course Cognates or Electives First Year Foreign Lang 3 3 6 4 16 FOURTH YEAR SO401 Soc. Seminar I Cognates or Electives 3 14 17 *May be taken Fall or Spring semester FIRST YEAR: BACHELOR OF SCIENCE, SOCIOLOGY FALL EN110 Freshman Comp* SO 101 Intro, to Sociology NS Elective RA Elective Cognate or Elective 3 3 3 1 3 SPRING SO 102 Social Problems NS Elective RA Elective SD101 Fund, of Speech Cognate or Elective 14 3 3 1 3 3 14 (Complete math proficiency, if necessary during first year) SECOND YEAR EN210 Res Pap Process* OR EN215 Intro to Lit Res* Substantive Soc. Course Cognates or Electives HU Elective 3 3 6 4 SO201 Soc. Res./Stats. Substantive Soc. Course Cognates or Electives HU Elective 4 3 5 4 16 16 THIRD YEAR SO301 Theory Substantive Soc. Course Cognates or Electives Electives 3 3 6 4 Substantive Soc. Course Cognates or Electives Elective 3 9 4 16 16 FOURTH YEAR SO401 Soc. Seminar I Cognates or Electives 3 14 17 *May be taken Fall or Spring Semester SO402 Soc. Seminar II Cognates or Electives SOCIAL SCIENCES 228 3 J4 17 �TEACHER EDUCATION Lake Superior State University is currently working in cooperation with Michigan State University to develop an integrated program in Teacher Education. The program emphasizes a combination or preparation in the student’s discipline and education course wor a is coordinated with extensive work in schools. The program as 1 is being developed will include a B.A. or B.S. from LSSU followe y graduate course work from MSU, all of which will be comp e e the Sault Ste. Marie area. A four-year phase in of the progr began Fall Semster, 1991. Disciplinary majors and minors that will lead to elementary or secondary teaching certification are being developed by several academic departments. and other information about the Teacher Education Program can be obtained from Dr. Gary Rackliffe, Library 106, telephone 906-6352736. The following majors have been approved for secondary teaching: Biology for Teaching English Language and Literature for Teaching History for Teaching Social Sciences for Teaching NOTES Minors for secondary teaching have been approved in the following disciplines: Biology Chemistry Communication Economics English Language and Literature French Language and Literature Geography History Journalism Political Science Psychology Sociology Information about the program, including admissions procedures and courses of study, will be published in a Teacher Education Handbook when the development and approval process is complete. The Handbook SOCIAL SCIENCES • 229 �ASSOCIATE DEGREE EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION This two-year program leading to an associate degree is for those interested in working with young children—birth through age Students are expected to acquire an understanding of five. developmental patterns of the preschool child in such areas as: cognition, emotion, social interaction, and physical growth. This understanding will be a basis for working with groups of children and will culminate in a practicum. GRADUATES of this program normally seek positions with day care centers, day care homes, head start programs, residential homes and other facilities designed for the care and development of the preschool child. Graduates wishing to continue their education can matriculate into the four-year bachelor degree program in human services at the University or pursue a degree in elementary education or special education. A total of 62 credit hours is required as follows: Required EN110 Freshman Composition EN210 Research Paper Processes SD101 Fundamentals of Speech BL105 Func of the Human Body HE 104 Nut for Early Childhood HE181 First Aid SOI 13 Soc of the Amer Family RA Electives ED 101 Found of Early Child Ed ED 105 Child Guidance/Welfare EDI 10 Curr DevfTchg Pract EDI 11 Infants & Toddlers: Dev Approaches & Practices Ed220 Early Childhood Lit ED260 Practicum 1 ED261 Practicum II ED270 Admin Early Chldhd Prog Cognate Required PY155 Lifespan Development or PY265 Child/Adolescent Dev PY288 Organizational Behavior or PY299 Exceptional Child/Adol S0225 Native American Culture or 3 S0226 Races and Minorities Electives Students completing the Associate Degree in Early Childhood Education may conveniently continue their education in the Bachelors Degree in Human Services or other fields such as Psychology, Sociology, or Corrections. Students interested in this option should consult the Early Childhood Education advisor. NOTES 3 3 3 3 3 1 3 2 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 3 3 3 SOCIAL SCIENCES ■ 230 �FIRST YEAR: ASSOCIATE DEGREE, EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION SPRING FALL SD101 Fund, of Speech 3 3 EN110 Fresh Comp SO 113 Soc of Amer Fam 3 BL105 Funct Hmn Bdy 4 HE 104 Nut Early Chldhd 3 PY155 Lifespan Dev HE 181 First Aid 1 or 3 EDI 11 Infants & Toddlers: PY265 Child & Adol Dev Devel Approp Prac 3 ED 101 Foudations of Early ED 105 Child Guid/WIffe J Childhood Education 3 16 EDI 10 Curr Development & Teaching Practices 3 1 RA Elective 17 SECOND YEAR EN210 Res Pap Proc ED220 Early Chldhd Lit ED260 Practicum I 3 3 5 or ED261 Practicum II PY* or SO'* RA Elective 3 1 15 ’Choose one of the following: PY299 Exceptional Child & Adol. or PY288 Organizational Behavior ED270 Admin of EC Prog 3 Elective z 2 Elective ED261 Practicum II 5 or ED260 Practicum I 3 PY* or SO“ 16 **Choose one of the following: 50225 Native American Cultures or 50226 Races and Minorities ASSOCIATE DEGREE LEGAL ASSISTANT STUDIES FOR THIS DEGREE, students must complete the courses below plus electives to total 64 credits/ Required courses (53 credits) EN110 Freshman Composition 3 EN210 Research Paper Process 3 SD101 Fundamentals of Speech 3 3 LA 102 Lgl Res & Case Anal 4 LA 125 Cvl Lit & Procedure LA 140 Pers Injury Litigation & Investigative Techniques 3 LA 150 Lgl Assistant Profession & Ethical Considerations 3 LA202 Legal Writing and Analysis 3 LA250 Law Office Management, Systems & Technology 3 3 LA320 Real Estate Law LA321 Family Law LA322 Probate Law/Proc BA254 Business Law I BA255 Business Law II CJ319 Substantive Criminal Law OA119 Accounting Procedures PS110 Intro Amer Govt/PoLitics Cognate Required (3 credits) DP225 Word Proc Techniques or DP230 Word Proc Applications or CSI00 Intro to Micro Appl SOCIAL SCIENCES 231 2 3 3 3 3 4 4 3 �Elective: (8 credits)** Electives are to be chosen consultation with advisor. in ‘Note: The Legal Assistant Associate Degree requires 2 credits in Social Science, Natural Science or Mathematics beyond those for general education. These requirements may be fulfilled from the students’ electives. "Note: Students may wish to apply some elective credits to the Legal Assistant Internship and Professional Devel­ opment Seminar (LA299) in their sophomore year. STUDENTS COMPLETING the Associate Degree in Legal Assistant Studies may conveniently continue their education in a Bachelor’s Degree in Legal Assistant Studies or other fields such as office administration, human services, or political science. Those interested in this option should consult the Legal Assistant Studies Coordinator. FIRST YEAR: ASSOCIATE DEGREE, LEGAL ASSISTANT STUDIES FALL SPRING EN110 Fresh Comp* LA 125 Cvl Lit & Proc 4 3 LA 102 Lgl Res Case Anal 3 LA 140 Personal Injury Lit LA 150 Lgl Assist Prof. & & Investigative Tech. 3 Ethical Considerations 3 PS110 Intro Amer Govt Pol 4 3 SD101 Fund, of Speech 3 Cognate 2 OA119 Acctg Proc 4 Electives 16 16 SECOND EN210 LA202 LA320 LA321 BA254 CJ319 YEAR Res Pap Proc* 3 Lgl Wrtg & Analy 3 Real Estate Law 3 Family Law 2 Business Law I 3 Substan Crim Law _3 17 LA322 Prob Law & Proc BA255 Business Law II LA250 Law Office Mgmt, System/Technology Electives 3 3 3 6 15 May be taken Fall or Spring semester. ASSOCIATE DEGREE SUBSTANCE ABUSE PREVENTION AND TREATMENT THE ASSOCIATE DEGREE PROGRAM provides training in substance abuse counseling to prepare students for paraprofessional roles in hospitals, treatment centers, and substance abuse prevention programs. Students are required to be good role models for the clients they will serve. SOCIAL SCIENCES 232 �The Associate Degree can be completed in two years of full-time study and requires an extensive practicum placement. Practicum placements may be completed outside the local area. Placements are available in hospitals, out patient programs, assessment centers, detoxification units, long term treatment centers, prevention programs, and specialized programs in schools or in corrections settings. All placements require the Fundamentals of Substance Abuse Counseling credential. The test for this credential can be taken on campus during Spring Semester. Required Courses: EN110 Freshman Composition EN210 Research Paper Processes SD101 Fundamentals of Speech BL105 Func of Human Body HM204 Fund of Drug Abuse HM250 Human Serv Practicum HM292 Alcohol Abuse Prevention & Treatment S0242 Sociology of Sex S0341 Sociology of Addiction S0344 Social Welfare Systems PY101 Intro to Psych PY203 Couns Theory/Process PY204 Counseling and Crisis Intervention Strategy PY259 Abnormal Psychology 3 3 3 4 3 9 3 3 3 3 4 3 Students completing the Associate Degree may apply to continue in the B.S. in Human Services program to qualify for entry level counseling positions. Students completing the Associate Degree in Substance Abuse Prevention and Treatment may conveniently continue their education in the Bachelors Degree in Human Services or other fields such as Psychology, Sociology, or Corrections. Students interested in these options should consult the Substance Abuse Prevention and Treatment Advisor. Cognate - Required S0225 Native American Cultures 3 or S0226 Races and Minorities PY291 Group Counseling 3 or PY391 Family Therapy Electives General education requirements and sufficient elective credits must be completed to total a minimum of 64 semester credits. 3 3 Total Credits Required 64 FIRST YEAR: ASSOCIATE DEGREE, SUBSTANCE ABUSE PREVENTION AND TREATMENT FALL EN110 BL105 HM204 PY203 PY101 Fresh Comp* Func Hmn Bdy Intro Drug Abuse Couns Thry/Proc Intro to Psych 3 4 3 3 4 17 SPRING PY204 Counseling & Crisis Intervention Strategy 3 PY259 Abnormal Psych 3 S0242 Sociology of Sex 3 HM292 Alcohol Abuse 3 Prev & Treatment S0341 Soc of Addiction _3 15 SOCIAL SCIENCES 233 �SECOND YEAR EN210 Res Pap Proc* 3 S0344 Soc Welfare Sys 3 50225 Nat Amer Culture or 3 50226 Races & Minorities PY291 Group Counseling or 3 PY391 Family Therapy Electives 5 17 HM250 Human Serv Pract 9 SD101 Fund, of Speech 3 Elective 3 15 May be taken Fall or Spring Semester. MINOR COURSES OF STUDY CHILD DEVELOPMENT MINOR Recommended for students in human services (and other fields) who plan to enter careers working on behalf of young children. It is particularly relevant for ___ those mticipating agency work such as doptions, child custody and social /ork. For the child development ninor, the following 29 credit hours of courses must be taken: ED 101 Found of Early Chldhd Ed ED 105 Child Guidance & Welfare EDI 10 Curr Dev & Tchg Pract EDI 11 Infants and Toddlers: Dev Appropriate Practices ED220 Early Childhood Literature ED260 Practicum I PY265 Child/Adol Dev PY299 Exceptional Child/Adol HE 104 Nut for Early Childhood HE181 First Aid 3 3 3 3 3 4 3 3 3 1 COUNSELING MINOR The skill minor in counseling provides introductory training in counseling individuals, groups, and families. Students generally seek employment in government agencies, social service agencies, hospice care, employment programs, youth services, child welfare agencies, and agencies serving the mentally ill. The minor does not provide certification as a school counselor. Practicum placement may be completed locally or in any approved setting. Practicum students must be able to meet the personal and ethical requirements of workers in their practicum site and must be good role models for the clients they serve. Total Credits Required: 30-36 Required Courses: PY155 Lifespan Development PY203 Couns Thry/Process PY204 Couns Crisis Interv Strat PY240 Behavior Management PY291 Group Counseling PY385 Health Psychology PY391 Family Therapy PY396 Tests/Measurements* S0344 Social Welfare Systems HM250 Human Services Pract BL121 Human Anatomy” BL105 Func of the Human Body PY259 Abnormal Psychology”’ or S0338 Deviance’” SOCIAL SCIENCES • 234 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 3 �'Because of prerequisite to PY396, students must choose one of the following as pan of coordinating minor or electives: PY210 Statistics 3 (already required by PY minors) SO201 Social Research & Stat. 3 (counts toward SO minors) MA207 Prin. of Stat. Methods 3 “May count toward general Education '“May count toward SO/PY minor NOTE: If substance abuse minor and counseling minor are both selected, student must fulfill overlap requirement. GEOGRAPHY MINOR A minor course of studies is offered in geography. This minor meets the needs of students aspiring to professional careers in business, government, or planning agencies, or who wish to do university graduate work. It is strongly suggested that students pursuing professional careers complete MA207, Statistical Methods. A total of 20 credits is required: Geography (15-17 credits) GG106 Phys Geo: Landforms 3 GG108 Phys Geo: Meteorology and Climatology 3 GG302 Economic Geography 4 GG306 Cultural Geography 3 GG492 Indiv Stud Geography 2-4 Geography electives to total 20 credits: GG201 World Regional Geography GG321 Geo Europe/Great Britain GG322 Geo of S. America GG323 Geo of East Asia GG325 Reg Geo of N. America GG360 Historical Geography 4 4 4 4 4 4 HUMAN SERVICES ADMIN MINOR This skill minor in Human Services Administration offers training and experience in management, fiscal control, staff supervision, and service marketing in human service agencies. The minor recognizes that many agencies, especially in rural areas, are small and that service providers may also share administrative tasks. Also, service providers in larger agencies may wish to prepare for advancement into administrative positions. Practicum placements may be completed outside the local area. Depending on the student’s skill and interests, placements are available at state/provincial social services offices, child care centers, counseling tribal/band offices, agencies, treatment centers, family support agencies, corrections settings, etc. Total Credits Required: 32-33 Required Courses: 3 S0344 Soc Welfare Sys 3 PY228 Org Behavior MN370 Mgmt Prin & Human 4 Resource Concepts 3 BA231 Business Comm 3 DP264 Intro to Data Proc 3 PS20I Intro to Public Admin 3 HM250 Human Serv Pract 3 HM480 Grantwriting OAI19 Accounting Procedures 4 or AC132 Princ. of Accounting I MN469 Collective Bargaining 3-4 or MK281 Marketing Principles LEGAL ASSISTANT STUDIES MINOR Requires a minimum of 26 credits as follows: Required core courses LA 102 Lgl Res/Case Anal 3 LA202 Legal Writing and Analysis 3 SOCIAL SCIENCES 235 �4 LA 125 Cvl Lit/Proc LA 150 Legal Assistant Professions & Ethical Considerations 3 OA119 Accounting Procedures 4 or PS110 Intro Amer Gov/Pol Electives: Minimum of 9 credits from the following (with 6 credits selected from 300-400 level courses): LA 140 Personal Injury Litigation & Investigative Techniques 3 LA250 Law Office Mgmt/Systems & Technology 3 LA300 Seminar Lgl Assist Stud 1-4 LA320 Real Estate Law 3 LA321 Family Law 2 LA322 Probate Law & Proc 3 LA401 Evidence and Trial Practice 3 LA405 No-Fault Automobile Law 3 LA406 Wrkrs Dis Comp Law 2 CJ319 Substantive Criminal Law 3 CJ409 Procedural Criminal Law 3 BA254 Business Law I 3 BA255 Business Law II 3 NATIVE AMERICAN STUDIES MINOR A minor is offered in Native American Studies, requiring a minimum of 22 credits. The Native American Studies minor is appropriate for students majoring in a wide variety of disciplines who may or may not be Native American themselves. Students intending to eventually work in a Native American setting or who may often work with Native Americans are likely to benefit from the information and new perspectives gained from the experiences provided by the minor. The Native American Studies minor is also appropriate for students who are simply interested in and wish to explore the Native American culture of our area, Individual courses within the Native American Studies minor may be of interest and value to both full and part-time students across community. the campus Approximately 25% of the population in the local service area of Lake Superior State University is Native American. There are also a substantial number of Native Americans in the broader service region of the University, both in Michigan and Ontario. The Native American Studies minor is designed to provide valuable background and current information about this special population of Americans. The courses in the Native American Studies minor reflect the Native American experience across time and throughout North America, but have a particular focus on issues which are of particular importance to Native Americans at the present time in the Great Lakes area. Course content will include the study of Native American history, culture, and literature. In addition, courses within the Native American Studies minor will introduce students to the structure and operation of tribal governments and tribal law, as well as various current Native American issues and concerns. The advisor for the Native American Studies’ minor, who is located in the Social Sciences Department, may be contacted for further information. This minor consists of the following courses: Required courses: (19): NA/S0225 Nat Cultures N. Amer S0226 Races and Minorities NA/HS230 Survey Am Ind Hist NA/EN235 Survey Nat Amer Lit NA/LA305 Tribal Law & Govt NA320 Cont Nat Amer Issues NA310 Sem in Nat Amer Stud or Approved Internship Course SOCIAL SCIENCES 236 3 3 4 3 3 3 3 �PUBLIC ADMIN MINOR POLITICAL SCIENCE MINOR Total Credits Required PS110 Intro Amer Govt/Pol SO201 Social Res/Stats Total Credits Required 28 28 4 4 A minimum of one course in each of the 13-16 following areas: American Politics (PS325, 364, 367, 467) Comparative Politics (PS 160, 331, 334) International Relations (PS241, 411, 412) Political Philosophy (PS351, 352) Additional political science electives to reach 24 credits (A minimum of 12 credits must be at the 300/400 level) 4-7 RECREATION STUDIES SKILL MINOR Total Credits Required: 23 Required Courses: RC101 Intro Rec Leisure 3 RC105 Prog Dev & Ldrshp in Rec & Leisure Serv 3 2-4 RC295 Practicum RC370 Rec for Elderly 3 PSYCHOLOGY MINOR The psychology minor exposes students to the knowledge base required for understanding and studying behavior. Total credits Required: 22 Required Courses: PY101 Intro to Psych PY210 Statistics PY212 Experimental Psychology PY Electives PY elective at 300+ level PY357 Personality Theory or PY396 Tests and Measurements or PY457 Cognition or PY459 Physiological Psychology Required: 4 PS1I0 Intro to Amer Govt/Pol 4 PS130 Intro to St/Lcl Govt 3 PS201 Intro to Public Admin 4 PS302 Policy Anal/Eval 3 PS40I Prin of Public Admin PS449 Poli Sci/Pub Admin Intern 3 EC201 Prin of Macroeconomics 3 SO201 Social Res & Stats 4 4 3 3 6 3 1 I | 3 t iI J Cognate Requirements ES140 Health and Fitness 3 PY155 Lifespan Develop 3 S0327 Soc Aging & Aged 3 HM250 Practicum T3-9 SOCIOLOGY MINOR SOCIAL WELFARE Total Credits Required: 21 Required Courses: SO 101 Intro to Soc SO 102 Social Problems S0226 Races and Minorities S0344 Soc Welfare Institutions SOCIAL SCIENCES 237 3 3 3 3 �Required Options: One course from each of these areas: Area 1 S0214 Criminology S0338 Deviance Area 2 S0327 Soc Dying/Death 3 S0326 -Soc Aging/Aged 3 Area 3 S0325 Soc Stratif S0314 Social Change S0321 Soc of Women 3 3 3 3 3 SOCIOLOGY MINOR GENERAL Total Credits Required: 20 Required Courses: SO 101 Intro to Sociology SO 102 Social Problems applying for practicum. This examination is offered at LSSU once yearly. Applicants for Substance Abuse Counseling Practicum must meet all ethical and personal qualifications for employment in a substance abuse prevention or treatment program. Students seeking the B.S. in Human Services degree who select both this minor and the Counseling minor will note that there is a great deal of overlap between the minors. Therefore, these students must select five courses (3 at the 300-400 level) from the Approved Overlap Courses list. Total Credits Required: 27-33 3 3 Additional sociology courses to total a minimum of 20 hours, among which at least 9 hours are 300 or 400 level courses. 14 SUBSTANCE ABUSE COUNSELING MINOR THIS SKILL MINOR prepares students to work in substance abuse settings and provides invaluable background for students planning to work in law enforcement, domestic violence, or corrections settings. Students choosing this minor must be good role models for clients confronting and recovering from substance abuse problems. Students must obtain a Michigan Apprentice Counseling Certificate by successfully completing the Michigan Office of Substance Abuse Counseling Examination before Required Courses: 3 HM204 Fund of Drug Abuse HM250 Human Serv Practicum 3 HM292 Alcohol Abuse Prev/Treat 3 S0341 Sociology of Addiction 3 S0344 Social Welfare Systems 3 3 PY203 Couns Thry/Process PY204 Counsel & Crisis 3 Intervention Strategies 3 PY396 Tests and Meas’ BL121 Human Anat/Phys I” or L3-4 BL105 Func of Human Body**. PY259 Abnormal Psychology*** 3 or S0338 Deviance*** PY291 Group Counseling 3 or PY391 Family Therapy ’Because of prerequisite to PY396, students must choose one of the following as part of coordinating minor or electives: PY210 Statistics 3 (already required by PY minors) SO201 Social Research & Stat. 3 (counts toward SO minors) MA207 Prin. of Stat. Methods 3 "May count toward general Education "‘May count toward SO/PY minor NOTE: If substance abuse minor and counseling minor are both selected, student must fulfill overlap requirement. SOCIAL SCIENCES 238 �APPROVED OVERLAP COURSES - 15 CREDITS Students minoring in both Substance Abuse Counseling and Counseling must choose 15 credits from this list including 9 credits at the 300-400 level. Overlap credits will not count in the coordinating minor. 3 HM480 Grantwriting PY217 Social Psychology 3 PY228 Organizational Behavior 3 PY259 PY311 PY357 PY383 PY457 PY459 S0214 S0226 S0242 S0321 S0327 50338 50339 / NOTES SOCIAL SCIENCES • 239 Abnormal Psychology 3 Learning and Motivation 3 Personality Theory 3 Industrial Psychology 3 Cognition 3 Physiological Psychology3 Criminology 3 Races and Minorities 3 Sociology of Sex 3 Sociology of Women 3 Sociology Death/Dying 3 Deviance 3 Culture and Personality 3 �i ■ . Photo by Liz Raffaele CONTINUING EDUCATION CONTINUING EDUCATION 240 �CONTINUING EDUCATION THE CONTINUING EDUCATION OFFICE offers both credit courses, in cooperation with academic departments, and creditfree programs for members of surrounding communities. Undergraduate credit courses are offered both on and off campus. The two main off campus sites are at Alpena Community College in Alpena, and North Central Michigan College in Petoskey, Michigan, where LSSU operates its Regional Centers. Off campus courses are also offered in Escanaba, at Bay de Noc Community College, and at other locations, based on student demand. Through the two Regional Centers, students may obtain a Bachelor of Science degree in Business Administration, Accounting and Nursing (B.S.N. completion program for registered nurses), These programs are offered over a three year cycle, and students are usually concurrently enrolled in one of the community colleges and LSSU. All degree requirements may be completed off campus. The length of time required to complete the degree varies, according to each student’s individual schedule and the number of college credits already completed. CONTINUING EDUCATION is the office primarily responsible for community service activities. Noncredit enrichment courses are scheduled several times a year and include a wide variety of inexpensive courses and activities for adults and children. Learn to Swim and the children’s dance are two popular programs for children, Adult enrichment courses in subjects such as computers, exercise, crafts, art and languages, to name just a few, are available. UPWARD BOUND, a program for high school students who have the potential to become the first person in their family to attend college, is also run under the Continuing Education Office. Upward Bound provides a six week summer residential program, consisting of academic classes and enrichment activities. During the school year, students receive tutoring and counseling from Upward Bound staff. About 60 students from the Eastern Upper Peninsula participate in Upward Bound each year. ELDERHOSTEL, for participants at the other end of the age scale, has been held on campus Under each year since 1979. Elderhostel, an international program for senior citizens, participants spend a week on the campus studying with LSSU professors and visiting areas of interest in the EUP and Ontario. LOCATION: Continuing Education is located in the Fletcher Center for Student Services. CONTINUING EDUCATION • 241 �COURSES EACH COURSE DESCRIPTION is preceeded by the following sort of heading: CH999 Chemistry (3-3) 5 sometimes, with other notations: CH999 Chemistry (3-3) alternate yrs 5 The first line is the code number (CH999) and the course name; see below for keys to (CH) letters included. The second includes several pieces of information: Two figures are hours of lecture-lab per week; and the number of credit hours (5). Sometimes, no semester will be indicated, or there will be the (alternate yrs) notation. Consult the Course Schedule Booklet published each semester prior to pre-registration; or your department head for scheduling of such courses. Abbreviations AC Accounting AS Automated Systems Engr. Tech. AT Art BA Business Biology 'H Chemistry J Criminal Justice S Computer Science JT Computer Engineering Technology DP Data Processing DT Drafting & Design Engr. Tech, EC Economics ED Education EN English ES Exercise Science ET Electrical Engineering Technology EV Environmental Science FN Finance FS Fire Science FR French GE Geology GG Geography GN German HE Health Sciences HM Human Services HS History HT Hospitality Students must satisfy prerequisites, and any other stated conditions, before enrolling in a course, or have permission from an instructor to waive the prerequisites. Enrollment in a course may be HU Humanities ID Interdisciplinary JR Journalism LA Legal Assistant Studies MA Mathematics ME Mechanical Engineering MK Marketing MN Management MT Mechanical Engineering Technology MU Music NA Native American Studies NS Natural Science NU Nursing OA Office Administration PH Physics PL Philosophy PS Political Science PY Psychology RA Recreational Activities RC Recreation RT Natural Resources Technology SA Student Affairs SD Speech SO Sociology SP Spanish TC Construction Technology TE Teacher Education revoked (with an N grade) if it is found during the regular drop period that the proper prerequisites have not been met. Responsibility rests with students to be certain that they have the approved prerequisites. COURSES ■ 242 �ACCOUNTING Special topics courses will be available as need and interest develo>p. Consult the semester Course Schedule for these. AC132 PRINCIPLES OF ACCOUNTING I (4,0) 4 An introduction to the principles of accounting as applied to proprietorships, partnerships and corporations. Areas of study include the accounting cycle for service and merchandising enterprises, internal control and items included in the asset section of the balance sheet. (Formerly QAC121) AC133 PRINCIPLES OF ACCOUNTING II (4,0) 4 This course includes a study of the equity portion of the balance sheet as well as an introduction to financial analysis and managerial accounting. Prerequisite: Grade of C or higher in AC 132. (Formerly QAC123) AC232 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING I (4,0) 4 A review of the general theoretical framework and process of accounting for use as a reference in an intensive study of accounting doctrines and procedures proposed by various authoritative groups. Topics: Generally accepted accounting principles; the accounting process; balance sheet; income statement; present value principles and application; cash and temporary investments; receivables; inventories, plant and intangible assets; and long term investments. Prerequisites: AC 132 and 133 or permission of instructor. (Formerly QAC221-222) AC233 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING II (4,0) 4 Continuation of AC232 with reference to accounting theory as applied to specific critical areas of financial data accumulation and presentation. Emphasis is placed on valuation concepts and their influence on contemporary practice. Topics: Liabilities; long term debt securities; owner’s equity; earnings and revenue recognition; income taxes; leases; pensions; error correction; cash flows; and Financial statement analysis. Prerequisite: AC232. (Formerly QAC222-223) AC332 COST ACCOUNTING I (4,0) 4 A study of the fundamentals of cost accounting: The cost cycle, cost terminology, cost behavior, cost-volume-profit analysis, budgeting, standard cost, relevant costs, cost allocation, and cost control. Emphasis is given to both product costing and costing for control purposes. Prerequisite: AC133.(Formerly QAC321) AC333 COST ACCOUNTING II 4 (4,0) A continuation of AC332 encompassing process costing, capital budgeting, inventory control, performance measurement, accounting systems and internal control, and cost accounting in relation to the certified public accountant and certified management accountant examinations. A study of various quantitative techniques and their application is included in the course content. Prerequisite: AC332. (Formerly QAC323) AC334 ACCOUNTING INFORMATION SYSTEMS 3 (3,0) Elements that constitute an accounting system and theories upon which a system should be designed. Emphasis upon computerized accounting systems with extensive use of computers. Prerequisites: AC233, AC332 and introductory data processing course. (Formerly QAC324) AC421 FEDERAL TAXATION ACCOUNTING I 3 (3,0) Basic concepts of the theory and practice applicable to the preparation of individual tax returns. A comprehensive analysis of regulations governing inclusions and exclusions of income; capital gains and losses; and personal, standard, and itemized deductions. Prerequisites: AC133 and junior standing or approval of the department. (Formerly QAC421) AC422 FEDERAL TAXATION ACCOUNTING II 3 (3.0) Theory and practice of income tax accounting as applied to tax credits, partnerships, and corporations. Includes some library tax research. Prerequisite: AC42I. (Formerly QAC422) AC427 AUDITING 4 (4.0) A study of ethical, professional, and technical standards for independent audits and auditing procedures as they apply to internal controls. A study of audit program applications as they apply to elements of the financial statements. Prerequisites: AC233 and AC333 or permission of instructor. (Formerly QAC427 and QAC428) AC432 ADVANCED ACCOUNTING I (3,0) 3 This course begins with a review of accounting theory and income presentation followed by a study of accounting for corporate combinations and preparation of consolidated financial statements. Prerequisite: AC233. (Formerly QAC425) COURSES • 243 �AC433 ADVANCED ACCOUNTING II (3,0) 3 A siudy of special topics in accounting including partnerships, governmental accounting, accounting for non-profit organizations, fiduciary accounting, and insolvency. Prerequisite: AC233. (Formerly QAC426) AUTOMATED SYSTEMS ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY Special topics courses available as need and interest develop. Consult the semester Course Schedule for these. AS305 INTRODUCTION TO AUTOMATED SYSTEMS (2,2) 3 A non-technical introduction to the field of automation. Topics include: robotics overview, applications of robots, layout and performance evaluation, future trends in automated systems, automation economics, sociological and management issues in automation. Laboratory exercises involve basic programming in AML on IBM robots and automated systems simulation on the computer. Prerequisites: MAI 11 and knowledge of at least one computer programming language. (Substitutes for QAS310). S315 PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLERS ,2) 3 *n introduction to the use of programmable «ogic controllers. Basic components of the programmable logic controller along with the interface to hydraulic/pneumatic systems and sensors will be discussed. Some higher level functions such as zone control, master control, and sequencers will also be covered. Written business communications is an integral part of the course. Pre or corequisite: ET201 or equivalent, (substitutes for QAS314). AS325 ROBOTICS IN MANUFACTURING 4 Introduction to manufacturing industries, types of production and automation strategies. Emphasis on robotic applications, topics include robot anatomy, control systems, programming techniques and kinematics. Laboratory work focuses on programming in AML for IBM robots. Prerequisite: MA141. (Substitutes for QAS320). AS365 COMPUTER CONTROL CONCEPTS Introduction to the C programming language,3 with major emphasis on the topics of computer interfacing, serial and parallel ports, computer control architecture and control applications. Prerequisite: CT235 or CT265 or CS333. (Substitutes for QAS360). AS425 MACHINE VISION 3 (2,2) Machine vision topics as applied to the manufacturing environment. Topics include lighting techniques, imaging techniques, image recognition, inspection, and robot guidance. Laboratory focuses on programming PC based vision card and interfacing with robot controller in the "C" programming language. General interfacing devide drivers are explored. Prerequisite: AS365. (Substitutes for QAS420). AS455 AUTOMATIC CONTROLS 3,3) 4 Introduction to the analysis of linear feedback automatic control systems. The course will include a study of modeling, block diagrams, system response, stability, bode analysis, root locus, and Laplace transforms. Prerequisite: MT316 or MT220. (Substitutes for QMT461). AS465 SENSOR TECHNOLOGY & APPLICATIONS (3,3) 4 Study of theory and applications of sensors used in robotics and automated systems. Topics include position sensors, incremental encoders, velocity sensors, accelerometers, proximity sensors, touch and slip sensors, force and torque sensors, interfacing electronics, general and special purpose feeders for automated assembly, design for assembly, systems integration. Local area networks, and real world electrical considerations. Laboratory work will focus on programming in VAL for PUMA robots, AML for IBM robots, and systems integration using sensors and the Allen Bradley PLC 2/30. Prerequisite: AS315 and AS325. (Substitutes for QAS460). AS475 AUTOMATED MANUFACTURING SYSTEMS !>tuiy and analysis of the components of an automated manufacturing system. Topics include flow lines, automated assembly systems, materials handling and storage, group technology, automated inspection, FMS and CIM. Manufacturing factory simulation using Simfactory 11.5 software package. Prerequisite: AS465. (Substitutes for QAS470). COURSES 244 �AS485 AUTOMATED SYSTEMS PROJECTS 3 (1,6) Grot -Up projects in which students are required to design and implement an automated assembly system. Students are responsible for design, proposal, implementation, formal presentation, and users manual for the system. Project designed to be representative of a typical industrial project. Prerequisite: AS425 and AS465. (Substitutes for QAS480). ART Special topics courses will be available as need and interest develop. Consult the semester Course Schedule for these. AT110 FUNDAMENTALS OF DRAWING AND COMPOSITION 3 is course will acquaint the student with the 88? various drawing media, such as pencil, charcoal, ink, wash and the use of various papere. Studio problems in still life, object drawing, landscape, texture, and drawing from imagination and memory. Introduction to limited palette oil painting with emphasis on techniques of brush handling and concepts of visual organization language. Outside sketching required. Organic form, perspective, proportion, line, shape and tone are studied. (Substitutes for QAT125) AT111 PAINTING COMPOSITION & DESIGN (3,0) 3 Projects in various media, primarily oil, acrylic paints and water color. Emphasis on individual development and expression. Outside sketching required. Specific pictorial problems, advanced paint handling and brush techniques will be studied. Understanding of structural, value and color principles by which great paintings are organized will be studied. Prerequisite: ATI 10, or permission of instructor. (Substitutes for QAT127; waive AT 126) AT210 DRAWING, PAINTING AND COMPOSITION (3,0) 3 Advanced concepts of color and design elements basic to drawing and painting. The study of painting employing figure, still life, and nature as source material. Emphasis on visual perception and the study of the formal elements of painting. Prerequisite: ATI ll or permission of instructor. (Substitutes for QAT225) AT211 GRAPHIC ARTS, WATERCOLOR AND MIXED MEDIA (3,0) 3 Painting from figure, memory, portrait, and landscape stressing personal expression. Concentration on individual projects involving significant forms and symbols. Emphasis on advanced color and composition problems through study of spatial structure and color and order relative to pictorial meaning. Prerequisite: AT210 or permission of instructor. (Substitutes for QAT227; waive AT226) AT250 ART HISTORY AND APPRECIATION I 4 (4,0) Study of arts exemplified in prehistoric and primitive cultures, and in the Mesopotamian, Egyptian, Aegean, Greek. Roman, early Christian, Byzantine, Moslem, Romanesque and Gothic eras, The course presents a development of historic, social and aesthetic principles, including a study of signs and symbols for students of art education, science, letters, business and engineering. Art history is taught in terms of visual experience and knowledge with art films, slides and demonstrations with art materials in addition to class lectures. Universal standards that can be applied to any work of art are studied. Counts as humanities substitute. (Substitutes for QAT267) AT251 ART HISTORY AND APPRECIATION II 4 (4,0) A study of European and American art from the Renaissance to the twentieth century, including Renaissance, baroque, rococo, neoclassic, romantic, realist, and contemporary. The history of art is presented from a technical, social and aesthetic standpoint, along with a study of rhythm, motion, and proportion. Works of art are considered on their own merits and development rather than on the basis of preconceptions. Art films, color slide presentations, and demonstrations using art materials supplement class lectures. Counts as humanities substitute. (Substitutes for QAT269) RUSINESS Special topics courses will be available as need and interest develop. Consult the semester Course Schedule for these. BA105 BUSINESS MATHEMATICS Solution of business problems. Topics include discounts, mark-ups, payroll, interest, financing charges, depreciation methods, real estate taxes, controlling cash, metric system conversion, inventory evaluation, annuities and insurance. Story problems. Prerequisite: MA091, mathematics placement beyond MA091, or satisfactory completion of LSSU’s departmental arithmetic test during the first week of classes. Course not available for credit for students who have taken a full year of accounting. (Formerly QOA105) COURSES 24S �BA121 INTRODUCTION TO BUSINESS (3,°) 3 Com __ iprehensive coverage of the major activities of business ana the key institutions that facilitate the business process. Topics covered include the following: American business enterprise system, international business, forms of business ownership, management and organization of human resources, production, marketing, information management and controls, business laws and ethics, finance, accounting, contemporary economic issues and business career opportunities. Contemporary business cases may be used for decision making simulations. Enrollment open to freshman and sophomore business majors or any non-business major. (Formerly QBA121) BA211 BUSINESS STATISTICS (3,0) 3 An introduction to business statistics. Topics include collection and presentation of data, measures of central tendency, variation and skewness, probability, probability distributions, Bayes’s Theorem, sampling, sampling distributions, estimation, hypothesis testing, simple linear regression and correlation. Prerequisite: MAI 11. (Formerly QBA211) BA226 RECORDS MANAGEMENT (3,0) 3 Study and application of records control, forms design, filing systems (manual and electronic), microforms, and the records cycle. A computer simulation is completed utilizing a program to print, sort, and select records as reports or labels. (Formerly QOA226) 3A231 BUSINESS COMMUNICATIONS (3,0) 3 Business and management communications problems. Direct, indirect, and persuasive letters; memos, short reports, and directives. Some assignments must be typed. Extensive writing practice. Prerequisite: Satisfactory completion of LSSU’s English competency examination. (Formerly QBA231) BA254 BUSINESS LAW I (3,0) 3 This portion of business law covers the law applicable to contracts, sales, personal property, and bailments. (Formerly QBA254) BA255 BUSINESS LAW II (3,0) 3 This portion of business law covers the law applicable to commercial paper, corporations; partnerships, agency and employment. (Formerly QBA255) BA261 BUSINESS SKILLS 1 (1,0) A series of specific, business-skill classes. Each course will provide 15 classroom hours of instruction. A student may register for one or more sections per term, for a maximum of three credits earned in this course. (Formerly QOA261) BA466 BUSINESS POLICY 3 (3,0) This course provides an opportunity for the student to develop an understanding of the interrelationship of the various divisions, departments and functions of a business organizations from a top management perspective. Library research and case analysis are utilized. Prerequisite: Senior status and completion of business core. (Formerly QBA466) BA491 RESEARCH READING IN BUSINESS AND ECONOMICS 1-3 (1-3,0) .... Independent study and seminar; individual student guidance by faculty for selected research topics in business. Prerequisite: Senior status. (Formerly QBA491) BIOLOGY Special topics courses will be available as Consult the need and interest develop, semester Course Schedule for these. BL105 FUNCTION OF THE HUMAN BODY (3,2) 4 Survey of the functional anatomy and the related physiological processes needed for the understanding of normal human activity. This course may be substituted for NS 103. Not open to biological majors or minors. (Formerly QBL105) BL110 GENERAL ZOOLOGY 4 (3,2) Introduction to the diversity of the animal kingdom, invertebrates and vertebrates, Adaptation and evolution are stressed as unifying themes throughout the course. Prerequisites: MA091 and EN091 or equivalent scores on math and English placement exams. Note: "C" (2.0) or better is required to use this course as a prerequisite for other BL/EV courses. (Substitutes for QBL102) COURSES 246 �BL111 GENERAL BOTANY 4 (3,2) Introduction to the diversity of the plant kingdom. Will include the morphology, physiology, reproduction and general habitat of organisms traditionally considered as plants but with an organization reflecting modem concepts of evolutionary relationships. Prerequisites: MA091 and EN091 or equivalent scores on math and English placement exams. Note: "C" (2.0) or better is required to use this course as a prerequisite for other BL/EV courses. (Substitutes for QBL103) BL121 HUMAN ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY I M 3 A two semester sequence. This sequence does not apply toward a major or minor in biological science. The first semester covers organization of the human body, basic principles of chemistry, the skeletal and muscular systems, and the nervous system and special senses. (Formerly QBL121) BL202 FIELD BOTANY (2,3) 3 A course whose main objective is to allow the student to be able to recognize common families, genera, and species, especially those in the local flora. Prerequisite: BL 111. (Formerly QBL202) BL204 GENERAL MICROBIOLOGY (3,3) 4 This course will deal with the history and scope of microbiology, a study of microbial structure, growth, nutrition, metabolism, genetics, taxonomy and control. Labs will emphasize the identification and cultivation of molds and bacteria with various staining techniques. A study of mycoplasma, viruses and molds will be incorporated along with the origin of life and biochemical evolution, genetic engineering and recombinant DNA. Prerequisites: BL110, BLI11 and CHI 16 (Substitutes for QBL375) BL122 HUMAN ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY I M 4 The continuation of BL121 with emphasis on the endocrine system, cardiovascular system, respiratory system, digestive system, urinary system and the reproductive system with an introduction to genetics. The course will conclude with a study of pregnancy and human embryology. Prerequisite: BL121. (Formerly QBL122) BL220 GENETICS (3,0) 3 A study of the nature, transmission, recombination, and function of hereditary material in animals, plants, and microorganisms. Prerequisites: BL110 or BLlll, and CHI 16. A statistics course strongly recommended. (Substitutes for QBL320) BL130 INTRODUCTION TO REMOTE SENSING (2,4) 3 Introduction to the use of remotely acquired imagery to evaluate various ground features, utilizing mainly aerial photographs. One all­ day field trip required. This course does not count as a life science education requirement. Prerequisite: Completion of LSSU mathematics competency. (Formerly QBL130) BL221 GENETICS LABORATORY (0,2) 1 A course including exercises in Mendelian genetics. Cytogenetics, Microbial genetics, and computer simulations of population genetics. Corequisite or prerequisite: BL220. (Substitutes for QBL321) BL201 PLANT MORPHOLOGY (2,3) 3 A survey of the principal groups of plants from the standpoint of their structure, development and reproduction. Emphasis is placed on evolutionary relationships as revealed by comparisons of the structural and reproductive traits. Prerequisite: BLlll. (Formerly QBL201) BL223 CLINICAL MICROBIOLOGY 3 (3,0) A basic course in microbiology dealing with the study of microorganisms and pathogens in humans. A survey of viruses, molds and bacteria. Their morphology and growth characteristics will be discussed along with the physical and chemical means to control pathogenic microorganisms causing human infections. Prerequisites: CHI05 and BL122. Does not apply towards a major or minor in Biology. (Formerly QBL223) COURSES • 247 �BL230 INTRODUCTION TO SOILS (2,3) 3 A course dealing with the historical development of the study of soils as a science in the U.S.A. Pedology and parent material relationships, along with relationships of various physical, chemical, mineralogical and microbial properties of soil in relation to plant growth, soil survey, organic matter, land use planning, soil erosion, saline-acidic soil reclamation, liming soil and environmental quality. Prerequisite: CHI 16. (Formerly QBL230) BL239 WILDLIFE BIOLOGY AND MANAGEMENT (2,0) 2 A lecture course covering the basic biology and management of wildlife. Prerequisite: Enrollment in the Natural Resource Technology. Biology or Fisheries and Wildlife program. (Completion of BL239 and RT206 substitutes for QRT185) BL243 VERTEBRATE ANATOMY (3,3) 4 Study of the anatomy of vertebrates, including representatives of pre-chordates, Agnatha, Chondrichthyes, Osteichthyes, Amphibia, Reptilia. Aves, and Mammalia. Laboratories emphasize thorough dissection of representatives of at least two diverse classes 'f vertebrates. Prerequisite: BLl 10 and ophomore standing. (Formerly QBL243) 1L249 WATER POLLUTION CONTROL A3) 3 An analytical study of the tests, operations, and solutions involved in contemporary water pollution problems. (Also listed as EV249.) Prerequisite: EVlOl or permission of instructor. (Substitutes for QBL449) BL272 FRESHWATER FISH CULTURE (2,0) 2 Methods of fish propagation: egg taking and incubation, feeding and nutrition, water quality monitoring, carrying capacity determination, hatchery problem solving using computer models, and disease identification and treatment. At least one all-day field trip. Prerequisites: BL280 and sophomore standing or permission of instructor. (Substitutes for QBL370) BL273 FISH CULTURE PRACTICUM I 2 (0,6) Fish hatchery practices and management decisions. Students actively involved in fish culture procedures through the reading cycle of salmonid fishes and possibly other coldwater species. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. (Substitutes for QBL471 and QBL472) BL274 FISH CULTURE PRACT1CUM II 2 (0,6) Fish hatchery practices and management decisions. Students actively involved in fish culture procedures through the reading of salmonid fishes and possibly other coldwater species. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. (Substitutes for QBL472 and QBL473) BL275 AQUATIC ENTOMOLOGY 3 (1,4) Survey of regional lake and stream insects with emphasis on identification and life histories. Role of various groups in aquatic systems and as fish food organisms. Prerequisite: BLl 10. (Formerly QBL275) BL280 BIOMETRICS 3 (3,0) Applications of statistics to biological problems, analysis of variance, multiple regression and correlation. Prerequisite: MA207. This does not count as a life science general education requirement. (Formerly QBL280) BL288 ENVIRONMENTAL MICROBIOLOGY 4 (3,3) , u A study of viruses, molds, algae, bacteria, actinomycetes, and some protozoa, their morphology, structure, taxonomy, growth, nutrition and control. The role of microorganisms in organic matter decomposition, nutrient cycling, biodegradation of recalcitrant molecules in different ecosystems, community microbial ecology and different stresses in microbial communities along with water bom pathogens and diseases they cause will be discussed along with the role of microorganisms in sewage and sludge disposal in wastewater treatment. (Also listed as EV288) Prerequisite: CH108. (Substitutes for QRT288) BL290 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN BIOLOGY 1-4 (1-4,0) Special studies and/or research in biology for individuals or small seminar groups. Course content to be arranged by student(s) and a supervising professor with approval of department head. Prerequisites: Students must have an overall GPA of at least 2.5, and no I grades on their transcript. Independent study courses may be repeated for a maximum of eight credits. Additional information is available at the Department of Biology and Chemistry office. BL302 INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY 4 (3,2) A study of the invertebrate groups with emphasis on morphology, phylogeny and life cycles. Prerequisites: BLl 10 and sophomore standing. (Formerly QBL302) COURSES 248 �BL310 ICHTHYOLOGY (2,3) 3 Anatomy, physiology, behavior, taxonomy and natural history of fishes, with emphasis on freshwater species. Prerequisite: BLllO; sophomore standing. (Formerly QBL310) BL312 ORNITHOLOGY (2,4) 3 The biology and taxonomy of birds, Labs will focus upon bird anatomy and bird recognition using video tapes and specimens. Prerequisites: BL110 and junior standing, (formerly QBL312) BL315 PLANT PHYSIOLOGY (3,3) 4 Organization of plants, plant replication, photophysiology and photosynthesis, mineral nutrition, water transport in higher plants, plant growth substances, physiology of seeds, control of plant growth and plant cell tissue culture. Prerequisites: BL111 and CH222. (formerly QBL315) BL330 ANIMAL PHYSIOLOGY (3,3) 4 A study of the physical and chemical properties of the animal systems as they concern homeostasis. Prerequisites: BL110 with a C (2.0) or better and CHI 16 with a C (2.0) or better. (Formerly QBL330) BL332 EMBRYOLOGY (2.2) (alternate year) 3 A study of the development of representative vertebrates. Offered every other year alternating with BL422, Parasitology. Prerequisites: BL110 and sophomore standing. (Formerly QBL332) BL337 GENERAL ECOLOGY (2.3) 3 Fundamental concepts of plant and animal ecology, population dynamics and ecosystem analysis. Field trips are required during the first four week-ends of the semester. Prerequisites: BLllO and BL111 with a C (2.0) or better. (Formerly QBL337) BL395 SCIENTIFIC WRITING AND PRESENTATION (0,2) .. ! Literature searching, scientific writing, and oral presentation of scientific data. Students will be expected to listen to presentations of peers enrolled in BL499 and develop topic for their senior thesis, (also listed as EV395). Prerequisite: Junior standing. (Substitutes for QBL398 and QBL399) BL401 HONORS PROGRAM I (0,8) 4 Biological Sciences Honors Program I. (open to students earning a bachelor of science degree in biological sciences with a grade point of 3.5 or higher) An undergraduate research project will be outlined in consultation with the supervising instructor and submitted to the department for approval. Outline must be approved before the first semester of the senior year. All grades for this sequence will be deferred until the final semester. Eight credit hours of honors credit will be substituted for 8 hours of electives upon successful completion of the research sequence. The special problem sequence will not be open to students electing the honors program sequence. The completed research may be used for Senior Thesis. (Formerly QBL401) BL402 HONORS PROGRAM II 4 (0,8) Biological Sciences Honors Program II. This is a continuation of the honors research sequence. (Formerly BL402) BL411 MAMMALOGY 3 (2,3) Emphasis will be on the physiological behavioral and ecological adaptations of mammals. Identification and classification will be emphasized. Some field work may be included. Prerequisite: BL110, suggest BL330. (Formerly QBL411) BL420 POPULATION GENETICS AND EVOLUTION 3 (3,0) A course including historical and modem Some concepts of evolutionary theory, coverage of origin of life concepts will be included. Prerequisite: BL220 (New course in fall 1991) BL422 PARASITOLOGY 3 (2,2) A study of the morphology, taxonomy, habitats and life cycles of parasites. Offered every other year alternating with BL332, Embryology. Prerequisite: BLllO. (Formerly QBL422) BL423 IMMUNOLOGY 4 (3,3) A study of antigens, antibodies, antigenantibody reactions, blood groups, phagocytosis and hypersensitivity. Prerequisites: BLllO, BL204, CH226. (Formerly QBL423) COURSES ■ 249 �BL432 FISHERIES ECOLOGY AND MANAGEMENT (2,3) 3 Current concepts and techniques relating to the management of sport and commercial fishery resources including lake and stream surveys. Prerequisites: BLI10 and junior standing or permission of instructor. (Formerly QBL432) BL433 HISTOLOGY (2,2) 3 Study of the microscopic anatomy of tissues, with emphasis on mammals, Related physiological processes are integrated with the anatomical studies. Offered alternate years. Prerequisites: BL110 and junior standing. (Formerly QBL433) BL437 PLANT ECOLOGY (2,3) 3 The measurement and description of plant communities as well as some autecological studies. Prerequisites: BL202, BL337 with a C (2.0) or better. (Formerly QBL437) BL439 WILDLIFE ECOLOGY AND MANAGEMENT (2,3) 3 A study of ecological principles as they relate to wildlife management. Discussion of the history, philosophy, and practice of wildlife conservation. Demonstration of field and laboratory techniques. Prerequisite: BL337. (Formerly QBL439) BL445 LIMNOLOGY ’»3) 3 ji investigation of the principles of jshwater ecology of lakes and streams, erequisite: BL337. (Formerly QBL445) BL460 MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY INTERNSHIP 30 (15 credits per semesterfor a maximum of 30 credits) Practical and didactic training with regular laboratory personnel. Branch training is supplemented by informal lectures, oral quizzes and written examinations. Offered only at approved or affiliated hospital laboratories. Prerequisite: Satisfactory completion of required college course work. (Formerly QBL460) BL480 APPLIED MICROBIOLOGY AND BIOTECHNOLOGY 3 (2,3) An advanced course in microbiology concerning the role of bacteria, viruses, Rickettsia and molds in cause and control of various human infections. Food, dairy, soil and industrial microbiology will also be discussed along with Recombinant DNA, genetic engineering and cell tissue culture. Prerequisites: BL204 and CH226, CH351 recommended. (Formerly QBL480) BL490 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN BIOLOGY 1-4 (1-4,0) Special studies and/or research in biology for individuals or small seminar groups. Course content to be arranged by student(s) and a supervising professor with approval of department head. Prerequisites: Students must have junior or senior standing, have an overall GPA of at least 2.5, and no 1 grades on their transcript. Independent study courses may be repeated for a maximum of eight credits. Additional information is available at the Department of Biology and Chemistry office. BL499 SENIOR THESIS 1 (0,3) Required of seniors majoring in biology. Students present seminars and provide an audience for fellow seniors. Each paper presented will be critically analyzed by the audience (also listed as EV499). Prerequisite: BL395. (Formerly QBL499) CHEMISTRY Special topics courses will be available as Consult the need and interest develop, semester Course Schedule for these.* CH091 BASIC CHEMISTRY 3 (3,0) Thorough exposure to elementary chemistry for students inadequately prepared for college level chemistry. Emphasis on drill to enhance problem solving skills. Proficiency in basic mathematics (MA09I) required. Students must receive a C (2.0) or better in this course to qualify for CH104, CH108, or CHI 15. Credit in this course does not apply toward graduation. (Formerly QCH091) COURSES • 250 �CH104 LIFE CHEMISTRY I 3 (3,0) An introduction to selected principles of chemistry, including organic chemistry, with emphasis on their physiological importance and their applications to nursing and other health related professions. (This course does not apply toward a major or minor in chemistry.) Prerequisite: MA091 or equivalent. (Substitutes for QCH 141) CH105 LIFE CHEMISTRY II 4 (3,2) A continuation of organic chemistry presented in CHI04 as well as a presentation of the chemical processes taking place in metabolism. The interrelationships between the metabolic processes of living systems are discussed along with their underlying chemical reactions. Prerequisite: CHI04. (Substitutes for QCH142) 4 CH108 APPLIED CHEMISTRY (3,3) An introduction to selected principles of chemistry with emphasis on technological applications. Credit in this course does not apply toward a major or minor in chemistry. (Substitutes for QCH181) CH115 GENERAL CHEMISTRY I 5 (4,3) Fundamental principles of chemistry with emphasis on atomic structure, molecular structure, and stoichiometry. Prerequisites: High school chemistry and MA092 or equivalent, each with a grade of C (2.0) or better. (Substitutes for QCH 111, QCH122, and half of QCH 112) CH116 GENERAL CHEMISTRY II 4 (3,3) Continuation of CHI 15 with emphasis on equilibrium. Prerequisite: CHI 15 with a grade of C (2.0) or better. (Substitutes for QCH113, QCH 123, and half of QCH112) CH225 ORGANIC CHEMISTRY I 4 (3,3) Fundamental principles of organic chemistry, covering the structures, reactions and properties of aliphatic and alicyclic compounds. The course will introduce the study of organic nomenclature, functional group chemistry, stereochemistry, reactive intermediates, organic synthesis, reaction mechanisms, and conjugated unsaturated systems. The Laboratory introduces basic organic laboratory techniques and includes experiments in organic separations, synthesis, and analysis. Prerequisite: CHI 16. (Substitutes for QCH221) CH226 ORGANIC CHEMISTRY II 4 (3,3) A continuation of CH225 covering the structures, properties, and reactions of aromatic compounds, carbonyl compounds, carboxylic acids and their functional derivatives, phenols, amines, organometallics, carbohydrates, amino acids, and proteins. The course will introduce the study of spectral methods of structure determination and expand the study of organic synthesis and mechanisms. The laboratory will include experiments in spectroscopy, organic synthesis and mechanisms, qualitative organic analysis, and instrumental analysis. Prerequisite: CH225 with a grade of C (2.0) or better. (Substitutes for QCH222 and QCH223) CH231 QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS 3 (2,3) Evaluation of analytical data and study of gravimetric and tilrimetric methods of analysis. Prerequisite: CHI 16 with a grade of C (2.0) or better. (Formerly QCH231) CH232 INSTRUMENTAL ANALYSIS (2,3) 3 An instrumental Continuation of CH231. _ analysis course involving the theory and use of spectrochemical, electroanalytical, and for the /'homripriyarion characterization separation imethods e— and determination of selected chemical substances. Prerequisite: CH231. (Formerly QCH232) CH290 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN CHEMISTRY (1-4,0) 1-4 Special studies and/or research in chemistry for individuals or small seminar groups. Course content to be arranged by student(s) and a supervising professor with approval of department head. Prerequisites: Students must have an overall GPA of at least 2.5, and no I grades on their transcript. Independent study courses may be repeated for a maximum of eight credits. Additional information is available at the Department of Biology and Chemistry office. CH351 INTRODUCTORY BIOCHEMISTRY (3,3) 4 Introduction to the chemistry of biological molecules, including the general properties and chemical tranformation of amino acids, proteins, carbohydrates, lipids and nucleic acids. Emphasis will be on correlating chemical reactions with biological function. An introduction to the intermediary metabolism of the carbohydrates, amino acids, lipids and nucleic acids will also be presented. Prerequisite: CH226. (Substitutes for QCH350) COURSES ■ 251 �CH353 INTRODUCTORY TOXICOLOGY (3,0) Alternate Years 3 An introduction to toxicology, including its history, types of poisons, their mode of operation, and the biochemistry of detoxification, Environmental problems caused by toxic contaminants will be discussed. Prerequisite: CH351 or permission of instructor. (Formerly QCH353) CH490 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN CHEMISTRY 1-4 (1-4,0) Special studies and/or research in chemistry for individuals or small seminar groups. Course content to be arranged by student(s) and a supervising professor with approval of department head. Prerequisites: Students must have junior or senior standing, have an overall GPA of at least 2.5, and no I grades on their transcript. Independent study courses may be repeated for a maximum of eight credits. Additional information is available at the Department of Biology and Chemistry office. CRIMINAL JUSTICE Special topics courses will be available as need and interest develop. Consult the semester Course Schedule for these. CJ101 INTRODUCTION TO CRIMINAL JUSTICE (3,0) 3 A survey of the evolution of criminal justice with particular emphasis on the development of western models of justice. Included will be the role of law enforcement, corrections, the courts and loss control. (Substitutes for QCJ101) CJ102 POLICE PROCESS (3,0) 3 Basic principles and techniques of administration which apply to criminal justice organizations. Emphasis on decision making, authority, human relations, and communication within organizations. (Substitutes for QCJ102) CJ106 JUVENILE JUSTICE (3,0) 3 Theories of juvenile delinquency and the roles of criminal justice personnel are considered with emphasis on legal rights, treatment, confinement, and the role of a community. (Substitutes for QCJ106) CJ110 INTRODUCTION TO CORRECTIONS (3,0) 3: History and philosophy of correctional policy and need for correctional reform; correctional system from arrest through sentencing; correctional personnel and clients. (Formerly QCIllO) CJ130 CLIENT RELATIONS N CORRECTIONS (3,0) 3 Meaning and functions of culture and discrimination, minorities in Michigan, affirmative action and attitude formation; ethics, values and professional responsiveness. (Formerly QCJ130) CJ140 CORRECTIONAL CLIENT GROWTH AND DEVELOPMENT 3 (3,0) Emphasis on needs, identities and development of recipients of correctional services: to assist students in gaining insights into development of sensitivity to behavior and motivations of corrections clients. Specific problems of prisoners and intervention strategies are reviewed. (Formerly QCJ140) CJ201 FIREARMSTRAINING (0,2) 1 Emphasis on safe weapon handling, the fundamentals of good marksmanship, proper methods of cleaning, and weapon nomenclature. A variety of weapons will be used. Students will have to provide their own targets and ammunition. Prerequisite: Criminal justice student, sophomore standing or permission of CJ coordinator. (Substitutes for QCJ201) CJ202 CANADIAN CRIMINAL LAW (3,0) 3 Survey of Canadian substantive and procedural criminal law including search and seizure, arrest, evidence and statutory and case law. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. (Formerly QCJ202) CJ206 LAW ENFORCEMENT/LOSS CONTROL INTERNSHIP 3 Field experience for correlation of theoretical knowledge with practice in participatin law enforcmenet or loss control agencies. Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor or sophomore standing. Course may be elected twice for credit of six hours. (Formerly QCJ206 or QCJ207) CJ212 LOSS CONTROL 3 Study of security, including historical, legal and philosophical framework for various phases of security operations in °ur society today. (Formerly QCJ211 and part of QCJ3U5) CJ220 INSTITUTIONAL CORRECTIONS (3 3) " A survey of the history and philosophy of correctional institutions focusing on: The use of imprisonment as a mechanism of social control, custody versus treatment, rights or prisoners, prison and jail managemen, institutional training programs, examination o contemporary correctional institutions, prison and jail architecture, and prisoner society. (Formerly QCJ220) COURSES 252 �CJ240 COMMUNITY BASED CORRECTIONS (3.0) 3 CJ330 CORRECTIONAL CASEWORK (3,0) A survey of the history, development, techniques, and fundamentals of noninstitutional correctional programs and services. Emphasis will be placed on the necessity of correctional programs to interact with other human service agencies within the community. (Substitutes for QCJ230) The history, standards and principles of correctional casework are presented; the roles, functions and goals of casework are discussed, the competencies and training required for effective casework are considered correctional clients - probation and parole selection and appraisal are concentrated upon. Prerequisites: CJ220, CJ240, junior or senior standing and permission of instructor. (Formerly QCJ320) CJ250 CORRECTIONAL LAW (3.0) 3 Survey of substantive and procedural correctional law including sentencing, probation, parole, imprisonment, fines and restitution, and prisoners rights. Case law method used, based on appellate court decisions which evolve from criminal defendant litigation, complex legal issues concerning American corrections. (Formerly QCJ250) CJ306 SECURITY SYSTEMS (3,0) 3 Overview of specialized areas of security in specific facilities with special attention given to information security. Prerequisites: CJ212 or permission of instructor. (Formerly QCJ307 and part of QCJ305) CJ308 ADVANCED FIREARMS TRAINING (0.2) 3 Determination of fire cause and origin and explosion causes. Prevention, documentation and legal aspects examined. Prerequisite: Junior standing or permission of instructor. (Substitutes for QCJ312 and part of QFS212) CJ343 INVESTIGATION (3,0) 3 Introduction to criminal investigation and the techniques of forensic science with emphasis upon crime scene procedures. Prerequisite: CJ101 and junior standing or permission of instructor. (Formerly QCJ314 and part of QCJ309, QCJ303) CJ344 CRIMINALISTICS 1 Fundamentals of single and double hand combat firing of hand guns, shotguns and semi-automatic weapons also included. Prerequisite: CJ201 or permission of criminal justice coordinator. (Substitutes for QCJ308) CJ313 CRISIS INTERVENTION OF DEVIANT BEHAVIOR (3,0) 3 Survey of philosophy, theory and practice involved in the treatment of different crisis situations most commonly confronting the law enforcement officer in the performance of regular duties. Prerequisite: CJ101, 102 or approval of instructor. (Formerly QCJ313) CJ319 SUBSTANTIVE CRIMINAL LAW (3,0) CJ341 FIRE AND ARSON INVESTIGATION (3,0) 3 3 Survey of substantive criminal law as a means of attaining socially desirable ends including protection of life and property. Deals with historical, philosophical concepts as well as case law. Prerequisite: CJ101 or permission of instructor. (Formerly QCJ404) S5?1 ETHICAL issues in public safety (3.°) . 3 Consideration of selected issues in public safely organizations. Emphasis on the role of practitioners and relations with the various publics. Students will be given moral dilemmas and will consider their individual value system. Prerequisites: CJ 101,102, or permission of instructor. (Substitutes for QCJ301 and QCJ302) (3,0) 3 Continuation of CJ343 with increased emphasis on criminalistic methods. Prerequisite: CJ343. (Formerly QCJ315 and part of QCJ309) CJ345 STATISTICS AND DESIGN FOR PUBLIC SAFETY 4 (4,0) Introdction to research methodology and designs utilized in public safety. Includes sampling, descriptive statistics, inferential statistics, sources of error in presenting findings, and preparing and reading research reports. Prerequisites: Junior standing in criminal justice or fire science and fulfillment of mathematics competency graduation requirement. CJ401 SENIOR SEMINAR 3 Seminar and independent study course with individual student guidance by faculty on selected research topics in criminal justice. Prerequisites: CJ345 and senior standing in Criminal Justice or permission of instructor. (Formerly QCJ401) CJ402 CRIMINAL JUSTICE INTERNSHIP 3-9 Criminal justice internship with an agency. Credit is based on 34 hours of field work per credit hour. Students must make application by the ninth week of the previous semester. Prerequisite: Senior standing or permission of instructor. (Formerly QCJ402 or QCJ403) COURSES 253 �CJ406 ADVANCED CANADIAN JURISPRUDENCE (3,0) 3 Expands upon the material covered in CJ202, Canadian Criminal Law, including trail tactics and procedures, sentencing, jurors, invasion of privacy, and other current topics. Prerequisite: CJ202 or permission of instructor. (Formerly QCJ406) CJ407 POLICE OPERATIONS I (3,4) 5 Survey of police patrol operations including the relationship between the legal, investigative, administrative, juvenile functions and the patrol officer. Defensive tactics for the patrol officer are also covered. Course is only open to senior MLETOC Certification Students. (Substitutes for QCJ318 and QCJ405) CJ408 POLICE OPERATIONS II (4,2) 5 Continuation of CJ407. Emphasis on traffic function including motor vehicle law, driving policies and liabilities, licensing, enforcement, and accident investigation. Prerequisite: CJ407 and senior MLEOTC Certification status. (Substitutes for QCJ317) CJ409 PROCEDURAL CRIMINAL LAW (3,0) 3 Principles, duties and mechanics of criminal orocedures as applied to important areas of Test, search and seizure. Prerequisite: CJ319 approval of the instructor. (Formerly 316) COMPUTER SCIENCE Special topics courses will be available as need and interest develop. Consult the semester Course Schedule for these. CS100 INTRODUCTION TO MICROCOMPUTER APPLICATIONS (3,0) 3 The study of a selection of contemporary microcomputer applications, including operating system concepts, programming in BASIC, word processing, database management systems, and spreadsheets. Brief survey of other applications, such as presentation graphics, computer-assisted drafting, and desktop publishing. Prerequisite: Completion of mathematics competency graduation requirement. (Substitutes for QCS101) CS111 INTRODUCTION TO COMPUTER SCIENCE I (3,0) 3 Fundamental concepts of computer science, using the Pascal programming language as a vehicle. Input and output, the standard data types, arithmetic, and control structures. Functions and procedures. Primitive data structures, including arrays, records, and strings. Files and multidimensional data. Text processing and simple parsing. Applications to illustrate these basic programming concepts. Prerequisite: CS100 or appropriate programming experience, and completion of, or current enrollment in a mathematics course numbered 100 or above. (Substitutes for QCS161) CS112 INTRODUCTION TO COMPUTER SCIENCE II 3 (3,0) Continuation of CS111 with an emphasis on program design and data structures. Sorting, searching, pointer-variables, and free storage management. Stacks and queues and general trees, and graphs. Prerequisite: CSllI with grade of C or better. (Substitutes for QCS163) CS205 COMPUTER ORGANIZATION AND ARCHITECTURE 3 (3,0) A hardware-oriented introduction to the structure of modem computer systems, emphasizing the role of, and interrelationships The between the various components, evolution of modem computer systems. Memory organization, peripheral devices, and their connectivity. Instruction sets, arithmetic, and central processing unit structure. Control unit organization and operation. Alternative computer architectures. Prerequisite: CS 112 with grade of C or better. (New course in fall, 1991) CS210 COBOL PROGRAMMING 3 (3,0) alternate years An introduction to the COBOL programming language emphasizing facilities for the effective management of files and databases. Overview of COBOL syntax, arithmetic, and control structures in input/output Report generation and table COBOL. management, COBOL facilities for sorting and merging files. Sequential, relative, and indexed file organizations and their applications. Facilities for interfacing with database management systems. NOTE: Students may not receive credit for this course and the COBOL programming sequence, DP275 and DP276, offered in the data processing curriculum. Prerequisite: CS 112. (Substitutes for QCS211) COURSES 254 �CS212 RLE AND DATABASE MANAGEMENT (3,0) 3 An introduction to files and file processing, with an emphasis on non-sequential organizations for supporting multi-file databases. Direct file structures and hashing, indexing, tree-structures organizations. Expandable file structures. Secondary key retrieval. Application to database structures. Prerequisite: CSl 12. (Formerly QCS212) CS290 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN COMPUTER SCIENCE (1-4,0) 1-4 Special studies and/or research in computer science for individuals or small seminar groups. Course content to be arranged with instructor and with approval of the department head. This course may be repeated for a maximum of eight credits. Prerequisites: Sophomore standing or higher and permission of the instructor. CS321 COMPUTER GRAPHICS (3,0) alternate years _ 3 An introduction to the generation of graphical images by computer. Survey of common graphics devices. Generation of lines and curves. Representation of two-dimensional objects. Techniques for area filling. Scaling, rotation, and translation in two dimensions. Rendering three-dimensional objects by projections. Scaling, rotating and translating in three dimensions. Hidden line and hidden surface detection and removal. Prerequisite: CSl 12, and MA141 or MA151. (Substitutes for QCS321) CS333 SYSTEMS PROGRAMMING (3.0) 3 An introduction to systems-level programming using C and assembly language. Design ana development of specialized systems utilities, such as window-management packages and command interpreter shells. Overview of the function and design of system utility programs, such as text editors, language processors, and linkers. Prerequisite: CS205. (Substitutes for QCS331) CS334 OPERATING SYSTEMS CONCEPTS (3.0) 3 Definition and historical development of operating systems. Characteristics of batch, interactive, and multiprogramming systems. File systems, processor and memory management. Communication, concurrency, deadlock, and protection. Prerequisite: CS333. (Substitutes for QCS431) CS340 COMPUTER SIMULATION 3 (3,0) alternate years Introduction to the use of computer simulation as an alternative approach to finding solutions for difficult mathematical problems. Numerical generation of random deviates from several standard distributions. Theoretical concepts from probability, statistics, and queuing theory. Simulation exercises and languages for performing computer simulations. Prerequisites: CSl 12 and MA308. (Substitutes for QCS340) CS401 AUTOMATA THEORY, LANGUAGES, AND COMPUTABILITY 3 (3,0) alternate years An introduction to the theoretical foundations of computer science. Topics include automata theory, grammars and formal languages, decidability and computability. Prerequisites: CSl 12 and MA216. (Formerly QCS401) CS411 PROGRAMMING LANGUAGE CONCEPTS 3 (3,0) Comparative treatment of common programming languages and their underlying structure. Formal language definition, interpretive and compiled implementations. Data representation and control structures. Run-time support requirements. Prerequisite: CS333 (Formerly QCS411) CS418 SOFTWARE ENGINEERING (1,4) 3 A project-based introduction to the design and implementation of computer software. Requirements analysis, software specification, design methodologies, implementation, testing, verification, documentation, and maintenance. Development of a complete software system for "real-world" clients by project teams. Prerequisite: CS2I2. (Formerly QCS416-417) CS490 RESEARCH TOPICS IN COMPUTER SCIENCE 1-4 (1-4,0) Special studies and/or research in computer science for individuals or small seminar groups. Course content to be arranged with instructor and with approval of the department head. This course may be repeated for a maximum of eight credits. Prerequisites: Junior standing or higher and permission of the instructor. COURSES • 2SS �COMPUTER ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY DATA PROCESSING Special topics courses will be available as Consult the need and interest develop, semester Course Schedule for these. CT224 DIGITAL ELECTRONICS (3,2) 4 A detailed study of the electronic behavior of combinational and sequential digital circuitry. Proper utilization of MSI/LSI digital integrated circuits and programmable logic devices (PLD’s) will be stressed. Prerequisite: ET124. (Substitutes for QCT242/282). CT235 MICROPROCESSOR FUNDAMENTALS (3.2) 4 An introduction to number systems, binary arithmetic, microprocessor architecture, machine and assembly language program development, and computer system hardware and interfacing techniques. Prerequisite: CS100 or CS 111. (Substitutes for QCT233/273). CT236 MICROCONTROLLER APPLICATIONS (4.3) 5 A detailed introduction to single-chip microcomputer architectures, programming and interfacing. Practical considerations of embedding a real-time control element in digital and analog systems are emphasized. °rerequisite: CT235. (Substitutes for 3CT234/274). CT265 INTRODUCTION TO TECHNICAL PROGRAMMING (3,0) 3 An introduction to computer, programming in the C language emphasizing technical problem solving. (Intended primarily for students in Mechanical Engineering Technology.) Prerequisite: MT100 or CS100. (New course in Fall 1991). CT335 DIGITAL DESIGN (3,2) 4 Detailed logical and electronic design considerations using combinational and sequential digital techniques. State machines and programmable logic devices are emphasized. Prerequisite: CT224. (New course in Fall 1991). Special topics courses will be available as need and interest develop. Consult the semester Course Schedule for these. DP151 COMPUTER APPLICATIONS (1-2,0) 1-2 A series of courses using computer applications programs. Each course will provide 15 classroom hours of instruction per credit. A student may register for one or more sections per term, for a maximum of five credits earned in this course. Students without computer experience are expected to take the introduction to computers module as a prerequisite. (Formerly QOA151) DP165 APL PROGRAMMING 3 (3,0) An introduction to the APL computer Covers APL programming language, concepts, primitive operators, calculator mode, function definition, workspace and library management, and file operation. Emphasis is on development of computational facilities. (Formerly QDP165) DP225 WORD PROCESSING TECHNIQUES (3,°) 3 Study and application of office systems, word processing systems, and word processing machine operation with 40 hours of hands-on experience. Prerequisite: Basic keyboarding skills and introduction to computers. Handson experience is scheduled in labs outside of classroom hours and performance tests are individually scheduled on some equipment. (Formerly QOA225) DP230 WORD PROCESSING APPLICATIONS (3,0) . 3 Comprehensive training on word processing equipment including completion of machine training programs, problem applications and text editing. Prerequisite: Proficiency in current version of WordPerfect or permission of instructor. Hands-on experience is scheduled in labs outside of classroom hours, and performance tests are individually scheduled on some equipment. (Formerly QOA230) COURSES 256 �DP240 DESKTOP PUBLISHING AND PRESENTATIONS I DP275 COBOL PROGRAMMING I (3,0) 3 (3,0) Emphasis is on understanding the basic concepts of desktop publishing and how to create well-designed publications and presentations. Creating brochures, graphics, newsletters, reports and resumes using lowend software. Topics include: the production process-traditional vs. desk-top, planning and layout, drawing simple graphics, clip art graphics, copyrights, electronically scanned art and photography. Prerequisites: English competency and a working knowledge of a word processor or permission of instructor. (New Course Fall 1 v91) DP245 DESKTOP PUBLISHING AND PRESENTATIONS II (3,0) 3 Continuation of DP240 DESKTOP PUBLISHING AND PRESENTATIONS I. Topics include: the Windows environment, a high-end page composer, vector graphics software, multimedia presentations. Prerequisites: DP240. (New Course Fall 1991) DP264 INTRODUCTION TO DATA PROCESSING (3,0) 3 An introduction to the terminology, application software and fundamental concepts of computing. Topics include history of data processing, computer hardware, software, systems, programming concepts, system and software development, impact on society, user application issues and pre-programmed user packages. Prerequisite: Mathematics competency. (Formerly QDP264) DP268 PL/1 PROGRAMMING (3,0) 3 Fundamentals of structured program design, development, testing, implementation and documentation using PL/l, application of topdown design strategies and structured programming techniques for designing and developing program solutions. Coverage of language syntax, data and Files structure, and input/output devices for implementing programs for input editing, table Processing, report generation and sequential file creation and access. Prerequisite: DP264 or permission of instructor. (Formerly QDP268) DP269 RPG II PROGRAMMING (3,0) 3 The RPG II report program generation language is used for rapia report generation in business settings. The fundamental capabilities of RPG II are covered including report generation, calculations, data editing, and table lookup. Additional topics include system Job Control Language (JCL) and Screen Design Aids (SDA). Prerequisite: DP264 or permission of instructor. (Formerly QDP269) 3 Application of structured programming techniques to business situations using the COBOL language. Emphasis on program design, writing, compiling, and testing. Report generation, arithmetic and conditional statements, control breaks, table processing, data editing and sequential file processing. Prerequisite: DP264 (Substitutes for QDP265) DP276 COBOL PROGRAMMING II (3,0) 3 DP345 PRESENTATION GRAPAHICS (3,0) 3 Continuation of COBOL programming from DP275. Applications include file sorting and updating, segmented and random file processing using the indexed sequential access method. Emphasis on program design, documentation and testing. Prerequisite: DP275. (Substitutes for DP266.267) The design of overheads and slides used in presentations. Color, font size, placement and visual effect will be studied to produce effective visuals. The effective use of visuals in presentations will be covered. Graphics programs will be used to prepare visuals. Prerequisites: English competency and working knowledge of word processing or desktop publishing; or permission of instructor. DP366 DATABASEPROGRAMDEVELOPMENT (3,0) 3 Introduction to application program development in a database environment with an emphasis on loading, modifying, and Discussion and querying the database, application of data structures, indexed and direct file organizations, models of data including hierarchical, network, and relational. Discussion of storage devices, data administration and data analysis, design and implementation. Prerequisite: DP276. (Formerly QDP366) DP367 DECISION SUPPORT AND EXPERT SYSTEMS (3,0) 3 Decision Suppport Systems assist top-level managers. Expert Systems attempt to capture human expertise in a computer. This course examines the concept, design, development, and implementation of these two types of systems. Students will do case studies and projects in each area. Prerequisite: DP276. (Formerly QDP367) COURSES ■ 257 �DP368 SOFTWARE AND HARDWARE CONCEPTS (3,0) 3 Survey of technical topics related to computer systems with emphasis on relationship between hardware architecture, system software and applications software. Topics include components, data representation, addressing, assembler language, translation, interrupts and multiprocramming. Prerequisite: DP276 (Formerly QDP368) DP461 SYSTEMS ANALYSIS AND DESIGN I (3,0) 3 The course covers the system development life cycle for computer systems. Includes the concept of systems, business system components, tools and techniques of the systems analyst, and life cycle phases of study, design and development. Uses practical casebook projects. Prerequisite: DP368. (Substitutes for QDP364) DP462 SYSTEMS ANALYSIS AND DESIGN II (3,0) 3 Continuation of DP461. Includes the life cycle activities of system implementation, changeover, operations and maintenance. Student teams will use the case methodology to study, design, develop, document, and implement an automated system as a practical presentation of the project. Group dynamics of project planning, organizing, reporting and control will be stressed. Prerequisite: DP461. (Substitutes for QDP365 and QDP464) DP466 ADVANCED DATABASE CONCEPTS (3,0) 3 Investigation and application of advanced database concepts including database idministration, database technology and election and acquisition of database management systems. In-depth practicum in data modeling and system development in a database environment. Overview of future trends in data management. Prerequisite: DP366. (Formerly QDP466) DP467 DISTRIBUTED DATA PROCESSING (3,0) 3 The features of centralized, decentralized and distributed systems will be examined. The impact of distributed systems on the business enterprise will be exposed via the medium of case studies. Technology implications of computer hardware, software and communications are discussed as they relate to the design, development and implementation of distributed data processing systems. Prerequisite: DP366. (Formerly QDP467) DP468 EDP AUDIT AND CONTROLS (3,0) 3 An introduction to the fundamentals of EDP auditing. Emphasis on EDP controls, types of EDP audits, and concepts and techniques used in EDP audits. Exposure to risk assessment and professional standards in the field of EDP auditing. Prerequisite: DP366. (Formerly QDP 468) DP469 INFORMATION RESOURCE MANAGEMENT 3 (3,0) A seminar course providing a broad overview of the information systems management function. The course emphasizes information systems management, with particular attention on planning, organizing, and controlling user services and managing the computer information systems development process. Coverage of subject matter through lectures, reading, discussions and case study analysis. Prerequisites: DP368 and senior standing. (Formerly QDP469) DRAFTING & DESIGN ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY Special topics courses will be available as need and interest develop. Consult the semester Course Schedule for these. DT125 ELECTRONIC DRAFTING (1.3) ^ 2 An introduction to electronic drafting to include instruments, lettering, sketching, multiview projection, dimensioning, reproduction, standard electronic symbols, schematic diagrams and circuit board layout. (Substitutes for QET125). DT132 CONSTRUCTION SKETCHING AND DRAWING (2.3) 3 Free hand and computer-aided drafting (CAD) of orthographic and pictorial representations to include the study and development of architectural working drawing, plan views, elevations, details and schedules. (Substitutes for QBC122 and QBC132). COURSES 258 �DT214 ADVANCED COMPUTER AIDED DRAFTING (CAD) (3,0) 3 Advanced Autocad to include attributes, data extraction, (3-D) construction techniques, customization of macros and menus, Autolisp, system management, intelligent symbols, slide shows, interfacing Autocad with Wordperfect, and Autoshade. Prerequisite: ME124. (Substitutes for QDT215 and QDT315). 4 A study of the application of economic analysis to managerial decisions. Topics include the firm and its environment, demand estimation, production and cost analysis, optimization and profit maximization, analysis of markets, pricing strategy and analysis of project decisions. Prerequisite: MAI 12 or MA141 or equivalent. EC304 MONEY, BANKING AND MONETARY POLICY DT261 TOOL DESIGN AND INSPECTION METHODS (2,3) 3 A study of the job of a tool designer as it relates to the various manufacturing processes in both limited and mass production. Optimum design of cutting tools used in manufacturing and the methods of inspection for manufactured products will be introduced. Prerequisite: MT113. (Substitutes for QDT211). DT262 JIG, FIXTURE AND DIE DESIGN (3,4) EC302 MANAGERIAL ECONOMICS (4,0) 5 Procedures for design and construction of jigs, fixtures and dies for both limited and mass production. Prerequisite: MT113. (Substitutes for QDT212 and QDT213). ECONOMICS Special topics courses will be available as need and interest develop. Consult the semester Course Schedule for these. EC201 PRINCIPLES OF MACROECONOMICS (3,0) 3 Nature and scope of economics; national income accounting; problems of unemployment and price instability; public revenues and expenditures; money and banking; fiscal and monetary policies to promote stability and economic growth. Prerequisite: Mathematics competency. (Formerly QEC201) EC202 PRINCIPLES OF MICROECONOMICS (3,0) 3 Principles of economic reasoning; supply and demand analysis; theories of production; price and output determination under each of the four market structures; factor returns, and income distribution theories; public policy implications. Prerequisite: Mathematics competency. (Formerly QEC202) 3 (3,0) Monetary theoiy; study of financial institutions and central bank authorities; monetaiy policy and its limitations; changing structure of financial markets and industry; relationships between money, prices and national income. Prerequisite: EC201. (Formerly QEC304) EC305 PUBLIC FINANCE (3,0) 3 The economics of public finance, including taxation, public expenditures and fiscal policy. Rationale and objectives of government activity in a market system; distribution of tax burden; income redistribution effects of taxation and expenditure programs. Prerequisite: EC201 or EC202. (Formerly QEC305) EC308 INTERMEDIATE MICROECONOMICS (3,0) 3 Theory of demand; consumer choice and utility analysis; production and cost analysis; price-output determination under the four market structures; resource allocation; public policy and managerial applications emphasized. Prerequisite: EC202. (Formerly QEC308) EC309 INTERMEDIATE MACROECONOMICS (3.°) , . 3 Determinants and measurement of national income; theories of consumption and investment; aggregate economic analysis including IS-LM and aggregate demandaggregate supply models; unemployment and inflation; stabilization policies; economic growth. Prerequisite: EC201. (Formerly QEC309) EC4C3 PRIVATE ENTERPRISE AND PUBLIC POLICY 3 (3,0) Review of price theory; structure, conduct and performance; antitrust laws and application: restraint of trade, monopoly, mergers, trade practices; regulation. Prerequisite: EC202. (Formerly QEC403) COURSES • 259 �EC408 INTERNATIONAL ECONOMICS (3,0) 3 Pure theory of trade and comparative advantage; free trade versus protectionism; trade problems of developing nations; balance of payment accounting; exchange rates; international monetary systems. Prerequisites; EC201 and EC202. (Formerly QEC408) EC409 SEMINAR IN ECONOMICS (1;2,0) 1-2 Discussion of economic issues, theories and their applications. May be repeated for credit with the approval of the instructor for a total of 4 credits. (Formerly QEC409) EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION Special topics courses will be available as need and interest develop. Consult the semester Course Schedule for these. ED101 FOUNDATIONS OF EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION (3,0) 3 An introduction to the field of Early Childhood. Topics include its history, application of theories to curriculum, types of programs, and issues in the field of child care. Observations of various early childhood settings will be required. (Substitutes for QED230 and QED231). ED105 CHILD GUIDANCE AND WELFARE (3,0) ED220 EARLY CHILDHOOD LITERATURE (3,0) 3 ED110 CURRICULUM DEVELOPMENT AND TEACHING PRACTICES (3,0) 3 Developing curriculum and teaching practices based on the whole child’s development: cognitive, physical, social, emotional, and creative. Emphasis on planning play activities for learning centers. Observations of children in an early childhood setting will be required. (Formerly QED240). ED260 PRACTICUMI (1,12) 4 ED261 PRACT1CUM II (1,12) 4 The student will complete 12 hours weekly in an early childhood laboratory setting for a 15 week total of 180 contact hours. Attendance at a weekly seminar is also required. Prerequisites: Completion of ED101, ED105, EDI 10, and EDI 11, and permission of instructor. Students should seek permission of instructor no later than 10th week of semester preceding enrollment. Credit/No Credit grade. (Substitutes for one-half (1/2) of QED363). The student will complete 12 hours weekly in an early childhood laboratory setting for a 15 week total of 180 contact hours. Attendance at a weekly seminar is also required. Prerequisites: Completion of ED260 and permission of instructor. Students should seek permission of instructor no later than 10th week of semester preceding enrollment. Credit/No Credit grade. (Substitutes for one half (1/2) of QED363). 3 Knowledge of financial, legal, supervisory and administrative procedures used in operating an early childhood program will be gained through lectures, discussions, readings, and activities. Prerequisite: Completion of ED260 Practicum I or permission of instructor. (Formerly QED360) ENGLISH Special topics courses will be available as Consult the need and interest develop, semester Course Schedule for these. EN091 BASIC ENGLISH (3,0) 3 Includes theories of emotional, physical, social and cognitive stages of development of child­ ren ages 0 to 36 months. The knowledge of these stages will be applied to matching developmentally appropriate teaching and caregiving practices. Issues in administering Infant/Toddler programs will also be 3 Readings in developmentally appropriate literature and related activities across the curriculum for young children, ages birth through kindergarten. Prerequisite: EN110 and SD101. (Formerly QED241). ED270 ADMINISTRATION OF EARLY CHILDHOOD PROGRAMS Through readings, discussions, observations, and interactions with children, the student will learn how to develop guidance strategies when working with children in an early childhood setting. Prerequisite: PY155 or PY265. ED111 INFANTS AND TODDLERS: DEVELOPMENTALLY APPROPRIATE PRACTICES discussed. Prerequisite: PY155 or PY265. (Substitutes for QED250). (3,0) . f3 Thorough review of basic language skills for students inadequately prepared for Freshman Composition; weekly vocabulary tests and writing assignments. Credit/no credit final grade. Credit in this course does not apply toward graduation. All students whose English placement examination score does not place them in EN110 must receive credit for EN091 before taking EN1 10. (Substitutes for QEN090) COURSES 260 �EN110 FRESHMAN COMPOSITION 0,0) 3 Emphasis on writing, usage and rhetoric which may include narration, process, description, comparison/contrast, definition and classification. Introduction to library resources and documentation. Prerequisite: Appropriate score on the English placement examination or credit for EN091. (Substitutes for QEN101) EN205 BASIC TECHNICAL REPORT WRmNG (3,0) 3 Introduction to fundamentals of reading and writing memos, letters, short reports, and articles. Prerequisites: EN110 and sophomore standing. Students will not receive credit for this course if they have already received credit for EN210 or EN215. (Substitutes for QEN190) EN210 RESEARCH PAPER PROCESS (3,0) 3 A course in research methods and critical reading and writing. Includes introduction to library resources and research protocols. Emphasis on critical analysis and evaluation of primary and secondary source material. Requires one short and one long research paper: APA style. Prerequisites: ENllO and sophomore standing. (Substitutes for EN103) EN215 INTRODUCTION TO LITERATURE AND RESEARCH (3,0) 3 A course in research methods and critical reading and writing, including the study of traditional and modem techniques of literary interpretation. Requires one research paper and five critical papers: MLA style. Prerequisites: EN110 and sophomore standing. (New course in fall, 1991) EN220 ADVANCED COMPOSITION (3,0) 3 Study and practice of the various forms of academic discourse. Library research paper required. Prerequisite: EN210 or EN215. (Substitutes for QEN208) EN221 CREATIVE WRITING (3.0) 3 Writing and discussion of art forms such as poetry, fiction and drama consistent with the student’s individual interests. Prerequisite: EN210 or EN215, or permission of instructor. (Substitutes for QEN325) EN231 AMERICAN LITERATURE I (3.0) 3 A chronological study of American literature from the colonial writers through the Romantic period, ending with the Civil War. Prerequisite: ENllO, or permission of instructor. (Substitutes for QEN201) EN232 AMERICAN LITERATURE II (3,0) 3 A chronological study of American literature from the Civil War through the present, covering the Age of Realism and the development of twentieth century literature. Prerequisite: ENllO, or permission of instructor. (Substitutes for QEN203; waive EN202) EN233 ENGLISH LITERATURE I (3,0) 3 EN234 ENGLISH LITERATURE II (3,0) 3 Reading and discussion of selected works from the Old English period to the beginning of the eighteenth century. Emphasis on major writers and works, evaluated in their historical context. Prerequisite: EN110, or permission of instructor. (Substitutes for QENzI 1) Reading and discussion of selected works from the eighteenth century to the twentieth century. Emphasis on major writers and works, evaluated in their historical context. Prerequisite: ENllO, or permission of instructor. (Substitutes for QEN213; waive EN2I2) EN235 SURVEY OF NATIVE AMERICAN LITERATURE 3 (3,0) An overview of Native American Literature, including myths, poetry, biographys, legends, and stories from recognized Indian and nonIndian authors. The significance of Indian philosophy found in such literature will be emphasized. Prerequisite: EN2I0 or EN215 or permission of instructor. (New course in fall, 1991) (Also listed as NA235) EN305 ADVANCED TECHNICAL REPORT WRITING 3 (3,0) Preparation of written reports of type produced by technologists: emphasis on research reports. Prerequisites: EN205 and junior standing. (Substitutes for QEN390) EN320 RESPONDING TO WRITING 2 (2,0) A course in the theories and practices of effective composition strategies with an emphasis on responding to interdisciplinary writing, recommended for tutors, writing assistants, potential secondary education majors and other interested students. Course includes current research on the writing process, theory and practice of responding to student writing, computer assisted writing and revision, tutorial strategies, characteristics of modes of various disciplinary writing and writing to learn. Hands on emphasis with actual student papers ana clients. Ombudsmen and tutors have priority. Course is cross-listed as ED320. Prerequisites: EN110 and permission of instructor. (Formerly QEN302) COURSES • 261 �EN330 DEVELOPMENT OF THE NOVEL IN ENGLAND AND AMERICA I (3,0) 3 Study of the leading novelists-English and American—of the eighteenth century and the first half of the nineteenth century, beginning with Defoe and ending with the works of the 1840’s. Prerequisite: EN231 -232 or EN233234, or permission of instructor. This course will be offered every other year. (Substitutes for QEN426) (3,0) 3 Study of the background and an of the Anglo/American novel from approximately 1850 to the present. Intensive examination of characteristic forms, techniques, and themes in major works. Prerequisite: EN231-232 or EN233-234, or permission of instructor. This course will be offered every other year. (Substitutes for QEN371) 3 A study of the background and development of the short story. Readings will include selections from Boccaccio, the French conte and the German novella in addition to English and American short stories. Prerequisite: EN210 or EN215. This course will be offered every other year. (New course in fall, 1991) EN333 STUDIES IN THE DRAMA: THE GENRE AND THEATER IN CONTEXT (3,0) 3 A study of major plays in the context of theatre and literary history from the beginning to the present, including European, British and American development. Prerequisite: EN210 or EN215. This course will be offered every other year. (New course in fall, 1991) EN334 APPROACH TO POETRY (3,0) An investigation of the history of critical theory to include classicism, neoclassicism, romanticism, the New Critics, and contemporary critical trends. Prerequisite: EN233-234, or permission of instructor. This course will be offered every other year. (Substitutes for QEN412) EN430 CHAUCER (3,0) EN331 DEVELOPMENT OF THE NOVEL IN ENGLAND AND AMERICA II EN332 THE SHORT STORY (3,0) EN421 HISTORY OF LITERARY CRITICISM (3,0) 3 3 This is an introduction to the appreciation of poetry for junior-senior students (not exclusively English majors). Prerequisite: EN210 or EN215, or permission of instructor. This course will be offered every other year. (Substitutes for QEN372) EN420 HISTORY AND STRUCTURE OF THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE (3,0) 3 Development and structure of the English language; relationship with other IndoEuropean languages. Prerequisite: EN233-234, or permission of instructor. This course will be offered every other year. (Substitutes for QEN411) 3 Intensive study of Chaucer’s life and times and principal literary works: Canterbury Tales, Troilus and Criseyde, The Romaunt of the Rose. Prerequisite: EN233, or permission of instructor. This course will be offered every' other year. (Substitutes for QEN355) EN431 MILTON AND THE METAPHYSICAL POETS 3 (3,0) Intensive study of Milton’s principal poetic works including Paradise Lost and Samson Agonistes; Donne’s poetry and prose, and the metaphysical poets. Prerequisite: EN233 or permission of instructor. This course will be offered every other year. (Substitutes for QEN356) EN432 SHAKESPEARE (3,0) 3 Intensive study of Shakespeare’s comedies, tragedies and historical dramas. Prerequisite: EN233, or permission of instructor. This course will be offered every other year. (Substitutes for QEN353) EN433 SEMINAR IN MAJOR AMERICAN AND ENGLISH WRITERS (3,0) 3f An intensive study of a single writer, or of two or three writers who might be studied together profitably along thematic, technical or other lines. Prerequisite: Junior-senior standing, or permission of instructor. May be repeated twice for credit. (New course in fall, 1991) EN450 DIRECTED INDIVIDUAL STUDY (3,0) 3 Individual study of an author, period, genre or other related topic relevant to literary scholarship. Each student will do extensive research and prepare a paper. (Substitutes for QEN413) COURSES 262 �ES246 PSYCHOLOGY OF SPORT AND ATHLETICS EXERCISE SCIENCE Special topics courses will be available as >p. Consult the need and interest develo~ . these. semester Course Schedule for ES140 HEALTH AND FITNESS (3,0) 3 Introductory course: theoretical basics of exercise, diet and nutrition and the wellness lifestyle. Topics include aerobic and musculoskeletal Fitness, weight control, stress reduction, alcohol and tobacco abuse and presents principles for promoting a; wellness lifestyle. (Substitutes for QES210). ES141 INTRODUCTION TO MOVEMENT (3.0) 3 This course reviews and applies the pertinent aspects of the prerequisite disciplines of anatomy and physiology. Specific attention will be placed on muscles, bones, joint structures, and functions as well as the fundamentals of leverage, balance, and "the feel of the movement". A detailed understanding of movement description is the most critical element in the student’s mastery of the subject matter. (New course in Fall, 1991) ES230 ORTHOPAEDIC ASSESSMENT IN SPORTS MEDICINE (3,0)i 3 Provides a clear concise process of physical examination of the spine and extremities which would direct the student in a logical, efficient and thorough search of anatomy relevant to the field of sports medicine. This course will allow the student to continue to build a solid foundation in anatomy specific to orthopaedic education. Prequisite: BL122. (New course in Winter, 1992). ES242 SPORTS MEDICINE (3,0) 3 This course will deal with the principles of athletic training sciences concerned with the evaluation, recognition, treatment, and therapeutic exercises practiced for the athlete’s safe return to participation after an injury, ^ctures and laboratory experiences will introduce the student to the updated theories in sport medicine with specific respect to injuries incurred in athletics. (Formerly QES302 and QES305). ES244 TECHNIQUES OF ATHLETIC TRAINING (2.0) 2 Athletic training supportive taping and protective bracing and padding procedures; techniques of fitting athletic and orthopaedic equipment. Administration of athletic training room including facility design, budget and inventory. (Substitutes for QES308). 3 (3,0) A general introduction in the history and : ilution of sport psychology in North evo America. Areas of interest arc cognitive interventions, aggression, and socialization in sport, and the relationship between exercise ancTps^chological well-being. (Substitutes for ES295 PRACTICUM (1-2,0) 1-2 Practical experiences that explore various types of work setting in Exercise Science, working under specialist in the various chosen areas ot interest. May be repeated for a total of 4 credits. (Formerly QES395). ES342 EXERCISE PHYSIOLOGY 3 (3,0) Examines physiological energy systems; their recruitment, recovery, acute and chronic adaptations to training. Applications to specific sports, and health and fitness programming. (Formerly QES310 and QES311). ES344 KINESIOLOGY (3,0) 3 Science of movement applied to muscle, joint structure and function and application of physical laws of gravity, leverage, motion and balance to human performance. Video tape motion analysis is used to apply these theories into practical experience. (Substitutes for QES220). ES348 LABORATORY PROCEDURES AND MEASUREMENT IN EXERCISE SCIENCE (2,2) Provides theoretical background ad measurement concepts in conjunction with developing laboratory skills specific to field and laboratory procedures. (Formerly QES240 and QES340). ES358 RESEARCH METHODS IN EXERCISE SCIENCE (3.0) 3 Introduction to research methods and related statistical procedures for constructing and analyzing research activities. Presentation of statistical concepts including correlation, ltests and analysis of variance and their use in exercise science. Introduction to measurement concepts of validity and reliability and the facets of writing a research report. Prerequisites: MA207 and ES342. ES390 RECREATION LEADER APPRENTICESHIP (1.0) 1 Practical experience in learning to teach and lead various recreation experiences. Students serve with qualified instructors. Prerequisites: Basic skills and knowledge of activity or permission of instructor. May be repeated for a total of 3 credits. (Formerly QRC385). COURSES 263 �ES440 EXERCISE PHYSIOLOGY SEMINAR (1.2) 2 Examines current issues in the field and students will prepare and present advanced physiological concepts related to special topics. (New Course in Fall 1991). ES442 ELECTROCARDIOGRAPHY IN EXERCISE SCIENCE (2,0) 2 Examines electrophysiological basis of ECG, Cardiac anatomy, metabolism responses to rest and exercise. Prerequiste: ES341 with a C grade or better. Offered alternate years. (New course in Fall, 1991). ES444 EXERCISE PRESCRIPTION (1,1) 1 Provides experience in writing and developing advanced training and conditioning programs for a variety of populations. Process oriented; considers needs analysis and cyclic training. (New course in Fall, 1991). ES481 PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT SEMINAR (1,0) 1 Opportunities for students to refine personal and professional goals and initiate preparation of resumes and interviewing skills. Career planning and placement will be emphasized as well as internship evaluation. Seminar format. Prerequisite: Senior status required. (Substitutes for QES430 and QRC430). ES492 INTERNSHIP knowledge of electricity is assumed. Corequisites: M A109, MA140. (Substitutes for QET111 and QET151) ET116 ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS II (3.2) 4 A continuation of ET115. Topics covered include: transients, mesh and nodal analysis, network theorems, and power. Prerequisite: ET115. (Substitutes forQETl 12 and QET152) ET124 ELECTRONICS I (3.3) 4 Study of the operation of diodes, transistors, FET’s to include bias circuits and small signal models. Prerequisite: ET115. (Substitutes for QET123 and QET163) ET201 APPLIED ELECTRICITY I (2,2) 3 A study of basic circuit theory and electrical machinery for non-electrical technicians. Topics include DC and AC circuits, inductance, capacitance, three-phase circuits, and D.C. and A.C. motors and controls. (Substitutes for Prerequisite: MAI 40. QET225) ET224 ELECTRONICS II (3,3) 4 A continuation of ET124 to include multi­ stage amplifiers, frequency response, power supplies, voltage regulators, oscillators and operational amplifier. Prerequisite: ET124. (Substitutes for QET213,214,253,254) 6 Comprehensive practical application of students formal academic preparation. Prerequisites: junior status and permission of instructor. (Formerly ES495). ES496 SELECTED RESEARCH TOPICS (1-3,0) 1-3 Student carries out approved project(s) of his/her own initiative. Prerequisites: Junior standing and permission of instructor. (Formerly QES490) ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY 4 Study of the operation and application of DC and AC machines, and programmable logic controllers. Prerequisite: ET116. (Substitutes for QET243, 283) ET302 APPLIED ELECTRICITY II (2.2) . . r3 A study of electronic devices and circuits for non-electrical technologists. Topics include diodes, transistors, and analog and digital integrated circuits. Prerequisite: ET201. (Substitutes for QET315, 316) ET334 NETWORK ANALYSIS I (3,2) Special topics courses will be available as need and interest develop, Consult the semester Course Schedule for these. ET115 ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS I (4,3) ET244 ELECTRICAL MACHINERY (3.2) 4 A study of two-port networks, computer circuit simulation, and an introduction to C programming. Prerequisite: ET116. Corequisite: MA141. ET335 NETWORK ANALYSIS II 5 4 Basic principles of DC and AC electricity including R, L, C series and parallel circuits using phasor algebra. Laboratory exercises will reinforce the lecture material and introduce circuit board fabrication. No prior A continuation of ET334 with an emphasis on the analysis of networks using differential equation and laplace transform techniques. Prerequisite: ET334. Corequisite: MAI42. (Substitutes for QET341,381) COURSES 264 �ET345 ANALOG CIRCUIT DESIGN (3,2) 4 Design of linear circuits including operational amplifier circuits, instrumentation amplifiers, waveform generators, acting filters, and A/D and D/A conversion circuits. Prerequisite: ET224. (Substitutes for QET332,333,372,373) ET435 COMMUNICATIONS I (3,2) 4 A study of analog/digital communications with emphasis on the frequency domain and modulation techniques. Prerequisite: ET335. (Substitutes for QET422,462) ET436 COMMUNICATIONS II (3,2) 4 A continuation of ET435 with an emphasis on transmission lines, antennas, and microwave systems. An oral report is required on a design project. Prerequisite: ET435. (Substitutes for QET423,463,424,464) ET445 INDUSTRIAL ELECTRONICS (3,2) 4 A study of power semiconductors, control circuits, motor controls, and programmable logic controllers. Prerequisite: ET334. (Substitutes for QET416,456) ET446 CONTROL SYSTEMS (3,2) 4 An introduction to the analysis and design of analog and digital feedback control systems. Emphasis is on velocity and position control using D.C. and stepper motors. An oral report is required on a design project. Prerequisite: ET335. (Substitutes for ET417,418,457,458) ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE Special topics courses will be available as need and interst develop, Consult the semester Course Schedule for these. EV101 INTRODUCTION TO ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCES (3,0) 3 This course will provide students with the opportunity to learn about modem solutions to problems related to water supply resources, water pollution control, air pollution, and solid and hazardous wastes. (Substitutes for QEV182) EV249 WATER POLLUTION CONTROL (2,3) “ i 3 An analytical study of the tests, operations, and solutions involved in contemporary water pollution problems. (Also listed as BL249) Prerequisite: EVlOl or permission of instructor. (Substitutes for QEV449) EV288 ENVIRONMENTAL MICROBIOLOGY 4 (3,3) A study of viruses, molds, algae, bacteria, actinomycetes, and some protozoa, their morphology, structure, taxonomy, growth, nutrition and control. The role of microorganisms in organic matter decomposition, nutrient cycling, biodegradation of recalcitrant molecules in different ecosystems, community microbial ecology and different stresses in microbial communities along with water bom pathogens and diseases they cause will be discussed along with the role of microorganisms in sewage and sludge disposal in wastewater BL288) (Also listed treatment. Prerequisite: CHI08. (Substitutes for QRT288) EV290 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE (1-4,0) 1-4 Special studies and/or research in environmental science for individuals or small Course content to be seminar groups, arranged by student(s) and a supervising professor with approval of department head. Prerequisites: Students must have an overall GPA of at least 2.5, and no 1 grades on their transcript. Independent study courses may be repeated for a maximum of eight credits. Additional information is available at the Department of Biology and Chemistry offic EV311 ENVIRONMENTAL LAW (2,0)l Study of fundamental concepts environmental law, basic legal resea, techniques, state and federal environment! statues, and cases pertaining to environmentaa law. Prerequisite: Junior standing or permission of instructor. (Substitutes for QEV341) EV313 SOLID AND HAZARDOUS WASTE (3,0) 3 Identification and classification of solid and hazardous wastes, including discussion of storage and processing, collection and transportation, resource recovery and recycling, ultimate disposal. Topics on radiation, decay, health effects and sources of hazardous materials will also be covered. Prerequisite: MA112 or equivalent. (Substitutes for QEV343) EV395 SCIENTIFIC WRmNG AND PRESENTATION (0,2) 1 Literature searching, scientific writing, and oral presentation of scientific data. Students will be expected to listen to presentations of peers enrolled in EV499 and develop topic for their senior thesis. (Also listed as BL395) Prerequisite: Junior standing. (Substitutes for QEV398 and QEV399) COURSES • 265 �EV490 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE FN341 MANAGERIAL FINANCE (4,0) 1-4 (1-4,0) Special studies and/or research in environmental science for individuals or small seminar groups. Course content to be arranged by student(s) and a supervising professor with approval of department head. Prerequisites: Students must have junior or senior standing, have an overall GPA of at least 2.5. and no I grades on their transcript. Independent study courses may be repeated for a maximum of eight credits. Additional information is available at the Department of Biology and Chemistry office. The nature and scope of financial management including math of finance, financing instruments, leverage and capital structure, financial planning and forecasting, risk and return analysis, capital budgeting. Prerequisites: AC133 and BA211. (Substitutes for QFV345 and QFN346) EV499 SENIOR THESIS (0,3) 1 Required of seniors majoring in environmental science. Students present seminars and provide an audience for fellow seniors. Each paper presented will be critically analyzed by the audience. (Also listed as BL499) Prerequisite: EV395. (Formerly QEV499) FINANCE Special topics courses will be available as eed and interest develop. Consult the ;mester Course Schedule for these. FN443 INSURANCE (4,0) 4 4 A study of the financial, legal and social aspects of the insurance industry with emphasis on risk and actuarial analysis, insurance institutions and operations, insurance contracts and policies including life, annuity, health, property, liability, group, business and governmental coverages. Financial planning worksheets are utilized to determine personal insurance needs and appropriate policy selection. Prerequisites: BA254 and mathematics competency. (Formerly QFN443) FN446 FINANCIAL ANALYSIS AND POLICY 4 (4,0) An analytical study of long and short term financial policy and strategy through case problems. Selected readings in financial theory supplement the case studies. Prerequisite: FN341. (Formerly QFN446) FN448 INVESTMENT STRATEGY N242 PERSONAL FINANCE t3,0) 3 An introduction to the principles of personal financial planning. Topics include the financial planning process, credit and borrowing fundamentals, analysis of savings, investments and taxes, individual insurance, retirement and estate planning. Prerequisite: Mathematics competency. (Formerly QFN242) FN245 PRINCIPLES OF FINANCE (3,0) 3 An introduction to the principles of business finance. Topics include math of finance, working capital management, financial planning and forecasting, debt and leasing, common and preferred stock, leverage and capital structure, capital budgeting, cost of capital. Students with credit in FN341 may not enroll in this course. Prerequisite: AC132 or OA119 and mathematics competency. (Formerly QFN245) FN248 REAL ESTATE (3,0) 3 A study of the basic principles of real estate practice. Coverage includes broker-agent relationships, real estate marketing, real estate law, financing, appraising, taxation, and math. Prerequisite: Mathematics competency. (Formerly QFN248) (4,0) .. 4 A study of investment media and securities markets, risk and return analysis, valuation theory, portfolio construction and investment mechanics. Prerequisite: FN341. (Formerly QFN448) FIRE SCIENCE Special topics courses will be available as need and interest develop. Consult the semester Course Schedule for these. FS101 INTRODUCTION TO FIRE SCIENCE (3,0) 3 Survey of the history and philosophy of fire protection. Examines present fire protection problems and future challenges, public fire protection agencies, firefighting equipment, and extinguishing agents. Special emphasis is placed on emergency responder’s safety and hazard material recognition. (Formerly QFS101) FS111 HAZARDOUS MATERIALS (3,0) . . 3. Principles of combustion; examination ot theoretical and practical aspects of combustion. Investigation of physical and chemical properties of substances which may harm responders, the general public and the environment. (Substitutes for QFS111) COURSES 266 �FS204 FIRE PROTECTION HYDRAULICS AND PUMPS 3 (3.0) The application of mathematics and physics laws to properties of water, force, pressure and flow velocities. Emphasis: applying principles of hydraulics to fire protection problems, use of water supply sources and needs; examines fire department apparatus testing, inspection and maintenance; deals with apparatus specifications and requirements. Prerequisite: FS101 and successful completion of math competency graduation requirement. (Formerly QFS201 and part of QFS202) FS205 FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS EQUIPMENT (3,0) 3 Use and water supply needs of sprinkler and stand pipe systems and devices, fixed extinguishing and detection systems and devices, fire department testing, inspection, and maintenance. Alarm centers, warning devices, and safety considerations are covered along with fire flow calculations, and risk FS204 and assessment. Prerequisite: successful completion of math competency graduation requirement. (Formerly QFS203 and part of QFS202) FS211 TACTICS AND STRATEGY (3,9) 3 Utilization of manpower, equipment, and apparatus on the fireground. Emphasis: prefire planning, fire ground decision making. Implementing tactics; and disaster planning. Students will use fire simulation programs and interactive technology to apply and implement the principles covered in didactic instruction. Prerequisite: FS204. (Formerly QFS211) FS301 CODE ENFORCEMENT INSPECTION AND FIRE PREVENTION 3 (3,0) FS401 SENIOR SEMINAR 3 £.0) Seminar and independent study course with individual student guidance by faculty on selected research topics in fire science. Prerequisite: CJ345 and senior standing in fire science or permission of instructor. (Formerly QFS401) FS403 FIRE SCIENCE INTERNSHIP 3-9 Fire science internship with an agency. Credit is based on 34 hours of field work per credit hour. Students must make application by the ninth week of the previous semester. Prerequisite: Senior standing or permission of instructor. (Formerly QFS403) FS420 FIRE SCIENCE MANAGEMENT AND INCIDENT ANALYSIS (3,0) 3 An application of the principles of fire attack and strategy through the use of exercises and computer generated simulations. Hazmat incident analysis and other major disaster case studies are used in this class. Prerequisite: FS 111, FS205, and FS21I. (Substitutes for QFS421) FRENCH Special topics courses will be available as Consult the need and interest develop, semester Course Schedule for these. FR151 FIRST YEAR FRENCH I (4,1) 4 Introduction to basic French grammar an' vocabulary, designed to acquaint the stude' with the minimum essentials of oral ai written French. Students will learn to re; magazines, newspapers and elementary tex* as well as to express themselves orally. (Substitutes for QFR171) An introduction to fire inspection procedures and inspection techniques as related to building construction, fire load, fire protection systems, plans and the storage of hazardous materials. A study of safety code enactment, formulation and its relation to fire prevention and public education efforts and responsibilities of the fire service. Prerequisite: FS 101. (Formerly QFS301) FR152 FIRST YEAR FRENCH II (4,1) 4 Further study of French grammar and vocabulary. Emphasis on student’s ability to communicate both orally and in writing. The reading of various materials with the aim of translating English, enlarging the vocabulary, and improving understanding of the language. Prerequisite: FR151 or equivalent. (Substitutes for QFR173; waive FR172) FS321 INDUSTRIAL FIRE PROTECTION (3,0) FR251 SECOND YEAR FRENCH I (4,1) 4 3 Examination of fire and life-style hazards in business and industry. Emphasis on managing the codes process, fire prevention, and training private fire brigades. Prerequisite: FS 101. (Formerly QFS321) Review of basic grammar; introduction to advanced idiom; use of oral French in classroom; writing of compositions in French; reading of French texts. Prerequisite: FR152 or equivalent. (Substitutes for QFR271) COURSES 267 �FR252 SECOND YEAR FRENCH II (4,1) 4 Emphasis on use of oral French; reading, translation, and explication de texte, conducted as much as possible in French. Prerequisite: FR251 or equivalent. (Substitutes for QFR273) FR351 ADVANCED CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION I "i (3,0) FR352 ADVANCED CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION II (3,0) 3 Continuation of FR351 with special emphasis on the development of a more mature oral and written expression. Prerequisite: FR351 or equivalent. (Substitutes for QFR377; waive FR376) 3 An initiation into the language skills for use in business situations in a French speaking environment. The course is organized around twelve different professional situations in the service industry. A conversational approach is used with systematic oral and written practice from authentic documents. May be taken concurrently with FR351. Prerequisite: FR252 or equivalent. (Substitutes for QFR381) FR354 BUSINESS FRENCH II (3.0). . 3 Continuation of FR353. The course is organized around twelve different professional situations within the industrial sector. Further systematic practice through visits to French speaking companies and individual reports. Aims to bring students to a level of proficiency in French business communication that would enable them to function in an internship situation. May be taken concurrently with FR352. Prerequisite: FR353 or equivalent. (Substitutes for QFR383; waive FR382) FR355 SURVEY OF FRENCH LITERATURE I Study and discussion of the major works of French literature of the 18th, 19lh and 20th century. May be taken concurrently with FR352. Prerequisite: FR355 or equivalent. (Substitutes for QFR373; waive FR372) GEOLOGY 3 Extensive reading of French contemporary prose and writing of compositions on related current issues. Directed discussion of all oral and written assignments. Systematic review of grammar. Prerequisite: FR252 or equivalent. (Substitutes for QFR375) FR353 BUSINESS FRENCH I (3.0) FR356 SURVEY OF FRENCH LITERATURE II (3,0) 3 (3.0) 3 A chronological study of the major works of French literature from its origins to the 18th century. Emphasis on the development and continuity of ideas and their evaluation within the political, social and religious framework of the time, their influence on the formation of the language and literature. May be taken concurrently with FR351. Prerequisite: FR252 or equivalent. (Substitutes for QFR371) Special topics courses will be available as Consult the need and iterest develop, semester Course Schedule for these. GE111 PHYSICAL GEOLOGY I (4,1) 4 The study of the materials, processes and features of the rocks and surficial materials Laboratory that form the earth’s crust, exercises involve minerals, rocks, and Prerequisite: None. topographic maps. (Substitutes for QGE101) GE112 PHYSICAL GEOLOGY II (4,1) . 4 Surficial processes and landforms continued from GElll. Geologic time, earthquakes, earth’s interior, ocean basins, mountains, plate tectonics and other aspects of our dynamic earth are also studied, supplemented by appropriate laboratory exercises and two field trips. Prerequisite: GElll or NS102 or permission of instructor. (Substitutes for QGE103) GE114 HELD EXCURSIONS IN EARTH SCIENCE (1,2) 2 A two-week field-based educational experience in which aspects of geology and, when feasible, the interrelationships between geology and biology will be addressed. Travel destinations will vary to include regions with unique natural history. Emphasis will be placed upon holistic scientific viewpoints. A summary report will be required. Trip expenses are the responsibility of the student. Prerequisite: Successful completion of one NS course or equivalent and permission of instructor. (Formerly QGE110) GE215 HISTORICAL GEOLOGY 3, (3,1) . Summary review of the geologic record concerning origin and evolution of earth through geologic time. Emphasis upon stratigraphic principles, depositional environments, the tectonic framework of North America and significant events in the history of plants and animals. Laboratory exercises involve stratigraphic maps and introductory paleontology. Prerequisite: GE112 or permission of instructor. (Formerly QGE210) COURSES 268 �GE216 STRUCTURAL GEOLOGY AND GEOLOGIC GRAPHICS (3.3) 4 Study of stress, strain and deformation of rocks and the structural features commonly occurring in them. Laboratory exercises deal with structures in three-dimensional space and emphasize graphic methods of solving problems and of communicating geologic data. Prerequisite: GE215 (Substitutes for QGE433 and QGE250) GE221 CRYSTALLOGRAPHY AND MINERALOGY (3.4) 4 A laboratory course initially emphasizing the crystalline structure of minerals followed by mineral identification techniques. Major topics include symmetry, crystals, physical properties, composition and related topics. Prerequisite: GE112 or NS 102 or permission of instructor. Pre or Corequisite CHI 15. (Substitutes for QGE301) GE222 MINERALOGY AND PETROGRAPHY (3.4) 4 A continuation of GE221 emphasizing mineral identification leading to hand lens identification of igneous, sedimentaiy, metamorphic and other rocks. Related topics include chemical tests and a student research project. Prerequisite: GE221 or permission of instructor. (Substitutes for QGE301) GE290 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN GEOLOGY (1-4,0) 1-4 Special studies and/or research in geology for individuals or small seminar groups. Course content to be arranged with instructor and with approval of the department head. This course may be repeated for a maximum of eight credits. Prerequisites: Sophomore standing or higher and permission of the instructor. GE321 OPTICAL MINERALOGY (2,3) 3 Optical properties of minerals and their underlying principles studied by oil immersion and thin section methods. Laboratory work consists of measuring optical properties and learning to identify unknown non-opaque minerals. Prerequisite: GE221. (Formerly QGE340) S^51. '"VERTEBRATE PALEONTOLOGY I (J,i) alternate years 3 Common invertebrate fossils, their evolutionary trends, anatomical features and geological significance. Special emphasis upon use of fossils for geologic dating and correlation, fossil description and classification. Prerequisite: GE215 or permission of instructor. (Formerly QGE441) GE352 INVERTEBRATE PALEONTOLOGY M (3,1) alternate years 3 Common invertebrate fossils and microfossils, their evolutionary trends, anatomical features and geological significance. Special emphasis upon use of fossils for geologic dating and correlation and use of paleontologic data. Prerequisite: GE351. (Formerly QGE442) GE422 IGNEOUS AND METAMORPHIC PETROGRAPHY (2,3) 3 Description and classification of igneous and metamorphic rocks including laboratory study of rocks in thin section. Prerequisite: GE321. (Substitutes for QGE341) GE423 SEDIMENTARY PETROGRAPHY (2,2) 3 The study of the history of sedimentary rocks with emphasis placed upon depositional models. Major topics include lithology, facies and microfacies recognition and relationships, and diagenesis. Prerequisites: GE215 and GE321. (Formerly QGE342) GE434 GEOTECTONICS (2,2) alternate years 3 A study of the general structure of the earth with emphasis on the dynamics of continental and oceanic crust. Includes a history of geologic thought leading to plate tectonics, with appropriate laboratory and student research projects. Prerequisites: GE222 and GE216. (Formerly QGE434) GE436 FIELD GEOLOGY (0,16) Six weeks of training and field experience ii the observation, mapping, recording and interpretation of the great variety of geologic features in the Sault Ste. Marie region. Some extended field trips will be required. A supply and travel fee will be charged. Prerequisites: GE216 and GE222 and senior status or instructor approval. (Formerly QGE436) GE461 STRATIGRAPHY AND SEDIMENTATION 4 (4,1) alternate years The study and interpretation of sedimentary processes and stratigraphic principles, emphasis on sedimentary relationships and depositional environments. Prerequisite: GE215. (Substitutes for QGE411) GE471 ECONOMIC GEOLOGY I 3 (2,2) alternate years A study of mineral resource forming processes, major rock-metal associations, and a survey of classic ore deposits. Related topics include exploration, mining metallurgy, marketing and environmental aspects. Laboratory exercises appropriate to the topic, and student research project. Prerequisites: GE112 and GE222 or equivalent. (Formerly QGE420) COURSES 269 �GE472 ECONOMIC GEOLOGY II (2,2) alternate years 3 A continuation of the resource forming processes and deposits begun in GE471. Coverage of minor metals, industrial minerals, energy resources, and the economic, environmental and political aspects of the demand for limited resources are included as time permits. Student research project and field trip. Prerequisite: GE471. (Formerly QGE421) GE490 RESEARCH TOPICS IN GEOLOGY (1-4.0) 1-4 Special studies and/or research in geology for individuals or small seminar groups. Course content to be arranged with instructor and with approval of the department head. This course may be repeated for a maximum of eight credits. Prerequisites: Junior standing or higher and permission of the instructor. GEOGRAPHY Special topics courses will be available as need and interest develop. Consult the semester Course Schedule for these. GG106 PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY: LANDFORMS (3,1) 3 Introduction to the description and distribution of landforms with emphasis on lithospheric, hydrospheric and atmospheric relationships. Natural (physical) science credit given. Prerequisite: Completion of mathematics competency graduation requirement. (Formerly QGG106) GG108 PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY: METEOROLOGY AND CLIMATOLOGY (3,1) 3 'ntroduction to earth-sun relationships, maps tnd elementary principles of atmospheric ;cience. Natural (physical) science credit given. Prerequisite: Completion of mathematics competency graduation requirement. (Formerly QGG108) GG201 WORLD REGIONAL GEOGRAPHY (4,0) alternate years, F91 4 A study of the physical environment, resources, past and present economic development, population distribution, and historical development of Europe, Asia, The Islamic Middle East and North Africa, SubSaharan Africa, Latin America, and North America. (Substitutes for QGG221 or QGG222) GG302 ECONOMIC GEOGRAPHY (4,0) alternate years, F92 4 A study of the internal and external interrelationships of the various economic groupings of the world, i.e. North America, Europe and the emerging 3rd world. (Substitutes for QGG301). GG306 CULTURAL GEOGRAPHY (3.0) alternate years, S92 3 A study of the relationship of environment, culture, and adaptive patterns, i.e. the socio­ economic development. A special emphasis will be placed upon the current problems associated with food supplies, shortages, and 3rd world development. (Substitutes for QGG305). GG321 GEOGRAPHY OF EUROPE AND GREAT BRITAIN 4 (4.0) alternate years A study of the physical, cultural, and economic interdependence of the Western European Community. Special emphasis will be placed upon the role of the EEC in world economic development. Prerequisite: Junior standing or instructor permission. (Substitutes for QGG311) GG322 GEOGRAPHY OF SOUTH AMERICA, CENTRAL AMERICA, AND THE CARIBBEAN REGION 4 (4,0) alternate years, S91 The study of the geographical features, cultural history of the major regions in South America, Central America, and the Caribbean with special concern for their 20th century development. Prerequisite: Junior standing or instructor permission. (Substitutes for QGG312). GG323 GEOGRAPHY OF EAST AND SOUTHEAST ASIA 4 (4,0) alternate years, F92 The study of the geography of Japan, China, Korea, Southeast Asia and India with special emphasis on the impact of the major religions, regional rivalries and 20th century development. Prerequisite: Junior standing or instructor permission. (Substitutes for QGG313). GG325 REGIONAL GEOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICA 4 (4,0) alternate years, F93 The study of the physical, cultural, and economic development of various regions of Canada and the United States with special emphasis on the development of regional characteristics and cultural traditions. Prerequisite: Junior standing or instructor permission. (Substitutes for QGG315 and QGG316). GG360 HISTORICAL GEOGRAPHY OF EASTERN NORTH AMERICA 4 (4,0) alternate years, F93 A study of the impact of the physical features upon the historical development of Eastern Canada and the Eastern regions of the United States. Special attention will be given to the Western Migration patterns. Prerequisite: Junior standing or instructor permission. (Substitutes for QGG350). COURSES 270 �GG490 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN GEOGRAPHY M-4) 1-4 Special topics such as regional, historical, economic, urban, cultural or physical geography. Prerequisites: junior standing and permission of instructor. May be repeated up to a total of twelve credits. GG492 INDIVIDUALIZED STUDIES IN GEOGRAPHY P-4,0) 2-4 GERMAN Special topics courses will be available as need and interest develop. Consult the semester Course Schedule for these. 4 Introduction to basic German grammar and vocabulary, acquainting the students with minimum essentials of oral and written German. Reading of German texts. (Substitutes for QGN181) GN142 RRST YEAR GERMAN II (4,1) 4 Further study of German grammar and vocabulary. Emphasis on oral expression. Reading of various materials in German with aim of enlarging the student’s vocabulary and improving understanding of the language. Prerequisite: GN141 or equivalent. (Substitutes for QGN183; waive QGNI82) GN241 SECOND YEAR GERMAN I (4.1) 4 Review of basic German grammar, study of vocabulary, idiom, and word formation to improve reading and conversational abilities. Prerequisite: GN142 or equivalent. (Substitutes for QGN281) GN242 SECOND YEAR GERMAN II (4.1) 4 Reading and discussion of more advanced German literary materials; conducted as much as possible in German. Emphasis on spoken language. Prerequisite: GN241 or equivalent. (Substitutes for QGN283) NOTES Special topics courses will be available as need and interest develop. Consult the semester Course Schedule for these. HE104 NUTRITION FOR EARLY CHILDHOOD 3 (3,0) This is designed to provide an opportunity for specialized study of issues, problems, and selected topics in geography. Prerequisite: Junior standing or instructor permission. (Formerly QGG491). GN141 RRST YEAR GERMAN I (4,1) HEALTH Introduction to the function and metabolism of nutrients with special emphasis on the relationship between nutrition and childhood growth and development between 0-8. Lectures, discussion and community based assignments will relate the body systems to the child’s nutritional status, review recent developments in nutrition as they relate to childhood development, and provide basic nutrition education principles for adaptation in community settings. (Formerly QAH104) HE181 RRST AID (0.5,1.5) 1 Basic course in first aid. Theoretical and practical experience in university laboratory. • (Formerly QAH181) HE190 PREHOSPITAL EMERGENCY CARE AND CRISIS INTERVENTION I 3 (2.3) Techniques of emergency medical care needed by the emergency medical technicianambulance attendant. Theoretical and practical experience in administering preliminary emergency care and transportation of sick and injured victims to medical care centers. (Formerly QAH 190) HE191 PREHOSPITAL EMERGENCY CARE AND CRISIS INTERVENTION II (1.3) Simulated practice with some in-hospi observation. Emphasis on laboratory practi j of skills needed for functions of an EMT-J Prerequisite: HE 190. (Formerly QAH 191) HE208 NUTRITION 2 (2,0) Basic principles of normal nutrition with emphasis on basic nutrients and food groups. Nutrition throughout life cycle including stressors impacting on nutritional requirements. Social, biological and physical sciences integrated throughout course. Preqrequisite: BL105 or BL121. (Formerly QAH204) HE209 PHARMACOLOGY (3,0) 3 Study of basic concepts of pharmacology and their relationships to health care. Drug metabolic processes are described providing foundation for clinical judgments about drug actions, reactions, and interactions. Prerequisite or Corequisite: BL122 or BL105. (Formerly AH203) COURSES • 271 �HE232 PATHOPHYSIOLOGY (3,0) 3 Study of physiological alterations in the body which disrupt homeostasis. Integrates anatomy, physiology and biochemistry into framework for studying disease. Core content provides understanding of mechanism and principles of disruptions of health. Emphasis on clinical correlations and physiological basis for common disorders. Prerequisite: BL122, or permission of instructor. Corequisite: CH105. (Formerly QNU244) HE235 COMPUTER APPLICATION IN HEALTH SCIENCES 2 (1,2) Introduces students to computer usage and its application to education, research and practice in health care professions. Topics include computer fundamentals, computer language, information systems, data-base systems, expert systems, health care applications, ethical considerations and relationships of computers to health care trends. Prerequisite: NU2I3 or permission of instructor. (Formerly QNU285) HE330 APPUED NUTRITION (2,0) (3,0) 3 This course examines current prevention, detection, and treatment approaches for alcohol abuse and alcoholism. Prerequisite: HM204. (Substitutes for QHM291 and QMH291). HM480 GRANTWRITING (3,0) 3 This course gives advanced students experience in the research, writing, and planning skills involved in preparing grant proposals for human service problems. Prerequisite: Instructor permission. (Substitutes for QRC480). HISTORY Special topics courses will be available as need and interest develop, Consult the semester Course Schedule for these. HS101 HISTORY OF WORLD CIVILIZATION I 4 (4,0) 2 Application of nutrition principles in health care; obesity, anorexia nervosa, and bulimia; emphasis on gathering information and relevant objective measurements (anthropometric, biochemical) for use in developing nutritional care plans. Prerequisite: HE208 or permission of instructor. (Formerly QAH324/QNU324) A study of world civilization from earliest time through the baroque. (Substitutes for QHS144) HS102 HISTORY OF WORLD CIVILIZATION II 4 (4,0) A study of world civilization from the baroque to the present. (Substitutes for QHS146, waive QHS145) HS131 UNITED STATES HISTORY I (4,0) HUMAN SERVICES 4 A study of United States history from the colonial settlement to the end of the American Civil War in 1865. (Substitutes for QHS147) Special topics courses will be available as need and interest develop. Consult the semester Course Schedule for these. HM204 FUNDAMENTALS OF DRUG ABUSE (3,0) 3 Examines the pharmacology of commonly abused psychoactive and high-use drugs. Emphasizes the physiological effects of drug use and abuse. Topics include stimulants, depressants, opiates, hallucinogens, inhalants, cannabis, over-the-counter drugs, alcohol and drug testing. Prerequisites or corequisites: BL105 or BL121 or equivalent. (Substitutes for QHMI04). HM250 HUMAN SERVICES PRACTICUM (1,9-27) HM292 ALCOHOL ABUSE PREVENTION & TREATMENT 3-9 This course provides a field placement opportunity for students to practice skills and use knowledge gained in skill minor coursework. Prerequisite: Instructor permission. (Substitutes for QHM203). HS132 UNITED STATES HISTORY II (4,0), 14. A study of United States history from the end of the Civil War to the present. (Substitutes for QHS149, waive QHS148) HS201 CLASSICAL WORLD AND MEDIEVAL EUROPE 4 (4,0) A survey of Mediterranean civilization from the Bronze Age to the eve of the Renaissance. This course will be offered every third year. (Substitutes for QHS247) HS202 RENAISSANCE, REFORMATION AND BAROQUE EUROPE 4 (4,0) A study of the political, institutional, religious, social, economic, and cultural developments from 1400 to 1700. This course will be offered every third year. (Substitutes for QHS249, waive QHS248) COURSES 272 �HS230 SURVEY OF AMERICAN INDIAN HISTORY (4.0) 4 HS315 EUROPE FROM NAPOLEON TO WORLD WAR I (4,°) 4 HS316 EUROPE IN THE 20TH CENTURY (4,0) 4 A study of American Indian History from earliest times to the present, with emphasis placed on the historical development of Indian tribes located in the Great Lakes Region. (New course in fall, 1991) (Also listed as NA230) A study in the political and economic history of Europe in the period 1789-1914. This course will be offered every third year. (Substitutes for QHS348) HS231 AMERICAN MILITARY HISTORY (4,0) A study of Europe in the age of Nazism, Communism, World War I and II, and the Common Market. This course will be offered every third year. (Substitutes for QHS349) 4 A general survey of American military history with a specific emphasis on the Midwest and Great Lakes regions to utilize the unique geo­ graphic location of LSSU. Field trips to the Straits of Mackinac and St. Joseph’s Island are a part of the course. (Substitutes for QHS250) HS235 HISTORY OF APPLIED SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY (4,0) 4 An introductory study of the origins and development of the applied sciences and technology from 1790 to the present. This survey will focus on the scientists, engineers, and inventors responsible for the rapid rise of modem technology, industry and business with particular emphasis on the developments in chemistry, metalurgy, electromagnetism, thermodynamics, and cybernetics. The impact of these developments on the marketplace and society in general will be a major concern. This course will be offered every third year. (Substitutes for QHS275) HS301 HISTORY OF ENGLAND-1000 TO 1714 (4,0) 4 These seven hundred years witness the formation and maturing of most of the important political and social institutions that have come to be the Anglo-Saxon civilization and tradition. This period is critical to understanding present-day American culture and civilization. This course will be offered every third year. (New course in fall, 1991) HS302 ENGLAND IN THE MODERN WORLD (4,0) 4 A history of England from 1715 to the present, emphasizing the struggle for parliamentary government, the Anglo-French conflict for commercial and colonial empire, the Industrial Revolution, the evolution of democracy, and the recession of the British Empire. This course will be offered every third year. (Substitutes for QHS311) HS310 RUSSIA: FROM UNDERDEVELOPED STATE TO SUPERPOWER (4,0) 4 A study of Russian history from Peter the Great to the present. This course will be offered every third year. (Substitutes for QHS321) HS331 AMERICAN INTELLECTUAL AND CULTURAL HISTORY I (4,0) 4 A study of American cultural and intellectual institutions as they developed from their Elizabethan and European origins to the mid­ nineteenth century. The emphasis will be placed upon the emergence of the unique and variant adaptations that arose in the first 250 years of English settlement in America. This course will be offered alternate years only. (Substitutes for QHS360) HS332 AMERICAN INTELLECTUAL AND CULTURAL HISTORY II (4,0) 4 A study of American culture from the mid­ nineteenth century until the present. Often considered our finest century, the nineteenth century witnesses many of America’s most unique, fascinating and important contributions. The physical and philosophical aspects of these years will be surveyed. Particular attention will be given to areas where America comes to exercise important influences overseas. This course will be offered alternate years only. (Substitutes for QHS362, waive QHS361) HS335 AMERICAN POLITICAL PARTIES (4,0) 4 HS346 CANADIAN HISTORY (4,0) 4 A study of the rise and development of the American party system and the large number of major and minor parties that have participated in this system in the years prior to 1945. These parlies will be treated in an historical fashion rather than structurally. May be taken for political science credit. This course will be offered every third year. (Substitutes for QHS365) A survey of Canadian History including the moving frontier, relations with the United States, British-French rivalry, the establishment of democratic government, and the changing relationship to Great Britain. This course will be offered every third year. (New course in fall, 1991) COURSES 273 �HS361 LATIN AMERICA (4.0) 4 HS496 HISTORICAL METHODS (2,0) 2 A study and analysis of Latin American History from the end of the Colonial Period to the present. This course will examine the basic political, social, and religious institutions of Latin America and their evolution and role in the change of development of the region. The issues and problems of U.S.-Latin American relations will be an important focus of this study. This course will be offered every third year. Prerequisite: GG322 Geography of South America, or permission of instructor. (New course in fall, 1991) Survey emphasizing research aids and techniques and historical analysis. Readings, discussions, and written exercises introduce students to problems, methods, and techniques of historical research. Discussion of and practice in main techniques of historical method, including bibliography and documentation. Prerequisites: Senior standing and pursuit of a major or a minor in history, or permission of instructor. (Formerly QHS491) HS371 FAR EAST CIVILIZATION 1850 - PRESENT (4,0) Students will complete an historical research project under the supervision of a faculty member; at end of term participants make oral presentation at seminar for other students and invited guests, and submit the final paper. Prerequisite: HS496. (Substitutes for QHS493; waive HS492) 4 A study of the history of China, Japan, India, and adjoining areas of Asia from 1850 to present. This course will be offered every third year. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. (New course in fall, 1991) HS440 THE DECLARATION OF INDEPENDENCE AND THE CONSTITUTION (4,0) 4 The events between 1763 and 1791 which produce these documents are the United States in the historical sense. Using original documents and contemporary comments, this critical era will be studied in depth to determine from whence we came. This course will be offered every third year. Prerequisite: U.S. history sequence desired or permission of instructor. (New course in fall, 1991) HS441 DIPLOMATIC HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES I (4,0) 4 American diplomacy from 1775 through the nineteenth century to U.S. entry into World War I in 1917. May be used as political science credit. Offered alternate years only. (Substitutes for QHS431) HS442 DIPLOMATIC HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES II (4,0) 4 American diplomacy from the entry of the U.S. into World War I in 1917 up through the present day. May be used as political science credit. Offered alternate years only. (Substitutes for QHS433, waive QHS432) HS497 SENIOR SEMINAR IN HISTORY (0-6) 2 HOSPITALITY Special topics courses will be available as Consult the need and interest develop, semester Course Schedule for these. HT121 INTRODUCTION TO HOSPITALITY INDUSTRY (4,0) 4 An overview of the hospitality industry including the operation and trends in restaurant/food service management, lodging management and travel/tourism. Introduction to destinations and the following components of travel/tourism: modes of travel, tour management, associations, agencies, marketing and sales, career preparation and opportunities and travel publications. (Formerly QTR121) HT231 DESTINATIONS d-3,0) 1-3 Modules of 1,2, or 3 credits each. Each module will present a geographic area of travel (examples: Central America, Southern Europe, Scandinavian countries, Southwestern U. S., U.S., world, or tropical destinations); the unique cultures, characteristics, points of interest, money, government regulations, imports/ exports, and tourism development will be studied. Modules will be offered on a rotating and on-demand basis. (Formerly QTR231) COURSES 274 �HT291 HOTEL AND RESTAURANT MANAGEMENT 1-17 Students majoring in hospitality management, hotel and restaurant option, in the business administration program are required to complete 41 semester credits in food service and hospitality management, These requirements may be met either through transfer of credit from other institutions, or by enrollment in this course. The University subcontracts with Sault College of Applied Arts and Technology, or other service providers, to provide facilities and instruction for HT291 courses. Students may re-enroll for a total of 30 credits under this course number. Prerequisite: Admission to hospitality management; consultation with, and permission by, the coordinator of hospitality. (Formerly QBA291) HT441 INTERNSHIP-TRAVEL AND TOURISM OR HOTEL-RESTAURANT MANAGEMENT 1-6 Student work placement in a travel/tourism business or agency, or hotel or restaurant, with stated, specific work objectives to meet each student’s interests and career aspirations and to apply what has been studied by the student. Internship plan to be developed by student, employcr/s and instructor prior to enrollment. Prerequisite: HT42I or permission of instructor. (Formerly QTR44I) HT321 TRAVEL-TOURISM PLANNING AND DEVELOPMENT I (3.0) 3 Principles of management applied to pavel/tourism and other hospitality enterprises; includes study of planning, organizing, staffing, operations and control; travel information systems management; overview of travel research, travel agency procedures; itineraries; scheduling and routing; tariffs and ticketing. Prerequisite: HT121, MN370 or permission of instructor. (Formerly QTR321) HT322 TRAVEL-TOURISM PLANNING AND DEVELOPMENT II (3.0) 3 Study of group travel planning and sales; planning conventions, seminars, meetings, and group accommodations; incentive marketing travel programs; business travel; national tourism programs; state, provincial, and local programs; transportation regulation and deregulation, passenger travel and transportation of goods. Prerequisite: HT321 or permission of instructor. (Formerly QTR322) HT421 TRAVEL TOURISM CASES (3.°) C3 Planning of simulated and actual trips and tours for business and pleasure-individual and group travel; students will plan and conduct area tours, conduct employee training sessions and work with travel/tourism agencies and businesses. Current issues in travel and tourism will be studied and individual research projects will be conducted and discussed. p of Prerequisite: HT322 or permission instructor. (Formerly QTR421) COURSES ■ 275 NOTES �HU490 DIRECTED STUDIES IN HUMANmES HUMANITIES Special topics courses will be available as need and interest develop. Consult the semester Course Schedule tor these. HU251 HUMANITIES I (4,0)i 4 The humanities in the life of mankind from prehistory to the Medieval epoch. Emphasizes significant values evolved in the Hebrew, Greek, Roman, and early Christian cultures. Includes consideration of the origins of the arts, language, religion, mythology, and philosophy, and ancient Chinese and Indian systems of religious thought. Prerequisite: ENl 10 (Substitutes for QHU295) HU252 HUMANmES II (4.0) 4 Continuation of HU251. the humanities in the age of science, from the early Renaissance to the present. Prerequisite: ENl 10. (Substitutes for QHU297) 1 0.0) To provide students who have omitted one term of the general humanities sequence with an opportunity to read or explore material related to the content of that term. Papers and tutorial session required. Prerequisites: Seven hours of humanities credit; evidence that students are capable of carrying out independent study; approval of department head. (Substitutes for QHU490) INTER­ DISCIPLINARY Special topics courses will be available as need and interest develop, Consult the semester Course Schedule for these. ID300 MAN AND HIS ENVIRONMENT (3,0) 3 A survey of world mythology from "Gilgamesh" to "Finnegan’s Wake". Prerequisite: ENl 10. (Substitutes for QHU301) Designed to assist the participant in understanding how the individual can become involved with solving environmental problems. Prerequisite: Junior status or permission of course coordinator. (Formerly QID300) HU256 INTRODUCTION TO FILM: IMAGES OF OUR CULTURE ID399 INTERNSHIP IN (DEPARTMENT) (2-4,0) 2-4 HU255 WORLD MYTHOLOGY (3.0) 4 (2,2) 3 An exploration of film as an image of our culture in both its technical sense and in its role as contemporary art form which both conveys and delimits our aesthetic and social values. Focus on the visual elements of film, historical development of the medium, and its narrative modes through screening of significant films. Applies toward humanities general education requirement. Prerequisite: ENl 10. (Substitutes for QEN200) HU261 WORLD LITERATURE I (4,0) 4 This course is designed to provide students with an opportunity to earn credit while obtaining meaningful discipline-related work experience outside the classroom setting. Students are expected to spend a minimum of 45 hours in an approved work setting for each credit hour earned. The course may be repeated once for a maximum of 4 credits. Prerequisite: 2.5 GPA in major, junior standing and permission of department head at least one semester in advance of registering for the course. (Formerly QID399) The Ancient World to the Renaissance. Readings in translation of significant texts. Primarily Western. Selection can include the Bible and works by such authors as Homer, Vergil, Thucydides, Tacitus, Boccaccio, Montaigne, Rabelais, and others. Applies toward humanities General Education requirement. Prerequisite: ENl 10. (New course in fall, 1991) HU262 WORLD LITERATURE II &0) The Renaissance to modem times. 4 Readings in translation of significant texts. Primarily Western. Selections can include works by Galileo, Voltaire, Racine, Goethe, Ibsen, Dostoevksy, Brecht, Kafka, Sartre, and others. Applies toward humanities General Education requirement. Prerequisite: ENl 10. (New course in fall, 1991) COURSES 276 NOTES �JOURNALISM JR411 BROADCAST EDmNG AND PRODUCTION Special topics courses will be available as need and interest develop, Consult the semester Course Schedule for these. JR210 WRmNG FOR THE MASS MEDIA (3,0) 3 Designed to acquaint journalism students with the basic similarities and differences in newswriting among the mass media, particularly newspapers, radio and television. Student will practice writing in the various formats. Prerequisites: EN110; ability to type 40 words per minute. (Substitutes for QJR201) JR211 PRINT NEWSWRITING (3,0) 3 Designed to improve students’ print newswriting skills. Writing of basic print news stories, such as obituaries, speech, news conference and meetings, accidents. Fires, natural disasters, schools, taxation, and police and the courts. Prerequisite: JR210, or permission of instructor. (Substitutes for JR203; waive JR202) 3 (2,3) Designed to build upon the broadcast reporting, writing and performing skills developed in JR410. Students will become familiar with production of newscasts, public affairs documentaries, the role of the producer in modem radio, the function and operation of the console, tape recording and playback units, microphones and sound, splicing and dubbing, achieving effects, and news-oriented talk shows. Prerequisite: JR410, or permission of instructor. (Substitutes for QJR302) JR413 DIRECTED INDIVIDUAL STUDIES (2,0)i LEGAL ASSISTANT STUDIES JR310 ELECTRONIC EDITING AND PRODUCTION (2,3) 3 Designed to build upon JR2l I. Students will gain an understanding of basic copyediting responsibilities-use of symbols, headline writing, and newspaper design and layout-and the ability to discharge those responsibilities under deadline pressure. Prerequisite: JR2U. (Substitutes for QJR306) JR311 SUPERVISING SCHOOL PUBLICATIONS (3,0) 3 The teaching of high school journalism; the role of the faculty advisor to high school publication; the high school newspaper; the high school yearbook; methods of production; problems of production; the elements of libel; good taste. Prerequisite: JR2l l, or permission of instructor. (Substitutes for QJR305) JR410 BROADCAST NEWSWRITING (2,3) 3 Designed to improve students’ broadcast newswriting skills from the fundamental level Upon of those developed in JR210. completion of this course,the student will be familiar with the process by which broadcast news is reported, written and performed on the air. Prerequisite: JR210, or permission of instructor. (Substitutes for QJR301) 2 Shine Sundstrom journalism internship at Sault Ste. Marie EVENING NEWS: Experience in newsroom and on assignment; writing, rewriting; use of word processor. Prerequisites: Junior status; JR210 and JR211. File application with head of Arts and Letters Department by Fifth week of previous semester. (Formerly QJR413) Special topics courses will be available as need and interest develop. Consult the semester Course Schedule for these. LA102 LEGAL RESEARCH AND CASE ANALYSIS 3 (3.0) Introduction to the law library and its use. Students will develop research techniques and skills in using encyclopedias, treatises, digests, case reporters, looseleaf services, annotated reports, legal periodicals, legislation, legislative history, administrative materials, shepardization, and citation of legal authorities. Students will also develop skills in analyzing, evaluating and synthesizing court opinions and statutory law. (Formerly QLA102 and part of QLA103). LA125 CIVIL UTTGATION AND PROCEDURE 4 (4.0) Concentration on Federal and Michigan rules of procedure prior to, during and after trial. Detailed study of drafting pleadings, discovery procedures and case preparation for trial and appeal. Prerequisite: LA 102 and LA 150. (Formerly QLA125 and QLA126). COURSES • 277 �LA140 PERSONAL INJURY LITIGATION AND INVESTIGATIVE TECHNIQUES (3,0) 3 The study of personal litigation shall include principles of negligence, intentional torts, strict liability, products liability, and professional malpractice. Emphasis will be placed on investigative techniques utilized in personal injury cases and students will draft complaints and other documents used in such litigation. The course also covers interviewing techniques and utilization of expens and documentary evidence. (Substitutes for QLA140). LA150 THE LEGAL ASSISTANT PROFESSION AND ETHICAL CONSIDERATIONS Overview of the legal assistant profession including job qualifications and employment opportunities. General legal principles and terminology shall be discussed. The Code of Professional Responsibility and its application to legal assistants shall be studied m detail including such areas as: confidentiality; conflict of interest; legal advertising; competency considerations: and legal malpractice. (Formerly QLA101 and QLA150). LA202 LEGAL WRITING AND ANALYSIS (3,0) 3 Introduction to legal writing styles and skills. Through review and preparation of legal documents, students will become acquainted with basic principles, style, organization, and structure of certain legal documents which shall include letter writing, and preparation of memorandum of law and an appellate brief. Research skills and analysis of court opinion will be further refined. Prerequisites; LAI02 and LAI25. (Formerly QLA104 and part of QLA103). LA250 LAW OFFICE MANAGEMENT, SYSTEMS AND TECHNOLOGY (3,0) 3 The management and organization of a law office, including such areas as staffing, timekeeping, equipment, legal systems, file maintenance, public relations, and the utilization of computer technology in law office organization, litigation and case preparation shall be discussed. Prerequisites: LA202 and LA 125 or permission of instructor. (Substitutes for QLA250). LA299 LEGAL ASSISTANT INTERNSHIP AND PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT SEMINAR 0*3-7) 4-8 A supervised work experience as a legal assistant with a law firm, government agency, court, or business enterprise such as a bank, corporation, or insurance company. Personal ana professional goals shall be refined, including resume preparation, interviewing skills, job search plan and overall career planning. Prerequisites: LA202, LA 125, and permission of instructor. (Formerly QLA299). LA300 SEMINAR IN LEGAL ASSISTANT STUDIES (variable) 1-4 A seminar dealing with selected topics in Legal Assistant Studies. The content of this course may vary each time the course is offered. May be repeated with permission of advisor. Prerequisites: LA202, LA 125, and/or permission of Legal Assistant Advisor. (Formerly QLA300). LA305 TRIBAL LAW AND GOVERNMENT (3,0) 3 A study of tribal law which will explore such areas as the structure of tribal government; tribal sovereignty; treaties; civil and criminal court jurisdiction in Indian country; tribal resources; tribal economic development; taxation and regulation; rights of individual Indians; and various federal laws and court cases concerning and affecting tribes and their members. Prerequisite: HS230 or permission of instructor. (New course in fall, 1991) (Also listed as NA305) LA320 REAL ESTATE LAW (3.0) 3 Various aspects of real estate law and procedures will be studied and include conveyances, mortgages, land contracts, titles, environmental concerns, foreclosure proceedings, and landlord-tenant relationships. Emphasis will be placed on preparation of legal documents and pleadings regarding real estate law. Prerequisites: LA 102 and LA 125 or permission of instructor. (Formerly QLA222). LA321 FAMILY LAW (2.0) 2 LA322 PROBATE LAW AND PROCEDURE ^ Areas of Family Law including marriage contracts, divorce, separation, child custody, juvenile law, and adoption will be explored. Prerequisites: LAI 02 and LA 125 or permission of instructor. (Formerly QLA221). Vte Probate Code will be discussed in detail along with the major topics of wills, estates trusts, guardianships, conservatorships, and other Probate Court procedures. Preparation of probate documents and pleadings will be emphasized. Prerequisites: LA202, LA 125, ana LA320. (Formerly QLA220). LA401 EVIDENCE AND TRIAL PRACTICE (3,°) An in-depth 5 study of trial preparation tuid practice including gathering and organization of materials and information; discovery; depositions; voir dire; preparing trial witnesses and exhibits; preparing trial motions and briefs; jury instructions and forms; organizing the tnal; and post-trial procedures and documents. Tne course also covers evidentiary rules as they relate to trial practice and preparation. Prerequisites: LA202, LA 125, LA 140, and LA 150. (Formerly QLA401). COURSES 278 �LA405 NO-FAULT AUTOMOBILE LAW (3,0) 3 The study of the Michigan -No-Fault Automobile Law, including Michigan statutory and case law developments; first and third party cases; recoverable benefits and damages; review of insurance policies; and the preparation and evaluation of such cases for settlement and trial. Prerequisites: LA202, LA 125, LA 140, and LA 150. (Formerly QLA405). LA406 WORKER'S DISABILITY COMPENSATION LAW (2,0) 2 A study of the Worker’s Disability Compensation Act, including both Michigan statutory and case law developments. Also, the administrative procedures and worker’s compensation case preparation will be addressed. Prerequisites: LA202, LA 125, and LA 140. (Formerly QLA406). LA450 ADVANCED LEGAL WRITING AND INTERVIEWING SEMINAR (3,0) 3 An advanced study of legal research and writing including the preparation of complex pleadings, legal documents, mediation summaries, settlement brochures and trial and appellate briefs. Development in interviewing and investigative skills and techniques with regard to client and witnesses will also be discussed. Prerequisites: LA202, LA 125, LA 150 & senior standing or permission of instructor. (Formerly QLA301 and QLA450). LA490 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN LEGAL ASSISTANT STUDIES 1-4 d-4) This may take the form of either a research project or a program of directed reading on a specific topic. One to four credits over a period of one or two semesters may be granted according to the nature of the student’s project. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. May be repeated up to a total of 8 credits. MATHEMATICS Special topics courses will be available as need and interest develop. Consult the semester Course Schedule for these. MA091 BASIC MATHEMATICS: ALGEBRA (4,0) 4 Arithmetic calculations including basic arithmetic skills, fractions, decimals, proportions and percentages. Fundamental concepts and techniques of introductory algebra including polynomial manipulations, factoring, solving equations, and graphing. Prerequisite: None. This course is graded on a credit/no credit basis. Credit in this course does not apply toward graduation. (Substitutes for QMA091) MA092 INTERMEDIATE ALGEBRA (3,0) 3 An algebra course for those students who have not had at least one and one-half years of high school algebra or who need a refresher course in algebra. Elementary operations, first degree equations, products and factoring, algebraic fractions, exponents and radicals, quadratic equations, functions and systems of equations. Prerequisites: One year of high school algebra and a score of 15 or better on the mathematics placement exam or MA091 with credit. Credit in this course Tlbes not apply toward graduation. (Formerly QMA092) MA109 TRIGONOMETRY AND VECTORS 2 trigonometric functions of a right triangle, ana of real numbers, graphs of trigonometric functions, identities, inverse trigonometric functions, vectors, and complex numbers. Prerequisite: Satisfactory mathematics placement score or MA092 with a grade of C or better. This course will not count toward a major or minor in mathematics. (New course in fall, 1991) MA111 COLLEGE ALGEBRA (3,0) 3 Algebra for business, life and social science students. Inequalities, functions, graphs of linear, polynomial and rational functions, exponential and logarithmic functions, mathematics of finance, systems of linear equations and matrices, linear programming, and introduction to probability. Prerequisite: Two years of high school algebra and satisfactory achievement on the mathematics placement exam or MA092 with a grade of C or better. High school plane geometry also recommended. This course will not count toward a major or minor in mathematics. (Formerly QMA111) MA112 CALCULUS FOR BUSINESS AND LIFE SCIENCES Limits, differentiation, applications of the derivative, integration, application of the definite integral, techniques of integration. Calculus of exponential and logarithmic functions, elementary differential equations, functions of several variables. Prerequisite: MAI ll with a grade of C or better. This course will not count toward a major or minor in mathematics. (Substitutes for QMA112) MA140 ALGEBRA FOR TECHNOLOGISTS (3,0) 3 Algebra for students of science and technology. Algebraic operations, functions and graphs, factoring and fractions, quadratic equations, exponents and radicals, complex numbers, exponential and logaritmic functions, systems of linear equations, determinants and matrices. Prerequisites: Two years of high school algebra and satisfactory achievement on the mathematics placement examination or MA092 with a grade of C or better. This course will not count toward a major or minor in mathematics. (This course with MA109 will substitute for QMA115 and QMA116) COURSES 279 �MA141 TECHNICAL CALCULUS I (4,0) 4 Plane analytic geometry, the derivative and procedures of differentiation, integration and applications of integration, derivatives of trigonometric and inverse trigonometric functions, exponential functions, and logarithmic functions. Prerequisites: MA109 and MAI40 each with a grade of C or better. (Substitutes for QMA201) MA142 TECHNICAL CALCULUS II (4,0) 4 MA207 PRINCIPLES OF STATISTICAL METHODS (3,0) 3 Dost Descriptive statistics, probability distributions (including normal, binomial and chi-square), techniques of statistical inference including tests ot hhypotheses and selected nonparametric tests. ('This course is a survey of elementary statistical concepts.) Prerequisite: Completion of mathematics competency graduation requirement. This course will not count toward a major in mathematics. (Formerly QMA207) MA215 FUNDAMENTAL CONCEPTS OF MATHEMATICS Integration of trigonometric, exponential and logarithmic functions, methods of integration, partial derivatives and double integrals, polar coordinates, curve fitting, series expansion of functions, using MacLaurin, Taylor, and Fourier Series. First and second order differential equations and Laplace transform methods. Prerequisite: MA141 with a grade of C or better. (Substitutes for QMA203) Elements of set theory, set algebra, cardinality, logic, mathematical induction, methods of proof, Junctions, relations, equivalence relations. Prerequisite: MA151 or MA142 or MAI 12 (latter course with permission of instructor only) (Formerly QMA215) MA150 PRECALCULUS MATHEMATICS (4.0) detected 3 MA240 ADVANCED TECHNICAL MATHEMATICS (3,0) 3 4 Basic theory of functions including polynomial, exponential, logarithmic and trigonometric functions. Inequalities, topics from analytic geometry and plane trigonometry, Provides the essential background for calculus and subsequent upper level mathematics. Prerequisites: Two years of high school algebra and one year of plane geometry and satisfactory achievement on the mathematics placement exam, or MA092 with a grade of C or better. Courses in trigonometry and analytic geometry are recommended. This course will not count toward a major or minor in mathematics. (Formerly QMA121) MA151 CALCULUS I (4.0) topics from discrete mathematics including fundamental counting principles, recurrence relations, and an introduction to graph theory. A strong emphasis is placed on Fundamental problem solving techniques. Prerequisite: MA215 or permission of instructor. (New course in fall, 1991) Applied linear algebra and vector algebra, Laplace transform methods for solution of first ana second order linear differential equations. Spherical and cylindrical coordinate systems, graphing of kinematic quantities. Pre or co­ requisite: MA142. (Formerly QMA302) MA251 CALCULUS III {TU0) 4 Limits, continuity, differentiation, applications of the derivative, integration, applications of the definite integral. Prerequisite: High school mathematics which includes two years of algebra, one year of plane geometry, and one-half year of trigonometry and satisfactory achievement on the mathematics placement exam, or MAI50 with a grade of C or better. (Substitutes for QMA132) MA152 CALCULUS II (4.0) MA216 DISCRETE MATHEMATICS AND PROBLEM SOLVING 4 Logarithm and exponential functions, inverse trigonometric functions, techniques of integration, improper integrals, L’hopital’s rule, infinite series, conic sections, polar coordinates, parametric equations. Prerequisite: MA151 with a grade of C or better. (Substitutes for QMA134) 4 Thrt ...ree dimensional space, vectors, vectorvalved functions, partial differentiation, multiple integration, topics in vector calculus. Prerequisite: MAI52 with a grade of C or better. (Substitutes for QMA232) MA261 INTRODUCTION TO NUMERICAL METHODS floating point representation of numbers and floating point arithmetic. Survey of numerical metho as for solving a wide variety of common mathematical problems, including Solution of a single non-linear equation, solution of a system of linear equations, matrix inversion, numerical integration, function approximation, interpolation. Emphasis will be on the actual computer implementation of common algorithms for solving these problems. Prerequisites: CS111 and either MAI42 or MAI52. (Formerly QCS241) COURSES 280 �MA290 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN MATHEMATICS (1-4,0) 1-4 Special studies and/or research in mathematics for individuals or small seminar groups. Course content to be arranged with instructor and with approval of the department head. This course may be repeated for a maximum of eight credits. Prerequisites: Sophomore standing or higher and permission of the instructor. MA305 COMPUTATIONAL LINEAR ALGEBRA Introduction to matrix algebra and vector3 spaces. An examination of the topics of linear algebra, with an emphasis on computational aspects. Applications of matrices and linear algebra in the natural and social sciences. Prerequisites: CS111, and either MAI 12, MA141, or MA151. (Formerly QMA305) MA308 PROBABILITY AND MATHEMATICAL STATISTICS (3.0) 3 An introductory course in probability and mathematical statistics, Probability, probability distributions, mathematical expectation, moment generating functions, central limit theorem, estimation of parameters, hypothesis testing. Prerequisite: MA112 or MA142 or MA152. (Formerly QMA208) MA309 MATHEMATICAL STATISTICS (3,0) alternate years 3 A continuation of MA308 including nonparametric methods, analysis of variance, multiple regression, and an introduction to statistical software packages. Prerequisite: MA308 (Substitutes for QMA209) MA310 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS ^Differential 3 equations of first order, linear differential equations of second and higher orders. Introduction to power series methods, applications. Prerequisite: MA152 (Formerly MA321 HISTORY OF MATHEMATICS (3,0) on demand 3 Selected topics in the development of mathematics from the time of tne ancient Babylonians and Egyptians to the twentieth century. Prerequisites: MA152 and MA215 (Formerly QMA321) MA325 COLLEGE GEOMETRY (3,0) on demand MA341 ABSTRACT ALGEBRA I 3 (3,0) alternate years An introduction to congruences, groups, subgroups, quotient groups, fundamental homomorphism theorems, Sylow theorems. Prerequisite: MA215. (Formerly QMA34I) MA342 ABSTRACT ALGEBRA II (3,0) on demand 3 A continuation of MA341 including rings, integral domains, ideals, quotient rings, the natural homomorphism, fields and polynomial rings. Prerequisite: MA341. (Formerly MA351 GRAPH THEORY (3,0) alternate years 3 Selected topics in graph theory, including connectivity, matchings, edge and vertex colorings, networks and tournaments. Prerequisite: MA216. (Formerly QMA351) MA401 MATHEMATICAL MODELING (3,0) alternate years 3 Selected applications of mathematics in such areas as biology, economics, social science and engineering are discussed. The construction of a mathematical model used to study a real situation will be stressed, as well as interpretation of mathematical results in that context. Prerequisites: Jr/Sr standing, a course in computer programming, and mathematical maturity at the level of MA305, MA308, or MA310. (Formerly QMA315) MA411 ADVANCED CALCULUS 3 (3,0) alternate years An extension of the calculus in one, two, and three dimensions leading to the formulation and solution (in simple cases) of the partial differential equations of mathematical physics. Differential and integral calculus of vectors, divergence, curl, line, surface and volume integrals, Green’s divergence and Stokes’ theorems, heat and wave equations, Fourier series, orthogonal sets, boundary value problems, separation of variables. Prerequisite: MA251. (Formerly QMA411) MA413 INTRODUCTION TO COMPLEX ANALYSIS 3 (3,0) on demand nie calculus of functions of a complex variable, algebra and geometry of complex numbers, elementary functions, limits, derivatives, Cauchy-Rieman equations, integrals, Cauchy integral theorem, series, singularities, residue theorem. Prerequisite: MA251. (Formerly QMA413) 3 Selected topics in geometry, including some or all of the following: Modern elementary geometry, transformations. Euclidean constructions, dissection theory, projective geometry, introduction to non-Euclidean geometry, and problems in foundations of geometry. Prerequisites: MA152 and MA215. (Formerly QMA325) MA421 REAL ANALYSIS I 3 (3,0) alternate years An examination of some of the foundations of the calculus, including basic topology of the real line, limits, continuity, metric spaces, function spaces, some uniformity concepts. Prerequisites: MA215 and MA251. (Formerly QMA412) COURSES ■ 281 �MA422 REAL ANALYSIS II (3,0) on demand 3 Continuation of MA421 with emphasis on measure and integration. Prerequisite: MA421. (Formerly QMA.422) MA490 RESEARCH TOPICS IN MATHEMATICS (1-4,0) 1-4 Special studies and/or research in mathematics for individuals or small seminar groups. Course content to be arranged with instructor and with approval of the department head. This course may be repeated lor a maximum of eight credits. Prerequisites: Junior standing or higher and permission of the instructor. MECHANICAL ENGINEERING 4 Technical drawing to include instruments, lettering, geometric construction, sketching, multiview projection, sectioning, auxiliary views, dimensioning, tolerancing, fasteners, design and working drawings, reproduction and control drawings, pictorial drawings, intersections, graphical vector analysis, and graphs. (Substitutes for QME 105,115) ME124 BASIC COMPUTER AIDED DRAFTING (CAD) 3,0) 3 3asic Autocad to include setting up and :onfiguring Autocad software, MS-DOS, graphical primitives, editing, (2-D) instruction techniques, symbols, drawing mhancements, printer-plotting, isometric irawing, system variables, dimension variable, rnd Autosketch. Prerequisite: ME104 or emission of instructor. (Substitutes for □ME 125) MARKETING pecial topics courses will be available as ;ed and interest develop. Consult the unester Course Schedule for these. MK285 RETAIL MANAGEMENT (3.0) 3 A study of the Field of retailing. A survey of retail institutions; store location and organization; buying and merchandising techniques; retail advertising, sales promotion and image; human resource policies; and store protection. (Formerly QMK285) 3 (3,0) A study of the principles and practices in various advertising media such as newspaper, radio, television, outdoor and direct mail; consideration of creative methods, consumer behavior, measurement of effectiveness, and coordination with other aspects of the promotional program. (Formerly QMK287) MK384 PHYSICAL DISTRIBUTION (3,0) 3 MK386 MATERIALS MANAGEMENT (3,0) 3 An analysis of the physical supply-physical distribution system. Studies areas of movement control, including distribution centers and warehousing, traffic and transportation, inventory management, information flow and cost-service alternatives. Prerequisite: MK281. (Formerly QMK384) A study of the principles and methods used in purchasing materials, supplies, and equipment. Purchasing procedures, buying policies, stock planning, market appraisals, and the functions of the purchasing agent. Prerequisite: MK281. (Formerly QMK386) MK389 INDUSTRIAL MARKETING MANAGEMENT 3. (3,0) A study of the marketing structure ana function for business-to-business and industrial transactions. Prerequisite: MK281. (Formerly QMK389) MK480 MARKETING RESEARCH Strategy™0 pr,nciples and (4.0) 3 The study of personal selling and its requirements. Topics included are buyer behavior, sales presentations from prospecting to closing the sale, and overcoming objections. Sales interviews by students are an integral part of the course. (Formerly QMK283) MK287 ADVERTISING THEORY AND PRACTICE Special topics courses will be available as need and interest develop. Consult the semester Course Schedule for these. ME104 TECHNICAL DRAWING (3,3)i MK283 PRINCIPLES OF SELLING (3.0) 4 d the development of marketing strategy, and13k382)EN1 10‘ (Substitutes *°r MK2«1 3 Application of research methods to the Field of marketing. Methods of gathering and presenting data, market analysis, consumer surveys and sales forecasting. Students will participate in a research project. Prerequisites: BA211 and MK281. (Formerly QMK480) COURSES 282 �MK483 SALES FORCE MANAGEMENT MN464 ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOR IN BUSINESS (4,0) , . £0) Principles and policies of sales organization;3 earner opportunities; recruiting, selecting, and training sales people; motivation, supervision, and evaluation of sales performance; compensation plans, quotes, and expense accounts. Prerequisites: MK281, MK283. (Formerly QMK483) MK486 INTERNATIONAL MARKETING M Principles and methods of international3 marketing; strategies for foreign market entry and operations. Analysis of tne environment of international marketing management with emphasis on problems connected with social, cultural, institutional, and economic variables found in foreign markets. Prerequisite: MK281. (Formerly QMK486) MN469 COLLECTIVE BARGAINING (3.0) MK487 ADVERTISING MANAGEMENT Special topics courses will be available as need and interest develop. Consult the semester Course Schedule for these. MN370 um^NAGEMENT principles and AN RES0URCE CONCEPTS (4,0) rinciplcs and techniques of management: annmg organizing, staffing and directing; opment of management thought; ctTrr0nmenl human resource management; . and organizing; directing and eadership; safety, health, Tabor and employee relations; performance appraisal. Prerequisite: umor status or permission of instructor. (Substitutes for QMN360 and QMN365) (4 o?51 labor MN471 PRODUCTION AND OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT: MODELS, METHODS AND APPLICATIONS 5 ^tudy and analysis of operations of modem industrial and service organizations. Topics covered include scheduling and assignment problems, forecasting, inventory models, project management, mathematical programming, decision theory, game theory, Markov models, replacement problems, $rercqufsi(e:Pr°BA2]j' (Subs,i,u“'s for NOTES LAW An analysis of labor laws pertaining to unionmanagement relations; emphasis on the private sector as well as on laws relating to health pare institutions; legal aspects of relationships between unions and their members; federal wage and hour laws, including administration °* the statutes and their relationship; amicable remedies for violations of federal labor laws. Prerequisite: MN370. (Formerly QMN451 and substitutes for QMN465. JJN461 MANAGEMENT SIMULATION 3 Realistic simulations of business operations with an opportunity to practice the functions of management by means of computerized models and cases. Prerequisite or corequisite: FN341 or permission of instructor. (Formerly QMN462 and QMN463) COURSES 3 An analysis of the process of collective bargaining, the major subjects of negotiation, including arbitration of gncvances; process of dispute settlements; and influence of larger environment. The discussion includes theories of bargaining, strategies, and weapons available to both parties. Also examines collective employee-employer relationships in the public sector and tactics of public employee groups and agencies. Prerequisite: Junior standing or permission of instructor. (Formerly QMN469) Planning and preparation of advertising3 programs. Includes preparation of messages and budgets and selection of media. Utilizes case studies. Prerequisites: MK281 and MK287. (Formerly QMK487) MANAGEMENT 4 An analysis of problems relating to management and organizational behavior typically requiring decisions by an administrator. Topics include leadership, motivation, communication, problem solving, decision making, conflict resolution, group dynamics and employee training and development. Prerequisite: MN370 or permission of instructor. (Formerly QMN464) 283 �MT310 KINEMATICS (2,2) MECHANICAL ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY Special topics courses will be available as ~ need and interest develoid. Consult the semester Course Schedule :tor these. MT100 INTRODUCTION TO MECHANICAL SYSTEMS AND COMPUTER PROGRAMMING (2,1) 2 Careers and opportunities. Reviews technical'' competence expected of engineering technologists. Engineering computations using BASIC. (New course in Fall 1991) MT112 MANUFACTURING PROCESSES I _, (2,3) 3 Capabilities and limitations of machines and processes for promotion planning or designing machinery, mechanical parts, and systems. Prerequisite: e: MTIOO ivmuu or permission of instructor. >(Substitutes for QMT126) MT113 MANUFACTURING PROCESSES II (2,3) 3 Continuation of MT112. In addition, computer-aided numerically controlled machining. Prerequisite: MT112. (Substitutes for QMT136 and QDT221) WT220 STATICS 3,0) 3 rheory and application of principles of statics with emphasis on problem solving, free body diagrams and vector analysis. Theory applied to equilibrium of particles and principles of rigid body equilibrium. Prerequisite or corequisite: MAI41, PH221, and MT100, or permission of instructor. (Substitutes for QMT227) MT241 STRENGTH OF MATERIALS (3,3) 4 A study of the concepts in stress analysis and stress measurement. Topics include axial, shear, torsion, bending, and transverse stresses. Also covered are axial strain, shear strain, poissons ratio, Hookes Law, and the transformation of stress and strain. Stress measurement in the laboratory will include use of a tensile machine and strain gages. A Final project with oral and written communication are incorporated as an integral part of the course. Prerequisites: MT220, ET201. (Substitutes for QMT231) MT253 ENGINEERING MATERIALS (3,3) 4 Physical structure of engineering materials, properties, testing, and applications. Prerequisite: CH181. Corequisite: MT241. (Substitutes for QMT233) 3 Theory and application of principles of kinematics with emphasis on problem solving. Position, velocity, and acceleration analysis applied to particles and rigid bodies. Prerequisite: MT220. Corequisite: MAI42. (Substitutes for QMT321) MT311 DYNAMICS (2,2) 3 Theory and application of principles of dynamics with emphasis on problem solving and free body diagrams. Kinematics, kinetics, kinetics of particles using work, energy, and momentum principles. Kinematics and kinetics of rigid bodies. Prerequisite: MT310. (Formerly QMT327) MT316 STATICS AND STRENGTH OF MATERIALS (3,1) 3 MT331 QUALITY CONTROL (3,0) 3 Fundamental concepts of statics and strength of materials. Solution of problems including forces, moments, normal stress, shear stress, bending stress, and torsional stress. Theory and application of strain gages. Not for credit for a degree in Mechanical Engineering Technology. Lab meets two hours per week for second half of semester. Prerequisite: PH221. (Substitutes for QMT326) An introduction to the philosophy, principles, and methods for the use of statistical process control in the manufacturing environment. Numerous control charts and frequency distributions will be covered in detail. Management methods and philosophy will also be discussed. Prerequisite: MA141. (Formerly QDT231) MT341 FLUID MECHANICS (3,0) 3 Theory and application of principles of fluid mechanics with emphasis on problem solving. Basic measurement, statics, kinematics, continuity, energy balances, and impulsemomentum principles of ideal and real fluids. Prerequisites: MT220 and MAI 42 or permission of instructor. (Substitutes for QMT421) MT371 NC/CNC MANUFACTURING PROCESSES 3 Writing NC/CNC programs in machine code, and the setup and trial runs to produce production parts from these programs. Computer software interfacing between programming languages and various industrial machines will be stressed. Prerequisite: MT113 or permission of instructor. (Substitutes for QMT361, QMT420) COURSES 284 �MT410 MACHINE DESIGN I (3,2) 4 Design and selection of machine elements, power transmission units, and their components. Prerequisites: MT241, MT253, MT311 or permission of instructor. (Substitutes for QMT401) MT411 MACHINE DESIGN II (3,2) 4 Continuation of MT410. In addition, the design of a machine for a particular application including specifications, details, and working drawings. The results are presented in oral and written form. An industrial setting will be simulated. Prerequisite: MT410. (Substitutes for QMT402.403) MT412 FINITE ELEMENT ANALYSIS IN MACHINE DESIGN (2,0) 2 This course is designed to teach the fundamentals of finite element analysis (FEA) in machine design. Prerequisite: MT410. (Substitutes for QMT404) MT430 THERMODYNAMICS (3,0) 3 MU112 BAND (0,3)i 1 Open to all students in University. The Concert Band performs representative band and wind ensemble literature and provides a challenging musical experience. (Substitutes for QMU115) MU113 BAND (0,3) 1 Open to all students in University. The Concert Band performs representative band and wind ensemble literature and provides a challenging musical experience. (Substitutes for QMU117) MU140 CHORUS (0,3) 1 Regular rehearsals and participation in various campus activities. Admission by permission of the instructor. (Substitutes for QMU118) MU141 CHORUS (0,3) . . . 1 Regular rehearsals and participation in various campus activities. Admission by permission of the instructor. (Substitutes for QMU 120) Theory and application of principles of thermodynamics. First and second laws of thermodynamics, energy conversions, properties of working substances, processes and cycles. Prerequisite: MT341. (Substitutes for QMT441) MU160 JAZZ ENSEMBLE (0,3) MT431 THERMODYNAMICS AND HEAT TRANSFER Regular rehearsals and performances during the school year. Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor. (Substitutes for QMU 123) (3,3) 4 Continuation of MT430. In addition, fundamentals of steady state and transient conduction, convection, and radiation heat transfer. Design and analysis of heat exchangers. Prerequisite: MT430. (Substitutes for QMT442.453) MUSIC MU161 JAZZ ENSEMBLE (0,3) MU110 ORCHESTRA (0,3) 1 Perform regular series of concerts as a member of the Sault Symphony Orchestra. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. (Substitutes for QMUlOl) 1 Perform regular series of concerts as a member of the Sault Symphony Orchestra. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. (Substitutes for QMU 103) 1 MU170 CLASS PIANO I (0,2) Beginning piano techniques. Music reading ability helpful but not required. (Substitutes for QMU 130) MU171 CLASS PIANO II (0,2) Special topics courses will be available as need and interest develop. Consult the semester Course Schedule for these. MU111 ORCHESTRA (0,3) 1 Regular rehearsals and performances during school year. Prerequisite: permission of instructor. (Substitutes for QMU 121) 1 To improve proficiency and techniques gained in MU 170. Prerequisite: MU 170 or permission of instructor. (Substitutes for QMU 132) MU180 CLASS GUrTAR I (0,2) 1 Introduction to guitar playing including knowledge of musical rudiments, left and right hand techniques and ensemble performance. (Substitutes for QMU 150) MU181 CLASS GUITAR II (0,2) 1 Course emphasizes increasing technical achievement, musicianship and the development of individual musicality. (Substitutes for QMU 152) COURSES • 285 �MU220 HISTORY AND APPRECIATION OF MUSIC I (4,0) 4 A survey of music from the Middle Ages to the early nineteenth century with emphasis on the music of Bach, Handel, Haydn, Mozart and Beethoven. Counts as Humanities substitute. (Substitutes for QMU230) MU221 HISTORY AND APPRECIATION OF MUSIC II (4,0) 4 A survey of music of the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. Counts as Humanities substitute. (Substitutes for QMU232) MU250 CHAMBER MUSIC I (0,2) 1 For advanced students interested in solo and ensemble performance in a supervised program. Prerequisite: Admission by permission of instructor. (Substitutes for QMU235) MU251 CHAMBER MUSIC II (0,2) 1 For advanced students interested in solo and ensemble performance in a supervised program. Prerequisite: Admission by permission of instructor. (Substitutes for QMU237) MU260 HISTORY & APPRECIATION OF JAZZ (4,0) 4 The course explores the historical and stylistic development of jazz and explains how to listen to this type of music. Counts as a Humanities substitute. (Substitutes for QMU240) NAT VE AMER CAN STUDIES NA305 TRIBAL LAW AND GOVERNMENT (3,0) 3 A study of tribal law which will explore such areas as the structure of tribal government; tribal sovereignty; treaties; civil and crminal court jurisdiction in Indian country; tribal resources; tribal economic development; taxation and regulation; rights of individual Indians; and various federal laws and court cases concerning and affecting tribes and their members. Prerequisite: NA230 or permission of instructor. (New course in fall, 1991) (also listed as LA305). NA310 SEMINAR IN NATIVE AMERICAN STUDIES (3,0) 3 A seminar dealing with selected topics in Native American Studies. The content of this course may vary each time the course is offered. NA225, S0226, Prerequisites: NA230, NA235, and NA305 or permission of instructor. (New course in fall, 1991) A study of current Native American issues, Prerequisities: problems, and concerns. NA225, S0226, NA230, NA235, and NA305 or permission of instructor. (New course in fall, 1991) NATURAL SCIENCES 3 A study of the Native American-Indian and Inuit-cultures of North America from earliest times to the present with emphasis on contrasting patterns of cultures. (Substitutes for QS0277) (Also listed as S0225) NA230 SURVEY OF AMERICAN INDIAN HISTORY (4,0) An overview of Native American Literature including myths, poetry, biographys, legends, and stories from recognized Indian and nonIndian authors. The significance of Indian philosophy found in such literature will be emphasized. Prerequisite: EN210 or EN215 or permission of instructor. (New course in fall, 1991) (Also listed as EN235) NA320 CONTEMPORARY NATIVE AMERICAN ISSUES 3 (3,0) Special topics courses will be available as need and interest develop. Consult the semester Course Schedule for these. NA225 NATIVE CULTURES OF NORTH AMERICA (3,0) NA235 SURVEY OF NATIVE AMERICAN LITERATURE (3,0) 3 4 A study of American Indian History from earliest times to the present, with emphasis placed on the historical development of Indian tribes located in the Great Lakes Region. (New course in fall, 1991) (Also listed as HS230) Special topics courses will be available as Consult the need and interest develop, semester Course Schedule for these. NS101 CONCEPTUAL PHYSICS (3,1) . ... 3 A survey of basic physical science principles emphasizing their applications in daily life. Prerequisite: Completion of the mathematics competency graduation requirement, (formerly QNS101) COURSES 286 �NS 102 INTRODUCTION TO GEOLOGY (3.1) 3 A survey course to acquaint students with the major concepts and phenomena inherent in a study of geology. It will also provide sufficient background for a better understanding of human relationship to the physical environment. Prerequisite: None. (Formerly QNS102) NS103 ENVIRONMENTAL BIOLOGY (2.2) 4 An introduction to environmental concepts and a brief survey of environmental issues facing society. Emphasis is placed on solutions and the responsibility of the individual towards these solutions. (Formerly QNS103) NS105 PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY: EARTH, SUN AND WEATHER (3,1) 3 Study of the physical properties of the earth’s surface as they relate to weather and climate. Prerequisite: None. (Formerly QNS105) NS107 PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY: LANDFORMS AND SOILS (3.1) 3 Study of the physical properties of the earth’s surface as they relate to landfonns and soils. Prerequisite: None. (Formerly QNS107) NS119 DESCRIPTIVE ASTRONOMY (3.1) 3 Introductory course with a balanced, comprehensive account of contemporary astronomy with emphasis placed on the broad principles of astronomy rather than on a chronological or historical framework. Prerequisite: Completion of the mathematics competency graduation requirement. (Formerly NURSING Special topics courses will be available as need and interest develop, Consult the semester Course Schedule for these. NU110 INTRODUCTION TO PROFESSIONAL NURSING I (1,0) 1 Focus on historical origin of nursing and its evolvement into current status as major profession; role of nursing in meeting present ^d future holistic needs of contemporary society; philosophy of, concepts, and roles in nursing. (Formerly QNU141) NU211 INTRODUCTION TO PROFESSIONAL NURSING II 3 (3,0) Theoretical foundation for nursing practice, nursing concepts and theories needed to promote, maintain, and restore health throughout the life cycle, including nursing theory, human needs, human development, stress adaptation, teaching-learning and legal aspects. Prerequisites: NUllO, PY155, acceptance into nursing major. (Formerly QNU241) NU212 HEALTH APPRAISAL (2,3) 3 NU213 FUNDAMENTALS OF NURSING (3,6) 5 NU325 PARENT/NEWBORN NURSING (3,6) 5 An introduction to nursing assessment component of the nursing process as a method of determining a well individual's health potential and status across the lifespan. Emphasis is on obtaining a health history, performing a nursing assessment and formulating a nursing diagnosis. Prerequisites: PY155, HE208, BL122. Corequisite: HE232 and NU2I l. (Formerly QNU242) Theoretical and clinical foundation upon which nursing is applied to individual client experiencing common health stressors. Emphasis: forming nursing diagnoses derived from human needs theory and implementation of both appropriate nursing interventions and related psychomotor nursing skills. Responsibilities as a health team member and as a self-directed learner are also considered. Prerequisites: NU21I, NU212, HE208, corequisites: HE209, BL223 Theoretical and clinical foundation for care of the child-bearing family using family centered approach. Emphasis: leaching and health promotion. Stress Adaptation and Self Care theories used to help clients cope with stressors encountered during child-bearing cycle. Prerequisites: NU212, NU213, HE232, HE209. (Formerly QNU343) NU326 PARENT/CHILD NURSING 6 Theoretical and clinical foundation for application of nursing process in caring for children and their families. Emphasis: heajth promotion, maintenance and restoration with application of principles and concepts related to growth and development, family theory and stress adaptation. Prerequisites: NU212, NU213. HE232, HE209, PY155. (Substitutes for QNU344) COURSES 287 �NU327 ADULT NURSING I (4,12) 8 Combined theory and clinical laboratory with concepts of stress adaptation related to common health alterations in each of the basic human need areas, Nursing clinical experience is primarily in secondary care settings for adult clients. Prerequisites: NU2I2. NU213, HE209. HE232. (Substitutes for QNU345) NU328 TRANSCULTURAL NURSING (2,0) 2 Discusses and explores values, beliefs and practices related to health by using a comparative transcultural approach. Focuses on the delivery of health care to various cultural and ethnic groups. Prerequisites: Graduate nurse or NU213 or its equivalent. (Formerly QNU322) NU431 ADULT NURSING II (4,12) 8 This is a theory and clinical laboratory course focusing on application of the nursing process in care of the adult client with multiple health stressors. Basic human needs theory and concepts of Stress/Adaptation, Health Promotion, Health Maintenance, Health Restoration and Teaching-Learning are applied. The student collaborates with the health team and applies theory and principles of leadership and management in providing care in secondary and tertiary care settings. Prerequisites: NU325, NU326, NU327. Corequisite: NU435. (Formerly QNU441) NU432 COMMUNITY HEALTH NURSING (3,6) 5 This course explores the diverse health needs Social, cultural, political. of women, economic, legal, and ethical issues are analyzed for their influence on women’s health care. Emphasis is placed on how one might positively influence women’s health. Prerequisites: Junior level standing, PY101, SO 101. (Formerly QNU323) Theoretical and clinical foundation in community health nursing. The nursing process is applied to communities, groups, families and individuals. Content includes the application of public health nursing principles, levels of prevention and epidemiology. Expands the roles of the nurse as teacher, collaborator, advocate and direct care provider. Examines health care delivery trends and issues. Prerequisites: NU327, NU362, S0326 and all required junior level nursing courses. (Substitutes for QNU442) Corequisite: NU433. NU330 APPUED NUTRITION (2,0) NU433 MENTAL HEALTH NURSING (3,6) 5 NU434 NURSING RESEARCH (3,0) 3 NU435 MANAGEMENT IN NURSING (3,0) 3 NU329 ISSUES IN WOMEN S HEALTH (2,0) 2 2 Application of nutrition principles in health care: obesity, anorexia nervosa, and bulimia; emphasis on gathering information and relevant objective measurements (anthropometric, biochemical) for use in developing nutritional care plans. Prerequisite: HE208 or permission of instructor. (Formerly QAH324/QNU324) NU361 TRANSITION TO PROFESSIONAL NURSING 3 (3,0) Explores concepts of socialization and professionalism in relation to baccalaureate education in nursing: examines conceptual frameworks, nursing models and theories pertinent to practice of nursing and selected legal, social, ethical, economic and political issues in professional nursing and health care delivery. Prerequisites: Acceptance into BSN program or permission of instructor. (Formerly QNU350) NU362 HEALTH APPRAISAL AND PROMOTION THROUGH THE LIFESPAN 6 (4,6) Application of nursing theory to health appraisal, promotion and maintenance of the individual and family throughout the lifespan. Emphasis on principles of comprehensive history-taking, physical assessment skills, health teaching and health promotion strategies. Prerequisites: NU361. Pre or corequisites: HE232. (Substitutes for QNU356 and QNU358) Theoretical and clinical foundation in mental health nursing. Emphasis is on the use of the therapeutic relationship and communication skills to help clients cope with stressors of life experiences. Nursing, human needs theory, family theory, stress adaptation theory and developmental theory are used to help the client achieve optimum level of mental health. Prerequisites: HE232 and all required junior level nursing courses. (Substitutes for NU342) Focus is on the ethics, methods, evaluation of research studies and consideration of application of nursing research findings in delivery of health care. Students discuss and evaluate nursing research studies and develop and present sections of a research proposal. Prerequisites: PY210 or MA207, NU325, NU326, NU327 or NU361. (Formerly QNU443) Analysis of the leadership and management roles in professional nursing; focus is on leadership/management theories basic to the planning, organizing, directing and controlling of nursing services in health care settings. Includes concepts of quality assurance, risk management, performance appraisal, fiscal planning, employee relations. Prerequisite: NU431 or NU361. (Substitutes for QNU444) COURSES 288 �NU436 CONTEMPORARY ISSUES IN NURSING (2,0) 2 Analysis of issues involving the professional nurse. Explores role socialization from student to professional nurse. Selected social, ethical, economic, and legal issues will be examined. Prerequisites: NU325, NU326, NU327. (Formerly QNU445) NU451 CRITICAL CARE NURSING (3,0) 3 Assists student in developing nursing knowledge essential to care of critically ill client/family. Health promotion maintenance and restoration interventions are stressed in care of clients with severe alterations in basic human needs. Prerequisite: NU431 or graduate nurse. (Formerly QNU45I) NU452 INTERDISCIPLINARY APPROACH TO APPLIED GERONTOLOGY 2 Study and application of gerontological theories and research in the interdisciplinary care management of the aging client. Analyzes strategies to protect, promote and maintain the well being and health of the client. Emphasis is on interdisciplinary collaboration to achieve measurable outcomes. The role of helping professionals in implementing or altering health policies is explored. Prerequisite: S0326 or permission of instructor. (Formerly QNU452) NU490 INDEPENDENT STUDY (1-4.0) OA112 KEYBOARD SKILLBUILDING 2 (4,0) 7 1/2 WEEKS Improvement of keyboarding speed and accuracy (both alphabetic and numeric), using developmental programs and keyboarding drills. Student may take this course to accumulate 2-4 credits. Once an office administration student reaches 60 wpm skill on alpha/numeric text (error rate - I per minute) this course becomes an elective. Prerequisite: OA111 or 30 wpm keyboarding skill. (Formerly QOA112) OA113 DOCUMENT FORMATTING II (2,0) OA119 ACCOUNTING PROCEDURES (4,0) 4 Accounting experiences common to small business or professional offices; development of basic principles underlying accounting procedures; techniques and records used in analyzing, classifying, recording, and summarizing transactions; accounting procedures applied to a computer simulation for small businesses. May not be taken for credit following successful completion of AC 132. (Substitutes for QOA119) PHYSICS 1-4 Individual investigation of topics tailored to student interest and need. Prerequisites: Junior or Senior standing and permission of the instructor. OFFICE ADMINISTRATION Special topics courses will be available as Consult the need and interest develop. semester Course Schedule for these. 2 Formatting of legal documents, medical ____ _ and reports, governmental histories correspondence, accounting statements, and technical text/data, using word processing software. Prerequisite: OAIII. (Formerly QOA132) Special topics courses will be available as Consult the need and interest develop, semester Course Schedule for these. PH221 ELEMENTS OF PHYSICS I (3,2) 4 General principles of rigid body mechanics (kinematics, laws of motion, energy and momentum), fluid mechanics, and thermal physics. Prerequisite: MAI09, and either MAI 11 or MAI40. (Substitutes for QPH201) PH222 ELEMENTS OF PHYSICS II OA111 KEYBOARDING/DOCUMENT FORMATTING I 3 (3,0) Introduction to typewriter and computer keyboard; development of basic keyboarding skill-alphabetic, numeric, and 10-key pad numeric; to assist student to reach optimal skill and more efficiently use computer terminals, information processor, and typewriter keyboards. This course is intended for students with no previous typing experience. Students will be pretested by the instructor the first day of class for placement in accordance with beginning skill level. Also, formatting of business letters, memos, tables, and reports (APA, MLA, and Turabian formats), using word processing software. (Formerly QOA131 and QOA 111) (3,2) 4 Vibrations and waves, electricity and magnetism, optics, relativity and modem physics. Prerequisite: PH22I with a grade of C or better. (Substitutes for QPH203) PH224 TOPICS IN PHYSICS FOR ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY 4 (3,2) Vibrations and waves, optics, relativity and modem physics (identical to PH222). Electricity and magnetism topics of particular relevance to electronic engineering technology. Prerequisite: PH221 with a grade of C or better, Sophomore standing in EET coursework, and MA141 (which may be taken concurrently). (Substitutes for QPH301) COURSES 289 �PH231 GENERAL PHYSICS I (4,2) 5 An introductory calculus-based course in rigid body mechanics and fluid mechanics. Intended primarily for students in physical science, mathematics and pre-engineering curricula. Pre- or corequisite: MAI52. (Substitutes for QPH207) PH232 GENERAL PHYSICS II (4,2) . "i. 5 Continuation of PH231. Introduction to thermal physics, optics, electricity, magnetism, and topics from modem physics. Prerequisite: PH231 with a grade of C or better. (Substitutes for QPH209) PH290 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN PHYSICS (1-4,0) 1-4 Special studies and/or research in physics for individuals or small seminar groups. Course content to be arranged with instructor and with approval of the^department head. This course may be repeated for a maximum of eight credits. Prerequisites: Sophomore standing or higher and permission of the instructor. PH311 PRINCIPLES OF HYDROLOGY (3,0) alternate years 3 Origin, movement, and uses of water with emphasis on water resources in relation to human needs and environmental :onsiderations. Hydrologic principles, runoff analysis, flood routing, urban hydrology, floodplain hydraulics, groundwater hydrology. Prerequisites: PH22I or PH231, or permission of instructor. Prior computer programming experience recommended. (Substitutes for QPH3I1) i PH312 GROUNDWATER HYDROLOGY (3,0) alternate years 3 Uses, preservation and protection of ground water. Physics and chemistry of ground water. Influences of geological structures and ground water exploration. Hydraulics and modeling techniques for ground water and water wells. Water well design, construction, and testing. Prerequsites: PH221,222 or PH231,232; PH311; and a course in computer programming. (New course Fall 1991) 3 An introductory course in logic; study of the role of logical methods of the rational approach to knowledge, consideration of such concepts as definition, implication, inference, syllogism, deduction. Counts as Humanities substitute. Prerequisite: EN210 or EN215; or permission of instructor. (Substitutes for QPL202) PL302 ANCIENT WESTERN PHILOSOPHY (3,0) 3 A study of the origins and the development of Greek and Roman philosophy from the preSocratics to the early Christians. Counts as Humanities substitute. Prerequisite: EN210 or EN215; or permission of instructor. (Substitutes for QPL301) POLITICAL SCIENCE Special topics courses will be available as need and interest develop. Consult the semester Course Schedule tor these. PS110 INTRODUCTION TO AMERICAN GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS (4,0) 4 PS120 INTRODUCTION TO LEGAL PROCESSES (3,0) 3 An introductory survey of American national government and politics. (Formerly QPS110) An introduction to the nature and characteristics of law as it operates in the United States: structure and function of judiciary, process of litigation, influences on law, and impact and enforcement of decisions. (Formerly QPS120) PS130 INTRODUCTION TO STATE AND LOCAL GOVERNMENT 4 (4,0) A study of the politics and organization of state and local governments, with an emphasis on specific policy issues such as education, criminal justice and economic development. (Substitutes for QPS 130) PS160 INTRODUCTION TO CANADIAN GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS PHILOSOPHY Special topics courses will be available as need and interest develop. Consult the semester Course Schedule for these. PL204 INTRODUCTION TO PHILOSOPHY (3,0) PL205 LOGIC (3,0) 3 A study of selected philosophical problems and of methods and ways to answer them. Counts as Humanities substitute. Prerequisite: EN210 or EN215; or permission of instructor. (Substitutes for QPL201) 3 (3,0) An introductory survey of Canadian government and politics. (Formerly QPS260) PS201 INTRODUCTION TO PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 3 This course provides an overview of the field of public administration. It examines the types of organizations, the relation of administration to politics, and public management. (Formerly QPS201) COURSES 290 �PS222 INTRODUCTION TO THE LEGAL PROFESSION (2,0) 2 Students will become familiar with how the law functions, how the legal profession has evolved, how to prepare for and apply to law school, and how law schools differ from college. Prerequisites: PS 110, 120. (New course in fall, 1991) PS241 INTRODUCTION TO INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS (4,0) 4 An introductory study of the factors that influence the conduct of international relations and of the various methods by which those relations are conducted. This material will then be applied to an examination of some appropriate current international controversies. (Formerly QPS241) PS247 MODEL UNITED NATIONS (1,0) 1 This course includes required participation in the model United Nations program, in which students represent specific countries and become familiar with their background and politics. The goal is an understanding of how the United Nations functions, May be repeated for up to a total of 4 credits, but no more than 2 credits may be counted toward a political science major or minor. Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor. (Formerly QPS247) PS290 RESEARCH TOPICS IN POLITICAL SCIENCE (1-4,0) 1-4 This may take the form of either a research project or a program of directed reading on a specific topic. One to four credits over a period of one or two semesters may be granted according to the nature of the student’s project. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. PS301 POLICY ANALYSIS AND EVALUATION (4.0) 4 Examines how public issues and problems are analyzed to assist in the development of public policies. Considers the process of evaluating public programs to determine whether they are to be expanded, cut back, or continued at the current level. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. (Substitutes for QPS302 and part of QPS315) PS325 POLITICS AND MEDIA (3.0) 3 Examines the impact of electronic and print media on contemporary American politics. Evaluates proposals for changing the method and role of media coverage of government and politics. Prerequisites: PSllO and junior standing or permission of instructor. (Substitutes for QPS325) PS331 COMPARATIVE POLITICS OF WESTERN EUROPE AND THE C.I.S. (4.0) 4 Institutions and functioning of government in major European states, such as Great Britain, France, Germany, and C.I.S. Prerequisite: PS110. (Formerly QPS245) PS334 MIDDLE EAST POLITICS (3.0) 3 An examination of government and politics in the Middle East, with special emphasis on the influences of Islam and nationalism on both international and domestic politics of the area. Prerequisite: Junior or senior standing, or permission of instructor. (Formerly QPS334) PS351 POLITICAL PHILOSOPHY I (4.0) 4 PS352 POLITICAL PHILOSOPHY II (4.0) 4 An examination of political philosophy from the ancient Greeks through the Reformation, concentrating on Plato, Aristotle. Augustine, Aquinas, and Machiavelli. Prerequisites: PS 1I0 and junior or senior standing, or permission of instructor. (Substitutes for QPS361 and half of QPS362) An examination of political philosophy from the seventeenth century to the twentieth century, concentrating on Hobbes. Locke. Rousseau, Hume, Burke, Bentham, Mill, Hegel, and Marx. The course includes analysis of the period’s main ideologies: conservatism, liberalism, socialism, communism, anarchism, fascism, and national socialism. Prerequisites: PS 110 and junior or senior standing, or permission of instructor. (Substitutes for QPS363 and half of PS362) PS357 POLITICS OF VIOLENCE (3.0) . .3 An interdisciplinary examination of the origin, nature, and consequences of political violence, including war, revolution, and terrorism. Prerequisite: Junior or senior standing or permission of instructor. May also be used for sociology credit. (Formerly QPS357) PS364 POLITICAL PARTIES, INTEREST GROUPS AND PUBLIC OPINION (3.0) 3 Examines the roles of political parties and interest groups in the American political system, especially in elections and lobbying activities. The formation and uses of public opinion are also analyzed. Prerequisite: PS 110. (Formerly QPS364) PS367 CONGRESS AND THE PRESIDENCY 4 (4.0) Examines the legislative and executive branches of government as parts of the policymaking process. Prerequisite: PS 110. (Substitutes for QPS365 and QPS366) COURSES • 291 �PS401 PRINCIPLES OF PUBUC ADMINISTRATION PS492 SENIOR SEMINAR II (3,0) 3 (3,0) 3 Examines major issues and methods in public administration. Analysis of specific public policy issues. Prerequisite: Advanced standing or permission of instructor. (Formerly QPS401) Completion of the research project begun in PS491. Students will make oral presentations of their project results at the end of the course to other students, faculty, and invited guests. Prerequisite: PS491. (New course in fall, 1991) PS411 FOREIGN POLICY I (U.S.) (3,0) PS499 POLITICAL SCIENCE/PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION INTERNSHIP (1,9 - 27) 3 A study of the formulation and conduct of American foreign policy. Analysis of relevant factors, institutions which influence the formulation and conduct of policy, and an examination of selected foreign policies. Prerequisite: PS110. (Formerly QPS411) PS412 FOREIGN POLICY II (NON-U.S.) (3,0) 3 Analysis of the factors influencing the foreign policies of selected foreign countries, both great and small. Prerequisite: PS241. (Formerly QPS412) PS463 SEMINAR IN POLRICAL SCIENCE 1-3 (1-3,0) A reading and discussion seminar dealing with selected topics in political science. Course may be repeated with permission of instructor. Prerequisite: Junior or senior standing, or permission of instructor. (Formerly QPS463) PS467 CONSTTnmONAL LAW AND CIVIL LIBERTIES (4,0) PSYCHOLOGY Special topics courses will be available as need and interest develop. Consult the semester Course Schedule for these. PY101 INTRODUCTION TO PSYCHOLOGY (4.0) 4 Principles of the American Constitution: separation of powers, federalism, the powers of the national and state governments, and limitations on the exercise of these powers as well as principles of the American Constitution respecting civil rights and liberties. The Bill of Rights, equal protection of the laws, citizenship and suffrage, and limitations on the exercise of those rights. Prerequisite: PS 120 or its equivalent, or permission of instructor. (Formerly QPS464 and QPS465) PS490 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN POLITICAL SCIENCE 1-3 0*3) Independent research or directed study under the supervision of a faculty member. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. May be repeated for a total of 9 credits. PS491 SENIOR SEMINAR I (3,0) 3-9 Students arrange, with the assistance and approval of the instructor, a supervised work experience in a governmental, community, or nonprofit organization. Students perform professional tasks under the supervision of agency personnel. The students’ review and evaluation of the work experience is under the direction of the instructor. Permission of the instructor required by the seventh week of the preceding semester. Course may be repeated to a maximum of 9 credits. (New course in fall, 1991) 3 The first course in a capstone sequence required of all political science majors. The course examines the histoiy of political science and public administration and reviews contemporary approaches and recent research. Students prepare a research proposal to be carried out in PS492. Prerequisites: Political science major and senior standing, or permission of instructor. (New course in fall, 1991) 4 A general introduction to the systematic study of behavior and mental processes in humans and animals. (Substitutes for QPY121, 122 and 123) PY155 LIFESPAN DEVELOPMENT (3.0) 3 Human psychological development from birth to death. This course covers social, emotional and intellectual development across the lifespan. This course will not count toward a major or minor in psychology. Students cannot obtain credit both for PY155 and PY265. (New course fall, 1991.) PY203 COUNSELING THEORY AND PROCESS 3 (2.5,1) This course introduces students to contemporary counseling theories and develops communication skills used in therapeutic interviewing. (Substitutes for QPY199) PY204 COUNSELING AND CRISIS INTERVENTION STRATEGIES 3 (2.5,1) This course focuses on assessment of client concerns and the selection and implementation of appropriate intervention strategies. Prerequisite: PY203. (Substitutes for QPY202; (Substitutes for QPY201 if both PY203 and PY204 are completed) COURSES 292 �PY210 STATISTICS 3 introduction to basic statistical methods of analyzing psychological data. Emphasis is placed on statistical inference, e.g. t-tests, Ftests, and selected non-parametric tests. This course provides students with basic statistical concepts and skills necessary for laboratory and survey work, and for understanding psychological literature and introduces them to statistical analysis on the computer. MA207 may be used in place of PY210 to meet the psychology major and minor requirements. Prerequisite: Fulfillment of mathematics competency graduation requirement. (Formerly PY212 EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY (3.0) 3 An examination of the basic research methods employed in the social sciences with emphasis on the experiment. Topics: epistemology, laboratory experiments, field experiments, survey construction, correlational research. Students will each participate as a subject and an experimenter, collect data, analyze data, and write a laboratory report according to the editorial style of the American Psychological Association. Prerequisites: PY101, PY210 or MA207. (Substitutes for QPY211) PY217 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY (3.°) 3 PY228 ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOR (3.0) 3 Topics include attitude formation and change, interpersonal attraction, aggression, altruism, conformity, and environmental psychology. (Substitutes for QPY227) An introduction to the theories, principles, and practices of organizational behavior within the workplace. May be used for sociology credit. (New course in fall, 1991) PY240 BEHAVIOR MANAGEMENT (3.0) 3 Systematic introduction to behavioral concepts and techniques. Self-management applications and behavioral assessments in applied settings serve as practical lab experiences. (Substitutes for QPY340) PY259 ABNORMAL PSYCHOLOGY (3.0) 3 This course is a systematic investigation of the identification, dynamics and treatment of deviant and maladaptive behavior. (Substitutes for QPY258) PY265 CHILD AND ADOLESCENT DEVELOPMENT (3.0) 3 Psychological development of the child through adolescence. Social, emotional, and intellectual development are covered, with consideration of genetic, prenatal and postnatal influences. Prerequisite: PY101. (Substitutes for either QPY255 or QPY256) PY291 GROUP COUNSELING (3.0) 3 This course examines the theory, techniques, and practice of group counseling. Students will become familiar with basic group process, theoretical perspectives, and their application to group counseling. Prerequisite: PY203. (Substitutes for QPY290) PY299 EXCEPTIONAL CHILD AND ADOLESCENT (3.0) 3 The study of physically, intellectually, and socially exceptional children and adolescents, including their characteristics and unique educational needs. Prerequisite: PYI55 or PY265. (Substitutes for QPY350) PY311 LEARNING AND MOTIVATION (3,0) 3 An introduction to the theory and research of learning. Factors are examined that influence the acquisition and performance of behaviors in classical and instrumental learning paradigms. Prerequisite: PY212. (Substitutes for either QPY310 or QPY320) PY357 PERSONALITY THEORY (3.0) 3 This course surveys the major psychological theories used to conceptualize, treat, and research personality issues. Prerequisite: 12 hours of psychology or permission of instructor. (Substitutes for either QPY257 or QPY357) PY383 INDUSTRIAL PSYCHOLOGY (3.0) 3 The principles of human behavior in the industrial situation are studied with particular emphasis given to scientific methods of selecting, utilizing, and evaluating a work force in ways consistent with the well-being of the individual worker. Prerequisites: PY101 and statistics. (Substitutes for QPY373) PY385 HEALTH PSYCHOLOGY (3.0) 3 This course covers psychoneuroimmunology and stress as they impact on human health and disease as well as psychological interventions which promote physical well being and healing. Prerequisite: Junior standing or permission of instructor. (Substitutes for QPY375) PY391 FAMILY THERAPY (3,0) 3 This course applies a systems framework to the understanding of family dynamics and introduces structural perspectives and modalities for family intervention. Prerequisites: PY101 and junior standing. (Substitutes for QPY390) COURSES 293 �(3,0) TESTS AND MEASUREMENTS 3 Tliis course has two parts. Part one covers measurement theory, the properties of the normal curve, reliability, validity, and measurement statistics. TPart two reviews lcs,s USCti by researchers, educators, clinicians, counselors, addictions counselors, and industrial psychologists. Prerequisites: SO201, PY210, or MA207 or equivalent. (Substitutes for cither QPY226 or QPY 396) PY456 HISTORY AND SYSTEMS OF PSYCHOLOGY (3,0) 3 An examination of persons, events, theories, schools, and systems that influenced and define contemporary' psychology. Prerequisite: PY311. (Substitutes for QPY446) RECREATIONAL ACTIVITIES Special topics courses will be available as Consult the need and interest develop, semester Course Schedule for these. RA103 BADMINTON AND RACQUETBALL (0,2) 1 This course will serve to introduce the student to two racquet sports: racquetball and badminton. The course will offer each sport for 7.5 weeks and then the student will rotate to the "other" racquet sport. (Formerly QPE103 and QPE113). RA105 BOWLING (0,2) 1 A survey of recent findings on cognition in humans. Topics include learning, memory, problem solving, language, and complex perceptual processes. Prerequisite: PY311. Substitutes for QPY447) This course will emphasize delivery, scoring etiquette, strategies for convening spares, spot vs. pin bowling, and learning about handicapping. The course will involve theory as well as practical experience. (Formerly QPE105). PY459 PHYSIOLOGICAL PSYCHOLOGY (3,0) RA106 BACKPACKING (0,2) 1 PY457 COGNmON (3,0) 3 3 This course is an introduction to the neurophysiological structures of the brain and their functions as regulators of animal and human behavior. Prerequisite: PY311. (Substitutes for QPY449) Introduction to equipment, safety precautions, environmental concerns, and skills needed to successfully backpack. Class will experience a weekend backpacking trip. (Formerly QPE106). PY490 RESEARCH TOPICS IN PSYCHOLOGY ■M (1^)) RA107 CANOE TECHNIQUES (0,2) This may take the form of either a research project or a program of directed reading on a specific topic. One to four credits over a period of one or two semesters may be granted according to the nature of the student’s project. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. May be repeated up to a total of 6 credits.. PY498 SENIOR RESEARCH I (3.0) 3 The study of methods employed in gathering data for research purposes including direct observational techniques and self-report measures. Students will also learn to use the computer to gather data, analyze data, and present data graphically, and will develop a research prospectus. Prerequisites: PY210, PY212, PY311. (Substitutes for QPY410) PY499 SENIOR RESEARCH II (4.0) 4 Applications of the principles derived from PY498 to the investigation of a research topic. Also, presentations on recent developments and approaches in psychology, including ethical issues in research. Prerequisite: PY498. (Substitutes for QPY488; also, substitutes for QPY411 if both PY498 and PY499 are completed) 1 This course will introduce the student to the basic strokes and canoe safety associated with flat water canoeing. (Formerly QPE107). RA108 OUTDOOR SURVIVAL (0,2) 1 This class will focus on the appropriate strategies to employ to avoid a survival situation. It will also expose the student to various techniques and strategies to employ should they find themselves "lost" or unexpectedly spending several days and nights in the out-of-doors. (Formerly QPE108). RA109 ROCK CLIMBING AND RAPPELLING 1 (0,2) This course will introduce the student to the components associated with top rope climbing and rappelling. The student will become familiar with equipment, knots, setting up a safe site, terminology and technique. (Formerly QPE109). RA110 GOLF (0,2) 1 This course is designed to provide the beginning golfer with the fundamentals of the activity and to further play as a lifetime recreational activity. (Formerly QPE110). COURSES 294 �RA114 SELF DEFENSE Vim course is designed to introduce the1 student to the philosophy, concepts, and various strategies associated with the martial arts. Physical and mental conditioning and physical techniques associated with the art of self defense will be presented and practiced. (Formerly QPE114). RA119 CROSS COUNTRY SKIING g?,2) 1 This course will introduce the student to the sport of cross country skiing. Emphasis will be placed on basic skill development, equipment selection, maintenance of equipment, and the enjoyment of winter and the beauty it has to offer. The majority of class time will be spent skiing; class instruction will occur during the ski, usually on a one-to-one basis to meet the needs of the student. The class will spend much of its time at the local Algonquin Ski Trail, but will also cross the river to ski at Kinsman Park near the Hiawatha Lodge. (Formerly QPE119) RA125 TENNIS (0,2) 1 This course is intended to develop each student’s present knowledge and skills in order that they will be able to pursue tennis as a lifetime leisure activity. (Formerly QPE125). RA127 VOLLEYBALL (0.2) . . 1 This course is designed to develop basic skills and progression in power volleyball. Conditioning, drill, game tactics, and rules will be practically applied. (Formerly QPE127) RA130 INTERCOLLEGIATE SPORTS SKILLS 1 (0,2) Will meet as directed by instructor. The course is designed for student-athletes involved in intercollegiate athletics. It provides the opportunity to develop advanced skills in their respective sports. The course may be taken two times for a total of two credits. It may be taken only once per academic year and only during the term in which the student-athlete is participating in an intercollegiate sport. The course may not count as credit for General Education requirements. It will count only as electives. (Formerly QPE130). RA150 INDIVIDUALIZED PHYSICAL FITNESS (0,2) 1 This class is designed to enable the student to discover his or her own level of fitness and develop and implement an exercise program that will address personal fitness concerns. Central to this process is introducing the student to various aspects of a balanced fitness program and providing personal assistance to the student in selecting beginning fitness goals and appropriate progression of those goals. (Formerly QPE150). RA151 JOGGING FOR FTTNESS [W 1 • Introduction to jogging as a means ot developing physical and mental fitness. Development of an activity ideal for lifetime leisure involvement. (Formerly QPE151). RA152 ORIENTEERING (0,2) 1 The focus of this class will be to introduce the student to map and compass reading skills and techniques associated with coordinating their use. It will also introduce the student to the competitive sport of orienteering. (Formerly QPEI52). RA153 WEIGHT TRAINING 1 (0,2) This class is designed to familiarize each student with basic weight training knowledge. The student will become familiar with muscular systems, functions, and safe and effective ways to organize and implement ;a weight training routine. (Formerly QPE153). RA160 ADAPTED ACTIVITIES (0,2) 1 RA173 SOCIAL DANCE (0,2) 1 RA174 AEROBIC DANCE (0,2) 1 Leisure activities adapted to meet the needs of students with disabilities. Emphasis on walking, jogging and aquatics. (May be repeated for credit). (Formerly QPE160). This course is designed to provide participants with a broad range of dancing patterns and rhythmic skills. Through social interaction, the following social dances will be learned: mixers, round dance, square dance, and ballroom dance. (Formerly QPE173 and QPE175). This course will provide the student with an opportunity to become exposed to and involved in a structured aerobic dance program. The purpose of this type of programming is to improve an individual's physical fitness through rhythmic and dance activities. (Formerly QPEI74). RA180 BEGINNING SKATING (0,2) 1 The students will be provided with an opportunity to learn the basic fundamentals of skating and to gain sufficient knowledge of the sport so that they may continue to enjoy and improve for the rest of their lives. (Formerly QPE180). RA194 SCUBA (0,2) 1 This course is designed to introduce the student to the appropriate and safe use of selfcontained underwater breathing apparatus. (Formerly QPE194). COURSES • 295 �RA195 BEGINNING AND ADVANCED BEGINNING SWIMMING (0,2) 1 Course meets in pool two hours a week. Mostly lab work but some lecture. Students cover material in Red Cross Beginner and Advanced Beginner courses and receive certification in one or both depending on skill level attained. (Formerly QPE190). RA196 INTERMEDIATE AND ADVANCED SWIMMING (0,2) 1 Course meets in pool two hours a week. Mostly lab work but some lecture. Students cover material in Red Cross Intermediate and Swimmer courses and receive certification in one or both depending on skill level attained. Prerequisite: Red Cross Advanced Beginner certification or equivalent skills. (Formerly QPE191). RA210 UFEGUARDING (0,4) 2 Course meets in pool four hours a week. Mostly lab work, some lecture. Students cover material in Red Cross Emergency Water Safety course and Red Cross Lifeguarding course. Students receive certification in one or both depending on skill level attained. Either certificate qualifies students to take Water Safety and Lifeguarding Instructor course. RA211. Prerequisite: American Red Cross Intermediate Swimming certificate or equivalent skills. (New course Fall 1991). RA211 WATER SAFETY AND LIFEGUARD INSTRUCTOR (0,4) 2 Course meets four hours a week, 70% of the time in the pool and 30% of the time in the classroom. All students cover material in Red Cross Water Safety Instructor course and do a teaching practicum at the Lake Superior State University Pool. Those students entering with a current lifeguarding card may also cover Lifeguarding Instructor material. Prerequisites: Current Emergency Water Safety or Lifeguarding certificate. (Formerly QPE209). RECREATION Special topics courses will be available as need and interest develop, Consult the semester Course Schedule for these. RC101 INTRODUCTION TO RECREATION AND LEISURE SERVICES (3,0) 3 Overview of philosophy, history, theory, programs, professional leadership and organizations, economics and leisure service delivery systems. (Substitutes for QRC201). RC105 PROGRAM DEVELOPMENT AND LEADERSHIP IN RECREATION AND LEISURE SERVICES (3.0) 3 Principles of leadership skills and styles are applied to various recreation settings with emphasis on group interaction and face to face leading. Programming fundamentals for effective leisure services delivery are explored and implemented. Prerequisite: RC101. (Substitutes for QRC250). RC212 INSTRUCTIONAL METHODS IN ADAPTED METHODS IN ADAPTED AQUATICS 1 (1.0) Based on American Red Cross adapted aquatics guidelines, the course is designed to help students develop skills used when planning implementing, instructing, and evaluating water activity programs for those with a disability. Current water safety instructors (WSI) may become American Red cross certified as adapted aquatics instructors. People who do not have a WSI may become American Red Cross certified adapted aquatics aides. (Formerly QRC212). RC220 METHODS IN ARTS AND CRAFTS (3,0) 3 A variety of arts and crafts media are studied and applied to specific recreation settings with concentration on leading and programming. Prerequisites: RC101 and RC105. (Substitutes for QRC260) RC230 PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICES OF THERAPEUTIC RECREATION 3 (3,0) Introduction to professional development and history of Therapeutic Recreation. Team approach to holistic health care is explored. Thorough study of the Therapeutic Recreation delivery system including assessment, planning, implementation and evaluation. Prerequisites: RC101 and sophomore standing. (Formerly QRC230 and QRC330). RC262 OUTDOOR RECREATION (3,0) 3 This course will introduce the student to a variety of topics and content areas related to outdoor recreation. These topics will include outdoor education, organized camping and adventure education. Also included will be an opportunity to become familiar with outdoor living skills. (Substitutes for QRC360). RC295 PRACTICUM 1-2 Practical experiences designed to provide the student with various types of recreation programs. The student will work under a site supervisor specialized in that particular area of the student’s interest. One credit hour for every 45 hours of practical experience. May be repeated for up to four credits. (Formerly QRC395). COURSES • 296 �RC320 DANCE AND RHYTHMIC ACTIVITIES FOR RECREATION 3 (3.0) Study of dance in social and therapeutic settings; developing skills to lead programs and adopt a variety of rhythmic activities for individuals and groups: Creative Movement, Improvisation, Variety of Social Dance, Historical Significance to Actual Implementation. Prerequisites: RC101 and RC105. (Substitutes for QRC320). RC330 DISABILITIES SERVICED BY THERAPEUTIC RECREATION (3,0) 3 An extensive survey of physical and mental disabilities encountered by recreational therapists. Emphasis will be placed on incidence, characteristics, etiology, and restrictions to involvement. Prerequisites: RC101, RC230 and junior standing. (New course, Fall 1991). RC335 RECREATIONAL PURSUITS OF THE DISABLED (3,0) 3 A study of specialized and adapted activities used in program planning for the disabled. Practical applications will be encountered. Student involvement with Special Olympics will also be required. Prerequisites: RC101, RC230, RC330, and junior standing. (Substitutes for QRC335). RC336 FIELDWORK IN THERAPEUTIC RECREATION (1,0) 1 A directed fieldwork experience where students will directly apply classroom theory to the fieldwork setting. Emphasis will be placed on determining effective procedures of program development. Prerequisites: RClOl, RC230, RC330 and junior standing. (New course in Fall 1991) RC362 LAND MANAGEMENT FOR RECREATION PURPOSES (3,0) 3 This course is designed to meet the needs of the student pursuing a Parks and Recreation degree. Provides insight and understanding for problems inherent to managing recreation lands for optimum use and minimum impact. Also, for Recreation majors in outdoor recreation option. Prerequisites: RClOl, RC262. (Substitutes for QRC355). RC365 EXPEDITION MANAGEMENT M 3 RC370 RECREATION FOR THE ELDERLY (3,0) 3 Intensive study of performance, programming, leadership and management skills involved in conducting wilderness and back country recreation programming. The student will become aware of various theoretical support structures and paradigms associated with adventure education and the values associated with the use of outdoor programming as a therapeutic intervention modality. Course content includes: initiating and programming wildemess/back country experiences, group dynamics, and outdoor living skills. A tenday outing is required immediately upon completion of the semester. Prerequisite: RC262 or permission of instructor. (Formerly QRC365). Geared to individuals who will be working with senior citizens in recreation programs, hospitals, nursing homes, and family members. The aging process will be studied from the perspective that sound principles will be applied to leading and programming for this growing segment of our population. Prerequisite: RC101, RC105, and 200 level recreation electives. (Substitutes for QRC370). RC390 RECREATION LEADER APPRENTICESHIP ;. ) (1,0) 1 Practical experience in learning to teach and lead various recreation experiences. Students serve with qualified instructors. Prerequisite: Basic skills and knowledge of activity or permission of instructor. (Formerly RC385). May be repeated up to three credits. RC435 PROBLEMS AND ISSUES IN THERAPEUTIC RECREATION 3 (3,0) This course will serve as a culminating educational component for the student majoring in therapeutic recreation. The course will focus in part on current problems and issues in therapeutic recreation and will also have a major emphasis on developing an original research project. Prerequisite: RC336. (Formerly QRC435). RC481 PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT SEMINAR 1 Opportunities for students to refine personal and professional goals and initiate preparation of resumes and interviewing skills. Career planning and placement will be emphasized as well as internship evaluation. Seminar format. Prerequisite: Senior status required. (Substitutes for QES430 and QRC430). COURSES • 297 �RC482 ADMINISTRATION OF RECREATION AND LEISURE SERVICES (3,0) 3 This course will emphasize organizational patterns and administration problems encountered in operating various types of recreation departments and agencies. Additional content will include budgeting, fund raising, grant writing, personnel management, and public relations. Prerequisites: RC105 and junior standing. (Formerly QRC450). RC492 INTERNSHIP 2-6 This is a comprehensive practical application of the student’s formal academic preparation. Prerequisites: Completion of 20 of the 25 hours of departmental core requirements and junior or senior standing. (Formerly QRC495). RC496 SELECTED RESEARCH TOPICS (1-3,0) 1-3 Student carries out approved project(s) of his/her own initiative. Prerequisites: RC105, SO201. (Formerly QRC490). NATURAL RESOURCES TECHNOLOGY Special topics courses will be available as need and interest develop. Consult the semester Course Schedule for these. RT101 INTRODUCTION TO NATURAL RESOURCES TECHNOLOGY (3,0) 3 Introduction to the conservation of renewable natural resources and the agencies that manage them. (Formerly QRT180) RT102 METHODS IN NATURAL RESOURCES (0,3) 1 A lab course introducing students to field techniques utilized in the Natural Resources Technology and Water Quality Technology programs. Methods in forestry, soils, water quality, fishes, and wildlife will be presented. (New course in fall 1991) RT206 WILDLIFE MANAGEMENT TECHNIQUES (0,6) 2 A lab and field course working with techniques and specimens commonly associated with wildlife management. Prerequisites: Enrollment in Natural Resource Technology program, RTlOl, RT284. (Completion of BL239 and RT206 substitutes for QRT185) RT207 BIOLOGY AND MANAGEMENT OF FISHES (2,3) 3 Identification and natural history of important regional fishes followed by a study of their ecology and management, with emphasis on management techniques. Prerequisite: Enrollment in Natural Resource Technology program. (Substitutes for QRT187) RT275 SOIL MANAGEMENT (3,3) 4 A course dealing with the soil ecosystem as a natural resource. Topics to be discussed include: factors of soil formation, soil chemical and physical properties; soil erosion and its control, soils and plant growth; soil survey use, soil classification and soil mapping. Emphasis will be placed on sustainable soil management practices. At least one all day field trip will be required. Prerequisite: CHI08. (Formerly QBL190) RT284 PRINCIPLES OF FORESTRY (2,4) 4 An introduction to the various areas of forestry, some techniques utilized by foresters, and an analysis of an area for management purposes. Prerequisites: RTlOl, BL130 with a C (2.0) or better. (Formerly QRT184 and QRT235) RT285 WATER QUALITY INTERNSHIP 4 (1,9) A work experience training session designated to provide practical application of knowledge and skills in water quality technology. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. (Formerly QRT285) RT286 LIMNOLOGICAL TECHNIQUES (3,3) 4 A course designed to provide training in hydrographic methods, sampling techniques and aquatic surveys. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. (Formerly QRT286) RT287 INDUSTRIAL WASTEWATER TREATMENT 3 (3,0) This course will give the students a background in the workings of a wastewater plant and preparation to spend the needed hours for the internship in this program. (Formerly QRT287) COURSES 298 �STUDENT SERVICES SA205 GROUP INTERACTIONS (3,0) Special topics courses will be available as need and interest develop, Consult the semester Course Schedule for these. SA100 HOW TO SUCCEED IN COLLEGE (1.5,0) 1 A general overview of the importance attitude and motivation play toward academic success. Help students understand L.S.S.U. programs, policies, and procedures, Focus on the various study skills that can help students improve upon their note-taking, preparing for and taking tests, time management, memory, and reading skills. The course consists of lectures, discussions, and quizzes. (Formerly QSA100) SA105 DEVELOPMENT OF READING ABILITIES 0,1) 1 Lectures, discussion, activities, and labs provide students with the information and experiences needed to develop reading-rate flexibility, vocabulary skills, critical reading/thinking skills for reading in the context areas, and concentration and memory improvement. Labs are individualized to fit each student’s needs, as determined by a reading test given at the beginning of the semester. (Formerly QSA105) SA125 CAREER PLANNING AND DECISION MAKING (0,1.5) 1 3 This course is designed for the firs! year resident advisors to develop a better understanding of self and others, particularly in regard to group responsibilities. Group activities will be aimed at developing cohesiveness, Curriculum will increase awareness of group processes and interaction skills including: leadership, referral, conflict resolution, assertiveness, crisis intervention, programming, empathy and active listening. Prerequisite: for first year resident advisors only. (Formerly QSA200) SPEECH Special topics courses will be available as need and interest develop. Consult the semester Course Schedule for these. SD101 FUNDAMENTALS OF SPEECH COMMUNICATION 3 (3,0) A study of communication theory as it relates to the oral sender and receiver in the interpersonal, dyadic, small group and public speaking situations. Application will be in perceptual analysis, dyadic encounters, small group problem-solving and discussion, and public speaking situations. (Substitutes for QSD1I0) SD161 PROBLEMS IN SPEECH/DRAMA (1-3,0) 1-3 Practical problems in speech or theatre. Requires an involvement in Forensics, Debate, Reader’s Theatre or Theatre. May be repeated for a maximum of three credits. Prerequisite: SDIOI or permission of instructor. (Substitutes for QSD160) Expanding awareness of personal strength and career options, this course will help students make realistic decisions relating to planning and implementation of academic and life career goals. Follows a student self-directed framework utilizing video-tapes and career/self-exploration to complete assignments. Prerequisite: student must be fully admitted for enrollment at L.S.S.U. and currently enrolled in a minimum of six (6) credits. (Formerly QSA125) SD201 SMALL GROUP COMMUNICATION (3,0) 3 Analysis of verbal communication in small groups as related to information processing, problem solving, agenda establishment, decision making and policy formation. Prerequisite: SDIOI. (Substitutes forQSDl 11) SA150 PERSONAL GROWTH SEMINAR (0,1.5) SD202 INFORMATIVE SPEAKING (3,0) 3 1 A seminar to help students make the transition to university life, communicate effectively on an interpersonal level, strengthen self-concept, and build positive relationships. Course content addresses the personal-social, educational and vocational aspects of individual development. (Formerly QSA150) Development of effective informative The discourse in theory and practice, preparation and use of audience analysis, organizational structures and visual aids will be applied to descriptive, conceptual and expository situations. Prerequisite: SD101. (Substitutes for QSD211) COURSES ■ 299 �SD251 HISTORY OF DRAMA & THEATRE I (3,0) 3 The study of the historical and esthetic drama and theatre from the Greek period to the European Renaissance. Counts as Humanities substitute. Prerequisite: EN110. (Substitutes for QSD361) SD252 HISTORY OF DRAMA & THEATRE II (3,0) 3 The study of the historical and esthetic drama and theatre from the Renaissance to current theatre and drama. Counts as Humanities substitute. Prerequisite: EN110. (Substitutes for QSD362) SD302 PERSUASION AND ARGUMENTATION (3,0) 3 The development of persuasive oral discourse which emphasizes audience analysis and adaptation, organization, reasoning and debate. Exercises in individual and team debates are included. Prerequisite: SD101. (Substitutes for QSD303) SD307 CLASSICAL/CONTEMPORARY RHETORIC (3,0) 3 A study of the development of rhetoric beginning with the Greeks and continuing to the present. An emphasis will be placed on the influences of past rhetoric to current heory. Prerequisite: SDlOl or permission of instructor. (Substitutes for QSD201) SD308 COMMUNICATION THEORY (3,0) 3 A study of the sources, dimensions and applications of contemporary communication theory, including the impact of mass communication in modern society. Prerequisite: SDlOl or permission of instructor. (Substitutes for QSD202) SD309 SPEECH AND DRAMA PRODUCTIONS (3.0) 3 Practical problems in the development and production of dramatic works. Forensics workshops, tournaments and festivals. Prerequisite: SDlOl and permission of instructor. (Substitutes for QSD351) SD320 PUBLIC RELATIONS (4.0) 4 Public relations theory and practice will form the two emphases of the course. Theory will be explored and discussed as foundation for the application of public relations concepts and strategies. Students will be responsible for working with organizations in order to develop realistic PR campaigns which reflect the awareness of the significant structures and responsibilities involved in a professional approach to public relations. Prerequisite: SDlOl or permission of instructor. (Substitutes for QSD355 and QSD356) SD325 ORGANIZATIONAL COMMUNICATIONS (3,0) 3 Focus on oral communication as it impacts on and permits coordination among people and thus allows for organized behavior. Focus on business and organizational contexts for interpersonal transactions. Participant involvement in simulation designed to generate insights into the elements involved in coordinated and competitive organizational communication. Selected topics for theory and practice: interpersonal transactions, communication rules, conflict management, negotiations, trust, power, and influence. Prerequisite: SD101 or permission of instructor. (Substitutes for QSD400) SOCIOLOGY Special topics courses will be available as need and interest develop. Consult the semester Course Schedule for these. 50101 INTRODUCTION TO SOCIOLOGY (3,0) 3 An introduction to the basic concepts of sociology. Explanation of human behavior which emphasizes human groups, institutions, social change, social forces. (Substitutes for QS0141) 50102 SOCIAL PROBLEMS (3,0) 3 An introductory course providing data and theory for a variety of contemporary social problems such as poverty, unemployment, teenage pregnancy, inequality, housing shortages, violence, and pollution. (Substitutes for QS0142) S0113 SOCIOLOGY OF THE AMERICAN FAMILY 3 (3<°) A study of the development and change of the American family since 1890. This study will explore the impact of urbanization, industrialization, increased mobility, extended education, and the changing status of women on the American family. (Substitutes for QS0143) SO201 SOCIAL RESEARCH AND STATISTICS (4,0) 4 The student will be required to design four types of research projects: experiment, survey, field research, unobtrusive research. The social foundation of statistical inference is discussed and elementary statistical concepts are introduced through numerical problems: z scores, t-test, chi square, correlation, ANOVA, etc. Prerequisite: Fulfillment of mathematics competency graduation requirement. (Substitutes for QSO210 and QS0211) COURSES 300 �50213 INTRODUCTION TO ANTHROPOLOGY (3,0) 3 S0314 SOCIAL CHANGE (3,0) 50214 CRIMINOLOGY (3,0) Study of trends in industrial societies, theories explaining these changes, and the role of social movements in social change; focusing primarily on industrialized societies with some discussion of developing countries. Prerequisite: Junior standing or three hours of sociology. (Substitutes for QS0378) A study of the evolution of humankind and the evolution and development of culture and society. Prerequisite: One introductory QSO27I) C0Urse' (Subslitutes f°r QS0275 and 3 A study of the nature and causes of crime and the results of various attempts to reduce crime. (Substitutes for QS0279) S0225 NATIVE CULTURES OF NORTH AMERICA (3,0) 3 A study of the Native American-Indian and Inuit-cultures of North America from earliest times to the present with emphasis on contrasting patterns of cultures. (Substitutes for QS02/7) (Also listed as NA225) 50226 RACES AND MINORITIES (3,°) 3 Study of various social and ethnic minorities in the United States with an emphasis on Black-White relations. Competition, conflict and prejudice as they influence social and ethnic minority group relations, Social movements and (heir effects on majority minority relations. Prerequisite: Sophomore standing. (Substitutes for QS0278) 50227 POPULATION (3,0) 3 Study of the basic problem of the world’s population increase and distribution in relation to natural resources, and standards of living. (Substitutes for QS0282) S0238 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY (3,0) 3 Relation of the individual to his social environment with special reference to group processes and interaction, social structure, and language. (Substitutes for QS0281) S0242 SOCIOLOGY OF SEX (3,°) 3 Socio-psychological study of the impact of human sexuality upon human behavior. (Substitutes for QS0284) SO301 DEVELOPMENT OF SOCIOLOGICAL THEORY (3,0) 3 A critical analysis of the contributions to sociological theory by Comte, Spencer, Marx, Durkheim, Pareto, Weber, and others. (Substitutes for QS0478) S0313 WORK AND ORGANIZATION 3 (3,0) Development and structure of the workplace; includes contemporary trends in formal organization and management styles, changing career patterns, sources of conflict, and some cross-cultural comparisons. Prerequisite: Junior standing or three hours of sociology. (Substitutes for QS0381) S0321 SOCIOLOGY OF WOMEN (3,0) 3 3 This analysis of the roles and status of women in contemporary American society covers social structure, social psychology, and social movements and includes some cross-cultural comparisons (Substitutes for QS0361) 50325 SOCIAL STRATIFICATION (3,0) 3 Class, caste, status, power and general concept of stratification, consequences of stratification will be related to social institutions. (Substitutes for QSO350) 50326 THE SOCIOLOGY OF AGING AND THE AGED (3.°) . . :3 Examines aging and the aged in American society from the sociological perspective. (Substitutes for QSO310) 50327 THE SOCIOLOGY OF DYING AND DEATH (3,0) 3 Sociological examination of dying and death. (Substitutes for QSO320) 50338 DEVIANCE (3.°) 3 50339 CULTURE AND PERSONALITY (3,0) 3 S0341 SOCIOLOGY OF ADDICTION (3,0) 3 Analysis of causes and consequences of deviance and development of deviant subcultures: examination of various societal responses to control deviance and their effectiveness. Included are alcoholism, crime, mental illness and homosexuality among others. Prerequisite: Junior standing or three hours of sociology and/or human services. (Substitutes for QS0384) Analysis of the role of culture in shaping personality using both contemporary industrial society and also cross-culture material. Prerequisite: Three hours of sociology or junior standing. (Substitutes for QS0383) Study of the nature of chemical dependence with emphasis on individual, social, and cultural variations of drug effects. Relationship of chemical use to the family system. Comparisons between chemical and non-chemical dependent behaviors. Prerequisite: Six hours of sociology or permission of instructor. (Substitutes for QSO330) COURSES ■ 301 �S0344 SOCIAL WELFARE SYSTEMS (3,0) 3 Development of social welfare system including changing programs and philosophy and interrelationships with economic, political, and family institutions; cross-cultural comparisons; current issues and problems in social welfare. Prerequisites: Junior standing or three credits in sociology. (Substitutes for either HM297 or SQ382) SO401 RESEARCH SEMINAR I (3,0) 3 A research topic is developed by the student using library resources. Prerequisites: Senior standing and completion of SO201 and SO301. or permission of instructor. (Substitutes for QS0479) SO402 RESEARCH SEMINAR II (3,0) 3 The student conducts and analyzes the results of the research project initiated in SO401. Prerequisite: SO401. (Substitutes for QSO480) SO490 INDEPENDENT RESEARCH TOPICS IN SOCIOLOGY (1-4) 1-4 This may take the form of either a research project or a program of directed reading on a specific topic. One to four credits over a period of one or two semesters may be granted according to the nature of the student’s project. Prerequisities: SO402. May be repeated to a total of 6 credits. SPANISH Special topics courses will be available as need and interest develop. Consult the semester Course Schedule for these. SP161 FIRST YEAR SPANISH I (4,1) 4 Introduction to basic Spanish grammar and vocabulary', designed to acquaint the student with the essentials of oral and written Spanish. (Substitutes for QSP191) SP162 FIRST YEAR SPANISH II (4,1) 4 Further study of Spanish grammar and vocabulary; emphasis on oral communication; reading of various materials in Spanish with the aim of understanding the meaning, enlarging the vocabulary and using Spanish for communication. Prerequisite: SP161 or equivalent. (Substitutes for QSPI93; waive SP192) SP165 SPANISH FOR PUBLIC SAFETY (4,1) 4 A continuation of SP161, with emphasis on vocabulary relevant to work in criminal justice. Prerequisite: SP161 or equivalent. (Substitutes for QSP195; waive SP194) SP261 SECOND YEAR SPANISH I (4,1) 4 Intensive review of grammar and further vocabulary development, Emphasis on composition and conversation based on the reading of Spanish texts and newspapers. Prerequisite: SP162 or equivalent. (Substitutes for QSP291) SP262 SECOND YEAR SPANISH II (4,1) 4 Conducted as much as possible in Spanish with the primary aim of dealing fluently with basic conversation situations. Prerequisite: SP261 or equivalent. (Substitutes forQSP293) SP305 SPANISH LITERATURE IN TRANSLATION I (3,0) 3 From the Medieval period through the works of Miguel de Cervantes. The course is taught in English, and the readings are in English. This course counts as humanities substitute. (Substitutes for QSP301) SP306 SPANISH LfTERATURE IN TRANSLATION II (3,0) 3 Representative 18th, 19th and 20th century Spanish works and some representative Latin American works. The course is taught in English, and the readings are in English. This course counts as humanities substitute. (Substitutes for QSP303) CONSTRUCTION TECHNOLOGY Special topics courses will be available as Consult the need and interest develop, semester Course Schedule for these. TC101 CONSTRUCTION I (3,0) 3 An overview and analysis of properties, processing and applications of conventional construction materials. Wood, concrete, masonry, ferrous and nonferrous metals, glass, plastics and other materials are examined in detail. The application of building code as they pertain to these materials will also be presented. (Substitutes for QBCl 11) TC102 CONSTRUCTION II (3,0) 3 Concepts in construction blueprint reading and the development of skills in reading construction drawings. The correlation of building codes and specifications to the production of working drawings. Prerequisite: TOOL (Substitutes for QBCl 12,213) COURSES 302 �TC103 SURVEYING (2,4) 3 Concepts and operation of distance and angular measurement. Use of transit and level, land description, traverse, construction and earth work calculations. (Substitutes for QBC134) TC104 INDUSTRIAL SAFETY AND SMALL ENGINE MECHANICS (2,2) 3 Study of occupational safety, occupational health, and industrial hazard control. Focus on basic principles, concepts, and techniques proven useful in reducing industrial injuries and occupational diseases (one-half semester). Practical study of the operation and repair of small engines (one-half semester). (Substitutes for QMT122.141) TEACHER EDUCATION Special topics courses will be available as Consult the need and interest develop, semester Course Schedule for these. TE150 REFLECTIONS ON LEARNING AND TEACHING 0,0) 3 Students will examine their experiences and assumptions as learners and teachers, contrasting them with psychological, sociological, and anthropological theories about learning in and out of school. TE250 STUDENT DIVERSITY AND SCHOOLS (3,0) 3 A study of the forms of diversity found among students and how these differences affect participation in schools. Schools are studied in terms of their goals, impact on students, and as workplaces for teachers. Course activities include school visits and discussions of classroom teaching. Sophomore standing or Prerequisite: permission of instructor. COURSES • 303 NOTES �MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 304 �MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION The Master of Business Administration (MBA) Program provides a graduate management education to further prepare students for careers in business, industry and government agencies. The MBA Program reflects a realis­ tic approach to graduate work in two ways. First, the courses tend to be more applied or practical, and are thus more useful for the practicing manager. Second, the courses are offered evenings and weekends, tailored specifically for the employed person. PROGRAM OBJECTIVES L To provide individuals with advanced academic work in the field of business and manage­ ment education. 2. To provide individuals with a graduate program that is oriented to a pragmatic study of business and management education. 3. To provide individuals with a program that will prepare them for management positions in public and private units in soci­ ety. 4. To provide individuals with an opportunity to develop a capacity for self-directed and professional growth. 5. To provide individuals with a program that provides a broadbase exposure to the general concepts of management. 6. To provide individuals employed full-time with an opportunity to secure graduate management education on a part-time basis. 7. To provide opportunities for a multi-disciplinary approach to learning through an exchange of graduate faculty of other institu­ tions. FACULTY The MBA graduate faculty consist of full-time Lake Superior State University faculty, adjunct faculty from other colleges and universities, and visiting scholars. Faculty are selected on the basis of their creden­ tials, business training, industrial experience, professional reputation, and interest in graduate management education. MBA ADVISORY COUNCIL The MBA Advisory Council assists the University in curriculum devel­ opment and serves as a liaison be­ tween the MBA program and the area it serves. Active interchange with this Council helps MBA faculty and staff to be sensitive to current trends in business and to the profes­ sional development needs there. MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION • 305 �ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS Admission to the MBA Program will be based on the following require­ ments: 1. Possession of a baccalaureate or higher degree from an accredited institution. 2. Cumulative undergraduate grade point average of 2.70 or higher (67% for Canadian universities) on a 4.00 basis or a 3.00 for the last two years of undergraduate work (70% for Canadian univer­ sities). (4.0 basis) average is referred to the MBA Standards & Policy Committee to determine whether he or she should be permitted to continue in the program. Any student receiving a "D" or "F" grade in a 500 or 600level course is referred to the Com­ mittee immediately. Any student dismissed from the MBA program may petition the MBA Standards & Policy Committee for reconsidera­ tion. A maximum of six semester credits of "C" grades in 600-level courses may be allowed in the stu­ dent’s overall program. APPLICATION PROCEDURE 3. Satisfactory completion of the Graduate Management Admis­ sions Test (GMAT). Those seeking admission into the MBA Program must complete the following steps: In order to assist the University in evaluating a student’s potential for graduate work, a two to three page written statement outlining educa­ tional background, related work experience, and reasons for applying to the MBA program is also req­ uired. This must be submitted with the application for admission. 1. Submit an application for admis­ sion directly to the MBA office along with a $25.00 (US Funds) nonrefundable application fee. Individuals who do not meet these requirements may be considered for admission on a conditional basis. The MBA Standards & Policy Com­ mittee must review all such appli­ cants. MBA STANDARDS & POLICY COMMITTEE Academic standards and policies and curriculum development are the re­ sponsibilities of the MBA Standards & Policy Committee, which is com­ posed of five MBA faculty plus the Director of the MBA Program. Any student failing to maintain a 3.0 2. Submit a two to three page state­ ment outlining educational back­ ground, related work experiences, and reasons for applying to the MBA Program. This statement assists in the evaluation of a student’s potential for graduate work. It should be turned in with the application for admis­ sion. 3. Request official transcripts of all undergraduate work and graduate work to the MBA Office. To be considered official, transcript(s) must be sent directly from the former institution to the MBA Office at Lake Superior State University. 4. Submit an official report of your GMAT scores to the MBA of­ fice. MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 306 �MBA DEGREE REQUIREMENTS Preparatory Courses (500 level) Students must complete course work at the 500-level unless they have satisfactorily completed an equivalent undergraduate course or have equiva­ lent professional experience. Preparatory Course credits MB502 Economic Analysis 3 MB508 Statistical Analysis 3 MB511 Data Proc & Cmpt Prog 3 MB521 Financial Accounting 3 MB525 Business Finance 3 MB561 Organizational Theory 3 MB581 Marketing Analysis _3 Total Preparatory Courses: 21 Preparatory courses are REQUIRED unless waived. Students will receive a degree audit work sheet indicating which 500 level preparatory courses will be waived upon their acceptance into the MBA Program. Preparatory courses do NOT count towards the MBA degree requirements. Undergraduate Equivalent* Prin of Economics Statistics Data Processing Prin of Accounting Prin of Finance Prin of Management Intro to Marketing ’Please contact the MBA Office for a listing of specific equivalent undergraduate courses at LSSU and other institutions. Required Courses (600 level) A total of 36 semester hours of 600 level graduate course work is requir­ ed for completion of the MBA De­ gree. Of the 36 hours, 18 hours are required, and 18 hours are elective courses. Required Core Courses: The following core courses are re­ quired for all students: MB608 Research Techniques MB621 Mgrl Acctg & Cntrl MB625 Financial Management MB659 Administrative Policy MB660 Organizational Behavior MB681 Marketing Management Total Core Requirements: 3 3 3 3 3 _3 18 Elective Courses Elective courses, equaling a total of 18 credits, are required to complete the degree requirements for the MBA Program. A variety of elec­ tive courses are offered in a multi­ tude of subjects which provide stu­ dents with an opportunity to take courses in areas of individual interest. MBA DEGREE Preparatory Courses - if not waived 21 (500 level) MBA Core Courses 18 (600 Level) MBA Elective Courses 18 (600 Level) 57 TOTAL: A minimum overall grade point of 3.00 (4.00 basis) is required with no more then six credits of "C" grades. Program Length All degree requirements must be completed within eight years from date of admission. MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION • 307 �Grades The following grades are awarded to MBA students: A+ = 4.00 A =4.00 A- = 3.70 B+ = 3.30 B =3.00 B- = 2.70 C+ = 2.30 C =2.00 C- = 1.70 D+= 1.30 D = 1.00 D- = .70 F =0.00 N = Withdrawal I = Incomplete Z = Deferred A minimum overall grade point of 3.00 (4.00 basis) is required with no more than six credits of "C" grades. Students who earn a "D" or "F" grade in a 600-level course will be immediately referred to the MBA Standards and Policy Committee for review. Courses with grades of "D" or "F" must be repeated or the student will not be eligible to graduate. Transfer Credit A maximum of six (6) semester hours of 600 level graduate work may be transferred into the MBA program from another graduate pro­ gram. The credits must be graduate level, from an accredited institution, with a grade of "B" or higher. The courses must be applicable to the MBA Program and have been earned within the six-year period prior to the student’s admission. ACADEMIC CALENDAR The MBA academic calendar is divided into three trimesters, Fall (September - December), Winter (January - April) and Summer (April - July). The length of the trimester is 13 weeks. Courses are offered evenings and weekends using a variety of class formats. GUEST STUDENTS Students who have not been formally accepted into the MBA Program are classified as guest students and may enroll in MBA classes provided they have the necessary prerequisites. Students who wish to use credit earned as a guest student towards the MBA degree must apply and be accepted into the Program. A maxi­ mum of six credits earned as a guest student may be applied toward the MBA degree requirements. REGISTRATION AND SCHEDULING INFORMATION Course registration and scheduling begins upon receipt of the scheduling bulletin each trimester. All registra­ tion and scheduling is processed through the MBA Office. Drop/Refund Policy Classes may be dropped at any time PRIOR to the first class session with a 100% refund. No refund will be given for classes dropped between that date and the course’s final ex­ amination. A drop slip must be processed through the MBA Office. Courses dropped prior to the last class session will be assigned a "N" grade on the academic transcript. Non-Credit Option If desired, students may sign up for a course on a non-credit basis (with­ out letter grade). Tuition remains at the same rate as the credit basis. This option must be selected at sch­ eduling time and cannot be changed once the course has begun. Courses taken under this option do not count towards the MBA degree require­ ments. They do not affect the grade MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 308 ; �X)int average. Students who com­ plete courses under the non-credit option may request a Certificate of Completion by contacting the MBA Office. This may a practical option for guest students who are not taking the course for MBA credit, but rather professional and/or personal develop­ ment. FOR MORE INFOR­ MATION, Please contact the MBA Office. MEMBERS OF THE MBA ADVISORY COUNCIL Dan Alexander, St. Mary’s Paper Company; William Connolly, CPA; Lou Fera, Ontario Lottery Corpora­ tion; William Gregory, Edison Sault Electric Company; John McVeety, Alpena General Hospital; Peter Nix­ on, Algoma Steel Corporation; Wal­ ter North, Mackinac Bridge Authori­ ty; Leonard Savoie, Algoma Central Railway; William VanKosky, Mead Paper Company. MEMBERS OF THE MBA STANDARDS & POLICY COMMITTEE Donald Gerrie, Chair; Dr. Richard Crandall; Dr. John Erkkila, Prof. Charles Meiser, Dr. Susan Ratwik, Dr. Madan Saluja. MBA ADMINISTRATION AND FACULTY Donald J. Gerrie, Director of the MBA Program; Susan K. Camp, Coordinator, MBA Program; Facul­ ty; Earl E. Borseth, ABD, Michigan State University; Richard Conboy, Ph.D., American University; Richard Crandall, Ph.D.,University of Michi­ gan; John Erkkila, Ph.D., University of Western Ontario; Terry Hagan, Ph.D., Western Michigan University; Dale Haywood, Ph.D.; Ron Irwin, C.M., Q.C., LL.B; Richard Jennings; MA, Central Michigan University; Marilyn Keigley, Ph.D., Michigan State University; Keehn Landis, J.D; Northwestern University Law School; George Matzureff, Ph.D., American University; William McGuinnes; MBA, Harvard Univer­ sity; Charles Meiser; MA, North Dakota State University; Fredrick Michels, Ph.D., Western Michigan University; Daniel Mugavero, CPA, MBA, Michigan State University; .Susan Ratwik, Ph.D., University of Notre Dame; Alan Rugman; Ph.D., Simon Fraser University; Madan Saluja, Ph.D., University of Minnesota; Phil Valenti, J.D.; Nancy Voight, Ph.D., Michigan State Uni­ versity; Robert Welsh; Ph.D., Ohio State University. NOTES MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION • 309 �MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION COURSES 500 LEVEL PREPARATORY COURSES MB502 ECONOMIC ANALYSIS 3 Study and application of theories and tools of economic analysis. Familiarization with insti­ tutional characteristics of U.S. economy and economic policy-making process. MB508 STATISTICAL ANALYSIS 3 Overview of statistical analysis methods; application to business analysis and decision making. Emphasis: development of problem solving and computational skills. MB511 DATA PROCESSING AND COM­ PUTER PROGRAMMING 3 Introduction to computers, computer program­ ming, and computer data processing systems. Topics include: computer organization, pro­ gram design and coding (using BASIC lan­ guage), system analysis and design, and data security. MB521 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING 3 Basic accounting principles; their application with emphasis on management uses of ac­ counting data, analysis of financial statements, and management planning and control sys­ tems. MB525 BUSINESS FINANCE 3 Basic principles of business finance; applica­ tion of analytical techniques to a variety of financial management problems. Evaluation of investment and financing decisions. Pre­ requisites: MB521 and MB508. MB561 ORGANIZATIONAL THEORY 3 Fundamental theories and concepts of man­ agement and their application to organization theory and management functions, and pro­ cesses. MB581 MARKETING ANALYSIS 3 Planning, organizing, directing, and control­ ling of marketing sub-system in business organizations. Focus on environment that influences marketing, and marketing decisions facing marketing managers such as selection, target marketing, designing marketing strategy, and organizing and controlling marketing activities. 600 LEVEL COURSES 3 MB601 QUANTITATIVE METHODS Orientation to management science; introduces students to variety of deterministic and prob­ abilistic models useful in resolution of busi­ ness related problems in functional application areas. Prerequisite: MB508. MB602 MANAGEMENT OF QUALITY 1 An examination of quality control techniques used by managers in both manufacturing and service organizations. 3 MB604 MANAGERIAL ECONOMICS Application of economic theory and analysis to managerial decision making. Emphasis: business environment under conditions of uncertainty. Demand theory and estimation, production theory and cost analysis, market structures and pricing practices, investment analysis, regulation and antitrust policy. Prerequisites: MB502 and 508. 3 MB608 RESEARCH TECHNIQUES Survey of research methods used in business; emphasis on development of a research de­ sign. Survey techniques, experimental design, non-experimental designs, and case study method. Prerequisite: MB508. MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 310 �AB610 MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SERVICES 3 Hie use of computers in business and indus­ try. Modem applications will be provided. Through the use of computers, students will become familiar with several computer programs. Prerequisites: MB5ll. MB611 OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT 3 ln-<Jepth exposure to the management of operational systems. Focus: development and implementation of realistic solutions to com­ plex problems related to operations manage­ ment. Prerequisites: MB508 and 561. MB615 DATABASE MANAGEMENT 3 The organization, manipulation, and applica­ tion of information through a computer data­ base management system. Prerequisite: MB511. MB621 MANAGERIAL ACCOUNTING AND CONTROL 3 Accounting concepts, budgeting, management control, and elements of cost accounting systems. Emphasis: analysis and interpreta­ tion of accounting reports for management purposes-measuring performance, controlling costs, and evaluating proposals. Prerequisite: MB521. MB625 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT 3 In-depth study of major elements of modem financial theory; application of current analyt­ ical techniques in corporate finance; financial analysis and projections, working capital management sources of funds, capital budget­ ing, leasing decisions, cost of capital theory, dividend policy and valuation theory. Prereq­ uisites: MB521, 525 and 508 MB626 MONEY, BANKING & MONETARY POLICY 3 An understanding of money, banking and monetary policy in both the U.S. and Canada will be discussed. Monetary policy will be examined in some detail. MB630 PUBLIC BUSINESS PRESENTA­ TIONS 2 Public speaking skills are an essential com­ ponent for the business man or woman in contemporary society. This course will focus on the theory and practice necessary to be­ come adept at making public business presen­ tations. MB631 WRITTEN COMMUNICATION FOR 3 MANAGERS Designed to give the business professional practical experience in the following areas: writing clearly to a specific audience, struc­ turing ideas on paper, writing with a purpose for results, organizing information coherently, editing for style and conciseness, presenting a polished product. MB632 INTERVIEWING IN BUSINESS 3 An introduction to interviewing in business. Guidelines on how to conduct initial employ­ ment, appraisal, and exit interviews. Legal guidelines will be provided. MB650 BUSINESS AND GOVERNMENT 3 RELATIONS A course designed to assist the student achieve a better understanding of the workings of government and what a manager can, from a practical point of view, do about its negative impact on his/her enterprise - or from a posi­ tive point of view, how the manager can influence changes that will improve his/her organization’s operation. MB652 INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS 3 MANAGEMENT An examination of international and multi­ national management. A review of the issues and concepts that are needed by the manager with the increasing globalization of business. MB653 BUSINESS AND SOCIETY 2 The role of business and society: government regulations, labor values and ethics, social responsibility, changing international environ­ ment and future of the corporation. MB654 CANADIAN BUSINESS ENTER­ 3 PRISE A course designed to provide students with an understanding of the small business environ­ ment in Canada. Topics include a current socio-economic perspective of the Canadian economy, Canadian entrepreneurs, and public policy as it relates to small business in Canada. 3 MB659 ADMINISTRATIVE POLICY Concepts and relationships between a firm and its economic, social, and political environ­ ment. Focus: position of general manager in formulating strategic policy and implications for attainment of corporate objectives. Prereq­ uisite: This is the master of business adminis­ tration capstone course and is to be scheduled toward the conclusion of student’s program. MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION • 311 �MB660 ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOR 3 Study and analysis of characteristics common to all organizations (behavior, structure, and process); application to the effective manage­ ment of organizational behavior. Prerequisite: MB561. MB661 ETHICS IN MANAGEMENT 1 Every business decision or situation has ethi­ cal components. This course is designed to integrate ethical reflection with management decision making. MB662 PROBLEM SOLVING AND DECI­ SION MAKING 3 Skills will be taught to help students organize and analyze information efficiently, so that the most appropriate action may be taken. MB663 POWER AND INFLUENCE IN OR­ GANIZATIONS 2 A study of the basic elements of power in and around the organization. Who seeks it, why and how. Various systems of internal influ­ ence are introduced - personal control, bu­ reaucratic control, ideology, expertise, and politics. MB664 WOMEN IN MANAGEMENT 3 An examination of the organizational and interpersonal attributes which contribute to the well-functioning of women in management.Focus will be upon the career develop­ ment and preparation of women for leadership roles in organizations. Prerequisite; MB561. MB665 HUMAN STRESS IN ORGANIZA­ TIONS 3 An examination of stress in the work place. The causes and consequences of stress on managers and those they supervise will be examined. Stress recognition and manage­ ment will also be discussed. MB668 ORGANIZATIONAL GERONTOL­ OGY 1 Demographic changes have contributed to the "aging" of the population. This aging has and will continue to affect the workforce and the workplace. The impact of this aging, both current and future, on the workforce and the workplace will be examined. MB670 HUMAN RESOURCES MANAGE­ MENT 3 An examination of human resource manage­ ment in organizations. Topics will include the traditional approach (i.e. recruitment, compen­ sation, etc.) as well as the contemporary approach to HRM (i.e. equal opportunity employment, career planning, organizational development, etc.) 3 MB671 PEOPLE MANAGEMENT This course will teach specific techniques for improving employee performance and new ways to overcome obstacles to organizational effectiveness. The approach presented will be managing on-the-job behavior. This approach is used to achieve important results not at the cost of people, but by using methods consis­ tent with growth and development of an organization. 1 MB673 EMPLOYEE ASSISTANCE A survey of employee assistance programs that have been developed for workers who have personal problems that affect job per­ formance. MB666 ENTREPRENEUR APPLICAT­ IONS 3 Theoretical framework for entrepreneurship and small business startup and ownership 3 MB676 LABOR LAW An examination of significant concepts in labor law - the evolution of these concepts as well as variables that influence their evolution will be examined. MB667 SMALL BUSINESS CONSULT­ ING 3 A practicum providing students with an op­ portunity to practically apply their theoretical knowledge within the context of a small business. Students will acquire the skills and knowledge required of individuals who want to provide management advice to entrepre­ neurs and individuals managing or starting small business. MB677 LABOR RELATIONS PRACTICES 3 The course is separated into two separate segments. The first segment will deal with labor relations practices and will focus on areas such as administration of contract and dealing with grievances. The second segment will deal with labor laws and acts. MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 312 �MB678 COLLECTIVE BARGAINING AND 3 DISPUTE SETTLEMENT Introduction to theories and practices of nego­ tiating and administering collective bargaining agreements; negotiation process, legal con­ straints, subject matter of contracts, grievance procedures, and arbitration. Prerequisite: MB561. MB601 MARKETING MANAGEMENT 3 Advanced course in marketing, emphasizing market forces and opportunities that coincide with a firm’s marketing strategy and plan. Prerequisite: MB581, MB682 MARKETING FOR NOT-FORPROFIT ORGANIZATIONS 3 Strategic marketing techniques for not-forprofit organizations. MB690 SPECIAL TOPICS NOTES MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION • 313 1-3 �DISTINGUISHED TEACHERS Nominations for the Distinguished Teacher Award come from across the entire campus of Lake Superior State University. Selection of the Distinguished Teacher, however, is done by a committee, composed of graduating seniors with the highest LSSU grade-point averages in their class and faculty who have previously received the Distinguished Teacher Award. The following have been recipients of the Distinguished Teacher Award: 1957-58 1963-63 1971-72 1972-73 1973-74 1974-75 1975-76 1976-77 1977-78 1978-79 1979-80 1980-81 1981-82 1982-83 1983-84 1984-85 1985-86 1986-87 1987-88 1988-89 1989-90 1990-91 1991-92 Raymond Chelberg C. Ernest Kemp Margaret Howe David Blair Gerald Samson Thomas Mickewich Arthur Duwe Thomas Kelly Larry Schneider Steven Person Bernard Arbic Edeltraute Vialpando Timothy Sawyer Paul Wilson Michael Flynn Margaret Malmberg Robert Money Rosa Kavanaugh Dimitri Diliani David Behmer Susan Ratwik William Haag James Madden DISTINGUISHED TEACHERS 314 �FACULTY Adams, Mary L., assoc, prof, of business admin, and data pro­ cessing (1984, 1991); B.A., Law­ rence University, 1959; M.A., University of Calif, at Berkeley, 1964; Ph.D., Michigan State Uni­ versity, 1981. Adams, Ray, assoc, prof, and coordinator of mechanical enaineering technology, (1986) ; B. 1975; M.S., Nicholfs State Thibodaux, Louisiana, 1978. Andary, Carol, asst. prof, and coordinator of legal assistant studies, (1984); B.S., Western Michigan University, 1977; Juris Doctor, Wayne State University, 1980. Anderson, Colleen, asst. prof, of English, (1992); B.A., State Uni­ versity of New York at Cortland, 1978; M.A. Catholic University of America, 1988; Ph.D. Catholic University of America, 1992. Anderson, Melvin L., prof, of chemistry (1969, 1985); B.S., 1953; M.S., Michigan Technolog­ ical University, 1955; Ph.D., Mich­ igan State University, 1965. Anleitner, Donna, asst. prof, of nursing (1985); B.S.N., Indiana State University, 1971; M.S.N., Northern Illinois State University, 1976. Arbic, Bernard J., prof, of math­ ematics (1967, 1986); B.S., Mas­ sachusetts Institute of Technol­ ogy, 1962; M.A., Bowdoin, 1967; Pn.D., University of Wyoming, 1972. Behmer, David J., prof, of biol­ ogy (1967,1981); B.S., Wisconsin State College, 1963; M.S., 1965; Ph.D., Iowa State University, 1966. t Bingham, Shirley Proctor-, asst, prof, of nursing (1984); B.S., University of Michigan, 1952; M.S., Boston University, 1980. Blashill, James, asst. prof, and coordinator of criminal justice, and coordinator of Institute for Public Safety (1975); B.S., Wayne State University, 1973; M.S., Michigan State University, 1976. Boger, Thomas, assoc, prof, of computer science, (1981, 1991); B.S., 1973; M.S., Michigan State University, 1974. Bolio, Lawrence A., assoc, prof. of mechanical engineering tech­ nology (1984); B.S., Michigan Technological University, 1966 and 1975; M.A., Northern Michi­ gan University, 1979. Brooks, Brenda L., instr. of Ther­ apeutic Recreation (1992); B.A., Brock University, M.S., Indiana University. Brown, Lewis M., prof, and coor­ dinator of geology (1979, 1989); B.A., Cornell College, 1965; M.S., University of Iowa, 1967; Ph.D., University of New Mexico, 1973. Campagna, Carol A., assoc, prof, of nursing (1984); B.S.N., D’Youville College, 1964; M.S.N., University of Colorado, 1969. Castor, William N., prof, of politi­ cal science (1971, 1985); B.A., Middlebury College, 1951; M.A., Columbia University, 1952; Ph.D., University of Denver, 1975. Chandler, Kevin R., asst. prof, of mechanical engineering technolo­ gy, (1992); B.S. Oakland Universi­ ty, 1985, M.S. Oakland University, 1992. Chandra, Purna, prof, of microbi­ ology (1967, 1970); B.S., 1949; FACULTY • 315 �M.S.,Agra University, 1951; Ph.D., Oregon State University, 1958. Childs, Sally A., assoc, prof, of physical education and recreation and coordinator of recreation studies M981, 1987); B.S., East­ ern Michigan University, 1971; M.S., Northern Michigan Universi­ ty, 1978; Ph.D., Ohio State Uni­ versity, 1986. Conboy, Richard T., assoc, prof, of political science and assoc, coordinator for policy research/ Center for Social Research (1988); B.A., 1967; M.P.A., Uni­ versity of Dayton, 1969; Ph.D., The American University, 1984. Connaughton, Carole, prof, of nursing and coordinator of B.S.N. program (1984); B.S.N., Saint Mary’s College, Notre Dame, 1956; M.S.N., 1967; Ph.D., Indi­ ana University, 1974. Cox, Sharon, asst. prof, of nurs­ ing (1989); B.S.N, Lake Superior State University, 1976; M.S.N., Wayne State University, 1984. Crandall, Richard C., prof, of sociology (1969, 1987); B.S., 1967; M.A., Central Michigan Uni­ versity, 1969; Ph.D., University of Michigan, 1974. Cullen, John C., prof, of Spanish and English (1967, 1985); B.A., 1963; M.A., Michigan State Uni­ versity, 1965; Ph.D., Interamerican University, 1973. Cullum, Charles, assoc, prof, of English (1989, 1992); B.A., Penn­ sylvania State University, 1972; M.A., 1981; Ph.D., Temple Uni­ versity, 1987. Cullum, Linda, asst, prof./librar­ ian (1990); B.A., Temple Uni­ versity, 1969; M.L.S., Drexel Uni­ versity, 1972; M.A., Temple Uni­ versity, 1982. Delaney-Lehman, Maureen, asst, prof./librarian (1989, 1992); B.M., Western Michigan Universi­ ty, 1975; M.S., Michigan State University, 1980; M.L.S., Univ of Kentucky, 1988. Devaprasad, James, asst. prof, and coordinator of automated systems engineering technology (1986, 1989); B.E., University of Madras, India, 1983; M.S., Uni­ versity of New Mexico, 1986. Dickinson, William J., assoc, prof, of humanities (1966, 1969); B.A., 1951; M.Ed., Montana State University, 1957. Dobbertin, Gerald, asst. prof, of sociology (1972, 1982); B.S., Wayne State University, 1967; M.A., Central Michigan Univer­ sity, 1973; Ph.D., Michigan State University, 1981. Dobbertin, Leslie, assoc, prof, of sociology (1974, 1982, 1991); B.A., Central Michigan University, 1965; M.A., Iowa State University, 1972; Ph.D., Michigan State Uni­ versity, 1989. Dorrity, Daniel T., prof, of his­ tory (1970, 1990); B.A., 1966; M.A., Wayne State University, 1967; Ph.D., University of Michi­ gan, 1973. Dowd, Donner, assoc, prof, of business (1982); B.S., Wheaton College, 1960; M.S., Purdue Uni­ versity, 1966. Duesina, Paul, assoc, prof, and of mechanical engineering tech­ nology and coordinator of Coop­ erative Education (1984, 1990); B.S.M.E., 1971; M.S.M.E., Univer­ sity of Michigan, 1973. Erkkila, John, assoc, prof, of economics, and coordinator of Recruitment and Transfer (1990); B.S., Lake Superior State Univer­ sity, 1970; M.A., University of Windsor, 1971; Ph.D., The Uni­ versity of Western Ontario, 1987. Fleet, Jeffrey L., instructor/coun­ selor (1991); B.A., Michigan State University, 1979; M.A., 1990. Foley, Elizabeth A., asst. prof, of criminal justice and coordinator of corrections (1981, 1987); B.A., Madonna College, 1969; M.A., Northern Michigan University, 1982. FACULTY 316 �Furr, Richard S., assoc, prof, of biology (1971, 1981); A.B., Pfeif­ fer College, 1963; M.S., N. Caro­ lina State University, 1966; Ph.D., University of Tennessee, 1971. Gaertner, Georgegeen P., assoc, prof, of English and coordinator of Writing in the Disciplines (1965, 1974); B.A., Michigan State Uni­ versity, 1959; M.A., University of Michigan, 1963. Gaertner, Robert, assoc, prof, of finance (1965, 1989); B.B.A., University of Notre Dame, 1964; M.B.A., Michigan State Univer­ sity, 1965. Gardiner, R. Lee, asst. prof, of exercise science (1988, 1992); B.S., Grand Valley State Universi­ ty, 1979; M.S., Northern Michigan University, 1988. Gerrish, Steven J., asst. prof, of mechanical engineering technolo­ gy (1981, 1988); B.S., Lake Su­ perior State College, 1978; M.A., Michigan State University, 1981. Gibson, Michael J., asst. prof, of psychology (1990); B.A., Uni­ versity of Illinois, 1978; M.S.Ed., 1984; Ed.D, Northern Illinois Uni­ versity, 1989. Gilliard, Bari Lynn, assoc, prof, of English and writing (1986, 1990); B.A., 1964; M.A., Univer­ sity of Montana, 1973; Ph.D., University of Utah, 1975. Godby, Marjorie B., asst. prof./counselor (1986, 1992); B.S., University of Minnesota, 1962; M.A., University of Michi­ gan, 1966. Gutowska, Janina, asst, prof . of mathematics (1988); M.S. Univ sity of Lodz, Poland, 1966. Gutowski, Mieczyslaw, assoc, prof, of mathematics (1984, 1990); M.S., University of Lodz, 1965; Ph.D., University of Gdansk, 1973. Haag, William, assoc, prof, of biochemistry (1984); B.S., Loras College, 1961; M.S., 1965; Ph.D., University of Nebraska, 1971. Halsey, Alice, assoc, prof, of nursing (1973, 1983); B.S.N., University of Michigan, 1962; M.SJSI., Wayne State University, Harrison, Galen H., asst. prof, of mathematics (1963, 1967); B.S., 1960; M.A., Michigan Technologi­ cal University, 1963. Hatfield, Kenneth G., instr. of geology (1983); B.S., Michigan Technological University, 1950. Hellow, Elizabeth, asst. prof, of nursing (1979, 1985); B.S.N., Lake Superior State University, 1977; M.S.N., Wayne State Uni­ versity, 1986. Heyns, Terry L., assoc, prof, of fire science (1989); A.B., Saint Louis University, 1965; M.A., University of Kansas, 1967; Ph.D., Kansas State University, 1989. Holmes, Dennis K., asst. prof, of criminal justice (1992); B.G.S. Oakland University, 1978, M.P.A. Oakland University, 1982. Hudson, John S., assoc, prof, of accounting (1970, 1986); B.A., 1963; M.A., Michigan State Uni­ versity, 1965; M.B.A., Western Michigan University, 1967. Jennings, Richard P., prof, of speech and coordinator of Reader’s Theater, (1970, 1990); B.A., University of Michigan, 1950; B.D., Virginia Theological Seminary, 1953; M.A., Central Michigan University, 1970. Johnson, Gary R., prof, of piolitical science (1978, 1990); b .A., Augustana College, 1972; M.A., 1975; Ph.D., University of Cin­ cinnati, 1979. Johnson, Gerald H., asst. prof, of biology and nursing (1983); B.S., 1965; Ph.D., University of Michigan, 1971. Jones, Charles W., prof, of chemistry (1970, 1981); A.B., Western State College of Colora­ do, 1954; M.S., 1957; Ph.D., Oklahoma State University, 1973. FACULTY • 317 �June, Mary M., in str./librarian (1988); B.A., 1978; M.L.S., Uni­ versity of Wisconsin-Milwaukee, 1980. Knowles, David M., prof, of geol­ ogy (1969, 1983); B.S., 1954; M.S., Michigan Technological Uni­ versity, 1955; Ph.D_, C olumbia University, 1967. Knudson, Vernie A., assoc, prof, of natural resources technology (1971, 1976); B.S., Bethany Col­ lege, 1954; B.S., University of Kansas, 1958; M.S., Fort Hays State College, 1959; Ph.D., Okla­ homa State University, 1970. Kornmueller, Hellmuth, prof, of humanities (1968, 1S83); Ph.B., 1951; Ph.L., 1952; Ph.D., Salz­ burg University, Austria, 1953. Lehman, John W., prof, of chem­ istry (1966, 1982); B.S., McPherson College, 1960; Ph.D., University of Colorado, 1969. Linderoth, Leon W., prof, of English (1968); A.B., 1958; B.S., Central Michi aan University, 1958; M.A., 1960; Ph.D., Florida State University, 1966. Lundin, Jean M., assoc, prof, of business (1991); B.S., University of Wisconsin, 1975; M.B.A., Roosevelt University, 1977; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, 1991. Madden, James, assoc, prof, of criminal justice and fire science (1984, 1989); B.S., William Carey College, 1971; M.S., University of Southern Mississippi, 1975. Madl, John T., assoc, prof, of mechanical engineeri ng technolo­ gy (1967, 1981); B.S.M.E., 1965, M.S.M.E., Michigan Technological University, 1967. Marinoni, Ann B., assoc, prof, of business and coordinator of hos­ pitality management (1976,1980); B.S., Lake Superior State Univer­ sity, 1975; M.S., Central Michi­ gan University, 1977; Ph.D., Mich­ igan State University, 1992. McDermott, Donald, asst. prof, of composition (1991); B.S-, 1975; M.A., Bri aham Young University, 1979; P’n.D.. Oklahoma State University, 1989. McDonald, David M., assoc, prof, and coordinator of electrical engi­ neering technology (1973, 1986); B.S.E.E., 1969; M.S.E.E., Michi­ gan Technological University, 1970. McGowan, Laura C., instr. of speech and coordinator of foren­ sics and debate (1990); B.A., Albion College, 1987; M.A., Cen­ tral Michigan University, 1990. McPherson, Debra, asst. prof, of physical education and recreation, volleyball, softball coach (1976, 1983); B.S., 1974; M.S., Northern Michigan University, 1982. Meehan, Mary Jo, asst, prof./ counselor (1983, 1987); M.A., Northern Michigan University, 1981. Meiser, Charles W., assoc, prof, of quantitative economics and coordinator of business data pro­ cessing (1968, 1982); B.S.t.E., 1963; M.S., Purdue University, 1966. Merkel, Dennis, asst. prof, of biology (1988); B.S., 1977; M.S. State University of New YorkSyracuse, 1983; Ph.D., Michigan State University, 1988. Mickewich, Thomas, prof, of mathematics (1967, 1988); B.A., 1964; M.A., University of Maine, 1967. Money, Robert M., assoc, prof, of history (1969, 1976); A.B., Northern Michigan University, 1953; M.A., University of Michi­ gan, 1958. Moody, James W. T., prof, of histo rv (1971,1992); B.A., Green­ ville College, 1959; M.A., Michi­ gan State University, 1960. Mugavero, Daniel C., assoc. proL of accounting (1976, 1991); B.A., 1966; M.B.A., Michigan State University, 1967. Mullin, C. Randall, prof, of chem­ istry and physics and coordinator FACULTY 318 �of the planetarium (1969, 1986); B.S., St. Vincent College, 1959; Ph.D., University of Notre Dame, 1964. Neveu, Ruth, asst, prof./librar-ian (1984, 1988); B.A., Lake Su­ perior State University, 1977; M. S., University of Michigan, 1984. Niemi, Alan D., asst. prof, of computer engineering technology (1986); B.S., Lake Superior State University, 1981; M.S.E.E., Illi­ nois Institute of Technology, 1985. Person, Steven J., prof, of biol­ ogy (1974, 1989); B.S., 1966; M.S., Iowa State University, 1968; Ph.D., University of Alaska, 1976. Pichot, Marcel, assoc, prof, of French (1989, 1992); B.A., Andrews University, 1967; M.A., Western Michigan University, 1968; Ph.D., University of Michi­ gan, 1975. Pike, Ruth Johnston-, asst. prof, of nursing (1983); B.S.N., Lake Superior State University, 1982; M.S.N., Wayne State University, 1985. Pingatore, Diana, assoc, prof, of English and coordinator of Writing Lab (1988, 1992); B.A., Lake Superior State University, 1977; M.A., 1981; Ph.D., Michigan State University, 1987. Rackliffe, Gary, asst. prof, of teacher education (1990, 1992); A.A.S., Ferris State University, 1976; M.A., Central Michigan University, 1977; Ph.D., Michigan State University, 1991. Ratwik, Susan H., prof, of psy­ chology and coordinator of the Center for Social Research (1977, 1990); B.A., University of Minne­ sota, 1969; M.S., 1975; Ph.D., University of Notre Dame, 1978. Roese, John H., asst. prof, of wildlife ecology and management (1990); B.S.K, Stephen F. Austin otate University, 1982; M.S. 1984; Ph.D., Stephen F. Austin State University, 1989. Ryckman, Lynn A., assoc, prof, of marketing (1992); B.A., Michi­ gan State University, 1977; M.A., Michigan State University, 1978; Ph.D., Michigan State University, 1982. Saluja, Madan, prof, of manage­ ment (1969, 1981); B.A., Univer­ sity of Delhi, 1960; LL.B., 1962; B.A., Macalester College, 1964; M.A., 1966; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1977. Sawyer, Timothy J., prof, of psychology (1976, 1989); B.A., Northern Michigan University, 1972; M.A., 1974; Ph.D., Univer­ sity of Nevada, 1976. Schmitigal, Linda, instr., office information systems; B.S., Lake Superior State University, 1982; M.B.E., Central Michigan Univer­ sity, 1990. Schirer, Thomas., assoc, prof, of English (1984, 1987); B.A., 1971; M.A., University of California, 1976; Ph.D., Friedrich-Alexander University, 1983. Schoenemann, Shirley, asst, prof, and supervisor of child care center (1983, 1990), B.A., West­ ern Michigan University, 1966; M.A. Oakland University, 1986. Schwiderson, Keith H., asst, prof, of engineering technology and coordinator of drafting design engineering technology (1977, 1985); B.S., Lake Superior State University, 1976; M.S., Northern Michigan University, 1981. Shannon, MaryAnne P., asst, prof. (1991); B.S.M., University of Michigan, 1975; M.S.M., Wayne State University, 1979. Sherman, Karl J., assoc, prof, of accounting (1971, 1980); B.S., Northern Michigan University, 1965; M.S., Southern Illinois Uni­ versity, 1967; C.P.A., 1970. Smith, Bryce E., prof, of biology (1970, 1976); B.S., 1952, M.A., University of Michigan, 1957; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, 1965. FACULTY • 319 �Spencer, Lester W., asst. prof, of engineering technology (1977, 1983); B.S., Lake Superior State University, 1977; M.S., Northern Michigan University, 1980. Stai, Deborah, asst, prof of biolo­ gy/chemistry (1991); B.S., (biolo­ gy), 1974; B.S., (medical technol­ ogy), 1978; M.A., Mankato State University; Ph.D., Union Institu­ tion, 1989. Stevens, John R., assoc, prof, of English (1967, 1983); B.A., 1958; M. A., University of Michigan, 1959. Suggitt, Randall G., asst. prof, of mathematics (1983, 1988); B.S., Lake Superior State University, 1976; M.A., University of Mon­ tana, 1979. Sulentic, Jon Eric, instr. of exer­ cise science (1992); B.S., North­ ern Michigan University, 1990; M.S., Northern Michigan Universi­ ty, 1992. Terwilliger, Mark G., instr. of mathematics and computer sci­ ence (1990); B.S., Lake Superior State University, 1988, M.S., Michigan State University, 1990. Toffolo, E. Gary, prof, of English (1970, 1990); B.S., Northwestern University, 1958; M.A., University of Chicago, 1961. Voight, Nancy L., assoc, prof, of human services and psychology and coordinator of psychology, sociology, and human services (1988); B.A., Wittenberg Univer­ sity, 1967; M.A., Ball State Uni­ versity, 1971; Ph.D., Michigan State University, 1975. Wagner, Michael D., asst. prof, of electrical engineering technolo­ gy (1989); B.S. Purdue University, 1984; M.S.E.E., 1987. Walworth, Maurice, asst. prof, of engineering technology (1991), B.S.E.E., Michigan Technological University, 1981; M.S.E.E., 1983. Weber, Charles L., assoc, prof, of electrical engineering technolo­ gy and coordinator of computer engineering technology (1970, 1980); B.S., 1964; M.S.E .E., Michigan Technological University, 1970. Wentz, Elena, asst. prof, of nurs­ ing (1971, 1977); B.A., Simp son College; M.S.N., Wayne State University, 1977. Wilkinson, John S., prof, of music and coordinator of music and cultural affairs (1976, 1989); B.M.E., 1969; M.M., University of Nebraska, 1972; D.M.A., Universi­ ty of Michigan, 1974. Wilson, Paul W., prof, of mathe­ matics (1963, 1988); B.S., 1962; M.A., Central Michigan Univer­ sity, 1963. Yanni, Stephen R., asst. prof, of therapeutic recreation (1987, 1992); B.S., Lake Superior State University, 1986; M.S., Western Illinois University, 1987. Zabelka, Richard J., prof, of physics (1966, 1984); B.S., Mich­ igan Technological University, 1956; M.S., University of Cali­ fornia (LA), 1960; Ph.D., Purdue University, 1964. EMERITI FACULTY Anderson, Roland A., assoc, prof, of office administration (1969-1986); B.A., Wisconsin State University-Whitewater, 1953; M.A., Northern Colorado University-Greeley, 1961. Bruce, Russell D., prof, of phys­ ical education and recreation (1976-1987); B.A., Cornell Col­ lege, 1953; M.A., University of Michigan, 1956; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, 1966. Carlson, Arthur F., assoc, prof, of physics (1947-1970); B.S., University of Minnesota, 1935. (deceased) Carlson, Delphine, assoc, prof, of mathematics (1947-1969); B.A., FACULTY 320 �1934; M.A., University of Michi­ gan, 1938. Cole, Wallace, assoc, prof, of mathematics ------------ (1955-1969); B.S., 1926; M.A., University of Wiscon­ sin, 1928. Cooper, Ronald R., prof, of phys­ ical education (1956-1986); direc­ tor of intercollegiate athletics and James Norris Physical Education Center (1976-1986); B.S., 1951; 1958 ^entra* Michigan University, Curtis, Robert W., prof, of engi­ neering technology (1955-1886); B.S.M.E., Michigan Technological University, 1948; B.S.Ed., North­ ern Michigan University, 1950; M.A., University of Michigan, 1954. (deceased) Dahlman, Marvin, assoc, prof, of mechanical engineering technolo­ gy (1952-1985) ; B.S., 1947; M.S., University of Minnesota, 1952. Duwe, Arthur E., prof, of biologi­ cal science (1968, 1970); B.S., Alma College, 1949; M.S., Ohio State University, 1950; Ph.D., 1953. (deceased) Flynn, Michael, prof, of English (1961-1986); B.A., Central Mich­ igan University, 1954; M.A., Nor­ thern Michigan University, 1964. Francisco, Wayne H., asst. prof, of criminal justice (1973-1983); B.S., Eastern Michigan Univer­ sity, 1950; M.A., 1967; M.S., Michigan State University, 1971. Gleason, Gale R., prof, of biol­ ogy and department head of biol­ ogy and chemistry (1965-1986); B.S., Central Michigan University, 1950; M.S., 1951; Ph.D., Michi­ gan State University, 1960. Gleason, Gilbert J., prof, of biol­ ogy (1961-1988); B.S., 1958; M.A., Central Michigan Univer­ sity, 1960. Harris, Earle B., assoc, prof, of English (1976-1987); A.B., Uni­ versity of Michigan, 1946; B.D., 1947; Th.M., Princeton Theologi­ cal Seminary, 1964. Howe, Margaret, assoc, prof, of humanities (1969-1981); A.B., Northwestern University, 1932; M.A., Northern Michigan Univer­ sity, 1965. Jemison, Eugene F., assoc, prof, of humanities (1969-1986); b.A., Washburn University, 1946; M.F.A., Kansas City Art Institute, 1948. Kemp, C. Ernest, assoc, prof, of geology (1944-1980); dean emeri­ tus of Lake Superior State Uni­ versity; B.S., Michigan Techno­ logical University, 1949. Marken, Marzale, assoc, prof, of engineering technology ( 19551984); B.S., 1948; M.A., U niversity of Minnesota, 1956. Matheson, John M., prof, of jour­ nalism and secretary, Board of Control (1969-1984); B.A., Michi­ gan State University, 1948; M.A., 1965; Ph.D., Southern Illinois University, 1967. McCabe, John C. Ill, prrof. of English (1970-1987); Ph.B., Uni­ versity of Detroit, 1947; M.F.A., Fordham University, 1948; Ph.D., Shakespeare Institute, University of Birmingham, England, 1954. Poisson, Joseph A., assoc, prof, of physical education (19631976); S.S., Northern Michigan University, 1940; M.A., University of Michigan, 1957. Sawczak, George J., asst. prof, of English (1965-1982); B.A., Alliance, 1952; M.A., Kent State University, 1954. Shouldice, Kenneth J., prof, of business administration and pres­ ident (1965-1982); B.S., Marque­ tte, 1949; M.S., Northwestern, 1951; Ph.D., Iowa, 1969. Smith, Bernard M., prof, of be­ havioral science (1966-1980); B.A., 1947; M.A., University of Louisville, 1949; M.A., University of Kentucky, 1956; Ph.D., Iowa, 1960.(deceased) Stough, Bessie, assoc, prof, of mathematics (1947-1963); B.A., FACULTY • 321 �1923; M.A., University of Michi­ gan, 1929. Truckey, John, assoc, prof, of counseling (1966-1986); B.S., 1958; M.A., Northern Michigan University, 1964. Vialpando, Edeltraute, prof, of foreign languages (1967-1988); Ph.D., Charles University, Prague, Czechoslovakia. Ward, Louis R., prof, of English (1961-1981); B.A., 1939; M.A., University of Colorado, 1940; Ph.D., Purdue University, 1959. Youngs, Stephen P., prof, and psychometrist (1947-1968); B.S., Northern Michigan University, 1930; M.Ed., Colorado , 1941. (deceased) HEALTH SCIENCES: Mae E. Markstrom, assoc, prof. (1968, 1981); B.S., Lake Superior State University, 1970; M.S.N., Wayne State University, 1977; Ph.D., Michigan State University, 1991. SOCIAL SCIENCES: Margaret A. Malmberg, assoc, prof, of psychology (1971,1989); B.S., Muskingum College, 1964; M.A., 1970; Ph.D., Texas Christian University, 1971. ACADEMIC DEPARTMENT HEADS BIOLOGY AND CHEMISTRY: Patrick Brown, M990) ; B.S., Central Michigan University, 1974; M.S., Iowa State University, 1977; Ph.D., University of Missouri, 1981. BUSINESS AND ECONOMICS: Bruce T. Harger, assoc, prof, of economics (1967, 1985); B.A., Michigan State University, 1966; M.A., Michigan State University, 1967; Ph.D., Michigan State Uni­ versity, 1991. COMPUTER/GEOLOGIC/MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES: Gary L. Thesing, prof, of mathe­ matics (1971, 1981); B.A., St. Mary of the Plains College, 1960; M.S., University of Notre Dame, 1964; Ed.D., Oklahoma State University, 1971. ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY: Patrick M. Grounds, asst. prof, and coordinator of automated systems engineering technology (1986, 1989); B.S., 1984; M.A., University of Michigan, 1986. FACULTY 322 NOTES �Department Secretaries ARTS AND LETTERS: Audrey Morley, (1970) BIOLOGY AND CHEMISTRY: M. Kathy Person, (1970), assoc. Lake Superior State College, 1970 HEALTH SCIENCES: Michele Lewis, (1987), assoc. Lake Superior State University, 1987 BUSINESS AND ECONOMICS: Laurine Kelly, (1989, 1992) SOCIAL SCIENCES-CRIMINAL JUSTICE: Janine Murray, (1989), assoc. Bay de Noc Community College, 1984 COMPUTER/GEOLOGIC/ MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES: Cynthia Hopper, (1983) Davenport Business College SOCIAL SCIENCESRECREATION: Jeanne Thompson, (1981) North­ eastern School of Commerce ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY: Judith Jones, (1991) SOCIAL SCIENCES: L. Sherie Davie, (1989, 1990) NOTES DEPARTMENT SECRETARIES • 323 �ADMINISTRATIVE STAFF Katherine A. Albrough, accoun­ tant (1989); B.S., Lake Superior State University, 1989. Thomas A. Allan, manager, Vermilion project (1984); B.S., Central Michigan University, 1973; M.S., Michigan Technological University, 1978; Ph.D., University of Maine, Orono, 1984. Rhoonda Angeconeb, profession­ al nurse (1991); B.S., Lake Supe­ rior State University, 1991. Jamie W. Angeli, assistant men’s basketball coach (1991); B.S. University of Wisconsin-Stout, 1985. Francis I. Atkinson, manager/ director student activities (1981); B.S., University of Detroit, 1956. Susan Autore, health services nurse (1990); assoc., Lake Supe­ rior State College, 1981. Mary L. Baker, administrative coordinator/professional nurse (1989); B.S.N., St. Olaf College, 1971; M.S., Mankato State Uni­ versity, 1983. Judy A. Bawks, secretary, Poli­ tics & the Life Sciences, (1991); B.A., Lake Superior State Col­ lege, 1976. Andra L. Bedard, office records aide, upward bound (1991); assoc., Lake Superior State Uni­ versity, 1991. David A. Berry, computer opera­ tor, (1991); B.S., Lake Superior State University, 1990. Paul A. Besteman, assistant director physical plant (1973, 1987); Lake Superior State Col­ lege, (ex-1973). Susan M. Branstner, director, interpretive center and educa­ tional programming for schools (1990); B.S., Michigan State Uni­ versity, 1982; M.A., 1986; Ph.D., 1990. Thomas R. Bugbee, manager of labor relations (1988); B.A., Michi­ gan State University, 1973; M.A., Eastern Michigan University, 1974. Mary L. Cahill, supervisor inven­ tory/accounts receivable/loans (1975, 1981). Susan K. Camp, coordinator of MBA program (1977, 1988); B.S., Lake Superior State College, 1985; M.B.A., Lake Superior State University, 1992. Alden E. Campbell, manager of projects/C HP (1973); B.S., Lake Superior State College, 1973. Jeffrey A. Cardwell, wrestling coach and intramural director, (1991); B.S., Oregon State Uni­ versity, 1989; M.Ed., 1991. Cheryl L. Castner, textbook ser­ vices supervisor (1980); B.S., University of Wisconsin-Stout. David H. Castner, assoc, prof, and director of counseling and testing services (1978, 1986); B.S., University of WisconsinStout, 1972; M.S., 1974. Bruce G. Clark, assistant dean of admissions (1976, 1986); B.A., Lake Superior State College, 1976. Georgiana M. Cox, staff accoun­ tant (1979); B.S., Lake Superior State College, 1979; M.B.A., Lake Superior State University, 1988. Juliana L. Cox, staff accountant (1983); B.S., Lake Superior State College, 1983 and 1987. William J. Crawford, director of public relations (1988); B.S., Wes­ tern Michigan University, 1970. Stella R. DePlonty, registrar (1960, 1987). ADMINISTRATIVE STAFF 324 �David J. Eby, computer operator, (1992); B.S., Lake Superior State University, 1989. Wanda M. Eby, director of pur­ chasing (1974, 1980, 1990). Leroy A. Fake, electronic techni­ cian (1983); assoc., Lake Supe­ rior State College, 1984. James E. Fallis, assoc, prof., director athletics/manager Norris Center (1974, 1988); B.A., Lake Superior State College, 1974; M.S., Northern Michigan Univer­ sity, 1976. Deborah Faust, director of auxil­ iary enterprises (1979, 1990); assoc., Lake Superior State Col­ lege, 1985. Paul T. Fenlon, assistant to ex­ ecutive vice president (1981, 1987); B.A., Western Michigan University, 1964. Kathryn L. Fiandt, clinical direc­ tor of Wellness C.A.R.E. Center (1990); B.S.N., University of Maryland, 1971; M.S.N., Indiana University, 1976. Kay A. Floyd, executive secre­ tary (1990). Lee M. Freedman, textbook as­ sistant (1988); Lake Superior State University, (ex-1988). Ruth E. Gendzwill, director of employee relations (1969, 1985); B.A., Calvin College, 1955. Donald J. Gerrie, prof, marketing and director, MBA program (1966, 1985); B.A., College of William and Mary, 1951; M.A., Michigan State University, 1953. Roger W. Greil, aquatics lab manager (1989); assoc., Lake Superior State University, 1988. Charles J. Gustafson, media specialist (1970); assoc., Lake Superior State College, 1968. Jo Ann Hill, admissions officer/ internal operations (1990); B.A., Michigan State University. Jeffery L. Jackson, head hockey coach (1986, 1990); B.A., Michi­ gan State University, 1977; B.A., 1978. Mary P. Jason, director of Re­ gional Center (1986); B.S., Michi­ gan State University, 1966. Beverly A. Johnson, executive secretary to the president (1978, 1986); B.S., Northern Michigan University, 1970. Bruce R. Johnson, dean of ad­ missions (1985,1986); B.S., State University College, 1967; M.S., State University of New YorkBuffalo, 1971. Patricia A. Kellan, coordinator of health services (1989); B.S.N., Lake Superior State University, 1989. Helen M. Kennedy, data account clerk II (1989, 1991). John F. Kibble, director of Native American Center (1986); B.A., Lake Superior State College, 1976. Erica L. Ledy, women’s basket­ ball coach (1990); B.S., Lake Superior State University, 1988. Dr. James Leete, university phy­ sician. Annette M. Malaski, systems analyst (1990); B.S., University of Wisconsin-Stevens Point, 1985. Robbin S. Manor, Campus Shoppe manager (1990); Lansing Community College, (ex-1977). David A. Mastaw, assistant build­ ing manager (1991); B.S., Lake Superior State University, 1989. J. Dennis McPherson, financial aid counselor (1967, 1981); Lake Superior State College, (ex-1955). Cynthia F. Merkel, systems development manager (1987, 1988); B.A., Syracuse University, 1979. Fredrick A. Michels, prof, and director of library and audio visual services (1976, 1981); B.S., University of Wisconsin, 1968; M.L.S., Western Michigan Univer­ sity, 1971; Ed.D., 1976. Linda K. Miller, administrative assistant to registrar (1967, 1988). ADMINISTRATIVE STAFF ■ 325 �Guy E. Molby, director of secur­ ity (1989); B.S., Northern Michi­ gan University, 1982. K. Scott Monaghan, sports infor­ mation director (1989); B.A., Mic­ higan State University, 1987. Barbara K. Mugavero, pool director (1991); B.A., Oakland University, 1968; M.A., University of Michigan, 1970. William T. Munsell, financial aid director (1967); Lake Superior State College, (ex-1968). Gwen M. O’Connor, assistant women’s basketball coach (1991); B.S., Lake Superior State Univer­ sity, 1991. Jane K. Ogle, coordinator of scheduling (1983, 1988); assoc., Lake Superior State University, 1991. Margaret E. Olson, payroll su­ pervisor (1965, 1975); B.A., Lake Superior State College, 1985. Scott A. Olson, communications specialist/hardware maintenance (1985,1990); Lake Superior State University, (ex-1990). Suzette M. Olson, personnel assistant (1988); assoc., Lake Superior State College, 1986 and 1987. Larry J. Perron, custodial opera­ tions manager (1986, 1988). Noel L. Pingatore, exercise fit­ ness instructor (1991); B.S., Lake Superior State University, 1990. Kelly A. Pooley, typist clerk II (1991). Denise A. Roe, admissions offi­ cer (1986); B.A., Lake Superior State College, 1975. Ronald T. Rolston, second as­ sistant hockey coach (1990); B.S., Michigan Technological Universi­ ty, 1990. George A. Rye, systems analyst (1991); B.S. Lake Superior State College, 1968. Katherine M. Rye, administrative assistant (1990); Muskegon Busi­ ness College, 1986. Richard A. Rynberg, microcom­ puter lab manager and technician (1988); B.S., Central Michigan University, 1969. Conrad A. Schmitigal, mechani­ cal technician (1982). Karen L. Shackleton, admissions officer/media specialist (1990); B.A., University of Michigan, 1988. Jeanne M. Shibley, manager of graphic arts/production (1989); B.S., Northern Michigan Univer­ sity, 1982. John R. Shibley, photograp her/ yearbook advisor (1991); Ncorthern Michigan Univ., (ex-1989). Debra L. Smart, head teacher, child care center (1989); assoc, Lake Superior State University, 1989. Scott W. Smart, budget and planing analyst (1988); B.S., Lake Superior State College, 1986. Malorie S. Smith, professional nurse (1990); B.S.N., Lake Supe­ rior State University, 1990. Terry J. Smith, men’s basketball coach (1988); B.S., Michigan State University, 1984. Gilmore R. Somes, athletic equipment manager (1981). Jessica A. Stanaway, director, continuing education (1979 1983); B.A., Lake Superior State College, 1970. Jerry A. Stephens, systems analyst (1986, 1990); B.S., Lake Superior State College, 1986. Jacquey A. Swailes, executive secretary to vice president for academic affairs (1990). William G. Thompson, supervi­ sor of grounds/pool/rink and re­ ceiving (1979, 1987). Earl C. Tomlinson, director of business operations (1985,1987); B.S., Ferris State University, M.A., Central Michigan University, 1975. Dale A. Ulrich, manager of build­ ing maintenance and operations (1989). ADMINISTRATIVE STAFF 326 �Beverly E. White, office manager of budgets, planning and person­ nel (1976, 1990); B.S., Lake Su­ perior State University, 1988. Patricia A. Whyte, housing manager (1978,1987); B.S., Lake Superior State College, 1985; Pamela A. Williamson, assistant director of upward bound (1970, 1986); B.A., Michigan-State Uni­ versity, 1968. Heidi L. Witucki, director of up­ ward bound (1991); B.A., North­ ern Michigan University, 1982. Michael J. Worley, coordinator of residential and student life pro­ gramming (1984, 1989); B.S., Lake Superior State College, 1983. Jack Yach, director of food ser­ vices. Jenny L. Zissler, buyer/adminis­ trative assistant (1978); B.S., Lake Superior State University, 1988. Terrence A. Sweeney, executive assistant to the president, secre­ tary of the Board of Regents and assoc, prof. (1978, 1984); B.A., Stonehill College, 1966; M.Ed., University of Massachusetts, 1971; Ed.D., 1978. NOTES OFFICERS OF ADMINISTRATION Robert D. Arbuckle, president, (1992); B.S. in Education, Clarion State University, 1964; M.S. 1966; Ph.D., Penn State University, 1972. Frederick W. Gilliard, vice presi­ dent for academic affairs, dean of the faculty and professor, (1984); B.S., Northern Montana College, 1962; M.A., University of Mon­ tana, 1966; Ph.D., University of Utah, 1971. Roger T. Murphy, director of budgets, planning and personnel (1984, 1986); B.A., Michigan State University, 1969; M.B.A., 1980. Harry E. Pike, executive vice president and assoc, prof. (1969, 1972); B.A., University of Wash­ ington, 1957; M.A., 1959; Ph.D., Michigan State University, 1969. ADMINISTRATIVE STAFF • 327 �BOARD OF REGENTS Lake Superior State University is governed by an eight member Board of Regents appointed by the Governor and confirmed by the Michigan Senate to serve terms of eight years. Expiration of current terms are shown below. Board meetings are open to the Public. Dr. Robert D. Arbuckle ex-officio Dr. Harry E. Pike Treasurer of the Board Dr. Terrence A. Sweeney Secretary of the Board A M Reverend Louis G Cappo Marquette. 1996 Leonard Jaques, Esquire Grosse Pointe Shores, 1996 Mrs. Sigrun Kast Bloomfield. 2000 Mr. Michael McDonald Gladstone, 2000 Mr. Edward W. Jarvie Rudyard, 1994 Dr. Alice R. McCarthy Birmingham. 1994 Mr. Thomas H. Weiss Mr. Devereaux Trepp Gaylord. 1998 Iron Mountain, 1998 BOARD OF REGENTS 328 �ADVISORY COMMITTEES department of health SCIENCES: Dr. Elsie Baccari War Memorial Hospital, Sault Ste.‘ Marie, Mich.; Ms. Mary Baker, Wellness Care Center, Sault Ste. Marie, Mich.; Ms. Antoinette Blunt, Victorian order of Nurses, Sault Ste. Marie, Ont.; Ms. Kay Goddard, Tendercare Nursing Homes of Michigan, Sault Ste. Marie, Mich.; Ms. Nancy Heynes, Chippewa County Health Department, Sault Ste. Marie, Mich.; Ms. Mary Jason, North Central Michigan College, Petoskey, Mich.; Ms. Barbara Kurtz, North Central Michigan College, Petoskey, Mich.; Mr. Merrill Lewis, Sault Area High School, Sault Ste. Marie, Mich.; Ms. Terry Malloy, Kinross Correc­ tional Facility, Kinross, Mich.; Ms. Rosanne Schultz, District Health Department #4, Alpena, Mich.; Ms. Sandra Poffenbarger, Con­ sumer Advocate, Sault Ste. Marie, Mich.; Dr. Susan Ratwick, Lake Superior State University, Sault Ste. Marie, Mich.; Ms. Pat Ray, General Hospital, Sault Ste. Marie, Ont.; Ms. Helen Ross, Group Health Centre, Sault Ste. Marie, Ont.; Ms. Alda Routhier, Sault Area Skill Center, Sault Ste. Marie, Mich.; Ms. Beverly Stewart, Community Action Agency, Sault Ste. Marie, Mich.; Ms. Ruth Thesing, Sault Tribe of Chippewa Indians, Sault Ste. Marie, Mich.; Ms.Diane Torres, Northern Michigan Hospital, Petoskey, Mich.; Ms. Marilyn Travaglini, Plummer Memorial Hospital, Sault Ste. Marie, Ont.; Ms. Donna Tremblay, Sault College, Sault Ste. Marie, Ont.; Ms. Anna Zuccato, Algoma Health Unit, Sault Ste. Marie, Ont. CRIMINAL JUSTICE: Law En­ Scott forcement Members: Fitzgerald, Sault Ste. Marie; Tim Matelski, St. Ignace; Charles Ludwick, Michigan State Police; Dan Frazier, Cheboygan; Ralph Boudreau, Michigan State Police; Harris Miller, Sault Ste. Marie; Barry King, Sault Ste. Marie, Ontario; Ed Berkompas, Chippewa County Sheriff; Andrew Kozak, Chief of Customs Opera­ tions, Sault Ste. Marie, Ontario; Michael Roy, Alpena Community College; William Winans, Mackinaw City Police Department. Corrections Members: Robert LeCureux, Kinross Correctional Facility; Wayne Fortin, John Ferroni, Gary McLeod, Sault Ste. Marie Probation/Parole. Judicial Member: Shannon, Chippewa Prosecutor. Patrick County Mel Federal Members: Hendrickson, US Customs Port Director; John Kendall, US Marshall, Western District of Michigan; Robert McNamara, US Border Patrol. Security/Fire Science Members: Robin Robinson, Algoma Steel Corporation; Kenneth Eagle, Sault Ste. Marie Fire Chief; Wayne Francisco, Atlanta, Michigan. ADVISORY COMMITTEES • 329 �HOSPITALITY: Dick Weber, Hidden Valley Resort; Suzanne Curran, HATS (Hospitality and Travel Sault Ste. Marie) Ont.; David Goldethorpe, Goldethorpe Enterprises, St. Ignace, Mich.; Nancy Cline, Sault Area Public Schools, Mich.; Jean Moiles, Michigan Department of Trans­ portation; James Gernhofer, Grand Traverse Resort; T. R. Minick, Domino’s Lodge and The Rock; Ken Fazzari, The Evening News; Wendy Malaska, Ojibway Hotel; Gwen Worley, Eastern U.P. Employment and Training Consortium; Robert Thibodeau, Water Tower Inn; John Payne, Ministry of Tourism and Recre­ ation; Kim Raffaele, Passageways Travel; Gary Monteith, Sault College; Patti Paris, Clarion Inn; Steve Welch, Welch Boat Tour; Richard Brawley, Soo Locks Boat Tours; R. D. Musser, Grand Hotel; Jim Hilsinger, Water Tower Inn. NOTES LEGAL ASSISTANT STUDIES: Honorable Joanna Neale, Cheboygan County Probate Court; Honorable Michael MacDonald, Chippewa County District Court; Michael MuldeiT President, First of America - Sault Branch; Thomas Evashevski, St. Ignace Attorney; Dennis Valkanoff, Escanaba Attorney; John D. Peacock, Sault Attorney; Patrick Shannon, Chippewa County Prosecutor; Dr. Margaret A. Malmberg, Social Sciences De­ partment Head; Dr. Gary R. Johnson, Faculty; Dr. Madan Saluja, Faculty; James Blashill, Faculty; Vicki Voisin, Charlevoix Legal Assistant; Christine Eng­ land, Alumni; Carol S. Andary, Attorney and Program Coordina­ tor. ADVISORY COMMITTEES 330 �Computer Services Students at Lake Superior State University utilize a wide variety of computer services. Available are computer laboratories in several locations, network access to a Digital Equipment Corporation MicroVax minicomputing system, computerized Library reference systems, depart­ mental computer labs and an electronic phone message system for students living in the dorms. Students use PCs that are located throughout campus in The convenient locations. University’s computer laboratory in the Center for Applied Sciences and Engineering Technology is equipped with DEC VAX terminals and IBM compatible PCs supporting minicomputer studies. Those studies include Cobol, dBase, Pascal and RPG II, ADA, APL and Fortran programming languages which are on our DEC MicroVax 3400. The Shouldice Library has two computer classrooms that support word processing and spreadsheet software using a networked environment. Freshman dormitories, Osborn Hall, and Brady Hall, are equipped with computer labs available for resident’s use. The Shouldice Library pro­ vides students an on-line public access catalog, peri­ odical reference resources, and information databases resident on CD-ROM. Students also network with other Upper Peninsula libraries through the NOTIS system. Departmental computer labs are available to students in the Arts and Letters, Engineering (CAD, Automation), Health Sciences, and Computer, Geologic and Mathematical Sciences in a lab environment. Phonemail electronic voice message service is available to instructors, student residents and administrative personnel. Phonemail services include off campus access. NOTES COMPUTER SERVICES • 331 �LSSU Foundation THE LAKE SUPERIOR STATE UNIVERSITY FOUNDATION was authorized by a resolution of the Lake Superior State University Board of Regents in July 1983. The Foundation is a non-profit, tax-exempt corporation established under the laws of the State of Michigan. It was created to promote, receive, invest and disburse gifts for educational goals and needs. These needs include scholarships, grants, loans, research, equipment and other student and faculty enrichment opportunities. Since its creation the LSSU Foundation has raised more than $1.5 million in private gifts solely for the benefit of Lake Superior State University and its students. Members of the Foundation’s independent Board of Directors are: Mrs. Dawn Baetsen, Mr. Anthony Bosbous, Mr. H. James Bourque, Mr. Prentiss M. Brown III, Mr. Ronald "Bud" Cooper, Mr. Daniel T. Laur, Dr. Louis B. Lukenda, Dr. Margaret A. Malmberg, Mr. Gary E. McClellan, Dr. Mark Mercer, Honorable Joanna Neale, Mr. Walter North, Mr. Evan L. Noyes, Mr. James C. Park, Mr. John Peacock, Dr. Thomas G. Robinson, Mr. Kelvin P. Smyth, Mr. Earl Tomlinson, and Mr. Thomas Weiss. Foundation Staff: Daniel J. O’Shea, Director of Development Susan L. Fitzpatrick, Office Manager NOTES FOUNDATION • 332 �LIBRARY THE LIBRARY provides a wide variety of resources and services for students and faculty. It contains more than 126,000 volumes of books, 16,000 bound volumes of periodicals, 75,000 microforms, and over 40,000 paper government documents. The current subscription list exceeds 1,000 individual titles. The Library has been a depository of select U.S. Government publications since 1982. The Audio-Visual Center, on the main floor of the Library, maintains a diverse collection of cassettes, filmstrips, games, kits, 16mm films, slides and A closed-circuit video tapes, television system transmits many of these materials to campus classrooms. To assist faculty and students in obtaining materials from other libraries, the Library maintains an interlibrary loan service through OCLC, a computer service linked to libraries throughout the United States with access to more than 19 million books and periodicals. Library facilities include stacks open to all faculty and students, group study areas, CD-ROMs, microform readers and printers, photocopy machines, equipment for using audio-visual materials, production equipment for making transparencies and other materials. REFERENCE librarians on the main floor offer personal guidance in the use of the computerized catalog, indexes and abstracts and A handbook of bibliographies, library services and bibliographies are published by the library to assist faculty and students. Library tours and lectures are available to introduce students to the Library and teach library research skills. The Library is a member of an Upper Peninsula-wide consortium of 105 libraries. THE LIBRARY STAFF includes a director, Dr. Fredrick Michels; librarians, Ruth Neveu, Linda Cullum, Mary June, Maureen Delaney-Lehman; and audio-visual specialist, Charles Gustafson. NOTES LIBRARY 333 �INDEX A Abbreviations; 242 Absences; 19 Academic; policies; 16 probation; 21 standing; 22 Accounting; 119-122,243-244 Accounting/Finance Minor; 142 Accreditation; 7,172 Additional Degree; 92 Administrative Staff; 324-327 Admissions; 39 Advanced Placement Program; 48 Advisory Committees; 329-330 Alcohol; 34 American College Test; 41 American Indians; 83 Art; 245 Minor; 99 Arts and Letters; 94 Associate Degree; 88, 98 jthletics; 55 | jditing; 57 jtomated Systems Engineering Technology; 58-161, 244-245 B BA/BS Requirements; 89 Biology; 101-105, 246-250 honors program; 103 Minor -117 Biology and Chemistry; 101-117 Board and Room; 58 Board of Regents; 328 Business: and Economics; 118-143 Administration; 136-137 Courses; 245-246 Data Processing; 137-138 French Minor; 99 C Calendar; 338-339 Canadian Students; 43 Career Planning; 54 Catalog Terms; 10-11 Cheating; 34 Chemistry; 114, 250-252 Minor; 117 Child Care Center; 181 Child Development Minor; 234 Class Attendance; 19 Classification of Students; 16 CLEP; College Level Examination Program; 48 Communication Minor; 99 Computer, Geologic and Mathematical Sciences; 144-145 Computer and Mathematical Sciences -146-147 Computer: Drafting; 169-170 Engineering Technology; 165, 256. Information Systems Management; 123-124 Science; 145, 254-255 Science Minor; 154 Services; 331 Construction Technology; 302-303 Continuing Education; 240-241 Conservation Law Enforcement; 113,183-185 Corrections; 184-185,195-196 Minor; 198 Costs; 56 Counseling Minor; 234 Counseling Service; 53 Course Fees; 57 Courses; 242-303 Credit/No Credit; 22 Credit: by examination; 23,48, 58 hours; 16 transfer; 41 Criminal Justice; 182-198, 252-254 Criminalistics; 185-186 Curricular Changes; 17 D Damage Deposit; 59 Data Processing; 256-258 Minor; 142 Dean’s List; 21 Degree Requirements; 88-93 Dentistry-pre; 111 Department Heads; 322 Department Secretaries; 323 Diplomas; 87 Discipline; 34-38 Dismissal Policy; 21-22 Distinguised Teachers; 314 Drafting & Design Engr. Tech.; 166-167, 258-259 Dropping Classes; 19 Drugs; 34 E Early Childhood Education; 230-231,260 Economics; 259 Minor; 142 Economics/Finance Minor; 142 INDEX 334 �Education; 180 Elective Credit; 42, 89 Electrical Engr.Tech.; 161-163,167-168, 264-265 Emeriti; 320-322 Employment, Student; 82 Engineering Technology; 156-170 English Language & Literature; 96, 260-262 Minor; 99 Environmental Science; 106-107,265-266 Equal Opportunity; 12 Exception to Graduation Requirements; 91 Exercise Science; 263-264 Athletic Training; 199-202 Human Services Adm. Minor; 235 Humanities; 276 Minor; 99 I I.O. Cards; 35 Indians, American; 83 Individualized Studies Degree; 93 Industrial Relations Minor; 142 Information Processing Cert.; 141 Interdisciplinary; 276 Intramurals; 209 J F Journalism; 277 Minor; 100 Jurnalism-Writing Minor; 100 Faculty; 315-320 Fees; 58 Finance and Economics; 135-136,266 Financial Aid; 60 Financial Obligations; 35 Firearms & Explosives; 35 Fire Science; 192-195,197-198, 266-267 Minor; 198 Fisheries/Wildlife Management; 108-109 Food; 52 Foreign Students; 44 Foundation; 332 French; 267-268 French Language & Literature Minor; 99 L Late Adds; 19 Law-pre; 219-220 Law Enforcement; 187-189,196-197 Minor; 198 Legal Assistant; 211-213,231-232, 277-279 Specialties: Criminal Law, Labor Law, Legal Administration, Legislative/Constitutional Law, Personal Injury; 212-213 Legal Assistant Studies Minor; 235-236 Liberal Arts; 93 Library; 333 Loans; 78-81 Lodging; 52 Loss Control; 190-191 Minor; 198 G General Business; 124-125 Minor; 142 General Education Requirement; 88 General Engineering; 164 Geography; 270-271 Minor; 235 Geology; 147-149,151-152, 268-270 Environmental Geology; 149-152 Geology Minor; 155 German; 271 Goals of University; IBC Grades and Grade Points; 20-21 Graduation Procedures; 86 Grants; 76-78 Guest Speakers; 35 Guest Student Admission; 43 H Health; 271-272 Health Records; 45 Health Service; 54 Health Sciences; 171-178 History; 97, 272-274 Minor; 99 History of University; 6 Honors, Graduation; 87 Hospitality; 126, 274-275 Hospitality & Travel/Tourism Minor; 142 Hotel Restaurant Mgmt.; 129-130 Housing; 35, Human Services; 210,272 M MAC RAO Agreement; 42 Management; 130-132 Map, Campus; IFC Marketing; 132-133, Minor; 143 Master of Business Administration; 304-313 Mathematics; 152-154, 279-283 Minor; 155 Mathematics Competency; 89 Maximum Student Credit Load; 18 Mechanical Engineering; 282 Mechanical Engineering Technology; 163-164, 168-169, 284-285, Medical Technology; 110-111 Medicine-pre; 111 Minors; 88, 99-100, 117, 142-143, 154-155, 198, 208,234-239 Mission Statement; BC Multiple Majors; 92 Music; 285-286 N Native American Studies Minor; 236 Native American Tuition Waiver; 83 Natural Resources Technology; 115, 298 INDEX • 335 �Natural Sciences; 286-287 Nonattendance; 19 Nursing; 173-178, 287-289 0 Office Administration; 139, 289 Minor; 143 Office Information Systems; 134-135 Officers of Administration; 327 Ontario Grade 13; 44 Organizations, Student; 51 Orientation; 47 P Parking; 35 Part-time Studies; 45 PELL Grants; 76 Perkins Loan; 78 Pharmacy-pre; 112,113 Philosophy; 290 Physical Education; 209 Physics; 289-290 Plagiarism; 34 Placement; 47 Political Science; 214-218, 290-292 Minor; 237 rerequisites; 18 asident; 2-3 vacy Act; 24 obation, Academic; 21-22 I rograms Offered; 4 Provisional Credit; 42 Psychology; 221-222,292-294 Minor; 237 Public Relations Minor; 237 Public Safety; 191-192 R Readmission of Former Students; 43 Records; 36 Recreation Management; 202-204, 296-298 Parks Option; 113, 205-206 Recreational Activities; 294-296 Recreation Studies Minor; 208 Recreation Studies Skill Minor; 237 Refunds; 58 Registration and Scheduling; 17-18 Religious Organizations; 52 Repeats; 18 Residency, Graduation Requirements; 42, 91 Residency, Michigan; 56 Room and Board; 59 Sociology Welfare Minor; 237-238 Sociology-General Minor; 238 Spanish; 302 Speech; 299 Speech/Drama Minor; 100 Student: Classification; 16 Notices; 36 Organizations; 36 Senate; 51 Services; 51 Service Courses; 299 Standards of Behavior; 34-38 Substance Abuse Prevent. & Treatment; 233-234 Substance Abuse Counseling Minor; 238-239 Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant; 78 T Teacher Education; 229, 303 Technical Accounting; 140 Testing Service; 53 Theft; 36 Therapeutic Recreation; 207-208 Transfer Students; 40 Transcripts; 23, 58 Travel Tourism; 126-129 Tuition; 57 V Vehicle; 58 Veterans; 84 Vet. Medicine-Pre; 111 Vocational Rehabilitation; 83 W Waiver of Competency Requirements; 91 Water Quality Technology; 116 Withdrawal; 19, 20, 58 Work Study; 82 Writing Competency; 90 Writing Minor; 100 NOTES S Satisfactory Academic Progress; 22 Schedule Changes; 18 Schedule of Subjects; 17-18 Scheduling Programs; 47 Scholarships; 60, 65-76 Social Science; 179-239 Sociology; 225-228, 300-302 INDEX • 336 �WHO DID IT? Catalog organization, editing, formatting, and desktop publishing done by Stella DePlonty, Registrar. Keylining by Patti Goforth, Graphics Department. Printing by Eerdmans Printing Company, Grand Rapids, Michigan. Uncredited photographs property of LSSU Archives. For further details concerning any program contact the Dean of Admissions, Lake Superior State Univerity, Sault Ste. Marie, Michigan, 49783. Telephone: 1-906-635-2231; or 1-800-682-4800 toll-free in Michigan; or 759-4903 in Sault Ste. Marie, Ontario., only. INDEX 337 �Lake Superior State 1992-1993 FALL SEMESTER 1992 Fall Semester tuition payment INSTRUCTION BEGINS Final day to add classes Labor Day recess begins Labor Day recess Classes resume Final day to drop classes Canadian Thanksgiving SPRING SEMESTER SCHEDULING and registration Thanksgiving recess Classes resume Spring Semester tuition payment Classes end Final examinations SEMESTER ENDS AUGUST 3-19, 1 p.m. 24, Mon. 8:00 a.m. 31, 5:00 p.m., Mon. SEPTEMBER 4, Fri., 10 p.m. 7-8, Mon.-Tues. 9, Wed. 29, 5:00 p.m., Tues. OCTOBER 12 NOVEMBER 2-18 24, Tues., 10 p.m. 30, Mon. DECEMBER 2- Jan. 6, 12 noon 11, Fri. 14-18, Mon.-Fri. 18, Fri. 6 p.m. SPRING SEMESTER • 1993 INSTRUCTION BEGINS Final day to add classes Final day to drop classes Spring break begins Classes resume FALL SEMESTER SCHEDULING and registration Classes end Final examinations SEMESTER ENDS Commencement JANUARY 11, Mon. 18, Mon. FEBRUARY 12, Fri., 5 p.m. MARCH 5, Fri., 10 p.m. 15, Mon. March 29 - April 14 APRIL 30, Fri. MAY 3-7, Mon.-Fri., 6 p.m. 7, Fri., 6 p.m. 8, Sat. SUMMER SEMESTER 1993 SCHEDULING OF CLASSES Registration, tuition payment INSTRUCTION BEGINS SEMESTER ENDS CALENDAR 338 MARCH/APRIL/MAY March 29-May 12 APRIL/MAY Apr. 20-May 12, 12 noon May 17 AUGUST 10 �University Calendar _ 1993-1994 FALL SEMESTER 1993 AUGUST 2-18, 1:00 p.m. 23, Mon. 8:00 a.m. 30, Mon., 5:00 p.m. SEPTEMBER 3, Fri., 10:00 p.m. 6-7, Mon.-Tues. 8, Wed. 28, 5:00 p.m. OCTOBER 11 NOVEMBER Fall Seemster tuition payment INSTRUCTION BEGINS Final day to add classes Labor Day recess begins Labor Day recess Classes resume Final day to drop classes Canadian Thanksgiving SPRING SEMESTER SCHEDULING and Registration Thanksgiving recess / Classes resume 1-17 23, Tues., 10 p.m. 29, Mon. DECEMBER 1- Jan. 5, 12 noon 10, Fri. 13-17, Mon.-Fri. 17, Fri. 6 p.m. Spring SEMESTER tuition payment Classes end Final Examinations SEMESTER ENDS SPRING SEMESTERJANUARY • 1994 10, Mon. 17, Mon. FEBRUARY 11, Fri., 5 p.m. MARCH 4, Fri., 10 p.m. 14, Mon. INSTRUCTION BEGINS Final day to add classes Final day to drop classes Spring break begins Classes resume FALL SEMESTER SCHEDULING and Registration Classes end Final Examinations SEMESTER ENDS Commencement March 28 - April 13 APRIL 29, Fri. MAY 2-6, Mon.-Fri., 6 p.m. 6, Fri., 6 p.m. 7, Sat. SUMMER SEMESTER • 1994 SCHEDULING OF CLASSES Registration, tuition payment INTRUCTION BEGINS SEMESTER ENDS CALENDAR • 339 MARCH/APRIUMAY March 28-May 11 APRIL/MAY Apr. 19-May 11, 12 noon May 16 AUGUST 9 �LAKE SUPERIOR STATE UNIVERSITY MISSION STATEMENT Lake Superior State University is a co-educational, public, compre­ hensive institution that recognizes as its primary mfssion the offermg °f challenging undergraduate programs to students from ichigan, Northern Ontario, and the near Midwest in anticipation of preparing them for stimulating lives and satisfying careers in the twenty-first century. By design a relatively small institution, Lake Superior State University strives to carry out its primary mission by realizing a collegial community in which all its constituencies share in the teaching, research, and regional service activities of the Institution. In this supportive environment students, staff, faculty, and administrators demonstrate high regard for one another as valued mem­ bers of the community, thus providing opportunities for emotional and social maturation as well as intellectual growth. All educational programming at Lake Superior State University rests on an acknowledged commitment to an integrated relation­ ship between the liberal arts and professional/technical fields. That relationship fosters the development of students as contribut­ ing citizens, viable professionals, and fulfilled individuals, who think critically, appreciate creativity, have problem-solving skills, and express continuing intellectual curiosity about themselves, others, and the world around them. The University's international setting complements its efforts to assist students in the expansion of their perspectives. Lake Superior State University's primary mission, thus, draws its validity from the knowledge that today's students — tomorrow s leaders - will best serve humanity by having: the necessary infor­ mation to understand the past; the critical thinking skills to assess contemporary problems; and the enlightened courage o ace w enthusiasm the uncertainty of the future. � Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource College Catalogs Subject The topic of the resource College Catalogs Description An account of the resource Historical collection of LSSU College Catalogs Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Lake Superior State University Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource © 2019 Board of Regents - Lake Superior State University. All Rights Reserved Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource application/pdf Language A language of the resource English Type The nature or genre of the resource text.serial Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Lake Superior State University Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1946- Text A resource consisting primarily of words for reading. Examples include books, letters, dissertations, poems, newspapers, articles, archives of mailing lists. Note that facsimiles or images of texts are still of the genre Text. Text Any textual data included in the document 8.5" X 11" 340 pp. Original Format The type of object, such as painting, sculpture, paper, photo, and additional data paper Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource College Catalog 1992-1994 Subject The topic of the resource College Catalogs Description An account of the resource Descriptions of academic programs, student services, general regulations, requirements and procedures. The publication describes all classes offered by the institution. Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Lake Superior State University Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived Registrar Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Lake Superior State University Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1992 Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource © 2021 Board of Trustees - Lake Superior State University. All Rights Reserved Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource application/pdf Language A language of the resource English Type The nature or genre of the resource text.serial Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context D20211022002 Coverage The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant 1992-1994 1990's classes College Catalogs degrees departments LSSU majors requirements https://d1y502jg6fpugt.cloudfront.net/32263/archive/files/a22b8d9c2136c69fa6e540236aeb2092.pdf?Expires=1779321600&Signature=jiXdgzup64lK%7E0uqlgXYE3GJA%7ECa%7ENQFUYhg1jYbIz%7EhfjBU-Yny47cbqY0OXvsub9d9UTc08l%7Ezsp1T1ZRCQjVsxOybk5YZVPU5JozpFGAozLdaPnwbG8ZwkyjqpWXuoWhCc35LcOA0lLneYl6XpDr5rfuB7%7E3jJEPiy-sQO5PVudF3N%7ENw8SUYpCwG3PjVVhdGrh9IS1a2PBu86qV5u218y-eY9dEZvL64BI2EuTYRFUZe0njv4x7UHemqcIW0jUG09iFKLKySGuhAAocmwZyukgUsFpzUsTfNYvhmLhDOxf4lg1u6Xsm4NSMxnG%7EmdFYHG4DymHz5H%7E3JpUTU9Q__&Key-Pair-Id=K6UGZS9ZTDSZM f426b6798696e8fff6c3e16d91f58753 PDF Text Text Lake Superior State UNIVERSITY Sault Sainte Marie, Michigan Y:' ' A O & tiki Hr,! *• ¥, m . Vf i r*\ ili 'A. •; 1994-1996 Catalog/Calendar �iy CAMPUS MAP Lake Superior State UNIVERSITY® SUl.TSUYIK M VRIK. MICIIH.'AN 497X3 |yll()inaJ5fflf mm ___ = B Commater students 'acuity and sutt C Freshmen dormitory students 0 Visitors E Face') and sutt commuting |untors and seniors F Uf.'.t'Viy Ron students F-Annei Ryan & Easterda. Houses J liSrary Faculty and stall K Vis-to'S and tacutty. stall 1 Uppertfass dormtory students 14 More' Pool & Ma.ntenance suit N O.erfton tor lot B 0 Uppercuts oorm-tory s’uce.-.is P Wot-i Home res-derce S 61-62-63 student apanments T Totr.'ouS? park r.g X 30-m nate parking NO PARKING ON ANY UNIVERSITY ORIVE. 1. Administration Building 2. South Hall: business administration, economics. MBA program Up.va'd Bound 5. Crawford Hall ot Science earth sciences. mathematics biological sciences, physics. Chemistry 7. Brown Hall: student counseling and testing center B. Fletcher Center lor Student Services: student activities financial aid admissions registrar scheduling, placement 9. Shouldice library: arts and letters, humanities. sooai sciences, audiovisual 21. Brady Hall student residence 24 East Hall music 26. Eskoonwid Endaad: Native American Student Center 27. President s residence 28 Faculty residence 29. Alumni House: Alumni and Foundation 30. Chippewa Hall 31 Huron Hall 32. Ontario Hall 33. Community Services and Development Ollice 34. Laker House 36. Easlerday House 38. Ryan House: student residence 39. Osborn Hall student residence 40 Campus Shoppe 42. Child Care Center 46 Gate House 62. Central Healing Plant 61 Marquette Hall, student apartments 62. NeveuHall: student apartments 63. Moloney Hall: student apartments 64. The Village: Senter. CheibetQ Kemp, and Youngs Houses student residences 66. Walker Cisler Center 66. Townhouses: student residences 67. James Norris Physical Education Center 68. Maintenance Building 69. Center lor Applied Sciences and Engineering Technology 102. Newman Center 103. Blair Hastings Park mobile nomc trader park 621. Edna M. Youngs Student Health Center 623. Faculty Residence �CALENDAR/ CATALOG i> 1994-1996 Photo by JOHN SHIBLEY STELLA DEPLONTY, registrar: production, editor, and desktop publishing. Contents are subject to change. Consult school deans for details of such changes ADMISSIONS PHONES: (906) 635-2231 or, toll-free, 1-800-682-4800, ext. 22.' �PRESIDENT 2 �WELCOME TO A BETTER TOMORROW Tomorrow will be better than today because the University community wills it. Excitement abounds as you begin to share the unique experience of Lake Superior State University. Our commitment to students and the personal approach to education has been our hallmark. We renew our pledge to treat each of you as our most precious resource and the development of your mind as our ultimate challenge and opportunity. Quality faculty and staff, state-of-the-art equip­ ment, a tremendous library resource center, and telecommuni­ cations and its application to education are all necessary for the enhancement of your learning. Here you will see visions of an exciting environment for learning and social interaction. Use this catalog as a guide to that better tomorrow. In it you will find answers to most of your questions regarding Lake Superior State. If you can’t find the solution in these pages, just ask the nearest faculty or staff member. They will be glad to help you. Yes, we really can’t wait for tomorrow! It’s an exciting time to be at Lake Superior State University! We are glad you are part of it! Robert D. Arbuckle, President PRESIDENT 3 �PROGRAMS DETAILS concerning these offerings arc in the "Programs" section in the center of this Catalog/Calendar, listed under the departments by which they are taught. Masters Degree Business Administration (Executive MBA) Baccalaureate Degrees (4 years) Accounting, BS Biology, BA, BS Business Administration, BS Specialty in: Accounting, Manaagement, and Marketing. Computer and Mathematical Sciences, BS Criminal Justice, BS Emphasis in: Corrections, Criminalis­ tics, Generalist, Law Enforcement, Loss Control, Public Safety Engineering Technology, BS Degrees in: Automated Manufacturing Engineering Technology, Electrical/Electronics Engineering Technology, Environmental Engineering Technology, Mechanical Engineering Technology English Language and Literature, BA Environmental Chemistry BS Environmental Science, BS Exercise Science, BS Finance and Economics, BS Fire Science, BS Emphasis in: Engineering Technology, Generalist, Hazardous Materials Fisheries and Wildlife Management, BS Geology, BS Concentration in: Environmental History, BA, BS Human Services, BS Individualized Studies, BA, BS Legal Assistant Studies, BS Specialties in: Criminal Law, Labor Law, Personal Injury, Legal Administra­ tion, Legislative/Constitutional Law Mathematics, BS Medical Technology, BS Nursing, BS Political Science, BA, BS Concentrations in: General, Pre-Law, Public Administration Psychology, BA, BS Recreation Management, BA, BS Concentration in: Parks and Recreation Management Social Science, BA, BS Sociology, BA, BS Teacher Education in cooperation with Michigan State University Therapeutic Recreation, BS Associate Degrees (2 years) Business Administration Chemistry Criminal Justice/Corrections Criminal Justice/Law Enforcement Early Childhood Educatipn Electronic-ComputerEngineeringTechnology Fire Science General Engineering General Engineering Technology Legal Assistant Studies Liberal Arts Mechanical Engineering Technology Natural Resources Technology Office Administration Personal Computer Specialist Substance Abuse Prevention and Treatment Technical Accounting Certificate Program (1 year) Computer Drafting Information Processing Personal Computer Specialist Minors Accounting-Finance, Art, Biology, Business French, Chemistry, Child Development, Communication, Computer Science, Correc­ tions, Counseling, Economics, Economics/Fi­ nance, English Language and Literature, Fire Science, French Language and Literature, General Business, Geography, Geology, Geology Earth Science, Gerontology, History, Human Resource Management, Human Ser­ vices Administration, Humanities, Institutional Loss Control, Japanese Study, Journalism, Joumalism/Writing, Law Enforcement, Legal Assistant Studies, Loss Control, Marketing, Madrematics, Native American Studies, Office Administration, Personal Computer Specialist, Political Science, Psychology, Public Administration, Public Relations, Recreation Studies, Recreation Studies Skill, Sociology, Sociology/Social Welfare, Speech/Drama, Substance Abuse Counseling, Writing, Pre-Professional Transfer Programs (l-4Years) Dentistry, elementary and secondary educa­ tion, engineering, forestry, journalism, law, medicine, optometry, pharmacy, veterinary medicine, special education THE UNIVERSITY • 4 �CONTENTS Personnel and General Information General 2 4 10 12 16 34 39 53 53 57 President The University University Talk Equal Opportunity Academic Policies Standards of Behavior Admissions Student Services Student Senate Athletics Costs, Financial Aid 58 62 67 80 83 89 85 Tuition and Fees Financial Aids Scholarships, Grants Loans Student Employment Native Americans Veterans Programs of Study 86 88 94 142 160 186 223 253 Graduation Procedures Degree Requirements School of Arts, Letters and Social Sciences School of Business School of Engineering Technology & Mathematics School of Health and Human Services School of Science and Natural Resources Community Services and Development Courses 255 Course Descriptions in alphabetical order 318 319 326 328 329 330 333 334 336 337 337 338 339 343 IFC BC BC Distinguished Teachers Faculty Academic Deans School Secretaries Administrative Staff Officers of Administration Board of Regents Advisory Committees Computer Services Foundation Alumni Association Library Index Calendar Campus Map Goals Mission Statement About this catalog . . . The Lake Superior State University Catalog does not constitute a contract between the University and its student on either a collective or individual basis. It represents LSSU's best academic, social, and financial planning at the time of publication. Course and curriculum changes, modification of tuition; fees, dormitory, meal, and other charges, plus unforeseen changes in other aspects of LSSU life, sometimes occur after the Catalog has been printed, but before the changes can be incorporated in a later edition of the same publication. Because of this, Lake Superior State University does not assume a contractual obligation with its students for the contents of this Catalog. LSSU admits and hires men and women, veterans, and disabled individuals of any race, color, national, or ethnic origin, or marital status in compliance with all appropriate legislation, including the Age Discrimination Act. The compliance officer is Beverly White. THE UNIVERSITY • 5 �PROGRAMS DETAILS concerning these offerings arc in the "Programs" section in the center of this Catalog/Calcndar, listed under the departments by which they are taught. Masters Degree Business Administration (Executive MBA) Baccalaureate Degrees (4 years) Accounting, BS Biology, BA, BS Business Administration, BS Specialty in: Accounting, Manaagement, and Marketing. Computer and Mathematical Sciences, BS Criminal Justice, BS Emphasis in: Corrections, Criminalis­ tics, Generalist, Law Enforcement, Loss Control, Public Safety Engineering Technology, BS Degrees in: Automated Manufacturing Engineering Technology, Electrical/Electronics Engineering Technology, Environmental Engineering Technology, Mechanical Engineering Technology English Language and Literature, BA Environmental Chemistry BS Environmental Science, BS Exercise Science, BS Finance and Economics, BS Fire Science, BS Emphasis in: Engineering Technology, Generalist, Hazardous Materials Fisheries and Wildlife Management, BS Geology, BS Concentration in: Environmental History, BA, BS Human Services, BS Individualized Studies, BA, BS Legal Assistant Studies, BS Specialties in: Criminal Law, Labor Law, Personal Injury, Legal Administra­ tion, Legislative/Constitutional Law Mathematics, BS Medical Technology, BS Nursing, BS Political Science, BA, BS Concentrations in: General, Pre-Law, Public Administration Psychology, BA, BS Recreation Management, BA, BS Concentration in: Parks and Recreation Management Social Science, BA, BS So ciology, BA, BS Teacher Educati on in cooperation with Michigan State University Therapeutic Recreation, BS Associate Degrees (2 years) Business Administration Chemistry Criminal Justice/Corrections Criminal Justice/Law Enforcement Early Childhood Education Electro nic-ComputerEngineeringTechnology Fire Science General Engineering General Engineering Technology Legal Assistant Studies Liberal Arts Mechanical Engineering Technology Natural Resources Technology Office Administration Personal Computer Specialist Substance Abuse Prevention and Treatment Technical Accounting Certificate Program (1 year) Computer Drafting Information Processing Personal Computer Specialist Minors Accounting-Finance, Art, Biology, Business French, Chemistry, Child Development, Communication, Computer Science, Correc­ tions, Counseling, Economics, Economics/Fi­ nance, English Language and Literature, Fire Science, French Language and Literature, General Business, Geography, Geology, Geology Earth Science, Gerontology, History, Human Resource Management, Human Ser­ vices Administration, Humanities, Institutional Loss Control, Japanese Study, Journalism, Joumalism/Writing, Law Enforcement, Legal Assistant Studies, Loss Control, Marketing, Mathematics, Native American Studies, Office Administration, Personal Computer Specialist, Political Science, Psychology, Public Administration, Public Relations, Recreation Studies, Recreation Studies Skill, Sociology, Sociology/Social Welfare, Speech/Drama, Substance Abuse Counseling, Writing, Pre-Professional Transfer Programs (l-4Years) Dentistry, elementary and secondaiy educa­ tion, engineering, forestry, journalism, law, medicine, optometry, pharmacy, veterinary medicine, special education THE UNIVERSITY • 4 �CONTENTS Personnel and General Information General 2 4 10 12 16 34 39 53 53 57 President The University University Talk Equal Opportunity Academic Policies Standards of Behavior Admissions Student Services Student Senate Athletics Costs, Financial Aid 58 62 67 80 83 89 85 Tuition and Fees Financial Aids Scholarships, Grants Loans Student Employment Native Americans Veterans Programs of Study 86 88 94 142 160 186 223 253 Graduation Procedures Degree Requirements School of Arts, Letters and Social Sciences School of Business School of Engineering Technology & Mathematics School of Health and Human Services School of Science and Natural Resources Community Services and Development Courses 255 Course Descriptions in alphabetical order 318 319 326 328 329 330 333 334 336 337 337 338 339 343 IFC BC BC Distinguished Teachers Faculty Academic Deans School Secretaries Administrative Staff Officers of Administration Board of Regents Advisory Committees Computer Services Foundation Alumni Association Library Index Calendar Campus Map Goals Mission Statement About this catalog . . . The Lake Superior State University Catalog does not constitute a contract between the University and its student on either a collective or individual basis. It represents LSSU’s best academic, social, and financial planning at the time of publication. Course and curriculum changes, modification of tuition; fees, dormitory, meal, and other charges, plus unforeseen changes in other aspects of LSSU life, sometimes occur after the Catalog has been printed, but before the changes can be incorporated in a later edition of the same publication. Because of this. Lake Superior State University does not assume a contractual obligation with its students for the contents of this Catalog. LSSU admits and hires men and women, veterans, and disabled individuals of any race, color, national, or ethnic origin, or marital status in compliance with all appropriate legislation, including the Age Discrimination Act. The compliance officer is Beverly White. THE UNIVERSITY • 5 �WHAT Lake Superior State University encourages in its students a desire to learn and a willingness to serve. The primary purpose of the University is to educate and train young people for rewarding careers and lives of meaning. We: Regard students as mature, responsible individuals engaged in the processes of self government which are essential in a democratic society. Teach individuals, not groups; with a close-working relationship between Each instructors and students, student has a faculty advisor and may also consult the counseling service. Educate students for well-rounded lives; not only intellectual competence, but physical, social, and cultural development. The program of general education includes courses such as recreational activities, natural sciences, social sciences, English language and literature, and the humanities. Athletic events, clubs, dramatic and cultural presentations, and student self-government organizations offer a wide variety of co-curricular activities. Teach fundamentals and their application. In modem society knowledge increases so rapidly that specific facts may become obsolete even before they are widely learned. Close attention to fundamentals is necessary. The University attempts to inculcate habits of learning, thinking and doing which, thoughtfully modified, will endure for a lifetime. Encourage initiative, self criticism, and intellectual curiosity; learn by doing. Education in fundamental knowledge should be supplemented by laboratory and field work in order that university preparation closely resembles conditions in Students professional careers, should develop lifelong intellectual curiosity and discovery, become constructive critics of themselves and of society, and learn to prize creative, original thinking. IN RETROSPECT HISTORIC: Lake Superior State University is a hilltop campus, situated on the historic site of Fort Brady, a U.S. Army post dating The campus back to 1822. overlooks the St. Mary’s River and the famous Soo Locks. After the fort was deactivated in 1944, the property was acquired by Michigan Technological University to establish a branch. Thus, the campus is a blend of historic and modem architecture. The University was accorded four-year status by the State Board of Education in 1966, and authorized to grant baccalaureate degrees. The first baccalaureate class graduat­ ed in 1967. Autonomy, separating the University from Michigan Tech­ nological University, was granted January 1, 1970. On November 4, 1987, Governor James Blanchard signed legislation changing Lake Superior State from College to Uni­ versity. CAMPUS RESIDENCE facili­ ties include two traditional halls, a THE UNIVERSITY • 6 �WE ARE Si Student Village with eight-person apartments, townhouses, a mobile home park, several apartment build­ ings and unique family-style houses. The Quaraterdeck provides food service facilities. The Walker Cisler Center offers recreational facilities as well as a snack bar, student offices, and meeting rooms. The James Norris Physical Education Center provides ample opportunity for a variety of recreational activities, intramurals, courses and intercollegiate athletics. The Center for Applied Sciences and Engineering Technology offers stu­ dents the latest in modem technolog­ ical resources. A seasoned faculty and high academ­ ic standards have earned Lake Supe­ rior State University a reputation for an enriched education in such areas as liberal arts, engineering technol­ ogy, business administration, social sciences, biological sciences and their allied fields. The need to provide continuing education for adults has not been overlooked. The University offers evening courses as well as confer­ ences and cultural programs. Enrollment of part-time students in day classes is encouraged. Students find the close relationship between faculty and the student body is extremely valuable in the first years of university work. No one is "lost in the crowd" here. ment, with its own classroom and laboratory buildings, residence halls, library, auditorium, gymnasium, food services, and health center. It consists of 121 acres of spacious, wooded campus on the western heights of Sault Ste. Marie overlook­ ing the St. Mary’s River, Lake Superior and Sault Ste. Marie, Ontario. Students find that the city of Sault Ste. Marie and its environs offer much of value to enhance their edu­ cational experiences. Sault Ste. Marie is one of the oldest cities in the United States. It was a fur trad­ ing center as early as the second quarter of the seventeenth century. In 1641, a Jesuit mission was estab­ lished here, and 27 years later Fa­ ther Marquette founded at the Sault the first permanent settlement within the limits of Michigan. The Sault celebrated its 300th birthday in 1968. ACCREDITATION: How does this university rank with other edu­ cational institutions scholastically? Accreditation means the curricula, faculty, equipment, laboratories, and library of an institution have been inspected and approved. Lake Superior State University is accredited by the North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools. THE CAMPUS Fourth year instruction in medical technology is in hospitals approved by the Council on Medical Education and Hospitals of the American Medi­ cal Association. ENVIRONMENT: The campus provides a true university environ- Engineering Technology associate degree programs accredited by the THE UNIVERSITY • 7 �Technology Accreditation Commis­ sion of the Accreditation Board for Engineering and Technology, include: electrical/computer and mechanical engineering technology. The Board has also accredited four- year programs in electrical/ electronics, mechanical and auto­ mated manufacturing engineering technology. The nursing program is accredited by the National League for Nursing. THE UNIVERSITY • 8 �THE UNIVERSITY • 9 �UNIVERSITY TALK Before reading this catalog it would be well to familiarize yourself with terminolo­ gy you will encounter along the way; words and phrases which you might not have previously encountered but are peculiar to the academic world: ACADEMIC CREDIT (or credit hours, or, simply, credit): One academic credit is generally earned for every 15 hours in a lec­ ture during a semester. ACADEMIC PROBATION: What you get when your grade point average falls below an acceptable level. ACADEMIC YEAR: Two 15week semesters plus a summer se­ mester. ACCREDITED: Quality of academic programs has been approved by an outside, rating agen­ cy. ADD: You may change your sche­ dule by adding courses after you schedule. Check schedule booklet for dates. ADMISSION: Your acceptance for enrollment. ADVISOR: Faculty member who offers you academic advice, explains requirements, and assists in schedul­ ing. Ask your department head for an advisor. ASSOCIATE DEGREE: Awarded for (generally) two-year programs. BACHELOR’S DEGREE: (Baccalaureate): awarded for fouryear program. CALENDAR: Important dates of the academic year. CATALOG: (In Canada, this is called "the Calendar"): Published every two years. CERTIFICATE: Requires one year of study. COREQUISITE: Course you must take during the same semester as another course. COGNATE: A specified course, generally in field other than your major, which you must take for your program. COMPETENCY REQUIRE­ MENTS: You must pass tests in writing and mathematics before you receive your degree. COURSES: Listed in the Aca­ demic section of this Catalog, gener­ ally show a course number, EN 110 followed by the course name, Fresh­ men Composition and the number of academic credits for the course (3) shown at the right of the column. CREDIT: See academic credit. CURRICULUM: (major, pro­ gram) Courses required for specific degree or certificate. CUT: Deliberately miss a class for no good reason. In high school you "skipped”. DELETE: (DROP) You may change your schedule by dropping classes after you schedule. See scheduling booklet for dates. DEPARTMENTS: Sixteen aca­ demic departments, each adminis­ tered by a "chair" and offering courses in one or more disciplines. DISCIPLINE: Group of related courses such as mathematics. DROP (DELETE) AND ADD: You may change your sche­ dule by dropping or adding courses after you schedule. Check schedul­ ing booklet for dates. UNIVERSITY TALK • 10 �ELECTIVE: Course distin­ guished from required course. You pick it from a number of specified courses. FIELD PLACEMENT: See practicum. FINANCIAL AID: Includes grants, loans, scholarships, or workstudy. FULL-TIME STUDENT: If you enroll for 12 or more credit in a spmpstpr GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS: a group of courses you must take to earn a bachelor’s degree or an associate in Liberal Arts Degree, provides you with broadly based education. GED EXAMINATIONS: (General Education Development Examination): You take this if you didn’t finish high school, but believe you learned enough in other ways to qualify for university. GRADE POINT AVERAGE (GPA): Number of points divided by the hours of credit attempted. INTERNSHIP (practicum, field placement, or clinical): Courses or activities you must take outside of classroom or lab. MAJOR (Curriculum): Your concentration of courses in your specific area. MINOR: Your lesser concentra­ tion (20 credits or more). PART-TIME STUDENT: You, if you take less than 12 credits in a semester. PRACTICUM: Another word for internship. PROFESSOR: General term for all faculty; also, a specific rank of college teachers who progress from instructor, assistant professor and associate professor to full professor. Professors having a doctoral degree may also be referred to as "doctor". PREREQUISITE: Certain courses you must successfully com­ plete before you may enroll for another specific course. Students must satisfy prerequisites, and any other stated conditions, before en­ rolling in a course, or have permis­ sion from an instructor to waive the prerequisites. Enrollment in a course may be revoked if it is found before the end of the drop period that the proper prerequisites have not been met. Responsibility rests with the student to be certain that he/she has the approved prerequisites. PROGRAM (also curriculum): A group of courses you must take in order to earn a degree or certificate. REGISTRATION: Each se­ mester you must request specific classes for the next semester, pay tuition, etc. REQUIRED COURSES: You must take these to earn your degree. SCHEDULE BOOKLET: Published before scheduling period for next semester. Includes course details and scheduling procedures. SCHEDULING: Period each semester when you must request courses for next semester. Five academic SCHOOLS: schools comprised of 16 depart­ ments, each administed by a "Dean". SEMESTER: Sometimes called term: See academic year. SYLLABUS: Written description of course content. TERM: Sometimes called semes­ ter: See academic year. TRANSCRIPT: Record of all your courses kept by LSSU Regis­ trar. TRANSCRIPT, OFFICIAL: Mailed directly from principal’s or registrar’s office of issuing institu­ tion to LSSU admissions office. It must bear the seal of the institution and signature or stamp of school official. WITHDRAWAL: Procedure when you drop a course or from school. UNIVERSITY TALK • 11 �EQUAL OPPORTUNITY Notice of Lake Superior State University’s policy of compliance with Federal and State Law Lake Superior State University complies with all Federal and State laws and regulations prohibiting discrimination, and with all require­ ments and regulations of the U.S. Department of Education. Lake Superior State University reaffirms its policy that no person shall be discriminated against, ex­ cluded from participation in, denied the benefits of, or otherwise be subjected to discrimination in em­ ployment, or in any program or activity for which the University is responsible or for which it receives "inancial assistance from the De­ partment of Education, on the basis of race, color, religion, national origin or ancestry, age, sex, marital status, height, weight, disability, or veteran status. Inquiries or complaints concerning the application of Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 which deals with nondiscrimination on the basis of race, color, and national origin, Title IX of the Educational Amend­ ments of 1972 which deals with nondiscrimination in education pro­ grams on the basis of sex, and Sec­ tion 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 which deals with nondiscrimi­ nation on the basis of disability, or the Americans with Disabilities Act, should be made to the following University officers who have been designated to coordinate these prog­ rams, and act as Grievance Officers. Applicants for admission and students: Dr. Harry Pike, vice president for student programs and services, Fletcher Center, Lake Superior State University. Telephone: 635-2684 Applicants for employment and em­ ployees: Mrs. Beverly White, director of employee relations, office of employee relations, Administration Building, Lake Superior State University. Tele­ phone: 635-2697. Lake Superior State University grievance procedures for Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, Title IX of the Educational Amendment Act of 1972, Americans with Disabilities Act, and Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973. POLICY 1. The University encourages students, faculty and staff to report promptly instances of discrimination and discrimina­ tory harassment. Once the University has been informed of such behavior it will take timely and appropriate steps to investigate the problem. At any step of the grievance process, time schedules as outlined in the process may be extended by mutual agree­ ment in writing. EQUAL OPPORTUNITY • 12 �2. Individuals may discuss with the Grievance Officer con­ cerns they may have regard­ ing possible discrimination or harassment to learn what options are available. 3. Nonretaliation: The University not only prohibits discrimination, including ha­ rassment, but also strictly prohibits any retaliation against any individual, who, in good faith, has registered a complaint under this proce­ dure. Any supervisor, agent, or employee of the University who, after investigation, has been determined to have retaliated against any em­ ployee or student for using the complaint procedure in this policy will be subject to appropriate discipline up to and including immediate discharge. If an employee or student believes he or she has been retaliated against for exercising his or her rights under this policy, this com­ plaint procedure should be used. 4. All matters discussed in this process will be kept as confi­ dential as possible. 5. Individuals have the right un­ der the law to seek remedies from the Michigan Depart­ ment of Civil Rights, the Equal Employment Opportuni­ ty Commission, the Office for Civil Rights, Department of Education or by court action. Individuals may file com­ plaints of illegal discrimina­ tion on the basis of sex (Title IX) or disability (Section 504) with the Office for Civil Rights, Department of Educa­ tion, at the same time a grievance is filed under the University's procedure, dur­ ing or after the use of the grievance process, or without using the grievance process at all. A Title IX, ADA, or Section 504 complaint must be filed in writing with the Office for Civil Rights or EEOC no later than 180 days after the occurrence of the possible discrimination. STEP 1: INFORMAL COMPLAINT Any individual (complainant) with a discrimination or harass­ ment complaint, may contact the Grievance Officer in person. The Grievance Officer will speak with the complainant and try to resolve the matter on an informal basis. At Step 1, all information will be kept confidential to the extent possible. STEP 2: FORMAL COMPLAINT If the problem cannot be resolved at Step 1 within five (5) working days from the date of first contact with the Grievance Officer, the complainant may submit a written complaint on a form provided by the Grievance Officer. The Grievance Officer will help the complainant complete the form if the complainant requests. Within five (5) working days of the receipt of the written EQUAL OPPORTUNITY • 13 �complaint, the Grievance Officer will send a Notice of Complaint, a copy of the complaint form, a response form and a copy of this procedure to the respondent. The respondent will submit the completed response within five (5) working days from the date the complaint is received by the respondent. The Grievance Officer will con­ duct an investigation, The investigation should be completed within twenty (20) working days after receipt of the response. If the complaint is against the University as the Employer, the Grievance Officer will have thirty (30) days from the receipt of the written complaint to investigate the matter. Within ten (10) working days of completion of the investigation, the Grievance Officer will issue to complainant a written Determination stating whether the allegations of the complaint are true and any remedial action recommended. At Step 2, information will be kept confidential to the extent possible. 3: HEARING step If either the complainant or the respondent is dissatisfied with the Grievance Officer's deter­ mination, he or she may request that the matter be referred to a Hearing Panel for a hearing by submitting the form obtained from the Grievance Officer. The request for hearing must be submitted in writing to the Grievance Officer within five (5) working days after receipt of the Determination. The President will appoint a per­ manent Hearing Panel composed of three members including, if possible, at least one female and one minority member. The vicepresident for business and financial operations will be the chairperson and will conduct the hearing. The Grievance Officer will send a Notice of Hearing and a copy of the Request for Hearing to the complainant, respondent (if any), and Hearing Panel, scheduling the hearing within fifteen (15) working days, unless the Panel Chairperson provides otherwise and so notifies those involved. At the hearing the complainant and respondent will be allowed to give their own testimony, present the testimony of witnesses, documentary evi­ dence or other evidence relevant to the proceedings and cross examine the other party's witnesses. The complainant and respondent may have an attorney or other advisor present. The Grievance Officer will present the findings of the investigation conducted at Step 2 and may present witnesses, if appropriate. To ensure the privacy of those involved, witnesses (other than the complainant and respondent) will be allowed in the hearing room only during their testimony. At the Chairperson's discretion, the hearing may be recorded. Within fifteen (15) working days after completion of the hearing, EQUAL OPPORTUNITY • 14 �the Chairperson will issue the Decision and recommended order of the Hearing Panel. The Decision will be mailed to the complainant and respondent with a copy to the Grievance Officer. The Chairperson will implement any action recom­ mended by the Panel. 4: APPEAL step If grievants wish to pursue the matter further, they may file with the outside agencies listed in Policy section, No. 5. Section 5.02 of the by-laws of the Board of Regents, approved July 24, 1989, will not be invoked for grievances submitted for settlement under this pro­ cedure. The decision of the Hearing Panel will be final and binding. NOTES EQUAL OPPORTUNITY • 15 �ACADEMIC The Academic Policies and regulations of Lake Superior State University which are intended to guide students through an orderly and successful pursuit of their academic goals, describe the necessary actions and procedures for which students are responsible. They outline the students’ expectations and rights while enrolled as a university student. Advisors, department heads and personnel of university offices will help students to understand these policies and regulations; however, it is each student’s individual responsibility to comply with them. THE ACADEMIC YEAR ^ake Superior State University is on a semester system. (Previous to Fall Semester 1991 it was on a quarter system.) The academic year consists of a Fall Semester (September through December) and a Spring Semester (January through April or early May). Fall and Spring semesters consist of fifteen weeks of instruction followed by a week for final examinations. During the Summer Semester (May through early August) most courses are conducted during an eight week period which includes two days for final examinations. Specific dates for each semester are found in the University Calendar located elsewhere in this book. ACADEMIC CREDIT In a lecture/recitation type course students receive one credit for each fifteen hours of classroom instruction. (For example, a threecredit course of this type might be scheduled 9:00 to 9:50 AM Monday, Wednesday and Friday. An "hour" period is usually only 50 minutes long, with ten minutes allowed for students to move from class to class.) Courses including laboratory, field work or other non-lecture formats may be scheduled for more than one hour per week per credit. In general, one credit requires an average of three hours of the student’s time per In week for the semester, lecture/recitation courses this would normally be accomplished with one hour of classroom attendance and two hours of preparation or study. An average student credit load per semester is sixteen credits. One hundred twenty-four credits is the minimum number required for a Some baccalaureate degree, programs require more than this minimum. CLASSIFICATION OF STUDENTS Students are assigned to one of four class levels as follows: 0 to 25 credits = Freshman; 26 to 55 credits = Sophomore; 56 to 87 = Junior; 88+ = Senior. ACADEMIC POLICIES • 16 �POLICIES STUDENT CURRICULUM CHOICE AND ADVISING Students are encouraged to select a major program upon admission to the University, The academic department offering the chosen program is called the "major department". The school dean of the major department assigns an academic advisor to each of the students. An advisor assists students in course selection each semester, in understanding program and university requirements and regulations, in evaluating academic progress, and in other matters related to successful academic achievement. Lake Superior State University is firmly committed to providing students personalized advising and support. Students are encouraged to actively seek help from their instructors, advisors, department chair, Division of General Studies, Counseling Center, and any other faculty, staff or office which they believe might be of assistance. The Division of General Studies provides academic tutoring as does the Native American Center and academic departments. These services are usually provided without charge to enrolled students. Additional information concerning advising services is listed under testing and counseling service in this catalog. Students who are undecided about their choice of a major program are classified as majoring in Liberal Arts, an associate degree program, and assigned a provisional academic advisor until another major is chosen. Students may change their major curriculum by processing a Curriculum Change Card through The the Registrar’s Office. Registrar’s Office, Counseling Center and departmental offices can provide students with the card and instructions for processing it. Curriculum Change cards must be filed with the Registrar’s Office each time a curriculum change is made so that advisor materials, grade reports and graduation information will be sent to the correct school and advisor. Students will be assigned a new advisor when a curriculum change is made. Students may request a change of advisor by asking the dean of their school to make such change. Students who are provisionally admitted to Lake Superior State University through the Division of General Studies will be assigned to an academic advisor from within that Division until the student meets the exiting criteria which enables them to enter their chosen major unconditionally. SEMESTER COURSE SELECTION Each semester the Registrar/ Scheduling Office publishes a Course Schedule listing all courses ACADEMIC POLICIES • 17 �offered during the semester along with related information such as days and hour of course offering, instructor and the final examination time. This booklet is available several weeks before the semester begins and contains timely and important information for students. Students are responsible for reading each semester’s Course Schedule and adhering to its instructions. Course Schedules and scheduling materials are available from all departmental offices and the Scheduling Office. After academic advising, students schedule courses by submitting required materials to the Registrar/ Scheduling Office according to the time schedule described in the Course Schedule. After scheduling courses, students have a limited period of time to pay tuition and related fees. At the end of this period students will be dropped from classes for non-payment. Several factors assist or limit student course selections, Placement examinations for mathematics, English, and reading are administered by the Counseling and Testing Center located in Brown These examinations are Hall. required of all students before they schedule their first courses in mathematics or English. Maximum student credit load is twenty credits per semester, with the exception that students having a 3.00 cumulative grade point average may take additional credit with written approval of the dean of their school. Students on academic probation and enrolled in Division of General Studies should not take more than fifteen credits per semester. Prerequisites: Students must satisfy prerequisites, and any other stated conditions before enrolling in a course or have permission from an instructor to waive the prerequisites. Enrollment in a course may be revoked (with an N grade) if it is found during the regular drop period that the proper prerequisites have not been met. Responsibility rests with students to be certain that they have the approved prerequisites. Permission to take any course out of sequence is seldom granted even to exceptional students, since electing a course for which one is not prepared imposes an additional burden not reflected in the total number of credits being carried. Students must earn passing grades in a prerequisite course before taking the next course in sequence. For some courses a C (2.00) grade or better is required. Exceptions may be made only by school dean or the course instructor. Students who receive a D grade in a prerequisite course or a course in the major are strongly advised (and may be required) to repeat the course, and raise the D, before continuing. Repeats: Students may not repeat a course by enrollment or examination if they have passed a course for which the repeated course is a prerequisite. Exceptions may be granted by the school dean with the concurrence of the Registrar. Changes in course schedule: A period of time is provided at the beginning of each semester for students to add or delete courses. Courses deleted during this period will not appear on a student’s permanent record (transcript). The add/delete period for a full semester course begins on the first day of the semester, and ends on the sixth university business day. For courses which span less than a full semester, a shorter add/delete period may be established. During the add/delete period schedule changes are initiated ACADEMIC POLICIES • 18 �at the Registrar/Scheduling Office which maintain current records of class availability. In some cases faculty permission will be required Detailed for course changes, information on adding or deleting classes is provided to students in the Course Schedule booklet each semester. A student’s add or withdrawal from a course is not officially completed unless the appropriate form is filed with the Registrar/Scheduling Office. Students are advised to retain the official receipt they are given upon completion of an add or drop procedure. Late Adds: Students requesting to add courses after the end of the add/delete period must obtain permission and a special form for this purpose from the Registrar’s Office, obtain the written approval of the instructor, and then return the form to the Registrar’s Office. A service charge will be charged for this procedure. Students are responsible for all class work missed previous to adding a class. Non-attendance at first class: Students scheduled for a course, but not attending the first class meeting, may be deleted by the instructor during the delete period. In this case, the instructor shall submit a delete form and notify the student. Dropping courses after the add/delete period: Students may drop a course during the first forty days of a full semester course. For courses running less than a full semester the semester Course Schedule booklet will contain official dates each semester. (The time period for dropping will be equal to 54 percent of the course instructional period.) A student’s record shall indicate an N grade for each course officially dropped during this period. Forms for the procedure are available in the Schools or Registrar/Scheduling Offices. After the eight-week drop period, drops will be allowed only for A extenuating circumstances, student’s record shall indicate a W grade for courses officially dropped during this period. The student must receive the instructor’s recommen­ dation and the approval of the Registrar. Forms may be obtained at the Registrar’s Office. CLASS ATTENDANCE Students at Lake Superior State University should be sufficiently mature to attend classes without being required to do so. Students must decide for themselves when it is necessary to be absent. In making such a decision, they must understand that instructors are authorized to lower grades if they believe a student’s absence requires The policy on this action. attendance reads as follows: 1. Absences will be handled according to the instructor’s discretion, consistent with school policy. 2. Instructors may report consec­ utive or excessive absences to the Vice President for Student Services. 3. Participation in an official University function shall be considered an excused absence when approved by the Provost. Students shall not be penalized for participation in such a function; but students are responsible for work missed and must confer with their instructor on this matter. ACADEMIC POLICIES • 19 �COMPLETE WITHDRAWAL FROM THE UNIVERSITY Full-time students who withdraw from the University during the first eight-weeks of the semester should report in person to the Counseling Center and complete a withdrawal form for the Registrar’s office. The Registrar will authorize the appropriate refund, if any. Refunds will be mailed after the end of the refund period. After the eight-week drop period, students must report to the Registrar’s Office for the Withdrawal Form. Proper clearance of University obligations assures that students can later receive transfer of credits. Students with a hold on their •anscript will not receive a ranscript of credits until clearance is complete. THE GRADING SYSTEM Grade point average (GPA). To compute the grade point average for a semester, divide the total points earned by the total credits carried. Credits carried include those failed or earned but not credits for Credit/No Credit courses. To figure the cumulative grade point average divide the total points earned by the total credits carried in all semesters. When a course is repeated, count only the credits carried and the points of the last grade earned. Thus, successfully repeating courses in which students initially earned a D or F is an effective way for them to improve their cumulative GPA. A cumulative grade point average of 2.00 for all credits carried is required for graduation. Further, the student must compile a 2.00 grade point average for all departmental courses required in the student’s major and minor(s). GRADES AND GRADE POINTS Grades awarded are: Grade A+ A Excellent AB+ B Good BO C Average CD+ D Inferior DF Failure I Incomplete N No Grade W Withdrawal Z Deferred CR Credit NCR No Credit Grade Points per Credit 4 4 3.7 3.3 3 2.7 23 2 1.7 13 1 .7 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 An Incomplete grades (I): incomplete grade is given only when students, because of circumstances beyond their control, are unable to complete a segment of the course. It must be made up by the date specified by the instructor which must be within a maximum of two semesters in residence, or else the incomplete grade becomes a failure. Summer semesters are not counted unless a student is enrolled for classes during the summer. No Grade (N) and Withdrawal (W) grades: An N grade will be given for each course officially dropped during the first eight weeks and a W grade will be given for each course officially dropped after the eight week drop period. Deferred grades (Z): Deferred grades are given in those special ACADEMIC POLICIES • 20 �courses where work is planned to extend beyond a single semester. Reports Grade reports: concerning grades and credits are sent to each student after each semester. These reports are mailed to home addresses. Dean’s list: Students who complete twelve or more credits in a semester with a grade point average of 3.50 or higher will be placed on the dean’s list for that semester, acknowledging their outstanding achievement. ACADEMIC PROBATION Students at Lake Superior State University enjoy a considerable degree of self-determination; they decide for themselves when and how long to work on each assignment. The best way to succeed in this task is to work out a weekly schedule with two hours of study time earmarked as preparation for each one-hour class. (In a few cases, the instructor may suggest some other division of time.) Most students are able to maintain good work in all their courses. A few fall short of satisfactory performance. For them, a system of academic probation is used. Academic probation is considered a warning to students that their scholastic performance is below the University’s minimum requirements. During this period, students should determine for themselves whether to continue their programs as planned. No student while on probation shall carry more than 15 credits per semester exclusive of band and recreational activities. The Vice President for Student Services, in consultation with the student’s advisor, may impose restrictions on the student’s extra-curricular activities. It is the responsibility of students to familiarize themselves with all academic regulations including those relating to probation, and to keep informed as to their academic standing. The rules governing academic probation, dismissal, and reinstatement follow. 1. Students will be on academic probation if their cumulative grade point average is in the "on probation" category. 2. Students whose cumulative grade point average at the conclusion of a semester falls into the dismissal range of the academic standing table will be dismissed. 3. After a first or second dismissal a student has the following options: a. Allow two semesters (summer may be counted for one semester) to elapse before re-enrollment or b. Petition the Scholastic Standards Committee for readmittance. immediate This action is initiated with the Registrar. The Commit­ tee can permit early readmit­ tance with specific conditions required of the student or deny the student’s request. Subsequent to the Commit­ tee’s denial the student can further appeal to the Provost, whose decision is final. 4. Students who continue after a dismissal will be dismissed again after any semester in which their cumulative grade point average falls in the dismissal category. The Registrar may allow the ACADEMIC POLICIES • 21 �Academic Standing Table Full and Part-time Students Academic Probation and Dismissal Policy Cumulative Semester Credits Carried at LSSU 1 - 18 19-25 26-40 41-55 56-72 73 - 87 88 + Minimum for Good Standing 1.81 * Cumulative Grade Point Average On Probation less than 1.81 1.81 1.86 1.91 1.93 1.95 1.97 ** 1.41 - 1.80 1.51 - 1.85 1.61-1.90 1.71-1.92 1.81-1.94 1.91 - 1.96 Dismissal Not subject to Dismissal 1.40 or less 1.50 or less 1.60 or less 1.70 or less 1.80 or less 1.90 or less •Students will not be dismissed for academic deficiencies until they have enrolled in at least 19 semester credits at Lake Superior State University. **A cumulative grade point average of 2.00 for all credits carried at Lake Superior State University, and a cumulative grade point average of 2.00 for all courses required in the student’s major and minor is necessary for graduation. student to continue "on probation" with the record showing "on probation" instead of "dismissal", if the student’s record has shown improvement during the semester and student has a 2.00 grade point average in courses carried for that semester. 5. Students dismissed a third time will not be reinstated without the permission of the Provost. Three semesters must elapse from the time of dismissal before the student may petition for readmittance. Summer may be counted for one semester. 6. The Scholastic Standards Committee may on the recommendation of a school dean require students to withdraw from any course or courses in which their preparation, progress, effort or conduct is deemed unsatisfactory and may on the recommendation of the Provost or Vice President for Student Programs and Services dismiss students from the University if their background, overall academic accom­ plishment, conduct or attitude toward their work is deemed unsatisfactory. CREDIT/NO CREDIT COURSES To encourage intellectual explo­ ration, students may enroll in some courses on a credit/no credit basis for which either a grade of CR or NCR is given. To be eligible for this option students must be in good academic standing, not on academic probation. Only one such course per semester is permitted and no more than twelve semester credits in such courses may be presented toward a student’s degree requirements. Additionally, this credit/no credit option may not be selected in courses which satisfy major, minor or general education requirements. Students must apply at the Registrar’s Office during the six-day add period if they want to enroll in a graded course under the ACADEMIC POLICIES • 22 �credit/no credit policy. This option may not be changed after the six-day add period. Academic performance at the level of 2.00 or higher is required for the credit, CR, grade. Instructors are not advised of a student’s option to be graded credit/no credit. Certain courses are always offered with a credit/no credit grading format. Such courses have this information in their official course descriptions and course syllabi. The above policy and limitations do not apply to these courses. CREDIT BY EXAMINATION There are three examination processes by which a student may earn credit for individual courses or general education requirements; Advanced Placement, CLEP and departmental examinations. Proc­ esses for taking Advanced Placement and CLEP examinations are described in the Admissions section of this Catalog. Students must be admitted to a degree program before being eligible to receive credit by examination. A maximum of 30 credits may be earned by examination. CLEP examinations, if available, will be used to determine whether credit shall be granted. Departments may provide their own examinations for certain courses. Students should inquire at the academic department offering the course whether a departmental examination is available. If an examination is available, the school dean’s written approval to take the examination must be obtained. fee amount will be equivalent to that for CLEP exams and students will not be charged tuition for the credits earned. An examination grade of 2.00 or better is required for credit to be earned. Course and credit earned by examination shall be recorded on the student’s transcript with the grade marked as CR. Some universities may not accept for transfer, credit earned by departmental examination. TRANSCRIPTS Students desiring transcripts of their Lake Superior State University records must present or send a written request to the Registrar’s Office. Information such as name (at enrollment), ID number, dates of attendance is necessary. A fee may be charged for each copy of the record. The official record of the student’s academic progress (transcript) will be forwarded only to those places or persons requested in writing by the Only "student copy" student. transcripts will be issued directly to a student. Students with financial or other obligations to the University will not receive a transcript until all obligations are cleared. NOTES An application form for credit by examination with explanation of the necessary procedural steps, may be obtained from the school dean. The ACADEMIC POLICIES • 23 �THE PRIVACY ACT Section 438 of the General Education Provisions Act, as amended, sets forth the requirements to be met by an educational institution to protect the privacy of students. This Act is called the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act and shall be referred to hereafter as the Act. The Act generally governs access to student educational records and the release of such records. The Act also requires that institutions of higher education must provide students access to official records directly related to the student and an opportunity for a hearing to challenge such records on the grounds that they are inaccurate, misleading or inappropriate. Educational institutions must also obtain written consent before releasing personally identifiable data about students from records to other than a specified list of exceptions. In addition, students must be notified of these rights. In accordance with provisions of the Act and the regulations enacted by the Department of Health, Education and Welfare, Lake Superior State University has adopted the following policies and procedures: Section 1. General Policy on Access and Disclosure Lake Superior State University shall not as a matter of policy or practice: 1. Deny or prevent students at the university the right to inspect or review the educational records of such students, or Educational Rights and Privacy Act and the policies and procedures set forth in the following sections. Section 2. Notification to Students Under the provisions of the Act, the university must annually notify students of their rights and the institution policies pertaining to the Act. In addition, notice must be given to the location where the policy can be obtained as well as to inform the students of the right to file complaints with the Department of Health, Education and Welfare concerning alleged failures by the University to comply with the Act. In accordance with these requirements the annual notice regarding students rights, the location of copies of the university’s policies setting forth these rights, as well as the right to file complaints with the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act Office, shall be published in the University Catalog, the annual letter to students will notify students of Directory information. The Registrar, located in the Fletcher Center, is designated as the Hearing Officer for the Act and shall also be responsible for implementing the notification requirements and distribution of copies of the policies and procedures. Section 3. Defined Education Records "Education records" those records which: means 1. Are directly related to a student 2. Permit the release of educational records contrary to the provisions of the Family 2. Are maintained by the university or its agent. ACADEMIC POLICIES • 24 �The term does not include: 1. Records of institutional, supervisory, and administrative personnel which a. Are in the sole possession of the maker thereof, and b. Are not accessible or revealed to any other individual except a substitute. A "substitute" is defined as one who performs on a temporary basis the duties of the individual who made the record and does not refer to an individual who permanently succeeds the maker of the record in his or her position. 2. Records of the law enforcement unit of the university (Security Department) which are: a. Maintained apart from the university’s educational records; b. Maintained solely for law enforcement purposes; and c. Not disclosed to individuals other than law enforcement officials of the same jurisdiction; provided, that educational records main­ tained by the university are not disclosed to the personnel of the law enforcement unit. 3. Records relating to an individual who is employed by the univer­ sity which: a. Are made and maintained in the normal course of busi­ ness; b. Relate exclusively to the individual in that individual’s capacity as an employee; and c. Are not available for use for any other purpose. d. This paragraph (3) does not apply to records relating to an individual in attendance at the university who is employed as a result of his or her status as a student. 4. Records relating to an eligible student which are: a. Created or maintained by a physician, psychiatrist, psy­ chologist, or other recognized professional or paraprofessional acting in his or her professional or paraprofessional capacity, or assisting in that capacity; b. Created, maintained, or used only in connection with the provision of treatment to the student; and c. Not disclosed to anyone other than individuals providing the treatment; provided, that the records can be personally reviewed by a physician or other appropriate paraprofessional of the student’s choice. For the purpose of this definition, "treatment" does not include remedial educa­ tional activities or activities which are part of programs of instruction at the university. 5. Records of the university which contain only information relating to a person after that person is no longer a student at the university. (An example of these records would be information collected by the university pertaining to the accom­ plishments of its alumni.) Section 4. Rights to Inspect and Review Education Records A student who is or has been in attendance at Lake Superior State University shall have the right to inspect and review the educational records of the student subject to the ACADEMIC POLICIES • 25 �1. Where failure to provide a copy would effectively prevent a student from exercising the right to inspect and review the educational record. (Examples of when this provision would be effective would be absence from the State or a confining illness.) If the student will return to the residence occupied while in attendance at the university or be within 30 miles of the campus and is not physically incapac­ itated during the 45-day com­ pliance period, copies shall not be provided but the right of inspection shall be exercised. limitations set forth in Section 3 and 13. The educational record recorded by the student will be provided within a reasonable period of time dependent upon the availability of the record and the workload of the department maintaining the record. In no case will the record be provided more than 45 days after the date of the receipt of the request. The right to review educational records includes the right to a response from Lake Superior State University to reasonable requests for explanation and interpretations of the subject record. Section 5. Procedures for Inspection and Review of Records A student must submit a written request for the inspection and review of educational records or the release of such records, where permitted, to third parties. (See Section 10A for release of records to third parties.) The request must be submitted to the appropriate officer responsible for the record. (See Section 7 for list of officials maintaining educational records.) The written request under this section must contain: 1. A description of the information requested. 2. The date, if any, that the information is required. 3. The student’s signature. 4. The date the request is filed. Section 6. Copies Records: Fees for Copies of Copies of educational records will only be provided under the Act under the following conditions: j I I I I I Under this provision, the student must submit a written request (see Section 10A) specifying the record to be disclosed, and the reason that a personal inspection of the record cannot be made during the 45-day compliance period. The university will review these requests on a caseby-case basis to determine if copies are required as opposed to personal inspection. 2. On request, under the provisions of Section 10B regarding records to officials of another educational institution in which the student is enrolled or seeks or intends to enroll. 3. On request, or with the consent of the student, under the provisions of Section 10A, regarding information released with the approval of the university to third parties. The university shall not charge a fee for copies of records provided under the Act. There shall not be a charge for search, retrieval or inspection of the record. Copies of grades provided under these provisions ACADEMIC POLICIES • 26 �will not carry the university seal or official signature of approval. Section 7. Listing Location of Education Records of The following is a list of the records considered educational in nature under the Act and their locations listed by Office, Type of Record, Responsible Official, and Location. Admissions; Academic file, Financial; Director of Admis­ sions; Fletcher Center Career Advising and Placement; Academic, Personal, evaluations; Director; Brown Hall Continuing Education; Academic; Director; Employee Relations; Work Eval­ uation, Employment; Director; Administration Building Financial Aid; Financial, Academic, Personal evaluation, Employ­ ment; Director; Fletcher Center Graduate Office; Academic, Financial; Coordinator; South Hall Registrar; Academic (Complete and official academic record) Personal, Veterans’ Affairs; Registrar; Fletcher Center Residence Halls; Personal; Housing Manager; Brady Hall Residence Halls and Student Life; Discipline; Vice-President for Student Services; Fletcher Center Student Accounts; Financial; Director Business Operation; Administration Building Academic Areas, Academic; School Deans and Department Chairs. Note: All academic records are partial records with the exception of the Office of the Registrar as noted above. Section 8. Disclosure of Restricted Information to University Officials Personally identifiable information from the education records of a student may be disclosed without the prior consent of the student to university officials who have a legitimate educational interest in the information. The university officials must demonstrate a need to obtain the information consistent with their official functions and the request must be consistent with normal professional practices and legal requirements. The disclosure of personally identifiable student information under the above conditions will not be disclosed to any other party without the prior written consent of the student, except that such information may be used by the appropriate officials or agents of the university for the purpose for which the disclosure was made. Section 9. University Officials For the purpose of those procedures and policies, "university officials" are defined to be those individuals who have demonstrated a need to require certain student records consistent with their official university responsibilities and consistent with professional practices. University Officials include: Members of the faculty, members of the professional, executive and administrative staff, including all members of the Department of Security, departmental secretaries, students properly appointed as members of a hearing panel or screening committee, representatives ACADEMIC POLICIES • 27 �of the State Auditor General when performing their legally required duties, legal, insurance, or collection representatives of the university when performing their universityrelated duties requiring student record information in connection with a claim or legal matter. Section 10. Disclosure of Personally Identifiable Information A. Prior Consent for Disclosure Required The university shall obtain the written consent of the student before disclosing personally identifiable information from the education records of a student to third parties other than directory information as set forth in Section 11 or as provided in Part B of this section. (Consent is not required where the disclosure is to the student.) If the university consents to the release of personally identifiable student information to third parties under this section (10A) at the written request of the student, the university will provide the student with a copy of such record. The written consent required under this section (10A) must be signed and dated by the student and shall include: 1. A specification of the record to be disclosed 2. The purpose of the disclosure 3. The party or class of parties to whom disclosure may be made 4. A statement granting consent for the release of the information. B. Prior Consent for Disclosure Not Required I The university may transfer or disclose the educational records of a student, without prior written consent, on request to the officials of another educational institution in which the student is enrolled or seeks or intends to enroll. The university, upon request, will provide the student with a copy of the transferred educational records. Information from the educational records of a student may be disclosed, without prior written consent, if the disclosure is: 1. To Federal and State authorities as provided by the Act or other legal authority. 2. In connection with financial aid for which a student has applied or has received; provided that the information may be disclosed only: a. To determine the eligibility of the student for financial aid, and b. To determine the amount of aid, c. To determine the conditions which will be imposed regarding financial aid, d. To enforce the terms or conditions of the financial aid. 3. To organizations conducting studies on behalf of educational agencies or institutions for the purpose of developing, vali­ dating, or administering predictive tests, administering student aid programs; and improving instruction; provided that the studies are conducted in a manner which will not permit the personal identification of students by persons other than the representatives of the organization and that the ACADEMIC POLICIES • 28 �information will be destroyed which it is no longer needed for the purpose for which the study was conducted. 4. To accrediting organizations in order to carry out their accrediting functions. 5. To comply with a judicial order or lawfully issued subpoena; provided that Lake Superior State University will make a reasonable effort to notify the student of the order or subpoena in advance of compliance. 6. The appropriate parties in an emergency to protect the health or safety of the student or other individuals. Section 11. Directory Information The Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act permits the disclosure of certain personally identifiable information from the educational record of a student if that information is designated as directory information as defined by the Act. In order to release such information the university is required to provide public notice of the following: 1. The categories of personally identifiable information desig­ nated as directory information. 2. The right of the student to refuse to permit the designation of any or all of the categories with respect to that student. 3. The period of time within which the student must inform the university in writing that such directory information is not to be released. In compliance with these provisions, the university will announce its intention to release directory information each fall in the annual letter. Students will be advised that written requests to prohibit or restrict the use of such directory information should be addressed by the last day to add classes to: Registrar’s Office in the Fletcher Center. The university considers the following to be directory information: Name, address, tele­ phone number, date and place of birth, major field of study, participation in officially recognized activities and sports, height and weight of members of the athletic teams, dates of attendance, degrees, honors and awards received, including scholarships, and most recent previous educational agency or institution attended by student. In the event that this list is altered or expanded, these provisions will be amended in accordance with the Act. Section Disclosures Maintained 12. Record Required to of be Lake Superior State University shall for each request and each disclosure of personally identifiable information from the education records of a student maintain a record kept with the education records of the student which indicates: 1. The parties who have requested or obtained information. 2. The legitimate educational interests the parties had in obtaining the information. A record is not required for disclosures to a student, disclosures pursuant to the student’s written consent when such consent is ACADEMIC POLICIES • 29 �specific as to the party or parties, disclosures to university officials as set forth in Section 9, or to disclosures of directory information as provided in Section 11. 4. Those records which are defined not to be education records as set forth in Section 3. If the educational record of a student contains information on more than one student, the requesting student may review or inspect or be informed of only the specified information which pertains to the student making the inquiry. The record of disclosures may be inspected by: The student, the university official and his or her assistants responsible for the custody of the records, and university officials authorized in Section 9 and those persons outside the university as authorized in Section 10 for the purpose of auditing the record keeping procedures of the institution. Section 14. Request Amend Educational Records A student who believes that information in the student’s educational records is inaccurate or misleading or violates the privacy or other rights of the student may request that the university amend such records. Section 13. Limitation on the Right to Inspect and Review Records The university is not required to permit a student to inspect or review the following records: The procedures regarding an amendment to a student record are as follows: 1. Financial records and statements of parents or any information contained therein. 2. Confidential letters and state­ ments of recommendation place in the student record prior to January 1, 1975; provided that such letters and statements were solicited with written assurance of confidentiality or sent and retained with a documented understanding of confidentiality. The documents must be used only for the purposes specifically intended. 3. Confidential letters and state­ ments of recommendation and statements for which the student has waived the right to inspection as set forth in Section 16 and placed in a student’s file after January 1, 1975 respecting: a. Admission, or b. An application for employ­ ment, or c. The receipt of an honor or honorary recognition to | I 1. The student must submit a written request to amend the record in question to the university office responsible for establishing the content of the record. 1 I I 1 2. The written request must specify the information to be amended and the basis for requesting a change in the record. | I I 3. The written request should also set forth the corrective action recommended. I I I 4. The university official responsible for establishing the content of the record in question within 14 calendar days will inform the student, in writing, that the record will be amended or that the request has been denied. If additional times is required due to the circumstances of the case, the student will be advised of the time period required to resolve the issue. ACADEMIC POLICIES • 30 �5. If the record is to be amended, corrective action will occur within 14 calendar days of the date of notice to the students. 6. If the university official responsible for establishing the content of the educational record denies the request to amend the record, the written notice of this decision will advise the student of the right to a hearing. Section 15. Right to a Hearing The Act provides an opportunity for a hearing in order to challenge the content of a student’s educational record to insure that the record does not contain inaccurate or misleading information or is in violation of the privacy or other rights of the student. This procedure may not be utilized to challenge grades awarded The following to students, procedure will be implemented after the decision of denial is made by the official responsible for maintaining the record. Procedure of Hearing A student desiring a hearing on the decision of denial to amend the record by the official establishing such records must: 1. Submit a written request for a hearing to the Hearing Officer, the Registrar, Fletcher Center. 2. Designate in the request: Student’s name and identification number, date request is made, specific information on the record challenged, basis for amending record, summary statement of previous action taken to amend record including names of individuals contacted and from whom communications have been received. The Hearing Officer will within 7 calendar days of receipt of the request for hearing, notify the student of the date, time and location of the hearing. At least 72 hours notice will be provided to the parties prior to the hearing. The student shall be afforded a full and fair opportunity to present evidence relevant to the question of whether the record in question is inaccurate, misleading or in violation of the privacy or other rights of the students. The student may be assisted or represented by individuals of the student’s choice and at the student’s expense, including an attorney. The Hearing Officer shall make a decision on the appeal within 7 calendar days of the last day of the hearing. The decision shall be in writing and shall be based solely upon the evidence presented at the hearing. The written decision to the student shall include a summary of the evidence and reasons for the decision. If, as a result of the hearing, the Hearing Officer decides that the information is in whole or in part inaccurate, misleading or is in violation of any of the student’s rights, the record in question will be amended within 7 calendar days of the decision. If, as a result of the hearing, the Hearing Officer determines that the record should not be amended, the student shall be informed of the right to place in the education record a statement commenting upon the information and setting forth the reasons for disagreeing with the university’s decision. Any expla­ nation placed in the record of the student under this provision shall: 1. Be maintained as a part of the record as long as the record or ACADEMIC POLICIES • 31 �the contested portion thereof is retained by the university, and 2. Be disclosed by the university, along with the contested record to any party receiving such record. Section 16. Waivers A student may waive any right under the Act. The waiver shall not be valid unless it is in writing and signed by the student. The University may not require that a student waive any right under the Act. This requirement does not, however, preclude the university from requesting such a waiver. An applicant for admission or a student in attendance may waive the right to inspect and review con­ fidential letters and statements of recommendation. The waiver may apply to such letters or statements only if it is in writing and signed by the student regardless of age, and if: 1. The applicant or student is, upon request, notified of the names of all individuals providing the letters or statements; 2. The documents are used only for the purpose originally intended; and 3. Such waiver is not required as a condition of admission or receipt of any service or benefit from the university. A waiver may be revoked but such action must be in writing and filed with the office in possession of the waiver. NOTES ACADEMIC POLICIES • 32 �P^ ACADEMIC POLICIES • 33 �STUDENT OF BEHAVIOR Membership in the University Community carries with it both privileges and responsibilities. The University cannot accept acts that interfere with the basic process of the academic enterprise, nor acts which interfere with the rights of other members of its community. Following are the basic regulations which govern the behavior and conduct on the Lake Superior State University campus: 1. ASSEMBLY: No person, or persons, shall assemble in a manner which obstructs the free movement of persons about the campus, or the free and normal use of University buildings and facilities, or prevents or obstructs the normal operation of the University. 2. ALCOHOL AND DRUGS: Any student found guilty of being under the influence of drugs, or possessing, or selling drugs or narcotics will be subject to immediate dismissal from the University, Any student who disregards the laws of the State regarding drinking as a minor is subject to disciplinary action including fines, or dismissal for repeated offenses. A student of 21 years of age who purchases alcoholic beverages for minors, or who participates in any way, faces not only legal action from the State but additional penalty from the University. The laws of the State of Michigan prohibit the sale of alcoholic beverages on any unlicensed premise. No alcohol may be offered for sale on any unlicensed portion of the University campus, and no hidden fee (such as admissions charges, charges for food, etc.) may be used to hide or conceal a charge Any for alcoholic beverages, organization, group, or individual offering alcohol to others anywhere on the campus shall be required to follow provisions of the University’s alcohol policy, distributed annually to all campus residents. Violators may suffer loss of campus privileges, disciplinary action by the University, and prosecution by civil authorities. 3. CHEATING AND PLAGIA­ RISM: The assumption of the academic contract is that the student does his or her own work: any breach of the contract is considered cheating. The faculty member who detects a student cheating may take appropriate action, such as assigning a failing grade for the entire course. A student who cheats is subject to dismissal from the University. If, in the opinion of the faculty member involved, such action in warranted, he or she will notify the chairman of the scholastic standards committee and the student to that effect in writing. The scholastic standards committee will then conduct a hearing in such a manner that the student is given due process. If the committee decides that dismissal is warranted, the student shall have STUDENT STANDARDS • 34 �STANDARDS AND CONDUCT five school days to appeal that decision to the provost of the University. 4. COMPLIANCE WITH UNI­ VERSITY OFFICIALS: Students are expected to comply with the directions of University officials who are acting in accordance with the performance of their duties. Failure to comply with such directions shall be considered a serious disciplinary violation. 5. FINANCIAL OBLIGATIONS: A student’s fees, loans, fines, driving and parking penalties, etc. are his or her responsibilities and must be paid when due. Delay in attention to financial responsibilities may require some or all of the following actions by the University: it may withhold official transcripts, prohibit further registration, remove registration if already granted, withhold further forms of financial aid, and in severe cases, seek legal action from outside agencies, including the State of Michigan itself. 6. FIREARMS AND EXPLO­ SIVES: Explosives, firecrackers, concealed weapons and similar items are not permitted on campus. Firearms are permitted, but must be registered and stored by the office of campus security. Any student who keeps firearms anywhere in the dormitory system will face dismissal from the University. 7. GUEST SPEAKERS: Only student organizations formally recognized by the University may invite speakers to the campus. Reservations for rooms or lecture halls for guest speakers are made through the director of student activities. 8. HOUSING: University housing regulations are published annually in the Housing Handbook. Students failing to comply with these regulations may suffer a variety of disciplinary penalties, including separation from the housing system or separation from the University itself. 9. I.D. CARDS: All students enrolled in this institution are issued an identification card to facilitate recognition for the library, for cashing checks, for campus voting, for admission to campus activities, etc. Misuse or alteration of the University identification card, current or expired, is considered a serious offense subject to disciplinary action. 10. PARKING: All students who operate motor vehicles on campus must register them each year (normally accomplished during registration). Annual registration decals will be issued upon payment of fees and evidence of a valid operator’s license. All vehicles (with decals attached) must be parked in areas assigned. Parking and traffic ordinances will be STUDENT STANDARDS • 35 �enforced and violators will be assessed fines and may have their campus registration and campus driving privileges revoked. Special parking arrangements can be made for health and personal hardship reasons at the Administration Building Parking Office. Parking and traffic violations are civil infractions and may be referred to 91st District Court. 11. RECORDS: It is the specific responsibility of the student to give honest and complete replies to all questions included in application forms, financial aid forms, and in all other University documents. Failure to give correct and complete information can result in cancellation of the student’s registration. Forgery or alteration on or of any University document or record can result in the separation of the student from the University. 12. STUDENT NOTICES: Student notices, posters, etc. must be cleared for posting by the Center for Student Services before being placed on bulletin boards. Maintenance personnel have been instructed to remove all unauthorized material from bulletin boards each day. Normally posters and notices will not exceed 17” by 22” in size. 13. STUDENT ORGANIZATIONS: No student organizations may use campus facilities to solicit funds, or schedule activities unless such organizations have been approved by the University. Approval of University clubs and their operations must be in accordance with University policies. No organization which practices either racial or sexual discrimination will receive support, either directly or indirectly from the University. 14. THEFT: Property of the University, as well as that of individuals, must be respected. Theft of any kind, whether of money or of other property, is prohibited. The destruction or mutilation of books, magazines, or other library material will not be tolerated. Theft of, damage to, or destruction of the property of others is considered a serious offense against the University community, and will result in the separation of the student from the University. 15. TREATMENT OF OTHERS: Abuse, either physical or verbal, of any person on University-owned or controlled property, or at Universitysponsored or supervised functions, will result in disciplinary action by the University. No conduct will be permitted which threatens or endangers the health or safety of any I person on the University campus or at University related activities. I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Lake Superior State University and its Board of Regents subscribe to the principles of equal opportunity and non-discrimination and complies with all applicable federal and state laws and regulations prohibiting discrimination, including harassment. The University is committed to the protection of the rights of all individuals within the University community, the equal and fair treatment of all individuals, and to the elimination of barriers that would prevent individuals from reaching their highest potential It is the responsibility of all employees, students and members of the University community to uphold this commitment in the daily activities of University life. STUDENT STANDARDS • 36 �Sexual harassment is a form of discrimination based on sex, and as such falls under the University’s commitment to non-discrimination. Violations of this policy will receive prompt disciplinary action, up to and including dismissal, as warranted by the facts of the individual case. Sexual harassment is defined as unwelcome sexual advances, requests for sexual favors, and other unwelcome verbal or physical conduct or communication of sexual nature. of the vice-president for student services to designate the appropriate hearing officer or group in such cases. Instances involving possible academic cheating or plagiarism will be considered by the appropriate instructor and/or the Scholastic Standards Committee. PENALTIES 1. A notice to the student of the charges involved and of the individual or office bringing those charges. ANY OR ALL of the following penalties may be assigned those few students who violate the University’s standards of behavior and conduct: 1. 2. 3. 4. Reprimand Restitution Monetary fines or work penalties Loss of course credit or reduc­ tion in academic grades 5. Probation 6. Suspension 7. Expulsion Generally, disciplinary actions do not become a part of the student’s academic record. The exceptions are in cases of suspension or expulsion, which may be recorded on the student’s permanent tran­ script. PROCEDURES Possible violations of the University’s standards of behavior and conduct shall be considered by either the University hearing officer, the vice-president for student services, or the All-Campus Judicial Committee. It is the responsibility Situations involving possible violations of the University’s standards shall be handled according to the following process. At a minimum, the process will include: 2. An opportunity for the student to respond to the charges, and to request a formal hearing on them if desired. 3. A hearing at which the student has the right to examine any evidence against him, confront and question those bringing the charge, and introduce any persons he or she wishes to speak on his or her behalf. While students may bring those persons they wish to a disciplinary hearing, they may not be actively represented by University legal counsel, hearings are fact-finding pro­ cedures, not courts of law, and are not governed by either court­ room rules or courtroom pro­ cedures. 4. A notification to the student of the hearing body’s or hearing officer’s decision. It is the responsibility of the hearing officer to originate such notification, except when the Scholastic Standards Committee STUDENT STANDARDS • 37 �is the hearing body, inIn these cases, notifiealion is the responsibility of the chairman of that committee. 5. A notification to the student of his or her right of appeal to the President 01 the university. Such appeals must be made within forty-eight hours of the time notification is received. NOTES STUDENT STANDARDS • 38 �ADMISSIONS FRESHMEN Prospective freshmen still in high school may make application to Lake Superior State University any time during the final year of high school. Applications for admission are processed continuously and students are notified as quickly as possible. A final transcript of courses completed during the final year must be submitted to the Admissions Office promptly after completion of the school year. Failure to provide a final transcript will result in the withdrawal of an offer of admission. An official score report from American College Testing (ACT) must also be submitted prior to class registration. Prospective freshmen who have already graduated from high school but not attended any college or university must have an official transcript sent directly from their high school to the Admissions Office. The transcript must include all courses taken, starting with grade nine, and graduation certification. Admitted applicants who graduated from high school fewer than 26 months prior to the date they wish to enter the University must submit their scores from American College Testing (ACT) prior to registering for classes. The primary factor in evaluating an application for admission is the individual’s grade point average starting with grade nine. All courses are meEluded in the average. Seventy-five piercent of the freshmen admitted to L SSU have an overall high school grade point average of 2.50 or higher. The top 25 percent of the admitted freshmen have an overall high school grade point ♦average of 3.22 or higher. The average overall high school grade point average for admitted freshmen is 2.98 on a scale of 4.0. Secondary factors which may also influence the admission decision are the number of academic courses an applicant has completed, the trend from year to year of the applicant’s grades, class rank, and recommendations. ACT scores are rarely a factor in the admissions decision. All credentials should be submitted to the Admissions Office at least three weeks before the semester of entry. However, if available spaces become filled, application processing will end at an earlier date. To qualify for admission as freshmen, applicants are expected to be graduates of accredited secondary schools. Any student graduating from a non-accredited school should contact the Director of Admissions for an explanation of the testing procedure used to evaluate an applicant who has attended a nonaccredited school. Students denied regular admission have at least two alternatives: 1. Apply for possible enrollment witnin the Division of General Studies. For more information on this enrollment option refer to the description of the Division of General Studies located later within this section. 2. Reapply for admission after attending another accredited college of their choice and earning at least 30 semester (45 quarter) hours of transferable The evaluation for credit. admission is then based upon the college record rather than the high school record. ADMISSIONS • 39 �TRANSFER STUDENTS Freshman Admissions File Application materials from prospec­ tive freshmen to complete their ad­ mission applications include: Transfer students must possess a 2.00 cumulative college grade point average and be eligible to return to their former college(s) unless they have completed their required course work. A completed application for admis­ sion, which is available at the Admis­ sions Office of Lake Superior State University or at your school guidance office. A non-rcfundablc application process­ ing fee of S20 (U.S. funds) must be submitted before an application will be processed. Make check or money order (not cash) payable to Lake Superior State University. In order to comply with the recently enacted federal regulation commonly referred to as "Ability to Benefit" the University requires all transfer applicants who are U.S. residents and have not completed an associate degree prior to applying for admission to provide any one of the following: I I 1 I A complete, official transcript of your 1 high school credits or GED score report. A report of your scores from Ameri­ can College Testing (ACT), which should be taken before graduation from high school. ACT registration materials are available at your guid­ ance office. ACT scores are general­ ly used for counseling and placement purposes. 1. an official high school transcript including evidence of graduation 2. satisfactory GED scores All veterans must submit an official, certified copy of separation form DD214 with their applications. The health history questionnaire, sent to admitted students must be completcd by the student or by the stud- 1 ent’s parent and returned to the University’s Health Services Office. Enter your social security number in the appropriate space in your appli­ cation. It will serve as your perma­ nent student number. If you do not wish to provide this number, an alternate student number will be assigned. However, please be aware the agency processing financial aid applications will not process any aid application which does not include the student’s social security number. Students who do not have social security numbers or have lost their social security card should contact the Social Security Administration promptly, Canadian applicants should not use their Social Insurance number. A 9-digit student number will be assigned to Canadians and other foreign students. 3. a satisfactory score on one of the tests approved by the U.S. Department of Education to meet the terms of the "Ability to Benefit" regulation. Contact the University’s Financial Aid Office or Admissions Office for a listing of the approved tests. Along with an application for admission, students who have completed less than 30 semester or 45 quarter hours of credit must have sent to our Admissions Office an official high school transcript or GED scores. Also an official transcript must be sent from each school where college or university credit has been earned or attempted. Official transcripts may be obtained from the appropriate high school’s guidance office and college or university Registrar’s Office. Transcripts must be mailed to the Admissions Office at Lake Superior State University directly from the issuing institution to be considered ADMISSIONS • 40 �official. Transcripts sent via facsimile machine are not considered official. All transcripts become the property of Lake Superior State University and are not returnable. Students whose names have changed since they attended another institution must indicate this when requesting transcripts from high schools or colleges. Each transcript should bear the student’s current name. The application and all transcripts should be submitted at least 30 days prior to the beginning of the semester of entry. However, if available spaces become filled, processing of applications will end at an earlier date. A transfer applicant denied admission because the college grade point average is less than adequate is encouraged to either 1. Apply for enrollment with the Division of General Studies; (for more information on this enrollment option refer to the description of the Division of General Studies located later within this section following, Part-time Enrollment or 2. Reapply if, after taking additional college course work, the cumulative grade point average improves to greater than 2.0. CREDIT EVALUATIONS: Because the process is very time consuming, evaluation of transfer credit is not made until an applicant is accepted for admission. However, every effort is made to provide an evaluation of transfer credit as quickly as possible after admission. Students planning to transfer to Lake Superior State University can, by reviewing the course descriptions included in the Lake Superior State University catalog, arrive at a reasonably close approximation of the amount of transfer credit they While may expect to receive, making this informal evaluation, students should keep in mind transfer credit is granted for courses which are substantially equivalent in content, length, and prerequisites to the courses offered at this University. D grades will be transferred only for individuals meeting both of the following conditions: 1. having a 2.00 or greater cumulative grade point average; and 2. upon initial application being eligible for, or being granted, unconditional admission as a full­ time student on the basis of their college or university academic records elsewhere. Courses with D grades accepted as transfer credit may not apply to all Some academic departments, departments do not accept transferred D grades as replacements for courses required as part of the departmental major. In those cases, the departmental major courses involved must be repeated. However, courses not accepted by a department may be applied as elective credit where possible. Initial transfer credit evaluations indicating which Lake Superior State University courses and how many credits will be granted to the student are completed by either the Admissions or Registrar’s offices. These initial evaluations are subject to review and possible modification by the dean of the academic school offering the equivalent course. The dean’s decision on courses and ADMISSIONS • 41 �AMERICAN COLLEGE TESTING (ACT) AH freshmen who enroll within 26 months of high school graduation and have not attended another college must take the American College Test. The results should be forwarded to Lake Superior State University (code number 2031) prior to registering for classes. United States residents applying for academic scholarships at Lake Superior State University must take the ACT no later than February of their senior year and have results forwarded to Lake Superior State University prior to the April 1 scholarship application deadline. Transfer students entering Lake Superior within 26 months of high school graduation and having less than 15 semester or 23 quarter hours of credit must also take the ACT prior to the beginning of classes in August. Transfer students required to take the ACT are encouraged to take it early enough for the results to be available to the University when they schedule their l first semester’s classes. I Canadian students who enter the University within 26 months of high school graduation arc 1 required to take the ACT. Completion of OAC credits docs not exempt Ontario students from 1 this requirement. I ACT scores are used primarily for counseling and placement purposes and arc not ordinarily I used as admissions criteria. However, the ACT may be required prior to making an admissions I decision if additional information is deemed necessary. 1 The ACT is given nationally five times a year at many locations, including our campus. I Information bulletins and registration forms for the ACT arc available at high school I counseling offices by writing American College Testing Program, P.O. Box 168, Iowa City, Iowa 1 52243, or by contacting the Lake Superior State University Counseling and Testing Center. I Entering students required to submit their ACT results who have not taken the ACT during I one of the five national test dates will take the ACT during orientation in September. amounts of transfer credit granted may be appealed by the student to the Provost. ELECTIVE CREDIT: If a course taken at another institution is not offered at the University, elective credit may be granted for that course. Elective credits may be applied toward the number of credits required to receive a degree but may not be used to satisfy any specific course requirement. PROVISIONAL CREDIT: Credit earned at any institution not listed as accredited in the American Council of Education’s publication, Accredited Institutions of Post­ secondary Education, is granted provisionally. Only after students demonstrate satisfactory progress in their chosen academic programs at Lake Superior State University do provisional credits become part of students’ permanent records. MACRAO AGREEMENT: Community college graduates granted admission to the University who possess baccalaureate-oriented associate degrees, with the MACRAO stamp on their transcripts, will be recognized as having completed the general education requirements at Lake Superior State University. Students who transfer to Lake Superior State University will be ADMISSIONS • 42 �required to satisfy all conditions of their selected majors and minors as well as degree requirements. The minimum number of credits to complete an academic major at Lake Superior State University is 30 semester hours. Some departments The minimum require more, amount of credits in a major that must be earned at Lake Superior Before State University varies, enrolling, students should contact the academic school which includes the intended major to determine this amount. RESIDENCY REQUIREMENT: There is no limit on the number of transfer credit from other institutions. However, bachelor’s degree candidates must earn at least 32 of their final 40 credits and at least 50 percent of their departmental required 300/400 level credits in Lake Superior State University courses. Regional Center students must earn at least 32 of their final 64 credits and at least 50 percent of their departmental required 300/400 level credits in Lake Superior State Associate University courses, degree and certificate candidates must earn 16 of their final 20 credits in Lake Superior State University courses. FORMER STUDENTS Former full-time Lake Superior State University students who interrupted their enrollments for one or more semesters, except summer, must apply for readmission prior to the semester of intended reentry. Students apply by obtaining a readmission application from the Admissions Office. There is no application processing fee for students seeking readmission. However, applicants who have attended another college since leaving Lake Superior State University must have official transcripts sent from the college attended and meet the terms of the University’s transfer student admissions policy. GUEST STUDENTS A student who is regularly enrolled at another college or university may be admitted to Lake Superior State University as a guest student. A guest admission is valid for only one semester. However, under exten­ uating circumstances this may be extended for one additional semester by submitting another guest application. Any student intending to enroll for more than one semester must submit an application for admission as a transfer student. Guest student applications may be obtained from the Admissions Office at Lake Superior State University or any other college or university in Michigan. Guest students assume full responsibility for determining whether courses taken at Lake Superior State University will apply to their programs of study at the college from which they intend to graduate. CANADIAN STUDENTS Lake Superior State University welcomes applications from Canada. Ontario students applying on the basis of their high school records are evaluated on their grade point ADMISSIONS • 43 �Grading Scales for Evaluation A Level & OAC G Level Equivalent Letter Grade A B C D F 90-99 80-89 70-79 60-69 50-59 80-99 70-79 60-69 50-59 average for all courses taken starting with grade nine. The Admissions Office uses two grading scales, shown below, when evaluating an Ontario secondary school applicant. OAC and A level courses are considered more demanding and their content more appropriate preparation for university-level courses than are G level courses. B level courses are never included in the grade point average. Secondary factors which may also influence the admission decision are the number of academic courses an applicant has completed, the trend from year to year of the applicant’s grades, and recommendations. Students denied regular admission have at least two alternatives: 1. Apply for possible enrollment within the Division of General Studies. For more information on this enrollment option refer to the description of the Division of General Studies located later within this section. 2. Reapply for admission after attending another accredited college of their choice and earning at least 30 semester (45 quarter) hours of transferable credit. The evaluation for admission is then based upon the college record rather than the high school record. A report of ACT scores is required from all Ontario secondary school students. ACT scores are used for counseling and placement purposes, rather than as a factor in the admissions decision. Additional information for Ontario secondary school students is available in Informational Handbook for Ontario Students and Guidance Counselors, published by the Admissions Office. Canadian applicants from provinces other than Ontario are also welcome and will be evaluated on the basis of the education system in their provinces. ONTARIO GRADE 13/0AC COURSES Students who completed grade 13 or OAC courses before September, 1990 receive transfer credit at the University for each course in which a final mark of at least 60 percent was earned. Transfer credit will not be granted for OAC courses completed after that date. However, completion of OAC courses prepares some students to earn credit through testing. Up to 30 semester hours of credit may be earned by achieving satisfactory scores on CLEP tests and departmental examinations given on the campus. If information about ADMISSIONS • 44 �CLEP tests and departmental tests offered by the University is not available at your secondary school guidance office, please contact the Admissions Office. FOREIGN STUDENTS (NON-CANADIANS) The University makes every effort to meet the needs of foreign students who give evidence of adequate academic preparation and sufficient competency in English. Six months to one year before the beginning of the desired semester of entry, the student should write to the Director of Admissions requesting application materials. Applicants must satisfy entrance requirements comparable to those required for All United States students, credentials written in a language other than English must be accompanied by certified English translations. No student should plan to come to Lake Superior State University with less than sufficient funds in the hope of obtaining financial assistance upon No foreign student arrival. scholarships are available, and employment opportunities for foreign students are restricted by government regulations. A notarized financial statement will be required before Form 1-20 (required to obtain a student visa) will be issued. This statement must include the amount of money available per year and the source(s). Inclusion of false information in the financial statement is grounds for dismissal. In addition to the financial statement the student’s sponsor or sponsoring agency must provide a letter assuming responsibility for all of the student’s educational and living expenses while studying in the U.S.A. Applicants should not consider themselves admitted to the University until they have provided all documents which the University requires and received an official letter granting admission. Following the letter granting admission, the Certificate of Eligibility (Form 1-20) will be sent, as required by the US Immigration and Naturalization Service. A health record form will be sent to students granted admission. This form must be completed and returned to the University’s Health Service Office prior to registration. Foreign students are required to purchase a health and accident insurance policy for each year in residence, This cost is approximately $600 per year for a single student. The policy is offered by GM Underwriters, Inc. The University’s English language proficiency requirement for admission may be satisfied in any of three ways: 1. By achieving a score of 550 or above on the Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) administered in most countries. Information regarding this test can be obtained by writing to: TOEFL, Box 6151, Princeton, New Jersey, 08541-6151, U.S.A. or from any United States Information Service Center; 2. By completing Level 109 at any ELS Language Center located in the United States. Information regarding ELS Centers can be obtained by writing to: ELS Language Centers, 5761 ADMISSIONS • 45 �Buckingham Parkway, Culver City, California, 90230, USA 3. By completing two years of study at a school, college, or university located in an English speaking country. PART-TIME ENROLLMENT Students wishing to attend on a parttime basis may enroll for up to eleven credits per semester in courses for which they have sufficient academic background. Unless high school students have special permission from their principals, part-time enrollment is limited to those whose high school class has already graduated. Parttime students not seeking degrees or certificates, are not required to apply formally for admission prior to enrollment. A course registration form must be completed during the registration period for each semester of attendance, These forms are available through the University’s Registrar/Scheduling and Commu­ nity Services and Development offices. Should a part-time student later desire full-time enrollment (12 or more credits per semester), or elect to seek degree/certificate status, the student must submit a completed application for admission with a $20 non-refundable application pro­ cessing fee, have the required official transcripts sent to the Admissions Office and meet all admission requirements for Lake Superior State University. Part-time students are not officially assigned to faculty advisors. However, they are encouraged to seek assistance in selecting courses from the appropriate academic schools at Lake Superior State University. TECH PREP The national Tech Prep movement is supported at Lake Superior State University. As a testimony of its institutional support, grades earned in applied high school science and mathematics courses contribute to the high school GPA computed for university admission. Tech prep, with its emphasis upon curricular integration between secondary and postsecondary educational insti­ tutions, assists Lake Superior State University in creating a broader array of educational options for its students. Lake Superior State believes that Tech Prep agreements open career doors and professional pathways for high school students in applied sciences, business, allied health and technology. In keeping with the national Tech Prep movement, Lake Superior State University has created articulation agreements with area high schools to enhance applied and career educational opportunities at the postsecondary level. In tandem with its regional secondary education partners, the university has created pathways to applied education for specified curricula in business and technology. University course credit toward degree requirements for high school work if certain competencies are met and/or opportunities to demonstrate skill development acquired in secondary schools exist in these programs. Check with your high school guidance counselor or a Lake Superior admissions counselor to verily whether a specific course in your high school may applyAdditional tech prep articulations with both area high schools and community colleges are being ADMISSIONS • 46 �developed. Tech prep is an educa­ tional outreach effort strongly compatible with the mission of the institution. Applied skills developed in high school set the stage for postsecondary education across a range of career and professional fields available at Lake Superior State University. The LSSU Office of Career Planning and Placement can provide additional information for perspective students and parents. DIVISION OF GENERAL STUDIES Division of General Studies (DGS) provides comprehensive academic support services to all Lake Superior State University students. ACADEMIC ADVISING Academic advising for the provisional enrollment option. DGS provides an enrollment opportunity that would enable selected students (minimum prerequisite cumulative grade point average and measured academic capacity indicators apply in order to qualify) possessing a high level of desire and drive, along with the necessary academic capacity, to pursue a college education which would begin under certain provisions. A provisional admission would be offered only to motivated candidates who narrowly miss regular full admission to the Students offered University, provisional admission to the University are assigned to the Division of General Studies (DGS) for academic advising and are expected to meet certain educational and student support outcomes within four semesters (full or part-time). The enrollment option will end for those students not able to complete the outcomes within this allotted time. WHYDGS For those students not meeting the regular admissions requirements, the college experience is especially difficult. Even though there are no guarantees even for regular admits, DGS provides a comprehensive supportive program which does provide serious students, who are carefully selected, the opportunity to do well. FINANCIAL AID Financial aid is available to students enrollment in DGS and the student’s eligibility for such aid is not affected by enrollment into DGS. LENGTH OF DGS While enrolled in DGS the student is assigned to a DGS licensed professional counselor who works very closely with the student’s respective academic department in the academic advising process in order to fully utilize that department’s particular expertise wherever appropriate. DGS creates course schedules which are personalized to meet the needs and capabilities of each individual student. These needs vary as much as the uniqueness of one student varies from another. The length of time necessary to make a full, successful transition varies from one individual to another. However, the student’s course schedule and support services are based upon competency and personal adjustment so that students may exit as soon as they are ready. Consequently, some students will be ready by the end of their first semester, while others may take the four semesters. Some students will find that they will still be able to graduate right on ADMISSIONS • 47 �Successful students know that they owe it to themselves and they will avail themselves of all the services DGS provides which include: schedule, whereas others will take longer. Before they enroll in classes students will take a battery of tests to assess their skill levels in such areas as reading, writing, and mathematics. On the basis of these tests and a host of other preliminary' criteria gathered through the application process, students will register for courses and services tailored for their individualized needs. 1. comprehensive and personalized academic advising assistance 2. educational counseling study skills assistance) 3. tutoring group) SUPPORT SERVICES 6. assisted learning laboratories 7. advocacy and accommodation support for learning disabled and other special needs students 8. developmental courses in such areas as reading, writing, and mathematics I 3. solid career goals, and In short, DGS insures the best protection possible in guaranteeing each student’s investment toward a college degree which reflects academic and personal success. COMPREHENSIVE SYSTEM DGS is a comprehensive system of academic support services available to all students at virtually every waking hour of the day or weekend. As such, DGS services are sought after by any student regardless of their current enrollment status. and 5. smaller class size in devel­ opmental courses as provided by academic departments 1. effective study strategies, 4. enhancement of other personal strengths and confidences which will enable them to successfully complete the University’s rigorous academic programs. (individualized 4. extra instructional help through learning seminars While involved with DGS, the student will have the opportunity to experienced a highly personalized and intensive environment of basic academic studies which will help maximize learning. Specifically, students are offered help in developing: 2. a sound basic foundation of writing, reading, and math­ ematics competencies, (e.g., 9. comprehensive career counseling I I I 10. diagnostic testing (achievement, ability, interests, faculty makeups, etc. I I 1 11. personal,non-clinicalcounseling support and personal growth and adjustment courses I 12. clinical counseling referral DUAL ENROLLMENT FOR HIGH SCHOOL STUDENTS Recognizing some talented high school students may benefit fronj taking university courses while still enrolled in high school, L^e ADMISSIONS • 48 �Superior State University permits selected high school students to take specific courses at the University. Prior to a student registering for any class, a Dual Enrollment Request form must be completed by the student and signed by the high school principal or counselor. The form is available from and must be returned to the Registrar/Scheduling Office. High school guidance counselor office also have the dual enrollment application form. Students are eligible to enroll in 100 and 200 level courses only. Some courses require students to take and pass a placement test before being permitted to enroll in the courses. Others have one or more prereq­ uisites. A prerequisite is a course that must first be completed before the other course can be taken. classes and buy books. It also provides an opportunity for parents to meet University administrators and, through an informative program, gain a better understanding of the array of services Lake Superior State University provides. TRANSFERS Transfer students attend the Transfer Student Scheduling Program in the Participants take the spring. mathematics placement test, meet with academic advisors, and schedule classes. Students unable to attend must arrange individual appointments to meet with academic advisors and complete testing and scheduling. ORIENTATION PROGRAM A student no longer enrolled in high school whose high school class has not yet graduated is ineligible to enroll as a part-time student until his/her high school class has graduated. Freshmen and transfer students are required to attend orientation prior to the start of classes. Program activities help students become acquainted with the campus and community and provide a basis for a smooth transition to university work. Included in the activities are lectures and conferences covering various phases of academic and extra-curricular activities, placement meetings with academic advisors and faculty members. Students who did not attend a summer scheduling program, will also take placement tests and schedule classes. SCHEDULING PROGRAMS PLACEMENT TESTING FRESHMEN Entering freshmen are required to take placement tests in English, mathematics, and reading. A student must be a senior in high school and have qualified for a state endorsement in all three subject areas of the Michigan Educational Assessment Plan. The Registrar at Lake Superior State University serves as the advisor for dual enrollment high school students. Each summer, the University offers the Fall Class Scheduling and Parents’ Program. The program enables new freshmen to take placement tests, meet with academic advisors, schedule fall semester ENGLISH: Individuals with high placement scores will be invited to enroll in honors English. Students whose English placement test scores ADMISSIONS • 49 �indicate a deficiency in English will complete the course EN091, Basic English, before enrolling in EN110, Freshman Composition. READING: Students whose Reading Placement scores are below a standardized level in reading will be required to satisfactorily complete the course, SA090, Development Reading 1, and where necessary, SA091, Development Reading II. Students not successfully meeting this requirement by their sophomore level (26 credits) will be limited to a 13 semester credit load, including the appropriate reading course, until satisfying this University requirement. MATHEMATICS: One or more freshman-level mathematics courses may be waived for students whose placement test results demonstrate excellent preparation in mathematics. Students whose mathematics place­ ment scores indicate a deficiency will be placed, depending on their scores, in either MA089, PreAlgebra or MA090, Introductory Algebra. Transfer students without appropriate course work in English, mathematics, and reading (see degree requirements) are also required to take placement tests. CREDIT BY EXAMINATION Students may earn up to 30 semester hours at Lake Superior State University by examination. The University grants credit by examination to entering students for satisfactory results from the College Entrance Examination Board’s Advanced Placement Program, the College Level Examination Program (CLEP) tests, and departmental exams created by the University’s individual academic departments. Students already attending the University may earn credit through both CLEP and departmental exams. Before credits by examination, or transfer credits from other sources 1 will be entered on students permanent academic records in the Registrar’s Office, they must: 1. Be admitted to the University under the criteria for full-time students; and 2. Enroll, either full-time or parttime. ADVANCED PLACEMENT PROGRAM (AP) Advanced placement examinations are administered at high schools each May to seniors who have taken specific advanced level courses. Lake Superior State University grants credit in selected courses for advanced placement examinations, without an essay section, passed with a score of 3 or higher. The grading scale is from a low of 1 to a high of 5. If an essay is part of an individual advanced placement test, it must also be submitted to the University for evaluation. To receive credit, the essay must be satisfactory and the student must have a minimum score of 3 on the test. A list of courses for which the University currently grants credit may be obtained from either the Registrar’s Office or the University’s Counseling and Testing Center. COLLEGE LEVEL EXAMINATION PROGRAM (CLEP) Students may take CLEP exams either at the University’s Counseling and Testing Center in Brown Hall or ADMISSIONS • 50 �at other testing centers. CLEP exams are given at the University each month except February and December, and elsewhere on scheduled dates. CLEP exam scores for students entering fall semester should be reported to the Registrar’s Office no later than June 30 to be considered for advanced placement. To meet this date, a student taking the exams elsewhere should be tested no later than May. Interested students should contact the Counseling and Testing Center at Lake Superior State University for complete information about the program, test sites, and test dates. The current University policy for CLEP credit is: 1. An official copy of the CLEP score report form is required. 2. CLEP scores will be evaluated by the Registrar to determine if credit will be given. Credit for the CLEP general examination will be granted as follows: Humanities: Students passing the humanities general examination will receive a maximum of eight semester hours in humanities electives, toward general education requirements, If students previously have received credit in humanities courses or courses which substitute for humanities, a maximum of eight semester hours can be earned through a combination of the CLEP general examinations and previously earned credit. maximum of eight semester hours in those social science elective courses specified in the general education requirements, provided these are courses for which credit has not already been received. Natural Science: Students passing the natural science general examination will receive a maximum of eight semester hours in those natural science elective courses specified in the general education requirements, provided these are courses for which credit has not already been received. Students who have earned previous college-level physical or life science credits must apply these credits against their general education require­ ments before any CLEP natural science general examination credits will be granted to fulfill the general education requirements. CLEP general examination credit may not be used to repeat courses previously taken unless permission is granted from the academic department offering the course. Grades for general examinations where credit is granted will be recorded as credit (cr) without grade points. Credit for CLEP general examinations will be granted as follows for each test showing a composite score at the 50th percentile, based on college sophomore norms published by the Educational Testing Service. Mathematics: Students passing the mathematics general examination will receive three elective credits in mathematics. Credit may be earned for individual courses by passing CLEP subject examinations. Social Science: Students passing the social science general examination will receive a CLEP subject examinations may not be used to repeat courses previously taken unless special permission is ADMISSIONS • 51 �Test Score Equiv. Reg. Humanities Mathematics Social Science Nat. Science 500 500 500 500 granted from the academic department offering the course. A current listing of approved CLEP subject examinations and acceptable minimum scores may be obtained from the either the Registrar’s Office or the University’s Counseling and Testing Center. DEPARTMENTAL EXAMINATIONS Departments may provide their own examinations for certain courses. Students should inquire at the academic department offering the course whether a departmental examination is available. If an examination is available, the department head’s written approval to take the examination must be obtained. An application form for credit by examination with explanation of the necessary procedural steps, may be obtained from the department head or the Registrar’s Office. The fee amount will be equivalent to that for CLEP exams and students will not be charged tuition for the credits earned. An examination grade of 2.00 or better is required for credit to be earned. Course and credit earned by examination shall be recorded on the student’s transcript with the grade marked as CR. Transfer credit earned by depart­ mental examination may not be accepted by some universities. Cr. Hrs. Course HU Electives MA Electives SS Electives NS Electives 8 3 8 8 HEALTH RECORD FORM Everyone entering the University for the first time is encouraged to complete a health history question­ naire, which is mailed to admitted The health history students. questionnaire can be completed by the student and/or a parent and returned to the Edna M. Youngs Student Health Center in the envelope provided. Health history questionnaires are not considered as criteria for admission to the University. The information helps the University’s Health Service better serve the needs of individual students. Note: Information in the admis­ sions section of the catalog is for information only and not part of an enrollment contract. ADMISSIONS • 52 NOTES �STUDENT SERVICES The University recognizes the value of a well-rounded program for student development, and encourages students to participate in student activities. Students should carefully consider their choice of activities according to their special interests. There are opportunities to participate in the programs of the honorary, social, and profession^ organizations, special interest clubs, student publications, intramural, and intercollegiate activities. Formation of clubs, of such personal interest groups as camera and amateur radio clubs, and of musical, dramatic, and other organizations is encouraged. Intramural athletics are stressed, and varsity teams representing Lake Superior State University compete in several athletic conferences. Students are encouraged to take part in outdoor activity. Good hunting and excellent fishing are found within a few miles of the University. Favorite winter sports are skating, hockey, snowshoeing, tobogganing, ice fishing and skiing. The H. Thayer Fletcher Center houses a variety of offices providing services to students: admissions, financial aid, placement, and registrar/scheduling, among others. It is named after a man who visited the campus one summer day in 1973 while back in his home town for a few days "to arrange for some scholarships." He set up a $25,000 fund to be paid in at $5,000 a year for five years. Upon his death in 1979 the University learned that he had left the bulk of his estate to expand this scholarship fund to almost more than a quarter of a million dollars. STUDENT SENATE The Governing Body for many student activities is the Student Senate. All students are eligible for election to Senate membership and are encouraged to participate in this active student organization. The Senate each spring selects its future officers. It meet regularly during the academic year. Some annual events sponsored by the Senate: Winter Carnival and various lectures, motion pictures and entertainments. RECOGNIZED ORGANIZATIONS Student athletic: Ski Club, Skating Club, Cheerleaders, Nordic Ski Club, and Judo Club. Student Professional: Accounting Club, American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME), Technology Club, Society of Manufacturing Engineers, Phi Beta Lambda (Business), Lambda Sigma Beta (Business), Student Nursing Association, Institute of Electrical Electronic Engineers (IEEE), Geology Club, Data Processing Club, French Club, Criminal Justice Association, Biological Society, Political Science Club, Semper Fidelis Society (U.S. Marine Corps), Chemistry Club, Psychology Club, STUDENT SERVICES • 53 �in any given year) must reside in a University residence hall, with the following exceptions: Math Club, Phi Sigma (Business), Society of Automotive Engineers, Association of Computing Machin­ ery, Environmental Awareness Club, Hospitality Club, and Recreation Club. Students living with their parents within reasonable commuting distance. Student Religious: Inter-Varsity Christian Fellowship, Baptist Student Union, His House, Newman Associ­ ation, Campus Crusade for Christ, and Anchor House. Students exempted by the housing director when residence hall space is filled. Students with unusual financial or health problems who are exempted by the vice-president for student services. Special Student: Alpha Kappa Chi, Associated Women and Men Student (AWMS), Canadian Club, Big Brothers and Big Sisters, Alpha Chi (National Academic Honorary), Alpha Phi Sigma (National Criminal Justice Honor Society), Science Fiction Club, Karate Club, Delta Sigma Phi, Chess Club, Forensic Club, Republican Forum, Young Democrats, Returning Students Organization, Students in Free Enterprise, Tau Kappa Epsilon, Delta Phi Epsilon, Theta Xi, Student Senate, Zeta Chi Epsilon, Inter Greek Council, Tau Alpha Phi, and Veterans’ Club. Student Music: LSSU Band, The Jazz Band, and Pep Band. Communications: The Compass (weekly student newspaper), The Almanac (annual directory and data source), Sports Press Books (annual), and WLKR (student radio station). LODGING/FOOD Modem Housing facilities are available for both men and women. All students (enrolled for 12 hours or more) attending Lake Superior State University must comply with this housing policy: All unmarried, non-veteran students (enrolled for 12 hours or more) who are within twenty-seven calendar months of the date of their graduation from high school (for this purpose, all high school graduation dates shall be assumed to be June 1 To permit adjustments to local housing problems, the University reserves the right to assign all students within the residence halls. Room, residence hall, and apartment preferences are considered according to the dates of receipt of application, with freshmen ordinarily given priority in residence hall assignments and upperclassmen being given priority in apartment assignments. I The University recognizes that the need for an exception to the policy stated above may occasionally arise. Student requests for permission to live off campus will be considered by the vice-president for student services. I I i I 1 I Should a student request permission to live off campus for financial reasons, the vice-president for student services shall apply the following criteria to his or her request: , "Financial hardship" shall be defined for this purpose as a situation in which the total resources of the student and family added to the total financial aid available from the University do not equal the dollar amount budgeted by the financial aids office as the minimum required for on-campus residency. In such a situation, the student will be con­ sidered to face two alternatives: a-) withdrawing from the dormitory or b.) withdrawing from the University- STUDENT SERVICES • 54 �An example of a student who might be released from the dormitory under the above definition would be one whose financial situation changed suddenly during the year (perhaps due to the death of a parent) and who applies for assistance, after the aid program is depleted. A complete and modem cafeteria is located in the Walker Cisler Center. The Center also has a snack bar, informal lounges and recreational areas. A number of modem student apartments are available on campus. Married students or groups of single students desiring living accommo­ dations should contact the housing manager. The Student Village and Townhouse units were constructed with a loan from the Federal Government which is to be repaid from the room rentals. The University Board of Regents, in obtaining this loan agreed to provide for maximum occupancy and use of the buildings. As a result, the University reserves the right to transfer students to the Townhouses or the Student Village To avoid during the year, unnecessary inconvenience, such transfers are normally made between semesters. COUNSELING/ TESTING All students are encouraged to avail themselves of the counseling and testing services. Several professional counselors are available at the student counseling center to assist students with their academic, personal, or vocational problems. A complete vocational testing and counseling program, which has proven throughout the years to be invaluable in helping students assess their interests and potentials, is STUDENT available to all students to help them decide upon their educational and career goals. The center maintains a complete file of individual test folders, which includes all orientation test results for our students. Those who wish to have their scores interpreted may make an appointment with a counselor at the counseling center. If the results are inconclusive you may wish to submit application for the complete vocational testing battery. Tutoring services are also offered through the counseling center. Student tutors are available to help individually those students who request special help in their courses. No fee is charged for this service. For information regarding academic support services refer to the description of the Division of General Studies located earlier under the major heading of Admissions and following the sub-section, Tech Prep. Growth group sessions are scheduled periodically for students who are interested in personal and social growth through the group dynamics of interpersonal relationships. Anyone interested in participating should stop by the counseling center. The student counseling center is open Monday through Friday from 8 For an a.m. to 4:30 p.m. appointment call extension 2733 or just drop in. HEALTH SERVICE The Edna M. Youngs Student Health Center is staffed by both nursing and physician personnel who offer a full range of health care services. Appointments are recommended and available for all students who reside on or off campus. The center is open during both Fall and Spring Semesters while university classes are in session. SERVICES • 55 �A health care plan underwritten by Security Life Insurance Company of America is available for students who maintain three or more credits hours and attend classes on campus. All students, once enrolled, will receive the policy information outlining both coverage and cost during a summer mailing. The policy information is also available at The Student Health Center on an ongoing basis, Students are encouraged and welcome to review this plan which is offered on an annual basis. All students from countries other than the United States and Canada are required to carry health insurance as a condition of enrollment. Students who choose not to carry the above plan must furnish proof that they have purchased an equivalent insurance plan that will cover their health care while they are in the United States. In either case, proof of insurance shall be required before registration is permitted. PLACEMENT Lake Superior State University maintains a centralized career planning and placement service for alumni and graduates. candidates must contact the office in writing for re-enrollment each year. Assistance in finding part-time and summer jobs is maintained and made available to all students. Several bulletin boards listing current parttime jobs are maintained to keep registrants informed. Regular contact is maintained with employers both on and off campus in an effort to promote their interest in employing Lake Superior State University students. UPWARD BOUND Upward Bound, a program for high school students who have the potential to become the first person . in their family to attend college, is also run under the Student Services Division and Programs. Upward Bound provides a six-week summer residential program consisting of academic classes and enrichment activities. During the school year, students receive tutoring and counseling from Upward Bound staff. About 60 students from the Eastern Upper Peninsula participate in Upward Bound each year. NOTES The function of the office of career planning and placement is to assist students in locating suitable and desirable employment. This is done by arranging interviews with repre­ sentatives of schools, business, industry, and government agencies; by mailing employment credentials for graduates to prospective employers; and by notifying graduates of employment oppor­ tunities. In addition to assisting graduate and currently enrolled undergraduate students, this office maintains an active file of available alumni candidates. Alumni desiring to become, or to remain, active STUDENT SERVICES • 56 �ATHLETICS The mission of intercollegiate athletics at Lake Superior State University is to provide a broadbased, meaningful opportunity for the student-athlete to compete while providing safety in travel, In competition and practice, addition, the athletic program provides the rest of the student body, campus community, local community and alumni an opportunity to follow the University. Lake Superior State University offers varsity intercollegiate athletics at the NCAA Division II level in the Men’s and following sports: Women’s Basketball, Cross Country, Track, Tennis, Women’s Volleyball In addition, Lake and Softball. Superior State University sponsors NCAA Division I Ice Hockey. The University is a member of the Great Lake Intercollegiate Athletic Conference (GLIAC) in it’s Division II sports, while holding membership in the Central Collegiate Hockey Association (CCHA) in Ice Hockey. The President, with assistance of the Vice-President for Student Services, has the same control over the athletics program that he/she exercises elsewhere in the University. The Intercollegiate Athletic Council, composed of faculty and staff of the University, approve academic eligibility requirements, scheduling of athletic events, athletic grant-inaid policies and institutional positions on legislative matters acted upon at annual NCAA conventions. The Athletic Director reports directly to the Vice-President for Student Services on the day to day operation of the Intercollegiate Athletic Program. Initial and continuing eligibility for intercollegiate competition requires compliance with NCAA Bylaws Article 14. Interested individuals should contact the athletic department to ascertain the necessary information. All student-athletes are required to maintain a minimum grade point average, carry a required number of courses and make satisfactory progress towards a Baccalaureate Degree. NOTES ATHLETICS • 57 �COSTS University fees and assessments listed here are based on the 1994 academic year and are subject to change by the University Board of Regents. Application fee of $20 (in United States funds) must accompany each application for admission to Lake Superior State University. Fee is non-refundable; does not apply towards tuition or other fees. The tuition schedule shown applies to oncampus instruction and at residence centers. A. Residents of Michigan including students from Northern Ontario qualifying under the Reciprocity Agreement: Credit hour cost $138.00 per hour for enrollment of 1 through 12 hours and for each additional credit hour in excess of 17. Total tuition cost per full-time resident student is $3312.00 per academic year. B. Non-residents of Michigan: Credit hour cost $269.00 per hour, for enrollment of 1 through 12 hours and for each additional credit hour in f.xcess of 17. Total tuition cost per ull-time, non-resident student is >6,456.00 per academic year. Michigan Residence DEFINITION OF MICHIGAN RESIDENCY: As a state-supported institution, Lake Superior State University complies with the following definitions and regulations governing resident status: 1. The residence of a student who is a minor follows that of parents or legal guardians, except that a minor student who comes to the University from another state or country cannot be registered as a resident of this state on the basis of having a resident of this state as a guardian, except on per­ mission of the University in each individual case. 2. A person who is at least 18 years of age at the time of initial registration and who has con­ tinuously resided in Michigan for at least six months immediately preceding the first day of classes, is a resident for tuition purposes provided he/she can provide evi­ dence of Michigan residency. Such evidence should include, but is not limited to, changes in voter registration and vehicle registration. 3. Non-resident students who enter the state and immediately begin classes shall be eligible for reclassification to resident status after six months, provided they can provide evidence of a change in their residency status. Such evidence could include, but is not limited to, changes in voter and vehicle registration. 4. A Michigan resident absent from the state for periods of up to one year shall not forfeit his or her residence for tuition purposes, provided that he or she has taken COSTS • 58 �POLICY: TUITION/FEES no action to become a resident of another state. 5. Initial decisions on classification, and requests for reclassification to become a resident student, will be made by and to the registrar. Students may appeal these decisions to the executive vice-president. 6. The residence of a student follows that of his or her spouse, except that a student who initially registers as a resident student may continue to register as a resident of Michigan although subsequently marrying a non­ resident student or other non­ resident. 7. Students on active duty in any of the armed services and stationed in the State of Michigan are exempt from payment of non­ resident tuition. 8. Aliens lawfully admitted for permanent resident in the United State who have a permanent visa, their spouses and minor children, may register as residents of this state provided they have met the other requirements herein for residency. 9. Any full-time employee of the University, and those members of the teaching staff whose appointments require at least three contact hours of teaching each week in regularly assigned formal classes, and their dependents, may register as residents. Any student who is in doubt of residence status should consult with the registrar and have any questions settled prior to registration. All tuition and fees are payable according to established due dates. Students who are delinquent in payment of any financial obligation are subject to enrollment cancellation until all amounts due the University have been paid, or until satisfactory arrangements have been made with the business office. The registrar, on notice that a student is delinquent in payment, will deny registration to students delinquent in payments of fees and other University obligations. University services including transcripts will not be provided until financial obligations are paid. Registration is not complete until fees are paid. A check or draft returned to the University and not honored by the bank shall constitute non-payment and result in cancellation of registration. Auditing: The cost for auditing courses is one-half the tuition charged for credit courses plus special course fees. Other Courses: A few courses have special fees. All registrations (including payment of fees) must be completed no later than six days after the beginning of regular instruction. No student may enroll for the semester after the six-day period has passed without special permission from the Registrar. A service charge will be assessed for adding late. Vehicles: Students operating or parking a car or other motor vehicle anywhere on campus must pay an COSTS • 59 �of $5 is made for each additional transcript. annual vehicle registration fee. The fee will be refunded in whole or in pan only under certain conditions. ROOM & BOARD APPLICATIONS Credit by exam: Credit by departmental examination can be available to students who are accepted as full-time. If a 2.00 or better is scored, the credit will be recorded on the student’s transcripts. The only fee charged will be a fee equivalent to CLEP exams, with no tuition charged for credits earned. Withdrawal: Students withdrawing from the University must complete a withdrawal form in the Student Services Building to initiate a refund. Authorized refunds apply only to tuition and special course fees. For students on approved University financial aids, or aid through other agencies that mandate recovery of financial assistance, refunds will be in accordance with related requirements. Withdrawing students should check with the Director of Financial Aids. Refunds are made according to the following: During the first six days 100% refund on withdrawals. Students withdrawing between the end of the 100% refund period and the first 10% of the semester will receive a 90% refund. Students withdrawing beween the end of the 90% refund period and the 25% point of the semester will receive a 50% refund. Students withdrawing between the end of the 50% period and the 50% point of the semester will receive a 25% refund. No refunds for dropping one or two classes. This policy is subject to approval by the Board of Regents. Transcript Fee: Each student or former student is furnished, without charge, one official transcript either before or after graduation. A charge All Housing applications: unmarried students enrolled for 12 or more credit hours, who are within 26 calendar months of the date of their graduation from high school by the beginning of the academic year (for this purpose, all high school graduation dates are assumed to be June 1st) must reside in a University residence hall, with the following exceptions: 1. Students living with parents within a 60-mile radius, or the three county (Luce, Chippewa, and Mackinac) service area of An the University campus, exception application is available in the Housing Office and must be approved by the Housing Director. 2. Students exempted, in writing, by the Housing Director when residence hall space is filled. 3. Students with unusual financial or health problems who are exempted, in writing, by the Vice President for Student Programs and Services. Applications for housing must be made to the housing office. Students indicating interest in living on campus on their University admissions application will be sent Room housing information, assignments will be made upon receipt of the first room and board payment. Applications are voided if first room and board payment is not received by June 15. If application COSTS • 60 �is canceled by proper notification to the housing manager by June 15, all monies paid will be refunded. When cancellation is made between June 15 and the opening of the residence halls, LSSU retains $100.00. If cancellation is made after the halls open, a penalty of $300.00 is charged. Students must be accepted for admission to live on campus. Room and Board: A variety of living environments are available on campus for students. Room and board costs for 1994-1995 are $4,228.00 for the academic year includes a $42.00 environmental fee. Payments are divided into seven installments. Damage deposit: Students living on campus must pay a $75.00 damage deposit prior to checking into the halls. This deposit will be retained as a guarantee against breakage or damage. It will be refunded, less charges for breakage or damage, when students leave on-campus housing. Regulations: To insure effective use of residence hall and cafeteria facilities and to promote development of desirable social qualities in students, certain regulations have been adopted to govern the conduct in the residence halls. Each student is given a copy of the regulations. SUMMARY OF EXPENSES RESIDENT LNCL. N. ONT. Tuition Housing (damage) deposit (paid once) Board and Room Books and supplies (higher for first semester) Total for year NONRESIDENT $3,312 $6,456 75 75 4,228 4,228 580 580 $ 8,115 $11,259 In addition to the books and supplies indicated above students enrolled in certain curricula may be required to have special materials and supplies which may be purchased at the University bookstore. Travel and miscellaneous personal expenses will vary between students in proportion directly related to their established standards of living. COSTS • 61 �FINANCIAL AID The University strives to reward the scholar and to meet the needs of the many students who apply for financial assistance. A combination of University, state and federal programs enable many students to receive a "financial aid package" which may include a combination of scholarship, loan, grant, and/or work assistance. Priority in aid awards will be to full-time undergraduate students. All students should carefully consider the full cost of their education, parental support, and savings, including savings from summer employment, in determining their need for financial aid. Students with excellent high school or community college grades are encouraged to apply for scholarships regardless of need. Students with need will be considered for loans, grants, and/or employment on the basis of need established from the Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA). Applications for all financial aid programs are available from the Office of Student Financial Aid. The staff of this office will be happy to counsel with applicants and their parents concerning the costs of attending the University, availability of financial aid, and application procedures. All applications for financial aid must be received by April 1. Financial Statements (FAFSA) must be postmarked on or before March 1. Applying Prospective students wishing to apply for financial aid should complete the financial aid section of the application for admission; forms may be obtained from high school principals or counselors or by writing to: Student Financial Aid, Lake Superior State University, Sault Ste. Marie, MI 49783. Students already enrolled may secure applications in the Financial Aid Office. Applications should be submitted to the University as soon as possible and must be on file by April 1 to be considered for the fall semester beginning in September. Scholarship requirements: Incoming freshmen must be in the upper onefourth of their graduating class and have a 3.25 grade point average. The recipient of any award must be a full-time student (carrying 12 academic hours or more). Scholarship awardees will be notified December 1 through May. Others; April 1 through June. In most cases scholarship winners are selected on the basis of competitive examinations, scholastic records, and/or financial need. The American College Test is the University’s primary test for scholarship applicants. Test results must be on file by April 1. FINANCIAL AID • 62 �Students applying for assistance must have parents or guardian conm lete a Free Application for Federal Sttudent Aid (FAFSA). These forms may be obtained from local high school counselors or principals. The form must be mailed on or before March 1 to assure that financial needs anal __ lysis reports are received before the financial aid application deadline of April 1. RETAINING AID (SATISFACTORY PROGRESS POLICY) A policy of great importance to students receiving financial aid defines the rate of academic progress and success which must be met if financial aid is to be retained. If you are receiving any form of financial aid, please study the following section carefully: Financial aid regulations require satisfactory progress for students to remain eligible for financial aid. Programs affected by this policy are: Federal Pell Grant, Federal Perkins Student Loan, Federal College Work-Study, Federal Supp lemental Educational Opportunity Grant, the Federal Stafford Student Loan Programs, Board of Regents Scholarships, Board of Regents Grant, Michigan Competitive Scholarship, and all other institutional scholarships and grants. The following is tne minimum requirement for all types of financial aid; however, there are some types of aid, such as scholarships, with more stringent requirements: Every student must maintain, at the end of each semester, a cumulative grade point average (GPA) of at least: Credits Attempted 0-25 26-55 56-87 88 + Cumulative GPA 1.70 1.86 1.93 1.97 APPLICATION OF POLICY First-year freshmen and new transfer students not meeting the GPA requirement after their first semester will be placed on Financial Aid Probation for one semester. The cumulative GPA after the probationary semester must satisfy the minimum GPA or the student will have their financial aid suspended. Students enrolled for more than one semester will not have a probationary semester and must meet the schedule above. Quantitative Standards: Students are expected to complete an associate degree in six semesters, a four-year degree in twelve semesters, and a masters in six semesters of full-time study. Fall/Spring Semester Undergraduate Graduate Students Credits to be Enrolled Earned Enrolled Credits Credits 75% 12 + 9 10+ 8 9 11 10 7 8 9 7 6 8 6 6 7 6 5 4 6 Students Credits to be Earned 7 6 6 5 4 4 Students enrolled for less than 6 credits do not have a term/semester added and those enrolled for 6 to 11 credits count as one-half semester. Once financial aid is suspended, both the GPA and credit completion criteria must be met in subsequent semesters before reinstatement of aid is possible. If completion of "I" grades or other record changes warrant a rein­ statement, a written notice from the Registrar’s Office must be presented to the Financial Aid Office by the FINANCIAL AID • 63 �end of the semester following suspension of aid. Summer school attendance may be used by the student to remove grade point or credit earned deficiencies. Students must file a request for reinstatement with the Financial Aid Office following the successful completion of a summer term. FINANCIAL AID SUSPENSION No aid, including but not limited to the Federal Stafford Student Loan, Federal Direct Loan, Federal Perkins Student Loan, Federal College Work-Study, Federal Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant, Federal Pell Grant, Michigan Competitive Scholarship, and Institutional Scholarships and Grants, will be granted once a student’s eligibility is suspended. To remove financial aid suspension status, a student must have attained the minimum cumulative grade point average and credit earned requirements while not receiving financial aid processed through the University. Successful students then must advise the Financial Aid Office in writing that :hey meet the requirements for reinstatement. TRANSFER STUDENTS The requirements for transfer students are based on the number of full-time equivalent credits transferred to LSSU. For example, a student with 68 transfer credits must earn a GPA of 1.93 or higher and must meet the quantitative credit hour minimum requirements each semester. Transfer credits are divided by 13 to determine the equivalent semesters completed for satisfactory progress purposes. SCHOLARSHIP RENEWAL REQUIREMENTS In addition to the credits completion schedule, scholarship winners must meet the following GPA require­ ments to maintain their awards: BOARD OF REGENTS BOARD OF REGENTS^. DISTINGUISHED* 3.00 or better after two 2.50 or better after two semesters of study semesters of study 3.10 or better after four 2.60 or better after four semesters of study semesters of study 3.20 or better after six 2.70 or better after si* semesters of study semesters of study ‘Includesother institutional scholarshipswith a value of full-tuition or higher. ‘Mncludcsothcr institutional scholarshipswith a value of less than full tuition. RIGHT TO APPEAL A student whose aid is suspended may request reinstatement through the Financial Aid Committee. To obtain reinstatement, the student must effectively demonstrate that their poor performance was due to some unusual circumstance. Such requests should be in writing and addressed to the Vice President for Student Services. Scholarships are awarded on academic excellence and may not be reinstated by appeal. CONSUMER INFORMATION As an applicant and recipient of Federal financial student aid, you have certain rights and respon­ sibilities. Knowing your rights and responsibilities will put you in a better position to make a decision about your goals and how you can best achieve them. STUDENT RIGHTS: You have the right to know: FINANCIAL AID • 64 �1. What financial aid programs are available. They are listed in the financial aid section of this Catalog. 2. Deadlines for submitting applications for each available financial aid program. 3. How financial aid will be distributed, how decisions on that distribution are made, and the basis for these decisions. (Contact Financial Aid Office.) 4. How your financial need was determined. This includes how costs for tuition and fees, room and board, travel, books and supplies, personal and miscel­ laneous expenses, etc., are considered in your budget. (See award letter.) 5. What resources (such as parental contribution, other financial aid, your assets, etc.) were considered in the calculation of your need. (Contact Financial Aid Office.) 6. How much of your financial need as determined by the institution has been met. (Contact Financial Aid Office.) 7. To request an explanation of the various programs in your student aid package. 8. Your school’s refund policy. This is in the Catalog "costs" section. 9. What portion of the financial aid you receive must be repaid, and what portion is grant aid. If the aid is a loan, you have the right to know what the interest rate is, the total amount that must be repaid, the payback procedures, the length of time you have to repay the loan, and when repayemnt is to begin. (Contact Financial Aid Office or see loan note.) 10. How the school determines whether you are making satisfactory progress, and what happens if you are not. This information is under "Retaining Financial Aid" in this section of the Catalog. 11. Handicapped students: Lake Superior State University programs are accessible to the handicapped, Further information is available from the director of counseling. 12. You are entitled by law to examine records maintained in the Financial Aid Office that relate to your financial aid file. And finally, you have the right to request: 13. The names of associations, agencies or governmental bodies which approve, accredit or license the University programs and copies of the accreditation documents are to be available upon request. (See "Accreditation".) STUDENT RESPONSIBILITIES: 1. You are responsible for obtaining all the forms required to apply for the type of assistance you wish to receive, You must complete all application forms accurately and submit them on time to the right place. 2. You must provide correct information. In most instances, FINANCIAL AID • 65 �RICHARD I. BLANKENBAKER MEMORIAL AWARD: Value: variable up to full tuition. Established by the family of Richard I. Blankenbaker, a person who overcame his impoverished youth to own a supermarket chain and devote much of his life to public service. He also served as Director of Public Safety for the city of Indianapolis, Indiana. Mr. Blankenbaker was an avid fisherman and outdoorsman who loved to visit the DeTour area and shared his love of the north woods with his five children and many grandchildren. Preference will be given to graduates of DeTour High School or a DeTour mailing address. Applicants must be needy and the award is renewable if the applicant meets the University’s satisfactory progress policy for financial aid renewal. who have graduated from Ontario high schools. Must be in the upper half of the graduating class and submit references from two non­ relatives. RUSSELL D. BRUCE RECREATION DEPARTMENT SCHOLARSHIP: Value: $300. This annual scholarship is established in honor and recognition of Dr. Russell D. Bruce, the first department head (1976-1987) of Recreation disciplines at Lake Superior State University. Awarded to a Recreation Major student at the conclusion of the Spring Semester of the junior year. Candidates will be nominated by the Recreation Department faculty, and the recipient will be selected based on scholarship (3.00 or better), leadership, and service contributions to the Recreation Club and Lake Superior State University, The recommendation of the Recreation Department will be submitted to the Financial Aid Committee for final approval. CENTRAL SAVINGS BANK SCHOLARSHIP: Value: tuition and books. Established in 1990 to assist majors in finance and economics. Students majoring in accounting or economics with a finance minor will be considered as a second priority, Preference to students who have graduated from high school in the Eastern Upper Peninsula or the Algoma District of Ontario who have an interest in seeking full-time employment in the field of banking in the Eastern Upper Peninsula. Applicants must have earned a 3.0 GPA after two or more semesters of study. A screening committee of five members composed of three members of the faculty of the Business and Economics Department, one Central Savings Bank representative and one person from the city government will review the qualified applicants at the conclusion of spring semester each year. Applicants must submit a resume and a transcript of grades. The committee will review the credentials of the applicants and invite the finalist for interviews. The committee will select the recipient and one alternate and recommend the selections to the full Financial Aid Committee for final approval. The recipient must maintain a grade point average consistent with the University policy for full tuition scholarships. The scholarship is renewable for a maximum of three years. ROBERT W. CURTIS AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR METALS SCHOLARSHIP: Value: $250 (Canadian funds) for study in an engineering or engineering technology curriculum. To be awarded to Canadian citizens BUD COOPER BASKETBALL AWARD: Value: $300. The Ronald "Bud" Cooper Award is awarded annually to the individual in the men’s basketball program that most exemplifies the attributes of Ronald "Bud" Cooper during his FINANCIAL AID • 68 �years as an athlete, coach, and athletic director here at Lake Superior State University. During Ronald "Bud" Cooper’s 30+ years of service, he demonstrated a tremendous amount of loyalty to his teammates, staff, and Lake Superior State University. In addition to his loyalty, he exemplified a tremendous amount of tenacity in the sport, while performing solidly in the classroom. It is in honor of these attributes that Lake Superior State University will annually present the Ronald "Bud" Cooper Men’s Basketball Award to an individual exhibiting these attributes. The recommendation of the Athletic Department will be submitted to the Financial Aid Committee for final approval. GERONTOLOGICAL NURSING SCHOLARSHIP: Established in 1993 by Mary Anne Shannon, who is a certified clinical nurse specialist in gerontology and a member of the Nursing faculty, to assist a junior or senior, Canadian or American student who is interested in the field of gerontological nursing. An award of $500 is made each year to an eligible nursing student with a demonstrated interest in serving elderly clients. Applicants must have a 3.00 GPA and have earned at least 26 LSSU credits. Nominations are made by the Nursing faculty and confirmed by the Financial Aid Committee. HUDSON, COATES, KLINE Value: SCHOLARSHIP: minimum $2000. Established by the Hudson Foundation in memory of Roberts P. Hudson, Claude W. Coates, and Robert C. Kline prominent Sault Ste. Marie attorneys. The Hudson Foundation administers funds for educational and charitable purposes in Chippewa County, Michigan. Awarded to a graduating Sault Area High School senior accepted for admission in any undergraduate degree program. Selections shall be based on high school grades, ACT test scores, class rank and financial need. The award is renewable for up to a total of four years subject to the recipient maintaining the academic standards required for distinguished scholarships. If a graduating senior is not available for the scholarship, it may be awarded to a currently enrolled Lake Superior State University student who is a Sault High graduate who has earned 26 or more LSSU credits and has a 3.20 or above cumulative grade point average. FRANK AND GLADYS HOHOLIK SCHOLARSHIP: Value: variable up to full tuition. Applicants may be entering freshmen, transfer students, or currently enrolled students who have completed two semesters of instruction at Lake Superior State Applicants must University, demonstrate financial need. Recipients may request renewal of the scholarship for up to four years. MICHAEL D. DELLAMORETTA MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP: In honor of Michael Della-Moretta, a 1977 graduate killed while serving as a navy pilot aboard the U.S. Carrier Independence off Iran in 1981. He once said the happiest years of his life were at Lake Superior State University. The value of the award is $500 per year based on academic achievement and financial need. Preference given to Upper Peninsula residents with an interest in biological science. DR. ARTHUR E. DUWE MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP: Established by family and friends in memory of Dr. Arthur E. Duwe, Professor of Biology from 19681991. FINANCIAL AID • 69 �Eligibility: Awarded to a senior Medical Technology student for his/her year of internship. If a qualified Medical Technology student is not available, the award may be given to a senior in Biology, Fisheries and Wildlife or Environmental Science. Students may be a Michigan resident or non­ resident, enrolled full-time with a cumulative 3.0 or higher grade point average. Financial need is not a criteria for award consideration. Selection: One recipient shall be selected each year from qualified applicants by faculty of the Biology and Chemistry Department. Interested applicants will apply for the scholarship during the spring semester of their junior year and the award will commence fall semester of the applicant’s senior year. If a student has earned a degree prior to the internship, he/she is eligible during the internship, The recommendation of the academic department will be submitted to the Financial Aid Committee of Lake Superior State University for final approval. ROSA L. GROUT SCHOLAR­ SHIP FUND: Value: variable. Established in 1992 by Rosa L. Grout, a long time teacher of Mathematics in the Sault Area Schools and one of the founders of the Chippewa County Employees Credit Union. Applicants must be enrolled in Engineering Technology, Mathematics, Computer and Mathematical Science, or a lab science major. Financial need is not a criteria. Selection based on high school grade point average, ACT test and high school class rank. Student may be Michigan resident or non-resident. Renewable for up to four years. BILL AYERS MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP: Established as a memorial to Bill Ayers, former girls’ basketball coach at Sault High School. Recipient must be a Sault High graduate and be accepted at Lake Superior State University. Qualified applicants are recom­ mended by the High School Scholarship Committee to the University Financial Aid Committee for final selection. Renewable up to four years. EARL AND MINNIE WALKER ENDOWMENT SCHOLARSHIP FUND: This scholarship fund was established in memory of Earl and Minnie Walker, long time residents and community leaders in Strongs, Michigan. The Walkers highly valued education, and encouraged their children and others to pursue a college education. The value of the award is variable up to full tuition. Awards are made on the basis of academic achievement and financial need. Open to incoming students and renewable for up to four years. SOCIETY OF AMERICAN MILITARY ENGINEERS SCHOLARSHIP: Value: $500 for full-time students currently enrolled in engineering or engineering technology curricula. Application to be made to the Dean of the School of Engineering Technology and Mathematics. Selection is made by the Financial Aid Committee upon recommendation of the SAME Executive Committee. SOO BOTTLING COMPANY SCHOLARSHIP: Value: $500. Established in 1987 by the Soo Bottling Company to recognize outstanding high school graduates from eastern Upper Peninsula high schools. One student from each of the eligible high schools will be awarded a scholarship in the spring of their senior year. The eligible high schools include: Brimley, Pickford, Newberry, Rudyard, St. Ignace, Engadine, Mackinac Island, Grand Marais, Cedarville, DeTour, FINANCIAL AID • 70 �Paradise and Sault Ste. Marie. Selection will be made on the basis of the student’s high school grade point average, ACT test score and class rank. Recipients must enroll as full-time students at LSSU. TRI-COUNTY WILDLIFE UNLIMITED SCHOLARSHIP: Value: $1000. Established by the Tri-County Wildlife Unlimited Organization to assist qualified Fisheries and Wildlife students from the counties of Chippewa, Mackinac and Luce. Eligibility: Awarded to a resident of the tri-county area who is classified as a sophomore or higher. Preference will be given to students enrolled in the Fisheries and Wildlife Program with a cumulative grade point average of 3.0 or higher. The scholarship is renewable for the senior year if the recipient maintains a cumulative grade point average equal to or greater than that required by University scholarship renewal policy. EDWARD C. AND HAZEL L. STEPHENSON FOUNDATION SCHOLARSHIP: Value: variable up to $500. Generally awarded during spring semester to students who have been enrolled at least two semesters at the University. Applicants may be enrolled in any degree curriculum and either resident or non-resident students. The Financial Aid Committee may give preference to junior or senior students if the number of qualified applicants exceeds the funding available. TENDERCARE ENDOWMENT Value: $1,000. Awarded annually to students in the health care field. The scholarship is awarded to person(s) who have a 3.00 minimum GPA and who have completed 26 or more LSSU credit hours. The scholarship is renewable and available to transfer students. Financial need is a consideration but not a requirement. Selection: One recipient shall be selected each year from qualified applicants by faculty of the Biology and Chemistry Department. Interested applicants will apply for the scholarship during the spring of their sophomore year and the award will commence fall semester of the applicant’s junior year. The endowment was established in 1994 with $25,000 bequest by a client in an Indiana affiliated facility The funds to Tendercare, Inc. were, in turn, donated as a gift to the LSSU Foundation by the corporation’s shareholders. Tendercare, which is based in Sault Ste. Marie, is the largest long-term care provider in the State of Michigan. BOWATING BUSINESS AND PROFESSIONAL WOMEN’S SCHOLARSHIP: Value: variable for a student who has returned to college after at least a two-year interruption and who has established a college cumulative 3.0 grade point average in two semesters of study. Restricted to applicants from Chippewa, Mackinac or Luce counties. Selection made in fall. PHILIP A. HART MEMORIAL These SCHOLARSHIP: scholarships are for students whose ideals and goals reflect those of the late senator. Awards range in value from full tuition to the entire cost of education less other gift aid. Scholarships will be awarded annually in April and are renewable for up to four years. FINANCIAL AID • 71 �Eligible are: Seniors of Michigan high schools or graduates of Michigan community colleges planning to attend Lake Superior State University for the first time. Applicants must have a 3.0 cumulative grade point average in their current studies. Successful applicants will have demonstrated interests in public service, as reflected through leadership roles and volunteer activities in school, community, and church. Candidates will be required to submit with their applications formal essays detailing their values, goals, and public service experience. Essays should attempt to answer this question: "How have my activities thus far related to the goals and the ideals of Senator Hart?" Candidates will also be required to submit two letters of recommen­ dation from individuals acquainted with their leadership and/or public service activities, Deadline for receipt of all application materials is April 1. TEMPIE DUBOW MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP: Established in memory of Tempie Dubow, a 1973 nursing graduate and cheerleader. Value variable. Recipient recommended to the Financial Aid Committee by the Nursing Department. 449th BOMBARDMENT WING SCHOLARSHIP: Value: variable. An endowment fund was established by officers, men and civilian employees of the 449th Bombardment Wing of Kincheloe Air Force Base as an expression of appreciation and friendship for the Tri-County area. Eligible applicants must be entering freshmen who have graduated from high schools in Chippewa, Luce or Mackinac counties. Students’ high school grade point averages, rank in class, and ACT test scores will be prime criteria in the selection of recipients. FLETCHER SCHOLARSHIP FUND: A native of Sault Ste. Marie, H. Thayer Fletcher founded the First endowment scholarship fund at Lake Superior State University. Remembering his talented high school classmates who, during the depths of the Depression, could not attend college, Mr. Fletcher was dedicated to helping today’s worthy but needy young people. At his death, he bequeathed to Lake Superior State University nearly a half a million dollars for this purpose. Value: Variable up to $3600 per year; for study in any degree curriculum offered by the University. Applicants must be Michigan or Canadian residents, demonstrate financial need, and have attained "superior" grades in high school, in previous colleges, or at Lake Superior State University. Eligible applicants may be entering freshmen, transfer students or students who have attended Lake Superior State University three semesters as full-time students. Renewable up to four years. Apply to Lake Superior State University Financial Aid Committee. GUY ADDA MEMORIAL ENDOWED SCHOLARSHIP: Established by family and friends of Guy Adda, a 1973 psychology and law enforcement graduate. Preference will be given to applicants from southeastern lower Michigan who have financial need. Selection will be based on the student’s academic grade point average, ACT test scores and high school class rank. The award is renewable for up to four years. FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF ST. IGNACE ENDOWED SCHOLARSHIP: Established by FINANCIAL AID • 72 �the First National Bank of St. Ignace to assist a St. Ignace area student attending the University. Preference will be given to graduates of LaSalle High School of St. Ignace and selection will be based on the student’s grade point average, ACT test score and high school class rank. Financial need is not a criteria and the award is renewable for up to four years. KURT AND MARY E. BRAMMER SCHOLARSHIP: Established in 1981 by Kurt and Mary Brammer through a gift of 10,000 shares of L. E. Myers Corporation stock. The Brammers are summer residents of Neebish Island, childhood home of Mrs. Brammer. The value of the scholarship is full tuition. Qualified applicants will include high school seniors, transfer students, or currently enrolled Lake Superior State University students who apply after two semesters of full-time attendance. Awards to high school seniors will be based on student’s ACT test score, grade point average and class rank. Awards to college transfer and currently enrolled students will be based on college grade point average. Scholarships may be renewed for up to four years, provided student meets the University scholarship renewal criteria. GEORGE AND VIRGINIA LAHODNY ENDOWMENT SCHOLARSHIP FUND: The value of the award will be minimum of $500 up to full tuition depending on the annual earnings of the fund. Qualified applicants will include entering freshmen, community college graduates, or currently enrolled students who have completed three full-time semesters at Lake Superior State University. The Scholarships will be awarded on the following criteria: entering freshmen will be judged on the basis of their high school grade point average, ACT test score and rank in class; community college graduates will be considered on their community college grade point average; currently enrolled Lake Superior State University students will be considered on their Lake Superior State University grade point average. This will be a merit award and financial need shall not be a criteria. Scholarships shall be renewable on the basis of the student filing a renewal financial aid application annually and the maintenance of the same academic grade point average as is required for a Board of Regents Scholarship. SAULT/LORETTO HIGH SCHOOL MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP: Value: variable. Established in 1990 by a committee of Sault High/Loretto graduates to assist Sault High graduates attending Lake Superior State University. Applicants must be graduates of Sault High and enrolled full-time. Selection will be based on the student’s grade point average, ACT test score and high school class rank. Financial need is not a criteria. If a graduating senior is not available for the scholarship, it may be awarded to a currently enrolled Lake Superior State University student who is a Sault High graduate. GEOLOGY CLUB SCHOLARSHIP: A fund created by the Geology Club annually awards scholarship to one or more students majoring in geology. During the early weeks of spring semester a student (or students) will be selected to receive the award for spring semester of the same year. Recipients must be juniors or seniors who have attended Lake Superior State University for at least two semesters, been active members of the Geology Club, and have an exceptionally good academic record FINANCIAL AID • 73 �in geology during this Pen^. Candidates will be selected by the Geology Faculty. JOHN KALESKY MEMORIAL ENDOWED SCHOLARSHIP FUND: Value: $900. Established by his family in memory of John F. Kalesky, a 1985 geology graduate. Awarded to a high school senior admitted into the geology program. Preference given to students with need. Selected on the basis of high school grades, ACT test scores and class rank. The award may be granted to a currently enrolled geology student after one year (twenty-six credits) of study at the University. Eligible University students must have a GPA of 3.0 or higher. The award is renewable subject to the recipient meeting the Board of Regents scholarship renewal criteria and filing a renewal financial aid application on time. ERNEST KEMP ENDOWED SCHOLARSHIP FUND: Minimum value: $600. Established in the name of C. Ernest Kemp, a long-time professor of Geology and Dean Emeritus at the University. Professor Kemp was one of the original instructors of the then Sault Branch of Michigan Technological University in 1946 who retired in 1980. Awarded to a high school senior admitted in the geology program. Financial need is not a criteria and the recipient will be selected on the basis of high school grades, ACT test scores and class rank. If an eligible high school senior is not available, the scholarship may be awarded to a geology major who has completed twenty-six or more credits at the University and has a 3.0 or higher University GPA. The award is renewable subject to the recipient meeting the Board of Regents meeting renewai criteria and scholarship financial aid filing a renewal application on time. GERALD M. SAMSON DEPT. OF MATHEMATICS SCHOLARSHIP: Value: variable. A fund has been created for the purpose of annually awarding a monetary scholarship to a deserving computer and mathematical science major. During the early weeks of spring semester a student (or students) will be selected to receive the award for use in spring semester of the same year. The class level is open but the student must be majoring in computer and mathemat­ ical sciences. The recipient(s) will be nominated and chosen by a vote of the Mathematics Faculty. CRIMINAL JUSTICE A fund is SCHOLARSHIP: available to assist criminal justice juniors or seniors. Adjunct faculty member Patrick Shannon established the fund in 1984. Awards of $400 are made every year to a deserving criminal justice student. Application is based on need and will be awarded for the fall semester. Nominations are made by the Criminal Justice Faculty and confirmed by the Financial Aid Committee. SAM M. COHODAS ENDOWED SCHOLARSHIP FUND: Established by Sam Cohodas through a gift of 132 shares of Tenneco Stock. Mr. Cohodas was a long time Upper Peninsula businessman, philanthropist, and recipient of LSSU’s 1987 Distinguished Citizen Award. Earnings from the fund shall be used for two scholarships awarded to Michigan Upper Peninsula high school seniors, selection based on high school grades, ACT test scores, class rank, character, leadership and financial need. ALANA EITREM MEMORIAL ENDOWMENT FUND AWARD: Value: variable. Established by family and friends in memory of FINANCIAL AID • 74 �Alana Eitrem, a Nursing student from 1984-1986. Eligible students must be admitted to the Nursing program, be a graduate of a Chippewa County high school, and have financial need. The award is renewable if the recipient maintains a 2.00 grade point average and continues as an eligible nursing student. LSSU FOUNDATION ENDOWED SCHOLARSHIP FUND: This fund was established in 1986 to assist academically qualified students with financial need. Value: variable, for Michigan resident or non-resident students. For study in any curriculum; available to high school seniors, community college graduates, and LSSU students who are enrolled full-time and have earned 26 or more LSSU credits. The selection is made on the basis of student GPA, ACT test scores and class rank (upperclass students on GPA only). Renewable. Selection by the Financial Aid Committee. must have graduated from a Chippewa or Mackinac County secondary school, and ranked in the upper one-third of their high school graduating class. Currently enrolled University applicants must have completed twenty-six hours of academic credit at Lake Superior State University and have obtained a minimum 3.00 cumulative grade point average. Applicants must also have financial need and be accepted for admission. Selections will be made in the spring for the following academic year by the Financial Aid Committee of the University. Recipients may reapply annually. RAYMOND CHELBERG OUTSTANDING SCIENCE ATHLETE SCHOLARSHIP FUND: Value: variable. In memory of Prof. Raymond Chelberg, long­ time head of the University chemistry program. Awarded to outstanding science/athlete students at end of their junior year. Selection by athletic department in conjunction with academic department heads. Recipients must have at least 3.0 GPA, have demonstrated leadership abilities, major in a natural science and excel in at least one varsity sport. DONALD W HASTINGS MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP: Value: variable. Established in memory of Donald W. Hastings, Assistant Professor Psychology from 1971-1973. Eligibility: Awarded to a junior majoring in psychology for the senior year. If a qualified junior is not available, the award may be made to a senior. Students may be Michigan residents or non-residents, enrolled full time with a cumulative 3.0 or higher GPA. Financial need is not a criterion for award The consideration. Selection: Psychology Faculty shall select one recipient for each year from qualified applicants. Interested applicants will apply for the scholarship during the spring semester of their junior year and the award will commence fall semester of the applicant’s senior year. The recommendation of the Psychology Faculty will be submitted to the Financial Aid Committee for final approval. CHIPPEWA-MACKINAC AREA RETIRED SCHOOL PERSONNEL SCHOLARSHIP: Value: $400. For graduates or near graduates of area high schools or currently enrolled university students. Applicants may be enrolled in any degree curriculum, LESLIE D. O’POLKA MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP: Value: variable. Established by family, friends, and co-workers at Lake Superior State University. Leslie was a 1992 business administration graduate employed in the Physical Plant Department. FINANCIAL AID • 75 �MEMORIALS Substantial funds have been contributed to the University’s endowment Scholarship Fund in memory of the following individuals: Milton Bays David Blair Beverly Brennen Booth Matthew Howie Maurice Hunt Donald Lenick Howard and Hollis MacDonald Arvid Norlin Mary Lou Peacock Linda Pike Applicants must be a graduate of Detour High School, admitted to any program of study and have financial need. The award may be granted to a currently enrolled student after one year of study (26 credits) if a high school senior is not eligible. The award is renewable subject to the recipient meeting the Board of Regents scholarship renewal criteria. FRANKLIN F. OTIS AWARD: Established in memory of Franklin F. Otis, Professor of Mathematics from 1948-1978. This award is intended to recognize the hard working sophomore or higher student enrolled in Mathematics or Computer and Mathematical Sciences programs. The applicant must have earned at least 26 LSSU credits, have a least a 2.5 GPA overall and at least a 3.0 GPA in his/her computer science and mathematics courses. A letter of application addressing his/her qualifications should be sent to the designated mathematics faculty member of the first week of October for consideration. The applicant Orlando Pingatore Dr. Thomas Robinson Sr. Minnie Etta Shobbrook Bernard M. Smith Lynn Steppig E.J. "Shine" Sundstrom Viggo J. Thomsen Christopher Yanni Prof. Stephen P. Youngs must be a resident of Michigan or Wisconsin at the time of application. PARKER TRUE VALUE HARDWARE SCHOLARSHIP: Established by Warren and Beverley Parker. Awarded to full-time students who have earned at least 26 credits in a business administration major. Applicants must have graduated from a high school in Chippewa, Mackinac or Luce Counties and demonstrate financial need. If the recipient meets the academic standards for scholarship renewal, the award may be renewable for the succeeding years. THE FRANK AND MARION PINGATORE MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP FUND: Established by a bequest from the trust of Marion Pingatore. Frank and Marion Pingatore were long­ time residents of Sault Ste. Marie, MI, who operated Aunt Marion’s Food Market and Aunt Marion’s Norgetown Laundry and Dry Cleaning Business. Frank served as city commissioner and mayor in the FINANCIAL AID • 76 �mid to late 1970s. The scholarship is need-based, presented to graduates of Sault Area High School who are enrolled as full-time students in any LSSU associate or baccalaureate program. Selection is based on the student’s GPA, ACT test score, and high school class rank, with a minimum grade point average of 3.0. Selection will be made by the Financial Aid Committee. MILTON SCHERER MEMORIAL ENDOWED SCHOLARSHIP: In memory of Milton Scherer, LSSU assistant professor of history and geography from 1948 to 1965. Awarded to sophomores majoring in history with minors in geography. Must have a cumulative 3.0 GPA. Qualified applicants are recommended by the School of Arts, Letters and Social Sciences to Financial Aid Committee. Renewable. Technology Faculty at the end of winter semester of the freshman year to be used for the sophomore year only. EUGENE L. WELCH ENDOWMENT SCHOLARSHIP: Value: tuition and books. Esta­ blished by Barbara Welch Buchanan of Richardson, Texas in memory of Eugene L. Welch, a former Sault businessman who highly valued education for his family and encouraged others to pursue a college education. Applicants must be accepted for admission in any undergraduate program, be a resident of Michigan, and have Financial need. The award is renewable up to four years if the recipient maintains the grades required for a Distinguished Scholar­ ship. SMO FOUNDATION ENDOWED SCHOLARSHIP: Established by Stanley Tomcyek family, native and long-time residents of Sault Ste. Marie. Applicants must be LSSU sophomores, majoring in premedicine or pre-pharmacy, resident of Chippewa, Mackinac, or Luce Counties, 3.50 college GPA., and have financial need. Renewable for the junior and senior year. LOTTIE, FLORENCE AND DOROTHY WEINRICH MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP FUND: Value: $1000. Established in memory of Lottie, Florence and Dorothy Weinrich, long-time residents of Sault Ste. Marie. Awards are made to both resident and non-resident students on the basis of academic achievement. The scholarship is renewable if the recipient meets the University scholarship renewal policy. CHRISTOPHER W. REINKE ENDOWMENT AWARD: Established by family and friends in memory of Chris Reinke, a Natural Resources Technology (NRT) student, 1986-87. The intent of the award is to assist an average Natural Resources Technology student with a grade point average between 2.03.0 and who, in the opinion of the NRT faculty, has a sincere interest and dedication in the NRT field. Preference will be given to those students with financial need. Selection by the Natural Resources C.G. "SANDY" SANDERSON ENDOWED SCHOLARSHIP: Established in memory of C.G. "Sandy" Sanderson, a local aviatorbusinessman and long-time Sault Ste. Marie resident. Mr. Sanderson’s high regard for education can best be exemplified in a quote from a letter he wrote to his grandson, Terry, upon learning he was returning to Lake Superior State to complete his education. "Education cannot be taken from you nor can it be transferred, there is no reasonable FINANCIAL AID • 77 �way to measure its value. enhance your entire life." It will Eligibility: App licant must be a graduate of an Urpper Peninsula high school and selection will be made on the basis of the applicant’s grade point average, ACT test score and class rank. Financial need will not be a consideration and students may be enrolled in any course of study. SAULT AREA JAYCEES SCHOLARSHIP: Value: $500. Established by the Sault Area Jaycees. Awarded to full-time LSSU students with junior status who have earned at least 26 LSSU credits. Applicants must be graduates of a* Chippewa County high school and have a cumulative grade point average of 3.00 or higher. Recipients are selected in the spring semester and awards are available for the following year. The scholarship is not renewable; however, a student may reapply with the applicant pool for a second year award. One new recipient will be selected each year and awarded $500 unless a written notification is received from the Sault Area Jaycees to dissolve the award. __ __of In case dissolution, no new awards will be made. CHASE S. AND STELLA B. OSBORN ENDOWED SCHOLARSHIP FUND: Value: variable. Established through a bequest of Stella B. Osborn, wife of the former governor of Michigan, Chase S. Osborn. Award is based on GPA, ACT test, class rank, and financial need. MICHIGAN COMPETITIVE SCHOLARSHIPS These State scholarships range from $100 to $1,200 at Lake Siuperior State University. Applicants must: 1. have been continuous residents of Michigan for a 12-month period prior to July 1, 1994; 2. be a high school graduate; 3. participate in the National American College Test (ACT) and attain a qualifying score; 4. not have engaged in any university, normal school, junior college, or other advanced training following graduation from high school ana prior to the qualifying examination; 5. have complied with all other provisions of the law and rules and regulations adopted by the authority; and 6. demonstrate financial need. Student must be in good standing, have at least a 2.00 grade point average and meet satisfactory progress require­ ments to renew a scholarship. High school seniors must obtain ACT test registration materials from their high school counselor and mail them prior to the deadline for the October ACT examination. FEDERAL PELL GRANTS For most students, Federal student aid begins with PELL Grants, which provide a foundation of financial assistance to which other forms of aid may be added. A distinguishing feature of this program is its centrrn concept of "entitlement," which guarantees that students who demonstrate need will receive a grant based on that need and on the cost of education at the post­ secondary school they choose to attend. PELL Grants for the award period (July 1, 1994 to June 30, 1995) will range up to $2,300 as determined by a standard formula. FINANCIAL AID • 78 �To be eligible for a PELL Grant, students must: 1. be determined to have financial need; 2. be undergraduates accepted for admission and enrolled in eligible programs; 3. be U.S. citizens or permanent residents; and 4. not in default on a Stafford or Perkins Student Loan, and not owe a refund for a Pell or S.E.O.G.; Although students are awarded through the University, the U.S. Department of Education determines their eligibility. The University Financial Aid Office uses a standard procedure established by the Department of Education to calculate the amount of the award. To apply, applicants must complete the Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA). Forms are available at high schools, colleges, and financial aid offices. THE BOARD OF REGENTS GRANT Program provides financial assistance to both incoming students and currently enrolled students based upon financial need. Preference for the grant is given to those whose financial need is greater than onehalf the cost of education. Recipients must be Michigan residents enrolled full-time. FEDERAL SUPPLEMENTAL EDUCATIONAL OPPORTUNITY GRANTS The Higher Education Act of 1965 created this program of financial assistance to college students with the greatest financial need. The Supplemental Educational Oppor­ tunity Grants may be used to meet all or part of student financial need (up to $4000 in any one year), with the exact amount being proportional to the support that can reasonably be expected from their families. Financial need is the primary consid­ eration in the selection of grant recipients. Priority is given to Pell Grant recipients. Academically, it is only necessary to gain admission to the University in order to be eligible for the grant. Recipients are selected from among those applying for all forms of financial aid. Recipients of this award must reapply each year and maintain the regular satisfactory progress standards in order to b e considered for a renewal award. Michigan Adult Part-time Grant: Established in 1986 to aid independent students with financial nee d who are enrolled for three to eleven credit hours; self-supporting, out of high school at least two years, Michigan residents for prior twelve months, U.S. citizens and making satisfactory academic progress. Maximum grant: $600 per year; limited to two years of study. Michigan Educational Opportunity Grant: Established in 1986, provides up to $1000 a year to Michigan residents enrolled at least half-time. Eligible students must have been a Michigan resident for the past 12 months and making satisfactory academic progress and demonstrate financial need. Tuition Incentive Program (TIP): The TIP Program is a State of Michigan program that pays tuition and fees for students of lowerincome families. Eligible students must be Michigan residents, have graduated from high school or obtained a GED after May 1, 1988 FINANCIAL AID • 79 �and before reaching age 20, be accepted for admission into an eligible program and file a TIP application. Applications are available from the Michigan Department of Social Services, high school guidance offices and college financial aid offices. LOANS FEDERAL PERKINS LOANS (National Direct Student Loans) The Perkins Student Loan program is for students who are enrolled at least half-time in an eligible program and need a loan to meet their educational expenses. Students may borrow up to $3,000 for each year of undergraduate study. The maximum debt for undergraduates is $15,000. The amount awarded by the University is generally less due to limited funds. Repayment begins nine months after students graduate or leave school for other reasons. Students may be allowed up to ten years to pay back the loan, and during the repayment period they will be charged five percent interest on the unpaid balance of the loan principal. The amount of the repayment depends upon the size of the debt and ability to pay; but in most cases, students must pay at least $40 a month unless the school agrees to a lesser amount. This agreement for a lesser amount may be due to extraordinary circumstances such as prolonged unemployment. Default: If a student defaults on a Perkins Loan and the school is unable to collect, the Federal Government will take action to recover the loan. If such student is discharged in bankruptcy, becomes totally or permanently disabled or dies, loan obligations will be cancelled. Deferment of payment is available while borrower is: A. enrolled and in attendance as at least a half-time student at an institution of higher education; B. for any period not to exceed three (3) years during which borrower is: (1) unable to find full-time employment, (2) experiencing economic hardship Cancellation: cancelled for: Loans may be A. certain types of teaching, B. full-time qualified provider of early intervention services for the disabled, C. full-time nurse or medical technician, D. full-time law enforcement or corrections officer, E. death or disability of the student, or F. full-time staff of Head Start Program. FINANCIAL AID • 80 �FEDERAL STAFFORD STUDENT LOAN Students may apply for a Stafford Student Loan after they have been admitted as full-time students at the University. To qualify for a loan, students must be United States citizens. Students may borrow up to $2,625 the first year of undergraduate study, $3,500 as sophomore and $5,500 as a junior or senior for a maximum of $23,000. Eligibility is based on financial need for subsidized loans. Students who do not have financial need may borrow from the Stafford Loan Program through an unsub­ sidized loan, where the interest is paid by the student. All students are eligible for Federal Interest Benefits with the Federal government paying interest on the loan until six months after students graduate or cease to be at least half­ time students. Once enrolled at Lake Superior State University a student must meet the Satisfactory Progress Standards to be eligible for additional loans. Repayment of principal and interest begins six months after students have graduated or reduced class hours to less than half-time. Interest rates are variable, not to exceed 8.25 percent. Applications are available at the Financial Aid Office. FEDERAL PARENT (PLUS) LOAN Parents may borrow up to the difference between the cost of education and other financial aid the student is eligible for. The interest rate is variable based on 91-day treasury bill rates. Parents will have deducted a three percent origination fee and a one percent insurance premium from each of two disbursements made per school year. Repayment begins within 60 days of disbursements. Applications are available at participating lenders and at the Financial Aid Office. Maximum interest is 9 percent. NURSING STUDENT LOAN The Nursing Education Loan Program provides loans of up to $2500 per year to students enrolled in the bachelor’s degree or completion nursing program. Eligible students must be United States citizens, enrolled more than half-time and demonstrate financial need greater than one-half the cost of education. Qualified applicants should apply at the Financial Aid Office. MI-LOAN PROGRAM The Michigan Higher Education Student Loan Authority of the Michigan Department of Education established the Mi-Loan Program to assist students and their families in meeting the cost of post-secondary education. Students must be certified as eligible by the school, be U.S. citizens, not in default on any education loans, and pass all credit standards. Students who cannot pass the credit standards must have a qualified co­ signer that does. The minimum loan is $1,500 and maximum is $10,000 per academic FINANCIAL AID • 81 �year. Interest is fixed at 8.4 percent and repayment is a minimum of $50.00 per month and must be repaid in 15 years. Applications are available at the Financial Aid Office or by calling the Student Loan Authority at 1-800-877-5659. CANADA STUDENT LOANS The purpose of the Canada Student Loan Plan is to make bank loans available to Canadian students who need financial help to enable them to engage in full-time studies directed towards a degree at an institution of higher education. To qualify for a loan, the student must: 1. be a Canadian citizen or have landed immigrant status; 2. be a resident of a province that participates in the plan; 3. have attained a satisfactory scholastic standard; 4. be enrolled, or qualified to enroll in a post-secondary course of studies; 5. be a full-time student. 6. send a confirmation of program information form and a copy of Social Insurance number card with his/her application. The loans are interest free as long as a student is full-time and until six months after graduation or termination of full-time studies. After the interest-free period has expired, students are responsible not only for the repayment of principal but also for the present payment of interest on the outstanding balance, at a rate that is in effect for student loans at the time the loan is taken out. Application forms are available from Student Awards Branch, Ministry of Education and Training, P. O. Box 189 Red River Road, 4th Floor, Thunder Bay, Ontario P7B 6G9. Telephone 1-800-645-3013. SHORT TERM LOAN FUNDS BEACH Loan Fund VALMA L. CURTIS Memorial Fund, ROBERT P. AND ELLA B. HUDSON Foundation, Inc. Loan Fund, DON LENICK Memorial Loan Fund, SHIRLEY LIGHT Memorial Loan Fund STEINMAN Loan Fund. Several short-term loan funds are available. The purpose of these funds is to provide students who are temporarily out of cash with a small loan to meet an immediate, temporary financial problem. Generally, loans are granted up to $150 for a period of no longer than 30 days during the school year when classes are in session. These loans are signature loans and do not bear interest if repaid when due. A minimum $5.00 service charge or one percent, whichever is greater, is assessed on all loans. Generally, loans must be repaid prior to the end of the semester in which they are issued. Delinquent Loans are subject to a ten percent late penalty charge. Loans are made to students properly enrolled in the current semester and are obtained through the student Financial Aid Office. Loans over FINANCIAL AID • 82 �$150 will require a bank or institutional credit reference and a co-signer (may not be another student) 18 years of age or older. If repaid late, a 10 percent late charge will be assessed. CAMPUS EMPLOYMENT HOW TO APPLY Students interested in employment on campus should make application at the Office of Employee Relations. More than three hundred positions are open on campus for full-time students. Every effort is made to employ students in their major area of study, thereby providing a "learn while you earn" situation. On-campus jobs include work in laboratories, libraries, maintenance, offices, switchboard and food service areas. A student can earn approximately $1,300 during the school year and up to $3,000 in the summer in one of the on-campus jobs. It is recommended that students on academic probation do not continue or seek employment until probationary status has been corrected. 20-Hour Load: Students may work up to 20 hours weekly while attending classes more than half­ time. During the summer or other vacation periods when they do not have classes, students may work full-time (40 hours per week) under this program. In three months of summer employment under the Work-Study Program, an eligible student could earn approximately $3,000. Pay Scale: The basic starting rate is $4.25 per hour, although higher rates are paid for highly specialized Preference is given to work. students who have high need. Related Employment: Work may be in the student’s major area of study, thereby providing a "learn while you earn" situation, Oncampus jobs include work in laboratories, libraries, maintenance, offices, storerooms, and food service areas. FEDERAL COLLEGE WORKSTUDY MICHIGAN WORKSTUDY Students who need a job to help pay for some of their university expenses are potentially eligible for employment by Lake Superior State University under the federally supported Work-Study Program if they demonstrate financial need. Undergraduates who have been Michigan residents for at least twelve months, have financial need, are enrolled at least half-time and are making satisfactory academic progress may be eligible for employ­ ment under the Michigan work-study program established in 1986. FINANCIAL AID • 83 �VOCATIONAL REHABILITATION apply for financial aid and have need. The Michigan Department of Education, Bureau of Rehabilitation, provides services and financial assistance to persons who have any disability that has interfered with, or may interfere with the individual’s job performance. Students must Further information may be obtained by writing to Bureau of Rehabil­ itation, Michigan Department of Education, Lansing, Michigan 48933, or contact your nearest Michigan Employment Security Commission office. PROGRAMS FOR NATIVE AMERICANS BUREAU OF INDIAN AFFAIRS SCHOLARSHIP GRANT: Students who are members or eligible for membership in a federally recognized Indian tribe and with need may apply for Bureau of Indian Affairs Scholarship Grants by writing their Tribal education office for an application form. Eligible students may obtain up to full university expenses per year in scholarship grants if financial need is demonstrated. All applicants must complete a Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA). BUREAU OF INDIAN AFFAIRS VOCATIONAL TRAINING ASSISTANCE: Indian students enrolled in certificate or associate degree programs are eligible for assistance to pay for tuition, books, and living expenses. Students must be members or eligible for membership in a federally recognized Indian tribe. Awards financial complete Federal are based on students’ need, Applicants must a Free Application for Student Aid (FAFSA). Applications may be obtained by writing the Tribal Education Office. NATIVE AMERICAN TUITION WAIVER: Value: full tuition for full- or part-time North American Indian students who can provide evidence of being one-quarter blood Native American Indian and Michigan residents. Interested applicants must have their tribal chairperson or tribal certification officer submit a certification of one-quarter blood quantum to the Michigan Commission on Indian Affairs, 300 East Michigan Avenue, P.O. Box 30026, Lansing, Michigan 48909, along with a letter indicating the college student plans to attend. The Michigan Commission on Indian Affairs will attach a certification letter to the tribal certification and forward it to the Financial Aid The Office at the University. University will then issue a Native American Tuition Waiver in the amount of tuition for eligible students each semester. Students must be accepted for admission. FINANCIAL AID • 84 �VETERANS Veterans, Children of Deceased, or Totally Disabled Veterans Michigan Public Act 245: Sons or daughters of a veteran who died of service-connected causes, may be eligible for benefits under the Public Act 245. The benefits waive tuition until the student reaches 23 years of age. Those who believe they are eligible should request an application from the Michigan Veterans’ Trust Fund, 1225 Grand Ave., Lansing, Michigan 48913. Recipients may be full- or part-time students. Any student who believes they are eligible for educational assistance through any Veterans’ Law should contact their area Veterans’ office for information and applications. Veterans must be admitted into a degree program that has been approved by the State Approving Agency. Veterans’ Standards of Progress The requirement of grade point average will be the same as the University Academic Probation and Dismissal Policy. If your grade point average falls into the dismissal category, the Registrar’s Office will notify the Veterans Administration of your dismissal and benefits will be terminated. WITHDRAWAL OR DROPPING A CLASS You are required to notify the Registrar’s Office if you drop a class or withdraw completely from the University. Credit for Previous Training: The Veteran must obtain a degree audit from their Department Head and submit it to the Registrar’s Office. The Registrar’s Office will indicate the amount of credit granted for previous training and notify the veteran. The Registrar’s Office will keep the audit updated. The veteran should not register for classes not required for their degree. However, they should make sure they have the required electives. Graduate Program: Veterans, and other eligible persons, enrolled in any graduate program must meet the following standards of progress: A maximum of six semester credits of C grades in 600-level course will be allowed in veteran’s overall Veterans failing to program. maintain 3.0 (4.0 basis) average will be referred to the Master of Business Administration Standards and Policy Committee to determine whether they should be permitted to continue in the program. Veterans receiving D grades in 500 or 600-level courses will be referred to Master of Business Administration Standards and Policy Committee immediately. A veteran may withdraw from a course within 57 percent of the class. Veterans dismissed from the Master of Business Administration program may petition the Master of Business Administration Standards and Policy Committee to be reconsidered, and at the time of dismissal the Veterans Admini­ stration will be notified of their unsatisfactory progress. FINANCIAL AID • 85 �GRADUATION PROCEDURES Degree candidacy procedure: Two semesters before students plan to complete degree requirements and graduate, they must submit to the Registrar’s Office an appropriate departmental degree audit for each major and minor, and, a declaration of candidacy for degree. The necessary forms are available at students’ major departmental office. The departmental degree audit for a student’s major or minor specifies all required courses which have been or must be completed. The audit must be signed by the department chair of the department and/or dean of the School offering the major or minor program, Course substitutions and waivers of departmental degree program requirements may be granted only by the dean of the school offering the major or minor program. Exceptions to specific General Education requirements may be granted only by the Scholastic Standards Committee, Such exceptions are infrequently made. A petition for exceptions to General Education requirements is initiated with the Registrar. The Registrar’s Office checks students’ degree audits, after which a preliminary verification of the degree audit is sent to each student and respective department head. Students are responsible for examining this verification and requesting clarification of anything which is not consistent with their records or understanding. From the declaration of candidacy for degree forms submitted by students, the Registrar’s Office creates a potential graduate list for each semester. Names for the commencement program and diploma will be official, legal name as listed on the records in the Registrar’s Office. The names of students who are listed in the annual commencement program are also compiled from declaration of candidacy forms. Students will not be listed in the commencement program unless their degree candidacy form is filed with the Registrar’s Office six weeks prior to Students are commencement, expected to attend commencement exercises unless excused by the Students Registrar’s Office, completing degree requirements during the summer may participate in commencement the previous semester if their degree candidacy form is received six weeks prior to commencement. After grades are received in the Registrar’s Office at the end of each semester, degree audits will be updated for all students completing credit and who have a degree candidacy form on file. When all requirements specified on the degree audit are fulfilled the school dean and/or department head and GRADUATION PROCEDURES • 86 �Registrar give a final approval. Names of these graduates are then sent by the Registrar to the President for Board of Regents approval. Subsequently, a diploma is provided to each student. degree recipients who graduate summa cum laude. NOTES Diploma charge: There is no charge for the first diploma from Lake Superior State University. A fee is charged for replacement diplomas. Students completing graduation requirements in the fall semester or summer, or who otherwise need documentation of completion before their diploma is available, will re­ ceive a letter from the Registrar certifying that they have completed degree requirements. Additionally, official university transcripts will be sent to any employer, graduate uni­ versity, or elsewhere, as requested by the graduate. Official transcripts will not be mailed to students. Graduation with honors: Honors graduates must earn at least 32 credits at Lake Superior State University. All credits with grade points completed at other colleges (percentages are converted to letter grades) will be figured in computing grade point averages for honors diplomas and medallions at Lake Superior State. Students who earn 3.50 to 3.69 will graduate cum laude; 3.70 to 3.89, magna cum laude; 3.90 to 4.00, summa cum laude. Honors earned shall not be higher than those for which a student qualifies on basis of courses taken at Lake Superior State University. Graduation diplomas with honors will be awarded to baccalaureate and associate and certificate recipients. Honors medallions will be awarded only to baccalaureate and associate GRADUATION PROCEDURES • 87 �DEGREE REQ Lake Superior State University offers bachelor’s (also called baccalaureate) degrees, associate degrees, and certificates. These degrees are offered in a wide variety of academic programs. Each academic department has a set of specific courses and other requirements for each of its degree programs. These are stated later in this Catalog in the various departmental sections. However, some requirements for bachelor’s degrees are of a general nature, applying to all such degrees. These are discussed below. Bachelor’s Degrees: A minimum of 124 credits is required for a bachelor’s degree. Some programs require more than this number of credits. Requirements are of five categories: general education, bachelor of arts or bachelor of science requirements, departmental requirements, competency requirements in mathematics and writing, and residency. Associate Degrees and Certificates: See the appropriate school section of lis Catalog for the specific reuirements. A minimum of 62 cred.s is required for an associate de­ gree. At least three credits each of English and Speech, plus six other general education credits are required. Competency in mathe­ matics and writing is required for an associate degree, There is also a residency requirement. Minors: Academic minor programs are also offered in a wide variety of disciplines. A minimum of 20 credits is required for a minor, and some require more. See school sections for specific minor program requirements. GENERAL EDUCATION (33 credits) General Education consists of cours­ es required of all students regardless of their specialized area of study. The purpose of general education is to develop skills and knowledge useful for all students, regardless of their career choices. Requirements in English and speech enhance fun­ damental skills of writing and speak­ ing. Requirements in humanities, natural sciences, and social sciences broaden intellectual perspective and familiarize students with fundamental fields of human knowledge. ENGLISH (6 credits) - EN110 and EN205, EN210 or EN215 SPEECH (3) - SD101. HUMANITIES (8) - any HU course or courses, or any of the courses AT250, 251; FR251; GN241; MU110, 111, 112, 113, 140, 141, 160, 161, 220, 221, 260; PL204, 205, 302; SD251, 252; or SP261, 305, 306; any second year foreign language course; with a maximum of four semester credits per discipline pr total in foreign languages (exclud­ ing HU) allowed to count for this re­ quirement. Four credits of one foreign language and four credits of another cannot be used. DEGREE REQUIREMENTS • 88 �UIREMENTS SOCIAL SCIENCE (8) - Any combination of courses in economics (EC); geography (GG), except GG106 and GG108; history (HS), political science (PS), psychology (PY) or sociology (SO) for which credit adds to eight semester credits. NATURAL SCIENCE (8) - At least one course from each of the following two categories: Life Sci­ ences - BL105, 110, 111, 122, 204; or both NS 103 and 104 Physical CH105, 108, 115, GE111, 112, 114; GG106, 108; NS101, 102, 105, 107, 119; PH221, 222, 231. If the total credits of these two laboratory courses is less than eight, non-laboratory science courses may be applied toward the requirement if the department chair or dean evaluates the course as appropriate. NOTE. Transfer students should refer to the Admission section of this catalog for an explanation of the MACRAO agreement as it applies to General Education requirements.) BA and BS Requirements (8 credits) Bachelor of Arts Degree - one year of a modem foreign language (If taken at LSSU, this would be FR151-2 or 251-2; GN141-2; SP161-2 or 261-2) One-half of two different foreign language will not meet this requirement. Bachelor of Science Degree at least eight semester credits, in addition to courses used for general education requirements, from cate­ gories of social science, natural science or mathematics (MA). DEPARTMENTAL REQUIREMENTS Each program has a set of specific course requirements determined by the department offering the degree program. See school and depart­ mental sections for these require­ ments. ELECTIVES Elective courses are chosen to obtain credit beyond that of specified re­ quirements. Free electives refer to courses which students may select completely of their own choice. Designated electives refer to courses selected from a list specified by the department COMPETENCY IN MATHEMATICS Students seeking associate or bache­ lor’s degrees are required to demon­ strate competence in mathematics at approximately the level of basic algebra. Both the Counseling and Testing center and the Department of Mathematics and Computer Sci­ ences administer the minimum com­ petency examination. Students can satisfy the mathematics competency requirement in the following ways: DEGREE REQUIREMENTS • 89 �(1) score 15 or higher on the intermediate algebra placement examination, given at the time the student enters the University, (2) pass the competency examination, or (3) complete one of the Lake Supe­ rior State University mathematics courses MA086 or MA090 or higher. Transfer students who have previ­ ously completed a course equivalent to MA092, with a grade of 2.00, or higher, or a higher level math class (specifically excluding MA207) will have satisfied the University’s math­ ematics graduation requirement. The student’s transfer credit evalua­ tion form must indicate that LSSU’s mathematics competency require­ ment has been satisfied. Students are required to complete mathematics competency (by course or exam) during the first 56 credits earned. A student reaching the 56 credit limit without competency shall enroll in an appropriate mathematics courses until passed and be limited to a maximum of 13 credits per semester, including the course, until competency is accomplished. Transfer students entering LSSU with 40 or more transfer credits shall complete mathematics compe­ tency during the first 20 credits they earn at LSSU or be subject to the enrollment restrictions stated above. COMPETENCY IN WRITING The Writing Competency Examina­ tion demonstrates a student’s ability to read and write critically at a level deemed appropriate for undergradu­ ate work. Effective Fall Semester 1991 it will be given at the end of the sophomore English course (EN205, EN210 or EN215) as a "rising Junior test" before students begin upper level courses with disci­ plinary writing emphasis. The test consists of a read/respond format in which a passage is sup­ plied and students use it as the basis for the essay. At least three topics from across the curriculum will be available for each test. Students will have three hours to complete the test. The rising Junior test will be given during the final exam week of EN205, EN210 or EN215 at sched­ uled group times in place of the final examination. All other test sessions must be scheduled by indi­ viduals through Brown Hall. The test is a university graduation requirement and will be graded pass/repeat by the faculty using criterion-referenced scoring meth­ ods. Students who must repeat the examination may retake the test one time at the counseling center after one month. Students who do not pass the test before Junior level (56 credits) must enroll in EN091, an intensive review of English, and will be limited to 13 semester credits, in­ cluding EN091, until satisfying the requirement. Transfer students who enter Lake Superior State University prior to fall semester 1992 with EN205, 210, or 215 credit must pass the examina­ tion within the first two semesters of attendance at Lake Superior State University. If they fail the first attempt, they may retake the exami­ nation after one month. If they do not pass the examination within two semesters, they must repeat EN205, 210 or 215. Transfer students who entered Lake Superior State University in fall semester 1992 or later having com­ pleted the equivalent of the General Education English sequence must take the competency examination DEGREE REQUIREMENTS • 90 �before beginning their second semes­ ter. Transfer students who do not pass the test before their senior year (88 semester credits) must enroll in, EN091, an intensive review of Eng­ lish and will be limited to 13 semes­ ter credits, including EN091, until satisfying the requirement. Transfer students on a 3 + 1 program must take the test before the beginning of their first semester. Arrangements will be made, if possible, to administer the test on the campus of the institution from which students are transferring. credits and at least fifty percent of their departmental required 300/400 level credits in courses offered by Lake Superior State University. Regional Center students must earn at least 32 of their final 64 credits and at least fifty percent of their departmental required 300/400 level credits in courses offered by the University. Associate degree and certificate candidates must earn 16 of their final 20 credits in such courses. For a minor, students must earn at least 6 of the required credits in such courses. WAIVER OF COMPETENCY REQUIREMENTS EXCEPTIONS TO GRADUATION RE­ QUIREMENTS Effective Fall semester 1991 the mathematics and/or writing compe­ tency graduation requirement(s) will be waived only on the basis of hav­ ing a certifiable learning disability or neurological medical condition. Students must be certified by a li­ censed psychologist or neurologist as having a substantial disability in the learning process. Exceptions to specific General Edu­ cation requirements may be granted only by the Scholastic Standards Committee, Such exceptions are infrequently made. A petition for exceptions to General Education requirements is initiated with the Registrar. Students potentially eligible for a waiver are required to initiate their appeal through the University Coun­ seling Center. Those students who obtain the necessary certification must provide the University Counseling Center with documen­ tation of such. The Counseling Center shall then notify the Registrar’s Office of the waiver. Enrollment restrictions stated above, as appropriate, continue in effect until a student has provided this documentation to the Counseling Center. RESIDENCY RE­ QUIREMENTS Bachelor’s degree candidates must earn at least 32 of their final 40 Course substitutions and waivers of departmental degree program re­ quirements may be granted only by the dean of the school offering the program (major or minor). Normally, students will graduate under the program degree require­ ments in effect and published in the Catalog at the time they are admitted into the given degree program, pro­ vided their enrollment at the Univer­ sity is continuous. If enrollment is interrupted, or if students select a new major, they will be required to satisfy program requirements in effect at the time they re-enter or officially change to the new major. If program requirements are revised during student’s enrollment, they will be allowed to graduate under the new requirements providing they can meet such requirements in their entirety. DEGREE REQUIREMENTS • 91 �The University reserves the right to change the requirements for gradua­ tion at any time as a means of keep­ ing pace with educational develop­ ments affecting the various curricula. As such changes are made, they may at the discretion of the University be applied to students already enrolled. In such cases reasonable and prudent effort will be made to provide students the benefit of the new educational program without imposing undue hardship. MULTIPLE MAJORS Students earning a bachelor’s degree at Lake Superior State University may do so with more than one major by completing all requirements of each desired major program. Before graduation students must file a de­ gree audit approved by the appropri­ ate school dean and/or department chair for each major. MULTIPLE DEGREES Students desiring to earn more than one bachelor’s degree from Lake Superior State University must com­ plete all program requirements for the additional degree, including at least 32 additional credits of which at least 21 must be from courses offered by Lake Superior State Uni­ versity. Students earning a bachelor’s degree from Lake Superior State University who desire an associate degree must complete all requirements for the associate degree program at the time they are completing the bachelor’s degree requirements. Students earning an associate from Lake Superior State University who desire an additional associate degree must complete all requirements for the additional degree, including 16 additional credits of which 12 must be from courses offered by Lake Superior State University. ADDITIONAL DEGREES FOR GRADUATES OF OTHER UNIVERSITIES Students who have earned a bach­ elor’s degree at another accredited institution who desire a bachelor’s degree from Lake Superior State University must complete all requirements of an approved degree schedule including at least 32 additional credits in courses offered by Lake Superior State University. The degree schedule must be approved by the major department chair, School Dean, Registrar and Provost. Students should initiate the approval process with the depart­ ment head at the time of or before commencing study toward the addi­ tional degree. The schedule elected shall consist mainly of minor, major and cognate courses. Courses con-* sidered essential to the degree but not previously elected may, at the option of the department chair and/or school dean, be required even though the total may exceed 32 credits. Lake Superior State University general education requirements will be considered completed if the student has earned a bachelor’s degree at any United States accredited university or an honors bachelor’s degree from an accredited Canadian university. Mathematics and writing competency requirements must be met. Students who have earned a bache­ lor’s degree or associate degree at another accredited institution and who desire an associate degree from Lake Superior State University, must complete all requirements of an approved degree schedule including at least 16 additional credits in DEGREE REQUIREMENTS • 92 �courses offered by Lake Superior The degree State University, schedule process is identical to that described above for an additional bachelor’s degree. The schedule elected shall consist mainly of major Courses and cognate courses, considered essential to the degree but not previously elected may, at the option of the department and school, be required even though the total may exceed 16 credits. are listed in the School of Arts, Letters, and Social Sciences section of this catalog. NOTES INDIVIDUALIZED STUDIES DEGREE In addition to the baccalaureate degrees described in departmental sections, Lake Superior State also offers Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Science in Individualized Studies degrees, for students who desire an unusually specialized program. The individualized studies program re­ quires that students complete (1) a minimum of 124 credits, (2) general education requirements of the Uni­ versity, (3) 24 credits at the 300/400 level (in addition to the General Education requirement) and (4) mathematics and writing competen­ cy. A 2.00 overall grade point aver­ age is required. Degree program approval by the Individualized Studies Committee is required. At least 30 credits must be completed after approval has been received. For further information on the approval process, students should contact the Chairperson of the Individualized Studies Committee. (This person’s name can be obtained from the Provost Office.) ASSOCIATE IN LIBERAL ARTS An Associate Degree in Liberal Arts is offered for students interested in a general two-year program. Require­ ments and a sample curricular plan DEGREE REQUIREMENTS • 93 �m © m c 4> •P"* c/i c« o © C/1 ■© S3 C3 m tm © © n-3 rs &■< c © © © o C/1 ARTS, LETTERS AND SOCIAL SCIENCES • 94 �FACULTY: Dean of School, Dr. Richard Conboy; Profs. Richard C. Crandall, John C. Cullen, Daniel Dorrity, Richard Jennings, Gary R. Johnson, Hellmuth Kommueller, Leon Linderoth, Margaret Malmberg, Robert Money, James W.T. Moody, Susan H. Ratwik, Timothy Sawyer, Thomas E. Schirer, E. Gary Toffolo, John Wilkinson; Assoc. Profs. Leslie A. Dobbertin, Georgegeen Gaertner, Marcel Pichot, Diana Pingatore, John Stevens, Nancy L. Voight; Asst. Profs. Carol S. Andary, Colleen Anderson, Jeffrey Ayres, Joel Bloch, Gerald F. Dobbertin, Laura McGowan, Gary A. Rackliffe, Shirley A. Schoenemann; Instructors: Lisa Allen, Jefferson Faye This school encompasses a variety of disciplines and programs, including early childhood education, English, geography, history, human services, humanities, languages, legal assistant studies, Native American studies, substance abuse prevention and treatment, political science, psychology, sociology, teacher education, and the child care center. These are quite diverse in their perspectives and methodology, but all are concerned with the study of human behavior from the perspective of either the Liberal Arts or the Social Sciences. The professors in this School, regardless of the perspective that they adapt are concerned with the effective teaching of our students. OFFERINGS: There are a variety of majors, minors, and associate degrees. Some programs give students specific employable skills upon graduation. Others are broader, so that upon graduation students may have the option of further education in graduate school or law school, or of entering careers in fields such as politics, teaching, social services, administration, and business. Each area of study is described in greater detail below, including requirements for majors, minors, and associate degrees. ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS: To qualify for admission as freshmen, applicants must be graduates of accredited secondary schools with above average standing in their class. Their secondary school preparation should include a four-year curriculum of at least 15 units of acceptable entrance credits. Two major sequences and two minor sequences should be included in the 15 units for graduation. Individual disciplines within the department may have additional entrance requirements. TEACHER EDUCATION Lake Superior State University is offering in cooperation with Michigan State University an integrated program for K-12 teacher preparation. The program empha­ sizes a combination of preparation in the student’s discipline and education course work that is coordinated with extensive work in schools, The program includes a BA or BS from LSSU and graduate course work from MSU, all of which will be completed in the Sault Ste. Marie area. Students who complete the final year program will be certified to teach at either the elementary or secondary level. CHILD CARE CENTER A campus Child Care Center provides full or part-time care for children, aged two and one-half to five years, of students, staff, and ARTS, LETTERS AND SOCIAL SCIENCES • 95 �from the Sault Community. Children must be toilet trained. The Center, licensed by the State of Michigan Department of Social Services, provides developmentally sound experiences for the whole child across a range of social, emotional, physical and cognitive dimensions. It is a place where young children can develop a strong relationship with both adults and children. Each morning and afternoon under the supervision of an experienced staff, child development students plan and supervise large group, art, snack and small group experiences for the children. A significant portion of each day is devoted to exploratory During exploratory play play. children may move throughout the various learning areas of the Center, electing to participate in any one of a wide variety of activities and interact with learning materials. The Child Care Center is located on the south edge of the Library parking lot. NOTES ARTS, LETTERS AND SOCIAL SCIENCES • 96 �DEPARTMENT OF ENGLISH AND SPEECH BACHELOR OF ARTS ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE REQUIREMENTS: Students must complete, in addition to the General Education requirements, two years of foreign language, 70 semester hours of credit in the courses specified below, or their equivalents, plus sufficient additional hours of free electives to make up a required total of 124 hours. Majors in English must complete one minor in an area to be approved by the chair of the department. I. Required Courses: EN231 American Lit I EN232 American Lit II EN233 English Literature I EN234 English Literature II EN420 Hist Struct of English EN421 Hist Literary Criticism EN430 Chaucer EN431 Milton & Metaphy Poets EN432 Shakespeare 2nd year modem foreign lang 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 8 (EN215 is strongly recommended in place of EN210.) II. 9 semester hours must be selected from: EN220 Advanced Composition -OR3 EN221 Creative Writing EN330 Devel. Novel in Engl. & Amer. I 3 -OREN331 Devel. Novel in Engl. & Amer. II EN332 The Short Story -OREN333 Studies in the Drama in. 3 6 elective semester hours must be selected from: EN220, 221, 320, 321, 322, 330, 332, 333, 334, 335, 433, 450, or HU256 B.A., ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE SPRING FALL FIRST YEAR SD101 Fund Speech EN110 Freshman Comp* 3 1st Year For Lang II 1st Year For Lang I 4 Minor _ Minor 4 Social Science Gen Ed Natural Science Gen Ed 4 15 3 4 4. _4 ‘May be taken Fall or Spring Semester of the first year SECOND YEAR EN215 Intro to Lit & Res 2nd Year For Lang I EN231 American Lit I EN233 English Lit I Minor 3 4 3 3 4 17 ARTS, LETTERS AND EN220 Adv Composition or EN221 Creative Writing 2nd Year For Lang II 4 EN232 Am Literature II 3 EN234 Eng Literature II ^ SOCIAL SCIENCES •97 �3RD YEAR EN330 Dev Novel Eng Am or EN332 The Short Stow EN420 Hist & Struct Eng Language HU Gen Ed NS Gen Ed 4TH YEAR EN331 Dev Novel Eng Am II I 3 EN333 Studies in the Drama 3 EN Elective 4 Minor 4 HU Gen Ed 3 4 4 n R EN421 Literary Criticism EN432 Shakespeare EN Elective Free Elective Free Elective EN431 Milton & Met Poets3 EN430 Chaucer 3 Free Elective 3 SS Gen Ed 4 Minor A 17 3 3 3 4 4 17 BACHELOR OF ARTS ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE Elementary Teacher Certification Requirements: In addition to General Education requirements (EN215 Introduction to Literature and Research is the recommended sopnomore composition course for English majors), students must complete: 1. 50 semester credit hours in the courses specified below or their equivalents; 2. The Planned Program for Elementary Teachers, excluding the English section; and 3. 21 credits in teacher education courses TE150, 250, 301, 401, and 402. Required Courses EN220 Adv Comp EN221 Creative Writing EN231 American Lit I 3 3 3 3 American Lit II 3 English Lit I 3 English Lit II Rhet Comp Theory 3 Linguistics 3 Dev of the Novel I 3 or EN331 Dev of the Novel II EN332 The Short Story 3 EN333 Studies in Drama 3 EN334 Approaches Poetry 3 EN335 Children’s Lit 3 3 EN420 Hist Strut Eng 3 EN430 Chaucer 3 EN432 Shakespeare 8 2nd Yr Foreign Lang EN232 EN233 EN234 EN321 EN322 EN330 B.A., ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE, Elementary Teacher Certification FALL FIRST YEAR SD101 Fund of Speech Plan Prog Math 1st Year For Lang I Nat Sci Elective SPRING 3 3 4 4 R EN110 Fresh Comp Soc Sci Elective 1st Year For Lang II TE150 Ref Learning Plan Prog Math ‘May be taken Fall or Spring Semester ARTS, LETTERS AND SOCIAL SCIENCES • 98 3 4 4 3 3 17 �SECOND YEAR EN215 Intro to Lit & Res 2nd Year For Lang I EN231 American Lit I EN233 English Lit I TE250 Student Div THIRD YEAR EN332 The Short Story EN420 Hist/Struc Eng EN221 Creative Writing Humanities Elective Nat Sci Elective Summer TE301 Lms, Context GE114 Field Excursion 4TH YEAR TE401 Lms Diversity EN430 Chaucer Planned Prog Nat Sci Soc Sci Elective Planned Prog Math EN220 Adv Composition 2nd Year For Lang EN232 Amer Lit II EN234 Eng Lit II PY265 Child Adi Dev 3 4 3 3 3 re EN333 Studies in Drama EN432 Shakespeare EN331 Dev Novel II EN322 Linguistics EN335 Children’s Lit Planned Prog Soc Sci 3 3 3 4 A 17 3 4 3 3 3 YE 3 3 3 3 3 4 19 4 3 ~1 E402 Craft Teaching 6 EN334 Approach to Poetry 3 EN321 Rhet Comp Theory 3 Planned Prog Soc Sci 4 3 Planned Prog Math 5 3 3 4 3 19 18 BACHELOR OF ARTS ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE Secondary Teacher Certification English majors), students must complete: 1. 53 semester hours of credit in the courses specified below or their equivalents; 2. A minor approved for teacher certification; and 3. 21 credits in teacher education courses TE150, 250, 301, 401, and 402. Required Courses EN220 Adv Comp EN221 Creative Writing EN231 American Lit I 3 3 3 3 American Lit II 3 English Lit I 3 English Lit II Rhet Comp Theory 3 Linguistics 3 Dev of the Novel I or 3 EN331 Dev of the Novel II EN332 The Short Story 3 EN333 Studies in Drama 3 EN334 Approaches Poetry 3 EN420 Hist Strut Eng 3 3 EN430 Chaucer 3 EN432 Shakespeare 8 2nd Yr Foreign Lang EN232 EN233 EN234 EN321 EN322 EN330 ARTS, LETTERS AND SOCIAL SCIENCES • 99 �B.A., ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE, Secondary Teacher Certification SPRING FALL FIRST YEAR 3 EN110 Fresh Comp SD101 Fund of Speech 3 4 Soc Sci Elective 4 Minor Elective 4 1st Year For Lang II 1st Year For Lang I 4 3 TE150 Ref Learning Nat Sci Elective A 15 15 ‘May be taken Fall or Spring Semester SECOND YEAR EN215 Intro to Lit & Res 2nd Year For Lang I EN231 American Lit I EN233 English Lit 1 TE250 Student Div THIRD YEAR EN332 The Short Story EN420 Hist/Struc Eng EN221 Creative Writing Minor Elective Soc Sci Elective Summer TE301 Lms, Context 4TH YEAR TE401 Lms Diversity EN430 Chaucer Minor Minor 3 4 3 3 3 16 3 3 3 4 4 EN220 Adv Composition 3 2nd Year For Lan^ 4 EN232 Amer 3 EN234 Eng Lit II 4 Nat Sci Elective 17 EN333 Studies in Drama EN432 Shakespeare EN331 Dev Novel II EN322 Linguistics Minor Elective 17 3 3 3 3 4 16 4 5 3 4 -4 16 TE402 Craft Teaching 6 EN334 Approach to Poetry 3 EN321 Rhet Comp Theory 3 Nat Sci Elec A 16 ASSOCIATE DEGREE LIBERAL ARTS This degree is offered to students who complete the General Education requirements of the University, any minor presently offered, free electives for a total of 62 credit hours (minimum), and demonstrate competency in mathematics and writing. Consult departmental offerings for selection of a minor and electives. NOTE: Once you have chosen a minor, contact the department which offers it in order to be assigned an advisor. The department offering your minor will both advise you and conduct your degree audit before graduation. ARTS, LETTERS AND SOCIAL SCIENCES • 100 �ASSOCIATE DEGREE IN LIBERAL ARTS SPRING FIRST YEAR FALL EN110 Freshman Comp* Social Science Gen Ed Minor Courses Elective 3 4 7 3 17 SD101 Fund of Speech Social Science Gen Ed Natural Science Gen Ed Minor Courses Elective 3 4 3 6 _L 17 ’May be taken Fall or Spring Semester SECOND YEAR EN210 or 215 Humanities Gen Ed Natural Science Gen Ed Elective 3 4 3 J. Natural Science Gen Ed Humanities Gen Ed Minor Course Elective 3 4 7 3 17 15 Courses selected for credits toward the General Education requirements may be, at the discretion of the department offering the minor, accepted for the minor. It is advisable to complete General Education requirements first, as any changes in the choice of an area of study will not appreciably affect the program for the first year. NOTES arts, letters and social SCIENCES • 101 �DEPARTMENT OF HISTORY & HUMANITIES BACHELOR OF ARTS/SCIENCE HISTORY REQUIREMENTS for the bachelor of arts: 1) the bachelor of arts General Education requirements of the University; 2) one year of foreign language or its equivalent; 3)HS101, 102 History of World Civilization sequence; or HS131, 132 United States History sequence; 4) 16 semester hours of 300 or 400 level history CA°4Ui-S; S? HS496 Historical Methods and HS497 Senior Seminar in History; 6) Additional history electives to total 30 semester hours; 7) GG106 Physical Geography and GG201 World Regional Geography; 8) 4 semester hours selected from: GG306, 321, 322, 323, 325, 360, or EC201; 9) one minor (20 semester hours). Total department credits required: 70 semester hours. ^or bachelor of science: This degree includes requirements 1,3,4,5,6,7,8 and 9 above but excludes 2. However, in place of the foreign language the student must take a minimum of 8 semester hours of social sciences, natural sciences, or mathematics beyond the general education and major requirements. Total department credits required: 70 semester hours. B.A. OR B.S., HISTORY FALL SPRING FIRST YEAR EN110 Freshman Comp’ SD101 Fund of Speech NS Elective HS101 Hist World Civ I or HS131 U.S. History I 3 3 4 4 14 HU Elective Minor NS Elective HS102 Hist World Civ II or HS132 U.S. History II 4 4 4 4 16 SECOND YEAR GG106 Physical Geography 4 History Elective 4 EN210 or 215* 3 Cognate'* or Language _4 15 GG201 World Reg Geog History Elective HU Elective Cognate** or Language 4 4 4 4 16 THIRD YEAR 300 Level History Elective Minor GG306,321,322,323,325, 360; or EC201 Free Elective 4 4 4 4 300 Level History Elective 4 Minor 4 4 Free Elective 4 Minor 16 16 ARTS, LETTERS AND SOCIAL SCIENCES • 102 �FOURTH YEAR HS496 Historical Methods 400 Level History Elective Minor Free Elective 2 4 4 5 15 HS497 Sr. Sem in History 2 400 Level History Elective 4 4 Minor Free Elective A 14 ‘May be taken Fall or Spring Semester “The cognate requirement is simply the BA/BS differentiation. Students who want a bachelor of arts degree should take 8 semester hours (one year) of a foreign language to fulfill this requirement. Students who want a bachelor of science degree should select 8 semester hours of social sciences, natural sciences or mathematics beyond the General Education and major requirements. BACHELOR OF ARTS/SCIENCE HISTORY Elementary Teacher Certification Requirements: complete: In addition to General Education requirements, students must 1. 53 semester credit hours in the courses specified below, or their equivalents; HS440 Dec of Independ HS496 Historical Meth HS497 Sr Seminar Hist 2. The planned Program for Elementary Teachers, excluding the Social Sciences and History section; and Additional 300/400 level history electives to total 30 semester hours 14 3. 21 credits in teacher education courses TE150, 250, 301, 401, and 402. Required courses: HS101/102 Wld Civil I, II 8 or HS131/132 U.S. Hist I, II 8 PS110 PS 130 GG201 GG306 Intro Am Govt Pol State/Local Govt World Reg Geog Cultural Geog 4 2 2 4 4 4 3 B.A., 1st Yr Foreign Lang 8 or B.S., Soc Sci Cognate B.A. OR B.S., HISTORY, Elementary Teacher Certification FALL spring FIRST YEAR EN110 Freshman Comp* NS Elective HS101 Hist World Civ I or HS131 U.S. History I Planned Prog Math 3 4 4 3 14 SD101 Fund of Speech HU Elective HS102 Hist World Civ II or HS132 U.S. History II TE150 Ref Learning ARTS, LETTERS AND SOCIAL SCIENCES • 103 3 4 4 3 14 �SECOND YEAR PS 110 Intro Am Govt Pol Cognate** or Language TE250 Student Div GG106 Physical Geog Planned Prog Math 4 4 3 3 3 EN215 Intro to Lit Cognate** or Language GG201 World Reg Geog 265 Child & Adi Dev Planned Prog Nat Sci 17 3 4 4 3 3 17 THIRD YEAR HS300 Level History Elec HS440 Dec Independence Planned Prog Math Planned Prog English 4 4 3 _3 14 HS300 Level History Elec HU Elective Planned Prog Nat Sci Planned Prog English 4 4 4 3 _ Summer TE301 Learners, Context 4 GE114 Field Excursion _3 7 FOURTH YEAR HS496 Historical Methods HS400 Level History Elec TE401 Learner Diversity Planned Program English 2 4 5 3 17 HS497 HS400 TE402 PS 130 Sr. Sem in History Level History Elec Craft Teaching State Local Govt 2 4 6 4 16 ‘May be taken Fall or Spring Semester . “The cognate requirement is simply the BA/BS differentiation. Students who want a bachelor of arts degree should take 8 semester hours (one year) of a foreign language to fulfill this requirement. Students who want a bachelor of science degree should take 8 semester hours of social sciences, natural sciences, or mathematics beyond the General Education and major requirements. NOTES ARTS, LETTERS AND SOCIAL SCIENCES • 104 �BACHELOR OF ARTS/SCIENCE HISTORY Secondary Teacher Certification Requirements: complete: In addition to General Education requirements, students must 1. 53 semester credit hours in the courses specified below, or their equivalents; 2. A minor approved for teacher certification; and 3. 21 credits in teacher education courses TE150, 250, 301, 401, and 402. Required courses: HS101/102 Wld Civil I, II 8 or HS131/132 U.S. Hist I, II 8 HS440 Dec of Independ 4 HS496 Historical Meth 2 HS497 Sr Seminar Hist 2 Additional 300/400 level history electives to total 30 14 semester hours PS110 PS 130 GG106 GG201 Intro Am Govt Pol State/Local Govt Physical Geog Wld Reg Geog 4 4 3 4 B.A., 1st Yr Foreign Lang 8 or B.S., Soc Sci Cognate B.A. or B.S., HISTORY, Secondary Teacher Certification FALL FIRST YEAR EN110 Freshman Comp* NS Elective HS101 Hist World Civ I or HS131 U.S. History I Minor SPRING 3 4 4 4 15 SECOND YEAR PS 110 Amem Govt Cognate (Lang or other)** TE250 Student Div GG106 Physical Geog 4 4 3 3 SD101 Fund of Speech 3 4 HU Elective HS102 Hist World Civ II or 4 HS132 U.S. History II TE150 Ref Learning _3 14 EN210 Res Paper Process Cognate*’ GG201 World Reg Geog PS 130 State Loc Govt 15 14 THIRD YEAR HS300 Level History Elec HS440 Dec Independence Minor Minor Summer TE301 Learners, Context 4 4 4 4 3 4 4 4 HS300 Level Hitory Elec HU Elective Minor Elective 16 4 ARTS, LETTERS AND SOCIAL SCIENCES • 105 4 4 4 2 14 �FOURTH YEAR HS496 Historical Methods 2 HS400 Level History Elec 4 TE401 Learner Diversity 5 Minor A 15 HS497 Sr. Sem in History HS400 Level History Elec TE402 Craft Teaching Nat Sci Elec 2 4 6 4 16 .May be taken Fall or Spring Semester The cognate requirement is simply the BA/BS differentiation. Students who want a bachelor of arts degree should take 8 semester hours (one year) of a foreign language to fulfill this requirement. Students who want a bachelor of science degree will satisfy this requirement through credits from the planned program and other additional credits in English, social sciences, natural sciences, or mathematics beyond the General Education and major requirements. NOTES ARTS, LETTERS AND SOCIAL SCIENCES • 106 �DEPARTMENT OF POLITICAL SCIENCE LEGAL ASSISTANT STUDIES To train qualified legal assistants capable of working in a variety of areas of the law; program requirements based upon guidelines of American Bar Association and National Association of Legal Assistants. Legal assistants, or paralegals, are paraprofessionals who work under the supervision of attorneys. Among other tasks, they do legal research, draft legal pleadings and documents, assist attorneys during legal proceedings, and manage activities of law offices. Legal assistants work for private law firms, banks, real estate offices, corporations, insurance companies, accounting firms, judges, government agencies, and others. Programs include: Legal Assistant Studies Baccalaureate Degree with emphasis in: legal administration, criminal law, personal injury, labor law, legislative/constitutional law, or a selected minor as approved by the Legal Assistant Studies Coordinator; a two-year associate degree in the Legal Assistant Studies; or a minor in a four-year baccalaureate program. BACHELOR OF SCIENCE LEGAL ASSISTANT STUDIES For this degree students must complete the required major courses below, the General Education requirements, plus electives to total 125-128 credits. Students may elect a specialty area as listed below or a minor as approved by the Legal Assistant Studies Coordinator. Required Major Courses (45 credits) LA 102 Lgl Res/Case Anal LA202 Lgl Wrtg/Anal LA 150 Lgl Asst Prof/Eth Cons LA 125 Cvl Lit & Proc LA 140 Prsnl Inj Lit/Inv Tech LA250 Law Off Mgmt, Sys/Tech LA320 Real Estate Law LA321 Family Law LA322 Probate Law & Proc LA401 Evidence & Trial Pract LA450 Advance Legal Writing & Interviewing Seminar LA Elective” BA254, 255 Bus Law I & II CJ319 Substantive Crim Law 3 3 3 4 3 3 3 2 3 3 3 3 6 3 General Education (33 credits)’ 3 EN110 Fresh Composition EN210 Research Paper Process 3 SD101 Fundamentals of Speech 3 8 Natural Science 8 Humanities 8 Social Sciences-Must select PS110 Intro to Am Gov & Pol or PS467 Const Law & Cvl Lib Cognates - Required: (16-18 credits) OA119 Acctg Procedures’" LA299 Lgl Assistant Intern & Prof Dev Seminar CJ409 Proc Criminal Law ARTS, LETTERS AND SOCIAL SCIENCES • 107 4 6-8 3 �Word Proc Comp Science Choose one of the following: DP225 Word Proc Techniques DP151 Computer Appl CS100 Intro Micro Appl "Note: See LA300, Seniors in Legal Assistant Studies; also consult with Legal Assistant Advisor. 3 Electives (11-12 credits) Electives are to be chosen consultation with advisor. "’Note: AC132 may be substituted for OAI19 for students special­ izing in Legal Administration in ’Note: The Legal Assistant B.S. Degree requires 8 credits in Social Science, Natural Science or Mathematics beyond those for General Education. These requirements may be fulfilled in part or in total through the Specialty section or the minor. Students should consult with their advisors. Specialty/minor required (20 credits) A student shall obtain a minimum of twenty (20) credits in any one of the specialties listed below. Specialty courses should be selected in consultation with your Legal Assistant Studies Advisor or Dean. As an alternative, a student may choose a minor of study that must be approved by the Legal Assistant Studies Advisor or Dean. SPECIALTY LIST NOTE: At least nine (9) credit hours shall be at the 300-400 level. CRIMINAL LAW SPECIALTY: CJ101 CJ106 CJ250 CJ343 CJ344 SO101 S0226 S0214 S0338 PY101 PY259 Intro to Crim Justice Juvenile Justice Correctional Law Investigation Criminalistics Intro to Sociology Races and Minorities Criminology Deviance Intro to Psychology Abnormal Psychology 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 3 LABOR LAW SPECIALTY: EC201 Prin of Macroeconomics or EC202 Prin of Microeconomics EC403 Priv Entrprs/Public Pol LA406 Wrkrs Disablty Comp Law MN360 Prin of Mgmt MN365 Human Resource Mgmt MN451 Labor Law MN464 Org Behavior in Bus MN469 Collective Bargaining S0313 Work and Organization PY228 Organizational Behavior PY383 Industrial Psychology 4 3 6 4 4 3 3 3 4 4 3 3 4 3 4 3 3 2 3 3 4 4 3 3 3 3 LEGAL ADMIN SPECIALTY AC 132, 133 Prin of Acctg I/II AC232, 233 Inter Acctg I/II AC332 Cost Accounting I AC334 Acctg Info Systems AC421, 422 Fed Tax Acctg I/II FN341 Managerial Finance FN443 Insurance MN360 Prin of Mgmt MN365 Human Resource Mgmt MN461 Management Simulation MN464 Org Beh in Bus MK281 Mktg Prin/Strategy MK387 Adv Theory in Pract BA226 Records Management SD320 Public Relations PY228 Organizational Behavior EC302 Managerial Economics 8 8 LEGISLATIVE/CONSTITU­ TIONAL LAW SPECIALTY: EC201 Prin of Macroeconomics or EC202 Prin of Microeconomics 3 3 EC305 Public Finance HS131.132 U.S. History I & II 8 LA305 Tribal Law and Gov 3 4 PS 130 Intro State/Lcl Gov PS201 Intro to Public Admin 3 4 PS301 Policy Anal/Eval PS364 Politcal Parties, Interest Groups & Public Opinion 3 4 PS367 Congress & the Pres 3 PS401 Prin of Pub Admin ARTS, LETTERS AND SOCIAL SCIENCES • 108 �PERSONAL INJURY SPECIALTY: HE209 Pharmacology” BL105 Func of Human Body BL121.122 Hmn Anat/Phys I/II CH104,105 Life Chemistry I/II FN443 Insurance LA405 No-Fault Automobile Law LA406 Wrkrs Dis Comp Law PY101 Intro to Psychology PY217 Social Psychology PY357 Personality Theory PY385 Health Psychology TC101,102 Construction I & II 3 4 7 7 4 3 2 4 3 3 3 6 Electives (9-10) Electives are to be chosen consultation with advisor in ’LA300 Seminar in Legal Assistant Studies may apply to certain specialties and can be taken with approval of Legal Assistant Coordinator. In the alternative, these special topics may be used as the required Legal Assistant Elective. "Prerequisites: BL122 or BL105 or CHI05 B.S., LEGAL ASSISTANT STUDIES SPRING FALL FIRST YEAR EN110 Freshman Comp.* 3 LA 102 Lgl Res Case Analy 3 LA 150 Lgl Ass’t Prof and 3 Ethical Con SD110 Fund of Speech 3 OA119 Accounting Proced _4 16 LA 125 Civil Litig & Proc LA 140 Pers Inj Inves Tec PS 110 Intro Am Govt Pol Cognate Elective 4 3 4 3 2 16 SECOND YEAR EN210 Res Paper Process* 3 LA202 Legal Writ & Analy 3 3 LA320 Real Estate Law LA321 Family Law 2 BA254 Business Law I 3 RA Elective J. 15 LA322 Probate Law Proc BA255 Business Law II LA250 Law Office Mgmt Sys & Tech Electives THIRD YEAR LA401 Evid & Trial Prac CJ319 Subst Criminal Law NS Elective Specialty/Minor LA Elective 3 4 4 4 CJ409 Proced Crim Law NS Elective Specialty/Minor Elective A 3 3 3 6 15 3 4 6 4 17 18 FOURTH YEAR PS467 Const Law Civil Lib 4 Specialty/Minor 7 HU Elective 4 RA Elective _L 16 "May be taken Fall or Spring semester. LA450 Adv Legal Writ Int 3 6 LA299 Internship 3 Special ty/Minor 4 HU Elective 16 ARTS, LETTERS AND SOCIAL SCIENCES • 109 �POLITICAL SCIENCE Political Science is the systematic study of government and politics. Since government and politics are found at many levels-intemational, national, state, and local—and all over the world, political science has many facets. All of these facets receive attention in the political science program at Lake Superior State University. The goal of the curriculum is to prepare students interested in government and politics for rewarding careers and lifetimes of learning and involvement. To best achieve this goal, three distinct concentrations or tracks are available for students of political science: 1. general political science 2 pre-law 3. public administration. Each concentration has been designed to provide a combination of knowledge and skills that is uniquely appropriate for those with particular career goals. However, choosing one concentration over the others does not limit a student to one particular career path-each of the concentrations provides a solid grounding in political science. BACHELOR OF ARTS/SCIENCE POLITICAL SCIENCE - GENERAL The general political science concentration is designed to provide a broad ducation in political science. It is most appropriate for students who plan to ittend graduate school in political science and for those with an interest in government and politics who wish to get a broad, liberal education as preparation for a career in business, government, or journalism. Students who continue their education in graduate school most often pursue careers as professors, researchers, consultants, or government officials. Students who do not pursue graduate study choose from a wide variety of career options in business, government, and journalism. Political Science Courses (36 credits) X PS 110 Intro to Amer Gov & Pol PS491-492 Senior Seminar 4 6 A minimum of one course in each of following areas, and two courses in one of the areas: 16-20 American Politics (PS325, 364, 367, 467) Comparative Politics (PS 160. 331, 334) International Relations (PS241, 411, 412) Political Philosophy (PS351, 352) • Additional political science electives to reach 36 credits 6-10 NOTE: A minimum of 21 credits must be at the 300/400 level. Of these, at least 9 must be at die 400 level. General Political Science Cognates (27-28 credits) y.CS100 Intro Microcomputer App EC201 Prin of Macroeconomics EN220 Advanced Composition or EN221 Creative Writing HS sequence’ PL204 Intro to Philosophy or PL205 Logic ARTS, LETTERS AND SOCIAL SCIENCES • 110 3 3 3 8 3 �SD302 Persuasion & Argu 3-4 or SD320 Public Relations SO201 Social Research and Stats 4 'One full-year history sequence (HS 101-102 orHS 131-132) is recommended General Education requirements 33 Bachelor of Arts Cognates: One year of a foreign language 8 Bachelor of Science Cognates: A minimum of 9 credits from the following: EC202 Prin of Microeconomics 3 4 PY101 Intro to Psychology 3 SO 101 Intro to Sociology S0213 Intro to Anthropology 3 POLITICAL SCIENCE - GENERAL SPRING FALL FIRST YEAR EN110 Freshman Comp" PS110 Intro Amer Govt HS History Seq Elect Nat Sci Elect SA100 Succeed College 3* 4* 4* 3* _1 * 15 SD101 Fund of Speech Pol Sci Elective Hist Seq Elective Nat.Sci Elec (3) 4* & Ob 14 SECOND YEAR EN210 Res Paper Process’ 3 HU251 Humanities I 4* Pol Sci Elec 3A CS100 Intro Micro Appl 3 X Elective _3 16 Nat Sci Elec HU252 Humanities II Pol Dist Elec SO201 Soc Res Stats 3 4 3 4 14 Pol Sci Dist Elec Pol Sci Elec EN220 Adv Composition SD302 Persuasion & Argu BA/BS Cognate 3 3 3 3 4* 16 PS492 Senior Seminar II Pol Sci Dist Elec Elective Elective Elective 3 4 3 3 3 16 THIRD YEAR Pol Sci Dist Elec 3 PL204 Intro to Philosophy 3 EC201 Macroeconomics 3 BA/BS Cognate 4* Elective .3 16 FOURTH YEAR PS491 Senior Seminar I Pol Sci Dist Elec Elective Elective Elective 3 4 3 3 3 16 May be taken in Spring semester. ARTS, LETTERS AND SOCIAL SCIENCES • 111 �BACHELOR OF ARTS/SCIENCE POLITICAL SCIENCE - PRE-LAW The pre-law concentration provides students of political science interested in legal careers with a planned curriculum that prepares them especially well for law school and for careers in law. Students who choose this option are often interested in careers as attorneys, prosecutors, or judges. It should be noted that this is not a mandatory pre-law curriculum; it is a curriculum for pre-law students who have a special interest in government and politics. Noteworthy features of this concen­ tration are a special course on the nature of legal careers and how to prepare for them; two courses in legal research and writing that provide students with a head start in using a law library and in conducting legal research; and a well-designed combination of support courses in logic, debate, writing, accounting, and research. Political Science Courses (36 credits) PS110 Intro to Am Gov & Pol PS120 Intro to Legal Proc PS 130 Intro to St/Lcl Gov PS222 Intro to the Lgl Prof PS467 Const Law/Cvl Lib PS491-492 Senior Seminar 4 3 4 2 4 6 A minimum of one course in each of the following areas: 10-12 Comparative Politics (PS160, 331, 334) International Relations (PS241, 411, 412) Political Philosophy (PS351, 352) NOTE: A minimum of 21 credits must be at the 300/400 level 1-3 Additional political science electives to reach 36 credits Pre-Law Cognates (40 credits) CS100 Intro Microcomp App EN220 Advanced Composition or EN221 Creative Writing HS sequence* LA 102 Lgl Res/Case Analy LA202 Lgl Wrtg & Analy OA119 Accounting Procedures or AC 132 Prin of Acctg I PL205 Logic SD302 Pers & Argu SO201 Social Res & Stats 3 3 8 3 3 4 3 3 4 ‘One full-year history sequence (HS 101 -102 or HS 131-132) is recommended Two law courses from the following: Any Legal Assistant (LA) courses CJ319 Subst Criminal Law CJ409 Proc Criminal Law BA254 Business Law I BA255 Business Law II General Education requirements Bachelor of Arts Cognates One year of a foreign language 3 3 3 3 33 8 Bachelor of Science Cognates A minimum of 9 credits from the following: EC201 Prin of Macroeconomics 3 EC202 Prin of Microeconomics 3 PY101 Intro to Psychology 4 3 SO101 Intro to Sociology S0213 Intro to Anthropology 3 ARTS, LETTERS AND SOCIAL SCIENCES • 112 �POLITICAL SCIENCE - PRELAW SPRING FALL FIRST YEAR EN110 Freshman Comp* 3 PS 110 Intro Am Govt/Pol 4 4 Hist Seq Elec 3 Nat Sci Elec SA100 Succeed in College _1 15 SD101 Fund of Speech PS 120 Intro to Lgl Proc History Seq Elec Nat Sci Elec Elective 3 3 4 3 1 16 SECOND YEAR EN210 HU251 PS222 CS100 BA/BS Res Paper Process* Humanities I Intro to Legal Prof Intro Micro Appl Cognate 3 4 2 3 3 HU252 Humanities II PS 130 Intro St/Lcl Govt SO201 Soc Res & Stats Elective BA/BS Cognate 1 16 15 THIRD YEAR 3 Pol Sci Dist Elec LA 102 Lgl Res/Case Analy 3 EN220 Adv Composition 3 4 OA119 Acctg Proc Nat Sci Elec I 16 4 4 4 1 Pol Sci Dist Elec Pol Sci Elec SD302 Pers & Argu PL205 Logic BA/BS Cognate 3 3 3 3 3 15 FOURTH YEAR PS491 Senior Seminar I LA202 Lgl Wrtg & Analy PS467 Const Law/Cvl Lib Law Elective Elective 3 3 4 3 1 PS492 Senior Seminar II Law Elective Pol Sci Dist Elec Elective Elective 16 3 3 4 3 2 15 ‘May be taken in Spring Semester. BACHELOR OF SCIENCE POLITICAL SCIENCE - PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION The public administration concentration is most appropriate for students who plan to work in an administrative capacity in public agencies or nonprofit org with public missions. Students who choose this option are preparing of public service. Such careers may be pursued through positions^ agencies at the local, state or provincial, and national levels. Other p y ARTS, LETTERS AND SOCIAL SCIENCES • 113 �be found in nonprofit organizations involved in public concerns, such as Common Cause, the Environmental Defense Fund, and the Michigan Health Council. Some of these careers of public service may be pursued with only a bachelor’s degree. Others may require completion of a master’s degree in public administration or a related field. Senior public administration students will complete an internship as part of their education. Internships allow students to apply the knowledge they have gained in the classroom in an on-the-job setting. They are also valuable for creating a record of experience that will impress prospec­ tive employers and help the student become established in a career. Internships, which are arranged with the assistance of an advisor, are available with local, state or provincial, and federal agencies. Political Science Courses (37 credits) PS110 Intro Amer Gov & Pol PS130 Intro to St/Locl Gov PS201 Intro to Public Admin PS301 Policy Anal/Eval PS401 Prin of Pub Admin PS491-492 Senior Seminar PS499 Pol Sci/Pub Admin lntm 4 4 3 4 3 6 3 A minimum of one course in each of the 10-12 following areas: Comparative Politics (PS160, 331, 334) International Relations (PS241, 411, 412) Political Philosophy (PS351, 352) Public Administration Cognates (34 credits) CS100 Intro Micro App 3 EC201 Prin of Macroeconomics 3 EC305 Public Finance 3 HS Sequence* ° 3 MN360 Prin of Mgmt 3 MN365 Human Res Mmgt OA119 Accounting Procedures 4 PY228 Organizational Behavior or 4 S0313 Work and Organizations SD302 Persuasion & Argu 3-4 or SD320 Public Relations 4 SO201 Soc Res & Stats General Education requirements 33 ’One full-year history seq (HS131-132) is recommended B.S., POLITICAL SCIENCE - PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION FALL SPRING FIRST YEAR . o EM110 Freshman Comp PSUO Intro Am Govt/Pol Hist Sequence Elec Nat Sci Elec SA100 Succeed Coll ege 3 4 4 3 J 15 SD101 Fund of Speech PS 130 Intro St Local Gov History Sequence Elec Natural Science Elec Elective 3 4 4 3 I 15 SECOND YEAR EN210 Res Paper Process* 3 HU251 Humanities 1 4 PS201 Intro Public Admin 3 CS100 Intro Micro App 3 Elective .3 16 Natural Science Elec HU252 Humanities II Pol Sci Dist Elec SO201 Soc Res & Stats Elective ARTS> letters AND SOCIAL SCIENCES • 114 3 4 4 4 1 16 �THIRD YEAR Pol Sci Dist Elec OA119 Acctg Proc EC201 Macroeconomics PY228 Organiz Behavior Elective 3 4 3 3 3 PS301 Plcy Anal/Eval SD320 Public Relations MN360 Prin of Mgmt Elective Elective 16 FOURTH YEAR PS491 Senior Seminar I PS401 Prin of Pub Admin EC305 Public Finance MN365 Human Res Mgmt Elective 3 3 3 3 3 PS492 Senior Sem II PS499 Pub Adm Intern Pol Sci Dist Elec Elective Elective 15 4 4 3 3 2 16 3 3 3 3 _3 15 ’May be taken in Spring Semester PRELAW No prescribed course of study can be recommended to all students who plan to attend law school. Students entering law school choose undergraduate majors from a wide variety of fields. However, a pre-law concentration is offered in the political science curriculum, and various law courses are offered as a part of the legal assistant studies program at Lake Superior State University. See the appropriate political science and legal assistant studies program listings. Students interested in a legal career should consult with the pre-law advisor, Professor Carol Andary, early and often during their Pre-law undergraduate studies, planning, based on consultation with the advisor, will allow the student to make an informed choice of curriculum and of elective courses that will help with the development of the skills mentioned below. The pre-law advisor will also provide pre-law students with a variety of materials about admission to law school, the law school admission test, and careers in law. A student’s undergraduate grade point average and his or her score on the Law School Admission Test (LSAT) are the two most important criteria for admission to law school. Details on admission policies of law schools throughout the country, and the degree to which these schools may use other criteria in addition to grade point average and LSAT score, may be found in the Pre-Law Handbook. This handbook is published by the Law School Admission Council/Law School Admission Services and is the official law school guide. It may be examined by contacting the pre-law advisor or purchased in many book stores. Although there is no prescribed major which must be taken for admission to law school, some curricula may be better than others in helping students develop skills necessary for admission to law school and for a successful legal career. A broad and challenging undergraduate curriculum is the best The preparation for law school. T. ARTS, LETTERS AND SOCIAL SCIENCES • 115 �iy>-i gw Handbook stresses that a student’s undergraduate education should lead to the dey,exloPme!JVw skills in three areas: (1) the ability to understand and express oneself well in words, (2) the development of a critical understanding ot the human institutions and values with which the law deals, and (3) the development of creative power in thinking. A pre-law student should consider the need to develop these skills in selecting his or her curriculum. In addition, students should think about whether the curriculum they choose can provide an alternative to a career in law should they eventually choose not to pursue a legal career. ASSOCIATE DEGREE LEGAL ASSISTANT STUDIES For this degree, students must complete the courses below, the General Education requirements for Associate Degrees, and electives to total 64 credits.* Required courses (53 credits) EN110 Freshman Composition EN210 Research Paper Process SD101 Fundamentals of Speech LA 102 Lgl Res Case Analysis LA125 Cvl Lit & Procedure LA140 Pers Injury Litigation & Investigative Techniques LA150 Lgl Assistant Profession & Ethical Considerations LA202 Legal Writing & Analysis LA250 Law Office Management, Systems & Technology LA320 Real Estate Law LA321 Family Law LA322 Probate Law/Proc BA254 Business Law I BA255 Business Law II CJ319 Substantive Criminal Law OA119 Accounting Procedures PS110 Intro Amer Govt/Politics Cognate Required (3 credits) DP225 Word Proc Techniques or DP 150 Applied Comp Appl or CS100 Intro to Micro Appl 3 3 3 3 4 3 3 3 3 3 2 3 3 3 3 4 4 3 Elective: (8 credits)" Electives are to be chosen consultation with advisor. Students completing the Associate Degree in Legal Assistant Studies may conveniently continue their education in a Bachelor’s Degree in Legal Assistant Studies or other Fields such as office administration, human Those services, or political science, interested in this option should consult the Legal Assistant Studies Advisor. 'Note: The Legal Assistant Associate Degree requires 2 credits in Social Science, Natural Science or Mathematics beyond those for general education. These requirements may be fulfilled from the students’ electives. "Note: Students may wish to apply some elective credits to the Legal Assistant Internship and Professional Devel­ opment Seminar (LA299) in their sophomore year. ASSOCIATE DEGREE, LEGAL ASSISTANT STUDIES FALL SPRING FIRST YEAR EN110 Fresh Comp’ LA 102 Lgl Res Case Anal LA 150 Lgl Assist Prof & Ethical Considerations SD101 Fund of Speech OA119 Acctg Proc 3 3 3 3 4 16 in LA 125 Cvl Lit & Proc 4 LA 140 Personal Injury Lit & Investigative Tech 3 PS110 Intro Amer Govt Pol 4 3 Cognate 2 Electives 16 ARTS, LETTERS AND SOCIAL SCIENCES • 116 �SECOND YEAR EN210 LA202 LA320 LA321 BA254 CJ319 Res Paper Process’ 3 Lgl Wrtg & Analy 3 Real Estate Law 3 Family Law 2 Business Law I 3 Substan Crim Law _3 17 LA322 Prob Law & Proc BA255 Business Law II LA250 Law Office Mgmt, System/Technology Electives ‘May be taken Fall or Spring semester. NOTES ARTS, LETTERS AND SOCIAL SCIENCES • 117 3 3 3 6 15 �DEPARTMENT OF PSYCHOLOGY BACHELOR OF SCIENCE HUMAN SERVICES The Human Services major allows students to combine practical skills with an academic preparation in psychology or sociology. Students complete 3 minors. One of the three must be the coordinating minor (psychology or sociology). All skill minors require a practicum or internship. A total of 9-16 credits of practicum must be completed between the two skill minors. No more than 16 practicum credits may be counted for the degree. The General Education requirements must also be completed. The acceptable skill minors are: 1. Child Development 2. Corrections 3. Counseling 4. Gerontology 5. Human Services Admin 6. Industrial Relations 7. Law Enforcement 8. Legal Assistant Studies 9. Native Amer Studies 10. Recreation Studies Skill 11. Subst Abuse Counseling Students should consult the descriptions of the skill minors for detailed information, Transfer students who have completed the equivalent of a skill minor at another college or university may request a waiver of one skill minor. New students may register as PreHuman Services majors and may concurrently enroll in a Liberal Arts Associate Degree program in either psychology, sociology, or in one of the skill minors. Special Associate Degree programs exist for Early Childhood Education, Corrections, Legal Assistant Studies and Substance Abuse Prevention and Treatment. Students may apply for admission to the Human Services major after completing 12 credits of human services or social sciences coursework or after completing an Associate Degree or Canadian college diploma in a human services area. Students considering graduate school are encouraged to select a double major in either Psychology and Human Services or Sociology and Human Services. Human Services majors must be ethical, caring individuals who are capable of forming helping relationships with others and serving as good role models. As part of the admissions process, students will be asked to volunteer in human service agencies and to explore their own appropriateness to enter the human service field. Students need 24 credits of 300-400 level courses across their 3 minors, and all students must complete a capstone course from the following list. CJ401 Senior Seminar HM480 Grantwriting LA450 Adv Legal Writing & Interview Seminar PY498 Senior Research I SO401 Research Seminar I ARTS, LETTERS AND SOCIAL SCIENCES • 118 �BACHELOR OF ARTS/BACHELOR OF SCIENCES PSYCHOLOGY Psychology is the systematic study of methods to understand, predict, and influence human behavior and mental processes. The major provides students with exposure to the areas that define contemporary scientific psychology. The psychology major helps a student develop analytical thinking and communication skills which are applicable to a variety of careers. Many psychology majors pursue post baccalaureate degrees. Psychology electives enable students to construct a program of study consistent with their professional goals. The Bachelor of Science and Bachelor of Arts degrees differ only in the nature of the cognate; science classes or foreign language classes, respectively. Total Departmental Credits Required: 41 Required Psychology Credits (35 credits) X v. PY101 VPY210 /XPY212 ,\PY311 ^•PY357 XPY396 XPY456 V*Y457 v PY459 \ PY498 \ PY499 Intro to Psychology Statistics Experimental Psychology Learning and Motivation Personality Theory Tests and Measurement Hstry & Sys of Psych Cognition Physiological Psychology Senior Research I Senior Research II Elective Psychology Credits (6 credits) PY Elective - any level PY217 Soc Psych 4 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 3 VPY259 Abnormal or Psych 13 or PY265 Chid & Adlscnt Dev J B.A., PSYCHOLOGY first year FALL EN110 Foreign PY101 PY210 BL105 Freshman Comp* Language Intro to Psych Statistics Func Hum Bdy SECOND YEAR Cognate Bachelor of Arts Degree 8 1 year of foreign language Bachelor of Science Degree 8 credits from the following: biology, chemistry, and physical science beyond those used to hilfill general education requirements; mathematics at the level of MAI 11 and above (except MA207); any CS or DP courses; PL204, PL205, HS235. General Education and Electives Students must complete all General Education requirements including BL105. Students must take sufficient electives to total 124 semester credits. Acceptable Minors: Psychology majors may select an approved minor (21 credits) or may complete 21 credits in courses approved in lieu of the minor by their advisor. Nine credits must be at the 300-400 level. SPRING 3 4 4 3 A 18 EN210 Res Paper Process* 3 Minor Course 3 PY311 Lmg & Motivation 3 Personality Theory 3 NS Elective A 16 v SD101 Fund, of Speech 3 NPY212 Exp Psych 3 4 Foreign Language 3 Physical Science MA Elec 100+ Level JL4 15-17 PY Elective . Minor Course >PY396 Tests & Msrmts Minor Course PY Designated Elective ARTS, LETTERS AND SOCIAL SCIENCES • 119 3 3 3 3 3 15 �THIRD YEAR PY459 Phys Psych HU or elective Minor courses Elective PY457 Cognition HU or Elective Minor Courses Elective 3 3-4 6 3 3 3-4 6 3 1545 1545 PY498 Senior Research I 3 PY456 Hs & Sys of Psych 3 Minor Course 3 Electives 3-6 PY499 Senior Research II 4 10 Electives 14 FOURTH YEAR 'May be taken Fall or Spring Semester B.S., PSYCHOLOGY FALL FIRST YEAR SPRING EN110 Freshman Comp’ 3 PY101 Intro to Psych 4 PY210 Statistics 3 BL105 Func Human Body 4 MA Elect 100+ level 2-4 16-18 SECOND YEAR EN210 Res Paper Process' 3 Minor Course 3 PY311 Lmg & Motivation 3 PY357 Personality Theory 3 Cognate Course 3 15 SD101 Fund of Speech PY Elective PY212 Exp Psych Natural Science MA Elec 100+ level 3 PY Designated Elective Minor Course PY396 Tests & Msrmts Electives Physical Science 3 THIRD YEAR PY459 Phys Psych HU Humanities Minor Courses Elective FOURTH YEAR PY498 Senior Research I PY456 Hs & Sys of Psych Minor Course Electives 3 4 6 3 16 3 3 3 PY457 Cognition HU Humanities Minor Courses Elective 3 3 4 3 3 3 3 15 3 4 6 3 16 PY499 Senior Research II 4 11 Electives 15 6 [5 'May be taken Fall or Spring semester. ARTS, LETTERS AND SOCIAL SCIENCES • 120 �BACHELOR OF ARTS/BACHELOR OF SCIENCE SOCIAL SCIENCES Students who elect either of these programs should become more effective citizens for tomorrow and develop skills useful in various employment areas, both in the public and private sector. These curricula allow a large number of electives and a great deal of flexibility for the mature student. The programs of study provide both depth and breadth in the social sciences (economics, geography, history, political science, psychol­ ogy, ana sociology), as well as providing opportunities for special­ ization in areas of interest. Major Area Requirements: Introductory Sequences 27-31 Students must select four full year introductory sequences from the following six areas: Economics 6 Geography 8 History 8 Political Science 8 Psychology 7 Sociology 6 Lower Level Courses from the Six Areas of the Major 9 Students must choose at least 9 credits from the 100-200 level in the six areas. Upper Level Courses from the Six Areas of the Major 21 Students must choose 21 credits from the 300-400 level offerings in the six areas. No more than 12 credits can be in any one discipline. Methodology Courses 5-7 Students choose 2 courses from SO201, PY210, PY212, HS496 Minor or Cognate: To earn a Bachelor of Arts degree, students must take 8 credits of a foreign language as well as an additional 12 approved credits from English, humanities, speech, journalism, or philosophy (beyond General Education requirements). For a Bachelor of Science degree, students will take an approved minor in natural science or social science (20-28 credits). General Education and Electives: Students must complete all the General Education requirements and electives to total 124 semester credits. B.A., SOCIAL SCIENCES FALL EN110 Freshman Comp* 3 Intro Sequence I 3-4 NS Elective 3 Intro Sequence II 3-4 First Yr For Lang 4 16-18 SPRING SD101 Fund of Speech Intro Sequence I NS Elective Intro Sequence II First Year For Lang 3 3-4 3 3-4 SECOND YEAR EN210 Res Paper Process’ 3 Intro Sequence III 3-4 Intro Sequence IV 3-4 NS Elective Social Sci Electives Intro Sequence III Intro Sequence IV Elective ARTS, LETTERS AND SOCIAL SCIENCES • 121 6 3-4 3-4 �THIRD YEAR Cognate/Minor HU Elective Methodology Course EN/HU/JR/SD Elective Elective 3 Cognate/Minor 4 HU Elective Methodology Course 3 EN/HU/JR/SD Elective 3 3-6 Elective 16-19 3 4 3 3 1 16 FOURTH YEAR Electives (if needed) Electives (if needed) 3 Social Sci Electives Cognate/Minor Course EN/HU/JR/SD Electives 9 3-4 Cognate/Minor 15-16 3-5 9 ’May be taken Fall or Spring semester. B.S., SOCIAL SCIENCES SPRING FALL FIRST YEAR EN110 Freshman Comp’ 3 Intro Sequence I 3-4 NS Elective 4 Intro Sequence II 3-4 Cognate/Minor 3-4 16-19 SD101 Fund of Speech Intro Sequence I NS Elective Intro Sequence II Cognate/Minor SECOND YEAR Soc Sci Electives Intro Sequence III Intro Sequence IV Elective EN210 Res Paper Process’ 3 Intro Sequence III 3-4 Intro Sequence IV 3-4 Elective 3 13-14 THIRD YEAR Cognate/Minor HU Elective Methodology Course Social Sci Elective 3 4 3 1 16 Cognate/Minor HU Elective Methodology Course Social Sci Elective Elective FOURTH YEAR Electives Of needed) 3 Electives (if needed) Soc Sci Electives Cognate/Minor 9 Social Sci Elective Cognate/Minor Course ’May be taken Fall or Spring semester. ARTS, LETTERS AND SOCIAL SCIENCES • 122 3 3-4 4 3-4 3-4 16-19 6 3-4 3-4 3 16-17 3 4 3 3 3-6 16-19 3-5 9 JL1 �ASSOCIATE DEGREE SUBSTANCE ABUSE PREVENTION AND TREATMENT The associate degree program provides training in substance abuse counseling to prepare students for paraprofessional roles in hospitals, treatment centers, and substance abuse prevention programs. Students are required to be good role models for the clients they will serve. The associate degree can be completed in two years of full-time study and requires an extensive practicum placement. Practicum placements may be completed outside the local area. Placements are available in hospitals, out patient programs, assessment centers, detoxification units, long term treatment centers, prevention programs, and specialized programs in schools or in corrections settings. All placements require the Fundamentals of Substance Abuse Counseling credential. The test for this credential is offered through the Michigan Office of Substance Abuse Services. Students completing the Associate Degree may apply to continue in the B.S. in Human Services program to qualify for entry level counseling positions. Required Courses: EN110 Freshman Composition EN210 Research Paper Processes SD101 Fundamentals of Speech BL105 Func of Human Body HM204 Fund of Drug Abuse HM250 Human Serv Practicum HM292 Alcohol Abuse Prevention & Treatment S0242 Sociology of Sex S0341 Sociology of Addiction S0344 Social Welfare Syste ms PY101 Intro to Psych PY201 Commun Skills Couns PY259 Abnormal Psychology Cognate - Required S0225 Native American Cultures 3 or S0226 Races and Minorities PY291 Group Counseling 3 or PY391 Family Therapy 3 3 3 4 3 9 3 3 3 3 4 3 3 Students completing the Associate Degree in Substance Abuse Prevention and Treatment may conveniently continue their education in the Bachelors Degree in Human Services or other fields such as Psychology, Sociology, or Cor­ rections. Students interested in these options should consult the chair of the appropriate discipline. Electives General Education requirements and sufficient electives must be completed to total a minimum of 64 semester credits. Total Credits Required 64 ARTS, LETTERS AND SOCIAL SCIENCES • 123 �Bachelor of Arts The student must complete one year of a foreign language (8 hours) Students must take sufficient electives to total 124 semester credits. B.A., SOCIOLOGY SPRING FALL FIRST YEAR SO 102 Social Problems EN110 Fresh Comp’ 3 NS Elective SO 101 Intro, to Sociology 3 SD101 Fund, of Speech NS Elective 3 Cognate or Elective Cognate or Elective _3 12 (Complete math proficiency, if necessary, during first year) SECOND YEAR EN210 Res Paper Process' or 3 EN215 Intro to Lit Res’ Substantive Soc. Course 3 Cognates or Electives 6 HU Elective A 16 SO210 Soc. Res./Stats. Substantive Soc. Course Cognate or Elective HU Elective SO301 Theory Substantive Soc. Course Cognates or Electives First Year Foreign Lang Substantive Soc. Course Cognates or Electives First Year Foreign Lang THIRD YEAR 3 3 6 _4 16 FOURTH YEAR SO401 Soc. Seminar I Cognates or Electives SO402 Soc. Seminar II Cognates or Elective 3 14 17 4 3 3 _3 4 3 3 A 14 3 9 4 16 3 14 17 ‘May be taken Fall or Spring semester B.S., SOCIOLOGY FALL SPRING FIRST YEAR EN110 Freshman Comp’ 3 SO 101 Intro, to Sociology 3 NS Elective 3 Cognate or Elective _3 13 SO 102 Social Problems NS Elective SD101 Fund, of Speech Cognate or Elective 4 4 3 3. 14 (Complete math proficiency, if necessary, during first year) SECOND YEAR EN210 Res Pap Process’ or EN215 Intro to Lit Res’ Substantive Soc. Course Cognates or Electives HU Elective 3 3 6 SO201 Soc. Res./Stats. Substantive Soc. Course Cognates or Electives HU Elective NS Elective A 16 ARTS, LETTERS AND SOCIAL SCIENCES • 126 4 3 5 4 1 17 �THIRD YEAR SO301 Theory Substantive Soc. Course Cognates or Electives Electives FOURTH YEAR SO401 Soc. Seminar I Cognates or Electives 3 3 6 4 16 3 14 17 *May be taken Fall or Spring Semester Substantive Soc. Course Cognates or Electives Elective 3 9 A 16 SO402 Soc. Seminar II Cognates or Electives NOTES____ If ||| - ARTS, LETTERS AND SOCIAL SCIENCES • 127 3 14 17 �ASSOCIATE DEGREE EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION This two-year program leading to an associate degree is for students interested in working with young children—birth through age five. Students are expected to acquire an understanding of developmental patterns of the preschool child in such areas as: cognition, emotion, social interaction, and physical growth. This understanding will be the basis for working with groups of children and will culminate in a practicum. Graduates of this program normally seek positions with day care centers, day care homes, head start programs, residential homes, and other facilities designed for the care and development of the preschool child, Graduates wishing to continue their education can matriculate into the four-year bachelor degree program in human services at the University or pursue a degree in elementary education or special education. A total of 62 credit hours is required as follows: Required EN110 Freshman Composition EN210 Research Paper Processes SD101 Fundamentals of Speech BL105 Func of the Human Body HE104 Nutrition for Early Child HE181 First Aid SOI 13 Soc of the Amer Family ED101 Found of Early Child Ed ED 105 Child Guidance/Welfare EDI 10 Curr Dev/Tchg Pract 3 3 3 4 3 1 3 3 3 3 EDI 11 Infants & Toddlers: Dev Approaches & Practices ED220 Early Childhood Lit ED260 Practicum I ED261 Practicum II ED270 Admin Early Chldhd Prog Cognate Required PY155 Lifespan Development or PY265 Child/Adolescent Dev PY288 Organizational Behavior or PY299 Exceptional Child/Adol S0225 Native American Culture or S0226 Races and Minorities 3 3 4 4 3 3 3 3 7 Electives Students completing the Associate Degree in Early Childhood Education may conveniently continue their education in the Bachelors Degree in Human Services or other fields such as Psychology, Sociology, or Corrections. Students interested in this option should consult the Early Childhood Education advisor. ASSOCIATE DEGREE, EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION FALL SPRING FIRST YEAR EN110 Fresh Comp 3 BL105 Fund Hmn Bdy 4 PY155 Lifespan Dev or 3 PY265 Child & Adol Dev ED 101 Foun Childhood Ed3 ED 110 Curr Dev Tch Prac 3 16 SD101 SOI 13 HE104 HE181 EDI 11 Fund, of Speech 3 Soc of Amer Fam 3 Nut Early Chldhd 3 First Aid 1 Infants & Toddlers: Devel Approp Prac 3 ED 105 Child Guid/Wlfre _3 16 ARTS, LETTERS AND SOCIAL SCIENCES • 128 �SECOND YEAR EN210 Res Pap Proc ED220 Early Chldhd Lit ED260 Practicum I PY' or SO” Elective 3 3 4 3 2 15 Choose one of the following: PY299 Exceptional Child & Adol or PY288 Organizational Behavior ED270 Admin of EC Prog 3 3 Elective 2 Elective 4 ED261 Practicum II ■PY* or SCT _3 15 Choose one of the following: S0225 Native American Cultures or S0226 Races and Minorities NOTES arts, letters and SOCIAL SCIENCES • 129 �TEACHER EDUCATION Lake Superior State University currently has, in cooperation with Michigan State University, an integrated program in Teacher Education. The program emphasizes a combination of preparation in the student’s discipline and education course work that is coordinated with extensive work in schools. The program includes a B.A. or B.S. from LSSU followed by graduate course work from MSU, all of which will be completed in the Sault Ste. Marie area. A four-year phase in of the program began Fall Semester, 1991. Disciplinary majors and minors that will lead to elementary or secondary teaching certification are being developed by several academic departments. The following majors have been approved for elementary and secondary teaching: Biology English Language and Literature Geology History Mathematics See individual majors for program requirements. Psychology Sociology Information about the program can be obtained from Dr. Gary Rackliffe, 906-635-2736. NOTES Majors are also being developed in: Economics Political Science Psychology Sociology Minors for secondary teaching have been approved in the following disciplines: Biology Chemistry Communication Economics English Language and Literature French Language and Literature Geography History Journalism Political Science ARTS, LETTERS AND SOCIAL SCIENCES • 130 �PLANNED PROGRAM FOR ELEMETARY TEACHERS Required: PY265 Child & Adol Dev 3 Students would take the courses in three of the following groups that do not overlap their major English: EN215 Intro Lit & Res EN231 Am Lit I or EN232 Am Lit II EN320 Respond to Writ EN335 Childhood Lit 3 3 3 3 Mathematics: MAI03 Num Sys Prob Sol 3 MAI04 Geom & Measure 3 MAI 11 College Algebra 3 Choose one of the following: BA211 Bus Stat 3 MA207 Prin Stat Methods 3 PY210 Statistics 3 SO201 Soc Research Stat 4 Natural Sciences: CHI08 Applied Chemistry 4 GE114 FldExcEthSci 3 NS101 Conceptual Phy 3 BL105 Funct Human Body 4 or NS 103 Envir Science NS 104 Envir Science Lab Social Sciences and History Choose one of the following series: HS101 Hist Wld Civil I 4 HS102 Hist Wld Civil II 4 or HS131 US History I 4 HS132 US History II 4 GG201 Wld Reg Geog 4 PS110 Intro Am Govt Pol 4 (Canadian students may substitute: PS 160 Intro Can Govt Pol 3 NOTES ARTS, LETTERS AND SOCIAL SCIENCES • 131 �FRENCH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE MINOR This minor may be used as a Teaching Minor. Total Credits Required: 28 Required Courses: FR151 First Yr. French I 4 FR152 First Yr. French 11 4 FR251 Sec Yr. French I 4 FR252 Sec Yr. French II 4 FR351 Adv Conv Comp I 4 FR352 Adv Conv Comp II 4 FR355 Sur French Lit I 3 FR356 Sur French Lit II 3 GEOGRAPHY MINOR This minor meets the needs of students aspiring to professional careers in business, government, or planning agencies, or who wish to do university graduate work. It is strongly suggested that students pursuing professional careers complete MA207 Statistical Methods. A total of 20 credits is required: Geography (15-17 credits) GG106 Phys Geo: Landforms3 GG108 Phys Geo: Meteorology and Climatology 3 GG302 Economic Geography4 GG306 Cultural Geography 3 GG492 Ind Studies Geog 2-4 Geography electives to total 20 credits: GG201 Wld Reg Geography 4 GG321 Geo Europe/Gr Brit 4 GG322 Geo of S. America 4 GG323 Geo of Hast Asia 4 GG325 Reg Geo North Am 4 GG360 Historical Geog 4 GEOGRAPHY TEACHING MINOR Required credits 21 Required Courses: NS 105 Earth, Sun Weather NS 107 Land Forms GG201 World Reg Geog GG306 Cultural Geog 3 3 4 3 At least two courses from: GG302 Econ Geography GG321 Geog of Europe GG322 Geog of South Am GG323 Geog E & SE Asia GG325 Geog North Am 4 4 4 4 4 GERONTOLOGY MINOR A minor course of studies is offered in gerontology. This minor provides an educational foundation upon which the physiological, sociological, and psychological changes that occur during the aging process are understood. The skill minor in gerontology provides students who are majoring in recreation management, therapeutic recreation, human services, or other majors with course specialization in working with the aged in nursing homes, retirement homes, retirement villages, and in community programs. Total Credits Required 23 Required Courses: BL105 Funct Human Body 4 3 PY155 Lifespan Dev RC101 Int Rec Leis Ser 3 ARTS, LETTERS AND SOCIAL SCIENCES • 134 �RC105 Rec RC295 RC370 50326 50327 Prog Dev Ldrship 3 Leis Services Practicum 1 Rec for Elderly 3 Soc Aging & Aged 3 Soc Dying & Death 3 HISTORY MINOR Total Required Credits History Geography 23-24 20 3-4 Required Courses: HS101.102 Hist Wld Civ or HS131.132 U.S. Hist HS496 Hist Methods HS300/400 Level His Elec 8 2 8 One Course from: GG306 Cultural Geog GG321 Geo Europe/Gr Brit GG322 Geo of S. America GG323 Geo of East Asia GG325 Reg Geo of N. Am GG360 Hist Geography 3 4 4 4 4 4 8 HISTORY TEACHING MINOR Total Required Credits Required Courses: HS101 Hist Wld Civ I HS102 Hist Wld Civ II HS131 U.S. Hist I HS132 U.S. Hist II HS440 Dec Indep Const HS496 Hist Methods 22 4 4 4 4 4 2 One Course from: HS202 Renaissance, Refor­ mation Baroque Europe 4 HS230 SurAmlndHist 4 HS310 Russia: Underdev State to Superpower 4 HS346 HS361 HS371 GG306 NS 105 and NS 107 and PS 130 Canadian History 4 4 Latin America Far East Civil 4 Cultural Geog 3 Phy Geog: Earth, Sun, Weather 3 Phy Geog: Landforms 3 Soils Int State Local Govt4 HUMAN SERVICES ADMIN MINOR This skill minor in Human Services Administration offers training and experience in management, fiscal control, staff supervision, and service marketing in human service agencies. The minor recognizes that many agencies, especially in rural areas, are small and that service providers may also share admin­ istrative tasks. Also, service providers in larger agencies may wish to prepare for advancement into administrative positions. Practicum placements may be completed outside the local area. Depending on the student’s skill and interests, placements are available at state/provincial social services offices, child care centers, counseling agencies, tribal/band offices, treatment centers, family support agencies, corrections settings, etc. Total Credits Required: 23 Required Courses: S0344 Soc Welfare Sys 3 MN365 Human Res Mgmt 3 DP Elective 3 PS201 Intro to Public Admin or 3 PY228 Org Behavior HM250 Human Serv Pract 3 OA119 Accounting Procedures or 4 AC132 Prin of Accounting I MK281 Marketing Principles4 ARTS, LETTERS AND SOCIAL SCIENCES • 135 �JOURNALISM MINOR HUMANITIES MINOR Total Credit Hours Required courses: HU251 Humanities I HU252 Humanities II 24 4 4 Select 16 credits from the areas of study listed below, at least 6 but not more than 8 credits, must be taken in one discipline, with no more than 3 credits in studio or performing classes. The remaining credits are to be distributed in at least three of Spanish the following areas: Literature in Translation (class is taught in English), History of Drama, Music, Mythology, Philosophy, Art, World Literature, Film, Second year of a foreign language (provided it is used to satisfy of any other requirement). JAPANESE STUDY MINOR Students must completed the fullyear program at the Japan Center for Michigan Universities. Enrollment in the program is based upon the requirement that the student be a full-time, tuition paying student of LSSU. The Center is located in Hikone, Japan, and it is their staff and resources that provide the courses for this minor. The minor should consist of the following courses, totaling 24 semester hours: JS105-JS302. This sequence shall fulfill the one-year of foreign language required for Bachelor of Arts Degree. Students are strongly advised to take GG323. This minor may be used as a Teaching Minor. Total Credits Hours 20 Required courses: JR210 Writ Mass Media 3 JR211 Print Newswrit 3 JR310 Elect Edit Prod 3 JR410 Broadcast Newswrit 3 JR411 Broadcast Edit Prod 3 Elective courses: JR311 Superv School Pub EN220 Adv Comp EN221 Creat Writ MK387 Adv Theory Prac JR413 Dir Ind Studies 3 3 3 3 2 JOURNALISM WRITING MINOR 24 Total Credit Hours Required courses: 3 EN220 Adv Comp 3 EN221 Creat Writ SD307 Class Cont Rhetoric3 JR210 Writ Mass Media 3 JR211 Print Newswrit 3 Elective courses: JR410 Broadcast Newswrit JR411 Broacast Edit Prod JR311 Superv School Pub EN320 Respond Writ JR310 Elect Edit Prod JR413 Dir Ind Studies ARTS, LETTERS AND SOCIAL SCIENCES • 136 3 3 3 3 3 2 �LEGAL ASSISTANT STUDIES MINOR Total Creidt Hours: 26 Required core courses LA 102 Lgl Res/Case Analsis3 LA202 Lgl Writ & Analysis3 LA 125 Cvl Litigation Proced4 LA 150 Lgl Asst Professions & Ethical Considerations3 OA119 Accounting Procedures 4 or PS 110 Intro Amer Gov Pol Electives: Minimum of 9 credits from the following (with 6 credits selected from 300-400 level courses): LA 140 Pers Inj Litigation & Investigative Tech 3 LA250 Law Off Mgmt/Systems 3 & Technology LA300 Sem Lgl Asst St 1-4 LA320 Real Estate Law 3 LA321 Family Law 2 LA322 Probate Law & Proc3 LA401 Evid Trial Practice 3 LA405 No-Fault Auto Law 3 LA406 Wrkrs Dis Com Law2 CJ319 Substantive Crim Law3 CJ409 Procedural Crim Law3 BA254 Business Law I 3 BA255 Business Law II 3 may or may not be Native American themselves. Students intending to eventually work in a Native American setting or who may often work with Native Americans are likely to benefit from the information and new perspectives gained from the experiences provided by the minor. The Native American Studies minor is also appropriate for students who are simply interested in and wish to explore the Native American culture of our area. Individual courses within the Native American Studies minor may be of interest and value to both full and part-time students across the campus community. Approximately 25% of the population in the local service area of Lake Superior State University is Native American. There are also a substantial number of Native Americans in the broader service region of the University, both in Michigan and Ontario. The Native American Studies minor is designed to provide valuable background and current information about Native American culture and society. A minor is offered in Native American Studies, requiring a minimum of 22 credits. The courses in the Native American Studies minor reflect the Native American experience across time and throughout North America, but have a particular focus on issues which are of particular importance to Native Americans at the present time in the Great Lakes area. Course content will include the study of Native American history, culture, and literature. In addition, courses within the Native American Studies minor will introduce students to the structure and operation of tribal governments and tribal law, as well as various current Native American issues and concerns. The Native American Studies minor is appropriate for students majoring in a wide variety of disciplines who The faculty for the Native American Studies program may be contacted for further information. NATIVE AMERICAN STUDIES MINOR ARTS, LETTERS AND SOCIAL SCIENCES • 137 �This minor consists of the following courses: Minimum of one course from each of the following areas: 13-16 Required credits: American Government: PS 120 Intro Legal Proc 3 PS 130 Intro St Loc Govt 4 PS201 Intro Public Adm 3 PS301 Pol Analysis Eval 4 PS325 Politics and Media 3 PS357 Politics Violence 3 PS364 Pol Parties, Int Groups 3 and Pub Opinion PS367 Cong & Presidency 4 PS401 Prin Pub Admin 3 PS467 Const Law Civ Lib 4 19 NA/S0225 Nat Cultures N. Amer S0226 Races and Minorities NA/HS230 Survey Am Ind Hist NA/EN235 Survey Nat Amer Lit NA/LA305 Tribal Law & Govt NA320 Corn Nat Amer Issues NA310 Sem in Nat Amer Stud or Approved Internship Course Elective Credit: 3 3 4 3 3 3 3 1 POLITICAL SCIENCE MINOR Political Philosophy: PS351 Political Phil I PS351 Political Phil II Total Credits Required 28 PS 110 Intro Amer Govt/Pol 4 SO201 Social Res/Stats 4 A minimum of one course in each of the following areas: 13-16 American Politics (PS325, 364, 367, 467) Comparative Politics (PS 160, 331, 334) International Relations (PS241, 411, 412) Political Philosophy (PS351, 352) 4 4 Comparative Politics: PS 160 Intro Can Govt Pol 3 PS331 Comp Politics of West Eur & USSR 4 International Relations: PS241 Intro IntmatT Rel 4 and Wld Politics PS247 Model United Nat 1 PS334 Middle East Politics3 PS411 For Policy I (U.S.) 3 PS412 For Pol II (Non-US)3 Electives to total 21 Additional political science electives to reach 28 credits (A minimum of 12 credits must be at the 300/400 level) 4-7 A minimum of 9 credits must be at the 300/400 level. Social Science majors must complete 21 credits beyond the required political science credits for their major and SO201 Social Research and Statistics is required. POLITICAL SCIENCE TEACHING MINOR PSYCHOLOGY MINOR Total Credits required 21 PS110 Intro Amer Govt Pott The psychology minor provides students with a knowledge base for understanding and studying behavior. ARTS, LETTERS AND SOCIAL SCIENCES • 138 �Total credits Required: 22 Required Courses: 4 PY101 Intro to Psych 3 PY210 Statistics PY212 Exper Psychology 3 PY Electives 6 PY elective at 300+ level 3 PY357 Personality Theory-j or PY396 Tests & Measure 3 or PY457 Cognition or I PY459 Physiological Psy -> PSYCHOLOGY TEACHING MINOR Total Credits Required 22 4 PY101 Found of Psy PY210 Statistics 3 PY212 Exper Psychology 3 PY357 Personality Thry 3 PY396 Tests Measurements3 PY457 Cognition 3 PY459 Physiologicay Psy 3 PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION MINOR Total Credits Required 28 Required: PS110 Intro Amer Govt/Pol 4 PS130 Intro St Lcl Govt 4 PS201 Intro to Public Admin3 PS302 Policy Anal/Eval 4 PS401 Prin of Public Admin 3 PS449 Pol Sci Pub Adm Int 3 EC201 Prin Macroeconomics3 SO201 Social Res & Stats 4 PUBLIC RELATIONS MINOR Total Credits Required 20 Required courses: SD202 Inform Speaking 3 or SD302 Pers & Argum SD307 Classic Cont Rhet 3 or SD308 Comm Theory SD320 Public Relations 3 3 SD325 Org Commun PS325 Politics & Media 3 JR210 Writ Mass Media 3 SD161 Prob Speech/Drama 3 RECREATION STUDIES SKILL MINOR Total Credits Required: 23 Required Courses: RC101 Intro Rec Leisure 3 RC105 Prog Dev & Ldrshp in Rec & Leisure Serv 3 2-4 RC295 Practicum RC370 Rec for Elderly 3 Cognate Requirements ES140 Health and Fitness 3 PY155 Lifespan Develop 3 S0327 Soc Aging & Aged 3 3-9 HM250 Practicum SOCIOLOGY MINOR SOCIAL WELFARE Total Credits Required: Required Courses: SO 101 Intro Sociology ARTS, LETTERS AND SOCIAL SCIENCES • 139 22 3 �Additional sociology electives to total 21 semester hours. At least 9 credits must be at the 300/400 level. SO 102 Social Problems 4 S0226 Races and Minorities3 S0344 Soc Welfare Inst 3 Required Options: One course from each of these areas: Area 1 S0214 Criminology S0338 Deviance SPEECH AND DRAMA MINOR 3 3 Students must complete 20 semester hours of credit in addition to Composition and Speech (SD101) from speech and drama offerings, or their equivalents. Those who wish both a major in English language and literature and a minor in speech and drama must take additional credit in English for any of the advanced courses which overlap in both programs. Area 2 S0327 Soc Dying/Death3 S0326 Soc Aging/Aged3 Area 3 S0325 Soc Stratif 3 S0314 Social Change 3 S0321 Soc of Women 3 SOCIOLOGY MINOR GENERAL Total Credits Required: 21 Required Courses: SO 101 Intro to Sociology 3 SO 102 Social Problems 4 Additional sociology courses to total a minimum of 21 hours, among which at least 9 hours are 300 or 400 level courses. 14 SOCIOLOGY TEACHING MINOR Total Credits Required 21 Required Courses: SO 101 Intro to Soc 3 SO 102 Social Prob 3 S0238 Soc Psych 3 S0226 Races & Minorities 3 Choose one of the following: S0325 Soc Stratification 3 SO301 Dev Soc Theory 3 SO201 Soc Research Stat 4 SUBSTANCE ABUSE COUNSELING MINOR This skill minor prepares students to work in substance abuse settings and provides invaluable background for students planning to work in law enforcement, domestic violence, or corrections settings. Students choosing this minor must be good role models for clients confronting and recovering from substance abuse problems. Students must obtain a Michigan Apprentice Counseling Certificate by successfully completing the Michigan Office of Substance Abuse Counseling Examination before applying for practicum. Applicants for Substance Abuse Counseling Practicum must meet all ethical and personal qualifications for employment in a substance abuse prevention or treatment program. Students seeking the B.S. in Human Services degree who select both this minor and the Counseling minor will ARTS, LETTERS AND SOCIAL SCIENCES • 140 �note that there is a great deal of overlap between the minors. Therefore, these students must select three courses (2 at the 300-400 level) from the Approved Overlap Courses list. 21 Total Credits Required: Required Courses: HM204 Fund Drug Abuse 3 HM250 Human Serv Prac 3 HM292 Alcohol Abuse 3 Prev/Treat S0341 Soc of Addiction 3 PY201 Comm Skills Coun 3 PY396 Tests and Meas‘ 3 PY291 Group Counseling or 3 PY391 Family Therapy BL105 Funct Human Body"4 PY259 Abnormal Psy“‘ 3 or S0338 Deviance”' "Because of prerequisite to PY396, students must choose one of the following as part of coordi­ nating minor or electives: 3 PY210 Statistics (already required by PY minors) SO201 Soc Research & Stat.3 (counts toward SO minors) MA207 Prin of Stat Methods3 "May count Education toward General '“May count toward SO/PY minor NOTE: If substance abuse minor and counseling minor are both selected, student must fulfill overlap requirement. HM480 PY217 PY228 PY240 PY259 PY311 PY357 PY383 PY385 PY457 PY459 S0214 S0226 S0242 S0321 S0327 S0338 3 Grantwriting 3 Social Psychology Organizational Behavior 3 Behav Modification 3 Abnormal Psychology 3 Learning and Motivation 3 Personality Theory 3 Industrial Psychology 3 3 Health Psychology 3 Cognition 3 Physiological Psy 3 Criminology Races and Minorities 3 3 Sociology of Sex Sociology of Women 3 Sociology Death/Dying 3 Deviance 3 WRITING MINOR Total Credits Required Courses: EN220 Adv Comp EN221 Creat Writing EN321 Rhet Comp JR210 Writ Mass Media JR211 Print Newswrit Elective Courses: JR413 Dir Ind Studies JR310 Elect Edit Prod EN320 Respond Writing MK387 Adv Theory Prac NOTES APPROVED OVERLAP COURSES 9-15 CREDITS Students minoring in both Substance Abuse Counseling and Counseling must choose 9 credits from this list including 6 credits at the 300-400 level. Overlap credits will not count in the coordinating minor. ARTS, LETTERS AND SOCIAL SCIENCES • 141 20 3 3 3 3 3 2 3 3 3 �■ If) 0> 3 V) 3 PQ o a o o o c/3 :x> BUSINESS • 142 �EXECUTIVE MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION MBA ADMINISTRATION AND FACULTY Bruce T. Harger, Dean of the School of Business and Coordinator of the Executive MBA program; Prof. Ann Marinoni; Assoc. Profs. M. L. Adams, John Erkkila, Robert Gaertner, Jean Lundin, Daniel Mugavero, Lynn Ryckman, Karl J. Sherman; Asst. Prof. Annette Ryckman. The MBA faculty is responsible for the governance and curriculum of the Executive MBA program. Exceptions to standards and policies can only be granted by the MBA Standards and Polices Committee. Appeals for admission decisions are heard by the Admissions Committee. Students with questions in these areas can address their concerns to these committees or the Coordinator of the Executive MBA Program in care of the School of Business. MISSION STATEMENT The Executive Master of Business Administration Program offers general business education to students from diverse academic backgrounds. The program develops and enhances leadership skills for the early and mid-career managers. Cultural and international diversity characterizes the students. Students benefit from this diversity. MBA faculty members believe that a quality program reflects the dynamic nature of business in a global economy. They continually assess and improve program focus and quality. Graduates will advance in their professions. OUTCOMES Graduates will demonstrate know­ ledge of the common professional component. They will understand the economic, legal, political, cul­ tural and global environment of business. Graduates will demonstrate skills in research, communication, teamwork and critical thinking. Graduates will demonstrate involve­ ment in professional and community affairs. Courses will be offered at times convenient to students and consistent with program integrity. The MBA Faculty will produce an annual assessment report. BUSINESS • 143 �ADMISSIONS REQUIREMENTS EFFECTIVE FALL SEMESTER, 1994 Admission to the Executive MBA Program will be based on the fol­ lowing requirements: 1. Possession of a recognized bac­ calaureate degree, comprising a minimum of 120 semester cred­ its, from an accredited college or university. 2. Two letters of recommendation with one preferably from an academic source and one required from an employer or supervisor. 3. Completion of the application form. 4. Official transcripts of all previous post-secondary work, with certified translations for non-English transcripts, from which an undergraduate grade point average (gpa) can be computed. 5. Minimum points from Formul a 1 or Formula 2 (below), with additional restrictions on verbal and quantitative scores, All applicants roust have scores reported for the ox Graduate Management Admissions Test (GMAT) taken within the past five years. 6. For students whose first language differs from English, a minimum score of 550 on the Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) is required, with a minimum score of 48 on Section 1, Listening Comprehension. FORMULA 1 Applicants must have a minimum of 1000 points using formula 1 based on the gpa (4.0 scale) from the last 60 semester credits of undergraduate work. [200 x gpa + GMAT score >= 1000]. FORMULA 2 Applicants must have a minimum of 950 points using formula 2 based on the gpa (4.0 scale) for all undergrad­ uate work. [200 x gpa + GMAT score > = 950]. For full admission, minimum scores of 28 for the quantitative GMAT score and, for candidates whose first language is English, 25 for the verbal GMAT score are required. Applicants who do not receive the minimum quantitative or verbal scores will be required to complete additional preparatory work for full admission. Applicants who are denied admission may appeal to the Graduate Admis­ sions Committee. APPLICATION PROCEDURE Those seeking admission into the Executive MBA program must com­ plete the following steps. 1. Complete an application for admission and submit it with a $25.00 non-refundable application fee (U.S. funds) to the Admissions Office. 2. Official transcripts of all under­ graduate and graduate work should be requested to be sent to the Admissions Office directly by the institution from which credit was earned. BUSINESS • 144 �3. Official copies of GMAT (Grad­ uate Management Admission Test) scores, taken within the past five years, should be sent directly to Admissions. 4. Two letters of recommendation, one required from an employer, should be sent directly to Admis­ sions. 5. For students whose first language differs from English, an official copy of the TOEFL (Test of English as a Foreign Language) score should be sent directly to Admissions. EXECUTIVE MBA DEGREE REQUIREMENTS Students must complete preparatory courses at the 500 level, or their undergraduate equivalents, and 36 semester credits at the 600 level to obtain the Executive Master of Business Administration degree. Consult with the School of Business to determine if an undergraduate course will meet a preparatory course requirement. Preparatory Course______________ credits EC201 Principles of Macroeconomics 3 EC202 Principles of Microeconomics 3 MB503 Business Law 3 MB508 Statistical Analysis 3 MB521 Financial Accounting 3 MB525 Business Finance 3 MB561 Organizational Theory 3 MB581 Marketing Concepts Applications^ Total Preparatory Courses 24 600 Level Courses_________ _ Credits MB604 Managerial Economics 3 MB608 Research Techniques 3 MB621 Managerial Accounting & ControB MB625 Financial Management 3 MB659 Administrative Policy 3 MB660 Organizational Behavior 3 MB681 Marketing Management 2 Total Common Prof. Component 21 MB600 Level Electives 15 Total 600 Level Requirement 36 Course Substitutions, Waivers, Transfer Credit: Waivers of requirements and course substitutions can only be granted by the Coordinator of the Executive MBA Program. Students should retain copies of waiver/substitution documentation for their records. Waivers of preparatory courses are normally granted at the time of admission to the Executive MBA program. A maximum of 12 semester credits may be transferred from other institutions to meet 600 level course requirements. The credits must be at the graduate level, from an accredited institution, with a grade of 3.0 or higher, applicable to the MBA program, and have been earned within the six-year period prior to the student’s admission. The Coordinator of the Executive MBA program must approve the transfer of credit. Students should provide course descriptions or syllabi when requesting transfer credit evaluations. Copies of doc­ umentation should be retained by students. PROGRAM LENGTH All degree requirements must be completed within eight years from date of admission. GRADES The following grades are awarded to Executive MBA students: A+ A AB+ B BC+ C = = = = =s 4.0 4.0 3.7 3.3 3.0 2.7 2.3 2.0 C- = D+ = D DF N I ss Z 1.7 1.3 1.0 0.7 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 A minimum overall grade point of 3.00 (4.00 basis) is required with no more than six credits of ”C" grades. BUSINESS • 145 �NON-CREDIT OPTION Students who earn a "D" or "F" grade will be immediately referred to the MBA Standards and Policy Courses Committee for review, with grades of "D" or "F" must be repeated or the student will not be eligible to graduate. GUEST STUDENTS Students who have not been formally accepted into the Executive MBA Program are classified as guest students and may enroll in classes provided they have the necessary prerequisites. Students who wish to use credit earned as a guest student towards the Executive MBA degree must apply and be accepted into the Program. A maximum of six credits earned as a guest student may be applied toward the degree require­ ments. No exceptions to this maximum will be allowed. REGISTRATION AND SCHEDULING INFORMATION If desired, students may sign up for a course on a non-credit basis (with­ out letter grade). Tuition remains at the same rate as the credit basis. This option must be selected at sch­ eduling time and cannot be changed once the course has begun. Courses taken under this option do not count towards the Executive MBA degree requirements. They do not affect the grade point average. Students who complete courses under the non-credit option may request a Certificate of Completion by contact­ ing the Community Services and Development Office. This may be a practical option for guest students who are not taking the course for degree credit, but rather professional and/or personal development. For more information, Please con­ tact the Community Services and Development Office. Course registration and scheduling begins upon receipt of the scheduling bulletin each trimester. All registra­ tion and scheduling is processed through the Community Services and Development Office. DROP/REFUND POLICY Classes may be dropped at any time PRIOR to the first class session with a 100% refund. No refund will be given for classes dropped between that date and the course’s final ex­ amination. A drop slip must be processed through the RegistrarScheduling Office. Courses dropped by the end of the seventh week of the semester will be assigned an "N" grade on the academic transcript. BUSINESS • 146 NOTES �DEPARTMENT OF BUSINESS & ECONOMICS FACULTY: Prof. Bruce T. Harger, Dean; Profs. Arm B. Marioni; Madan Saluja; Assoc. Profs. Mary L. Adams, Donner Dowd, John Erkkila (chair), Robert C. Gaertner, John S. Hudson, Jean Lundin, Charles Meiser, Daniel Mugavero, Lynn Ryckman, Karl (Jim) Sherman; Ass’t. Profs. Annette Ryckman, Linda Schmitigal. Well-rounded professional education for careers in fields of business MISSION STATEMENT This department services students in identifying and achieving their goals. We do this by offering courses, programs of study, and advising. We serve traditional first-time-in-college and transfer students, as well as non-traditional students, on campus and at off-campus sites. Students receive individual attention through academic advising and small class size. We teach and demonstrate ethical business conduct, business foundations, and current business concepts, technologies, trends, and practices. Students learn skills in research, communications and critical thinking. We promote continuing professional development and association with professional and community groups. OUTCOMES • Graduates will demonstrate knowledge of business-core subjects. Graduates will know specific functional areas of business and how these areas are integrated. They will understand the economic, legal, political and global environment of business. • Graduates will hold positions, including graduate study, in a field related to their educational goals. • Graduates will demonstrate skills in research, communication and critical thinking. • Graduates will demonstrate personal growth: a desire for lifelong learning, adaptation to change, and curiosity. • Graduates will demonstrate involvement in professional and community a BUSINESS • 147 �• Graduates will demonstrate effective interpersonal skills. • Graduates will lead moral and ethical lives. • Graduates will appreciate the work ethic. BACHELOR OF SCIENCE ACCOUNTING The discipline of accounting provides financial and other information essential to the efficient conduct and evaluation of the activities of any organization. The information which accounting pro­ vides is essential for 1. effective planning, control and decision making by management, 2. discharging the accountability of organizations to investors, creditors, government agencies, taxing authorities, association members, contributors to nonprofit institutions and others. Accounting includes the devel­ opment and analysis of data, the usiness Core (42 Credits) AC132 Prin of Acct I AC 133 Prin of Acct II BA211 Business Statistics BA231 Business Communications BA254 Business Law I BA466 Business Policy DP151 Computer Applications EC201 Prin of Macroeconomics* EC202 Prin of Microeconomics’ FN341 Managerial Finance MK281 Marketing Prin and Strat MN365 Human Resource Mgmt MAI 11 College Algebra" 4 4 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 3 3 3 "May count toward Social Science General Education Requirement "May count toward B.S. Degree Requirement testing of their validity and relevance, and the interpretation and communication of the resulting information to intended users. The data may be expressed in monetary or other quantitative terms, or in symbolic or verbal forms. This program is primarily for those students who may desire 1. to enter the field of public accounting, or 2. a more intensive accounting. study of The program meets the State of Michigan educational requirements, qualifying students to sit for the certified public accountant’s examination. Major Requirements (38 credits) AC232 Intermediate Acct I AC233 Intermediate Acct II AC332 Cost Accounting I AC333 Cost Accounting II AC334 Acct Information Systems AC432 Advanced Accounting I AC433 Advanced Accounting II AC421 Fed Taxation Acct I AC422 Fed Taxation Acct II AC427 Auditing BA255 Business Law II 4 4 4 4 3 3 3 3 3 4 3 General Education Requirements and suffi­ cient elective credits must be completed such that at least 128 semester credits have been earned. BUSINESS • 148 �BACHELOR OF SCIENCE, ACCOUNTING SPRING FALL FIRST YEAR AC 132 Prill Accounting I MAI 11 College Algebra EN110 Freshman Comp* DPI51 Computer Appl NS Elective 4 3 3 3 _3 AC133 Prin of Acct II SD101 Fund of Speech NS Elective HU Elective Soc Sci Elective AC232 Inter Acct I BA254 Bus Law I EC201 Principles of Macroeconomics EN210 or 215 Res Pap/Lit* HU Elective 4 3 3 3 4 17 3 4 _3 17 16 SECOND YEAR 4 3 AC233 Inter Accounting II 4 BA255 Business Law II 3 EC202 Principles of 3 Microeconomics BA231 Business Comm 3 BA211 Business Statistics _3 16 THIRD YEAR 14 AC333 Cost Accounting II 4 MN365 Human Res Mgmt 3 AC334 Acct Info Syst 3 3 NS/MA/SS Elective Electives _3 16 AC421 Fed Tax Acct I 3 AC432 Adv Accounting I 3 AC427 Auditing 4 Electives 6 16 AC422 Fed Tax Acct II 3 AC433 Advanced Acct II 3 BA466 Business Policy 3 7 Electives 16 AC332 Cost Accounting I FN341 Mgr Finance MK281 Marketing Prin & Strategies NS Elective 4 4 3 3 FOURTH YEAR English Composition may be taken either Fall or Spring semester NOTES BUSINESS • 149 �BACHELOR OF SCIENCE BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION Requires successful completion of a four-year curriculum of 128 semester hours as prescribed in the following pages. The degree in business administration provides the student with a broad background in business administration. Students are encouraged to complete a minor, a specialty, or to take an internship. Common Professional Component (54 Credits) AC 132 AC 133 BA211 BA231 BA254 BA255 BA403 BA466 DP151 EC201 EC202 FN341 Prin of Account I Prin of Acct II Business Statistics Business Comm Business Law I Business Law II Business, Gov’t & Soc Business Policy Computer Applications Prin of Macroecon* Prin of Microecon* Managerial Finance 4 4 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 MK281 MN360 MN365 MN464 MAI 11 Marketing Prin & Strat Prin of Management Human Resource Mgmt Organizational Behavior College Algebra** 3 3 3 3 3 General education requirements and sufficient elective credits must be completed such that at least 128 credits have been earned. Students are encouraged to use free electives to complete a minor, a specialty, or an intern­ ship. * May count toward Social Science General Education requirement ** May count toward B.S. Degree requirement B.S. IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION FALL SPRING FIRST YEAR AC 132 Prin Accounting I 4 MAI 11 College Algebra 3 EN110 Freshman Comp’ 3 NS Elective 4 DP151 Comp Applications _3 17 AC 133 Prin Acct II SD101 Fund of Speech NS Elective BA211 Bus Statistics Elective MK281 Mkt Prin & Strat 3 BA254 Business Law I 3 EC201 Prin of Macro 3 EN210 or 215 Res Pap/Lit’ 3 HU Elective A HU Electives BA255 Business Law II EC202 Prin of Micro BA231 Business Comm Elective SECOND YEAR THIRD YEAR 16 4 3 4 3 _3 17 4 3 3 3 3 16 SS Elective 3 FN341 Managerial Finance 4 MN360 Prin of Mgmt 3 Electives 6 16 MN365 Human Res Mgmt 3 SS/NS/MA Elective 4 9 Electives 16 BA403 Bus, Govt, & Soc 3 MN464 Organ Behavior 3 Electives 9 BA466 Business Policy Electives FOURTH YEAR 15 English composition may be taken either Fall or Spring semester BUSINESS • 150 3 II 15 �SPECIALTIES Requirements for specialties in Management, Marketing and Accounting are listed below. Students may use free electives to complete a specialty or a minor. Internship experiences are also valued and should be considered (see course descriptions for BA299 and BA399). In addition to the minors in business outlined at the end of this section of the catalog, minors in other departments are attractive and should be considered. Examples include Business French, Communications, Computer Science, Legal Assistant Studies, Native American Studies, Public Administration and Public Relations. For a complete listing of minors, see page 4. MANAGEMENT SPECIALTY Total Credits Required: 15 Required Courses: MN451 Labor Law MN461 Management Simulation MN469 Collective Bargaining MN471 Prod Operations Mgmt 4 3 3 5 MARKETING SPECIALTY Total Credits Required: 18 Required Courses: MK381 Consumer Behavior MK387 Advertising MK480 Marketing Research 3 3 3 MK481 Marketing Management MK486 International Marketing MK Elective 3 3 3 ACCOUNTING SPECIALTY Total Credits Required: 26 Required Courses: AC232 Intermediate Acct I AC233 Intermediate Acct II AC332 Cost Accounting I AC333 Cost Accounting II AC334 Acct Information Sys AC421 Federal Taxation Acct I AC427 Auditing 4 4 4 4 3 3 4 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE FINANCE and ECONOMICS The study of finance and economics affords an opportunity for the student to acquire a general knowledge of business and economic systems. Specialized courses are included to develop ability in the use of the tools of economic and financial theory and analysis. To deal with the advances in sophistication and rigor in this discipline, students are required to take calculus. The program prepares students for careers in business, government service, education, and graduate study. Business Core (44 Credits) AC 132 Prin of Accounting AC133 Prin of Accounting II BA211 Business Statistics BA231 Business Communications BA254 Business Law I BA466 Business Policy JJEIJI Computer Applications tC201 Prin of Macroeconomics’ EC202 Prin of Microeconomics’ FN341 Managerial Finance Mip81 Mktg Prin and Strategy MN365 Human Resources Mgmt MAI 11 College Algebra” 4 4 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 3 3 3 Major Requirements (41 credits) 3 BA255 Business Law II EC304 Money, Banking and 3 Monetary Policy* 3 EC305 Public Finance EC408 International Economics” 3 EC308 Inter Microeconomics 3 EC309 Inter Macroeconomics 3 FN446 Fin Anal and Policy 4 FN448 Investment Strategy 4 4 MAI 12 Calc for Bus & LS" 11 EC/FN/AC Electives c°unt toward Social Science General Education Requirement May count toward B.S. Degree Requirement E“u^t*0n requirements and sufficient elective credits must be completed such that at least 124 semester credits have been earned. BUSINESS • 151 �££• DEGREE, FINANCE AND ECONOMICS rALL SPRING FIRST YEAR BN 110 Freshman Comp* MAI 11 ColleSe Algebra NS Elective AC 132 Prin Accounting I Elective 3 3 4 4 3 17 SD101 Fund of Speech MAI 12 Calc for Business & Life Science NS Elective AC 133 Prin Accounting II Elective SECOND YEAR 3 4 4 3 3 17 EN210 or 215 Res Pap/Lit’ 3 HU Elective 4 ^201 Macroeconomics 3 BA254 Business Law I 3 DP151 Comp Applications,! 16 BA211 Bus Statistics HU Elective EC202 Microeconomics BA255 Business Law II Elective Prioo Managerial Fin bC309 Intermediate Macroeconomics BA231 Bus Comm Electives FN448 Invest Strategy 4 EC304 Money, Banking & 3 Monetary Policy MK281 Mkt Prin & Strat 3 4 EC/FN/AC Elective 3 Elective 17 THIRD YEAR 4 3 3 A 16 FO bC308 kTo? 7EAR Intermediate n^]^icroeconomics Ec°nomics 3 3 EC305 Public Finance FN446 Fin Anal & Policy BA466 Business Policy EC/FN/AC Elective K/FN,ACUafeMSn“l Free Elective 4 15 English composition may be taken either Fall or Spring semester NOTES BUSINESS • 152 3 4 3 3 1 16 3 4 3 4 14 �ASSOCIATE DEGREE BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION This Program prepares students for entry level positions in industry and government requiring two years of college level business preparation. The program is oriented toward marketing and should be of special interest to individuals seeking careers in marketing or as management trainees in retail organizations. The degree program is transferable into a four-year program in Business Administration. ASSOCIATE DEGREE, BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION General Education Requirements EN110 Freshman Composition 3 EN210 Research Paper Process 3 or EN215 Intro to Lit and Res SD101 Fundamentals of Speech 3 PY101 Found of Psychology 3-4 or PY228 Organizational Behavior EC202 Prin of Microeconomics 3 Departmental Requirements AC 132 Prin of Accounting I BA231 Business Comm 4 3 3 BA254 Business Law I 3 BA255 Business Law II FN245 Prin of Finance 3-4 or FN341 Mgr Finance MK28I Mktg Prin and Strategy 4 MK283 Principles of Selling 3 MK285 Retail Management 3 MK387 Adv Theory and Practice 3 MN365 Human Resource Mgmt 3 BA 105 Business Mathematics 3 DP151 Computer Applications 3 Sufficient elective credits must be completed such that at least 62 semester credits have been earned. ASSOCIATE, BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION FALL SPRING FIRST YEAR AC 132 Prin Accounting I 4 EN110 Freshman Comp' 3 PY101 or PY228 3-4 BA 105 Business Math 3 Elective 3 16-17 SECOND YEAR MK283 Prin of Selling 3 BA254 Business Law I 3 EN210 or 215 Res Pap/Lit* 3 FN245 Prin of Finance 3 Elective .3 15 SD101 MK281 MK285 EC202 DP 151 Fund of Speech 3 Mkt Prin & Strat 3 Retail Management3 Microeconomics 3 3 Electives 15 MN365 Human Res Mgmt 3 MK387 Adv Thry & Pract 3 BA255 Business Law II 3 BA231 Business Comm 3 3-4 Elective 15-16 English composition may be taken either Fall or Spring semester. BUSINESS • 153 �ASSOCIATE DEGREE OFFICE ADMINISTRATION This Program is designed for students seeking a career as an administrative assistant, word processor, corresponding secretary, or office supervisor. Good basic writing skills are required. General Education Requirements EN110 Freshman Composition EN210 Research Paper Process or EN215 Intro Lit & Research SD101 Fundamentals of Speech General education electives OA111 OA112 OA113 AC 132 Keybrdg/Doc Formating I 3 Keyboard Skillbuilding 2-4 Document Formatting II 2 Principles of Accounting I 4 or OA119 Accounting Procedures OA235 Automated Office Systems 3 3 3 3 6 Departmental Requirements BA226 Records Management BA231 Business Communications BA 121 Introduction to Business BA105 Business Mathematics DP 160 DOS DPI 51 Lotus 1-2-3 DPI 51 dBase DP241 Desktop Pub/Pres DP225 Word Proc Techniques ^ 3 3 3 3 1 2 2 3 3 Business Electives (4-6) From MN365 Human Resource Mgmt 3 MK281 Mktg Prin & Strategy 3 1-3 BA261 Business Skills 3 FN245 Principles of Finance 3 BA254 Business Law I Sufficient elective credits must be completed such that at least 64 semester credits have been earned. ASSOCIATE, OFFICE ADMINISTRATION SPRING FIRST YEAR FALL OAlll OA112 DP 160 EN110 BA 105 DP151 BA 121 Keyboarding Skillbuilding DOS Freshman Comp Business Math Lotus 1-2-3 Intro to Business 3 2 1 3 3 2 3 17 OA112 Skillbuilding OA113 Formatting II DP151 dBase SD101 Fund of Speech Elective Designated Bus Elective 2 2 2 3 3 _3 15 SECOND YEAR EN210 or 215 Res Pap/Lit DP225 Word Proc Tech OA119 Accounting Proc or AC 132 Prin Accounting I DP241 Desktop Pub/Pres General Ed Elective 3 3 4 3 3 16 BA231 Business Comm OA235 Autom Office Sys BA226 Records Mgmt Designated Bus Elective General Ed Elective Elective BUSINESS • 154 3 3 3 1 3 1 16 �ASSOCIATE DEGREE PERSONAL COMPUTER SPECIALIST Personal Computer Specialists are in tune with the direction of the industry. The ubiquitous personal computer of today outperforms the mainframe computers of a generation ago at a tiny fraction of the cost. This associate degree trains individuals to assist personal computer users. They will be able to assemble, upgrade, maintain, troubleshoot, and repair personal computers; install and maintain both peer-to-peer and client-server local area networks (LANs), as well as configure systems for achieving maximum efficiency of the systems. They will also be able to install and operate user applications software packages. These skills are combined with general education and business courses. General Education Requirements EN110 Freshmen Comp EN210 Research Paper Proc or EN215 Intro Lit & Research SD101 Fund of Speech PY228 Organiz Behav General Education Electives 3 3 3 3 3 Department Requirements OAl 19 Acct Proc (or AC 132 and AC 133) BA231 Business Comm BA254 Business Law I MK281 Mkt Prin & Strat 4 3 3 3 OAl 11 Keyboarding/Format I or 3 DP225 Word Processing DP 160 Person Comp Workstation 3 Operating Syst DP 163 Troubleshooting & Rep of 3 Personal Comp DP260 Personal Comp Network 3 Operating Systems DP263 Storage, Protection & Recovery of Personal Computer 3 Data 2 DPI 51 Lotus 1-2-3 2 DP151 dBase 3 DP241 Desktop Publishing 12 Electives 62 Credits Required for Degree ASSOCIATE, PERSONAL COMPUTER SPECIALIST FALL spring FIRST YEAR OAl 11 Keyboarding or 3 DP225 Word Processing EN 110 Freshman Comp 3 PY228 Organiz Behav 3 DP 151 Lotus 1-2-3 2 BA254 Business Law I 3 14 DP 163 Trb & Rep PC DP 160 PC Wrkst Op Sys DP151 dBase SD101 Fund of Speech Elective 3 3 2 3 6 17 BA231 Business Comm DP260 PC Netwk Op Sys DP263 Stor, Prot & Rec of PC Data Elective 3 3 SECOND YEAR EN210 or 215 Res Pap/Lit MK281 Mkt Prin & Strat OAl 19 Accounting Proc or AC 132 Prin Accounting I DP241 Desktop Pub/Pres General Ed Elective 3 3 4 3 3 16 BUSINESS • 155 3 6 15 �ASSOCIATE DEGREE TECHNICAL ACCOUNTING This Program is designed for the student who does not plan to go to college for four years but desires a working knowledge in the field of accounting. The program provides students with knowledge in the accounting techniques used in modem business. Emphasis is on business administration courses in addition to accounting such as economics, business law, data processing, and business communications. After completing this program, the student may transfer to the four year program without loss of credit. General Education Requirements EN110 Freshman Composition SD101 Fundamentals of Speech EN210 Research Paper Process or EN215 Intro Lit & Research MA092 Intermediate Algebra or MAI 11 College Algebra EC201 Prin of Macroeconomics or EC202 Prin of Microeconomics General Education Elective 3 3 3 3 3 3 Departmental Requirements AC 132 Prin of Accounting I 4 AC 133 Prin of Accounting II 4 AC232 Intermed Accounting I 4 AC233 Intermed Accounting II 4 3 AC332 Cost Accounting I 3 BA231 Business Comm 3 BA254 Business Law I AC421 Federal Taxation Acct I 3 DP151 Computer Applications 3 FN245 Prin of Finance 3-4 or FN341 Mgr Finance Sufficient elective credits must be completed such that at least 64 semester credits have been earned. ASSOCIATE, TECHNICAL ACCOUNTING FALL SPRING FIRST YEAR AC 132 Prin Accounting I EN110 Freshman Comp Electives MAI 11 College Algebra* DPI 51 Electives 4 3 3 3 1 BA254 Business Law I 3 AC 133 Prin Accounting II 4 SD101 Fund of Speech 3 6 Elective 16 16 SECOND YEAR AC232 Intermed Acctg I AC332 Cost Accounting I AC421 Fed Tax Acct I EN210 or 215 Res Pap/Lit FN245 Prin of Finance 4 4 3 3 _3 17 AC233 Inter Acct II BA231 Bus Comm EC201 Prin of Macroecon or EC202 Prin of Microecon General Education Elective Electives 4 3 3 3 2 15 College Algebra recommended; intermediate algebra required; MA092 credit does not apply toward 64 credits for degree. BUSINESS • 156 �CERTIFICATE INFORMATION PROCESSING This program prepares students for entry-level office positions as word processors or receptionists. The program develops other fundamental skills in communications, computer applications and records management. FALL EN110 Freshman Comp BA 105 Business Math OA111 Keyboarding DP225 Word Proc Tech Elective 3 3 3 3 3 15 SPRING SD101 OA235 BA226 OA112 OA113 DPI 51 DPI 51 Fund of Speech Auto Offc Syst Records Mgmt Keybd Skillbuild Doc Format II Lotus 1-2-3 dBase 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 17 CERTIFICATE PERSONAL COMPUTER SPECIALIST This program provides the skill necessary to assist personal computer users as described under the associate degree program. With additional courses in general education and business, holders of this certificate can obtain the associate degree. FALL DP 160 DPI 51 DPI 51 OA119 EN110 OA 111 PCWkstOpSy Lotus 1-2-3 dBase Acct Proc Fresh Comp Keyboarding or DP225 Word Processing 3 2 2 4 3 SPRING DP 163 Trb & Rep PC DP260 PC Ntwk Op Sys DP241 Desktop Pub/Pres PY228 Organiz Behav DP263 Stor, Prot & Rec of PC Data _3 17 BUSINESS • 157 3 3 3 3 3 15 �MINOR COURSE OF STUDY Eight minors are offered in the Department of Business and Economics. Course requirements are set out below. Elective courses are to be chosen in consultation with advisors. ACCOUNTING-FINANCE MINOR Total Credits Required: 24 Required Courses: AC 132 Prin of Acct I AC 133 Prin of Acct II FN341 Managerial Finance AC and FN electives 4 4 4 12 ECONOMICS MINOR Total Credits Required: 21 Required Courses: EC201 Prin of Macroeconomics EC202 Prin of Microeconomics EC308 Inter Microeconomics EC309 Inter Macroeconomics EC Electives 3 3 3 3 9 Total Credits Required: 31 Required Courses: EC201 Prin of Macroeconomics 3 EC202 Prin of Microeconomics 3 3 BA254 Business Law I 3 MN360 Prin of Mgmt MN365 Human Resource Mgmt 3 4 MN451 Labor Law 3 MN469 Collective Bargaining PY228 Organizational Behavior 3 PY396 Tests and Measurements 3 PY203 Counseling Theory & Proc or ^ PY383 Industrial Psychology MARKETING MINOR ECONOMICSFINANCE MINOR Total Credits Required: 28 Required Courses: AC 132 Prin of Acct I 4 AC 133 Prin of Acct II 4 EC201 Prin of Macroeconomics 3 EC202 Prin of Microeconomics 3 FN341 Managerial Finance 4 EC or FN electives 10 GENERAL BUSINESS MINOR Total Credits Required: 22-23 Required Courses: AC 132 Prin of Accounting I or OA119 Accounting Procedures MN360 Prin of Mgmt MK281 Mktg Prin & Strat EC201 Prin of Macroeconomics EC202 Prin of Microeconomics FN245 Principles of Finance or FN341 Managerial Finance BA231 Business Comm HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT MINOR 4 3 3 3 3 3-4 3 Total Credits Required: 21 Required Courses: <jjK28J Mktg Prin & Strat MK283 Princ of Selling MK387 Adv Thry & Pract MK481 Marketing Mgmt MK486 International Mkt MK Electives EC202 Prin of Microeconomics 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 OFFICE ADMIN MINOR Total Credits Required: 22 Required Courses: DP 160 DOS DP151 Lotus 1-2-3 or dBase DP241 Desktop Pub/Pres DP225 Word Proc Techniques BA226 Records Management OA235 Auto Offc Systems BA121 Intro to Business OA119 Accounting Procedures or AC 132 Princ of Accounting I BUSINESS • 158 2 3 3 3 3 3 ^ �PERSONAL COMPUTER SPECIALIST MINOR Total Credits Required: 20 Required Courses: DP160 Personal Comp Workstation 3 Oper System DP163 Troubleshoot Repair PC 3 DP260 PC Network Oper Sys 3 DP263 Storage, Protection & 3 Recovery of PC Data 8 DP/CS/AM Electives NOTES BUSINESS • 159 �in m 03 Ba> -c c3 §km -o c ©D o o c £ w m. H ©X) C OX) s W O >■—* o o -= C/5 ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY AND MATHEMATICS • 160 �ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY FACULTY: Assoc. Prof. Ray Adams, Dean of School of Engineering Technology and Mathematics, Lawrence H. Bolio, Paul R. Duesing, John T. Madl, David M. McDonald, Mohamad Qatu, and Charles L. Weber; Asst Profs. James Devaprasad, Steven Gerrish, Patrick M. Grounds, Ajay Mahajan, Alan D. Niemi, Keith E. Schwiderson, Lester Spencer, and Maurice Walworth. The Engineering Team: Most activities involving engineering have increased in complexity so that a team of engineering professionals is required. The size and cost of engineering endeavors have dictated the employment of professional engineers, engineering technologists, technicians and skilled craftsmen as a team. Bachelor of science degrees in engineering technology are offered at LSSU along with associate degrees in engineering technology. LSSU offers the first two years of a professional engineering program after which a student can transfer to a school of engineering. LSSU does not offer training in the skilled trades. PROGRAMS accreditation of engineering and engineering technology education. The education of engineering technologists focuses on application and implementation of current Engineering technologies, technology programs strive to balance the theoretical and practical aspects of engineering science. Typical job responsibilities of engineering technologists include product and process design, system design and implementation, and operations management. Graduates with bachelor of science degrees are adequately prepared for graduate studies in engineering technology. B.S. in Engineering Technology: LSSU offers Bachelor of Science degrees (4-year) programs in Automated Manufacturing, Electrical/Electronics, Environ­ mental, and Mechanical Engineering Technology. These programs utilize mathematics at the calculus level and provide appropriate laboratory experiences. Accreditation: All of the programs in Engineering Technology, both 4year and 2-year, are accredited by the Technology Accreditation Commission of the Accreditation Board for Engineering and Technology. The U.S. Department of Education formally recognizes this board’s exclusive jurisdiction for A.D. in Engineering Technology: LSSU offers Associate degrees (2 year) programs in ElectronicsComputer and Mechanical, These Engineering Technology, degrees qualify the graduate as a technician. A certificate (1-year) program in Computer Aided drafting with concentrations in Electrical and Mechanical is also offered. Engineering Transfer: The first two years of a professional engineering degree may be taken at LSSU if you ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY AND MATHEMATICS • 161 �are well prepared in mathematics. It is recommended that you contact the engineering school that you would like to transfer to early in your Each freshman year at LSSU. school of engineering has somewhat different requirements which will affect the exact program you take at LSSU. Transfer Students: An evaluation of all previous course work will be made upon acceptance to the Please refer to the University, section on Admissions for further information. Entrance Requirements: To qualify for admission as freshmen in engineering technology, applicants must be graduates of accredited secondary schools with above average standing in their class. The secondary school preparation should include a four-year curriculum of at least 15 units of acceptable entrance credits. The following subjects should be included in these credits: one unit of beginning algebra, one unit of advanced algebra, and one unit of science with laboratory. An additional unit of trigonometry or geometry is strongly recommended. Please refer to the section on Admissions for further information. Transfer of LSSU credits to engi­ neering schools. Most engineering technology credits earned at LSSU will not transfer to professional engineering schools due to the mathematics requirements of each program. Current Catalogs: Current catalogs for many colleges and universities offering engineering programs are on file in the Engineering Technology Department or the It is recAdmissions Office, ommended that you contact the engineering school that you would like to transfer to early in your Each freshman year at LSSU. school of engineering has somewhat different requirements which will affect the exact program you take at LSSU. NOTES ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY AND MATHEMATICS • 162 �DEPARTMENT OF AUTOMATED MANUFACTURING ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY Asst. Prof. James Devaprasad, Chair BACHELOR OF SCIENCE Automated Manufacturing Engineering Technology The Automated Manufacturilng Engineering Technology program emphasizes the application of robotics, computer systems and automation to modem manufacturing. This program combines the disciplines of mechanical, electrical, computer, and manufacturing engineering technologies in preparing students for modem manufacturing and production career responsibilities. The Automated Manufacturing Engineering Technology (AMET) program is a capstone program and therefore assumes a two-year background in an appropriate engineering technology or preengineering curriculum. Graduates will be prepared to design, integrate, and implement various systems for automated manufacturing. Technical courses in the final two years will be based upon the student’s previous background and are designed to produce a well-rounded and versatile engineering technologist. An individualized plan of study for each transfer student will be generated by the AMET faculty in consultation with the student. This plan of study will provide a schedule of courses needed to fulfill the AMET degree requirements as set forth by the University, TAC/ ABET, and the faculty. NOTES TRANSFER STUDENTS Students from community colleges with a background in an engineering technology curriculum can usually transfer directly into the third year of the automated manufacturing program. Most community college programs in Michigan have transfer curriculum agreements with LSSU. ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY AND MATHEMATICS • 163 �B.S., AUTOMATED MANUFACTURING ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY (Electronics-Computer Engineering Technology Associate Degree Track) Engineering Technology Courses (36 Credits) AM315 Prog Logic Cont AM325 Robotics in Mfg AM365 Comp Control Concepts AM375 Auto Mfg Systems AM445 Indust Engr AM455 Automatic Controls AM465 Sensor Tech & Appl AM485 Auto Mfg Proj ET485 Project Planning MT112 Mfg Processes I MT260 Quality Engr MT316 Stat and Strengths 3 4 3 4 2 4 4 3 1 3 2 3 Support Courses (4 Credits) EC302 Managerial Econ 4 Elective Courses (16 Credits) BL Biology Elective HU Humanities Electives Free Electives 3 8 5 63 Total Credits In addition to the courses listed above, the Electronics-Computer Associate degree courses must be completed for a total of at least 128 semester credits for the B.S. degree. Mathematics and Science Courses (7 credits) MA142 Tech Calc II 4 MA240 Adv Tech Mathematics 3 B.S., AUTOMATED MANUFACTURING ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY (Electronics-Computer Engineering Technology Associate Degree Track) FIRST YEAR FALL MA140 Algebra for Tech 4 MAI09 Trig & Vectors 2 EN110 Freshman Compos 3 Social Science Elec 4 ET115 Elec Circuits I _4 17 SPRING SD101 MA141 DTI25 ET116 CS100 Fund of Speech 3 Tech Calculus I 4 Electronic Drafting 2 Elec Circuits II 4 Microcomp Appl _3 [6 SECOND YEAR PH221 ET211 CT235 ET244 Elmts of Physics I Electronic Devices Microproc Fund Electrical Mach 4 4 4 _4 16 PH224 CT224 ET212 EN205 HE181 Physics for EET Digital Electronics Analog Elec Tech Rpt Writing First Aid 4 4 4 3 1 16 THIRD YEAR MA142 Tech Calculus II 4 BL Biology Elective 3 AM325 Robotics in Mfg 4 MT112 Mfg Process I 3 MT316 Statics & Strengths_3 17 MA240 Adv Tech Math 3 AM375 Auto Mfg Systems 4 AM365 Comp Cont Concpt3 Humanities Elective 4 3 AM315 PLCs ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY AND MATHEMATICS • 164 17 �FOURTH YEAR AM455 Automatic Controls4 AM465 Sensor Tech Appl 4 ET485 Project Planning 1 MT260 Quality Engr 2 Free Elective 5 16 AM485 Auto Mfg Project AM445 Indutrial Engr EC302 Managerial Econ Humanities Elective 3 2 4 4 13 16 B.S., AUTOMATED MANUFACTURING ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY (Mechanical Engineering Technology Associate Degree Track) Engineering Technology Courses (33 Credits) AM315 Prog Logic Cont AM325 Robotics in Mfg AM365 Comp Ctrl Cone AM375 Auto Mfg Syst AM445 Industrial Engr AM455 Automatic Controls AM465 Sensor Tech Appl AM485 Automated Mfg Proj ET302 Appl Elec II ET485 Project Planning MT260 Quality Engr 3 4 3 4 2 4 4 3 3 1 2 Mathematics & Science Courses (7 Credits) 4 MA142 Tech Calc II 3 MA240 Adv Tech Math Support Courses (4 Credits) EC302 Managerial Econ 4 Electives (16 credits) BL Biology Elective Humanities Electives Free Electives 3 8 5 60 Total Credits In addition to the courses listed above, the Mechanical Engineering Technology associate degree courses, general education requirements must be completed for a total of at least 129 semester credits for the B.S. degree. B.S., AUTOMATED MANUFACTURING ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY (Mechanical Engineering Technology Associate Degree Track) FALL SPRING FIRST YEAR EN110 MA140 MA109 ME104 MT112 MT100 Freshman Comp. 3 Algebra for Tech 4 Trig & Vectors 2 Technical Drawing 4 Mfg Processes I 3 Mech Sys & Comp_2 18 SECOND YEAR EN205 ET201 MT220 PH221 Soc Sci Tech Rpt Writ Applied Elec I Statics Elem Physics I Elective 3 3 3 4 4 17 CHI08 MA141 ME106 ME124 MT113 Applied Chemistry 4 Tech Calculus I 4 Desc Geom & GDT2 3 Basic CAD Mfg Processes II _3 16 CT265 MT241 MT253 PH222 SD101 Intro to Tech Prog 3 Str of Materials 4 Engr Materials 4 Elem Physics II 4 Fund of Speech _3 18 ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY AND MATHEMATICS • 165 �THIRD YEAR AM315 Prog Logic Cont 3 AM325 Robotics in Mfg 4 Humanities Elective 4 MA142 Tech Calculus II _4 15 FOURTH YEAR AM455 Auto Controls AM465 Sensor Tech Appl Biology Elective ET485 Project Planning Free Electives 4 4 3 l _5 17 AM365 AM375 ET302 MA240 MT260 Comp Ctrl Concpt 3 Auto Mfg Systems 4 Appl Elect II 3 Adv Tech Math 3 Quality Engr _2 15 AM445 Industrial Engr 2 AM485 Auto Mfg Project 3 EC302 Managerial Econ 4 Humanities Elective A 13 The AMET program was initially titled Robotics Engineering Technology. The AMET program continues to provide a strong background in robotics to students enrolled in the curriculum. NOTES ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY AND MATHEMATICS • 166 �DEPARTMENT OF ELECTWCAI7ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY Assoc. Prof. David M. McDonald, Chair BACHELOR OF SCIENCE ELECTRICAL/ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY This program combines the theory and application of computer and electronics technology to prepare students for career responsibilities in a wide variety of modern computer, communications, and industrial electronics systems. This program provides a background in modem analog and digital electronics systems and the technical applications of computers. Students work with microcontroller and computer-based electronics, communication, and industrial control systems. Graduates have found employment in product design, instrumentation, programming, production, sales, and testing. Students from comunity colleges with a backg round in electrical or electronics engineering technology can usually transfer directly into the third year of the program. Transfer articulation agreements exist for most community colleges in Engineering Technology Courses (64 Credits) ET115 Electrical Circuits I ET116 Electrical Circuits II ET211 Electronic Devices ET212 Analog Electronics ET244 Elect Machinery ET342 Network Analysis ET345 Analog Design ET437 Communications Syst ET447 Ind Controls & Inst ET485 Design Project I ET486 Design Project II AM365 Comp Controls Cone CT224 Digital Electronics CT235 Microprocessor Fund CT335 Digital Design CT336 Microcontroller Sys DT125 Electronic Drafting MT316 Statics & Strength 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 1 3 3 4 4 4 4 2 3 Mathematics & Science Courses (26 Credits) MAI09 Trig & Vectors 2 MA140 Algebra for Tech 4 4 MA141 Tech Calculus I MA142 Tech Calculus II 4 NS103 NS 104 PH221 PH224 Env Biology Env Biology Lab Physics I Physics Elec Tech Support Courses (17 Credits) EN110 Freshman Comp CS100 Microcomputer Appl SD101 Fund of Speech EN205 Tech Rpt Writing HE181 First Aid EC302 Managerial Econ 3 1 4 4 l 3 3 3 3 1 4 Elective Courses (15 Credits) Social Science Elective Humanities Electives Free Electives 4 8 3 Designated Electives* 6 'Includes any CS or ME course, any Engr Tech, MA, MK, or MN course 200 level or above. Total credits required for degree ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY AND MATHEMATICS • 167 I, 128 �cs ENGINEERING s ELECTRICAL/ELECTRONI SPRING TECHNOLOGY b FALL FIRST YEAR EN110 Freshman Comp ET115 Elec Circuits I MA109 Trig & Vectors MA140 Algebra for Tech Social Science Elec SECOND YEAR CT235 ET211 ET244 PH221 CS100 DTI25 ET116 MA141 SD101 3 4 2 4 _4 17 CT224 EN205 ET212 HE181 PH224 4 Micro Fund Electronic Devices 4 Elec Machinery 4 Physics I _4 16 CT335 Digital Design 4 MA142 Tech Calculus II 4 MT316 Stat & Strengths 3 Elective 3 n ET437 Comm Sys ET447 Indus Cntrl & Inst ET485 Sr Design Proj I Humanities Elective Designated Elective Digital Electronics Tech Rpt Writing Analog Elec First Aid Physics for EET CT336 ET342 ET345 NS103 NS 104 THIRD YEAR AM365 Comp Cont Cone 3 FOURTH YEAR Microcomp Appl 3 Elecronic Drafting 2 Elec Circuits II 4 Tech Calculus I 4 Fund of Speech _3 4 3 4 1 _4 Microcontroller Sys4 Network Analysis 4 Analog Cir Design 4 Env Biology 3 Env Biology Lab ET486 Sr Design Proj II EC302 Managerial Econ Humanities Elective Designated Elective 4 4 1 4 3 4 4 _3 14 1 16 ASSOCIATE DEGREE ELECTRONICS-COMPUTER ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY technicians j" c°®Ptheir can Automat fciectncal/Electromcs Engineering Technology in two years. Electronics fon^f{eanft The curriculum provides students with a communications, mathematics, science, computers . sQ tftat studen The theory classes are combined with laboratory in testing skillscomputer application, problem-solving, instrumenta > Engineering Technology Courses (30 Credits) ET115 Elec Circuits 1 ET116 Elec Circuits II ET211 Elec Devices ET212 Analog Elect 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 2 PT244 Elec Machinery CT224 Digital Elect CT235 Micro Fund DT125 Elec Drafting ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY AND MATHEMATICS • 168 �Mathematical & Science Courses (18 Credits) 2 MAI09 Trig & Vectors 4 MAI40 Algebra for Tech 4 MA141 Tech Calculus I 4 PH221 Physics I 4 PH224 Phy for Elec Tech Support Courses (17 Credits) EN205 Tech Rpt Writing EN110 Freshman Comp I CS100 Microcomputer Appl HE181 First Aid SD101 Fund of Speech Social Science Elective 3 3 3 1 3 4 :: i 65 Total Credits ; ASSOCIATE DEGREE, ELECTRONICS-COMPUTER ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY FALL FIRST YEAR EN110 Freshman Comp ET115 Elec Circuits I MA109 Trig & Vectors MA140 Algebra for Tech Social Science Elective IP SPRING 3 4 2 4 _4 17 CS100 DTI25 ET116 MA141 SD10I !: Microcomputer Appl3 Elec Drafting 2 Elec Circuits II 4 Tech Calculus I 4 Fund of Speech _3 16 I SECOND YEAR CT235 ET211 ET244 PH221 Hi Micro Fund Elec Devices Elec Machinery Physics I 4 4 4 A 16 CT224 EN205 ET212 HE181 PH224 Digital Electronics 4 Tech Rpt Writing 3 4 Analog Elec 1 First Aid Physics for ET _4 16 CERTIFICATE COMPUTER DRAFTING This one-year program prepares students for employment in computer-aide' drafting (CAD) departments within engineering companies where graduates wor directly with experienced technologists and engineers to produce state-of-the-ai CAD drawings. CERTIFICATE, COMPUTER DRAFTING (Electrical Concentration) Engineering Technology Courses (22 Credits) DT125 Elec Drafting ET115 Elec Circuits I ET116 Elec Circuits II ME104 Tech Drawing ME106 Desc Geom & GDT ME 124 Basic CAD ME214 Advanced Cad 2 4 4 4 2 3 3 Mathematics and Science Courses (6 Credits) 2 MA109 Trig & Vectors 4 MA140 Alg for Tech Support Course (3 Credits) EN110 Freshman Comp Total Credits ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY AND MATHEMATICS • 169 3 31 �CERTIFICATE, COMPUTER DRAFTING (Electrical Concentration) FALL ET115 Elec Circuits I ME104 Tech Drawing ME 124 Basic CAD MA109 Trig & Vectors EN110 Freshman Comp 4 4 3 2 _3 16 SPRING ET116 MA140 DT125 ME214 ME106 Elec Circuits II 4 Algebra for Tech 4 Elec Drafting 2 Advanced CAD 3 Desc Geom & GDT2 15 NOTES ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY AND MATHEMATICS • 170 �DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICS AND COMPUTER SCIENCES FACULTY: Chair, Mark Terwilliger; Profs. Gary Thesing, Bernard Arbic, Thomas Mickewich, Paul Wilson; Assoc. Profs. Thomas Boger, Mieczyslaw Gutowski; Asst. Profs. Janina Gutowska, Galen Harrison and Randall Suggitt. In recent years, a quiet revolution has taken place. The computer has move ou of the back room of large corporations and research institutions into t e ron offices and living rooms of modem society. Computer scientists wor at ® leading edge of this revolution, developing software systems that allow us o u 11 the electronic hardware the engineers have built. The work is challenging, an often frustrating, but is ultimately very rewarding. The department offers a Bachelor of Science In Computer and Mathe­ matical Sciences that combines a study of digital computing with the study of mathematical concepts. The resulting program provides students with considerable versatility and potential for future endeavors in which practical quantitative skills are important. A MINOR in computer science is also available to provide excellent support and value to most majors offered at the University. This minor is an approved teaching minor for students planning to teach at the secondary level. Entrance Requirements: To qualify for admission to the program in computer and mathematical sciences, applicants must satisfy University admission requirements as described in the Admissions section of this Catalog. (This information is also included in the Viewbook.) Secondary school academic subjects should include: Three units of English, two units of algebra, one unit of geometry. It is strongly recommended that applicants have a fourth unit of college-preparatory mathematics which includes one-half unit of trigonometry, A unit of chemistry or physics is also recommended. For incoming students with collegelevel achievement, the opportunity will be offered, by means of examination, to obtain course credit or placement into an advanced course. ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY AND MATHEMATICS • 171 �BACHELOR OF SCIENCE COMPUTER AND MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES Computer Science (24 credits) CS111 Intro to Comp Sci I CS112 Intro to Comp Sci II CS205 Comp Org and Arch CS212 File & Database Mgmt CS333 Systems Programming CS334 Operating Systems Cone CS411 Prog Language Concepts CS418 Software Engineering Mathematics (23 Credits) MAI51 Calculus I MA152 Calculus II MA215 Fund Cone of Math MA216 Disc Math. & Prob Solv MA261 Intro to Num Methods MA305 Computational Lin Alg MA308 Prob and Math Stat 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 3 3 2 3 4 Computer Science or Mathematics Electives (6 credits) CS340 Computer Simulation 3 or MA401 Mathematical Modeling CS401 Automata, Lang & Computability 3 or MA341 Abstract Algebra I Additionally, a student is required to satisfy one of the following: 1. A minor (from any discipline), or 2, Thirty six or more credits at the 300 or 400 levels (from any discipline, including CS and MA courses required above). Elective credits, approximately 26, and General Education requirements must be completed such that at least 124 semester credits have been earned. A sample four-year schedule of courses for this program follows. Numerous options for completing the program are possible and students will select these with assistance of their advisor. B.S., COMPUTER AND MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES FALL SPRING FIRST YEAR CSlll Intro, to C.S. I 3 MA151 Calculus I 4 EN110 Freshman Comp.' 3 Soc. Sci. Elective A CS112 Intro, to C.S. II MA152 Calculus II Soc. Sci. Elective Elective 3 4 4 A 14 15 CS205 Comp Org & Arch 3 MA215 Fund. Cone. Math 3 EN210 Res Pap Process” 3 Nat. Sci. Elective 4 Elective _3 CS212 File & Dtbse Mgmt 3 MA216 Disc Mth Prb Solv 3 4 Nat. Sci. Elective SD101 Fund, of Speech 3 3 Elective 16 16 3 2 CS334 Operating Sys Cone 3 MA305 Comp Linear Alg 3 4 Humanities Elective 6 Electives 16 SECOND YEAR THIRD YEAR CS333 Systems Prog MA261 Numerical Meth Humanities Elective Electives 4 7 16 ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY AND MATHEMATICS • 172 �FOURTH YEAR CS418 Software Eng. 3 CS321 Comp Graphics*” 3 MA308 Prob & Math Stats 4 MA341 Abstract Algebra I or 3 CS401 Automat, Lang & Computability Elective _3 16 CS411 Prog. Lang. Cone. 3 CS340 Computer Simulation 3 or MA401 Math Modeling 3 MA309 Appl Stats 6 Electives 15 ’EN110 may be taken in Spring semester ”JEN205 or EN215 also acceptable ‘"Suggested electives MATHEMATICS A most productive tool: Mathematics is the foundation of the sciences and the technology largely responsible for our present standard of living. Mathematics is one of the most productive tools yet discovered for unraveling the mysteries of our universe. In some instances, it is the only language in which some ideas can be expressed. Courses offered in this discipline provide the foundation for future work in mathematics. Our teaching objectives are twofold: to give students an understanding of mathematics, and to impart an understanding of the many ways in which this tool may be used. Career opportunities: Mathematicians are employed as teachers in secondary schools, colleges and universities. Many work for government agencies sue as the Department of Defense, National Aeronautics and Space Administration and the Department of Commerce. Companies providing computer and data processing services, educational and testing services, and managemen an actuarial services also employ mathematicians. Graduate study improves opportunities for mathematicians and students are encouraged and supported in their graduate school plans and placement. Graduate study in numerous fields related to mathematics is possible. Entrance Requirements: To qualify for admission to the program in mathematics, applicants must satisfy University admission requirements as described in the Admissions (This section of the Catalog. information is also included in the Viewbook.) Secondary school academic subjects should include: Three units of English, two units of algebra, one ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY AND MATHEMATICS • 173 �unit of geometry. It is strongly recommended that applicants have a fourth unit of college-preparatory mathematics which includes one-half unit of trigonometry. A unit of chemistry or physics is also recommended. For incoming students with collegelevel achievement, the opportunity will be offered, by means of examination, to obtain course credit or placement into an advanced course. BACHELOR OF SCIENCE, MATHEMATICS Departmental Requirements (55 credits) CS111 Intro. Computer Science I 3 4 MA151 Calculus I 4 MAI52 Calculus II MA215 Fund. Concepts of Math 3 MA216 Disc Math & Prob Solv 3 4 MA251 Calculus III MA261 Intro, to Num Methods 2 MA305 Comp Linear Algebra 3 MA308 MA341 MA421 MA401 Prob and Math Stat Abstract Algebra I Real Analysis I Mathematical Modeling or MA411 Advanced Calculus PH231 General Physics I PH232 General Physics II 4 3 3 3 5 5 Additionally, six credits from MA courses numbered 300 or above. Also, a student is required to satisfy one of the following: 1. a minor (from any discipline), or 2. Thirty six or more credits at the 300 or 400 levels (from any discipline, including MA courses required above). Free electives, approximately twenty five credits, and General Education requirements must be completed such that at least 124 semester credits have been earned. A sample four-year schedule of courses for this program follows. Numerous options for completing the program are possible and students will select these with assistance of their advisor. B.S., MATHEMATICS FALL SPRING FIRST YEAR EN110 Fresh Comp.’ MA151 Calculus I Soc. Sci. Elective Elective 3 4 4 4 15 CS111 Intro to Cmp Sci I 3 4 MA152 Calculus II 4 Soc. Sci. Elective 4 Elective 15 SECOND YEAR MA215 Fund Cone Math 3 MA261 Num Methods 2 EN210 Res Pap Process” 3 Humanities Elective 4 Elective A 16 MA216 Dis Mth Prb Slv MA251 Calculus III Humanities Elective SD101 Fund, of Speech Elective ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY AND MATHEMATICS • 174 3 4 4 3 3 17 �THIRD YEAR MA305 Comp Lin Alg MA341 Abstract Alg. I PH231 General Physics I Elective 3 3 5 A 15 MA310 Differential Eqs. 3 Natural Sci. Elect, (life) 4 PH232 General Physics II 5 Elective 1 16 FOURTH YEAR MA308 Prob & Math Stat 4 MA421 Real Analysis I 3 9 Electives 16 MA401 Math Modeling MA Elective Electives [EN110 may be taken in Spring Semester "EN205 or EN215 also acceptable NOTES ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY AND MATHEMATICS • 175 3 3 A 15 �BACHELOR OF SCIENCE MATHEMATICS Elementary Teaching Option A sample five-year schedule of courses for a B.S. in Mathematics with Elementary Teaching Option follows: B.S., MATHEMATICS Elementary Teaching Option FALL SPRING FIRST YEAR EN110 MA151 PY101 TE150 Fresh Comp.‘ 3 Calculus I 4 Intro to Psy 4 Ref Lm & Teach _3 14 CS111 Intro Comp Sci I 3 4 MA152 Calculus II NS 101 Conceptual Physics 3 PS110 Intro Am Govt Pol _4 14 SECOND YEAR EN215 HS101 MA103 MA215 PY265 Intro Lit Resarch 3 Hist Wld Civil I 4 Num Sys Prob Sol 3 Fund Cone Math 3 Child & Adol Dev _3 16 EN232 HS102 MA104 SD101 TE250 American Lit II Hist Wld Civil II Geom & Measure Fund of Speech Student Div Sch 3 4 3 3 _3 16 THIRD YEAR BL105 Func Human Body or NS 103, 104 Env Biology GG201 Wld Reg Geog MA261 Intro Num Meth MA321 Hist of Math 4 4 4 2 _3 13 CH108 Applied Chemistry 4 Humanities Elective 4 MA325 College Geometry 3 MA401 Math Modeling _3 14 Summer Following Third Year GE114 Field Ex Earth Sci 3 TE301 Lm/Lmg Tch Cont_4 7 FOURTH YEAR EN320 Respond to Writ MA308 Prob Math Stat MA341 Abstract Alg I TE401 Lm Div Tch Sub 3 EN335 Children’s Lit 3 4 MA305 Comp Linear Alg 3 3 TE402 Craft Teach Prac _6 12 5 15 FIFTH YEAR Internship Year, MSU Graduate Courses TE502 Int Tch Div Lmr II 6 TE501 Int Tch Div Lmrs 16 TE803 Pro Rol Tch Pra II 3 TE801 Pro Rol Tch Pra I 3 TE804 Rfl Inq Tch Prac II_3 TE802 Rfl Inq Tch Prac I _3 12 12 ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY AND MATHEMATICS • 176 �BACHELOR OF SCIENCE MATHEMATICS Secondary Teaching Option A sample five-year schedule of courses for a B.S. in Mathematics with Secondary Teaching Option follows: B.S., MATHEMATICS Secondary Teaching Option SPRING FIRST YEAR FALL EN110 MA151 PY101 TE150 Fresh Comp." Calculus I Intro to Psy Ref Lm & Teach 3 4 4 3 14 SECOND YEAR CS 111 Intro Comp Sci I 3 EN210 Res Paper Process'" 3 MA215 Fund Cone Math 3 4 Humanities Elective Elective _3 16 THIRD YEAR MA341 Abstract Alg I CHI 15 Gen Chem I or PH231 Gen Physics I Electives (Minor) 3 4 5 1 14-15 MA152 Calculus II SD101 Fund of Speech Soc Sci Elective Elective 4 3 4 4 15 MA216 Dis Math Prob Sol 3 MA251 Calculus III 4 TE250 Student Div Sch 3 4 Humanities Elective 3 Elective (Minor) 17 MA305 Comp Linear Alg : MA325 College Geom 3 CHI 16 Gen Chem II 4 or PH232 Gen Physics II 5 Natural Sci Elec (Life) _4 14-15 Summer Following Third Year TE301 Lm/Lmg Tch Corn 4 FOURTH YEAR MA308 Prob Math Stat MA321 Hist of Math TE401 Lm Div Tch Sub Elective (Minor) 4 3 5 MA401 Math Modeling TE402 Craft Teach Prac Elective (Minor) A 3 6 5 14 16 FIFTH YEAR Internship Year, MSU Graduate Courses TE501 Int Tch Div Lmrs 16 TE502 Int Tch Div Lmr II 6 TE801 Prof Rol Tch Prac 3 TE803 Prof Rol Tch Prac II3 TE802 Rfl Inq Tch Prac I _3 TE804 Rfl Inq Tch Prac II_3 12 12 TEN 110 may be taken in the spring semester “EN205 or EN215 also acceptable ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY AND MATHEMATICS • 177 �DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY Assoc. Prof. Paul R. Duesing, Chair BACHELOR OF SCIENCE MECHANICAL ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY This program prepares graduates for career responsibilities in machine design, manufacturing, and thermal sciences. The curriculum provides a broad base for job preparation and emphasizes topics which are current in today’s technical environment. Graduates have found employment in product design, manufacturing, plant engineering, inspection, production supervision, and sales and service. Students graduating from community Engineering Technology Courses .70 Credits) ME104 Tech Drawing ME 106 Desc Geom & GDT ME124 Basic CAD MT100 Mech Sys & Comp MT112 Mfg Proc I MT113 Mfg Proc. II MT220 Statics MT241 Strength of Materials MT253 Engr Materials MT260 Quality Engr I MT320 Dynamics MT341 Fluid Mechanics MT371 NC/CNC Man Proc MT410 Machine Design I MT411 Machine Design II MT412 Finite Element Anal MT430 Thermodynamics MT431 Thermo-Heat Trans AM315 Prog Logic Control CT265 Intro to Tech Prog ET201 Electricity I ET302 Applied Elec II 4 2 3 2 3 3 3 4 4 2 4 3 3 4 4 3 3 4 3 3 3 3 colleges with an associate degree in mechanical engineering technology can usually transfer into this program and receive a bachelor of science degree in mechanical engineering technology in two years. Many community college programs in Michigan have transfer articulation agreements with Lake Superior State University. AppI Chemistry Trig. & Vectors Algebra for Tech Tech. Calc. I Tech. Calc. II Elmts. Phys. I Elmts. Phys. II 4 2 4 4 4 4 4 Support Courses (13 Credits) EC302 Managerial Econ EN110 Freshman Comp EN205 Tech Rpt Writing SD101 Fund of Speech 4 3 3 3 CH108 MA109 MA140 MA141 MA142 PH221 PH222 Elective courses (18 Credits) Biological Science Elec Social Science Elec Humanities Elec Free Elective Designated Electives' 3 4 8 3 3 'Select one of the following courses: AM305, ME214, or MT360 Mathematics and Science Courses (26 Credits) ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY AND MATHEMATICS • 178 �In addition to the above courses, general education requirements must be completed for a total of 130 semester credits. B.S., MECHANICAL ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY FALL SPRING FIRST YEAR MA109 Trig & Vectors MA140 Algebra for Tech EN110 Freshman Comp ME104 Tech Drawing MT112 Mfg Processes I MT100 Mech Sys & Comp 2 4 3 4 3 2, 18 SECOND YEAR PH221 MT220 ET201 Soc Sci EN205 Elmts of Physics I 4 3 Statics 3 Electricity I 4 Elective Tech Rep Wrtg _3 17 THIRD YEAR MA142 Tech Calculus II 4 4 MT320 Dynamics MT371 NC/CNC Man Proc 3 3 Biology Elective MT260 Quality Engr I _2 16 FOURTH YEAR MT410 Machine Design I 4 MT430 Thermodynamics 3 4 Humanities Elective MT412 Fin Elem Analysis^ 14 ME106 MA141 ME124 MT113 CH108 Des Geom & GDT 2 4 Tech Calc I 3 Basic CAD Mfg Processes II 3 Appl Chemistry _4 16 PH222 MT241 MT253 CT265 SD101 Elmts of Physics II 4 Str of Materials 4 4 Eng Matls Intro to Tech Prog 3 Fund of Speech _3 18 AM315 Prog Logic Contr 3 3 MT341 Fluid Mech ET302 Applied Elect II 3 3 Technical Elective Free Elective 1 15 MT411 Machine Design II 4 MT431 Therm-Heat Trans 4 4 Humanities Elective EC302 Managerial Econ _4 16 NOTES ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY AND MATHEMATICS • 179 �ASSOCIATE DEGREE MECHANICAL ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY This program prepares graduates for work as draftsmen, product designers, machine designers, instrument technicians, and development and installation specialists in the creation and use of all types of production machinery. Requirements for the Associate Degree in Mechanical Engineering Technology are the same as the first two years of the Bachelor of Science Degree in Mechanical Engineering Technology. Thus, the graduate of this program has the option of seeking employment as a technician, or continuing his or her education by transferring directly into the third year of the Bachelor of Science in Mechanical Engineering Technology or Automated Systems Engineering Technology. Mechanical Engineering Technology (34 Credits) ME104 Tech. Drawing 4 ME 106 Desc Geom & GDT 2 ME 124 CAD 3 MT100 Mech Syst & Comp Prog 2 MT112 ManfProcI 3 MT113 ManfProcII 3 MT220 Statics 3 4 MT241 Strength of Materials MT253 Engr Mat 4 ET201 Electricity I 3 3 CT265 Intro Tech Prog Mathematics & Science Courses (22 Credits) CH108 Applied Chemistry MA109 Trig & Vectors MA140 Algebra for Tech MA141 Tech Calc I PH221 Physics I PH222 Physics II 4 2 4 4 4 4 Support Courses (9 Credits) EN110 Freshman Comp EN205 Bsc Tch Rep Wrtg SD101 Speech 3 3 3 Elective Courses (4 Credits) Soc Sci Elective 4 A total of 69 credits is required. ASSOCIATE DEGREE, MECHANICAL ENGINEERING TECHNOLGY FALL SPRING FIRST YEAR MA109 Trig & Vectors MA140 Algebra for Tech EN110 Freshman Comp ME104 Tech Drawing MT112 Mfg Processes I MT100 Mech Sys & Comp 2 4 3 4 3 J2 18 ME106 MA141 ME124 MT113 CH108 Des Geom 8c GDT 2 4 Tech Calc I 3 Basic CAD Mfg Processes II 3 Appl Chemistry A 16 ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY AND MATHEMATICS • 180 �SECOND YEAR PH221 MT220 ET201 Soc Sci EN205 Elmts of Physics I 4 3 Statics 3 Electricity I 4 Elective Tech. Report Writ._3 17 PH222 MT241 MT253 CT265 SD101 Elmts of Physics II 4 4 StrofMat 4 Eng Matls Intro to Tech Prog 3 Fund of Speech _3 18 CERTIFICATE COMPUTER DRAFTING This one-year program prepares students for employment in computer-aided drafting (CAD) departments within engineering companies where graduates work directly with experienced technologists and engineers to produce state-of-the-art CAD drawings. CERTIFICATE, COMPUTER DRAFTING (Mechanical Concentration) Engineering Technology Courses (23 Credits) DTI32 Const Sketch & Draw ME 104 Tech Drawing ME 106 Desc Geom & GDT ME124 Basic CAD ME214 Adv CAD MT100 Mech Sys & Comp MT112 Mfg Proc I MT113 Mfg Proc II 3 4 2 3 3 2 3 3 Mathematics and Sciences Courses (6 Credits) 2 MAI09 Trig & Vectors 4 MA140 Algebra for Tech Support Course (3 Credits) EN110 Freshman Comp 3 32 Total Credits CERTIFICATE, COMPUTER DRAFTING (Mechanical Concentration) FALL MT100 MT112 ME104 ME124 MA109 EN110 Mech Sys & Comp 2 3 Mfg Proc I Technical Draw 4 3 Basic CAD Trig & Vectors 2 Fresh Comp _3 17 SPRING MT113 MA140 DTI32 ME214 ME106 3 Mfg Proc II Algebra for Tech 4 Cons Sketch Draw 3 3 Adv CAD Desc Geom & GDT_2 15 ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY AND MATHEMATICS • 181 �OTHER ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY PROGRAMS BACHELOR OF SCIENCE ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY This program prepares students for employment as environmental specialists. The curriculum provides students with a strong fundamental base in chemistry and engineering technology. The graduate will be able to plan and conduct studies to measure the chemical makeup and concentration of pollutants and map out a strategy for reducing them. Also, he/she will be able to test the effectiveness of pollution control devices and advise on compliance with regulations. B.S., ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY Engineering Technology Courses (29 Credits) ET201 Electricity I ET302 Electricity II ET485 Project Planning ME124 Comp Aided Draft MT220 Statics MT241 Strength Materials MT260 Quality Engr I MT341 Fluid Mechanics MT430 Thermodynamics MT431 Thermo-Heat Trans 3 3 1 3 3 4 2 3 3 4 Environmental Science Courses (11 Credits) EV249 Water Pollution EV311 Environmental Law EV313 Solid/Haz Wastes EV425 Env Syst Analysis 3 2 3 3 Mathematics & Science Courses (57 Credits) BL204 Microbiology CHI 15 General Chem I CHI 16 General Chem II CH225 Organic Chem I 4 5 4 4 CH231 CH342 CH361 GE410 MA109 MA140 MA141 MA142 MA207 NS 103 NS104 PH221 Quant Analysis Environ Chem II Physical Chem Enginering Geology Trig & Vectors Algebra for Tech Tech Calculus I Tech Calculus II Prin Stat Methods Intro Env Science Intro Env Sci Lab Physics I Support Courses (16 Credits) CS100 Intro to Microcomp EC302 Managerial Econ EN110 Freshman Comp EN205 Tech Report Writ SD101 Fund of Speech Elective Courses (16 Credits) Soc Science Electives Humanities Electives Technical Electives Total Credits 129 ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY AND MATHEMATICS • 182 3 4 4 4 2 4 4 4 3 3 1 4 3 4 3 3 3 4 8 4 �B. S., ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY FIRST YEAR FALL MA109 MA140 EN110 CHI 15 ME124 Trig/Vectors 2 Algebra for Tech 4 Freshman Comp 3 General Chem I 5 Comp-Aided Draft_3 17 SECOND YEAR PH221 MT220 CH225 EN205 MA207 Elem of Physics I Statics Organic Chem I Tech Report Writ Prin Stat Methods 4 3 4 3 3 17 THIRD YEAR MA142 Tech Calculus II ET201 Electricity I BL204 Gen Microbiology CH231 Quant Analysis Technical Elective 4 3 4 3 4 18 FOURTH YEAR MT430 Thermodynamics 3 4 Humanities Elective 4 GE410 Engr Geology EV313 Solid/Haz Wastes 3 ET485 Project Planning J. 15 SPRING MA141 CS100 CHI 16 NS 103 NS 104 Tech Calculus I 4 Intro to Microcomp 3 General Chem II 4 Intro Environ Sci 3 Intro Envir Sci Lab_l 16 SD101 Fund of Speech 3 MT241 Strength Materials 4 MT260 Quality Enginering 2 EV249 Water Pollution 3 Social Science Elective _4 16 EV311 MT341 ET302 CH342 EC302 Environmental Law 2 Fluid Mechanics 3 3 Electricity II Environ Chem II 4 Managerial Econ _4 16 MT431 Thermo/Heat Tran 4 4 Humanities Elective CH361 Physical Chem 4 EV425 Envir Syst Analysis! 15 ASSOICATE DEGREE GENERAL ENGINEERING This curriculum is for students who plan to transfer to engineering after two years at Lake Superior State University. Entrance requirements: To qualify for admission as freshmen, applicants must be graduates of accredited secondary schools with above average standing in their class. Their secondary school preparation should include a fouryear curriculum of at least 15 units of acceptable entrance credits. The following subjects should be included in these credits: one unit of beginning algebra, one unit of geometry, one-half unit of advanced algebra, one-half unit of trigonometry, one unit of chemistry or physics, and three units of English. Recommended: a fourth year of senior mathematics. Current catalogs for many colleges and universities offering engineering programs are on file in the Engineering Technology Department or the Admissions Office. ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY AND MATHEMATICS • 183 �ASSOCIATE DEGREE, GENERAL ENGINEERING SPRING FALL FIRST YEAR CHI 15 General Chem I EN110 Freshman Comp MA151 Calculus I ME104 Tech Drawing RA Elective -1 CS111 Intro Comp Appl CHI 16 General Chem H MA152 Calculus II ME124 Basic Cad RA Elective 3 3 3 4 4 EC202 Prin Microeoon MA251 Calculus HI MA310 Diff Equations PH232 General Fhy II SD101 Fund of Speech 5 3 4 4 17 SECOND YEAR EC201 PrinMacroecon EN210 Res Paper Pnx MA207 Prin Slat Methods PH231 General Fhy I Elective 17 3 4 4 3 1 15 3 4 3 4 3 17 ASSOCIATE DEGREE GENERAL ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY Associate degree program in general engineering technology is a program intended for students who have decided to major in engineering technology but have not decided on a specific area. The student will receive extra advising and schedule courses in different areas to assist in determining career interests. As soon as an engineering technology major is chosen, the student will transfer to that program. ASSOCIATE DEGREE, GENERAL ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY SPRING FALL FIRST YEAR ET100 Exploring Tech 4 3-4 ME/MT Elective 2 MA109 Trigonometry 4 MA140 Algebra CS100 Intro to Microcomp 3 16-17 SECOND YEAR EN205 Tech Report Writ PH221 Physics I MT220 Statics Technology Electives 3 4 3 4 ME/MT Elective ET115 Circuits I SD101 Fund of Speech MA141 Tech Calculus I EN110 Freshman Comp Soc Sci Elective PH222 Physics II Technology Electives 3 4 3 4 _3 17 4 4 8 16 14 First Year ME/MT Electives to chosen from ME 104 Tech Drawing ME 106 Descriptive Geom ME124 Basic CAD ME214 Advanced CAD MT112 Manuf Proc be 4 2 3 3 3 Second Year Technology Electives to be chosen from AM305 Intro Automation 3 CT224 Digital Electron 4 ETU6 Circuits II 4 4 ET211 Elec Devices ET212 Analog Electives 4 MT241 Strength Materials 4 MT253 Engineer Materials 4 MT260 Quality Engr I 2 ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY AND MATHEMATICS • 184 �MINOR COURSES OF STUDY MA216 or any MA course numbered 250 or above such that credits total 22. COMPUTER SCIENCE MINOR For a minor in computer science a total of 21 semester credits must be selected as follows: CS111 CS112 CS205 CS212 Intro to Comp Sci I Intro to Comp Sci II Comp Org & Arch File & Dtbse Mgmt 3 3 3 3 Plus three additional CS courses at 9 the 300 or 400 level Note: The mathematics prerequisite for CS111 implies that at least one mathematics course at the 100 level or above must be taken. Some CS elective courses may have additional mathematics requirements. This is an approved teaching minor. MATHEMATICS MINOR (Note that MA141 and MA151 have prerequisites which may effectively add credits to the above when these are chosen.) MATHEMATICS TEACHING OPTION For a minor in mathematics with teaching option a total of at least 23 credits must be selected as follows: 4 MA151 Calculus I 4 MA152 Calculus D MA215 Fund Concepts Math 3 MA216 Discrete Math Prob Solv3 MA207 Prin of Stat Meth 3 or MA308 Prob & Math Stat 4 3 MA321 Hist of Math 3 MA325 College Geometry NOTES For a minor in mathematics a total of at least 22 semester credits must be selected as follows: CSl 11 Iniro to Comp Sci I MA151.152 Calculus I & II 3 8 or MA141.142 Tech Calculus I & Q MA207 Prin Stat Meth or MA308 Prob & Math Stat MA215 Fund Concepts Math or MA401 Mathematical Modeling MA261 Intro Numerical Meth or MA305 Comp Linear Algebra 8 3 4 3 3 2 3 Plus MA elective credits from MA215, ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY AND MATHEMATICS • 185 ! �mm mSm • *■■1 > s C8 s3 X T3 c CS xs C3 0> ffi o o o X! m HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES • 186 �DEPARTMENT OF CRIMINAL JUSTICE/FIRE SCIENCE FACULTY: Chair, Criminal Justice and Fire Science, Asst. Prof. James Blashill; Asst. Prof. Elizabeth Foley; Prof. Terry Heyns; Assoc. Prof. James Madden; Asst. Profs. Dennis Holmes, Paige Ralph. Programs include: Criminal justice baccalaureate degree with emphasis in: corrections, criminalistics, generalists, law enforcement, loss control, and public safety. Fire Science baccalaureate degrees with emphasis in engineering technology, hazardous materials, and generalists. Two-year associate degrees in corrections, fire science, and law enforcement. CRIMINAL JUSTICE Michigan Law Enforcement Officers Training Council (MLEOTC) Certification: Students enrolled in the emphasis in criminalistics, law enforcement, or public safety in the criminal justice baccalaureate degree may be eligible for MLEOTC Certification. Upon graduation and the completion of the mini-academy, these students may be eligible for employment with local law enforcement agencies in Michigan without further training. MLEOTC Mini-Academy: Students enrolled in the MLEOTC Track will have to complete a six week mini­ academy which is held after the end of the school year. Contained within the mini-academy are skill hours such as firearms, driving, and defense tactics. Only students who are enrolled in the MLEOTC track at the beginning of their senior year will be eligible for enrollment in the mini-academy. Michigan corrections Officer Training Council Certification: Students enrolled in the associate or baccalaureate degree in corrections will also take the five courses necessary for this certification. Canadian Students may substitute CJ202 Canadian Criminal Law and CJ406 Advanced Canadian Juris­ prudence for CJ319 Substantive Criminal Law and CJ409 Procedural PS 160 Introduction to Law. Canadian Government may be substituted for PS110 Introduction to US Government. Entrance Requirements: To qualify for admission as freshmen, applicants must meet the minimum criteria of Lake Superior State University. Criminalistics and fire science students must have completed two units of algebra and at least one laboratory course, preferably chemistry, in high school. Code of conduct: Majors in criminal justice and fire science will be required to sign a code of conduct. The code specifies certain behavior on the part of students and also states that violation of criminal laws and/or university regulations may end in the separation of the student from the criminal justice/fire science program. HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES • 187 I i �BACHELOR OF SCIENCE CRIMINAL JUSTICE Corrections Emphasis General Education Requirements (25* credits) Major Requirements (46 credits) / 3 CJ101 Intro to Crim Just * 3 CJ102 Police Process *'/ CJ106 Juvenile Justice ^ / 3 3 CJ110 Intro to Corrections x CJ130 Client Rel in Corr / 3 CJ140 Corr Client Growth^ & Development , 3 CJ220 Institutional Corr / 3 CJ240 Comm Based Corr/ 3 CJ250 Correctional Law ^ 3 CJ319 Substantive Criminal Law/ or 3 CJ202 Canadian Criminal Law CJ321 Eth Issues in Pub Safety 3 CJ330 Correctional Casework 3 CJ345 Statistics 4 CJ401 Senior Seminar CJ402 Crim Just Internship Support Courses (20 credits) PS 160 Intro Can Govt/Pol or PS110 Intro Amer Govt/Pol PS 120 Legal Processes , PY101 Intro to Psych/ PY259 Abnormal Psychology S0214 Criminology m SO100 Sp tp: Cultural Div” 3 3-9 3-4 3 4 3 3 3 Minor (20 credits) Electives (13 credits) ‘8 Hours Included in Support Courses. "B.S. Requirement. B.S. CRIMINAL JUSTICE (Corrections Emphasis) FALL SPRING FIRST YEAR CJ 101 Intro to Crim Just n3j/ CJ102 Police Process "Si/ CJ 110 Intro to Corrections'3 i/ EN110 Freshman Comp '-Ji/ Elective -"3 15 CJ106 Juvenile Justice PS 160 Intro to Can Govt 3-4, or PS 110 Intro to Amer Govt yy CJ130 Client Growth SD101 Speech Elective SECOND YEAR CJ140 Correction Client CJ240 Comm Based Corr EN210 Res Paper Proc PY101 Intro to Psych Elective "3^/ 3 'A\/' -2 15 THIRD YEAR CJ250 Corr Law S0214 Criminology Natural Science Elective Minor '3 P 16 FOURTH YEAR CJ401 Seminar CJ319 Subst Crim Law or CJ202 Canadian Law Minor PS 120 Legal Proc CJ220 Inst Corrections PY259 Abnormal Psych Humanities Elective Natural Science CJ330 Corr Casework CJ321 CJ/FS Ethics SO 100 Sp Tp: Cultural Div3^ CJ345 Statistics Electives 15 CJ402 Internship Humanities Elective Minor 10 16 HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES • 188 3 GO 8 15 �BACHELOR OF SCIENCE CRIMINAL JUSTICE Criminalistics Emphasis General Education Requirements (17* credits) Major Requirements (36 credits) 3 CJ101 Intro to Crim Just 3 CJ102 Police Process CJ201 Firearms Training 1 3 CJ243 Investigation 3 CJ313 Crisis Int Dev Beh" 3 CJ319 Subst Criminal Law" CJ321 Eth Issues in Pub Safety 3 CJ345 Statistics 4 3 CJ401 Senior Seminar CJ402 Crim Just Internship 3-9 CJ409 Procedural Criminal Law" 3 4 CJ444 Criminalistics Support Courses (59 credits) BL110 General Zoology BL111 General Botany ** CHI 15 General Chemistry I*** CHI 16 General Chemistry II CH225 Organic Chemistry I 4 CH226 Organic Chemistry II 4 CH231 Quantitative Analysis 3 CH232 Instrumental Analysis 3 CH351 Introductory Biochemistry 4 HE 190 Prehospital Emrg Care & Crisis Intervention I 3 HE191 Prehospital Emre Care & 2 Crisis Intervention IL* 3 NS101 Conceptual Physics 4 PS 110 Intro Amer Govt/Pol 4 PY101 Intro to Psychology PY259 Abnormal Psychology 3 RA197 Phys Fit LE**** 2 3 S0214 Criminology Electives (12 credits) 4 4 5 4 *16 Hours Included in Support "MLEOTC Courses "[B.S. Requirement "‘‘Repeated twice B.S. CRIMINAL JUSTICE (Criminalistics Emphasis) FALL FIRST YEAR CJ101 CJ102 CHI 15 EN110 PY101 Intro to Crim Just 3 Police Process 3 Prin of Chem I 4 Freshman Comp 3 Intro to Psych £ SECOND YEAR CH225 CH231 BL110 CJ201 CJ243 T Org Chemistry I Quant Anal Zoology Firearms Investigation THIRD YEAR CH351 Biochemistry Humanities Elective RA Electives Elective . 4 3 4 1 15 3 4 4 1 15 7 fourth year CJ319 Substantive Law* Electives CJ401 Seminar HE190 PEC & Cl I* RA197 Phys Fit - LE’* 3 2 3 3 1 n CHI 16 Princ of Chem II 4 PS110 Intro to Amer Govt 4 SD101 Speech 3 Elective 3 R CH226 CH232 BL111 PY259 EN210 Org Chemistry II Inst Anal Botany t Abnormal Psych Res Paper Proc NS 101 Come Phy S0214 Criminology CJ345 Statistics CJ402 Internship Humanities Elective 4 3 4 3 _3 3-9 4 17 CJ321 Ethics . . CJ313 Crisis Intervention CJ444 Criminalistics . CJ409 Procedural Law HE191 PEC CHI’ RA197 Phys Fit-LE** IMLEOTC Course MLEOTC Students Only HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES • 189 3 3 4 3 3 4 3 2 1 �BACHELOR OF SCIENCE CRIMINAL JUSTICE Generalist Emphasis General Education Requirements (25* credits) Major Requirements (42 credits) CJ101 Intro to Crim Just CJ102 Police Process CJ110 Intro to Correction CJ345 Statistics CJ401 Senior Seminar Other CJ Classes”" Support Courses” (20 credits) PS110 Intro to Amer Govt/Pol PS 120 Legal Processes 3 3 3 4 3 26 4 3 PY101 PY259 S0214 SO 100 Intro to Psych Abnormal Psychology'" Criminology'" Sp Tp: Cultural Div'" 4 3 3 3 Electives (37 credits) '8 Hours Included in Support Courses. "At Least 20 Hours of Support or Electives at 300-400 Level. ‘"B.S. Requirement. ”"Min 19 credit hours at 300-400 level B.S., CRIMINAL JUSTICE (Generalist Emphasis) FALL FIRST YEAR CJ101 Intro to Crim Just CJ102 Police Process EN110 Freshman Comp CJ Elective Elective SPRING 3 3 3 3 3 PS 110 Intro to Amer Govt 4 PS 120 Legal Process 3 3 SD101 Speech 3 CJ Elective 13 15 SECOND YEAR CJ110 Intro to Corrections 3 EN210 Res Paper Proc 3 PY101 Intro, to Psych 4 Humanities Elective 4 CJ Elective 3 17 PY259 Abnormal Psych Humanities Elective Natural Science CJ Elective Elective THIRD YEAR SO 100 Sp Tp: Cultural Div3 CJ Elective 6 Elective A 14 S0214 Criminology Natural Science CJ345 Statistics Electives FOURTH YEAR CJ401 Seminar Electives 3 12 15 CJ Electives Electives HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES • 190 3 4 4 3 3 17 3 4 4 5 16 9 8 17 �BACHELOR OF SCIENCE CRIMINAL JUSTICE I^ivv Eiiforcement Emphasis General Education Requirements (25* credits) Major Requirements (51 credits) CJ101 Intro to Crim Just CJ102 Police Process CJ106 Juvenile Justice CJ 110 Intro to Corrections CJ201 Firearms Training CJ206 On Campus Internship CJ212 Loss Control CJ243 Investigation CJ313 Crisis fnt of Dev Beh CJ319 Substantive Criminal Law or CJ202 Canadian Criminal Law CJ321 Eth Issues in Pub Safety 3 3 3 3 1 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 3 CJ345 Statistics CJ401 Senior Seminar 3-9 CJ402 Crim Just Intern CJ409 Procedural Criminal Law 3 or CJ406 Adv Can Jurisprudence CJ444 Criminalistics 4 3 FS101 Intro to Fire Science Support Courses (20 credits) PS 160 Intro to Can Govt/Pol or 3-4 PS110 Intro to Amer Govt/Pol" PS 120 Legal Processes" 3 PY101 Intro to Psych 4 PY259 Abnormal Psychology 3 S0214 Criminology 3 3 SO100 Sp Tp: Cultural Div Electives (28 credits) ‘8 Hours Included in Support Courses "B.S. Requirement B.S. CRIMINAL JUSTICE (Law Enforcement Emphasis) FALL SPRING FIRST YEAR CJ101 Intro to Crim Just CJ102 Police Process CJ110 Intro to Corrections EN110 Freshman Comp Elective SECOND YEAR CJ201 CJ212 EN210 FS101 PY101 CJ243 Firearms Loss Control Res Paper Proc Intro to Fire Sci Intro to Psych Investigation THIRD YEAR ^ , 3 3 3 3 4 15 1 3 3 3 4 3 17 , _. . SO 100 Sp Tp: Cultural Div3 Humanities Elective 4 Natural Science 4 Elective 2 re fourth year CJ401 Seminar CJ319 Subst Law or CJ202 Canadian Law Electives 3 3 8 re CJ106 Juvenile Justice 3 PS 160 Intro to Can Govt or 3-4 PS 110 Intro to AmepGovt PS 120 Legal Process 3 3 SD101 Speech 3 Elective 15-16 CJ206 LE/LC Internship PY259 Abnormal Psych S0214 Criminology Humanities Elective Natural Science CJ313 Crisis Intervention CJ321 CJ/FS Ethics CJ345 Statistics Elective CJ402 Internship CJ409 Crim Proc or CJ406 Canadian Juris CJ444 Criminalistics Electives HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES • 191 3 3 3 4 4 17 3 3 4 5 15 3-9 3 4 6 re �J CERTIFICATION CRIMINAL JUSTICE Law Enforcement Emphasis General Education Requirements (25* credits) Major Requirements (51 credits) GJT01 Intro to Crim Just 3 -CJ-102' Police Process 3 -GJ106 Juvenile Justice 3 3 CJT1Q" Intro to Corrections CJ201 Firearms Training 1 CJ206 On Campus Internship 3 3 '€J2T2’-Loss Control 3 CJ243 Investigation CJ313 Crisis Inter of Dev Beh' 3 CJ319 Subst Criminal Law" 3 CJ321 Eth Issues Pub Safety” 3 4 CJ345 Statistics 3 CJ401 Senior Seminar CJ402 Crim Just Internship .3-9 CJ409 Procedural Criminal Law" 3 4 CJ444 Criminalistics” 3 FSltrT Intro to Fire Science Support Courses (27 credits) HE190 Prehospital Emig Care & Crisis Intervention I HE191 Prehospital Emrg. Care & Crisis Intervention IF* . -PS440- Intro to Amer Govt/Pol PS 120 Legal Processes Intro to Psych ... £3£259- Abnormal Psychology' RA197 Phys Fit - LE**** S0214 Criminology"' -SOWO'Sp Tp: Cultural Div 3 2 4 3 4 3 2 3 3 Electives (21 credits) '8 Hours Included in Support Courses "MLEOTC Courses ”.’B.S. Requirement ""Repeated Twice B.S. CRIMINAL JUSTICE (Certification in Law Enforcement) SPRING FALL FIRST YEAR CJ106 Juvenile Justice 3 CJ101 Intro to Crim Just CJ102 Police Process CJ110 Intro to Corrections EN110 Freshman Comp Elective SECOND YEAR CJ201 Firearms CJ212 Loss Control EN210 Res Paper Proc FS101 Intro to Fire Sci CJ243 Investigations Elective THIRD YEAR 3 3 3 3 3 15 1 3 3 3 3 1 CJ319 Substantive Law* Electives CJ401 Seminar £hys Fit-LET* HE 190 Pec & Cl I* Intro to Amer Govt 4 Legal Process 3 3 Speech Intro Psychology _4 17 CJ206 LE/LC Internship PY259 Abnormal Psych S0214 Criminology Humanities Elective Natural Science 3 3 3 4* 4 17 16 Humanities Elective 4 Natural Science 4 SO 100 Sp Tp Cultural Div 3 Elective 5 FOURTH YEAR PS 110 PS 120 SD101 PY101 CJ402 Internship CJ345 Statistics Electives 3-9 4 16 3 3 3 1 _3 13 CJ321 CJ313 CJ444 RA197 CJ409 HE191 Ethics . . Crisis Intervention Criminalistics Phys Fit-LEI. Procedural Law Pec & Cl II [MLEOTC Course MLEOTC Students Only HEALTH and HUMAN SERVICES • 192 3 ^ 3 3 1 3 2 16 �THREE-YEAR DEGREE PLAN FOR A B.S. IN CRIMINAL JUSTICE FOLLOWING THE NRT DEGREE. SEE DEPARTMENT OF BIOLOGY Students with a particular interest in state and federal laws enacted to protect our natural resources and federal restrictions on the use of our renewable resources should consider obtaining both an Associate Degree in Natural Resources Technology (2 years) and a Bachelor of Science Degree in Criminal Justice (3 additional years). The NRT degree will provide the student with a good general background in natural resources and the Criminal Justice degree will allow the student to be fully qualified for many different law enforcement opportunities. Jobs for conservation law offices are limited, but the above configuration of degrees prepares a student to be highly competitive for openings that do occur. Students selecting this course of study should work closely with their advisor in order to complete both degrees in the five year span. After completing the two-year NRT Associate Degree, students would complete the following sequence of courses. This plan assumes MLEOTC certif­ ication. 91 additional hours. B.S. CRIMINAL JUSTICE FALL SPRING THIRD YEAR CJ101 Intro to Crim Just CJ102 Police Process CJ110 Intro to Corrections PS 110 Intro Amer Govt Humanities Elective 3 3 3 4 3 CJ106 Juvenile Just CJ206 Law Enforce Intern 3 3 S0214 Criminology _4 Humanities Elective 13 4 17 FOURTH YEAR CJ201 CJ212 CJ243 FS101 PY101 Firearms Training Loss Control Investigation Intro Fire Sci Intro Psy 1 3 3 3 A CJ345 CJ402 PS 120 PY259 S0226 4 Statistics 3 Internship 3 Legal Process 3 Abnormal Psy Races & Minorities,! 16 14 FIFTH YEAR CJ319 Substantive Law' CJ401 Senior Seminar HE190 PEC & Cl I RA197 Phy Fit for LE' Elective 3 3 3 1 A 14 CJ313 CJ321 CJ409 CJ444 HE191 RA197 Crisis Inter' Ethics' Procedural Law' Criminalistics' PE & Cl II' Phy Fit for LE' MLEOTC Course HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES • 193 3 3 3 4 3 1 17 : �BACHELOR OF SCIENCE CRIMINAL JUSTICE Loss Control Emphasis General Education Requirements (25* credits) Major Requirements (54 credits) 3 CJ101 Intro to Crim Just 3 CJ102 Police Process 3 CJ110 Intro fo Corrections 1 CJ201 Firearms Training CJ206 Law Enf/Loss Cont Intern 3 3 CJ212 Losg Control 3 CJ243 'Investigation 3 CJ306 Security Systems CJ319 Substantive Criminal Law 3 CJ202 CJ341 CJ345 CJ401 CJ402 CJ409 Canadian Criminal Law Fire/Arson Investigation 3 Statistics 4 3 Senior Seminar Crim Just Internship 3-9 Procedural Criminal Law or 3 CJ406 Adv Can Jurisprudence CJ444 FS101 FSI11 FS321 4 Criminalistics 3 Intro to Fire Science 3 Hazardous Materials Industrial Fire Protection 3 Support Courses (30 credits) 3 MN365 Pers Management 4 MN451 Labor Law 4 PS110 Intro to Amer Govt/Pol PS 120 Legal Processes j PY101 Introduction to Psychology 4 PY259 Abnormal Psychology 3 S0214 Criminology .. f 3 SO 100 Sp Tp: Cultural Div TCI04 Industrial Safety & 3 Small Engine Mechanics Electives (15 credits) '8 Hours Included in Support Courses "B.S. Requirement B.S. CRIMINAL JUSTICE (Loss Control Emphasis) FALL FIRST YEAR CJ101 CJ102 CJ212 EN110 PY101 SPRING Intro to Crim Just Police Process Loss Control Freshman Comp Intro to Psych 3 3 3 3 4 R PS 160 Intro to Can Govt or PS110 Intro to Amer Govt PS 120 Legal Process 3 SD101 Speech 3 S0214 Criminology . 3 FS111 Hazardous Material_3 15-16 SECOND YEAR CJ 110 CJ201 FS101 CJ243 EN210 TCI04 Intro to Corrections Firearms Intro to Fire Sci Investigations Res Paper Proc Safety/SE 3 1 3 3 3 3 R THIRD YEAR SO 100 Sp Tp : Cultural Div3 Humanities Elective 4 Natural Science 4 3 Elective R FOURTH YEAR CJ401 Seminar CJ319 Subst Crim Law 3 or CJ202 Canadian Law MN365 Pers Mgmt Electives 3 3 6 15 CJ206 LE/LC Internship PY259 Abnormal Psych Humanities Elective 3 3 4 4 Natural Science R CJ306 Sec. System CJ341 Fire & Arson Electives _ FS321 Industrial Fire Prot CJ345 Statistics CJ402 Internship CJ409 Procedural Law or CJ406 Canadian Juris CJ444 Criminalistics MN451 Labor Law Electives HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES • 194 3 3 ,,3 3 4 n> 3-9 3 4 4 3 17 �BACHELOR OF SCIENCE CRIMINAL JUSTICE Public Safety Emphasis General Education Requirements (25* credits) Major Requirements (54 credits) 3 V^CJ101 Intro to Crim Just 3 V/CJ102 Police Process 1 CJ201 Firearms Training CJ206 Law Enf/Loss Cont Intern 3 3 CJ243 Investigations CJ313 Crisis Inter & Dev Beh" ^ 3 CJ319 Substantive Criminal Law" 3 CJ321 Eth Issues in Pub Safety 3 4 CJ345 Statistics CJ401 Crim Just Senior Seminar or 3 FS401 Fire Sci Senior Seminar CJ402 Crim Just Internship or 3-9 FS402 Fire Sci Internship CJ409 Proc Criminal Law" 3 4 CJ444 Criminalistics 3 V FS101 Intro to Fire Science \/FSlll Hazardous Materials 3 FS204 Fire Prot Hyd & Pumps 3 FS205 Fire Prot Systems & Equip 3 3 FS21I Tactics & Strategy Support Courses (27 credits) HE 190 Prehospital Emrg Care & Crisis Intervention I” HE191 Prehospital Emrg Care & Crisis Intervention II'* V^PSl 10 Intro to Amer Govt/Pol y/PS120 Legal Processes y/pY101 Intro to Psych I/PY259 Abnormal Psychology"* S0214 Criminology*" SO 100 Sp Tp: Cultural Div"' RA197 PhysFit-LE”" 3 2 4 3 4 3 3 3 2 Electives (18 credits) *8 Hours Included in Support Courses "MLEOTC Courses *"B.S. Requirement "“Repeated Twice B.S. CRIMINAL JUSTICE (Public Safety Emphasis) FALL SPRING FIRST YEAR CJ101 Intro to Crim Just 3 CJ102 Police Process 3 EN110 Freshman Comp 3 FS101 Intro to Fire Sci 3 Elective 1 15 PS 110 Amer Government 4 3 PS 120 Legal Process 3 SD101 Speech 4 Natural Science FS111 Hazardous Material_3 17 CJ201 Firearms CJ243 Investigation FS204 F.P. Hydraulics PY101 Intro to Psych EN210 Res Paper Proc Elective CJ206 LE/LC Internship 3 FS205 Fire Protection Sys. 3 FS211 Tactics & Strategy 3 PY259 Abnormal Psycho 3 4 Humanities Elective 16 SECOND YEAR 1 3 3 4 3 3 17 HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES • 195 �THIRD YEAR Humanities Elective 4 Natural Science 4 SOIOO Sp Tp: Cultural Div3 Electives 3 S0214 Criminology 3 CJ402 Crim Just Internship 3-9 or FS403 Fire Sci Internship 4 CJ345 Statistics 4 Electives 14-20 14 FOURTH YEAR CJ319 Substantive Law’ RA197 Phys Fit - LE”“ CJ401 CJ Seminar or FS401 FS Senior Seminar Electives HE 190 PEC & Cl I’ ’MLEOTC Course ’’MLEOTC Students Only 3 1 CJ321 CJ313 CJ444 RA197 CJ409 HE191 3 5 Ethics' Crisis Intervention’ Criminalistics’ Phys Fit - LE”" Procedural Law’ PEC & Cl II’ _3 15 3 3 4 1 3 2 16 FIRE SCIENCE BACHELOR OF SCIENCE FIRE SCIENCE Engineering Technology Emphasis General Education Requirements (29* credits) Major Requirements (37 credits) CJ341 Fire & Arson Invest 3 CJ345 Statistics 4 FS101 Intro to Fire Science 3 FS 111 Hazardous Materials 3 FS204 Fire Prot Hyd & Pumps 3 FS205 Fire Prot Sys & Equip 3 FS211 Tactics & Strategy 3 FS301 Code Enf Insp & Fire Prev 3 FS321 Industrial Fire Protection 3 FS401 Senior Seminar 3 FS403 Fire Science Internship 3-9 FS420 Fire Science Management & Incident Analysis 3 MA141 MA142 ME104 MT316 MT341 MT430 MT431 NS101 Technical Calculus 1“ Technical Calculus II" Technical Drawing Stat & Stgth of Mat Fluid Mechanics Thermodynamics Thermo/Heat Trans Conceptual Physics or PH221 Elmts Phys I TC101 Construction I TCI02 Construction II Electives (17 credits) Support Courses (41 credits) CS100 Intro Microcomp Appl MA140 Alg for Technologists 3 3 *4 Hours Included in Support Courses. "B.S. Requirement HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES • 196 4 4 4 3 3 3 4 4 3 3 �B.S. FIRE SCIENCE (Engineering Technology Emphasis) SPRING FALL FIRST YEAR FS101 Intro to Fire Sci Electives EN110 Freshman Comp MA140 Algebra & Trig TC101 Construction I 3 3 3 4 3 16 CS100 Intro to Microcomp 3 TC102 Construction II 3 3 SD101 Speech 4 Social Science FS111 Hazardous Material_3 16 SECOND YEAR FS204 FP Hydraulics 3 ME 104 Technical Drawing 4 3 Elective MA141 Tech Calc I 4 EN205 Tech Rept Wrtg 3 or EN210 Res Paper Process __ 17 THIRD YEAR FS301 Code Enforcement NS Life Science Elective PH221 Physics I Humanities Elective 3 4 4 4 15 FS205 FP Systems FS211 Tactics MA142 Tech Calc II Social Science Humanities Elective 3 3 8 14 A 17 FS321 Industrial FP CJ341 Fire & Arson MT316 Stats & Strat MT341 Fluid Mech CJ345 Statistics 3 3 3 3 4 16 FOURTH YEAR FS401 Seminar MT430 Thermodynamics Electives 3 3 4 3 FS403 Internship FS420 Fire Management MT431 Thermo/Heat Trans Electives NOTES HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES • 197 3 3 4 3 13 : ; : ! �BACHELOR OF SCIENCE FIRE SCIENCE Generalist Emphasis General Education Requirements (33 credits) Major Requirements (57 credits) CJ341 CJ345 FS101 FS111 FS204 FS205 FS211 FS301 FS321 Fire & Arson Investigation Statistics Intro to Fire Science Hazardous Materials Fire Prot Hyd & Pumps Fire Prot Sys Equip Tactics & Strategy Code Enf Insp/Fire Prev Industrial Fire Prot 3 4 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 FS401 Senior Seminar FS403 Fire Science Internship FS420 Fire Science Mgmt & Incident Analysis 3 3-9 3 Minor (20 credits) Support Courses (6 credits) TC101 Construction I TCI02 Construction II 3 3 Electives* (28 credits) ’Must Include 8 Hours B.S. Requirements. B.S. FIRE SCIENCE (Generalist Emphasis) FALL SPRING FIRST YEAR FS101 Intro to Fire Sci TC101 Construction I EN110 Freshman Comp Elective 3 3 3 _6 15 4 Social Science 4 Humanities Elective 3 SD101 Speech TC102 Construction II 3 FS111 Hazardous Material_3 17 SECOND YEAR FS204 FP Hydraulics EN205 Tec Rep Wrtg or EN210 Res Paper Proc Social Science Natural Science 3 3 4 4 FS205 FP Systems FS211 Tactics BS Requirement Natural Science Elective 3 3 4 4 3 17 14 THIRD YEAR FS301 Code Enforcement BS Requirement Humanities Elective Minor 3 4 4 4 15 FS321 Industrial Fire Prot 3 CJ341 Fire & Arson 3 6 Minor 4 CJ345 Statistics 16 FOURTH YEAR FS401 Seminar Minor Electives 3 6 6 15 FS403 Internship FS420 Fire Management Minor Electives HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES • 198 3 3 4 5 15 �BACHELOR OF SCIENCE FIRE SCIENCE Hazardous Materials Emphasis General Education Requirements (25* credits) CHI 15 CHI 16 CH225 CH226 CH231 CH232 CH351 GG108 NS 102 RT275 TC101 TCI02 General Chemistry I General Chemistry II'* Organic Chemistry I Organic Chemistry II Quantitative Analysis Instrumental Analysis Intro Biochemistry Phys Geo: Met/Clim Intro to Geology Soil Management Construction I Construction II Major Requirements (37 credits) CJ341 Fire and Arson Invest 3 CJ345 Statistics 4 FS101 Intro to Fire Science 3 FS 111 Hazardous Materials 3 FS204 Fire Prot Hyd & Pumps 3 FS205 Fire Prot Sys Equip 3 FS211 Tactics & Strategy 3 FS301 Code Enf Insp/Fire Prev 3 FS321 Industrial Fire Prot 3 FS401 Senior Seminar 3 FS403 Fire Science Internship 3-9 FS420 Fire Sci Mgt Inci Analy 3 Electives (11 credits) Support Courses (51 credits) BL110 General Zoology" BL111 General Botany "8 Hours Included in Support Courses. "B.S. Requirement 4 4 5 4 4 4 3 3 4 3 3 4 3 3 B.S. FIRE SCIENCE (Hazardous Materials Emphasis) FALL SPRING FIRST YEAR FS101 Intro to Fire Sci Electives EN110 Freshman Comp TC101 Construction I CHI 15 Princ Chemistry I SECOND YEAR FS204 CH225 CH231 BL110 EN205 FP Hydraulics Org. Chem. I Analytic I Zoology Tech Rep Wrtg or EN210 Res Paper Proc THIRD YEAR GG108 Physical Geology RT275 Soils Social Science Humanities Elective FOURTH YEAR FS401 Seminar CH351 Biochemistry FS301 Code Enforcement Electives 3 3 3 3 _5 17 3 4 3 4 SD101 Speech CHI 16 Prin of Chem II Social Science FS 111 Hazardous Material TCI02 Construction I 3 4 4 3 3 17 FS205 FP System Humanities Elective CH226 Org. Chem. II CH232 Analytic BL111 Botany 3 3 4 4 3 4 18 17 3 4 4 4 FS321 NS 102 FS211 CJ345 Industrial FP Geology Tactics Statistics 15 3 4 3 4 FS403 Internship FS420 Fire Management CJ341 Fire & Arson Electives 14 HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES • 199 3 3 3 4 13 3 3 3 4 13 �ASSOCIATE DEGREE CRIMINAL JUSTICE Corrections Emphasis CJ319 Substantive Criminal Law or 3 CJ202 Canadian Criminal Law CJ330 Correctional Casework 3 Basic Requirements (9 credits) Major Requirements (30 credits) CJ101 Intro to Crim Just CJ106 Juvenile Justice CJ110 Intro to Corrections CJ140 Cor Client Growth & Dev CJ130 Client Rel in Corr CJ220 Institutional Corrections CJ240 Comm Based Corrections CJ250 Correctional Law 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Support Courses (6 credits) S0214 Criminology PS 120 Legal Process or PS 160 Intro to Can Govt/Pol 3 3 Electives (17 credits) ASSOCIATE DEGREE, CRIMINAL JUSTICE (Corrections Emphasis) ALL SPRING IRST YEAR CJ101 Intro to Crim Just 3 CJ110 Intro to Corrections 3 CJ140 Correctional Clients 3 EN110 Freshman Comp 3 Elective 4 16 3 CJ106 Juvenile Justice 3 CJ130 Client Growth 3 Electives PS 120 Legal Process 3 or PS 160 Intro to Can Govt SD101 Speech A 15 SECOND YEAR CJ240 Comm Based Corr CJ250 Correctional Law CJ319 Subst Crim Law or CJ202 Can Crim Law EN210 Res Paper Proc Electives 3 3 3 CJ220 Institutional Corr CJ330 Corr Casework S0214 Criminology Electives 3 A 16 HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES • 200 3 3 3 6 15 �ASSOCIATE DEGREE CRIMINAL, JUSTICE Law LjiI()nGcmait Emphasis Basic Requirements (9 credits) Major Requirements (19 credits) CJ101 Intro to Crim Just CJ102 Police Process CJ106 Juvenile Justice CJ201 Firearms Training CJ206 On Campus Intern CJ212 Loss Control CJ243 Investigation 1 Support Courses (17 credits) PS 110 Government PS 120 Legal Process SOIOO Spec Top: Cultural Div S0214 Criminology PY101 Intro to Psychology 3 3 3 Electives (17 credits) 3 3 3 ASSOCIATE DEGREE, Enforcement Emphasis) FALL CRIMINAL JUSTICE 4 3 3 3 4 (Law SPRING FIRST YEAR CJ101 Intro to Crim Justice3 CJ102 Police Process 3 EN110 Freshman Comp 3 3 S0214 Criminology Electives 3 15 SECOND YEAR CJ201 Firearms CJ212 Loss Control CJ243 Investigation Electives 1 3 3 8 15 CJ106 Juvenile Justice PS 110 Government* SD101 Speech SOIOO Sp Tp: Cultur Div Electives 3 4 3 3 _3 16 CJ206 On Campus Intern 3 EN210 Res Paper Proc 3 3 PS 120 Legal Process PY101 Intro to Psychology 3 3 Electives 16 * or PS 160 Canadian Government HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES • 201 �ASSOCIATE DEGREE FIRE SCIENCE Support Courses (17 credits) HE 190 Prehospital Emrg Care & Crisis Intervention I HE191 Prehospital Emrg Care & Crisis Intervention II SO, PY or PS TCI01 Construction I TCI02 Construction II Basic Requirements (9 credits) Major Requirements (21 credits) CJ341 Fire & Arson Invest FS101 Intro to Fire Science FS 111 Hazardous Materials FS204 Fire Prot Hyd & Pumps FS205 Fire Prot Sys & Equip FS211 Tactics & Strategy FS321 Industrial Fire Prot 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 6 3 3 Electives (15 credits) ASSOCIATE DEGREE, FIRE SCIENCE FALL FIRST YEAR FS101 Intro to Fire Sci 3 FS111 Hazardous Materials3 EN110 Freshman Comp 3 TC101 Construction I 3 HE190 PEC & Cl I 3 15 SPRING HE191 PEC & Cl II SD101 Speech TC102 Construction II SO, PY or PS Electives SECOND YEAR FS204 FP Hydraulics EN205 Tech Rep Wrtg or EN210 Res Paper Proc SO, PY or PS Electives Electives 3 3 3 3 FS205 FP Systems FS211 Tactics & Strategy FS321 Industrial FP CJ341 Fire & Arson Electives A 2 3 3 3 4 15 3 3 3 3 4 16 16 MINOR COURSES OF STUDY CORRECTIONS MINOR Total Credits Required: Required Courses: CJ110 Intro to Corr CJ220 Inst Corrections CJ240 Comm Based Corrections 0319 Substantive Law 21 3 3 3 3 Minimum of 9 hours from: (At least one must be 300-400) CJ101 Intro to Crim Just CJ106 Juvenile Justice CJ130 Client Relations CJ140 Client Grth/Dev CJ243 Investigation CJ250 Correctional Law CJ330 Correctional Casework CJ402 Internship CJ409 Procedural Law HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES • 202 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3-9 3 �LOSS CONTROL MINOR FIRE SCIENCE MINOR 21 Total Credits Required: Required Courses: FS101 Intro to Fire Science FS111 Hazardous Materials FS204 FP Hydraulics & Systems FS205 FP Systems & Equipment 3 3 3 3 Minimum of 9 hours from: 3 FS211 Tactics and Strategy 3 FS301 Code Enf & Admin 3 FS321 Industrial Fire Prot CJ341 Fire/Arson Invest 3 FS420 Fireground Management 3 3 TC101 Construction I TCI02 Construction II 3 LAW ENFORCEMENT MINOR 3 3 Minimum of 15 hours from: CJ202 CJ206 CJ243 CJ313 CJ319 CJ321 CJ406 CJ409 CJ444 Canadian Criminal Law LE/LC Internship Investigation Crisis Intervention Substantive Law Ethics Adv Canadian Juris Procedural Criminal Law Criminalistics Required Courses: CJ212 Loss Control CJ306 Security Systems Minimum of 6 hours from: CJ202 Canadian Criminal Law CJ319 Substantive Law CJ406 Adv Canadian Juris CJ409 Procedural Law Minimum of 9 hours from: MN365 Pers Management CS100 Intro to Microcomputers MN451 Labor Law MK285 Retail Management 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 21 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 3 INSTITUTIONAL LOST CONTROL MINOR Total Credits Required: Total Credits Required: 21 Required Courses: CJ101 Intro to Crim Just CJ102 Police Process Total Credits Required: Required Courses: Cj212 Loss Control CJ306 Security Systems CJ341 Fire & Arson Inv FS101 Intro to Fire Sci FS111 Hazaradous Mat FS301 Codes Enf FS321 Indus Fire Prot This minor may not be used for Fire Science majors. HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES • 203 21 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 �DEPARTMENT OF NURSING FACULTY: Dr. Mae E. Markstrom, Dean of School of Health and Human Services; Prof. Carole Connaughton; Assoc. Profs. Alice I. Halsey, Carol A. Campagna; Asst. Profs. Donna M. Anleitner, Elizabeth M. Hellow, Ruth K. Johnston-Pike, Lynn M. Kabke, Diane K. Lewis, Mary Anne Shannon; Instructor, Julie Briglio. The Department of Nursing offers a bachelor of science degree in nursing which is based on the belief that nursing is goal-oriented, directed toward assisting human beings in health promotion, maintenance, restoration, and rehabilitation. The program is based upon human needs theory throughout the life cycle and is built on a liberal arts foundation in the belief that all aspects of society must be considered influential factors in the health of human beings. Accreditation: The Bachelor of Science in Nursing Program is approved by the Michigan Board of Nursing and is accredited by the National League for Nursing. Courses Offered by the department are in nursing and health sciences. Nursing courses provide the core content of the nursing major and are limited to students accepted into the nursing programs. Health science courses provide a wide range of knowledge and skills useful for preparation in related health careers and in the delivery of health services in the community. Clinical experiences: The nursing program is unique in its international Clinical nursing affiliation. experience is obtained at hospitals and community agencies in Sault Ste. Marie, Ontario, as well as at health care and community agencies in Sault Ste. Marie, Michigan, and the surrounding area. The LSSU Wellness CARE Center provides opportunities for practice in a nursemanaged community nursing center. BACHELOR OF SCIENCE NURSING The Department of Nursing offers two curricular tracks to the bachelor of science degree in nursing: the four-year program and the two-year completion program for the registered nurse. These programs provide students with the opportunity to acquire knowledge, values and skills necessary for the practice of professional nursing. They offer them the opportunity to: Demonstrate skills of critical thinking and decision making in HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES • 204 �nursing practice, Promote the health of individuals, families, groups and communities in a variety of settings. Assist clients of all ages in their adaptation to actual and potential stressors, Demonstrate independent use of the nursing process in health promotion, maintenance, restoration, and rehabilitation, Integrate professional values into nursing practice. Practice within the ethical, moral and legal parameters of the nursing profession. Demonstrate responsibility and accountability for evaluating the effectiveness of one’s nursing practice. Evaluate nursing research findings for possible utilization in nursing practice. Integrate leadership and management skills into the nursing role. Synthesize theoretical/ empirical knowledge from nursing, the physical and behavioral sciences, and humanities in nursing practice. Collaborate with the health care team and consumer to improve health care service, using knowledge of the political system, Use effective interpersonal commu­ nication skills as client advocate, caregiver, health educator and change agent. Course distribution requirements facilitate development of liberal backgrounds in physical science, social science and humanities. The curriculum lays a scientific basis for expanding roles in nursing practice. The nursing curriculum provides an inter-disciplinary major and does not require a minor to meet graduation requirements. Students interested in a minor should refer to the appropriate Catalog section. A total of 127 credits is required to complete a Bachelor of Science Degree in Nursing. □ B.S. NURSING FOUR-YEAR PROGRAM Pre-Nursing entrance requirements: To qualify for admission to the pre-nursing program, applicants must satisfy University admission requirements described in the admission section of the Catalog. (This information is also included in the Viewbook.) For students with college-level achievement, the opportunity will be offered, by means of examination, to obtain course credit or placement into an advanced course. High school academic subjects include a minimum of one unit of biology, one of chemistry, three of English and two of algebra. Addit­ ional science and mathematics courses are highly recommended. Entrance requirements to Nursing: Following successful completion of the pre-nursing requirements, students will be admitted to the nursing program based upon academic achievement and compe­ tency in mathematics. Mathematics proficiency at the MA091 level is required prior to the sophomore year. Mathematics proficiency at the MA092 level is required prior to entering the junior year of the nursing program.) Entrance into nursing requires a cumulative grade point average of 2.5 or above in nursing, nursing support, and English courses. Required academic HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES • 205 ! �courses groups: are separated into two 1. Nursing support courses (anatomy and physiology, microbiology, life chemistry, psychology, sociology, nutrition, pharmacology, pathophysiology, computer applications in the health sciences, and statistics;) and 2. General education requirements (English, humanities, and speech). A grade of C or above is required in all nursing, nursing support courses and English courses. A grade of D in other general education or elective courses is accepted. Students should file a Declaration of Intent to enter the nursing program in the Depart­ mental Office by M arch 1. Students elected for nursing must complete 111 pre-nursing course requirements satisfactorily to remain on the accepted list. A maximum of 50 students with the highest grade point average will be accepted. Transfer credit will be granted on an individual basis. Only those courses in which the student received a grade of C or better are transferable. Credits for bacca­ laureate nursing courses and pharmacology are transferable for five years. Time requirements for program completion is four academic years; however, completion may require more than four years for students who do not meet all entrance requirements. Progression and readmission policies are detailed in the Baccalaureate Nursing Student Handbook. Students are responsible for transportation to and from clinical agencies, as well as additional costs incurred by enrollment in the nursing program. Costs, academic and general information are listed in the Baccalaureate Nursing Student Handbook. Graduates of this Licensure: program are eligible to write the NCLEX-RN examination adminis­ tered by the Michigan Board of Nursing for licensure as a Registered Nurse (R.N.). Canadian students must pass the NCLEX-RN exami­ nation prior to applying for licensure in Ontario. Requirements for the Bachelor of Science Degree in Nursing Four-Year Program are as follows: Nursing (57 credits) NU110 Intro to Prof Nrsg I NU211 Intro to Prof Nrsg II NU212 Health Appraisal NU213 Fund of Nursing NU325 Parent/Newbom Nrsg NU326 Parent/Child Nrsg NU327 Adult Nursing I NU431 Adult Nursing II NU432 Community Hlth Nrsg NU433 Mntl Hlth Nrsg NU434 Nrsg Research NU435 Mgmt in Nursing NU436 Cntmpry Iss in Nrsg 1 3 3 5 Health Sciences (10 credits) HE208 Nutrition HE209 Pharmacology HE232 Pathophysiology HE235 Comp Appl in Hlth Sci 2 3 3 2 5 6 8 8 5 5 3 3 2 Other Disciplines (16 credits) BL121 Human Anat & Phys I BL223 Clinical Microbiology CHI04 Life Chemistry I MA207 Prin of Stat Meth or PY210 Statistics S0326 Soc of Aging & Aged HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES • 206 4 3 3 3 3 �General Education (35 credits) PY101 Found of Psych PY155 Lfspn Devel SO 101 Intro to Soc BL122 Human Anat/Phys II CHI05 Life Chemistry II Humanities EN110 Freshman Comp EN210 Res Paper Process SD101 Fund Speech 9 General Electives (9 credits) 4 3 3 4 4 8 3 3 3 Total credits: 127 A sample four-year schedule of courses for this program follows. The planned sequence of courses may be modified to meet the needs of individual students. BACHELOR OF SCIENCE, NURSING: FOUR-YEAR PROGRAM SPRING FALL FIRST YEAR EN110 PY101 SO 101 SD101 BL121 Freshman Comp 3 4 Intro Psych 3 Intro Soc 3 Fund. Speech Human Anat./Phys. _4 17 SECOND YEAR EN210 Res Paper Process 3 NU211 Intro Prof Nrsg II 3 CHIOS Life Chemistry II 4 NU212 Health Appraisal 3 HE232 Pathophysiology _3 16 THIRD YEAR S0326 Sociology of Aging 3 NU325 Pmt/Nwbm Nrsg 5 NU326 Pmt/Chld Nrsg 6 1 Elective 17 FOURTH YEAR NU431 Adult Nursing II 8 NU434 Nursing Research 3 NU435 Mgmt. in Nursing 4 14 Humanities NU110 Intro Prof Nrsg I CH104 Life Chem I BL122 Hmn Anat/Phys II PY155 Lfspn Devel HE208 Nutrition BL223 Microbiology Humanities NU213 Fund of Nursing HE209 Pharmacology 4 1 3 4 3 2 17 3 4 L PY210 Statistics or MA207 Prin Stat Meth ' NU327 Adult Nursing I HE235 Cmp App Hlth Sci Elective NU432 Comm Hlth Nrsg NU433 Mntl Hlth Nrsg NU436 Cntmpiy Issues in Nrsg Elective HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES • 207 3 8 2 _3 16 5 5 2 3 15 I �□ B.S. NURSING: COMPLETION PROGRAM FOR R.N. STUDENTS Entrance requirements: To qualify for admission to the R.N. Completion Program, applicants must satisfy University admission requirements as described in the admission section of the Catalog. (This information is also included in the Viewbook.) For students with college-level achievement, the opportunity will be offered, by means of examination, to obtain course credit or placement into an advanced course. Applicants must be graduates of a state or provincial approved associate degree or diploma nursing program with a cumulative grade point average of 2.5 in all nursing, nursing support, and English courses. Nursing support courses include: chemistry, anatomy and physiology, microbiology, statistics, nutrition, pharmacology, patho^ysiology, computer applications in lealth sciences, psychology, and rciology courses. Credit may be | ranted for basic nursing courses, iutrition, and pharmacology upon writing the required NLN challenge tests within 5 years prior to admission and achieving scores at the 50 percentile or above. NLN tests may be repeated once; students must enroll in the course if not successful on second writing. Psychomotor skills validation and mathematics proficiency at the MA092 level are also required. Students may be admitted to the University at any point, but may not be admitted to nursing core courses until they have fulfilled the above requirements. Required Admission credentials: Submit to Admissions Office: standard LSSU admission application; transcripts from previous nursing school(s) and college(s). Submit to Department of Nursing: work experience and reference list; copy of current Michigan or Ontario professional nursing license; NLN test scores for Mobility Profile II (Book 1), Nursing of Childbearing Family, and Nursing of Children. All credentials must be on file preceding semester of entry. Transfer credits: Transfer credit may be granted on an individual basis for equivalent general education and support courses. Only those courses in which students received a grade of C or better may Credit for be transferred. pharmacology and baccalaureate nursing courses are accepted for five years after completion of course. A maximum of 32 semester hours credit in basic nursing courses may be transferred. Partial credit for NU433 may be obtained by writing the Mental Health NLN test prior to the course and achieving a score at the 50 percentile or above. Time required for completion will depend upon the number of transfer credits and credits received by examination. Most registered nurses can complete the program in two years. Progression and readmission policies are detailed in the Baccalaureate Nursing Student Handbook. Students are responsible for transportation to clinical agencies HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES • 208 �and additional costs incurred by enrollment in the nursing program. Costs, academic and general information are listed Baccalaureate Nursing Handbook. in the Student Requirements for the Bachelor of Science Degree in Nursing (RN Completion Program) are as follows: Nursing (57 credits) NU213 Fundamentals of Nursing** 5 NU325 Parent/Newbom Nursing** 5 NU326 Parent/Child Nursing** 6 8 NU327 Adult Nursing I** NU431 Adult Nursing II*’ 8 3 NU361 Trans to Prof Nrsg NU363 Comp Health Appraisal 3 NU364 Health Promotion through the 3 Lifespan 5 NU432 Comm Hlth Nrsg 5 NU433 Mental Health Nursing 3 NU434 Nursing Research NU435 Management in Nursing 3 Health Sciences (10 credits) HE208 Nutrition* HE209 Pharmacology** HE232 Pathophysiology'* HE235 Comp Appl in Hlth Sci 2 3 3 2 Other Disciplines (16 credits) BL12I Human Anat/Phys I BL223 Clinical Microbiology CHI04 Life Chemistry I MA207 Prin of Stat Meth or PY210 Statistics S0326 Soc of Aging & Aged General Education (35 credits) PY101 Found of Psych SO 101 Intro to Soc BL122 Human Anat/Phys II CHI05 Life Chemistry II EN110 Freshman Comp EN210 Res Paper Process SD101 Fund Speech Humanities SO Elective General Electives Total credits: 4 3 3 3 3 4 3 4 4 3 3 3 8 3 9 127 "Challenge examinations available A sample two-year schedule of courses for this program follows. The planned sequence of courses may be modified to meet individual needs. □ BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN NURSING COMPLETION PROGRAM FOR THE REGISTERED NURSE Prerequisite courses for entrance to program: BL121 Hmn Anat/Phys I 4 BL122 Hmn Anat/Phys II 4 3 BL223 Microbiology 3 EN110 Freshman Comp EN210 Res Paper Process 3 2 HE208 Nutrition 3 HE209 Pharmacology PY101 Intro. Psychology 4 SO 101 Intro. Sociology _3 29 NLN Challenge Exams NU213 Fund of Nrsg 5 NU325 Pmt/NwbmNrsg 5 NU326 Pmt/Chld Nrsg 6 NU327 Adult Nrsg I 8 NU431 Adult Nrsg II 8 HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES • 209 32 �BACHELOR OF SCIENCE, NURSING: COMPLETION PROGRAM FALL SPRING FIRST YEAR NU361 Trans to Prof Nrsg NU363 Comp Hlth Appr HE232 Pathophysiology SD101 Fund of Speech S0326 Soc of Aging/Aged Elective 3 3 3 3 3 _3 18 CHI04 Life Chemistry I 3 NU364 Health Promotion Through the Lifespan 3 HE235 Comp Appl Hlth Sci 2 Humanities 4 3 Soc Sci Elective 15 SECOND YEAR CH105 Life Chemistry II NU432 Comm Hlth Nrsg NU433 Mntl Hlth Nrsg PY210 Statistics or MA207 Prin of Stat Meth 4 5 5 NU434 Nursing Research NU435 Mgmt in Nursing Humanities Electives 3 17 NOTES HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES • 210 3 3 4 6 16 �DEPARTMENT OF RECREATION STUDIES AND EXERCISE SCIENCE FACULTY: Department Chair, Prof. Sally Childs; Asst. Prof. Lee Gardiner, Debra McPherson, Stephen Yanni; Instructor Joe Susi. BACHELOR OF SCIENCE EXERCISE SCIENCE The Exercise Science major concentrates on developing an understanding of the physiological and psychological consequences of exercise in various populations, and applying this knowledge to fitness, clinical and research settings. The need for exercise science professionals is growing in each of these areas as exercise continues to occupy a prominent role in enhancing the quality of life and maintaining health; and, gains prominence in the treatment and prevention of lifestyle diseases such as cardiovascular disease, hypertension, obesity, and diabetes. Employment opportunities for exercise science professionals are becoming more varied and requiring increased levels of expertise and technical skills. This major is designed to prepare students to meet these professional challenges through a skill- development approach in the critical areas of exercise testing and exercise prescription. The required 125 graduation credits emphasize course work in physiology, pathophysiology, sports medicine, laboratory procedures, research methods, exercise psychology and computer applications. Exercise Science (38 credits) ES141 Intro to Movement ES242 Sports Medicine ES248 Psy/Sports & Ath ES295 Practicum ES342 Exercise Physiology ES344 Kinesiology ES348 Lab Proc in Exer Sci ES358 Res Meth in Exer Sci ES390 Rec Leader Apprentice ES440 Exercise Physiology Sem ES444 Exercise Prescription ES492 Internship ES496 Selected Research Topics 3 3 3 2 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 6 3 Cognate Requirements (33 credits) BL121 Anatomy & Physiology I BL122 Anatomy & Physiology II CHI04 Life Chemistry I CHI05 Life Chemistry II CS100 Intro to Microcomputers HE208 Nutrition HE232 Pathophysiology MA207 Princ of Stat Methods 4 4 3 4 3 2 3 3 PY101 Intro to Psychology PY385 Health Psychology 4 3 Departmental Electives (10 credits) 3 ESI40 Health and Fitness 2 ES240 Tech of Athletic Tr 2 ES295 Practicum 3 ES349 Ortho Asmt/Spts Med ES390 Rec Leader Apprenticeship 1 2 ES442 ECG in Exer Sci ES481 Professional Dev Seminar 1 RA211 Water Saf & Lfgrd Instr 2 RC101 Intro to Rec & Leis Ser 3 RC105 Prog Devel & Leadership in Recreat & Leisure Services 3 RC212 Instr Meth Adptd Aqut 2 RC240 Found of TR 3 RC482 Admin of Rec Leis Serv 4 Cognate Electives (12 credits) BL330 Animal Physiology 4 BL423 Immunology 4 HE 190 Prehospital Emrg Care & Crisis Intervention I 3 HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES *211 : �HE191 Prehospital Emrg Care & Crisis Intervention II HE209 Pharmacology HM480 Grantwriting PH221 Elmts Phys 1 PH222 Elmts Phys II PY459 Physiological Psychology 2 3 3 4 4 3 Elective credits (approximately 11) and General Education requirements must be completed such that at least 125 semester credits have been earned B. S., EXERCISE SCIENCE FALL SPRING FIRST YEAR EN110 Fresh Comp ES/RC Elective General Electives Soc Sci Elec 3 3 5 2 13 CH104 CS100 ES141 PY101 Life Chemistry I Intro Microcom Intro to Movement Intro to Psych 3 3 3 A 13 SECOND YEAR BL121 Anat & Phys I 4 CH105 Life Chemistry II 4 ES242 Sports Medicine 3 ES248 Spts Psy 3 Humanities A 18 BL122 Anat & Phys II EN210 Res Paper Proc ES295 Practicum General Electives HE208 Nutrition Humanities 4 3 1 3 2 4 17 ES344 Kinesiology ES348 Lab 7 Meas in ES ES358 Res Meth Exer Sci ES390 Rec Ldr Apprentsp ES/RC Elective General Electives 3 3 3 1 2 3 15 Cognate Elective ES295 Practicum ES390 Rec Ld Appr ES/RC Elective Soc Sci Elective 6 1 1 2 1 13 THIRD YEAR ES342 Exer Phys MA207 Statistics HE232 Pathophysiology ES/RC Elective SD101 Fund Speech 3 3 3 3 _3 15 FOURTH YEAR Cognate Elective 6 ES440 Exer Phys Seminar 2 ES444 Exer Prescription 2 ES496 Sel Res Topics 3 PY385 Health Psychology _3 16 Summer 6 ES492 Internship (following either 3rd or 4th year) HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES • 212 �□ Athletic Training Concentration A person who receives a degree concentration in Athletic Training, which is also referred to as Sports Medicine, will become a highly skilled professional who deals directly with injuries which occur to athletes. The athletic trainer works closely with physicians and other health care professionals in order to provide today’s athletes with the best medical care possible. Those who pursue a career in athletic training may seek employment on the high school, college, or professional sport level. In addition, the athletic trainer may be employed in sports medicine and health fitness clinics, which have increased in numbers during the past decade. All the above mentioned positions usually require certification by the National Athletic Trainers’ Association. Students completing the concentration at Lake Superior State University will be more marketable in the field of exercise science and eligible for a variety of graduate programs in athletic training and sports medicine throughout the country. Any student wishing to achieve eligibility to sit for the National Athletic Trainers’ Association certification examination will receive individual guidance in that direction. Exercise Science (38 credits) ES141 Intro to Movement ES240 Tech in Ath Training ES242 Sports Medicine ES295 Practicum ES342 Exercise Physiology ES344 Kinesiology ES348 Lab Procedures Exer Sci ES349 Orthopaedic Assessment ES358 Res Meths in Exer Sci ES440 Exercise Physiology Sem ES444 Exercise Prescription ES492 Internship ES496 Selected Research Topics Cognate Requirements (44 credits) BL121 Anatomy & Physiology I BL122 Anatomy & Physiology II CHI04 Life Chemistry I CHI05 Life Chemistry II HE190 Prehospital Emrg Care & Crisis Intervention I HE191 Prehospital Emrg Care & Crisis Intervention II HE208 Nutrition HE209 Pharmacology HE232 Pathophysiology MA207 Prin Statistical Methods PY101 Intro to Psychology PY201 Comm Skills Counseling 3 2 3 2 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 6 3 4 4 3 4 3 2 2 3 3 3 4 3 PY240 Behavior Management PY385 Health Psychology Departmental ESI40 ES248 ES295 ES390 ES442 ES481 RA211 RC101 RC105 RC212 RC240 RC270 RC370 RC482 3 3 Electives (9 credits) 3 Health and Fitness Psy of Sports and Athl 3 2 Practicum Rec Leader Apprenticeship 1 2 ECG in Exer Sci 1 Prof Dev Seminar Water Saf & Lfgd Inst 2 Intro to Rec & Leis Ser 3 Prog Dev Ldsp Rec Leis 3 Instruc Meth Adapted Aq 2 3 Foundations in TR 3 Sports Management 3 Rec for the Elderly Admin of Rec Leis Ser 4 Cognate Electives (9 credits) BL220 Genetics BL330 Animal Physiology BL423 Immunology PH22I Elem of Physics I PH222 Elem of Physics II 3 4 4 4 4 Elective credits (approximately 11) and General Education requirements must be completed such that at least 127 semester credits have been earned. HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES • 213 �B. S., EXERCISE SCIENCE (Athletic Training Concentration) SPRING FALL FIRST YEAR EN110 Freshman Comp General Electives HE190 Em CareCr In I 3 6 3 12 CHI04 ES140 ES141 HE191 PY101 Life Chemistry I 3 Health and Fitness’ 3 Intro to Movement 3 Emer Care Cr In II2 Intro to Psychology_4 15 SECOND YEAR BL121 Anat & Phys I CH105 Life Chemistry II ES242 Sports Medicine ES240 Tech Ath Train Humanities 4 4 3 2 A 17 BL122 Anat & Phys II 4 ES349 Orthopaedic Assmnt3 4 Humanities EN210 Res Paper Proc 3 3 General Electives 17 THIRD YEAR ES342 Exer Phys 3 PY385 Health Psychology 3 MA207 Statistics 3 PY240 Behav Management 3 SD101 Fund of Speech _3 15 Summer ES492 Internship (following 3rd year) ES358 ES344 ES348 ES390 HE208 PY201 Research Mthds ES 3 3 Kinesiology Lab Proced in ES 3 1 Rec Ldr Appr* 2 Nutrition Comm Sk Couns _3 15 6 FOURTH YEAR Cognate Elective 3 ES440 Exer Phys Seminar 2 ES444 Exer Prescript 2 ES496 Sel Res Topics 3 ES/RC Elective 3 HE232 Pathophysiology _3 16 Cognate Elective ES295 Practicum ES/RC Elective General Electives HE209 Pharmacology ’Suggested electives HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES • 214 6 2 2 2 3 15 �BACHELOR OF ARTS/SCIENCE RECREATION MANAGEMENT The Recreation Management degree is a program of study designed to prepare those students seeking employment opportunities in the recreation/leisure field that demand sound management skills. Career choices abound within commercial, resort, industrial, military, municipal, state, federal government, and voluntary recreation settings. The need for qualified leaders, supervisors, and directors who possess management and recreation skills is increasing. Career specialization can be achieved by selecting recreation electives that promote a concentration, enhancing a degree with a built-in business minor. B. A. RECREATION MANAGEMENT Department Requirements (29 credits) ES140 Health and Fitness RA Recreation Activity RA Recreation Activity RC101 Intro to Recreation RC105 Program Devel Ldr Rec Leisure Services RC295 Practicum RC390 Rec Ldr Appr RC435 Prob & Issues RC436 TR & Rec Leis Sci Res RC481 Prof Dev Seminar RC482 Admin Rec & Leis Serv RC492 Internship 3 1 1 3 3 1 1 3 2 1 4 6 Business Requirements (25 credits) AC 132 Prin of Accounting I 4 BA231 Bus Communications 3 3 BA254 Bus Law I EC201 Prin of Macroeconomics 3 EC202 Prin of Microeconomics 3 FN245 Principles of Finance 3 MK281 Mkt Prin & Strategy 3 MN360 Principles of Management 3 Cognate Requirements (20 credits) 4 BL105 Functions Human Body 3 CS100 Intro Microcomputers HE181 First Aid 1 3 HM480 Grantwriting 4 PS 130 Intro State & Local or 3 PS 160 Intro Canadian Govt 4 PY101 Intro to Psychology or PY155 Lifespan Dev PY210 Statistics 3 3 Department Electives (16 credits) 3 ES141 Intro to Movement ES240 Tech of Athletic Training 2 3 ES242 Sports Medicine ES248 Psy of Sport & Athletics 3 ES342 Exercise Physiology 3 3 ES344 Kinesiology ES348 Lab Proc & Meas in ES 3 ES442 Electrocardiography in ES 2 ES444 Exercise Prescription 2 RC212 Ins Mds Adapted Aquatics 2 RC220 Methods in Arts & Crafts 3 RC240 Foundations of TR 3 RC262 Outdoor Recreation 3 RC270 Sports Management 3 RC280 Readin Games, Act, Sports3 1-3 RC295 Practicum RC320 Dance Rym Act for Rec 3 RC340 Prog Dev Therap Rec 3 RC342 Disab Sem Therap Rec 3 RC344 Rec Pursuits Disab Cond 3 RC346 Clin Issues Pract Ther Rec 3 RC362 Land Mgnit Rec Purposes 3 RC365 Expedition Management 3 RC370 Recreation for Elderly 3 RC390 Rec Ldr Apprenticeship 1 RC496 Selected Res Topics 1-3 Elective credits (approximately 9) and General Education requirements must be completed such that at least 124 semester credits have been earned. HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES • 215 1 �BA, RECREATION MANAGEMENT SPRING FALL FIRST YEAR BL105 EN110 ES140 PY101 Funct Human Body 4 Freshman Comp 3 Health and Fitness 3 Intro Psychology 4 or PY155 Lifespan Dev 3 3 RC101 Intro Rec Leis 16-17 CS100 Intro Microcomp 3 NS Natural Sci Elective 4 PS 130 Intro St Loc Govt 4 or PS 160 Intro Can Govt Pol 3 RC105 Prog Dev Ldr Rec 3 SD101 Fund of Speech _3 16-17 SECOND YEAR AC 132 Accounting I BA Req - Foreign Lang EN210 Res Paper Proc RA Elective RC295 Rec Practicum RC Restricted Elective 4 4 3 1 1 1 16 THIRD YEAR BA231 Business Comm EC202 Microeconomics HU Humanities Elect PY210 Statistics RC Restricted Elect 3 3 4 3 3 16 BA Req - Foreign Lang EC201 Macroeconomics FN245 Prin Finance HE181 First Aid RA Elective RC Restricted Elective RC390 Rec Ldr Appr 3 BA254 Bus Law I HU Humanities Elect 4 3 MK281 Marketing MN360 Prin Management 3 RC Restricted Elec _3 16 FOURTH YEAR General Electives RC Restricted Elec RC435 Prob & Issues RC481 Prof Dev Seminar RC482 Admin Recreation 2 4 3 1 _4 14 4 4 3 1 1 3 _1 16 General HM480 RC436 RC492 Electives Grantwriting TR & Rec Res Internship NOTES HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES • 216 3 3 2 6 14 �B.S., RECREATION MANAGEMENT Department Requirements (29 credits) ESI40 Health and Fitness RA Recreation Activity RA Recreation Activity RC101 Intro to Recreation RC105 Program Dev & Ldrship Rec & Leisure Ser RC295 Practicum RC390 Rec Ldr Appr RC435 Prob & Issues RC436 TR & Rec Leis Sci Res RC481 Prof Dev Seminar RC482 Admin Rec & Leis Serv RC492 Internship 3 1 1 3 2 1 4 6 Business Requirements (25 credits) AC 132 Prin of Accounting I BA231 Bus Communications BA254 Bus Law I EC201 Prin of Macroeconomics EC202 Prin of Microeconomics FN245 Prin of Finance MK281 Mkt Prin & Strategy MN360 Prin of Management 4 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Cognate Requirements (20 credits) BL105 Func of Human Body CS100 Intro Microcomputers HE181 First Aid HM480 Grantwriting PS 130 Intro State & Local or PS 160 Intro Canadian Govt PY101 Intro to Psychology or PY155 Lifespan Dev PY210 Statistics 3 1 1 3 4 3 1 3 4 3 4 3 3 Department Electives (16 credits) 3 ES141 Intro to Movement ES240 Tech of Ath Training 2 3 ES242 Sports Medicine ES248 Psy of Sport & Athletics 3 ES342 Exercise Physiology 3 3 ES344 Kinesiology ES348 Lab Proc & Meas in ES 3 ES442 Electrocardiography in ES 2 ES444 Exercise Prescription 2 RC212 Ins Mds Adapted Aquatics 2 RC220 Methods Arts & Crafts 3 3 RC240 Foundations of TR RC262 Outdoor Recreation 3 RC270 Sports Management 3 RC280 Read Games Act Sports 3 1-3 RC295 Practicum RC320 Dance Rym Act for Rec 3 3 RC340 Prog Dev in TR RC342 Disabilities Seminar in TR 3 RC344 Rec Pur & Disabling Cond3 RC346 Clinical Issues & Prac 3 RC362 Land Mgmt for Rec Purp 3 RC365 Expedition Management 3 RC370 Recreation for Elderly 3 RC390 Rec Ldr Apprenticeship 1-3 RC496 Sel Res Topics and Elective credits (approximately 9) General Education requirements musi be completed such that at least 124 semester credits have been earned. B. S., RECREATION MANAGEMENT FALL FIRST YEAR BL105 Func Hum Body 4 EN110 Freshman Comp 3 ED 140 Health & Fitness 3 4 PY101 Intro to Psy or 3 PY155 Lifespan Dev RC101 Intro Rec 1 16-17 SECOND YEAR AC 132 Prin of Acctg I BS Degree Requirement EN210 Res Paper Proc RA Elective RC Restricted Elec RC295 Practicum 4 3 3 1 3 1 15 SPRING 3 CS100 Microcomp 4 NS Nat Sci Elec PS 130 Intro State Local 4 or PS 160 Int Canadian Govt 3 3 RC105 Prog Dev SD101 Fund of Speech _3 16-17 EC201 Macroeconomics FN245 Prin Finance General Electives HE181 First Aid RA Elective RC Restricted Elective RC390 Rec Ldt Appr HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES • 217 3 3 3 1 1 3 _1 15 i i \ ; �THIRD YEAR BA231 Bus Comm EC202 Microeconomics HU Humanities PY210 Statistics RC Restricted Elective 3 3 4 3 _3 BA254 Bus Law I HU Humanities MK281 Mkt Prin Strat MN360 Prin Mgmt RC Restricted Elective 16 FOURTH YEAR General Electives RC Restricted Elective RC435 Prob & Issues RC481 Prof Dev Seminar RC482 Adm Rec & Leis 3 4 3 1 _4 15 General HM480 PY/SO RC436 RC492 Electives Grantwriting Psy/Soc Elect TR & Rec Res Internship 3 4 3 3 3 16 2 3 2 2 6 15 □ Parks and Recreation Management Concentration This is an in-house 2+2 degree. At the end of four years of study, the student will have earned an associate degree in Natural Resources Technology and a baccalaureate degree in Recreation Management with a Parks and Recreation emphasis. Students who complete this degree will have acquired skills specific to land management and resource development. This person would be well-qualified to pursue a wide variety of career options which include, but are not limited to, working with agencies such as the Department of Natural Resources or the National Park Service, working with municipal parks and recreation, or working in outdoor education. Recreation Requirements (26 credits) RC101 Intro to Recreation 3 RC105 Progran Dev & Leadership Recreation Leisure Services 3 RC262 Outdoor Recreation 3 RC362 Land Mgmt for Rec Purp 3 RC365 Expedition Management 3 RC481 Professional Dev Sem 1 RC482 Admin Rec & Leis Serv 4 RC492 Internship 6 Natural Resources Technology (17 credits) RTI01 Intro to Natural Resources 3 RT102 Meth in Nat Resources 1 RT206 Wildlife Mgmt Tech 2 RT207 Bio & Mgmt of Fishes 3 RT284 Principles of Forestry 4 RT286 Limnological Techniques 4 Cognate Requirements (45 credits) AC 132 Prin of Acctg I BL130 Remote Sensing 4 3 BL230 Intro to Soils BL239 Wildlife Bio & Mgmt CHI08 Applied Chemistry CS100 Intro to Microcomputers HE181 First Aid HM480 Grantwriting ID300 Man and His Env MAI09 Trigonometry & Vectors MN365 Human Resource Mgmt PS 130 State and Local Govt PY101 Intro to Psychology TCI03 Surveying TCI04 Industrial Safety & Small Engine Mechanics 3 2 4 3 1 3 3 2 3 4 4 3 3 Elective credits (approximately 9) and General Education requirements must be completed such that at least 126 semester credits have been earned. HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES • 218 �RECREATION MANAGEMENT (Parks Concentration) FALL SPRING FIRST YEAR CS100 Intro to Microcomp 3 EN110 Freshman Comp 3 MA109 Trig and Vectors 2 RC101 Intro to Rec & Leis3 RT101 Intro to Nat Res 3 RT102 Meth in Nat Res JL 15 SECOND YEAR RT207 Bio/Mgmt Fishes 3 3 BL230 Intro Soils RT284 Prin Forestry 4 RT286 Limnological Tech _4 14 BL130 CH108 HE181 SD101 TCI04 Remote Sensing 3 Applied Chemistry 4 First Aid 1 Fund of Speech 3 Indus Sfty/Sml Engl 14 BL239 Bio/Wildlife Mgmt EN205 Tech Rep Writing ID300 Man & His Env RC105 Program Dev & Leadership in Rec RT206 Wldlf Mgmt Tech TC103 Surveying 2 3 3 3 2 3 16 THIRD YEAR AC 132 Prin of Acctg I 4 4 HU Humanities RC262 Outdoor Recreation 3 PY101 Intro to Psych _4 15 HM480 Grantwriting 3 2 General Electives 4 HU Humanities MN365 Human Res Mgmt 3 PS 130 St/Local Govemmt _4 16 FOURTH YEAR B.S. Requirements Electives RC482 Admin of Rec RC481 Prof Dev Seminar Gen Elective 3 4 4 1 2 RC362 Lnd Mgmt for Rec B.S. Requirements Soc Sci Requirements RC365 Expedition Mgmt General Electives 14 Summer RC492 Internship 6 NOTES HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES • 219 3 4 2 3 4 16 �BACHELOR OF SCIENCE THERAPEUTIC RECREATION With the advancement of the humanistic and holistic philosophy of health care, the development of Therapeutic Recreation as a profession has been tremendous. Using prescribed recreational activities as a modality, the Therapeutic Recreation Specialist improves the physical, social, mental and emotional functioning of individuals with a variety of limiting conditions. Canadian and American students graduating with a bachelor of science in Therapeutic Recreation have been very successful in finding employment in a variety of settings, such as hospitals, homes for the aged, special recreation associations, prisons, municipal recreation programs and agencies providing services for the physically, mentally, and emotionally challenged. Recreation Studies (46 credits) ES141 Intro to Movement 3 ES342 Exercise Physiology 3 RC101 Intro to Recreation 3 RC105 Program Dev & Leadership in Recreation & Leisure Serv 3 RC220 Meth in Arts & Crafts 3 RC240 Foundations of TR 3 RC262 Outdoor Recreation 3 RC340 Prog Dev in TR 3 RC342 Disabilities Seminar in TR 3 RC344 Rec Pursuits & Dis Cond 3 RC346 Clinical Issues/Prac TR 3 RC390 Rec Leader Apprentice 1 RC435 Prob & Issues in TR 3 RC436 TR & Leis Sci Research 2 RC481 Professional Dev Sem 1 RC492 Internship 6 Cognate Requirements (33 credits) BL121 Human Anat/Phy I BL122 Human Anat/Phys II CH104 Life Chemistry I CS100 Intro to Microcomp HM480 Grantwriting PY101 Intro to Psychology PY155 Lifespan Development PY201 Comm Skills in Coun PY210 Statistics PY259 Abnormal Psycholgoy 4 4 3 3 3 4 3 3 3 3 Cognate Electives (9 credits) 3 BA121 Intro to Business HE 190 Prehospital Emrg Care & Crisis Intervention 3 2 HE208 Nutrition 3 HE209 Pharmacology 3 HE232 Pathophysiology 3 HM204 Fund of Drug Abuse 3 MN360 Prin Management 3 PY217 Social Psychology 3 PY240 Behavior Mgmt 3 PY291 Group Counseling 3 PY385 Health Psychology 3 PY391 Family Therapy 3 50326 Soc of Aging/Aged 3 50327 Death & Dying Departmental Electives (12 credits) ES140 Health & Fitness ES248 Psychology of Sport ES344 Kinesiology ES349 Orthopaedic Assessment RC212 Ins Mds Adapted Aqua RC270 Sports Mgmt RC280 Read Games, Act, Spts RC295 Practicum RC320 Dance/Rhythmic Act RC365 Expedition Management RC370 Rec for the Elderly RC482 Admin Rec & Leis Serv RC496 Selected Research Topics 3 3 3 3 2 3 3 *■ 3 3 4 1 Elective credits (approximately 9 credits) and General Education requirements must be completed such that at least 126 semester credits have been earned. BJS., THERAPEUTIC RECREATION FALL FIRST YEAR BL121 CS100 EN110 PY10I RC101 Human Anat Microcomputers Freshman Comp Intro to Psy Intro Rec/Leis SPRING 4 3 3 4 _3 17 BL122 CH104 RC105 SD101 Human Anat LifeChemI Prog Dev Fund Speech HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES • 220 4 3 3 3 13 �SECOND YEAR EN210 Res Paper Proc Humanities RC220 Meth Arts/Crafts RC240 Found of TR RC262 Outdoor Recreation THIRD YEAR ES342 Exer Fhys Department Elective PY259 Abnormal Psy RC340 Prog Dev TR RC342 Disab SemTR 3 4 3 3 1 Summer RC492 Internship 3 3 4 3 3 16 16 3 3 3 3 3 3 Department Elective 3 General Elective PY210 Statistics 3 RC344 Rec Purs/Dis Cond 3 RC346 Clin Iss/Prac TR 3 RC390 Rec Ldr Appr _1 16 13 FOURTH YEAR Cognate Elective Department Elective General Elective RC435 Prob Issues TR RC481 Prof Dev ES141 Intro Movement General Electives Humanities PY155 Lifespan Dev PY201 Comm in Coun 3 3 3 3 Cognate Elective Department Elective HM480 Grantwriting RC436 TR Leis Sci Res J. 6 3 3 2 14 i 13 6 MINOR COURSE OF STUDY ; RECREATION STUDIES This minor includes 16 credits of required courses and 9 credits of departmental electives. Required: 16 credits ES140 Health and Fitness RC101 Intro Rec Leisure Serv RC105 Program Dev & Ldrshp in Rec & Leisure Serv RC295 Practicum RC390 Recreation Leader Appr RC482 Admin Rec Lsre Serv 3 3 3 2 1 4 Departmental Electives: (9 credits) (6 credits from 300 and 400 level classes) 3 HM480 Grantwriting RA210 RA211 RC212 RC220 RC240 RC262 RC270 RC280 RC320 for RC342 RC344 RC346 RC362 RC365 RC370 RC435 RC496 Lifeguarding Wtr Sfty & Lfgrd Inst Inst Meth in Adptd Aqua Meth in Arts & Crafts Found of Thera Rec Outdoor Recreation Sports Mgmt Read Games, Act, Spts Dance & Rhythmic Act Recreation Dis Seminar TR Rec Pur/Dis Con Clin Iss Prac TR Lnd Mgmt for Rec Purp Expedition Mgmt Rec for the Elderly Problems & Issues TR Selected Research Topics HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES • 221 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 1 �PHYSICAL EDUCATION Lake Superior State University does not offer majors or minors in physical education. However, there are a wide variety of activity courses available. Students may select these courses as free electives. The faculty offer a varied program of activities. Courses include badminton, basketball, bowling, volleyball, swimming, weight training, dance, backpacking, outdoor survival, rock climbing and rappelling, racquetball, jogging, orienteering, canoeing, soccer, self defense, and individualized physical fitness. Physical education, intramurals, and athletics play an important part in the lives of the students. Students are encouraged to participate in activities that will provide a carry-over into later life. Preparation for a lifetime of recreational activity is a major goal of the university. The James Norris Physical Education Center provides facilities for intercollegiate basketball, hockey, volleyball, softball and tennis. It features an ice arena, three gymnasiums, swimming and diving pools, handball-racquetball courts, classrooms, dance studio, shooting range, wrestling and weight offices for training rooms recreation recreational activity, studies and criminal justice faculty and athletic staff. In addition the center contains steam, laundry, locker, equipment, and training rooms. Spectator capacities include 2,500 in the gymnasium, 420 for swimming and 3,200 in the ice Adjacent to the Norris arena. Center are eight tennis courts, a softball diamond, a soccer-touch football field, and a six-lane, allweather quarter-mile track. NOTES HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES • 222 �mmm 1 Iff i $ • M Wt 4> Hi L- 3 © (» m C3 tm © © -© c © © C/3 © © © XI © ill iSKSS SCIENCE AND NATURAL RESOURCES • 223 �FACULTY: Karel L. Rogers, Dean of School of Science and Natural Resources; John W. Lehman, Department Chair Chemistry and Environmental Science; Lewis M. Brown, Department Chair Gelogy and Physics; Profs. David J. Behmer, Charles W. Jones, Charles R. Mullin, Steven J. Person, Bryce E. Smith, and Richard J. Zabelka; Assoc. Profs. Thomas A. Allan, Patrick W. Brown, Richard S. Furr, William L. Haag, and Dennis M. Merkel; Asst. Profs. Michael J. Chejlava, Barbara I. Evans, Paul R. Kelso, David M. Myton, John H. Roese, and Deborah K. Stai. Honors Program This program is a research sequence open to biology and environmental science majors with a minimum overall GPA of 3.5 through the first semester of the junior year. Majors electing this sequence will select an instructor as their supervisor. An undergraduate research project will be outlined in consultation with the supervising instructor and submitted to the department for approval. The outline must be approved before the first semester of the senior year. At the end of the seventh week of the spring semester during the senior year, the students will forward an abstract of their work to the department chair and during the tenth week of the same semester will submit the final copy of their research papers in publishable form, for departmental approval, All grades for this sequence will be deferred until the final semester. Eight credit hours of honors credit will be substituted for 8 hours of electives upon successful completion of the research sequence. The special problem sequence will not be open to students electing the honors program research sequence. The completed research may be used for Senior Thesis. Independent Study Students desiring to enroll in BL, CH, or EV Special Problem courses will be granted permission to take the course(s) provided the following conditions are in existence at the time of petition: (A) junior or senior standing; (B) With overall GPA of at least 2.5; (C) No I grades on transcript. Students meeting these requirements must petition depart­ ment faculty with a detailed onepage outline of work and date to be completed. Request for more than four hours will result in a propor­ tionate reduction in a 17-hour load. The faculty preceptor must endorse the petition with a signature and the date the project is to be completed. DEPARTMENT OF BIOLOGY Biological Sciences prepare students for careers in research and in applied aspects of life sciences as well as providing a background in biology for a career or further studies in allied sciences. Programs offered include bachelor of science degrees in biology, fisheries and wildlife management, and medical technology; a bachelor of arts degree in biology; and an associate degree in natural resources SCIENCE AND NATURAL RESOURCES • 224 �technology. Associate degree students electing to pursue four-year degree programs generally can change their majors to one of the other biology degree programs without losing credits or having to make up deficiencies. Students working toward these four-year degree programs have the same basic courses. BACHELOR OF ARTS/SCIENCE Biology Lake Superior State University is ideally located for field studies of terrestrial and aquatic resources. Students electing a variety of courses in ecology and applied ecology can qualify for state and federal positions in fisheries biology, wildlife biology, and other related fields. Laboratory courses give students knowledge and techniques necessary for many technical positions with industry and governmental agencies. Students interested in research positions in marine biology, microbiology, physiology, fish and wildlife ecology and numerous other life sciences can receive a strong undergraduate background at Lake Superior State University that will enable them to pursue a career or graduate education elsewhere. Admission requirements for profes­ sional and graduate universities vary throughout the United States and Canada. Students planning post­ baccalaureate education should work with their advisor to insure that these requirements are met. advanced algebra, one unit of chemistry and three units of English. In addition, one biology unit and one unit of geometry or trigonometry are highly recommended. Students not meeting these requirements may enter on a provisional basis. OAC students are required to take departmental competency exam­ inations before credit will be granted in biology and chemistry. Substitu­ tion for courses required as part of biology degree requirements must be approved by the department chair. NOTES Entrance requirements: To qualify for admission as freshmen, applicants must be graduates of accepted secondary schools with above average standing in their class. Their secondary school preparation should include a fouryear curriculum of at least 15 units of acceptable entrance credits. The following subjects must be included in these credits: one unit of beginning algebra, one unit of SCIENCE AND NATURAL RESOURCES • 225 \ �BACHELOR OF ARTS BIOLOGY Biology (29 credits) BL110 General Zoology BL111 General Botany BL204 General Microbiology BL220 Genetics BL221 Genetics Lab BL330 Animal Physiology or BL315 Plant Physiology BL337 General Ecology BL395 Junior Seminar BL420 Pop Genetics & Evol BL499 Senior Thesis Chemistry (17 credits) CHI 15 General Chemistry I CHI 16 General Chemistry II CH225 Organic Chemistry I CH226 Organic Chemistry II 4 4 4 3 1 4 3 1 3 2 5 4 4 4 Other Departments (24 credits) CS100 Intro to Microcomp MAI 11 College Algebra MAI 12 Calc Bus Life Sci MA207 Prin Stat Methods EN210 Res Paper Proc Foreign Language * 3 3 4 3 3 8 Additionally, a student is required to: 1. take 6-8 semester credits of BL electives with at least 1 course numbered 300 or higher and 2. satisfy General Education requirements (Natural Science requirements are met by above classes) such that 125 semester credits are earned. ♦All 8 credits must be taken in one language. BACHELOR OF ARTS, BIOLOGY FALL SPRING FIRST YEAR BL110 CHI 15 MAI 11 EN110 General Zoology 4 General Chem I 5 College Algebra 3 Freshman Comp _3 15 BL111 CHI 16 MAI 12 SD101 General Botany General Chem II Calc Bus Life Sci Fund of Speech SECOND YEAR CH225 Organic Chem I 4 MA207 Prin Stat Methods 3 CS100 Intro to Microcomp 3 Humanities Elective 4 BL Elective 3 17 CH226 Organic Chem II EN210 Res Paper Proc BL204 General Microbiology Humanities Elective BL337 General Ecology Foreign Language BL220 Genetics BL221 Genetics Lab Soc Sci Elective 3 4 3 1 4 15 Foreign Lang. II Soc Sci Elective BL315 Plant Physiology or BL330 Animal Physiology BL395 Junior Seminar Free Elective 5 9 14 BL499 Senior Thesis BL420 Pop Genetics & Evol Free Elective 4 4 4 1 15 4 3 4 4 15 THIRD YEAR FOURTH YEAR BL Elective Free Elective SCIENCE AND NATURAL RESOURCES • 226 4 4 4 1 4 17 2 3 12 17 �BACHELOR OF ARTS BIOLOGY ELEMENTARY TEACHING OPTION Courses Required for Major BL110 General Zoology BL111 General Botany BL204 General Microbiology BL220 Genetics BL221 Genetics Lab BL330 Animal Physiology or BL315 Plant Physiology BL337 General Ecology BL395 Junior Seminar BL420 Pop Genetics & Evol BL499 Senior Thesis Electives (300 level) Chemistry CHI 15 CHI 16 CH225 CH226 General Chemistry General Chemistry Organic Chemistry Organic Chemistry MA207 Prin Stat Methods HS101-102 Hist Wld Civ I, D or HS131-132 U.S. Hist I, II GG201 Wld Reg Geog PS110 Intro Am Govt Pol (Canadian students may substitute PS 160 Intro Canadian Govt Pol 3 cr) 4 4 4 3 1 4 3 1 3 2 2-4 5 4 4 4 I II I II Other Departments CS100 Intro to Microcomp MAI 12 Calc Bus Life Sci PH221 Elem Phsics I 3 4 4 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 8 4 4 Remaining General Education EN110 Freshman Comp SD101 Fund of Speech Humanities 3 3 8 Teacher Education Minor TE150 Ref Lm & Teach TE250 Student Div Sch TE301 Lm/Lmg Tch Corn TE401 Lm Div Tch Sub TE402 Craft Teach Prac 3 3 4 5 6 BA Requirements Foreign Language’ 8 Total Credits for Graduation Planned Program Courses PY265 Child & Adol Dev EN210 Res Paper Process EN231 Am Lit I or EN232 Am Lit II EN320 Respond Writ EN335 Childhood Lit MA103 Numb Syst & Prob Sol MA104 Geom & Measurement 3 142-144 MSU Graduate Courses TE501 Int Tch Div Lmrs I TE502 Int Tch Div Lmrs II TE801 Prof Role Tch Prac I TE803 Prof Role Tch Prac II TE802 Rfl Inq Tch Prac I TE804 Rfl Inq Tch Prac II 6 6 3 3 3 3 ♦All 8 credits must be taken in one language. NOTES SCIENCE AND NATURAL RESOURCES • 227 �BACHELOR OF ARTS BIOLOGY SECONDARY TEACHING OPTION Courses Required for Major BL110 General Zoology BI^lll General Botany BL204 General Microbiology BL220 Genetics BL221 Genetics Lab BL202 Field Botany and BL330 Animal Physiology or BL315 Plant Physiology and BL302 Invertebrate Zoology BL337 General Ecology BL395 Junior Seminar BL420 Pop Genetics & Evol BL499 Senior Thesis Electives (300 level) 4 4 4 3 1 8 3 1 3 2 2-4 Other Departments CS100 Intro Microcomp MA111 College Algebra MAI 12 Calc Bus Life Sci MA207 Prin Stat Methods 3 3 4 3 Chemistry Teaching Minor CHI 15 General Chemistry I CHI 16 General Chemistry II CH225 Organic Chemistry I CH226 Organic Chemistry II CH351 Biochemistry 5 4 4 4 4 Remaining General Education EN110 Freshman Comp EN210 Res Paper Process SD101 Fund of Speech Humanities Social Sciences 3 3 3 8 8 Teacher Education Minor TE150 Ref Lm & Teach TE250 Student Div Sch TE301 Lm/Lmg Tch Cont TE401 Lm Div Tch Sub TE402 Craft Teach Prac 3 3 4 5 6 BA Requirements Foreign Language* 8 Total Credits for Graduation MSU Graduate Courses TE501 Int Tch Div Lmrs I TE502 Int Tch Div Lmrs II TE801 Prof Role Tch Prac I TE803 Prof Role Tch Prac II TE802 Rfl Inq Tch Prac I TE804 Rfl Inq Tch Prac II 125 6 6 3 3 3 3 ♦All 8 credits must be taken in one language. NOTES SCIENCE AND NATURAL RESOURCES • 228 �BACHELOR OF SCIENCE BIOLOGY Biology (47 credits) BL110 General Zoology BL111 General Botany BL204 General Microbiology BL220 Genetics BL221 Genetics Lab BL280 Biometrics BL315 Plant Physiology or BL330 Animal Physiology BL337 General Ecology BL395 Junior Seminar BL420 Pop Genetics & Evol BL499 Senior Thesis BL Electives (including at least 2 courses numbered 300 or higher) Chemistry (21 credits) CHI 15 General Chemistry I CHI 16 General Chemistry II 4 4 4 3 1 3 4 3 1 3 2 15 5 4 4 4 4 CH225 Organic Chemistry I CH226 Organic Chemistry I CH35I Intro Biochemistry Other Departments (24 credits) CS100 Intro to Microcomp MAI II College Algebra MAI 12 Calc Bus Life Sci MA207 Prin Stat Methods PH221 Elem Physics I PH222 Elem Physics II EN210 Res Paper Proc 3 3 4 3 4 4 3 Additionally, a student is required to satisfy General Education requirements (Natural Science requirements are met by above classes) and free electives such that 125 semester credits are earned. BACHELOR OF SCIENCE, BIOLOGY FALL SPRING FIRST YEAR BL110 CHI 15 MAI 11 Soc Sci General Zoology General Chem I College Algebra Elective SECOND YEAR 4 5 3 A THIRD YEAR Genetics Genetics Lab General Ecology Elem Physics I Intro Biochem FOURTH YEAR BL Elective BL420 Pop Gen & Evol Free Electives 4 4 4 3 15 CH226 Organic Chem II BL204 Gen Microbiology BL280 Biometrics Humanities Elective EN210 Res Paper Proc 4 4 16 CH225 Organic Chem I 4 BL Elective 3 MA207 Prin Stat Meth 3 4 Humanities Elec CS100 Intro to Microcomp_l 17 BL220 BL221 BL337 PH221 CH351 BL111 General Botany CHI 16 General Chem II MAI 12 Calc Bus Life Sci EN110 Freshman Comp 3 1 3 4 4 15 4 3 7 14 3 4 3 18 BL315 Plant Physiology 4 or BL330 Animal Physiology BL Elective 4 PH222 Elem Physics II 4 4 Soc Sci Elective BL395 Junior Seminar _1 17 BL499 Senior Thesis BL Electives SD101 Fund of Speech Free Elective SCIENCE AND NATURAL RESOURCES • 229 2 4 3 4 13 �FISHERIES & WILDLIFE Fisheries and wildlife courses place strong emphasis on understanding organisms in their habitats and these courses blend a conceptual under­ standing of fish and wildlife populations with practical knowledge of relevant lab and field techniques. Students work with, and must learn to identify, a wide variety of plants, fish, birds, and mammals. Students graduating from this rigorous curriculum can meet the qualifications of state and federal government agencies as technicians and biologists. Students desiring certification by the Wildlife Society should consult with an advisor for details. Other career opportunities include positions as naturalists, conservation officers, and related professions, The rigorous curriculum provides an extremely competitive background for admittance to graduate school. All students majoring in fisheries and wildlife management are strongly encouraged to consider pursuing a graduate degree. ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS: Same as biology. BACHELOR OF SCIENCE FISHERIES AND WILDLIFE MANAGEMENT Biology (45 credits) BL110 General Zoology BL111 General Botany BL202 Field Botany BL220 Genetics BL280 Biometrics BL310 Ichthyology BL312 Ornithology BL330 Animal___ysiology Pnv BL337 General Ecology BL395 Junior Seminar BL411 Mammalogy BL432 Fish Ecol & Mgmt BL439 Wildlife Ecol & Mgmt BL445 Limnology BL499 Senior Thesis 4 4 3 3 3 3 3 4 3 1 3 3 3 3 2 Student must select at least 14 semester hours from the following: BL130 Remote Sensing 3 BL201 Plant Morphology 3 BlIm SoJsn"Njicr0b,0l0gy 4 4 BL239 Wildlife Bio Mgmt 2 'BL24T Vertebrate Anatomy 4 BL272 Freshwtr Fish Cult 2 BL275 Aquatic Entomology 3 BL315 Plant Physiology 4 BL437 Plant Ecology 3 EV311 Environmental Law 2 Other classes may be selected if approved by advisor and department cnair. Chemistry (17 credits) CHI 15 General Chemistry I 5 4 CHI 16 General Chemistry II 4 CH225 Organic Chemistry I 4 CH226 Organic Chemistry II To complete a chemistry minor, students snould also select: CH231 Quant Analysis 3 or 4 CH351 Intro Biochemistry Other Departments (13 credits) CS100 Intro to Microcomp MAI 11 College Algebra MAI 12 Calc Bus Life Sci MA207 Prin Stat Methods EN210 Res Paper Proc 3 3 4 3 3 Students who qualify are urged to replace MAI 11 & MAI 12 with: 4 MA150 Precalculus Math 4 MA151 Calculus I Additionally, students must complete General Education requirements and sufficient electives to total 125 semester credits. To meet Wildlife Society certification standards, students must satisfy the following requirements: Botany - 9 hours (select BL201, BL315, or BL437); Physics, Geology, or Soils - 3-4 hours (select PH221, GE111, or BL230) Communication - 12 hours (select SD201 or SD202) Policy, Admin, & Law - 6 hours SCIENCE AND NATURAL RESOURCES • 230 �(Select BL239, EV311, PS110, or PS201). Federal agencies require 9 semester hours of I botany. To meet this requirement, students should select BL201, BL315, or BL437. BACHELORS OF SCIENCE, FISHERIES AND WILDLIFE MANAGEMENT FALL SPRING FIRST YEAR BL110 CHI 15 MAI 11 CS100 General Zoology 4 General Chem I 5 College Algebra 3 Intro to Microcomp_3 15 SECOND YEAR CH225 Organic Chem I 4 BL Elective 4 BL202 Field Botany 3 MA207 Prin Stat Methods 3 EN210 Res Paper Proc _3 17 THIRD YEAR BL220 Genetics BL337 General Ecology Free Elective Humanities Electives SD101 Fund of Speech 3 3 4 4 _3 17 FOURTH YEAR BL Elective 3 BL432 Fish Ecol & Mgmt 3 BL439 Wildlife Ecol Mgmt3 Free Elective 3 Soc Sci Elective 4 16 BL111 CHI 16 MAI 12 EN110 General Botany General Chem II Calc Bus Life Sci Freshman Comp 4 4 4 _3 15 CH226 Organic Chem II 4 BL Elective 4 3 BL280 Biometrics BL330 Animal Physiology_4 15 BL312 Ornithology BL310 Ichthyology BL395 Junior Seminar Humanities Elective Free Electives BL499 Senior Thesis BL411 Mammalogy BL445 Limnology BL Elective Soc Sci Elective SCIENCE AND NATURAL RESOURCES • 231 3 3 1 4 4 15 2 3 3 3 4 15 �Graduates of this program are eligible to take an examination for certification as a registered medical technologist. Medical Technology Medical technologists perform most of the clinical tests conducted in hospital, clinical and health laboratories, Pharmaceutical manufacturers employ medical technologists in connection with the development of drugs and the search for sera and vaccines. Students may obtain the bachelor of science degree in medical technology by completing the specified three-year sequence at the University (see medical technology bachelor of science requirements) followed by 12 months training at an affiliated hospital. Students may elect any N AACLS accredited hospital (whose program is approved as satisfactory by the university). Lake Superior State University does not assume responsibility for obtaining an affiliation at an approved hospital. ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS: To qualify for admission as freshmen, applicants must be graduates of accredited secondary schools with above average standing in their class. Their secondary school preparation should include a four-year curriculum of at least 15 units of acceptable entrance credits. The following subjects must be included in these credits: one unit of beginning algebra, one unit of geometry, one-half unit of advanced algebra, one unit of chemistry or physics (preferably chemistry) and three units of English. One unit of biology is highly recommended. Students not meeting these requirements may enter on a provisional basis. BACHELOR OF SCIENCE MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY Biology (60 credits) BL110 General Zoology BL204 General Microbiology BL220 Genetics BL243 Vertebrate Anatomy BL330 Animal Physiology BL380 Clin Hematol & Hemosts BL422 Parasitology or BL480 Microbiol.& Biotech. BL423 Immunology BL460 Medical Tech Intern' Chemistry (23 credits) CHI 15 General Chemistry I CHI 16 General Chemistry II CH225 Organic Chemistry I CH226 Organic Chemistry II 4 4 3 4 4 4 3 Chemistry (corn) CH231 Quantitative Analysis CH232 Instrumental Analysis Other Departments (16 credits) CS100 Intro to Microcomp MAI 11 College Algebra MAI 12 Calc Bus Life Sci MA207 Prin Stat Methods EN210 Res Paper Proc 3 3 3 3 4 3 3 5 Additionally, a student is required to satisfy General Education requirements (Natural Science requirements are met by required classes) such that 125 semester credits are earned. 4 4 4 ‘Calendar Year 4 30 SCIENCE AND NATURAL RESOURCES • 232 �B.S., MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY FALL SPRING FIRST YEAR BL110 CHI 15 MAI 11 EN110 General Zoology 4 General Chem I 5 College Algebra 3 Freshman Comp _3 15 CHI 16 General Chem II 4 MAI 12 Cal Bus Life Sci 4 SD101 Fund of Speech 3 CS100 Intro to Microcomp 3 Free Elective _3 17 SECOND YEAR CH225 Organic Chem. I ' 4 MA207 Prin Stat Methods 3 BL243 Vertebrate Anatomy4 Humanities Elective 4 EN210 Res Paper Proc _3 CH226 Organic Chem II BL330 Animal Physiology BL204 Gen Microbiology Humanities Elective 4 4 4 4 16 18 THIRD YEAR BL220 Genetics 3 BL422 Parasitology’ or 3 BL480 Microbiol & Biotech’ CH231 Quant Analysis 3 Soc Science Elective 4 Free Electives A 4 BL423 Immunology CH232 Instrument Analysis3 BL380 Cline Hematology & 4 Hemostasis Soc Science Elective _4 15 17 FOURTH YEAR BL460 Med Tech Intern 15 BL460 Med Tech Intern 15 NOTE: The 3 + 1 nature of the program forces these f^t ^ 400 level courses in an earlier year. Alternate year offerings willl id^ “fee precise year in a student’s program in which he/she can t p ’Indicates courses offered in alternate years. Pre-professional: Medicine, Optometry, Dentistry, Veterinary Medicine Professional schools, including medical, dental, optometry, and veterinary schools, typically do not specifically require any college cfegree, let alone a specific degree in biology. However, applicants to professional schools are seldom accepted with only three years of undergraduate credit. Further, since career goals often change, preprofessional students at LSSU are encouraged to remain four years and complete the requirements for a baccalaureate degree. A survey of medical and dental school admission requirements for the United States ana Canada as published by the American and Canadian Associations of Medical and Dental Colleges shows that courses taken for either the Lake Superior State University Bachelor of Science or Bachelor of SCIENCE AND NATURAL RESOURCES • 233 �Arts degree in Biology meet the most stringent entrance require­ ments. Therefore, although other curricula may be pursued as preprofessional degrees, most students elect to strive toward a degree in biology. Pre-Professional Advisory Board: The board consists of representatives from the disciplines of biology and chemistry including two preprofessional advisors, This committee serves to aid the progress of all pre-professional students throughout their undergraduate careers. In addition to assessing a student’s progress at the end of their sophomore year, where possible the committee will write a formal recommendation to the appropriate medical, optometry, veterinary or dental university. By virtue of our small size and student to faculty ratio, we can write an in-depth letter based upon our personal knowledge of each student’s abilities and performance rather than merely using grade point average and MCAT, VAT, DAT or OAT scores. These letters, which take into account the aspects of the student’s personality that relate to their potential as a medical professional, are highly regarded by the various professional schools in Michigan as well as in the province of Ontario. A handbook is available to all LSSU pre-health professional students upon formal admission to our programs. This handbook is designed to assist students in achieving their goal of successful entrance into professional school. Pre-Pharmacy (Transfer Program) The two-year course of study outlined below is a guide for those who plan to apply for admission and transfer to a three-year professional pharmacy curriculum at another institution, In Michigan, such programs are offered at Ferris State University, University of Michigan, and Wayne State University. For further information and planning, students are advised to consult catalogs from these or other institutions. Generally, application for admission to a professional pharmacy curriculum must be submitted after completing the first year of pre-pharmacy studies. Usually students must have a cumulative grade point average of 2.00 as well as grades of C or better in sciences and mathematics. Students entering Ferris State University with one year of high school physics may pass a physics proficiency examination in lieu of the year of college physics. If the latter courses are not taken, a sequence of humanities or behavioral science courses is recommended. The following suggested schedule, for instance, is recommended and meets all requirements for admission to the School of Pharmacy of Ferris State University. SCIENCE AND NATURAL RESOURCES • 234 �PRE-PHARMACY FALL SPRING FIRST YEAR CHI 15 BL110 MAI 11 PY101 General Chem I 5 General Zoology 4 College Algebra 4 Intro Psychology j4 16 CHI 16 General Chem II BL111 General Botany MAI 12 Calc Bus Life Sci or MA151 Calculus I EN110 Freshman Comp EC201 Prin Macroecon 4 4 4 3 _3 18 SECOND YEAR CH225 BL121 PH221 EN210 SD101 Organic Chem I Human Anat Phys Elem Physics 1“ Res Paper Proc Fund of Speech 4 4 4 3 _3 18 CH226 Organic Chem II BL122 Human Anat Phys PH222 Elem Physics II Humanities Elective At Ferris State University, Physics is not required. NOTES SCIENCE AND NATURAL RESOURCES • 235 4 4 4 4 16 �Natural Resources Technology This program constitutes the first half of the Parks option of the B.S. in Recreation Management. The Natural Resources Technology degree provides a broad background of information in natural resource technology and management. ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS: To be considered for admission as freshmen, applicants must be graduates of accredited secondary schools with above average standing in their class. Their secondary school preparation should include a four-year curriculum of at least 15 units of acceptable entrance credits. The following should be included in these credits: one unit of beginning algebra, one unit of laboratory science (biology, chemistry or physics-preferably biology) and three units of English. ASSOCIATE DEGREE Natural Resources Technology Resource Technology, Chemistry (33 credits) NS103 RT102 RT206 RT207 RT284 RT286 BL130 BL230 BL239 CHI08 ID300 Biology, Environmental Sci Methods in Nat Res Wildlife Mgmt Tech Biol & Mgmt Fish Prin of Forestry Limnological Tech Remote Sensing Intro to Soils Wildlife Biol & Mgmt Applied Chemistry Man & Environment and 3 1 2 3 4 4 3 4 2 4 3 Other Departments (26 credits) RC101 Intro Rec/Services MAI09 Trigonometry CS100 Intro to Microcomp EN110 Freshman Comp EN205 Technical Rept Writ HE181 First Aid TCI03 Surveying TCI04 Small Eng/Safety SD101 Fund of Speech 3 2 3 3 3 1 3 3 3 Students are required to take three additional free elective credits for a total of 62 semester credits. ASSOCIATE DEGREE, Natural Resources Technology FALL FIRST YEAR EN110 NS 103 RT102 MA109 CS100 RC101 Freshman Comp 3 Environmental Sci 3 Methods in Nat Res 1 Trigonometry 2 Intro to Microcomp 3 Intro Rec/Services 3 15 SECOND YEAR BL230 RT284 RT207 RT286 4 Intro to Soils Prin of Forestry 4 Biol & Mgt Fish 3 Limnological Tech _4 15 SPRING TCI04 Small Eng/Safety BL130 Remote Sensing CHI08 Applied Chemistry SD101 Fund of Speech HE181 First Aid Free Elective 3 3 4 3 1 2 16 BL239 Wldlife Bio Mgmt 2 RT206 Wldlife Mgmt Tech 2 ID300 Man & Environ 3 3 TCI03 Surveying 3 EN205 Tech Rep Writ 3 Free Elective 16 SCIENCE AND NATURAL RESOURCES • 236 �THREE-YEAR DEGREE PLAN FOR A B.S. IN CRIMINAL JUSTICE FOLLOWING THE NRT DEGREE. Students with a particular interest in state and federal laws enacted to protect our natural resources and federal restrictions on the use of our renewable resources should consider obtaining both an Associate Degree in Natural Resources Technology (2 years) and a Bachelor of Science Degree in Criminal Justice (3 additional years). The NRT degree will provide the student with a good general background in natural resources and the Criminal Justice degree will allow the student to be fully qualified for many different law enforcement opportunities. Jobs for conservation law offices are limited, but the above configuration of degrees prepares a student to be highly competitive for openings that do occur. Students selecting this course of study should work closely with their advisor in order to complete both degrees in the five year span. After completing the two-year NRT Associate Degree, students would complete the following sequence of courses. This plan assumes MLEOTC certif­ ication. 91 additional hours. B.S. CRIMINAL JUSTICE FALL THIRD YEAR CJ101 Intro to Crim Just 3 CJ102 Police Process 3 CJ110 Intro to Corrections 3 PS 110 Intro Amer Govt 4 Humanities Elective A 17 FOURTH YEAR CJ201 CJ212 CJ243 FS101 PY101 Firearms Training Loss Control Investigation Intro Fire Sci Intro Psy 1 3 3 3 4 SPRING 3 CJ106 Juvenile Just CJ206 Law Enforce Intern 3 S0214 Criminology 3 Humanities Elective _4 13 CJ345 CJ402 PS 120 PY259 S0226 4 Statistics 3 Internship 3 Legal Process 3 Abnormal Psy Races & Minorities_3 16 CJ313 CJ321 CJ409 CJ444 HE191 RA197 Crisis Inter’ Ethics’ Procedural Law’ Criminalistics’ PE & Cl II" Phy Fit for LE’ 14 FIFTH YEAR CJ319 Substantive Law’ CJ401 Senior Seminar HE 190 PEC & Cl I RA197 Phy Fit for LE’ Elective 3 3 3 1 4 14 MLEOTC Course SCIENCE AND NATURAL RESOURCES • 237 3 3 3 4 3 1 17 �BIOLOGY MINOR This minor is open to all students. Requires a minimum of 21 credit hours of Biology courses. This is an approved teaching minor. Biology (21 BL110 BL111 BL220 credits) General Zoology General Botany Genetics 4 4 3 BL221 Genetics Lab BL337 General Ecology BL Electives 200+ level 1 3 6 At least six semester hours of the required courses must be taken at LSSU for a student to obtain this minor. NOTES SCIENCE AND NATURAL RESOURCES • 238 �DEPARTMENT OF CHEMISTRY AND ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE Environmental Chemistry Environmental Chemistry is a relatively new, fast-growing subdiscipline of Chemistry that addresses the need of society for a safe, healthy environment by applying chemical principles to the maintenance and enhancement of environmental quality. Chemicals have increased our standard of living and quality of life, but have also exacted a heavy price in terms of pollution and environmental degradation. It is only through the enlightened application of chemistry that the problems caused by chemicals can be solved and environmental quality improved. Anyone entering into an environ­ mental field, as well as those entering the chemical profession, should have a basic understanding of environmental chemistry. The envi­ ronmental sector is the fastest growing component of the U.S. economy, and shortages are greatest in the areas of environmental chemistry as well as environmental engineering. The Environmental Chemistry program at Lake Superior State University is intended for students who have an interest in and aptitude for chemistry and a concern for the environment. The program takes advantage of LSSU’s strategic location at the outlet of Lake Superior, which provides for a broad variety of field and research experiences, Graduates of the program will apply chemical methods to the study, amelioration, and solution of environmental problems. They will be employable by federal and state or provincial agencies, industries, and businesses, and as environmental consultants. ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS: Those planning to enroll in the program should have completed at least 15 units of acceptable entrance credits at an accredited secondary school with above average standing in their class. The credits must include one unit of beginning algebra, one-half unit of advancer algebra, one unit of geometry, on< unit of chemistry, and three units ot English. An additional year of chemistry and a year of senior math are highly recommended. NOTES SCIENCE AND NATURAL RESOURCES • 239 �BACHELOR OF SCIENCE ENVIRONMENTAL CHEMISTRY Chemistry and Environmental Science (56 credits) CHI 15 CHI 16 CH225 CH226 CH231 CH232 CH341 CH342 CH351 CH353 CH361 NS 103 EV311 EV313 EV395 EV425 EV499 General Chem I General Chem II Organic Chem I Organic Chem II Quantitative Analsis Instrumental Analsis Envir Chem I: Water Envir Chem II: Air Intro Biochemistry Toxicology Physical Chem I Environmental Sci Environmental Law Solid & Haz Waste Junior Seminar Envir Systems Analysis Senior Thesis Support Courses (37-39 credits) BL110 General Zoology BL111 General Botany BL204 General Microbiology BL337 General Ecology CS100 Intro to Microcomp MA151 Calculus I 5 4 4 4 3 3 4 4 4 3 4 3 2 3 1 3 2 4 4 4 3 3 4 MA152 Calculus II MA207 Prin Stat Methods PH221 Elem Physics I or PH231 General Physics I PH222 Elem Physics II or PH232 General Physics II 4 3 4-5 4-5 Directed Electives (6-8 credits). Students must select two related courses from the following list after consultation with a faculty advisor. 3 BL130 Remote Sensing 4 BL230 Intro to Soils 3 BL445 Limnology 3 ID300 Man in Environment ID399 Internship in Env Chem 3-4 4 GE111 Physical Geology I 4 GE112 Physical Geology II 3 GE311 Prin Hydrology GE312 Groundwater Hydrology 3 In addition, students are required to satisfy General Education requirements (Natural Science requirements are met by the above courses) and to take enough free electives such that 125 semester credits are earned. B.S., ENVIRONMENTAL CHEMISTRY FALL SPRING FIRST YEAR CHI 15 BL110 MA151 NS 103 General Chem I General Zoology Calculus I Environmental Sci SECOND YEAR CH225 PH221 SD101 EN205 MA207 5 4 4 3 16 Organic Chem I 4 Elem Physics I 4 Fund of Speech 3 Technical Rep Writ 3 Prin Stat Methods _3 17 THIRD YEAR CH231 Quant Analysis 3 CH361 Physical Chem I 4 BL204 Gen Microbiology 4 EV311 Environmental Law 2 BL337 General Ecology _3 16 CHI 16 General Chem II BL111 General Botany MA152 Calculus II EN110 Freshman Comp 4 4 4 _3 15 CH226 Organic Chem II 4 PH222 Elem Physics II 4 CS100 Intro to Microcomp 3 4 Social Science Elective 3 Free Elective 18 CH232 Instrumental Analy 3 CH341 Env Chem I: Water4 1 EV395 Junior Seminar 4 Social Science Elective 4 Humanities Elective 16 SCIENCE AND NATURAL RESOURCES • 240 �FOURTH YEAR CH342 Envir Chem II: Air 4 CH351 Intro Biochemistry 4 EV313 Solid & Haz Waste 4 Directed Elective 3-4 14-15 Environmental Science Environmental Science is a comparatively new field that is still evolving, It offers careers to technicians, scientists, and engineers in a wide variety of specialties. Students aspiring to become environmental scientists must possess a deep and lasting concern for the ecosystem, acquire a comprehensive knowledge of environmental issues, and develop the scientific skills needed to solve environmental problems and deal intelligently with our natural resources. They should also acquire the technical and communicative skills needed to deal with business, industrial and government leaders whose activities 3 CH353 Toxicology EV425 Env Systems Analy 3 EV499 Senior Thesis 3 3-4 Directed Elective Humanities Elective 4 15-16 affect the environment. The curriculum is a four-year program to prepare students for careers directed toward the maintenance and improvement of environmental quality. ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS: Those planning to enroll in the environmental science curriculum at Lake Superior State University should have completed at least 15 units of acceptable entrance credits at an accredited secondary school with above average standing in their class. These credits must include one unit of beginning algebra, one-half unit of advanced algebra, one unit of geometry, one unit of chemistry or physics, and three units of English. One unit of biology and a year of senior math are highly recom­ mended. BACHELOR OF SCIENCE environmental science Biology, and Environmental Science (36 credits) BL110 General Zoology BL111 General Botany BL230 Intro to Soils BL337 General Ecology NS 103 Environmental Sci EV249 Water Pollution Control BL204 General Microbiology EV311 Environmental Law EV313 Solid & Haz Waste EV395 Junior Seminar EV499 Senior Thesis ID300 Man & His Environment Chemistry (23 credits) CHI 15 General Chemistry I CHI 16 General Chemistry II CH225 Organic Chemistry I CH226 CH231 CH232 4 4 4 3 3 3 4 2 3 I 2 3 Organic Chemistry II Quantitative Analysis Instrumental Analysis 4 3 3 Other Departments (31 credits) CS100 Intro to Microcomp MAI 11 College Algebra* MAI 12 Calc Bus Life Sci* MA207 Prin Stat Methods PH221 Elem Physics I* PH222 Elem Physics II* GE311 Hydrology EN205 Technical Report Writ GE111 Physical Geology I 3 3 4 3 4 4 3 3 4 5 4 4 Directed Electives (students select one of the following-minimum 3 credits) BL130 Remote Sensing 3 CH353 Intro Toxicology 3 SCIENCE AND NATURAL RESOURCES • 241 �CH341 CH342 EV490 GE112 GG108 TCI03 4 Envir Chem I: Air 4 Envir Chem II: Water Indep Study: Env Sci 3-4 Physical Geology II 4 Phys Geog: Meteor, Clim 3 Surveying 3 ♦Students with adequate preparation in mathematics are advised to take MA151-152 in place of MAI 11-112 and PH231-232 in BJS., ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE FALL FIRST YEAR CHI 15 General Chem I 5 BL110 General Zoology 4 MA109 Trigonometry** 2 MAI 11 College Algebra 3 NS 103 Environmental Sci _3 17 SECOND YEAR CH225 Organic Chem I—4 PH221 Elem Physics I 4 GE111 Physical Geology I 4 EN205 Tech Report Writ _3 15 THIRD YEAR EV313 Solid/Haz Waste* MA207 Prin Stat Methods CH231 Quant Analysis BL204 Gen Microbiology Soc Sci Elective place of PH221-222. Competency in trigonometry is required to take physics. See advisor for details. Additionally, a student is required to satisfy General Education requirements (Natural Science requirements are met by above classes) and free electives such that 125 semester credits are earned. SPRING 3 3 3 4 16 FOURTH YEAR BL337 General Ecology 3 Social Sci Elec 3 EV311 Environmental Law 2 Humanities Elective 4 Free Elective A 16 'Taken in alternate years "Student will be offered chance to have course If taken, can be used as a free elective. CHI 16 General Chem II BL111 General Botany EN110 Freshman Comp MAI 12 Calc Bus Life Sci CH226 PH222 EV249 SD101 CS100 4 4 3 _4 15 Organic Chem II 4 Elem Physics II 4 Water Poll Control 3 Fund of Speech 3 Intro to Microcomp_3 17 ID300 Man & His Environ 3 1 EV395 Junior Seminar CH232 Instrumental Analy 3 BL230 Intro to Soils 4 3 Soc Sci Elective 14 EV499 Senior Thesis GE211 Hydrology Humanities Elective Free Elective Directed Elective waived by examination SCIENCE AND NATURAL RESOURCES • 242 1 3 4 3 3 15 �ASSOCIATE DEGREE CHEMISTRY The associate degree in chemistry provides the fundamentals required for additional studies in chemistry. The science and math component Chemistry (23 credits) CHI 15 General Chem I CHI 16 General Chem II CH225 Organic Chem I CH226 Organic Chem II CH231 Quantitative Analsis CH232 Instrumental Analsis 4 4 4 3 3 Other Departments (37 credits) CS100 Intro to Microcomp EN110 Freshman Comp 3 3 provide a strong foundation for a bachelor’s degree in chemistry or physics. EN205 Technical Report Writ MA151 Calculus I MAI52 Calculus II MA251 Calculus III PH231 Elem Physics I PH232 Elem Physics II SD101 Fund of Speech SS Elective 5 3 4 4 4 5 5 3 3 Students are required to take a total of 63 semester credits . ASSOCIATE DEGREE CHEMISTRY SPRING FALL FIRST YEAR CH115 MA151 EN 110 SD101 General Chem I Calculus I Freshman Comp Fund of Speech 5 4 3 _3 15 SECOND YEAR CH225 CH231 PH231 EN205 Organic Chem I Quant Analysis General Physics I Tech Report Writ 4 3 5 _3 15 CHI 16 General Chem II 4 4 MAI52 Calculus II CS100 Intro to Microcomp 3 3 SS or HU Elective 3 Free Elective 17 CH226 CH232 PH232 MA251 Organic Chem II Instrumental Anal General Physics II Calculus III 4 3 5 _4 16 CHEMISTRY MINOR This minor is open to all students. Requires a minimum of 20 credit hours of Chemistry courses. This is an approved teaching minor. Chemistry CHI 15 CHI 16 CH225 (20-21 credits) General Chem I 5 General Chem II 4 Organic Chem I 4 CH226 Organic Chem II 4 CH231 Quant Analysis 3 or CH351 Intro Biochem 4 At least six semester hours of the required courses must be taken at LSSU for a student to obtain this minor. SCIENCE AND NATURAL RESOURCES • 243 �DEPARTMENT GEOLOGY AND PHYSICS Since the Beginning of the solar system our earth has been developing. Our present environment is the result of the cumulative interaction of many dynamic physical, chemical and biological processes. Geology deals with the dynamic earth, its physical makeup, and its physical and organic history. It involves the study of changes which have taken place and the forces which cause, and are now causing, these changes. By drawing on concepts of biology, chemistry, mathematics and physics, geologists attempt to understand the physical environment in which we live and from which we derive most of the natural resources essential to our civilization. Our civilization requires many non-renewable natural resources in order to survive. Since the turn of the century, we have used more and more of these resources at an ever-increasing rate and now have critical supply problems. Our demands upon the environment have significantly changed the earth around us, and, if we are to survive, we must live within the constraints imposed by nature. Geologists study and understand these constraints. They must apply their knowledge to achieve harmony between the human race and its environment. Geology has a broad scientific base in mathematics, physics, biology and chemistry as well as emphasizing fundamentals of geologic science and geophysics. Increases in the demand for energy fuels and mineral products result in an expansion of opportunities for graduates in Students contemplating geology. careers in geology should, upon graduating, expect to travel, often to remote and uninhabited areas. Most of the jobs entail outdoor field work, often under difficult conditions. Other new fields are now requiring geologists, such as NASA, EPA, and companies and agencies involved with environmental concerns. The geological environment of Lake Superior State University provides unexcelled opportunities for field study of classic sections illustrating Precambrian stratigraphy, structure, intrusions, and metamorphism and undisturbed Paleozoic sedimentary formations. Proximity to deposits of iron, copper, uranium, dolomite and the Michigan oil and gas fields as well as other minerals is an additional advantage. Students are eligible to participate in the department’s active research in geology. ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS: To qualify for admission to the program in geology, applicants must satisfy University admission requirements as described in the Admissions section of the Catalog. (This information is also included in the Viewbook.) Secondary school academic subjects should include: Three units of English, two units of algebra, one unit of geometry, and one unit of chemistry and physics. One-half unit of trigonometry is highly recommended. SCIENCE AND NATURAL RESOURCES • 244 �Completion of the program may require more than four years for students who do not meet all entrance requirements. For students with college-level achievement, the opportunity will be offered, by means of examination, to obtain course credit or placement into an advanced course. BACHELOR OF SCIENCE GEOLOGY Geology (54 Credits) 4 GE111 Physical Geology I GE112 Physical Geology II 4 GE215 Historical Geology 3 GE216 Struc Geo & Geol Grphcs 4 GE221 Crystalgrphy & Mnrlgy 4 GE222 Mnrlgy & Petrography 4 GE321 Optical Mnrlgy 3 GE422 Ign and Metamor. Petro. 3 GE423 Sed Petrography 3 GE351 Invert Paleontology I 3 GE352 Invert Paleontology II 3 GE436 Field Geology 6 GE461 Strtgrphy & Sedimentation 4 GE471 Economic Geology I 3 GE472 Economic Geology II 3 Support courses (33 to 36 Credits) CHI 15 General Chemistry I 5 CHI 16 General Chemistry II 4 CS100 Intro to Microcomp 3 or CS111 Intro to Computer Sci I MA207 Princ Stat Methods 3 MAI40 & MA141 Alg, Tch CIc I 8 or MA151 and MA152: Clc I & II NS 103 Environmental Biology 3 PH221 & PH222: Elem Phy I&II 8 or PH231 & PH232: Gen Phy I&II 10 Free elective credit,, approximately eleven, and General Education requirement, mu,. be completed such that at least 125 semester credits have been earned. pr^rarn^'re po^sible^nd^njdents^il^sebct'thes^wiib assistance B.S., GEOLOGY FALL FIRST YEAR ENI10 Freshman Comp 3 MA140 Algebra for Tech" 4 or MAI51 Calculus I GE111 Physical Geology I 4 4 Soc Sci Elective 15 SECOND YEAR EN210 GE215 GE221 CHI 15 Res Paper Proc 3 Historical Geology 3 Cryst & Mnrlgy 4 General Chem I 14 their(advisor0r com^etU1^ ^ SPRING MA141 Technical Calculus I 4 or MA152 Calculus II GE112 Physical Geology 114 Soc. Sci. Elective 4 3 CS100 or CS111 15 GE216 GE222 CHI 16 NS 103 Struct Geology 4 Mnlgy & Petrog 4 General Chem II 4 Environ Biology _3 15 SCIENCE AND NATURAL RESOURCES • 245 �THIRD YEAR GE351 Invert Paleont I 3 PH221 Elem Physics I 4-5 or PH231 General Physics I 4 Humanities Elective SD101 Fund, of Speech 3 MA207 Prin Stat Methods _3 17-18 SUMMER: GE436 Field Geology 6 GE321 Optical Mineralogy 3 PH222 Elem of Physics II 4-5 or PH232 General Physics II GE352 Invert Palntgy II 3 4 Humanities Elective Elective 1 17-18 FOURTH YEAR GE422 Ign & Metamor Pet 3 GE461 Strtgrphy & Sed 4 GE471 Econ Geology I 3 Electives 6 16 ’EN110 may be taken in Spring Semester "MA109 Trigonometry and Vectors is required trigonometry credit. GE423 Sed Petrography GE472 Econ Geology II Electives 3 3 _9 15 for students without high school BACHELOR OF SCIENCE GEOLOGY: ENVIRONMENTAL GEOLOGY Geology (33 Credits) GE111 Physical Geology I 4 GE112 Physical Geology II 4 GE2I5 Historical Geology 3 4 GE216 Struct Geol/Geol Gr GE221 Cryst & Mnrlgy 4 GE222 Mnrlgy & Petrography 4 GE436 Field Geology 6 GE461 Strtgrphy & Sedimentation 4 Support Courses (56 to 59 Credits) CHI 15 General Chemistry I CHI 16 General Chemistry II CH225 Organic Chemistry I CH226 Organic Chemistry II CH231 Quantitative Analysis CH232 Instrumental Analysis 5 4 4 4 3 CS100 Intro to Microcomp 3 or CS111 Intro Comp Sci I MA140.MA141: Alg, Tech Calc I 8 or MA151.MA152: Calculus I & II MA207 Prin Stat Methods 3-4 or MA308 Probability & Math. Stat. NS 103 Environmental Biology 3 NS 107 Phy Geo Lndfrms & Soils 3 PH221.PH222: Elem Phy I & II 8-10 or PH231.PH232: Gen Physics I & II GE311 Prin Hydrology 3 GE312 Groundwater Hydrology 3 3 Free elective credits, approximately eleven, and General Education requirements must be completed such that at least 125 semester credits have been earned. Sample four-year schedule of courses for this program follows. Numerous options for completing the program are possible and students will select these with assistance of their advisor. SCIENCE AND NATURAL RESOURCES • 246 �B.S„ GEOLOGY: ENVIRONMENTAL GEOLOGY OPTION FALL SPRING FIRST YEAR MA140 or MA151* EN110 Freshman Comp” GE111 Physical Geology I Soc Sci Elective 4 3 4 4 MA141 GE112 NS 103 SD101 or MA152 Physical Geo II Env Biology Fund, of Spch 14 15 SECOND YEAR EN205 CHI 15 GE215 GE221 Tech Report Writ 3 General Chem I 5 Historical Geology 3 Cryst & Mnrlgy _4 15 THIRD YEAR CH225 Organic Chem I 4 4 Humanities Elective PH221 or PH231 Physics 4-5 4 Soc Sci Elective 16-17 SUMMER: GE436 Field Geology 4 4 3 3 CS 100 CHI 16 GE216 GE222 or 111 Intro Comp 3 General Chem II 4 Struct Geol Grphcs 4 Mnrlgy & Petro _4 15 CH226 Organic Chem II 4 4 Humanities Elective PH222 or PH232 Physics 4-5 GE311 Prin Hydrology__ 3 15-16 6 FOURTH YEAR GE312 Gmdwater Hydro 3 CH231 Quant Analysis 3 MA207 or MA308 Stat 3-4 7 Electives 16-17 CH232 Instrum Analsis NS 107 Ph Geo Lndfm Soils; GE461 Strat & Sediment 4 6 Electives 16 "MA109 Trigonometry and Vectors is required for students without high school trigonometry credit. “EN110 may be taken in Spring Semester SCIENCE AND NATURAL RESOURCES • 247 �B.S. GEOLOGY/ELEMENTARY TEACHING OPTION SPRING FALL FIRST YEAR CS100 or 111 Intro Comp 3 Trig & Vectors’ 2 GE112 Physical Geology II4 Freshman Comp 3 GG108 Phy Geog: Met Cli 3 Physical Geology I 4 4 PS 110 Intro Am Gov Intro Psychology 4 3 SD101 Fund of Speech Refl Lm & Teach__3 17 14-16 ♦MA109 is not required for students with high school trigonometry. MA109 EN110 GE111 PY101 TE150 SECOND YEAR EN215 GE215 HS101 MA103 PY265 Intro Lit & Res 3 Historical Geology 3 Hist World Civ I 4 Num Sys Prob Sol 3 Child & Adol Dev _3 16 CH108 EN232 HS102 MA104 TE250 Applied Chem 4 3 Am Lit II Hist World Civ II 4 Geom & Measure 3 Student Div & Sch JI 17 EN335 GE216 GE222 MA207 NS 101 3 Child Lit Stru Geol, Geo Gra4 Mineralogy & Pet 4 Prin Stat Meth 3 Conceptual Physics_3 17 THIRD YEAR NS 103 GE221 GG201 MAI 11 Environ Biology 4 Cryst & Mineralogy4 Wld Reg Geog 4 College Algebra 3 or MA140 Alg for Tech _4 15-16 SUMMER: GE436 Field Geology 6 TE301 Lms, Lmg, Tchng _4 10 FOURTH YEAR EN320 Resp to Writing 3 GE351 Invert Paleo I 3 Humanities Elect 4 TE401 Lm Div Tch Sub J> 15 GE352 Invert Paleo II Humanities Elec NS 119 Descript Astron TE402 Craft Tch Prac 3 4 3 _6 16 FIFTH YEAR (Internship Year, MSU Graduate Courses) TE502 Int Tch Div Lm II 6 TE501 Int Tch Div Lmrs I 3 TE803 Pro Role Tch Pra II3 TE801 Prof Role Tch Pra 13 TE804 Rfl Inq Tch Pra II J3 TE802 Rrf Inq Tch Prac I _3 12 12 SCIENCE AND NATURAL RESOURCES • 248 �B.S. GEOLOGY/SECONDARY TEACHING OPTION SPRING FALL FIRST YEAR MA109 Trig & Vectors 2 EN110 Freshman Comp 3 MA140 Alg for Tech 4 or MA151 Calculus I GE111 Physical Geology I 4 TE150 Refl Lm & Teach _3 14-16 CS100 or 111 Intro Comp 3 GE112 Physical Geology 114 MA141 Tech Calc I or 4 MA152 Calculus II PY101 Intro Psychology _4 15 *MA109 is not required for students with high school trigonometry. SECOND YEAR CHI 15 General Chem I 5 GE215 Historical Geology 3 EN210 Res Paper Proc 3 Humanities Elective A 15 THIRD YEAR BL110 General Zoology 4 GE221 Cryst & Mineralogy4 PH221 Elem of Physics I 4 or 5 PH231 Gen Physics I Elective 1 15-16 CHI 16 General Chem II 4 GE216 Stru Geol, Geo Gra4 Humanities Elective 4 TE250 Student Div & Sch_3 15 GG108 SD101 GE222 MA207 PH222 Phy Geog: Met Cli 3 Fund of Speech 3 Mineralogy & Pet 4 Prin of Stat Meth 3 Elem of Phy II 4 or PH232 Gen Physics II __ 5 17-18 SUMMER: 6 GE436 Field Geology TE301 Lms, Lmg, Tchng _4 10 FOURTH YEAR GE351 Invert Paleo I 3 NS 119 Descript Astron 3 4 Social Sci Elect TE401 Lm Div Tch Sub _5 15 GE352 Invert Paleo II TE402 Craft Tch Prac Electives AR (Internship Year, MSU Graduate Courses) TE501 Int Tch Div Lm I 6 JE801 Prof Role Tch Pra 13 TE802 Rrf Inq Tch Pra I J 12 SCIENCE 3 6 7 16 TE502 Int Tch Div Lm II 6 TE803 Pro Role Tch Pra II3 TE804 Rfl Inq Tch Pra II 3 12 and natural resources • 249 �BACHELOR OF SCIENCE, DUAL MAJOR ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE AND GEOLOGY WITH ENVIRONMENTAL GEOLOGY OPTION Departmental Requirements (119-122) BL110 General Zoology BL111 General Botany BL230 Intro to Soils BL337 General Ecology CHI 15 General Chemistry I CHI 16 General Chemistry II CH225 Organic Chemistry I CH226 Organic Chemistry II CH231 Quantitative Analysis CH232 Instrumental Analysis CS100 Intro to Microcomp EV101 Intro, to Env Science EV249 Water Poll Control EV288 Env Microbiology EV311 Environmental Law EV313 Solid & Hazardous Waste EV395 Scientific Wrtg & Pres EV499 Senior Thesis GE111 Physical Geology I 4 4 3 3 5 4 4 4 3 3 3 3 3 4 2 3 1 1 4 4 GE112 Physical Geology II 3 GE215 Historical Geology GE216 Struct Geol/Geol Graphics 4 4 GE221 Cryst & Mineralogy GE222 Mnrlgy & Petrography 4 6 GE436 Field Geology GE461 Strat & Sedimentation 4 ID300 Man & His Environment 3 MA109 Trigonometry and Vectors2 (may be waived by exam) MAI 11 Col Alg & MAI 12 Calc Bus & Life Sci 7-8 or MAI51-152 Calculus I and II 3 MA207 Prin Stat Methods PH221-PH222 Elem Phy I, II 8-10 or PH231-PH232 General Physics I, II 3 GE311 Prin Hydrology GE312 Groundwater Hydrology 3 Nine credits of free electives and three credits of designated electives are required. GE112 serves as a designated elective for the Environmental Science major. A minimum of 153 semester credits is required for the dual major. Below is a sample five-year schedule of courses for the double major in Environmental Science and Geology: Environmental Geology Option. BACHELOR OF SCIENCE, DUAL MAJOR: ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE AND GEOLOGY WITH ENVIRONMENTAL GEOLOGY OPTION FIRST YEAR FALL CHI 15 General Chem I 5 BL110 General Zoology 4 MA109 Trig. & Vectors" 2 MAI 11 Coll Alg 3-4 or MA151 Calculus I 3 EV101 Intro Env. Sci. 17-18 SPRING CHI 16 General Chem II 4 BL111 General Botany 4 EN110 Freshman Comp 3 MAI 12 Calc Bus & Life Sci 4 or MA152 Calculus II 15 SCIENCE AND NATURAL RESOURCES • 250 �SECOND YEAR 4 CH225 Organic Chem I PH221 Elem Physics I or 4-5 PH231 Gen. Physics I GE111 Physical Geol I 4 EN205 Tech Report Writ _3 15-16 CH226 Organic Chem. II 4 PH222 Elem Physics II 4-5 or ’ PH232 Gen. Physics I GE112 Physical Geol II 4 EV249 Wtr. Poll Control _3 15-16 THIRD YEAR BL337 CH231 GE215 CS100 Soc Sci General Ecology 3 Quant. Analysis 3 Historical Geol 3 Intro to Microcomp 3 Elective 3 EV311 Environmental Law"2 CH232 Instrum Analysis 3 GE216 Struct Geol/Graph" 4 3 BL230 Intro to Soils MA207 Prin Stat Methods 3 15 15 EV313 Solid Haz Waste"' 3 GE221 Cryst & Mnrlgy 4 SD101 Fund, of Speech 3 Soc. Sci. Elective 3 Elective _3 EV395 Sci Wrtg & Pres 1 GE222 Mnrlgy & Petro 4 GE311 Prin Hydrology" 3 3 Soc. Sci. Elective Elective .3 14 FOURTH year 16 SUMMER: GE436 Field Geology 6 FIFTH YEAR EV288 Envir Microbiology4 GE312 Gmdwtr Hydro." 3 Elective 3 Humanities Elective 4 14 ID300 Man & His Environ 3 EV499 Senior Thesis 1 GE461 Strtgraphy & Sed" 4 4 Humanities Elective 12 -P4rfre(?uisite for PH221; may be waived by examination. Alternate year courses. SCIENCE AND NATURAL RESOURCES • 251 �GEOLOGY EARTH SCIENCE MINOR GEOLOGY MINOR For a minor in geology a total of 23 semester credits must be selected as follows: GE111 GE112 GE215 GE216 GE221 GE222 Phys Geology I Phys Geology II Historical Geology Stru Geo/Geo Grph Cryst & Mineralogy Mnrlgy & Petr 4 4 3 4 4 4 For an approved teaching minor in Geology/Earth Science a total of 20 semester credits must be selected as follows: GE111 GE112 GE215 GE351 GG108 NS 119 Phys Geology I Phys Geology II Historical Geology Invert Paleontology I Phy Geo: Met Clim Descriptive Astron 4 4 3 3 3 _3 20 NOTES SCIENCE AND NATURAL RESOURCES • 252 �COMMUNITY SERVICES AND DEVELOPMENT Continuing Education Community Services and Development provides educational opportunities for non-traditional students in Lake Superior State University’s region of service. In cooperation with academic departments, CSD creates opportunities to meet the educational needs of adult students through alternative delivery options such as distance learning, flexible schedules, off-campus sites and weekend courses. The CSD Division provides an academic focus for external and off-campus degree programs, continuing education, evening and weekend courses and public service programs. Quality programs are designed to be both flexible and accessible to learners whose job, family, and community responsibilities conflict with traditional academic schedules. Regional representatives are located at Alpena Community College in Alpena, Bay de Noc Community College in Escanaba, North Central Michigan College in Petoskey and Northwestern Michigan College in Traverse City. Students may earn a Master of Business Administration (MBA), Bachelor of Science degree in Business Administration, Accounting, Nursing (B.S.N. completion program for registered nurses), and a Criminal Justice/Generalists (3 +1 degree completion available at ACC Fall 1994). All degree requirements (with exception of 3-f 1 programs) may be completed at the off-campus site where they are offered. The length of time required to complete the degree varies, according to each student’s individual schedule and the number of college credits already completed. The CSD Division is also committed to providing increased opportunities for non-traditional students to earn graduate and undergraduate degrees in the evenings or weekends on campus. Professional development through non credit courses, seminars, workshops, interactive television, and video conferences are also available through the CSD Division. World-wide satellite uplink and downlink capabilities are available for teleconferences. Our mission is to empower individuals to meet the challenges of a changing world. Training and development programs with business, industry, government, volunteer and social agencies to deliver consulting and customized training programs are also available through the CSD Division. Training programs may be of any desired length and intensity designed to fit the needs of the client. Community enrichment courses are scheduled throughout the year and include a wide variety of inexpensive COMMUNITY SERVICES AND DEVELOPMENT • 253 �courses and activities for adults and children. Learn to Swim and the children’s dance are two popular programs for children, Adult enrichment courses in subjects such as computers, exercise, crafts, art and language, personal finance, gardening, etc, are also available. Elderhostel is a nonprofit educational travel program for participants sixty years or older, Hostelers stay a week on campus studying with LSSU professors. Field trips, social activities, and areas of local interest are included. The program has been offered since 1979. LOCATION: Community Services & Development is located at 844 North Campus Court, near the Ryan Street campus entrance. NOTES COMMUNITY SERVICES AND DEVELOPMENT • 254 �COURSES Each course description is preceded by the following type of heading: CH999 Chemistry (3-3) CH999 Chemistry (3-3) alternate yrs or 5 5 The first line provides the code number (CH999) and the course name; see below for an explanation of the abbreviations. The second line includes several pieces of information: The first two numbers are hours of lecture-lab per week; and the number of credit hours is the third number. Sometimes, no semester will be indicated, or there will be the alternate years or every third year notation. Consult either the Course Schedule Booklet published each semester prior to preregistration; or your department chair concerning scheduling of such courses. -----------------------Abbreviations -------------------------- AC Accounting AM Automated Manufacturing Engr. Tech. AT Art BA Business BL Biology CH Chemistry CJ Criminal Justice CS Computer Science CT Computer Engineering Technology DP Data Processing DT Drafting & Design Engr. Tech, EC Economics ED Education EN English ES Exercise Science ET Electrical Engineering Technology EV Environmental Science FN Finance FS Fire Science FR French GE Geology GG Geography GN German HE Health Sciences HM Human Services HS History HU Humanities ID Interdisciplinary JR Journalism JS Japanese Studies LA Legal Assistant Studies MA Mathematics MB Master Business Administration ME Mechanical Engineering MK Marketing MN Management MT Mechanical Engineering Technology MU Music NA Native American Studies NS Natural Science NU Nursing OA Office Administration PH Physics PL Philosophy PS Political Science PY Psychology RA Recreational Activities RC Recreation RT Natural Resources Technology SA Student Affairs SD Speech SO Sociology SP Spanish TC Constniction Technology TE Teacher Education Students must satisfy prerequisites and any other stated conditions before enrolling in a course; or have permission from the instructor to waive the prerequisites. Enrollment in a course may be revoked (with an N grade) if it is found during the regular drop period that the proper prerequisites have not been met. Responsibility rests with students to be certain that they have the approved prerequisites. COURSES • 255 �AC333 COST ACCOUNTING II (4,0) ACCOUNTING Special topics courses will be available as need and interest develop. Consult the semester Course Schedule for these. AC132 PRINCIPLES OF ACCOUNTING I (4.0) 4 An introduction to the principles of accounting as applied to proprietorships, partnerships and corporations. Areas of study include the accounting cycle for service and merchandising enterprises, internal control and items included in the asset section of the balance sheet. AC133 PRINCIPLES OF ACCOUNTING II (4,0) 4 This course includes a study of the equity portion of the balance sheet as well as an introduction to financial analysis and managerial accounting. Prerequisite: Grade of C or higher in AC 132. AC232 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING I (4,0) 4 A review of the general theoretical framework and process of accounting for use as a reference in an intensive study of accounting doctrines and procedures proposed by various authoritative groups. Topics: Generally accepted accounting principles; the accounting process; balance sheet; income statement; present value principles and application; cash )d temporary investments; receivables; Iventories, plant and intangible assets; and ng term investments. Prerequisites: AC 132 id 133 or permission of instructor. AC233 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING II (4,0) 4 Continuation of AC232 with reference to accounting theory as applied to specific critical areas of financial data accumulation and presentation. Emphasis is placed on valuation concepts and their influence on contemporary practice. Topics: Liabilities; long term debt securities; owner’s equity; earnings and revenue recognition; income taxes; leases; pensions; error correction; cash flows; and financial statement analysis. Prerequisite: AC232. AC332 COST ACCOUNTING I (4,0) 4 A study of the fundamentals of cost accounting: The cost cycle, cost terminology, cost behavior, cost-volume-profit analysis, budgeting, standard cost, relevant costs, cost allocation, and cost control. Emphasis is given to both product costing and costing for control purposes. Prerequisite: AC 133. 4 A continuation of AC332 encompassing process costing, capital budgeting, inventory control, performance measurement, accounting systems and internal control, and cost accounting in relation to the certified public accountant and certified management accountant examinations. A study of various quantitative techniques and their application is included in the course content. Prerequisite: AC332. AC334 ACCOUNTING INFORMATION SYSTEMS 3 (3,0) Elements that constitute an accounting system and theories upon which a system should be designed. Emphasis upon computerized accounting systems with extensive use of computers. Prerequisites: AC233, AC332 and introductory data processing course. AC421 FEDERAL TAXATION ACCOUNTING I 3 (3,0) Basic concepts of the theory and practice applicable to the preparation of individual tax A comprehensive analysis of returns. regulations governing inclusions and exclusions of income; capital gains and losses; and personal, standard, and itemized deductions. Prerequisites: AC 133 and junior standing or approval of the department. AC422 FEDERAL TAXATION ACCOUNTING II 3 (3.0) Theory and practice of income tax accounting as applied to tax credits, partnerships, and corporations. Includes some library tax research. Prerequisite: AC421. AC427 AUDITING (4.0) 4 A study of ethical, professional, and technical standards for independent audits and auditing procedures as they apply to internal controls. A study of audit program applications as they apply to elements of the financial statements. Prerequisites: AC233 :and AC333 or permission of instructor. AC432 ADVANCED ACCOUNTING I (3.0) 3 This course begins with a review of accounting theory and income presentation followed by a study of accounting for corporate combinations and preparation of consolidated financial statements. Prerequisite: AC233. COURSES • 256 �AC433 ADVANCED ACCOUNTING II (3,0) 3 A study of special topics in accounting including partnerships, governmental accounting, accounting for non-profit organizations, fiduciary accounting, and insolvency. Prerequisite: AC233. AUTOMATED MANUFACTURING ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY Special topics courses available as need and interest develop. Consult the semester Course Schedule for these. AM305 INTRODUCTION TO AUTOMATED SYSTEMS (2.2) 3 A non-technical introduction to the field of automation. Topics include: robotics overview, applications of robots, layout and performance evaluation, future trends in automated systems, automation economics, sociological and management issues in automation. Laboratoiy exercises involve basic programming in AML on IBM robots and automated systems simulation on die computer. Prerequisites: MAI 11 and knowledge of at least one computer programming language. AM315 PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLERS AM365 COMPUTER CONTROL CONCEPTS 3 (3,0) Introduction to the C programming language, with major emphasis on the topics of computer interfacing, serial and parallel ports, computer control architecture and control applications. Prerequisite: CT235 or CT265 or CS333 or permission of insductor. AM375 AUTOMATED MANUFACTURING SYSTEMS 4 (3,3) Study and analaysis of the components of an automated manufacturing system. Topics include analysis of flow lines, automated assembly systems, materials handling and storage, group technology, NC and CNC control, CAD/CAM, FMS and CIM. Manufacturilng factory simulation using SIMFACTORY 11.5 software package. The laboratory work will focus on programming in VAL for PUMA robots and CAD/CAM exercises using Auto CAD and the Victor CNC machining center. Prerequisites: AM325 and MA141. AM399 COOPERATIVE EDUCATION 2 Supervised industrial experience with cooperative industries. The student's work experience is related to academic studies, and contributes significantly to professional development. Can be repeated for credit. Permission of instructor required. AM445 INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING (2,0) . . 2 A detailed study of industrial organization, mooonUnder industrial time analysis, and plant layout, (2,2) 3 An introduction to the use of programmable logic controllers. Basic components of die programmable logic controller along with die interface to hydraulic/pneumatic systems and sensors will be discussed. Some higher level functions such as zone control, master control, and sequencers will also be covered. Written business communications is an integral part of the course. Pre or corequisite: ET201 or equivalent organization, the topics covered are inventory management and control, MRP, purchasing and costing control. Manufacturing Planning and Control software package from will be used. Under motion­ time analysis, the topics covered are methods engineering and work measurement Finally, under plant layout, die topics covered will include preparation, quantitative analysis, and common problems of plant layout Pre-requisite: Junior standing in Engineering Technology or permission of instructor. AM325 ROBOTICS IN MANUFACTURING 4 (3,3) AM455 AUTOMATIC CONTROLS (3.3) Introduction to the field of robotics. Topics include classification of robot systems, robot anatomy, control systems, end effectors, characteristics and types of robot applications, robot sensors, robot hardware and software, and robot cell design. Orientation and configuration coordinate transformations and study of forward and inverse kinematics of robots. Laboratory work focuses on programming in AML for IBM robots. 4 Introduction to the analysis of linear feedback automatic control systems. The course will include a study of Laplace transford, system modeling, block diagrams, system response, stability, steady state error, bode analysis, and root locus. Laboratoiy work will focus on study of system stability and response using position and velocity feedback servocontrolled systems. Prerequisite: MT316 or MT220 and MA240. COURSES • 257 �AM465 SENSOR TECHNOLOGY & APPLICATIONS (3,3) 4 Study of theory and applications of sensors and machine vision as used in robotics and automated systems. Topics include position sensors, incremental encoders, velocity sensors, accelerometers, proximity sensors, touch and slip sensors, force and torque sensors, interfacing electronics, systems integration. Local Area Networks, and real world electrical considerations. Machine vision topics include: lighting techniques, imaging techniques, image recognition, inspection, and robot guidance. Laboratory work will focus on systems integration using sensors and the AllenBradley PLC, programming PC-based vision card, and interfacing with robot controller in the "C" programming language. Prerequisite: AM315, AM365 and AM375. AM485 AUTOMATED MANUFACTURING PROJECTS (1,6 3 Group projects in which students are required to design and implement an automated assembly system. Students are responsible for the design proposal, implementation, formal presentation, and users manual for the system. Project should be representative of a typical industrial project, ^requisite: AM455, AM465, and ET485. ART Special topics courses will be available as need and interest develop. Consult fee semester Course Schedule for these. AT110 FUNDAMENTALS OF DRAWING AND COMPOSITION 3 (3,0) This course will acquaint die student wife fee various drawing media, such as pencil, charcoal, ink, wash and fee use of various papers. Studio problems in still life, object drawing, landscape, texture, and drawing from imagination and memory. Introduction to limited palette oil painting wife emphasis on techniques of brush handling and concepts of visual organization language. Outside sketching required. Organic form, perspective, proportion, line, shape and tone are studied. AT111 PAINTING COMPOSITION & DESIGN (3,0) 3 Projects in various media, primarily oil, acrylic paints and water color. Empliasis on individual development and expression. Outside sketching required. Specific pictorial problems, advanced paint handling and brush techniques will be studied. Understanding of structural, value and color principles by which great paintings are organized will be studied. Prerequisite: ATI 10, or permission of instructor. AT210 DRAWING, PAINTING AND COMPOSITION (3,0) 3 Advanced concepts of color and design elements basic to drawing and painting. The study of painting employing figure, still life, and nature as source material. Emphasis on visual perception and the study of die formal elements of painting. Prerequisite: ATI 11 or permission of instmctor. AT211 GRAPHIC ARTS, WATERCOLOR AND MIXED MEDIA 3 (3,0) Painting from figure, memory, portrait, and landscape stressing personal expression. Concentration on individual projects involving significant forms and symbols. Emphasis on advanced color and composition problems through study of spatial structure and color and order relative to pictorial meaning. Prerequisite: AT210 or permission of instructor. AT250 ART HISTORY AND APPRECIATION I (4,°) 4 Study of am exemplified in prehistoric and primitive cultures, and in tire Mesopotamian, Egyptian, Aegean, Greek, Roman, early Christian, Byzantine, Moslem, Romanesque and Gothic eras. The course presents a development of historic, social and aesthetic principles, including a study of signs and symbols for students of art education, science, letters, business and engineering. Art history is taught in terms of visual experience and knowledge with ait films, slides and demonstrations wife art materials in addition to class lectures. Universal standards diat can be applied to any work of art are studied. Counts as humanities for General Education requirements. AT251 ART HISTORY AND APPRECIATION II (4,0) 4 A study of European and American art from die Renaissance to the twentieth century, including Renaissance, baroque, rococo, neoclassic, romantic, realist, and contemporary. The history of art is presented from a technical, social and aesthetic standpoint, along wife a study of rhythm, motion, and proportion. Works of art are considered on their own merits and development rather than on die basis of preconceptions. Art films, color slide presentations, and demonstrations using art materials supplement class lectures. Counts as humanities for General Education requirements. COURSES • 258 �BA254 BUSINESS LAW I (3,0) BUSINESS Special topics courses will be available as need and interest develop. Consult the semester Course Schedule for these. BA105 BUSINESS MATHEMATICS (3,0) BA255 BUSINESS LAW II (3.0) 3 Solution of business problems. Topics include discounts, mark-ups, payroll, interest, financing charges, depreciation methods, real estate taxes, controlling cash, metric system conversion, inventory evaluation, annuities and insurance. Story problems. Prerequisite: MA091, mathematicsplacement beyond MA091, or satisfactory completion of LSSU’s departmental arithmetic test during die first week of classes. Course not available for credit for students who have taken a full year of accounting. BA121 INTRODUCTION TO BUSINESS (3.0) 3 Comprehensive coverage of the major activities of business and the key institutions dial facilitate the business process. Topics covered include the following: American business enterprise system, international business, forms of business ownership, management and organization of human resources, production, marketing, information management and controls, business laws and ethics, finance, accounting, contemporary economic issues and business career opportunities. Contemporary business cases may be used for decision making simulations. Enrollment open to freshman and sophomore business majors or any non-business major. BA211 BUSINESS STATISTICS (3.0) 3 An introduction to business statistics. Topics include collection and presentation of data, measures of centra] tendency, variation and skewness, probability, probability distributions, Bayes’sTheorem, sampling, sampling distributions, estimation, hypothesis testing, simple linear regression and correlation. Prerequisite: MA111. BA226 RECORDS MANAGEMENT (3,0) 3 Study and application of records control, forms design, filing systems (manual and electronic), microforms, and die records cycle. A computer simulation is completed utilizing a program to print, sort, and select records as reports or labels. BA231 BUSINESS COMMUNICATIONS (3,0) 3 Business and management communications problems. Direct, indirect, and persuasive letters; memos, short reports, and directives. Some assignments must be typed. Extensive writing practice. Prerequisite: Satisfactory completion of LSSU’s English competency exantination. 3 This portion of business law covers the law applicable to contracts, sales, personal property, and bailments. 3 This portion of business law covers the law applicable to commercial paper, corporations; partnerships, agency and employmenL BA261 BUSINESS SKILLS 1 (1.0) A series of specific, business-skill classes. Each course will provide 15 classroom hours of instruction. A student may register for one or more sections per term, for a maximum of three credits earned in this course. BA299 INTERNSHIP IN (DISCIPLINE) (4,0) 4 This course is designed to provide students with an opportunity to earn credit while obtaining meaningful discipline-related work experience outside the classroom setting. Students are expected to spend a minimum of 180 hours in an appropriate work setting. The course may be repeated once for a maximum of 8 credits. Prerequisite: 2.5 GPA, sophomore standing, employer and instructor approval, and submission to, and approval by, departmental faculty of internship plan including method of evaluation. BA399 INTERNSHIP IN (DISCIPLINE) (4.0) 4 This course is designed to provide students with an opportunity to earn credit while obtaining meaningful discipline-related work experience outside the classroom setting. Students are expected to spend a minimum of 180 hours in an appropriate work setting. The course may be repeated once for a maximum of 8 credits. Prerequisite: 2.5 GPA, junior standing, employer and instructor approval, and submission to, and approval by, departmental faculty of internship plan including method of evaluation. BA403 BUSINESS, GOVERNMENT AND SOCIETY 3 (3,0) This course is designed to study the most significant forces in an organization’s environments (internal and external) so as to understanding how they are changing the managerial job and how they are modifying die traditional role of business. This involves, among odier things, an understanding of die ways in which a firm's organization, policies, strategies, procedures, decision-making processes, plans, and controls are changing in response to environmental forces. Prerequisite: MN360. �BA466 BUSINESS POLICY (3,0) 3 This course provides an opportunity for die student to develop an understanding of the interrelationship of the various divisions, departments and functions of a business organizations from a top management perspective. Library research and case analysis are utilized. Prerequisite: Senior status and completion of business core. BA491 RESEARCH READING IN BUSINESS AND ECONOMICS (1-3.0) 1-3 Independent study and seminar, individual student guidance by faculty for selected research topics in business. Prerequisite: Senior status. BIOLOGY Special topics courses will be available as need and interest develop. Consult the semester Course Schedule for these. BL105 FUNCTION OF THE HUMAN BODY (3.2) 4 Survey of the functional anatomy and die related physiological processes needed for the understanding of normal human activity. This course may be substituted for NS 103. Not open to biological majors or minors. BL110 GENERAL ZOOLOGY (3.2) 4 Introduction to the diversity of the animal kingdom, invertebrates and vertebrates. Adaptation and evolution are stressed as unifying themes throughout the course. Prerequisites: MA091 and EN091 or equivalent scores on math and English placement exams. Note: "C" (2.0) or better is required to use diis course as a prerequisite for odier BL/EV courses. BL111 GENERAL BOTANY (3,2) 4 Introduction to die diversity of the plant kingdom. Will include the moiphology, physiology, reproduction and general habitat of organisms traditionally considered as plants but with an organization reflecting modem concepts of evolutionary relationships. Prerequisites: MA091 and EN091 or equivalent scores on math and English placement exams. Note: "C" (2.0) or better is required to use this course as a prerequisite for other BL/EV courses. BL121 HUMAN ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY I 4 (3.3) A two semester sequence. This sequence does not apply towaid a major or minor in biological science. The first semester covers organization of the human body, basic principles of chemistry, die integumentary system, the skeletal and muscular systems, the nervous system and special senses, and the endocrine system. Prerequisite: High School Chemistry, or equivalent This course may not be used as a General Education Natural Science elective. BL122 HUMAN ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY I 4 (3,2) The continuation of BL121 with emphasis on the endocrine system, cardiovascular system, respiratory system, digestive system, urinary system and die reproductive system widi an introduction to genetics. The course will conclude with a study of pregnancy and human embryology. Prerequisite: BL121. BL130 INTRODUCTION TO REMOTE SENSING 3 (2,4) Introduction to the use of remotely acquired imagery to evaluate various ground features, utilizing mainly aerial photograplis. One all-clay field trip required. This course does not count as a life science education requirement. Prerequisite: Completion of LSSU mathematics competency. BL201 PLANT MORPHOLOGY 3 (2,3) A survey of the principal groups of plants from the standpoint of their structure, development and reproduction. Emphasis is placed on evolutionary relationships as revealed by comparisons of die structural and reproductive traits. Prerequisite: BLlli. BL202 FIELD BOTANY 3 (2,3) ... , A course whose main objective is to allow uie student to be able to recognize common families, genera, and species, especially those in the local flora. Prerequisite: BL111. BL204 GENERAL MICROBIOLOGY 4 This course will deal with the history and scope of microbiology, a study of microbial structure, growth, nutrition, metabolism, genetics, taxonomy and control. Labs will emphasize the identification and cultivation of molds and bacteria widi various staining techniques. A study of mycoplasma, viruses and molds will be incorporated along with the ongin of life and biochemical evolution, genetic engineering and recombinant DNA. Prerequisites: CH108 or CHI 16. COURSES • 260 �BL220 GENETICS 3 A study of the nature, transmission, recombination, and function of hereditary material in animals, plants, and microorganisms. Prerequisites: BL110 or BL111, and CHI 16. A statistics course strongly recommended. BL221 GENETICS LABORATORY 1 (0.2) A course including exercises in Mendelian genetics, Cytogenetics, Microbial genetics, and computer simulations of population genetics. Corequisite or prerequisite: BL220. BL223 CLINICAL MICROBIOLOGY (3.0) 3 A basic course in microbiology dealing with the study of microorganisms and pathogens in humans. A survey of viruses, molds and bacteria. Their morphology and growth characteristics will be discussed along with die physical and chemical means to control pathogenic microorganisms causing human infections. Prerequisites: CH105 and BL122. Does not apply towards a major or minor in Biology. BL230 INTRODUCTION TO SOILS (3.3) 4 A course dealing with the soil ecosystem as a natural resource and as an environmental medium. Beginning with factors involved in soil formation the carrse will survey soil physical, chemical, and organic properties and how tiiey respond to dsurhance. Soil reactions to wastes and wedand interactions will be discussed. Laboratories will focus on description of local soils and die use of soil arney information in making soil interpretations. Prerequisites: CH108 or above; NS 103 and RT102 orBLllO or BL111. BL239 WILDLIFE BIOLOGY AND MANAGEMENT (2.0) 2 A lecture course covering the basic biology and management of wildlife. Prerequisite: Enrollment in the Natural Resource Technology, Biology or Fisheries and Wildlife program. BL243 VERTEBRATE ANATOMY (3,3) 4 Study of the anatomy of vertebrates, including representatives of pre-chordates, Agnatha, Chondrichthyes, Osteichthyes, Amphibia, Reptilia, Aves, and Mammalia. Laboratories emphasize thorough dissection of representatives of at least two diverse classes of vertebrates. Prerequisite: BL110 and sophomore standing. ?2^9 WATER POLLUTION CONTROL ■j An analytical study of the tests, operations, and solutions involved in contemporary water pollution problems. (Also listed as EV249.) Prerequisite: EV101 or permission of instructor. BL272 FRESHWATER FISH CULTURE (2.0) 2 Methods of fish propagation: egg taking and incubation, feeding and nutrition, water quality monitoring, canyingcapacity determination, hatchery problem solving using computer models, and disease identification and treatment At least one all-day field trip. Prerequisites: BL280 and sophomore standing or permission of instructor. BL273 FISH CULTURE PRACTICUM I 2 (0,6) Fish hatchery practices and management decisions. Students actively involved in fish culture procedures through the reading cycle of salmonid fishes and possibly other coldwater species. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. BL274 FISH CULTURE PRACTICUM II 2 (0,6) Fish hatchery practices and management decisions. Students actively involved in fish culture procedures through the reading of salmonid fishes and possibly odier coldwater species. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. BL275 AQUATIC ENTOMOLOGY 3 (1,4) Survey of regional lake and stream insects with emphasis on identification and life histories. Role of various groups in aquatic systems and as fish food organisms. Prerequisite: BL110. BL280 BIOMETRICS 3 (3,0) Applications of statistics to biological problems, analysis of variance, multiple regression and correlation. Prerequisite: MA207. This does not count as a life science general education requirement BL290 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN BIOLOGY 1-4 (1-4,0) Special studies and/or research in biology for individuals or small seminar groups. Course content to be arranged by students) and a supervising professor with approval of school dean. Prerequisites: Students must have an overall GPA of at least 2.5, and no I grades on their transcript Independent study courses may be repeated for a maximum of eight credits. Additional information is available at the School of Science and Natural Resources office. BL302 INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY 4 (3,2) A study of the invertebrate groups with emphasis on morphology, phylogeny and life cycles. Prerequisites: BL110 and sophomore standing. COURSES • 261 �BL310 ICHTHYOLOGY (2,3) 3 Anatomy, physiology, behavior, taxonomy and natural history of fishes, with emphasis on freshwater species. Prerequisite: BL110; sopliomore standing. BL312 ORNITHOLOGY (2,4) 3 The biology and taxonomy of birds. Labs will focus upon bird anatomy and bind recognition using video tapes and specimens. Prerequisites: BL110 and junior standing. BL315 PLANT PHYSIOLOGY (3,3) 4 Organization of plants, plant replication, photophysiology and photosyndiesis, mineral nutrition, water transport in higher plants, plant growth substances, physiology of seeds, control of plant growth and plant cell tissue culture. Prerequisites: BL111 and CH226. BL330 ANIMAL PHYSIOLOGY (3,3) 4 A study of the physical and chemical properties of the animal systems as they concern homeostasis. Prerequisites: BL110 with a C (2.0) or better and CHI 16 with a C (2.0) or better. BL332 EMBRYOLOGY (2.2) Alternate Years 3 A study of the development of representative vertebrates. Offered every other year alternating with BL422, Parasitology. Prerequisites: BL110 and sophomore standing. BL337 GENERAL ECOLOGY (2.3) 3 Fundamental concepts of plant and animal ecology, population dynamics and ecosystem analysis. Field trips are required during the fust four week-ends of the semester. Prerequisites: BL110 and BL111 with a C (2.0) or better. BL380 CLINICAL HEMATOLOGY AND HEMOSTASIS (3.3) 4 A study of the components of blood. Discussions of the formed elements to include normal and malignant states; anemias, leukemias, lymphomas, hemostasis (coagulation) processes and disease states. Laboratories will cover routine and automated blood component measurements. Prerequisites: CH226 and BL330 or permission of instructor. BL395 JUNIOR SEMINAR (0,2) 1 Literature searching, scientific writing, and oral presentation of scientific data. Students will be expected to listen to presentations of peers enrolled in BL499 and develop a topic for their senior diesis, (also listed as EV395). Prerequisite: Junior standing. BL401 HONORS PROGRAM I (0,8) 4 Biological Sciences Honors Program I. (open to students earning a bachelor of science degree in biological sciences with a grade point of 3.5 or higher) An undergraduate research project will be outlined in consultation with tire supervising instructor and submitted to the department for approval. Outline must be approved before the first semester of die senior year. All grades for this sequence will be deferred until the final semester. Eight credit hours of honors credit will be substituted for 8 hours of electives upon successful completion of the research sequence. The special problem sequence will not be open to students electing the honors program sequence. The completed research may be used for Senior Thesis. BL402 HONORS PROGRAM II (0,8) 4 Biological Sciences Honors Program H This is a continuation of the honors research sequence. BL411 MAMMALOGY (2,3) 3 Emphasis will be on the physiological, behavioral and ecological adaptations of mammals. Identification and classification will be emphasized. Some field work may be included. Prerequisite: BL110 and BL315 or BL330. BL420 POPULATION GENETICS AND EVOLUTION (3,0) 3 A course including historical and modem concepts of evolutionary theory. Some coverage of origin of life concepts will be included. Prerequisite: BL220 BL422 PARASITOLOGY 3 (2,2) Alternate Years A study of die morphology, taxonomy, habitats and life cycles of parasites. Offered every odier year alternating with BL332, Embryology. Prerequisite: BL110. BL423 IMMUNOLOGY 0.3) 4 A study of antigens, antibodies, antigen-antibody reactions, blood groups, phagocytosis and hypersensitivity. Prerequisites: BL110, BL204, CH226. BL432 FISHERIES ECOLOGY AND MANAGEMENT 3 (2,3) Current concepts and techniques relating to the management of sport and commercial fishery resources including lake and stream airveys. Prerequisites: BL110 and junior standing or permission of instructor. COURSES • 262 �BL433 HISTOLOGY (2,2) Alternate Years 3 Study of the microscopic anatomy of tissues, with emphasis on mammals, Related physiological processes are integrated with die anatomical studies. Prerequisites: BL110 and junior standing. BL437 PLANT ECOLOGY (2,3) 3 The measurement and description of plant communities as well as some autecological studies. Prerequisites: BL2G2, BL337 with a C (2.0) or better. BL439 WILDLIFE ECOLOGY AND MANAGEMENT (2.3) 3 A study of ecological principles as they relate to wildlife management Discussion of the history, philosophy, and practice of wildlife conservation. Demonstration of field and laboratory techniques. Prerequisite: BL337. BL445 LIMNOLOGY (2.3) 3 An investigation of the principles of freshwater ecology of lakes and streams. Prerequisite: BL337. BL450 LABORATORY APPRENTICESHIP (0,3) per credit 1-2 Students will assist in laboratories, learning instructional techniques, under direction of faculty. Course may be repeatoi for a maximum of two credits. Students must gain approval of the faculty member in charge of the specific laboratory, and die Dean. Credits may be used as BL electives. Tills is a Credit/No Credit course. BL460 MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY INTERNSHIP 30 (15 credits per semesterfor a maximum of30 credits) Practical and didactic training with regular laboratory personnel. Branch training is supplemented by informal lectures, oral quizzes and wntten examinations. Offered only at approved or affiliated hospital laboratories. Prerequisite: Satisfactory completion of required college course work. BL480 APPLIED MICROBIOLOGY AND BIOTECHNOLOGY (2.3) 3 An advanced course in microbiology concerning the role of bacteria, viruses, Rickettsia and molds in cause and control of various human infections. Food, dairy, soil and industrial microbiology will also be discussed along with Recombinant DNA, genetic engineering are! cell tissue culture. Prerequisites: BL204 and CH226, CH351 recommended. BL490 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN BIOLOGY 1-4 (1-4,0) Special studies and/or research in biology for individualsorsmallseminargroups. Course content to be arranged by students) and a supervising professor with approval of school dean. Prerequisites: Students must have junior or senior standing, have an overall GPA of at least 2.5, and no I grades on their transcript Independent study courses may be repeated for a maximum of eight credits. Additional information is available at the School of Science and Natural Resources office. BL499 SENIOR THESIS 2 (1,3) Required of seniors majoring in biology. Students present seminars and provide an audience for fellow seniors. Each paper presented will be critically analyzed by the audience (also listed as EV499). Prerequisite: BL395. CHEMISTRY Special topics courses will be available as need and interest develop. Consult the semester Course Scliedule for these. CH091 BASIC CHEMISTRY 3 (3,0) Thorough exposure to elemenrary chemistry for students inadequately prepared for college level chemistry. Emphasis on drill to enhance problem solving skills. Proficiency in basic mathematics (MA091) required. Students must receive a C (2.0) or better in this course to qualify for CH104, CH108, or CHI 15. Credit in this course does not apply toward graduation. CH104 LIFE CHEMISTRY I 3 (3.0) An introduction to selected principles of cliemistry, including organic chemistry, with emphasis on their physiological importance and their applications to nursing and oilier health related professions. (This course does not apply toward a major or minor in chemistry.) Prerequisite: MA091 or equivalent. CH105 LIFE CHEMISTRY II 4 (3,2) A continuation of organic chemistry presented in CHI04 as well as a presentation of the chemical processes taking place in metabolism. The interrelationships between the metabolic processes of living systems are discussed along with their underlying chemical reactions. Prerequisite: CHI04. 4 CH108 APPLIED CHEMISTRY (3,3) An introduction to selected principles of chemistry with emphasis on technological applications. Credit in this course does not apply toward a major or minor in chemistry. COURSES • 263 �CH115 GENERAL CHEMISTRY I (4,3) 5 Fundamental principles of chemistry with emphasis on atomic structure, molecular structure, and stoichiometry. Prerequisites: High school chemistry and MA092 or equivalent, each with a grade of C (2.0) or better. CH116 GENERAL CHEMISTRY II (3,3) 4 Continuation of CHI 15 with emphasis on equilibrium. Prerequisite: CHI 15 with a grade of C (2.0) or better. CH225 ORGANIC CHEMISTRY I (3,3) 4 Fundamental principles of organic chemistry, covering the structures, reactions and properties of aliphatic and alicyclic compounds. The course will introduce the study of organic nomenclature, functional group chemistry, stereochemistry, reactive intermediates, organic synthesis, reaction mechanisms, and conjugated unsaturated systems. The Laboratory introduces basic organic laboratory techniques and includes experiments in organic separations, synthesis, and analysis. Prerequisite: CHI 16. CH226 ORGANIC CHEMISTRY II (3,3) 4 A continuation of CH225 covering the structures, properties, and reactions of aromatic compounds, carbonyl compounds, carboxylic acids and their functional derivatives, phenols, amines, organometallics, carbohydrates, amino acids, and proteins. The course will introduce the study of spectral methods of structure determination and expand the study of organic synthesis and mechanisms. The laboratory will include experiments in spectroscopy, organic synthesis and mechanisms, qualitative organic analysis, and instrumental analysis. Prerequisite: CH225 with a grade of C (2.0) or better. CH290 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN CHEMISTRY (1-4,0) 1-4 Special studies and/or research in chemistry for individuals or small seminar groups. Course content to be arranged by students) and a supervising professor with approval of school dean. Prerequisites: Students must have an overall GPA of at least 2.5, and no I grades on their transcript Independent study courses may be repeated for a maximum of eight credits. Additional information is available at the Schol of Science and Natural Resources office. CH341 ENVIRONMENTAL CHEMISTRY I: WATER 4 (3,3) A study of file environmental chemistry of water, the measurement and remediation of water quality problems, the toxicology of water pollutants, and the environmental aspects of energy use. Prerequisites: CH225, CH231, NS103. CH342 ENVIRONMENTAL CHEMISTRY II: AIR AND SOLID WASTES 4 (3,3) A study of the environmental chemistry of the atmosphere and the geosphere, including the measurement and remediation of air pollution and soil contamination problems. Tire nature and handling of hazardous wastes will also be covered. Prerequisites: CH225, CH231, NS103. CH351 INTRODUCTORY BIOCHEMISTRY 4 (3,3) Introduction to the chemistry of biological molecules, including the general properties and chemical transformation of amino acids, proteins, carbohydrates, lipids and nucleic acids. Emphasis will be on correlating chemical reactions with biological function. An introduction to the intermediary metabolism of the carbohydrates, amino acids, lipids and nucleic acids will also be presented. Prerequisite: CH226. CH353 INTRODUCTORY TOXICOLOGY CH231 QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS (2,3) 3 Evaluation of analytical data and study of gravimetric and titrimetric methods of analysis. Prerequisite: CHI 16 with a grade of C (2.0) or better. CH232 INSTRUMENTAL ANALYSIS (2,3) 3 Continuation of CH231. An instrumental analysis course involving the theory and use of spectrochemical, electroanalytical, and separation methods for tire characterization and determination of selected chemical substances. Prerequisite: CH231. 3 (3.0) Alternate Years An introduction to toxicology, including its history, types of poisons, their mode of operation, and the biochemistry of detoxification. Environmental problems caused by toxic contaminants will be discussed. Prerequisite: CH351 or permission of instructor. CH361 PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY I (4.0) . . * Chemical thermodynamics with applications to both pliase and chemical equilibria. Prerequisite: CHI 16, one year of calculus and one year of physics. COURSES • 264 �4 CJ130 CUBMT RELATIONS N CORRECTIONS 3 (3,0) Continuation of CH361 with emphasis on chemical dynamics, quantum chemistry, and structure. Laboratory experiments complement the lecture. Prerequisite: CH361. Meaning and functions of culture and discrimination, minorities in Michigan, affirmative action and attitude formation; ethics, values and professional responsiveness. CH450 LABORATORY APPRENTICESHIP (0,3) per credit 1-2 Students will assist in laboratories, learning instructional techniques, under direction of faculty. Course may be repeated for a maximum of two credits. Students must gain approval of the faculty member in charge of the specific laboratory, and tire Dean. Credits may be used as CH electives. This is a Credit/No Credit course. CJ140 CORRECTIONAL CLIENT GROWTH AND DEVELOPMENT CH362 PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY II (3,3) CJ201 FIREARMSTRAINING (0,2) CH490 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN CHEMISTRY (1-4.0) 14 Special studies and/or research in chemistry for individuals or small seminar groups. Course content to be arranged by students) and a supervising professor with approval of school dean. Prerequisites: Students must have junior or senior standing, have an overall GPA of at least 2.5, and no I grades on their transcript. Independent study courses may be repeated for a maximum of eight credits. Additional information is available at the School of Science and Natural Resources office. CRIMINAL JUSTICE Special topics courses will be available as need and interest develop. Consult foe semester Course Schedule for these. CJ101 INTRODUCTION TO CRIMINAL JUSTICE (3,°) 3 A survey of foe evolution of criminal justice with particular emphasis on foe development of western models of justice. Included will be die role of law enforcement, corrections, die courts and loss control. CJ102 POLICE PROCESS (3.0) 3 Basic principles and techniques of administration which apply to criminal justice organizations. Emphasis on decision making, audiority, human relations, and communication within organizations. CJ106 JUVENILE JUSTICE (3.0) 3 (3,0) Emphasis on needs, identities and development of recipients of correctional services; to assist students in gaining insights into development of sensitivity to behavior and motivations of corrections clients. Specific problems of prisoners and intervention strategies are reviewed. 3 Theories of juvenile delinquency and foe roles of criminal justice personnel are considered with empliasis on legal rights, treatment, confinement, and foe role of a community. CJ110 INTRODUCTION TO CORRECTIONS (3.0) 3 History and philosophy of correctional policy and need for correctional reform; correctional system from arrest dirough sentencing; correctional personnel and clients. 1 Emphasis on safe weapon handling, the fundamentals of good marksmanship, proper methods of cleaning, and weapon nomenclature. A variety of weapons will be used. Students will have to provide their own targets and ammunition. Prerequisite: Criminal justice student, sophomore standing or permission of department cliair. CJ202 CANADIAN CRIMINAL LAW (3,0) 3 CJ206 LAW ENFORCEMENT/LOSS CONTROL INTERNSHIP (3,0) 3 CJ212 LOSS CONTROL (3,0) 3 Survey of Canadian substantive and procedural criminal law including search and seizure, arrest, evidence and statutory and case law. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. Field experience for correlation of theoretical knowledge with practice in participate law enforcement or loss control agencies. Prerequisite: Permission of die instructor or sophomore standing. Course may be elected twice for credit of six hours. Study of security, including historical, legal and philosophical framework for various phases of security operations in our society today. CJ220 INSTITUTIONAL CORRECTIONS 3 (3,0) A survey of the history and philosophy of correctional institutions focusing on: The use of imprisonment as a mechanism of social control, custody versus treatment, rights of prisoners, prison and jail management, institutional training programs, examination ofcontemporary correctional institutions, prison and jail architecture, and prisoner society. CJ240 COMMUNITY BASED CORRECTIONS (3,0) 3 A survey of foe history, development, techniques, and fundamentals of non-institutional correctional programs and services. Emphasis will be placed on foe necessity of correctional programs to interact with other human service agencies within the community. COURSES • 265 �CJ243 INVESTIGATION (3.0) 3 Introduction to investigation and the techniques of forensic science with emphasis upon gathering and documenting information for determination of fact. Prerequisite: CJ101 or permission of instructor. CJ341 FIRE AND ARSON INVESTIGATION (3.0) 3 Determination of fire cause and origin and explosion causes. Prevention, documentation and legal aspects examined. Prerequisite: Juniorstanding orpermission of instructor. CJ250 CORRECTIONAL LAW (3.0) 3 Survey of substantive and procedural correctional law including sentencing, probation, parole, imprisonment, fines and restitution, and prisoners rights. Case law method used, based on appellate court decisions which evolve from criminal defendant litigation, complex legal issues concerning American corrections. CJ345 STATISTICS AND DESIGN FOR PUBLIC SAFETY (4,0) 4 Introduction to research methodology and designs utilized in public safety. Includes sampling, descriptive statistics, inferential statistics, sources of error in presenting findings, and preparing and reading research reports. Prerequisite: Junior standing in criminal justice or fire science and fulfillment of mathematics competency graduation requirement CJ306 SECURITY SYSTEMS (3,0) 3 Overview of specialized areas of security in specific facilities with special attention given to management of security information. Prerequisites: CJ2I2 or permission of instructor. CJ313 CRISIS INTERVENTION OF DEVIANT BEHAVIOR (3,0) 3 Survey of philosophy, theory and practice involved in the treatment of different crisis situations most commonly confronting the law enforcement officer in die performance of regular duties. Prerequisite: CJ101, 102 or approval of instructor. CJ319 SUBSTANTIVE CRIMINAL LAW (3,0) 3 Survey of substantive criminal law as a means of attaining socially desirable ends including protection of life and property. Deals with historical, philosophical concepts as well as case law. Prerequisite: CJ101 or permission of instructor. CJ321 SAF JrYHICAL ISSUES IN PUBUC (3,0) 3 Consideration of selected issues in public safety organizations. Emphasis on the role of practitioners and relations with the various publics. Students will be given moral dilemmas and will consider their individual value system. Prerequisites: CJ 101,102, or permission of instructor. CJ330 CORRECTIONAL CASEWORK (3,0) 3 The history, standards and principles of correctional casework are presented; the roles, functions and goals of casework are discussed, the competencies and training required for effective casework are considered correctional clients - probation and parole selection and appraisal - are concentrated upon. Prerequisites: CJ220, CJ240, junior or senior standing and permission of instructor. CJ401 SENIOR SEMINAR (3,0) 3 Seminar and independent study course with individual student guidance by faculty on selected research topics in criminal justice. Prerequisites: Senior standing or permission of instructor. CJ402 CRIMINAL JUSTICE INTERNSHIP 3-9 Criminal justice internship with an agency. Credit is based on 34 liours of field work per credit hour. Students must make application by the ninth week of the previous semester. Prerequisite: Senior standing or permission of instructor. CJ406 ADVANCED CANADIAN JURISPRUDENCE 3 (3.0) Expands upon the material covered in CJ202, Canadian Criminal Law, including trail tactics and procedures, sentencing, jurors, invasion of privacy, and other current topics. Prerequisite: CJ202 or permission of instructor. CJ409 PROCEDURAL CRIMINAL LAW 3 (3,0) Principles, duties and meclianics of criminal procedures as applied to important areas of arrest, search and seizure. Prerequisite: CJ319 or approval of the instructor. CJ425 WOMEN AND CRIMINAL JUSTICE 3 (3.0) An examination of theories of female criminality and the treatment of women in criminal justice. Various issues relating to women as professionals in criminal justice will be covered. The unique issues which arise when females are incarcerated will also be examined. Prerequisites: CJ101, junior or senior standing, or permission of instructor. COURSES • 266 �CJ444 CRIMINALISTICS «3?3> 4 Criminalistic methodology and practice including crime scene techniques for specific offenses, collection and preservation ofevidence, narcotics and dangerous drugs, fingerprinting, presentations, and other related topics. Contains MLEOTC mandated hours. Prerequisite: CJ243 or permission of instructor. CJ484 FUTURES RESEARCH: LONGRANGE PLANNING FOR CRIMINAL JUSTICE (3.0) 3 This course will explore probable and possible futures and the impact on crime, criminality, and the criminal justice system. It will explore alternative methods and systems to deal with projected change. Prerequisites: CI101, CJ102, CJ321 orpermission of instructor. CJ490 INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR CRIMINAL JUSTICE (1^4) 1-4 This may take the form of either a research project or a directed reading on a specific subject One to four credits over a period of one or more semesters may be granted according to the nature of die student’s project Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. May be repeated up to six credits. COMPUTER SCIENCE Special topics courses will be available as need and interest develop. Consult the semester Course Scliedule for these. CS100 INTRODUCTION TO MICROCOMPUTER APPLICATIONS (3,0) 3 The study of a selection of contemporary microcomputer applications, including operating system concepts, programming in BASIC, word processing, database management systems, and spreadsheets. Brief survey of other applications, such as presentation graphics, computer-assisted drafting, and desktop publishing. Prerequisite: Completion of mathematics competency graduation requirement CS111 INTRODUCTION TO COMPUTER SCIENCE I (3,0) 3 Fundamental concepts ofcomputer science, using die Pascal programming language as a vehicle. Input and output the standard data types, arithmetic, and control structures. Functions and procedures. Primitive data structures, including arrays, records, and strings. Files and multidimensional data. Text processing and simple parsing. Applications to illustrate these basic programming concepts. Prerequisite: CS100 or appropriate programming experience, and completion of, or current enrollment in a madiematics course numbered 100 or above. CS112 INTRODUCTION TO COMPUTER SCIENCE II 3 (3,0) Continuation of CS111 with an emphasis on program design and data structures. Sorting, searching, pointer-variables, and free storage management. Stacks and queues and general trees, and graphs. Prerequisite: CS111 with grade of C or better. CS205 COMPUTER ORGANIZATION AND ARCHITECTURE 3 (3,0) alternate years A hardware-oriented introduction to the structure of modem computer systems, emphasizing the role of, and interrelationships between the various components. The evolution of modem computer systems. Memory organization, peripheral devices, and their connectivity. Instruction sets, arithmetic, and central processing unit structure. Control unit organization and operation. Alternative computer architectures. Prerequisite: CS112 with grade ofC or better. CS210 COBOL PROGRAMMING 3 (3,0) alternate years An introduction to the COBOL programming language emphasizing facilities for the effective management of files and databases. Overview of COBOL syntax, arithmetic, input/output and control structures in COBOL. Report generation and table management COBOL facilities for sorting and meiging files. Sequential, relative, and indexed file organizations and their applications. Facilities for interfacing with database management systems. Prerequisite: CS112. CS212 FILE AND DATABASE MANAGEMENT 3 (3,0) alternate years An introduction to files and file processing, with an empliasis on non-sequential organizations for supporting multi-file databases. Direct file structures and hashing, indexing, tree-structures organizations. Expandable file structures. Secondary key retrieval. Application to database structures. Prerequisite: CS112. CS290 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN COMPUTER SCIENCE (14,0) 1-4 Special studies and/or research in computer science for individuals or small seminar groups. Course content to be arranged widi instructor and with approval of the department head. This course may be repeated for a maximum of eight credits. Prerequisites: Sophomore standing or higher and permission of the instructor. COURSES • 267 �CS321 COMPUTER GRAPHICS (3,0) alternate years 3 An introduction to the generation of graphical images by computer. Survey of common graphics devices. Generation of lines and curves. Representation of two^limensional objects. Techniques for area filling. Scaling, rotation, and translation in two dimensions. Rendering three-dimensional objects by projections. Scaling, rotating and translating in three dimensions. Hidden line and hidden surface detection and removal. Prerequisite: CS112, and MA141 or MA151. CS333 SYSTEMS PROGRAMMING (3,0) alternate years 3 An introduction to systems-level programming using C and assembly language. Design and development of specialized systems utilities, such as windowmanagement packages and command interpreter shells. Overview of the function and design of system utility programs, such as text editors, language processors, and linkers. Prerequisite: CS205. CS334 OPERATING SYSTEMS CONCEPTS (3,0)alternate years 3 Definition and historical development of operating systems. Characteristics of batch, interactive, and multiprogramming systems. File systems, processor and memory management, Communication, concurrency, deadlock, and protection. Prerequisite: CS333. CS340 COMPUTER SIMULATION (3,0) alternate years 3 Introduction to the use of computer simulation as an alternative approach to finding solutions for difficult mathematical problems. Numerical generation of random deviates from several standard distributions. Theoretical concepts from probability, statistics, and queuing theory. Simulation exercises and languages for performing computer simulations. Prerequisites: CS112 and MA308. CS401 AUTOMATA THEORY, LANGUAGES, AND COMPUTABILITY (3,0) alternate years 3 An introduction to the theoretical foundations of computer science. Topics include automata theory, grammars and formal languages, decidability and computability. Prerequisites: CS112 and MA216. CS411 PROGRAMMING LANGUAGE CONCEPTS (3,0) alternate years 3 Comparative treatment of common programming languages and their underlying structure. Formal language definition, interpretive and compiled implementations. Data representation and control Run-time support requirements. structures. Prerequisite: CS333 CS418 SOFTWARE ENGINEERING (1,4) 3 A project-based introduction to the design and implementation of computer software. Requirements analysis, software specification, design methodologies, implementation, testing, verification, documentation, and maintenance. Development of a complete software system for "real-world" clients by project teams. Prerequisite: CS212. CS490 RESEARCH TOPICS IN COMPUTER SCIENCE 1-4 (1-4,0) Special studies and/or research in computer science for individuals or small seminar groups. Course content to be arranged with instructor and with approval of die department head. This course may be repeated for a maximum of eight credits. Prerequisites: Junior standing or higher and permission of the instructor. COMPUTER ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY Special topics courses will be available as need and interest develop. Consult the semester Course Schedule for these. CT224 DIGITAL ELECTRONICS (3,2) 4 A detailed study of the electronic behavior of combinational and sequential digital circuitry. Proper utilization of MSI/LSI digital integrated circuits and programmable logic devices (PLD’s) will be stressed. Prerequisite: ET124. CT235 MICROPROCESSOR FUNDAMENTALS 4 (3,2) An introduction to number systems, binary arithmetic, microprocessor architecture, machine and assembly language program development, and computer system hardware and interfacing techniques. Prerequisite: CS100 or CS111. CT265 COMPUTER-AIDED PROBLEM SOLVING 3 (3,0) Use of QBasic, Spreadsheet and TK Solver software for technical problem solving with computers. (Intended primarily for students in Mechanical Engineering Technology.) Prerequisite: MT100 or CS100. Prerequisite or Corequisite: MT220 or permission of instructor. COURSES • 268 �CT335 DIGITAL DESIGN (3.2) 4 Detailed logical and electronic design considerations using combinational and sequential digital techniques. State machines and programmable logic devices arc emphasized. Prerequisite: CT224. CT336 MICROCONTROLLER SYSTEMS (3.3) 4 An introduction to microcontroller architecture focusing on the MC68HC11. Assembly and C languages are used for program development. Fuzzy logic is introducted for embedded system design. Interlacing techniques, real-time control and logic analyzer use is emphasized. Prerequisite: CT235 and CT224. Corequisite: AM365. CT435 DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING (3.2) 4 An introduction to the application of real-time digital signal processing. The course emphasizes Fourier analysis and digital filtering use of signal processing in instrumentation, control systems, and telecommunications. Offered on demand. Prerequisites: AS365, ET342. DATA PROCESSING Special topics courses will be available as need and interest develop. Consult the semester Course Schedule for these. DPI 51 COMPUTER APPLICATIONS (1-2,0) 1-2 A series of courses using computer applications programs. Each course will provide 15 classroom hours of instruction per credit. A student may register for one or more sections per term, for a maximum of five credits earned in tltis course. Students without computer experience are expected to take the introduction to computers module as a prerequisite. DP 160 PERSONAL COMPUTERS WORK­ STATION OPERATING SYSTEMS (1-3,0) 1-3 A series of courses covering popular personal computer workstation operating systems. Each course will provide 15 classsroom hours of instruction per credit hour. A student may repeat this course covering a different workstation operating system for a maximum of six credit hours. DP163 TROUBLESHOOTING AND REPAIR OF PERSONAL COMPUTERS (2,2) 3 A basic introduction to the architecture, installation, maintenance, troubleshooting, and repair of personal computers. Tire student will leant elementary principles of electronics, magnetism, and logic. The disassembly and upgrading of a personal computer will be covered in the laboratory as well as the use of diagnostic hardware and software. Prerequisite: at least one credit hour of DP 160. DP225 WORD PROCESSING TECHNIQUES 3 (3.0) Comprehensive training using WordPerfect 5.1 and WordPerfect Office including advanced WordPerfect and desktop publishing techniques using WordPerfect 5.1 E-Mail, Calendar, Scheduler and Notebook parts of WordPerfect Office included in course work. Prerequisite: Basic keyboarding skills and working knowledge of computers. Harxls-on experience is scheduled in labs outside of classroom hours. DP241 DESKTOP PUBLISHING 3 (3.0) Emphasis is on understanding the basic concepts of desktop publishing and how to produce well designed desktop publications. Focus is on creating brochures, graphics, newsletters, reports and resumes using a high-end page composer, paint and vector graphics software. Prerequisite: English competency and a working knowledge of a word processing software application, or permission of instructor. DP260 PERSONAL COMPUTERS NETWORK OPERATING SYSTEMS (1-3,0) 1-3 A series of courses covering popular personal computer network operating systems. Each course will provide 15 classroom hours of instruction per credit hour. A student may repeat this course covering a different network operating system for a maximum of six credit hours. Prerequisite: At least one credit hour of DPI 60. DP263 STORAGE, PROTECTION, AND RECOVERY OF PERSONAL COMPUTER (2,2) 3 Continues and expands upon DP163 with emphasis on disk; drives, formatting disk; editing, vims detection, prevention, and eradication. Prerequisite: DPI63. DP345 PRESENTATION GRAPHICS (3,0) 3 Tlie design of overheads and slides used in presentations. Color, font size, placement and visual effect will be studied to produce effective visuals. The effective use of visuals in presentations will be covered. Graphics programs will be used to prepare visuals. Prerequisites: English competency and working knowledge of word processing or desktop publishing or permission of instructor. DRAFTING & DESIGN ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY Special topics courses will be available as need and interest develop. Consult the semester Course Scltedule for diese. COURSES • 269 �DT125 ELECTRONIC DRAFTING 11.3) 2 An introduction to electronic drafting to include instruments, lettering, sketching, multiview projection, dimensioning, reproduction, standard electronic symbols, schematic diagrams and circuit boani layout. DTI 32 CONSTRUCTION SKETCHING AND DRAWING 3 (2,3) Free hand and computer-aided drafting (CAD) of orthographic and pictorial representations to include die study and development of architectural working drawing, plan views, elevations, details and schedules. DT263 DESIGN FOR MANUFACTURING (2,2) 3 A survey of design principles related to tooling design for cutting tools, jigs, fixtures and dies. An introduction to precision measurement and design concepts for assembly. Prerequisite: MT113 or permission of instructor. ECONOMICS Special topics courses will be available as need and interest develop. Consult the semester Course Schedule for these. EC201 PRINCIPLES OF MACROECONOMICS (3,0) 3 Nature and scope of economics; national income accounting; problems of unemployment and price instability; public revenues and expenditures; money and banking; fiscal and monetary policies to promote stability and economic growth. Prerequisite: Mathematics competency. EC202 PRINCIPLES OF MICROECONOMICS 3 (3,0) Principles of economic reasoning; supply and demand analysis; theories of production; price and output determination under each of the four market structures; factor returns, and income distribution theories; public policy implications. Prerequisite: Mathematics competency. EC302 MANAGERIAL ECONOMICS (4,0) EC304 MONEY, BANKING AND MONETARY POLICY (3,0) 3 Monetary theory; study of financial institutions and central bank authorities; monetary policy and its limitations; clianging structure of financial markets and industry; relationships between money, prices and national income. Prerequisite: EC201. EC305 PUBLIC FINANCE (3,0) 3 The economics of public finance, including taxation, public expenditures and fiscal policy. Rationale and objectives of government activity in a market system; distribution of tax burden; income redistribution effects of taxation and expenditure programs. Prerequisite: EC201 or EC2G2. EC308 INTERMEDIATE MICROECONOMICS 3 (3,0) Theory of demand; consumer choice and utility analysis; production and cost analysis; price-output determination under die four market structures; resource allocation; public policy and managerial applications empliasized. Prerequisite: EC202. EC309 INTERMEDIATE MACROECONOMICS 3 (3,0) Determinants and measurement of national income; dieories of consumption and investment; aggregate economic analysis including IS-LM and aggregate demand-aggregate supply models; unemployment and inflation; stabilization policies; economic growth. Prerequisite: EC201. EC403 PRIVATE ENTERPRISE AND PUBLIC POLICY 3 (3,0) Review of price theory; structure, conduct and performance; antitrust laws and application: restraint of trade, monopoly, mergers, trade practices; regulation. Prerequisite: EC202. EC408 INTERNATIONAL ECONOMICS 3 (3,0) Pure theory of trade and comparative advantage; free trade versus protechonism; trade problems of developing nations; balance of payment accounting; exchange rates; international monetary systems. Prerequisites: EC201 and EC202. 4 A study of the application of economic analysis to managerial decisions. Topics include the firm and its environment, demand estimation, production and cost analysis, optimization and profit maximization, analysis of markets, pricing strategy and analysis of project decisions. Prerequisite: MA112orMA141 or equivalent EC409 SEMINAR IN ECONOMICS (1-2,0) 1-2 Discussion of economic issues, theories and their applications. May be repeated for credit with the approval of the instructor for a total of 4 credits. COURSES • 270 �ED261 PRACTICUM II (1,12) EDUCATION Special topics courses will be available as need and interest develop. Consult the semester Course Sdiedule for these. ED101 FOUNDATIONS OF EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION (3.0) 3 An introduction to the field of Early Childhood. Topics include its history, application of theories to curriculum, types of programs, and issues in the field of child care. Observations of various early childhood settings will be required. ED105 CHILD GUIDANCE AND WELFARE (3,0) 3 Through readings, discussions, observations, and interactions with children, the student will learn how to develop guidance strategies when working with children in an early cluldhood setting. Prerequisite: PY155 or PY265. ED110 CURRICULUM DEVELOPMENT AND TEACHING PRACTICES (3.0) 3 Developing curriculum and teaching practices based on die whole child’s development: cognitive, physical, social, emotional, and creative. Emphasis on planning play activities for learning centers. Observations of children in an early childhood setting will be required. . ED111 INFANTS AND TODDLERS: DEVELOPMENTALLY APPROPRIATE PRACTICES 3 (3,0) Includes theories of emotional, physical, social and cognitive stages of development of children ages 0 to 36 months. The knowledge of these stages will be applied to matching developmentally appropriate baching and caregiving practices. Issues in administering Infant/Toddler programs will also be discussed. Prerequisite: PY155 or PY265. ED220 EARLY CHILDHOOD LITERATURE 3 (3.0) Readings in developmentally appropriate literature and related activities across the curriculum for young children, ages birth through kindergarten. Prerequisite: EN110 and SD101. ED260 PRACTICUM I (1,12) 4 The student will complete 12.5 hours weekly in an early cltildhood laboratory setting. Attendance at a weekly seminar is also required. Prerequisites: Completion of ED10I, ED105, EDI 10, and EDI 11, and permission of instructor. Students should seek permission of instructor no later than 10th week of semester preceding enrollment. Credit/No Credit grade. 4 The student will complete 12.5 hours weekly in an early childhood laboratory setting. Attendance at a weekly seminar is also required. Prerequisites: Completion of ED260 and permission of instructor. Students should seek permission of instructor no later than 10th week of semester preceding enrollment. Credit/No Credit grade. ED270 ADMINISTRATION OF EARLY CHILDHOOD PROGRAMS (3,0) 3 Knowledge of financial, legal, supervisory and administrative procedures used in operating an early childhood program will be gained through lectures, discussions, readings, and activities. Prerequisite: Completion of ED260 Practicum I or permission of instructor. ENGLISH Special topics courses will be available as need and interest develop. Consult the semester Course Schedule for these. EN091 BASIC ENGLISH (3,0) 3 Thorough review of basic language skills for students who need preparation for Freshman Composition; weekly vocabulary tests and writing assignments. Credit/no credit final grade. Credit in this course does not apply toward graduation. All students whose English placement examination score does not place diem in EN110 must receive credit for EN09I before taking EN 110. EN110 FRESHMAN COMPOSITION (3,0) 3 Emphasis on writing, usage and rhetoric which may include narration, process, description, comparison/contrast, definition and classification. Introduction to library resources and documentation. Prerequisite: Appropriate score on the English placement examination or credit for EN091. EN205 TECHNICAL REPORT WRITING (3,0) 3 A course in research methods, critical readings and written reports typical in technology, including memos, short reports, articles, resumes, and research processes and reporting of results in a long project. Emphasis on critical analysis and evaluation: APA style. Prerequisites: EN110 and sophomore standing. Students will not receive credit for this course if they have already received credit for EN210 or EN215. COURSES • 271 �EN210 RESEARCH PAPER PROCESS (3.0) 3 A course in research methods and critical reading and writing. Includes introduction to library resources and research protocols. Emphasis on critical analysis and evaluation of primary and secondary source material. Requires one short and one long research paper APA style. Prerequisites: EN110 and sophomore standing. EN215 INTRODUCTION TO LITERATURE AND RESEARCH (3,0) 3 A course in research methods and critical reading and writing, including the study of traditional and modem techniques of literary interpretation. Requires one research paper and five critical papers: MLA style. Prerequisites: EN110 and sophomore standing. EN220 ADVANCED COMPOSITION (3,0) 3 Study and practice of the various forms of academic discourse. Library research paper required. Prerequisite: EN210 or EN215. EN221 CREATIVE WRITING (3,0) 3 Writing and discussion of art forms such as poetry, fiction and drama consistent with die student’s individual interests. Prerequisite: EN210 or EN215, •r permission of instructor. EN231 AMERICAN LITERATURE I »3,0) 3 A chronological study of American literature from the colonial writers through the Romantic period, ending with the Civil War. Prerequisite: EN110, or permission of instructor. EN232 AMERICAN LITERATURE II (3,0) 3 A chronological study of American literature from the Civil War dirough the present, covering the Age of Realism and the development of twentieth century literature. Prerequisite: ENllO, or permission of instructor. EN233 ENGLISH LITERATURE I (3,0) 3 Reading and discussion of selected works from the Old English period to the beginning of the eighteenth century. Emphasis on major writers and works, evaluated in their historical context. Prerequisite: EN110, or permission of instructor. EN234 ENGLISH LITERATURE II (3,0) 3 Reading and discussion of selected works from the eighteenth century to die twentieth century. Emphasis on major writers and works, evaluated in dieir historical context Prerequisite: ENllO, or permission of instructor. EN235 SURVEY OF NATIVE AMERICAN LITERATURE (3,0) 3 An overview of Native American Literature, including myths, poetry, biographies, legends, and stories from recognized Indian and non-Indian authors. The significance of Indian philosophy found in such literature will be emphasized. Prerequisite: EN210 or EN215 or permission of instructor. (Also listed as NA235) EN320 RESPONDING TO WRITING (3,0) 3 A course in the theory and practice of effective writing with emphasis on evaluating and responding to writing across the disciplines recommended for ombudsmen, tutors, education students, and other interested students. Course includes rhetorical and linguistic theory, current research on writing as process, theory and practice of responding to student writing, computer assisted writing and revision, tutorial strategies, and characteristics of writing in various disciplines. A strong theoretical framework with student paper examples from interdisciplinary fields. EN321 RHETORIC AND COMPOSITION THEORY 3 (3,0) A course in the theory of rtietoric and composition. The course takes an historical approach, tracing the growth, uses, and transformations of rhetoric from die classical period to die present day, highlighting die major underlying cultural forces which fostered change in rhetoric and fueled die development of composition dieory. Emphasis is upon modem rhetoric and composition dieory. Prerequisite: EN110. EN322 LINGUISTICS (3,0) 3 This course will acquaint students with various approaches to the study of languages as well as some of die major social, political, and educational issues diat revolve around die study of language. Topics include phonetics, syntax, semantics, pragmatics, psycholinguistics, orality and literacy. Prerequisite: ENllO. EN330 DEVELOPMENT OF THE NOVEL IN ENGLAND AND AMERICA I 3 (3,0) Alternate Years Study of die leading novelists-English and American-of the eighteenth century and the first half of die nineteenth century, beginning with Defoe and ending widi the works of die 1840’s. Prerequisite: EN231-232 or EN233-234, or permission of instructor. COURSES • 272 �EN331 DEVELOPMENT OF THE NOVEL IN ENGLAND AND AMERICA II (3,0) Alternate Years 3 Study of die background and art of the Anglo/American novel from approximately 1850 to the present. Intensive examination of characteristic forms, techniques, and themes in major works. Prerequisite: EN231-232 or EN233-234, or permission of instructor. EN332 THE SHORT STORY 3 (3,0) Alternate Years A study of the background and development of the short story. Readings will include selections from Boccaccio, the French conte and the German novella in addition to English and American short stories. Prerequisite: EN210 or EN215. EN333 STUDIES IN THE DRAMA: THE GENRE AND THEATRE IN CONTEXT (3,0) Alternate Years 3 A study of major plays in die context of theatre and literary history from the beginning to the present, including European, British, and American development Prerequisite: EN210 or EN215. EN334 APPROACH TO POETRY 3 (3,0) Alternate Years This is an introduction to die appreciation of poepy for junior-senior students (not exclusively English majors). Prerequisite: EN210 or EN215, or permission of instructor. EN335 CHILDREN'S LITERATURE 3 (3,0) A review of the rich and diverse field of literature for children from infancy to adolescence. Required for non-English elementary teacher candidates and an elective for English majors. Prerequisites: EN210 or EN215 and SD101; or permission of instructor. EN420 HISTORY AND STRUCTURE OF THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE 3 (3,0) Alternate Years Development and structure of die English language; relationship widi odier Indo-European languages. Prerequisite: EN233-234, or permission of instructer. EN421 HISTORY OF LITERARY CRITICISM 3 (3,0) Alternate Years An investigation of the history of critical dieory to include classicism, neoclassicism, romanticism, the New Critics, and contemporary critical trends. Prerequisite: EN233-234, or pennission of instructor. EN430 CHAUCER 3 (3,0) Alternate Years Intensive study of Chaucer’s life and times and principal literary works: Canterbury Tales, Troilus and Criseyde, and The Romaunt of the Rose. Prerequisite: EN233, or permission of instructor. EN431 MILTON AND THE METAPHYSICAL POETS 3 (3,0) Alternate Years Intensive study of Milton’s principal poetic works including Paradise Lost and Samson Agonistes; Donne’s poetry and prose, and the metaphysical poets. Prerequisite: EN233 or pennission of instructor. EN432 SHAKESPEARE 3 (3,0) Alternate Years Intensive study of Shakespeare’s comedies, tragedies, and historical dramas. Prerequisite: EN233, or permission of instructor. EN433 SEMINAR IN MAJOR AMERICAN AND ENGLISH WRITERS 3 (3,0) An intensive study of a single writer, or of two or three writers who might be studied together profitably along thematic, technical or other lines. Prerequisite: Junior-senior standing, or permission of instructor. May be repeated twice for credit EN450 DIRECTED INDIVIDUAL STUDY 3 (3,0) Individual study of an author, period, genre, or other related topic relevant to literary scholarship, Each student will do extensive research and prepare a paper. EXERCISE SCIENCE Special topics courses will be available as need and interest develop. Consult the semester Course Schedule for these. ES140 HEALTH AND FITNESS (3,0) Introductory course: theoretical basics of exercri diet and nutrition and the wellness lifestyle. Topic include aerobic and musculoskeletal fitness, weight control, stress reduction, alcohol and tobacco abuse and presents principles for promoting a wellness lifestyle. ES141 INTRODUCTION TO MOVEMENT 3 (3,0) This course reviews and applies the pertinent aspects of the prerequisite disciplines of anatomy and physiology. Specific attention will be placed on muscles, bones, joint structures, and functions as well as the fundamentals of leverage, balance, and "the feel of the movement", A detailed understanding of movement description is the most critical element in the student’s mastery of the subject matter. COURSES • 273 �ES240 TECHNIQUES OF ATHLETIC TRAINING (2,0) 2 Athletic training supportive taping and protective bracing and padding procedures; techniques of fitting adilebc and orthopaedic equipment Administration of athletic training room including facility design, budget and inventory. ES242 SPORTS MEDICINE (3,0) 3 This course will deal with the principles of athletic training sciences concerned with the evaluation, recognition, treatment, and therapeutic exercises practiced for the athlete’s safe return to participation after an injury. Lectures and laboratory expenences will introduce the student to the updated theories in sport medicine with specific respect to injuries incurred in athletics. ES248 PSYCHOLOGY OF SPORT AND ATHLETICS (3,0) 3 A general introduction in the history and evolution of sport psychology in North Amenca. Areas of interest are cognitive interventions, aggression, and socialization in sport and the relationship between exercise and psychological well-being. ES295 PRACTICUM (1-2,0) 1-2 Practical experiences that explore various types of work setting in Exercise Science, working under specialist in the various chosen areas of interest May be repeated for a total of 4 credits. ES342 EXERCISE PHYSIOLOGY (3,0) Provides a clear concise process of physical examination of the spine and extremities which would direct the student in a logical, efficient and thorough search of anatomy relevant to the field of sports medicine. This course will allow the student to continue to build a solid foundation in anatomy specific to orthopaedic education. Prequisite: BL122. (Formeriy ES230) ES358 RESEARCH METHODS IN EXERCISE SCIENCE 3 (3,0) Introduction to research methods and related statistical procedures for constructing and analyzing research activities. Presentation of statistical concepts including correlation, t-tests and analysis of variance and their use in exercise science. Introduction to measurement concepts of validity and reliability and the facets of writing a research report Prereqursites: MA207 and ES342. ES390 RECREATION LEADER APPRENTICESHIP (1,0) 1 Practical experience in learning to teach and lead various recreation experiences. Students serve with qualified instructors. Prerequisites: Basic skills and knowledge of activity or permission of instructor. May be repeated for a total of 3 credits. ES440 EXERCISE PHYSIOLOGY SEMINAR 2 3 Examines physiological energy systems; their recruitment, recovery, acute and chronic adaptations to training. Applications to specific sports, and health and fitness programming. ES344 KINESIOLOGY (3,0) ES349 ORTHOPAEDIC ASSESSMENT IN SPORTS MEDICINE 3 (3,0) 3 Science of movement applied to muscle, joint structure and function and application of physical laws of gravity, leverage, motion and balance to human performance. Video tape motion analysis is used to apply these theories into practical experience. ES348 LABORATORY PROCEDURES AND MEASUREMENT IN EXERCISE SCIENCE (2,2) 3 Provides theoretical background are! measurement concepts in conjunction with developing laboratory skills specific to field and laboratory procedures. (2*°) Examines current issues in the field and students will prepare and present advanced physiological concepts related to special topics. ES442 ELECTROCARDIOGRAPHY IN EXERCISE SCIENCE 2 (2,0) Examines electrophysiological basis of ECG, Cardiac anatomy, metabolism responses to rest and exercise. Prerequiste: ES342 with a C grade or better. Offered alternate years. ES444 EXERCISE PRESCRIPTION (2,0) 2 Provides experience in writing and developing advanced training and conditioning programs for a variety of populations. Process oriented; considers needs analysis and cyclic training. COURSES • 274 �ES481 PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT SEMINAR (1.0) 1 Opportunities for students to refine personal and professional goals and initiate preparation of resumes and interviewing skills. Career planning and placement will be emphasized as well as internship evaluation. . Seminar format Prerequisite: Senior status required. ES492 INTERNSHIP 6 Comprehensive practical application of students formal academic preparation. Prerequisites: junior status and permission of instructor. ET205 SIMULATION SOFTWARE FOR ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS 1 (3,0) An introduction to software packages available for simulating and analyzing electronic circuits. Pspice and MathCAC software are used to analyze different types of electronic circuits. Prerequisites: ET115 and CS100 or permission of instructor, Course meets the first five weeks of Fall Semester. ES496 SELECTED RESEARCH TOPICS 1-3 (1-3,0) Student carries out approved projects) of his/her own initiative. Prerequisites: Junior standing and permission of instructor. ET206 SELECTED TOPICS IN CIRCUIT ANALYSIS I 1 (3,0) A study of the fundamental laws and properties used in electronic circuit analysis. Topics include Kirchhoff's Laws, nodal and mesh analysis, and Thevenin's Theorem. Prerequisites: ET115 or equivalent, and ET205 or permission of instructor. Course meets weeks 5-9 of the Fall Semester. ELECTRICALELECTRONICS ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY ET207 SELECTED TOPICS IN CIRCUIT ANALYSIS II 1 (3.0) A study of transient and steady-state AC transient analysis of RL and RC circuits, phasor algebra, and AC power. Prerequisits: ET116 or equivalent, and ET205 or permission of instructor. Course meets weeks 10-14 of the Fall Semester. Special topics courses will be available as need and interest develop. Consult the semester Course Schedule for these. ET211 ELECTRONIC DEVICES 4 (3.3) An introduction to the operation of basic electronic devices including diodes, bipolar transistors, and field-effect transistors. Topics of study include power supplies, bias circuits, and snail signal models. Prerequisite: ET115. ET115 ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS I 4 (3,2) Basic principles of DC electricity including series and parallel circuits, mesh and nodal analysis, and RC and RL transient analysis. Laboratory exercises will reinforce the lecture material and introduce circuit board fabrication. No prior knowledge of electricity is assumed. Corequisites: MA109, MA140. ET116 ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS II 4 (3,2) A continuation of ET115 covering the basic principles of AC electricity. Topics include: R,L,C series and parallel circuits using pliasor algebra, analysis tecliniques and theorems, power, and three phase circuits. Prerequisite: ET115. ET201 APPLIED ELECTRICITY I 3 (2.2) A study of basic circuit theory and electrical machinery for non-electrical technicians. Topics include DC and AC circuits, inductance, capacitance, three-pliase circuits, and IX and AC motors and controls. Prerequisite: MA140. ET212 ANALOG ELECTRONICS 4 (3.3) A study of the operation and application ofelectronic devices including bipolar transistors, field-effer transistors, and operational amplifiers. Topics ( study include bias circuits, small signal model: frequency response, multistage amplifiers, am. operational amplifier circuits. Prerequisite: ET211. ET244 ELECTRICAL MACHINERY 4 (3.2) Study of the operation and application of DC and AC machines, transformers, and programmable logic controllers. Prerequisite: ET116. 2 ET299 COOPERATIVE EDUCATION Supervised industrial experience with cooperative industries. Tire students’ work experience is related to academic studies, and contributes significantly to professional development. Can be repeated for credit. Permission of instructor required. COURSES • 275 �ET302 APPLIED ELECTRICITY II (2.2) . . ,3 A study of electronic devices and circuits for non-electrical technologists. Topics include diodes, transistors, and analog and digital integrated circuits. Prerequisite: ET201. ET342 NETWORK ANALYSIS (3,2) 4 A study of the analysis of networks using differential equation, Laplace transform, Fourier Series, and computer simulation Prerequisite: ET116. techniques. Corequisite: MA142. ET345 ANALOG DESIGN (3,3) 3 A continuagion of ET485 where students complete the design, testing, and documentaion of the team design project. A formal presentation of the project is required. Prerequisite: ET485. ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE Special topics courses will be available as Consult the need and interst develop, semester Course Schedule for these. 4 Design of linear circuits including operational amplifier circuits, instrumentation amplifiers, waveform generators, active filters, and A/D and D/A conversion circuits. Prerequisite: ET212. ET437 COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS (3,2) 4 A study of analog and digital communications systems with an emphasis on modulation techniques, microwave systems, antennas, and fiber-optic systems. Prerequisite: ET342. ET447 INDUSTRIAL INSTRUMENTATION (3,2) ET486 SENIOR DESIGN PROJECT II (1.6) CONTROLS AND 4 A study of programmable logic controllers, industrial electronic controls, and data acquisition systems. Topics include: operation, programming, and interfacing of PLC’s; industrial motor control circuits; and computer-based data acquisition and instrument interfacing. Prerequisite: ET342. ET448 CONTROL SYSTEMS (3,2) 4 An introduction to the anlaysis and design of analog and digital feedback control systems. Emphasis is on velocity and position control using DC and stepper motors. Offered on demand. Prerequisite: ET342. ET4S5 SENIOR DESIGN PROJECT I (1-1) 1 Students develop the proposal of a team The project covers a design project, computer controlled process or electronic system that is representative of a typical industrail project. Corequisite: ET437 or ET447. Prerequisite: CT336. EV249 WATER POLLUTION CONTROL (2.3) 3 An analytical study of the tests, operations, and solutions involved in contemporary water pollution problems. (Also listed as BL249) Prerequisite: NS103 or permission of instructor. EV290 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE (1-4,0) 1-4 Special studies and/or research in environmental science for individuals or small seminar groups. Course content to be arranged by student(s) and a supervising professor with approval of school dean. Prerequisites: Students must have an overall GPA of at least 2.5, and no I grades on their transcript. Independent study courses may be repeated for a maximum of eight credits. Additional information is available at die School of Science and Natural Resources. EV311 ENVIRONMENTAL LAW (2.0) 2 Study of fundamental concepts of environmental law, basic legal research techniques, state and federal environmental statues, and cases pertaining to environmental law. Prerequisite: Junior standing or permission of instructor. EV313 SOLID AND HAZARDOUS WASTE (3,0) 3 Identification and classification of solid and hazardous wastes, including discussion of storage and processing, collection and transportation, resource recovery and recycling, ultimate disposal. Topics on radiation, decay, health effects and sources of hazardous materials will also be covered. Prerequisite: MAI 12 or equivalent. COURSES • 276 �EV395 JUNIOR SEMINAR 1 Literature searching, scientific writing, and oral presentation of scientific data. Students will be expected to listen to presentations of peers enrolled in EV499 and develop a topic for their senior thesis. (Also listed as BL395) Prerequisite: Junior standing. EV425 ENVIRONMENTAL SYSTEMS ANALYSIS (2.3) 3 The basic approach and statistical concerns associated with conducting an environmental analysis, as required for an environmental impact analysis will be integrated with interpretation of data from actual situations. Students will leam how analysis of soil, water, air, plant communities, animal communities, and organic tissue analysis can be combined to evaluate the environmental health of a specific site. Prerequisite: CH341, CH342. EV450 LABORATORY APPRENTICE (0,3) per credit 1-2 Students will assist in laboratories, learning instructional techniques, under direction of faculty. Course may be repeated for a maximum of two credits. Students must gain approval of the faculty member in charge of the specific laboratory, and the Dean. Credits may be used as EV electives. This is a Credit/No Credit course. EV490 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE (1-4.0) 1-4 Special studies and/or research in environmental science for individuals or small seminar groups. Course content to be arranged by student(s) and a supervising professor with approval of school dean. Prerequisites: Students must have junior or senior standing, have an overall GPA of at least 2.5, and no I grades on their transcript. Independent study courses may be repeated for a maximum of eight credits. Additional information is available at the School of Science and Natural Resources office. EV499 SENIOR THESIS (1.3) 2 Required of seniors majoring in environmental science. Students present seminars and provide an audience for fellow seniors. Each paper presented will be critically analyzed by tire audience. (Also listed as BL499) Prerequisite: EV395. FINANCE FN242 PERSONAL FINANCE (3.0) FN245 PRINCIPLES OF FINANCE (3.0) 3 An introduction to the principles of business finance. Topics include math of finance, working capital management, financial planning and forecasting, debt and leasing, common and preferred stock, leverage and capital structure, capital budgeting, cost of capital. Students with credit in FN341 may not enroll in this course. Prerequisite: AC132 or OA119 and mathematics competency. FN248 REAL ESTATE (3.0) 3 A study of the basic principles of real estate practice. Coverage includes broker-agent relationships, real estate marketing, real estate law, financing, appraising, taxation, and math. Prerequisite: Mathematics competency. FN341 MANAGERIAL FINANCE (4,0) 4 The nature and scope of financial management including math of finance, financing instruments, leverage and capital structure, financial planning and forecasting, risk and return analysis, capital budgeting. Prerequisites: AC 133 and BA211. FN443 INSURANCE (4,0) 4 A study of the financial, legal and social aspects of the insurance industry with emphasis on risk and actuarial analysis, insurance institutions and operations, insurance contracts and policies including life, annuity, health, property, liability, group, business and governmental coverages. Financial planning worksheets are utilized to determine personal insurance needs and appropriate policy selection. Prerequisites: BA254 and mathematics competency. FN446 FINANCIAL ANALYSIS AND POLICY 4 (4.0) An analytical study of long and short term financial policy and strategy through case problems, Selected readings in financial theory supplement the case studies Prerequisite: FN341. FN448 INVESTMENT STRATEGY Special topics courses will be available as need and interest develop. Consult the semester Course Schedule for these. 3 An introduction to the principles of personal financial planning. Topics include the financial planning process, credit and borrowing fundamentals, analysis of savings, investments and taxes, individual insurance, retirement and estate planning. Prerequisite: Mathematics competency. (4.0) .. 4 A study of investment media and securities markets, risk and return analysis, valuation theory, portfolio construction and investment mechanics. Prerequisite: FN341. COURSES • 277 �FIRE SCIENCE FS301 CODE ENFORCEMENT INSPECTION AND FIRE PREVENTION (3,0) Special topics courses will be available as need and interest develop. Consult the semester Course Schedule for these. FS101 INTRODUCTION TO FIRE SCIENCE (3.0) 3 Survey of the history and philosophy of fire protection. Examines present fire protection problems and future challenges, public fire protection agencies, firefighting equipment, and extinguishing agents. Special emphasis is placed on emergency responder’s safety and hazard material recognition. FS111 HAZARDOUS MATERIALS (3,°) 3 Principles of combustion; examination of theoretical and practical aspects of combustion. Investigation of physical and chemical properties of substances which may harm responders, the general public and the environment. (3.0) 3 The application of mathematics and physics laws to properties of water, force, pressure and flow velocities. Emphasis: applying principles of hydraulics to fire protection problems, use of water supply sources and needs; examines fire department apparatus testing, inspection and maintenance; deals with apparatus specifications and requirements. Prerequisite; Successful completion of math competency graduation requirement. FS205 FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS EQUIPMENT (3.0) 3 Use and water supply needs of sprinkler and stand pipe systems and devices, fixed extinguishing and detection systems and devices, fire department testing, inspection, and maintenance. Alarm centers, warning devices, and safety considerations are covered along with fire flow calculations, and risk assessment. Prerequisite: Successful completion of math competency graduation requirement. FS211 TACTICS AND STRATEGY (3.0) FS321 INDUSTRIAL FIRE PROTECTION (3.0) 3 Utilization of manpower, equipment, and apparatus on the fireground. Emphasis: prefire planning, fire ground decision making. Implementing tactics; and disaster planning. Students will use fire simulation programs and interactive technology to apply and implement the principles covered in didactic instruction. 3 Examination of fire and life-style hazards in Emphasis on business and industry, managing the codes process, fire prevention, and training private fire brigades. Prerequisite: FS101 or permission of instructor. FS401 SENIOR SEMINAR (3,°) FS204 FIRE PROTECTION HYDRAULICS AND PUMPS 3 An introduction to fire inspection procedures and inspection techniques as related to building construction, fire load, fire protection systems, plans and the storage of hazardous materials. A study of safety code enactment, formulation and its relation to fire prevention and public education efforts and responsibilities of the fire service. Prerequisite: FS101 or permission of instructor. 3 Seminar and independent study course with individual student guidance by faculty on selected research topics in fire science. Prerequisite: Senior standing or permission of instructor. FS403 FIRE SCIENCE INTERNSHIP 3-9 Fire science internship with an agency. Credit is based on 34 hours of field work per credit hour. Students must make application by the ninth week of the previous semester. Prerequisite: Senior standing or permission of instructor. FS420 FIRE SCIENCE MANAGEMENT AND INCIDENT ANALYSIS 3 (3,0) An application of the principles of fire attack and strategy through the use of exercises and computer generated simulations, Hazmat incident analysis and other major disaster case studies are used in this class. Prerequisite: FS111, FS205, and FS211. FS490 SCIENCE (1-4) INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR FIRE 4 This may take the form of either a research project or a program of directed reading on a specific subject. One to four credits over a period of one or two semesters may be granted according to the nature of the student’s project. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. May be repeated up to six credits. COURSES • 278 �FR354 BUSINESS FRENCH II (3,0) FRENCH Special topics courses will be available as need and interest develop, Consult the semester Course Schedule for these. FR151 FIRST YEAR FRENCH I (4.1) 4 Introduction to basic French grammar and vocabulary, designed to acquaint the student with the minimum essentials of oral and written French. Students will leam to read magazines, newspapers and elementary texts as well as to express themselves orally. FR152 FIRST YEAR FRENCH II (4.1) 4 Further study of French grammar and vocabulary. Emphasis on student’s ability to communicate both orally and in writing. The reading of various materials with the aim of translating English, enlarging the vocabulary, and improving understanding of the language. Prerequisite: FR151 or equivalent. FR251 SECOND YEAR FRENCH I (4.1) 4 Review of basic grammar; introduction to advanced idiom; use of oral French in classroom; writing of compositions in French; reading of French texts. Prerequisite: FR152 or equivalent. FR252 SECOND YEAR FRENCH II (4.1) FR355 SURVEY OF FRENCH LITERATURE I (3,01 3 A chronological study of the major works of French literature from its origins to the 18th century. Emphasis on the development and continuity of ideas and their evaluation within the political, social, and religious framework of the time, their influence on the formation of the language and literature. May be taken concurrently with FR35I. Prerequisite: FR252 or equivalent. FR356 SURVEY OF FRENCH LITERATURE II (3.0) 3 Study and discussion of the major works of French literature of the 18th, 19th, and 20th century. May be taken concurrently with FR352. Prerequisite: FR355 or equivalent. 4 Emphasis on use of oral French; reading, translation, and explication of text; conducted as much as possible in French. Prerequisite: FR251 or equivalent. FR351 ADVANCED CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION I 3 (3.0) Extensive reading of French contemporary prose and writing of compositions on related current issues. Directed discussion of all oral and written assignments. Systematic review of grammar. Prerequisite: FR252 or equivalent. FR352 ADVANCED CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION II 3 (3,0) Continuation of FR351 with special emphasis on the development of a more mature oral and written expression. Prerequisite: FR351 or equivalent. FR353 BUSINESS FRENCH I (3.0) 3 The course is Continuation of FR353. organized around twelve different professional situations within the industrial sector. Further systematic practice through visits to French speaking companies and individual reports. Aims to bring students to a level of proficiency in French business communication that would enable them to function in an internship situation. May be taken concurrently with FR352. Prerequisite: FR353 or equivalent. 3 An initiation into the language skills for use in business situations in a French speaking environment. The course is organized around twelve different professional situations in the service industry. A conversational approach is used with systematic oral and written practice from authentic documents. May be taken concurrently widi FR351. Prerequisite: FR252 or equivalent. GEOLOGY Special topics courses will be available as need and iterest develop. Consult the semester Course Schedule for these. GE111 PHYSICAL GEOLOGY I (4.1) 4 GE112 PHYSICAL GEOLOGY II (4.1) 4 The study of the materials, processes and features of the rocks and surficial materials that form the earth’s crust. Laboratory exercises involve minerals, rocks, and topographic maps. Surficial processes and landforms continued from GE11I. Geologic time, earthquakes, earth’s interior, ocean basins, mountains* plate tectonics and other aspects of our dynamic earth are also studied, supplemented by appropriate laboratory exercises and two field trips. Prerequisite: GE11I or NS102 or permission of instructor. COURSES • 279 �GE290 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN GEOLOGY (1-4,0) 1-4 GE114 HELD EXCURSIONS IN EARTH SCIENCE (0,9) 3 A three-week field-based educational experience in which aspects of geology including environmental geology and the interrelationships among geology and other natural sciences will be addressed. Each week will include forty-five hours of instruction. Travel destinations will vary to include regions with unique natural history. Trip expenses are the responsibility of the student. Prerequisite: Successful completion of one NS course or equivalent or permission of instructor. GE215 HISTORICAL GEOLOGY (3,1) 3 Summary review of the geologic record concerning origin and evolution of earth through geologic time. Emphasis upon stratigraphic principles, depositional environments, the tectonic framework of North America and significant events in the history of plants and animals. Laboratory exercises involve stratigraphic maps and introductory paleontology. Prerequisite: GE112 or permission of instructor. 5E216 STRUCTURAL GEOLOGY AND GEOLOGIC GRAPHICS 3,3) alternate years 4 Study of stress, strain and deformation of rocks and the structural features commonly occurring in them. Laboratory exercises deal with structures in three-dimensional space and emphasize graphic methods of solving problems and of communicating geologic data. Prerequisite: GE215 GE221 CRYSTALLOGRAPHY AND MINERALOGY (3,4) 4 A laboratory course initially emphasizing the crystalline structure of minerals followed by mineral identification techniques. Major topics include symmetry, crystals, physical properties, composition and related topics. Prerequisite: GE112 or NS102 or permission of instructor. Pre or Corequisite CHI 15. GE222 MINERALOGY AND PETROGRAPHY (3,4) 4 A continuation of GE221 emphasizing mineral identification leading to hand lens identification of igneous, sedimentary, metamorphic and other rocks. Related topics include chemical tests and a student research project. Prerequisite: GE221 or permission of instructor. Special studies and/or research in geology for individuals or small seminar groups. Course content to be arranged with instructor and with approval of the school dean. This course may be repeated for a maximum of eight credits. Prerequisites: Sophomore standing or higher and permission of the instructor. GE311 PRINCIPLES OF HYDROLOGY (3,0) alternate years 3 Origin, movement, and uses of water with emphasis on water resources in relation to human needs and environmental considerations. Hydrologic principles, runoff analysis, flood routing, urban hydrology, floodplain hydraulics, groundwater hydrology. Prerequisite: PH221 or PH231, or permission of instructor. Prior computer programming experience recommended. (Formerly PH311) GE312 GROUNDWATER HYDROLOGY (3.0) alternate years 3 Uses, preservation and protection of ground water. Physics and chemistry of ground water. Influences of geological structures and ground water exploration. Hydraulics and modeling techniques for ground water and water wells. Water well design, construction, and testing. Prerequisites: PH221, 222 or PH231, 232; GE311; and a course in computer programming. (Formerly PH312) GE321 OPTICAL MINERALOGY (2,3) alternate years 3 Optical properties of minerals and their underlying principles studied by oil immersion and thin section methods. Laboratory work consists of measuring optical properties and learning to identify unknown non-opaque minerals. Prerequisite: GE221. GE331 INTRODUCTION TO GEOPHYSICS (4.0) 4 This course will include an introduction to gravity, magnetic, electric, seismic and radiometric geophysical techniques and their application to geophysical, geological and environmental problems. Emphasis will be placed on understanding the principles, techniques and applications of each to solving specific geologic/environmental problems and to understanding the structure and history of the earth. Prerequisite: GE112, MAI 12 or MAI41 or MA151, and PH222 or PH232 (mathematics may be taken concurrently) or permission of instructor. COURSES • 280 �GE351 INVERTEBRATE PALEONTOLOGY I (3.1) alternate years 3 Common invertebrate fossils, their evolutionary trends, anatomical features and geological significance. Special emphasis upon use of fossils for geologic dating and correlation, fossil description and classification, Prerequisite: GE215 or permission of instructor. GE461 STRATIGRAPHY AND SEDIMENTATION GE352 INVERTEBRATE PALEONTOLOGY II (3.1) alternate years 3 Common invertebrate fossils and microfossils, their evolutionary trends, anatomical features and geological significance. Special emphasis upon use of fossils for geologic dating and correlation and use of paleontologic data. Prerequisite: GE351. GE410 ENGINEERING GEOLOGY (3.2) 4 This course examines rock types and stratigraphy, geological structures, surface Processes, earth materials, and methods of geological investigation in the context of behavior of soils and rocks as related to planning and construction, The course includes coverage of in-situ investigations including shallow geophysical methods and emphasizes environmental applications and concerns. Prerequisites: MA141 or MA151, CS100 or CS111, PH221 or PH231 or permission of instructor. GE422 IGNEOUS AND METAMORPHIC PETROGRAPHY (2.3) alternate years 3 Description and classification of igneous and metamorphic rocks including laboratory study of rocks in thin section. Prerequisite: GE321. GE423 SEDIMENTARY PETROGRAPHY (2,2) alternate years 3 The study of the history of sedimentary rocks with emphasis placed upon depositional models. Major topics include lithology. facies and microfacies recognition and relationships, and diagenesis. Prerequisites: GE215 and GE321. GE434 GEOTECTONICS (2.2) alternate years GE436 FIELD GEOLOGY 6 (0,16) alternate summers Six weeks of training and field experience in the observation, mapping, recording and interpretation of the great variety of geologic features in the Sault Ste. Marie region. Some extended field trips will be required. A supply and travel fee will be charged. Prerequisites: GE216 and GE222 and senior status or instructor approval. 3 A study of the general structure of the earth with emphasis on the dynamics of continental and oceanic crust. Includes a history of geologic thought leading to plate tectonics, with appropriate laboratory and student research projects. Prerequisites: GE222 and GE216. 4 (4.1) alternate years The study and interpretation of sedimentary processes and stratigraphic principles, emphasis on sedimentary relationships and depositional environments. Prerequisite: GE215. GE471 ECONOMIC GEOLOGY I 3 (2.2) alternate years A study of mineral resource forming processes, major rock-metal associations, and a survey of classic ore deposits. Related topics include exploration, mining metallurgy, marketing and environmental aspects. Laboratory exercises appropriate to the topic and student research project. Prerequisites: GE112 and GE222 or equivalent. GE472 ECONOMIC GEOLOGY II 3 (2,2) alternate years A continuation of the resource forming processes and deposits begun in GE471. Coverage of minor metals, industrial minerals, energy resources, and the economic, environmental and political aspects of die demand for limited resources are included as time permits. Student research project and field trip. Prerequisite: GE471. GE490 RESEARCH TOPICS IN GEOLOGY (1-4.0) 1-4 Special studies and/or research in geology for individuals or small seminar groups. Course content to be arranged with instructor and with approval of the school dean. This course may be repeated for a maximum of eight credits. Prerequisites: Junior standing or higher and permission of the instructor. GEOGRAPHY Special topics courses will be available as need and interest develop. Consult the semester Course Schedule for these. GG106 PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY: LANDFORMS 3 (3,1) alternate years Introduction to the description and distribution of landforms with emphasis on lithospheric, hydrospheric, and atmospheric relationships’ Natural (physical) science credit given Prerequisite: Completion of mathematics competency graduation requirement. Credit for both GG106 and NS107 not permitted. COURSES • 281 �GG108 PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY: METEOROLOGY AND CLIMATOLOGY (3,1) alternate years 3 Introduction to earth-sun relationships, maps, and elementary principles of atmospheric science. Natural (physical) science credit given. Prerequisite: Completion of mathematics competency graduation requirement. Credit for both GG108 and NS105 not permitted. GG201 WORLD REGIONAL GEOGRAPHY (4,0) alternate years 4 4 A study of the internal and external interrelationships of the various economic groupings of the world, i.e. North America, Europe, and the emerging 3rd world. GG306 CULTURAL GEOGRAPHY (3,0) (4,0) alternate years 4 The study of the physical, cultural, and economic development of various regions of Canada and the United States with special emphasis on the development of regional characteristics and cultural traditions. Prerequisite: Junior standing or instructor permission. GG360 HISTORICAL GEOGRAPHY OF EASTERN NORTH AMERICA (4,0) alternate years 4 A study of the impact of the physical features upon the historical development of Eastern Canada and the Eastern regions of the United States. Special attention will be given to die Western Migration patterns. Prerequisite: Junior standing or instructor permission. 3 A study of the relationship of environment, culture, and adaptive patterns, i.e., socio­ economic development. A special emphasis will be placed upon the current problems associated with food supplies, shortages, and 3rd world development. GG321 GEOGRAPHY OF EUROPE AND GREAT BRITAIN (4,0) alternate years 4 The study of the geography of Japan, China, Korea, Southeast Asia, and India with special emphasis on the impact of the major religions, regional rivalries, and 20th century development. Prerequisite: Junior standing or instructor permission. GG325 REGIONAL GEOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICA A study of the physical environment, resources, past and present economic development, population distribution, and historical development of Europe, Asia, The Islamic Middle East and North Africa, SubSaharan Africa, Latin America, and North America. GG302 ECONOMIC GEOGRAPHY (4,0) alternate years, F92 GG323 GEOGRAPHY OF EAST AND SOUTHEAST ASIA (4,0) alternate years 4 A study of the physical, cultural, and economic interdependence of the Western European Community. Special emphasis will be placed upon the role of the EEC in world economic development. Prerequisite: Junior standing or instructor permission. GG322 GEOGRAPHY OF SOUTH AMERICA, CENTRAL AMERICA, AND THE CARIBBEAN REGION 4 (4,0) alternate years The study of the geographical features, cultural history of the major regions in South America, Central America, and the Caribbean with special concern for their 20th century development. Prerequisite: Junior standing or instructor permission. GG490 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN GEOGRAPHY 1-4 (1^) Special topics such as regional, historical, economic, urban, cultural or physical geography. Prerequisites: junior standing and permission of instructor. May be repeated up to a total of twelve credits. GG492 INDIVIDUALIZED STUDIES IN GEOGRAPHY (2-4,0) 2-4 This is designed to provide an opportunity for specialized study of issues, problems, and selected topics in geography. Prerequisite: Junior standing or instructor permission. GERMAN Special topics courses will be available as need and interest develop. Consult the semester Course Schedule for these. GN141 FIRST YEAR GERMAN I (4,1) 4 Introduction to basic German grammar and vocabulary, acquainting the students with minimum essentials of oral and written German. Reading of German texts. COURSES • 282 �GN142 FIRST YEAR GERMAN II (4.1) 4 Further study of German grammar and vocabulary. Emphasis on oral expression. Reading of various materials in German with aim of enlarging the student’s vocabulary and improving understanding of the language. Prerequisite: GN141 or equivalent. HE191 PREHOSPITAL EMERGENCY CARE AND CRISIS INTERVENTION II (1.3) 2 Simulated practice with some in-hospital observation. Emphasis on laboratory practice of skills needed for functions of an EMT-A. Prerequisite: HE190. HE208 NUTRITION (2.0) GN241 SECOND YEAR GERMAN I (4.1) 4 Review of basic German grammar; study of vocabulary, idiom, and word formation to improve reading and conversational abilities. Prerequisite: GN142 or equivalent. GN242 SECOND YEAR GERMAN II (4.1) 2 Basic principles of normal nutrition with emphasis on basic nutrients and food groups. Nutrition throughout life cycle including stressors impacting on nutritional requirements. Social, biological and physical sciences integrated throughout course. Preqrequisite: BL105 or BL121. 4 Reading and discussion of more advanced German literary materials; conducted as much as possible in German. Emphasis on spoken language. Prerequisite: GN241 or equivalent. HEALTH Special topics courses will be available as need and interest develop, Consult the semester Course Schedule for these. HE104 NUTRITION FOR EARLY CHILDHOOD (3,0) 3 Introduction to the function and metabolism of nutrients with special emphasis on the relationship between nutrition and childhood growth and development between 0-8. Lectures, discussion and community based assignments will relate the body systems to the child’s nutritional status, review recent developments in nutrition as they relate to childhood development, and provide basic nutrition education principles for adaptation in community settings. HE209 PHARMACOLOGY (3.0) 3 Study of basic concepts of pharmacology and their relationships to health care. Drug metabolic processes are described providing foundation for clinical judgments about drug actions, reactions, and interactions. Prerequisites: BL122 orBL105, HE232. HE232 PATHOPHYSIOLOGY (3.0) 3 Study of physiological alterations in the body which disrupt homeostasis. Integrates anatomy, physiology and biochemistry into framework for studying disease. Core content provides understanding of mechanism and principles of disruptions of health. Emphasis on clinical correlations and physiological basis for common disorders. Prerequisite: BL122, or permission of instructor. HE235 COMPUTER APPLICATION IN HEALTH SCIENCES 2 (1.2) Basic course in First aid. Theoretical and practical experience in university laboratory. Introduces students to computer usage and its application to education, research and practice in health care professions. Topics include computer fundamentals, computer language, information systems, data-base systems, expert systems, health care applications, ethical considerations and relationships of computers to health care trends. Prerequisite: NU213 or permission of instructor. HE190 PREHOSPITAL EMERGENCY CARE AND CRISIS INTERVENTION I (2.3) MULTICULTURAL APPROACH TO HE328 HEALTH CARE 2 (2,0) HE181 FIRST AID (0.5,1.5) 1 3 Techniques of emergency medical care needed by the emergency medical technicianambulance attendant. Theoretical and practical experience in administering preliminary emergency care and transportation of sick and injured victims to medical care centers. This course explores values, beliefs, and practices related to health behaviors in a variety of culturally diverse groups. Methods for fostering culturally sensitive care are explored. Content includes communication, biological and nutritional considerations, and assessment techniques. COURSES • 283 �HE329 WOMEN’S HEALTH ISSUES (2,0) . ... 2 This course explores the diverse health needs of women across the life span. Students are encouraged to take an active participation in identifying topics of interest. Social, cultural, political, economic, legal and ethical issues are analyzed for their influences on women’s health and the health care women receive. HE330 APPLIED NUTRITION (2,0) 2 Application of nutrition principles in health care; obesity, anorexia nervosa, and bulimia; emphasis on gathering information and relevant objective measurements (anthropometric, biochemical) for use in developing nutritional care plans. Prerequisite: HE208 or permission of instructor. HE352 HEALTH POPULATIONS ISSUES OF AGING (3,9) HM292 ALCOHOL ABUSE PREVENTION & TREATMENT (3.0) 3 This course examines current prevention, detection, and treatment approaches for alcohol abuse and alcoholism. Prerequisite: HM204. HM480 GRANTWRITING (3,0) 3 This course gives advanced students experience in the research, writing, and planning skills involved in preparing grant proposals for human service problems. Prerequisite: Instructor permission. HISTORY Special topics courses will be available as need and interest develop. Consult the semester Course Schedule for these. 3 This course is designed to assist students from a variety of disciplines to gain a greater understanding of health related issues that are associated with advancing age. In addition to exploring physiological and psychological changes experienced by our elderly clients, students will learn how they can adapt their work strategies to work more effectively for the elderly clients that they serve. Prerequisite: PY155 or permission of instructor. HS102 HISTORY OF WORLD CIVILIZATION II 4 (4,0) A study of world civilization from the baroque to the present. HS131 UNITED STATES HISTORY I (4,0) 4 A study of United States history from the colonial settlement to the end of the American Civil War in 1865. HUMAN SERVICES HS132 UNITED STATES HISTORY II (4,0) Special topics courses will be available as need and interest develop. Consult the semester Course Schedule for these. HM204 FUNDAMENTALS OF DRUG ABUSE (3.0) 3-9 This course provides a field placement opportunity for students to practice skills and use knowledge gained in skill minor coursework. Prerequisite: Instructor permission. 4 A study of United States history from the end of the Civil War to the present. HS201 CLASSICAL WORLD AND MEDIEVAL EUROPE (4,0) every third year 3 Examines the pharmacology of commonly abused psychoactive and high-use drugs. Emphasizes the physiological effects of drug use and abuse. Topics include stimulants, depressants, opiates, hallucinogens, inhalants, cannabis, over-the-counter drugs, alcohol, and drug testing. Prerequisites or corequisites: BL105 or equivalent. HM250 HUMAN SERVICES PRACT1CUM (1,9-27) HS101 HISTORY OF WORLD CIVILIZATION I 4 (4,0) A study of world civilization from earliest time through the baroque. 4 A survey of Mediterranean civilization from the Bronze Age to the eve of the Renaissance. HS202 RENAISSANCE, REFORMATION AND BAROQUE EUROPE 4 (4,0) every third year A study of the political, institutional, religious, social, economic, and cultural developments from 1400 to 1700. HS230 SURVEY OF AMERICAN INDIAN HISTORY (4,0) 4 A study of American Indian History from earliest times to the present, with emphasis placed on the historical development of Indian tribes located in the Great Lakes Region. COURSES • 284 �HS231 AMERICAN MILITARY HISTORY (4,0) HS331 AMERICAN INTELLECTUAL AND CULTURAL HISTORY I (4,0) alternate years 4 A general survey of American military history with a specific emphasis on the Midwest and Great Lakes regions to utilize the unique geographic location of LSSU. Field trips to the Straits of Mackinac and St. Joseph’s Island are a part of the course. 4 A study of American cultural and intellectual institutions as they developed from their Elizabethan and European origins to the mid­ nineteenth century. The emphasis will be placed upon the emergence of the unique and variant adaptations that arose in the first 250 years of English settlement in America. HS235 HISTORY OF APPLIED SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY (4,0) every third year 4 An introductory study of the origins and development of the applied sciences and technology from 1790 to the present. This survey will focus on the scientists, engineers, and inventors responsible for the rapid rise of modem technology, industry, and business with particular emphasis on the developments in chemistry, metalurgy, electromagnetism, thermodynamics, and cybernetics, The impact of these developments on the marketplace and society in general will be a major concern. A study of American culture from the mid­ nineteenth century until the present. Often considered our finest century, the nineteenth century witnesses many of America’s most unique, fascinating, and important contributions. The physical and philosophical aspects of these years will be surveyed. Particular attention will be given to areas where America comes to exercise important influences overseas. HS301 HISTORY OF ENGLAND-1000 TO 1714 (4.0) every third year 4 HS335 AMERICAN POLITICAL PARTIES (4,0) every third year These seven hundred years witness the formation and maturing of most of the important political and social institutions that have come to be die Anglo-Saxon civilization and tradition. This period is critical to understanding present-day American culture and civilization. HS302 ENGLAND IN THE MODERN WORLD 14,0) every third year 4 A history of England from 1715 to the present, emphasizing the struggle for parliamentary government, the Anglo-French conflict for commercial and colonial empire, the Industrial Revolution, the evolution of democracy, and the recession of the British Empire. HS310 RUSSIA: FROM UNDERDEVELOPED STATE TO SUPERPOWER (4,0) every third year 4 A study of Russian history from Peter the Great to the present. HS315 EUROPE FROM NAPOLEON TO WORLD WAR I (4,0) every third year 4 A study in the political and economic history of Europe in the period 1789-1914. HS316 EUROPE IN THE 20TH CENTURY (4,0) every third year 4 A study of Europe in the age of Nazism, Communism, World War I and II, and the Common Market. HS332 AMERICAN INTELLECTUAL AND CULTURAL HISTORY II (4,0) alternate years 4 4 A study of the rise and development of the American party system and the large number of major and minor parties that have participated in this system in the years prior to 1945. These parties will be treated in an historical fashion rather than structurally. May be taken for political science credit. HS346 CANADIAN HISTORY 4 (4,0) every third year A survey of Canadian History including the moving frontier, relations with the United States, British-French rivalry, the establishment of democratic government, and the changing relationship to Great Britain. HS361 LATIN AMERICA 4 (4,0) every third year A study and analysis of Latin American History from the end of the Colonial Period to the present. This course will examine the basic political, social, and religious institutions of Latin America and their evolution and role in die change of problems of U.S.-Latin American relations will be an important focus of diis study. Prerequisite: GG322 Geography of South America, or permission of instructor. HS371 FAR EAST CIVILIZATION 1850 - PRESENT (4,0) every third year 4 A study of the history of China, Japan, India, and adjoining areas of Asia from 1850 to present. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. COURSES • 285 �HS420 FIELD METHODS OF ARCHAEOLOGY (4,4) 8 Field course in archaeological survey and excavation methods and techniques, at various sites in area including 1822 Fort Brady. Course held on-site M-R for eight weeks. Only four credit hours may count toward 300and 400-level courses for History majors. No prerequisites. HS440 THE DECLARATION OF INDEPENDENCE AND THE CONSTITUTION (4,0) every third year 4 The events between 1763 and 1791 which produce these documents are the United States in the historical sense. Using original documents and contemporary comments, this critical era will be studied in depth to determine whence we came. Prerequisite: U.S. history sequence desired or permission of instructor. HS441 DIPLOMATIC HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES I (4,0) alternate years 4 American diplomacy from 1775 through the nineteenth century to U.S. entry into World War I in 1917. May be used as political science credit. HS442 DIPLOMATIC HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES II (4,0) alternate years 4 HS497 SENIOR SEMINAR IN HISTORY (0-6) 2 Students will complete an historical research project under die supervision of a faculty member; at end of term participants make oral presentation at seminar for other students and invited guests, and submit the final paper. Prerequisite: HS496. HUMANITIES Special topics courses will be available as need and interest develop. Consult the semester Course Schedule for these. HU251 HUMANITIES I (4,0) 4 The humanities in the life of mankind from prehistory to the Medieval epoch. Emphasizes significant values evolved in the Hebrew, Greek, Roman, and early Christian cultures. Includes consideration of the origins of die arts, language, religion, mythology, philosophy, and ancient Chinese and Indian systems of religious thought. Prerequisite: EN110 HU252 HUMANITIES II (4.0) 4 Continuation of HU251, die humanities in the age of science, from die early Renaissance to the present. Prerequisite: EN110 American diplomacy from the entry of the U.S. into World War I in 1917 up through the present day. May be used as political science credit. HU255 WORLD MYTHOLOGY (3.0) HS490 INDIVIDUAL HISTORICAL RESEARCH (0,1-4) 1-4 HU256 INTRODUCTION TO FILM: IMAGES OF OUR CULTURE 3 (2,2) Independent study under supervision of History faculty. May be repeated up to a total of six (6) credits. Does not apply toward 300- or 400-level requirements in History. Prerequisite: Permission of the supervising faculty. HS496 HISTORICAL METHODS (2,0) 2 Survey emphasizing research aids and techniques and historical analysis. Readings, discussions, and written exercises introduce students to problems, mediods, and techniques of historical research. Discussion of and practice in main techniques of historical method, including bibliography and documentation. Prerequisites: Senior standing and pursuit of a major or a minor in history, or permission of instructor. 3 A survey of world mythology from "Gilgamesh" to "Finnegan’s Wake". Prerequisite: EN110. An exploration of film as an image of our culture in both its technical sense and in its role as a contemporary art form which conveys and delimits our aesthetic and social values. Focus on die visual elements of film, historical development of die medium, and its narrative modes through screening of significant films. Applies toward humanities general education requirement. Prerequisite: EN110. HU261 WORLD LITERATURE I (4,0) 4 The Ancient World to the Renaissance. Readings in translation of significant texts. Primarily Western. Selection can include the Bible and works by such authors as Homer, Virgil, Thucydides, Tacitus, Boccaccio, Montaigne, Rabelais, and odiers. Applies toward Humanities General Education requirement. Prerequisite: EN110. COURSES • 286 �HU262 WORLD LITERATURE II (4.0) 4 The Renaissance to modem times. Readings in translation of significant, primarily western, texts. Selections can include works by Galileo, Voltaire, Racine, Goethe, Ibsen, Dostoevksy, Brecht, Kafka, Sartre, and others. Applies toward Humanities General Education requirement. Prerequisite: EN110. HU490 DIRECTED STUDIES IN HUMANITIES (1.0) 1 To provide students who need one credit of general humanities with an opportunity to read or explore material related to the content of that term. Papers and tutorial session required. Prerequisites: Seven hours of humanities credit; evidence that students are capable of carrying out independent study; approval of department chair. INTER­ DISCIPLINARY Special topics courses will be available as need and interest develop. Consult the semester Course Schedule for these. ID300 MAN AND HIS ENVIRONMENT (3,0) 3 Designed to assist the participant in understanding how the individual can become involved with solving environmental problems. Prerequisite: Junior status or permission of course coordinator. ID399 INTERNSHIP IN (DEPARTMENT) (2-4,0) 2-4 This course is designed to provide students with an opportunity to earn credit while obtaining meaningful discipline-related work experience outside the classroom setting. Students are expected to spend a minimum of 45 hours in an approved work setting for each credit hour earned. The course may be repeated once for a maximum of 4 credits. Prerequisite: 2.5 GPA in major, junior standing and permission of department head at least one semester in advance of registering for the course. JOURNALISM Special topics courses will be available as need and interest develop. Consult the semester Course Schedule for these. JR210 WRITING FOR THE MASS MEDIA (3,0) 3 Acquaints journalism students with the basic similarities and differences in newswriting among the mass media, particularly newspapers, radio, and television. Students will practice writing in the various formats. Prerequisites: EN110; ability to type 40 words per minute. JR211 PRINT NEWSWRIT1NG (3,0) 3 Improves students’ print newswriting skills. Writing of basic print news stories, such as speech, news conference and meetings, obituaries, accidents, fires, natural disasters, schools, taxation, police and the courts. Prerequisite: JR210, or permission of instructor. JR310 ELECTRONIC EDITING AND PRODUCTION 3 (2,3) Students gain an understanding of basic copyediting responsibilities--use of symbols, headline writing, and newspaper design and layout-and the ability to discharge those responsibilities under deadline pressure. Prerequisite: JR211. JR311 SUPERVISING SCHOOL PUBLICATIONS 3 (3.0) Teaches the elements of supervising high school publications including the high school newspaper or yearbook; methods of production; problems of production; the elements of libel; good taste. Prerequisite: JR211, or permission of instructor. JR410 BROADCAST NEWSWRIT1NG (2,3) 3 Designed to improve students’ broadcast newswriting skills from the fundamental level of those developed in JR210. Upon completion of this course, the student will be familiar with the process by which broadcast news is reported, written, and performed on the air. Prerequisite: JR210, or permission of instructor. JR411 BROADCAST EDITING AND PRODUCTION (2.3) . _ J 3 Designed to build upon the broadcast reporting, writing and performing skills developed in JR410. Students will become familiar with production of newscasts, public affairs documentaries, the role of the producer in modem radio, the function and operation of the console, tape recording and playback units, microphones and sound, splicing and dubbing, achieving effects, and news-oriented talk shows. Prerequisite: JR410, or permission of instructor. COURSES • 287 �JR413 DIRECTED INDIVIDUAL STUDIES (2.0) 2 Sau„ rStroMmarirSS^|! Shine Experience in newsroom and on assignment; writing, rewriting; use of word processor. Prerequisites: Junior status; JR210 and JR211. File application with dean of Arts, Letters and Social Sciences School by fifth week of previous semester. JAPANESE JR301 JAPANESE ART AND CULTURE I (4,0) JR302 JAPANESE ART AND CULTURE II (1300 TO PRESENT) (4,0) gTMDIFS The Japan Center for Michigan Universities provide staff and resources for the courses in this minor. These courses are offered ONLY AT THE Japan Center in Hikone, Japan. JS105 INTENSIVE INTRODUCTORY JAPANESE LANGUAGE I (5.5) 5 ,5.5) 5 This course is designed as a continuation of JS105. It will stress uses of written Japanese and a research project in which communication with Japanese in the community will be vital. The "New Jordan Method" will be the basis of the instruction. JS201 CULTURE AND SOCIETY OF JAPAN I (3.?) . 3 This is a very broad overview course which examines the social and political development of Japan from prehistoric times to 1300 A.D. It combines written text materials with field work. An emphasis will be placed on the social organization of Japan and its relationships with traditional relligious values, economic structures, and socialization of children, and political institutions. JS202 CULTURE AND SOCIETY IN JAPAN II (3,0) 3 This is an overview of Japanese history which examines the political and social developments of Japan from 1300 A.D. to the present. Special emphasis will be placed on the Shogunate Tradition, the Meiji Restoration and 20th century political, economic and social developments. 4 This course is designed as a study of the development of Japanese art, architecture, and literature from the Ashikaga Shogunate to the present. Special attention will be given to the influences from Western Civilization and its impact on Japanese culture. This course is designed as an intensive introductory study of Japanese. The class meets five hours per week and the laboratory/recitation/practice sessions meet 5 hours each week. The "New Jordan method" >f Japanese Language Studies for English oeakers is used in both class and lab bssions. 5106 INTENSIVE INTRODUCTORY JAPANESE ANGUAGE II 4 This course is a broad overview of the development of the painting, sculpturing, architecture, and literary traditions of Japan from earliest times to 1300 A.D. Special emphasis will be placed on the historic collections available in Nara and Kyoto. Biweekly field trips to examine and study local sites will be a regular portion of the instruction. LEGAL ASSISTANT STUDIES Special topics courses will be available as need and interest develop. Consult the semester Course Schedule for these. LA102 LEGAL RESEARCH AND CASE ANALYSIS 3 (3.0) Introduction to the law library and its use. Students will develop research techniques and skills in using encyclopedias, treatises, digests, case reporters, looseleaf services, annotated reports, legal periodicals, legislation, legislative history, administrative materials, shepardization, and citation of legal authorities. Students will also develop skills in analyzing, evaluating, and synthesizing court opinions and statutory law. LA125 CIVIL LITIGATION AND PROCEDURE 4 (4.0) Concentration on Federal and Michigan rules of procedure prior to, during, and after trial. Detailed study of drafting pleadings, discovery procedures, and case preparation for trial and appeal. Prerequisite: LA 102 and LA 150. COURSES • 288 �LA140 PERSONAL INJURY LITIGATION AND INVESTIGATIVE TECHNIQUES (3,0) 3 The study of personal litigation shall include principles of negligence, intentional torts, strict liability, products liability, and professional malpractice. Emphasis will be placed on investigative techniques utilized in personal injury cases; students will draft complaints and other documents used in such litigation. The course also covers interview techniques, utilization of experts, and documentary evidence. LAI 50 THE LEGAL ASSISTANT PROFESSION AND ETHICAL CONSIDERATIONS (3.0) 3 Overview of the legal assistant profession including job qualifications and employment opportunities. General legal principles and terminology shall be discussed. The Code of Professional Responsibility and its application to legal assistants shall be studied in detail including such areas as: confidentiality, conflict of interest, legal advertising, competency considerations, and legal malpractice. LA202 LEGAL WRITING AND ANALYSIS (3.0) 3 Introduction to legal writing styles and skills. Through review and preparation of legal documents, students will become acquainted with basic principles, style, organization, and structure of certain legal documents which shall include letter writing, and preparation of memorandum of law and an appellate brief. Research skills and analysis of court opinion will be further refined. Prerequisites; LA 102 and LA 125. LA250 LAW OFFICE MANAGEMENT, SYSTEMS AND TECHNOLOGY (3.0) 3 The management and organization of a law office, including such areas as staffing, timekeeping, equipment, legal systems, file maintenance, public relations, and the utilization of computer technology in law office organization, litigation and case preparation shall be discussed. Prerequisites: LA202 and LA 125 or permission of instructor. LA299 LEGAL ASSISTANT INTERNSHIP AND PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT SEMINAR 4-8 (1.3-7) A supervised work experience as a legal assistant with a law firm, government agency, court, or business enterprise such as a bank, corporation, or insurance company. Personal and professional goals shall be refined, including resume preparation, interviewing skills, job search plan, and overall career planning. Prerequisites: LA202, LA125, and permission of instructor. LA300 SEMINAR IN LEGAL ASSISTANT STUDIES (variable) 1-4 A seminar dealing with selected topics in Legal Assistant Studies. The content of this course may vary each time the course is offered. May be repeated with permission of advisor. Prerequisites: LA202, LA 125, and/or permission of Legal Assistant Advisor. LA305 TRIBAL LAW AND GOVERNMENT (3.0) 3 A study of tribal law which will explore such areas as the structure of tribal government; tribal sovereignty; treaties; civil and criminal court jurisdiction in Indian country; tribal resources; tribal economic development; taxation and regulation; rights of individual Indians; and various federal laws and court cases concerning and affecting tribes and their members. Prerequisite: HS230 or permission of instructor. LA320 REAL ESTATE LAW (3.0) 3 Various aspects of real estate law and procedures will be studied and include conveyances, mortgages, land contracts, titles, environmental concerns, foreclosure proceedings, andlandlord-tenantrelationships. Emphasis will be placed on preparation of legal documents and pleadings regarding real estate law. Prerequisites: LA 102 and LA 125 or permission of instructor. LA321 FAMILY LAW (2.0) 2 LA322 PROBATE LAW AND PROCEDURE (3,0) 3 LA401 EVIDENCE AND TRIAL PRACTICE (3,0) 3 Areas of Family Law including marriage contracts, divorce, separation, child custody, juvenile law, and adoption will be explored. Prerequisites: LA102 and LA125 or permission of instructor. The Probate Code will be discussed in detail along with the major topics of wills, estates trusts, guardianships, conservatorships, and other Probate Court procedures. Preparation of probate documents and pleadings will be emphasized. Prerequisites: LA202, LA125, and LA320. An in-depth study of trial preparation and practice including gathering and organization of materials and information; discovery; depositions; voir dire; preparing trial witnesses and exhibits; preparing trial motions and briefs; jury instructions and forms; organizing the trial; and post-trial procedures and documents. The course also covers evidentiary rules as they relate to trial practice and preparation. Prerequisites: LA202, LA 125, LA240, and LA 150. COURSES • 289 �LA405 NO-FAULT AUTOMOBILE LAW (3.0) 3 The study of the Michigan No-Fault Automobile Law, including Michigan statutory and case law developments; first and third party cases; recoverable benefits and damages; review of insurance policies; and the preparation and evaluation of such cases for settlement and trial. Prerequisites: LA202, LA125, LA 140, and LA150. LA406 WORKER'S DISABILITY COMPENSATION LAW (2.0) 2 A study of the Worker’s Disability Compensation Act, including both Michigan statutory and case law developments. Also, the administrative procedures and worker’s compensation case preparation will be addressed. Prerequisites: LA202, LA125, and LA140. LA450 ADVANCED LEGAL WRITING AND INTERVIEWING SEMINAR (3,0) 3 An advanced study of legal research and writing including the preparation of complex pleadings, legal documents, mediation summaries, settlement brochures and trial and appellate briefs. Development of interviewing and investigative skills and techniques with regard to client and witnesses will also be discussed. Prerequisites: LA202, LA 125, LA 150 and senior standing or permission of instructor. LA490 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN LEGAL ASSISTANT STUDIES (1-4) 1-4 This may take the form of either a research project or a program of directed reading on a specific topic. One to four credits over a period of one or two semesters may be granted according to the nature of the student’s project. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. May be repeated up to a total of 8 credits. MATHEMATICS Special topics courses will be available as need and interest develop, Consult the semester Course Schedule for these. Based on a series of exams each student is placed in the beginning mathematics course judged most appropriate for successful completion and mathematical progress. For courses number 100 and above a student’s curriculum major also affects course selection. Courses numbered below 100 do not count toward graduation. The following three courses are successive components of MA089 and are offered in a four-week, four meetings per week, format for one credit each. MA081 PRE-ALGEBRA I (1.0) 1 The first third ofMA089. Prerequisite: none. MA082 PRE-ALGEBRA II (1,0) 1 The second third of MA089. Prerequisite: MA081 or placement by examination. MA083 PRE-ALGEBRA III (1,0) 1 The final third of MA089. Prerequisite: MA082 or placement by examination. The following three courses are successive components of MA090 and are offered in a four-week, four meeting per week format for one credit each. MA084 INTRODUCTORY ALGEBRA I (1,0) 1 The first third of MA090. Prerequisite: MA083 or MA089 or placement by examination. MA085 INTRODUCTORY ALGEBRA II (1,0) 1 The second third of MA090. Prerequisite: MA084 or placement by examination. MA086 INTRODUCTORY ALGEBRA III (1.0) 1 The final third of MA090. Completion of this course with credit satisfies the mathematics competency graduation requirement. Prerequisite: MA085 or placement by examination. MA089 PRE-ALGEBRA (3,0) 3 Arithmetic operations, fractions, decimals, proportions, percentages, descriptive statistics and elementary geometry. Grading in this course is credit/no credit. Credit in this course does not apply toward graduation. Prerequisite: None (Completion and content of the set of courses MA081, MA082 and MA083 are equivalent to those of MA089.) MA090 INTRODUCTORY ALGEBRA 3 (3,0) Elementary algebra including equations, inequalities, problem solving, polynomials and operations, graphing, systems of equations and radical expressions. Grading in this course is credit/no credit. Credit in this course does not apply toward graduation. Completion of MA083 or Prerequisite: MA089 or placement by examination. (Completion and content of the set of courses MA084, MA085 and MA086 are equivalent to those of MA090.) COURSES • 290 �MA091 BASIC MATHEMATICS (4.0) 4 Arithmetic calculations including basic arithmetic skills, fractions, decimals, proportions and percentages. Fundamental concepts and techniques of introductory algebra including polynomial manipulations, factoring, solving equations, and graphing. Prerequisite: None. This course is graded on a credit/no credit basis. This course will be discontinued as of December, 1994. MA092 INTERMEDIATE ALGEBRA (4.0) 4 Algebra for students who have not had second level high school algebra or who need a refresher course in that level of algebra. Real numbers and operations, solving and graphing first degree equations and inequalities, solving systems of equations and quadratic equations, algebra of polynomials, radical and rational expressions and equations, exponential and logarithmic functions. Prerequisites: One year of high school algebra and a satisfactory score on the mathematics placement exam or MA086 or MA090 with credit. Credit in this course does not apply toward graduation. MA103 NUMBER SYSTEMS AND PROBLEM SOLVING (3.0) 3 General notions of problem solving. Sets, functions, numeration systems and number theory. Properities and operations of whole numbers, integers, fractions and decimals. Prerequisite: Satisfactory mathematics placement examination score or MA092 with a grade of ”C" (2.00) or better. MAI04 GEOMETRY AND MEASUREMENT (3.0) 3 Basic notions of geometry. Constructions, congruence and similarity, motion geometry, symmetry and Tessellations. Concepts of measurement. Coordinate geometry. Prerequisite: MA103 with a grade of "C" (2.00) or better. MA109 TRIGONOMETRY AND VECTORS (2.0) 2 Trigonometric functions of a right triangle, and of real numbers, graphs of trigonometric functions, identities, inverse trigonometric functions, vectors, and complex numbers. Prerequisite: Satisfactory mathematics placement score or MA092 with a grade of C or better. MA111 COLLEGE ALGEBRA (3.0) 3 Algebra for business, life and social science students. Inequalities, functions, graphs of linear, polynomial and rational functions, exponential and logarithmic functions, mathematics of finance, systems of linear equations and matrices, linear programming, and introduction to probability. Prerequisite: Two years of high school algebra and satisfactory achievement on the mathematics placement exam or MA092 with a grade of C or better. High school plane geometry also recommended. This course will not count toward a major or minor in mathematics. MA112 CALCULUS FOR BUSINESS AND LIFE SCIENCES 4 (4.0) Limits, differentiation, applications of the derivative, integration, application of the definite integral, techniques of integration. Calculus of exponential and logarithmic functions, elementary differential equations, functions of several variables. Prerequisite: MAI 11 with a grade of C or better. This course will not count toward a major or minor in mathematics. MA140 ALGEBRA FOR TECHNOLOGISTS (4.0) 4 Algebra for students of science and technology. Algebraic operations, functions and graphs, factoring and fractions, quadratic equations, exponents and radicals, complex numbers, exponential and logaritmic functions, systems of linear equations, determinants and matrices, analytic geometry. Prerequisites: Two years of high school algebra and satisfactory achievement on the mathematics placement examination or MA092 with a grade of C or better. This course will not count toward a major or minor in mathematics. MA141 TECHNICAL CALCULUS I (4.0) 4 The derivative and procedures of differentiation, integration and applications of integration, derivatives of trigonometric and inverse trigonometric functions, exponential functions, and logarithmic functions. Prerequisites: MA109 and MA140 each with a grade of C or better. High School trigonometry may be substituted for MA109 with instructor approval. COURSES • 291 �MA142 TECHNICAL CALCULUS II (4.0) 4 MA215 FUNDAMENTAL CONCEPTS OF MATHEMATICS Integration of trigonometric, exponential and logarithmic functions, methods of integration, partial derivatives and double integrals, polar coordinates, curve fitting, series expansion of functions, using MacLaurin, Taylor, and Fourier Series, First and second order differential equations and Laplace transform methods. Prerequisite: MA141 with a grade of C or better. MA216 DISCRETE MATHEMATICS AND PROBLEM SOLVING (3,0) 3 Elements of set theory, set algebra, cardinality, logic, mathematical induction, methods of proof, functions, relations, equivalence relations. Prerequisite: MA151 or MA142 or MAI 12 (latter course with permission of instructor only) (3,0) MAI50 PRECALCULUS MATHEMATICS (4,0) 4 Basic theory of functions including polynomial, exponential, logarithmic and trigonometric functions. Inequalities, topics from analytic geometry and plane trigonometry, Provides the essential background for calculus and subsequent upper level mathematics. Prerequisites: Two years of high school algebra and one year of plane geometry and satisfactory achievement on the mathematics placement exam, or M A092 with a grade of C or better, Courses in trigonometry and analytic geometry are recommended. This course will not count toward a major or minor in mathematics. MA151 CALCULUS I (4,0) 4 Limits, continuity, differentiation, applications of the derivative, integration, applications of the definite integral. Prerequisite: High school mathematics which includes two years of algebra, one year of plane geometry, and one-half year of trigonometry and satisfactory achievement on the mathematics placement exam, or MAI50 with a grade of C or better. 3 Selected topics from discrete mathematics including fundamental counting principles, recurrence relations, and an introduction to graph theory. A strong emphasis is placed on fundamental problem solving techniques. Prerequisite: MA215 or permission of instructor. MA240 MATHEMATICS FOR AUTOMATED SYSTEMS (3.0) 3 Applied linear algebra and vector algebra, Laplace transform methods for solution of first and second order linear differential equations. Spherical and cylindrical coordinate systems, graphing of kinematic quantities. Pre or co-requisite: MA142. MA251 CALCULUS III (4.0) 4 Three dimensional space, vectors, vectorvalved functions, partial differentiation, multiple integration, topics in vector calculus. Prerequisite: MA152 with a grade of C or better. MA261 INTRODUCTION TO NUMERICAL METHODS (2,0) alternate years 2 Floating point representation of numbers and MA152 CALCULUS II (4,0) 4 Logarithm and exponential functions, inverse trigonometric functions, techniques of integration, improper integrals, L’hopital’s rule, infinite series, conic sections, polar coordinates, parametric equations. Prerequisite: MA151 with a grade of C or better. MA207 PRINCIPLES OF STATISTICAL METHODS (3,0) 3 Descriptive statistics, probability distributions (including normal, binomial and chi-square), techniques of statistical inference including tests of hypotheses and selected nonparametric tests. (This course is a survey of elementary statistical concepts.) Prerequisite: Completion of mathematics competency graduation requirement. This course will not count toward a major in mathematics. Survey of floating point arithmetic, numerical methods for solving a wide variety of common mathematical problems, including Solution of a single non-linear equation, solution of a system of linear equations, matrix inversion, numerical integration, function approximation, interpolation. Emphasis will be on the actual computer implementation of common algorithms for solving these problems. Prerequisites: CS111 and either MA142 or MA152. MA290 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN MATHEMATICS (1-4,0) 1-4 Special studies and/or research in mathematics for individuals or small seminar groups. Course content to be arranged with instructor and with approval of the department head. This course may be repeated for a maximum of eight credits. Prerequisites: Sophomore standing or higher and permission of the instructor. COURSES • 292 �MA305 COMPUTATIONAL LINEAR ALGEBRA (3.0) alternate years 3 MA342 ABSTRACT ALGEBRA II (3,0) on demand Introduction to matrix algebra and vector spaces. An examination of the topics of linear algebra, with an emphasis on computational aspects. Applications of matrices and linear algebra in the natural and social sciences. Prerequisites: CSlll.and either MAI 12, MA141, or MA151. A continuation of MA341 including rings, integral domains, ideals, quotient rings, the natural homomorphism, fields and polynomial rings. Prerequisite: MA341. MA308 PROBABILITY AND MATHEMATICAL STATISTICS (4.0) 4 An introductory course in probability and mathematical statistics, Probability, probability distributions, mathematical expectation, moment generating functions and the Central Limit Theorem. Prerequisite: MA142 or MA152. MA309 APPLIED STATISTICS (3.0) 3 A continuation of MA308 including estimation of parameters, testing hypotheses, nonparametic methods, analysis of variance, multiple regression, and an introduction to statistical software packages. Prerequisite: MA308 MA310 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS (3.0) 3 Differential equations of first order, linear differential equations of second and higher orders. Introduction to power series methods, applications. Prerequisite: MA152 MA321 HISTORY OF MATHEMATICS (3.0) alternate years 3 Selected topics in the development of mathematics from the time of the ancient Babylonians and Egyptians to the twentieth century. Prerequisites: MA152 and MA215 MA325 COLLEGE GEOMETRY (3.0) alternate years 3 Selected topics in geometry, including some or all of the following: Modem elementary geometry, transformations, Euclidean constructions, dissection theory, projective geometry, introduction to non-Euclidean geometry, and problems in foundations of geometry. Prerequisites: MAI 52 and MA215. MA341 ABSTRACT ALGEBRA I (3,0) alternate years 3 An introduction to congruences, groups, subgroups, quotient groups, fundamental homomorphism theorems, Sylow theorems. Prerequisite: MA215. 3 MA351 GRAPH THEORY (3,0) alternate years 3 Selected topics in graph theory, including connectivity, matchings, edge and vertex colorings, networks and tournaments. Prerequisite: MA216. MA401 MATHEMATICAL MODELING (3,0) alternate years 3 Selected applications of mathematics in such areas as biology, economics, social science and engineering are discussed. The construction of a mathematical model used to study a real situation will be stressed, as well as interpretation of mathematical results in that context. Prerequisites: Jr/Sr standing, a course in computer programming, and mathematical maturity at the level of MA305, MA308, or MA310. MA411 ADVANCED CALCULUS (3,0) alternate years 3 An extension of the calculus in one, two, and three dimensions leading to the formulation and solution (in simple cases) of the partial differential equations of mathematical physics. Differential and integral calculus of vectors, divergence, curl, line, surface and volume integrals, Green’s divergence and Stokes’ theorems, heat and wave equations, Fourier series, orthogonal sets, boundary value problems, separation of variables. Prerequisite: MA251. MA413 INTRODUCTION TO COMPLEX ANALYSIS (3,0) on demand 3 MA421 REAL ANALYSIS I (3,0) alternate years 3 The calculus of functions of a complex variable, algebra and geometry of complex numbers, elementary functions, limits, derivatives, Cauchy-Rieman equations, integrals, Cauchy integral theorem, series, singularities, residue theorem. Prerequisite: MA251. An examination of some of the foundations of the calculus, including basic topology of the real line, limits, continuity, metric spaces, function spaces, some uniformity concepts. Prerequisites: MA2I5 and MA251. COUKSES • 293 �MA422 REAL ANALYSIS II (3,0) on demand 3 Continuation of MA421 with emphasis on measure and integration. Prerequisite: MA421. MA490 RESEARCH TOPICS IN MATHEMATICS (1-4.0) 1-4 Special studies and/or research in mathematics for individuals or small seminar groups. Course content to be arranged with instructor and with approval of the department head. This course may be repeated for a maximum of eight credits. Prerequisites: Junior standing or higher and permission of the instructor. MASTER BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION MB503 BUSINESS LAW (3,0) 3 Basic principles of contract law and its application to sale of goods, with emphasis on legal aspects of product marketing. Law of agency/employment; business organizations, including partnerships and corporations. MB508 STATISTICAL ANALYSIS (3,0) 3 Overview of statistical analysis methods; application to business analysis and decision making. Emphasis: development of problem solving and computational skills. Prerequisite: Mathematics competency. MB521 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (3,0) 3 Basic accounting principles; their application in business with emphasis on management uses of accounting data, in decision making. Includes discussions of accounting control systems and ethical issues. MB525 BUSINESS FINANCE (3,0) 3 Mathematics of finance; risk-return analysis and portfolio theory; financial markets and securities; financial analysis; capital structure, leverage, and financing alternatives; financial planning and forecasting; capital budgeting; valuation and cost of capital. Prerequisites: MB508 and MB521 or equivalent. MB561 ORGANIZATIONAL THEORY Fundamental management organization functions, and 3 theories and concepts of and their application to theory and management processes. MB581 MARKETING APPLICATIONS (3,0) CONCEPTS AND 3 Planning, organizing, directing, and control­ ling of marketing sub-system in business organizations. Focus on environment that influences marketing, and marketing decisions facing marketing managers such as selection, target marketing, designing marketing strategy, and organizing and controlling marketing activities. MB601 QUANTITATIVE METHODS (3.0) 3 Orientation to management science; introduces students to variety of deterministic and prob­ abilistic models useful in resolution of busi­ ness related problems in functional application areas. Prerequisite: MB508. MB602 MANAGEMENT OF QUALITY (1.0) 1 An examination of quality control techniques used by managers in both manufacturing and service organizations. MB604 MANAGERIAL ECONOMICS (3,0) 3 Application of economic theory and analysis to managerial decision-making including demand theory and estimation, production theory and cost analysis, profit planning and optimization techniques, consumer behavior, pricing strategy, economic forecasting. Prerequisites: EC201, EC202, and MB508. MB608 RESEARCH TECHNIQUES 3 (3,0) Survey of research methods used in business; emphasis on development of a research design. Survey techniques, experimental de­ sign, non-experimental designs, and case study method. Prerequisite: MB508. MB610 SERVICES (3.0) MANAGEMENT INFORMATION 3 The use of computers in business and industry. Modem applications will be provided. Through the use of computers, students will become familiar with several Prerequisites: software packages. Introductory data processing course or equivalent experience. MB611 OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT 3 (3.0) In-depth exposure to the management or operational systems. Focus: development and implementation of realistic solutions to complex problems related to operations management. Prerequisites: An introductory data processing course or equivalent experience, MB508, and MB601. COURSES • 294 �MB621 MANAGERIAL ACCOUNTING AND CONTROL (3.0) 3 A study of accounting concepts, budgeting, management planning and control, and elements of cost accounting systems. Emphasis is placed on analysis and interpreta­ tion of accounting reports for management purposes: measuring performance, controlling costs, and evaluating proposals. Prerequisite: MB521 or waiver of MB521. MB625 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT (3.0) 3 Advanced study of modem financial theory and issues with emphasis on the utilization of current analytical techniques in the decision­ making process. Case discussions and readings from contemporary financial literature supplement the text assignments. Prerequisite: MB525 MB626 POLICY (3.0) MONEY, BANKING & MONETARY 3 Concepts and relationships between a firm and its economic, social, and political envi­ ronment. Focus: position of general manager in formulating strategic policy and implica­ tions for attainment of corporate objectives. Prerequisite: Completion of common professional component. MB660 ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOR (3.0) 3 Study and analysis of characteristics common to all organizations (behavior, structure, and process); application to the effective manage­ ment of organizational behavior. Prerequi­ site: MB561. MB661 ETHICS IN MANAGEMENT (1.0) 1 Every business decision or situation has ethi­ cal components. This course is designed to integrate ethical reflection with management decision making. 3 An understanding of money, banking and monetary policy in both the U.S. and Canada will be discussed. Monetary policy will be examined in some detail. MB631 REVISING BUSINESS PROSE (1.0) MB659 ADMINISTRATIVE POLICY (3.0) 1 Students will contribute documents from the work place. Students will learn to edit such documents for clarity, conciseness and appeal. Prerequisite: BA231. MB652 INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS MANAGEMENT (3.0) 3 An examination of international and multi­ national management. A review of the issues and -j concepts that are needed by the manager with the increasing globalization of business. MB670 HUMAN RESOURCES MANAGEMENT 3 (3.0) An examination of human resource manage­ ment in organizations. Topics will include the traditional approach (i.e. recruitment, compensation, etc.) as well as the contem­ porary approach to HRM (i.e. equal oppor­ tunity employment, career planning, organi­ zational development, etc.) MB673 EMPLOYEE ASSISTANCE (1.0) 1 A survey of employee assistance programs that have been developed for workers who have personal problems that affect job per­ formance. MB678 COLLECTIVE DISPUTE SETTLEMENT (3.0) BARGAINING AND 3 MB653 BUSINESS AND SOCIETY (2.0) 2 The role of business and society; government regulations, labor values and ethics, social responsibility, changing international environ­ ment and future of the corporation. Introduction to theories and practices of nego­ tiating and administering collective bargaining agreements; negotiation process, legal con­ straints, subject matter of contracts, grievance procedures, and arbitration. Prerequisite: MB561. MB654 CANADIAN BUSINESS ENTERPRISE (3,0) 3 MB681 MARKETING MANAGEMENT (3.0) A course designed to provide students with an understanding of the small business environ­ ment in Canada. Topics include a current socio-economic perspective of the Canadian economy, Canadian entrepreneurs, and public policy as it relates to small business in Canada. Decision-making activities of marketing and consumer selection; promotional sales force management; pricing; distribution channels. Emphasis is placed ont eh growing fields of international marketing and the behavioral science contributions. Prerequisite: MB581. COURSES • 295 3 �MB687 ADVERTISING MANAGEMENT (3,0) MECHANICAL ENGINEERING 4 Technical drawing to include instruments, lettering, geometric construction, sketching, multiview projection, sectioning, auxiliary views, dimensioning, tolerancing, fasteners, design and working drawings, reproduction and control drawings, pictorial drawings, intersections, graphical vector analysis, and graphs. ME106 DESCRIPTIVE GEOMETRY AND GEOMETRIC DIMENSIONING AND TOLERANCING (2,1) 2 This course covers points, lines, and planes in space, parallelism and perpendicularity, intersections, developments, line and plane tangencies, cartography, and graphical vector analysis. Topics in geometric dimensioning and tolerancing include form controls, datums, orientation, position tolerancing, runout, and profiles. Prerequisite: ME104 or permission of instructor. ME 124 BASIC COMPUTER AIDED DRAFTING (CAD) (3,0) 3 Basic Autocad to include setting up and configuring Autocad software, MS-DOS, graphical primitives, editing, (2-D) construction techniques, symbols, drawing enhancements, printer-plotting, isometric drawing, system variables, and dimension variable. ME214 ADVANCED DRAFTING (3,0) Special topics courses will be available as need and interest develo p. Consult the semester Course Schedule for these. MK281 MARKETING PRINCIPLES AND STRATEGY (3,0) 3 A study of the marketing principles, variables, institutions, target markets, marketing mix, and the development of marketing strategy. Prerequisite: EN110 MK283 PRINCIPLES OF SELLING (3,0) Special topics courses will be available as need and interest develop. Consult the semester Course Schedule for these. ME104 TECHNICAL DRAWING (3,2) MARKETING 3 An analysis of ways promotion techniques are applied to marketing-related activities. The focus is on the entire promotion mix and to include areas associated with solving problems regarding the mix and various media. The course will examine how areas like consumer behavior, the competitive climate, and the legal environment may have an impact on decision-making. Prerequisite: MB581. COMPUTER-AIDED 3 Advanced AutoCad to include attributes, data extraction, (3-D) construction techniques, solid modeling, customization of macros and menus, system management, intelligent symbols, slide shows, interfacing AutoCad with WordPerfect, and AutoShade. Prerequisite: ME124. 3 The study of personal selling and its requirements. Topics included are buyer behavior, sales presentations from prospecting to closing the sale, and overcoming objections. Sales interviews by students are an integral part of the course. MK285 RETAIL MANAGEMENT (3,0) 3 A study of the field of retailing. A survey of retail institutions; store location and organization; buying and merchandising techniques; retail advertising, sales promotion and image; human resource policies; and store protection. MK381 CONSUMER BEHAVIOR (3,0) 3 A study of behavioral concepts related to consumer behavior. Attention is directed toward understanding consumer needs, perceptions, attitudes, intentions, and behavior within a strategic and managerial framework. Topics include the differences of complex decision making and habit and between high and low involvement decision making. Emphasis is on predicting and understanding purchase behavior for best firm/consumer needs match. Prerequisite: MK281. MK384 PHYSICAL DISTRIBUTION (3.0) . 3 An analysis of the physical supply-physical distribution system. Studies areas of movement control, including distribution centers and warehousing, traffic and transportation, inventory management, information flow and cost-service alternatives. Prerequisite: MK281. MK387 ADVERTISING THEORY AND PRACTICE 3 (3,0) A study of the principles and practices in various advertising media such as newspaper, radio, television, outdoor and direct mail; consideration of creative methods, consumer behavior, measurement of effectiveness, and coordination with other aspects of the promotional program. COURSES • 296 �MK480 MARKETING RESEARCH (3.0) 3 Application of research methods to the field of marketing. Methods of gathering and presenting data, market analysis, consumer surveys and sales forecasting. Students will participate in a research project. Prerequisites: BA211 and MK281 MK481 MARKETING MANAGEMENT (3.0) 3 A study of the essential tasks of marketing managers: (1) identifying marketing opportunities, (2) developing marketing plans, (3) and implementing these plans by introducing marketing strategies. Prerequisite: MK281. MK463 SALES FORCE MANAGEMENT (3.0) 3 issues, employee and labor relations, including grievance handling, contract negotiation and remaining union free as an organization. Prerequisite: Junior standing or permission of instructor. MN451 LABOR LAW (4,0) 4 An analysis of labor laws pertaining to unionmanagement relations; emphasis on the private sector as well as on laws relating to health care institutions; legal aspects of relationships between unions and their members; federal wage and hour laws, including administration of the statutes and their relationship; applicable remedies for violations of federal labor laws. Prerequisite: MN370. Principles and policies of sales organization; career opportunities; recruiting, selecting, and training sales people; motivation, supervision, and evaluation of sales performance; compensation plans, quotes, and expense accounts. Prerequisites: MK281, MK283. MN461 MANAGEMENT SIMULATION (1.4) 3 Realistic simulations of business operations with an opportunity to practice the functions of management by means of computerized models and cases. Prerequisite or corequisite: FN341 or permission of instructor. MK486 INTERNATIONAL MARKETING (3,0) MN464 ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOR (3.0) 3 3 Principles and methods of international marketing; strategies for foreign market entry and operations. Analysis of the environment of international marketing management with emphasis on problems connected with social, cultural, institutional, and economic variables found in foreign markets. Prerequisite: MK281. MANAGEMENT MN469 COLLECTIVE BARGAINING Special topics courses will be available as need and interest develop. Consult the semester Course Schedule for these. MN360 PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT (3.0) An analysis of problems and cases relating to management and organizational behavior typically requiring decisions by an administrator. Topics include leadership, motivation, communication, negotiation, problem solving, decision making, conflict resolution, group dynamics, stress management, job design, and organization structure. Prerequisite: MN360. 3 Principles and techniques applicable to the functions of management: planning, organizing, directing (staffing and leading), and controlling; development of management thought and decision making; current issues and future concerns in management. Foundation course for study and understanding of management theory and practice. Prerequisite: Junior standing or permission of instructor. MN365 HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT 3 (3.0) An examination of current practices and recommended techniques by which management procures, develops, utilizes and maintains an effective work force. The major areas studies are: recruitment and selection, equal employment opportunity and affirmative action programs, training and development, career planning and performance appraisal, compensation and benefits, safety and health (3.°) An analysis r „ 3 of the process of collective bargaining, the major subjects of negotiation, including arbitration of grievances; process of dispute settlements; and influence of larger environment. The discussion includes theories of bargaining, strategies, and weapons available to both parties. Also examines collective employee-employer relationships in the public sector and tactics of public employee groups and agencies. Prerequisite: Junior standing or permission of instructor. MN471 PRODUCTION AND OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT: MODELS. METHODS AND APPLICATIONS 5 (5.0) Study and analysis of operations of modem industrial and service organizations. Topics covered include scheduling and assignment problems, forecasting, inventory models, project management, mathematical programming, decision theory, game theory, Markov models, replacement problems, queuing problems, and simulation. Prerequisite: BA211 and MN370, or permission of instructor. COURSES • 297 �MECHANICAL ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY MT253 ENGINEERING MATERIALS (3,3) Special topics courses will be available as need and interest develop. Consult the semester Course Schedule for these. MT100 INTRODUCTION TO MECHANICAL SYSTEMS AND COMPUTER PROGRAMMING (2,1) 2 Careers and opportunities. Reviews technical competence expected of engineering technologists. Engineering computations using BASIC. (New course in Fall 1991) MT112 MANUFACTURING PROCESSES I (2,2) 3 Capabilities and limitations of machines and processes for promotion planning or designing machinery, mechanical parts, and systems. Corequisite: MT100 or permission of instructor. MT113 MANUFACTURING PROCESSES II (2.3) 3 Continuation of MT112. In addition, computer-aided numerically controlled machining. Prerequisite: MT112. MT200 COOPERATIVE EDUCAT10N4 (2.°) 2 Supervised industrial experience with cooperative industries, The student’s experience is related to academic studies, and contributes significantly to professional development. Can be repeated for credit. Permission of instructor is required. MT220 STATICS (3,0) 3 Theory and application of principles of statics with emphasis on problem solving, free body diagrams and vector analysis. Theory applied to equilibrium of particles and principles of rigid body equilibrium. Prerequisite or corequisite: MA141, PH221, and MT100, or permission of instructor. MT241 STRENGTH OF MATERIALS (3.3) 4 A study of the concepts in stress analysis and stress measurement. Topics include axial, shear, torsion, bending, and transverse stresses. Also covered are axial strain, shear strain, poissons ratio, Hookes Law, and the transformation of stress and strain. Stress measurement in the laboratory will include use of a tensile machine and strain gages. A final project with oral and written communication are incorporated as an integral part of the course. Prerequisites: MT220, ET201. 4 Physical structure of engineering materials, properties, testing, and applications. In the laboratory, the student will prepare and analyze the microstructure of various specimens. Prerequisite: CH108. Corequisite: MT241. MT260 QUALITY ENGINEERING I (2,0) 2 An introduction to the philosophy, principles, and methods for the use of statistical process control in the manufacturing environment. Numerous control charts and frequency distributions will be covered in detail. Management methods and philosophy will also be discussed. Prerequisite: MA141. MT316 STATICS AND STRENGTH OF MATERIALS (3.1) 3 Fundamental concepts of statics and strength of materials. Solution of problems including forces, moments, normal stress, shear stress, bending stress, and torsional stress. Theory and application of strain gages. Not for credit for a degree in Mechanical Engineering Technology. Prerequisite: PH221. MT320 DYNAMICS (3.2) 3 Covers theory and application of die principles of dynamics and how to approach and solve technical problems. Topics include position, velocity, and acceleration analysis of particles and rigid bodies. Newton’s Second Law, work and energy, impulse and momentum are covered, The laboratory includes experiments demonstrating the principles of dynamics and lays special emphasis on creative problem solving techniques as well as technical report writing. Prerequisite: MT220. Corequisite: MA142. MT341 FLUID MECHANICS (3,0) 3 Theory and application of principles of fluid mechanics widi emphasis on problem solving. Basic measurement, statics, kinematics, continuity, energy balances, and impulsemomentum principles of ideal and real fluids. Prerequisites: MT220 and MA142 or permission of instructor. MT360 QUALITY ENGINEERING II (3,0} . . 3 This course will cover advanced applications of quality principles in manufacturing and design; advanced control charting; predicting with small sample sizes; experiments of comparison, and design of experiments. Emphasis will be on engineering decision making. Prerequisite: MT260 or permission of instructor. COURSES • 298 �MT371 NC/CNC MANUFACTURING PROCESSES MU110 ORCHESTRA (0,3) (2,3) 3 Writing NC/CNC programs in machine code, and the setup and trial runs to produce production parts from these programs. Computer software interfacing between programming languages and various industrial machines will be stressed. Prerequisite: MT113 or permission of instructor. Perform regular series of concerts as a member of the Sault Symphony Orchestra. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. MT410 MACHINE DESIGN I (3.2) 4 1 MU111 ORCHESTRA (0,3) 1 Perform regular series of concerts as a member of the Sault Symphony Orchestra. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. MU 112 BAND (0,3) 1 Design and selection of machine elements, power transmission units, and their components. Prerequisites: MT241, MT253, MT320 or permission of instructor. Open to all students in University. The Concert Band performs representative band and wind ensemble literature and provides a challenging musical experience. MT411 MACHINE DESIGN II (3.2) MU113 BAND (0,3) 4 Continuation of MT410. In addition, the design of a machine for a particular application including specifications, details, and working drawings. The results are presented in oral and written form. An industrial setting will be simulated. Prerequisite: MT410. MT412 INTRODUCTION TO FINITE ELEMENT ANALYSIS (2.2) 3 This course will cover the fundamentals of finite element analysis. Topics to include modeling elements, boundary conditions and loading, convergence, and an introduction to model analysis. Corequisite: MT410 or permission of instructor. MT430 THERMODYNAMICS (3,°) 3 Theory and application of principles of thermodynamics. First and second laws of thermodynamics, energy conversions, properties of working substances, processes and cycles. Prerequisite: MT341. MT431 THERMODYNAMICS AND HEAT TRANSFER 4 (3,3) In addition, Continuation of MT430. fundamentals of steady state and transient conduction, convection, and radiation heat Design and analysis of heat transfer. exchangers. Prerequisite: MT430. 1 Open to all students in University. The Concert Band performs representative band and wind ensemble literature and provides a challenging musical experience. MU140 CHORUS (0,3) 1 Regular rehearsals and participation in various campus activities. Admission by permission of the instructor. MU141 CHORUS (0,3) . . 1 Regular rehearsals and participation in various campus activities. Admission by permission of die instructor. MU 160 JAZZ ENSEMBLE (0,3) j . 1 Regular rehearsals and performances dunnj school year. Prerequisite: permission o instructor. MU161 JAZZ ENSEMBLE (0,3) 3 Regular rehearsals and performances during die school year. Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor. MU 170 CLASS PIANO I (0.2) 1 Beginning piano techniques. Music reading ability helpful but not required. MU171 CLASS PIANO II (0,2) 1 To improve proficiency and techniques gained in MU 170. Prerequisite: MU 170 or permission of instructor. MUSIC Special topics courses will be available as need and interest develop. Consult the semester Course Schedule for these. MU110 through MU 161 count as Humanities for General Education requirements. MU 180 CLASS GUITAR I (0,2) 1 Introduction to guitar playing including knowledge of musical rudiments, left and right hand techniques and ensemble performance. COURSES • 299 �MU181 CLASS GUITAR II (0,2) 1 Course emphasizes increasing technical achievement, musicianship and the development of individual musicality. MU220 HISTORY AND APPRECIATION OF MUSIC I (4,0) 4 A survey of music from the Middle Ages to the early nineteenth century with emphasis on the music of Bach, Handel, Haydn, Mozart and Beethoven. Counts as Humanities for General Education requirements. MU221 HISTORY AND APPRECIATION OF MUSIC II (4,0) tribes located in the Great Lakes Region. (Also listed as HS230) NA235 SURVEY LITERATURE (3,0) MU250 CHAMBER MUSIC I (0,2) l For advanced students interested in solo and ensemble performance in a supervised program. Prerequisite: Admission by permission of instructor. MU251 CHAMBER MUSIC II (0,2) 1 For advanced students interested in solo and ensemble performance in a supervised program. Prerequisite: Admission by permission of instructor. MU260 HISTORY & APPRECIATION OF JAZZ (4,0) 4 The course explores the historical and stylistic development of jazz and explains how to listen to this type of music. Counts as a Humanities General Education requirements. NORTH 3 A study of the Native American-Indian and Inuit-cultures of North America from earliest times to the present with emphasis on contrasting patterns of cultures. (Also listed as S0225) NA230 SURVEY HISTORY (4.0) OF AMERICAN 3 An overview of Native American literature including myths, poetry, biographies, legends, and stories from recognized Indian and nonIndian authors. The significance of Indian philosophy found in such literature will be emphasized. Prerequisite: EN210orEN215 or permission of instructor. (Also listed as EN235) 3 A study of tribal law which will explore such areas as the structure of tribal government; tribal sovereignty; treaties; civil and criminal court jurisdiction in Indian country; tribal resources; tribal economic development; taxation and regulation; rights of individual Indians; and various federal laws and court cases concerning and affecting tribes and their Prerequisite: NA230 or members. permission of instructor. (Also listed as LA305) NA310 STUDIES (3,0) SEMINAR IN NATIVE AMERICAN 3 A seminar dealing with selected topics in Native American Studies. The content of this course may vary each time the course is offered. Prerequisites: NA225, S0226, NA230, NA235, and NA305 or permission of instructor. NA320 CONTEMPORARY NATIVE AMERICAN ISSUES 3 (3,0) NATURAL SCIENCES Special topics courses will be available as need and interest develop. Consult the semester Course Schedule for these. OF AMERICAN A study of current Native American issues, Prerequisites: problems, and concerns. NA225, S0226, NA230, NA235, and NA305 or permission of instructor. NATIVE AMERICAN STUDIES CULTURES NATIVE NA305 TRIBAL LAW AND GOVERNMENT (3,0) 4 A survey of music of the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. Counts as Humanities for General Eduation requirements. NA225 NATIVE AMERICA (3.0) OF INDIAN 4 A study of American Indian History from earliest times to the present, with emphasis placed on the historical development of Indian Special topics courses will be available as Consult the need and interest develop, semester Course Schedule for these. NS101 CONCEPTUAL PHYSICS (3,1) 3 A survey of basic physical science principles emphasizing their applications in daily life. Prerequisite: Completion of the mathematics competency graduation requirement. NS 102 INTRODUCTION TO GEOLOGY (3,1) 3 A survey course to acquaint students with the major concepts and phenomena inherent in a COURSES • 300 �study of geology. It will also provide sufficient background for a better understanding of human relationship to the physical environment. Prerequisite: None. NS103 ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE (3.0) 3 An introduction to environmental concepts and a brief survey of environmental issues facing society. Emphasis is placed on solutions and the responsibility of the individual towards these solutions. NS104 ENVIRONMENTAL LABORATORY (0.3) SCIENCE 1 Laboratory component of Environmental Science. Corequisite: NS 103. NS105 PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY: EARTH. SUN AND WEATHER (3.1) alternate years 3 Study of the physical properties of the earth’s surface as they relate to weather and climate. Credit for both GG108 and NS 105 not permitted. Prerequisite: None. NS 107 PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY LANDFORMS AND SOILS (2.1) alternate years 3 Study of the physical properties of the earth’s surface as they relate to landforms and soils. Credit for both GG106 and NS107 not permitted. Prerequisite: None. NS119 DESCRIPTIVE ASTRONOMY (3.1) 3 Introductory course with a balanced, comprehensive account of contemporary astronomy with emphasis placed on the broad principles of astronomy rather than on a chronological or historical framework. Prerequisite: Completion of the mathematics competency graduation requirement. NURSING NU211 INTRODUCTION TO PROFESSIONAL NURSING II (3,0) 3 Theoretical foundation for nursing practice, nursing concepts and theories needed to promote, maintain, and restore health throughout the life cycle, including nursing theory, stress adaptation, ethics, teachinglearning and legal aspects. Prerequisites or corequisite: NU110. Prerequisite: PY155, acceptance into nursing major. NU212 HEALTH APPRAISAL (2.3) NU213 FUNDAMENTALS OF NURSING (3,6) NU110 INTRODUCTION TO PROFESSIONAL NURSING I (1,0) 1 Focus on origin of nursing and its evolvement into current status as major profession. Role of nursing in the health care delivery system: philosophy of nursing; human needs theory; introduction to nursing process. 5 Theoretical and clinical foundation upon which nursing is applied to individual client experiencing common health stressors. Emphasis: forming nursing diagnoses derived from human needs theory and implementation of both appropriate nursing interventions and related psychomotor nursing skills. Responsibilities as a health team member and as a self-directed learner are also considered. Prerequisites: NU211, NU212, HE208, HE232. Corequisites: HE209, BL223 NU325 PARENT/NEWBORN NURSING 5 (3.6) Theoretical and clinical foundation for care of the child-bearing family using family centered approach. Emphasis: teaching and health promotion. Stress Adaptation and Self Care theories used to help clients cope with stressors encountered during child-bearing cycle. Prerequisites: NU212, NU213, HE232, HE209, PY155. NU326 PARENT/CHILD NURSING Special topics courses will be available as need and interest develop. Consult the semester Course Schedule for these. 3 An introduction to nursing assessment component of the nursing process as a method of determining a well individual’s health potential and status across the lifespan. Emphasis is on obtaining a health history, performing a nursing assessment and formulating a nursing diagnosis. Prerequisites: PY155, HE208, BL122. Corequisite: HE232 and NU211. 6 (4.6) Theoretical and clinical foundation for application of nursing process in caring for children and their families. Emphasis: health promotion, maintenance and restoration with application of principles and concepts related to growth and development, family theory and stress adaptation. Prerequisites: NU212, NU213, HE232, HE209, PY155. COURSES • 301 �NU327 ADULT NURSING I (4,12) 8 Combined theory and clinical laboratory with concepts of stress adaptation related to common health alterations in each of the basic human need areas, Nursing clinical experience is primarily in secondary care settings for adult clients. Prerequisites: NU212, NU213, HE209, HE232. NU330 APPLIED NUTRITION (2,0) 2 Application of nutrition principles in health care; obesity, anorexia nervosa, and bulimia; emphasis on gathering information and relevant objective measurements (anthropometric, biochemical) for use in developing nutritional care plans. Prerequisite: HE208 or permission of instructor. NU361 TRANSITION TO PROFESSIONAL NURSING (3,0) 3 Explores concepts of socialization and professionalism in relation to baccalaureate education in nursing: examines conceptual frameworks, nursing models and theories pertinent to practice of nursing and selected legal, social, ethical, economic and political issues in professional nursing and health care delivery. Prerequisites: Acceptance into BSN program or permission of instructor. NU363 COMPREHENSIVE HEALTH APPRAISAL 3 (2,3) Application of theories from nursing and related sciences to health appraisal of the individual through tire lifespan. Emphasis on principles of comprehensive history taking and physical assessment skills. Pre- or co­ requisite: NU361. NU364 HEALTH PROMOTION THROUGH THE LIFESPAN (3,0) 3 Application of nursing process and theories from nursing and related sciences to health promotion and illness prevention of the individual, family, and groups throughout the lifespan. Concepts of wellness, health counseling and teaching, and marketing strategies addressed. Pre- or co-requisite NU361. NU431 ADULT NURSING II (4,12) 8 This is a theory and clinical laboratory course focusing on application of the nursing process in care of the adult client with multiple health stressors. Basic human needs theory and concepts of Stress/Adaptation, Health Promotion, Health Maintenance, Health Restoration and Teaching-Learning are applied. The student collaborates with the health team and applies theory and principles of leadership and management in providing care in secondary and tertiary care settings. Prerequisites: NU325, NU326, NU327. Corequisite: NU435. NU432 COMMUNITY HEALTH NURSING (3,6) 5 Theoretical and clinical foundation in community health nursing. The nursing process is applied to communities, groups, families and individuals. Content includes the application of public health nursing principles, levels of prevention and epidemiology. Expands the roles of the nurse as teacher, collaborator, advocate and direct care provider. Examines health care delivery trends and issues. Prerequisites: NU327, HE232, S0327 and all required junior level nursing courses. NU433 MENTAL HEALTH NURSING (3,6) 5 Theoretical and clinical foundation in mental health nursing. Emphasis is on the use of die therapeutic relationship and communication skills to help clients cope with stressors of life experiences. Nursing, human needs theory, family theory, stress adaptation theory and developmental theory are used to help die client achieve optimum level of mental health. Prerequisites: HE232 and all required junior level nursing courses. NU434 NURSING RESEARCH (3,0) 3 Focus is on the ethics, methods, evaluation of research studies and consideration of application of nursing research findings in delivery of health care. Students discuss and evaluate nursing research studies and develop and present sections of a research proposal. Prerequisites: PY210 or MA207, NU325, NU326, NU327 or NU361. NU435 MANAGEMENT IN NURSING (3.0) 3 Analysis of the leadership and management roles in professional nursing; focus is leadership/management theories basic to the planning, organizing, directing and controlling of nursing services in health care settings. Includes concepts of continued quality improvement, risk management, performance appraisal, employee relations. Prerequisite: NU361 (for BSN Completion). Corequisite: NU431 (for four-year program). NU436 CONTEMPORARY ISSUES IN NURSING 2 (2.0) Analysis of issues involving die professional nurse. Explores role socialization from student to professional nurse. Selected social, ethical, economic, and legal issues will be examined. Prerequisites: NU325, NU326, NU327. COURSES • 302 �0A113 DOCUMENT FORMATTING II NU451 CRITICAL CARE NURSING 13.0) 3 Assists student in developing nursing knowledge essential to care of critically ill client/family. Health promotion maintenance and restoration interventions are stressed in care of clients with severe alterations in basic human needs, Prerequisite: NU431 or graduate nurse. NU490 INDEPENDENT STUDY (1-4.0) 1-4 Individual investigation of topics tailored to student interest and need. Prerequisites: Junior or Senior standing and permission of tile instructor. OFFICE ADMINISTRATION Special topics courses will be available as Consult the need and interest develop. semester Course Schedule for these. OA111 KEYBOARDING/DOCUMENT FORMATTING I 3 (3.0) Introduction to typewriter and computer keyboard; development of basic keyboarding skill-alphabetic, numeric, and 10-key pad numeric; to assist student to reach optimal skill and more efficiently use computer terminals, information processor, and typewriter keyboards. This course is intended for students with no previous typing experience. Students will be pretested by the instructor the first day of class for placement in accordance with beginning skill level. Also, formatting of business letters, memos, tables, and reports (APA, MLA, and Turabian formats), using word processing software. OA112 KEYBOARD SKILLBUILDING 2 (4.0) 7 1/2 WEEKS Improvement of keyboarding speed and accuracy (both alphabetic and numeric), using developmental programs and keyboarding drills. Student may take this course to accumulate 2-4 credits. Once an office administration student reaches 60 wpm skill on alpha/numeric text (error rate - I per minute) this course becomes an elective. Prerequisite: OA111 or 30 wpm keyboarding 2 (2.0) Formatting of legal documents, medical histories and ireports, governmental correspondence, accounting statements, and technical text/data, using word processing software. Prerequisite: OA111. OA119 ACCOUNTING PROCEDURES (4.0) 4 Accounting experiences common to small business or professional offices; development of basic principles underlying accounting procedures; techniques and records used in analyzing, classifying, recording, and summarizing transactions; accounting procedures applied to a computer simulation for small businesses. May not be taken for credit following successful completion of AC 132. OA235 AUTOMATED OFFICE SYSTEMS (3.0) 3 Lectures and discussions about effects of new technology on the work place and the role students are expected to play in the office. Such topics as technology, communications, human relations, and customer service techniques will be covered. A practice simulation in either Medical Office or Legal Office will also be covered. Prerequisite: Word Processing and a grade of C or higher in EN210 or EN215, or permission of instructor. PHYSICS Special topics courses will be available as Consult the need and interest develop, semester Course Schedule for these. PH221 ELEMENTS OF PHYSICS I (3,2) 4 PH222 ELEMENTS OF PHYSICS II (3,2) 4 General principles of rigid body mechanics (kinematics, laws of motion, energy and momentum), fluid mechanics, and thermal physics. Prerequisite: MA109, and either MAI 11 orMAI40. waves, electricity and Vibrations and magnetism, optics, relativity and modem physics. Prerequisite: PH221 with a grade of C or better. COURSES • 303 �PH224 TOPICS IN PHYSICS FOR ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY PL302 ANCIENT WESTERN PHILOSOPHY (3,0) (3,2) 4 Vibrations and waves, optics, relativity and modem physics (identical to PH222). Electricity and magnetism topics of particular relevance to electronic engineering technology. Prerequisite: PH221 with a grade of C or better. Sophomore standing in EET coursework, and MA141 (which may be taken concurrently). A study of the origins and the development of Greek and Roman philosophy from the preSocratics to the early Christians. Counts as Humanities for General Education requirement. Prerequisite: EN210or EN215; or permission of instructor. PH231 GENERAL PHYSICS I (4.2) PH232 GENERAL PHYSICS II (4.2) POLITICAL SCIENCE 5 An introductory calculus-based course in rigid body mechanics and fluid mechanics. Intended primarily for students in physical science, mathematics and pre-engineering curricula. Pre- or corequisite: MAI52. 5 Continuation of PH231. Introduction to thermal physics, optics, electricity, magnetism, and topics from modem physics. Prerequisite: PH231 with a grade of C or better. PH290 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN PHYSICS (1-4,0) 1-4 Special studies and/or research in physics for individuals or small seminar groups. Course content to be arranged with instructor and with approval of the school dean. This course may be repeated for a maximum of eight credits. Prerequisites: Sophomore standing or higher and permission of the instructor. PHILOSOPHY Special topics courses will be available as need and interest develop. Consult the semester Course Schedule for these. PS110 INTRODUCTION TO AMERICAN GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS (4,0) PS120 INTRODUCTION TO LEGAL PROCESSES 3 (3.0) An introduction to the nature and characteristics of law as it operates in the United States: structure and function of judiciary, process of litigation, influences on law, and impact and enforcement of decisions. PS130 INTRODUCTION TO STATE AND LOCAL GOVERNMENT 4 (4,0) A study of the politics and organization of state and local governments, with an emphasis on specific policy issues such as education, criminal justice, and economic development. PS 160 INTRODUCTION TO CANADIAN GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS (3.0) An introductory survey government and politics. PL204 INTRODUCTION TO PHILOSOPHY (3,0) PS201 INTRODUCTION TO PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 3 PL205 LOGIC (3,0) 3 An introductory course in logic; study of the role of logical methods of the rational approach to knowledge, consideration of such concepts as definition, implication, inference, syllogism, deduction. Counts as Humanities for General Education requirement. Prerequisite: EN210orEN215; or permission of instructor. 4 An introductory survey of American national government and politics. Special topics courses will be available as need and interest develop. Consult the semester Course Schedule for these. A study of selected philosophical problems and of methods and ways to answer them. Counts as Humanities for Geenral Education requirement. Prerequisite: EN210or EN215; or permission of instructor. 3 3 of Canadian 3 (3,0) This course provides an overview of the field of public administration. It examines the types of organizations, the relation of administration to politics, and public management. PS222 INTRODUCTION TO THE LEGAL PROFESSION 2 (2,0) Students will become familiar with how the law functions, how the legal profession has evolved, how to prepare for and apply to law school, and how law schools differ from college. Prerequisites: PS110, 120. COURSES • 304 �PS241 INTRODUCTION TO INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS PS334 MIDDLE EAST POLITICS (3.0) 3 (4.0) 4 An introductory study of the factors that influence the conduct of international relations and of die various methods by which those relations are conducted. This material will then be applied to an examination of some appropriate current international controversies. An examination of government and politics in the Middle East, with special emphasis on the influences of Islam and nationalism on both intemadonal and domestic politics of the area. Prerequisite: Junior or senior standing, or permission of instructor. PS247 MODEL UNITED NATIONS PS351 POLITICAL PHILOSOPHY I (4.0) (1.9) 1 This course includes required participation in the model United Nations program, in which students represent specific countries and become familiar with their background and politics. The goal is an understanding of how the United Nations functions. May be repeated for up to a total of 4 credits, but no more than 2 credits may be counted toward a political science major or minor. Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor. ' PS290 RESEARCH TOPICS IN POLITICAL SCIENCE (1-4.0) 1-4 This may take the form of either a research project or a program of directed reading on a specific topic. One to four credits over a period of one or two semesters may be granted according to the nature of the student’s project. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. PS301 POLICY ANALYSIS AND EVALUATION (4.0) 4 Examines how public issues and problems are analyzed to assist in the development of public policies. Considers die process of evaluating public programs to determine whether they are to be expanded, cut back, or continued at the current level. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. PS325 POLITICS AND MEDIA (3.0) 3 Examines the impact of electronic and print media on contemporary American politics. Evaluates proposals for changing the method and role of media coverage of government and politics. Prerequisites: PSl 10 and junior standing or permission of instructor. PS331 COMPARATIVE POLITICS OF WESTERN EUROPE AND RUSSIA (4,0) PS352 POLITICAL PHILOSOPHY II (4.0) Institutions and functioning of government in major European states, such as Great Britain, France, Germany, and Russia. Prerequisite: PSIIO. 4 An examination of political philosophy from the seventeenth century to the twenrieth century, concentrating on Hobbes, Locke, Rousseau, Hume, Burke, Bentham, Mill, Hegel, and Marx. The course includes analysis of the period’s main ideologies: conservatism, liberalism, socialism, communism, anarchism, fascism, and national socialism. Prerequisites: PSl 10 and junior or senior standing, or permission of instructor. PS357 POLITICS OF VIOLENCE (3.0) 3 An interdisciplinary examination of the origin, nature, and consequences of political violence, including war, revolution, and terrorism. Prerequisite: Junior or senior standing or permission of instructor. May also be used for sociology credit. PS364 POLITICAL PARTIES. INTEREST GROUPS AND PUBLIC OPINION 3 (3.0) Examines die roles of political parties and interest groups in the American political system, especially in elections and lobbying activities. The formation and uses of public opinion are also analyzed. Prerequisite: PSIIO. PS367 CONGRESS AND THE PRESIDENCY (4.0) 4 Examines die legislative and executive branches of government as parts of the policy making process. Prerequisite: PSIIO. PS401 PRINCIPLES OF PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 4 4 An examination of political philosophy from the ancient Greeks through the Reformation, concentradng on Plato, Aristotle, Augustine, Aquinas, and Machiavelli. Prerequisites: PSIIO and junior or senior standing, or permission of instructor. 3 (3.0) Examines major issues and methods in public administration. Analysis of specific public policy issues. Prerequisite: Advanced standing or permission of instructor. COURSES • 305 �ADMINISTRATIVE STAFF Katherine A. Albrough, accoun­ tant (1989); B.S., Lake Superior State University, 1989. Thomas A. Allan, manager, Ver­ milion project (1984); B.S., Cen­ tral Michigan University, 1973; M.S., Michigan Technological University, 1978; Ph.D., University of Maine, Orono, 1984. Francis I. Atkinson, manager/ director student activities (1981); B.S., University of Detroit, 1956. Susan Autore, health services nurse (1990); assoc., Lake Supe­ rior State University, 1981. Mary L. Baker, administrative coordinator/professional nurse (1989); B.S.N., St. Olaf College, 1971; M.S., Mankato State Uni­ versity, 1983. John L. Banks, supervisor of computer operations and mainte­ nance (1988); assoc., Madison Area Technical College, 1970. Paul A. Besteman, assistant director physical plant (1973, 1987); Lake Superior State Uni­ versity, (ex 1973). Susan M. Branstner, director, interpretive center and educa­ for schools tional programming | (1990); B.S., Michigan State University, 1982; M.A., 1986; Ph.D., 1990. Thomas R. Bugbee, manager of labor relations (1988); B.A., Michi­ gan State University, 1973; M.A., Eastern Michigan University, 1974. Mary L. Cahill, supervisor inven­ tory/accounts receivable/loans (1975, 1981). Susan K. Camp, coordinator of MBA program (1977, 1988); B.S., Lake Superior State University, 1985. Alden E. Campbell, manager of projects/CHP (1973); B.S., Lake Superior State University, 1973. Cheryl L. Castner, textbook ser­ vices supervisor (1980); B.S., Uni­ versity of Wisconsin Stout. David H. Castner, asst. prof, and director of counseling and testing services (1978, 1986); B.S., Uni­ versity of WisconsinStout, 1972; M.S., 1974. Jeffrey A. Chaney, microcom­ puter specialist (1988); B.S., Lake Superior State University, 1991 assoc., Lake Superior State Uni­ versity, 1988,. Bruce G. Clark, assistant dean of admissions (1976, 1986); B.A., Lake Superior State University, 1976. Robert S. Coon, systems analyst (1989); B.S., Lake Superior State University, 1980. Georgiana M. Cox, staff accoun­ tant (1979); B.S., Lake Superior State University, 1979; M.B.A., 1988. Juliana L. Cox, staff accountant (1983); B.S., Lake Superior State University, 1983 and 1987. William J. Crawford, director of public relations (1988); B.S., Western Michigan University, 1970. Katherine M. Crisp, administra­ tive assistant (1990); Muskegon Business College, 1986. Stella R. DePlonty, registrar (1960, 1987). Cheryl L. Dozier, assistant wo­ men’s basketball coach (1989); B.A. and B.S., Aquinas College, 1989. Wanda Eby, director of purchas­ ing (1974, 1980, 1990). ADMINISTRATIVE STAFF 306 �Leroy A. Fake, electronic techni­ cian (1983); assoc., Lake Supe­ rior State University, 1984. James E. Fallis, assoc, prof., director athletics/manager Norris Center (1974, 1988); B.A., Lake Superior State University, 1974; M.S., Northern Michigan Univer­ sity, 1976. Deborah Faust, director of auxil­ iary enterprises (1979, 1990); assoc., Lake Superior State Uni­ versity, 1985. Paul T. Fenlon, assistant to ex­ ecutive vice president (1981, 1987); B.A., Western Michigan University, 1964. Kathryn L. Fiandt, clinical direc­ tor of Wellness C.A.R.E. Center (1990); B.S.N., University of Maryland, 1971; M.S.N., Indiana University, 1976. Kay A. Floyd, executive secre­ tary office of board of regents (1990). Lee M. Freedman, textbook as­ sistant (1988); Lake Superior State University, (ex1988). Ruth E. Gendzwill, director of employee relations (1969, 1985); B.A., Calvin College, 1955. Donald J. Gerrie, prof, marketing and director, MBA program (1966, 1985); B.A., College of William and Mary, 1951; M.A., Michigan State University, 1953. Roger W. Greil, aquatics lab manager (1989); assoc., Lake Superior State University, 1988. Charles J. Gustafson, media specialist (1970); assoc., Lake Superior State University, 1968. Suzette M. Hazel, personnel assistant (1988); assoc., LakeSuperior State University, 1986 and 1987. Jo Ann Hill, admissions counsel­ or/ internal operations (1990); B.A., Michigan State University. Karen M. Huhtala, reading spe­ cialist (1983); B.A., Albion Col­ lege, 1965; M.A., Northern Michi­ gan University, 1980. Amanda A. Izzard, office records aide (1989); Lake Superior State University, (ex1991). Jeffery L. Jackson, head hockey coach (1986, 1990); B.A., Michigan State University, 1977; B.A., 1978. Mary P. Jason, director of Re­ gional Center (1986); B.S., Michi­ gan State University, 1966. Beverly A. Johnson, executive secretary to the president (1978, 1986); B.S., Northern Michigan University, 1970. Bruce R. Johnson, dean of ad­ missions (1985,1986); B.S., State University College, 1967; M.S., State University of New York Buffalo, 1971. Patricia A. Kellan, coordinator of health services (1989); B.S.N., Lake Superior State University, 1989. Helen M. Kennedy, secretary, information services (1989,1991). John F. Kibble, director of Native American Center (1986); B.A., Lake Superior State University, 1976. Erica L. Ledy, women’s basket­ ball coach (1990); B.S., Lake Superior State University, 1988. Dr. James Leete, university phy­ sician. Annette M. Malaski, systems analyst (1990); B.S., University of Wisconsin-Stevens Point, 1985. Robbin S. Manor, Campus Shoppe manager (1990); Lan­ sing Community College, (ex1977). J. Dennis McPherson, financial aid counselor (1967, 1981); Lake Superior State University, (ex1955). Cynthia F. Merkel, systems de­ velopment manager (1987,1988); B.A., Syracuse University, 1979. Fredrick A. Michels, assoc, prof, and director of library and audio ADMINISTRATIVE STAFF 307 �PY459 PHYSIOLOGICAL PSYCHOLOGY (3,0) 3 This course is an introduction to the neuro physiological structures of the brain and their functions as regulators of animal and human behavior. Prerequisite: PY311. PY490 RESEARCH TOPICS IN PSYCHOLOGY 1-4 (1-4)) This may take the form of either a research project or a program of directed reading on a specific topic. One to four credits over a period of one or two semesters may be granted according to the nature of the student’s project. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. May be repeated up to a total of 6 credits.. PY498 SENIOR RESEARCH I (3,0) 3 The study of methods employed in gathering data for research purposes including direct observational techniques and self-report measures. Students will also learn to use the computer to gather data, analyze data, and present data graphically; and will develop a research prospectus. Prerequisites: PY210, PY212, PY311. PY499 SENIOR RESEARCH II (4,0) 4 Applications of the principles derived from PY498 to the investigation of a research Also, presentations on recent topic. developments and approaches in psychology, including ethical issues in research. Prerequisite: PY498. RECREATIONAL ACTIVITIES 1 This course will serve to introduce the student to two racquet sports: racquetball and badminton. The course will offer each sport for 7.5 weeks and then the student will rotate to the "odier" racquet sport. RA105 BOWLING (0,2) 1 This course will emphasize delivery, scoring edquette, strategies for converting spares, spot vs. pin bowling, and learning about handicapping. The course will involve theory as well as practical experience. 1 Introduction to equipment, safety precautions, environmental concerns, and skills needed to successfully backpack. Class will experience a weekend backpacking trip. RA107 CANOE TECHNIQUES (0,2) 1 This course will introduce the student to the basic strokes and canoe safety associated with flat water canoeing. RA108 OUTDOOR SURVIVAL (0,2) 1 This class will focus on the appropriate strategies to employ to avoid a survival situation. It will also expose the student to various techniques and strategies to employ should they find themselves "lost" or unexpectedly spending several days and nights in the out-of-doors. RA109 ROCK CLIMBING AND RAPPELLING (0,2) 1 This course will introduce the student to the components associated with top rope climbing and rappelling. The student will become familiar with equipment, knots, setting up a safe site, terminology and technique. RA110 GOLF (0.2) 1 This course is designed to provide die beginning golfer with the fundamentals of die activity and to further play as a lifetime recreational activity. RA114 SELF DEFENSE (0,2) Special topics courses will be available as need and interest develop, Consult the semester Course Schedule for these. RA103 BADMINTON AND RACQUETBALL (0,2) RA106 BACKPACKING (0,2) 1 This course is designed to introduce the student to die philosophy, concepts, and various strategies associated widi the martial arts. Physical and mental conditioning and physical techniques associated widi the art of self defense will be presented and practiced. RA119 CROSS COUNTRY SKIING (0,2) 1 This course will introduce the student to the sport of cross country skiing. Emphasis will be placed on basic skill development, equipment selection, maintenance of equipment, and the enjoyment of winter and die beauty it has to offer. The majority of class time will be spent skiing; class instruction will occur during the ski, usually on a one-to-one basis to meet the needs of die student. COURSES • 308 �RA153 WEIGHT TRAINING RA125 TENNIS 10.2) 1 This course is intended to develop each student’s present knowledge and skills in order that they will be able to pursue tennis as a lifetime leisure activity. RA127 VOLLEYBALL (0.2) 1 This course is designed to develop basic skills and progression in power volleyball. Conditioning, drill, game tactics, and rules will be practically applied. RA129 BASKETBALL (0,2) 1 (0,2) This class is designed to familiarize each student with basic weight training knowledge. The student will become familiar with muscular systems, functions, and safe and effective ways to organize and implement a weight training routine. RA160 ADAPTED ACTIVITIES (0,2) 1 Leisure activities adapted to meet the needs of students with disabilities. Emphasis on walking, jogging and aquatics. (May be repeated for credit). This course is designed to expand each student’s present knowledge and skill specific to skill execution, game play, game strategy, and rules. May not be repeated for credit. Not available for credit to any student/athlete playing intercollegiate basketball. RA173 SOCIAL DANCE (0,2) 1 This course is designed to provide participants with a broad range of dancing patterns and rhythmic skills. Through social interaction, the following social dances will be learned: mixers, round dance, square dance, and ballroom dance. RA130 INTERCOLLEGIATE SPORTS SKILLS (0,2) RA174 AEROBIC DANCE (0.2) 1 RA180 BEGINNING SKATING (0.2) 1 RA194 SCUBA (0,2) 1 1 1 Will meet as directed by instructor. The course is designed for student-athletes involved in intercollegiate athletics. It provides die opportunity to develop advanced skills in their respective sports. The course may be taken two times for a total of two credits. It may be taken only once per academic year and only during the term in which the student-athlete is participating in an intercollegiate sport. RA150 INDIVIDUALIZED PHYSICAL FITNESS 1 (0,2) This class is designed to enable the student to discover his or her own level of fitness and develop and implement an exercise program diat will address personal fitness concerns. Central to this process is introducing the student to various aspects of a balanced fitness program and providing personal assistance to die student in selecting beginning fitness goals and appropriate progression of those goals. RA151 JOGGING FOR FITNESS (°.2) 1 Introduction to jogging as a means of developing physical and mental fitness. Development of an activity ideal for lifetime leisure involvement. RA152 ORIENTEERING (0,2) 1 The focus of diis class will be to introduce the student to map and compass reading skills and techniques associated with coordinating their use. It will also introduce the student to the competitive sport of orienteering. This course will provide the student with an opportunity to become exposed to and involved in a structured aerobic dance program. The purpose of this type of programming is to improve an individual’s physical fitness through rhythmic and dance activities. The students will be provided with an opportunity to learn the basic fundamentals of skating and to gain sufficient knowledge of the sport so that they may continue to enjoy and improve for the rest of their lives. This course is designed to introduce the student to the appropriate and safe use of selfcontained underwater breathing apparatus. RA195 BEGINNING AND ADVANCED BEGINNING SWIMMING (0,2) 1 Course meets in pool two hours a week. Mostly lab work but some lecture. Students cover material in Red Cross Beginner and Advanced Beginner courses and receive certification in one or both depending on skill level attained. RA196 INTERMEDIATE AND ADVANCED SWIMMING (0.2) 1 Course meets in pool two hours a week. Mostly lab work but some lecture. Students cover material in Red Cross Intermediate and Swimmer courses and receive certification in one or both depending on skill level attained. Prerequisite: Red Cross Advanced Beginner certification or equivalent skills. COURSES•309 �RA197 PHYSICAL ENFORCEMENT (0,2) FITNESS FOR LAW 1 This course will provide senior criminal justice students enrolled in the Michigan Law Enforcement Officers Training Council certification track with the opportunity to maintain their physical prowess and to prepare for the state physical ability test. Prerequisite: Senior criminal justice students enrolled in the MLEOTC track. RA210 LIFEGUARDING (0.4) 2 Course meets in pool four hours a week. Mostly lab work, some lecture. Students cover material in Red Cross Basic and Emergency Water Safety course and Red Cross Lifeguarding course. Students receive certification in one or both depending on skill level attained. Either certificate qualifies students to take Water Safety and Lifeguarding Instructor course, RA211. Prerequisite: American Red Cross Intermediate Swimming certificate or equivalent skills. RA211 WATER SAFETY AND LIFEGUARD INSTRUCTOR (0,4) RC105 PROGRAM DEVELOPMENT AND LEADERSHIP IN RECREATION AND LEISURE SERVICES (3,0) 3 Principles of leadership skills and styles are applied to various recreation settings with emphasis on group interaction and face to face leading. Programming fundamentals for effective leisure services delivery are explored and implemented. Prerequisite: RC101. RC212 INSTRUCTIONAL METHODS IN ADAPTED AQUATICS (1.2) RC220 METHODS IN ARTS AND CRAFTS (3,0) 2 Course meets four hours a week, 70% of the time in the pool and 30% of the time in the classroom. All students cover material in Red Cross Water Safety Instructor course and do a teaching practicum at the Lake Superior State University Pool, Those students entering with a current lifeguarding card may also cover Lifeguarding Instructor material. Prerequisites: Current Emergency Water Safety or Lifeguarding certificate. RECREATION Special topics courses will be available as need and interest develop, Consult the semester Course Schedule for these. RC101 INTRODUCTION TO RECREATION AND LEISURE SERVICES (3,0) 3 Overview of philosophy, history, theory, programs, professional leadership and organizations, economics and leisure service delivery systems. 2 Based on American Red Cross adapted aquatics guidelines, the course is designed to help students develop skills used when planning implementing, instructing, and evaluating water activity programs for those with a disability. Current water safety instructors (WSI) may become American Red Cross certified as adapted aquatics instructors. People who do not have a WSI may become American Red Cross certified adapted aquatics aides. 3 A variety of arts and crafts media are studied and applied to specific recreation settings with concentration on leading and programming. Prerequisites: RC101 and RC105. RC240 FOUNDATIONS OF THERAPEUTIC RECREATION 3 (3.0) An introduction to the profession of Therapeutic Recreation. Students will be introduced to history, philosophy, current professional trends, professional organizations, professional literature and career opportunities for Therapeutic Recreation Specialists. The health care team and the role of the Therapeutic Recreation Specialist will also be explored. Prerequisite: RC101 and RC105. RC262 OUTDOOR RECREATION (3.0) 3 This course will introduce the student to a variety of topics and content areas related to outdoor recreation. These topics will include outdoor education, organized camping and adventure education. Also included will be an opportunity to become familiar with outdoor living skills. COURSES • 310 �RC270 SPORTS MANAGEMENT (3.9) 3 This course will provide philosophies, organization techniques, and administration principles for youth sports, officiating, intramurals, organized athletics, and recreational sports. Issues on assessment, design, implementation, and evaluation for sports programs in today’s society will be explored. Investigation of appropriate resources, professional organization’s impact, training methods,certification processes, and gender issues will be highlighted. Prerequisites: RC101 and RC105 or permission of instructor. RC280 READINESS IN GAMES, ACTIVITIES. AND SPORTS (3,0) alternate years 3 This course will focus on the selection and implementation of games, activities and sports which are age-appropriate for the clientele being served. Psychological, sociological, emotional and physiological readiness will be studied as it relates to implementation, modification and presentation of games, activities, and sports to various age groups. Both positive and negative outcomes will be identified. RC295 PRACTICUM 1-2 Practical experiences designed to provide the student with various types of recreation programs. The student will work under a site supervisor specialized in that particular area of the student’s interest. One credit hour for every 45 hours of practical experience. May be repeated for up to four credits. RC320 DANCE AND RHYTHMIC ACTIVITIES FOR RECREATION 3 (3,0) Study of dance in social and therapeutic settings; developing skills to lead programs and adopt a variety of rhythmic activities for individuals and groups: Creative Movement, Improvisation, Variety of Social Dance, Historical Significance to Actual Implementation. Prerequisites: RC101 and RC105. RC340 PROGRAM DEVELOPMENT THERAPEUTIC RECREATION (3.0) IN 3 Students will explore in detail the Therapeutic Recreation service model which will include the components of treatment, leisure education and recreation participation. All aspects of comprehensive and specific program planning will be explored with a special concern for the development of individualized behavioral objectives. Prerequisite: RC240. RC342 DISABILITIES SEMINAR IN THERAPEUTIC RECREATION 3 (3.0) An extensive survey of disabling conditions which the Therapeutic Recreation Specialist may encounter. Emphasis will be placed on incidence, characteristics, etiology, restrictions to involvement and most current research. Class will be taken on a student research/presentation format. Prerequisite: RC240. RC344 RECREATIONAL PURSUITS AND DISABLING CONDITIONS 3 (3.0) A study of specialized recreational and athletic opportunities available to individuals with disabling conditions; such opportunities will be presented as potential activities to be included as part of comprehensive Therapeutic Recreation services. Practical applications will be encountered. Prerequisite: RC342. RC346 CLINICAL ISSUES AND PRACTICE IN THERAPEUTIC RECREATION 3 (2.4) Through a combination of directed fieldwork and classroom instruction, students will begin to apply Therapeutic Recreation theory and program development to the clinical environment. Issues of professional development, confidentiality, assessment, documentation and evaluation will be covered. Prerequisites: RC340, RC 342. RC362 LAND MANAGEMENT FOR RECREATION PURPOSES (3.0) 3 RC365 EXPEDITION MANAGEMENT (2.2) 3 This course is designed to meet the needs of the student pursuing a Parks and Recreation degree. Provides insight and understanding for problems inherent to managing recreation lands for optimum use and minimum impact. Also, for Recreation majors in outdoor recreation option. Prerequisites: RC101, RC262. Intensive study of performance, programming, leadership and management skills involved in conducting wilderness and back country recreation programming. The student will become aware of various theoretical support structures and paradigms associated with adventure education and the values associated with the use of outdoor programming as a therapeutic intervention modality. Course content includes: initiating and programming wildemess/back country experiences, group dynamics, and outdoor living skills. A ten-day outing is required immediately upon completion of the semester. Prerequisite: RC262 or permission of instructor. COURSES • 311 �RC370 RECREATION FOR THE ELDERLY (3.0) RC492 INTERNSHIP 3 2-6 Geared to individuals who will be working with senior citizens in recreation programs, hospitals, nursing homes, and family members. The aging process will be studied from the perspective that sound principles will be applied to leading and programming for this growing segment of our population. Prerequisite: RC101, RC105, and 200 level recreation electives. This is a comprehensive practical application of the student’s formal academic preparation. Prerequisites: Completion of 20 of the 25 hours of departmental core requirements and junior or senior standing. RC390 RECREATION LEADER APPRENTICESHIP (1.0) 1 Practical experience in learning to teach and lead various recreation experiences. Students serve with qualified instructors. Prerequisite: Basic skills and knowledge of activity or permission of instructor. RC435 PROBLEMS AND ISSUES IN THERAPEUTIC RECREATION (3,0) 3 This course will serve as a culminating educational component for the student majoring in therapeutic recreation and recreation management. The course will focus in part on current problems and issues in therapeutic recreation and will also have a major emphasis on developing an original research project. Prerequisite: RC346, PY210, or permission of instructor. RC436 THERAPEUTIC RECREATION AND LEISURE SCIENCE RESEARCH (2,0) 2 This course is the second part of a two-part research sequence required by Therapeutic Recreation and Recreation Management majors. This course will focus upon research methodology associated with implementing a research project, collecting data, data analysis and presentation. Current state, national and global issues and trends in the recreation field will also be presented. Prerequisite: RC435. RC481 PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT SEMINAR (1.0) 1 Opportunities for students to refine personal and professional goals and initiate preparation of resumes and interviewing skills. Career planning and placement will be emphasized as well as internship evaluation. Seminar format. Prerequisite: Senior status required. RC482 ADMINISTRATION OF RECREATION AND LEISURE SERVICES (4.0) 4 This course will emphasize organizational patterns and administration problems encountered in operating various types of recreation departments and agencies. Additional content will include budgeting, fund raising, grant writing, personnel management, and public relations. Prerequisites: RC105 and junior standing. RC496 SELECTED RESEARCH TOPICS (1-3.0) 1-3 Student carries out approved project(s) of his/her own initiative. Prerequisites: junior standing or permission of instructor. NATURAL RESOURCES TECHNOLOGY Special topics courses will be available as need and interest develop, Consult the semester Course Schedule for these. RT102 METHODS IN NATURAL RESOURCES 1 (0,3) A lab course introducing students to field techniques utilized in the Natural Resources Technology Program. Methods in forestry, soils, water quality, fishes, and wildlife will be presented. RT206 WILDLIFE MANAGEMENT TECHNIQUES 2 (1.3) A lab and field course working with techniques and specimens commonly associated with wildlife management. Prerequisites: Enrollment in Natural Resource Technology program, NS 103, RT284. RT207 BIOLOGY AND MANAGEMENT OF FISHES (2.3) 3 Identification and natural history of important regional fishes followed by a study of their ecology and management, with emphasis on management techniques. Prerequisite: Enrollment in Natural Resource Technology program. RT284 PRINCIPLES OF FORESTRY (2.4) 4 An introduction to the various areas of forestry, some techniques utilized by foresters, and an analysis of an area for management purposes. Prerequisites: NS103, BL130 with a C or better. RT285 WATER QUALITY INTERNSHIP ^ A work experience training session designated to provide practical application of knowledge and skills in water quality technology. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. COURSES • 312 �RT286 LIMNOLOGICAL TECHNIQUES (3,3) 4 A course designed to provide training in hydrographic methods, sampling techniques and aquatic surveys. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. RT287 INDUSTRIAL WASTEWATER TREATMENT (3.9) 3 This course will give the students a background in the workings of a wastewater plant and preparation to spend the needed hours for the internship in this program. STUDENT SERVICES Special topics courses will be available as Consult the need and interest develop. semester Course Schedule for these. SA090 DEVELOPMENTAL READING I (2,2) 3 A combination of lectures, activities, and labs provide information and experiences needed to help eliminate inefficient reading habits and develop better reading skills. Emphasis is placed on reading/study strategies, comprehension, reading rate/flexibility, vocabulary, and concentration and memory improvement. Labs are individualized to accommodate die student’s needs based on assessment tests. This course is required of those students who score below the reading proficiency level on the college placement test. SA091 DEVELOPMENTAL READING II (2,2) 3 This course is a sequel to SA090 for those students who need additional work to meet the minimal reading proficiency requirement. Greater emphasis will be given to the application and practice of critical reading/thinking skills, textbook reading strategies, vocabulary in the disciplines, and comprehension. Individualized labs will be based on personal needs. Prerequisite: SA090. SA100 HOW TO SUCCEED IN COLLEGE (1.5,0) 1 A general overview of the importance attitude and motivation play toward academic success. Help students understand L.S.S.U. programs, policies, and procedures. Focus on the various study skills that can help students improve upon their note-taking, preparing for and taking tests, time management, memory, and reading skills. The course consists of lectures, discussions, and quizzes. SA105 DEVELOPMENT OF READING ABILITIES (1,1) 1 Lectures, discussion, activities, and labs provide students with the information and experiences needed to develop reading-rate flexibility, vocabulary skills, critical reading/thinking skills for reading in the context areas, and concentration and memory improvement. Labs are individualized to fit each student’s needs, as determined by a reading test given at the beginning of the semester. SA125 CAREER PLANNING AND DECISION MAKING 1 (0,1.5) Expanding awareness of personal strength and career options, this course will help students make realistic decisions relating to planning and implementation of academic and life career goals. Follows a student self-directed framework utilizing video-tapes and career/self-exploration to complete assignments. Prerequisite: student must be fully admitted for enrollment at L.S.S.U. and currently enrolled in six (6) credits. SA150 PERSONAL GROWTH SEMINAR (0,1.5) 1 A seminar to help students make the transition to university life, communicate effectively on an interpersonal level, strengthen self-concept, and build positive relationships. Course content addresses the personal-social, educational and vocational aspects of individual development. SA205 GROUP INTERACTIONS (3,0) 3 This course is designed for the first year resident advisors to develop a better understanding of self and others, particularly in regard to group responsibilities. There will be a three-day Pre-Fall Orientation Program. Group activities will be aimed at developing Curriculum will increase cohesiveness, awareness of group processes and interaction skills including: leadership, referral, conflict resolution, assertiveness, crisis intervention, programming, empadiy and active listening. Prerequisite: for first year resident advisors only. SPEECH Special topics courses will be available as need and interest develop, Consult the semester Course Schedule for these. COURSES • 313 �SD101 FUNDAMENTALS OF SPEECH COMMUNICATION (3.0) 3 A study of communication theory as it relates to the oral sender and receiver in interpersonal, dyadic, small group and public speaking situations. Application will be in perceptual analysis, dyadic encounters, small group problem-solving and discussion, and public speaking situations. SD161 PROBLEMS IN SPEECH/DRAMA (1-3.0) 1-3 SD307 CLASSICAL/CONTEMPORARY RHETORIC (3,0) 3 A study of die development of rhetoric beginning widi the Greeks and continuing to the present. An emphasis will be placed on the influences of past rhetoric to current dieory. Prerequisite: SD101 or permission of instructor. SD308 COMMUNICATION THEORY (3,0) 3 Practical problems in speech or theatre. Requires participation in Forensics, Debate, May be Reader’s Theatre or Theatre, repeated for a maximum of three credits. Prerequisite: SD101 or permission of instructor. A study of the sources, dimensions and applications of contemporary communication theory, including the impact of mass communication in modern society. Prerequisite: SD101 or permission of instructor. SD201 SMALL GROUP COMMUNICATION (3,0) SD309 SPEECH AND DRAMA PRODUCTIONS 3 (3.0) 3 Analysis of verbal communication in small groups as related to information processing, problem solving, agenda establishment, decision making, and policy formation. Prerequisite: SD101. SD202 INFORMATIVE SPEAKING (3,0) 3 Development of effective informative The discourse in theory and practice. preparation and use of audience analysis, organizational structures and visual aids will be applied to descriptive, conceptual, and expository situations. Prerequisite: SD101. SD251 HISTORY OF DRAMA & THEATRE I (3,0) 3 The study of the historical and esthetic drama and theatre from the Greek period to the European Renaissance. Counts as Humanities for General Education requirement. Prerequisite: EN110. SD252 HISTORY OF DRAMA & THEATRE II (3,0) 3 The study of the historical and esthetic drama and theatre from the Renaissance to current theatre and drama. Counts as Humanities for General Education requirement. Prerequisite: EN110. SD302 PERSUASION AND ARGUMENTATION (3,0) 3 The development of persuasive oral discourse which emphasizes audience analysis and adaptation, organization, reasoning, and debate. Exercises in individual and team debates are included. Prerequisite: SD101. Practical problems in the development and production of dramatic works. Forensics workshops, tournaments, and festivals. Prerequisite: SD101 and permission of instructor. SD320 PUBLIC RELATIONS (4.0) 4 Public relations theory and practice will form the two emphases of the course. Theory will be explored and discussed as foundation for die application of public relations concepts and strategies. Students will be responsible for working with organizations in order to develop realistic PR campaigns which reflect the awareness of the significant structures and responsibilities involved in a professional approach to public relations. Prerequisite: SD101 or permission of instructor. SD325 ORGANIZATIONAL COMMUNICATIONS 3 (3.0) Focus on oral communication as it impacts on and permits coordination among people and thus allows for organized behavior. Focus on business and organizational contexts for Participant interpersonal transactions, involvement in simulation designed to generate insights into the elements involved in coordinated and competitive organizational communication. Selected topics for theory and practice: interpersonal transactions, communication rules, conflict management, negotiations, trust, power, and influence. Prerequisite: SD101 or permission of instructor. COURSES • 314 �S0225 NATIVE CULTURES OF NORTH AMERICA SOCIOLOGY Special topics courses will be available as need and interest develop, Consult the semester Course Schedule for these. 3 (3,0) A study of the Native American-Indian and Inuit-cultures of North America from earliest times to the present with emphasis on contrasting patterns of cultures. 50101 INTRODUCTION TO SOCIOLOGY (3.0) 50226 RACES AND MINORITIES (3,0) 3 An introduction to the basic concepts of sociology. Explanation of human behavior which emphasizes human groups, institutions, social change, social forces. 50102 SOCIAL PROBLEMS (4.0) 4 An introductory course providing data and theory for a variety of contemporary social problems such as poverty, unemployment, teenage pregnancy, inequality, housing shortages, violence, and pollution. S0113 SOCIOLOGY OF THE AMERICAN FAMILY (3,0) 3 A study of the development and change of the American family since 1890. This study will explore the impact of urbanization, industrialization, increased mobility, extended education, and the changing status of women on tiie American family. S0201 SOCIAL RESEARCH AND STATISTICS (4.0) 4 The student will be required to design four types of research projects: experiment, survey, field research, unobtrusive research. The social foundation of statistical inference is discussed and elementary statistical concepts are introduced through numerical problems: z scores, t-test, chi square, correlation, ANOVA, etc. Prerequisite: Fulfillment of mathematics competency graduation requirement. 50213 INTRODUCTION TO ANTHROPOLOGY 3 (3.0) A study of the evolution of humankind and the evolution and development of culture and society. Prerequisite: One introductory sociology course. 50214 CRIMINOLOGY (3,0) 3 A study of the nature and causes of crime and the results of various attempts to reduce crime. 3 Study of various social and ethnic minorities in the United States with an emphasis on Black-White relations. Competition, conflict, and prejudice as they influence social and ethnic minority group relations. Social movements and their effects on majority minority relations. Prerequisite: Sophomore standing. 50227 POPULATION (3,0) 3 Study of the basic problem of the world’s population increase and distribution in relation to natural resources and standards of living. S0238 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY (3,0) 3 Relation of the individual to his social environment with special reference to group processes and interaction, social structure, and language. SO242 SOCIOLOGY OF SEX (3,0) 3 Socio-psychological study of the impact of human sexuality upon human behavior. S0301 DEVELOPMENT OF SOCIOLOGICAL THEORY 3 (3,0) A critical analysis of the contributions to sociological theory by Comte, Spencer, Marx, Durkheim, Pareto, Weber, and others. 50313 WORK AND ORGANIZATION (3,0) 3 Development and structure of the workplace; includes contemporary trends in formal organization and management styles, changing career patterns, sources of conflict, and some cross-cultural comparisons. Prerequisite: Junior standing or three hours of sociology. 50314 SOCIAL CHANGE (3,0) 3 Study of trends in industrial societies, theories explaining these changes, and the role of social movements in social change; focusing primarily on industrialized societies with some discussion of developing countries. Prerequisite: Junior standing or three hours of sociology. COURSES • 315 �S0321 SOCIOLOGY OF WOMEN (3,0) 3 This analysis of the roles and status of women in contemporary American society covers social structure, social psychology, and social movements; also includes some cross-cultural comparisons. S0325 SOCIAL STRATIFICATION (3,0) 3 Class, caste, status, power, general concept of stratification, and consequences of stratification will be related to social institutions. S0326 THE SOCIOLOGY OF AGING AND THE AGED (3,0) 3 Examines aging and the aged in American society from the sociological perspective. S0327 THE SOCIOLOGY OF DYING AND DEATH (3,0) S0401 RESEARCH SEMINAR I (3,0) S0402 RESEARCH SEMINAR II (3,0) SO490 INDEPENDENT RESEARCH TOPICS IN SOCIOLOGY 1-4 (1-4) This may take the form of either a research project or a program of directed reading on a specific topic. One to four credits over a period of one or two semesters may be granted according to the nature of the student’s project. Prerequisites: SO402. May be repeated to a total of 6 credits. 3 SPANISH 3 Analysis of causes and consequences of deviance and development of deviant subcultures: examination of various societal responses to control deviance and their Included are alcoholism. effectiveness, crime, mental illness and homosexuality among others. Prerequisite: Junior standing or three hours of sociology and/or human services. S0339 CULTURE AND PERSONALITY (3,0) 3 Analysis of the role of culture in shaping personality using both contemporary industrial society and also cross-culture material. Prerequisite: Three hours of sociology or junior standing. S0341 SOCIOLOGY OF ADDICTION (3.0) 3 Study of the nature of chemical dependence with emphasis on individual, social, and cultural variations of drug effects. Relationship of chemical use to the family system. Comparisons between chemical and non-chemical dependent behaviors. Prerequisite: Six hours of sociology or permission of instructor. S0344 SOCIAL WELFARE SYSTEMS (3.0) 3 The student conducts the research project initiated in SO401 and analyzes the results. Prerequisite: SO401. Sociological examination of dying and death. S0338 DEVIANCE (3,0) 3 A research topic is developed by the student using library resources. Prerequisites: Senior standing and completion of SO201 and SO301, or permission of instructor. 3 Development of social welfare systems including changing programs and philosophy and interrelationships with economic, political, and family institutions; cross-cultural comparisons; current issues and problems in social welfare. Prerequisites: Junior standing or three credits in sociology. Special topics courses will be available as Consult the need and interest develop, semester Course Schedule for these. SP161 FIRST YEAR SPANISH I (4,1) 4 Introduction to basic Spanish grammar and vocabulary, designed to acquaint the student with the essentials of oral and written Spanish. SP162 FIRST YEAR SPANISH II (4,1) 4 Further study of Spanish grammar and vocabulary; emphasis on oral communication; reading of various materials in Spanish with the aim of understanding the meaning, enlarging the vocabulary and using Spanish for communication. Prerequisite: SP161 or equivalent. SP165 SPANISH FOR PUBLIC SAFETY (4,1) 4 A continuation of SP161, with emphasis on vocabulary relevant to work in criminal justice. Prerequisite: SP161 or equivalent. SP261 SECOND YEAR SPANISH I (4,1) 4 Intensive review of grammar and further Emphasis on vocabulary development, composition and conversation based on the reading of Spanish texts and newspapers. Prerequisite: SP162 or equivalent. COURSES • 316 �SP262 SECOND YEAR SPANISH II (4.1) 4 Conducted as much as possible in Spanish with the primary aim of dealing fluently with basic conversation situations. Prerequisite: SP261 or equivalent. SP305 SPANISH LITERATURE IN TRANSLATION I (3.0) 3 From the Medieval period through the works of Miguel de Cervantes. The course is taught in English and the readings are in English. This course counts as Humanities for General Education requirement. SP306 SPANISH LITERATURE IN TRANSLATION II (3.0) 3 Representative 18th, 19th and 20th century Spanish works and some representative Latin American works. The course is taught in English and the readings are in English. This course counts as Humanities for General Education requirement. CONSTRUCTION TECHNOLOGY Special topics courses will be available as need and interest develop. Consult the semester Course Schedule for these. TC101 CONSTRUCTION I (3.0) 3 An overview and analysis of properties, processing and applications of conventional construction materials. Wood, concrete, masonry, ferrous and nonferrous metals, glass, plastics and other materials are examined in detail. The application of building code as they pertain to these materials will also be presented. TC102 CONSTRUCTION II (3.0) TC104 INDUSTRIAL SAFETY AND SMALL ENGINE MECHANICS (2,2) 3 Study of occupational safety, occupational health, and industrial hazard control. Focus on basic principles, concepts, and techniques proven useful in reducing industrial injuries and occupational diseases (one-half semester). Practical study of the operation and repair of small engines (one-half semester). TEACHER EDUCATION Special topics courses will be available as need and interest develop, Consult the semester Course Schedule for these. TE150 REFLECTIONS ON LEARNING AND TEACHING (3,0) 3 Students will examine their experiences and assumptions as learners and teachers, contrasting them with psychological, sociological, and anthropological theories about learning in and out of school. TE250 STUDENT DIVERSITY AND SCHOOLS 3 (3,0) A study of the forms of diversity found among students and how these differences affect participation in schools. Schools are studied in terms of their goals, impact on students, and as workplaces for teachers. Course activities include school visits and discussions of classroom teaching. Sophomore standing or Prerequisite: permission of instructor. 3 Concepts in construction blueprint reading and the development of skills in reading construction drawings. The correlation of building codes and specifications to the production of working drawings. Prerequisite: TC101. TC103 SURVEYING (2,4) 3 Concepts and operation of distance and angular measurement. Use of transit and level, land description, traverse, construction and earth work calculations. COURSES • 317 NOTES �DISTINGUISHED TEACHERS Nominations for the Distinguished Teacher Award come from across the entire campus of Lake Superior State University. Selection of the Distinguished Teacher, however, is done by a committee, composed of graduating seniors with the highest LSSU grade-point averages in their class and faculty who have previously received the Distinguished Teacher Award. The following have been recipients of the Distinguished Teacher Award: 1957-58 1963-64 1971-72 1972-73 1973-74 1974-75 1975-76 1976-77 1977-78 1978-79 1979-80 1980-81 1981-82 1982-83 1983-84 1984-85 1985-86 1986-87 1987-88 1988-89 1989-90 1990-91 1991-92 1992-93 1993-94 Raymond Chelberg C. Ernest Kemp Margaret Howe David Blair Gerald Samson Thomas Mickewich Arthur Duwe Thomas Kelly Larry Schneider Steven Person Bernard Arbic Edeltraute Vialpando Timothy Sawyer Paul Wilson Michael Flynn Margaret Malm berg Robert Money Rosa Kavanaugh Dimitri Diliani David Behmer Susan Ratwik William Haag James Madden Sally Childs Carol Campagna DISTINGUISHED TEACHERS • 318 �FACULTY Adams, M. L., assoc, prof, of business admin, and quantitative methods (1984, 1991); B.A., Lawrence University, 1959; M.S., University of Calif, at Berkeley, 1965; Ph.D., Michigan State University, 1981. Allan, Thomas A., asst. prof, of biology/chemistry, (1990); B.A., Central Michigan University, 1973; M.A. Michigan Technological Uni­ versity, 1978; Ph.D., University of Maine, 1984. Andary, Carol, assoc, prof, and coordinator of legal assistant studies, (1984, 1993); B.S., Western Michigan University, 1977; Juris Doctor, Wayne State University, 1980. Anderson, Colleen, asst. prof, of English, (1992); B.A., State University of New York at Cortland, 1978; M.A. Catholic University of America, 1988; Ph.D. Catholic University of America, 1992. Anleitner, Donna, asst. prof, of nursing (1985); B.S.N., Indiana State University, 1971; M.S.N., Northern Illinois State Univer-sity, 1976. Arbic, Bernard J., prof, of math­ ematics (1967, 1986); B.S., Mas­ sachusetts Institute of Technol- ogy, 1962; M.A., Bowdoin, 1967; Ph.D., University of Wyoming, 1972. Ayers, Jeffrey M., asst. prof, of political science (1994); B.A., University of Virginia, 1987; M.A., University of Wisconsin, 1989; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, 1994. Behmer, David J., prof, of biol­ ogy (1967, 1981); B.S., Wisconsin State College, 1963; M.S., 1965; Ph.D., Iowa State University, 1966. Blashill, James, asst. prof, and cooordinator of criminal justice and coordinator of Institute for Public Safety (1975); chair of the department of criminal justice and fire science (1975) (1993): B.S., Wayne State University, 1973; M.S., Michigan State University, 1976. Bloch, Joel G., asst. prof, of composition, (1993); B.S. 1991, New York University; M.A. 1973, York University; Ph.D. 1980, Carnegie Mellon University. Boger, Thomas, assoc, prof, of computer science, (1981, 1991); B.S., 1973; M.S., Michigan State University, 1974. Bolio, Lawrence A., assoc, prof, of mechanical engineering tech- nology (1984); B.S., Michigan Technological University, 1966 and 1975; M.A., Northern Michigan University, 1979. Brown, Lewis M., prof, and coor­ dinator of geology (1979, 1989), chair of of the department of geology and physics (1993); B.A., Cornell College, 1965; M.S., University of Iowa, 1967; Ph.D., University of New Mexico, 1973. Brown Patrick, department head Biology and Chemistry, (1990 1994); assoc, prof, of biology, (1994); B.S., Central Michigan University, 1974; M.S., Iowa State University, 1977; Ph.D., University of Missouri, 1981. Campagna, Carol A., assoc, prof, of nursing (1984); B.S.N., D’Youville College, 1964; M.S.N., University of Colorado, 1969. FACULTY • 319 �Castner, David G., assoc, prof, counselor, (1978, 1979, 1993); B.S., University of Wisconsin-Stout, 1972; M.S., 1974. Chejlava, Michael, asst, prof of chemistry, (1993); B.S., 1975, Harvey Mudd College; Ph.D., 1982, Kansas State University, Ph.D.. Childs, Sally A., prof, of physical education and recreation and coordinator of recreation studies (1981, 1987); chair of the department of recreation studies and exercise sciences (1994); B.S., Eastern Michigan University, 1971; M.S., Northern Michigan University, 1978; Ph.D., Ohio State University, 1986. Connaughton, Carole, prof, of nursing and coordinator of B.S.N. program (1984); B.S.N., Saint Mary’s College, Notre Dame, 1956; M.S.N., 1967; Ph.D., Indiana Uni­ versity, 1974. Crandall, Richard C., prof, of sociology (1969, 1987); B.S., 1967; M. A., Central Michigan Uni-versity, 1969; Ph.D., University of Michigan, 1974. Cullen, John C., prof, of Spanish and English (1967, 1985); B.A., 1963; M.A., Michigan State Uni­ versity, 1965; Ph.D., Interamerican University, 1973. Delaney-Lehman, Maureen, asst, prof./librarian (1989, 1992); B.M., Western Michigan University, 1975; M.S., Michigan State University, 1980; M.L.S., University of Kentucky, 1988. Devaprasad, James, asst. prof, and coordinator of automated systems engineering technology (1986, 1991); chair of the department of automated systems manufacturing technology (1994); B.E., University of Madras, India, 1983; M.S., University of New Mexico, 1986. Dobbertin, Gerald, asst. prof, of sociology (1972, 1982); B.S., Wayne State University, 1967; M.A., Central Michigan Univer­ sity, 1973; Ph.D., Michigan State University, 1981. Dobbertin, Leslie, assoc, prof, of sociology (1974, 1982, 1991); chair of the department of sociology (1994); B.A., Central Michigan University, 1965; M.A., Iowa State University, 1972; Ph.D., Michigan State University, 1989. Dorrity, Daniel T., prof, of his-tory (1970, 1990); chair of the department of humanities and history (1994); B.A., 1966; M.A., Wayne State University, 1967; Ph.D., University of Michigan, 1973. Dowd, Donner, assoc, prof, of business (1982); B.S., Wheaton College, 1960; M.S., Purdue Uni­ versity, 1966. Duesing, Paul, assoc, prof, and of mechanical engineering technology and coordinator of Cooperative Education (1984, 1990); chair of the department of mechanical engineering technology (1994); B.S.M.E., 1971; M.S.M.E., University of Michigan, 1973. Duesing, Sherilyn R., instr. of developmental mathematics 1994; B.S., Central Michigan University, M.A., Erkkila, John, assoc, prof, of economics, and coordinator of Recruitment and Transfer (1990); chair of the department of business administration (1994); B.S., Lake Superior State University, 1970; M.A., University of Windsor, 1971; Ph.D., The University of Western Ontario, 1987. Evans, Barbara I., (1994); asst, prof, of biology; B.S., University of Ottawa, Canada, 1980; Ph.D., University of Kansas, 1986. Foley, Elizabeth A., asst. prof, of criminal justice and coordi-nator of corrections (1981, 1987); B.A., Madonna College, 1969; M.A., Northern Michigan University, 1982. FACULTY • 320 �Furr, Richard S., assoc, prof, of biology (1971, 1981); A.B., Pfeiffer College, 1963; M.S., North Carolina State University, 1966; Ph.D., University of Tennessee, 1971. Gaertner, Georgegeen P., assoc, prof, of English and coordinator of Writing in the Disciplines (1965, 1974); B.A., Michigan State University, 1959; M.A., University of Michigan, 1963. Gaertner, Robert, assoc, prof, of finance (1965, 1989); B.B.A., University of Notre Dame, 1964; M.B.A., Michigan State Univer­ sity, 1965. Gardiner, R. Lee, asst. prof, of exercise science (1988, 1992); B.S., Grand Valley State University, 1979; M.S., Northern Michigan University, 1988. Gerrish, Steven J., asst. prof, of mechanical engineering technology (1981, 1988); B.S., Lake Superior State College, 1978; M.A., Michigan State University, 1981. Godby, Marjorie B., asst, prof./ counselor (1986, 1992); B.S., University of Minnesota, 1962; M.A., University of Michigan, 1966. Grounds, Patrick M.,; asst. prof, and coordinator of automated systems engineering technology (1986, 1989); department head of engineering technology, (1989-90); B.S., 1984; M.A., University of Michigan, 1986. Gutowska, Janina, asst. prof, of mathematics (1988); M.S. Univer­ sity of Lodz, Poland, 1966. Gutowski, Mieczyslaw, assoc, prof, of mathematics (1984, 1990); M.S., University of Lodz, 1965; Ph.D., University of Gdansk, 1973. Haag, William, prof, of bio­ chemistry (1984); B.S., Loras College, 1961; M.S., 1965; Ph.D., University of Nebraska, 1971. Halsey, Alice, assoc, prof, of nursing (1973, 1983); B.S.N., University of Michigan, 1962; M.S.N., Wayne State University, 1977. Harrison, Galen H., asst. prof, of mathematics (1963, 1967); B.S., 1 960; M.A., Michigan Technological University, 1963. Hellow, Elizabeth, asst. prof, of nursing (1979, 1985); B.S.N., Lake Superior State University, 1977; M.S.N., Wayne State University, 1986. Heyns, Terry L., prof, of fire science (1989); A.B., Saint Louis University, 1965; M.A., University of Kansas, 1967; Ph.D., Kansas State University, 1989. Holmes, Dennis K., asst. prof, of criminal justice (1992); B.G.S. Oakland University, 1978, M.P.A. Oakland University, 1982. Hudson, John S., assoc, prof, of accounting (1970, 1986); B.A., 1963; M.A., Michigan State Uni­ versity, 1965; M.B.A., Western Michigan University, 1967. Jennings, Richard P., prof, of speech and coordinator of Reader’s Theater, (1970, 1990); B.A., Uni versity of Michigan, 1950; B.D. Virginia Theological Seminary, 1953; M.A., Central ' Michigan University, 1970. Johnson, Gary R., prof, of polit­ ical science (1978, 1990); chair of the department of political sciences (1994); B.A., Augustana College, 1975; Ph.D., 1972; M.A., University of Cin-cinnati, 1979. Jones, Charles W., prof, of chem­ istry (1970, 1981); A.B., Western State College of Colorado, 1954; M.S., 1957; Ph.D., Oklahoma State University, 1973. June, Mary M., asst, prof./ librarian (1988, 1993); B.A., 1978; M.L.S., University of WisconsinMilwaukee, 1980. FACULTY • 321 �Kabke, Lynn, instr. of health sciences; (1991); B.S.N., Lake Superior State University, 1990; M.S.N., Northern Michigan University, 1991. Kelso, Paul R., asst. prof, of developmental math, (1993); B.S., University of Minnesota 1986; M.A., University of Minnesota 1990; Ph.D., 1993. Kornmueller, Hellmuth, prof, of humanities (1968, 1983); Ph.B., 1951; Ph.L., 1952; Ph.D., Salz­ burg University, Austria, 1953. Lehman, John W., prof, of chemistry (1966, 1982); chair of the department of chemistry and environmental sciences (1993); B.S., McPherson College, 1960; Ph.D., University of Colorado, 1969. Lewis, Diane K., asst. prof, of nursing (1993); B.S.N., Depauw University, 1984; M.A., Wright State University, 1993. Linderoth, Leon W., prof, of English (1968); A.B., 1958; B.S., Central Michigan University, 1958; M.A., 1960; Ph.D., Florida State University, 1966. Lundin, Jean M., assoc, prof, of business (1991); B.S., University of Wisconsin, 1975; M.B.A., Roose­ velt University, 1977; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, 1991. Madden, James, assoc, prof, of criminal justice (1984, 1989); B.S., William Carey College, 1971; M.S., University of Southern Mississippi, 1975. Madl, John T., assoc, prof, of mechanical engineering technology (1967, 1981); B.S.M.E., 1965, M.S.M.E., Michigan Technological University, 1967. Malmberg Margaret A., assoc, prof, of psychology (1971, 1989); department head of social sciences (1989-1994); chair of the department of psychology (1993); B.S., Muskingum College, 1964; M.A., 1970; Ph.D., Texas Christian University, 1971. Marinoni, Ann B., prof, of business and coordinator of hos­ pitality management (1976, 1980, 1993); B.S., Lake Superior State University, 1975; M.S., Central Michigan University, 1977; Michigan State University 1992. McCaffery, Jean, inst. of reading (1994); B.A., University of Michigan, 1967; M.A., Central Michigan University, 1981. McDonald, David M., assoc, prof, and coordinator of electrical engineering technology (1973, 1986); chair of the department of electrical engineering technology (1994); B.S.E.E., 1969; M.S.E.E., Michigan Technological University, 1970. McGowan, Laura C., asst. prof, of speech and coordinator of foren- sics and debate (1990, 1993); B.A., Albion College, 1987; M.A., Central Michigan University, 1990. McPherson, Debra, asst. prof, of physical education and recreation, (1976, 1983); B.S., 1974; M.S., Northern Michigan University, 1982. Meehan, Mary Jo, asst, prof./ counselor (1983, 1987); M.A., Northern Michigan University, 1981. Meiser, Charles W., assoc, prof, of quantitative economics and coordinator of business data pro­ cessing (1968, 1982); B.S.E.E., 1963; M.S., Purdue University, 1966. Merkel, Dennis, prof, of biology (1988, 1993); B.S., 1977; M.S. State University of New YorkSyracuse, 1983; Ph.D., Michigan State University, 1988. Mickewich, Thomas, prof, of math­ ematics (1967, 1988); B.A., 1964; M.A., University of Maine, 1967. Mohamad, S. Qatu, assoc, prof, of engineering technology (1994); B. S., Yarmouk University, 1985; M.S., Ohio State University, 1986; Yarmouk University, 1989. FACULTY • 322 �Money, Robert M., prof, of history (1969, 1976, 1993); A.B., Northern Michigan University, 1953; M.A., University of Michigan, 1958. Moody, James W. T., prof, of history (1971, 1992); B.A., Greenville College, 1959; M.A., Michigan State University, 1960. Mugavero, Daniel C., assoc, prof, of accounting (1976, 1991); B.A., 1966; M.B.A., Michigan State University, 1967. Mullin, C. Randall, prof, of chemistry and physics and coor­ dinator of the planetarium (1969, 1986); B.S., St. Vincent College, 1959; Ph.D., University of Notre Dame, 1964. Myton, David R., (1993); asst, prof, of analytical chemistry; B.A., George Fox College, 1980; M.S.T., Portland State University, 1988; Ph.D., Portland State University, 1991. Neveu, Ruth, asst, prof./librar-ian (1984, 1988); B.A., Lake Su- perior State University, 1977; M. S., University of Michigan, 1984. Niemi, Alan D., asst. prof, of computer engineering technology (1986); B.S., Lake Superior State University, 1981; M.S.E.E., Illi­ nois Institute of Technology, 1985. Person, Steven J., prof, of biol-ogy (1974, 1989); B.S., 1966; M.S., Iowa State University, 1968; Ph.D., University of Alaska, 1976. Pichot, Marcel, assoc, prof, of French (1989, 1992); B.A., Andrews University, 1967; M.A., Western Michigan University, 1968; Ph.D., University of Michigan, 1975. Pike, Ruth Johnston-, asst. prof, of nursing (1983); B.S.N., Lake Superior State University, 1982; M.S.N., Wayne State University, 1985. Pingatore, Diana, assoc, prof, of English and coordinator of Writing Lab (1988, 1992); chair of the department of English and speech, (1994); B.A., Lake Superior State University, 1977; M.A., 1981; Ph.D., Michigan State University, 1987. Qatu, Mohamad, assoc, prof, of engineering technology (1994); B.S., Yarmouk University, Jordan, 1985; M.S. Ohio State University, 1986: Ph.D., Yarmouk University, Jordan. Rackliffe, Gary, asst. prof, of teacher education (1990, 1992); A.A.S., Ferris State University, 1976; M.A., Central Michigan University, 1977; Ph.D., Michigan State University, 1991. Ralph, Paige H., asst. prof, of criminal justice (1993); B.S. Lake Superior State University, 1988; M.A., Sam Houston State Univer­ sity, 1989; Ph.D., Sam Houston State University, 1992. Ratwik, Susan H., prof, of psy­ chology and coordinator of the Center for Social Research (1977, 1990); B.A., University of Minne­ sota, 1969; M.S., 1975; Ph.D., University of Notre Dame, 1978. Roese, John H., asst. prof, of wildlife ecology and management (1990); B.S.F., Stephen F. Austin State University, 1982; M.S. 1984; Ph.D., Stephen F. Austin State University, 1989. Ryckman, Annette J., asst. prof, of marketing (1994); B.S., Eastern Michigan University, 1960; Ed.S, Michigan State University, 1978; Ph.D., 1984; Ryckman, Lynn A., assoc, prof, of marketing (1992); B.A., Michigan State University, 1977; M.A., Michigan State University, 1978; Ph.D., Michigan State University, 1982. Rynberg, Nina Lynn, instructor/ counseling center, (1992); B.A., Central Michigan University, 1969; M.A., Central michigan University, 1983. Saluja, Madan, prof, of manage­ ment (1969, 1981); B.A., Univer­ sity of Delhi, 1960; LL.B., 1962; FACULTY • 323 �B.A., MacAlester College, 1964; M.A., 1966; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1977. Sawyer, Timothy J., prof, of psychology (1976, 1989); B.A., Northern Michigan University, 1972; M.A., 1974; Ph.D., Univer­ sity of Nevada, 1976. Schirer, Thomas., prof, of English (1984, 1987, 1993); B.A., 1971; M.A., University of California, 1976; Ph.D., Friedrich-Alexander University, 1983. Schmitigal, Linda, asst., office administration (1991, 1993); B.S., Lake Superior State University, 1982; M.B.E., Central Michigan University, 1990. Schoenemann, Shirley, asst. prof, and supervisor of child care center (1983, 1990), B.A., Western Michigan University, 1966; M.A. Oakland University, 1986. Schwiderson, Keith H., asst. prof, of engineering technology and coordinator of drafting design (1977, engineering technology 1985); B.S., Lake Superior State University, 1976; M.S., Northern Michigan University, 1981. Shannon, Mary Anne P., asst. prof. (1991); B.S.M., University of Michigan, 1975; M.S.M., Wayne State University, 1979. Sherman, Karl J., assoc, prof, of accounting (1971, 1980); B.S., Northern Michigan University, 1965; M.S., Southern Illinois University, 1967; C.P.A., 1970. Smith, Bryce E., prof, of biology (1970, 1976); B.S., 1952, M.A., University of Michigan, 1957; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, 1965. Spencer, Lester W., asst. prof, of engineering technology (1977, 1983); B.S., Lake Superior State University, 1977; M.S., Northern Michigan University, 1980. Stai, Deborah, asst, prof of biology/chemistry (1991); B.S., (biology), 1974; B.S., (medical technology), 1978; M.A., Mankato State University; Ph.D., Union Institution, 1989. Stevens, John R., assoc, prof, of English (1967, 1983); B.A., 1958; M.A., University of Michigan, 1959. Suggitt, Randall G., asst. prof, of mathematics (1983, 1988); B.S., Lake Superior State University, 1976; M.A., University of Montana, 1979. Susi II, Joseph D., instructor/ athletic trainer (1992); B.A., Ohio Northern University, 1988; M.S., Indiana University, 1989. Terwilliger, Mark G., instr. of mathematics and computer science (1990); chair of the department of mathematics (1994); B.S., Lake Superior State University, 1988, M.S., Michigan State University, 1990. Thesing, Gary L., prof, of mathematics (1971, 1981); depart­ ment head of Computer/Geology/ Mathematics (1971 - 1994); B.A., St. Mary of the Plains College, 1960; M.S., University of Notre Dame, 1964; Ed.D., Oklahoma State University, 1971. Toffolo, E. Gary, prof, of English (1970, 1990); B.S., Northwestern University, 1958; M.A., University of Chicago, 1961. Voight, Nancy L., assoc, prof, of human services and psychology and coordinator of psychology, socio­ logy, and human services (1988); B.A., Wittenberg University, 1967; M.A., Ball State University, 1971; Ph.D., Michigan State University, 1975. Walworth, Maurice, asst. prof, of engineering technology (1991), B.S.E.E., Michigan Technological University, 1981; M.S.E.E., 1983. Weber, Charles L., assoc, prof, of electrical engineering technology and coordinator of computer engi-neering technology (1970, 1980); B.S., 1964; M.S.E.E., Michigan Technological University, 1970. FACULTY • 324 �Wilkinson, John S., prof, of music and coordinator of music and cultural affairs (1976, 1989); 1969; M.M., University of Nebraska, 1972; D.M.A., University of Michigan, 1974. Wilson, Paul W., prof, of mathe­ matics (1963, 1988); B.S., 1962; M.A., Central Michigan Univer­ sity, 1963. Yanni, Stephen R., asst. prof, of therapeutic recreation (1987, 1992); B.S., Lake Superior State University, 1986; M.S., Western Illinois University, 1987. Zabelka, Richard J., prof, of physics (1966, 1984); B.S., Mich­ igan Technological University, 1956; M.S., University of Cali-fomia (LA), 1960; Ph.D., Purdue University, 1964. EMERITI FACULTY Anderson, Melvin L., prof, of chemistry (1969-1993); B.S., 1953; M.S., Michigan Technological University, 1955; Ph.D., Michigan State University, 1965. Anderson, Roland A., assoc, prof, of office administration (1969-1986); B.A., Wisconsin State Uni-versityWhitewater, 1953; M.A., Northern Greeley, Colorado University 1961. Bruce, Russell D., prof, of physi­ cal education and recreation (1976 1987); B.A., Cornell College, 1953; M.A., University of Michi-gan, 1956; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, 1966. Carlson, Arthur F., assoc, prof, of physics (1947-1970); B.S., University of Minnesota, 1935. (deceased) Carlson, Delphine, assoc, prof, of mathematics (1947-1969); B.A., 1934; M.A., University of Michi­ gan, 1938. Cole, Wallace, assoc, prof, of mathematics (1955-1969); B.S., 1926; M.A., University of Wiscon­ sin, 1928. Cooper, Ronald R., prof, of phys­ ical education (1956-1986); director of intercollegiate ath- letics and James Norris Physical Education Center (1976-1986); B.S., 1951; M. A., Central Michi-gan University, 1958. Curtis, Robert W., prof, of engineering technology (1955-1986); B.S.M.E., Michigan Technological University, 1948; B.S.Ed., Northern Michigan University, 1950; M.A., University of Michigan, 1954. (deceased) Dahlman, Marvin, assoc, prof, of mechanical engineering technology (1952-1985); B.S., 1947; M.S., University of Minnesota, 1952. Du we, Arthur E., prof, of biological science (1968-1991); B.S., Alma College, 1949; M.S., Ohio State University, 1950; Ph.D., 1953. (deceased) Flynn, Michael, prof, of English (1961-1986); B.A., Central Mich­ igan University, 1954; M.A., Northern Michigan University, 1964. Francisco, Wayne H., asst. prof, of criminal justice (1973-1983); B.S., Eastern Michigan Univer-sity, 1950; M.A., 1967; M.S., Michigan State University, 1971. Gleason, Gale R., prof, of biol-ogy and department head of biol-ogy and chemistry (1965-1986); B.S., Central Michigan Univer-sity, 1950; M.S., 1951; Ph.D., Michigan State University, 1960. Gleason, Gilbert J., prof, of biology (1961-1988); B.S., 1958; M.A., Central Michigan Univer­ sity, 1960. Harris, Earle B., assoc, prof, of English (1976-1987); A.B., Uni­ versity of Michigan, 1946; B.D., 1947; Th.M., Princeton Theologi­ cal Seminary, 1964. FACULTY • 325 �Hatfield, Kenneth G., instr. of geology (1983-1993); B.S., Mich­ igan Technological University, 1950. Howe, Margaret, assoc, prof, of humanities (1969-1981); A.B., Northwestern University, 1932; M.A., Northern Michigan Univer­ sity, 1965. Jemison, Eugene F., assoc, prof, of humanities (1969-1986); B.A., Washburn University, 1946; M.F.A., Kansas City Art Institute, 1948. Kelly, Thomas M., prof, of soci­ ology (1971-1992): B.A., St. Mary of the Lake University, 1952; S.T.L., Gregorian University, Rome, 1956; M.A., University of Notre Dame, 1964; M.Ed., Loyola University, 1979. Kemp, C. Ernest, assoc, prof, of geology (1944-1980); dean emeri-tus of Lake Superior State Uni- versity; B.S., Michigan Techno-logical University, 1949. Marken, Marzale, assoc, prof, of engineering technol ogy (1955-1984); B.S., 1948; M.A., Univer-sity of Minnesota, 1956. Matheson, John M., prof, of jour­ nalism and secretary, Board of Control (1969-1984); B.A., Michi­ gan State University, 1948; M.A., 1965; Ph.D., Southern Illinois University, 1967. McCabe, John C. in, prof, of English (1970-1987); Ph.B., Uni­ versity of Detroit, 1947; M.F.A., Fordham University, 1948; Ph.D., Shakespeare Institute, University of Birmingham, England, 1954. Poisson, Joseph A., assoc, prof, of physical education (1963-1976); S.S., Northern Michigan Univer­ sity, 1940; M.A., University of Michigan, 1957. Reilly, Raymond, E., prof, of Michigan State University, 1951; M.S., 1963; Ph.D., 1970. Sampson, Gerald, prof, of mathematics (1966-1990); B.A., University of Michigan, 1952; M.A., Texas A & M University, 1955; M.S. Texas A & M University, 1966. Sawczak, George J., asst. prof, of English (1965-1982); B.A., Alliance, 1952; M.A., Kent State University, 1954. Shouldice, Kenneth J., prof, of business administration and pres­ ident (1965-1982); B.S., Marquette, 1949; M.S., North-western, 1951; Ph.D., Iowa, 1969. Smith, Bernard M., prof, of behavioral science (1966-1980); B.A., 1947; M.A., University of Louisville, 1949; M.A., Univer-sity of Kentucky, 1956; Ph.D., Iowa, 1960. Stough, Bessie, assoc, prof, of mathematics (1947-1963); B.A., 1923; M.A., University of Michi­ gan, 1929. Truckey, John, assoc, prof, of counseling (1966-1986); B.S., 1958; M.A., Northern Michigan University, 1964. Vialpando, Edeltraute, prof, of foreign languages (1967-1988); Ph.D., Charles University, Prague, Czechoslovakia, 1944. Ward, Louis R., prof, of English (1961-1981); B.A., 1939; M.A., University of Colorado, 1940; Ph.D., Purdue University, 1959. Wentz, Elena, asst. prof, of nursing (1971-1993); B.A., Simp-son College; M.S.N., Wayne State University, 1977.Youngs, Stephen P., prof, and psychometrist (19471968); B.S., Northern Michigan University, 1930; M.Ed., Colorado, 1941. (deceased) ACADEMIC DEANS ARTS, LETTERS and SOCIAL SCIENCES: Conboy, Richard T.,; prof, of political science and assoc, coor-dinator for policy research/ Cen-ter for Social Research (1988, 1993); dean, FACULTY • 326 �(1994); B.A., 1967; M.P.A., University of Dayton, 1969; Ph.D., The American Univer-sity, 1984. SCIENCE and NATURAL RESOURCES: Rogers, Karel, dean, (1994); B.S., Michigan State University, 1969; M.S., Michigan State University, 1972; Ph.D. Michigan State University, 1975. BUSINESS: Harger, Bruce T., prof, of eco­ nomics (1967, 1985); department head of business/ economics (1986 1993); dean, (1993); B.A., Mich­ igan State University, 1966; M.A., Michigan State University, 1967; Ph.D., Michigan State University, 1991. ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY and MATHEMATICS: Adams, Raymond L., assoc, prof, of mechanical engineering technology, (1986, 1993); acting department head of engineering technology, 1993); dean (1993); B.S., 1975; dean (1993) M.S., Nicholls State Thibodaux, Louisiana, 1978. HEALTH and HUMAN SERVICES: Markstrom, Mae E., assoc, prof. (1968, 1981); deparment head of health sciences (1985 - 1993); dean, (1993); B.S., Lake Superior State University, 1970; M.S.N., Wayne State University, 1977; Ph.D., Michigan State University, 1990. NOTES FACULTY • 327 �SCHOOL SECRETARIES ARTS, LETTERS AND SOCIAL SCIENCES: Sheri Davie Audrey Morley BUSINESS: Laurine Kelly ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY AND MATHEMATICS: Cynthia Hopper Judith Jones HEALTH AND SERVICES: Donna Payment Jeanne Thompson SCIENCE AND RESOURCES: Cynthia Hopper Kathy Person NOTES SCHOOL SECRETARIES • 328 HUMAN NATURAL �ADMINISTRATIVE STAFF Gerald J. Albert, director, Hospitality Institute, (1992); M.A., Eastern Michigan University, 1983. Katherine A. Albrough, accountant (1989); B.S., Lake Superior State University, 1989. Francis I. Atkinson, manager Walker Cisler Center (1981); B.S., University of Detroit, 1956. Susan Autore, student health center nurse (1990); assoc., Lake Superior State College, 1981. Elsi M. Baccari, D.O., medical director of student health center (1993). M. Debra Barrett, typist/clerk (1994), student health center. Lake Superior State University, (ex1990). Judy A. Bawks, secretary, Politics & the Life Sciences. (1991); B.A., Lake Superior State College, 1976. Andra L. Bedard, office records aide, upward bound (1991); assoc., Lake Superior State University, 1991. David A. Berry, computer operator, (1991); B.S., Lake Superior State University, 1990. Paul A. Besteman, assistant director physical plant (1973, 1987); Lake Superior State College, (ex-1973). Susan M. Branstner, director, interpretive center and educational programming for schools (1990); B.S., Michigan State University, 1982; M.A., 1986; Ph.D., 1990. Mary L. Cahill, supervisor inven­ tory/accounts receivable/loans (1975, 1981). Susan K. Camp, acting director of continuing education (1977, 1988, 1993, 1994); B.S., Lake Superior State College, 1985; M.B.A., Lake Superior State University, 1992. Alden E. Campbell, manager of projects/CHP (1973); B.S., Lake Superior State College, 1973. Cheryl L. Castner, textbook services supervisor (1980); B.S., University of Wisconsin-Stout. Bruce G. Clark, assistant director of admissions (1976, 1986); B.A., Lake Superior State College, 1976. Timothy J. Coffey, director of intramural athletics/tennis coach (1994); B.S., Tennessee Technological University, 1989. Debbie L. Cook, graphics manager (1994); B.S.A. Kendall College of Art and Design, 1989. Georgiana M. Cox, accountant (1979); B.S., Lake Superior State College, 1979; M.B.A., Lake Superior State University, 1988. Juliana L. Cox, accountant (1983); B.S., Lake Superior State College, 1983 and 1987. William J. Crawford, associate atheletic director (1988, 1993); B.S., Western Michigan University, 1970. Stella R. DePlonty, registrar (1960, 1987). David J. Eby, computer operator, (1992); B.S., Lake Superior State University, 1989. Wanda M. Eby, director of pur­ chasing (1974, 1980, 1990). Deborah Faust, assistant director of financial aid (1979, 1990, 1994); assoc., Lake Superior State College, 1985. Paul T. Fenlon, director of career development and placement (1981, 1987); B.A., Western Michigan University, 1964. Kay A. Floyd, executive secretary administrative assistant (1990, 1994) President’s Office. Victoria J. Fox, data/account clerk II, information services (1994); B.A., Lake Superior State University, 1994. Lee M. Freedman, textbook as­ sistant (1988); Lake Superior State University, (ex-1988). ADMINISTRATIVE STAFF • 329 �Donald J. Gerrie, prof, marketing and associate vice president, Community Services and Development (1966, 1985, 1993); B. A., College of William and Mary, 1951; M.A., Michigan State University, 1953. Roger W. Greil, aquatics lab manager (1989); assoc., Lake Supe­ rior State University, 1988. Charles J. Gustafson, media specialist (1970); assoc., Lake Supe­ rior State College, 1968. C. Michelle Hansen, head women’s volleyball coach (1993); B.S. Cal Poly, 1992; M.S. Idaho State University, 1993. Terry Hossack, building manager/Norris Center (1992); B.S., Lake Superior State University, 1988; M.B.A. 1992. Jeffery L. Jackson, athletic director and head hockey coach (1986, 1990, 1993); B.A., Michigan State University, 1977; B.A., 1978. Mary P. Jason, program developer (1986, 1993); B.S., Michigan State University, 1966. Mark A. Jastorff, director of alumni relations (1993); B.S. Black Hills State University, 1980. Bruce R. Johnson, director of ad­ missions (1985, 1986); B.S., State University College, 1967; M.S., State University of New YorkBuffalo, 1971. Patricia A. Kellan, coordinator of student health center (1989); B.S.N., Lake Superior State University, 1989. Alexia L. Kroll, career and employment testing specialist (1994); M.A., Northern Michigan University, 1989. Erica L. Ledy, women’s basketball coach/senior woman athletic administrator (1990); B.S., Lake Superior State University, 1988. Jon H. MacLeod, director of physical plant, (1993, 1994); B.S., Michigan Technological University, 1963; M.B.A., Central Michigan University, 1978. Annette M. Malaski, systems analyst (1990); B.S., University of Wisconsin-Stevens Point, 1985. Robbin S. Manor, Campus Sho­ ppe manager (1990); Lansing Community College, (ex-1977). Peter J. Marcotte, men’s and women’s cross country coach (1994), B.S., Lake Superior State University, 1994. Roylance A. Mayry, director, Business Development Center (1993), B.S., Sault Branch of Michigan Technologycal University, 1959. Michael J. McQuade, staff photographer/writer (1994), B.S., University of Wisconsin-Madison, 1990. Cynthia F. Merkel, systems analyst (1987, 1988, 1994); B.A., Syracuse University, 1979. Fredrick A. Michels, prof, and director of library and audio visual services (1976, 1981); B.S., University of Wisconsin, 1968; M.L.S., Western Michigan Univer­ sity, 1971; Ed.D., 1976. Linda K. Miller, administrative assistant to registrar (1969, 1987); LPN, Lake Superior State University, 1969, (ex-1987). K. Scott Monaghan, assistant athletic director (1989); B.A., Mic­ higan State University, 1987. Barbara K. Mugavero, pool director (1991); B.A., Oakland University, 1968; M.A., University of Michigan, 1970. William T. Munsell, financial aid director (1967); Lake Superior State College, (ex-1968). Gwen M. O’Connor, assistant women’s basketball coach/ athletic equipment manager (1991); B.S., Lake Superior State University, 1991. Margaret E. Olson, payroll su­ pervisor (1965, 1975); B.A., Lake Superior State College, 1985. Scott A. Olson, netword specialist (1985, 1990, 1992); Lake Superior State University, (ex-1990). ADMINISTRATIVE STAFF • 330 �Suzette M. Olson, administrative assistant (1988); assoc., Lake Superior State College, 1986 and 1987. Larry J. Perron, custodial opera­ tions manager (1986, 1988). Beatrice Peters, director of Native American Center (1993) B.A., Michigan State University, 1984 Noel L. Pingatore, exercise fitness instructor (1991); B.S., Lake Superior State University, 1990. Thomas A. Pink, manager of public Relations (1989, 1993); B.A., Lake Superior State University, 1984. Gerald L. Rabbitt, director, learning resource center (1994); Ed.S. University of Toledo, 1971. Denise A. Roe, admissions offi­ cer/transfer equivalencies (1986, 1994); B.A., Lake Superior State College, 1975. James D. Roque, restricted earnings assistant hockey coach/athletic alumni relations and support group liason (1994); B.S., Lake Superior State College, 1987. Ronald T. Rolston, associate hockey coach (1990, 1994); B.S., Michigan Technological University, 1990. George A. Rye, systems analyst (1991); B.S. Lake Superior State College, 1968. Katherine M. Rye, executive secretary, board of regents office (1990, 1994); Muskegon Business College, 1986. Richard A. Rynberg, microcom­ puter lab manager and technician (1988); B.S., Central Michigan University, 1969. Ray Schebel, food service management (1988); Lake Superior State University, (ex-1994). Conrad A. Schmitigal, mechanical technician (1982). Karen L. Shackleton, admissions officer/media specialist (1990); B. A., University of Michigan, 1988. Debra L. Smart, head teacher, child care center (1989); B.S. Lake Superior State University, 1994. Scott W. Smart, director of business operations (1988, 1993); B.S., Lake Superior State College, 1986, M.B.A. Lake Superior State University, 1992. Terry J. Smith, men’s basketball coach (1988); B.S., Michigan State University, 1984. Jessica A. Stanaway, institutional research analyst, (1979, 1983, 1993); B.A., Lake Superior State College, 1970. Jerry A. Stephens, systems analyst (1986, 1990); B.S., Lake Superior State College, 1986. Jacquey A. Swailes, executive secretary, provost (1990). William G. Thompson, supervisor of grounds/pool/rink and receiving (1979, 1987). Earl C. Tomlinson, director of financial planning and investments (1985, 1987, 1993); B.S., Ferris State University, M.A., Central Michigan University, 1975. Dale A. Ulrich, manager of build­ ing maintenance and operations (1989). Wade W. Warner, academic coordinator upward bound, (1994), M.P.A. Michigan State University, 1991. Beverly E. White, director of employee relations/affirmative actioi officer (1976, 1990. 1994); B.S. Lake Superior State University 1988. Patricia A. Whyte, director of housing (1978, 1987); B.S., Lake Superior State College, 1985 Pamela A. Williamson, assistant director of upward bound (1970, 1986); B.A., Michigan State University, 1968. Heidi L. Witucki, director of up­ ward bound (1991); B.A., Northern Michigan University, 1982. Jeffrey Wolfe, catering manager (1994) E. Kelani Woodruff, director of food services (1993). Michael J. Worley, director of student activities (1984, 1989, ADMINISTRATIVE STAFF • 331 �1993); B.S., Lake Superior State College, 1983. Jenny L. Zissler, buyer/adminis­ trative assistant (1978, 1991); B.S., Lake Superior State University, 1988. OFFICERS OF ADMINISTRATION Robert D. Arbuckle, president, (1992); B.S. in Education, Clarion State University, 1964; M.S. 1966; Ph.D., Penn State University, 1992. Thomas R. Bugbee, special assistant to the president, secretary, Board of Regents, (1988, 1993); B.A., Michigan State University, 1973; M.A., Eastern Michigan University, 1974. Roger T. Murphy, vice president for business and financial operations (1984, 1986, 1993); B.A., Michigan State University, 1969; M.B.A., 1980. Harry E. Pike, vice president for student programs and services and assoc, prof. (1969, 1972); B.A., University of Washington, 1957; M.A., 1959; Ph.D., Michigan State University, 1969. David L. Toppen, executive vice president and provost and Professor, (1994); B.S., Cornell College, 1965; Ph.D., University of Missouri, 1970. DEPARTMENT CHAIRS Automated Manufacturing Engineering Technology Prof. James Devaprasad Biology Dr. Karel Rogers Business and Economics Dr. John Erkkila Chemistry and Environmental Science Dr. John Lehman Criminal Justice/Fire Science Prof. James Blashill Electrical/Electronics Engineering Technology Prof. David McDonald English and Speech Dr. Diana Pingatore Geology and Physics Dr. Lewis Brown Humanities and History Dr. Daniel Dorrity Mathematics Prof. Mark Terwilliger Mechanical Engineering Technology Prof. Paul Duesing Nursing Dr. Mae Markstrom Political Science Dr. Gary Johnson Psychology Dr. Margaret Malmberg Recreation Studies and Exercise Science Dr. Sally Childs Sociology Dr. Leslie Dobbertin NOTES ADMINISTRATIVE STAFF • 332 �BOARD OF REGENTS ■ - Lake Superior State University is governed by an eight-member Board of Regents appointed by the Governor and confirmed by the Michigan Senate to serve terms of eight years. Expiration of current terms are shown below. Board meetings are open to the public. Dr. Robert D. Arbuckle ex-officio Dr. Harry E. Pike Treasurer of the Board Reverend Louis C. Cappo Marquette, 1996 William Gregory Sault Ste. Marie, 2002 Leonard Jaques, Esquire Grosse Pointe Shores, 1996 Mrs. Sigrun Kast Bloomfield. 2000 Mr. Devereaux Trepp Iron Mountain, 1998 Thomas Bugbee Secretary of the Board Susan Harrison Pickford. 2002 Mr. Michael McDonald Gladstone, 2000 Mr. Thomas H. Weiss Gaylord. 1998 BOARD OF REGENTS • 333 �ADVISORY COMMITTEES BUSINESS VOCATIONAL: Karen Corbiere, Sault Area High School; Cindy Dodds, Chippewa County War Memorial Hospital; Linda Harger, Michigan Employ­ ment Security Commission; Marv Henderson, Anderson Tackman Company; Daniel Hewitt, Soo Co-op Credit Union; Jack Kibble, Sault Ste. Marie Tribe of Chippewa Indians; Dave Nichols, Walmart; Trinda Pontus, LSSU ESP/MEA; Paul Schemanski, Edison Sault Electric Company; Cindy Suppa JTPA Eastern Upper Peninsula Employment and Training Consortium. CRIMINAL JUSTICE: Law Enforcement Members: Scott Fitzgerald, Sault Ste. Marie; Tim Matelski, St. Ignace; Charles Ludwick, Michigan State Police; Dan Frazier, Cheboygan; Ralph Boudreau, Michigan State Police; Harris Miller, Sault Ste. Marie; Barry King, Sault Ste. Marie, Ontario; Ed Berkompas, Chippewa County Sheriff; Michael Roy, Alpena Community College; William Winans, Mackinaw City Police Department; Ugo Cary, Sault College. Corrections Members: Robert LeCureux, Kinross Correctional Facility; Wayne Fortin, John Ferroni, Gary McLeod, Sault Ste. Marie Probation/Parole. Judicial Member: Shannon, Chippewa Prosecutor. Patrick County Mel Federal Members: Hendrickson, US Customs Port Director; Robert McNamara, US Border Patrol. Security/Fire Science Members: Robin Robinson, Algoma Steel Corporation; Kenneth Eagle, Sault Ste. Marie Fire Chief; Wayne Francisco, Atlanta, Michigan; David Fluke, Sault, Ontario, Fire Chief. HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES: Dr. Elsie Baccari, War Memorial Hospital, Sault Ste. Marie, Michigan; Ms. Mary Baker, Wellness Care Center, Sault Ste. Marie, Michigan; Ms. Antoinette Blunt, Victorian Order of Nurses, Sault Ste. Marie, Ontario; Ms. Mary Bold, Tendercare Nursing Homes of Michigan, Sault Ste. Marie, Michigan; Ms. Nancy Heynes, Chippewa County Health Department, Sault Ste. Marie, Michigan; Ms. Mary Jason, North Central Michigan College, Petoskey, Michigan; Ms. Barbara Kurtz, North Central Michigan College, Petoskey, Michigan; Ms. Mary Ellen Luukkonen, Plummer Memorial Hospital, Sault Ste. Marie, Ontario; Ms. Terry Malloy, Kinross Correc­ tional Facility, Kinross, Michigan; Ms. Kathleen McGillis, Alpena Community College, Alpena, Michigan.; Ms. Sandra Poffenbarger, Consumer Advocate, Sault Ste. Marie, Michigan; Ms. Pam Porter, Nortern Michigan Hospital, ADVISORY COMMITTEES • 334 �Petoskey, Michigan; Dr. Susan Ratwik, Lake Superior State University, Sault Ste. Marie, Michigan; Ms. Helen Ross, Group Health Centre, Sault Ste. Marie, Ontario; Ms. Alda Routhier, Sault Area Skill Center, Sault Ste. Marie, Michigan; Ms. Rosanne Schultz, District Health Department, Alpena, Michigan; Ms. Laurie Semeniuk, General Hospital, Sault Ste. Marie, Ontario; Ms. Beverly Stewart, Community Action Agency, Sault Ste. Marie, Michigan; Ms. Janet Stratton, War Memorial Hospital, Sault Ste. Marie, Michigan; Ms. Ruth Thesing, Sault Tribe of Chippewa Indians, Sault Ste. Marie, Michigan; Ms. Donna Tremblay, Sault College, Sault Ste. Marie, Ontario; Ms. Julie Truckey, Sault Area High School, Sault Ste. Maire, Michigan; Ms. Anna Zuccato, Algoma Health Unit, Sault Ste. Marie, Ontario LEGAL ASSISTANT STUDIES: Honorable Joanna Neale, Cheboygan County Probate Court; Honorable Michael MacDonald, Chippewa County District Court; Michael Mulder, President, First of America Sault Branch; Thomas Evashevski, St. Ignace Attorney; Dennis Valkanoff, Escanaba Attorney; John D. Peacock, Sault Attorney; Patrick Shannon, Chippewa County Prosecutor; Dr. Margaret A. Malmberg, Social Sciences Department Head; Dr. Gary R. Johnson, Faculty; Dr. Madan Saluja, Faculty; James Blashill, Faculty; Vicki Voisin, Charlevoix Legal Assistant; Christine England, Alumni; Carol S. Andary, Attorney and Program Coordina­ tor. NOTES ADVISORY COMMITTEES • 335 �Computer Services Students at Lake Superior State University utilize a wide variety of computer services. Available are computer laboratories in several locations, network access to a Digi­ tal Equipment Corporation Micro­ Vax minicomputing system, comput­ erized Library reference systems, depart- mental computer labs and an electronic phone message system for students living in the dorms. Students use PCs that are located throughout campus in convenient locations, The University’s computer laboratory in the Center for Applied Sciences and Engineering Technology is equipped with DEC VAX terminals and IBM compatible PCs supporting mini­ computer studies. Those studies include C++, Cobol, and Pascal programming languages which are on our DEC MicroVax 3400. The Shouldice Library has one computer classroom that supports operating systems and applications software using a networked environment. Freshman dormitories, Osborn Hall, and Brady Hall, are equipped with computer labs available for resident’s use. The Shouldice Library provides students an on-line public access catalog, periodical reference resources, and information databases resident on CD-ROM. Students also network with other Upper Peninsula libraries through the NOTIS system. Phonemail electronic voice message service is available to instructors, student residents and administrative personnel. Phonemail services include off campus access. NOTES COMPUTER SERVICES • 336 �LSSU Foundation The Lake Superior State University Foundation strengthens the University b y creating, receiving, investing and distributing resources solely for the benefit of the University, its students, faculty and staff. Established by the LSSU Board of Regents in 1983, the Foundation works closely with University Officials to provide scholarships, grants, loans, research and equipment as well as student and faculty development opportunities to ensure a viable learning environment. Sine it’s founding, the Lake Superior State University Foundation has raised more than $2 million in private and corporate gifts in support of its mission. The Foundation is governed by an independent Board of Directors representing a cross-section of the University’s constituency. Board members are: Dr. Mark Mercer, Chair; Dr. Robert D. Arbuckle, first vice-chair; James C. Park, second vice-chair; Scott W. Smart, Treasurer; Dawn Baetsen, Anthony Bosbous, H. James Bourque, Bernard Bouschor, Frank V. Fazi, David Hubbard, Daniel T. Laur, Dr. Louis B. Lukenda, Gary E. McClellan, Joanna Neale, Walter North, Evan L. Noyes, John Peacock, Dr. Thomas G. Robinson, Richard Schuemann, Kelvin P. Smyth, Thomas Weiss. Call 635-2665 for additional information about the Foundation, it’s mission or Board of Directors. Alumni Association The Lake Superior State University Alumni Association was formally reestablished in January, 1994. The Association’s goal is to strengthen the relationships between the University and alumni as well as current students, faculty and staff. Among its initial programs are alumni Regional Chapters, reunions, Alumni Weekend, Graduate Luncheon, student Alumni Association, Alumni Recognition Awards and an Athletic Hall of Fame. Alumni status is conferred upon any person who: completed a degree or certificate program; or earned academic credits from the Sault Branch prior to 1967; or attended Lake Superior State College or University and completed the equivalent of 24 semester hours. Current students and all alumni are welcome and encouraged to help shape the future of the University through the Association. The Board of Directors are: Kevin Cooper, President; Tim Hall, vice president, Bill Munsell, Linda Schmitigal, Ron Sober, Kevin Mullin, Marylyn Carriere, Joe Claxton, Randy Pingatore, Gary Kay, Rick Fitzpatrick, Ronald ’Bud’ Cooper, Terry Malloy, Wendy Wells, Student Representative. Ex-officio officers are: Dr. Robert Arbuckle, President of LSSU and Mark Jastorff, Executive Director Alumni Association. FOUNDATION/ALUMNI • 337 �LIBRARY The Library provides a wide variety of resources and services for students and faculty. It contains more than 126,000 volumes of books, 16,000 bound volumes of periodicals, 75,000 microforms, and over 40,000 paper government documents. The current subscription list exceeds 1,000 individual titles. The Library has been a depository of select U.S. Government publications since 1982. The Audio-Visual Center, on the main floor of the Library, maintains a diverse collection of cassettes, filmstrips, games, kits, 16mm films, slides and video tapes. A closed-circuit television system transmits many of these materials to campus classrooms. To assist faculty and students in obtaining materials from other libraries, the Library maintains an interlibrary loan service through OCLC, a computer service linked to libraries throughout the United States with access to more than 19 million books and periodicals. Library facilities include stacks open to all faculty and students, group study areas, CD-ROMs, microform readers and printers, photocopy machines, equipment for using audio-visual materials, production equipment for making transparencies and other materials. Reference librarians on the main floor offer personal guidance in the use of the computerized catalog, indexes and abstracts and A handbook of bibliographies, library services and bibliographies are published by the library to assist faculty and students. Library tours and lectures are available to introduce students to the Library and teach library research skills. The Library is a member of an Upper Peninsula-wide consortium of 105 libraries. The Library Staff includes a director, Dr. Fredrick Michels; librarians, Ruth Neveu, Mary June, Maureen Delaney-Lehman; and audio-visual specialist, Charles Gustafson. NOTES LIBRARY • 338 �INDEX A Abbreviations; 255 Absences; 19 Academic; policies; 16 probation; 21. standing; 22 Accounting; 148-149,256-257 Accreditation; 7-8 Additional Degree; 92-93 Administrative Staff; 329-332 Admissions; 39 Advanced Placement Program; 50 Advisory Committees; 334-335 Alcohol; 34 Alumni Association; 337 American College Test; 42 American Indians; 84 Art; 258 Minor; 132 Arts, Letters & Social Sciences; 91-141 Associate Degree; 88, 92, 100-101 Athletics; 57 Auditing; 54 Automated Manufacturing Engr. Tech.; 163-166, 257-258 B BA/BS Requirements; 89 Biology; 224-229,260-263 honors program; 224 Minor; 238 Board and Room; 54-55, 60-61 Board of Regents; 333 Business: 142-159 Administration; 150-151,153 Courses; 259-260 French Minor; 142 Science; 267-268 Science Minor; 185 Services; 336 Construction Technology; 317 Continuing Education; 253-254 Corrections; 188, 200 Minor; 203 Costs; 58 Counseling Minor; 132 Counseling Service; 55 Course Fees; 59 Courses; 255-317 Credit/No Credit; 22 Credit: by examination; 50, 52, 60 hours; 16 transfer; 41 Criminal Justice; 187-196.265-267 Criminal Justice/Fire Science Department; 187-203 Criminalistics; 189 Curricular Changes; 17 D Damage Deposit; 61 Data Processing; 269 Dean's List; 21 Degree Requirements; 88-93 Dentistry-prc; 233 Department Chairs; 332 Diplomas; 87 Discipline; 34-38 Dismissal Policy; 21-22 Division General Studies; 47-48 Drafting & Design Engr. Tech.; 269-270, Dropping Classes; 19 Drugs; 34 Dual Enrollment; 48-49 E c Calendar; 343-344 Canadian Students; 43 Career Planning; 55 Catalog Terms; 10-11 Cheating; 34 Chemistry; 243, 263-265 Minor; 243 Chemistry and EnvironmentalScicnce Dept; 239-243 Child Care Center; 95-96 Child Development Minor; 132 Class Attendance; 19 Classification of Students; 16 CLEP; College Level Examination Program; 50 Computer and Mathematical Sciences - 172-173 Computer: Drafting; 181 Engineering Technology; 268-269 Early Childhood Education; 128-129 Economics: 270 Minor; 158 Economics/Finance Minor; 158 Education; 130-131,271 Elective Credit; 42, 89 Electrical-Computer Engr. Tech; 169 Electrical/Electronics Engincring Tech.; 167-168, 275-276 Emeriti; 325 Employment, Student; 83 Engineering Technology; 152-153 Engineering Technology & Mathematics; 160-185 English Courses; 271-273 English Language & Literature; 97-100 Minor; 133 English and Speech Department; 97-101 Environmental Chemistry; 240-241 INDEX • 339 �Environmental Engineering Technology; 182-183 EnvironmentalSci.; 97-99.239, 241-242.276-277 Equal Opportunity; 12 Exception to Graduation Requirements; 91 Executive Masters Business Administration; 143146, 294-296 Exercise Science; 211-212,273-275 Athletic Training; 213-214 F Faculty; 319-325 Fees; 61 Finance and Economics; 151-152,277 Financial Aid ; 62 Financial Obligations; 35 Firearms & Explosives; 35 Fire Science; 196-199.202, 278 Minor; 203 Fisheries/Wildlife Management; 230-231 Food; 54 Foreign Students; 45 Foundation; 337 French; 279 Freeh Language & Literature Minor; 134 G General Business Minor; 158 General Education Requirement; 88 General Engineering; 183-184 General Engineering Technology; 184 Geology; 279-281 Geography; 281 -282 Minor; 134 Geology; 245-251 Environmental Geology; 246-247 Geology Minor; 252 German; 282-283 Gerontology Minor; 134 Goals of University; BC Grades and Grade Points; 20-21 Graduation Procedures; 86 Grants; 78-80 Guest Speakers; 35 Guest Student Admission; 43 H Health; 283-284 Health and Human Services Dept; 186-222 Health Records; 52 Health Service; 55 History; 102-106,284-286 Minor; 135 History and Humanities Department; 102-106 History of University; 6 Honors, Graduation; 87 Housing; 35, Human Resource Management; 158 Human Services; 118, 284 Human Services Adm. Minor; 135 Humanities; 286-287 Minor; 136 I I.D. Cards; 35 Indians, American; 84 Individualized Studies Degree; 93 Institutional Loss Control Minor; 203 Interdisciplinary; 287 Intramurals; 222 J Japanese Study Minor; 136, 288 Journalism; 287 Minor; 136 Journalism-Writing Minor; 136 L Late Adds; 19 Law-pre; 115-116 Law Enforcement; 191-193,201 minor; 203 Legal Assistant; 107-109,116-117,288-290 Specialties: Criminal Law, Labor Law, Legal Administration, Lcgislative/Constitutional Law. Personal Injury; 107-109 Legal Assistant Studies Minor; 137 Liberal Arts; 93, 100-101 Library; 338 Loans; 80-83 Lodging; 54 Loss Control; 194 Minor; 203 M MACRAO Agreement; 42-43 Management; 297 Map, Campus; IFC Marketing; 296-297 Minor; 158 Master of Business Administration; 294-296 Mathematics; 173-177,290-294 Minor; 158 Mathematics & Computer Sci Dept; 171-177 Mathematics Competency; 89-90 Maximum Student Credit Load; 18 Mechanical Engineering; 296 Mechanical Engr. Tech.; 178-181,298-299 Medical Technology; 232-233 Medicine-prc; 233 Minors; 88, 132-141,158-159.185, 202-203,221, 238, 243,252 Mission Statement; BC Multiple Majors; 92 Music; 299-300 N Native American Studies; 300 Minor; 137-138 Native American Tuition Waiver; 87 Natural Resources Tech.; 236-237,312-313 Natural Sciences; 300-301 Nonattcndancc; 19 Nursing; 204-210,303-303 O Office Administration; 154, 158 303 Minor; 158 Officers of Administration; 332 Ontario Grade 13; 44 Organizations. Student; 53 Orientation; 49 INDEX • 340 �p Parking; 35 Part-time Studies; 46 PELL Grants; 78-80 Perkins Loan; 80 Personal Computer Specialist; 155, 157, 159 Pharmacy-pre; 234-235 Philosophy; 304 Physical Education; 222 Physics; 303-304 Plagiarism; 34 Placement; 49, 56 Political Science; 110-115,304-305 Minor; 138 Political Science Department; 107-117 Prerequisites; 18 President; 2-3 Privacy Act; 24 Probation, Academic; 21-22 Programs Offered; 4 Provisional Credit; 42 Psychology; 119-120,306-308 Psychology Minor; 138 Psychology Department; 118-124 Public Administration Minor; 139 Public Relations Minor; 139 Public Safety; 195-196 R Readmission of Former Students; 43 Records; 36 Recreation Management; 215-218,311-312 Parks Option; 218-219 Recreation Studies & Exercise Sci. Dept.; 211-222 Recreational Activities; 308-310 Recreation Studies Minor; 221 Recreation Studies Skill Minor; 139 Refunds; 60 Registration and Scheduling; 17-19 Religious Organizations; 54 Repeals; 18 Residency, Graduation Requirements; 43, 91 Residency, Michigan; 58 Room and Board; 60-61 Standards of Behavior; 34-38 Substance Abuse Prevent. & Treatment; 123-124 Substance Abuse Counseling Minor; 140-141 Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant; 79 T Teacher Education; 95, 130, 317 Tech Prep; 46-47 Technical Accounting; 156 Testing Service; 55 Theft; 36 Therapeutic Recreation; 220-221 Transfer Students; 40 Transcripts; 23, 58 Tuition; 59 U Upward Bound; 56 V Vehicle; 59 Veterans; 85 Vet. Medicine-Pre; 233 Vocational Rehabilitation; 84 W Waiver of Competency Requirements; 91 Withdrawal; 19, 20, 60 Work Study; 83 Writing Competency; 90-91 Writing Minor; 141 s Satisfactory Academic Progress; 22 Schedule Changes; 18 Schedule of Subjects; 17-19 Scheduling Programs; 49 Scholarships; 62, 64, 67-78 School Secretaries; 328 Science and Natural Resources; 223-252 Social Science; 121-122 Sociology; 125-127,315-316 Sociology Department; 125-127 Sociology Welfare Minor; 139-140 Sociology-General Minor; 140 Spanish; 316 Speech; 313-314 Student: Classification; 16 Notices; 36 Organizations; 54 Senate; 53 Services; 53 Service Courses; 313 INDEX • 341 NOTES �WHO DID IT? Catalog organization, editing, formatting, and desktop publishing done by Stella DePlonty, Registrar, and Linda Miller, Administrative Assistant. Keylining by Patti Goforth, Graphics Department. Printing by Data Reproductions, Rochester Hills, Michigan. Uncredited photographs property of LSSU Archives. For further details concerning any program contact the Director of Admissions, Lake Superior State University, Sault Ste. Marie, Michigan, 49783. Telephone: 1-906-635-2231; or 1-800-682-4800 toll-free in Michigan; or 759-4903 in Sault Ste. Marie, Ontario, only. �University Calendar ______________1994-1995_____________ FALL SEMESTER • 1994 INSTRUCTION BEGINS Final day to add classes Canadian Thanksgiving Final day to drop classes Thanksgiving recess Classes resume SPRING SEMESTER SCHEDULING and Registration SPRING SEMESTER tuition payment Classes end Final Examinations SEMESTER ENDS SEPTEMBER 7, Wed. 8:00 a.m. 14, Wed., 5:00 p.m. OCTOBER 10 NOVEMBER 1, 5:00 p.m. 22, Tues., 10 p.m. 28, Mon. DECEMBER 5-8 5- Jan. 17, 3:00 p.m. 16, Fri. 17-22, Sat.-Thu. 22, Thu. 6 p.m. SPRING SEMESTER • 1995 INSTRUCTION BEGINS Final day to add classes Spring break begins Classes resume Final day to drop classes FALL SEMESTER SCHEDULING and Registration Classes end Final Examinations SEMESTER ENDS Commencement JANUARY 16, Mon. 23, Mon. MARCH 3, Fri., 10 p.m. 13, Mon. 17, Fri, 5:00 p.m. APRIL April 3-6 28. Fri. MAY 1-5, Mon.-Fri., 6 p.m. 5, Fri., 6 p.m. 6, Sat. SUMMER SEMESTER • 1995 SCHEDULING OF CLASSES Registration, tuition payment INTRUCTION BEGINS SEMESTER ENDS APRIL/MAY April 3-6 Begins April 3 May 1 5 AUGUST 4 �University Calendar _______ 1995-1996_____________ FALL SEMESTER • 1995 INSTRUCTION BEGINS Final day to add classes Canadian Thanksgiving Final day to drop classes Thanksgiving recess Classes resume SPRING SEMESTER SCHEDULING and Registration SPRING SEMESTER tuition payment Classes end Final Examinations SEMESTER ENDS SEPTEMBER 6, Wed. 8:00 a.m. 13, Wed., 5:00 p.m. OCTOBER 9 31, 5:00 p.m. NOVEMBER 21, Tues., 10 p.m. 27, Mon. DECEMBER 4-7 4-Jan. 16, 3:00 p.m. 15, Fri. 18-22, Mon.-Fri. 22, Fri. 6 p.m. SPRING SEMESTER • 1996 INSTRUCTION BEGINS Final day to add classes Spring break begins Classes resume Final day to drop classes FALL SEMESTER SCHEDULING and Registration Classes end Final Examinations SEMESTER ENDS Commencement JANUARY 15, Mon. 22, Mon. MARCH 1,/ri., 10 p.m. 11*, Mon. 15, Fri, 5:00 p.m. APRIL/MAY April 1-4 26, Fri. Apr. 29-30, May 1-3, Mon.-Fri May 3, Fri., 6 p.m. 4, Sat. SUMMER SEMESTER • 1996 SCHEDULING OF CLASSES Registration, tuition payment INTRUCTION BEGINS SEMESTER ENDS APRIL/MAY April 1-4 Begins April 1 May 13 AUGUST 2 �LAKE SUPERIOR STATE UNIVERSITY MISSION STATEMENT Lake Superior State University is a co-educational, public institution that recognizes as its primary mission the offering of challenging undergradu­ ate programs and services to students and other constituencies from its region and from the rest of Michigan, Northern Ontario, and the near Midwest. Lake Superior State University accomplishes its mission by presenting a personal approach to education through a small, collegial, and diverse community in which all its constituencies share in the teaching, research, and regional service activities of the Institution. In this supportive envi­ ronment, students, staff, faculty, and administrators demonstrate high regard for one another as valued members of the community, thus pro­ viding opportunities for emotional and social maturation as well as intel­ lectual growth. Every educational program at Lake Superior State University acknowl­ edges its commitment to an integrated relationship between the profes­ sional/technical and liberal arts fields. The University's international setting complements its efforts to present unique educational experi­ ences, expand students' perspectives, and foster their ability to critically evaluate ideas and information. GOALS OF THE UNIVERSITY GOAL NUMBER I To develop and provide academic programs in the liberal arts and in technical and professional education that demonstrate excellence and rel­ evance for the students served by the University GOAL NUMBER II To provide services and programming for students that will complement their educational experiences and prepare them to live and work in the 21st century. GOAL NUMBER III To offer a holistic, caring, and supportive environment for all learners. GOAL NUMBER IV To enhance the University's efficiency and effectiveness in order to help fulfill its vision and mission. � Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource College Catalogs Subject The topic of the resource College Catalogs Description An account of the resource Historical collection of LSSU College Catalogs Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Lake Superior State University Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource © 2019 Board of Regents - Lake Superior State University. All Rights Reserved Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource application/pdf Language A language of the resource English Type The nature or genre of the resource text.serial Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Lake Superior State University Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1946- Text A resource consisting primarily of words for reading. Examples include books, letters, dissertations, poems, newspapers, articles, archives of mailing lists. Note that facsimiles or images of texts are still of the genre Text. Text Any textual data included in the document 10" X 13" 343 pp. Original Format The type of object, such as painting, sculpture, paper, photo, and additional data paper Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource College Catalog 1994-1996 Subject The topic of the resource College Catalogs Description An account of the resource Descriptions of academic programs, student services, general regulations, requirements and procedures. The publication describes all classes offered by the institution. Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Lake Superior State University Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived Registrar Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Lake Superior State University Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1994 Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource © 2021 Board of Trustees - Lake Superior State University. All Rights Reserved Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource application/pdf Language A language of the resource English Type The nature or genre of the resource text.serial Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context D20211022001 Coverage The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant 1994-1996 1990's classes College Catalogs degrees departments LSSU majors requirements https://d1y502jg6fpugt.cloudfront.net/32263/archive/files/e1cc12674b2819bff49a2f5fb62974cf.pdf?Expires=1779321600&Signature=GMvJ5ORw%7EZeQ2d39BOznbZJi1J-5necCbXSwckRGZ-n9zerhp%7EL64nvU7ktAE6pN7w86o3K5r3zrx4eSNpMjVa8vqdwF9tFQiej6s83QL0wSBOmqb9Rpxxhh-LrMEgW0UKTp3q%7EZu9%7EKmsN-MOIGKDF%7EuoPDZF1978UVEb1fu-%7EkUl0ZGK3sGZ8Ha6jJTX4QoEvFySMRO9oOMAp5slakD8FfYjvOjrSk39fgM3MtPQ944Li9WMX%7EQj2TurVc1638qN4SkyVjpOkmnTq4IkFhI2rCmfiY%7EDwu9Tht0xzXheucxEAVUw6IFqIsR%7EZm0whKh7DmZv5e-OlmK4A0tYPerA__&Key-Pair-Id=K6UGZS9ZTDSZM 4542f6578b9c1aa6d473f478a03db97b PDF Text Text �Contents Campus/Parking Map ................. . Message from the President ........... . Vision Statement, Mission Statement, Goals of the University .............. . Code of Ethics ............................. . A Look at LSSU ............. ............. . Programs ..................... . ............. . 2 Expectations for Student Learning .. . University Talk ............................. . 8 Academic Policies Equal Opportunity Statement ........ . Admissions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Residency Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Financial Aid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Scholarships and Grants............. ..... 10 20 22 29 32 37 Student Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Computer Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Continuing Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 57 58 The Kenneth J. Shouldice Library . . . . . . Degree Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Graduation Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 60 65 Master's Degree . . . . .. . . . . . .. . .. . . . . . . .. . . . Post-Baccalaureate Certificate . . . . . . . . . Bachelor's Degrees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 71 73 3 4 5 6 7 9 College of Arts, Letters and Social Sciences.................................... College of Engineering, Mathematics and Business..................... ......... College of Natural and Health Sciences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Course Descriptions . .. . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . Board of Trustees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211 231 245 261 304 Distinguished Teachers/ Employee of the Year .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . .. .. . . . 305 Faculty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306 Administrative Staff University ·calendar 312 . . . . . . . . . .. . . . .. . . . .. 316 In.dex .... ....................... ............... 318 How to use this Catalog ... For further information on each degree offered, please note the top of each degree page. There is a page number annotated for further reference. Associate's Degrees ........................ 176 Certificates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 Minors ... .. .................................. 204 About this Catalog ... The Lake Superior State University Catalog does not constitute a contract between the University and its students on either a collective or individual basis. Changes sometimes occur after the Catalog has been printed. Lake Superior State University does not assume a contractural obligation with its students for the contents of this Catalog. LSSU admits and hires men and women, veterans and disabled individuals of any race, color, national or ethnic origin, or marital status in compliance with all appropriate legislation, including the Age Discrimination Act. The compliance officer is Beverly White. Lake Supertor State University• 1-888-800-LSSU • 1 �Lake Superior State University 650 W. Easterday Ave. Sault Ste. Marie, MI 49783 • N L Building Key 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 8 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. Parking Key A B C D E F G H J K L 0 s T X Dormitory Residents/Faculty-Staff Commuter Students/Faculty-Staff Brady Hall Residents; overflow for E, B, L Visitor Parking Upperclass Commuter/Faculty-Staff University Row Students Easterday/Ryan House Residents Overflow for A, C, F, G, S, T Faculty/Staff Moloney, Neveu, Marquette and Townhouse Residents; Visitor and Campus Shoppe Upperclass Commuter/Faculty-Staff Dormitory Residents Moloney, Neveu and Marquette Hall Residents Townhouse Residents 30-Minute Parking NO PARKING ON ANY UNIVERSITY DRIVE. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. 28. 29. 30. 31. 32. 33. 34. 35. 36. 37. Administration Building: Administrative Offices, BRIDGE, Human Resources, Payroll, Purchasing, Security, Student Services Alumni House: University and Alumni Relations, Foundation Brady Hall: Housing, Student Residence Brown Hall: LSSU Music Academy Campus Shoppe: Bookstore, Post Office, UPS Station Center for Applied Sciences and Engineering Technology: Administrative Computing, Engineering, Graphics, Nursing, Public Relations Central Heating Plant Child Development Center Chippewa House: Student Residence Continuing Education Crawford Hall of Science: Mathematics, Natural Science, Planetarium, Kemp Museum, Gleason Environmental Institute East Hall: Music Easterday House: Upward Bound Health CARE Center Erle Hall: International House Eskoonwid Endaad: Native American Student Center Fletcher Center for Student Services: Admissions, Business Operations, Financial Aid, Registrar, Student Service Center (Cashier, Scheduling) Gate Housa HIiiside House: Student Residence Huron Hall: Student Residence James Norris Center: Athletics, Criminal Justice/Fire Science, Exercise Science/Recreation Studies Gymnasium, Student and Public Recreation, Taffy Abel Arena Kenneth J. Shouldice Library: Academic Computing, Arts and Letters, Audio-Visual, Cappucino Corner, Interactive Television, Learning Center, Library, Social Sciences, Student Accommodations and Support Services Laker House: Student Residence Marquette Hall: Student Apartments Moloney Hall: Student Apartments Navau Hall: Student Residence Newman Center Ontario Hall: Honors Program, Student Residence Osborn Hall: Student Residence President's Residence Ryan House: Student Residence South Hall: Business, Center for Career and Employment Services/ Cooperative Education Services, Counseling and Testing, Education, Elementary and Secondary Education faculty, EUPISO Math/Science Center, Graduate and International Programs The VIiiage: Senter, Chelberg, Kemp and Youngs Houses - Student Residence Townhouses: Student Residence Walker Cisler Student and Conference Center: Campus Style Shoppe, Catering, Compass (student newspaper). Conference Rooms, Corner Pocket, Food Services, Galley, ID information, Quarterdeck, Student Lounge and Game Room Leno A. Pianos! Maintenance Center Blair-Hastings Mobile Homa Park 2 • Lake Superior State University • 1-888-800-LSSU ...... '-' �Welcome to a better tomorrow ... Personal. Natural. Superior. - these words characterize Lake Superior State University. Here you will find a student/faculty ratio that fosters a personal education. Faculty and staff interact with students in and out of the classroom. You will know your professors on a personal basis and they will know you. It is one of the many benefits of a smaller campus. Lake State is a place of natural beauty. Surrounded by lakes, rivers, forests and the Canadian landscape, the campus is a great place to live and learn. The air is clean, the snow white, the sun bright and the campus safe. Superior describes our University as a whole. Outstanding academic programs and professionals who are here to teach provide the foundation for your career. Excellent student life programs, great people, and a tremendous athletic program which includes national championship-caliber hockey, make the Lake State experience truly special. We have produced some of the best doctors, lawyers, teachers and other professionals in the land. Yes, Lake Superior State University is an exciting and vibrant place to be. You, too, will soon be Lake State Proud! Robert D. Arbuckle, President Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU • 3 �Lake Superior State University Vision Statement Mission Statement The vision of Lake Superior State University is to provide the highest quality personal educational experience for students in the State of Michigan and beyond. Lake Superior State University is a co-educational, public institution that recognizes as its primary mission the offering of challenging undergraduate programs and services to students and other constituencies from its region and from the rest of Michigan, Northern Ontario and the near Midwest. Our vision is to create and maintain a welcoming and personal environment for students, employees, alumni, and visitors from diverse backgrounds-to be a catalyst for individual and professional growth within an international setting. Our vision is to effectively serve the needs of the region while fulfilling the University's fundamental educational mission. Lake Superior State University accomplishes its mission by presenting a personal approach to education through a small, collegial and diverse community in which all its constituencies share in the teaching, research, and regional service activities of the institution. In this supportive environment, students, staff, faculty and administrators demonstrate high regard for one another as valued members of the community, thus providing opportunities for emotional and social maturation as well as intellectual growth. Every educational program at Lake Superior State University acknowledges its commitment to an integrated relationship between the professional/ technical and liberal arts fields. That relationship fosters the development of students as contributing citizens, viable professionals and fulfilled, caring individuals. The University's international setting complements its efforts to present unique educational experiences, expand students' perspectives, and foster their ability to critically evaluate ideas and information. Goals of the University Goal Number I To develop and provide academic programs in the liberal arts and in technical and professional education that demonstrate excellence and relevance for the students served by the University. Goal Number II To provide services and programming for students that will complement their educational experiences and prepare them to live and work in the 21st century. Goal Number III To offer a holistic, caring, and supportive environment for all learners. Goal Number IV To enhance the University's efficiency and effectiveness in order to help fulfill its vision and mission. The Vision Statement, Mission Statement and Goals of the University were adopted by the Board of Trustees May 13, 1994. 4 • Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU - �Code of Ethics Preamble We believe in a student-centered educational environment which is personal, natural and superior. These themes permeate the vision and mission statements of Lake Superior State University and are embodied in the principles of our Code of Ethics. institutions, community organizations, regional contacts and governmental entities. • We value our unique geographical setting with its natural beauty and its intemational focus. We value the educational opportunities which are provided in a safer environment. We value the University's physical plant with its historical buildings which are both state and national treasures. • We value a work ethic which emphasizes productive timeon-task, diligence, ethical behavior and responsibility in the student's personal development. • We value our extracurricular, co-curricular programs and activities which contribute to the students' personal and professional growth. • We value an environment which celebrates diversity and focuses on the value of each individual's contribution to the general welfare. • We value the alumni and friends of the University who provide inspiration, loyalty and support. • We value decisions which are in the best interests of the University and its students. Code of Ethics • • • • ~ • We value a personal approach to education which provides the student access to faculty and staff - education provided in a small collegial atmosphere. We value our high quality academic programs which provide practical, technical education with the liberal arts tradition. We value a supportive, caring environment exemplified by mutual trust and respect and where each individual has worth through a holistic, student-centered focus. We respect not only the rights but the feelings of others. We value the exploration of new paradigms and the ereative energy needed to stay at the forefront of knowledge. We value systematic assessment of all aspects of the University's operation and constructive improvements based on these evaluations. • We value our public service role. "Enter to learn, go forth to serve" is a traditional motto at Lake Superior State University. • We value our collaborative partnerships characterized by high ethical standards with international colleagues, businesses, other educational Lake Superior State University • 1-888-800-LSSU • 5 �A Look at LSSU Accreditation Lake Superior State University is accredited by the following agencies: • North Central Association of Colleges and Schools, Commission on Institutions of Higher Education, 30 North LaSalle Street, Suite 2400, Chicago, Illinois 60602-2504. Phone: 312-263-0456; 800-621-7440. Fax: 312-263-7462; Internet: lnfo@ncacihe.org • National League for Nursing • Council on Medical Education and Hospitals of the American Medical Association. • Technology Accreditation Commission of the Accreditation Board for Engineering and Technology, 111 Market Place, Suite 1050, Baltimore, Maryland 21202 - Telephone: (410) 347-7700, in manufacturing engineering technology. • International Fire Service Accreditation Congress, 1700 West Tyler, Oklahoma State University, Stillwater, OK 74078. Phone: 405-744-8303, -·' · in the bachelor of science for fire science Established in 1946 to address the needs of returning World War II veterans and to provide educational opportunities to the people of the Eastern Upper Peninsula, Lake Superior State University still embodies the essence of the early days. A personal education in a safe and friendly environment remains a hallmark of today's LSSU. Our beautiful 115-acre campus overlooks the Michigan and Ontario twin cities of Sault Ste. Marie, the St. Mary's River, and the world famous Soo Locks. The school is located at the beginning of Interstate 75 which ends in the Florida Keys. The campus served as Ft. Brady starting in 1894 after the fort was relocated from the banks of the St. Mary's. The fort was deactivated in 1944 and, thanks to the efforts of local volunteers and leadership at Michigan College of Mining & Technology in Houghton, opened in the fall of that year as the Sault Ste. Marie Residence Center of MCMT. The Sault Branch was rechristened Lake Superior State College of Michigan Technical University in 1966. Autonomy arrived for LSSC in 1970. University status was granted in 1987 to the state's smallest public institution of higher learning.Enrollment has grown from the original class of 272 to more than 3,400 students. There are 14 buildings on the National Historic Register contributing to the University's sense of tradition. This unique architectural blend is a reminder of the "weapons to plowshares" history of the setting. Community: Sault Ste. Marie (pop. 18,000) is one of the oldest cities in North America, having begun as a fur trading center in the early 17th century. A Jesuit mission was established here in 1641, and Father Marquette founded the first permanent settlement 27 years later, within the boundaries of what was to become Michigan. The Sault celebrated its 300th birthday in 1968. Our sister city, Sault Ste. Marie, Ontario, is a cultural, recreational, social and entertainment center. The combined population of the Twin Saults (101,000) allows for an international flavor abounding with the opportunities of a city, and the safety and comfort of a small town. 6 • Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU ...... �Expectations for Student Learning Lake Superior State University utilizes a Student Academic Achievement Plan developed by the faculty to meet the Assessment Initiative of the commission on Institutions of Higher Education, North Central Association of Colleges and Schools. The intent of this plan is to document student learning at Lake Superior State University both in the major program and across the general education requirements. This continuous evaluation process works to assure high quality teaching and effective student learning: The faculty at Lake Superior State University have collectively agreed upon the characteristics of the educated person the institution hopes to graduate and have identified outcomes that can be used to document these attributes. The following are areas that the faculty have deemed essential to a liberal education and have value for the students in their lives as responsible citizens: communication skills, mathematics, computer literacy, critical thinking, ethics, aesthetics, cultural diversity, and science and technology. Students who complete the general education courses at Lake Superior State University will be able to demonstrate attributes of the general education outcomes. Students attending Lake Superior State University can expect commitment by the University to document and enhance student learning. Through the assessment process, the University demonstrates its commitment to improving student learning and ensures that when students graduate they have attained specific attributes and abilities. Lake Superior State University expects a commitment on the part of its students to actively participate in the learning process. Lake Superior State University • 1-888-800-LSSU • 7 �Programs Master's degree Business Administration Post-Baccalaureate degree Legal Assistant Studies Bachelor's degrees (four-year programs) Accounting Public Accou~ting • Industrial/Managerial Data Processing and Accounting • 150-Hour Program Biology Botany • Ecology • General Pre-Professional Pre-Dentistry • Pre-Medicine • Pre-Optometry Pre-Pharmacy • Pre-Veterinary Medicine Zoology Business Administration Marketing • Management Clinical Laboratory Science Computer and Mathematical Science Computer Engineering Computer Science Criminal Justice Corrections • Criminalistics (MLEOTC certified) Generalist • Law Enforcement (MLEOTC certified) Loss Control • Public Safety (MLEOTC certified) Early Childhood Education Electrical Engineering Digital Systems • Robotics and Automation • Electrical-Mechanical Elementary Education* Biology • English Language and Literature • Geology History • Mathematics • Social Science • Sociology Engineering Management English Language and Literature Environmental Chemistry Environmental Engineering Technology Environmental Science Exercise Science Athletic Training Finance and Economics Fine Arts Studies Fire Science Engineering Technology • Generalist • Hazardous Materials Fis~erie~ and Wildlife Management Fisheries Management • Wildlife Management Geology Environmental Geology History Human Services Individualized Studies Legal Assistant Studies Legal Administration • Criminal Law • Personal Injury Labor Law • Legislative/Constitutional Law Manufacturing Engineering Technology Robotics and Automation Mathematics Actuarial and Business Applications Mechanical Engineering Mechanical Design • Robotics and Automation Nursing Pre-licensure Program • Post-licensure Completion Program Political Science General • Pre-Law • Public Administration Psychology Recreation Management Parks and Recreation Management Secondary Education* Biology • English Language and Literature Environmental Chemistry • Environmental Science Geology • History • Mathematics Social Science • Sociology Social Science Sociology Therapeutic Recreation Associate's degrees (two-year programs) Business Administration Chemistry Computer Science Construction Technology Criminal Justice Corrections • Law Enforcement Early Childhood Education Fire Science General Engineering General Engineering Technology Health Fitness Specialist Internet Network Specialist Legal Assistant Studies Liberal Arts Machine Tool Technology Manufacturing Engineering Technology Natural Resources Technology Office Administration Personal Computer Specialist Substance Abuse Prevention and Treatment Technical Accounting Telecommunications Engineering Technology Certificates (one-year programs) Information Processing Personal Computer Specialist *Students in these programs complete an LSSU academic major, requisite teacher education courses and a fifth-year teaching internship. 8 • Lake Superior State University • 1-888-800-LSSU ._, �University Talk Terms & phrases you should know ... Academic Credit: (or credit hours or credit): One academic credit is generally earned for every 15 hours in lecture during a semester. Academic Probation: The result of a grade point average falling below an acceptable level. Academic Year: Two 15-week semesters plus a summer semester. Accredited: Quality of academic programs has been approved by an outside rating agency. Admission: Your acceptance for enrollment. Advisor: Faculty member who offers you academic advice, explains requirements and assists in scheduling. Ask your department head for an advisor. Associate's Degree: Awarded for two-year programs. Bachelor's Degree: or Baccalaureate - awarded for a "four-year" program. Calendar: Important dates of the academic year. Certificate: Requires one year of study. Corequisite: Course you must take during the same semester as another course. Cognate: A specified course, generally in field other than your major, which you must take for your program. Competency Requirements: You must pass standard competency tests in writing and mathematics before receiving your degree. Courses: Descriptions in this catalog generally show a course number, followed by the course name, and the number of academic credits shown at the right of the column. Major (curriculum): A concentration of courses in your specific area of study. EN 110 Freshmen Composition (3) Minor: A lesser concentration (20 credits or more). Credit: See academic credit. Curriculum: (major, program) Courses required for specific degree or certificate. Departments: Academic units, each administered by a "chair" and offering courses in one or more related disciplines. Discipline: Group of related courses, such as mathematics. Elective: Course distinguished from required course. You select it from a number of specified courses. Field Placement: See practicum. · Financial Aid: Includes grants, loans, scholarships or work-study. Full-Time Student: If you enroll for 12 or more credits in a semester (nine credits for graduate students). General Education Requirements: Courses you must take in addition to your major to earn a bachelor's or an associate' s degree in liberal arts; provides you with broadly based education. GED Examinations: (General Education Development examination): If you didn't finish high school, but believe you learned enough in other ways to qualify for university, this is the test for you. Grade Point Average (GPA): Number of points divided by the hours of credit attempted. It figures your grade for a class. Cumulative grade point average is the average for all your classes numbered 100 and above. Internship: (practicum, field placement or clinical): working in a 'real life' setting for academic credit. Part-Time Student: You, if you take less than 12 credits in a semester (less than nine if you are a graduate student). Practicum: Another word for internship. Prerequisite: Certain courses you must successfully complete before enrolling in a specific course. You must satisfy prerequisites, and other stated conditions, before enrolling in a course, or have permission from an instructor to waive the prerequisites. It is your responsibility to be certain you have the approved prerequisites. Program (also curriculum): A group of courses you must take in order to earn a degree or certificate. Registration: Each semester you must request specific classes for the next semester, pay tuition, etc. Required Courses: You must take these to earn your degree. Semester: Sometimes called term: See academic year. Term: Sometimes called semester: See academic year. Transcript: Official record of your coursework maintained by LSSU Center for Student Services. Transcript, Official: Mailed directly from principal' s or registrar's office of issuing institution to LSSU Admissions Office. It must bear the seal of the institution and signature or stamp of school official. Withdrawal: Procedure when you drop a course or from school. Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU • 9 �Academic Policies Student Classifications 0 to 25 credits = freshman 26 to 55 credits = sophomore 56 to 87 credits = junior 88+ =senior Please familiarize yourself with the academic policies described in this catalog. They will help you obtain your educational objectives. Faculty advisors, staff and administration will also help you negotiate your way through these policies - seek their advice whenever you have questions! The Academic Year Lake Superior State University operates on a semester system. There are two regular 15-week semesters (fall and spring) which begin in August or September and end in April or May. The summer semester consists of classes offered in 4-, 8-, and 12- week sessions. Starting and ending dates are listed on page 316-317 of this catalog. Academic Credit One credit is earned after completing 15 hours of classroom instruction in lecture/ recitation courses. For example, a three-credit course might be scheduled 9-9:50 a.m. Monday, Wednesday and Friday for 15 weeks plus one week for exams. Laboratory classes, field work or other non-lecture classes meet for more than one hour a week per credit. You should expect to spend two hours of study or class preparation for each hour spent in class. Sixteen credits are the average load of full-time students. A minimum of 124 credits is required for all baccalaureate degrees; a minimum of 62 hours is required for an associate' s degree. Student Curriculum Choice and Advising When you apply for admission, you are asked to declare a major. The major you declare will deter- mine which major department you are in and the academic advisor assigned to you. Please get to know your advisor well and meet with him/her often to get help in class selection, degree progress and career advice. You may change your major curriculum by processing a Curriculum Change Card through the Center for Student Services (CSS). The CSS, Counseling Center and departmental offices have the card and instructions. Curriculum change cards must be filed with CSS for each curriculum change. If you are unsure of your major, you will be assigned to the Liberal Arts major and the advisor assigned to you will be a Liberal Arts faculty member. The Learning Center and the Counseling Center can also provide you with major advice and counseling. If you are provisionally admitted to Lake Superior State University, an academic advisor from the Learning Center is assigned. You will keep this advisor until your admission status changes and you are admitted to your full-time major program. Semester Course Selection Before the end of each semester, you must sign up for courses for the next semester. One to two weeks before scheduling, schedule booklets listing the courses, times, dates and locations will be available in departmental offices, the Center for Student Services and other locations around campus. You need to pick up a schedule booklet, read the instructions for scheduling and meet with your advisor to select courses for the next semester. Please read the schedule booklet carefully as it has dates for scheduling according to class level, dates 10 • Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2211 ,._J �for tuition payments, and information regarding prerequisites, corequisites and other course requirements. Test Scores: When you apply for admission, you will send your ACT score to Lake Superior State University. Your score determines the level of English, math and reading classes into which you will be placed. If you have been out of high school more than 26 months and have not taken the ACT, you can take placement tests at the Testing/ Counseling Center at Lake State to determine your placement in English, math and reading. Maximum credit load: You may carry up to 20 credits per semester. You may take more credits if you have a 3.00 GPA or higher and have written approval from the dean of your school. Students on academic probation should not take more than 15 credits. Prerequisites: Many courses require that you complete English, math, reading or other preliminary classes before signing up to take these courses. If you have not met the prerequisite, you may be dropped from the class during the regular drop period with an N grade or not allowed to sign up for the class. Some courses require that you earn a C or better in prerequisite courses before scheduling for the next course. Exceptions may be made only by the dean of your college or the instructor of the subsequent class. Repeats: You may repeat a class to bring up a grade and raise your grade point average (GPA). However, you may not repeat a prerequisite course if you have successfully passed the subsequent course. Again, exceptions may be made by the dean of your college. Note: You will not receive extra credits for the repeated class but your GPA will be affected. Only the grade of the last attempt is calculated in your GPA. Drop/add period: You may change your class schedule during the first six (6) days of each semester. Courses you drop during the drop/ add period will not appear on your permanent record. If a course you wish to add is full, you must get an instructor's signature to schedule the course. Your add or withdrawal from a course is not officially complete until the appropriate form is completed in the Center for Student Services. It's a good idea to retain the official receipt upon completion of any add or drop. Late adds: If you wish to add a class after the six-day drop/ add period, you must first get a Late Add Form from the Center for Student Services (CSS) and then get the instructor's signature. Return your Late Add Form to CSS. Non-attendance of the first class: Your instructor may drop you from a course if you do not attend or if you do not call the instructor before classes begin. The course instructor will fill out a drop form and notify you if you are dropped from the course. Dropping after the add/delete period: You may drop a course during the first 40 days of a full semester (the last day to drop a class is shown in the schedule book and in the calendar of this book). Your record will show an "N" grade and your GPA will not be affected. To drop a class after the eight-week drop requires extenuating circumstances, and you must get approval from both your instructor and the Center for Student Services. AW grade will appear on your permanent record and will not affect your GPA. Class attendance: Regular class attendance and active participation in classes are important elements in the learning process. You are at the University primarily for the sake of intellectual growth and development. Attendance and participation provide appropriate opportu- Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2211 • 11 �nities for the evaluation of your progress. Grades and Grade Points Grade Grade Points per Credit A+ A Excellent AB+ BGood BC+ CAverage CD+ D Inferior DF Failure I Incomplete NNoGrade W Withdrawal Z Deferred CR Credit NCR No Credit 4 4 3.7 3.3 3 2.7 2.3 2 1.7 1.3 1 .7 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 You are personally responsible for the satisfactory completion of the course work prescribed by your instructors. This means that you are expected to attend classes regularly, and that you are responsible for the work assigned in class, the material covered in class and for participation in class activities (including discussion and listening) designed by the instructor as part of the learning experience. However, mere physical attendance should not be a criterion for evaluation of your performance. Participation in an official University function is an excused absence when approved by the provost. You will not be penalized for such participation. You are responsible for work missed and must confer with your instructor on this matter. Complete withdrawal: If you are a full-time student and drop all of your classes during the first eight weeks of the semester, you may be eligible for tuition refund. To receive any refund, fill out a Withdrawal Form at the Center for Student Services. This office will authorize your refund from the Business Office. (Please check the schedule book for the refund policy.) Before leaving, be sure you have cleared any holds on your records so you can return at a later date or have transcripts of your academic records sent out. Grading System Grade Point Average (GPA): To calculate your GPA for a semester, divide the total points earned by the total credits carried. Credits carried include those earned or failed but not those classes taken for credit/no credit. Cumulative GPA is calculated by dividing total points earned by the number of credits carried in all semesters. If you repeat a course, count only the credits carried and the points of the last grade earned. Just the grade of your last attempt is calculated in your GPA. A cumulative GPA of 2.00 for all credits is required for graduation. Further, a 2.00 cumulative grade point average for all credits in major and minor(s) is required. Some programs require a higher GPA in the major curriculum. Incomplete grades (I): To receive an I grade in a course which you can not complete, you must meet with your instructor and work out what you need to complete to obtain a grade. You must make up the work by the date specified by the instructor which must be within a maximum of two semesters in attendance or the incomplete grade becomes a failure. Summer semesters count if you are enrolled for classes during the summer. Your instructor will submit an I Form with the grade sheets and you will receive a copy. ...J ....J N and W grades: These grades are given to those classes that you have officially dropped N or withdrawn W. Z grade: Deferred grades are given when the course work of a particular course extends beyond a single semester. Grade reports: Grades and credit reports are mailed to your permanent home address after each semester. Grade change: You may request your instructor to review and change a grade within two semesters after completion. The instructor fills in and sends a Grade Change Form to the Center for Student Services. Dean's List: By completing 12 or more credits a semester with a grade point average of 3.50 or higher, you will earn Dean's List honors which acknowledge outstanding academic achievement. Academic probation: This is a warning that scholastic perfor- 12 • Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2211 - �mance is below the University's minimum requirements. During this probationary period, you will be allowed to carry only up to 15 credits each semester (band and recreational activities are not included in the 15 credits). 1. Academic probation is in effect if your cumulative grade point average is in the "on probation" category. 2. If your cumulative GPA falls into the dismissal range, you will be dismissed. 3. After a first or second dismissal, you have the following options: Academic Standing Table Full- and Part-time Students Academic Probation and Dismissal Policy Cumulative Semester Credits Carried atLSSU a. Sit out two semesters (summer can be counted as one semester) before reenrolling. b. Petition the Scholastic Standards Committee for immediate readmittance. This action is initiated with the assistant to the provost for academic records. Call 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2012 or 906-635-2012 The committee can either permit early readmittance with specific conditions required or deny the request. Further appeal can be made to the provost, whose decision is final. 4. 5. Students who continue after a dismissal will be dismissed again after any semester in which their cumulative grade point average falls in the dismissal category. The assistant to the provost for academic records may allow the student to continue "on probation" with the record showing "on probation" instead of "dismissal", if the student's record has shown improvement during the semester and the student has a 2.00 GPA in courses carried for that semester. A student dismissed for the third time can not be reinstated Minimum for Good Standing 1-18.99 1.81* 19-25.99 26-40.99 41-55.99 56-72.99 73-87.99 88+ 1.81 1.86 1.91 1.93 1.95 1.97** Cumulative Grade Point Average on Probation less than 1.81 1.41-1.80 1.51-1.85 1.61-1.90 1.71-1.92 1.81-1.94 1.91-1.96 Dismissal Not subject to dismissal 1.40 or less 1.50 or less 1.60 or less 1.70 or less 1.80 or less 1.90 or less *Students will not be dismissed for academic deficiencies until they have enrolled in at least 19 semester credits at Lake Superior State University . **A cumulative grade point average of2.00 for all credits carried at Lake Superior State University, and a cumulative grade point average of2.00 for all courses required in the student's major and minor is necessary for graduation. without permission of the provost. Three semesters must elapse from the time of dismissal before a petition for readmittance is considered. Summer may count for one semester. 6. The Scholastic Standards Committee may, on the recommendation of a college dean; provost or vice president for Student Programs and Services, dismiss students from the University if their academic progress, conduct or attitude toward their work is deemed unsatisfactory. Credit/No Credit Courses You may enroll in some courses on a credit/ no credit basis if you are in good academic standing. The following conditions exist: 1. One course per semester may be taken as credit/no credit. 2. Only 12 credits of courses taken as credit/ no credit may be applied toward a degree. Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2211 • 13 �3. Courses that are required by your major, minor, or that are general education courses, can not be taken for credit/ no credit. 4. You apply at the Center for Student Services to enroll for a credit/no credit course during the drop/ add period; cannot change to regular grades after the drop/ add period ends. 5. You maintain a 2.00 C average in a course to receive a CR grade. 6. Instructors are not notified that you are taking a course as credit/no credit; the CR or NCR credit is assigned based on the grade your instructor submits. Certain courses are always offered with a credit/ no credit format. These courses have this information in the official course description and course syllabi. The policy and limitations outlined above do not apply to these courses. Cheating and Plagiarism: The assumption of the academic contract is that the student does his or her own work: any breach of the contract is considered cheating. The faculty member who detects a student cheating may take appropriate action, such as assigning a failing grade for the entire course. A student who cheats is subject to dismissal from the University. If, in the opinion of the faculty member involved, such action is warranted, he or she will notify the chairman of the Scholastic Standards Committee and the student in writing. The Scholastic Standards Committee will then conduct a hearing in such a manner that the student is given due process. If the committee decides that dismissal is warranted, the student shall have five school days to appeal that decision to the provost of the University. .... Credit by Examination There are three examination processes you can take to earn credit for individual courses or general education requirements. They include: 1. Advanced placement 2. CLEP examinations - Inquire a the Center for Student Services, Counseling Center or with the assistant to the provost for academic records for information on the CLEP examinations. 3. Departmental examinations Inquire with the academic department whether an examination is available. You must be admitted to a degree program to receive credit by examination in which you may earn a maximum of 30 credits. An examination grade of 2.00 is required to earn credit. There is a fee required for both CLEP exami- 14 • Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2211 ..._.; - �nation and departmental examinations. The credits earned by examination appear on your transcript as CR. Some universities may not accept this type of credit for transfer. Transcripts You may have an official copy of your permanent records sent to schools, companies and other places or persons of your choice. Send a written request with your student ID number, name during enrollment and dates of attendance to Lake Superior State University, Center for Student Services, 650 W. Easterday Ave., Sault Ste. Marie, MI 49783. Enclose $5 per request to cover the cost of copying and mailing. Student copy transcripts are issued directly to you. Any financial or other obligations to the University must be cleared before a transcript is released. The Privacy Act Section 438 of the General Education Provisions Act, as amended, sets forth the requirements to be met by an educational institution to protect the privacy of students. This act is called the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act and shall be referred to hereafter as the Act. The Act generally governs access to student educational records and the release of such records. The Act also requires that institutions of higher education must provide students access to official records directly related to the student and an opportunity for a hearing to challenge such records on the grounds that they are inaccurate, misleading or inappropriate. Educational institutions must also obtain written consent before releasing personally identifiable data about students from records to other than a specified list of exceptions. In addition, students must be notified of these rights. In accordance with provisions of the Act and the regulations enacted by the Department of Health, Education and Welfare, Lake Superior State University has adopted the following policies and procedures: Section 1. General Policy on Access and Disclosure Lake Superior State University shall not as a matter of policy or practice: 1. Deny or prevent students at the University the right to inspect or review the educational records of such students, or 2. Permit the release of educational records contrary to the provisions of the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act and the policies and procedures set forth in the following sections. Section 2. Notification to Students Under the provisions of the Act, the University must annually notify students of their rights and the institution policies pertaining to the Act. In addition, notice must be given to the location where the policy can be obtained as well as to inform the students of the right to file complaints with the Department of Health, Education and Welfare concerning alleged failures by the University to comply with the Act. In accordance with these requirements the annual notice regarding students' rights, the location of copies of the University's policies setting forth these rights, as well as the right to file complaints with the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act Office, shall be published in the University'Catalog. The annual letter to students will notify students of directory information. The director of the Student Services Center is the hearing officer for the Act and is responsible for implementing the notification requirements and distribution of copies of the policies and procedures. Section 3. Education Records Defined "Education records" means those records which: 1. directly relate to a student or 2. are maintained by the University or its agent. The term does not include: 1. records of institutional, supervisory, and administrative personnel which: a. are in the sole possession of the maker thereof, and b. are not accessible or revealed to any other individual except a substitute. A substitute is defined as one who performs, on a temporary basis, the duties of the individual who made the record. It does not refer to an individual who permanently succeeds the maker of the record in his or her position. 2. 3. records of the law enforcement unit of the University (Security Department) which are: a. maintained apart from the University's educational records; b. maintained solely for law enforcement purposes; and c. not disclosed to individuals other than law enforcement officials of the same jurisdiction, provided that educational records maintained by the University are not disclosed to the personnel of the law enforcement unit. records relating to an individual who is employed by the University which: a. are made and maintained in the normal course of business; b. relate exclusively to the individual in that individual's capacity as an employee; and Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2211 • 15 �4. c. are not available for use for any other purpose. records subject to the limitations set forth in Section 3 and 13. d. This paragraph (3) does not apply to records relating to an individual in attendance at the University who is employed as a result of his or her status as a student. The educational record recorded by the student will be provided within a reasonable period of time defined by availability of staff time and the records. Records will be provided no more than 45 days after the request is made. records relating to an eligible student which are: The right to review educational records includes the right to a response from Lake Superior State University to reasonable requests for explanation and interpretations of the subject record. a. created or maintained by a physician, psychiatrist, psychologist, or other recognized professional or paraprofessional acting in a professional or paraprofessional capacity, or assisting in that capacity; b. created, maintained, or used only in connection with the provision of treatment to the student; and c. not disclosed to anyone other than individuals providing the treatment; provided, that the records can be personally reviewed by a physician or other appropriate paraprofessional of the student's choice. For the purpose of this definition, "treatment" does not include remedial educational activities or activities which are part of programs of instruction at the university. 5. records of the university which contain only information relating to a person after that person is no longer a student at the University. An example of these records would be information collected by the University pertaining to the accomplishments of its alumni. Section 4. Rights to Inspect and Review Education Records A student who is enrolled at or has attended Lake Superior State University has the right to inspect and review his/her educational physically incapacitated during the 45-day compliance period, copies shall not be provided but the right of inspection may be exercised. Under this provision, a written request is required (see Section lOA) specifying the record to be disclosed and the reason that a personal inspection of the record cannot be made during the 45-day compliance period. Requests are reviewed on a case-by-case basis to determine if copies are required as opposed to personal inspection. Section 5. Procedures for Inspection and Review of Records A written request for the inspection is required for review of educational records or release of records, where permitted, to third parties. See Section lOA for release of records to third parties. The request must be submitted to the appropriate officer. See Section 7 for list of officials maintaining educational records. The written request under this section must contain: 1. a description of the informa- . tion requested, 2. the date, if any, that the information is required, 3. the student's signature, and 4. the date the request is filed. Section 6. Copies of Records: Fees for Copies Copies of educational records will be provided under the Act under the following conditions: 1. where failure to provide a copy would effectively prevent a student from exercising the right to inspect and review the educational record. (Examples of when this provision would be effective would be absence from the state or a confining illness.) If the student will return to the residence occupied while attending the University or be within 30 miles of campus and is not 2. on request, under the provisions of Section lOB regarding records to officials of another educational institution in which the student is enrolled or seeks or intends to enroll. 3. on request, or with the consent of the student, under the provisions of Section lOA, regarding information released with the approval of the University to third parties. The University shall not charge a fee for copies of records provided under the Act. There is not a charge for search, retrieval or inspection of the record. Copies of grades provided under these provisions do not carry the University seal or official signature of approval. Section 7. Listing of Location of Education Records The following is a list of the records considered educational in nature under the Act and their locations listed by Office, Type of Record, Responsible Official, and Location. Admissions; Academic file, Financial; Director of Admissions; Fletcher Center Career Advising and Placement; Academic, Personal, evaluations; Director; Brown Hall Continuing Education; Academic; Director 16 • Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2211 ....., - �Human Resources; Work Evaluation, Employment; Director; Administration Building Financial Aid; Financial, Academic, Personal evaluation, Employment; Director; Fletcher Center Graduate Office; Academic, Financial; Coordinator; South Hall Director of the Student Services Center; Academic (complete and official academic record) Personal, Veterans Affairs; Director of the Student Services Center; Fletcher Center Residence Halls; Personal; Housing Manager; Brady Hall Residence Halls and Student Life; Discipline; Vice-President for Student Programs and Services; Administration Building Student Accounts; Financial; Director Business Operation; Fletcher Center Academic Areas, Academic; School Deans and Department Chairs. Note: All academic records are partial records with the exception of the Student Services Center as noted above. Section 8. Disclosure of Restricted Information to University Officials Personally identifiable information from the education records of a student may be disclosed without the prior consent of the student to University officials who have a legitimate educational interest in the information. The University officials must demonstrate a need to obtain the information consistent with their official functions and the request must be consistent with normal professional practices and legal requirements. The disclosure of personally identifiable student information under the above conditions will not be disclosed to any other party without the prior written consent of the student, except that such information may be used by the appropriate officials or agents of the University for the purpose for which the disclosure was made. 3. the party or class of parties to whom disclosure may be made. Section 9. University Officials 4. a statement granting consent for the release of the information. For the purpose of these procedures and policies, University officials are those individuals who have demonstrated a need for access to student records consistent with official University responsibilities and professional practices. University officials include: Members of the faculty, professional, executive and administrative staff, including all Department of Security, departmental secretaries, students properly appointed as members of a hearing panel or screening committee, representatives of the State Auditor General when performing their legally required duties, legal, insurance, or collection representatives of the University when performing their university-related duties requiring student record information concerning a claim or legal matter. B. Prior Consent for Disclosure Not Required The University may transfer or disclose the educational records of a student, without prior written consent, on request to the officials of another educational institution in which the student is enrolled or intends to enroll. The University, upon request, will provide the student with a copy of the transferred educational records. Information from the educational records of a student may be disclosed, without prior written consent, if the disclosure is: 1. to federal and state authorities as provided by the Act or other legal authority. 2. in connection with financial aid for which a student has applied or received; provided that the information may be disclosed only: Section 10. Disclosure of Personally Identifiable Information A. Prior Consent for Disclosure Required The University shall obtain the written consent of the student before disclosing personally identifiable information from their education records to third parties other than directory information. Consent is not required where the disclosure is to the student. If the University consents to the release of personally identifiable student information to third parties under this section (lDA) at the written request of the student, the University will also provide the student with a copy. The written consent required under this section (lOA) must be signed and dated by the student and shall include: 1. a specification of the record to be disclosed. 2. the purpose of the disclosure. 3. a. to determine the eligibility for financial aid, b. to determine the amount of aid c. to determine the conditions that will be imposed regarding financial aid, or d. to enforce the terms or conditions of the financial aid. to organizations conducting studies on behalf of educational agencies or institutions for developing, validating, or administering predictive tests, administering student aid programs; and improving instruction; provided that the studies are conducted in a manner which does not permit personal identification of students by persons other than the representatives of the organization. The information Lake Superior State University • 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2211 • 17 �must be destroyed when it is no longer needed for the purpose for which the study was conducted. 4. to accrediting organizations in order to carry out their accrediting functions. 5. to comply with a judicial order or lawfully issued subpoena; provided that Lake Superior State University will make a reasonable effort to notify the student of the order or subpoena in advance of compliance. 6. to appropriate parties in an emergency to protect the health or safety of the student or other individuals. Section 11. Directory Information The Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act permits the disclosure of certain personally identifiable information from the educational record of a student if that information is designated as directory information as defined by the Act. In order to release such information the University is required to provide public notice of the following: 1. the categories of personally identifiable information designated as directory information. 2. the right of the student to refuse to permit the designation of any or all of the categories with respect to that student. 3. the time which the student must inform the University in writing that such directory information is not to be released. In compliance with these provisions, the University will announce its intention to release directory information each fall in the annual letter. Written requests to prohibit or restrict the use of directory information should be addressed by the last day to add classes to the Student Service Center. The University considers the following as directory information: name, address, telephone number, date and place of birth, major field of study, participation in officially recognized activities and sports, height and weight of members of the athletic teams, dates of attendance, degrees, honors and awards received, including scholarships, and most recent previous educational agency or institution attended by student. In the event that this list is altered or expanded, these provisions will be amended in accordance with the Act. 1. ments of recommendation placed in the student record prior to January 1, 1975; provided that such letters and statements were solicited with written assurance of confidentiality or sent and retained with a documented understanding of confidentiality. The documents must be used only for the purposes specifically intended. 3. Lake Superior State University shall for each request and disclosure of personally identifiable information from a student's education records maintain a register within that file of the education records which indicates: the parties who have requested or obtained information. 2. the legitimate educational interests the parties have in obtaining the information. 4. confidential letters and statements of recommendation and statements for which the student has waived the right to inspection as set forth in Section 16 and placed in a student's file after January 1, 1975 respecting: a. admission, or b. application for employment, or C. receipt of an honor or honorary recognition. those records which are defined not to be education records as set forth in Section 3. A record is not required for disclosures to a student, disclosures pursuant to the student's written consent when consent is specific to the party or parties, disclosures to University officials as set forth in Section 9, or disclosures of directory information as provided in Section 11. If the educational record of a student contains information on more than one student, the requesting student may review or inspect or be informed of only the spedfied information which pertains to the student making the inquiry. The record of disclosures may be inspected by: the student, University officials and assistants responsible for the custody of the records, and university officials authorized in Section 9 and persons outside the University as authorized in Section 10 for the purpose of auditing the record keeping procedures of the institution. A student who believes information in the student's educational records is inaccurate, misleading or violates the privacy or other rights of the student may request the University amend such records. Section 13. Limitation on the Right to Inspect and Review Records 1. The University is not required to permit a student to inspect or review the following records: J 2. confidential letters and state- Section 12. Record of Disclosures Required to be Maintained 1. financial records and statements of parents or any information contained therein. Section 14. Request to Amend Educational Records ....J "-' ...... .._. ..... '-- The procedures regarding amendment to a student record are: submission of a written request to amend the record in question to the University office responsible for the content of the record. 18 • Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2211 ~ �2. a written request specifying the information to be amended and the basis for requesting a change in the record. 3. The written request should also suggest the recommended corrective action. 4. The University official responsible for establishing the content of the record in question within 14 calendar days will inform, in writing, the student that the record will be amended or the request is denied. If additional time is required to make a decision, the student will be advised of that period required. 5. Amendments and corrections will be completed within 14 calendar days of the date of notice to the students. 6. If the University official responsible for establishing the content of the educational record denies the request to amend the record, the written notice of this decision will advise the student of the right to a hearing. Section 15. Right to a Hearing The Act provides an opportunity for a hearing to challenge the content of a student's educational record to insure that the record does not contain inaccurate or misleading information or violates the privacy or other rights of the student. This procedure can not be used to challenge grades. The following procedure defines the process after the de.cision of denial. Procedure of Hearing A student desiring a hearing on a denial to amend the record by the official establishing such records must: 1. submit a written request for a hearing to the hearing officer and the director of the Student Services Center. 2. designate in the request: the student's name and identification number, date of request, specific information on the record challenged, basis for amending record, summary statement of previous action taken to amend record including names of individuals contacted and from whom communications have been received. The hearing officer will, within seven calendar days of receipt of the request for hearing, notify the student of the hearing date, time and location. At least 72 hours notice prior to the hearing will be provided to involved parties. A full and fair opportunity is available to present evidence relevant to the question of whether the record in question is inaccurate, misleading or in violation of the privacy or other rights of the students. The student may be assisted or represented by any individual and expense including an attorney. The hearing officer will render a decision on the app~al within seven calendar days of hearing's conclusion. The decision shall be in writing and based solely upon the evidence presented at the hearing. The written decision to the student shall include a summary of the evidence and reasons for the decision. If, as a result of the hearing, the hearing officer rules the information is inaccurate, misleading or in violation of any of the student's rights, the record in question will be amended within seven calendar days of the decision. 1. Be maintained as a part of the record as long as the record or the contested portion thereof is retained by the University, and 2. Be disclosed by the University,along with the contested record to any party receiving such record. Section 16. Waivers A student may waive any right under the Act. The waiver shall not be valid unless it is in writing and signed by the student. The University may not require that a student waive any right under the Act. This requirement does not preclude the University from requesting such a waiver. An applicant for admission or a student in attendance may waive the right to inspect and review confidential letters and statements of recommendation. The waiver applies to letters or statements only if it is in writing and designated by the student and if: 1. the applicant or student is notified of the names of those providing letters or statements. 2. the documents are used only for the purpose intended. 3. the waiver is not required as a condition of admission or receipt of any service or benefit from the University. A waiver may be revoked, but that action must be in writing and filed with the office in possession of the waiver. If, as a result of the hearing, the hearing officer determines that the record should not be amended, the student shall be informed of the right to place in the education record a statement commenting upon the information and setting forth the reasons for disagreeing with the University's decision. Any explanation placed in the record of the student under this provision shall: Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2211 • 19 �Equal Opportunity Notice of Lake Superior State University's policy of compliance with federal and state law Policy The University is an equal opportunity employer and educator and rohibits discrimination, including arassment, on the basis of race, color, national origin or ancestry, gender, age, disability, religion, height, weight, sexual preference, marital status, or veteran status. In carrying out this policy, the University complies with all federal and state laws and regulations prohibiting discrimination including: Executive Order 11246, the ElliottLarsen Civil Rights Act of 1976, Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, The Equal Pay Act of 1963, Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended by the Equal Employment Opportunity Act of 1972, and the Pregnancy Discrimination Act of 1978, Title IX of the Education Amendments of 1972, Titles VII and VIII of the Public Health Service Act, Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, Sections 503 and 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, Veteran's Assistance Act of 1972, and Title II of the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990. Sexual Harassment The University is committed to a policy of nondiscrimination on the basis of gender. Discrimination because of gender includes sexual harassment, which means unwelcome sexual advances, requests for sexual favors, and other verbal or physical conduct or communication of a sexual nature when: i. Submission to such conduct or communication is made a term or condition either explicitly or implicitly to obtain employment, public accommodations or public services, education, or housing; ii. Submission to or rejection of such conduct or communication by an individual is used as a factor in decisions affecting such individual's employment, public accommodations or public services, education, or housing; or Process l. iii. Such conduct or communication has the purpose or effect of substantially interfering with an individual's employment, public accommodations or public services, education, or housing environment. The University is committed to the protection of the rights of all individuals and to the elimination of barriers that would prevent individuals from realizing their highest potential of human excellence. Sexual harassment is a particularly noxious form of discrimination that interferes with these goals and commitments, and is difficult to combat due to the intimidation and destruction of self esteem of its victims. 2. With the Grievance Officer, individuals may discuss concerns they may have regarding possible discrimination or harassment to learn what options are available. 3. Nonretaliation: The University not only prohibits discrimination, including harassment, but also strictly prohibits any retaliation against any individual, who, in good faith, has registered a complaint under this procedure. Any supervisor, agent, or employee of the University who, after investigation, has been determined to have retaliated against any individual for using the complaint procedure in this policy, will be subject to appropriate discipline up to and including immediate discharge. If an individual believes he or she has been retaliated against for exercising his or her rights under this policy, the individual should use this complaint procedure. Grievance Officer The Equal Employment Opportunity Officer/ Affirmative Action Officer (EEO Officer) is the designated grievance officer for discrimination complaints. If any person believes that he or she has been subjected to discrimination, including harassment by unlawful and unacceptable expressions, acts, attitudes and/ or behaviors based on race, color, national origin or ancestry, gender, age, disability, religion, height, weight, sexual preference, marital status, or veteran status, he or she should contact Ms. Beverly White, EEO Officer, Lake Superior State University Administration Building, Sault Ste. Marie, Michigan 49783 (906-635-2697) within sixty (60) working days of the action of which the person complains: The University encourages all individuals to promptly report instances of discrimination and discriminatory harassment. Once the University has been informed of such behavior, it will take timely and appropriate steps to investigate the problem. At any step of the grievance process, time schedules as outlined in the process may be extended by mutual agreement in writing. 4. All matters discussed in this process will be kept as confidential as possible. 5. If an individual is dissatisfied with the University's investigation process or resolution, he or she may file complaints of illegal discrimination on the basis of gender (Title IX and Title VI) or disability (Section 504 and Title II of the ADA) with the Office for Civil Rights, U.S. Department of Education, 20 • Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2697 w - .._J ....., ._., ....., - �Chicago, IL 60605. A Title IX, Title VI, Section 504, or Title II ADA complaint must be filed in writing with the Office for Civil Rights no later than 180 days after the occurrence of the possible discrimination. 6. Individuals have the right under the law to seek remedies from the Michigan Department of Civil Rights, the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, the Office for Civil Rights, U.S. Department of Education or by court action at the same time a grievance is filed under the University's procedure, during or after the use of the grievance process, or without using the grievance process at all. from the date the complaint is received by the respondent. The Grievance Officer will conduct an investigation. The investigation should be completed within twenty (20) working days after receipt of the response. If the complaint is against the University as the Employer, the Grievance Officer will have thirty (30} days from the receipt of the written complaint to investigate the matter. Within ten (10) working days of completion of the investigation, the Grievance Officer will issue to the complainant and to the respondent a written Determination stating whether the allegations of the complaint are true and any remedial action recommended. At Step 2, information will be kept confidential to the extent possible. STEP 1: Informal Complaint Any individual (complainant) with a discrimination or harassment complaint, may contact the Grievance Officer in person. The Grievance Officer will speak with the complainant and try to resolve the matter on an informal basis. At Step 1, all information will be kept confidential to the extent possible. STEP 2: Formal Complaint If the problem cannot be resolved at Step 1 within five (5) working days from the date of first contact with the Grievance Officer, the complainant may submit a written complaint on a form provided by the Grievance Officer. The Grievance Officer will help the complainant complete the form if the complainant requests. Within five (5) working days of the receipt of the written complaint, the Grievance Officer will send a Notice of Complaint, a copy of the complaint form, a response form and a copy of this procedure to the respondent. The respondent will submit the completed response form within five (5) working days STEP 3: Hearing If either the complainant or the respondent is dissatisfied with the Grievance Officer's determination, he or she may request that the matter be referred to a Hearing Panel for a hearing by submitting the form obtained from the Grievance Officer. The request for hearing must be submitted in writing to the Grievance Officer within five (5) working days after receipt of the Determination. The President will appoint a permanent Hearing Panel composed of three members including, if possible, at least one female and one minority member. The vice president for business and financial operations will be the chairperson and will conduct the hearing. the testimony of witnesses, documentary evidence or other evidence relevant to the proceedings and cross-examine the other party's witnesses. The complainant and respondent may have an attorney or other advisor present. The Grievance Officer will present the findings of the investigation conducted at Step 2 and may present witnesses, if appropriate. To ensure the privacy of those involved, witnesses (other than the complainant and respondent) will be allowed in the hearing room only during their testimony. At the Chairperson's discretion, the hearing may be recorded. Within fifteen (15} working days after completion of the hearing, the Chairperson will issue the Decision and recommended order of the Hearing Panel. The Decision will be mailed to the complainant and respondent with a copy to the Grievance Officer. The Chairperson will implement any action recommended by the Panel. STEP 4: Appeal The decision of the Hearing Panel will be final and binding. If grievants wish to pursue the matter further, they may file with the outside agencies listed in Policy section, No. 5. and 6. Section 5.02 of the by-laws of the Board of Trustees, approved July 24, 1989, will not be invoked for grievances submitted for settlement under this procedure. The Grievance Officer will send a Notice of Hearing and a copy of the Request for Hearing to the complainant, respondent (if any}, and Hearing Panel, scheduling the hearing within fifteen (15) working days, unless the Panel Chairperson provides otherwise and so notifies those involved. At the hearing, the complainant and respondent will be allowed to give their own testimony, present Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext.2697 • 21 �Admissions Freshmen You may apply to Lake Superior State University any time during your final year of high school. Applications are processed continuously and you will be notified of a decision within two weeks. To complete your admission file you must submit a final high school transcript and ACT scores (if you graduated from high school within 26 months of entering Lake State). To be considered official, all transcripts must be mailed from your high school guidance office directly to Lake Superior State University. Enter your social security number on your Application for Admission. It serves as your permanent student identification number. If you do not wish to provide the number, an alternate number will be assigned. Financial aid applications will not be processed without your social security number. Canadian applicants should not use their social insurance number. An alternative number will be assigned to Canadian and other foreign students. The primary factors in determining admission are ACT* scores and grade point average. Lake State uses an overall grade point average (GPA). The average overall GPA for the 1997 freshman class was 2.88 on a scale of a 4.0. The average ACT composite score was a 20. Students whose ACT or GPA levels approach but do not meet LSSU standards may be admitted via the University Studies program. University Studies is an arm of the University College dedicated to providing an educational opportunity to students who meet certain profiles. Students who are admitted via University Studies receive additional advising and support services to ensure their success at LSSU. If you are admitted via University Studies, you will be fully entered into your chosen major after meeting these three simple requirements: * earn 12 credits at the 100 level or above, * earn a 2.00 GPA, and * be eligible for 100-level math, reading and composition courses. ..J Students denied regular admission may reapply after attending another accredited college and earning at least 19 semester (29 quarter) hours of transferable credit. Evaluation for admission is then based upon the college record. *Although Lake State prefers you take the ACT, we will accept equivalent SAT scores to determine admission. ACT The ACT is offered nationally five times a year at many locations including our campus. Registration forms are available in high school counseling offices or by contacting the LSSU Counseling and Testing Center at 906-6352733. United States residents applying for academic scholarships must have their ACT scores sent prior to the April 1 scholarship deadline. Transfer Students Transfer students must possess a 2.0 cumulative college GPA and be eligible to return to your former college(s). If you have completed fewer than 19 semester (29 quarter) hours of credit, you must send an official high school transcript or GED scores in addition to your college transcript (and ACT scores if you graduated from high school within 26 months of the semester of entry). Contact the Registrar's Office or high school guidance office to have an official transcript mailed to our 22 • Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2231 ..... �Admissions Office. Transcripts sent via facsimile or hand delivered are not considered official. All transcripts become the property of Lake Superior State University and are not returnable. Your complete application should be submitted at least 30 days prior to the semester of entry. Transfer students denied admission may reapply after taking additional courses that raise their overall GPA to above a 2.0. Credit Evaluations Official evaluation of transfer credit is made as quickly as possible after you are admitted. The Admissions Office will help you with an unofficial transcript review at your request. .., If a course taken at another institution is not offered at Lake State, elective credit may be granted for that course. Elective credits may be applied toward degree requirements but may not be used to satisfy any specific course requirement. D grades are transferred only under the following conditions: " 1. a 2.00 or greater cumulative GPA, or 2. being granted unconditional admission as a full-time student. Some academic departments do not accept transferred D grades as replacements for required courses. In those cases, the departmental major courses must be repeated. Courses not accepted by a department may be applied as elective credit where possible. The Admissions Office completes transfer credit evaluations. The decision on courses and transfer credit granted may be appealed first to the academic dean and then to the provost. Provisional Credit Credit earned at an institution not listed in the American Council of Education's publication, Accredited Institutions of Post-Secondary Education is granted provisionally. You must complete at least 15 semester hours of credit with a cumulative GPA of 2.00 at LSSU before provisional credits will become part of your permanent record. MACRAO Agreement Michigan community college students admitted to Lake State who have the MACRAO stamp on their transcript are recognized as having completed the general education requirements at Lake State. Residency Requirement There is no limit to the number of transfer credits allowed from other institutions. Bachelor's degree candidates must earn at least 32 of their final 40 credits and at least 50 percent of their departmental required 300 / 400-level credits in Lake State courses. Regional center students must earn at least 32 of their final 64 credits and at least 50 percent of their departmental required 300 / 400level credits in Lake State courses. Associate' s degree and certificate candidates must earn 16 of their final 20 credits in Lake State courses. University College Lake Superior State University has a long-term commitment to the academic and personal success of all our students. The University College serves three functions which assure students can enroll in and complete the relevant coursework and programs. Access to higher education is offered via the University Studies program. Students from the Eastern Upper Peninsula whose academic background approaches, but does not meet Lake State admission standards, can get their Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2231 • 23 �start in higher education via the University Studies program in the University College. As a University Studies student you will be assigned an academic advisor who understands your situation. Your advisor will work closely with you to make sure you are enrolled in appropriate courses. The University College (UC) provides academic support for the entire campus. The UC operates the Learning Center (described below) as well as several other tutoring and support programs. Students enrolled in associate' s degrees have access to the Office of Student Accommodation and Support Services, which provides tutoring, advising and supplemental instruction. Occupational education is the goal for many students. They seek workplace-relevant programs designed to open the door to goodpaying technical positions. Such programs also promote the economic growth of the entire community. The UC oversees the development and operation of academic programs at the one- or two-year level. Learning Center The Learning Center, located in the KJS Library, offers academic support services to all enrolled students at LSSU, at all levels of learning (freshman through graduate). Tutoring and supplemental instruction (a.k.a. study sessions) are available for may preparatory, 100- and 200-level courses across the disciplines. The Learning Center's Writing Lab tutors assist you with your writing needs while the math lab tutors help you overcome your math frustrations. Seminars on topics such as time management and study skills are held each semester to allow you to maximize your academic performance. When you visit the Learning Center, you will find more than 30 state-of-the-art computers equipped with tutorial and instructional software for many LSSU courses, as well as various word processing programs, tutorial video and audio libraries. A book lending library and study space are also available for your use. The friendly staff will be happy to assist you in reaching your academic goals. Office of Student Support Services and Accommodations (OSASS) OSASS provides two functions for its students. If you are enrolled in an associate's or certificate-level program, you can contact this office for assistance with coursework or help in selecting a career path. The office provides these supportive services through the Carl Perkins Vocational Education grant. In addition, students who can verify that they face a disabling condition can receive a wide range of services from OSASS. The staff arrange for specialized testing, note takers, scribes, taped texts and a variety of other auxiliary aides for students with disabilities. Students should note that official verification of a disabling condition must be on file before auxiliary aides and accommodations can be provided. If you do have a disabling condition, or if you think you may have a condition such as a learning disability, please contact OSASS as soon as possible. Former Students Former full-time Lake State students who stop taking classes for two semesters or more or attend another college or university (not including summer) must apply for readmission before the semester of re-entry. There is no application fee. If you attended another college since leaving Lake State, you must submit official transcripts and meet Lake State's transfer student admissions policy. 24 • Lake Supertor State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2231 �Guest Students Students enrolled at another college or university may be admitted to Lake State for one semester as a guest student. An extension of one additional semester may be granted for extenuating circumstances. If you intend to enroll full time for more than one semester, you must submit an Application for Admission as a transfer student. Guest students assume responsibility for determining if Lake State courses apply to their program at the college from which they intend to graduate. Canadian Students If you are an Ontario student applying on the basis of high school records, you are evaluated on your ACT score and grade point average for all A- and G-level courses. Two grading scales are used when evaluating Ontario secondary school applicants (see table). OAC and A-level courses are considered more demanding and their contents more appropriate preparation for university-level courses. B- and W-level courses are never included in the grade point average. Additional information for Ontario secondary school students is available in the Ontario Student Handbook published by the Admissions Office. If you are a Canadian applicant from a province other than Ontario, your application is evaluated based on the education system in your province. If you completed grade 13 or OAC courses before September 1990, you will receive transfer credit at the University for each course in which your final mark was at least a 60 percent. Transfer credit is not given for any OAC courses taken after September 1990. However, completion of OAC courses prepares some students to earn credit through testing. (See section titled "Credit by Examination"). Foreign Students (Non-Canadian) Applicants must satisfy entrance requirements comparable to those of United States students. All credentials written in a language other than English must be accompanied by certified English translations. A notarized financial statement is required before a Certificate of Eligibility (Form I-20) will be issued. This statement must include the amount of money available per year and the source(s). Inclusion of false information in the financial statement is grounds for dismissal. Beyond the financial statement, the student's sponsor or sponsoring agency must provide a letter assuming responsibility for all of the student's educational and living expenses while studying in the United States. Foreign student scholarships are not available, and employment opportunities for foreign students are restricted by government regulations. Applicants should not consider themselves admitted to the University until they have provided all documents required by the University and have received an official letter granting admission. Following the letter granting admission, the Form I-20 is sent, as required by the U.S. Immigration and Naturalization Service. Foreign students are required to purchase a health and accident insurance policy for each year in residence. Grading Scales for Evaluation A-Level & OAC G-Level Equivalent Letter Grade 80-99 70-79 60-69 50-59 90-99 80-89 70-79 60-69 50-59 A Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2231 • 25 B C D F �Limited English Proficiency The Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) is not a factor in the admission decision. The TOEFL is used only to evaluate a student's English proficiency. English language proficiency is required to take courses at the University and may be satisfied in any of three ways: l. Score 550 or above on the TOEFL administered in most countries. For information regarding this test, write: TOEFL, Box 6151, Princeton, New Jersey, 08541-6151 U.S.A. or any United States Information Service Center; 2. Complete Level 109 at any ELS Language Center located in the United States. For information about ELS Centers, write: ELS Language Centers, 5761 Buckingham Parkway, Culver City, California 90230, USA; 3. Complete two years of study at a school, college or university located in an English-speaking country. Students not meeting Lake State's English proficiency requirement must enroll in English as a second language program. Part-time Enrollment You may enroll as a part-time student and take up to 11 credits per semester in courses for which you have sufficient academic background. A part-time student not seeking financial aid or a degree or certificate does not have to formally apply for admission. As a non-admitted part-time student, you are not assigned a faculty advisor. You are encouraged to seek assistance in selecting courses from the appropriate academic schools. Current high school students should refer to the section regarding dual enrollment. Tech Prep The national tech prep movement is supported at Lake State. As a testimony of its institutional support, grades earned in applied high school science and mathematics courses contribute to the high school GPA computed for university admission. Tech prep, with its emphasis upon curricular integration between secondary and postsecondary educational institutions, helps Lake State create a broader array of educational options for our students. Lake Superior State University has articulation agreements with area high schools to enhance applied and career educational opportunities at the post-secondary level. In tandem with its regional secondary education partners, Lake State has created pathways to applied education for specified curricula in business and technology. University course credits count toward degree requirements for high school work if certain competendes are met. Check with your high school guidance counselor or a Lake State admissions officer to verify whether a specific course may apply. ..J ._J w ....... l....J __, Dual Enrollment for High School Students Knowing that some talented high school students will benefit from taking university courses while in high school, selected students may take specific courses at Lake State. Before you register for any class, be sure you meet the following criteria: • complete the Dual Enrollment Form (available at the LSSU Student Service Center or your high school guidance office), • be at least a high school junior, • enroll in 100- or 200-level courses only; and • be sure to take any required placement tests or prerequisite courses. (A prerequisite is a course that must be completed 26 • Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2231 ._,, '-' '"'"' �before the other course can be taken.) Placement Testing ACT scores will be used to place students in freshman English and mathematics courses (see table). Students not required to provide ACT scores would take a placement test before scheduling classes. Students with high ACT or placement scores are invited to enroll in honors English. High scores in mathematics will also allow students to enroll in higher-level math courses. Students with low scores in English, reading and mathematics will be required to take upgrading courses. Students who do not successfully meet reading requirements by their sophomore level (26 credits) will be limited to a 13credit load (including reading courses) until they successfully comple their reading courses. Transfer students without appropriate course work in English and mathematics (see degree requirements) are also required to take placement tests. Transfer students may meet placement requirements by their ACT scores if they submit ACT scores to Lake State. Credit by examination You may earn up to 30 semesterhour credits by examination. The University grants credit from Advanced Placement, College Level Examination Program (CLEP) and departmental exams. If you are already attending Lake State, you may earn credit through both CLEP and departmental exams. You must meet the following criteria before credit by examination will be entered on your transcript: 1. be an admitted full-time student, and 2. be enrolled at Lake Superior State University. Advanced Placement Program (AP) Advanced Placement Exams are administered at high schools each May. Lake State grants credit in select AP exams passed with a score of three or higher. If an essay is part of an individual exam, it must be submitted to the University for evaluation. To receive credit, the essay must be satisfactory and you must have a minimum score of three on the test. A list of courses for which Lake State grants credit is available through the Admissions Office. College Level Examination Program (CLEP) You may take CLEP exams at any available testing center, including Lake State's Counseling and Testing Center. Lake State offers CLEP exams every month except December and February. You should take the CLEP tests no later than May in order to have the results sent to our Center for Student Services in time for fall semester. Credit for CLEP is granted as shown on the table. ACT Placement Mathematics 0-16 17-18 19-21 22-26 27-35 = = = = ?>vfA081,082,083 ?>vfA084,085,086 ?>vfA092, 110,207 }vfA.103, 109,111,140,150 ?>vfA112, 143,151 English 0-17 18-25 26+ = = EN091 ENUO ENUO-Honors Reading 0-18 19-21 22+ = = You may receive credit toward specified courses that meet general education requirements. CLEP general and subject examination credit may not be used to repeat courses previously taken unless permission is granted from the academic department offering the course. Grades for general examinations are recorded as credit without grade points. Credit may be earned for indi- · vidual courses by passing CLEP subject examinations. CLEP subject examinations may not be used to repeat courses Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2231 • 27 SA090 SA106 recommended OK �previously taken unless permission is granted from the academic department offering the course. A listing of approved CLEP general and subject examinations and acceptable minimum scores is shown on this page. Departmental Exams Departments may provide their own examinations for certain courses. You must have the written approval of the appropriate department head to take the examination. An application form for credit by exam can be found with the department head. The fee will be equivalent to CLEP exams and you will not be charged tuition for the credits earned. An exami- J Credit for Clep General Exams Test Score Equiv. Reg. Humanities Mathematics Social Sciences & History Natural Science Course 500 500 500 500 nation grade of 2.00 or better is required for credit to be earned. Credit earned by exam is recorded as a grade of CR on the student's transcript. Some universities may not accept transfer credit earned by departmental exam. HU Electives MA Electives SS Electives NS Electives Credit Hours 8 3 8 8 Health History Questionnaire. The form is mailed to admitted students. These questionnaires are not considered for admission to the University. The information helps the University's Health Service better serve your needs. Note: Information in the admissions Health Record Everyone entering Lake State for the first time should complete a section of the catalog is for information only and not part of an enrollment contract. Credit for Clep Subject Exams Essay Required Required Score Principles of Accounting General Biology General Chemistry Introductory Business Law Information Systems & Computer Appl. Principles of Macroeconomics Principles of Microeconomics Human Growth and Development Freshman College Composition American Literature English Literature American History I History of U.S. II Western Civilization I Western Civilization II College Algebra College Algebra-Trigonometry Calculus with Elementary Functions Principles of Marketing Principles of Management American Government Introductory Psychology Introductory Sociology College German I & II No No No No No No No No No Yes Yes No No No No No No No No No No No No No 47 52* 47 51 52 44 41 45 47 46 46 45 45 46 47 55 45 46 48 47 47 47 47 48 College-Level Spanish I & II No 50 College French I & II No 43 College French I & II No 45 Test Course Equivalents AC132, 133 BL109, 110, 111 CH115, 116 MB503 CS101 EC201 EC202 PY265 ENllO EN231, 232 EN233, 234 HS131 HS132 HS101 HS102 MA111 MA150 MA151 MK281 MN360 PS110 PY101 S0101, 102 Waive GN141, 142 Credit GN241, 242 Waive SP161, 162 Credit SP261, 262 Waive FR151, 152 Credit FR251 Waive FR151, 152 Credit FR251, 252 *based on local norms 28 • Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2231 Credit Hours 8 8 9 3 3 3 3 3 3 6 6 4 4 4 4 3 4 4 3 3 4 4 6 8 8 4 8 ..... ..... �Residency Definitions An exact outline of University fees and assessments can be found in the Admissions Office. These costs are determined by the Lake Superior State University Board of Trustees. A $20 fee (United States funds) must accompany each Application for Admission to Lake Superior State University. The fee is nonrefundable and does not apply toward tuition or other fees. resident status after six months, provided they can provide evidence of a change in their residency status. Such evidence could include, but is not limited to, changes in voter registration, drivers license and vehicle registration. 4. A Michigan resident absent from the state for periods of up to one year shall not forfeit his or her residence for tuition purposes, provided that he or she has taken no action to become a resident of another state. Definition of Michigan Residency As a state-supported institution, Lake Superior State University complies with the following definitions and regulations governing resident status: 1. 2. 3. The residence of a student who is a minor follows that of parents or legal guardians, except that a minor student who comes to the University from another state or country cannot be registered as a resident of this state on the basis of having a resident of this state as a guardian, except on permission of the University in each individual case. A person who is at least 18 years of age at the time of initial registration and who has continuously resided in Michigan for at least six months immediately preceding the first day of classes, is a resident for tuition purposes provided he/ she can provide evidence of Michigan residency. Such evidence should include, but is not limited to, changes in voter registration, drivers license and vehicle registration. Non-resident students who enter the state and immediately begin classes shall be eligible for reclassification to 5. Initial decisions on classification, and requests for reclassification to become a resident student, will be made by and to the director of the Student Service Center. Students may appeal these decisions to the vice-president for Student Programs and Services. 6. The residence of a student follows that of his or her spouse, except that a student who initially registers as a resident student may continue to register as a resident of Michigan although subsequently marrying a nonresident student or other nonresident. 7. Students on active duty in any of the armed services and stationed in the state of Michigan are exempt from payment of non-resident tuition. 8. Aliens lawfully admitted for permanent residence in the United States who have a permanent visa, their spouses and minor children, may register as residents of this state provided they have met the other requirements herein for residency. 9. Any full-time employee of the University, and those members Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU • 29 �of the teaching staff whose appointments require at least three contact hours of teaching each week in regularly assigned formal classes, and their dependents, may register as residents. 10. Any dependent child of an alumni parent who has earned credit at Lake Superior State University prior to the fall quarter of 1968 or earned a certificate or degree from this University or completed a minimum of 24 semester hours of 36 quarter hours. 11. Any transfer student who was accepted as a Michigan resident at a Michigan community college with proof of the community college tuition rate and the student's tuition status. 12. Any foreign exchange student attending secondary schools in Michigan or Ontario. 13. An out-of-state freshman student who has at least a 3.00 grade point out of a possible 4.00 and a 24 composite on ACT or in the top one-fifth of their graduating class may register as a resident for tuition purposes. Any student who is in doubt of residence status should contact the director of the Student Service Center and have any questions settled prior to registration. Policy: Tuition/Fees All tuition and fees are payable according to established due dates. Students delinquent in payment of a financial obligation are subject to enrollment cancellation until all amounts due the University are paid or satisfactory arrangements are made with the Business Office. The director of the Student Service Center will deny registration to anyone who is delinquent in any obligation to the University. Additionally, University services will not be provided until financial obligations are met. Registration is not complete until fees are paid. A check or draft returned to the University and not honored by the bank constitutes nonpayment and results in cancellation of registration. Auditing: The cost for auditing courses is one-half the tuition charged for credit courses plus special course fees. Michigan residents who are 60 years of age or older may audit undergraduate courses compliments of LSSU. There is no official record for auditing classes. Other courses: A few courses have special fees. All registrations (including payment of fees) must be complete no later than six days after the beginning of regular instruction. Enrollment after the six-day period has passed is allowed, but not encouraged, with special permission from the director of the Student Service Center. Vehicles: If you park a motor vehicle anywhere on campus, there is an annual vehicle registration fee. The fee is refunded only under certain conditions. Credit by exam: Credit by departmental examination is available to full-time students. If a 2.00 or better is scored, the credit is recorded on your transcript. The fee charged is equivalent to CLEP exams and there is no tuition charged for credits earned. Withdrawal: Should you need to withdraw from the University, you must complete a Withdrawal Form to initiate a refund. The form is available from the Student Service Center. Authorized refunds apply only to tuition and special course fees. If you are on approved University financial aid, or aid through other agencies that mandate recovery of financial assistance, refunds are in accordance with their requirements. You 30 • Lake Superior State University • 1-888-800-LSSU ... , ..... -1 _. ..... ....; ....... .....i 1-oJ _,J ~ �should check with the director of Financial Aid for assistance or information. Refunds are made accordingly: During the first six days 100 percent refund on withdrawals. Students withdrawing from all classes between the end of the 100 percent refund period and the first 10 percent of the semester will receive a 90 percent refund. Students withdrawing from all classes between the end of the 90 percent refund period and the 25 percent point of the semester will receive a 50 percent refund. Students withdrawing from all classes between the end of the 50 percent period and the 50 percent point of the semester will receive a 25 percent refund. No refunds are provided for dropping one or two classes. Leaving school: For information about leaving the University see Withdrawal. Non-attendance of classes or checking out of campus housing does not constitute withdrawal, nor does academic dismissal. Students who leave but do not withdraw are responsible for full tuition and fees and will receive failing grades on their transcript unless a Withdrawal Slip is filed with the Student Service Center. Transcript fee: One official transcript is provided to all students, either before or after graduation. There is a $5 fee for each additional transcript. Room and Board Applications Housing applications: Unmarried students enrolled for 12 or more credit hours and who are within 27 calendar months of their graduation from high school at the beginning of the academic year (for this purpose, high school graduation dates are assumed to be June 1st) must reside in a University residence hall. The exceptions are: 1. if you live with parents within a 60-mile radius, or the threecounty (Luce, Chippewa, and Mackinac) service area of the University campus. An exception application, available in the Housing Office, must be approved by the Housing director. 2. if you are exempted in writing by the Housing director when residence hall space is filled. 3. if you face unusual financial or health problems and are exempted by the vice president for Student Programs and Services. Applications for housing must be made to the Housing Office. Students indicating interest in oncampus accommodations on the University admissions application are sent housing information. Room assignments are made upon receipt of the first room and board payment. Applications are voided if first room and board payment is not received by June 15. If application is canceled by notification to the Housing director by June 15, all monies paid will be refunded. If cancellation is between June 15 and the opening of the residence halls, LSSU retains $100. Cancellation after the halls open is subject to a $300 penalty. You must be accepted for admission to live on campus. Room and board: A variety of campus living options are available. Room and board costs are divided into seven installments. A cost sheet is available from the Admissions Office. Housing deposit: If you are living on campus, there is a $125 deposit prior to checking into the hall. This deposit is refunded, less charges for breakage or damage, when you leave on-campus housing. Regulations: Regulations and expectations of your conduct as a member of the LSSU community will be provided when you take residence. Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU • 31 �Financial Aid Notification of scholarship awards begins November 1 for students admitting for the following fall semester. Rewarding the scholar and meeting the needs of those who apply for financial assistance is a high priority at Lake Superior State University. The doors of opportunity are seldom closed because of a financial condition. 15 percent of their graduating class, have a 3.40 (or higher) grade point average and ACT score of 26. The recipient of any award must be a full-time student carrying 12 academic hours or more (except regional center recipients). You may qualify for a combination of University, state and federal programs-a financial aid package- which may include a combination of scholarship, loan, grant, and/ or work assistance. Full-time undergraduates take priority in aid awards. Scholarship recipients are usually selected based on competitive examinations,scholasticrecords and/ or financial need. The American College Test serves as the University's primary test for scholarship applicants. Test results must be on file by April 1. Carefully consider the full cost of your education, parental support, and savings - including summer employment - to determine your need for financial aid. If you possess excellent high school or community college grades, you are encouraged to apply for scholarships regardless of need. Those with need are considered for loans, grants and/ or employment based on need established from the Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA). You can obtain information on all financial aid programs from the Financial Aid staff. Staff are available to advise you and your parents about the costs of attending the University, availability of financial aid and application procedures. Applying: You can apply by completing the financial aid section of the Admissions Application; obtain forms from your high school principal or counselor or write to the Financial Aid Office, Lake Superior State University, 650 W. Easterday Ave., Sault Ste. Marie, MI 49783. If you are already enrolled, forms are available from the Financial Aid Office. Scholarship requirements: Incoming freshmen must be in the upper You must have your parents or guardian complete a Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA) to apply for assistance. These forms may be obtained from local high school counselors or principals or the LSSU Financial Aid Office. The form must be received by the processor before February 21 (incoming freshmen) or March 21 to assure priority aid consideration. Satisfactory Academic Progress Requirements for the Retention of Financial Aid If you are receiving any form of financial aid, you must meet these satisfactory academic progress requirements to retain your aid each semester. Financial aid regulations require that a student must make satisfactory progress to remain eligible for financial aid. Financial aid programs affected by this policy are Federal Pell Grant, Federal Perkins Loan, Federal College Work-Study, Federal Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant, Federal Direct Loans, Federal PLUS Loans, State of Michigan and Institutional Scholarship, Grant, Loan and Work Programs. 32 • Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2678 �Transfer Students The requirements for transfer students are based on the number of full-time equivalent credits transferred to LSSU. For example, a student with 68 transfer credits must earn a G.P.A. of 1.93 or higher. The following policy is the minimum requirement for all types of financial aid; however, there are some types of aid with more stringent requirements (example: scholarships): Every student must maintain, at the end of each semester, a cumulative grade point average (GPA) of at least: Application of Policy First-year freshmen and new transfer students not meeting the GPA requirement after their first semester at LSSU, will be placed on financial aid probation for one semester. The cumulative GPA after the probationary semester must satisfy the minimum GPA or the student will have his /her financial aid suspended. Students that have been enrolled for more than one semester will not have a probationary semester and must meet the schedule above each semester. Quantative Standards Students are expected to complete a two-year degree in six semesters, a four-year degree in 12 semesters and a master's degree in four semesters of full-time study. Eligibility is terminated after six semesters (assoc.), 12 semesters (four-year degree), and four semesters (master's), or after attempting 150 percent of the credits required for the degree. Each student's progress in credits earned will be reviewed every semester. The following credits must be earned in relation to the number of credits enrolled at the end of the add period: Undergraduate Students Fall/Spring/Summer Semester Enrolled Credits 12+ 11 10 Credits to be Earned (75%) 9 6 6 6 4 8 7 6 5-1 9 8 7 Cumulative GPA Credits Attempted* 1.70 0-25 credits 1.86 26-55 credits 1.93 56-87 credits 1.97 88 or more credits *Semester Hours (includes transfer credit hours) Graduate Students Fall/Spring/Summer Semester Emolled Credits 10+ Credits to be Earned 7 9 8 6 6 7 6 5 4-1 5 4 4 100% If a student does not satisfactorily meet the quantative standard, he/ she will be placed on financial aid probation for the next semester. If a student fails to meet the standard for the second consecutive semester enrolled, his/her financial aid will be suspended. Once financial aid is suspended, both the GPA and credit hour completion criteria must be met in subsequent semesters before reinstatement of aid is possible. If completion of I grades or other record changes warrant a reinstatement, the student must present a written notice from the Registrar/ Scheduling Office to the Financial Aid Office by the end of the semester following cancellation of aid. 100% Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2678 • 33 �Scholarship Renewal Requirements In addition to the quantitative standards, scholarship winners must meet the following GPA requirements to maintain their awards: Board of Trustees* Distinguished Board of Trustees** 3.00 or better after two semesters of study 2.50 or better after two semesters of study 3.10 or better after four semesters of study 2.60 or better after four semesters of study 3.20 or better after six semesters of study 2.70 or better after six semesters of study *Includes other renewable institutional scholarships with a value offull tuition or higher. **Includes other renewable institutional scholarships with a value of less than full tuition. Financial Aid Suspension No aid will be granted once a student's eligibility is suspended, including but not limited to the Federal Direct Loan, Perkins Student Loan, Federal Direct PLUS Loan, College Work Study, Federal Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant, Federal Pell Grant, Michigan Competitive Scholarship, Michigan Adult Part-Time Grant, Michigan Educational Opportunity Grant, Michigan Work Study, Native American Tuition Waiver and Institutional Scholarships and Grants. To remove financial aid suspension status, a student must have attained the minimum cumulative grade point average and credit earned requirements while not receiving financial aid processed through the University. Successful students must then advise the Financial Aid Office in writing that they meet the requirements for reinstatement. Right to Appeal A student whose aid is suspended may request reinstatement through the Financial Aid Committee. To obtain reinstatement, the student must effectively demonstrate that their poor performance was due to some unusual circumstance. Such requests should be in writing and addressed to the Vice President for Student Programs and Services. Appeal letters should be received immediately following the semester of the suspension. Scholarships are awarded on academic excellence and may not be reinstated by appeal. Consumer Information As an applicant and recipient of federal financial student aid, you have certain rights and responsibilities. Knowing your rights and responsibilities puts you in a better position to make decisions about your goals and how to best achieve them. Student Rights: You have the right to know: 1. the available financial aid programs. They are listed in the Financial Aid section of this Catalog. 2. deadlines for submitting applications for each available financial aid program. 3. how financial aid will be distributed, how decisions on that distribution are made and the basis for these decisions. (Contact Financial Aid Office.) 4. how your financial need was determined. This includes how costs for tuition and fees, room and board, travel, books and supplies, personal and miscellaneous expenses, etc., are considered in your budget. (See Award Letter.) 5. what resources (such as parental contribution, other financial aid, your assets, etc.) were considered in the calculation of your need. (Contact Financial Aid Office.) 34 • Lake Superior State University • 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2678 �6. how much of your financial need as determined by the institution has been met. (See Offer of Aid letter.) 7. request an explanation of the various programs in your student aid package. If you believe you have been treated unfairly, you may request reconsideration of your award. 8. the school's refund policy. (See Costs section of this Catalog.) 9. what portion of the financial aid received must be repaid and what portion is grant aid. If the aid is a loan, you have the right to know the interest rate, the total amount that must be repaid, the payback procedure, the length of time you have to repay the loan, when repayment begins, the terms, and schedules for the repayment of student loans. (See Promissory Note and Entrance Counseling Booklet.) 10. how the school determines satisfactory progress, what happens if you are not meeting the requirements, and how to re-establish eligibility for financial aid. (See Satisfactory Progress Policy in this section of the Catalog.) 11. that LSSU programs are accessible to the handicapped. Further information is available from the Office of Student Accommodations and Support Services in room 144 of the KJS Library. 12. how and when financial aid will be disbursed. 13. that you are entitled by law to examine records maintained in the Financial Aid Office that relate to your financial aid file. 14. the school's completion and graduation rates and crime statistics. (See Campus Security Report.) And finally, you have the right to request: 15. the names of associations, agencies or governmental bodies that approve, accredit or license the University programs. Copies of the accreditation documents are available upon request. (See Accreditation.) Student Responsibilities 1. You are responsible for obtaining all the forms required to apply for the type of assistance you wish to receive. You must complete all application forms accurately and submit them on time to the right place. 2. You must provide correct information. In most instances, misreporting information on financial aid application forms is a violation of law and may be considered a criminal offense that could result in indictment under the United States criminal code. 3. You must return all additional documentation, verification, corrections, and/ or new information requested by either the Financial Aid Office or the agency to which you submitted your application on a timely basis. 4. You are responsible for reading and understanding all forms you are asked to sign and for keeping copies of them. 5. You must accept responsibility for all agreements you sign. 6. You must do the work agreed upon in accepting a workstudy award. 7. You must be aware of and comply with deadlines for application or reapplication for aid. 8. You are responsible for reporting changes that might affect your eligibility for financial aid including: Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2678 • 35 �9. a. change in address or type of residency (e.g., dorm to commuter) b. changes in enrollment status (e.g., dropping classes or withdrawing) c. changes in marital status d. all non-LSSU aid received If you have a loan, you are required to repay it and notify your lender of changes in name or address. You should also know the name and address of your lender. 10. Be aware of your school's refund procedures. 11. All schools must provide information to prospective students about the school's programs and performance. You should consider this information carefully before deciding to attend. 36 • Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2678 �Scholarships and Grants Board of Trustees Distinguished Student Scholarship* - Value: $4000 a year for study in any LSSU degree curriculum. Applicants must be Michigan residents, graduates or near-graduates of properly accredited high schools, have taken the ACT test, and rank in the upper 10 percent of their high school classes. Renewable up to four years. Board of Trustees Laker USA Scholarship: This scholarship is awarded to U.S. students who qualify for in-state tuition discounts. Awarded to students in the top 20 percent of their graduating class, or with a 3.00 GPA and a score of 24 on the ACT. The value of the scholarship is the difference between out-state and in-state tuition, currently $3594. The award is renewable if the recipient meets the university scholarship renewal criteria. Board of Trustees Michigan and Junior and Community College Scholarships* - Value: up to full tuition per year for study in any curriculum. Awarded to residents of Michigan and those who have graduated or intend to graduate from a recognized Michigan community college before enrolling at Lake Superior State University. Eligible applicants must: be earning an associate degree; enroll as a junior at LSSU; and have a minimum community college grade point average of 3.30. Qualified regional center part-time students shall receive a scholarship of $400 a semester. The scholarship may be applied in any semester, including summer, if the recipient is taking one or more LSSU courses at a regional center. Each scholarship recipient has three calendar years to use their six semesters of scholarship eligibility. Board of Trustees Michigan Valedictorian Scholarship - Value: $1200. Awarded to Michigan high school valedictorians applying for admission each year. Recipients must be graduates of Michigan high schools and rank first in their high school class. These scholarships may complement other university scholarships the student recipient qualifies for. Renewable for up to four years. Board of Trustees Ontario Community College Scholarship: Value: one-half tuition awarded to graduates of Ontario community colleges who have a 3.5 or higher grade point average. Each scholarship's value is estimated at $1875 or one-half tuition. The scholarships are renewable for the student's fourth year of study. Board of Trustees Ontario Scholarship* - Value: variable up to full tuition per year, for study in any degree curriculum offered by the University. Applicants must be residents of Ontario, and graduates of an Ontario high school. The scholarship is renewable up to four years. Board of Trustees Scholarship*: Value: up to $2000 a year for study in any LSSU degree curriculum. Applicants must be residents of Michigan, graduates or neargraduates of properly accredited high schools, have taken the ACT test, and rank in the upper 15 percent of their high school classes. Renewable up to four years. Board of Trustees United States and Foreign Scholarships* Value: variable up to full tuition per year, for study in any degree curriculum offered by the University. Applicants must be from states other than Michigan or from foreign countries. Students must have a 3.5 GPA and a minimum 27 ACT score. Preference is given to students from states adjacent to Michigan. *All Board of Trustees Scholarships, subject to regular renewal criteria, are normally granted for eight consecutive academic semesters, excluding summer. In cases where a student must temporarily leave school due to circumstances beyond his or her control, the Financial Aid Committee will consider petitions for scholarship reinstatement. Circumstances where a scholarship reinstatement might be granted include cases of accident or serious illness. 449th Bombardment Wing Scholarship - Value: variable. An endowment fund was established by officers and civilian employees of the 449th Bombardment Wing of Kincheloe Air Force Base in appreciation and friendship for the tricounty area. Applicants must be entering freshmen who have graduated from high schools in Chippewa, Luce or Mackinac counties. High school grade point averages, rank in class and ACT test scores are prime criteria in the selection. Guy Adda Memorial Endowed Scholarship - Value: variable. Established by family and friends of Guy Adda, a 1973 psychology and law enforcement graduate. Preference is given to applicants from southeastern lower Michigan with financial need. Selection is based on academic grade point average, ACT test scores and high school class rank. Bill Ayers Memorial Scholarship - Value: variable. Bill Ayers was the girls' basketball coach at Sault High School. Recipient must be a Sault High graduate and accepted for admission to LSSU. Qualified applicants are recommended by the High School Scholarship Committee to the University Financial Aid Committee. Richard I. Blankenbaker Memorial Award - Value: up to full tuition. Established by the family Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2678 • 37 �of Richard I. Blankenbaker, a person who overcame his impoverished youth to own a supermarket chain and devote much of his life to public service. He also served as Director of Public Safety for Indianapolis, Indiana. Mr. Blankenbaker, an avid fisherman and outdoorsman, loved to visit the DeTour area and shared his love of the northwoods with his five children and many grandchildren. Preference is given to graduates of DeTour High School or a DeTour mailing address. Awards are based on need and are renewable. Kurt and Mary E. Brammer Scholarship - Value: full tuition. Established in 1981 with a gift of 10,000 shares of L. E. Myers Corporation stock. Kurt and Mary are summer residents of Neebish Island, the childhood home of Mrs. Brammer. Qualified applicants include high school seniors, transfer students, or LSSU students who apply after two semesters of full-time attendance. Awards to high school seniors are based on ACT score, grade point average and class rank. Awards to college transfer and currently enrolled students are based on college grade point average. Russell D. Bruce Recreation Department Scholarship - Value: $500. This annual scholarship honors Dr. Russell D. Bruce, the first department head (1976-1987) of recreation disciplines at LSSU. Awarded to a recreation or exercise science major at the end of the spring semester of the junior year, the selection is based on scholarship (3.00 or better), leadership, and service contributions to the Recreation Club or Exercise Science Professional Club and Lake Superior State University. The recommendation of the recreation department faculty is submitted to the Financial Aid Committee for approval. Central Savings Bank Scholarship - Value: tuition and books. Established to assist majors in finance and economics; those majoring in accounting and business administration with a minor in finance and economics are also considered. Preference is given to Eastern Upper Peninsula or the Algoma District of Ontario high school graduates with an interest in full-time employment in banking in the Eastern Upper Peninsula. A minimum 3.0 GPA after two or more semesters of study is required. A committee composed of three faculty members of the School of Business, a Central Savings Bank representative and a person from city government reviews the applications at the conclusion of spring semester each year. A resume and a transcript of grades are required. Marion and Raymond Chelberg Outstanding Science Athlete Scholarship Fund - Value: variable. The Chelbergs were one of the original families starting up the newly opened Michigan College of Mining and Technology, Sault Branch in 1946. Together they enhanced both the scientific and cultural aspects of Sault Ste. Marie. Professor Raymond Chelberg, longtime head of the Chemistry program at Lake Superior State College, was dedicated to the undergraduate student and thoroughly enjoyed the chemistry laboratory and classroom. His desire to help every student was his hallmark. Outside the classroom, Professor Chelberg enjoyed athletic competition and took great pride in the student-athlete who also excelled in academics. Marian was tremendously active in anything musical in the community. She taught music appreciation at MCMT (Lake Superior State), was one of the founders of Musicale, and was choir director at Central Methodist Church. It is the desire of the Chelberg family that an annual scholarship be made to the outstanding sci- ence / athletic student at the end of his /her junior year and that his/ her name be inscribed on the plaque that commemorates the outstanding contributions of Marian and Raymond Chelberg. Awarded annually to an outstanding student majoring in any of the natural sciences (biology, geology, environmental science, mathematics) and excelling in at lease one varsity sport at Lake Superior State University. If a qualified applicant is not available from these majors, the scholarship may be given to a student from any other major. Recipients must have completed a minimum of five semester of which at least 30 hours must be at Lake Superior State University, have a minimum 3.00 GPA, demonstrated leadership abilities and contributed significantly to the success of the team on which he/ she was a letter winner. During the eighth week of spring semester, coaches, in conjunction with the director of Athletics, will identify eligible athletes. The athletic director, in conjunction with department heads, will then pick the top candidate, plus one alternate, and forward their recommendation to the Financial Aid Committee for final approval. Notification will be given at the spring sports banquet for the fall awards. Chippewa-Mackinac Area Retired School Personnel Scholarship Value: $500. For graduates or near graduates of area high schools or currently enrolled university students. Applicants must have graduated from a Chippewa or Mackinac County secondary school, and rank in the upper onethird of their high school graduating class. Current LSSU applicants must have completed 26 hours of academic credit with a minimum 3.00 cumulative grade point average. Applicants must also have financial need and be accepted for admission. Selections are made in the spring for the 38 • Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2678 i...J >-J ..... ._, ....... ._J ._, i-.1 �following academic year. Recipients may reapply annually. Sam M. Cohodas Endowed Scholarship Fund - Value: variable. Sam Cohodas was a longtime Upper Peninsula businessman, philanthropist and recipient of LSSU's 1987 Distinguished Citizen Award. Two scholarships are awarded annually to Michigan Upper Peninsula high school seniors based on high school grades, ACT test scores, class rank, character, leadership and financial need. Ronald "Bud" Cooper Endowment Scholarship - Value: $600. The Ronald "Bud" Cooper Scholarship is presented to an individual in women's sports on a rotating basis if allowable by NCAA regulations: softball, tennis, volleyball and cross country. The sports are listed in priority order. In the event that there is not an eligible recipient according to the rotation above, a student from the sport next in line should be selected. The displaced sport reverts to next year's top priority. The award will be made to a junior student for use in their senior year. Ronald "Bud" Cooper spent more than 30 years of his life as an athlete, coach and athletic director at Lake Superior State University. In that time he demonstrated a tremendous loyalty to his teammates, staff and the University. His tenacity matched his loyalty as an athlete, performing well in competition and in the classroom. Bud Cooper was a superb athlete for the Sault Branch and an exceptional coach and longtime athletic director. Bud is one of two men instrumental in establishing a hockey program and the Athletic Hall of Fame. His passion and support of the University as an athlete, coach, athletic director, alumnus and faculty emeritus is unsurpassed. Recipient selected by the Athletic Department and recommended to the Financial Aid Committee. Criminal Justice Scholarship Value: $500. This fund assists criminal justice juniors or seniors and was established by adjunct faculty member Patrick Shannon in 1984. Applicant must have financial need. Awarded for the fall semester. Nominations from the criminal justice faculty are confirmed by the Financial Aid Committee. while serving aboard the U.S.S. Independence off Iran in 1981. He once said the happiest years of his life were at Lake Superior State University. The award is based on- academic achievement and financial need. Preference is given to Upper Peninsula residents with an interest in biological science or a lab science major including math and computer science. Robert W. Curtis American Society for Metals Scholarship Value: $250 (Canadian funds) Awarded for study in engineering or engineering technology curriculum. Awarded to Canadian citizens graduated from Ontario high schools in the upper half of the graduating class. Applicants must submit references from two nonrelatives. Tempie Dubow Memorial Scholarship - Value: variable. Established in memory of Tempie Dubow, a 1973 nursing graduate and cheerleader. Recipient is recommended by the Nursing Department. Vivian M. Day Endowed Nursing Scholarship - Value: variable. The purpose of this endowed award is to enhance financial support for nursing students who have achieved sophomore status in the nursing program at LSSU who have demonstrated leadership and dedication to the profession. This endowed award was established with a gift of $10,000 stock from Maurice and Vivian Day in the summer of 1995. The scholarship is named after Vivian Day, a longtime registered nurse. She and Maurice were originally from the Barbeau area, but also have a residence in Zephyrhills, Florida. Eligible students must have attained at least sophomore status in the nursing program and earned at least 26 LSSU credits, graduated from a high school in the Upper Peninsula, be enrolled as a fulltime nursing student, and maintain a minimum 3.00 cumulative GPA. Selection is made by the Nursing Department with a recorrunendation to the Financial Aid Committee. Michael D. Della-Moretta Memorial Scholarship - Value: variable. In honor of Michael Della-Moretta, 1977 alumnus, a navy pilot killed Dr. Arthur E. Duwe Memorial Scholarship -Established by family and friends in memory of Dr. Duwe, Professor of Biology from 1968-1991. This award is made to a senior clinical laboratory science or biology, fisheries and wildlife or environmental science student for his/her year of internship. Full-time enrollment with a cumulative 3.0 or higher grade point average is required. One recipient is selected annually by faculty of the Biology and Chemistry Department. Those interested should apply for the scholarship during the spring semester of their junior year. The award commences fall semester of the senior year. Alana Eitrem Memorial Endowment Fund Award - Value: variable. This award was established by family and friends in the memory of Alana Eitrem, a nursing student from 1984-1986. Eligible . students must be admitted to the nursing program, be a graduate of a Chippewa County high school and show financial need. The award is renewable if the recipient maintains a 2.00 grade point average and continues as an eligible nursing student. The nursing faculty nominate the recipient to the Financial Aid Committee. Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2678 • 39 �Jim Fallis Endowed Athletic Award ...:_ Value: variable. This award was established with the proceeds from a golf tournament held in the summer of 1993 in Gaylord, Michigan. The award is named after Jim Fallis, the first four-time All-American at Lake Superior State College. Following graduation (B.A., 1974), Jim Fallis coached and taught for 12 years at LSSU. He served as the University's director of Athletics from 1986-1993. The annual proceeds from the endowment shall be utilized to enhance the financial support of a returning student-athlete. The recipient of this award must meet the following criteria: 1. Be classified as a sophomore, junior or senior in eligibility. 2. Have been an All-American honoree the previous academic year. The All-American designation must have been earned by placing at the national championships in individual sports or having been named to the All-American team in a team sport. 3. 4. Be an enrolled student-athlete and eligible per NCAA rules covering participation in varsity sports at LSSU. Maintain a minimum cumulative GPA of 2.5. 5. Due to NCAA rules, an individual who is receiving full equivalency grant-in-aid is not eligible for this award. This fund is intended to enhance the financial support of an individual who is not on a full grant-in-aid equivalency. 6. In the event that no studentathletes meet these guidelines, the selection committee may select an individual who has excelled in his or her sport and in the classrooin. Strong consideration should be given to those who come closest to meeting the intent of the award. To best carry out the intent of this endowment, the following guidelines are in effect: At the conclusion of the academic year the coaches with eligible student-athletes will submit the . names of the athletes to a committee made up of the director of Financial Aid, LSSU Foundation director and the faculty athletic representative for LSSU. This · committee will select the studentathlete that, in their opinion, most reflects the qualities of Mr. Fallis. Frank Fazi Endowed Scholarship - Value: variable. To financially assist students who are enrolled at Lake Superior State University in any of the degree curricula in the School of Business and Economics. Awarded to incoming freshman with a 3.00 or higher GPA and a graduate of an Eastern Upper Peninsula high school. Preference given to majors in the School of Business and Economics. This scholarship is named in honor of Frank Fazi, who is a longtime supporter to the Sault area community and to Lake Superior State University. Frank has played an active role in many organizations and projects for the betterment of the community. He was also an outstanding athlete playing for the Michigan Tech-Sault Branch Hornet's basketball team. He was inducted into the LSSU Athletic Hall of Fame in 1995. Not renewable. Fine and Performing Arts Scholarship: Value: variable. Recipients must attend full-time (12 or more credits) at LSSU. Incoming freshmen students must have a 3.0 GPA, while continuing students must have a cumulative GPA of 3.0 or better. Preference will be given to students majoring in one or more of the Fine and Performing Arts programs. The application deadlines will coincide with the semester dates as prescribed by the University. The application format will be that used for other scholarship programs. Each request will be reviewed and awarded by the Financial Aid Committee. The award is renewable if the student meets the University's scholarship renewal requirements. First National Bank of St. Ignace Endowed Scholarship- Established by the First National Bank of St. Ignace to assist a St. Ignace area student attending the University. Preference is given to graduates of LaSalle High School of St. Ignace and selection is based on grade point average, ACT score and high school class rank. Fletcher Scholarship Fund Value: up to $4,000 a year. A native of Sault Ste. Marie, H. Thayer Fletcher founded the first endowment scholarship fund at LSSU. Remembering his talented high school classmates who, during the depths of the Depression could not attend college, Mr. Fletcher was dedicated to helping worthy young people. Upon his death, he bequeathed nearly half a million dollars to the University for this purpose. Applicants must be Michigan or Canadian residents, demonstrate financial need and have attained superior grades in high school, in previous colleges or at LSSU. Eligible applicants may be entering freshmen, transfer students or students who have attended Lake Superior State University three semesters as full-time students. The scholarship is renewable up to four years. Apply to the Financial Aid Committee. Geology Club Scholarship Value: variable. Created by the Geology Club, the scholarship is presented to one or more students majoring in geology. During the early weeks of spring semester a student (or students) is selected to receive the award for spring semester of the same year. Recipients must be juniors or seniors who have attended Lake Superior State University for at least two semesters, are active members of the Geology Club, and have an exceptionally good academic record in 40 • Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2678 i....l ._J '-" >-J I...J ,.__J ...., ..... ....., w �geology. Candidates are selected by the geology faculty. Financial Aid Committee for their approval. Gerontological Nursing Scholarship - Value $500. Established in 1993 by MaryAnne Shannon, a certified clinical nurse specialist in gerontology and a member of the nursing faculty, to assist a junior or senior interested in the field of gerontological nursing. An award is made each year to an eligible nursing student with a demonstrated interest in serving elderly clients. Applicants must have a minimum 3.00 GPA and have earned at least 26 LSSU credits. Rosa L. Grout Scholarship Value: variable. The fund was established by Rosa Grout, a longtime teacher of mathematics in the Sault Area Schools and a founder of the Chippewa County Employees Credit Union. Engineering, engineering technology, mathematics, computer and mathematical science or a lab science majors. Selection is based on high school grade point average, ACT test and high school class rank. Gilbert Gleason Fisheries and Wildlife Scholarship - Value: variable. Established by family and friends in honor of Gilbert Gleason, professor emeritus of LSSU where he taught and advised in the Biological Science Department for 28 years. He was the first teacher of Biology at Michigan College of Mining and Technology - Sault Branch. He was instrumental in the establishment of the Natural Wildlife History Museum at LSSU. His life was devoted to his student and his love for the outdoors. It was his wish to provide assistance to those with the appreciation for the outdoor environment. Dennis Hardt Memorial Scholarship - Value: variable. Established by Mrs. Jean Hardt and classmates in memory of Dennis Hardt, a 1977 electrical engineering technology graduate. Awarded to a high school senior that has been accepted into the Electrical Engineering program. Student's high school grade point average, rank in class and ACT test scores will be the prime selection criteria. If a graduating senior is not available, it may be awarded to a currently enrolled electrical engineering student who has completed at least 26 Lake Superior State University credits and has a 3.00 grade point average. Renewable. Eligible applicants are students of junior or senior status who do not qualify for federal grants and have completed 56 credits at LSSU as a fisheries and wildlife major with a 3.00 or higher GPA, prior to the fall of the junior year. If there are no eligible fisheries and wildlife majors, a biology major may be considered. Renewable for senior year if recipient maintains a minimum 3.00 grade point average. Philip A. Hart Memorial Scholarship - These scholarships are for students whose ideals and goals reflect those of the late senator. Awards range from full tuition to the entire cost of education less other gift aid. Scholarships are awarded annually in April and are renewable for up to four years. Seniors of Michigan high schools or graduates of Michigan community colleges planning to attend Lake Superior State University for the first time are eligible. Applicants must have a 3.0 cumulative grade point average in their current studies. Selection of the recipient will be in the spring semester by a threeperson committee consisting of the dean of Science and Natural Resources, chair of the Biology Department and the director of the Gale Gleason Environment Institute. The committee will submit their recommendation to the Successful applicants will have demonstrated interests in public service reflected through leadership roles and volunteer activities in school, community and church. Candidates must submit a formal essay detailing their values, goals and public service experience. Essays should attempt to answer the question: "How have my activities thus far related to the goals and the ideals of Senator Hart?" Candidates must also submit two letters of recommendation from individuals acquainted with their leadership and/ or public service activities. Deadline for receipt of all application materials is April 1. Donald Hastings Memorial Scholarship - Value: variable. Established in memory of Donald W. Hastings, assistant professor of psychology from 1971-1973, the scholarship is awarded to a junior psychology major for the senior year. If a qualified junior is not available, the award may be made to a senior. Recipients must be enrolled full time with a cumulative 3.0 or higher GPA. Interested applicants apply for the scholarship during the spring semester of their junior year and the award commences fall semester of the senior year. The recommendation of the psychology faculty is submitted to the Financial Aid Committee for approval. Frank and Gladys Hoholik Scholarship- Value: up to full tuition. Entering freshmen, transfer students or currently enrolled students who have completed two semesters of instruction at LSSU are eligible. Applicants must demonstrate financial need. Recipients may request renewal of the scholarship for up to four years. Hudson, Coates, Kline Scholarship - Value: minimum $2000. Established by the Hudson Foundation in memory of prominent Sault Ste. Marie lawyers Roberts P. Hudson, Claude W. Coates and Robert C. Kline. The Hudson Foundation administers funds for educational and charitable purposes in Chippewa County, Michi- Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2678 • 41 �gan. Awarded to a graduating Sault Area High School senior accepted for admission in any undergraduate degree program. Selections are based on high school grades, ACT test scores, class rank and financial need. The award is renewable for up to four years. John Kalesky Memorial Endowed Scholarship Fund - Value: $900. Established by his family in memory of John Kalesky, a 1985 geology alumnus, and awarded to a high school senior admitted into the geology program. Preference is given to students with need. The selection is based on high school grades, ACT test scores and class rank. The award may be granted to a current geology student after one year (26 credits) of study at the University. Eligible students must have a GPA of 3.0 or higher. The award is renewable. Ernest Kemp Endowed Scholarship Fund - Value: at least $600. Professor Kemp came to the Sault as an original instructor of the Sault Branch of Michigan Technological University in 1946. He retired in 1980 and was awarded Dean Emeritus status. Awarded to a high school senior admitted in the geology program. The recipient is selected based on high school grades, ACT test scores and class rank. If an eligible high school senior is not available, the scholarship may be awarded to a geology major who has completed 26 or more credits at the University and has a 3.0 or higher University GPA. The award is renewable subject to meeting the Board of Trustees scholarship renewal criteria. George and Virginia Lahodny Endowment Scholarship Fund Value: minimum of $500 and up to full tuition depending on the annual earnings of the fund. Qualified applicants include entering freshmen, community college graduates, or currently enrolled students who have completed three full-time semesters at LSSU. The scholarships are awarded on the following criteria: Entering freshmen are judged on their high school grade point average, ACT test score and rank in class; community college graduates considered on their community college GPA; current LSSU students considered on their grade point average. This is a merit award. Scholarships are renewable based on the same academic grade point average as required for a Board of Trustees Scholarship. Lambda/School of Business Scholarship Endowment - Value: $500. This endowed award was created by contributions of over $100,000 from the business and Lambda alumni. The fund drive was spearheaded by Dr. Madan Saluja, professor of business at LSSU. The annual proceeds from the endowment shall benefit students enrolled in the LSSU Business program. The recipient must have attained junior or senior status in the business program and have earned at least 52 LSSU credits, maintain a minimum of 3.00 GPA and have demonstrated campus/ community leadership and dedication in working in the business profession. Selection is by the Lambda/School of Business Scholarship Committee made up of faculty and alumni who will consider applicants and make its recommendations to the Financial Aid Committee for approval. At least four awards of a minimum of $500 each will be equally divided to juniors and seniors (example: four awards two juniors and two seniors will be selected) in the fall semester and the same in the spring semester. LSSU Foundation Endowed Scholarship Fund - Value: variable. This fund was established in 1986 to help academically qualified students with financial need. Available to high school seniors, community college graduates, and LSSU students enrolled full-time who have earned 26 or more LSSU credits. The selection is based on GPA, ACT scores and class rank (upperclass students on GPA only). LSSU Scholarship in the Fine and Performing Arts - Value: variable. The scholarship, established with an anonymous donation of $20,000, helps students enrolled in the University's Fine and Performing Arts Program. Eligible recipients may be incoming freshmen or current full-time students who have earned 26 or more LSSU credits and have a 3.0 or better academic grade point average. The award is merit-based and is renewable. Leslie D. Opolka Memorial Scholarship - Value: variable. Leslie was a 1992 business administration graduate employed in the Physical Plant Department. The fund was established by family, friends and co-workers at LSSU. Applicants must be graduates of Detour High School, admitted to any program of study and have financial need. The award may be granted to a current student after one year of study (26 credits), if a high school senior is not eligible. The award is renewable if the recipient meets the Board of Trustees scholarship renewal criteria. Chase S. and Stella B. Osborn Endowed Scholarship Fund Value: variable. Established through a bequest of Stella B. Osborn, wife of the former governor of Michigan, Chase S. Osborn. Award is based on GPA, ACT test, class rank and financial need. Franklin F. Otis Award - Established in memory of Franklin F. Otis, professor of mathematics from 1948-1978. This award recognizes the hard-working sophomore or higher student enrolled in mathematics or computer and mathematical science programs. The applicant must have earned at least 26 LSSU credits, have a minimum 2.5 GPA overall and at least a 3.0 GPA in computer science and mathematics 42 • Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2678 �courses. A letter of application should be sent to the designated mathematics faculty member the first week of October for consideration. The applicant must be a resident of Michigan or Wisconsin at the time of application. Parker True Value Hardware Scholarship - Value: variable. Established by Warren and Beverley Parker, this award is for full-time students who have earned at least 26 credits in a business administration major. Applicants must have graduated from a high school in Chippewa, Mackinac or Luce Counties and have demonstrated financial need. The Frank and Marion Pingatore Memorial Scholarship Fund Value: variable. Established by a bequest from the trust of Marion Pingatore. The Pingatores were longtime residents of Sault Ste. Marie, Michigan. They operated Aunt Marion's Food Market and Aunt Marion's Norgetown Laundry and Dry Cleaning Business. Frank served as city commissioner and mayor in the mid to late 1970s. The scholarship is need-based and presented to graduates of Sault Area High School enrolled as fulltime students in any LSSU associate or baccalaureate program. Selection is based on the student's GPA, ACT test score and high school class rank, with a minimum grade point average of 3.0. Don and Reta Prohazka Memorial Scholarship - Value: $1000. Established in memory of Don and Reta Prohazka who believed strongly in the importance of providing opportunities for the youth of Michigan's Upper Peninsula, and worked diligently to assist them in achieving their higher educational goals. In 1948, Don Prohazka was named to the Board of Control for the Soo Branch of Houghton' s Michigan College of Mining and Technology (later to become Lake Superior State University). Upon his acceptance he said, "College education for the youth of our state becomes increasingly more necessary in this era ... and more particularly to those of our immediate area. I shall consider it my duty to furnish the opportunity for all young people seeking better living through knowledge." It is in this sentiment that the family of Don and Reta Prohazka have established this endowment scholarship. This $100,000 endowment was established by the family of Don and Reta Prohazka. Representative for the family is Barbara Larson, daughter of Don and Reta Prohazka. Successful candidates will have graduated from an Upper Peninsula high school they have attended for at least three years. Awards are based on grade point average and ACT score. Financial need will be considered, but all interested students are urged to apply. This scholarship is renewable up to four years for study in any LSSU degree curriculum. If an eligible high school senior is not available, the scholarship may be awarded to a Lake Superior State University student who has completed 26 or more credits at LSSU. Preference will be given to students with Upper Peninsula ties and a cumulative grade point average of 2.8 or higher. Christopher W. Reinke Endowment Award - Value: variable. The endowment was established by family and friends in memory of Chris Reinke, a natural resources technology (NRT) student, 1986-87. The award helps a natural resources technology student with a grade point average between 2.03.0 who has a sincere interest and dedication in the NRT field. Preference is given to those with financial need. Selection is by the natural resources technology faculty for use during the sophomore year only. Ross N. Roe Scholarship- Value: variable. This endowment was established through a gift from Ross N. Roe. Applicants must be enrolled at least half time (six or more credits) at the main campus or a regional site. Incoming freshmen students must have a 2.50 or better high school grade point average and continuing students must have a cumulative GPA of 3.00 or higher at LSSU. Applicants must also be a volunteer in regard to the I-500 Snowmobile Race held each February in Sault Ste. Marie, Michigan or a member of the volunteer's family. The I-500 Snowmobile committee will recommend candidates to the University. Candidates will be reviewed and awarded by the Financial Aid Committee of the University. The award is renewable if the student meets the University's scholarship renewal requirements. Gerald M. Samson Department of Mathematics Scholarship -Value: variable. Named for a longtime faculty member, the scholarship provides a scholarship to a deserving computer and mathematical science major. During the early weeks of spring semester, a student (or students) will be selected to receive the award for use in spring semester of the same year. The class level is open but the student must be majoring in computer and mathematical sciences. The recipient(s) is nominated and chosen by the mathematics faculty. Milton Scherer Memorial Endowed Scholarship - Value: variable. This scholarship is presented in memory of Milton Scherer, assistant professor of history and geography from 1948 to 1965. The scholarship is awarded annually to sophomores majoring in history with minors in geography. Recipients must have a minimum cumulative 3.0 GPA. Qualified applicants are recommended by the School of Arts, Letters and Social Sciences. SMO Foundation Endowed Scholarship - Value: variable. Established by Stanley Tomcyek family, native and longtime resi- Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2678 • 43 �dents of Sault Ste. Marie, to assist LSSU sophomores majoring in premedicine or pre-pharmacy. Recipients must be residents of either Chippewa, Mackinac or Luce Counties, have 3.50 college GPA and have financial need. Lottie, Florence and Dorothy Weinrich Memorial Scholarship Fund - Value: $1000. Established in memory of Lottie, Florence and Dorothy Weinrich, longtime residents of Sault Ste. Marie. These awards are based on academic achievement. The scholarship is renewable. Chris Yanni Memorial Award Value: variable. To be awarded to a member of the LSSU men's cross country team who has consistently been one of the top seven runners for the men's team, .and has made significant contributions to the success of the cross country program. This award was established by friends and family in memory of Chris Yanni who had a strong interest in outdoor recreational activities and a concern for the protection of natural resources. Chris was a strong advocate for athletics and the virtues of clean, healthy living. Recipient must be one of the top seven runners of the LSSU men's cross country team, made significant contributions to the success of the cross country program, have a minimum cumulative GPA of 2.00, be a citizen of Canada or the United States (preference will be given to those applicants from Northern Ontario or Michigan). Recipient must have run for the LSSU men's cross country team for at least one full season and be returning to LSSU and competing for the cross country team the following year. Selection of the recipient will be made by a committee appointed by the Athletic Department and will submit their recommendation to the Financial Aid Committee for their approval. C.G. "Sandy" Sanderson Endowed Scholarship - Value: variable. C.G. "Sandy" Sanderson was a local aviator-businessman and longtime Sault Ste. Marie resident. He had a high regard for education as exemplified in a quote in a letter to his grandson, Terry, upon learning he was returning to LSSU to complete his education. "Education cannot be taken from you nor can it be transferred, there is no reasonable way to measure its value. It will enhance your entire life." Recipients are graduates of an Upper Peninsula high school and selection is based on grade point average, ACT test score and class rank. Recipients may be enrolled in any course of study. Sault/Loretto High School Memorial Scholarship - Value: $500. The scholarship was established in 1990 by a group of Sault High/ Loretto graduates to assist Sault High graduates attending Lake Superior State University. Applicants must be graduates of Sault Area High School and enrolled full-time. Selection is based on grade point average, ACT test score and high school class rank. If a graduating senior is notavailable for the scholarship, it may be awarded to a current LSSU student who is a Sault High graduate. Renewable. Sault Ste. Marie Business and Professional Women's Scholarship - Value: variable. Those who have returned to college after at least a two-year interruption and have established a college cumulative 3.0 grade point average in two semesters are eligible for this award. The scholarship is restricted to applicants from Chippewa, Mackinac or Luce counties. Renewable. Dr. Kenneth J. Shouldice Memorial Scholarship - Value: variable. Named in honor of the first president of Lake Superior State University (1965-82), this award is to deserving students enrolled in any degree program, taking at least a half-time course load at the main campus or regional location. Incoming freshmen must have a 3.0 or higher high school grade point average. Currently enrolled students must have a college grade point average of 3.0 or higher. Current LSSU students must be enrolled at least half-time and a minimum of 26 LSSU credits. The scholarship is merit based. Society of American Military Engineers Scholarship - Value: $500 for full-time students enrolled in engineering or engineering technology curricula. Application is to the dean of the School of Engineering Technology and Mathematics. Selection is by the Financial Aid Committee upon recommendation of the SAME Executive Committee. w .., Edward C. and Hazel L. Stephenson Foundation Scholarship - Value: variable up to $500. The scholarship is generally awarded during spring semester to students who have been enrolled at least two semesters at the University. Tendercare Endowment - Value: up to $1,000. Awarded annually to students in the health care field. A minimum GPA of 3.00 and completion of 26 or more LSSU credit hours is required. The scholarship is renewable and available to transfer students. Financial need is a consideration but not a requirement. The endowment was established in 1994 with $25,000 bequest by a client in an Indiana-affiliated facility to Tendercare, Inc. The funds were, in turn, donated to LSSU. Earl and Minnie Walker Endowment Scholarship Fund - Value: up to full tuition. Established in memory of Earl and Minnie Walker, long time residents and community leaders in Strongs, Michigan. The Walkers valued education, and encouraged their 44 • Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2678 ....I �children and others to pursue a college education. Awards are based on academic achievement and financial need. Eugene L. Welch Endowment Scholarship - Value: up to full tuition and books. This fund was established by Barbara Welch Buchanan, in memory of the longtime Sault businessman who highly valued education for his family and encouraged others to pursue a college education. Applicants must be accepted for admission in any undergraduate program, be a resident of Michigan and show financial need. The award is renewable up to four years. War Memorial Hospital Medical Staff Nursing Scholarship Value: variable. Established and funded by the War Memorial Hospital medical staff to assist eligible students enrolled in the nursing program at Lake Superior State University. Eligible students must be college sophomores or juniors enrolled in the BSN or BSN completion program as full- or part-time students. Recipients must be from the tri-county area, demonstrate financial need and carry a GPA of 3.00 or higher. The scholarship is renewable subject to the recipient meeting the Board of Trustee Scholarship renewal criteria. Selection shall be made at the beginning of the second semester of the appropriate academic year. The Department of Nursing and a designated member of the War Memorial Hospital staff shall recommend their selection to the Financial Aid Committee. Michigan Competitive Scholarship These State scholarships range from $100 to $1,200 at Lake Superior State University. Applicants must: Memorials Substantial funds have been contributed to the University's Endowment Scholarship Fund in memory of the following individuals: Milton Bays David Blair Beverly Brennen Booth Matthew Howie Maurice Hunt Donald Lenick Howard and Hollis MacDonald Arvid Norlin Mary Lou Peacock Linda Pike 1. have been continuous residents of Michigan for a 12-month period before July 1 of the award year. 2. be a high school graduate. 3. participate in the National American College Test (ACT) and attain a qualifying score. 4. not have engaged in any university, normal school, junior college or other advanced training following graduation from high school and prior to the qualifying examination. 5. have complied with all other provisions of the law and rules and regulations adopted by the authority. 6. demonstrate financial need. Orlando Pingatore Dr. Thomas Robinson Sr. Minnie Etta Shobbrook Bernard M. Smith Lynn Steppig E.J. "Shine" Sundstrom Viggo J. Thomsen Christopher Yanni Prof. Stephen P. Youngs Good academic standing with at least a 2.00 grade point average and meeting satisfactory progress requirements is required to renew a scholarship. High school seniors must obtain ACT test registration materials from their high school counselor and mail them before the deadline for the October ACT examination. Federal Pell Grants Federal student aid review begins with PELL Grants that provide a foundation of financial assistance to which other forms of aid may be added. A distinguishing feature of Lake Supertor State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2678 • 45 �this program is a central concept of entitlement, guaranteeing those who demonstrate financial need will receive a grant based on that need and on the cost of education at the post-secondary school they choose to attend. PELL Grant amounts vary according to the year. Check with the Financial Aid Office for details. To be eligible for a PELL Grant, students must: 1. be determined to have financial need. 2. be undergraduates accepted for admission and enrolled in eligible programs. 3. be U.S. citizens or permanent residents. 4. not be in default on a Stafford or Perkins Student Loan, and not owe a refund for a PELL Grant or other federal aid. Although awards are made through the University, the U.S. Department of Education determines eligibility. The University Financial Aid Office uses a standard procedure established by the Department of Education to calculate the award. To apply, complete the Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA). Forms are available at high schools, colleges and financial aid offices. The Board of Trustees Grant Program This program provides assistance to incoming and currently enrolled students based on financial need. Preference is to those whose financial need is greater than onehalf the cost of education. Recipients must be Michigan residents and enrolled full time. Federal Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grants j The Higher Education Act of 1965 created this program of financial assistance to help college students with the greatest financial need. Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grants may be used to meet all or part of student financial need (up to $4000 in any one year). Financial need is the primary consideration in the selection of grant recipients. Priority is given to Pell Grant recipients. Academically, it is only necessary to gain admission to the University to be eligible for the grant. Recipients are selected from those applying for all forms of financial aid. Recipients of this award must reapply each year and maintain the regular satisfactory progress standards to be considered for a renewal award. ..J ~ '-' Michigan Adult Part-time Grant: Established in 1986 to aid independent students with financial need who are enrolled for three to 11 credit hours, self-supporting, out of high school at least two years, Michigan residents for prior 12 months, U.S. citizens and making satisfactory academic progress. Maximum grant is $600 a year and limited to two years of study. Michigan Educational Opportunity Grant: Established in 1986, this grant provides up to $1000 a year to Michigan residents enrolled at least half time. Recipients must be Michigan residents for the past 12 months, make satisfactory academic progress and demonstrate financial need. Tuition Incentive Program (TIP): The TIP Program pays tuition and fees for students of lower-income families. Eligible students must: be Michigan residents; be graduates from high school or have obtained a GED after May 1, 1988; before reaching age 20, be accepted for admission into an associate degree 46 • Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2678 .._j ~ .._; ..... '-" -' �program; and file a TIP application. Applications are available from the Family Independence Agency, high school guidance and college financial aid offices. Applications must be filed before high school graduation. Loans A. unable to find full-time employment. B. experiencing economic hardship. Cancellation: Loans may be canceled for: 1. certain types of teaching, 2. full-time qualified provider of early intervention services for the disabled, 3. full-time nurse or medical technician, 4. full-time law enforcement or corrections officer, 5. death or disability of the student, 6. full-time staff of Head Start Program. Federal Perkins Loans The Federal Carl Perkins Student Loan program is for students enrolled at least half time in an eligible program who need a loan to meet educational expenses. Students may borrow up to $3,000 for each year of undergraduate study. The maximum debt for undergraduates is $15,000. The amount awarded by the University is generally less due to limited funds. Repayment begins nine months after students graduate or leave school for other reasons. There is a 10-year pay back period, at five percent interest on the unpaid balance of the loan principal. The amount of the repayment depends on the size of the debt and ability to pay. In most cases, students must pay at least $40 a month. Any agreement for a lesser amount must be attributable to extraordinary circumstances such as prolonged unemployment. Default: If a student defaults on a Perkins Loan and the school is unable to collect, the federal government will take action to recover the loan. In cases of bankruptcy, total or permanent disability or death, loan obligations are canceled. Deferment of payment is available if: 1. you are enrolled and attending as at least a half time student at an institution of higher education. 2. for any period not to exceed three (3) years Federal Direct Student Loan (Stafford Loan) Qualified applicants must be a United States citizen or eligible alien. Students may borrow up to $2,625 the first year of undergraduate study, $3,500 as a sophomore and $5,500 as a junior or senior. The lifetime maximum amount is $23,000. Eligibility is based on financial need for subsidized loans. Subsidized loans are eligible for federal interest benefits. The federal government pays the interest until six months after graduation or the date the student ceases to be at a least half-time student. If you do not have financial need, the Direct Loan Program offers unsubsidized loans and the interest is paid by the student. Once enrolled at Lake Superior State University, students must meet the satisfactory progress standards to be eligible for additional loans. Repayment begins six months after graduation or the date the student attends school less than half-time. Interest rates are variable, not to exceed 8.25 percent. Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2678 • 47 �Federal Direct Parent (PLUS) Loan Parents may borrow up to the difference between the cost of education and other financial aid for which the student is eligible. The interest rate varies and is based on 91-day treasury bill rates. A four percent origination fee is deducted from each of two disbursements made in a school year. Repayment begins within 60 days of disbursements. Applications are available at the Financial Aid Office. Maximum interest is nine percent. Nursing Student Loan The Nursing Education Loan Program provides loans of up to $2500 a year for bachelor's degree or completion nursing programs. Eligibility requirements include United States citizenship, enrollment of at least half-time and demonstrated financial need greater than one-half the cost of education. Apply at the Financial Aid Office. Mi-Loan Program The Michigan Higher Education Student Loan Authority of the Michigan Department of Education established the MI-Loan Program to assist students and their families in meeting the cost of post-secondary education. calling the Student Loan Authority at 1-800-877-5659. Canada Student Loans Canadian students who need financial help to enable full-time studies directed toward a degree at an institution of higher education may apply for aid through the Ontario Student Assistance Program. J To qualify for a loan, the student must: 1. be a Canadian citizen or have landed immigrant status; 2. be a resident of a province that participates in the plan; 3. have attained a satisfactory scholastic standard; 4. be enrolled, or qualified to enroll in a post-secondary course of studies; 5. be a full-time student; 6. send a confirmation of program information form and a copy of social insurance number card with the application. The loans are interest free for fulltime students and until six months after graduation or termination of full-time studies. After the interest-free period has expired, students are responsible for the repayment of principal and the interest on the outstanding balance at a loan rate in effect when the loan was taken. Students must be certified as eligible by the school, U.S. citizens, not in default on any education loans and pass all credit standards. Students who cannot pass the credit standards must have a qualified cosigner. Application forms are available from Student Awards Branch, Ministry of Education and Training, P. 0. Box 189 Red River Road, 4th Floor, Thunder Bay, Ontario P7B 6G9. Telephone 1-800-645-3013. The minimum loan is $500 and maximum is $10,000 per academic year. Interest is fixed or variable. Repayment is a minimum of $50 a month and must be repaid in 15 years. Applications are available at the Financial Aid Office or by Short-Term Loan Funds Bean Loan Fund Valma L. Curtis Memorial Fund Robert P. and Ella B. Hudson Foundation, Inc. Loan Fund Don Lenick Memorial Loan Fund 48 • Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2678 -' ..... ....., __, '--' ...J �Shirley Light Memorial Loan Fund Steinman Loan Fund. Several short-term loan funds are available. These funds provide cash with a small loan to meet immediate, temporary financial problems. Generally, loans up to $200 are allowed for no longer than 30 days during the school year when classes are in session. These loans are signature loans and do not bear interest if repaid when due. A minimum $10 service charge is assessed on all loans. Delinquent loans are subject to a 10 percent late penalty charge and students are not eligible to borrow for 12 months from the date the loan is repaid. Loan applications are obtained through the Student Financial Aid Office. Campus Employment How to Apply If you are interested in working on campus, you may apply at the Office of Human Resources. There are more than 500 positions open on campus for full-time students. Every effort is made to employ students in areas of study providing a "learn while you earn" situation. On-campus jobs include work in laboratories, libraries, maintenance, offices, switchboard and food service areas. You can earn approximately $1,400 during the school year and up to $3,500 in the summer with an on-campus job. It is recommended that students on academic probation do not continue or seek employment until probationary status has been corrected. Federal College Work Study If you can demonstrate financial need and need a job to help pay University expenses, you may be eligible for employment by Lake Superior State University under the federally supported Work-Study Program. 19-hour load: Students may work up to 19 hours weekly while attending classes more than halftime. During the summer or other vacation periods when you do not have classes, you may work fulltime (40 hours per week) under this program. In four months of summer employment under the Work Study Program, an eligible student can earn approximately $3,500. The basic starting rate tends to be commensurate with current minimum wage. Higher rates are paid for highly specialized work. Preference is given to those who have high financial need., Michigan Work Study Undergraduates who have been Michigan residents for at least 12 months, have financial need, are enrolled at least halftime and making satisfactory academic progress may be eligible for employment under the Michigan Work Study program. Vocational Rehabilitation The Michigan Jobs Commission Rehabilitation Services provides services and financial assistance to persons with any disability that has interfered with, or may interfere with, the individual's job performance. Students must apply for financial aid and have need. Further information may be obtained by contacting your nearest Michigan Rehabilitation Services Office of Michigan Jobs Commission. Programs for Native Americans Bureau of Indian Affairs Scholarship Grant: Members or those eligible for membership in a Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2678 • 49 �federally recognized Indian tribe showing need, may apply for Bureau of Indian Affairs Scholarship Grants by writing their tribal education office for an application. It is possible to receive up to full university expenses per year in scholarship grants if financial need is demonstrated. All applicants must complete a Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA). Bureau of Indian Affairs Vocational Training Assistance: Indian students enrolled in certificate or associate degree programs are eligible for assistance to pay for tuition, books and living expenses. You must be a member or eligible for membership in a federally recognized Indian tribe. Awards are based on financial need. Applicants must complete a Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA). Applications may be obtained by writing the Tribal Education Office. Native American Tuition Waiver - Value: full tuition for full- or part-time North American Indian students providing evidence of being one-quarter blood Native American Indian and Michigan residents. Applicants must submit a certification of one-quarter blood quantum to their tribal chairperson or tribal certification officer. The Intertribal Council will attach a certification letter to the tribal certification and forward it to the Financial Aid Office at the University. The University will then issue a Native American Tuition Waiver for the tuition for eligible students each semester. Students must be accepted for admission into an eligible program and meet the satisfactory progress policy of the University. Veterans J Veterans, Children of Deceased, or Totally Disabled Veterans Michigan Public Act 245: Sons or daughters of a veteran who died of service-connected causes, may be eligible for benefits under the Public Act 245. The benefits waive tuition until the student reaches 23 years of age. Those who believe they are eligible should request an application from the Michigan Veterans' Trust Fund, 1225 Grand Ave., Lansing, Michigan 48913. Recipients may be full- or part-time students. Any students who believe they are eligible for educational assistance through any veterans' law should contact their area Veterans' office for information and applications. Veterans must be admitted into a degree program approved by the State Approving Agency. Veterans' Standards of Progress Grade point average requirements are the same as the University academic probation and dismissal policy. If your grade point average falls into the dismissal category, the Student Service Center will notify the Veterans Administration of your dismissal and benefits terminated. Withdrawal or Dropping a Class - You are required to notify the Student Service Center if you drop a class or withdraw completely from the University. Credit for Previous Training: You must obtain a degree audit from your department head and submit it to the Student Service Center. They will indicate the credit granted for previous training and notify you. The Registrar's Office will keep the audit updated. You should avoid classes not required for your degree. However, you should make sure you have the required electives. 50 • Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2678 ...J �Graduate Program: Veterans and other eligible persons enrolled in any graduate program must meet standards of progress. A maximum of six semester credits of C grades in 600-level course are allowed in your overall program. Those failing to maintain a 3.0 (4.0 basis) average are referred to the Master of Business Administration Standards and Policy Committee to determine whether they should be allowed to continue in the program. Veterans receiving D grades in 500 or 600-level courses are referred to Master of Business Administration Standards and Policy Committee immediately. Veterans dismissed from the master of business administration (MBA) program may petition the MBA Standards and Policy Committee for reconsideration. At the time of dismissal, the Veterans Administration will be notified of the unsatisfactory progress. Lake Supertor State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2678 • 51 �> Student Services Student life is an important part of your Lake Superior State University experience. There are countless opportunities to enhance your educational experience. We encourage you to participate in student activities and to get involved with the campus. It is a great way to meet people and gain invaluable experiences and insights that will help when you graduate. The Navigator is a useful guide for all students, that can answer many of your questions concerning University life. Copies are available in the Student and Residential Life Office. There are more than 40 different clubs and organizations at LSSU. There is always something going on so you can be a part of the campus scene. We have 11 sports at Lake State: basketball, cross country and tennis for men and women; ice hockey, golf and track for men; and volleyball and softball for women. Women's track may be added for spring 1999. In addition, the University has an extensive intramurals program including sports such as broomball, basketball, hockey and more. Beyond the programs and services on campus, you have the natural splendor of the Upper Peninsula and Canada. Good hunting and excellent fishing are found within a few miles of campus. Favorite winter sports are skating, hockey, snowshoeing, tobogganing, ice fishing and skiing. Student Government Student Government is the governing arm of the LSSU student body. All students are eligible for election to Student Government membership and are encouraged to participate. Recognized Organizations Student Athletic: Adventurers Guild, Kuk Sool Won. Student Professional: Alpha Phi Sigma (CJ Honor Society), American Society of Mechanical Engi- neers, Biology Club, Criminal Justice Association, Criminal Justice Student Alliance, Early Childhood Education Club, Environmental Science and Technology Club, Fisheries and Wildlife Club, Geology Club, Institute of Electrical Electronic Engineers, LSSU Nurses Association, Lambda Sigma Beta, Legal Assistant Student Association, Political Science Club, Pre-professional Club, Psychology Club, Society of Mechanical Engineers. Student Religious: Anchor House, His House, Inter-Varsity Christian Fellowship, Lakers for the Savior, Newman Center. ...J Special Student: Alpha Theta Omega Sorority, Circle K Club, Delta Phi Epsilon, Delta Sigma Phi, Environmental Awareness Club, Honors Club, Inter-Greek Council, Japanese Animation Club, LSSU Veterans' Association, Lake State Theater Company, Lifeguard Club, Men of Brady, Native American Student Organization, Nontraditional Student Organization, Osborn Hall Government, Paintball Club, Republican Club, Resident Assistants, Student Alumni Involved in Lake State (SAILS), Sigma Lambda Sigma, Students in Free Enterprise, Tau Alpha Pi, Tau Kappa Epsilon, Theta Chi Rho, Theta Xi, United Nations Association. Student Music: Pep Band. Communications: The Compass (student newspaper), Lake State This Week, WLSO (student radio station), The John Door, web page at www.lakers.edu. Room and Board A variety of housing facilities are available. If you are enrolled at LSSU for 12 credit hours or more, there are mandatory policies that apply. 52 • Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2273 - �If you are unmarried and/ or a nonveteran enrolled in 12 hours or more and are within 27 calendar months of your high school graduation, you must reside in a University residence hall. High school graduation dates are assumed to be June 1 for this purpose. The exceptions are: 1. 2. 3. If you live with your parents within a 60-mile radius or the three-county (Chippewa, Luce and Mackinac) service area of the University. An exception application is available in the Housing Office and must be approved by the Housing director. If you are exempted in writing by the Housing director when residence hall space is filled. If you have unusual financial or health problems. Permission must be granted by the vice president for Student Programs and Services. The University reserves the right to assign all students within the residence halls. Housing preferences are considered according to the dates of receipt of application. Freshmen are usually accorded priority in residence hall assignments and upperclassmen hold priority in apartment assignments. ; The University recognizes that exceptions to these policies may arise. Requests for permission to live off-campus will be considered by the vice president for student programs and services, who shall apply the following criteria to a request to live off campus for financial reasons: "Financial hardship" is a situation in which the total resources of the student and family added to the total financial aid available from the University does not equal the dollar amount budgeted by the Financial Aid Office as the minimum required for on-campus residency. In such a situation, there are two alternatives: a) withdrawal from the dormitory orb) with- drawal from the University. An example is a student whose financial situation changed suddenly during the year (perhaps due to the death of a parent) and who applies for assistance after the aid program is depleted. A number of student campus apartments in the Student Village and Townhouses are available. Married students or groups of single students desiring these accommodations should contact the Housing director. The University reserves the right to transfer students to the Townhouses or the Student Village during the year. Such transfers are normally made between semesters. Dining The Quarterdeck is a full-service cafeteria offering three meals a day. A complete and modern cafeteria, the 'Deck is in the Walker Cisler Student and Conference Center. There are several options for meal plans. These programs will be explained at orientation sessions and at the beginning of the academic year. The Galley, a grill and snack shop, is in the basement of the Cisler Center. Athletics Lake Superior State University sponsors varsity intercollegiate athletics at the NCAA Division II level in the following sports: men's and women's basketball, cross country, tennis, men's track and golf, and women's volleyball and softball. Laker ice hockey competes at the NCAA Division I level. The University is a member of the Great Lakes Intercollegiate Athletic Conference (GLIAC) in Division II sports, and Central Collegiate Hockey Association (CCHA) in ice hockey. Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2273 • 53 �j Initial approval by the NCAA Clearinghouse is required of all freshmen athletes. Contact your high school guidance counselor for that information. If you are interested in competing as a Laker, contact the athletic department. Student-athletes must maintain a minimum grade point average, carry a required number of courses, and make satisfactory progress towards a baccalaureate degree. Counseling/Testing You are encouraged to take advantage of our counseling and testing services. Professional counselors are available at the Counseling and Testing Center (located in South Hall) to help with academic, personal or vocational problems. Vocational testing and counseling programs are invaluable in assessing your interests and potential. This service is available to you throughout the year. The center maintains a complete file of individual test folders, which include all orientation test results for our students. If you wish to have your scores interpreted, simply make an appointment at the center. If you are interested in personal and social growth through group dynamics, stop by the Counseling Center. The center's services are free to students and strict stan<lards of confidentiality are maintained. Health Service Basic health care services are available at the LSSU Health CARE Center. The center is staffed by health care professionals. Full-time staff include a certified nurse practitioner and professional nurses. Consultation and referral to physicians is available through the center. Nursing professionals are available most week days between 8 a.m. and 5 p.m. You can drop in or phone the center any time during office hours to make an appointment. A health care plan is available for students who maintain three or more credit hours and attend classes on campus. Once enrolled, you will receive information outlining coverage. Plan information is also available at the center. You are encouraged to review this plan and services. The majority of onsite services are provided at no additional charge to students. All students from countries other than the United States and Canada are required to carry health insurance as a condition of enrollment. Students must furnish proof they have purchased an equivalent insurance plan that will cover their health care while in the United States. In either case, proof of insurance shall be required before registration is permitted. ,_J ._J Center for Career & Employment Services Lake Superior State University offers career planning and placement service for students and alumni. Our staff will assist you in locating suitable and desirable employment as a student and as a graduate. We can also help you make career choices that suit your skills and interests. _,J If you are seeking part- or full-time work during the academic year or summer, we also maintain a listing of positions available for LSSU students. ..... Upward Bound Upward Bound is a program for high school students who have the potential to be the first person in their family to attend college. It consists of a six-week summer residential program, including academic classes and enrichment activities. During the school year, 54 • Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2273 ._. �students receive tutoring and counseling from Upward Bound staff. About 60 students from the Eastern Upper Peninsula participate each year. Child Development Center The campus Child Development Center provides full- or part-time care for children ages 2 1 / 2 to 5 years. Children of LSSU students and staff are given priority in admission; however, children from the community can be admitted as space allows. Children must be toilet trained. The center, licensed by the State of Michigan Department of Social Services, provides developmentally sound experiences for the child across a range of social, emotional, physical and cognitive dimensions. It is a place where young children can develop a strong relationship with both adults and children. Each morning and afternoon, under the supervision of an experienced staff, students enrolled in the child development program plan and supervise large group, art, snack and small group experiences for the children. A significant portion of each day is devoted to exploratory play. During exploratory play, children may move throughout the various learning areas of the center, electing to participate in any one of a wide variety of activities and interact with learning materials. The Child Development Center is located on the southeast end of campus. Student-Faculty Relations Committee (Appeals) Function. The Student-Faculty Relations Committee provides a forum for resolving conflicts between students and faculty members which may arise with classroom or course-related activities, policies or procedures. The committee will not consider cases involving ADA compliance or any other matter it deems inappropriate. This committee is strictly an informal mediation body which will forward recommendations for resolution to the parties involved (with a copy to the executive vice president and provost). Membership. The University president appoints the committee membership to two-year terms. There are four faculty representatives (at least one from each college) and four student representatives. The chair is chosen by the committee membership. Procedures 1. If a student (or group of students) wishes to raise an issue related to a course which he/ she is taking or has taken (normally within one semester), the student should attempt to resolve the issue at the student/ faculty, department head or appropriate college dean level. If the matter cannot be resolved at the lowest possible levels, the student may appeal to the Student-Faculty Relations committee informing them of the problem. In exceptional cases, the student may approach the Student-Faculty Relations Committee directly. 2. To bring an issue before the Student-Faculty Relations committee, the student must notify the Student-Faculty Relations Committee in writing. This document must clearly explain the situation and include the student's name, current address, a message telephone number and times when the student is available to meet with the committee. Supporting documentation may be included as well. The written appeal should be submitted directly to the committee chair. The Executive Vice President and Provost's Office will know Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2273 • 55 �the name of the committee chair. 3. Once the committee members have had an opportunity to review the student's concern, they will conduct an informal fact-finding process. As a part of the process, the student will be invited to meet with the committee for further clarification. This meeting will be 20 minutes in length with 10 minutes of question and answer by the committee. The other party will also be invited to meet with the committee following the same format. Both parties will then be asked to meet together with the committee in an effort to foster communication, clarification and resolution. The most desirable arrangement would be for this step to occur at one setting. The committee will strive to be as expeditious as possible. There may be extenuating circumstances such as semester break or summer recess. 4. If there is no resolution after this joint meeting of the parties involved, or if the outcome of this process is not acceptable to the student or the faculty member, he/ she may appeal to the executive vice president and provost of the University. ...J 5. The committee will keep no permanent records. 56 • Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2273 ...J �Computer Services LSSU Computing offers a variety of services and programs for students. Classroom laboratories provide for instruction that involves computers and/ or software. During non-class hours, general access labs provide copies of the software used in classes and open Internet access to students, as well as word processing software. Help for students utilizing software in the classroom or labs is available in the Learning Center. PCs enhance the research ability of the Kenneth J. Shouldice Library with access to the Internet and many databases. Word processing software is also available here. The University maintains a student-to-computer ratio of 10-to-one whenever possible. On enrollment, a student is eligible for an Internet email account. This account is free to any enrolled student. Instructions and help for setting up these accounts are available in the Internet computer lab. Internet access is also available via dial-up at home for students both on and off campus. LSSU is currently working on a plan that will bring Ethernet connectivity to all campus residents. The Helpdesk, located in the Kenneth J. Shouldice Library, assists students with general computing problems related to any of the above services. General sessions are also offered to students on Internet access, campus databases and general computer use. Information can also be attained from residence hall assistants and the President's Council. Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU. ext. 6677 • 57 �Continuing Education Mission Statement: Continuing Education delivers educational opportunities designed to meet the needs of non-traditional students through degree programs, professional development and personal enrichment. • Evening & Weekend Courses Degree Completion Programs Certificate Programs • Distance Education • Summer School • Regional Centers Alpena Escanaba Petoskey Traverse City • Graduate Degree Program - MBA • EDventures Professional Development Community Enrichment Lake Superior Elders & Elderhostel Customized Training Continuing Education provides educational opportunities for nontraditional students in LSSU' s service region. In cooperation with academic departments, we create opportunities to meet the educational needs of adult students through alternative delivery options such as distance learning, flexible schedules, off-campus degree programs and weekend courses. Continuing Education provides a focus for external and off-campus degree programs, continuing education, evening and weekend courses and public service programs. All are flexible and accessible to learners whose job, family and community responsibilities conflict with traditional academic schedules. Continuing Education also administers LSSU' s summer session. Regional centers are located at Alpena Community College in Alpena, Bay de Noc Community College in Escanaba, North Central Michigan College in Petoskey and Northwestern Michigan College in Traverse City. Students may earn a master of business administration (MBA) and bachelor of science degrees in business administration, accounting, nursing (BSN completion program for registered nurses), criminal justice/ generalists and engineering management. All degree completion requirements may be completed at the offcampus sites. Courses are offered evenings and weekends on a parttime basis. The time required to complete the degree varies according to each student's individual schedule and the number of college credits already completed. The Continuing Education Office offers professional development opportunities through non-credit courses, seminars, workshops, interactive television and video conferences. Downlink satellite capabilities are also available. In addition, CE provides training and development programs with business, industry, government, volunteer and social agencies to deliver consulting and customized training programs. ....., Community enrichment courses include courses and activities for adults and children. Adult enrichment courses include computers, exercise, crafts, art, language, personal finance and gardening. Elderhostel is a nonprofit educational travel program for participants 60 years or older. Hostelers stay a week on campus studying with LSSU professors. They also enjoy field trips, social activities and areas of local interest. Lake Superior Elders (LSE) addresses the needs of retired and semi-retired adults through continued educational pursuits. This "Learning in Retirement Center" has a monthly program featuring guest speakers on various topics. Participants take mini-courses which are scheduled on a three-month basis, vary in number of sessions, and are designed by the organization's curriculum committee. Location: Continuing Education is located on the comer of Meridian Street and Easterday Avenue (across from the Norris Center). 58 • Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2802 ._J -J '"'"' �The Kenneth J. Shouldice Library The newly remodeled and expanded Kenneth J. Shouldice Library provides a variety of resources and services. It is the heart of the University, and is home to more than 132,000 volumes of books, 17,500 bound volumes of periodicals, 265,000 microforms, over 72,000 paper government documents, and a diverse collection of computerized equipment and resources. The library also maintains a closedcircuit television system for delivery of programs across campus. Reference librarians offer personal guidance in the use of the computerized catalog and databases, paper indexes, abstracts and bibliographies. Library instruction is in the state-of-the-art library instruction room. The current yearly subscription list exceeds 900 individual titles, in addition to subscriptions to electronic full-text journals and newspapers. The library has been a selective depository of U.S. government publications since 1982. To assist faculty and students in obtaining materials from other libraries, the library provides interlibrary loan service through OCLC, a computer service linked to libraries with access to more than 37 million books, periodicals and other materials. The library is a member of an Upper Peninsula consortium of 105 libraries. Library facilities include stacks open to all faculty, students and community members; study areas and group study rooms; microform readers and printers; audio-visual equipment; black and white and color photocopy machines; equipment for making transparencies; and other materials. Networked computers provide Internet and computerized catalog access, while others provide access to the library's CD-ROM collection and word processors. The AudioVisual Center, on the main floor of the library, maintains a diverse collection of cassettes, filmstrips, games, kits, slides and video tapes. Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2402 • 59 �Degree Requirements Lake Superior State University offers bachelor's (also called baccalaureate) degrees, associate's degrees and certificates, as well as a master's degree in business administration. These degrees are offered in a wide variety of academic programs. Each academic department has a set of specific courses and other requirements for each of its degree programs. These are stated elsewhere in this Catalog - either by curriculum or in one of the college sections. However, some requirements are of a general nature, applying to all such degrees. These are discussed below. Bachelor's degrees: A minimum of 124 credits is required for a bachelor's degree. Some programs require more than this number of credits. Requirements are of five categories: general education, bachelor of arts or bachelor of science, departmental, competency in mathematics and writing (required for students entering before fall 1997 and new transfer students entering before fall 2000), and residency. Associate's degrees and certificates: A minimum of 62 credits is required for an associate' s degree. At least three credits each of English and speech, plus six other general education credits, are required. Competency in mathematics and writing is required for an associate's degree. There is also a residency requirement. Minors: Academic minor programs are also offered in a wide variety of disciplines. A minimum of 20 credits is required for a minor, and some require more. A minimum of six credits from LSSU is required. There is a minors section in this Catalog. Electives Elective courses are chosen to obtain credit beyond that of specified requirements. Free electives refer to courses you may select completely of your own choice. Designated electives refer to courses selected from a list specified by the department. ....J BA and BS Requirements (8 credits) Bachelor of arts degree: One year of a modern language other than English (if taken at LSSU, this would be FR151-2 or 251-2; GN1412; NA141-2; NA201-2; SP161-2 or 261-2). One-half year of two different languages will not meet this requirement. Bachelor of science degree: At least eight semester credits, in addition to courses used for general education requirements, from categories of social science, natural science or mathematics. Residency Requirements Bachelor's degree candidates must earn at least 32 of their final 40 credits and at least 50 percent of their departmental required 300 / 400 level credits in courses offered by Lake Superior State University. Regional Center students must earn at least 32 of the final 64 credits and at least 50 percent of their departmental required 300 / 400 level credits in courses offered by Lake Superior State University. Associate's degree and certificate candidates must earn 16 of their final 20 credits in such courses. For a minor, you must earn at least six of the required credits in such courses. Multiple Majors You may earn more than one major by completing all require- 60 • Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-1.SSU, ext. 2012 ..J - �ments of each desired major program. Before graduation, you must file a Degree Audit approved by the appropriate college dean and/ or school chair for each major. Multiple Degrees: If you desire to earn more than one baccalaureate degree, you must complete all program requirements for the additional degree(s) as certified by the appropriate dean, comprising a minimum of 32 additional LSSU credits for each additional baccalaureate degree from Lake Superior State University. Those earning a bachelor's degree from LSSU and who desire an associate's degree, must complete all requirements for the associate' s degree program at the time they are completing the bachelor's degree requirements. Students earning an associate's from LSSU who desire an additional associate' s degree must complete all requirements for the additional degree, including 16 additional credits of which 12 must be from courses offered by Lake Superior State University. Additional degrees for graduates of other universities: Students who hold a bachelor's degree at another accredited institution, and who desire a bachelor's degree from LSSU, must complete all requirements of an approved degree schedule including at least 32 additional credits in courses offered by LSSU. The degree schedule must be approved by the major school chair, college dean, assistant to the provost for academic records and provost. You should initiate the approval process with the school chair at the time of or before commencing study toward the additional degree. The schedule elected shall consist mainly of minor, major and cognate courses. Courses considered essential to the degree but not previously elected may, at the option of the school chair and/ or college dean, be required even though the total may exceed 32 credits. Lake Superior State University general education requirements are considered complete if you earned a bachelor's degree at any United States accredited university or an honors bachelor's degree from an accredited Canadian university. If you earned a bachelor's degree or associate' s degree at another accredited institution and desire an associate' s degree from Lake Superior State University, you must complete all requirements of an approved degree schedule including at least 16 additional credits in courses offered by LSSU. The degree schedule process is identical to that described above for an additional bachelor's degree. The schedule elected shall consist mainly of major and cognate courses. Courses considered essential to the degree but not previously elected may, at the option of the school and college, be required even though the total may exceed 16 credits. Competency in Mathematics for students entering before fall 1997 and new transfer students entering before fall 2000. Those seeking associate' s or bachelor's degrees are required to demonstrate competence in mathematics at approximately the level of basic algebr a. Both the Counseling and Testing Center and the School of Mathematics and Computer Science administer the minimum competency examination. Students can satisfy the mathematics competency requirement in the following ways: (1) score 15 or higher on the intermediate algebra placement examination given at the time the student enters the University, (2) pass the competency examination, (3) complete the LSSU mathematics courses, MA086, or higher, or (4) obtain an adequate score on the Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2012 • 61 �mathematics component of the ACT test. Transfer students who have previously completed a course equivalent to MA092, with a grade of 2.00 or higher, or a higher-level math class (specifically excluding MA207) will have satisfied the University's mathematics graduation requirement. You are required to complete mathematics competency (by course or exam) during the first 56 credits earned. If you reach the 56credit limit without competency, you shall enroll in an appropriate mathematics courses until passed and be limited to a maximum of 13 credits per semester, including the course, until competency is accomplished. Transfer students entering LSSU with 40 or more transfer credits shall complete mathematics competency during the first 20 credits earned at LSSU or be subject to the enrollment restrictions stated above. Competency in Writing for students entering before fall 1997 and new transfer students entering before fall 2000. The writing competency examination demonfuates a student's ability to read and write critically at a level deemed appropriate for undergraduate work. It will be given at the end of the sophomore English course (EN205, EN210 or EN215) as a "rising junior test" before beginning upper-level courses with disciplinary writing emphasis. The test consists of a read/ respond format in which a passage is supplied and students use it as the basis for the essay. At least three topics from across the curriculum will be available for each test. You will have three hours to complete the test. The rising junior test will be given during the final exam week of EN205, EN210 or EN215 at scheduled group times in place of the final examination. All other test sessions must be scheduled by the Counseling and Testing Center located in South Hall. The test is a University graduation requirement and will be graded pass/repeat by the faculty using criterion-referenced scoring methods. Students who must repeat the examination may retake the test one time at the Counseling and Testing Center after one month. Students who do not pass the test before junior level (56 credits) must enroll in EN091, an intensive review of English, and will be limited to 13 semester credits, including EN091, until satisfying the requirement. Transfer students, having completed the equivalent of the general education English sequence, must take the competency examination before beginning their second semester. Transfer students who do not pass the test before their senior year (88 semester credits) must enroll in EN091 and will be limited to 13 semester credits including EN091, until satisfying the requirement. Transfer students on a 3+ 1 program must take the test before the beginning of their first semester. Arrangements will be made, if possible, to administer the test on the campus of the institution from which students are transferring. ..... .... Waiver of Competency Requirements The mathematics and/ or writing competency graduation requirement(s) will be waived only on the basis of having a certifiable learning disability or neurological medical condition. Students must be certified by a licensed psychologist or neurologist as having a substantial disability in the learning process. Those potentially eligible for a waiver are required to initiate their 62 • Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2012 .... �appeal through the University Counseling and Testing Center. Those students who obtain the necessary certification must provide the Counseling and Testing Center with documentation of such. The Counseling and Testing Center shall then notify the assistant to the provost for academic records of the waiver. Enrollment restrictions stated above, as appropriate, continue in effect until a student has provided this documentation to the Counseling and Testing Center. General Education (33 credits) for students entering before fall 1997 and new transfer students entering before fall 2000. GeneraJ education consists of courses required regardless of specialized areas of study. The purpose of general education is to develop skills and knowledge useful for all students, regardless of their career choices. Requirements in English and speech enhance fundamental skills of writing and speaking. Requirements in humanities, natural sciences and social sciences broaden intellectual perspective and familiarize students with fundamental fields of human knowledge. English (6 credits) - ENllO and EN205, EN210 or EN215 credits of one modern language other than English and four credits of another cannot be used. Social Science (8) - Any combination of courses in economics (EC); geography (GG}, except GG106 and GG108; history (HS), political science (PS}, psychology (PY) or sociology (SO) for which credit adds to eight semester credits. Natural Science (8) -At least one course from each of the following two categories: life sciences BL105, 109, 122, 204; or both NS103 and 104; physical sciences CH105, 108, 115, GElll, 112, 114; GG106, 108; NSlOl, 102, 105, 107, 110, 119;PH221,222,231. · If the total credits of these two laboratory courses is less than eight, non-laboratory science courses may be applied toward the requirement if the school chair or college dean evaluates the course as appropriate. Note: Transfer students should refer to the Admissions section of this Catalog for an explanation of the MACRAO agreement as it applies to general education requirements. General Education for new students entering fall 1997 or later Transfer students will be under the old general education requirements until fall 2000. Communication Skills Speech (3)- SD101. EN 110 Freshman Composition Humanities (8)- any HU course or courses, or any of the courses AT250, 251; FR251; GN241; MUllO, 111, 112, 113, 140, 141, 160, 161, 220, 221, 250, 251, 260; NA240; PL204, 205, 302; SD251, 252; or SP261, 305, 306; any second-year modem language course other than English; with a maximum offour semester credits per discipline or total in languages other than English (excluding HU) are allowed to count for this requirement. Four Select one course from the following three courses: EN 205, EN 210, EN 215 SD101 Four additional communication intensive courses included in degree ~quirements. Mathematics - Mathematics or statistics course at 100 level or higher with grade of C- or higher Statistics course or component of course included in degree requirements - Consult your advisor to Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2012 • 63 �I I determine the most appropriate statistics elective for your program: CJ 345, MA 110, MA 207, MA 308, MA 309, PS 211, PY 210, SO 302 Computer literacy - One course or component of course included in degree requirements Critical thinking - One course or component of course included in degree requirements Ethics - One course or component of course included in degree requirements Aesthetics - HU 251 - Humanities I (4) Elective, including courses in specialized areas, e.g., art, music, world civilization and courses representing non-western works and/ or women (3 or 4 credits): AT 250, AT 251, HU 252, HU 256, HU 261, HU 262, HU 490, MU 110, MU 111, MU 112, MU 113, MU 140, MU 141, MU 160, MU 161, MU 220, MU 221, MU 250, MU 251, NA 240 Cultural Diversity - One course or component of course included in degree requirements: BA 308, ES 450, EV 285, GG 306, HE 328, HS 230, HS 361, HS 371, HU 255, ID 300 - (component) to be taken with one offering of UN 103; MU 260, NA 225, NA 230, NA 235, RC 450, SO 103, SO 225, SO 226, SO 321, TE 250, UN 103 (to be taken with ID300. Social Science - Two social science courses (6 to 8 credits); EC 201, EC 202, EC 208, EC 209, EC 302, GG 201, GG 302, GG 321, GG 360, HS 101, HS 102, HS 131, HS 132 , HS 235, HS 301, HS 302, HS 310, HS 315, HS 316, HS 331, HS 332, NA 320, PS 110, PS 160, PY 101, so 101, so 102, so 113. Natural Science - Two natural science courses associated with labs (8 Credits); BL 105, BL 109, BL 122, BL 204, CH 108, CH 115, GE 111, GE 114, GG 106, GG 108, NS 101, NS 102, NS 103/104, NS 110, NS 119, PH 221, PH 231. Exceptions to Graduation Requirements ~ Exceptions to specific general education requirements may be granted only by the Scholastic Standards Committee. Such exceptions are infrequently made. A petition for exceptions to general education requirements is initiated with the assistant to the provost for academic records. Course substitutions and waivers of departmental degree program requirements may be granted only by the dean of the college offering the program (major or minor). Normally, you will graduate under the program degree requirements in effect and published in the Catalog at the time you are admitted into the given degree program, provided enrollment at the University is continuous. If enrollment is interrupted, or if you select a new major, you must satisfy program requirements in effect at the time you reenter or officially change to the new major. If program requirements are revised during your enrollment, you will be allowed to graduate under the new requirements providing you can meet such requirements in their entirety. The University reserves the right to change the requirements for graduation at any time as a means of keeping pace with educational developments affecting the various curricula. As such changes are made, they may, at the discretion of the University, be applied to students already enrolled. In such cases, reasonable and prudent effort will be made to provide the benefit of the new educational program without imposing undue hardship. 64 • Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2012 I....) J ..J ..... ....J ....... . ., ... ..... ._, �Graduation Procedures Degree candidacy procedure: Two semesters before students plan to complete degree requirements and graduate, they must submit an appropriate departmental degree audit for each major and minor, and a Declaration of Candidacy for Degree to the assistant to the provost in the Academic Records Office. The necessary forms are available at the student's major departmental office. The departmental Degree Audit for a student's major or minor specifies all required courses that have been or must be completed. The audit must be signed by the school chair and/ or dean of the college offering the major or minor program. Course substitutions and waivers of departmental degree program requirements may be granted only by the dean of the college offering the major or minor program. Exceptions to specific general education requirements may be granted only by the Scholastic Standards Committee. Such exceptions are infrequently made. A petition for exceptions to general education requirements is initiated with the assistant to the provost. The assistant to the provost checks students' Degree Audits, after which a preliminary verification of the Degree Audit is sent to each student and respective school chair. Students are responsible for examining this verification and requesting clarification of anything that is not consistent with their records or understanding. From the Declaration of Candidacy for Degree forms submitted by students, a potential graduate list is created for each semester. Names for the commencement program and diploma will be the official, legal name as listed in the records of the University. The names of students who are listed in the annual commencement program are also compiled from Declaration of Candidacy for Degree forms. Students may not be listed in the commencement program unless their Degree Candidacy Form is filed with the assistant to the provost six weeks prior to commencement. Students are expected to attend commencement exercises unless excused by the assistant to the provost. Students completing degree requirements during the summer may participate in commencement the previous semester if their degree candidacy form is received six weeks prior to commencement. After grades are received at the end of each semester, Degree Audits will be updated for all students completing credit and who have a Degree Candidacy Form on file. When all requirements specified on the Degree Audit are fulfilled, the college dean and/ or school chair and assistant to the provost give a final approval. Names of these graduates are then sent to the president for approval by the Board of Trustees. Subsequently, a diploma is provided to each student. Diploma charge: There is no charge for the first diploma from the University. A fee is charged for replacement diplomas. Students completing graduation requirements in the fall semester or summer, or who otherwise need documentation of completion before their diploma is available, will receive a letter certifying that they have completed degree requirements. Additionally, official University transcripts will be sent to any employer, graduate university, or elsewhere, as requested by the graduate. Official transcripts will not be mailed to students. Graduation with honors: Honors graduates must earn at least 32 credits at Lake State. All credits with grade points completed at Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2012 • 65 �other colleges (percentages are converted to letter grades) will be figured in computing grade point averages for honors diplomas and medallions at LSSU. Students who earn 3.50 to 3.69 will graduate cum laude; 3.70 to 3.89, magna cum laude; 3.90 to 4.00, summa cum laude. Honors earned shall not be higher than those for which a student qualifies on basis of courses taken at LSSU. Graduation diplomas with honors will be awarded to baccalaureate and associate' s and certificate recipients. Honors medallions will be awarded only to baccalaureate and associate' s degree recipients who graduate summa cum laude. Honors Degree The University honors program offers highly motivated students the opportunity to develop their abilities and skills in exciting and innovative ways. The central goal of the University honors program is to create a community of scholars characterized by strong student-faculty interaction around the world of ideas. The honors program fosters an approach to education that incorporates the qualities of active participation, intellectual curiosity and an interdisciplinary focus. Selection is based upon a number of factors, including: ACT scores, high school grade point average, application essay, personal interview and Lake State faculty nomination. Students invited to participate in the program enroll in courses designated for honors credit. The courses are distributed among the requirements for general education, the student's major, and the University honors program and may include small seminars or independent research projects. To graduate with an honors degree in a program of study, the honors student must have formal acceptance into the University honors program and have successfully completed 21 honors credit hours with an overall grade point average of 3.5 or better at graduation. The 21 honors credit hours are to be distributed among the University's requirements for general education, the student's major and the University honors program. Upon graduation from the honors program, the student will receive an honors degree in his /her program of study. The honors degree designation is indicated on the student's diploma and is distinct from graduating with honors (see Graduation with Honors). ..... .... ..... ..... 66 • Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2012 �Master of Business Administration See College of Engineering, Mathematics and Business, page 231. Mission Statement: The Master of Business Administration program offers general business education to students from diverse academic backgrounds. The program develops and enhances leadership skills for early- and mid-career managers. Cultural and international diversity characterizes the students. Students benefit from this diversity. MBA faculty members believe that a good, quality program reflects the dynamic nature of business in a global economy. They continually assess and improve program focus and quality. Outcomes: • Graduates will demonstrate knowledge of the common professional component. They will understand the economic, legal, political, cultural and global environment of business. • Graduates will demonstrate skillsinresearch,communication, teamwork and critical thinking. • Graduates will advance in their professions. • Graduates will demonstrate involvement in professional and community affairs. • Courses will be offered at times convenient to students and consistent with program integrity. Admission Requirements Admission to the MBA program will be based on the following requirements: 1. possession of a recognized baccalaureate degree, comprising a minimum of 120 semester credits, from an accredited college or university. 2. two letters of recommendation, one preferably from an academic source and one required from an employer or supervisor. 3. completion of the application form. 4. official transcripts of all previous post-secondary work, with certified translations for non-English transcripts, from which an undergraduate grade point average (GPA) can be computed. 5. minimum points from Formula 1 or Formula 2 (next page), with additional restrictions on verbal and quantitative scores. All applicants must have official scores reported for the Graduate Management Admissions Test (GMAT) taken within the past five years. 6. For students whose primary language is not English, the University may require the Test of English as a Second Language (TOEFL) as a diagnostic. English as a Second Language (ESL) support services will be made available to students who require additional English speaking, listening or reading skills. Lake Supertor State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2802 • 67 �Master of Business Administration Formula 1 Applicants must have a minimum of 1000 points using Formula 1 based on the GPA (4.0 scale) from the last 60 semester credits of undergraduate work [200 x GPA+ GMAT score>= 1000]. Formula2 Applicants must have a minimum of 950 points using Formula 2 based on the GPA (4.0 scale) for all undergraduate work [200 x GPA + GMAT score>= 950]. For full admission, minimum scores of 28 for the quantitative GMAT score and, for candidates whose first language is English, 25 for the verbal GMAT score are required. Applicants who do not receive the minimum quantitative or verbal scores will be required to complete additional preparatory work for full admission. Applicants who are denied admission may appeal to the Graduate Admissions Committee. Application Procedure Those seeking admission into the MBA program must complete the following steps. 1. 2. Complete an Application for Admission and submit it with a $25 non-refundable application fee (U.S. funds) to the Admissions Office. Official transcripts of all undergraduate and graduate work should be requested to be sent to the Admissions Office directly by the institution from which credit was earned. 3. Official copies of GMAT (Graduate Management Admission Test) scores, taken within the past five years, should be sent to the Admissions Office. 4. Two letters of recommendation, one required from an employer, should be sent to the Admissions Office J 5. For students whose first language differs from English, an official copy of the TOEFL (Test of English as a Foreign Language) score should be sent to the Admissions Office. MBA Degree Requirements Students must complete preparatory courses at the 500 level, or their undergraduate equivalents, and 36 semester credits at the 600 level to obtain the master's degree in business administration. Consult with the School of Business to determine if an undergraduate course will meet a preparatory course requirement. Preparatory Courses Credits EC201 Principles of Macroeconomics 3 EC202 Principles of Microeconomics 3 MB503 Business Law 3 MB508 Statistical Analysis 3 MB521 Financial Accounting 3 MB525 Business Finance 3 MB561 Organizational Theory 3 MB581 Marketing Concepts Applications ---3. Total Preparatory Courses 24 600-Level Courses Credits MB604 Managerial Economics 3 MB608 Research Techniques 3 MB621 Managerial Accounting & Control 3 MB625 Financial Management 3 MB659 Administrative Policy 3 MB660 Organizational Behavior 3 MB681 Marketing Management .J Total Common Prof. Component 21 600-Level Electives 15 Total 600-Level Requirement 36 68 • Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2802 ..... - �Master of Business Administration Approved list of undergraduate courses acceptable as substitutes for 600-level electives up to a maximum of six credits. EC304 Money & Banking 3 EC408 International Economics 3 EC407 Introduction to Econometrics 3 MK381 Consumer Behavior 3 MK384 Physical Distribution 3 MK486 International Marketing 3 MN365 Human Resource Management 3 Course substitutions, waivers, transfer credit: Waivers of requirements and course substitutions can only be granted by the chair of the MBA program. You should retain copies of waiver/ substitution documentation for your records. Waivers of preparatory courses are normally granted at the time of admission to the MBA program. A maximum of 12 semester credits may be transferred from other institutions to meet 600-level course requirements. The credits must be at the graduate level, from an accredited institution, with a grade of 3.0 or higher, applicable to the MBA program, and have been earned within the six-year period prior to your admission. The chair of the MBA program must approve the transfer of credit. Students should provide course descriptions or syllabi when requesting transfer credit evaluations. Copies of documentation should be retained by students. Program Length All degree requirements must be completed within eight years from date of admission. Grades The following grades are awarded to MBA students: A+ 4.0 C- 1.7 A 4.0 D+ 1.3 A- 3.7 D 1.0 B+ 3.3 D- B 3.0 F 0.0 B- 2.7 N 0.0 C+ 2.3 I C 2.0 z = = 0.7 0.0 0.0 A minimum overall grade point of 3.00 (4.00 basis) is required with no more than six credits of "C" grades. Students who earn a "D" or "F" grade will be immediately referred to the MBA Standards and Policy Committee for review. Courses with grades of "D" or "F" must be repeated or the student will not be eligible to graduate. must apply and be accepted into the program. A maximum of six credits earned as a guest student may be applied toward the degree requirements. No exceptions to this maximum will be allowed. Registration and Scheduling Information Course registration and scheduling begins upon receipt of the scheduling bulletin each semester. All registration and scheduling is processed through the Continuing Office. Guest Students Students who have not been accepted formally into the MBA program are classified as guest students and may enroll in classes provided they have the necessary prerequisites. Students who wish to use credit earned as a guest student toward the MBA degree Drop/Refund Policy Withdrawal: Students withdrawing from the University must complete a Withdrawal Form in the Fletcher Center to initiate a refund. Authorized refunds apply only to tuition and special course fees. For students on approved University Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2802 • 69 �Master of Business Administration financial aid, or aid through other agencies that mandate recovery of financial assistance, refunds will be in accordance with related requirements. Withdrawing students should check with the director of Financial Aid. Refunds are made according to the following: During the first six days of the semester 100 percent refund on withdrawals. Students withdrawing from all classes between the end of the 100 percent refund period and the first 10 percent of the semester will receive a 90 percent refund. Students withdrawing from all classes between the end of the 90 percent refund period and the 25 percent point of the semester will receive a 50 percent refund. Students withdrawing from all classes between the end of the 50 percent period and the 50 percent point of the semester will receive a 25 percent refund. A Drop Slip must be processed through the Student Service Center. Courses dropped by the end of the eighth week of the semester will be assigned an N grade on the academic transcript. Non-Credit Option If desired, students may sign up for a course on a non-credit basis (without letter grade). Tuition remains at the same rate as the credit basis. This option must be selected at scheduling time and cannot be changed once the course has begun. Courses taken under this option do not count toward the MBA degree requirements. They do not affect the grade point average. Students who complete courses under the non-credit option may request a certificate of completion by contacting the Continuing Education Office. This may be a practical option for guest students who are not taking the course for degree credit, but rather professional and/ or personal development. For more information, please contact the Contact the Continuing Education Office at 906-635-2802. 70 • Lake Supeiior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2802 �Legal Assistant Studies See College of Arts, Letters and Social Sciences, page 211. Program Description: Career Description: The legal assistant profession is one of the occupations projected to grow the fastest through the year 2005 according to the U.S. Department of Labor. A legal assistant (or paralegal) is a valued member of the legal team and works under the supervision of attorneys. Litigation Legal Assistant conducts research; drafts legal pleadings and documents; interviews clients and witnesses; investigates, gathers and organizes case information; assists at trial. This program is designed to train qualified legal assistants capable of working in a variety of areas of the law and in a variety of work environments. Consequently, the role and job duties of a legal . assistant vary depending on the areas of law and work environment in which a legal assistant is employed. Such diversity, varied challenges, and employment possibilities are what makes the legal assistant profession so interesting and rewarding. There are four different degrees or offerings in legal assistant studies. They are as follows: (1) a four-year baccalaureate degree in legal assistant studies with an emphasis in legal administration, criminal law, personal injury, labor law, legislative/ constitutional law or a selected minor as approved by the legal assistant studies coordinator; (2) a two-year associate's degree in legal assistant studies; (3) a postbaccalaureate (one-year) certificate in legal assistant studies (which is available to students who already have a bachelor's degree in some other discipline and wish to make a career change or advancement); or (4) a minor in legal assistant studies which can complement various majors (and may also be helpful to students who are planning on attending law school). The requirements for these programs are based upon the guidelines of the National Association of Legal Assistants. Corporate Legal Assistant drafts and/ or analyzes various legal documents; attends meetings, negotiations or closings; performs legal and factual research; monitors compliance with applicable industry regulations; assists attorneys with preparation for collective bargaining, contract negotiations, administrative hearings or trials. Criminal Law Legal Assistant conducts comprehensive interviews of defendants, law enforce- . ment, victims, and/ or witnesses; performs case and field investigations; locates and coordinates usage of applicable experts; prepares motions, briefs or other legal documents; acts as a litigation assistant during trial and any appeal. Governmental Legal Assistant works as an immigration specialist; civil rights analyst; environmental protection specialist; mediation specialist; legislative analyst; workers compensation claims examiner, etc. (even the White House has employed legal assistants). Real Estate Legal Assistant conducts title searches; drafts real estate closing documents; monitors compliance with title, survey, disclosure and/ or regulatory requirements; schedules and participates in real estate closings. Note: The above career descriptions are only a sampling of the numerous avenues available to legal assistants. See next page for additional employment listings. Post-Baccalaureate Certificate (students must already possess a bachelor's degree; see admission requirements on the following page. ) Career Choices: Litigation Legal Assistant Corporate Legal Assistant Criminal Law Legal Assistant Governmental Legal Assistant Real Estate Legal Assistant Student Profile: Do you have ... an interest in the law? a desire and commitment to help others? a good work ethic? good verbal and written communication skills? detail orientation and good organizational skills? a well-established set of ethics? self-motivation, initiative and a positive outlook? good human relation skills? an ability to think logically? a willingness to learn new skills and to be challenged? Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2217 • 71 �Legal Assistant Studies Legal Assistant Studies Post-Baccalaureate Certificate ~ 0 00 r-+I to ~ n n e. ~ i-; (I) ~ (I) (j (I) a ~ n ~ ~ *(39-41 credits) Required courses Legal Research and Case · LA102 Analysis 3 LA125 Civil Litigation and Procedure 4 Personal Injury Litigation LA140 and Investigative Techniques 3 Legal Assistant Profession and LA150 Ethical Considerations 3 LA202 Legal Writing and Analysis or Advanced Legal Writing and LA450 Interviewing Seminar 3 LA250 Law Office Management, Systems and Technology 3 LA320 Real Estate Law 3 LA321 Family Law 2 Probate Law and Procedure LA322 3 Legal Assistant Internship and LA299 6-8 Professional Seminar BA254 Business Law I 3 Substantive Criminal Law CJ319 3 *Nots: Other courses may be substituted for one or more of the required courses listed above depending upon the student's undergraduate courses/ curriculum, work experience and/or career goals. However, any such course substitution must be done in consultation with the legal assistant studies advisor and must be in writing; also, any such course substitution shall be limited to a maximum of two courses. Such other law courses include but are not limited to the following: Seminar in Legal Assistant LA300 1-4 Studies Alternative Dispute Resolution LA301 and Conflict Management 3 Tribal Law and Government LA305 3 LA401 Evidence and Trial Practice 3 No-Fault Automobile Law LA405 3 LA406 Worker's Disability Compensation Law 2 BA255 Business Law II 3 MN451 Labor Law 4 MN469 Collective Bargaining 3 CJ409 Procedural Criminal Law 3 Constitutional Law and . PS467 Civil Liberties 4 EV311 Environmental Law 2 Law courses offered in MBA programs 2-4 FALL LA102 LA150 LA320 LA321 BA254 CJ319 Legal Research and Case Analysis Legal Assistant Profession and Ethical Considerations Real Estate Law Family Law Business Law I Substantive Criminal Law 3 SPRING LA125 Civil Ligation and Procedure 4 LA140 Personal Injury Litigation and Investigative Techniques 3 Legal Writing and Analysis or 3 Advanced Legal Writing and Interviewing Seminar Law Office Management, Systems and Technology 3 erollate Law and Procedure ~ 16 SUMMER LA299 Legal Assistant Internship and Professional Development Seminar Admission Requirements: Admission to the legal assistant studies post-baccalaureate certificate is based on the following: Completion of the legal assistant studies postbaccalaureate certificate program application form (along with submission of appropriate admission fee); Completion of a baccalaureate degree, comprising a minimum of 120 semester credits from an accredited college or university; Submission of official transcripts of all previous post-secondary work (to be considered official, the transcript(s) must be sent directly from the undergraduate's institution(s),to the LSSU Admissions Office); Employment: Legal assistants are employed with ... Submission of two letters of recommendation from people familiar with the applicant's academic and/or professional abilities and background; and private law firms Submission of a writing sample setting forth career goals and reasons seeking the postbaccalaureate certificate in legal assistant studies. The writing sample questionnaire Is available from the LSSU Admissions Office. (The writing sample shall be reviewed by the dean of the College of Arts, Letters and Social Sciences or the coordinator for the Legal Assistant Studies Program). financial institutions corporations government (federal, tribal, state or local) courts and mediation systems real estate offices and title companies insurance companies special interest groups prosecutor and public defender offices educational institutions financial service organizations credit and collection agencies service, consulting or publishing companies 72 • Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2217 - �Accounting See College of Engineering, Mathematics and Business, page 231. Program Description: Career Description: The discipline of accounting provides financial and other information essential to the efficient conduct and evaluation of the activities of any organization. Accounting includes the development and analysis of data, the testing of its validity and relevance, and the interpretation and communication of the resulting information to intended users. This program is accredited by the International Assembly for Collegiate Business Education. Students completing the degree will be eligible to sit for various professional certification examinations. The program complies with current educational requirements for the CPA certification. Public Accountant - works for a variety of clients providing services in the areas of financial statement preparation, auditing services, income tax planning and preparation, estate planning and financial forecasting, along with a variety of other management advisory services. Common Professional Components ALL Accounting Tracks (61 credits) Principles of Accounting I*• 4 AC132 AC133 Principles of Accounting II'• 4 Intermediate Accounting I 4 AC232 Intermediate Accounting II 4 AC233 Cost Accounting I 4 AC332 Cost Accounting 11 4 AC333 Accounting Information Systems 3 AC334 Business Statistics*• 3 BA211 Business Communications*• 3 BA231 Business Law I 3 BA254 Business Law II 3 BA255 Business Policy*" 3 BA466 Prin. of Macroeconomics*• 3 EC201 Prin. of Microeconomics*• 3 EC202 FN341 Managerial Finance*• 4 College Algebra* 3 MA111 Marketing Principles and Strategy*• 3 MK281 MN365 Human Resource Management• 3 'May count toward general education requirement. •Part of the business core which must be taken prior to taking BA466. "Capstone course - take after completion of the business core. Students must complete an occupational focus in one of the following tracks: Public Accounting Industrial/Managerial Data Processing and Accounting 150-Hour Program Bachelor of Science Tracks Public Accounting Industrial/Managerial Data Processing and Accounting 150-Hour Program Auditor - checks accounting documents and financial statements within corporations and government. This area of accounting, like all others, is becoming increasingly computerized. Management Accountant - works for one company and participates in a variety of accounting activities such as financial statement preparation, product cost accumulation and analysis, budgeting and forecasting, asset acquisition analysis, payroll accounting and general ledger maintenance, and financial planning for the company. Tax Accountant - focus is on tax planning and tax return preparation on the federal, state and local levels. A tax specialist may work for either a public accounting firm or an individual company and will aim to minimize the tax on the employer while being in compliance with all applicable tax laws. A thorough knowledge of the tax laws is required. Government Accountant - works for one of many government agencies at the federal, state or local level, or may work for government enforcement agencies such as the FBI or the IRS. Career Choices: Public Accountant (CPA) Auditor Management Accountant (CMA) Tax Accountant Government Accountant Budget Analysis Student Profile: Do you ... feel comfortable with numbers and enjoy data analysis? like working with people and solving problems? have good communication skills? Budget Analysis - responsible for developing and managing an organization's financial plans. You'll need real people skills here because of the constant negotiating work involved. Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2426 • 73 �Accounting Accounting Public Accounting Track Bachelor of Science (18 credits) Public/CPA AC421 Federal Taxation I 3 AC422 Federal Taxation II 3 AC427 Auditing . 4 AC432 Advanced Accounting I 3 AC433 Advanced Accounting II 3 DP151 Spreadsheets 2 ~ C'D ...... Second Year AC232 Intermediate Accounting I BA254 Business Law I EC201 Principles of Macroeconomics EN210 Research Paper Process or* EN215 Intro. to Literature & Research Aesthetics Elective Fourth Year AC421 Federal Taxation Accounting I AC432 Advanced Accounting I AC427 Auditing Electives t:r . ~ SPRING 4 3 3 2 AC133 SD101 NS Principles of Accounting II 4 Fund. of Speech Communication 3 Life/Physical Science Elective 3-4 Aesthetics Elective 3-4 ____H Soc Sci Elective 16-19 AC233 BA255 EC202 BA231 BA211 Intermediate Accounting II Business Law II Principles of Microeconomics Business Communications Business Statistics ____H 15-16 Third Year AC332 Cost Accounting I FN341 Managerial Finance MK281 Marketing Principles and Strategies Science Lab Life/Physical Science Elective NS Cd 0 FALL First Year AC132 Principles of Accounting I MA111 College Algebra EN110 Freshman Composition· DP151 Spreadsheets NS Life/Physical Science Elective 4 3 3 3 AC333 MN365 AC334 Cost Accounting 11 4 Human Resource Management 3 Accounting Information Systems 3 _fi Electives 16 AC422 AC433 BA466 Federal Taxation Accounting II Advanced Accounting II Business Policy Electives Cultural Diversity 3 1 3-4 14-16 3 3 4 __6. 16 ....3 16 ~ 16-17 4 4 4 3 3 3 BA308 3 3 3 4 ....3 16 '(JJ ·English composition may be taken either fall or spring semester. ~ Accounting ~ C'D Industrial Accounting Track ~ Bachelor of Science FALL First Year AC132 Principles of Accounting I MA111 College Algebra EN110 Freshman Composition· DP151 Spreadsheets NS Life/Physical Science Elective SPRING 4 3 3 2 AC133 SD101 NS ___3M DP225 15-16 (17-18 credits) lndustrial/CMA AC421 Federal Taxation I 3 AC427 Auditing 4 BA403 Business, Government and Society 3 DP151 Spreadsheets 2 DP225 Word Processing Techniques 2 or DA111 Keyboarding/Document Formatting I 3 MN464 Organizational Behavior 3 Second Year AC232 Intermediate Accounting I BA254 Business Law I EC201 Principles of Macroeconomics EN210 Research Paper Process or* EN215 Intro. to Literature & Research Aesthetics Elective Third Year AC332 Cost Accounting I FN341 Managerial Finance MK281 Marketing Principles & Strategies NS Life/Physical Science Elective Science Lab 4 3 "3 3 AC233 BA255 EC202 BA231 BA211 Principles of Accounting II 4 Fund. of Speech Communication 3 Life/Physical Science Elective 3-4 3-4 Aesthetics Elective Word Processing Techniques -2 16-17 Intermediate Accounting II Business Law II Principles of Microeconomics Business Communications Business Statistics 4 3 3 3 ....3 16 3-4 16-17 4 4 I\C333 MN365 AC334 Cost Accounting II 4 Human Resource Management 3 Accounting Information Systems 3 Electives -1!. 18 MN464 BA466 Organizational Behavior Business Policy Electives 3 3-4 -1:2 15-17 Fourth Year AC421 Federal Taxation &Accounting I BA403 Business, Government & Society AC427 Auditing Electives BA308 Cultural Diversity 3 3 4 3 ....3 16 ·English composition may be taken either fall or spring semester. 74 • Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext.2426 3 3 _.1Q 16 �Accounting Accounting Data Processing and Accounting Track Bachelor of Science (24-25 credits) DP/Accounting 2 DP151 Spreadsheets 2 DP151 Database DP160 Personal Computer Workstation Operating System 3 DP163 Troubleshooting and Repair of Personal Computers 3 DP225 Word Processing Techniques 2 or Keyboarding/Document Formatting I 3 OA111 Desktop Publishing 3 DP241 Personal Computers Network DP260 Operating Systems 3 DP263 Storage, Protection & Recovery of Personal Computer 3 3 MN464 Organizational Behavior FALL First Year AC132 Principles of Accounting I MA111 College Algebra EN110 Freshman Composition· DP151 Spreadsheets DP160 Personal Computers Workstation Operating Systems SPRING 4 3 3 2 _a AC133 SD101 DP225 DP163 15 Second Year AC232 Intermediate Accounting I BA254 Business Law I EC201 Principles of Macroeconomics EN210 Research Paper Process or EN215 DP260 Intro. to Literature and Research Personal Computers Network Operating Systems 4 ~ 3 AC233 8A255 EC202 DP263 3 BA211 Principles of Accounting II 4 Fund. of Speech Communication 3 Life/Physical Science Elective 3-4 Word Processing Techniques 2 Troubleshooting and Repair of Personal Computers _a 15-16 Intermediate Accounting II 4 Business Law 11 3 Principles of Microeconomics 3 Storage, Protection & Recovery of Personal Computer 3 Business Statistics -3. 16 ---3 16 Third Year AC332 Cost Accounting I FN341 Managerial Finance MK281 Marketing Principles & Strategy DP241 Desktop Publishing DP151 Database 4 4 3 3 AC333 --2 BA231 3-4 3 7 HU MN464 BA466 AC334 16 Fourth Year HU Aesthetics Elective MN365 Human Resource Management General Education Electives BA308 Cultural Diversity ___3. ,4 Cost Accounting II Life/Physical Science Elective 3-4 Accounting Information Systems 3 Elective 3 Business Communications 3 Life/Physical Science Lab -1:2. 17-19 Aesthetics Elective Organizational Behavior Business Policy Electives 16-17 ·English composition may be taken either fall or spring semester. Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2426 • 75 3-4 3 3 --6 16 �Accounting Accounting FALL First Year AC132 Principles Accounting I MA111 College Algebra EN11 O Freshman Composition· DP151 Spreadsheets NS Life/Physical Science Elective 150-Hour Program Track Bachelor of Science 150-Hour Program (34-35 credits) AC421 Federal Taxation Accounting I 3 AC422 Federal Taxation Accounting II 3 AC427 Auditing 4 AC432 Advanced Accounting I 3 AC433 Advanced Accounting II 3 BA403 Government, Business & Society 3 DP151 Spreadsheets 2 DP151 Data Base 2 DP225 Word Processing Techniques 2 or Keyboarding/Document Formatting I OA111 DP241 Desktop Publishing Organizational Behavior MN464 Principles of Management MN360 MN464 Organizational Behavior General education requirements and sufficient elective credits must be completed so that at least 128 semester credits have been earned. 3 3 3 3 3 SPRING 4 3 3 2 AC133 SD101 DP151 3-4 16 Principles of Accounting II 4 Fund. of Speech Communication 3 Life/Physical Science Elective 3-4 Database 2 Elective 3 Life/Physical Science Lab -1:2 16-18 Second Year AC232 Intermediate Accounting I BA254 Business Law I EC201 Principles of Macroeconomics EN210 Research Paper Process Intermediate Accounting II Business Law 11 Principles of Microeconomics Blismess Communications Business Statistics 4 3 3 or• EN215 MK281 Intro. to Literature & Research Marketing Principles & Stra egy _a 16 Third Year AC332 Cost Accounting FN341 Managerial!inance Aesthetics tlecfi..,e MN360 Principles of Management Fourth Year BA403 Government, Business & Society AC432 Advanced Accounting I MN464 Organizational Behavior BA308 Cultural Diversity DP241 Desktop Publishing 4 3 3 3 Cti1;t Accounting II 4 H:i~an Resource Management 3 Accounting Information Systems 3 Elective 3 Word Processing Techniques ---2 15 3 3 3 3 Aesthetics Elective AC433 Advanced Accounting 11 NS/MA/SS Elective Electives ___a 3-4 3 4 ___a 13-14 15 Fifth Year AC421 Federal Taxation Accounting I AC427 Auditing Electives** 3 4 AC422 BA466 ----6 Federal Taxation Accounting II Business Policy Electives** 13 "English composition may be taken either fall or spring semester. **See your advisor for suggested electives. 76 • Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2426 3 3 ......a 14 �Biology See College of Natural and Health Sciences, page 245. Program Description: Career Description: The bachelor of science degree in biology emphasizes the basic science disciplines throughout the core curriculum. At the beginning of your sophomore year, you have a choice of five areas of concentration: botany, ecology, zoology, preprofessional studies, or secondary education. In addition, the general biology track allows you to tailor the program to suit your career objectives. You will find that these programs all offer a firm foundation in basic biological concepts and the opportunity to acquire necessary technical skills. All BS students earn a minor in chemistry, except those in secondary education who earn a group science minor. Research Biologist - conducts research for government agencies; local, state and national parks; resource management agencies; or private companies. The bachelor of arts degree in biology includes a strong core program of science courses, allowing students to obtain a general background in both the concepts and the technical skills of modern biology. In addition, this program allows students the flexibility of completing minor fields of study in other disciplines such as art, political science, marketing, social science, psychology, or elementary education. These programs require completion of general education requirements and electives so that at least 125 credits are earned. Graduate and professional School - these curriculums prepare you for continued study in graduate and professional schools. Teacher - Secondary Education teaches a wide range of science courses in Michigan high schools. Biological Illustrator - artists in various areas of scientific or naturalist illustration require an understanding of life sciences to augment their skills in illustration. Consultant - numerous industries have requirements for individuals with a broad understanding of the social implications of biological factors. Bachelor of Arts Elementary Education Bachelor of Science Concentrations in: Botany Ecology General Biology Pre-Professional Zoology Secondary Education Career Choices: Sales Representative - biologists that also have marketing skills are in demand as sales representatives in several types of companies ranging from text book publishers to pharmaceutical firms. Biological Illustrator Consultant Research Biologist Sales Representative Teacher - Elementary Education Teacher - Elementary Education contact Teacher Education Department for current course requirements and career options. Teacher - Secondary Education Student Profile: BA/BS Biology Core Requirements (50 credits) BL109 General Biology 4 BL110 General Zoology 2 BL111 General Botany 2 BL204 General Microbiology 4 BL220 Genetics 4 BL280 Biometrics 3 BL395 Junior Seminar 1 BL499 Senior Thesis 2 CH115 General Chemistry I 5 CH116 General Chemistry II 4 EN110 Freshman Composition 3 EN210 Research Paper Process 3 MA 111 College Algebra 3 MA 112 Calculus .for Business and Life Sciences 4 MA207 Principles of Statistical Methods 3 SD101 Fund. of Speech Communication 3 Do you have ... good math and science skills? a curious mind? attention to detail? self-motivation? an interest in the social application of life sciences? Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2267 • 77 an enjoyment of the learning process? �Biology Biology Bachelor of Arts 0:, Students wishing to combine a strong biology curriculum with a minor in another discipline should consider this career track. For a bachelor of arts in elementary education, complete this curriculum and the planned program for elementary teachers. See page 216. The following courses must be successfully completed to obtain this degree: BA Biology (29 credits) BL330 Animal Physiology 4 or BL315 Plant Physiology BL337 General Ecology 3 BL420 Population Genetics & Evolution 3 4 CH225 Organic Chemistry I Organic Chemistry II 4 CH226 CS101 Intro. to Microcomputer Applications 3 Foreign Language* 8 •All eight credits must be in one language. FALL First Year BL109 General Biology CH115 General Chemistry I MA111 College Algebra EN110 Freshman Composition SPRING 4 5 3 ~ 15 Second Year BL204 General Microbiology 4 CS101 Intro. to Microcomputer Applications 3 MA207 Principles of Statistical Methods 3 CH225 Organic Chemistry I BL Elective -3. 17 BL110 BL111 CH116 MA112 SD101 General Zoology 2 General Botany 2 General Chemistry II 4 Calculus for Business & Life Sciences 4 Fund. of Speech Communication ~ 15 EN21t0 Research Paper Process Social Science Elective (GenEd) Organic Chemistry II Humanities I CH225 HU251 3 3-4 4 ~ 14-15 Third Year BL337 General Ecology BL220 Genetics Foreign Language I Aesthetics Elective (GenEd) 14-15 BL395 Apim I Physiology or Plant Physiology Foreign language II Social Science Elective (GenEd) Junior Seminar Free Electives 4 4 3 1 ~ 16 p) Fourth Year 5 BL Elective Cultural Diversity Elective (GenEd) 3 _..B. Free Elective 16 (") ~ ('1) """"" 0 ""t BL499 BL420 Senior Thesis 2 Population Genetics & Evolution 3 Free Electives ....11 16 00 t:, ('1) (Jo. ""1 ('1) ('1) 00 Biology Botany Concentration Bachelor of Science FALL First Year BL109 General Biology CH115 General Chemistry I EN110 Freshman Composition MA111 College Algebra Students interested in studying plants In their natural setting and in the laboratory should consider th is career track. The following courses must be successfully completed to obtain this degree: Botany BL201 BL202 BL230 BL240 BL315 BL337 BL420 BL437 BL408 CH225 CH226 CH220 CH231 CH351 CS101 (52 credits) Plant Morphology 3 Field Botany 3 Introduction to Soils 4 Natural History of the Vertebrates 3 Plant Physiology 4 General Ecology 3 Population Genetics & Evolution 3 Plant Ecology 3 Plant Systematics 3 Organic Chemistry I and Organic Chemistry II or 8 Survey of Organic Chemistry and Quantitative Analysis Introductory Biochemistry 4 Intro. to Microcomputer Applications 3 Physical Science Electives 8 SPRING 4 5 3 ~ 15 BL110 BL111 CH116 CS101 MA112 General Zoology 2 General Botany 2 General Chemistry II 4 Intro. to Microcomputer Applications 3 Calculus for Business and ~ife St;ences ~ 15 Genera! M,crobiology Biometrics Survey of Organic Chemistry Research Paper Process Social Science Elective 4 3 4 3 ~ 17 Third Year BL220 Genetics BL337 General Ecology BL395 Junior Seminar CH231 Quantitative Analysis Social Science Elective Plant Morphology Introductory Biochemistry Cultural Diversity Elective Aesthetics Elective Elective 4 3 1 4 ~ 3 2 4 4 -2. ~ 16 15 Fourth Year BL437 Plant Ecology BL499 Senior Thesis Physical Science Elective HU251 Humanities I Elective 3 4 3 3 BL315 BL420 BL408 Plant Physiology Population Genetics & Evolution Plant Systematics Physical Science Elective Elective 15 78 • Lake Superior State University • 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2267 4 3 3 4 -2. 16 �Biology Biology Ecology Concentration Bachelor of Science For students interested in the interaction of organisms with their natural environment, and the effects of human populations on those ecosystems. The following courses must be successfully completed to obtain this degree: Ecology (51 credits) Field Botany BL202 3 BL230 Introduction to Soils 4 Natural History of the Vertebrates 3 BL240 BL337 General Ecology 3 Limnology BL345 3 Population Genetics & Evolution BL420 3 Plant Ecology BL437 3 Stream & Wetland Ecology BL440 3 CH225 Organic Chemistry I and CH226 Organic Chemistry II 8 or Survey of Organic Chemistry and CH220 CH231 Quantitative Analysis CH351 Introductory Biochemistry 4 Intro. to Microcomputer Applications 4 CS101 Physical Science Electives 8 GPS/GIS Techniques EV220 or 3 Intro. to Geographical Information EV230 Systems, GIS FALL First Year BL109 General Biology CH115 General Chemistry I EN110 Freshman Composition MA111 College Algebra SPRING 4 5 3 -3. 15 Sscond Ysar BL202 Field Botany 3 BL240 Natural History of the Vertebrates 3 4 CH225 Organic Chemistry I EN210 Research Paper Process 3 MA207 Principles of Statistical Methods _3_ 16 Third Year BL220 Genetics BL230 Introduction to Soils BL337 General Ecology BL395 Junior Seminar Social Science Elective 4 4 BL110 BL 111 CH116 CS101 MA112 General Zoology 2 General Botany 2 General Chemistry II 4 Intro. to Microcomputer Applications 3 Calculus for Business and Life Sciences ~ 15 BL204 BL280 CH226 SD101 General Microbiology Biometrics Organic Chemistry II Fund. of Speech Communication Elective CH351 EV230 3 1 _3_ 3 3 2 4 4 --2 16 Introductory Biochemistry Introduction to GIS Aesthetics Elective Cultural Diversity Elective Elective 15 Fourth Ysar BL345 Limnology BL437 Plant Ecology BL499 Senior Thesis Physical Science Elective HU251 Humanities I 4 3 4 3 4 3 3 3 _3_ 16 BL420 BL440 16 rJJ a) a) Population Genetics & Evolution Stream & Wetland Ecology Physical Science Elective Social Science Elective Elective 3 3 4 3 _3_ 16 6h a) 0 . r/'i $-4 0 l""""4 a) ,.c= Biology C) General Biology Concentration Bachelor of Science For students interested in a broad study of living systems, allowing for flexibility in curricular and career pursuits. The following courses must be successfully completed to obtain this degree: General Biology (51 cradlls) Biology Electives* 25 BL420 Population Genetics & Evolution 3 Organic Chemistry I and CH225 CH226 Organic Chemistry II or 8 CH220 Survey of Organic Chemistry and Quantitative Analysis CH231 CH351 Introductory Biochemistry 4 Intro. to Microcomputer Applications 3 CS101 Physical Science Electives · 8 *At least 12 credits must be from 300- or 400level courses. FALL First Ysar BL109 General Biology CH115 General Chemistry I EN110 Freshman Composition MA111 College Algebra Sscond Ysar BL220 Genetics CH225 Organic Chemistry I MA207 Prin. of Statistical Methods SD101 Fund. of Speech Communication Social Science Elective SPRING 4 5 3 cd 15 BL110 BL111 CH116 CS101 MA112 General Zoology 2 General Botany 2 General Chemistry II 4 Intro. to Microcomputer Applications 3 Calculus for Business and Life Science ~ 15 4 4 3 3 BL BL280 CH226 EN210 Biology Elective Biometrics Organic Chemistry II Research Paper Process Elective _3_ _3_ 3 1 4 4 -3. 16 17 Third Year Biology Elective BL BL395 Junior Seminar CH351 Introductory Biochemistry Physical Science Elective HU251 Humanities I 3 3 4 3 BL204 BL BL General Microbiology Biology Elective Biology Elective Physical Science Elective ~ 4 4 4 ~ 16 16 Fourth Ysar BL Biology Elective Biology Elective BL BL499 Senior Thesis Cultural Diversity Elective Aesthetics Elective 3 4 2 3 _3_ BL420 BL Population Genetics & Evolution Biology Elective Social Science Elective Elective 15 Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2267 • 79 3 4 3 ---5 15 ~ �Biology Biology Pre-Professional FALL First Year BL109 General Biology CH115 General Chemistry I EN110 Freshman Composition MA111 College Algebra Studies Concentration Second Year BL220 Genetics CH225 Organic Chemistry I MA207 Principles of Statistical,Methods EN210 Research Paper Process Social Science Elective Students wishing to pursue medical, dental, optometry or veterinary careers should follow this career track. The following courses must be successfully completed to obtain this degree: tD ~ n ~ ..... 0 ('b BL243 BL320 BL330 BL332 BL420 BL423 BL433 BL480 CH225 CH226 CH351 CS101 PH221 PH222 ----3. 4 4 4 3 3 4 3 3 4 4 4 3 4 4 1-1 BL110 BL111 CH116 CS101 MA112 Third Year BL332 Embryology (alternate years) BL395 Junior Seminar CH351 Introductory Biochemistry PH221 Elements of Physics I HU251 Humanities I General Zoology 2 General Botany 2 General Chemistry II 4 Intro. to Microcomputer Applications 3 Calculus for Business and Life Sciences --1 15 4 4 3 3 --3. BL204 BL280 CH226 SD101 17 (51 credits) Vertebrate Anatomy Cell Biology Animal Physiology Embryology Population Genetics & Evolution Immunology Histology Advanced Clinical Microbiology Organic Chemistry I Organic Chemistry II Introductory Biochemistry Intro. to Microcomputer Applications Elements of Physics I Elements of Physics II 4 5 3 15 Bachelor of Science Pre-professional Studies SPRING 3 1 4 4 General Microbiology Biometrics Organic Chemistry II Fund. of Speech Communication Elective BL243 BL320 BL330 PH222 Vertebrate Anatomy Cell Biology Animal Physiology Elements of Physics II --1 4 2 3 3 4 4 4 --1 16 BL420 BL433 BL480 ----3. Population Genetics &Evolution Histology (alternate years) Advanced Clinical Microbiology Elective 15 "' "(/). ----3. 17 16 Fourth Year BL423 Immunology BL499 Senior Thesis Cultural Diversity Elective Aesthetics Elective Social Science Elective 4 3 4 3 3 3 3 ---5. 14 c:, Biology ('b Zoology Concentration ~ ('b ('b "(/). FALL First Year BL109 General Biology CH115 General Chemistry I EN110 Freshman Composition MA111 College Algebra Bachelor of Science Students interested in pursuing an organismal approach to the study of animals should follow this career track. The following courses must be successfully · completed to obtain this degree: Zoology 4 5 3 ----3. 15 (52 credits) BL240 Natural History of the Vertebrates BL243 Vertebrate Anatomy Any two of the following three courses: BL310 Ichthyology BL311 Mammalogy BL312 Ornithology BL330 Animal Physiology BL337 General Ecology BL303 Entomology BL405 Animal Behavior BL420 Population Genetics & Evolution CH225 Organic Chemistry I and CH226 Organic Chemistry II or CH220 Survey of Organic Chemistry and CH231 Quantitative Analysis CH351 Introductory Biochemistry CS101 Intro. to Microcomputer Applications Physical Science Electives SPRING 3 4 3 3 3 4 3 3 3 3 Second Year BL220 Genetics 4 BL240 Natural History of the Vertebrates 3 MA207 Principles of Statistical Methods 3 SD101 Fund. of Speech Communication 3 Cultural Diversity Elective ----3. BL110 BL111 CH116 CS101 MA112 General Zoology 2 General Botany 2 General Chemistry II 4 Intro. to Microcomputer Applications 3 Calculus for Business and Life Sciences --1 15 BL24 BL280 BL312 CH220 EN210 General Microbiology Biometrics Ornithology Survey of Organic Chemistry Research Paper Process 16 Third Year BL310 Ichthyology BL337 General Ecology CH351 Introductory Biochemistry Physical Science Elective Social Science Elective 3 3 4 4 4 3 8 Fourth Year BL303 Entomology CH231 Quantitative Analysis HU251 Humanities I Elective BL243 BL330 BL395 ----3. 3 4 4 --1 15 ----3. 17 Vertebrate Anatomy Animal Physiology Junior Seminar Physical Science Elective Aesthetics Elective 17 8 4 3 3 4 4 4 1 4 ----3. 16 BL405 BL420 BL499 Animal Behavior Population Genetics & Evolution Senior Thesis Social Science Elective Elective 3 3 2 3 ----3. 14 80 • Lake Supertor State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2267 �Biology Biology Secondary Education Bachelor of Science This program includes a strong biology core curriculum, a broad-field science minor and a teaching minor. You will obtain a grounding in the concepts and technical skills of modern biology as well as develop an understanding of the teaching/learning process and the role of science in education. The program takes five years, with the fifth year encompassing graduate courses and an internship. Graduate school/research - The strong biology curriculum allows you the flexibility to pursue most of the opportunities that are available to graduates with either a B.S. or a B.A. in biology. Secondary Education - The secondary education program leads to a DX science endorsement which certifies the graduate to teach a wide range of science courses in Michigan high schools. You earn a bachelor's degree, and then participate in a fifth-year teaching internship with accompanying graduate course work in order to become certified to teach. The following courses must be successfully completed to obtain this degree: BS Biology Secondary Education (58 credits) BL105 Function of Human Body 4 BL240 Natural History of Vertebrates 3 BL330 Animal Physiology 4 BL337 General Ecology 3 BL405 Animal Behavior 3 Group Science Minor CH220 Survey of Organic Chemistry 4 PH221 Elements of Physics I 4 PH222 Elements of Physics II 4 GE111 4 Physical Geology I GE112 Physical Geology II 4 Professional Component TE150 Reflections on Teaching & Learning 3 TE250 Student Diversity & Schools 3 TE301 Students and the Context of Learning 4 TE401 Teaching, Learning and Assessment in the Classroom 5 TE402 Crafting Teaching Practice 6 TE491 Internship in Teaching Diverse Learners I 6 TE492 Internship in Teaching Diverse Learners II 6 TE601 Professional Roles and Teaching Practice I 3 TE602 Reflection and Inquiry in Teaching Practice I 3 TE603 Professional Roles and Teaching Practice II 3 TE604 Reflection and Inquiry in Teaching Practice II 3 FALL First Year BL109 General Biology CH115 General Chemistry I MA111 College Algebra EN110 Freshman Composition SPRING 4 5 3 _a 15 BL110 BL111 CH116 MA112 HU251 General Zoology General Botany General Chemistry II Calculus for Bus & Life Sci Humanities I 2 2 4 4 ...A 18 Second Year EN210 Research Paper Process 3 TE150 Reflections on Leaming and Teaching 3 BL105 Functions of the Human Body BL240 Natural History of the Vertebrates 3 MA207 Principles of Statistical Methods _a 18 .. Third Ysar BL337 General Ecology 3 Bl220 Genetics 4 PH221 Elements of Physics I 4 TE301 Students and the Context of Leaming ...A 15 TE250 BL280 CH220 S0101 Student Diversity and Schools Biometrics Social Science Elective (GenEd) Survey of Organic Chemistry Fund. of Speech Communication 3 3 3 4 _a 16 Bl330 BL204 PH222 BL395 BL Animal Physiology General Microbiology Elements of Physics II Junior Seminar Electives 4 4 4 1 _a 16 Fourth Y,ar BL405 Animal Behavior BL Elective GE111 Physical Geology I TE401 Teaching of Subject Matter to Diverse Learners Social Science Elective (GenEd) 3 2 4 BL499 GE112 TE402 Senior Thesis Aesthetics Elective (GenEd) Physical Geology II Crafting Teaching Practice 5 2 3 4 ___Q 15 _a 6b V 0 17 FIith Year TE491 Internship in Teaching Diverse Learners I TE601 Professional Roles and Teaching Practice I TE602 Reflection and Inquiry in Teaching Practice I rJJ V V rJJ TE492 6 TE603 3 _a TE604 Internship in Teaching Diverse Learners II Professional Roles and Teaching Practice II Reflectlon and Inquiry In Teaching Practice II 12 Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-IBSU, ext. 2267 • 81 "'~ 6 0 V .....-1 3 _a ..c= <:.) 12 CTj co �Business Administration See College of Engineering, Mathematics and Business, page 231. Bachelor of Science Program Description: Career Description: Specialties in: This degree requires successful completion of a curriculum with a minimum of 128 semester hours as prescribed on the following page. It provides you with a broad background in business administration by presenting courses covering all the major functional areas of business involvement. Students are encouraged to complete a minor, a specialty or an internship to learn more about a particular area of business administration. Refer to the Minors section of this catalog for the various business-related minors. See page 232 regarding this program's accreditation. Manager/Chief Executive Officer/ President - guides and directs the organization. Sets goals and determines methods to achieve those goals. Is concerned with recruiting and training personnel. Conducts performance evaluations for the business. Management Marketing Career Choices: Manager Chief Executive Officer President Human Resource Manager Marketing Manager Student Pro:flle: Are you ... J Human Resource Manager - is concerned with the recmitment, hiring, training and promotion of the workforce to fit the needs of the organization. Will be involved in complying with various state and federal regulations. Marketing Manager - nearly onethird of the civilian work force in the United States is employed in marketing-related jobs. Marketing career opportunities include product development, product management, distribution management, advertising, public relations, industrial buying, retail management, sales, marketing research and direct marketing. Each area encompasses hundreds of marketing jobs. a people person? enthusiastic, flexible and decisive? self-motivated, analytical and like to see things get done? 82 • Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2426 .....J �Business Administration Business .Administration Bachelor of Science Business Courses Component (54 Credits) AC132 Principles of Accounting I*• 4 AC133 Principles of Accounting II*• 4 BA211 Business Statistics*• 3 BA231 Business Communications*• 3 BA254 Business Law I 3 BA255 Business Law II 3 BA403 Business, Government & Society* 3 BA466 Business Policy*" 3 DP151 Computer Applications 3 EC201 Prin. of Macroeconomics*• 3 EC202 Prin. of Microeconomics*• 3 FN341 Managerial Finance*• 4 MK281 Marketing Principles & Strategy*• 3 MN360 Principles of Management 3 MN365 Human Resource Management• 3 MN464 Organizational Behavior 3 MA111 College Algebra* 3 General education requirements and sufficient elective credits must be completed so that at least 128 credits have been earned. Students are encouraged to use free electives to complete a minor, a specialty or an internship. • May count toward general education requirement. •Part of the business core which must be taken prior to taking BA466. ACapstone course- take after completion of the business core. FALL First Year AC132 Principles of Accounting I MA111 College Algebra EN110 Freshman Composition· Life/Physical Science Elective DP151 Computer Applications 4 3 3 3-4 AC133 SD101 BA211 --3. Principles of Accounting II 4 Fund. of Speech Communication 3 Life/Physical Science Elective 3-4 Business Statistics 3 Elective --3. 16-17 Second Year MK281 Marketing Principles & Strategy BA254 Business Law I EC201 Principles of Macroeconomics EN210 Research Paper Process or• EN215 Intro. to Literature & Researcti' HU Aesthetics Elective Third Year SS Elective FN341 Managerial Finance MN360 Principles of Management Electives 16-17 3-4 3 3 HU BA255 EC202 -BA23t 3 3 3 3 -3. 16 MN365 3 4 Human Resource Management 3 General Education or Free Electives-1.a 16 3 J 16 Fourth Year BA403 Business, Government & Society MN464 Organizational Behavior Electives BA302 Managing Cultural Diversity 3 3 BA466 Business Policy Electives 6 3 -12. 15 -3. 15 "English composition may be taken either fall or spring semester. L-------------------------------' Business .Administration Business Administration Management Specialty Marketing Specialty Bachelor of Science Bachelor of Science Total Credits Required 13 Required Courses: MN451 Labor Law 4 MN461 Management Simulation 3 MN469 Collective Bargaining 3 MN471 Production Operations Management 3 SPRING Total Credits Required Required Courses: MK381 Consumer Behavior MK387 Advertising MK480 Marketing Research MK481 Marketing Management MK486 International Marketing MK Elective 18 3 3 3 3 3 3 Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2426 • 83 �Clinical Laboratory Science See College of Natural and Health Sciences, page 245. Bachelor of Science Career Choices: Clinical Laboratory Scientist Laboratory Supervisor Specialty Research Scientist Student Profile: Do you have ... a sharp, inquisitive mind? excellent hand-eye coordination? an ability to perform many tasks simultaneously without error? The degree in clinical laboratory science includes the following courses in addition to the biology core (see page 77) in order to qualify to take the national registry examinations. Note: BL280, BL395 and BL499 are not required. BL330 Animal Physiology 4 BL380 Hematology 4 BL422 Parasitology 3 BL423 Immunology 4 BL460 Clinical Internship 30 BL480 Advanced Clinical Microbiology 3 Intro. to Microcomputer Applications 4 CS101 Survey of Organic Chemistry CH220 4 CH231 Quantitative Analysis 4 Instrumental Analysis CH232 4 CH351 Biochemistry 3 Additionally, a student is required to satisfy general education requirements so that 128 semester credits are earned. Program Description: Career Description: Clinical laboratory scientists perform most of the clinical tests conducted in hospital, veterinary, state, and health laboratories. You may obtain the bachelor of science degree in this area by completing the specified three-year sequence at the University followed by 12 months training at an NAACLSaccredited hospital. The University is affiliated with five such hospitals, but you may elect any accredited hospital whose program is approved as satisfactory by the University. Additionally, you may choose to obtain a bachelor of science in biology and then participate in the 12-month hospital training. Lake Superior State University does not assume responsibility for obtaining an affiliation at an approved hospital. Graduates of this program are eligible to take national examinations for certification as registered clinical laboratory scientists and/ or medical technologists. Clinical Laboratory Scientist performance of analytical tests on human body substances to detect evidence of, or prevent disease or impairment, and to promote and monitor good health. FALL First Year BL109 General Biology CH115 General Chemistry I MA111 College Algebra EN110 Freshman Composition Laboratory Supervisor - manages and supervises clinical laboratory procedures, determines usage of lab space, equipment and budgetary resources. Specialty Research Scientist clinical expertise in research areas such as biochemical genetics, cytogenetics, cell marker testing, toxicology, epidemiology. SPRING 4 5 3 _a 15 Second Year EN210 Research Paper Process BL204 General Microbiology CS101 Intro. to Microcomputer Applications Social Science Elective (Gen Ed) MA207 Principles of Statjstieal Methods 3 4 3 3 1.6 BL110 BL111 CH116 MA112 HU251 General Zoology 2 General Botany 2 General Chemistry II 4 Calculus for Business & Life Science 4 _A Humanities I 16 BL380 Hematology or BL480 BL330 CH220 S0101 Advanced Clinical Microbiology AQ_imal Physiology Social Science Elective (Gen Ed) Survey of Organic Chemistry Fund. of Speech Communication 3 4 4 3 4 _3 17-18 Third Year BL422 Parasitology BL220 Genetics CH231 Quantitative Analysis Cultural Diversity (Gen Ed) Aesthetics 3 4 4 3 2-3 16-17 BL423 CH232 CH351 BL380 Immunology Instrumental Analysis Biochemistry Hematology BL480 Advanced Clinical Microbiology or 84 • Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2267 4 4 4 3 _A 15-16 ._J �Computer and Mathematical Sciences See College of Engineering, Mathematics and Business, page 231. Program Description: Career Description: This degree provides a solid background in both mathematics and computer science. Many graduates from this program who work in the computer industry have stressed that the mathematics foundation gained from this degree gave them a distinct advantage in the work place. Computer Programmer - designs, writes and tests computer programs; programming can be done at the applications level or the systems level. Graduate School - the background gained by this degree provides a solid preparation for graduate study in computer science, mathematics and many related fields. Systems Analyst - works with customers to analyze organizations' needs; sets up systems for company. Database Administrator analyzes, designs and implements the database needs of an organization. Bachelor of Science Career Choices: Computer Programmer Systems Analyst Database Administrator Student Profile: Do you ... feel comfortable with numerical problems? like working with computers? enjoy the challenge of problem-solving? Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2441 • 85 �Computer and Mathematical Sciences Computer and Mathematical Sciences Bachelor of Science to p) (j ~ (T) ~ 0 ~... 00 t, (T) ao. ~ (T) (T) 00 (70 credits) Departmental Requirements Intro. to Microcomputer Applications 3 CS101 Intro. to Computer Programming 3 CS105 3 Survey of Computer Science CS121 Data Structures and Algorithms 3 CS201 Computer Organization and CS205 Architecture 3 Database Applications 3 CS211 3 CS221 Computer Networks Independent Study in Computer CS290 Science 3 File and Database Management 3 CS312 Computer Graphics 3 CS321 Systems Programming 3 CS333 Operating Systems Concepts 3 CS334 3 CS418 Software Engineering Research Topics in Computer CS490 4 Science MA143, 144 Calculus for Engineering I, II 8 or MA151, 152 Calculus I, II Fundamental Concepts of MA215 3 Mathematics MA216 Discrete Mathematics and Problem Solving 3 MA261 Intro. to Numerical Methods 3 Computational Linear Algebra 3 MA305 Probability and Mathematical MA308 4 Statistics Graph Theory 3 MA351 FALL First Year MA150 Precalculus Mathematics (or elective) 4 CS101 Intro. to Microcomputer Applications 3 3 CS105 Intro. to Computer Programming EN110 Freshman Composition 3 Elective --2 SPRING MA151 CS121 Calculus I Survey of Computer Science Science Course Electives 4 3 3-4 _5. 15-16 15 Second Year MA215 Fund. Concepts of Mathematics MA152 Calculus II CS201 Data Structures and Algorithms EN210 Research Paper Process Elective 3 4 3 3 MA216 CS211 $0101 ____3_ 111 CS290 Discrete Mathematics and Problem Solving 3 Database Applications 3 Fund. of Speech Communication 3 Science Course 4 Independent Study in Computer _a Science 16 Third Year 4 HU251 Humanities I MA308 Probability and Mathematical,Statistics 4 CS205 Computer Organization and' Architecture 3 CS333 Systems Programming 3 _a Elective MA351 CS334 CS221 Graph Theory Operating Systems Concepts Computer Networks Electives 3 3 3 --6. 15 16 Fourth Year MA261 Intro. to Numerical Methods MA305 Computational Linear Algebra CS418 Software Engineering CS312 File & Database Management Elective 3 3 3 3 _a S0103 HU252 CS321 CS490 Cultural Diversity 3 Humanities II 4 Computer Graphics 3 Research Topics in Computer Science 4 _a Elective 15 Elective credits and general education requirements must be completed so that at least 124 semester credits have been earned. 86 • Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2441 16 �Computer Engineering See College of Engineering, Mathematics and Business, page 231. Program Description: Career Description: LSSU' s Computer Engineering program has been designed to put you in the high-demand computer market with the potential for good career growth. The program blends theoretical computer science courses in computer organization, databases, operating systems, and networks with traditionally handson electrical engineering courses in digital circuits, digital system, microcontrollers, computer programming, and digital signal processing. This combination gives you a broad-based education that ties software to hardware and theory to application. Some of the program highlights are: Computer engineering graduates will have many career choices. You may choose engineering positions in computer systems design, software development, hardware design, microcontroller systems design, robotics, research and development, applications and sales. • The program provides an excellent mix of theory and practical laboratory experiences, preparing you solve real-world problems. • For your senior year experience, choose from opportunities in cooperative education, industry-based projects or research projects. Bachelor of Science Career Titles: Software Design Engineer Hardware Design Engineer Robotics Engineer Controls Engineer Systems Engineer Project Engineer Applications Engineer Student Profile: Do you ... like problem solving? • Engineering courses begin in your freshman year. like applying theories in laboratories? • Opportunities exist for you to work with faculty on current undergraduate research projects. like working with mechanical systems? • You will study assembly language programming, computer architecture, microcontroller hardware and software, databases, Rapid Application Development (RAD) tools, digital signals and systems, and networking. • Elective programming courses in robotics, "C" and industrial systems are available. Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2207 • 87 �Computer Engineering Computer Engineering Bachelor of Science to ~ n ~ (b ...... 0 . '"1 00 t, (b ~ (b (b 00 Departmental requirements: Mathematics MA143 Calculus for Engineering I MA144 Calculus for Engineering II MA207 Principles of Statistical Methods MA208 Statistical Applications for Quality Control MA243 Calculus and Linear Algebra for Engineers MA343 Differential Equations for Engineers Computer Science CS101 Intro. to Microcomputer Applications CS105 Intro. to Computer Programming CS121 Survey of Computer Science CS201 Data Structures CS205 Computer Organization and Architecture CS221 Computer Networks CS333 Systems Programming CS334 Operating Systems Concepts Sciences PH231 Applied Physics for Engineers and Scientists I PH232 Applied Physics for Engineers and Scientists II Engineering EE125 Digital Fundamentals EE210 Circuits and Machines EE250 Microcontroller Fundamentals EE310 Network Analysis I EE355 Microcontroller Systems EE370 Electronic Devices EE420 Digital Design EG491 Senior Design Projects I EG495 Senior Design Projects II RS460 Control Systems Engineering Electives Technical electives EE425 Digital Signal Processing EE440 Electromagnetic Fields EM220 Statics MA215 Fund. Concepts of Mathematics MA216 Discrete Mathematics and Problem Solving MA308 Probability & Mathematical Statistics RS385 Robotics Engineering RS430 Machine Vision & systems Integration FALL First Year EN110 Freshman Composition 3 Humanities/Aesthetics Elective 3 CS101 Intro. to Microcomputer Applications 3 CS105 Intro. to Computer Programming 3 MA150 Precalculus Mathematics -ill SPRING EN205 Technical Report Writing CS121 Survey of Computer Science EE125 Digital Fundamentals MA143 Calculus for Engineering I Social Science Elective 12-16 4 4 3 4 4 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 Second Year MA144 Calculus for Engineering II PH231 Applied Physics for Engineers and Scientists I CS201 Data Structures CS205 Computer Organization and Architecture EE250 Micro-controller f.undam ntals 4 MA243 Third Year MA343 Differential Equations for Engineers 4 EE310 Network Analysis I 5 CS333 Systems Programming 3 _A EE370 Electronics I Prin. of Statistical Methods Operating Systems Concepts Micro-controller Systems Computer Networks Technical Elective 16 Fourth Year EG491 Engineering Design Project I RS460 Control Systems Technical Elective Social Science Elective EE420 Digital Design 3 4 3 3 _A Calcuh.1S'and Linear Algebra for 'E 'lgi!teers Applied ~hysi~ for Engineers and Scientists II Circuits and Machines Fund . of Speech Communication EG495 Engineering Design Project II Humanities/Aesthetics Elective Cultural Diversity Technical Elective Social Science Elective 17 3 3 4 4 .....3. 17 4 4 4 .....3. 15 .., 3 3 4 3 .....3. 16 I 3 3 3 3 .....3. 16 4 4 4 5 4 4 4 3 3 4 9 3 3 3 3 3 4 3 4 88 • Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2207 - �Computer Science See College of Engineering. Mathematics and Business. page 231. Program Description: Career Description: This degree provides a solid background in computer science with supporting coursework in applied mathematics and business. Adding an appropriate minor field of study can complement the program, as well as give the graduate a competitive edge in the workforce. Computer Programmer - designs, writes and tests computer programs; programming can be done at the applications level or the systems level. Systems Analyst - works with customers to analyze organizations' needs; sets up systems for company. Database Administrator analyzes, designs and implements the database needs of an organization. Bachelor of Science Career Choices: Computer Programmer Systems Analyst Database Administrator Student Profile: Do you ... like working with computers? enjoy the challenge of problem-solving? Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU. ext. 2441 • 89 .1 �Computer Science Computer Science Bachelor of Science tc ~ (') t:l"' ('D ...... 0 . 1-1 00 0 ('D ~ ('D (58 credits) Departmental Requirements Intro. to Microcomputer Applications 3 CS101 Intro. to Computer Programming 3 CS105 Survey of Computer Science 3 CS121 Data Structures and Algorithms CS201 3 Computer Organization and CS205 Architecture 3 Database Applications 3 CS211 Computer Networks CS221 3 Independent Study in Computer CS290 3 Science File and Database Management CS312 3 Computer Graphics 3 CS321 Systems Programming 3 CS333 Operating Systems Concepts 3 CS334 Software Engineering CS418 3 Research Topics in Computer CS490 4 Science Trigonometry and Vectors 2 MA109 College Algebra 3 MA111 MA112 Calculus for Business and Life Science 4 MA207 Prin. of Statistical Methods 3 Computational Linear Algebra 3 MA305 (11 credits) Other Requirements Principles of Accounting I 4 AC132 Principles of Accounting II 4 AC133 Introduction to Business 3 BA121 Total Credits: 124 Elective credits and general education requirements must be completed so that at least 124 semester credits have been earned.· FALL First Year Elective (or MA092*) 4 CS101 Intro. to Microcomputer Applications 3 CS105 Intro. to Computer Programming 3 EN110 Freshman Composition 3 Elective ---1 15 Second Year MA112 Calculus for Business and Life Sciences AC132 Principles of Accounting I CS201 Data Structures and Algorithms EN210 Research Paper Process Elective Third Year MA207 Prin. of Statistical Methods CS205 Computer Organization and Architecture CS333 Systems Programming Electives 4 4 3 3 _a 17 3 3 3 SPRING MA111 CS121 College Algebra Survey of Computer Science Science Course MA109 Trigonometry and Vectors Electives 3 3 4 2 ---2 14 MA305 CS211 SD101 AC133 CS290 Computational Linear Algebra Database Applications Fund. of Speech Communication Principles of Accounting II Computer Science Project 3 3 3 4 _..3. 16 BA121 CS334 CS221 Introduction to Business Operating Systems Concepts Computer Networks Electives 3 3 3 _Q 15 ....:J.. 16 Fourth Year CS418 Software Engineering CS312 File & Database Management Electives 3 3 CS321 CS490 S0103 Computer Graphics 3 Research Topics in Computer Science 4 __9 Cultural Diversity 3 _Q 15 Electives 16 *If MA092 is taken, four additional elective credits are necessary. ('D 00 - 90 • Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2441 �Criminal Justice See College of Arts, Letters and Social Sciences, page 211. Program Description: Career Description: The bachelor of science degree in criminal justice offers you the opportunity to specialize in one of six areas of concentration. This integrated program requires students to complete an internship as well as a senior project. Students selecting the law enforcement, criminalistics or public safety options may also be eligible for police certification under the Michigan Law Enforcement Officers Training Council (MLEOTC). Students completing the associate' s or bachelor's degree in corrections will also be eligible for certification by the Michigan Corrections Officer Training Council (MCOTC). Police Officer - works for local, state or federal agencies; works as a conservation officer; has broad arrest powers; is responsible for the safety of his /her respective communities; investigates crimes; provides a variety of related services. The bachelor's degree option in public safety may include MLEOTC certification as well as Michigan Firefighter Training Council certification. Probation/Parole Officermanages caseloads of offenders; assures that clients follow the requirements of their probation; helps clients in their transition back to society. Corrections Officer - works in secure correctional facilities; performs custodial services; acts as resident unit manager; assists prisoners with their transition back to society. Loss Control Officer - provides many of the same services that the police do only in the private sector; maintains perimeter security in industrial settings; manages loss control programs in industrial and retail organizations; performs private investigative work. Criminalist - works in a crime laboratory; performs analysis of materials and other lab functions; works as a crime scene evidence technician. Public Safety Officer - works in a public safety department as a law enforcement officer and firefighter; works as a private consultant in industry. Bachelor of Science Emphasis in: Corrections Criminalistics Generalist Law Enforcement Certification in Law Enforcement 3-Year Plan for a BS following NRT degree Loss Control Public Safety Career Choices: Police Officer Corrections Officer Probation Officer Parole Officer Conservation Officer Private Security Officer Public Safety Officer Criminal Investigator Evidence Technician Student Profile: Are you ... interested in people? interested in the law? curious about human behavior? able to work without supervision? Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2384 • 91 �Criminal Justice Criminal Justice Corrections Emphasis Bachelor of Science to ~ n P"' (D lo-- 0 ~-- 00 0 (D ()0. ~ (D (D 00 General Education Requirements (25* credits) Major Requirements (46 credits) CJ101 Intro. to Criminal Justice 3 CJ102 Police Process 3 CJ110 Introduction to Corrections 3 CJ130 Client Relations in Corrections 3 CJ140 Correctional Client Growth and Development 3 CJ220 Institutional Corrections 3 CJ240 Community Based Corrections 3 CJ250 Correctional Law 3 CJ319 Substantive Criminal Law 3 Ethical Issues in Public Safety CJ321 3 CJ330 Correctional Casework 3 CJ345 Statistics and Design for Public Safety 4 CJ355 Juvenile Justice 3 CJ401 Senior Seminar 3 3-9 CJ402 Criminal Justice Internship Support Courses (20 credits) PS110 Intro. to American Government & Politics 4 PS120 Intro. to Legal Processes 3 Introduction to Psychology 4 PY101 Abnormal Psychology•• PY259 3 Criminology•• S0214 3 S0103 Cultural Diversity** 3 Minor (20 credits) (13 credits) Electives *Eight hours included In support courses. **B.S. requirement. FALL First Year CJ101 Intro. to Criminal Justice CJ102 Police Process CJ110 Introduction to Corrections EN110 Freshman Composition Elective SPRING 3 3 3 3 SD101 PS110 CJ130 __3. 15 Second Year CJ140 Correctional Client Growth and Development CJ240 Community Based Corrections EN210 Research Paper Process. PY101 Introduction to Psychology Elective Third Y11Br CJ250 Correctional Law S0214 Criminology Natural Science Elective Elective Minor a 4 _A u15 3 3 4 3 _a 3 3 --9. J 3 3 3 3 3 16 CJ330 CJ321 CJ345 CJ355 16 Fourth Ysar CJ401 Senior Seminar CJ319 Substantive Criminal Law Minor Fund. of Speech Communication 3 Intro. to American Government and Politics 4 Client Relations in Corrections 3 __li Elective 15 CJ402 Correctional Casework 3 Ethical Issues in Public Safety 3 Humanities Elective 4 Statistics & Design for Public Safety 4 _a Juvenile Justice 17 Criminal Justice Internship Humanities Elective Minor 15 92 • Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2384 3 4 --8. 15 ...J �Criminal Justice Criminal Justice Criminalistics Emphasis Bachelor of Science General Education Requirements (17* credits) Major Requirements (36 credits) CJ101 Intro. to Criminal Justice 3 CJ102 Police Process 3 CJ201 Firearms Training 1 CJ243 Investigation 3 CJ313 Crisis Intervention of Deviant Behavior** 3 Substantive Criminal Law*• 3 CJ319 3 Ethical Issues in Public Safety CJ321 Statistics and Design for CJ345 4 Public Safety CJ401 Senior Seminar 3 3-9 CJ402 Criminal Justice Internship CJ409 Procedural Criminal Law•• 3 CJ444 Criminalistics 4 (60 credits) Support Courses BL 109 General Biology 4 2 BL 110 General Zoology BL111 General Botany•** 2 CH115 General Chemistry I*** 5 4 CH116 General Chemistry II CH225 Organic Chemistry I 4 4 CH226 Organic Chemistry II CH231 Quantitative Analysis 3 CH232 Instrumental Analysis 3 CH351 Introductory Biochemistry 4 HE190 Prehospital Emergency Care & Crisis Intervention I** 3 HE191 Prehospital Emergency Care & Crisis Intervention II** 3 MA111 College Algebra 3 MA112 Calculus for Business & Life Sciences*•*•* 4 Conceptual Physics 3 NS101 Intro. to American Government PS110 4 and Politics Intro. to Psychology 4 PY101 Abnormal Psychology 3 PY259 Physical Fitness for Law RA197 Enforcement*••* 2 Criminology 3 S0214 (2-5 credits) Electives FALL First Ysar Intro. to Criminal Justice CJ101 CJ102 Pol ice Process CH115 Principles of Chemistry I EN110 Freshman Composition MA111 College Algebra SPRING 3 3 5 3 -3. CH116 MA112 S0101 BL109 17 Principles of Chemistry II 4 Calculus for Business & Life Sciences 4 Fund. of Speech Communication 3 General Biology ...A 15 Second Ysar CH225 Organic Chemistry I CH231 Quantitative Analysis BL110 Zoology CJ201 Firearms CJ243 Investigation PY101 Introduction to Psychology 4 3 2 3 3 -3. 18 Third Ysar CH351 Biochemisti:Y Humanities Elective PS110 Intro. to American Government and Politics Elective 4 4 Conceptual Physics 3 Criminology 3 Statistics & Design for Public Safety 4 Criminal Justice Internship 3-9 _A Humanities Elective 17 4 _§ 18 Fourth Year CJ319 Substantive Criminal Law* Electives CJ401 Senior Seminar HE190 Pre-Hospital Emergency Care & Crisis Intervention I* RA197 Physical Fitness for Law Enforcement 3 2 CJ321 CJ313 3 3 -1 12 CJ444 CJ409 HE191 RA197 Ethical Issues in Public Safety* Crisis Intervention of Deviant Behavior* Criminalistics* Procedural Criminal Law* Prehospital Emergency Care & Crisis Intervention II* Physical Fitness for Law Enforcement** 3 3 4 3 3 -1 17 *MLEOTC course. • *MLEOTC students only. 'Sixteen hours included in support **MLEOTC courses * * •8. S. requirement ****Repeated twice *****or MA 151/MA143 Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2384 • 93 �Criminal Justice Criminal Justice: Generalist Emphasis Bachelor of Science FALL First Ysar CJ101 Intro. to Criminal Justice CJ102 Police Process EN110 Freshman Composition CJ Elective Elective General education requirements (25* credits) Major requirements (42 credits) Intro. to Criminal Justice CJ101 3 CJ102 Police Process 3 Introduction to Correction 3 CJ110 Statistics and Design for CJ345 Public Safety 4 CJ401 Senior Seminar 3 Other CJ Classes*••• 26 Support courses .. (20 credits) PS110 Intro. to American Government and Politics 4 PS120 Legal Processes 3 Intro. to Psychology 4 PY101 Abnormal Psychology••• PY259 3 Cultural Diversity*** S0103 3 Criminology••• S0214 3 Electives SPRING 3 3 3 3 _a 15 PS110 PS120 SD101 CJ Second Year CJ110 Introduction to Correction EN210 Research Paper Process PY101 Introduction to ~Y ho ogy HumanitieS'\ElectM! Elective CJ ThlrdY,ar Elective CJ Electives Elective Abnormal Psychology Humanities Elective atural Science Elective Elect ive , ultu ral Diversity 3 6 S0214 -6. CJ345 14 Fourth Year CJ401 Seminar Electives Intro. to American Government and i:>_olitics 4 L~l-Process 3 Fundarrrentals of Speech 3 _a Electr,e 13 3 -12. CJ 3 4 4 3 _a 17 Criminology 3 Natural Science 4 Statistics & Design for Public Safety 4 Electives -6. 16 Electives Electives 15 - 8 -9 17 (37 credits) *Eight hours included in support courses. ••At least 20 hours of support or electives at 300-400 level. • ""8.S. requirement. ****Minimum 19 credit hours at 300-400 level. 94 • Lake Superior State University • 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2384 ..... �Criminal Justice Criminal Justice Law Enforcement Emphasis Bachelor of Science General Education Requirements (25* credits) Major Requirements (48 credits) 3 CJ101 Intro. to Criminal Justice . Police Process 3 CJ102 CJ110 Introduction to Corrections · 3 1 Firearms Training CJ201 Law EnforcemenULoss Control CJ206 Internship 3 Loss Control CJ212 3 3 CJ243 Investigation Crisis Intervention of Deviant CJ313 Behavior 3 Substantive Criminal Law 3 CJ319 CJ321 Ethical Issues in Public Safety 3 CJ345 Statistics for Design and Public Safety 4 3 CJ401 Senior Seminar 3-9 Criminal Justice Internship CJ402 Procedural Criminal Law 3 CJ409 4 CJ444 Criminalistics FS101 Introduction to Fire Science 3 (20 credits) Support Courses PS110 Intro. to American Government 4 and Politics** Intro. to Legal Processes** PS120 3 4 PY101 Introduction to Psychology Abnormal Psychology 3 PY259 Cultural Diversity 3 S0103 Criminology 3 S0214 (31 credits) Electives FALL First Year CJ101 Intro. to Criminal Justice CJ102 Police Process CJ110 Introduction to Corrections EN110 Freshman Composition Elective SPRING 3 3 3 3 _A 16 Second Year CJ201 Firearms CJ212 Loss Control EN210 Research Paper Process FS101 Introduction to Fire Science PY101 Introduction to Psychology CJ243 Investigation 1 1 3 3 CJ PS110 PS120 SD101 S0103 CJ206 PY259 S0214 4 .....3 Elective 3 Intro. to American Government and Politics 4 Introduction to Legal Processes 3 Fund . of Speech Communication 3 Cultural Diversity ......3 16 . Law EnforcemenVLoss Control Internship Abnormal Psychology Criminology Humanities Elective Natural Science Elective 17 Third Year Elective Humanities Elective Natural Science Elective 3 4 4 --2 3 3 3 4 _A 17 CJ313 CJ321 CJ345 13 Crisis Intervention of Deviant Behavior Ethics Statistics Elective 3 3 4 _5. 15 Fourth Year CJ401 Senior Seminar CJ319 Substantive Criminal Law Electives rn Q) Q) 3 3 _a 14 CJ402 CJ409 CJ444 Criminal Justice Internship Procedural Criminal Law Criminalistics Electives *Eight hours included in support courses. ..B.S. requirement. Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2384 • 95 3-9 3 4 --6. 16 ~ Q) 0 . rn ~ 0 ~ Q) ,.d ~ o:l �Criminal Justice Certification Criminal Justice Law Enforcement Emphasis Bachelor of Science to ~ (j ~ (D ~ 0 . rJJ 1-1 0 (D ~ (D (D rJJ General Education Requirements (25* credits) (48 credits) Major Requirements CJ101 Intro. to Criminal Justice 3 CJ102 Police Process 3 introduction to Corrections CJ110 3 1 CJ201 Firearms Training Law EnforcemenVLoss Control CJ206 Internship 3 3 CJ212 Loss Control Investigation 3 CJ243 Crisis Intervention of Deviant CJ313 Behavior** 3 CJ319 Substantive Criminal Law** 3 CJ321 Ethical Issues in Public Safety** 3 Statistics and Design for Public CJ345 Safety 4 CJ401 Senior Seminar 3 3-9 CJ402 Criminal Justice Internship Procedural Criminal Law** CJ409 3 CJ444 Criminalistlcs** 4 FS101 Introduction to Fire Science 3 (28 credits) Support Courses HE190 Prehospital Emergency Care & Crisis Intervention I*• 3 Prehospital Emergency Care & HE191 Crisis Intervention II** 3 PS110 Intro. to American Government and Politics 4 PS120 Intro. to Legal Processes 3 4 PY101 Introduction to Psychology Abnormal Psychology*** PY259 3 RA197 Physical Fitness for Law Enforcement*••• 2 3 S0103 Cultural Diversity*** Criminology*•• 3 S0214 Electives (23 credits) FALL First Year CJ101 Intro. to Criminal Justice CJ102 Police Process CJ110 Introduction to Corrections EN110 Freshman Composition Elective SPRING 3 3 3 3 _a 15 S,cond Year CJ201 Firearms CJ212 Loss Control EN210 Research Paper Process FS101 Introduction to Fire Science CJ243 Investigation Elective 1 3 3 3 3 CJ PS110 PS120 SD101 PY101 CJ206 PV25!J S0214 _a Elective 3 Intro. to American Government and Politics 4 Intro. to Legal Process 3 Fund. of Speech Communication 3 Introduction to Psychology -4 17 Law EnforcemenVLoss Control Internship Abnormal Psychology Criminology Humanities Elective Natural Science Elective 4 4 3 3 4 _A 17 16 Third Year Humanities Elective Natural Science S0103 Cultural Diversity Elective 3 3 CJ402 C.1345 3-9 Criminal Justice Internship Statistics & Design or Public Safety 4 _J_ Electives 14 CJ321 CJ313 Ethical Issues in Public Safety* Crisis Intervention of Deviant Behavior* Criminalistics* Physical Fitness for Law Enforcement I*• Procedural Criminal Law* Pre-hospital Emergency Care and Crisis Intervention II* -4 15 Fourth Year CJ319 Substantive Criminal Law* Electives CJ401 Senior Seminar RA197 Physical Fitness for Law Enforcement I*• HE190 Pre-hospital Emergency Care and Crisis Intervention I* 3 3 3 CJ444 RA197 _a 13 CJ409 HE191 3 3 4 1 3 _a 17 *MLEOTC course • *MLEOTC students only *Eight hours included in support courses * *MLEOTC courses ***B.S. requirement ****Repeated twice 96 • Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU. ext. 2384 - �Criminal Justice Criminal Justice Three-Year Degree fora BS in CJ following the NRTDegree Bachelor of Science See Department of Biology Students with a particular interest in state and federal laws enacted to protect our natural resources and federal restrictions on the use of our renewable resources should consider obtaining both an associate's degree in natural resources technology (two years) and a bachelor of science degree in criminal justice (three additional years). The NRT degree will provide the student with a good general background in natural resources and the criminal justice degree will allow the student to be fully qualified for many different law enforcement opportunities. Jobs for conservation law officers are limited, but the above configuration of degrees prepares a student to be highly competitive for openings that do occur. Students selecting this course of study should work closely with their advisor in order to complete both degrees in the five-year span . After completing the two-year NRT associate's degree, students would complete the following seQuence of courses. This plan assumes MLEOTC certification and 91 additional hours following the NRT degree. FALL Third Year CJ101 Intro. to Criminal Justice CJ102 Police Process CJ110 Introduction to Corrections PS11 O Intro. to American Government and Politics Humanities Elective Fourth Year CJ201 Firearms Training CJ212 Loss Control CJ243 Investigation FS101 Introduction to Are Sbience PY101 Introduction to Psychology SPRING 3 3 CJ206 3 S0214 4 Electives Law Enforcement/Loss Control Internship Criminology Humanities Elective _A 17 1 3 3 3 _A 3 3 3 1 CJ345 CJ402 PS120 PY259 S0103 _A Stmstics & Design for Public Safety 4 Criminal Justice Internship 3 Intro. to Legal Process 3 Abnormal Psychology 3 Cultural Diversity _a 16 CJ313 CJ321 CJ409 CJ444 HE191 _A 14 3 3 13 14 Fifth Year CJ319 Substantive Criminal Law* CJ401 Senior Seminar HE190 Prehospital Emergency Care and Crisis Intervention I* RA 197 Physical Fitness for Law Enforcement** Elective 3 RA197 Crisis Intervention of Deviant Behavior 3 Ethical Issues in Public Safety* 3 Procedural Criminal Law* 3 Criminalistics* 4 Prehospital Emergency Care and Crisis Intervention II* 3 Physical Fitness for Law 0 Enforcement -1 17 *MLEOTC course ..MLEOTC students only Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2384 • 97 �Criminal Justice Criminal Justice Loss Control Emphasis Bachelor of Science to pj (j ::r ("D ...... 0 1-1 "' 00 t, ("D ~ ("D ("D 00 General Education Requirements {25* credits) Major Requirements {54 credits) CJ101 Intro. to Criminal Justice 3 CJ102 Police Process 3 Introduction to Corrections 3 CJ110 Firearms Training 1 CJ201 CJ206 Law Enforcement/Loss Control Internship 3 CJ212 Loss Control 3 3 CJ243 Investigation CJ306 Security Systems 3 Substantive Criminal Law 3 CJ319 CJ341 Fire Cause & Arson Investigation 3 CJ345 Statistics 4 CJ401 Senior Seminar 3 3-9 CJ402 Criminal Justice Internship CJ409 Procedural Criminal Law 3 CJ444 Criminalistics 4 3 FS101 Introduction to Fire Science FS111 Hazardous Materials 3 FS321 Industrial Fire Protection 3 Support Courses (32 credits) CS101 Intro. to Microcomputer Applications 3 3 MN365 Human Resource Management MN451 4 Labor Law PS110 Intro. to American Government and Politics 4 3 PS120 Intro. to Legal Processes PY101 Introduction to Psychology 4 PY259 Abnormal Psychology•• 3 S0103 Cultural Diversity** 3 Criminology*• S0214 3 Industrial Safety 2 TC110 Electives {13 credits) FALL First Ysar CJ101 Intro. to Criminal Justice CJ102 Police Process CJ212 Loss Control EN110 Freshman Composition PY101 Introduction to Psychology SPRING 3 3 3 3 _j_ 16 Sscond Year CJ110 Introduction to Corrections CJ201 Firearms Training FS101 Introduction to Fire Science CJ243 Investigation EN210 Research Paper Process TC110 Industrial Safety 3 1 3 3 3 FS111 PS110 PS120 SD101 S0214 CJ206 CS101 PY259 _:z 15 Third Year S0103 Cultural Diversity 3 Humanities Elective 4 Natural Science Elective 4 FS312 Hazardous Materials Management _j_ 15 Fourth Year CJ401 Senior Seminar CJ319 Substantive Criminal Law MN365 Human Resource Management Electives 3 3 3 ~ 12 FS301 CJ306 CJ341 FS321 CJ345 CJ402 CJ409 CJ444 MN451 Hazardous Materials 3 Intro. to American Government and Politics 4 Introduction to Legal Process 3 Fund. of Speech Communication 3 Criminology --3. 16 Law Enforcement/Loss Control Internship 3 Intro. to Microcomputer Applications3 Abnormal Psychology 3 Humanities Elective 4 Natural Science Elective --4 17 Code Enforcement Inspection & Fire Prevention 3 Security Systems Fire Cause & Arson Investigation 3 Industrial Fire Protection 3 Statistics & Design for Public Safety_A 16 Criminal Justice Internship Procedural Criminal Law Criminalistics Labor Law Electives •Eight hours included in support courses. **B.S. requirement. 98 • Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2384 3-9 3 4 4 --3. 17 J �Criminal Justice Criminal Justice Public Safety Emphasis Bachelor of Science General Education Requirements (25* credits) Major Requirements (54 credits) CJ101 Intro. to Criminal Justice 3 CJ102 Police Process 3 CJ201 Firearms Training 1 CJ206 Law Enforcement/Loss Control Internship 3 CJ243 Investigation 3 CJ313 Crisis Intervention and Deviant Behavior•• 3 Substantive Criminal Law .. 3 CJ319 Ethical Issues in Public Safety 3 CJ321 Statistics & Design for Public CJ345 Safety 4 Criminal Justice Senior Seminar CJ401 or 3 FS401 Fire Science Senior Seminar CJ Internship CJ402 3-9 or Fire Science Internship FS403 Procedural Criminal Law.. 3 CJ409 4 Criminalistics CJ444 FS101 Introduction to Fire Science 3 FS111 3 Hazardous Materials Fire Protection Hydraulics FS204 3 and Pumps Fire Protection Systems FS205 3 &Equipment 3 FS211 Tactics &Strategy Support Courses (28 credits) HE190 Prehospital Emergency Care & Crisis Intervention I.. 3 HE191 Prehospital Emergency Care & Crisis Intervention W * 3 PS110 Intro. to American Government and Politics 4 Intro. to Legal Processes 3 PS120 PY101 Introduction to Psychology 4 Abnormal Psychology•*• 3 PY259 Physical Fitness for Law RA197 Enforcement"••• 2 S0214 Criminology*** 3 S0103 Cultural Diversity* .. 3 Electives (17 credits) *Eight hours included in support courses ..MLEOTC courses ***B.S. requirement ** ..Repeated twice FALL First Year CJ101 Intro. to Criminal Justice CJ102 Police Process EN110 Freshman Composition FS101 Introduction to Fire Science Elective Second Year Firearms Training CJ201 CJ243 Investigation FS204 Fire Protection Hydraulics and Pumps PY101 Introduction to Psychology EN210 Research Paper Process Elective SPRING 3 3 3 3 -3. PS110 PS120 SD101 15 FS111 1 3 CJ206 FS205 3 4 3 FS211 PY259 -3. Intro. to American Government and Politics 4 Intro. to Legal Process 3 Fund. of Speech Communication 3 Natural Science Electives 4 Hazardous Materials -3. 17 Law Enforcement/Loss Control Internship Fire Protection Systems Equipment Tactics & Strategy Abnormal Psychology Humanities Elective 4 4 S0214 CJ402 3 -3. 14 3 3 3 _A 16 17 Third Year Humanities 8ective Natural Science Elective S0103 Cultural Diversity Electives 3 FS403 CJ345 Criminology 3 Criminal Justice Internship 3-9 or Fire Science Internship Statistics & Design for Public Safety 4 _A Electives 14 Fourth Year CJ319 Substantive Criminal Law* RA197 Physical Fitness for Law Enforcement** CJ401 Criminal Justice Senior Seminar or FS401 Fire Science Senior Seminar Electives HE190 Pre-hospital Emergency Care and Crisis Intervention I 3 CJ321 CJ313 1 3 4 ~ CJ444 RA197 CJ409 HE191 Ethical Issues in Public Safety* Crisis Intervention of Deviant Behavior* Criminalistics* Physical Fitness for Law Enforcement• Procedural Criminal Law• Prehospital Emergency Care and Crisis Intervention II 14 *MLEOTC course • ·MLEOTC students only Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2384 • 99 3 rn cu cu Q cu 0 3 4 . rn 1 3 0 l""'"'4 -3. 17 ~ cu .,.q C.) cd co �Early Childhood Education See Teacher Education, page 216. Bachelor of Arts Bachelor of Science Career Choices: Administrative position Teaching position Social Worker Program Description: Career Description: This four-year program leads to a bachelor of arts or bachelor of science degree in early childhood education. It is for students interested in working with young children from birth to age eight. Students are expected to acquire an understanding of the developmental pattern of the young child in such areas as cognition, emotion, social interaction and physical growth. This understanding will be the basis for working with groups of children and will culminate in a practicum. Graduates of this program normally seek administrative or teaching positions with day care centers (private, public, and military base centers), head start programs, social work agencies, and in non-certified public and private school programs, and other facilities designed for the care and development of young children. A total of 124 credits is required. Student Profile: Administrative Position - acts as a center's director or assistant director. Teaching Position - acts as lead teacher, assistant teacher or Head Start teacher. Social Worker - works in social work agencies (need social work certification). Are you ... interested in the care and development of children from birth to age 8? - 100 • Lake Supertor State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2105 �Early Childhood Education Early Childhood Education Bachelor of Science or Bachelor of Arts AT235 BL105 ED101 3 4 EN110 EN210 Art for Classroom Teacher Function of the Human Body Foundations of Early Childhood Education Child Guidance & Welfare Curriculum Development and Teaching Practices Infants & Toddlers: Developmentally Appropriate Practices Practicum I Practicum II Administration of Early Childhood Programs Practicum Ill-Field Experiences Emergent Literacy Directed Studies in Early Childhood Education Fresh man Com position Research Paper Process EN215 HE104 HE181 HU251 HU MU2 NS PY155 Intro. to Literature & Research Nutrition for Early Childhood First Aid Humanities I Elective Music for Classroom Teacher Elective Lifespan Development 3 3 1 4 4 3 4 PY265 PY301 SD101 S0113 Child & Adolescent Development 3 Exceptional Child & Adolescent 3 Fund. of Speech Communication 3 Sociology of the American Family 3 Approved Minor 20-24 Free Electives ED105 ED110 ED111 ED260 ED261 ED270 ED340 ED420 ED430 or 3 3 3 3 4 4 3 4 3 4 3 3 or Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2105 • 101 en Cl) Cl) 6b Cl) 0 en ..J.-j 0 ~ Cl) ~ C.) ctj co �Education Elementary Teaching Secondary Teaching See Department of Education, page 216, for a list of all teaching option degrees. Bachelor of Science Bachelor of Arts Career Choices: Elementary Teacher. Secondary Teacher School Administrator School Counselor Educational Consultant or Trainer Student Profile: Do you ... like working with children and adults from diverse backgrounds? have self-confidence, flexibility, enthusiasm and intellectual curiosity? Program Description: Career Description: 1he program is highlighted by indepth study in a subject major (or dual minors for some elementary candidates), extended teaching communities of diverse learners and scholarly inquiry. Students earn a bachelor's degree and then to become certified, participate in a one-year teaching internship with accompanying graduate course work. Elementary or Secondary Teacher - completion of fifth-year internship and graduate course work qualifies students for elementary or secondary teacher certification in Michigan and Ontario, as well as reciprocity with many other states in the U.S. While working toward completion of a major, students take the first two teacher education courses and then apply for formal admission to the program at the end of their sophmore year. Details of current teaching certificates, program requirements, policies and procedures should be obtained at the Department of Teacher Education at 906-635-2811. School Administrator or School Counselor - a valid teaching certificate and teaching experience are prerequisites to becoming either a school administrator or counselor. Further course work and separate certification are also required. Educational Consultant or Trainer - trains personnel in industry on new procedures and/ or equipment as needed. You will find majors and minors which are acceptable as teaching options in the Minors section of this catalog. have proficiency in spoken and written communication, reading, mathematics, science and liberal arts? Contact the Department of Teacher Education for program requirements. 102 • Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2811 �Electrical Engineering See College of Engineering, Mathematics and Business, page 231. Program Description: Career Description: Electrical engineering combines topics from science, math and engineering in order to study and develop solutions to electrical and computer problems. The program contains a strong laboratory emphasis with plenty of opportunities to work on real electrical systems. Some of the program highlights are: Once you graduate from LSSU, you will have many electrical engineering career choices. Typical graduates have obtained engineering positions in electrical systems design, microcontroller systems design, robotics, automation, product or process development, research and development, applications, maintenance and sales. • The teaching emphasis is on preparing you to solve realworld problems. • You have three choices for fulfillment of your senior year experience. You may pursue opportunities in cooperative education, industry-based projects or research projects. • • • You will study assembly language, circuit design, microcontroller hardware and software, digital electronics, and networks. Engineering courses begin in your freshman year. Bachelor of Science Options in: Digital Systems Robotics and Automation Electrical-Mechanical Career Choices: Design Engineer Robotics Engineer Systems Engineer Project Engineer Software Engineer Manufacturing Engineer Sales Engineering Applications Engineer Controls Engineer The program provides an excellent mix of theory and practical laboratory experiences. Your Degree Options - You may choose to follow one of the following degree options while studying electrical engineering at LSSU. They are digital systems, robotics and control systems, or electrical/mechanical. The digital systems option will give you additional knowledge in digital design, digital signal processing and micro-controller systems. The robotics and control systems option provides you with a strong background in robotics, machine vision, sensors, communications and automation. If you plan to pursue graduate study, then the broader electrical/mechanical option is designed for you. Student Profile: Do you ... like problem solving? like applying theories in laboratories? Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext.2207 • 103 like working with mechanic;:al systems? r/'J. cu cu 6b cu 0 . r/'J. ~ 0 ~ cu ..0 c.) ct$ co �Electrical Engineering Electrical Engineering Bachelor of Science (97 Credits) Departmental Requirements Mathematics MA143 Calculus for Engineering I 4 MA144 Calculus for Engineering II 4 MA207 Prin. of Statistical Methods 3 MA208 Statistical Applications for Quality Control MA243 Calculus and Linear Algebra for Engineers 4 MA343 Differential Equations for Engineers 4 Sciences 4 Applied Chemistry CH108 PH231 Applied Physics for Engineers 4 and Scientists I PH232 Applied Physics for Engineers 4 and Scientists II Engineering EG101 Introduction to Engineering 2 1 EE105 Fabrication Fundamentals 4 EE125 Digital Fundamentals 4 EE210 Circuits and Machines EE250 Microcontroller Fundamentals 4 5 EE310 Network Analysis I EE315 Network Analysis II 3 EE330 Electro-Mechanical Systems 4 4 EE370 Electronic Devices EE375 Electronic Circuits 4 EE440 Electromagnetic Fields 3 3 EG265 "C" Programming 3 EG491 Engineering Design Project I EG495 Engineering Design Project II 3 3 EM220 Statics RS460 Control Systems 4 Students must complete one of the fol/owing options: Digital Systems Engineering Electives EE355 Microcontroller Systems EE420 Digital Design EE425 Digital Signal Processing Robotics and Automation Electives RS385 Robotics Engineering RS430 Systems Integration and Machine Vision RS435 Automated Manufacturing Systems 4 4 3 SPRING FALL First Year 3 EN110 Freshman Composition 3 Humanities or Aesthetics 2 EG101 Introduction to Engineering MA150 Pre-calculus Mathematics (if needed) (4) Social Science Elective --3. 11 Second Year MA144 Calculus for Engineering II PH231 Applied Physics for Engineers and Scientists I EE210 Circuits and Machines EE250 Microcontroller Fundamentals EN205 Technical Report Writing CH108 Applied Chemistry EE125 Digital Fundamentals EE105 Fabrication Fundamentals MA143 Calculus for Engineering I 4 MA243 4 PH232 4 EM220 SD101 EG265 _A 16 Calculus and Linear Algebra for Engineers Applied Physics for Engineers and Scientists II Statics Fund. of Speech Communication "C" Programming 3 4 4 1 _A 16 4 4 3 3 --3. 17 Third Year MA343 Differential Equations for Engineers 4 5 EE310 Network Analysis I 4 EE330 Electro-Meehan ical Systems _A EE370 Electronic Devices MA207 MA208 EE315 EE375 17 Fourth Year EG491 Engineering Design Project I EE440 Electromagnetic Fields RS460 Control Systems Cultural Diversity Engineering Elective General education requirements 3 3 4 3 _A 17 EG495 Prin. of Statistical Methods Statistical Applications for Quality Control Network Analysis II Electronic Circuits Engineering Elective Engineering Design Project II Humanities or Aesthetics Engineering Elective Social Science (29 Credits) Lower-Division Courses EN110 Freshman Composition 3 EN205 Technical Report Writing 3 Humanities or Aesthetics 4/3 SD101 Fund. of Speech Communication 3 Upper-Division Courses Humanities or Aesthetics Cultural Diversity Social Science 4 3 6 3 4 4 Electrlcal-Mechanical Engineering Electives (Select EM320 and 3 others) ME225 Strength of Materials 3 ME275 Engineering Materials 3 EM320 Dynamics (Required) 4 ME335 Fluid Mechanics 3 ME336 Thermodynamics I 3 104 • Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2207 3 1 3 4 _A 15 3 4 3 --3. 15 �Engineering Management See College of Engineering, Mathematics and Business, page 231. Program Description: Career Description: The Engineering Management program is designed for students who already have a technical associate's degree to complete a management-oriented bachelor's degree in two additional years. The program will expand your technical education in robotics and automation. It will also provide you with valuable business skills that could qualify you for advancement in industry. Once you graduate from LSSU, you will be prepared for many middleto upper-management positions within your technical field. • Technical associate' s degree transfer credits accepted for a wide range of technical programs. • Technical courses provide a focus in modem robotics and automated manufacturing methods. • Program is designed for working adults. Most courses are offered evenings and weekends to meet the needs of employed students. • The program is also offered at Bay de Noc Community College, North Central Michigan College, and N orthwestem Michigan College. This provides students with the option of completing almost all of the degree requirements at one of these locations. Bachelor of Science 130-Hour Program Career Choices: Engineering Supervisor Operations Manager Production Manager Program Focus - Engineering management combines technical and business classes. Typical business classes include accounting, finance and management. The technical classes have a manufacturing flavor. Typical technical classes include calculus, robotics technology, advanced quality methods, programmable logic controllers and automated manufacturing systems. Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext.2207 • 105 �Engineering Management Engineering Management Bachelor of Science Required Courses School ol Business & Economics (28-29 Credits) AC132 Principles of Accounting I 4 AC133 Principles of Accounting II 4 AC332 Cost Accounting 4 BA Elective* 3 EC302 Managerial Economics 4 FN245 Principles of Finance 3 or FN341 Managerial Finance 4 MN360 Principles of Management 3 MN471 Production Management 3 School of Engineering and Technology (24-25 Credits) MA143 Calculus for Engineering I 4 MA207 Principles of Statistical Methods 3 MA208 Statistical Applications for Quality Control 1 MT225 Statics & Strength of Materials 3 or Circuits and Machines 4 EE210 Programmable Logic Controllers 3 RS365 Robotics Technology 3 RS280 Control Systems and Automation 4 RS480 Technical Elective** 4 **Elective must be approved by an advisor in the appropriate school. General Education* (13 Credits) Humanities or Aesthetics 6-8 Natural Science Elective 3-4 BA308 Cultural Diversity 3 • Students must satisfy all University general education requirements. FALL Third Year AC132 Principles of Accounting I RS280 Robotics Technology MN360 Principles of Management MA143 Calculus for Engineering I Natural Science Elective SPRING 4 3 3 4 M 17-18 AC133 MT225 Principles of Accounting 11 Statics & Strength of Materials or EE210 Circuits and Machines BA Elective MA207 Principles of Statistical Methods MA208 Statistical Applications for Quality Control Technical Elective 4 3 4 3 3 1 ~ 18-19 Fourth Year AC332 Cost Accounting 4 FN245 Principles of Finance 3 or FN341 Managerial Finance 4 RS480 Automated Manufacturing Systems 4 MN471 Production Management 3 Humanities or Aesthetics M 17-18 RS365 EC302 BA308 Programmable Logic Controllers Managerial Economics Managing Cultural Differences Humanities or Aesthetics 106 • Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2207 3 4 3 ..m 13-14 ...... �English Language and Literature See College of Arts, Letters and Social Sciences, page 211. Program Description: Career Description: Featuring small classes, lots of reading, many opportunities for writing and research, and supervision by faculty who know their students, the English programs emphasize the humane letters and language study. A sound liberal arts education is a satisfactory and sought-after preparation for many vocational and professional areas: communication, industry, government and teaching. Editor - develops original fiction and nonfiction for books, magazines and trade journals, newspapers, technical reports, company newsletters, radio and television broadcasts, movies and advertisements. Technical Writer - puts scientific and technical information into readily understandable language. Prepares operating and maintenance manuals, catalogs, parts lists, assembly instructions, sales promotion materials and project proposals. Plans and edits technical reports and oversees preparation of illustrations, photographs, diagrams and charts. Public Relations Director handles media, community, consumer and government relations; political campaigns; interestgroup representation; conflict mediation; or employee and investor relations. Elementary or Secondary Teacher - teaches subject matter relevant to the English language and literature to diverse learners, grades K-12. Core requirements to the three bachelor's degrees: EN231 American Literature I EN232 American Literature II EN233 English Literature I EN234 English Literature II Bachelor of Arts Elementary Teaching Certification, BA Secondary Teaching Certification, BA Career Choices: Editor Technical Writer Public Relations Director Elementary or Secondary Teacher Student Profile: Do you ... like language with all its richness and nuances? often help others with interpreting a passage or writing a paragraph? enjoy a rich, imaginative sense? like writing and reading? 3 3 3 3 Lake Supertor State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2275 • 107 �English Language and Literature English Language and Literature Bachelor of Arts Requirements: Students must complete, in addition to the general education requirements, two years of foreign language, 42 semester hours of credit in the courses specified below (or their equivalents) plus sufficient additional hours of free electives to make up a required total of 124 hours. EN215 Introduction to Literature and Research is the recommended second composition course. Majors in English must complete one minor in an area to be approved by the chair of the department. Required Courses: 3 EN231 American Literature I 3 EN232 American Literature II 3 EN233 English Literature I 3 EN234 English Literature II 3 EN420 History of the English Language EN421 History of Literary Criticism 3 3 EN430 Chaucer 3 EN431 Milton & the Metaphysical Poets EN432 Shakespeare 3 8 Second Year Modern Foreign Language Nine semester hours must be selected from: Advanced Composition EN220 3 or Creative Writing EN221 Development of the Novel EN330 in England and America I 3 or Development of the Novel EN331 in England and America II The Short Story EN332 3 or Studies in the Drama: The EN333 Genre and Theatre in Context Six elective semester hours must be selected from: EN220,221,320,321,322,330,332,333,334, 335, 433, 450, or HU256 All students with a major or minor in English should pick up a course rotation sheet from the English Department office, room 219 in the library. Most 300 and 400 EN courses rotate and are taught alternate years. FALL First Year EN110 Freshman Composition* First-year Foreign Language General Education General Education or Minor General Education or Minor Second Year EN215 Intro. to Literature and Research EN233 English literature I EN231 American Literature I General Education or minor or English Option Second-year Foreign Language SPRING 3 4 3 3-4 3-4 16-17 SD101 Fund. of Speech Communication* 3 First-year Foreign Language 4 General Education 3 General Education or Minor 3 General Education or Minor M 16-17 3 3 3 EN EN234 EN231 Option English literature II American Literature II General Education or Minor Second-year Foreign Language 3 3 3 3 3 _A 16 _A 16 Third or Fourth Years (see course rotation list on page 219). Fall/Even EN331 Development of the Novel in England and America II/Option EN421 History of Literary Criticism EN430 Chaucer General Education or Minor General Education or Minor 3 3 3 3-4 3-4 15-17 Fa/VOdd EN330 Development of the Novel in England and America I/Option 3 EN332 Short Story/Option 3 EN322 Structure of the English Language 3 3-4 General Education or Minor 3-4 General Education or Minor 15-17 'May be taken fall or spring semester. Spring/Odd 3 EN334 Approach to Poetry/Option EN321 Rhetoric and Composition Theory/ 3 EN Option 3 431 Milton 3-4 General Education or Minor 3-4 General Education or Minor 15-17 EN333 EN432 EN420 Studies in the Drama: the Genre and Theater in Context Shakespeare History of the English Language General Education or Minor General Education or Minor _, .._. 3 3 3 3-4 3-4 15-17 ,-,I .._. ..... ..... 108 • Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2275 �English Language and Literature English Language and Literature Elementary Teaching Certification Bachelor of Arts Requirements: In addition to general education requirements (EN215 Introduction to Literature and Research is the recommended sophomore composition course), students must complete: 1. 47 semester credit hours in the courses specified below or their equivalents; 2. The planned program for elementary teachers, excluding the English section; and 3. 21 credits in teacher education courses TE150, 250, 301, 401, and 402. You earn a bachelor's degree, and then participate in a fifth-year teaching internship with accompanying graduate course work in order to become certified to teach. Required Courses Literature 15 EN231 American Literature I 3 EN232 American Literature II 3 EN233 English Literature I 3 EN234 English Literature II 3 EN335 Children's Literature 3 Non-Literature 9 EN220 Advanced Composition 3 EN320 Responding to Writing or 3 ED420 Emergent Literacy EN322 Structure of the English Language 3 Select nine credits from: EN235 Survey of Native American Literature The Short Story EN332 EN333 Studies in the Drama: The Genre and Theatre in Context EN334 Approach to Poetry EN432 Shakespeare Select six credits from: EN236 Literature and Culture HU255 World Mythology EN321 Rhetoric and Composition Theory or SD307 Classical/Contemporary Rhetoric History of the English Language EN420 Other major requirement: Second Year Foreign Language 3 3 3 3 3 FALL First Year SD101 Fund. of Speech Communication* 3 EN110 Freshman Composition• 3 TE150 Reflections on Learning & Teaching 3 Planned Program - Science 4 First-year Foreign Language ---4 17 Second Year EN215 Intro. to Literature and Research* 3 TE250 Student Diversity and Schools• 3 EN233 English Literature I 3 MA103 Number Systems and Problem Solving (MA092 required) 4 _A Second-year Foreign Language 17 Third Year TE301 Students and the Contexts of Learning 4 EN231 American Literature I 3 EN322 Structure of the English Language 3 EN320 Responding to Writing or 3 ED420 Emergent Literacy Planned Program - Social Science _j 17 Fourth Year Planned Program - Social Science 4 TE401 Teaching, Learning and Assessment in the Classroom I 5 EN Option 3 _3 Option EN 15 SPRING HU251 MA110 CS101 EN220 EN234 MA104 PY265 4 First-year Foreign Language 4 Explorations in Mathematics 3 Planned Program - Science 3 Intro. to Microcomputer Applications --3 17 Advanced Composition Second-year Foreign Language English Literature II Geometry and Measurement Child & Adolescent Development 3 4 3 4 _3 17 EN232 EN335 EN American Literature II 3 Children's Literature 3 Planned Program - Social Science 4 Option 3 Planned Program - Social Science _j 17 Q) Q) TE402 EN EN Teaching, Learning and Assessment in the Classroom II 6 Option 3 Option 3 3-4 Elective 15-16 Q Q) 0 . r/'JJ.-4 0 l""""4 Q) Graduate with bachelor's degree Fifth Year TE491 Internship in Teaching Diverse Learners I 6 TE601 Professional Roles & Teaching Practice I 3 TE602 Reflection and Inquiry in Teaching _3 Practice I 12 *May be taken fall or spring semester. r/'J ..c::: TE492 TE603 TE604 Internship in Teaching Diverse Learners II 6 Professional Roles and Teaching Practice II 3 Reflection and Inquiry in Teaching _3 Practice II 12 3 3 3 3 8 Lake Supertor State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2275 • 109 CJ cd co �English Language and Literature English Language and Literature Secondary Teaching Certification Bachelor of Arts to ~ ('j ~ (1) .....,i 0 . ~ rJJ tj (1) ~ (1) (1) rJJ Requirements: In addition to general education requirements (EN215 Introduction to Literature and Research is the recommended sophomore composition course), students must complete: 1. 50 semester hours of credit in the courses specified below or their equivalents; 2. A minor approved for teacher certification; and 3. 21 credits in teacher education courses TE150, 250, 301, 401, and 402. You earn a bachelor's degree and then participate in a fifth-year teaching internship with accompanying graduate course work in order to become certified to teach. Required Courses 5 Literature 1 3 American Literature I EN231 3 American Literature II EN232 English Literature I 3 EN233 3 English Literature II EN234 3 History of Literary Criticism EN421 Non-Literature Advanced Composition EN220 Responding to Writing EN320 Structure of the English Language EN322 or History of the English Language EN420 Select six credits from each of the following categories: · Genre Development of the Novel EN330 in England and America I or Development of the Novel EN331 in England and America II The Short Story EN332 Studies in the Drama: The Genre EN333 and Theatre in Context Approach to Poetry EN334 9 3 3 3 6 FALL First Year 3 SD101 Fund. of Speech Communication• First-year Foreign Language 4 3 TE150 Reflections on Learning• or General Education or Minor 3 General Education or Minor General Education or Minor ..3.:4 16-17 SPRING EN110 TE150 3 4 3 3 ..3.:4 16-17 Second Year 3 EN215 Intro. to Literature and Research* Second-year Foreign Language 4 3 EN233 English Literature I 3 TE250 Student Diversity and Schools* or Minor or Option EN Minor or EN Option 3:.4 16-17 Third Year EN231 American Literature I EN320 Responding to Writing EN421 History of Literary Criticism EN331 Development of the Novel in England and America II/Option EN430 Chaucer/Option Freshman Composition• First-year Foreign Language Reflections on Learning• or General Education or Minor General Education or Minor General Education or Minor EN220 EN234 TE250 EN EN232 Advanced Composition Second-year Foreign Language English Literature II Student Diversity and Schools* or ,Minor or Option American Literature II 3 4 3 3 ..3. 16 3 3 3 TE301 3 -----3. 15 EN334 EN431 EN321 Fourth Year EN330 Development of the Novel in 3 England and America I/Option 3 EN332 The Short Story/Option EN332 Structure of the English Language 3 TE401 Teaching, Learning and Assessment in the Classroom I 5 Option or Minor EN -----3. 17 EN333 EN432 EN420 TE402 Students and the Contexts of _Learning 4 Rhetoric and Com position Theory/ Option 3 Approach to Poetry/Option 3 Milton/Option 3 3-4 General Education or Minor 16-17 Studies in the Drama: the Genre and Theater in Context 3 Shakespeare/Option 3 History of the English Language 3 Teaching, Learning and Assessment __.6. in the Classroom II 15 Graduate with bachelor's degree 3 3 3 3 6 Major Authors 3 EN430 Chaucer Milton and the Metaphysical Poets 3 EN431 3 Shakespeare EN432 Seminar in Major American EN433 and English Writers 3 6 Optional 3 Creative Writing EN221 Survey of Native American EN235 3 Literature Rhetoric and Composition Theory 3 EN321 Structure of the English Language 3 EN322 Development of the Novel in EN330 England and America I 3 Development of the Novel in EN331 England and America II 3 The Short Story 3 EN332 Fifth Year TE491 Internship in Teaching Diverse 6 Learners I TE601 Professional Roles & Teaching 3 Practice I TE602 Reflection and Inquiry in Teaching Practice I -----3. 12 *May be taken spring or fall semester. Studies in Drama: The Genre and Theatre in Context Approach to Poetry EN334 EN430 Chaucer Milton and the Metaphysical Poets EN431 Shakespeare EN432 Seminar in Major American EN433 and English Writers Other Requirements: 2nd-Year Foreign Language TE492 TE603 TE604 Internship in Teaching Diverse Learners II 6 Professional Roles and Teaching Practice II 3 Reflection and Inquiry in Teaching __3_ Practice II 12 EN333 3 3 3 3 3 3 8 110 • Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2275 �Environmental Chemistry See College of Natural and Health Sciences, page 245. Program Description: Career Descriptions: Environmental chemists seek to understand and address environmental problems within the context of chemical systems. While environmental chemistry is truly an interdisciplinary field, the particular emphasis on examining natural systems through chemistry and chemical analysis focuses the graduate more firmly within the physical sciences. Key features of this program include coursework on environmental impact assessment, air and water chemistry. By seeking solutions for such chemically based environmental problems as water pollution, hazardous wastes, and acid rain, environmental chemists help ensure a safe, healthful environment for all living things. Environmental Chemist - collects and analyzes samples; develops remediation programs, changing production processes to reduce environmental impact; advises on safety and emergency response. The secondary teaching major, environmental chemistry/ secondary education, combines a major in chemistry with an interdisciplinary minor in the natural sciences to prepare science teachers at the junior and senior high school level. Students combine a strong concern and background in environmental issues and solutions, with an interest in a career as a secondary teacher. Students complete requirements for a chemistry major with the interdisciplinary group science (DX endorsement) minor, leading to teacher certification which enables you to teach all science subjects grades 7-12. Teacher education programs at LSSU include a full fifth year teaching internship. Contact the Teacher Education Department for additional information Environmental Field Technician - responsible for groundwater sampling, soil sampling and other field efforts. Field Chemist - supervises field technicians; packages chemicals for transportation and disposal; loads and unloads supply trucks. Customer relation skills are essential. Physical Science Technician performs technical procedures related to chemical analyses of plant and animal tissues, soils, sediments and waters for environmental contaminant, including sample receipt, storage, homogenization, extraction, cleanup, digestion analysis, and reporting. Physical or Biological Scientist (Research) - assists policy development/ coordination with other bureaus/ government agencies; coordinates research activities and development of solutions to extremely complex, obscure and critical problems. Laboratory Chemist - has knowledge of EPA methods for volatile, semi-volatile analysis and metals; instrument proficiency, with instrument troubleshooting a plus; good organizational skills, attention to detail, and a will to succeed. Science Teacher - responsible for developing and implementing science curriculum in grades 7-12; daily classroom operations; develops professional relationships with students, parents, district faculty and staff. Bachelor of Science Environmental Chemistry Secondary Teaching Degree Career Choices: Environmental Chemist Environmental Field Technician Field Chemist Environmental Specialist Physical Science Technician Physical or Biological Scientist Pollution Control Specialist Laboratory Chemist Junior/Senior High Science Teacher Student Profile: Do you have an ... interest in the environment and environmental protection? aptitude in natural sciences, particularly chemistry and mathematics? skills in planning, organization and problem solving? ability to communicate effectively in writing? ability to effectively organize and present information verbally? ability to communicate and work with a broad array of people? an interest in a career as a teacher and mentor to students grades 7-12? Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2267 • 111 �Environmental Chemistry Environmental Chemistry Bachelor of Science Degree Requirements (19 credits) Biology 4 BL109 General Biology General Zoology 2 BL110 2 General Botany BL111 General Microbiology 4 BL204 3 BL337 General Ecology (44 credits) Chemistry General Chemistry I 5 CH115 4 CH116 General Chemistry II Organic Chemistry I CH225 4 4 Organic Chemistry II CH226 Quantitative Analysis 4 CH231 4 CH232 Instrumental Analysis Environmental Chemistry I: CH341 Water and Water Pollution Control 4 Environmental Chemistry II: CH342 Air and Solid Wastes 4 4 Introductory Biochemistry CH351 Introductory Toxicology CH353 3 4 Physical Chemistry CH361 (19 credits) Environmental Science 3 EV311 Environmental Law Solid & Hazardous Waste 3 EV313 EV341 Environmental Chemistry I: Water and Water Pollution Control 4 Junior Seminar 1 EV395 Environmental Systems Analysis 3 EV425 2 EV499 Senior Thesis The Human Environment 3 ID300 NS103 Environmental Science 3 Other Departments (31 credits) CS101 Intro. to Microcomputer Applications 3 MA151 Calculus I 4 MA152 Calculus II 4 MA207 Prin. of Statistical Methods 3 PH221 Elements of Physics I* 4 PH222 Elements of Physics II* 4 Directed Elective 4 Directed Elective 4 Directed Electives (select one ol the lollowlngmlnimum 3 credits) BL 130 Introduction to Remote Sensing 3 4 BL230 Introduction to Soils BL445 Limnology 3 3 EV220 GPS/GIS Techniques EV230 Intro. to Geographical Information 3 Systems, GIS EV285 Epidemiology 3 EV490 Independent Study in 3-4 Environmental Science Physical Geology I 4 GE111 4 Physical Geology II GE112 GE311 Principles of Hydrology 3 GE312 Groundwater Hydrology 3 The Human Environment 3 ID300 Internship in Environmental ID399 3-4 Chemistry FALL First Year CH115 General Chemistry I BL109 General Biology MA109 Trigonometry and Vectors** MA151 Calculus I NS103 Environmental Science SPRING 5 4 2 4 _3. BL110 General Zoology BL111 General Botany CH116 General Chemistry II EN110 Freshman Composition MA152 Calculus II Third Year EV313 Solid & Hazardous Waste* Directed Elective CH231 Quantitative Anafysis BL204 General Microbiology 3 4 4 .....i 15 Fourth Year BL337 General Ecology CH351 Introductory Biochemistry EV311 Environmental Law CH342 Environmental Chemistry II: Air and Solid Wastes Cultural Diversity Elective 3 4 3 CH226 Organic Chemistry II PH222 Elements of Physics II MA207 Prin. of Statistical Methods S0101 Fund. of Speech Communication Social Science Elective 4 4 3 3 _3. 17 EV425 EV395 CH232 HU251 EV341 Environmental Systems Analysis 3 Junior Seminar 1 Instrumental Analysis 4 Humanities 4 Environmental Chemistry I: Water and Water Pollution Control _A 16 EV499 CH353 Senior Thesis Introduction to Toxicology Aesthetics Elective Physical Chemistry Directed Elective CH361 4 ___A 15 18 Second Year 4 CH225 Organic Chemistry I 4 PH221 Elements of Physics I Social Science Elective 3 English Composition II 3 CS101 Intro. to Microcomputer Applications _a 17 2 2 4 3 _.2:3 1 3 3-4 4 _A 15-16 16-17 *Taken in alternate years. • *You will be offered the chance to have course waived by examination. If taken, it can be used as a free elective. *Competency in trigonometry is required to take physics. See advisor for details. Additionally, a student is required to satisfy general education requirements (natural science requirements are met by above classes) and free electives so that 125 semester credits are earned. 112 • Lake Supertor State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2267 �Environmental Chemistry Environmental Chemistry Secondruy Teaching Degree Chemistry Major with Interdisciplinary Group Science Teaching Minor Degree Requirements: Environmental Chemislry Major and Group Science Minor (76 credlls) CH115 General Chemistry I 5 CH116 General Chemistry II 4 Organic Chemistry I CH225 4 CH226 Organic Chemistry II 4 CH231 Quantitative Analysis 4 CH232 Instrumental Analysis 4 Environmental Chemistry I: Water CH341 and Water Pollution Control 4 CH342 Environmental Chemistry II: Air and Solid Wastes 4 CH351 Introductory Biochemistry 4 Environmental Law EV311 3 EV313 Solid & Hazardous Waste 3 Junior Sem.inar EV395 1 EV425 Environmental Systems Analysis 3 EV499 Senior Seminar 2 BL109 General Biology 4 BL110 General Zoology 2 BL 111 General Botany 2 BL337 General Ecology 3 GE111 Physical Geology I 4 Physical Geology II GE112 4 PH221 Elements of Physics I 4 PH222 Elements of Physics II 4 Support Courses (10 credits) CS101 Intro. to Microcomputer Applications 3 MA151 Calculus I 4 MA207 Statistics 3 Other General Educalion (22 credits) English 6 Social Sciences 6 Humanities 7 Speech 3 FALL First Ysar CH115 General Chemistry I 5 BL109 General Biology 4 MA151 Calculus I 4 CS101 Intro. to Microcomputer Applications _a 16 SPRING CH116 BL110 BL111 EN110 General Chemistry II General Zoology General Botany Freshman Composition Social Science Elective 4 2 2 3 _a 14 Second Ysar CH225 Organic Chemistry I 4 BL337 General Ecology 3 PH221 Elements of Physics I 4 English Composition II 3 TE150 Reflections on Learning and Teaching__a 17 Third Ysar CH231 Quantitative Analysis EV311 Environmental Law GE111 Physical Geology I Social Science Elective TE301 Students and the Context of Learners 4 3 4 3 _j 11 CH226 Organic Chemistry II MA207 Statistics PH222 Elements of Physics II SD101 Fund. of Speech Communication TE250 Student Diversity and Schools 4 3 4 3 _a 18 CH232 CH341 EV395 GE112 HU251 Instrumental Analysis 4 Environmental Chemistry I: Water and Water Pollution Control 4 Junior Seminar 1 Physical Geology II 4 _j Humanities I 17 rJJ (1) Fourth Ysar CH342 Environmental Chemistry II: Air and Solid Wastes EV313 Solid & Hazardous Waste CH351 Introductory Biochemistry TE401 Teaching of Subject Matter to Diverse Learners (1) EV425 4 3 4 EV499 TE402 Environmental Systems Analysis Senior Seminar Aesthetics Elective Crafting Teaching Practice 3 2 6b 3-4 (1) -1 0 14-15 -5. rJJ 16 Finh Ysar Internship in Teaching Diverse TE491 Learners I TE601 Professional Roles and Teaching Practice I TE602 Reflection on Inquiry in Teaching Practice I "' J-t 0 TE492 6 TE603 3 _a TE604 12 Professional Courses (45 credlls) TE150 Reflections on Learning and Teaching 3 TE250 Student Diversity and Schools 3 TE301 Students and the Context of Learning 4 TE401 Teaching of Subject Matter to Diverse Learners I 5 TE402 Crafting Teaching Practice 6 TE491 Internship in Teaching Diverse Learners I 6 TE492 TE601 TE602 TE603 TE604 ...-4 Internship in Teaching Diverse Learners II 6 Professional Roles and Teaching Practice II 3 Reflection and Inquiry in Teaching _a Practice II 12 Internship in Teaching Diverse Learners II Professional Roles and Teaching Practice I Reflection and Inquiry in Teaching Practice I Professional Roles and Teaching Practice II Reflection and Inquiry In Teaching Practice II Lake Supertor State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2267 • 113 (1) ,..c::: C.) cd co 6 3 3 3 3 �Environmental Engineering Technology See College of Engineering, Mathematics and Business, page 231. Bachelor of Science Program Description: Career Description: 133-Hour Program Environmental engineering technology is a broad-based program that combines the study of science and technology. The program will prepare you to manage problems in air, water and solid waste pollution. As an example, you might assist engineers in designing products or processes that generate less waste and pollution. You might also plan and conduct a study to measure pollution, and then map out a strategy for reducing it. You could also assist companies with federal and state regulations, or work in industrial waste management. Career Choices: • Science focus in environmental science and chemistry. • Technical focus in electrical and mechanical engineering technology. • Science and technical courses provide a mix of lecture and laboratory sessions. Environmental Technologist ., .J Program Focus - This program provides a strong foundation in environmental science, chemistry, engineering and engineering technology. ....., ....., 114 • Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2207 �Environmental Engineering Technology Environmental Engineering Technology Bachelor of Science FALL First Year MA109 Trigonometry and Vectors MA140 Algebra for Technologists EN110 Freshman Composition CH115 General Chemistry I or 2 4 3 __5. 17 Required Courses Englnaaring and Technology Courses EG491 Engineering Design Project I 3 ET110 Applied Electricity & PLC 4 4 ET175 Applied Electronics MT225 Statics and Strength of Materials 3 ME140 Computer-Aided Drafting and Geometric Dimension and Tolerancing (CAD and GD&T) 4 Thermodynamics II & HeatTransfer 4 ME430 Fluid Mechanics 3 ME335 Thermodynamics I 3 ME336 Technical Elective 4 Environmental Science Courses EV311 Environmental Law 2 EV341 Environmental Chemistry I 3 EV313 Solid and Hazardous Waste 3 EV425 Environmental System Analysis 3 Mathematics and Science Courses BL204 General Microbiology 4 CH115 General Chemistry I 5 CH116 General Chemistry II 4 CH225 Organic Chemistry I 4 Survey of Organic Chemistry Quantitative Analysis 3 Environmental Chemistry II 4 Physical Chemistry 4 Engineering Geology 4 Trigonometry and Vectors 2 Algebra for Technologists 4 Calculus for Engineering I 4 Elements of Physics I 4 Intro. to Environmental Science 3 Intro. to Environmental Science Lab 1 Prin. of Statistical Methods 3 Statistical Applications for 1 Quality Control MA144 Calculus for Engineering II 4 Support Courses EN11 O Freshman Composition 3 EN205 Technical Report Writing 3 CS101 Intro. to Microcomputer Applications 3 SD110 Fund. of Speech Communication 3 EC302 Managerial Economics 4 General Education Courses Humanities/Aesthetics 6-8 Social Science 3 Cultural Diversity 3 Total credits: 133 CH220 CH231 CH342 CH361 GE410 MA109 MA140 MA143 PH221 NS103 NS104 MA207 MA208 SPRING MA143 CS101 CH116 NS103 NS104 Calculus for Engineering I Intro. to Microcomputer Appl. General Chemistry II Intro. to Environmental Science Intro. to Environmental Science Lab 4 3 4 3 -1 17 Second Year PH221 Elements of Physics I MT225 Statics and Strength of Materials CH225 Organic Chemistry I or CH220 EN205 ET110 Survey of Organic Chemistry Technical Report Writing Applied Electricity & PLC Third Year Technical Elective CH231 Quantitative Analysis EV341 Environmental Chemistry I Social Science ME140 Computer-Aided Drafting and Geometric Dimension and Tolerancing (CAD and GD& T) 4 3 4 MA207 MA144 BL204 S0101 MA208 3 _A 11 4 3 4 3 Prin. of Statistical Methods 3 Calculus for Engineers II 4 General Microbiology 4 Fund. of Speech Communication 3 Statistical Applications for Quality Control 1 _a Cultural Diversity 18 EV311 ME335 ET175 ME336 CH342 Environmental Law Auid Mechanics Applied Electronics Thermodynamics I Environmental Chemistry II 3 3 4 3 _A 17 _A 18 Fourth Year EG491 Engineering Design Project I Humanities/Aesthetics GE410 Engineering Geology EV313 Solid and Hazardous Waste ME430 Thermodynamics II and Heat Transfer 3 3 4 3 EC302 CH361 EV425 Managerial Economics 4 Humanities/Aesthetics 4 Physical Chemistry 4 Environmental Systems Analysis _A 16 _A 17 Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2207 • 115 rn (1) (1) ~ (1) 0 . rn ~ 0 ....-4 (1) ~ CJ cd O:'.l �Environmental Science See College of Natural and Health Sciences, page 245. Bachelor of Science Environmental Science Secondary Teaching Degree Career Choices: Biological Science Technician Physical Science Technician Physical or Biological Scientist Natural Resource Specialist Pollution Control Specialist Laboratory Chemist Environmental Field Technician Environmental Specialist Junior/Senior High Science Teacher Student Profile: Do you have an ... interest in the environment and environmental protection? aptitude in natural sciences? skills in planning, organization and problem solving? ability to communicate effectively in writing? ability to effectively organize and present information verbally? ability to communicate and work with a broad array of people? an interest in a career as teacher and mentor to students grades 7-12? Program Description: Career Descriptions: Environmental science is the study of human interaction with the environment. By seeking solutions for such environmental problems as water pollution, hazardous wastes and acid rain, environmental scientists help ensure a safe, healthful environment for all living things. Biological Science Technician surveys, maps, and documents a variety of environmental factors including wildlife/ fishery population assessment, aquatic and terrestrial habitat condition. The secondary teaching major, environmental science/ secondary education, combines an interdisciplinary preparation in the natural sciences and a strong concern and background in environmental issues and solutions, with a student's interest in a career as a secondary teacher at the junior or senior high level. Students complete the requirements for an interdisciplinary group science (DX endorsement) major with a chemistry minor, leading to teacher certification which enables the student to teach all science subjects grades 7-12. Teacher education programs at LSSU include a full fifth year teaching internship. Contact the Teacher Education Department for additional information. Physical Science Technician performs the chemical analyses of plant and animal tissues, soils, sediments, and waters for environmental contaminant, including sample receipt, storage, homogenization, extraction, cleanup and digestion analysis. Physical or Biological Scientist (Research) -:- coordinates necessary research activities and the development of solutions to extremely complex, obscure and critical problems. - Natural Resource Specialist develops, schedules, budgets and implements planning activities including field work, document preparation, data analysis, public involvement and appropriate public legal notices. Laboratory Chemist - has knowledge of EPA methods for volatile and semi-volatile analysis. A.AS. (Flame/ Graphite a plus) and/ or I.C.P., instrument maintenance. Environmental Field Technicianresponsible for groundwater sampling, soil sampling, and other field efforts. Field Chemist - supervises field technicians; packages chemicals for transportation and disposal, loads and unloads supply trucks; customer relation skills are essential. Science Teacher - responsible for developing and implementing science curriculum in grades 7-12; daily classroom operations; develops professional relationships with students, parents, district faculty and staff. 116 • Lake Supertor State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2267 ...J �Environmental Science Environmental Science Bachelor of Science Degree Requirements: Biology (19 credits) General Biology 4 BL109 BL110 General Zoology 2 2 BL111 General Botany 4 BL230 Introduction to Soils General Ecology 3 BL337 General Microbiology 4 BL204 Chemistry (23 credits) CH115 General Chemistry I 5 CH116 General Chemistry II 4 CH225 Organic Chemistry I 4 CH226 Organic Chemistry II 4 4 CH231 Quantitative Analysis CH232 Instrumental Analysis 4 (19 credits) Environmental Science NS103 Environmental Science 3 EV311 Environmental Law 3 EV313 Solid & Hazardous Waste 3 EV341 Environmental Chemistry I: Water and Water Pollution Control 4 Junior Seminar 1 EV395 Senior Thesis 2 EV499 ID300 The Human Environment 3 Other Departments (31 credits) CS101 Intro. to Microcomputer Applications 3 GE311 Hydrology 3 GE111 Physical Geology I 4 MA111 College Algebra• 3 MA112 Calculus for Business and Life Sciences• 4 Principles of Statistical Methods MA207 3 Elements of Physics I* PH221 4 4 PH222 Elements of Physics 11 * Directed Electives (select one ol the lollowingminimum 3 credits) BL130 Introduction to Remote Sensing 3 CH353 Introduction to Toxicology 3 CH342 Environmental Chemistry II: Air and Solid Wastes 4 EV220 GPS/GIS Techniques 3 EV230 Introduction to Geographic Information Systems, GIS 3 EV285 Epidemiology 3 EV490 Independent Study: Environmental Science 3-4 GE112 Physical Geology II 4 FALL First Ysar CH115 General Chemistry I BL109 General Biology MA109 Trigonometry and Vectors** MA151 Calculus I NS103 Environmental Science SPRING 5 4 2 4 _a BL110 General Zoology BL 111 General Botany CH116 General Chemistry II EN110 Freshman Composition MA152 Calculus II 18 Second Year CH225 Organic Chemistry I 4 4 PH221 Elements of Physics I Social Science Elective 3 English Composition II 3 CS101 Intro. to Microcomputer Applications _a 17 Third Year EV313 Solid and Hazardous Waste• Directed Elective CH231 Quantitative Analysis BL204 General Microbiology 3 4 4 .--4 15 Fourth Year BL337 General Ecology CH351 Introductory Biochemistry EV311 Environmental Law CH342 Environmental Chemistry II: Air and Solid Wastes Cultural Diversity Elective 3 4 3 .--4 15 CH226 PH222 MA207 S0101 Organic Chemistry II Elements of Physics II Principles of Statistical Methods Fund. of Speech Communication Social Science Elective 4 4 3 3 _a 17 EV425 EV395 GH232 HU251 EV341 Environmental Systems Analysis 3 Junior Seminar 1 Instrumental Analysis 4 Humanities 4 Environmental Chemistry I: Water and Water Pollution Control .--4 16 EV499 CH353 Senior Thesis Introduction to Toxicology Aesthetics Elective Physical Chemistry Directed Elective CH361 4 2-3 16-17 2 2 4 3 1 3 3-4 4 .--4 15-16 *Taken in alternate years. • *You will be offered the chance to have course waived by examination. If taken, it can be used as a free elective. *Students with adequate preparation in mathematics are advised to take MA 151-152 in place of MA111-112 and PH231-232 in place of PH221-222. Competency in trigonometry is required to take physics. See advisor for details. Additionally, a student is required to satisfy general education requirements (natural science requirements are met by above classes) and free electives so that 125 semester credits are earned. Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2267 • 117 �Environmental Science Environmental Science Secondary Teaching Degree Interdisciplinary Group Science Teaching Major with Chemistry Minor td p) (j ::r (1) 1--' 0 1-1,. 00 tj (1) °°' lo"1 (1) (1) 00 Group Science Teaching Matar and Chemistry Minor (72 credits) General Biology BL109 4 BL110 General Zoology 2 BL111 General Botany 2 BL337 General Ecology 3 EV311 Environmental Law 3 EV341 Environmental Chemistry I: Water and Water Pollution Control 4 EV395 Junior Seminar 1 EV499 Senior Seminar 2 GE111 Physical Geology I 4 GE112 Physical Geology II 4 GE215 Historical Geology 4 NS103 Environmental Science 3 PH221 Elements of Physics I 4 PH222 Elements of Physics II 4 NS119 Astronomy 3 CH115 General Chemistry I 5 CH116 General Chemistry II 4 CH225 Organic Chemistry I 4 CH226 Organic Chemistry II 4 CH231 Quantitative Analysis 4 CH232 Instrumental Analysis 4 Support Courses (10 credits) MA111 College Algebra 3 MA112 Calculus for Business and Life Sciences 4 MA207 Statistics 3 Other General Education (22 credits) English 6 Social Science 6-8 Aesthetics 7-8 Speech 3 Profasslonal Courses (45 credits) TE150 Reflections on Learning 3 TE250 Student Diversity and Schools 3 TE301 Students and the Context of Learning 4 TE401 Teaching of Subject Matter to Diverse Learners 5 TE402 Crafting Teaching Practice 6 TE491 Internship in Teaching Diverse Learners I 6 TE492 Internship In Teaching Diverse Learners II 6 TE601 Professional Roles and Teaching Practice I 3 TE602 Reflection and Inquiry in Teaching Practice I 3 TE603 Professional Roles and Teaching Practice II 3 TE604 Reflection and Inquiry in Teaching Practice II 3 FALL First Year BL109 General Biology CH115 General Chemistry I EN110 Freshman Composition PH221 Elements of Physics I SPRING 4 5 3 _J 16 BL110 BL111 CH116 PH222 General Zoology General Botany General Chemistry II Elements of Physics II English Composition II 2 2 4 4 _a 15 Second Year TE150 Reflections on Learning and Teaching 3 CH225 Organic Chemistry I 4 MA111 College Algebra 3 Social Science Elective 3 CS101 Intro. to Microcomputer Applicaitons -3. 16 Third Y,ar CH231 Quantitative Analysis GE111 Physical Geolo!IY'I BL337 General Ecology HU 251 Humanities I 4 4 3 _J 15 CH226 MA112 NS103 MA207 TE250 EV395 NS119 CH232 TE301 Organic Chemistry II 4 Calculus for Business & Life Sciences 4 Environmental Science 3 Statistics 3 Student Diversity and Schools -3. 17 Aesthetics Elective Junior Seminar Astronomy Instrumental Analysis Students and the Context of Learning 3-4 1 3 4 _J 15-16 Fourth YBBr GE215 Historical Geology EV311 Environmental Law Social Science Elective TE401 .Teaching of Subject Matter to Diverse Learners 4 3 3 _5. EV341 EV499 GE112 TE402 15 Fiffh Y,ar TE491 Internship in Teaching Diverse Learners I TE601 Professional Roles and Teaching Practice I TE602 Reflection and Inquiry in Teaching Practice I TE492 6 TE603 3 TE604 -3. Environmental Chemistry I: Water and Water Pollution Control 4 Senior Seminar 2 Physical Geology II 4 Crafting Teaching Practice -6. 16 Internship in Teaching Diverse Learners II Professional Roles and Teaching Practice II Reflection and Inquiry in Teaching Practice II 12 118 • Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2267 ...... 6 3 -3. 12 �• Exercise c1ence See College of Natural and Health Sciences, page 245. Program Description: Career Descriptions: A bachelor of science degree in exercise science prepares you to work in a variety of professional settings, ranging from corporate fitness to hospital clinical to educator and trainer. A wide variety of entry level career opportunities exist for the student prepared in exercise science. The athletic training concentration is designed to prepare you for a career in athletic training and to sit for the National Athletic Trainers' Association (NATA) Board of Certification examination. In order to become a NATA Certified Athletic Trainer (ATC), you must complete the course work outlined in the NATA's "Competencies in Athletic Training," complete the necessary clinical observation hours and possess a bachelor's degree. The Lake Superior State University Athletic Training Program is designed to allow you to achieve this criteria and prepare you for a career in the profession of athletic training. Graduate School Preparations: Students progress to graduate programs in exercise science, sport psychology, physical therapy, chiropractic medicine and other allied health fields. Certified Athletic Trainer works in secondary schools, colleges and universities; conditioning and rehabilitation in professional sports; sports medicine clinics; and industry. Rehabilitation Specialist - works in conjunction with other medical personnel to provide rehabilitation services for cardiac patients, pulmonary patients and other clinical populations suffering from life-style related illnesses. Bachelor of Science Concentration in Athletic Training Career Choices: Certified Athletic Trainer Rehabilitation Specialist Stress Test Technologist Sport/Fitness Program Director Sport/Fitness Business Specialist Personal Fitness Trainer Stress Test Technologist - employed in hospital, clinical and university settings to administer fitness testing activities with a variety of populations and testing conditions. Sport/Fitness Program Director manages in fitness club settings, either private or public. Sport/Fitness Business Specialist - markets and demonstrates new sport and exercise equipment within a commercial context. Personal Fitness Trainer develops and provides individualized exercise programs, either privately or in fitness club settings. Student Profile: Do you ... like working with people? value a physically-active lifestyle? have good communication skills? possess critical thinking skills? Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext.2367 • 119 have a high level of manual dexterity? �Exercise Science Exercise Science Bachelor of Science 0:, p, C":) ~ ro ~ 0 1-1.. rJJ 0 ro ~ ro ro rJJ (44 credits) Exercise Science Requirements Introduction to Movement 3 ES141 3 ES242 Sports Medicine Psychology of Sport and ES248 Performance and Coaching 3 Exercise Physiology I 3 ES262 ES268 Fitness Evaluation I - Field Tests 3 2 Practicum ES295 ES344 Kinesiology 3 Fitness Evaluation II - Laboratory ES348 Procedures 3 Research Methods in Exercise ES358 Science 3 ES362 Exercise Physiology II 3 Recreation Leadership ES390 2 Apprenticeship ES434 Neurological Basics of Motor 3 Learning 2 ES440 Exercise Physiology Seminar 2 Exercise Prescription ES444 ES492 Internship 6 3 ES496 Selected Research Topics (33) Cognate Requirements 4 Anatomy & Physiology I BL121 4 BL122 Anatomy & Physiology II 3 Life Chemistry I CH104 Life Chemistry II 4 CH105 Intro. to Microcomputer Applications 3 CS101 2 Nutrition HE208 Pathophysiology 3 HE232 Principles of Statistical Methods 3 MA207 PY101 Introduction to Psychology 4 Health Psychology 3 PY385 (10) Department Electives Health and Fitness 3 ES140 Techniques of Athletic Training 2 ES240 Psychological Aspects of Exercise ES248 and Athletic Rehabilitation 3 2 ES295 Practicum Modalities and Therapeutic ES345 Rehabilitation In Sports Medicine 3 Recreation Leadership ES390 Apprenticeship ES442 Electrocardiography in Exercise 2 Science Professional Development Seminar 1 ES481 RA211 Water Safety & Lifeguard Instructor 2 Intro. To Recreation & Leisure RC101 Services 3 Program Development and RC105 Leadership in Recreation & Leisure Services 3 Instructional Methods in Adapted RC212 Aquatics 2 Foundations of Therapeutic RC240 3 Recreation Administration of Recreation RC482 4 & Leisure Services FALL First·Year BL121 Anatomy & Physiology I EN110 Freshman Composition ES/RC Elective General Electives Social Science Elective SPRING 4 3 3 5 -2 BL122 CH104 CS101 ES141 PY101 Anatomy & Physiology 4 Life Chemistry I 3 Intro. to Microcomputer Applications 3 Introduction to Movement 3 _A Introduction to Psychology 17 Second YBar CH105 Life Chemistry II ES242 Sports Medicine ES248 Psychology of Sport and Performance and Coaching ES262 Exercise Physiology I Humanities 4 3 3 3 17 EN210 ES295 ES362 HE208 __j_ Research Paper Process Practicum Exercise Physiology II General Electives Nutrition Humanities 11 Third YBar ES268 Fitness Evaluation I - Field Tests MA207 Statistics HE232 Pathophysiology ES/RC Elective SD101 Fund. of Speech Communication Fourth YBar Cognate Elective ES440 Exercise Physiology Seminar ES444 Exercise Prescription ES496 Selected Research Topics PY385 Health Psychology SUMMER ES492 Internship (following either 3rd or 4th year) 3 3 3 3 _A 16 ES344 ES348 _a 15 ES358· ES390 ES/RC 6 2 2 3 ES295 ES390 ES/RC _a 16 3 1 3 3 2 Kinesiology 3 Fitness Evaluation II - Laboratory Procedures 3 Research Methods in Exercise Science 3 Recreation Leadership Apprenticeship 1 Elective 2 _a General Electives 15 Cognate Elective 6 Practicum 1 Recreation Leadership Apprenticeship 1 Elective 2 Social Science Elective -1 6 (12 credits) Cognate Electives Animal Physiology 4 BL330 Immunology 4 BL423 HE190 Prehospital Emergency Care & Crisis Intervention I 3 Prehospital Emergency Care & HE191 Crisis Intervention II 3 Pharmacology 3 HE209 Grantwriting 3 HM480 Elements of Physics I 4 PH221 Elements of Physics II 4 PH222 PY459 Physiological Psychology 3 Elective credits (approximately 11) and general education requirements must be completed so that at least 125 semester credits have been earned. 120 • Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2367 13 ..J �Exercise Science Exercise Science Athletic Training Concentration Bachelor of Science Exercise Science with Athletic Training Concentration Requirements (46 credits) ES141 Introduction to Movement 3 ES230 Athletic Training I 3 ES232 Athletic Training II 3 ES234 Preventative Taping Techniques 1 ES262 Exercise Physiology I 1 ES268 Fitness Evaluation I - Field Tests 2 ES301 Athletic Training Practicum I 1 ES302 Athletic Training Practicum II 1 ES344 Kinesiology 3 ES345 Modalities and Therapeutic Rehabilitation in Sports Medicine 3 ES349 Orthopedic Assessment in Sports 3 Medicine ES358 Research Methods in Exercise 3 Science 1 Athletic Training Practicum 111 ES401 1 Athletic Training Practicum IV ES402 Neurological Basics of Motor ES434 Learning 3 ES452 Athletic Training Administration 3 ES492 Internship 6 ES496 Selected Research Topics 3 Cognate Requirements (19 credits) BL121 Human Anatomy & Physiology I 4 BL122 Human Anatomy & Physiology II 4 HE189 Medical First Responder 3 HE208 Nutrition 2 HE209 Pharmacology 3 MA207 Principles of Statistical Methods 3 Bachelor of Science Requirements (9 credits) CH115 General Chemistry I 5 CH116 General Chemistry II 4 (6 credits) Departmental Electives 3 ES140 Health and Fitness ES248 Psychology of Sport and 3 Performance and Coaching ES348 Fitness Evaluation II - Laboratory 3 Procedures 3 ES362 Exercise Physiology II ES442 Electrocardiography in Exercise 2 Science 2 ES444 Exercise Prescription (6 credits) Cognate Electives 3 BL220 Genetics 4 PH221 Elements of Physics I 4 PH222 Elements of Physics II PY201 Communication Skills in Counseling 3 FALL First Year BL 121 Human Anatomy and Physiology I 4 EN110 Freshman Composition 3 ES141 Introduction to Movement 3 PY101 Introduction to Psychology -1 14 Second Year CH115 General Chemistry I 5 CS101 Intro. to Microcomputer Applications 3 ES232 Athletic Training II 3 HE189 Medical First Responder 3 MA207 Principles of Statistical Methods _a 17 Third Year ES248 Psychology of Sport and Performance and Coaching 3 ES262 Exercise Physiology I 3 1 ES301 Athletic Training Practicum I ES345 Modalities and Therapeutic Rehabilitation in Sports Medicine 3 PY240 Behavior Management 3 Elective ...H 16-17 Fourth Year ES268 Fitness Evaluation I - Field Tests ES401 Athletic Training Practicum 111 ES434 Neurological Basics of Motor Learning ES452 Athletic Training Administration ES496 Selected Research Topics PY385 Health Psychology 2 1 SPRING BL122 EN210 ES230 SD101 HU CH116 ES234 ES344 PY201 HU ES302 ES349 ES358 HE208 HE209 ES402 ES492 Human Anatomy and Physiology II 4 Research Paper Process 3 Athletic Training I 3 Fund. of Speech Communication 3 Elective _.1 17 General e_nemistry II 4 Preventative Taping Techniques 1 Kinesiology 3 Communica!i.On1 Skills in Counseling 3 Elective -1 15 Athletic Training Practicum II Orthopedic Assessment in Sports Medicine 3 Research Methods in Exercise Science 3 Nutrition 2 Pharmacology 3 Elective _.1 16 Athletic Training Practicum IV Internship Departmental Electives 3 3 3 _3. 15 Lake Supertor State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2367 • 121 1 6 ----6 13 �Finance and Economics See College of Engineering, Mathematics and Business, page 231. Bachelor of Science Career Choices: Economist Marketing Researcher Statistician Financial Manager Financial Services Professional to p) r, ::t C't) ~ 0 . "1 00 CJ C't) CJo. "1 C't) C't) 00 Student Profile: Do you ... consider yourself analytical and curious? like to work with numbers, charts and graphs? like to work with abstractions? like people? enjoy travel? have an interest in working for an international organization? have an interest in public policy? have an interest in developing your worldview? find yourself attracted to the world of finance? Program Description: Career Description: This degree requires successful completion of a minimum of 128 semester credits as prescribed on the following page. The study of finance and economics develops the capacity for analytical reasoning and critical thinking, the most important decision making tools in business, government, education, and in your personal life. Organizations need planners and problem-solvers, people who are logical thinkers. Economists and financiers learn to develop accurate information upon which to make decisions from the vast quantities of complex and often conflicting data generated in today's global economy. Employers hire these professionals because of their abilities for careful analysis, planning and decision making. Economist - develops forecasts of the economy, industry and sales of the firm. Monitors and assesses economic events. Assesses the effect of market developments and government policy on the firm. Conducts research such as estimates of market demand and costs. Graduate, Professional and Continuing Education This degree program is an excellent preparation for graduate and professional education in such fields as finance, economics, accounting, business administration and law. Graduates may seek professional certification in related professions such as Certified Financial Planner (CFP), Certified Financial Analyst (CFA), Chartered Financial Consultant (ChFC), Chartered Life Underwriter (CLU) and Certified Management Accountant (CMA). J -' J Marketing Researcher - identifies and analyzes potential markets. Researches current markets. Determines market potential among current customers. Develops share analysis. Evaluates sales promotion. Forecasts market shares. Statistician - develops ways to measure organizational activity. Uses statistical techniques to determine if current operations deviate from established standards. Constructs tables and graphs to communicate information effectively. Financial Manager - prepares budgets and financial forecasts. Manages cash and credit. Evaluates projects. Procures funds. Develops strategic plans. Financial Services Professional manages banks and other financial institutions. Prepares financial plans. Works in investments, real estate, insurance and tax and estate planning. These are just a few of the career choices available to you. 122 • Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2426 ...., --...I '-J �Finance and Economics Finance and Economics Bachelor of Science Finance & Economics Core (66 credits) AC132 Principles of Accounting I*• 4 AC133 Principles of Accounting II *• 4 BA211 Business Statistics*• 3 BA231 Business Communications*• 3 BA254 Business Law I 3 BA255 Business Law II 3 BA403 Business, Government & Society* 3 BA466 Business Policy*" 3 DP Electives 3 EC201 Principles of Macroeconomics*• 3 EC202 Principles of Microeconomics*• 3 EC308 Intermediate Microeconomics 3 EC309 Intermediate Macroeconomics 3 FN341 Managerial Finance*• 4 FN** 400-Level Electives 8 MA111 College Algebra* 3 MA112 Calculus for Business 4 MK281 Marketing Principles & Strategy*• 3 MN365 Human Resource Management• 3 *May count toward general education requirement. •Part of the business core which must be taken prior to taking BA466. "Capstone course - take after completion of the business core. Fleld requirements (18-20 credits) Economics option EC304 Money, Banking & Monetary Policy 3 EC305 Public Finance 3 EC407 Introductory Econometrics 3 EC408 International Economics 3 Economics, finance, or mathematics electives 6 Finance option FN • * 400-level elective Finance, economics or accounting electives FALL First Year EN110 Freshman Composition MA111 College Algebra Natural Science Elective AC132 Principles of Accounting I Elective SPRING 3 3 3 4 _3. SD101 Fund. of Speech Communication MA112 Calculus for Business Natural Science Elective Natural Science Lab AC133 Principles of Accounting II 16 Sscond Year EN210 Research Paper Process or EN215 Intro. to Literature and Research Field Elective EC201 Principles of Macroeconomics BA254 Business Law I DP Elective 3 _A 15 BA211 EC202 BA255 4 3 3 3 4 3 1 BA231 Business Statistics Principles of Microeconomics Business Law II Business Communications Elective 3 3 3 3 _A 16 _3. 16 Third Year FN341 Managerial Finance EC309 Intermediate Macroeconomics Cultural Diversity Elective Aesthetics Elective Elective 4 3 3 4 MK281 FN Marketing Principles & Strategy 400-Level Elective Aesthetics Elective Field Electives _3. 3 4 3 --6 16 17 Fourth Year EC308 Intermediate Microeconomics MN365 Human Resource Management FN 400-Level Elective BA403 Business, Government & Society Field Elective 3 3 4 3 BA466 Business Policy Field Electives Electives _3. 16 4 14 Minor option Any approved minor of 20 or more credits **FN 400-level courses include FN446, Financial Analysis & Policy; FN448, Investment Strategy; and FN443, Insurance. Two courses from this group must be completed for all options; all three courses must be completed for the finance option. Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2426 • 123 rJJ (1) (1) 6b 3 5-7 .6:8. 16 (1) 0 rJJ "'~ 0 ....-4 (1) ~ C,) cd co �Fine Arts Studies See College of Arts, Letters and Social Sciences, page 211. Bachelor of Arts Career Choices: Fine Arts Professional Graphic Designer, Visual Artist, Musician, Actor, Writer Teacher of Fine Arts Arts Entrepreneur Arts Organization Staff Marketing/Design Student Profile: Are you ... interested in art? interested in performing? interested in people? For more information on the components of the Fine Arts Program, please see Dr. John Wilkinson of the College of Arts, Letters and Social Sciences. Program Description: Career Description: This Fine Arts Studies program is an integrated, bi-national program offered by a three-member consor~ tium situated in Sault Ste. Marie: Algoma University, Lake Superior State University, and Sault College of Applied Arts and Technology. The program is designed and administered in such a way as to serve the region as a whole, to reflect the uniqueness of our northern heritage, to be international in scope and to integrate courses of study at both the college and university levels. This degree will prepare you for further studies in professional schools specializing in fine arts training; for employment in the rapidly expanding arts, entertainment and communication industries; or to apply your enhanced talents as working artists. The fine arts degree is for students who have wide-ranging interests in fine arts, and who wish to explore and express their potential through following a personalized course of study. While students will invariably participate in a broad range of courses, they must select two main areas of focus (concentrations) from the following six: advertising art and graphic design, music, native arts and culture, theater, visual arts and writing. Fine arts have been an important aspect of the human experience since first recorded history; from African cave paintings to Greek dramas, from Beethoven symphonies to the writings of Canadian playwrights. From the study of fine arts we can gain an understanding of various cultures through their own indigenous means of expression. Furthermore, we can deepen our understanding of our own culture by participation in various contemporary art forms (drama, music, painting, writing etc.). Most important, by exploring our own creative potential, we can develop a better understanding of ourselves. Fine Arts Professional -prepares you for working as a managing director of a department of music, arts, theater or performance. Teacher of Fine Arts - develops courses, maintains studios and supplies, teaches in elementary or secondary education fields or community theaters. Arts Entrepreneur - performs as a musician; is active in the performing arts and theater; and creates and sells crafts and paintings. ,-I ._; - Arts Organization Staff- plans, designs and implements programs and services; assists with administering programs, cultural events and art galleries. Marketing/Design - works on publications, displays, annual exhibitions, educational programs, craft fairs, galleries, museums and sales. 124 • Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2265 ..... �Fire Science See College of Arts, Letters and Social Sciences, page 211. Program Description: Career Description: The bachelor of science degree in fire science offers you the opportunity to specialize in one of three areas of concentration. This program requires students to complete an internship as well as a senior project. You may also be eligible for Michigan Firefighter · Certification through the Michigan Firefighters Training Council (MFFTC). The Lake State Fire Science Program recently completed an external accreditation review by the International Fire Service Accreditation Congress (IFSAC). LSSU is the first program to be accredited by this organization. Students will also have the opportunity to receive their Michigan Paramedic certification. Firefighter - works for fire departments at the local, state and federal levels; works for the armed forces and the U.S. Department of the Interior; suppresses structural and other types of fires using a variety of methods; acts as emergency medical technician or paramedic. You will experience a "hands on" approach by practicing with up-todate equipment and experiencing live fire training in the burn training center located adjacent to campus. Hazardous Materials Specialist works in industry as a manager of hazardous materials; safety officer; consultant for industry in the area of hazardous materials. Fire Safety Officer - works in industry and for the government as fire inspector and safety officer; conducts safety and fire surveys; plans for fire and other disasters. Fire Protection Systems Designer designs fire protection systems for industry; provides consulting services for industry and other organizations. Bachelor of Science Emphasis in: Engineering Technology Generalist Hazardous Materials Career Choices: Fire Fighter Fire Safety Officer Fire Protection Systems Designer Hazardous Materials Specialist Student Profile: Are you ... interested in the safety of others? physically fit? Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2384 • 125 �Fire Science Fire Science Engineering Technology Emphasis Bachelor of Science FALL First Year FS101 Introduction to Fire Science Electives EN110 Freshman Composition MA140 Algebra for Technologists TC101 Construction I SPRING 3 3 3 4 -1 CS101 TC102 SD101 MA109 FS111 Intro. to Microcomputer Applications 3 Construction II 3 Fund. of Speech Communication 3 Trigonometry & Vectors 2 Hazardous Materials -1 14 FS205 Fire Protection Systems & Equipment Tactics and Strategy Calculus for Engineering II Drafting Humanities Elective 16 t:,;j p) (') ::r (I) I-" 0 1-1_. 00 0 (I) Clo. '"1 (I) (I) 00 General Education Requirements (29* credits) Major Requirements (41 credits) CJ341 Fire Cause and Arson Investigation 3 CJ345 Statistics and Design for Public Safety 4 FS101 Introduction to Fire Science 3 FS111 Hazardous Materials 3 FS204 Fire Protection Hydraulics and Pumps 3 FS205 Fire Protection Systems & Equipment 3 FS211 Tactics & Strategy 3 FS301 Code Enforcement Inspection and Fire Prevention 3 FS312 Hazardous Materials Management 3 FS321 Industrial Fire Protection 3 FS401 Senior Seminar 3 3-9 FS403 Fire Science Internship FS420 Fire Science Certification 4 Support Courses (46 credits) CS101 Intro. to Microcomputer Applications 3 EM220 Statics 3 MA109 Trigonometry & Vectors 2 MA140 Algebra for Technologists 4 MA143 Calculus for Engineering I** 4 Calculus for Engineering II** MA144 4 MT225 Statics &Strength of Materials 3 ME335 Fluid Mechanics 3 Thermodynamics I ME336 3 ME430 Thermodynamics II and Heat Transfer 4 PH221 Elements of Physics I 4 TC101 Construction I 3 TC102 Construction II 3 Drafting TC118 3 Elecllves (7 credits) *Four hours included in support courses. requirement. Second Year FS204 Fire Protection Hydraulics and Pumps EN205 Technical Report Writing or EN210 Research Paper Process MA143 Calculus for Engineering I Social Science Elective 3 3 FS211 MA144 TC118 4 -4 3 3 4 3 -4 17 14 Third Year FS301 Code Enforcement Inspection and Fire Prevention NS Life Science Elective PH221 Physics I FS312 Hazmat Management 3 4 4 -1 FS321 CJ341 MT225 ME335 CJ345 Industrial Fire Protection Fire Cause & Arson Investigation Statics &Strength of Materials Fluid Mechanics Statistics &Design for Public Safely 14 Fourth Ysar EM220 Statics FS401 Senior Seminar ME336 Thermodynamics HU Electives Social Science 3 3 3 4 ___A 3 3 3 3 ....4 16 FS403 FS420 ME430 Fire Science Internship Fire Management Thermodynamics II and Heat Transfer Electives 17 ••s.s. 126 • Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2384 3 4 4 ~ 16 J �Fire Science Fire Science Generalist Emphasis Bachelor of Science General Education Requirements (33 credits) Major Requirements (61 credits) CJ341 Fire Cause & Arson Investigation 3 CJ345 Statistics and Design for Public Safety 4 Introduction to Fire Science 3 FS101 Hazardous Materials 3 FS111 Fire Protection Hydraulics & Pumps 3 FS204 Fire Protection System Equipment 3 FS205 Tactics & Strategy 3 FS211 Code Enforcement Inspection FS301 and Fire Prevention 3 Hazardous Materials Management 4 FS312 FS321 Industrial Fire Protection 3 Senior Seminar 3 FS401 Fire Science Internship 3-9 FS403 Fire Science Certification 4 FS420 (20 credits) Minor (6 credits) Support courses 3 TC101 Construction I 3 TC102 Construction II (28 credits) Electives* *Must include eight hours B.S. requirements. FALL First Year FS101 Introduction to Fire Science TC101 Construction I EN110 Freshman Composition Elective Second Year FS204 Fire Protection Hydraulics and Pumps EN205 Technical Report Writing or EN210 Research Paper Process Social Science Elective Natural Science Elective SPRING 3 3 3 -6 15 SD101 TC102 FS111 FS205 3 3 FS211 BS 4 Social Science Elective 4 Humanities Elective 4 Fund of Speech Communication 3 Construction II 3 Hazardous Materials -1 17 Fire Protection Systems Equipment Tactics and Strategy Requirement Natural Science Elective Elective _A 3 3 4 4 -1 17 17 Third Year FS301 Code Enforcement Inspection and Fire Prevention Requirement BS Humanities Elective Minor 3 4 4 FS321 CJ341 CJ345 Industrial Fire Protection 3 Fire Cause & Arson Investigation 3 Minor 6 Statistics for Design & Public Safe1y ...A 16 _A 15 Fourth Ysar FS312 Hazardous Materials Management 4 3 FS401 Senior Seminar 6 Minor Electives -2 FS403 FS420 Fire Science Internship Fire Science Certification Minor Electives 15 Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2384 • 127 3 4 4 ...A 15 �Fire Science Fire Science Hazardous Materials Emphasis Bachelor of Science tel p) ("') ~ (1) ~ 0 1-1,. 00 t, (1) ~ (1) (1) 00 General Education Requirements (25* credits) Major Requirements (39 credits) Statistics and Design for Public CJ345 Safety 4 Introduction to Fire Science 3 FS101 Hazardous Materials FS111 3 Fire Protection Hydraulics & Pumps 3 FS204 Fire Protection System Equipment 3 FS205 Tactics &Strategy FS211 3 FS301 Code Enforcement Inspection and Fire Prevention 3 Hazardous Materials Management 4 FS312 Industrial Fire Protection FS321 3 FS401 Senior Seminar 3 Fire Science Internship FS403 3·9 FS420 Fire Science Certification 4 (66 credits) Support Courses BL109 General Biology 4 BL110 General Zoology** 2 BL111 General Botany 2 BL230 Introduction to Soils 4 General Chemistry I CH115 5 General Chemistry II"* CH116 4 4 Organic Chemistry I CH225 CH226 Organic Chemistry II 4 Quantitative Analysis 4 CH231 CH232 Instrumental Analysis 4 Introductory Biochemistry 4 CH351 Physical Geography: GG108 Meteorology &Climatology 4 MA111 College Algebra 3 MA112 Calculus for Business & Life Sciences••• 4 NS102 Introduction to Geology 4 Environmental Science NS103 3 NS104 Environmental Science Lab 1 Construction I TC101 3 TC102 Construction II 3 *Eight hours included in support courses. • *B.S. requirement. ***orMA151/MA143 FALL First Year FS101 Introduction to Fire Science EN110 Freshman Composition MA111 College Algebra TC101 Construction I CH115 Principles of Chemistry I SPRING 3 3 3 3 -5. 17 Second Year FS204 Fire Protection Hydraulics and Pumps CH225 Organic Chemistry I CH231 Quantitative Analysis I BL110 Zoology EN205 Technical Report Writing or EN210 Research Paper Process 3 4 4 3 FS111 Hazardous Materials 3 CH116 Principles of Chemistry II 4 BL109 General Biology 4 MA112 Calculus for Business & Life Sciences 4 TC102 Construction II ....3. 18 FS205 CH226 CH232 BL111 SD101 3 &...J Fire Protection Systems Equipment 3 Organic Chemistry II 4 Instrumental Analysis 4 Botany 2 Fund. of Speech Communication ---1 16 '-,J 17 Third YIIBr GG108 Physical Geology BL230 Soils Social Science Elective Humanities Elective 4 4 4 _A 16 Fourth Year FS401 Senior Seminar 3 CH351 Biochemistry 4 FS301 Code Enforcement Inspection and Fire Prevention 3 FS312 Hazardous Materials Management 4 NS103 Environmental Science 3 NS104 Environmental Science Lab ---1 18 FS321 NS102 FS211 CJ345 FS403 FS420 CJ341 Industrial Fire Protection 3 Humanities Elective 4 Geology 4 Tactics and Strategy 3 Statistics & Design for Public Safety _A 18 Fire Science Internship Fire Management Fire Cause & Arson Investigation Social Science 128 • Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2384 3 4 3 _A 14 '-' �Fisheries and Wildlife Management See College of Natural and Health Sciences, page 245. Program Description: Career Description: Fisheries and Wildlife Management programs place a strong emphasis on understanding the relationship between organisms and their habitats by blending a conceptual understanding of fish and wildlife ecology and population dynamics with practical skills obtained during laboratory and field exercises. Students graduating from this rigorous, applied curriculum can meet the qualifications of state and federal natural resource management agencies as technicians and biologists. Fisheries & Wildlife Biologist manages both fish and wildlife populations. This option will furnish a broad education for a variety of state, federal or private career opportunities. Bachelor of Science Concentrations in Fisheries Management Wildlife Management Fisheries Biologist - manages sport and commercial fisheries and fish hatchery operations. This option provides hands-on preparation for those interested in fisheries and/ or hatchery management. Career Choices: Fisheries & Wildlife Biologist Wildlife Biologist - manages game and non-game wildlife populations. This option offers an aggressive preparation for those interested in any aspect of wildlife ecology or management. Fisheries Biologist Wildlife Biologist Student Profile: Do you ... have interest and ability in science and mathematics? enjoy the outdoors? like to work in all weather conditions? respect and promote the conservation of natural resources? have the ability to analyze and understand quantitative data? Fisheries & Wildlife Requirements (78-79 credits) BL102 Careers in Natural Resources 1 BL109 General Biology 4 BL110 General Zoology 2 General Botany BL 111 2 BL130 Remote Sensing or 3 EV220 GPS/GIS Techniqu·es BL140 Intro. to Fisheries &Wildlife 1 BL202 Field Botany 3 or BL284 BL220 BL240 BL243 BL280 BL330 Forestry Genetics Natural History of the Vertebrates Vertebrate Anatomy Biometrics Animal Physiology 4 4 3 4 3 4 have good oral and written communication skills? BL337 BL395 BL440 BL499 CH115 CH116 CH220 CS101 EN110 EN205 MA111 MA112 MA207 SD101 General Ecology Junior Seminar Stream and Wetland Ecology Senior Thesis General Chemistry I General Chemistry II Survey of Organic Chemistry Intro. to Microcomputer Applications Freshman Composition Technical Report Writing College Algebra Calculus for Business & Life Sciences Principles of Statistical Methods Fund. of Speech Communication 3 1 3 2 5 4 4 4 3 3 3 want to consider pursuing a graduate degree? 4 3 3 Lake Supertor State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2267 • 129 �Fisheries and Wildlife Management Fisheries and Wildlife Management Bachelor of Science The following courses must be successfully completed to obtain this degree: Fisheries & Wildlife Management (24 credits) Ichthyology 3 BL310 BL311 3 Mammalogy Ornithology 3 BL312 BL333 Fish Ecology 3 3 Wildlife Ecology BL339 Limnology 3 BL345 3 BL432 Fisheries Management BL439 Wildlife Management 3 FALL First Year BL102 Careers in Natural Resources BL109 General Biology CH115 General Chemistry I EN110 Freshman Composition MA111 College Algebra ___3. BL110 BL111 BL140 CH116 CS101 MA112 General Zoology 2 General Botany 2 Introduction to Fisheries & Wildlife 1 General Chemistry II 4 Intro. to Microcomputer Applications 3 Calculus for Business & Life Science _A Second Year BL202 Field Botany 3 BL240 Natural History of the Vertebrates 3 SD101 Fund. of Speech Communication 3 EN205 Technical Report Writing 3 MA207 Principles of Statistical Methods ___3. BL130 BL243 BL280 CH220 Remote Sensing Vertebrate Anatomy Biometrics Survey of Organic Chemistry Social Science Elective 15 3 3 3 3 _A Fourth Year BL220 Genetics BL432 Fisheries Management BL439 Wildlife Management Cultural Diversity Elective Elective p" (1) ...... . 1-1 C/1 4 3 3 3 3 4 3 4 ___3. 17 BL312 BL330 BL333 BL339 BL395 Ornithology Animal Physiology Fish Ecology Wildlife Ecology Junior Seminar 16 C") ..J 16 $l) 0 1 4 5 3 16 Third Year BL310 Ichthyology BL311 Mammalogy BL337 General Ecology BL345 Limnology HU251 Humanities I td SPRING 3 4 3 3 _1 14 BL440 BL499 ___3. Stream and Wetland Ecology Senior Thesis Social Science Elective Aesthetics Elective Elective 16 3 2 4 3 __.3. 15 t; (1) Clo. 1-1 (1) (1) Fisheries and Wildlife Management C/1 Fisheries Management Concentration Bachelor of Science The following courses must be successfully completed to obtain this degree: Fisheries Management (24 credits) BL310 Ichthyology 3 BL333 Fish Ecology 3 Limnology 3 BL345 BL372 Freshwater Fish Culture 3 BL432 Fisheries Management 3 3 BL475 Aquatic Entomology BL Biology Electives 6 FALL First Year BL102 Careers in Natural Resources BL109 General Biology CH115 General Chemistry EN110 Freshman Composition MA111 College Algebra SPRING 1 4 5 3 __.3. 16 BL110 BL111 BL140 CH116 CS101 MA112 General Zoology 2 General Botany 2 1 Intro. to Fisheries & Wildlife General Chemistry II 4 Intro. to Microcomputer Applications 3 Calculus for Business and Life _A Science 16 Second Year BL202 Field Botany 3 BL240 Natural History of the Vertebrates 3 SD101 Fundamentals of Speech 3 EN205 Technical Report Writing 3 MA207 Principals of Statistical Methods __.3. BL130 BL243 BL280 CH220 Remote Sensing Vertebrate Anatomy Biometrics Survey of Organic Chemistry Social Science Elective 15 Third Year BL220 Genetics BL310 Ichthyology BL337 General Ecology BL345 Limnology Social Science Elective 4 3 3 3 ___3. 3 3 3 3 __.3. ___3. 17 BL330 BL333 BL372 BL395 HU251 Animal Physiology Fish Ecology Freshwater Fish Culture Junior Seminar Humanities I 16 Fourth Year BL432 Fisheries Management BL475 Aquatic Entomology Biology Elective BL Cultural Diversity Elective Elective 3 4 3 4 4 3 3 1 _A 15 BL440 BL499 BL Stream and Wetland Ecology Senior Thesis Biology Elective Aesthetics Elective Elective 15 130 • Lake Supertor State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2267 3 2 3 3 _A 15 .... �Fisheries and Wildlife Management Fisheries and Wildlife Management Wildlife Management Concentration Bachelor of Science The following courses must be successfully completed to obtain this degree: (24 cred Its) Wildlife Management BL311 Mammalogy 3 Ornithology 3 BL312 WIidiife Ecology 3 BL339 BL437 Plant Ecology 3 Wildlife Management 3 BL439 BL Biology Electives 9 FALL First Year BL102 Careers in Natural Resosu rces BL109 General Biology CH115 General Chemistry I EN110 Freshman Composition MA111 College Algebra SPRING 1 4 5 3 _a 16 BL110 BL111 BL140 CH116 CS101 MA112 General Zoology 2 General Botany 2 Intro. to Fisheries and Wildlife 1 General Chemistry II 4 Intro. to Microcomputer Applicaitons 3 Calculus for Business and Life Science ...A 16 Second Year BL202 Field Botany 3 BL240 Natural History of the Vertebrates 3 SD101 Fund. of Speech Communication 3 EN205 Technical Report Writing. 3 MA207 Principles of Statistical Methods -3 BL130 BL243 BL280 CH220 Remote sensing Vertebrate Anatomy Biometrics Survey of Organic Chemistry Social Science Elective 15 Third Year BL220 Genetics BL311 Mammalogy BL337 General Ecology Biology Elective BL Aesthetics Elective Fourth Year BL437 Plant Ecology BL439 Wildlife Management Biology Elective BL Cultural Diversity Elective Elective 4 BL312 BL330 BL339 _a 16 3 3 3 3 --3. 16 _a 17 3 3 3 3 4 3 4 BL395 HU251 BL440 BL499 BL Ornithology Animal Physiology Wildlife Ecology Junior Seminar Humanities I Stream and Wetland Ecology Senior Thesis Biology Elective Social Science Elective Elective 3 4 3 1 ...A 15 3 2 3 3 ...A 15 rn Q) Q) 6b Q) 0 ...rn '-4 0 ,-...4 Q) ~ C.) cd i:o Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2267 • 131 �Geology See College of Natural and Health Sciences, page 245. Bachelor's Degree Geology Options: Geology: Environmental Geology Elementary Teaching Secondary Teaching Environmental Science and Geology with Environmental Geology Career Choices: Energy Fuel Exploration Geologist Mineral Exploration and Production Geologist Paleontologist Geophysicist Environmental Geologist Hydrogeologist Teacher Student Profile: Do you ... like the outdoors? like to travel? like to use computers? enjoy meeting interesting people all over the world? want to be involved in resource management and protecting the environment? enjoy applying science and mathematics to understanding earth issues? enjoy reconstructing the earth's history? like the challenge of finding new resources? Program Description: Career Description: Geology deals with the dynamic Earth and its physical, chemical and biologic history. It involves the study of changes that are taking and have taken place and the forces that cause these changes. For example, geologists interpret the movements of the continents over geologic time and the formation of mountains, volcanoes and other features of the Earth's surface. Geologists attempt to understand our physical environment from which we derive most of the natural resources essential to civilization. They investigate the processes that led to the formation of mineral deposits, and oil, gas and coal. They also study environmental change throughout the history of the Earth and how that change and the development of life are related. Geologists attempt to predict natural disasters such as earthquakes, volcanic eruptions, and landslides, and they are very active in modeling groundwater flow to develop water reserves for municipalities and to protect groundwater from contammation. Geologists study the constraints imposed by nature and apply their knowledge to achieve harmony between the human race and its environment. Energy Fuels Exploration Geologist - searches worldwide for petroleum, gas, coal. Career opportunities are with integrated energy fuels exploration companies and government agencies. Mineral Exploration and Production Geologist - studies the origin, occurrences and extraction of metallic and non-metallic mineral resources such as gold, iron, uranium, diamonds, clay and limestone. Career opportunities are with many different kinds of companies and government agencies. Paleontologist - studies the origin and evolution of life through time and its applications to interpreting the geologic record. Career opportunities are with energy companies, museums, universities, government agencies. Geophysicist - uses non-destructive methods to determme the electrical, magnetic, gravimetric and seismic properties of earth with applications to exploration and environmental concerns. Career opportunities are with integrated energy, mineral and environmental companies, consulting firms and government agencies. Environmental Geologist/ Hydrogeologist - studies surface and groundwater supplies and contamination; flooding and land slide potential; and environmental quality issues such as chemical contammation of soils and solid waste disposal. Career opportunities are with companies in many industries, government agencies, and consulting firms. Teacher - teaches geology and earth science in elementary and secondary schools and many specialized fields of geology at the college level. 132 • Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2441 ..... - �Geology Geology Bachelor of Science (60 Credits) 4 Physical Geology I Physical Geology II 4 4 Historical Geology Structural Geology & Geologic 4 Graphics 4 Crystallography and Mineralogy GE221 Mineralogy & Petrography 4 GE222 Optical Mineralogy 3 GE321 Introduction to Geophysics 4 GE331 Invertebrate Paleontology I 3 GE351 Invertebrate Paleontology II 3 GE352 6 Field Geology GE436 Igneous and Metarnorphic GE422 Petrography 3 3 Sedimentary Petrography GE423 4 GE461 Stratigraphy & Sedimentation 4 Economic Geology I GE471 3 GE472 Economic Geology II (31 ·32 Credits) Support Courses General Chemistry I 5 CH115 General Chemistry II 4 CH116 Intro. to Microcomputer Applications CS101 3 or Survey of Computer Science CS121 Principles of Statistical Methods MA207 3 College Algebra MA111 and Calculus for Business and Life MA112 Sciences 7-8 or MA151 Calculus I and Calculus II MA152 Calculus I & Calculus II PH221 Elements of Physics I and Elements of Physics II PH222 8 or Applied Physics for PH231 Engineers and Scientists I and Applied Physics for PH232 Engineers and Scientists II Free elective credits and general education requirements must be completed so that at least 124 semester credits have been earned. Geology GE111 GE112 GE215 GE216 FALL First Year EN110 Freshman Composition MA111 College Algebra• or MA151 Calculus I GE111 Physical Geology I Soc Sci Elective SPRING 3 3-4 4 __.A 14-15 Second Year EN210 Research Paper Process GE215 Historical Geology GE221 Crystallography & Mineralogy CH115 General Chemistry I 3 4 4, MA112 Calculus for Business & Life Sciences or 4 MA152 Calculus II GE112 Physical Geology II 4 Soc. Sci. Elective 4 CS101 Intro. to Microcomputer Applications or 3 CS121 Survey of Computer Science 15 GE222 CH116 Electives Mineralogy & Petrography General Chemistry II 7 4 __.A 15 _j 16 Third Year GE351 Invertebrate Paleontology 1• • GE471 Economic Geology 1· • HU251 Humanities I SD101 Fund. of Speech Communication MA207 Principles of Statistical Methods 3 4 4 GE472 GE352 3 ~ Cullllral Diversity Economic Geology II** Invertebrate Paleontology II** flective Aesthetics Fourth Year GE321 Optical Mineralogy•• GE423 Sedimentary Petrography** PH221 Elements of Physics I or PH231 Applied Physics for Engineers and Scientists I Electives -1 15 17 Summer GE436 Field Geology•• 3 3 3 3 6 Igneous & Metamorphic Petrography* * 3 Stratigraphy & Sedimentation•• 4 Elements of Physics II 4 or 4 PH232 Applied Physics for Engineers And Scientists II _6 GE216 Structural Geology and Geologic 16 Graphics•• _4 15 *MA 109 Trigonometry and Vectors is required for students without high school trigonometry credit. ••Alternate year courses. 3 3 GE422 GE461 PH222 Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2441 • 133 �Geology Geology: Environmental Geology Option Bachelor of Science Geology GE111 GE112 GE215 GE216 tD p) (') ::r (D lo-- 0 ~"' (/J t, (D ~ (D (D (/J (48 credits) Physical Geology I 4 Physical Geology II 4 Historical Geology 4 Structural Geology and Geologic Graphics 4 GE221 Crystallography and Mineralogy 4 GE222 Mineralogy & Petrography 4 GE311 Principles Hydrology 3 Groundwater Hydrology GE312 3 GE331 Introduction to Geophysics 4 GE436 Field Geology 6 GE461 Stratigraphy & Sedimentation 4 GE471 Economic Geology I 4 Support Courses (45-47 credits) CH115 General Chemistry I 5 CH116 General Chemistry II 4 CH225 Organic Chemistry I 4 and CH226 Organic Chemistry II 4 EV341 Environmental Chemistry and 4 CH220 Survey of Organic Chemistry CH231 Quantitative Analysis 4 CH232 Instrumental Analysis 4 CS101 Intro. to Microcomputer Applications or 3 CS121 Survey of Computer Science MA111 College Algebra and MA112 Calculus for Business and Life Sciences or 7-8 MA151 Calculus I and MA152 Calculus II MA207 Principles of Statistical Methods or 3-4 MA308 Probability and Mathematical Statistics NS103 Environmental Science 3 PH221 Elements of Physics I and PH222 Elements of Physics II or 8 PH231 Applied Physics for Engineers and Scientists I and PH232 Applied Physics for Engineers and Scientists II FALL First Year MA111 College Algebra or MA151 Calculus I* EN110 Freshman Composition GE111 Physical Geology I Soc. Sci. Elective SPRING 3-4 3 4 ~ 14-15 MA112 Calculus for Business & Life Science or MA151 Calculus II GE112 Physical Geology II NS103 Environmental Science SD101 Fund. of Speech Communication Elective 4 4 3 3 -3 17 Second Year EN205 Technical Report Writing CH115 General Chemistry I GE215 Historical Geology GE221 Crystallography and Mineralogy 3 5 4 ~ 16 Third Year CH225 Organic Chemistry I or CH220 Survey of Organic Chemistry HU251 Humanities I PH221 Elements of Physics I or PH231 Applied Physics for Engineers and Scientists I Soc. Sci. Elective CS101 CS121 CH116 GE222 15 4 CH226 4 EV341 GE216 '4 PH222 ~ PH232 16 GE461 Summer GE436 Field Geology** Fourth Year GE311 Principles of Hydrology•• CH231 Quantitative Analysis MA207 Prin. of Statistical Methods or MA308 Probability and Mathematics GE471 Economic Geology I** Intro. to Microcomputer Applications or 3 Survey of Computer Science General Chemistry II 4 Mineralogy and Petrography 4 Elective ~ Organic Chemistry II or Environmental Chemistry Structural Geology and Geologic Graphics** Elements of Physics II or Applied Physics for Engineers and Scientists II Stratigraphy & Sedimentation** 4 o-J 4 4 ~ 16 6 3 4 3-4 CH232 GE312 GE331 Cultural Diversity Instrumental Analysis Groundwater Hydrology•* Introduction to Geophysics** Aesthetics Elective ~ 14-15 *MA109 Trigonometry and Vectors is required for students without high school trigonometry credit. ••Alternate year courses. Free elective credits and general education requirements must be completed so that at least 124 semester credits have been earned. 134 • Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2441 .._, 3 4 3 4 -3 17 ...... �Geology Geology Geology/Elementary Teaching Option Bachelor of Science (61-64 credits) Planned Program Courses 3 Freshman Composition EN110 3 Intro. to Literature and Research EN215 American Literature I EN231 3 or EN232 American Literature II Responding to Writing EN320 3 or Emergent Literacy ED420 3 Children's Literature EN335 4 World Regional Geography GG201 History of World Civilization I HS101 4 or United States History I HS131 History of World Civilization II HS102 4 or United States History II HS132 4 Humanities I HU251 Number Systems and Problem MA103 4 Solving 4 Geometry and Measurement MA104 2 MA109* Trigonometry and Vectors *Required for students who have not had high school trigonometry. 3 College Algebra MA111 3 Principles of Statistical Methods MA207 Child and Adolescent Development 3 PV265 Intro. to American Government PS110 and Politics 3-4 or Intro. to Canadian Government PS160 and Politics 3 Fund. of Speech Communication SD101 3 Aesthetics Elective (5D-53 credits) Courses Required for Major Applied Chemistry CH108 4-7 or Life Chemistry I CH104 and Life Chemistry II CH105 Intro. to Computer Programming CS105 or Intro. to Microcomputer Applications 3 CS101 or Survey of Computer Science CS121 4 Physical Geology I GE111 4 Physical Geology II GE112 4 Historical Geology GE215 Structural Geology and Geologic GE216 4 Graphics 4 Crystallography and Mineralogy GE221 Mineralogy and Petrography 4 GE222 3 Invertebrate Paleontology I GE351 3 Invertebrate Paleontology II GE352 6 Field Geology GE436 Physical Geography: Meteorology GG108 4 and Climatology 3 Conceptual Physics NS101 FALL First Year MA109 Trigonometry and Vectors* EN110 Freshman Composition GE111 Physical Geology I TE150 Reflections on Learning and Teaching CS121 Survey of Computer Science or CS101 Intro. to Microcomputer Applications SPRING 2 3 4 EN232 GE112 GG108 3 SD101 PY265 3 American Literature II 3 Physical Geology 11 4 Physical Geography: Meteorology and Climatology** 4 Fund. of Speech Communication 3 Child & Adolescent Development ......a 17 15 *MA 109 is not required for students with high school trigonometry. Second Year EN215 Intro. to Literature and Research GE215 Historical Geology HS101 History of World Civilization MA103 Number Systems and Problem Solving 3 4 4 _A CH108 Applied Chemistry MA111 College Algebra HS102 History of World Civilization II MA104 Geometry and Measurement TE250 Student Diversity and Schools 15 Third Year PS110 Intro. to American Government and Politics GE221 Crystallography & Mineralogy GG201 World Regional Geography TE301 Learner, Learning and Teaching in Context 4 4 4 _A __:J 19 EN335 GE216 Children's Literature Structural Geology and Geologic Graphics** GE222 Mineralogy and Petrography MA207 Principles of Statistical Methods NS101 Conceptual Physics 16 Summer GE436 Field Geology*• 4 3 4 4 3 4 4 3· ......a 17 Fifth Year (internship year) TE491 Internship: Teaching Diverse Learners I 6 TE601 Professional Roles & Teaching Practice I 3 TE802 Reflection and Inquiry in Teaching Practice I ......a 12 **Alternate year courses. (1) (1) 61) V 0 . r/J 6 Fourth Year EN320 Responding to Writing or 3 ED420 Emergent Literacy GE351 Invertebrate Paleontology I 3 4 HU251 Humanities I TE401 Teaching, Learning and Assessment in the Classroom I ~ 15 r/J ~ GE352 TE402 TE492 TE603 TE604 Invertebrate Paleontology II** 3 Elective 3 3-4 Aesthetics Elective Teaching, Learning and Assessment in the Classroom 11 J. 15-16 Internship: Teaching Diverse Learners II 6 Professional Roles & Teaching Practe II 3 Reflection and Inquiry in Teaching __:J Practice II 12 Professional Education Minor (21 credits) Reflections on Learning and TE150 3 Teaching Student Diversity and Schools 3 TE250 Students and the Contexts of TE301 4 Learning TE401 Learner Diversity and Teaching: Practicum I 5 6 TE402 Crafting Teaching Practice Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2441 • 135 0 1"""'"I (1) ~ C,) cd co �Geology Geology Geology/Secondary Teaching Option Bachelor of Science to ~ r., ~ ~ ,.._ 0 . ~ rJl 0 ~ ~ ~ ~ rJl Planned Program Courses (36-39 credits) Intro. to Microcomputer Applications CS101 3 or CS121 Survey of Computer Science EN110 Freshman Composition 3 EN210 Research Paper Process 3 Humanities I 4 HU251 2 MA109* Trigonometry and Vectors *Required for students who have not had high school trigonometry. College Algebra MA111 3-4 or MA151 Calculus I Calculus for Business and Life MA112 Sciences 4 or MA152 Calculus II Prin. of Statistical Methods 3 MA207 PY101 Introduction to Psychology 3 SD101 Fund. of Speech Communication 3 Aesthetics Elective 3 4 Social Science Elective Group Science Minor (25 credits) BL109 General Biology 4 General Zoology 2 BL110 BL111 General Botany 2 CH115 General Chemistry I 5 General Chemistry II 4 CH116 PH221 Elements of Physics I or 4 PH231 Applied Physics for Engineers and Scientists I PH222 Elements of Physics II 4 or PH232 Applied Physics for Engineers and Scientists II (40 credits) Courses Required for Malor 4 GE111 Physical Geology I GE112 Physical Geology II 4 GE215 Historical Geology 4 GE216 Structural Geology and Geologic Graphics 4 4 GE221 Crystallography and Mineralogy GE222 Mineralogy and Petrography 4 Invertebrate Paleontology I 3 GE351 GE352 Invertebrate Paleontology II 3 GE436 Field Geology 6 Physical Geography: Meteorology GG108 4 and Climatology (21 credits) Professional Education Minor TE150 Reflections on Learning and Teaching 3 TE250 Student Diversity and Schools 3 TE301 Students and the Contexts of Learning 4 TE401 Learner Diversity and Teaching: Practicum I 5 TE402 Crafting Teaching Practice 6 FALL First Year MA109 Trigonometry and Vectors* 2 EN110 Freshman Composition 3 MA111 College Algebra 3-4 or MA151 Calculus I 4 GE111 Physical Geology I TE150 Reflections on Learning and Teaching__3. 13-16 *MA 109 is not required for students with high school trigonometry. Second Year CH115 General Chemistry I GE215 Historical Geology EN210 Research Paper Process HU251 Humanities II Third Year BL109 General Biology GE221 Crystallogy & Mineralogy PH221 Elements of Physics I or PH231 Applied Physics for Engineers and Scientists I TE301 Students and the Contexts of Learning 5 4 3 _A 16 SPRING CS101 Intro. to Microcomputer Applications or 3 CS121 Survey of Computer Science GE112 Physical Geology II 4 MA112 Calculus for Natural Sciences or 4 MA152 Calculus II _A PY101 Introduction to Psychology 15 CH116 GG108 SD101 TE250 4 4 3 3 _a 17 4 4 4 BL110 Bt.111 GE216 GE222 PH222 -1 PH232 16 Summer GE436 Field Geology** General Chemistry II Physical Geography: Meteorology & Climatology Aesthetics Elective Fund. of Speech Communication Student Diversity & Schools General Zoology General Botany Structural Geology and Geologic Graphics** Mineralogy & Petrography Elements of Physics 11 or Applied Physics for Engineers and Scientists II 2 2 4 4 4 ...... 16 6 Fourth Year 3 GE351 Invertebrate Paleontology I NS119 Descriptive Astronomy 3 Soc. Sci. Elective 4 TE401 Teaching, Learning and Assessment in the Classroom I ~ 15 Fifth Year (internship year; MSU graduate courses) TE491 Internship: Teaching Diverse Learners I 6 TE601 Professional Roles & Teaching Practice I 3 TE602 Reflection and Inquiry in Teaching _a Practice I 12 GE352 TE402 Invertebrate Paleontology II 3 Teaching, Learning and Assessment in the Classroom II 6 Electives 4 MA207 Principles of Statistical Methods _a 16 ...... ._.. TE492 TE603 TE604 Internship: Teaching Diverse Learners II Professional Roles & Teaching Practicum II Reflection and Inquiry in Teaching Practice II 6 3 _a *MA 109 Trigonometry and Vectors is required for students without high school trigonometry credit. *•Alternate year courses. 136 • Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2441 - 12 ...... �Geology Geology Environmental Science and Geology with Environmental Geology Option Bachelor of Science, Dual Major Departmental Requirements (119-122) BL 109 General Biology 4 BL 11 O General Zoology 2 BL111 General Botany 2 BL204 General Microbiology 4 BL230 Introduction to Soils 3 BL337 General Ecology 3 CH115 General Chemistry I 5 CH116 General Chemistry II 4 CH225 Organic Chemistry I 4 CH226 Organic Chemistry II 4 CH231 Quantitative Analysis 4 CH232 Instrumental Analysis 4 CS101 Intro. to Microcomputer Applications 3 EV311 Environmental Law 3 EV313 Solid & Hazardous Waste 3 EV341 Environmental Chemistry I: Water & Water Pollution Control 4 EV395 Junior Seminar 1 EV499 Senior Thesis 2 GE111 Physical Geology I 4 GE112 Physical Geology II 4 GE215 Historical Geology 4 GE216 Structural Geology and Geological Graphics 4 GE221 Crystallography & Mineralogy 4 GE222 Mineralogy & Petrography 4 GE311 Principles of Hydrology 3 GE312 Groundwater Hydrology 3 GE436 Field Geology 6 GE461 Stratigraphy & Sedimentation 4 ID300 Human Environment 3 MA109 Trigonometry and Vectors* 2 *Required for students who have not had high school trigonometry. MA111 College Algebra and MA112 Calculus for Business and Life Sciences or 7-8 MA151 Calculus I and MA152 Calculus II MA207 Principles of Statistical Methods 3 NS103 Environmental Science 3 PH221 Elements of Physics I and PH222 Elements of Physics II or 8 PH231 Applied Physics for Engineers and Scientists I and PH232 Applied Physics for Engineers and Scientists II Nine credits of free electives and three credits of designated electives are required. GE112 serves as a designated elective for the environmental science major. A minimum of 153 semester credits is required for the dual major. FALL First Year CH115 General Chemistry I GE111 Physical Geology I MA109 Trigonometry & Vectors* MA111 College Algebra or MA151 Calculus I NS103 Environmental Science SPRING 5 4 2 CH116 GE112 EN110 MA112 3-4 _a MA152 General Chemistry II Physical Geology II Freshman Composition Calculus for Business and Life Science or Calculus II 15-18 Second Year CH225 Organic Chemistry I GE221 Crystallography & Mineralogy EN205 Technical Report Writing BL109 General Biology 4 4 3 .....1 15 Third Year BL337 General Ecology 3 CH231 Quantitative Analysis 4 GE215 Historical Geology 4 CS101 Intro. to Microcomputer Applications 3 EV311 Environmental Law** _.3. 3 4 3 4 _.3. 17 Summer GE436 Field Geology*• Fitth Year BL204 General Microbiology GE311 Principles of Hydrology•• Elective HU251 Humanities I 4 15 CH226 MA207 GE222 BS110 BL111 Organic Chemistry II Principles of Statistical Methods Mineralogy & Petrography. General Zoology General Botany 4 3 4 2 -2 15 CH232 EV341 BL230 Instrumental Analysis Elective Environmental Chemistry I: Water & Water Pollution Introduction to Soils 17 Fourth Year EV313 Solid and Hazardous Waste** PH221 Elements of Physics I or PH231 Applied Physics for Engineers and Scientists I SD101 Fund. of Speech Communication Soc. Sci. Elective Cultural Diversity 4 4 3 4 4 4 _.3. 15 EV395 PH222 Junior Seminar Elements of Physics 11 or PH232 Applied Physics for Engineers and Scientists II GE216 Structural Geology and Geologic Graphics** Soc. Sci. Elective GE461 Stratigraphy & Sedimentation** 4 4 4 .....1 17 6 4 3 3 .....1 14 (/) Q) Q) Q Q) 0 (/) ..$.-4 0 l""'""4 Q) ~ C) ro GE312 ID300 EV499 GE331 Groundwater Hydrology** Human Environment Senior Thesis Introduction to Geophysics** Aesthetics Elective 3 3 2 4 _.3. 15 *MA 109 is not required for students with high school trigonometry. **Alternate year courses. Lake Superior State University • 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2441 • 137 ~ �History See College of Arts, Letters and Social Sciences, page 211. Bachelor of Arts Bachelor of Science Elementary Teacher Certification Secondary Teacher Certification Career Choices: Elementary/Secondary Teacher Museum Archivists and Curator University Professor Government Worker Student Profile: Program Description: Career Description: The bachelor of arts or science degree will prepare you for entrylevel work in industry and government as well as prepare you for graduate or professional schools. Elementary/Secondary Teacher teaches elementary, middle and high school students; becomes educational administrator. Students may wish to co-enroll in the Teacher Education Program and complete the requirements for elementary or secondary certification. Other Qualifications - Graduate degrees may be necessary for some of the positions shown. The Ph.D. is essential for appointment to a permanent teaching and research position in colleges and universities. Museum Archivist and Curator searches for, acquires, appraises, analyzes, describes, arranges, catalogs, restores, preserves, exhibits, maintains and stores items of lasting value for museums. University Professor - teaches undergraduate and graduate courses; conducts research. Government Worker - work for a variety of local, state and federal agencies as operational level personnel artd manager. Other Opportunities - include preparation for graduate or professional schools. Are you .. . interested in the past? a critical thinker? a good reader? curious about how the past affects the present? 138 • Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2275 �History History Bachelor of Arts Bachelor of Science Requirements for the bachelor of arts: 1) the general education requirements of the University; 2) one year of foreign language or its equivalent; 3) HS101, 102 History of World Civilization sequence; or HS131, 132 United States History sequence; 4) 16 semester hours of 300- and/or 400-level history courses; 5) HS496 Historical Methods and HS497 Senior Seminar in History; 6) additional history electives to total 30 semester hours; 7) GG106 Physical Geography: Landforms or GE111 Physical Geology I and 66201 World Regional Geography; 8) one course from: GG306, 321,322,323,325,360, or EC201; and 9) one minor. Total department credits required: 70 semester hours. Requirements for the bachelor of science: This degree includes requirements 1,3,4,5,6,7,8 and 9 above but excludes 2. However, in place of the foreign language the student must take a minimum of eight semester hours of social sciences, natural sciences or mathematics beyond the general education and major requirements. Total department credits required: 70 semester hours. Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Science FALL First Year EN110 Freshman Composition* SD101 Fund. of Speech Communication NS Elective HS101 History of World Civilization I SPRING or HS131 3 3 HU251 NS HS102 Humanities I Minor Elective History of World Civilization II 4 4 4 4 or 4 HS132 United States History II 4 United States History I 14 Second Year GG106 Physical Geography: Landforms GG201 History or GE111 Physical Geology I History Elective EN21 O Research Paper Process• 4 4 HU World Regional Geography Elective Elective Cogn~te"'* or Language 4 4 4 _A 16 w EN215 16 3 Intro. to Literature & Research* Cognate** or Language _A 15 Third Year HS 300- or 400-Level History Elective Minor Geography Requirement 300-Level 4 HS 4 4 HS440 or EC201 Prine. of Macroeconomics Free Elective 3 _A 300- or 400-Level History Elective 4 Minor 4 The Declaration of Independence and the Constitution 4 Minor _A 16 15-16 Fourth Year HS497 Senior Seminar in History 2 HS496 Historical Methods 2 HS 300- or 400-Level History Elective 4 HS 300- or 400-Level History Elective 4 Minor 4 Minor 4 Free Elective _A Free Electives ----5. 15 14 "'May be taken fall or spring semester. "'*The cognate requirement is simply the BA/BS differentiation. Students who want a bachelor of arts degree should take eight semester hours (one year) of a foreign language to fulfill this requirement. Students who want a bachelor of science degree should select eight semester hours of social sciences, natural sciences or mathematics beyond the general education and major requirements. Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2275 • 139 �History History Elementary Teacher Certification Bachelor of Arts Bachelor of Science td p) n ::r (I) ""'"" 0 . '"1 rJj tj (I) (IQ '"1 (I) (I) rJj FALL First Year EN110 Freshman Composition• 3 NS110 Chemistry in Society 4 HS101 History of World Civilization I or 4 HS131 United States History I CS101 Intro. to Microcomputer Applications ......3. 14 Requirements: In addition to the general education requirements, students must complete: 1. 53 semester credit hours in the courses specified below, or their equivalents; 2. The planned program for elementary teachers, excluding the social sciences and history section; and 3. 21 credits in teacher education courses TE150, 250,301,401, and 402. You earn a bachelor's degree and then participate in a fifth-year teaching internship with accompanying graduate course work in order to become certified to teach. Required Courses: HS101 History of World Civilization I and 8 HS102 History of World Civilization II or HS131 United States History I and 8 United States History II The Declaration of Independence HS440 and the Constitution 4 HS496 Historical Methods 2 Senior Seminar in History 2 HS497 Additional 300/400-level History Electives lo Total 30 Semester Hours 14 PS110 Intro. to American Government & 4 Politics PS130 Intro. to State and Local Government 4 World Regional Geography GG201 4 GG306 Cultural Geography 3 B.A. B.S. 1st Year Foreign Language or Science Cognate from Planned Program 8 Second Year PS110 Intro. to American Government and Politics GE114 Field Excursions in Earth Science TE250 Student Diversity and Schools EN215 Intro. to Literature and Research MA103 Number Systems and Problem Solving 4 3 3 3 SPRING SD101 HU251 HS102 HS132 MA110 TE150 PS130 GG201 MA104 Fund. of Speech Communication Humanities I History of World Civilization II or United States History II Explorations in Mathematics Reflections on Learning 3 4 4 3 _3. 17 Intro. to State and Local Government 4 Planned Program - English 3 World Regional Geography 4 _A Geometry and Measurement 15 ~ J _A 18 Third Year HS 300/400-Level History Elective GG306 Cultural Geography Elective Planned Progn(m - Science Planned Program - English 4 3 3 HS440 3 TE301 ......3. 16 PY265 The Declaration of Independence and the Constitution Planned Program - Science Students and the Contexts of Learning Child & Adolescent Development Planned Program in English 4 3 4 3 ......3. 17 Fourth Year HS496 Historical Methods 2 HS 300/400-Level History Elective 4 TE401 Teaching, Learning and Assessment in the Classroom 5 Elective HU ......3. HS497 HS TE402 Senior Seminar in History 2 300/400-Level History Elective 4 Teaching, Learning and Assessment in the Classroom II 6 _3. Elective 15 14 Graduate with bachelor's degree Fifth Year TE491 Internship in Teaching Diverse Learners I 6 TE601 Professional Roles & Teaching Practice I 3 TE602 Reflection and Inquiry in Teaching _3. Practice I TE492 TE603 TE604 Internship in Teaching Diverse Learners II 6 Professional Roles and Teaching Practice II 3 Reflection and Inquiry in Teaching _3. Practice II 12 ._.. 12 *May be taken faff or spring semester. * *The cognate requirement is simply the BA/BS differentiation. Students who want a bachelor of arts degree should take eight semester hours (one year) of a foreign language to fulfill this requirement. Students who want a bachelor of science degree should take eight semester hours of social sciences, natural sciences or mathematics beyond the general education and major requirements. 140 • Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2275 _, - �History History Secondary Teacher Certijication FALL First Year EN11 O Freshman Composition* NS Elective HS101 History of World Civilization I or HS131 United States History I Minor Bachelor of Arts Bachelor of Science or HS131 United States History I and 8 HS132 United States History II HS440 The Declaration of Independence and the Constitution 4 HS496 Historical Methods 2 HS497 Senior Seminar in History 2 Additional 300/400-level history electives to total 30 semester hours 14 PS110 Intro. to American Government and Politics 4 PS130 Intro. to State and Local Government 4 GG106 Physical Geography: Landforms 4 or GE111 Physical Geology I 4 GG201 World Regional Geography 4 .1st Year Foreign Language B.S. Social Science Cognate or 3 4 SD101 HU251 HS102 Fund. of Speech Communication Humanties I History of World Civilization 11 3 4 or 4 HS132 TE150 United States History II Reflections on Leaming and Teaching 4· _A 15 Requirements: In addition to general education requirements, students must complete: 1. 53 semester credit hours in the courses specified below, or their equivalents; 2. A minor approved for teacher certification; and 3. 21 credits in teacher education courses TE150, 250, 301, 401, and 402. You earn a bachelor's degree and then participate in a fifth-year teaching internship with accompanying graduate course work in order to become certified to teach. Required Courses: HS101 History of World Civilization I and 8 HS102 History of World Civilization II B.A. SPRING 8 Second Year PS110 Intro. to American Government And Politics TE250 Student Diversity and Schools GG106 Physical Geography: Landforms or GE111 14 EN210 4 3 -3. GG201 PS130 4 Research Paper Process* 3 Cognate** 4 World Regional Geography 4 Intro. to State and Local Government _A 15 Physical Geology I 15 Third Year HS 300/400-Level History Elective Minor Minor HU Elective 4 4 4 _A 16 HS440 1-\S TE301 The Declaration of Independence and the Constitution 300/400-Level History Elective Minor Students and the Contexts of Learning 4 4 4 _A 16 Fourth Year HS496 Historical Methods 2 HS 300/400-Level History Elective 4 TE401 Teaching, Learning and Assessment in the Classroom I 5 Minor _A 15 KS49T HS TE402 Senior Seminar in History 2 4 -300/400-Level History Elective Teaching, Learning and Assessment in the Classroom II 6 Nat Sci Elective _A 16 Graduate with bachelor's degree Fifth Year TE491 Internship in Teaching Diverse Learners I 6 TE601 Professional Roles & Teaching Practice I 3 TE602 Reflection and Inquiry in Teaching Practice I ~ 12 TE492 TE603 TE604 Internship in Teaching Diverse Learners II 6 Professional Roles and Teaching Practice II 3 Reflection and Inquiry in Teaching Practice II ~ 12 *May be taken fall or spring semester. • *The cognate requirement is simply the BA/BS differentiation. Students who want a bachelor of arts degree should take eight semester hours (one year) of a foreign language to fulfill this requirement. Students who want a bachelor of science degree will satisfy this requirement through credits in English, social sciences, natural sciences or mathematics beyond the general education and major requirements. Lake Supertor State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2275 • 141 �Human Services See College of Arts, Letters and Social Sciences, page 211. Bachelor of Science Career Choices: Paraprofessional Worker Child Welfare Worker Case Manager Administrator Adult Services Worker Substance Abuse Worker Elder Services Worker Corrections Workers Student Profile: Do you ... have patience? understand people in trouble? want to be a good role model? Because curriculums in the human services area vary with each student, please see your advisor to set up a schedule that meets your needs. Program Description: Career Description: The human services major allows you to combine functional competencies with an academic preparation in psychology or sociology. Students complete three minors. One of the three must be the coordinating minor selected from either psychology or sociology. All skill minors require a practicum or internship. A total of 9-16 credits of practicum must be completed between the two skill minors. No more than 16 credits of practicum may be counted for the degree. The general requirements must also be completed. Child Welfare Worker - works with children and families in areas of protective services. This can occur in a variety of local government and state agencies. J Case Manager - monitors services, assesses needs, coordinates with other agencies, refers clients to other agencies and provides like services to clients. Administrator - is responsible for the delivery, resource development, goal setting, supervision of staff and general management of agencies or programs within agencies. Adult Services Worker - provides for the social, legal, residential, medical and custodial needs of those adults who are impaired and unable to care for their own needs. Substance Abuse Worker provides needed services for persons suffering from a pathological abuse of a variety of chemical substances. Elder Services Worker - helps to introduce to the elderly a number of programs focusing on their needs. · Corrections Worker - operates as parole/ probation officer or works within secure correctional facilities to provide clients with methods of changing criminal behavior. 142 • Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2217 ...... �Individualized Studies See any college dean Program Description: Career Description: The individual studies degree may be appropriate if you desire an unusually specialized program. The purpose of the degree is to provide you an opportunity to specialize in two or more academic areas. You will meet with an academic advisor to plan an individualized studies academic program that reflects your professional and personal goals. You plan your career and with the help of your advisor and dean, set up your program to meet your ·career goals. Bachelor of Arts Bachelor of Science Career Choices: Your choice of career Student Profile: Do you ... have a career choice in mind where a regular degree will not give you the background you need? Guidelines for an individualized studies degree are: 1. Contact a dean or regional site director with a preliminary plan for degree development. 2. The dean or regional site director will identify possible faculty advisor/ s or another dean to counsel you in degree planning. 3. The advisor/ s will assist you in the development of the proposal. The proposal must include justification for specialization and a list of courses which meet the individualized studies degree requirement including: a. general education requirements. b. minimum of 124 credits and a minimum of 32 of the final 40 hours on campus or a minimum of 32 of the final 64 hours at a regional center. c. 24 credits at 300 / 400 level in addition to general education requirements and a 2.00 cumulative GPA. 4. You need to contact the chairperson of the Individualized Studies Committee to schedule a committee meeting. 5. You will present the degree proposal to the committee for review. It is recommended that your advisor attend this meeting. 6. The committee will approve your original proposal, approve your proposal with recommended changes, or not approve your degree proposal. 7. You and your advisor will submit an approved Degree Audit Sheet to the chairperson to be distributed to the committee. 8. You will process a Curriculum Change Card. 9. Any course changes from the approved program must be submitted to the respective dean for approval. Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2012 • 143 �Legal Assistant Studies See College of Arts, Letters and Social Sciences, page 211. Bachelor of Science Program Description: Career Descriptions: Specialties in: The legal assistant profession is one of the occupations projected to grow the fastest through the year 2005 according to the U.S. Department of Labor. A legal assistant (or paralegal) is a valued member of the legal team and works under the supervision of attorneys. Litigation Legal Assistant conducts legal, factual and computerized research; drafts legal pleadings and documents; interviews clients and witnesses; investigates, gathers and organizes case information; assists at trial. Legal Administration Criminal Law Personal Injury Labor Law Legislative/ Constitutional Law Career Choices: Litigation Legal Assistant Corporate Legal Assistant Criminal Law Legal Assistant Governmental Legal Assistant Real Estate Legal Assistant Student Profile: Do you have ... an interest in the law? a desire and commitment to help others? a good work ethic? good verbal and written communication skills? detail orientation and good organization skills? a well-established set of ethics? self-motivation, initiative and a positive outlook? good human relations skills? an ability to think logically? a willingness to learn new skills and to be challenged? This program is designed to trairi qualified legal assistants capable of working in a variety of areas of the law and in a variety of work environments. Consequently, the role and job duties of a legal assistant vary depending on the areas of law and work environment in which a legal assistant is employed. Such diversity, varied challenges, and employment possibilities are what makes the legal assistant profession so interesting and rewarding. There are four different degrees or offerings in legal assistant studies. They are as follows: (1) a four-year baccalaureate degree in legal assistant studies with an emphasis in legal administration, criminal law, personal injury, labor law, legislative/ constitutional law or a selected minor as approved by the legal assistant studies coordinator; (2) a two-year associate' s degree in legal assistant studies; (3) a postbaccalaureate (one-year) certificate in legal assistant studies (which is available to students who already have a bachelor's degree in some other discipline and wish to make a career change or advancement); or (4) a minor in legal assistant studies which can complement various majors (and may also be helpful to students who are planning on attending law school). The requirements for these programs are based upon the guidelines of the National Association of Legal Assistants. Corporate Legal Assistant drafts and/ or analyzes various legal documents; attends meetings, negotiations or closings; performs legal and factual research; monitors compliance with applicable industry regulations; assists attorneys with preparation for collective bargaining, contract negotiations, administrative hearings or trials. Criminal Law Legal Assistant conducts comprehensive interviews of defendants, law enforcement, victims, and/ or witnesses; performs case and field investigations; locates and coordinates usage of applicable experts; prepares motions, briefs or other legal dbcuments; acts as a litigation assistant during trial and any appeal. Governmental Legal Assistant works as an immigration specialist; civil rights analyst; environmental protection specialist; mediation specialist; legislative analyst; workers compensation claims examiner, etc. (even the White House has employed legal assistants). Real Estate Legal Assistant conducts title searches; drafts real estate closing documents; monitors compliance with title, survey, disclosure and/ or regulatory requirements; schedules and participates in real estate closings. Note: The above career descriptions are only a sampling of the numerous avenues available to legal assistants. See next page for additional employment listings. 144 • Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2217 ......, �Legal Assistant Studies Legal Assistant Studies Bachelor of Science t.....i For this degree, students must complete the required courses in the majors that are listed below, the general education requirements, plus electives to total 124-128 credits. Students must elect a specialty area (see next page) or a minor as approved by the legal assistant studies coordinator. Required Major Courses (45 credits) Business Law I BA254 3 Business Law II BA255 3 Substantive Criminal Law CJ319 3 LA102 Legal Research and Case Analysis 3 LA125 Civil Litigation and Procedure 4 Personal Injury Litigation and LA140 Investigative Techniques 3 LA150 The Legal Assistant Profession and Ethical Considerations 3 Legal Writing and Analysis LA202 3 Law Office Management, LA250 Systems and Technology 3 Real Estate Law LA320 3 Family Law LA321 2 Probate Law & Procedure LA322 3 LA401 Evidence & Trial Practice 3 Advanced Legal Writing & LA450 Interviewing Seminar 3 Elective** LA 3 General Education (33 credits)* Freshman Composition EN110 3 Research Paper Process 3 EN210 PS11D Intro. to American Government and Politics 4 and Constitutional Law and PS467 Civil Liberties 4 SD101 Fund. of Speech Communication 3 Natural Science 8 Humanities 8 Cognates - Required (13·15 credits) Procedural Criminal Law CJ409 3 LA299 Legal Assistant Internship and Professional Development 6-8 Seminar Accounting Procedures••• OA119 4 Word Processing/Computer Science (2·3 credits) Choose one of the following: Intro. to Microcomputer Applications CS101 DP225 Word Processing Techniques DP151 Computer Applications Legal Specialty or Minor (20+ credits) See next page. Electives (11-12 credits) Electives are to be chosen in consultation with FALL First Year EN110 Freshman Composition* LA102 Legal Research & Case Analysis LA150 Legal Assistant Profession and Ethical Considerations SD110 Fund. of Speech Communication OA119 Accounting Procedures SPRING 3 3 LA125 LA140 3 3 PS110 _A 16 Second Year EN210 Research Paper Process• LA202 Legal Writing & Analysis LA320 Real Estate Law LA321 Family Law BA254 Business Law I Elective 3 3 3 LA322 BA255 LA250 2 3 Civil Litigation & Procedure 4 Personal Injury Litigation and Investigative Techniques 3 Intro. to American Government and Politics 4 Cognate 3 Elective -2 16 Probate Law and Procedure Business Law II Law Office Management, Systems & Technology Electives -2.:3. 3 3 3 -6 15 15-16 Third Year LA401 Evidence & Trial Practice CJ319 Substantive Criminal Law NS Elective Specialty/Minor LA Elective Fourth Year PS467 Constitutional Law and Civil Liberties Specialty/Minor Elective HU 3 4 4 4 _a 18 CJ409 NS _a LA299 HU Advanced Legal Writing and Interviewing Seminar Legal Assistant internship Specialty/Minor Elective 3 6 3 0 00 _A "'$-4 16 ...-4 *May be taken fall or spring semester. 0 Q) r.c:C.) Employment: advisor. *The legal assistant B.S. degree requires eight credits in social science, natural science or mathematics beyond those for general education. These requirements may be fulfilled in part or in total through the specialty areas section or the minor. Students should consult their advisors. • *See LA300, seminar in legal assistant studies; also consult with legal assistant advisor. ***ACl32 may be substituted for OAll9 for students specializing in legal administration. 00 Q) Q) Q Q) _A 15 3 4 6 16 LA450 4 7 Procedural Criminal Law Elective Specialty/Minor Elective Legal assistants are employed with ... private law firms corporations financial institutions government (federal, tribal, state or local) courts and mediation systems real estate offices and title companies insurance companies special interest groups prosecutor or public defender offices educational institutions financial service organizations credit and collection agencies service, consulting or publishing companies Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2217 • 145 cd co �Legal Assistant Studies Legal Assistant Studies Specialties A student shall obtain a minimum of 20 credits in any one of the specialty areas listed bel~w. Specialty area courses should be selected in consultation with your legal assistant studies advisor. As an alternative to selecting a specialty area within this program, a student may choose a minor that must be approved by the legal assistant studies advisor or dean. Nots: At least nine credit hours shall be at the 300-400 level. Criminal Law Specialty Intro. to Criminal Justice Investigation Correctional Law CJ250 Juvenile Justice CJ355 Criminalistics Alternative Dispute Resolution ., and Conflict Management Introduction to Psychology Abnormal Psychology PY259 Introduction to Sociology S0101 Cultural Diversity 90 103 Criminology Deviance 0 to $lJ n P"' ('I) ..... 0 '"i '(/l-- t, ('I) 3 3 3 3 3 3 4, 3 3 3 3 3 Labor Law Specialty EC201 ~ ('I) EC202 EC403 ('I) '(/l LA301 LA406 MN360 MN365 MN451 MN464 MN469 PY228 PY383 S0313 Principles of Macroeconomics or Principles of Microeconomics Private Enterprtse and Public Policy Alternative Dispute Resolution and Conflict Worker's Disability Compensation Law Principles of Management Human Resource Management Labor Law Organizational Behavior Collective Bargaining Organizational Behavior Industrial Psychology Work and Organization 3 3 3 2 3 3 4 3 3 3 3 3 Legal Administration Specialty AC132 AC133 AC232 AC233 AC332 AC334 AC421 AC422 BA226 EC302 FN341 FN443 LA301 MK281 MK387 MN360 MN365 MN461 MN464 PY228 SD320 Principles of Accounting I Principles of Accounting II Intermediate Accounting I Intermediate Accounting II Cost Accounting I Accounting Information Systems Federal Taxation Accounting I Federal Taxation Accounting II Records Management Managerial Economics Managerial Finance Insurance Alternative Dispute Resolution and Conflict Management Marketing Principles and Strategy Advertising Theory and Practice Principles of Management Human Resource Management Management Simulation Organizational Behavior Organizational Behavior Public Relations Personal Injury Specialty BL105 BL121 BL122 CH104 CH105 FN443 HE209 LA301 Function of the Human Body Human Anatomy & Physiology I Human Anatomy & Physiology II Life Chemistry I Life Chemistry II Insurance Pharmacology•• Alternative Dispute Resolution and Conflict Management No-Fault Automobile Law Worker's Disability Compensation Law Introduction to Psychology Social Psychology Personality Theory Health Psychology Construction I Construction 11 4 4 4 4 4 3 3 3 3 LA405 3 3 4 --L~ 2 4 4 PY101 4 PY217 3 PY357 3 3 PY385 3 3 TCIOI 3 3 TC102 3 3 3 *LA300 seminar in legal assistant studies may 3 apply to certain specialties and can be taken with 3 approval of legal assistant coordinator. In the 3 alternative, these special topics may be used as 4 the required legal assistant elective. ..Prerequisites: BL 122 or BL 105 or CH105 Legislative/Constitutional Law Specialty EC201 EC202 EC305 HS131 HS132 LA301 LA305 PS130 PS201 PS301 PS364 PS367 PS401 Principles of Macroeconomics or Principles of Microeconomics Public Finance United States History I United States History II Alternative Dispute Resolution and Conflict and Management Tribal Law and Government Introduction to State and Local Government Intro. to Public Administration Policy Analysis and Evaluation Political Parties, Interest Groups & Public Opinion Congress & the Presidency Prin. of Public Administration 4 4 4 3 4 4 3 3 3 4 4 3 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 146 • Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2217 .J J ., .; �Manufacturing Engineering Technology See College of Engineering, Mathematics and Business, page 231. Program Description: Career Description: Manufacturing engineering technology (MfgET) is a multidisciplinary field that integrates knowledge from areas of study such as science, math, computers, mechanical engineering, electronics engineering, management and economics. MfgET is a profession that gives you the expertise to develop tools, processes, machines and equipment to make quality products at a reasonable cost. The profession also involves working with and coordination of people from several other fields. Whether it be a single gear or a complete automobile engine, the complete set of events that results in a finished product is planned and implemented by a manufacturing engineer. Once you graduate from LSSU, you will have many manufacturing career choices ranging from applied technical research to management of systems and personnel. Typical graduates have obtained engineering and technology positions in design of automated manufacturing systems, computer-aided design and manufacturing, qualify control, robotics applications, automotive component manufacturing, design of manufacturing processes and equipment, maintenance, sales and management of manufacturing systems. Some graduates have also transferred to graduate schools to pursue master's and doctoral degrees. The B.S. degree program in MfgET at LSSU is accredited nationally by Technology Accreditation Commission of the Accreditation Board for Engineering and Technology, 111 Market Place, Suite 1050, Baltimore, Maryland 21202 - Telephone: (410) 347-7700. In addition to providing a strong background in the fundamentals of manufacturing engineering technology, the program places an emphasis in the application of computer systems to modem manufacturing. This includes topics such as robotics, computeraided design (CAD), programmable logic controllers (PLC), and computer-aided manufacturing (CAM). The classes and labs in the curriculum average about 15 students and are taught by faculty who are dedicated to undergraduate teaching excellence. A scientific "high technology" basis in the field of manufacturing engineering technology is evolving. The MfgET program is designed to place LSSU graduates at the leading edge of this evolution. Bachelor of Science Options: General Robotics and Automation Career Choices Process Control Engineer Robotics Engineer Maintenance Technologist Project Manager Systems Engineer Service Engineer Manufacturing Engineer Sales Engineer Consultant Engineer Production Technologist Automation Engineer Applications Engineer Student Profile: Do you have ... an interest in math, computers and science? a desire to learn how manufacturing processes are designed and implemented? a good work ethic? a strong motivation to learn and succeed in life? Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2207 • 147 �Manufacturing Engineering Technology Manufacturing Engineering Technology Bachelor of Science tel ~ (') ~ ("D lo-' 0 . "'i 00 t, ("D (TO. "'i ("D ("D 00 Departmental Requirements: MfgET B.S. degree - general option (102 Credits) departmental requirements (14 credits) Mathematics 2 MA109 Trigonometry and Vectors 4 MA140 Algebra for Technology 4 MA143 Calculus for Engineering I MA207 Principles of Statistical Methods 3 MA208 Statistical Applications for Quality Control (8 credits) Sciences 4 CH108 Applied Chemistry Elements of Physics I 4 PH221 Engineering Technology (53 credits) Engineering Design Project I EG491 3 EG495 Engineering Design Project II 3 Applied Electricity & PLCs 4 ET110 Digital Fundamentals EE125 4 4 ET175 Applied Electronics Manufacturing Processes I ME110 3 3 ME115 Manufacturing Processes II Computer-Aided Drafting and ME140 Geometric Dimension and Tolerancing (CAD & GD&T) 4 ME275 Engineering Materials 3 MT215 Design for Manufacturing 4 Statics and Strength of Materials 3 MT225 MT315 CNC Manufacturing Processes 3 Robotics Technology RS280 3 RS365 Programmable Logic Controllers 3 RS480 Control Systems & Automation 4 TC110 Industrial Safety 2 Support Courses (27 credits) Intro. Microcomputer Applications 3 CS101 CS105 Intro. Computer Programming 3 3 MN360 Principles of Management 2 Cooperative Education Math/Science Elective 3 Technical Elective 7 Free Electives 6 Your degree options: You may choose to follow one of the following degree options while studying manufacturing engineering technology at LSSU. They are the general option or the robotics and automation option. In the general option, you will be given a solid foundation in the fundamentals of engineering technology and manufacturing. Thereafter, you will have the ability to choose the specific courses of study in place of those courses noted as either free electives or technical electives in the curriculum. You can choose courses from several fields including computer science, management, engineering, and technology. In the robotics and automation option, you will complete specified courses in place of the elective courses noted in the curriculum. The specified courses provide you FALL First Year MA092 Intermediate Algebra (4)* or Social Science Elective 3 3 ME110 Manufacturing Processes I ME140 Computer-Aided Drafting and Geometric Dimension Tolerancing CAD and GD& T) 4 EN110 Freshman Composition 3 CS101 Intro. to Microcomputer Applications __3. 16 SPRING ME115 EN205 MA140 MA109 CH108 Manufacturing Processes II Technical Report Writing Algebra for Technologists TrigonometryNectors Applied Chemistry 4 3 3 2 _A 16 Second Year PH221 Elements of Physics I 4 MT225 Statics & Strength ET110 Applied Electricity & PLCs 4 ME275 Engineering Materials MA207 Principles of Statistical Methods 60101 Fund. of Speech Communication 3 MA208 Statistical Applications for Quality ET175 Applied Electronics EE125 Digital Fundamentals Control 1 _a RS280 Robotics Technology 15 TiJlal cr¢Jts required to complete associate's degree = 64 Third Year MA143 Calculus for Engineering I MT315 CNC Manufacturing Processes CS105 Intro. Computer Programming TC110 Industrial Safety MN360 Principles of Management 3 3 4 2 MT215 RS365 __3. Design for Manufacturing Free Elective+ Progammable Logic Controllers Technical Elective+ Math/Science Elective+ 15 3 3 3 4 _A 17 4 3 3 4 __3. 17 Summer Cooperative Education ++ - 2 credits Fourth Year Free Elective EG491 Engineering Design Project I RS480 Control Systems & Automation Technical Elective•• Humanities/Aesthetics Elective 3 3 4 3 _A EG495 Engineering Design Project II 3 Cultural Diversity Elective 3 Humanities/Aesthetics Elective 3 Social Science Elective (Economics) _a 12 17 Total credits required to complete BS Degree= 127 * Students placed in MA092 should take the social science elective in a summer or a later semester. • • To be approved by department chair. + For robotics and automation option; EG265 "C" Programming, MA 144 Calculus for Engineering II, and RS430 Systems Integration and Machine Vision are required instead of the electives noted. ++ If co-op education opportunity is unavailable, a technical elective approved by department chair may be substituted. with a strong background in robotics, machine vision, sensors, communications and automation. Only LSSU and one other major university in the USA offer you the option to specialize in robotics and automation in the manufacturing program . LSSU is home to one of the best robotics educational facilities in North America. Graduates with this emphasis have had 100 percent job placement with high and competitive starting salaries. Your emphasis of study in this option will be identified in your transcripts. 148 • Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2207 ._J �Mathematics See College of Engineering, Mathematics and Business, page 231. Program Description: Career Description: Mathematics: Operations Research Analyst helps organizations operate as efficiently as possible through the application of mathematical principles to organizational problems. Many who major in the field of mathematics combine those studies with education courses and obtain employment as teachers. People with mathematics degrees are found in a broad range of occupations where quantitative skills are needed; one of the largest employers of mathematics is the National Security Agency. Often a minor field of study (such as computer science) provides the supporting credential for entry-level jobs. Actuarial and Business Applications: The actuarial and business applications option combines mathematical knowledge with quantitative business applications. The result is a very marketable degree that provides many exciting career opportunities for graduates. A student should be prepared to take the first actuarial examination in the spring of his /her junior year and the second examination the following spring. A student choosing this emphasis will complete a minor in accounting-finance. Teaching degrees - a completion of a fifth year internship and graduate course work qualifies you for elementary or secondary teacher certification in Michigan and Ontario, as well as reciprocity with several other states. Graduate school - an undergraduate mathematics major with emphasis on abstraction, together with an analytical approach to problem solving, continues to provide strong preparation for graduate work in diverse fields especially when combined with a minor in the related field. Statistician - government agencies such as the Bureau of Labor employ statisticians to monitor the consumer price index, employment statistics and the like. Industries use statisticians in their efforts to forecast future needs, to implement quality control, and to design information-gathering strategies. Research Scientist - mathematicians are sometimes needed as members of a multi-discipline research team, responsible for creating a mathematical model of a real-world process or context, which then is used to help solve problems of interest to the team's efforts. Actuary - assembles and analyzes statistics to calculate probabilities of sickness, death, injury, disability, retirement, property loss and unemployment for insurance companies. School Administrator or Counselor - a valid teaching certificate and teaching experience are prerequisites. Further course work and separate certification are also required. Educational Consultant or Trainer - trains personnel in industry on new procedures and/ or equipment needed. Bachelor of Science Mathematics Mathematics Actuarial and Business Applications Elementary Teaching Secondary Teaching Career Choices: Actuary Operations Research Analyst Statistician Research Scientist Elementary/Secondary Teacher School Administrator/Counselor Educational Consultant or Trainer Student Profile: Do you ... have intellectual curiosity? enjoy the challenge of problem-solving? like to explore quantitative problems in the world of business? have proficient skills in spoken and written communication? have proficient skills in reading, mathematics, science and liberal arts? Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2441 • 149 �Mathematics J Mathematics Bachelor of Science (56 credits) Departmental Requirements MA151 Calculus I 4 4 MA152 Calculus II 4 MA251 Calculus Ill MA215 Fundamental Concepts of Mathematics 3 MA216 Discrete Mathematics and Problem 3 Solving MA261 Intro. to Numerical Methods 3 Computational Linear Algebra 3 MA305 MA308 Probability and Mathematical 4 Statistics 3 MA309 Applied Statistics MA310 Differential Equations 4 Abstract Algebra I 3 MA341 MA351 Graph Theory 3 Mathematical Modeling 3 MA401 MA411 Advanced Calculus 3 3 MA490 Research Topics In Mathematics to ~ r., ~ (1) ....... 0 . 1-1 rJ) 0 (1) ~ (1) (1) rJ) Choose any two (2) of the following 6 Intro. to Microcomputer Applications CS101 CS105 Intro. to Computer Programming Survey of Computer Science CS121 (4 credits) Other Requirements Applied Physics for Engineers PH231 and Scientists I 4 Free electives and general education requirements must be completed so that at least 124 semester credits have been earned. FALL First Year 4 MA151 Calculus I 3 EN110 Freshman Composition CS101 Intro. to Microcomputer Applications or 3 CS105 Intro. to Computer Programming 4 PY101 Introduction to Psychology Elective -3. 17 Second Year 3 MA215 Fund. Concepts of Mathematics 3 MA261 Intro. to Numerical Methods PH231 Applied Physics for Engineers and 4 Scientists I _a EN210 Research Paper SPRING MA152 CS121 CS105 SD101 S0103 Calculus II Survey of Computer Science or Intro. to Computer Programming Fund. of Speech Communication Cultural Diversity Elective 4 ._J 3 3 3 -3. 16 MA251 Calculus Ill 4 MA216 Discrete Mathematics and Problem Solving 3 Electives ..6:9 13-16 17 Third Year MA308 Probability and Mathematical Statistics MA310 Differential Equations or MA305 Computational Linear Algebra HU251 Humanities I MA341 Abstract Algebra I or MA401 Mathematical Modeling 4 3- 4 MA309 Applied Statistics MA351 Graph Theory or MA411 Advanced Calculus HU252 Humanities II Electives 3 3 4 ..H 13-16 3 14-15 Fourth Year MA305 Computational Linear Algebra or MA310 Differential Equations MA410 Mathematical Modeling or MA341 Abstract Algebra I Electives 3-4 3 MA490 Research Topics in Mathematics MA411 Advanced Calculus or MA351 Graph Theory Electives 3 3 ..8:.10. 14-16 ..6:8. 12-15 150 • Lake Superior State University• l-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2441 ....... �Mathematics Mathematics Actuarial and Business Applications Bachelor of Science (53 credits) Departmental Requirements Calculus I 4 MA151 4 MA152 Calculus II MA251 Calculus II 4 MA215 Fund. Concepts of Mathematics 3 Discrete Mathematics and MA216 Problem Solving 3 Computational Linear Algebra 3 MA305 Probability and Mathematical MA308 Statistics 4 Applied Statistics 3 MA309 Differential Equations 4 MA310 MA341 Abstract Algebra I 3 MA351 Graph Theory 3 Mathematical Modeling MA401 3 MA411 Advanced Calculus 3 Research Topics in Mathematics MA490 3 6 Choose any two of the following Intro. to Microcomputer Applications CS101 Intro. Computer Programming CS105 CS121 Survey of Computer Science Other Requirements (7 credits) Principles of Macroeconomics EC201 3 Managerial Finance FN341 4 A student choosing this emphasis will complete a minor in accounting-finance. 124 Total Credits FALL First Year 4· AC132 Principles of Accounting I EN110 Freshman Composition 3 4 MA151 Calculus I CS101 Intro. to Microcomputer Applications or 3 CS105 Intro. to Computer Programming Electives ~ 17 Second Year SD101 Fund. of Speech Communication Science Course BA254 Business Law I EN210 Research Paper Process MA215 Fundamental Concepts of Mathematics 3 3 3 3 SPRING AC133 CS105 CS121 EC201 MA152 EC201 Principl1~ of Macroeconomics or EC202 MA216 5 Principles of Accounting II 4 Intro. to Computer Programming or 3 Survey of Computer Science Principles of Macroeconomics or 3 Calculus II 4 Electives --3. 17 i.M251 3 Princ•p:cs of Microeconomics Scienr.~ Cou~se Discnitc Mathematics and Problem Solving Calculus Ill Elett1ves 3 3 4 --3. 16 Third Year AC332 Cost Accounting I MA308 Probability and Mathematic,,! Statistics MA310 Differential Equations or MA305 Managerial Finance Applied Statistics Graph Theory 4 3 4 f N341 ,.1A309 MA351 (/) (1) (1) or 3 3-4 MA411 Advanced Calculus (Aesthetics) Q 4 HU (1) 3 MA341 Computational Linear Algebra Ethics Abstract Algebra I or 3 MA401 Mathematical Modeling (/) "'$-4 17-18 0 _.. Fourth Year FN448 Investment Strategy Electives MA305 Computational Linear Algebra or MA310 MA401 MA341 14 0 (1) 4 4 FN443 MA490 MA411 Insurance Research Topics in Mathematics Advanced Calculus 3 3 or 3 MA351 Graph Theory Electives 3-4 Differential Equations Mathematical Modeling or --1 3 Abstract Algebra I 14-15 Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2441 • 151 ..6.:.8. 15-17 ,..c= ~ co �Mathematics Mathematics Elementary Teaching Bachelor of Science In this program. you will complete a teaching major in mathematics and a planned program in the other three academic areas essential to elementary school teaching; language arts, natural science and social science. The planned program is explained in the Department of Education section of this catalog. The program also includes general education requirements and a 21-credit professional education component. Students take the first two teacher education courses (TE150 and TE250) and then apply for formal admission to the Teacher Education Program. You earn a bachelor's degree, and then participate in a fifth-year teaching Internship with accompanying graduate course work in order to become certified to teach. td ~ r., =:r ("t) ...... 0 ~,. CJ). t, ("t) ~ ("t) ("t) CJ). Degree Requirements: Mathematics Requirements (37-38 hours) CS101 Intro. to Microcomputer Applications 3 CS105 Intro. to Computer Programming 3 MA103 Number Systems and Problem Solving 4 MA104 Geometry & Measurement 4 MA151 Calculus I 4 MA152 Calculus II 4 MA215 Fundamental Concepts of Math 3 MA305 Computational Linear Algebra 3 MA308 Probability and Mathematical Statistics 4 or MA207 Principles of Statistical Methods 3 MA321 History of Mathematics 3 MA325 College Geometry 3 Professional Education Sequence (21 hours) Elementary Education Planned Program Breadth Requirements (41-42 hours) The remainder of the 124 credits for graduation are gained through the general education requirements and electives. FALL First Year MA151 Calculus I EN110 Freshman Composition HS101 History of World Civilization I* TE150 Reflections on Learning and Teaching SPRING ----3 MA152 Calculus II 4 CS101 Intro. to Microcomputer Applications 3 SD101 Fund. of Speech Communication 3 _j HS102 History of World Civilization II* 14 Second Ysar PS110 Intro. to American Government and Politics 4 MA103 Number Systems &Problem Solving* 4 MA215 Fundamental Concepts of Math* 3 TE250 Student Diversity & Schools 3 EN215 Intro. to Literature and Research _3 MA104 Geometry and Measurement* 4 CS105 Intro. to Computer Programming 3 EN232 American Literature II 3 Elective 3 PY265 Child and Adolescent Development ----3 16 4 3 4 14 17 Third Year MA321 History of Mathematics** NS110 Chemistry in Society HU251 Humanities I GE114 Field Exercise in Earth Science* Elective 3 4 4 3 MA325 College Geometry•• TE301 Students &Context of Leaming* NS101 Conceptual Physics Bl109 General Biology 3 4 3 _j 14 --2 16 Fourth Year MA305 Computational Linear Algebra** 3 TE401 Teaching, Learning and Assessment in the Classroom I* 5 EN320 Responding to Writing or 3 ED420 Emergent Literacy Aesthetics 3-4 Elective ----3 17-18 MA207 MA308 TE402 EN335 GG201 Principles of Statistical Methods** 3 or Probability and Mathematical Statistics 4 Teaching, Learning and Assessment in the Classroom II* 6 Children's Literature 3 _j World Regional Geography 16-17 Graduate with bachelor's degree Fifth Year TE492 Internship in Teaching Diverse TE491 Internship in Teaching Diverse Learners I Learners II 6 6 TE601 Professional Roles &Teaching TE603 Professional Roles and Teaching Practice II Practice I 3 3 TE602 Reflection and Inquiry in Teaching TE604 Reflection and Inquiry in Teaching Practice I Practice II ----3 ----3 12 12 Recommendation for teacher certification after successful completion of the internship year. Consult with your education advisor to keep current on certification requirements. *Offered fall or spring only. * * Offered only every two years. Be sure to take these scheduling details into account in planning your program. 152 • Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2441 .._, - �Mathematics Mathematics Secondary Teaching Bachelor of Science In this program, you will complete a major in mathematics tailored to the needs of a secondary teacher and a minor in a "teachable field." Computer science courses are included and during your methods classes, you will work extensively with computer and calculator technology as it applies to classroom teaching. The program also includes general education requirements and a 21-credit professional education component. Students take the first two teacher education courses (TE150 and TE250) and then apply for formal admission to the Teacher Education Program. You earn a bachelor's degree and then participate in a fifth-year teaching internship with accompanying graduate course work in order to become certified to teach. Degree Requirements Mathematics Requirements (45 credits) Intro. to Computer Programming CS105 or 3 Survey of Computer Science CS121 4 Calculus I MA151 4 Calculus II MA152 3 Fundamental Concepts of Math MA215 MA216 Discrete Mathematics and Problem Solving 3 4 MA251 Calculus Ill 3 Computational Linear Algebra MA305 MA308 Probability and Mathematical 4 Statistics 4 Differential Equations MA310 3 History of Mathematics MA321 3 College Geometry MA325 Abstract Algebra I 3 MA341 Mathematical Modeling 3 MA401 Professional Education Sequence 21 hours FALL First Year MA151 Calculus I 4 EN110 Freshman Composition 3 CH115 General Chemistry I or 5 PH231 Applied Physics for Engineers and Scientists I TE150 Reflecting on Learning and Teaching _-1 15 Second Year MA251 Calculus Ill* MA215 Fund. Concepts of Mathematics• TE250 Student Diversity & Schools EN210 Research Paper Process HS101 History of World Civilization I 4 3 3 3 _i SPRING MA152 CS101 CS121 CH116 SD101 MA216 HS102 EN232 HU251 17 Third Year MA321 History of Mathematics*• MA305 Computational Linear Algebra** HU252 Humanities II Elective (minor) Elective (minor) 3 3 4 3 -1 16 Fourth Year MA325 College Geometry*• 3 3 MA341 Abstract Algebra I** TE401 Teaching, Learning and Assessment in the Classroom I 5 Elective (Gen Ed or minor) -1 14 Calculus II 4 Intro. to Microcomputer Applications or Survey of Computer Science 3 General Chemistry II (or PH 232 if took PH231) 4 Fund. of Speech Communication J 14 Discrete Mathematics and Problem Solving• 3 History of World Civilization II 4 American Literature II 3 Humanities I 3 Elective {minor) -1 16 MA.308 Probability & Mathematical Statistics•* MA310 Differential Equations** EN215 Intro. to Literature and Research TE301 Students and the Contexts of Learning* 4 4 3 _A 15 MA401 TE402 Mathematical Modeling*• 3 Teaching, Learning and Assessment in the Classroom II 6 Elective (minor) 3 Elective (minor) -1 15 Graduate with bachelor's degree Fitth Year TE491 Internship in Teaching Diverse Learners 6 TE601 Professional Roles & Teaching Practice I 3 TE602 Reflection and Inquiry in Teaching Practice I -1 12 r/J. Cl) Cl) 1-1 'o!J Cl) 0 r/J. ..'-4 0 ~ Cl) TE492 TE603 TE604 Internship in Teaching Diverse Learners II 6 Professional Roles and Teaching Practice II 3 Reflection and Inquiry in Teaching Practice II -1 12 The remainder of the 124 credits for graduation are gained through the general education requirements and electives. Recommendation for teacher certification after successful completion of the internship year. Consult with your education advisor to keep current on certification requirements. A Post-Baccalaureate 5th year Internship and associated graduate level classes are required for LSSU recommendation for teacher certification. *Offered fall or spring only. **Offered only every two years. Be sure to take these scheduling details into account in planning your program. Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2441 • 153 ..c= (.) cd co �Mechanical Engineering See College of Engineering, Mathematics and Business, page 231. .J Bachelor of Science Program Description: Career Description: 128-Hour Program Once you graduate with a mechanical engineering degree you will have a wide variety of career choices with small and large companies. Typical graduates obtain engineering positions in manufacturing, product and or process design, product and or ·process development, research, maintenance and sales. Product Engineer Mechanical engineering is a broadbased program that will prepare you for a rewarding career in mechanical and other related engineering fields. Course work includes 70 hours in technical specialties, 32 hours in math and sciences and 26 hours in general education for a total of 128 hours in the bachelor of science degree. You will have the opportunity to work with mechanical systems in the laboratories and receive an excellent mix of theory and application. Project Engineer Program Highlights: Sales Engineer • Emphasis is on preparing you to solve real-world engineering problems. • You will participate in multidisciplinary, industrial or research-based senior engineering design projects which emphasize teamwork, communications, project management, customer relations and ethics. • You will learn numerous software packages for CAD, CAM, finite element analysis, programmable logic controllers, robots and technical analysis . Career Choices: Design Engineer Systems Engineer Plant Engineer Maintenance Engineer Process Engineer Research Engineer Development Engineer Manufacturing Engineer Student Profile: Do you ... like problem solving? like applying theories in laboratories? • like working with mechanical systems? Degree Options - You may choose a design option or a robotics and automation option while studying mechanical engineering. The design option will give you skills through courses in finite element methods, vibrations, advanced machine design and programmable logic controllers. The robotics and automation option will give you skills through courses in machine vision, system integration, automated manufacturing and robotics. Cooperative education opportunities are available. 154 • Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2207 _.J ., ...., �Mechanical Engineering Mechanical Engineering Bachelor of Science Departmental Requirements (102 Credits) Mathematics MA143 Calculus for Engineering I 4 MA144 Calculus for Engineering II 4 MA207 Prin. of Statistical Methods 3 MA208 Statistical Applications for Quality Control MA243 Calculus & Linear Algebra for Engineers 4 MA343 Differential Equations for Engineers 4 Computer Science "C" Programming 3 EG265 Sciences Applied Chemistry 4 CH108 Applied Physics for Engineers PH231 and Scientists I 4 Applied Physics for Engineers PH232 and Scientists II 4 Engineering Circuits and Machines 4 EE210 Analog and Digital Electronics EE305 3 Introduction to Engineering 2 EG101 EG491 Engineering Design Project I 3 3· Engineering Design Project II EG495 EM220 Statics 3 4 EM320 Dynamics Manufacturing Processes I ME110 3 ME115 Manufacturing Processes II 3 Computer-Aided Drafting and ME140 Geometric Dimension and Tolerancing (CAD & GD&T) 4 ME225 Strength of Materials 3 Engineering Materials ME275 3 Fluid Mechanics ME335 3 ME336 Thermodynamics I 3 Machine Design I 4 ME350 Thermo II and HeatTransfer 4 ME430 Control Systems RS460 4 FALL First Year MA150 Pre-Calculus (if needed) ME140 CAD and GD & T ME11 O Manufacturing Processes I EG101 Intro. to Engineering EN110 Freshman Composition SPRING (4) 4 3 2 --3. MA143 Calculus for Engineering I CH108 Applied Chemistry ME115 Manufacturing Processes II Cultural Diversity Humanities/Aesthetics 12·16 Second Year MA144 Calculus for Engineering II PH231 Applied Physics for Engineers and Scientists I EG265 "C" Programming EM220 Statics EN205 Technical Report Writing 4 4 3 3 --3. 17 Calculus & Linear Algebra for Engineers PH232 Applied Physics for Engineers and Scientists II ME225 Strength of Materials ME275 Engineering Materials SD101 Fund. of Speech Communication 4 4 3 3 ...3 18 MA243 4 4 3 3 --3. 17 Third Year MA343 Differential Equations for Engineers 4 EM320 Dynamics 4 ME350 Machine Design I 4 EE210 Circuits and Machines ...3 16 Fourth Year EG491 Engineering Design Project I 3 Engineering Electives 4 RS460 Control Systems 4 ME430 Thermodynamics II and Heat Transfer...3 15 MA207 MA208 ME335 ME336 EE305 EG495 Principles of Statistical Methods 3 Statistical Appl. for Quality Control 1 Fluid Mechanics 3 Thermodynamics I 3 Analog and Digital Electronics 3 Engineering Electives -3 17 Engineering Design Project II Engineering Electives Humanities/Aesthetics Economics Social Science 3 4 4 3 -3 17 en Q) Q) ~ Q) 0 en "'~ Mechanical Design Required Tech Electives ME442 Finite Element Analysis 4 and ME425 Vibration 4 or RS365 Programmable Logic Controllers 3 and ME455 Machine Design II 4 Robotics and Automation Required Tech Electives RS430 Systems Integration& Machine V~M 4 RS385 Robotics Engineering 3 RS435 Automated Manufacturing Systems 4 Suggested Additional Optional Courses RS480 Control Systems and Automation 4 ME440 Solid Modeling and Animation 3 Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2207 • 155 0 ..Q) ,.s= C) ro co �Nursing See College of Natural and Health Sciences, page 245. Bachelor of Science Pre-Licensure Program Post-Licensure Completion Program Career Choices: Hospital Nursing Home Care Nursing School Nursing Public Health Nursing Student Profile: Do you .... like science, art and humanity? want to help people? Program Description: Career Description: The Department of Nursing offers two curricular tracks to the bachelor of science degree in nursing: the four-year, pre-licensure program and the two-year, completion program for the registered nurse. The programs provide you with the opportunity to acquire knowledge, values and skills necessary for the practice of professional nursing. Hospital Nursing - works in interdisciplinary teams to restore the health of clients of all ages in acute care settings. Course distribution requirements facilitate development of liberal backgrounds in physical science, social science and humanities. The generalist curriculum provides a base for expanding roles in nursing practice. The nursing curriculum provides an interdisciplinary major and does not require a minor to meet graduation requirements. Students interested in a minor should refer to the appropriate Catalog section. A total of 127 credits is required to complete a bachelor of science degree in nursing. Home Care Nursing - works in interdisciplinary teams to promote, maintain and restore health in client's homes. School Nursing - promotes health of the school age population. Public Health Nursing - promotes and maintains health of populations. work well with people? like flexibility and change? 156 • Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2288 -J ..J �Nursing Nursing Pre-Licensure Program Curriculum: Health care is moving to a more community-based system. To prepare nurses for this change, the nursing curriculum is under revision at the present time. Total credits in the program will not change, but credits may be reallocated among courses. Students admitted to the University fall 1998 or later should contact the Nursing Department for a copy of the revised curriculum. Requirements for the bachelor of science degree in nursing four-year program are as follows for currently enrolled students: Nursing (56 Credits) NU211 Intro. to Professional Nursing II 3 NU212 Health Appraisal 3 NU213 Fundamentals of Nursing 5 NU325 Parent/Newborn Nursing 5 NU326 Parent/Child Nursing 6 NU327 Adult Nursing I 8 NU431 Adult Nursing II 8 NU432 Community Health Nursing 5 NU433 Mental Health Nursing 5 NU434 Nursing Research 3 NU435 Management in Nursing 3 NU436 Nursing Issues 2 Health Sciences (14 credits) HE208 Nutrition 2 HE209 Pharmacology 3 HE232 Pathophysiology 3 HE235 Computer Applications in Health Sciences 2 HE352 Health Issues of Aging Populations 3 HE207 Applied Nutrition Lab 1 Other Disciplines (13 credits) BL121 Human Anatomy & Physiology I 4 BL223 Clinical Microbiology 3 CH104 Life Chemistry I 3 PV21 o Statistics (preferred) M 3 MA207 Principles of Statistical Methods General Education (37 credits) BL 122 Human Anatomy & Physiology II 4 CH105 Life Chemistry II 4 EN110 Freshman Composition 3 EN21 O Research Paper Process 3 HE228 Multicultural Approaches to Health Care 3 HU251 Humanities I 4 Humanities Elective 4 PV101 Introduction to Psychology 4 PV155 Lifespan Development 3 S0101 Introduction to Sociology 3 SD101 Fund. of Speech Communication 3 General Electives (6 credits) FALL First Year EN110 Freshman Composition PY101 Introduction to Psychology S0101 Introduction to Sociology SD101 Fund. of Speech Communication BL121 Human Anatomy & Physiology I SPRING 3 4 3 3 _A CH104 BL122 PV155 HE208 HE207 17 Life Chemistry I Human Anatomy & Physiology II Lifespan Development Nutrition Applied Nutrition Lab Elective 3 4 3 2 1 _a 16 Second Year EN210 Research Paper Process NU211 Intro. to Professional Nursing II CH105 Life Chemistry II NU212 Health Appraisal HE232 Pathophyslology 3 3 4 3 _a BL223 NU213 'HE209 HE228 HE235 Clinical Microbiology 3 Fundamentals of Nursing Practice 5 3 Pharmacology Multicultural Approach to Health Care 3 Computer Applications in Health Sciepce -2. 16 HE352 PV210 Health Issues of Aging Populations 3 Statistics or 3 Prine. of Statistical Methods 8 Adult Nursing I _a Elective 16 Third Year NU325 Parent/Newborn Nursing NU326 Parent/Child Nursing HU251 Humanities I 5 6 _A 15 MA207 NU327 17 Fourth Year NU431 Adult Nursing II NU434 Nursing Research NU435 Nursing Management 8 3 _a 14 NU432 NU433 NU436 Community Health Nursing Mental Health Nursing Contemporary Issues in Nursing Humanities Elective The planned sequence of courses may be modified to meet the needs of individual students. Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2288 • 157 5 5 2 _A 16 �Nursing Nursing Post-Licensure Completion Program Prerequisite Courses for Entrance to Program: BL121 Human Anatomy & Physiology I 4 BL122 Human Anatomy & Physiology II 4 BL223 Clinical Microbiology 3 EN110 Freshman Composition 3 EN210 Research Paper Process 3 HE208 Nutrition 2 HE209 Pharmacology 4 NU207 Applied Nutrition Lab 1 PY101 Introduction to Psychology 4 S0101 Introduction to Sociology _a 30 NU325 NU326 NU327 NU431 NU433 Parent/Newborn Nursing Parent/Child Nursing Adult Nursing I Adult Nursing II Mental Health Nursing 5 6 8 8 ___li 32 Requirements for the bachelor of science degree in nursing (RN completion program) are as follows: Nursing (57 credits) NU325 Parent/Newborn Nursing•• 5 NU326 Parent/Child Nursing** 6 NU327 Adult Nursing I** 8 NU431 Adult Nursing II** 8 NU433 Mental Health Nursing** 5 NU360 Professional Nursing Concepts 4 NU363 Comprehensive Health Appraisal 3 NU365 Family Nursing Theory 3 NU432 Community Health Nursing 5 NU434 Nursing Research 3 NU435 Management in Nursing 3 NU436 Contemporary Issues in Nursing 2 NU437 Professional Nursing Leadership 2 Health Sciences (14 credits) HE207 Applied Nutrition Lab* 1 HE208 Nutrition• 2 HE209 Pharmacology* 3 HE232 Pathophysiology* •• 3 HE235 Computer Applications in Health Sciences 2 HE352 Health Issues of Aging Populations 3 Other Disciplines (13 credits) BL121 Human Anatomy & Physiology I 4 BL223 Clinical Microbiology 3 CH104 Life Chemistry I 3 PY210 Statistics (preferred) w 3 MA207 Principles of Statistical Methods FALL First Year NU360 Professional Nursing Concepts 4 NU363 Comp. Health Appraisal 3 HE232 Pathophysiology 3 SD101 Fund. of Speech Communication 3 HE352 Health Issues of Aging Populations _a CH104 HE235 16 HE228 Second Year CH105 Life Chemistry II NU365 Family Nursing Theory NU432 Community Health Nursing PY210 Statistics (preferred) or MA207 Principles of Statistical Methods NU436 Contemporary Nursing Issues 4 3 5 3 SPRING HU251 NU434 NU435 NU437 Life Chemistry I Computer Applications in Health Science Humanities I Social Science Elective Multicultural Approach to Health Care Nursing Research Nursing Management Professional Nursing Leadership Humanities Elective Electives -1 3 2 4 3 _a 15 3 3 2 4 ___li 17 ~ 17 General Education (38 credits) PY101 Introduction to Psychology 4 S0101 Introduction to Sociology 4 BL122 Human Anatomy & Physiology 4 CH105 Life Chemistry II 4 EN11 O Freshman Composition 3 EN210 Research Paper Process 3 SD101 Fund. of Speech Communication 3 HU251 Humanities I 4 Humanities Electives 4 Social Science Elective 3 HE228 Multicultural Approach to Health Care 3 General Electives --....li Tolal Credits 127 • Credit granted for University/college courses. Students who completed a hospital diploma program, an integrated curriculum program, or took nutrition and/or pharmacology as part of an LPN program may receive university credit by taking the appropriate NLN examination, passing it at 50 percentile or higher and applying for course credit. • • Credit granted upon successful completion of NU360 and NU363. • • • Departmental examination available. 158 • Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2288 ...., .... , �Political Science See College of Arts, Letters and Social Sciences, page 211. Program Description: Career Description: Political science is the systematic study of government, politics and public policy. It is one of a number of liberal arts majors that prepare students for a broad range of career opportunities. With the skills they acquire in writing, speaking, analysis, critical thinking and leadership, political science majors are able to pursue a wide variety of career options (some of which require additional education). Political science majors choose one of three tracks or concentrations: general political science, pre-law, or public administration. Each concentration provides a combination of knowledge and skills especially appropriate for those with particular career goals. However, choosing one concentration over the others does not limit you to a particular career patheach of the tracks provides a solid grounding in political science and a broad liberal arts background. General education requirements and sufficient elective credits must be completed so that at least 124 semester credits have been earned. Other Qualifications - Graduate degrees are required for some positions; thus, a law degree is required for work as an attorney and a Ph.D. is required for appointment to permanent teaching and research positions in colleges and universities. A sample of typical occupations include: Attorney - represents clients in private practice, in small or large law firms; represents corporations, labor unions, trade associations or governments as a salaried employee; serves as a prosecutor or public defender; serves as a judge. Requires the completion of a law degree following college. Bachelor of Science Bachelor of Arts Tracks: General Pre-Law Public Administration Career Choices: Attorney Government Employee Political Professional Government Employee - works for government agencies at the federal, state or provincial, or local level, or for international organizations, such as the United Nations. Political Professional - works as a campaign manager; staff assistant to legislators; elected office holder; or as a political liaison for professional, trade, business or other interest groups. Journalist- serves as reporter, editorial writer, editor or newscaster for newspapers, news magazines, or on radio or television. Teacher- teaches government and politics at the high school or college level. Journalist Teacher Business Executive Student Profile: Do you ... enjoy debating current issues? enjoy leadership? have an interest in public affairs? work well with people? Business Executive - works in management, human resources, public relations or other areas in business. Other Opportunities- includes preparation for graduate or professional schools in other fields such as business. Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2217 • 159 �Political Science Political Science General Track Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Science The general political science concentration is designed to provide a broad education in political science. It is most appropriate for students who plan to attend graduate school in political science and for those with an interest in government and politics who wish to get a broad, liberal education. Students who continue their education in graduate school most often pursue careers as professors, researchers, consultants or government officials. Students who do not pursue graduate study choose from a wide variety of career options in government, politics, teaching, journalism and business. Political Science Courses PS110 Introduction to American Government and Politics 4 PS211 Political Science Research and Statistics 4 A minimum of one course in each of four political science fields, and two courses In one of the fields: American Politics (PS325, 364,367,467) 3-4 Comparative Politics (PS160, 331, 334, 340) 3-4 International Relations (PS241, 411 , 420) 3-4 Political Philosophy (PS351,352) 4 PS491 Senior Seminar I 3 PS492 Senior Seminar II 3 Additional political science electives to reach 40 credits 6-10 A minimum of 21 credits must be at the 300/400 level. Of these, at least nine must be at the 400 level. General Polltical Science Cognates CS101 Intro. to Microcomputer Applications 3 EC201 Principles of Macroeconomics 3 EN220 Advanced Composition w EN221 HS FALL First Year EN110 Freshman Composition* PS110 Intro. to American Government and Politics History Sequence Elective HS Nat Sci Elective SA100 How to Succeed in College Second Year EN210 Research Paper Process* HU251 Humanities I Pol Sci Elective CS101 Intro. to Microcomputer Appl. Elective SPRING 3 4 4 3 SD101 Pol Sci HS Nat Sci Fund. of Speech Communication 3 Elective 4 4 History Sequence Elective _a Elective 14 --1 15 3 4 3 3 _a Nat Sci HU252 Pol Sci PS211 Elective Humanities II Elective Political Science Research and Statistics Fourth Year PS491 Senior Seminar I Pol Sci Field Elective Elective Elective Elective 3 3 3 4 _a 16 3 4 3 3 _a 16 _A 14 16 Third Year Pol Sci Field Elective PL204 Introduction to Philosophy EC201 Principles of Macroeconomics BA/BS Cognate Elective 3 4 3 Pol Sci Pol Sci EN220 SD302 BA/BS Field Elective Elective Advanced Composition Argumentation and Advocacy Cognate 3 3 3 3 _A 16 PS492 Pol Sci Senior Seminar II Field Elective Elective Elective Elective *May be taken in spring semester. ._J - 3 4 3 3 _a 16 - 3 PL204 Creative Writing Full-year history sequence 8 (usually HS101-102 or HS131-132) Introduction to Philosophy PL205 SD~02 Logic Argumentation and Advocacy w 3 or 3-4 SD320 Public Relations Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Science Cognates Bachelor of arts cognates: One year of a foreign language 8 or Bachelor of science cognates: A minimum of nine credits from the following: EC202 Principles of Microeconomics 3 PY101 Introduction to Psychology 4 SD101 Introduction to Sociology 3 SD213 Introduction to Anthropology 3 160 • Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2217 - �Political Science Political Science Pre-Law Track Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Science FALL First Ysar EN110 Freshman Composition* PS110 Intro. to American Gov't. & Politics Nat Sci Elective HS History Sequence Elective SA100 How to Succeed in College SPRING 3 4 3 4 SD101 PS120 HS Nat Sci -1 Fund. of Speech Communication 3 Intro. to Legal Processes 3 History Sequence Elective 4 Elective 3 _3. Elective 15 The pre-law concentration is designed to provide students interested in legal careers with a planned curriculum that prepares them especially well for law school and for careers in law. Students who choose this option are often interested in careers as attorneys, prosecutors or judges. It should be noted that this Is not a mandatory pre-law curriculum; it is a curriculum for pre-law students who have a special interest in government and politics. PJ)litlcal Science Courses '-PS11 O Introduction to American ._,.......Government and Politics 4 PS120 Introduction to Legal Processes 3 '-PS130 Introduction to State and Local Government 4 PS211 Political Science Research and Statistics 4 PS222 Introduction to the Legal Profession 2 A minimum of one course in each of three political science fields: Comparative Politics (PS160, 331,334,340) 3-4 International Relations (PS241, 411, 420) 3-4 Political Philosophy (PS351, 352) 4 PS467 Constitutional Law and Civil Liberties 4 PS491 Senior Seminar I 3 PS492 Senior Seminar II 3 Additional political science electives to reach 40 credits 1-3 A minimum of 21 credits must be at the 300/400 level. Of these, at least nine must be at the 400 level. Pre-law Cognates AC230 Fundamentals of Accounting (or AC132 or OA119) 4 CS101 Intro. to Microcomputer Applications 3 EN220 Advanced Composition M 3 EN221 Creative Writing HS Full-year history sequence 8 (usually HS 101-102 or HS 131-132) LA102 Legal Research and Case Analysis 3 LA202 Legal Writing and Analysis 3 PL205 Logic 3 Two law courses from the following: LA Any legal assistant courses 2-4 CJ202 Canadian Criminal Law 3 CJ319 Substantive Criminal Law 3 CJ406 Advanced Canadian Jurisprudence 3 CJ409 Procedural Criminal Law 3 BA254 Business Law I 3 BA255 Business Law II 3 Bachelor of Arts/Bachelor of Science Cognates Sscond Ysar EN210 Research Paper Process* HU251 Humanities I PS222 Intro. to the Legal Profession CS101 Intro. to Microcomputer Applications BA/BS Cognate 16 3 4 2 3 Ws HU252 PS130 PS211 BA/BS Humantties II Intro. to State and Local Government Political Science Research and Statistics Elective Cognate 4 4 4 1 _3. 16 Third Ysar PS Field Elective LA102 Legal Research & Case Analyis EN220 Advanced Composition AC230 Fundamentals of Accounting Nat Sci Elective 3 3 3 4 _a Pol Sci Pol Sci SD302 PL205 BA/BS Field Elective Elective Argumentation & Advocacy Logic Cognate 16 Fourth Ysar PS491 Senior Seminar I LA202 Legal Writing & Analysis PS467 Constitutional Law and Civil Liberties Law Elective Elective _a 15 3 3 PS492 Pol Sci 4 3 _a Senior Seminar II Law Elective Field Elective Elective Elective 16 *May be taken in spring semester. Bachelor of arts cognates: One year of a foreign language or Bachelor of science cognates: A minimum of nine credits from the following: EC201 Principles of Macroeconomics EC202 Principles of Microeconomics PY101 Introduction to Psychology S0101 Introduction to Sociology S0213 Introduction to Anthropology 3 3 3 3 8 3 3 4 3 3 Lake Superior State University • 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 221 7 • 161 3 3 4 3 -2. 15 �Political Science Political Science Public Administration Track Bachelor of Science 0:, ~ n ~ (D ...,_ 0 . 1-1 rJJ 0 (D ~ (D (D 00 The public administration concentration is most appropriate for students who plan to work in an administrative capacity in public agencies or nonprofit organizations with public missions. Students who choose this option are preparing for careers of public service. Such careers may be pursued through positions in government agencies at the local, state or provincial, and national levels. Other positions may be found in nonprofit organizations involved in public concerns, such as Common Cause, the Environmental Defense Fund, and the Michigan Health Council. Some of these careers of public service may be pursued with only a bachelor's degree. Others may require completion of a master's degree in public administration or a related field. Political Science Courses PS110 Introduction to American 4 Government and Politics Introduction to State and PS130 Local Government 4 3 PS201 Intro. to Public Administration Political Science Research and PS211 Statistics 4 4 PS301 Policy Analysis and Evaluation Principles of Public Administration 3 PS401 PS491 Senior Seminar I 3 Senior Seminar II 3 PS492 Public Administration Internship 3 PS499 A minimum of one course in each of three political science fields: Comparative Politics (PS160, 331, 334, 340) 3-4 International Relations (PS241, 411, 420) 3-4 Political Philosophy (PS351, 352) 4 Public Administration Cognates AC230 Fundamentals of Accounting (or AC132 or OA119) 4 Intro. to Microcomputer Applications 3 CS101 Principles of Macroeconomics 3 EC201 EC305 Public Finance 3 Advanced Composition EN220 3 or EN221 Creative Writing HS Full-year history sequence 8 (usually HS101-102 or HS131-132) 3 MN360 Principles of Management 3 MN365 Human Resource Management PY228 Organizational Behavior w 3 S0313 Work and Organization SD302 Argumentation and Advocacy or 3-4 SD320 Public Relations FALL First Ysar EN110 Freshman Composition* PS110 Intro. to American Government and Politics HS History Sequence Elective Nat Sci Natural Science Elective SA100 How to Succeed in College SPRING _j_ Fund. of Speech Communication 3 Intro. to State and Local Government 4 History Sequence Elective 4 Natural Science Elective 4 _j_ Elective 16 16 Sscand Year EN210 Research Paper Process* HU251 Humanities I PS201 Intro. to Public Administration CS101 Intro. to Microcomputer Applications Elective 3 SD101 PS130 4 4 4 HS Nat Sci 3 4 3 3' Nat Sci HU252 Pol Sci PS211 it Third Year Pol Sci Field Elective AC230 Fundamentals or-Accounting EC201 Intro. to Macroeconomics PY228 Organizational Behavior Elective Fourth Ysar PS491 Senior Seminar I PS401 Prin. of Public Administration EC305 Public Finance MN365 Human Resource Management Elective 3 4 3 3 _a 15 3 4 4 4 _j_ 16 PS301 S0320 MN360 _a 16 3 3 3 3 Natural Science Elective Humanities II Field Elective Political Science Research & Statistics Elective Policy Analyis & Evaluation Public Relations Principles of Management Elective Elective 4 4 3 3 -2 16 PS492 PS499 Pol Sci Senior Seminar II Political Science/Public Administration Internship Field Elective Elective Elective 3 3 3 3 --1 15 *May be taken in spring semester. - 162 • Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2217 �Pre-Pharmacy (transfer program) See College of Natural and Health Sciences, page 245. Program Description: Career Description: Most pharmacy schools require students to take two years of prepharmacy preparation prior to being admitted to their professional program. Admission into the professional pharmacy programs is very competitive and is based, to a large extent, on grades in specific required courses. Many pharmacy colleges also require applicants to take the Pharmacy College Admission Test (P.C.A.T.). This exam is generally taken midway through your second prepharmacy year. Community Pharmacist - practices in local pharmacies, professional health centers, hospitals, nursing homes or neighborhood health centers. Pre-pharmacy requirements vary greatly between different colleges that offer professional programs in pharmacy. In general, most require a pre-pharmacy program that emphasizes math and science as well as strong communication skills. Recently, a majority of the nation's schools began to move toward awarding the doctor of pharmacy (Pharm.D.) as the only professional degree in pharmacy. Because many pharmacy curricula are currently being modified, prepharmacy requirements are also subject to change. The modifications in professional pharmacy curricula, combined with the variability in pre-pharmacy requirements, make it imperative for a pre-pharmacy student to determine the requirements for admission at the schools he or she desires to attend. A prepharmacy curriculum at Lake Superior State University can then be designed to help you obtain your goals. It is your responsibility to contact the directors of admissions at the pharmacy schools to which you are planning to apply so you can remain informed of their most recent requirements for admission. Government Supervisory Posts USPHS, USDA, DVAemploy pharmacists for technical writing, science reporting, directing manufacturing firms or overseeing cultivation of medicinal plants. Research Pharmacist - within the pharmaceutical industry, conduct research to develop prescription and non-prescription drugs and other health products. University Faculty- teach students, conduct research, act as consultants for local, state, national and international agencies and organization. Career Choices Community Pharmacist Government Supervisory Posts Research Pharmacist University Faculty Student Profile: Do you ... enjoy math and science? assume responsibility? have good communication skills? work well with people? Following is an example of typical minimum requirements for admission to many pharmacy programs: Biology (with lab) 1 year General Chemistry (with lab) 1 year 1 year Organic Chemistry (with lab) Physics (with lab) 1 year Economics 1 course Calculus at least 1 course English composition 1 year Speech 1 course 1 year Social Science In addition, several schools have specific prepharmacy requirements that are not on this list. Lake Superior State University • 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2267 • 163 �Psychology See College of Arts, Letters and Social Sciences, page 211. Bachelor of Arts Bachelor of Science Elementary Teacher Education Secondary Teacher Career Choices: Psychologist Research/Statistical Assistant University Professor Elementary/Secondary Teacher Program Description: Career Description: A comprehensive four-year program with emphasis on research, experimentation, computer applications and a senior-research sequence. Excellent preparation for graduate work at the master's 9r Ph.D. level in a wide variety of psychology disciplines. Psychologist - studies human behavior and mental processes to understand, explain and change people's behavior. Psychologists conduct research or work in applied fields as counselors, industrial psychologists, trainers and market researchers. Other areas of concentration include medical, surgical and mental health. Other Qualifications -A master's degree in psychology usually is the minimum requirement for the ' sample careers shown. The Ph.D. is essential for most senior-level positions and is required for appointment to permanent teaching and research positions in colleges and universities. Research/Statistical Assistant assists researchers with their data collection and analysis. University Professor - teaches undergraduate and graduate courses; conducts research; provides consulting services to the community and industry. Elementary/Secondary Teacher teaches elementary, middle or high school students; becomes educational administrator. Student Profile: Are you ... curious about people? Other Opportunities - includes preparation for graduate or professional schools such as business or law. a critical thinker? interested in why people behave the way they do? ., 164 • Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2217 �Psychology Psychology Bachelor of Arts Bachelor of Science Required Psychology Credits (35 credits) Introduction to Psychology PY101 4 PY210 Statistics 3 PY212 Experimental Psychology 3 Learning and Motivation PY311 3 PY357 Personality Theory 3 Tests and Measurements PY396 3 PY456 History & Systems of Psychology 3 PY457 Cognition 3 PY459 Physiological Psychology 3 PY498 Senior Research I 3 PY499 Senior Research II 4 Elective Psychology Credits (6 credits) PY Elective - any level 3 Social Psychology PY217 or Abnormal Psychology PY259 3 or PY265 Child & Adolescent Behavior Cognate Bachelor of Arts Degree One Year of Foreign Language 8 Bachelor of Science Degree Eight credits from the following: biology, chemistry and physical science beyond those used to fulfill general education requirements; mathematics at the level of MA111 and above (except MA207); any CS or DP courses; PL204, PL205, HS235. General Education and Electives Students must complete all general education requirements including BL 105. Students must take sufficient electives to total 124 semester credits. Acceptable Minors: Psychology majors may select an approved minor (21 credits) or may complete 21 credits in courses approved in lieu of the minor by their advisor. Nine credits must be at the 300-400 level. Elementary Education* Complete the planned program for elementary teachers and complete 21 credits in teacher education courses including TE150, TE250, TE301, TE401 and TE402. Secondruy Education* Complete a minor approved for teacher education and complete 21 hours in teacher education courses including TE150, TE250, TE301, TE401 and TE402. *You earn a bachelor's degree and then participate in a fifth-year teaching internship with accompanying graduate course work in order to · become certified to teach. Bachelor of Arts FALL First Year EN110 Freshman Composition• Foreign Language PY101 Introduction to Psychology PY210 Statistics BL105 Function of the Human Body SPRING 3 4 4 3 SD101 PY212 Fund. of Speech Communication 3 Experimental Psychology 3 Foreign Language 4 Physical Science 4 Elective ..2.:4 16-18 PY Elective Minor Course Tests & Measurements Minor Course Designated Elective ....A 18 Second Year EN210 Research Paper Process• Minor Course PY311 Learning & Motivation PY357 Personality Theory NS Elective 3 3 3 3 _A u; Third Year PY459 Physiological Psychology HU or elective Minor Courses Elective 3 PY396 PY F'Y457 6 _a Cognition HU or Elective Minor Courses Elective 15-16 3 3 3 _a 15 3-4 Fourth Year PY498 Senior Research I PY456 History &Systems of Psychology Minor Course Electives 3 3 3 3 3 3-4 6 _a 15-16 PY499 Senior Research II Electives 4 .10. 14 3:6. (/). (1) (1) ~ 'O!l (1) 0 12-15 *May be taken fall or spring semester. '(/'J --~0 .....-4 (1) ;::: Bachelor of Science FALL First Year EN110 Freshman Composition• PY101 Introduction to Psychology PY210 Statistics BL105 Function of the Human Body MA Elective 100+ level 3 4 3 4 2:4 SD101 PY PY212 MA 16-18 Second Year EN210 Research Paper Process* Minor Course PY311 Learning &Motivation PY357 Personality Theory Cognate Course C) SPRING cd Fund. of Speech Communication 3 Elective 3 Experimental Psychology 3 Natural Science 4 Elective 100+ level 3:4 16-17 3 3 P-Y 3 3 PY396 _a Designated Elective Minor Course Tests &Measurements Electives Physical Science 15 Third Year PY459 Physiological Psychology Humanities HU Minor Courses Elective 3 4 6 PY457 HU ....3. 3 3 3 ~ 15 Cognition Humanities Minor Courses Elective 16 Fourth Year PY498 Senior Research I PY456 History &System of Psychology Minor Course Electives 3 3 3 3 3 4 6 J 16 PY499 Senior Research II Electives --6 15 'May be taken fall or spring semester. Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2217 • 165 4 __u 15 co �Recreation Management See College of Natural and Health Sciences, page 245. Bachelor of Science Bachelor of Arts Concentration in Parks and Recreation Management Career Choices: Park Ranger Recreation Technician Outdoor Educator Instructor/Guide Facility Manager Activity Director Interpreter Student Profile: Are you ... people oriented? a good communicator, with both written and oral skills? flexible and creative? a team player? Program Description: Career Description: The bachelor of arts/bachelor of science in recreation management is a professional degree which focuses on leading, planning and managing recreation leisure opportunities for all ages in a variety of settings. A business minor is included in the degree, and additional career specializations can be achieved with select minors or concentrations. Facility Manager - administers facilities and programs affiliated with the commercial recreation and resort industry. The bachelor of science degree in recreation management, with a concentration in parks and recreation management, combines an associate's degree in natural resources technology with additional course work relative to human resource management in the outdoor environment. Activity Director - provides recreation and leisure services through organizations such as the YMCA, YFCA, Red Cross, organized camping, corporations and industry. Outdoor Educator - provides information, instruction, presentations and interactive opportunities relative to preserving, protecting and enhancing the natural environment, ecosystems, habitats and species which rely on those environments. Park Ranger - provides back country or front country assistance and information to visitors of the park. Enforces rules and regulations of the park. Interpreter - provides information to the visitor regarding natural and cultural history and phenomenon of the area. Recreation Technician - plans, develops, implements/ manages recreation projects, programs and facilities that are affiliated with the natural resources. ..... Instructor/Guide - provides outdoor recreation that is adventure based. Serves as an instructor for extreme sports. 166 • Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2367 �Recreation Management Recreation Management Bachelor of Science Department Requirements (29 credits) ES140 Health and Fitness 3 RA Recreation Activity 1 RA Recreation Activity 1 RC101 Introduction to Recreation & Leisure Services 3 RC105 Program Development and Leadership in Recreation and Leisure Services 3 RC295 Practicum 1 Recreation Leader Apprenticeship 1 RC390 Problems and Issues in RC435 Therapeutic Recreation 3 RC436 Therapeutic Recreation and Leisure Science Research 2 RC481 Professional Development Seminar 1 RC482 Administration of Recreation and Leisure Services 4 RC492 Internship 6 Business Requirements (25 credits) AC132 Principles of Accounting I 4 BA231 Business Communications 3 BA254 Business Law I 3 EC201 Principles of Macroeconomics 3 EC202 Principles of Microeconomics 3 FN245 Principles of Finance 3 MK281 Marketing Principles and Strategy 3 MN360 Principles of Management 3 Cognate Requirements (20 credits) BL105 Function of the Human Body 4 CS101 Intro. to Microcomputer Application 3 HE181 First Aid 1 HM480 Grantwriting 3 PS130 Intro. to State and Local Government 4 or PS160 Intro. to Canadian Government 3 PY101 Introduction to Psychology 4 or PY155 PY210 FALL First YBBr EN110 Freshman Composition ES140 Health and Fitness PY101 Introduction to Psychology RC101 Introduction to Recreation and Leisure Services Computer Literacy Elective 3 3 4 BL105 HE181 PS130 3 RC105 -3. 16 SD101 Function of the Human Body First Aid Introduction to State and Local Government Program Development and Leadership in Recreation and Leisure Services Fund. of Speech Communication 4 1 4 3 -3. 15 Second Year BA231 Business Communications 3 EC201 Principles of Macroeconomics 3 EN205 Technical Report Writing or EN21 O Research Paper Process 3 MK281 Marketing Principles and Strategy ~ RC295 Practicum 1 RC Elective -3. 16 Third Ysar BA254 Business Law I 3 HU251 Humanities I 4 RC Elective 3 Cultural Diversity Elective 3 General Elective __4 17 Fourth Year HM480 Grantwriting 3 RC435 Problems and Issues in Therapeutic Recreation 3 RC481 Professional Development Seminar 1 RC482 Administration of Recreation and Leisure Services 4 RC Elective -3. 14 RC320 RC340 RC342 RC344 Lifespan Development 3 Statistics 3 Department Electives (16 credits) ES141 Introduction to Movement 3 ES240 Techniques of Athletic Training 2 ES242 Sports Medicine 3 ES248 Psychology of Sport and Performance and Coaching 3 ES342 Exercise Physiology 3 Kinesiology 3 ES344 Fitness Evaluation II ES348 Laboratory Procedures 3 ES442 Electrocardiography in Exercise Science 2 ES444 Exercise Prescription 2 RC212 Instructional Methods in Adapted Aquatics 2 RC220 Methods of Arts & Crafts 3 RC240 Found. of Therapeutic Recreation 3 RC262 Outdoor Recreation 3 RC270 Sports Management 3 Readiness in Games, Activities RC280 3 and Sports 1-3 RC295 Practicum SPRING RC346 RC362 RC365 RC370 RC390 RC496 AC230 EC202 Fundi,rtJentals of Accounting Principles ef'Microeconomics Genera Elect" f?hysical,-S 1ence Statistics 4 3 3 3 -3. 16 P .(no{llles of Finance 3 rihciples of Management 3 Recreation Leader Apprenticeship 1 Elective 3 3.4 Aesthetics Elective General Elective -3. 16·17 RC436 RC450 RC492 RC Therapeutic Recreation and Leisure Science Research 2 Philosophy of Leisure and Human Performance 3 Internship 6 Elective -3. 14 Dance and Rhythmic Activities for Recreation 3 Program Development in Therapeutic Recreation 3 Disabilities Seminar in Therapeutic Recreation 3 Recreational Pursuits and Disabling Conditions 3 Clinical Issues & Practice in Therapeutic Recreation 3 Land Management for Recreation Purposes 3 Expedition Management 3 Recreation for Elderly 3 Recreation Leader Apprenticeship 1 Selected Research Topics 1-3 Elective credits (approximately nine) and general education requirements must be completed so that at least 124 semester credits have been earned . Lake Supertor State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2367 • 167 �Recreation Management Recreation Management Bachelor of Arts Department Requirements (29 credits) ES140 Health and Fitness 3 1 RA Recreational Activity RA Recreational Activity 1 RC101 Introduction to Recreation 3 Program Development and RC105 Leadership in Recreation and Leisure Services 3 RC295 Practicum 1 Recreation Leader Apprenticeship 1 RC390 RC435 Problems and Issues in Therapeutic Recreation 3 Therapeutic Recreation and RC436 2 Leisure Science Research Professional Development Seminar 1 RC481 RC482 Administration of Recreation Oj 4 and Leisure Services 6 ~ RC492 Internship r, Business Requirements (25 credits) Fundamentals of Accounting 4 AC230 Business Communications 3 ("D BA231 Business Law I 3 I-" BA254 3 0 EC201 Principles of Macroeconomics EC202 Principles of Microeconomics 3 ~ "' FN245 Principles of Finance 00 MK281 Marketing Principles and Strategy 33 MN360 Principles of Management 3 Cognate Requirements (20 credits) ("D Functions of the Human Body 4 BL105 CS101 Intro. to Microcomputer Applications 3 First Aid 1 ("D HE181 3 ("D HM480 Grantwriting to State and Local 00 PS130 Intro. Government 4 ::r t, ~ or PS160 PY101 Intro. to Canadian Government Introduction to Psychology 3 4 or PY155 Lifespan Development 3 Statistics PY210 3 Department Electives (16 credits) ES141 Introduction to Movement 3 ES240 Techniques of Athletic Training 2 ES242 Sports Medicine 3 ES248 Psychology of Sport and Performance and Coaching 3 ES342 Exercise Physiology 3 Kinesiology ES344 3 ES348 Fitness Evaluation II Laboratory Procedures 3 ES442 Electrocardiography in Exercise Science 2 ES444 Exercise Prescription 2 RC212 Instructional Methods in Adapted Aquatics 2 RC220 Methods in Arts & Crafts 3 Found. of Therapeutic Recreation 3 RC240 RC262 Outdoor Recreation 3 Sports Management RC270 3 RC280 Readiness in Games, Activities and Sports 3 FALL First Year EN110 Freshman Composition ES140 Health and Fitness RC101 Introduction to Recreation and Leisure Services Computer Literacy General Elective SPRING 3 3 BL105 HE181 RC105 3 3 -3 SD101 15 Function of the Human Body First Aid Program Development and Leadership in Recreation and Leisure Services Fund. of Speech Communication General Elective 4 1 3 3 _A 15 Second Year BA231 Business Communications EC201 Principles of Macroeconomics EN205 Technical Report Writing 3 3 AC230 EC202 4 3 4 3 or EN210 RC295 RC Research Paper Process Practicum Elective Foreign Language -3 17 Third Year BA254 Business Law I 3 HU251 Humanities I 4 MK281 Marketing Principles and Strategy 3 Cultural Diversity Elective 3 Elective RC -3 16 Fourth Year HM480 Grantwriting 3 RC435 Problems and Issues in Therapeutic Recreation 3 RC481 Professional Development Seminar 1 RC482 Administration of Recreation and Leisure Services 4 RC Elective -3 Principles of Finance 3 MN360 Principles of Management 3 RC390 Recreation Leader Apprenticeship 1 RC Elective 3 Aesthetics Elective 3-4 General Elective -3 16-17 fN245 RC436 RC450 RC492 RC Therapeutic Recreation and Leisure Science Research 2 Philosophy of Leisure and Human Performance 3 Internship 6 Elective -3 - 14 14 RC295 RC320 RC340 RC342 RC344 RC346 RC362 Practicum 1-3 Dance and Rhythmic Activities for Recreation 3 Program Development in Therapeutic Recreation 3 Disabilities Seminar in Therapeutic Recreation 3 Recreational Pursuits and Disable Conditions 3 Clinical Issues and Practice in Therapeutic Recreation 3 Land Management for Recreation Purposes 3 Expedition Management 3 Recreation for Elderly 3 Recreation Leader Apprenticeship 1 1-3 Selected Research Topics RC365 RC370 RC390 RC496 Elective credits (approximately nine) and general education requirements must be completed so that at least 124 semester credits have been earned. 168 • Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2367 ..... �Recreation Management Recreation Management Parks and Recreation Management Concentration Bachelor of Science FALL First Ysar BL102 Careers in Natural Resources EN110 Freshman Composition NS103 Environmental Science PY101 Introduction to Psychology RC101 Introduction to Recreation and Leisure Services SPRING 1 3 3 4 _a BL130 BL140 CH108 HE181 RC105 14 Introduction to Remote Sensing Introduction to Fish and Wildlife Applied Chemistry First Aid Program Development and Leadership in Recreation and Leisure Services Elective 3 1 4 1 3 _a 15 General education requirements and sufficient electives must also be completed so that at least 126 credits have been earned. Parks and Recreation Requirements (57 credits) AC230 Fundamentals of Accounting 4 BL102 1 Careers in Natural Resources BL130 Introduction to Remote Sensing 3 BL230 Introduction to Soils 4 BL284 Principles of Forestry 3 BL286 Watershed Management 3 CH108 Applied Chemistry 4 Introduction to Microcomputer CS100 Applications 3 EN205 Technical Report Writing 3 EV230 Intro. to Geographical Information Systems, GIS 3 HE181 First Aid 1 HM480 Grantwriting 3 HU251 Humanities I 4 PS130 Introduction to State and Local Government 4 PY101 Introduction to Psychology 4 PY210 Statistics or MA207 RC101 RC105 RC262 RC362 RC365 RC435 RC436 RC481 RC482 RC492 SD101 TC TC111 Principles of Statistical Methods Introduction to Recreation Program Development and Leadership in Recreation and Leisure Services Outdoor Recreation Land Management for Recreation Purposes Expedition Management Problems and Issues in Therapeutic Recreation Therapeutic Recreation and Leisure Science Research Professional Development Seminar Administration of Recreation and Leisure Services Recreation Internship Fund. of Speech Communication Outdoor Construction Small Engine Mechanics 3 3 Sscand Ysar BL230 Introduction to Soils BL240 Natural History of Vertebrates EN205 Technical Report Writing RC262 Outdoor Recreation SD101 Fund. of Speech Communication 4 3 3 3 _a 16 BL284 BL286 EV230 HU251 TC111 Principles of Forestry Watershed Management Introduction tQ Geographical Information Systems, GIS Humanities I Small Engine Mechanics 4 3 3 4 --1 16 ThirdYsar CS100 Intro. to Microcomputer Applications 3 HM480 Grantwriting 3 TC Outdoor Construction 3 Aesthetic 4 _a Elective 16 Fourth Year RC390 Recreation Leader Apprenticeship RC435 Problems and Issues in Therapeutic Recreation 3 RC481 Professional Development Seminar 1 RC482 Administration of Recreation and Leisure Services 4 Cultural Diversity 3 _a Elective 15 AC230 MA207 PY210 PS130 RC295 RC362 RC365 RC436 RC492 Accounting Principles of Statistical Methods 4 or 3 Statistics Intro. to State and Local Government 4 Recreation Practicum 1 _a Elective 15 Land Management for Recreation Purposes 3 Expedition Management 3 Therapeutic Recreation and Leisure Science Research 2 Recreation Internship 6 _a Ethics 17 rJ'J (l) (l) Q (l) 0 . J-4rJ'J 0 ....-4 (l) ..c= C) ~ 3 3 3 3 3 2 1 4 6 3 3 2 Lake Supertor State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2367 • 169 ~ �Social Science See College of Arts, Letters and Social Sciences, page 211. Bachelor of Science Bachelor of Arts Career Choices Secondary or Elementary Teacher Urban and Regional Planner Government Worker Program Description: Career Description: The social science degree helps prepare students to be effective citizens and develops skills useful in various employment areas, both in the public and private sectors. Both degree programs allow you to take a large number of electives, providing flexibility in accommodating a number of career plans. Teacher education students may elect to major in this area. Elementary/Secondary Teacher teaches elementary, middle and high school students; becomes educational administrator. Urban and Regional Planner develops comprehensive plans and programs for the use of land for industrial and public sites. Government Worker - works for a variety of local, state and federal agencies as operational-level personnel and managers. ... Student Profile: Do you ... like to make things happen? want to change people for the better? like to work with other people? 170 • Lake Supertor State University • 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 221 7 �Social Science Social Science Bachelor of Arts Bachelor of Science Major Area Requirements: Introductory Sequences 27-31 Students must select four full-year introductory sequence courses from the following six areas: Economics 6 Geography B History 8 Political Science B Psychology 7 Sociology 6 Lower-level Courses from the Six Areas of the Major 9 Students must choose at least nine credits from the 100-200 level in the six areas. Upper-level Courses from the Six Areas of the Major 21 Students must choose 21 credits from the 300400 level offerings in the six areas. No more than 12 credits can be in any one discipline. Methodology courses 5-7 Students choose two courses from S0302, PY210, PY212, HS496. Minor or Cognate: To earn a bachelor of arts degree, students must take eight credits of a foreign language as well as an additional 12 approved credits from English, humanities, speech, journalism or philosophy (beyond general education requirements) . For a bachelor of science degree, students will take an approved minor in natural science or social science (20-28 credits) . General Education and Electives: Students must complete all the general education requirements and electives to total 124 semester credits. Bachelor of Arts FALL First Year EN110 Freshman Composition• Intro Sequence I NS Elective Intro Sequence II First Year Foreign Language SPRING 3 3-4 3 3-4 SD101 NS -3. 16-18 Second Year EN210 Research Paper Process• Intro Sequence Ill Intro Sequence IV Elective NS 3 3-4 3-4 Fund . of Speech Communication 3 Intro Sequence I 3-4 Elective 3 Intro Sequence II 3-4 First Year Foreign Language -3. 16-18 Social Sci Electives Intro Sequence Ill Intro Sequence IV Elective -3 13-14 Third Year Cognate/Minor Elective HU Methodology Course EN/HU/JR/SD Elective Elective 3 4 3 3 .....3. _3. 15-17 Cognate/Minor Elective Methodology Course EN/HU/JR/SD Elective Elective HU 16 Fourth Year Electives (if needed) EN/HU/JR/SD Electives Cognate/Minor 6 3-4 3-4 3 4 3 3 3-:fi 16-19 r/'J 3 9 3-4 15-16 ss Electives (if needed) Electives Cognate/Minor Course 3-5 9 .3:4 15-18 *May be taken fall or spring semester. Q) Q) Q Q) 0 --~r/'J0 ,..--4 Q) ~ Bachelor of Science FALL First Year EN110 Freshman Composition* Intro Sequence I NS Elective Intro Sequence II Cognate/Minor C) 3 3-4 4 3-4 SD101 NS ----3.:4 16-19 Second Year EN210 Research Paper Process* Intro Sequence 111 Intro Sequence IV Elective ca SPRING 3 Soc Sci 3-4 3·4 .....3. Fund . of Speech Communication 3 Intro Sequence I 3-4 Elective 4 Intro Sequence II 3-4 Cognate/Minor ----3.:4 16-19 Electives Intro Sequence Ill Intro Sequence IV Elective 13-14 Third Year Cognate/Minor HU Elective Methodology Course Soc Sci Elective 3 4 3 _3. 6 3-4 3-4 _3. 16-17 HU Soc Sci 16 Cognate/Minor Elective Methodology Course Elective Elective 3 4 3 3 .....3.:6. 16-19 Fourth Year Electives (if needed) Soc Sci Electives Cognate/Minor 3 9 ----3.:4 Soc Sci Electives (if needed) Elective Cognate/Minor Course 15-16 *May be taken fall or spring semester. Lake Superior State University • 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2217 • 171 3-5 9 ----3..:4 15-18 o:i �Sociology See College of Arts, Letters and Social Sciences, page 211. Bachelor of Arts Bachelor of Science Double Major in Sociology and Human Services* Elementary Education Secondary Education Career Choices: Social Service Worker Public Relations Worker Human Resources Manager Politician Elementary/Secondary Teacher College Professor Program Description: Career Description: For students planning a career in sociology, teaching or conducting research, the bachelor of arts or bachelor of science provides the undergraduate preparation for graduate work in sociology. Social Service Worker - provides counseling, administers programs, coordinates services in public or private agencies assisting individuals, families, groups or communities. You can best prepare for this type of work by combining your sociology major with a human service minor or by seeking a dual major in sociology and human service. Many other careers require a solid foundation of knowledge about social structure and human behavior. The sociology program is flexible, allowing you to combine the Sociology major with a number of other concentrations, enhancing career preparations in a number of fields. The broad liberal arts base provided by the sociology degree will help you prepare to negotiate changes in career paths commonly experienced over the course of a work life. Other Qualifications - an advanced degree may be required for some of the positions shown. Survey Researcher Urban Planner Student Profile: Are you ... curious about people and how social systems work? a critical thinker? imaginative? ready to make things happen in organizations? *Because curriculums in the human services area vary with each student, please see your advisor to set up a schedule that meets your needs for the double major in sociology and human services. Preparation for professions - you can gain long-term advantage by beginning your studies for a professional career in such areas as business, law or medicine with the liberal arts foundation and understanding of people which the sociology degree provides. With a sociology major, you will have ample room in your academic schedule to take classes to prepare for entrance exams for professional school. Other Opportunities- include preparation for graduate or professional schools such as business or law. Public Relations Worker - assists an institution or corporation in presenting itself before the public, often working with the media. Human Resources Manager administers and helps develop policies for hiring, training, promotion and personnel management of employees in private firms or public agencies. Politician - develops or administers laws and policies through an elected or appointed position. Elementary/Secondary Teacher teaches elementary, middle or high school students; becomes educational administrator. College Professor - teaches undergraduate and graduate courses, conducts research, provides consulting services to the community and industry. An advanced degree, a master's or Ph.D., is required for this work. Survey Researcher - conducts sociological studies for government agencies, businesses or political groups. An advanced degree, usually the Ph.D., is required. Urban Planner - works with city government to develop policies and design programs. Academic work beyond the bachelor's degree is required for this work. 172 • Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2217 ... - �Sociology Sociology Bachelor of Arts Bachelor of Science Required Sociology Credits (31 hours) The sociology major consists of 22 credit hours of core courses and nine credit hours of sociology electives. Core (22 hours) Major courses required in sociology are: S0101 Introduction to Sociology 3 S0238 Social Psychology 3 S0202 Social Research Methods 3 S0302 Statistics for Social Science 4 S0303 Contemporary Sociological Theory 3 S0403 Development of Sociological Theory3 S0401 Sociological Research 3 Elective Sociology Credits (9 hours) Students must select an additional nine hours of sociology courses. No more than three hours may be SO/SW courses. At least three hours must be at the 300/400 level. Minor or other Cognate (20 hours) Choose one of the following alternatives. At least six credit hours must be at the 300/400 level. Minor: Students may complete an approved minor. This minor could be in sociology, giving you a double concentration which provides a solid background for graduate work in sociology. Otherwise, the minor may be any approved minor at the University. or An approved concentration: You may develop an approved concentration in one or more disciplines in consultation with your advisor. Elementary Education Bachelor of Arts FALL First Year EN11 O Freshman Composition* S0101 Introduction to Sociology NS Elective Cognate or Elective SPRING 3 3 4 S0102 NS SD101 --3. 13 (Complete math proficiency, if necessary, during first year.) Second Year EN210 Research Pape[ Process* or EN215 Intro. to Literature & Research* Sociology Gou rse Cognates or Electives HU Elective 3 3 6 _A S0202 S0238 HU Sociological Research Methods 3 Social Psychology 3 Cognate or Elective 5 Elective _A 15 16 Third Year S0302 Statistics for Social Sciences 4 S0303 Contemporary Sociological Theory 3 Cognates or Electives 5 First Year Foreign Language I _A S0403 Development of Sociological Theory 3 Cognates or Electives 9 First Year Foreign Language II -4 16 16 Fourth Year S0401 Sociological Research I Cognates or Electives 3 _li S0403 17 Sociology Course Development of Sociological Theory Cognates or Electives 31 3 ....11 17 *May be taken fall or spring semester. Bachelor of Science Complete the planned program for elementary teachers and complete 21 credits in teacher education courses including TE150, TE250, TE301, TE401 and TE402. FALL First Year · EN110 Freshman Composition* S0101 Introduction to Sociology NS Elective Cognate or Elective Secondary Education 13 (Complete math proficiency, if necessary, during first year.) Complete a minor approved for teacher education and complete 21 hours in teacher education courses including TE150, TE250, TE301 , TE401 and TE402. You earn a bachelor's degree, and then participate in a fifth-year teaching internship with accompanying graduate course work in order to become certified to teach. General Education: All bachelor's degree students must complete the general education requirements. Bachelor of Science and Bachelor of Arts Requirements: The student selects one of the following alternatives. Bachelor of Science No add itional courses or Bachelor of Arts The student must complete one year of a foreign language (8 hours) . Students must take sufficient electives to total 124 semester credits. Social Problems 4 Elective 4 Fund. of Speech Communication 3 Cognate or Elective --3. 14 SPRING 3 3 4 _a Second Year EN21 O Research Paper Process• EN215 HU M 3 Intro. to Literature & Research* Sociology Course Cognates or Electives Elective 3 6 S0102 SD101 S0202 S0238 HU Social Problems 4 Elective 4 Fund. of Speech Communication 3 Cognate or Elective .....3 14 Sociological Research Methods 4 Social Psychology 3 Cognates or Electives 3 Electives _J_ 17 _A 16 Third Year S0302 Statistics for Social Sciences 4 S0303 Contemporary Sociological Theory 3 Cognates or Electives 6 Electives _A 17 Fourth Year S0401 Sociological Research I Cognates or Electives 3 _li 17 S0403 Development of Sociological Theory 3 Cognates or Electives 9 Elective _4 16 S0402 Sociological Research II Sociology Course Cognates or Electives *May be taken fall or spring semester. Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2217 • 173 3 3 ---8 14 �Therapeutic Recreation See College of Natural and Health Sciences, page 245. Bachelor of Science Career Choices: Therapeutic Recreation Specialist Student Profile: Are you ... proactive, multi-dimensional and organized? a believer in the benefits of a quality leisure lifestyle? able to work well within an interdisciplinary team? committed to helping others? Program Description: Career Description: A multi disciplinary degree program which prepares graduates for national certification. Theoretical applications and practical experiences prepare you for careers in hospital clinical settings, community placement and residential treatment centers. Therapeutic recreation specialists, often referred to as recreational therapists, work with individuals who have mental, physical or emotional disabilities. Select activity modalities are utilized to treat or maintain the physical, mental and emotional well-being of consumers served. These interventions help individuals remediate the effects of illness or disability and achieve an optimal level of personal independence. The goals of interventions include improving physical, cognitive and social functioning. Therapeutic Recreation Specialistwith a degree in therapeutic recreation, you can work in a wide variety of organizations and jobs. These are just a sample of the many possible types of employment: nursing homes, psychiatric facilities, rehabilitation hospitals, recovery centers, acute care hospitals, health clubs, special olympics, community recreation, pediatrics, group homes, adult day care centers, centers for independent living, non-profit recreational facilities, private consulting, access specialists, colleges/ universities, private schools/ centers, correctional facilities. 174 • Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2367 �Therapeutic Recreation Therapeutic Recreation Bachelor of Science Therapeutic Recreation Requirements (46 credits) ES141 Introduction to Movement 3 ES262 Exercise Physiology I 3 ES268 Fitness Evaluation I 2 RC101 Introduction to Recreation and 3 Leisure Services RC105 Program Development and Leadership 3 RC240 Foundations of Therapeutic Recreation 3 Outdoor Recreation 3 RC262 1 Practicum in Recreation RC295 Program Development in RC340 Therapeutic Recreation 3 RC342 Disabilities Seminar in Therapeutic 3 Recreation RC344 Recreational Pursuits and Disabling Conditions 3 RC346 Clinical Issues and Practice in Therapeutic Recreation 3 1 RC390 Recreation Leader Apprentice RC435 Problems and Issues in 3 Therapeutic Recreation RC436 Therapeutic Recreation and Leisure Science Research 2 RC481 Professional Development Seminar 1 RC492 Internship in Recreation 6 Cognate Requirements (10 credits) BL 121 Human Anatomy and Physiology I 4 HE354 Legal and Financial Issues in Health Care Administration 3 HM480 Grantwriting 3 Bachelor of Science Requirements (9 credits) PY155 Life-span Development 3 PY201 Communication Skills in Counseling 3 PY245 Abnormal Psychology (6 credits) Departmental Electives 3 ES349 Orthopaedic Assessment ES428 Psychological Aspects of Exercise and Athletic Rehabilitation 3 2 Adapted Aquatics RC212 3 Methods in Arts and Crafts RC220 3 Sports Management RC270 Readiness for Games, Activities RC280 3 and Sports 1-2 RC295 Practicum in Recreation Dance and Rhythmic Activity 3 RC320 3 Recreation for the Elderly RC370 Administration of Recreation and RC482 4 Leisure Services 1 RC496 Selected Research Topics (6 credits) Cognate Electives 3 HE232 Pathophysiology 3 PY212 Experimental Psychology 3 PY240 Behavior Management 3 PY291 Group Counseling PY301 Child and Adolescent Development 3 3 PV311 Learning and Motivation 3 PY357 Personality Theory 3 PY385 Health Psychology 3 PY391 Family Therapy 3 S0326 Sociology of Aging and Aged 3 S0327 Sociology of Death and Dying FALL First Year BL121 Human Anatomy and Physiology I EN11 o Freshman Composition CS101 Introduction to Microcomputer Applications PY101 Introduction to Psychology RC101 Introduction to Recreation and Leisure Services SPRING 4 3 3 4 BL122 ES140 NS11 O NS111 SD101 Human Anatomy and Physiology II 4 Health and Fitness 3 Chemistry in Society 3 Chemistry in Society Lab 1 Fund . of Speech Communication _a 14 ES141 PY155 PY201 RC105 Introduction to Movement 3 Lifespan Development 3 Communication Skills in Counseling 3 Program Development and Leadership in Recreation Services 3 Aesthetics ~ 15-16 PY259 A"bnormal Psychology 3 Recreational Pursuits and Disabling Conditions 3 Clinical Issues and Practice in Therapeutic Recreation 3 Recreation Leader Apprentice 1 Department Elective 3 _a Cognate Elective 16 _a 17 Second Year EN21 O Research Paper Process HU251 Humanities I RC240 Found. of Therapeutic Recreation RC262 Outdoor Recreation RC295 Recreation Practicum S0113 Sociology t.-1 Third Year ES262 Exercise Physiology I HE228 Multicultural Approach to H RC340 Program Development in Therapeutic Recreation RC342 Disabilities Seminar in Therapeutic Recreation Statistics RC344 RC346 3 _a 15 Fourth Year ES268 Fitness Evaluation I 2 RC435 Problems and Issues in Therapeutic Recreation 3 RC481 Professional Development Seminar 1 Department Elective 3 Cognate Elective _a 12 SUMMER RC492 Recreation Internship RC390 ES/RC450 Philosophy of Leisure and Human Performance 3 HE354 Legal and Financial Issues in Health Care Administration 3 HM480 Grantwriting 3 RC436 Therapeutic Recreation and Leisure Science Research 3 Elective _a 14 6 Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-I.SSU, ext. 2367 • 175 �Business Administration See College of Engineering, Mathematics and Business, page 231. Associate's Degree Career Choices: Marketing Manager Management Trainee ~ Program Description: Career Description: This program prepares you for entry-level positions in industry and government requiring two years of college-level business preparation. The program is oriented toward marketing and should be of special interest to individuals seeking careers in marketing or as management trainees in retail organizations. The degree program is transferable into a four-year program in business administration. Please see page 232 regarding this program's accreditation. Marketing Manager - entry-level positions, requiring a two-year degree in a marketing manager trainee program leading to retail or wholesale management positions. Management Trainee - entrylevel position, requiring a two-year degree, into a management trainee position in manufacturing or the retail trade. oo Student Profile 0 (';) i,-1• Areyou ... ~ a people person? ('D.. 00 enthusiastic and eager to learn about business from the roots up? 0 ('D ~ ('D ('D 00 FALL SPRING First r,ar AC132 AC230 EN110 PY101 PY228 BA105 Principles of Accounting I or Fundamentals of Accounting Freshman Composition· Introduction to Psychology or Organizational Behavior Business Mathematics Elective 4 3 SD101 MK283 MK285 EC202 DP151 3-4 Fundamentals of Speech 3 Marketing Principles &Strategy 3 Retail Management 3 Principles of Microeconomics 3 _a Computer Applications 15 3 _a 16·17 S8'ond r,a, MK283 BA254 EN210 EN215 EN245 Principles of Selling Business Law I Research Paper Process or• Intro. to Literature & Research Principles of Finance Elective 3 3 3 MNS65 MK387 BA255 BA231 3 _a 15 "English composition may be taken either fall or spring semester. Human Resource Management 3 Advertising Theory and Practice 3 Business Law II 3 Business Communications 3 Elective ~ 15-16 General Education Requirements EC202 Principles of Microeconomics 3 EN110 Freshman Composition 3 EN210 Research Paper Process or 3 EN215 Intro. to Literature & Research PY101 Introduction of Psychology or 3-4 PY228 Organizational Behavior SD101 Fundamentals of Speech 3 Departmental Requirements AC132 Principles of Accounting I 4 or AC230 Fundamentals of Accounting 4 BA105 Business Mathematics 3 BA231 Business Communications 3 BA254 Business Law I 3 BA255 Business Law II 3 DP151 Computer Applications 3 Principles of Finance FN245 or 3-4 FN341 Managerial Finance MK281 Marketing Principles and Strategy 4 MK283 Principles of Selling 3 MK285 Retail Management 3 MK387 Advertising Theory and Practice 3 MN365 Human Resource Management 3 Sufficient elective credits must be completed so that at least 62 semester credits have been earned. 176 • Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2426 ._. _, --J "-' ..... .__.. �Chemistry See College of Natural and Beath Sciences, page 245. Associate's Degree Program Description: Career Descriptions: Graduates of the two-year associate' s degree in chemistry may find employment as chemical laboratory technicians or proceed on to complete bachelor's degrees in an area of chemistry. This program transfers directly into the bachelor's degree in environmental chemistry. Physical Science Technician performs a variety of technical procedures related to the chemical analyses of plant and animal tissues, soils, sediments and waters for environmental contaminants, including sample receipt, storage, homogenization, extraction, cleanup, digestion analysis and reporting; assists analytical chemists in routine maintenance of analytical instruments. Career Choices: Physical Science Technician Laboratory Chemist Field Chemist Laboratory Chemist - knowledge of EPA methods for volatile and semi-volatile analysis. A.A.S. (Flame/Graphite a plus) and/or I.C.P., instrument maintenance. Field Chemist - supervises field technicians; packages chemicals for transportation and disposal, loads and unloads supply trucks; customer relation skills are essential. Student Profile: Do you have ... an interest in the environment and environmental protection? an aptitude in natural sciences, particularly chemistry and mathematics? skills in planning, organization and problem solving? an ability to communicate effectively in writing? an ability to effectively organize and present information verbally? Chemistry (23 credits) CH115 General Chemistry I 5 CH116 General Chemistry II 4 CH225 Organic Chemistry I 4 CH226 Organic Chemistry II 4 CH231 Quantitative Analysis 4 CH232 Instrumental Analysis 4 Other Departments (35 credits) CS101 Intro. to Microcomputer Applications 3 EN110 Freshman Composition 3 EN205 Technical Report Writing 3 MA151 Calculus I 4 MA152 Calculus II 4 MA251 Calculus Ill 4 PH231 Applied Physics for Engineers and Scientists I 4 PH232 Applied Physics for Engineers and Scientists II 4 SD101 Fund. of Speech Communication 3 Social Science Elective 3 Students are required to take a total of 63 semester credits. an ability to communicate and work with a broad array of people? FALL First Year CH115 General Chemistry I MA151 Calculus I EN110 Freshman Composition SD101 Fund. of Speech Communication Free Elective SPRING 5 4 3 3 .....3. CH116 General Chemistry II 4 MA152 Calculus 11 4 CS101 Intro. to Microcomputer Applications 3 SS or HU Elective .....3. 14 18 Second Year CH225 Organic Chemistry I CH231 Quantitative Analysis PH231 Applied Physics for Engineers and Scientists I EN205 Technical Report Writing Free Elective ·4 4 4 3 -2. CH226 CH232 PH232 MA251 Organic Chemistry II Instrumental Analysis Applied Physics for Engineers and Scientists 11 Calculus Ill 17 Lake Superior State University • 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2267 • 177 4 4 4 _A 16 �Computer Science See College of Engineering, Mathematics and Business, page 231. Associate's Degree Career Choices: Computer Programmer Systems Analyst Database Administrator Program Description: Career Description: This degree provides an initial framework in computer science which allows you to branch into many career paths. Students complete a capstone "real-world" project in their sophomore (CS290) year. You will often choose a project that relates to your specific interests, such as Web page design, database administration, and applications or systems program- Computer Programmer - designs, writes and tests computer programs; programming can be done at the applications level or the systems level. Systems Analyst - works with customers to analyze organizations' needs; sets up systems for company. Database Administrator analyzes, designs, and implements the database needs of an organization. ming. .....J Student Profile: Do you ... like working with computers? enjoy the challenge of problem-solving? ...... FALL First Year CS101 Intro. to Microcomputer Applications 3 3 CS105 Intro. to Computer Programming EN110 Freshman Composition 3 4 PY101 Introduction to Psychology Free Elective --1 SPRING CS121 MA,207 BA1'21 Survey of Computer Science Principles of Statistical Methods Introduction to Business General Education Course Free Elective 16 Second Year CS201 Data Structures and Algorithms CS205 Computer Organization and Architecture CS211 Database Applications EN205 Technical Report Writing Free Elective 3 3 3 3 .....a 15 3 3 3 3 .....a 15 CS221 CS290 $0101 Computer Networks Computer Science Project Fund. of Speech Communication General Education Course Free Elective 3 4 3 3 .....a 16 Departmental Courses (28 credits) Intro. to Microcomputer Applications 3 CS101 Intro. to Computer Programming 3 CS105 Survey of Computer Science CS121 3 Data Structures and Algorithms CS201 3 Computer Organization and CS205 Architecture 3 Database Applications CS211 3 Computer Networks CS221 3 Independent Study in Computer CS290 Science 4 Principles of Statistical Methods MA207 3 (34 credits) Support Courses BA121 Introduction to Business 3 Freshman Composition 3 EN110 Technical Report Writing EN205 3 Introduction to Psychology 4 PY101 Fund. of Speech Communication SD101 3 General Education Courses Free Electives Total Credits in Program 178 • Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2441 6 12 62 ......, ..... ..... ..... �Construction Technology See College of Engineering, Mathematics and Business, page 231. Program Description: Career Description: The future looks very bright for the construction industry throughout the state of Michigan, the Midwest and the entire nation. New home construction and commercial construction are both experiencing a great deal of growth. Rough Carpenter/Foreman - cuts and assembles floor joists, stud walls, rafters; builds and installs floor and roof trusses, beams and headers; fastens floor, wall and roof sheathings. Laborers in the construction industry may focus on a particular specialty, but are also likely to work in a broad range of activities. Program graduates may find themselves performing a variety of home construction tasks, such as remodeling, rough carpentry and framing, roofing and internal finishing. Commercial construction is also an option, offering more experience with concrete and largescale construction techniques. Associate of Applied Science Career Choices: Rough Carpenter/Foreman Roofer - installs flashings for vents, chimneys and valleys; applies tarpaper, roll roofing, shingles and shakes; works with hot tar and elastomers. Roofer Finish Carpenter General Laborer Finish Carpenter - performs fine carpentry; hangs doors and installs locksets; trims out windows and doors; installs base and cove moldings; hangs kitchen and bath cabinets. Remodeling Carpenter rJ) (1) (1) ~ (1) Student Profile: 0 General Laborer - provides materials and muscle as needed; keeps worksite free of debris; sets up safety barriers and scaffolding; mixes mortar and supplies block and brick to masons; strips form from concrete work. Do you ... like to build? take pride in quality work? 2 4 --2 rJ) < TC191 TC192 TC118 CS101 Class Internship 4 On-Site Internship 2 Drafting 3 Intro. to Microcomputer Applications -3. 12 TC105 TC103 TC125 EN110 TC102 Construction 111 Surveying Construction Estimating Freshman Composition Construction II 12 Summer TC192 On-Site Internship Second Year TC101 Construction I TC121 Construction Documents TC132 Construction Drawing TC210 Graphical Problem Social Science Elective HE181 First Aid ss 6 3 4 3 2 3 •l""f C,) SPRING 4 ~ 0 Remodeling Carpenter - involves demolition and rebuilding of portions of existing structures; i.e., bathrooms, kitchens, basements. Remodeling also deals with retrofitting for energy efficiency such as installing thermal windows, doors and skylights. FALL First Year (common) TC191 Class Internship TC192 On-Site Internship Math Industrial Math TC110 Industrial Safety rJ) "' -1 16 Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 6227 • 179 3 3 4 3 -3. 16 �Criminal Justice See College of Arts, Letters and Social Sciences, page 211. Associate's Degree Program Description: Career Description: Emphasis in: The associate's degree in corrections will prepare you to work in correctional facilities as corrections officers. The degree contains the five courses required by the Michigan Corrections Officers Training Council (MCOTC). Associate' s degree graduates may also find paraprofessional jobs in other areas of corrections. This degree is compatible with the bachelor of science degree in criminal justice/ corrections. Corrections Officer - works in secure correctional facilities; performs custodial services; acts as assistant resident unit manager; assists prisoners with their transition back to society. . Corrections Law Enforcement Career Choices: Corrections Officer Police Officer Loss Control Officer Student Profile: Are you ... The associate's degree in law enforcement will prepare you for work in local law enforcement agencies provided you attend a police academy after graduation. This associate' s degree is also compatible with the bachelor of science degree in criminal justice/ law enforcement. Graduates may also find positions with private security agencies. Police Officer - works for local or state agencies; has broad arrest powers; is responsible for the safety of his/her respective communities; investigates crimes; provides a variety of related services. Loss Control Officer - provides many of the same services that the police do only in the private sector; maintains perimeter security in industrial settings; performs retail shoplifting investigations. interested in people? curious about human behavior? able to work without supervision? 180 • Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2384 ...... �Criminal Justice Criminal Justice Corrections Emphasis Associate's Degree (9 credits) Basic Requirements Major Requirements (30 credits) CJ101 Intro. to Criminal Justice 3 Introduction to Corrections 3 CJ110 3 CJ130 Client Relations in Corrections CJ140 Correctional Client Growth & Development 3 CJ220 Institutional Corrections 3 Community Based Corrections 3 CJ240 Correctional Law 3 CJ250 CJ319 Substantive Criminal Law or 3 CJ202 Canadian Criminal Law Correctional Casework 3 CJ330 Juvenile Justice 3 CJ355 Support Courses (6 credits) Introduction to Legal Process PS120 3 or PS160 Intro. to Canadian Government and Politics S0214 Criminology 3 (17 credits) Electives FALL First Year CJ101 Intro. to Criminal Justice CJ110 Introduction to Corrections CJ140 Correctional Client Growth and Development . EN110 Freshman Composition Elective SPRING 3 3 SD101 CJ130 3 3 PS120 --4 PS160 3 3 CJ220 CJ330 S0214 CJ355 16 Second Year CJ240 Community Based Corrections CJ250 Correctional Law CJ319 Substantive Criminal Law CJ202 EN210 or 3 Canadian Criminal Law Research Paper Process Electives 3 Fund. of Speech Communication 3 Client Relations in Corrections 3 Electives 6 Introduction to Legal Process q1 3 Intro. to Canadian Government and Politics 15 Institutional Corrections Correctional Casework Criminology Juvenile Justice Electives 3 3 3 3 _3 15 --4 16 r.n (1) (1) 6b (1) 0 . (1)r.n +,J -~C)co 0 r.n < Criminal Justice Law Enforcement Emphasis Associate's Degree Basic Requirements FALL First Year CJ101 Intro. to Criminal Justice CJ102 Police Process EN110 Freshman Composition S0214 Criminology Electives SPRING 3 3 3 3 _a 15 PY101 PS110 SD101 S0103 (9 credits) Major Requirements (16 credits) 3 CJ101 Intro. to Criminal Justice Police Process 3 CJ102 Firearms Training 1 CJ201 CJ206 Law Enforcement'Loss Control Internship 3 3 CJ212 Loss Control Investigation 3 CJ243 Second Year CJ201 Firearms Traioing CJ212 Loss Control CJ243 Investigation Electives Electives 1 CJ2Clli 3 3 _B. 15 EN210 PS120 Introduction to Psychology 4 Intro. to American Government and Politics 3 Fundamentals of Speech 3 Cultural Diversity 3 _3 Electives 16 Law Enforcement'Loss Control Internship 3 Research Paper Process 3 Introduction to Legal Process 3 Electives -6. 15 (17 credits) Support Courses PS110 Introduction to American 4 Government and Politics PS120 Introduction to Legal Process 3 S0103 Cultural Diversity 3 Criminology 3 S0214 Introduction to Psychology 4 PV101 Electives (20 credits) Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2384 • 181 �Early Childhood Education See Department of Education, page 216. Associate's Degree Career Choices: Day Care Provider Early Childhood Teacher/ Head Start Teacher Administrative Position Program· Description: Career Description: This two-year program leads to an associate's degree in early childhood education. It is for students interested in working with young children from birth through age five. Students are expected to acquire an understanding of developmental patterns of the preschool child in such areas as condition, emotion, social interaction and physical growth. This understanding will be the basis of working with groups of children and will culminate in a practicum. Graduates of this program normally seek position with day care centers, day care homes, Head Start programs, residential homes and other facilities designed for the care and development of the preschool child. Graduates also matriculate into the four-year bachelor's degree program in human services at the University or pursue a degree in early childhood education, human services or elementary education. A total of 62 credits is required. Student Profile: Are you ... interested in working with infants, toddlers and pre-school children? patient and understanding? interested in helping to mold the children of our future? Day Care Provider - involvement with children in educational games and learning activities; supervises children at play; and provides general care of children. Early Childhood Teacher/Head Start Teacher - involvement with children in educational games and learning activities; supervises children at play; maintains records or files. Administrative Position oversees a center's operation including budgetary, staffing and equipment needs. ...... FALL First Year EN110 Freshman Composition BL105 Function of the Human Body PY155 Life-Span Development or PY265 Child & Adolescent Development ED101 Foundation of Early Childhood Education ED110 Curriculum Development and Teaching Practice SPRING 3 4 3 3 SD101 S0113 HE104 HE181 ED111 ED105 Fund. of Speech Communication 3 3 Sociology of the American Family Nutrition for Early Childhood 3 Firs~Ald 1 Infants & Toddlers: Developmentally Appropriate Practices 3 _3_ Child Guidance and Welfare 16 _3_ 16 Second Year EN210 Research Paper Process ED220 Early Childhood Literature ED260 Practicum I PY* or SO** Elective 3 3 4 ....2. 15 ED270 Administration of Early Childhood Programs 3 Electives 5 4 ED261 Practicum II _3_ PY* or SO** 15 *Choose one of the following: PY301 Exceptional Child & Adolescent or PY288 Organizational Behavior ..Choose one of the following: S0225 Native Cultures of North America or S0103 Cultural Diversity Degree Requirements: BL105 Function of the Human Body ED101 Foundation of Early Childhood Education ED105 Child Guidance & Welfare Curriculum Development and ED110 Teaching Practice ED111 Infants & Toddlers: Developmentally Appropriate Practices ED220 Early Childhood Literature ED260 Practicum I ED261 Practicum II ED270 Administration of Early Childhood Programs EN110 Freshman Composition EN210 Research Paper Process HE104 Nutrition for Early Childhood HE181 First Aid SD101 Fund. of Speech Communication Cultural Diversity S0103 Native Cultures of North America S0225 or S0113 Sociology of the American Family Cognate Required: PY155 Lifespan Development or PY265 Child & Adolescent Development Organizational Behavior PY288 or Exceptional Child & Adolescent PY301 182 • Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2105 4 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 3 3 3 3 1 3 ...... ..... ..... ..... 3 3 ;_...j 3 3 ~ �Fire Science See College of Arts, Letters and Social Sciences. page 211. Program Description: Career Description: The associate' s degree in fire science degree prepares you for entry-level positions with fire departments and some government agencies. You may also be eligible for Michigan Firefighter Certification through the Michigan Firefighters Training Council (MFFTC). Students in this program will have the opportunity to experience a ''hands-on" approach by practicing with up-to-date equipment and experiencing live fire training in the bum training center located adjacent to campus. This degree is also compatible with the bachelor of science degrees in fire science and public safety. Firefighter - works for local and federal fire departments; works for the armed forces; suppresses structural and other types of fire using a variety of methods; acts as emergency medical technician or paramedic. (21 credits) Major Requirements CJ341 Fire Cause & Arson Investigation 3 Introduction to Fire Science 3 FS101 3 FS111 Hazardous Materials Fire Protection Hydraulics & Pumps 3 FS204 Fire Protection Systems Equipment 3 FS205 3 FS211 Tactics & Strategy Industrial Fire Protection 3 FS321 (21 credits) Support Courses HE190 Prehospital Emergency Care & Crisis Intervention I 3 Prehospital Emergency Care & HE191 Crisis Intervention II 3 9 SO, PY or PS Electives Construction I 3 TC101 Construction II 3 TC102 (11 credits) Electives (FS420 required for MFFTC certification) Associate's Degree Career Choices: Firefighter Fire Safety Officer - works in industry and for the government as fire inspector and safety officer; conducts safety and fire surveys; assists fire professionals in their duties. Fire Safety Officer Student Pro:f'lle: Are you ... interested in the safety of others? physically fit? FALL First Year FS101 Introduction to Fire Science FS111 Hazardous Materials EN110 Freshman Composition TC101 Construction I HE190 Prehospital Emergency Care and Crisis Intervention I SPRING 3 3 3 3 _!..3: HE191 Prehospital Emergency Care and Crisis Intervention II SD101 Fundamentals of Speech TC102 Construction II SO, P¥ or PS Electives flect1ves 15 Second Year FS204 Fire Protection Hydraulics and Pumps EN205 Technical Report Writing or EN210 Research Paper Process SO, PY or PS Electives Electives FS205 6 -3. _A 16 '3 3 3 3 3 3 F-5211 FS321 CJ341 Fire Protection Systems Equipment 3 Tactics & Strategy 3 Industrial Fire Protection 3 Fire Cause & Arson Investigation 3 Electives ...A 16 15 Lake Supertor State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2384 • 183 �General Ellgineering See College of Engineering, Mathematics and Business, page 231. Associate'& Degree Program Description: 67-Hour Program You should enroll in this program if you want to major in engineering but have not yet selected a specific field. You also should enroll in this program if you plan to transfer to an engineering program at another university after two years at Lake Superior State University. J ., J Departmsntal Requirements Engineering Courses EG101 Introduction to Engineering EG265 "C" Programming ME140 Computer-Aided Drafting and Geometric Dimension and Tolerancing (CAD and GD&T) FALL First Year CH115 General Chemistry I EN110 Freshman Composition MA151 Calculus I ME140 Computer-Aided Drafting and Geometric Dimension a110 Tolerancing (CAD and GOU) EG101 Introduction to Engineering SPRING 5 3 4 EG265 CH116 MA152 RA "C" Programming General Chemistry II Calculus II Humanities/Aesthetics Elective 3 4 4 4 _j_ 16 4 -2 18 Second Year EC201 Principles of Macroeconomics EN210 Research Paper Process MA207 Principles of Statistical Methods PH231 Applied Physics for Engineers and Scientists I Elective 3 3 3 EC202 MA251 MA310 PH232 4 _A 17 SD101 Principles of Microeconomics 3 Calculus Ill 4 Differential Equations 3 Applied Physics for Engineers and Scientists II 4 Fund. of Speech Communication _a 17 2 3 ...... 4 Mathematics and Science Courses 5 CH115 General Chemistry I 4 CH116 General Chemistry II 4 MA151 Calculus I 4 MA152 Calculus II MA251 Calculus Ill 4 MA31 O Differential Equations 3 PH231 Applied Physics for Engineers and Scientists I 4 PH232 Applied Physics for Engineers and Scientists II 4 Support Courses EC201 Principles of Macroeconomics 3 EC202 Principles of Microeconomics 3 EN11 O Freshman Composition 3 EN21 O Research Paper Process 3 RA Elective 1 Electives 4 SD101 Fund. of Speech Communication 3 Humanities/Aesthetics 4/3 184 • Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2207 �General Engineering Technology See College of Engineering, Mathematics and Business, page 231. Associate's Degree Program Description: 62-Hour Program You should select this program if you are interested in engineering technology but have not decided upon a specific program. You will receive extra advising and schedule courses in different areas to assist in determining career interests. As soon as you choose an engineering technology major, you will transfer to that program. FALL First Year ET11 O Applied Electricity & PLC EG101 Introduction to Engineering Technical Elective1 MA109 Trigonometry and Vectors MA140 Algebra for Technologists Departmental Requirements Engineering and Engineering Technology Courses EG101 Introduction to Engineering 2 ET110 Applied Electricity & PLC 4 MT225 Statics and Strength of Materials 3 Technical Electives 3-4 Mathematics and Science Courses MA109 Trigonometry and Vectors 2 MA140 Algebra for Technologists 4 MA143 Calculus for Engineers I 4 PH221 Elements of Physics I 4 PH222 Elements of Physics II 4 Support Courses CS101 Intro. to Microcomputer Applications 3 EN110 Freshman Composition 3 EN205 Technical Report Writing 3 SD101 Fund. of Speech Communication 3 Social Science Elective 4 SPRING 4 2 3-4 2 _A CS101 SD101 MA143 EN110 Technical Elective1 3-4 Intro. to Microcomputer Applications 3 Fund. of Speech Communication 3 Calculus for Engineering I 4 Freshman Composition ~ 15-16 16-17 Second Year EN205 PH221 MT225 Technical Report Writing Elements of Physics I Statics & Strength of Materials Technical Electives2 3 ~ 3 PH222 Social Science Elective Elements of Physics II Technical Electives2 4 4 J 16 _A 14 1First year technical elBcfives to be chosen from: ME140 Computer-Aided Drafting and Geometric Dimension and Tolerancing (CAD and GD&T) 4 ME110 Manufacturing Processes I 3 ET175 Applied Electronics 4 ' Second year technical electives to be chosen from: RS280 Robotics Technology ET175 Applied Electronics ET240 Communications I ET255 Computer Networks ME110 Manufacturing Processes I MT265 Quality Engineering ME115 Manufacturing Processes II MT215 Design for Manufacturing Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2207 • 185 4 4 4 4 3 2 3 4 �Health Fitness Specialist See College of Natural and Health Sciences, page 245. Associate's Degree Career Choices: Personal Fitness Trainer Exercise Test Technologist Student Profile: Are you ... people oriented? Program Description: Career Description: This degree prepares you for entrylevel positions in the health and fitness industry. Specific course work and experiences prepare you to be certified by the American College of Sports Medicine as an Exercise Leader5Mor an Exercise Test Technologist5M, as well as certification by the National Strength and Conditioning Association as a Certified Personal Trainer. Students develop fitness assessment skills with current technologies employed for anthropometric, cardiovascular and metabolic functioning. Personal Fitness Trainer employed in the fitness industry to assess fitness status of clients and prescribe physical activity and exercise to improve fitness parameters. Exercise Test Technologist employed in clinical settings to assist in administering fitness testing activities with individuals suffering from a medical condition under the direction of medical staff. attracted to the study of human physiology and nutrition? willing to learn best with hands-on experiences? FALL First Year EN11 O Freshman Composition 3 BL121 Human Anatomy & Physiology I 4 PY101 Introduction to Psychology 4 CS101 Intro. to Microcomputer Applications 3 ES140 Health Fitness _a 17 SPRING SD101 BL122 CH104 ES141 ES295 RA150 HE181 Fund. of Speech Communication 3 Human Anatomy & Physiology II 4 Life Chemistry I 3 Introduction to Movement 3 Practicum 1 Individual Physical Fitness 1 First Aid _.1 16 Second Year ES268 Fitness Evaluation I - Held Tests 2 ES248 Psychology of Sport and Performance and Coaching 3 ES262 Exercise Physiology I ~ ES240 Techniques of Athletic Training 2 ES242 Sports Medicine 3 Elective _a RC280 EN210 ES295 HE208 RC105 ES390 16 Readiness in Games, Activities Research Paper Process 3 Practicum 1 Nutrition 2 Program Development and Leadership in Recreation Recreation Leader Apprenticeship 1 Elective _a 16 *English composition may be taken either fall or spring semester. General Education Requirements (19 credits) CS101 Intro. to Microcomputer Applications 3 EN110 Freshman Composition 3 EN210 Research Paper Process 3 SD101 Fund . of Speech Communication 3 PY101 Introduction to Psychology 4 Elective 3 Departmental Requirements (29 credits) ES140 Health Fitness 3 ES141 Introduction to Movement 3 ES240 Techniques of Athletic Training 2 ES242 Sports Medicine 3 ES248 Psychology of Sport and Performance and Coaching 3 ES262 Exercise Physiology I 3 ES268 Fitness Evaluation I - Field Tests 2 ES295 Practicum 1 Practicum ES295 1 ES390 Recreation Leader Apprenticeship RA150 Individual Physical Fitness RC105 Program Development and Leadership in Recreation and Leisure Services 3 RC280 Readiness in Games, Activities and Sports 3 Required Support (14 credits) BL121 Human Anatomy & Physiology I 4 BL122 Human Anatomy & Physiology II 4 CH104 Life Chemistry I 3 HE181 First Aid 1 HE208 Nutrition 2 Minimum Credits for Degree 62 186 • Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2367 �Internet/Network Specialist See College of Engineering, Mathematics and Business, page 231. Program Description: Career Description: This degree provides you with knowledge in the use of computer networks as they apply to commercial and industrial enterprises. You will be prepared to analyze the needs of a user, to design a computer network system to satisfy those needs, and to modify and maintain the network environment relative to both hardware and software. Network Specialist/Manager designs, installs, maintains, troubleshoots and administers local area network systems. Associate's Degree Career Choices: Webmaster - designs and creates Web pages, manages Web server software and consults with clients about WWW needs. Network Specialist/Manager Webmaster Most organizations make use of the Internet and the World Wide Web. You will use state-of-the art software tools to prepare you to meet the growing needs of the business world. Student Profile: Do you ... One of the main objectives in this program is to develop an understanding of the business world so that you can effectively communicate with all levels of management. Departmental Courses (25 credits) CS101 Intro. to Microcomputer Applications 3 CS105 Intro. to Computer Programming 3 CS106 Advanced Web Page Design and Administration 3 CS211 Database Applications 3 CS221 Computer Networks 3 CS271 Network Hardware and Software 3 Network Design and Implementation 3 CS281 CS290 Independent Study in Computer Science 4 Support Courses (21 credits) DP160 PC Operating Systems 3 BA105 Business Math 3 EN110 Freshman Composition 3 EN205 Technical Report Writing 3 BA121 Introduction to Business 3 BA231 Business Communications 3 SD101 Fund. of Speech Communication 3 Free Electives 12-15 General Education Electives 3-4 Total Credits In Program 61 like working with computers? enjoy the challenge of problem-solving? FALL First Year CS101 Intro. to Microcomputer Applications 3 CS105 Intro to Computer Programming 3 EN110 Freshman Composition 3 BA105 Business Math 4 Free Elective ..H 16-17 Second Year . CS211 Database Applications 3 CS271 Network hardware & Software 3 CS281 Network Design and Implementation 3 EN205 Technical Report Writing 3 Free Elective ..3:4 15-16 SPRING CS106 DP160 BA121 SD101 CS221 CS290 BA231 Advanced Web Page Design and Administration 3 PC Operating Systems 3 Introduction to Business 3 Fund . of Speech Communication 3 Free Elective ..3:4 15-16 Computer Networks Independent Studies in CS Business Communications Free Elective Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2441 • 187 3 4 3 M 16-17 �Legal Assistant Studies See College of Arts, Letters and Social Sciences, page 211. Associate's Degree Career Choices: Litigation Legal Assistant Corporate Legal Assistant Criminal Law Legal Assistant Governmental Legal Assistant Real Estate Legal Assistant Student Profile: Do you have ... an interest in the law? a desire and commitment to help others? a good work ethic? good verbal and written communication skills? detail orientation and good organizational skills? a well-established set of ethics? self-motivation, initiative and a positive outlook? good human relation skills? an ability to think logically? a willingness to learn new skills and to be challenged? Program Description: Career Description: The legal assistant profession is one of the occupations projected to grow the fastest through the year 2005 according to the U.S. Department of Labor. A legal assistant (or paralegal) is a valued member of the legal team and works under the supervision of attorneys. Litigation Legal Assistant conducts legal, factual and computerized research; drafts legal pleadings and documents; interviews clients and witnesses; investigates, gathers and organizes case information; assists aJ trial. This program is designed to train qualified legal assistants capable of working in a variety of areas of the law and in a variety of work environments. Consequently, the role and job duties of a legal assistant vary depending on the areas of law and work environment in which a legal assistant is employed. Such diversity, varied challenges, and employment possibilities are what makes the legal assistant profession so interesting and rewarding. There are four different degrees or offerings in legal assistant studies. They are as follows: (1) a four-year baccalaureate degree in legal assistant studies with an emphasis in legal administration, criminal law, personal injury, labor law, legislative/ constitutional law or a selected minor as approved by the legal assistant studies coordinator; (2) a two-year associate's degree in legal assistant studies; (3) a postbaccalaureate (one-year) certificate in legal assistant studies (which is available to students who already have a bachelor's degree in some other discipline and wish to make a career change or advancement); or (4) a minor in legal assistant studies which can complement various majors (and may also be helpful to students who are planning on attending law school). The requirements for these programs are based upon the guidelines of the National Association of Legal Assistants. Corporate Legal Assistant - drafts and/ or analyzes various legal documents; attends meetings, negotiations or closings; performs legal and factual research; monitors compliance with applicable industry regulations; assists attorneys with preparation for collective bargaining, contract negotiations, administrative hearings or trials. Criminal Law Legal Assistant conducts comprehensive interviews of defendants,· law enforcement, victims, and/ or witnesses; performs case and field investigations; locates and coordinates usage of applicable experts; prepares motions, briefs or other legal documents; acts as a litigation assistant during trial and any appeal. Governmental Legal Assistant works as an immigration specialist; civil rights analyst; environmental protection specialist; mediation specialist; legislative analyst; workers compensation claims examiner, etc. (even the White House has employed legal assistants). Real Estate Legal Assistant conducts title searches; drafts real estate closing documents; monitors compliance with title, survey, disclosure and/ or regulatory requirements; schedules and participates in real estate closings. Note: The above career descriptions are only a sampling of the numerous avenues available to legal assistants. See next page for additional employment listings. 188 • Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2217 ...... ......, �Legal Assistant Studies Legal Assistant Studies Associate's Degree For this degree, students must complete the courses below, the general education requirements for associate's degrees and electives to total 64 credits.* Students completing the associate's degree in legal assistant studies may conveniently continue their education in a bachelor's degree in legal assistant studies or other fields such as business administration, human services or political science. Those interested in this option should consult the legal assistant studies advisor/coordinator. Required Courses• (53 credits) BA254 Business Law I 3 BA255 Business Law II 3 CJ319 Substantive Criminal Law 3 3 EN11 O Freshman Composition EN21 O Research Paper Process 3 LA 102 Legal Research and Case Analysis 3 LA125 Civil Litigation and Procedure 4 LA140 Personal Injury Litigation & Investigative Techniques 3 LA150 Legal Assistant Profession & Ethical Considerations 3 LA202 Legal Writing & Analysis 3 LA250 Law Office Management, Systems & Technology 3 LA320 Real Estate Law 3 LA321 Family Law 2 LA322 Probate Law and Procedure 3 OA119 Accounting Procedures 4 PS110 Intro. to American Government & Politics 4 SD101 Fund. of Speech Communication 3 Cognate Required (2-3 credits) CS101 Intro. to Microcomputer Applications or DP225 Word Processing Techniques or DP151 Applied Computer Applications Electives (8-9 cr, dlls)* • Electives are to be chosen in consultation with advisor. *Nots: The legal assistant associates degree requires two credits in social science, natural science or mathematics beyond those for general education. These requirements may be fulfilled from the student's electives. • *Note: Students may wish to apply some elective credits to the Legal Assistant Internship and Professional Development Seminar (LA299) in their sophomore year. FALL First Ysar EN110 Freshman Composition• · LA102 Legal Research & Case Analysis LA150 Legal Assistant Profession & Ethical Considerations SD101 Fund. of Speech Communication OA119 Accounting Procedures SPRING 3 3 LA125 LA140 3 3 PS110 ....A 16 Sscond Ysar EN210 Research Paper Process• LA202 Legal Writing & Analysis LA320 Real Estate Law LA321 Family Law BA254 Business Law I CJ319 Substantive Criminal Law Civil Litigation & Procedure Personal Injury Litigation & Investigative Techniques Intro. to American Government and Polltics Cognate Electives 4 3 4 2-3 -2.:3. 15-17 3 3 3 2 3 -1 ~22 B 55 LA25Q Probate Law and Procedure 3 Business Law II 3 Law Office Management, Systems and Technology 3 _6 Electives 15 17 *May be taken fall or spring semester. Employment: Legal assistants are employed with ... private law firms corporations financial institutions government (federal, tribal, state or local) courts and mediation systems real estate offices and title companies insurance companies special interest groups prosecutor and public defender offices educational institutions financial service organizations credit and collection agencies service, consulting or publishing companies Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2217 • 189 �Liberal Arts See General Education Requirements, page 63. Associate of Arts Career Choices: Computer Operator Manager Program Description: Career Descriptions: This degree is offered to students who complete general education requirements, any minor* presently offered by the University, and free electives for a total of 62 credits hours (minimum). Consult departmental offerings for requirements of a minor and electives. Computer Operator - oversees operation of computer hardware systems; anticipates problems before they occur as well as repair problems; maintains security; troubleshoots; networks; and maintains large databases. Courses selected for credits toward the general education requirements may be, at the discretion of the department offering the minor, accepted for the minor. Supervisor Student Profile: Are you ... undecided about your future career choice? in need of an associate's degree for employment purposes? Note: Once you have chosen a minor, contact the department which offers it in order to be assigned an advisor. The department offering your minor will both advise you and conduct your degree audit before graduation. Manager - maintains efficiency and profitability; implements programs for budgeting; sets goals and objectives; and oversee general managers and other staff. Supervisor - performs administrative tasks; supervises staff; sets standards; meets deadlines; conducts performance evaluations; and interviews prospective employees. *See minors section. 190 • Lake Supertor State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2012 ...... .., �Liberal Arts Liberal Arts Associate of Arts General education requirements for the liberal arts associate' s degree include classes in communication skills, mathematics, computer literacy, aesthetics, cultural diversity, social science and natural science. General Education for new students entering fall 1997 or later Transfer students will be under the old general education requirements until fall 2000. Communication Skills EN110 Select one course from the following three c.ourses: EN 205, EN 210, EN 215 SD101 Mathematics - Mathematics or statistics course at 100 level or higher with grade of C- or higher - CJ 345, MA 110, MA 207, MA 308, MA309, PS 211, PY 210, SO 302 Computer literacy - CSlOl Aesthetics - HU 251 Elective, including courses in specialized areas, e.g., art, music, world civilization and courses representing non-western works and/ or women (3 or 4 credits): AT 250, AT 251, HU 252, HU 256, HU 261, HU 262, HU 490, MU 110, MU 111, MU 112, MU 113, MU 140, MU 141, MU 160, MU 161, MU 220, MU 221, MU 250, MU 251, NA 240 FALL First Year EN11 O Freshman Composition Social Science Elective Mathematics or Statistics Minor Course Minor Course SPRING 3 3-4 3-4 3 _! 16-18 Second Year EN205 Technical Report Writing or EN215 HU251 Intro. to Literature and Research Humanities Natural Science Elective Minor Course Minor Course 3 4 4 3 Fund. of Speech Communication Social Science Elective Natural Science Elective Minor Course Minor Course 3 3-4 4 3 ~ 16-17 CS101 or EN21 O Research Paper Process SD101 Intro. to Microcomputer Applications 3 Aesthetic 3-4 Cultural Diversity 3-4 Minor 3 Elective -1 13-15 ~ 17 Cultural Diversity- One course from: BA 308, ES 450, EV 285, GG 306, HE 328, HS 230, HS 361, HS 371, HU 255, ID 300- (component) to be taken with one offering of UN 103; MU 260, NA 225, NA 230, NA 235, RC 450, SO 103, SO 225, SO 226, SO 321, TE 250, UN 103 (to be taken with ID300. Social Science - Two social science courses (6 to 8 credits); EC 201, EC 202, EC 208, EC 209, EC 302, GG 201, GG 302, GG 321, GG 360, HS 101, HS 102, HS 131, HS 132, HS 235, HS 301, HS 302, HS 310, HS 315, HS 316, HS 331, HS 332, NA 320, PS 110, PS 160, PY 101, so 101, so 102, so 113. Natural Science - Two natural science courses associated with labs (8 Credits); BL 105, BL 109, BL 122, BL 204, CH 108, CH 115, GE 111, GE 114, GG 106, GG 108, NS 101, NS 102, NS 103 / 104, NS 110 / 111, NS 119,PH 221, PH 231. Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2012 • 191 �Machine Tool Technology See College of Engineering, Mathematics and Business, page 231. Associate of Applied Science Career Choices: Tool Room Machinist Shop Floor Machinist Production Machinist Job Shop Machinist Machine Repair Mechanic Entry-level CAD-CAM Operator Program Description: Career Descriptions: The machine tool technology program prepares you for entrylevel positions in a wide range of manufacturing fields. It combines a strong hands-on component, technical skills training, and applied problem solving. In addition, students develop the writing and communication skills necessary in the field. As a "l +1" program, it allows you to complete a significant proportion of your course work while still enrolled at the Sault Area Career Center. Tool Room Machinist - Specializes in sharpening cutters, operating drills, mills, and lathes and building small fixtures and dies. Entry-level Quality Technician Do you ... like to work with machinery? like to build equipment? Entry-level Quality Technician Performs initial quality audits. SPRING 4 2 4 ....2 12 Summer TC192 On-Site Internship ss HE181 EN110 TC191 TC192 TC118 CS101 Class Internship 4 On-Site Internship 2 Drafting 3 Intro. to Microcomputer Applications ~ 12 ME115 MT215 MT265 TC135 Manufacturing Processes II Design for Manufacturing Quality Engineering Assembly Drawing Elective 6 s,cond Y,ar ME110 TC210 Job Shop Machinist - Makes drawings from sketches, determines customer needs and produces parts for customers. Entry-level CAD-CAM Operator - Runs CNC equipment, enjoy working with your hands? ME140 Production Machinist - Sets up and operates specialized equipment for mass production. Machine Repair Mechanic - Sets up and repairs broken equipment, performs preventive and scheduled maintenance, and calibrates equipment after repairs. Student Profile: FALL First Year (common) TC191 Class Internship TC192 On-Site Internship Industrial Math Math TC110 Industrial Safety Shop Floor Machinist - Sets up and operates drills, mills, lathes shapers and other manufacturing equipment. Computer-Aided Drafting and Geometric Dimension and Tolerancing (CAD and GD&T) Manufacturing Processes I Graphical Problem Social Science Elective First Aid Freshman Composition 4 3 2 3 1 3 3 3 3 _A 16 ~ 16 192 • Lake Supertor State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 6227 ...... �Manufacturing Engineering Technology See College of Engineering, Mathematics and Business. page 231. Program Description: Career Descriptions: The manufacturing engineering technology degree program prepares you to work with traditional and modern manufacturing equipment and methods in today's high-tech manufacturing environment. Graduates will have theoretical and practical knowledge in traditional manufacturing processes such as turning, milling, foundry and welding along with newer technologies such as robotics, CAD (computer-aided drafting), and CAM (computer-aided manufacturing). The manufacturing industry is experiencing high growth while becoming more scientific or "hightech." Both factors have resulted in a high demand for individuals with modern, computer-based manufacturing skills. Typical job categories for graduates of this program are robot programmer, manufacturing technician, systems programmer, mechanical technician, CAD draftsman, CAM programmer/ operator, and electromechanical maintenance engineer. Throughout the program, students acquire cross-discipline skills in manufacturing, computer applications, electronics and mechanical technology that are in high demand in industry. Associate's Degree Career Choices: Robot Programmer Manufacturing Technician Systems Programmer Mechanical Technician CAD Draftsman CAM Programmer/Operator Electro-Mechanical Maintenance Engineer Student Profile: Do you have ... a good work ethic and ability to think logically? a willingness to learn new manufacturing skills? an interest in computer applications and electrical-mechanical topics? a willingness to learn additional math topics? verbal and written communication skills? Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2207 • 193 �Manufacturing Engineering Technology Manufacturing Engineering Technology Associate's Degree Departmental Requirements (64 Credits) Engineering and Engineering Technology Courses EE125 · Digital Fundamentals 4 ET110 Applied Electricity & PLC 4 ET175 Applied Electronics 4 ME11 O Manufacturing Processes I 3 ME115 Manufacturing Processes II 3 ME140 Computer-Aided Drafting and Geometric Dimension and Tolerancing (CAD and GD& T) 4 ME275 Engineering Materials 3 Statics and Strength of Materials 3 MT225 RS280 Robotics Technology 3 Mathematics and Science Courses MA109 . Trigonometry and Vectors 2 MA140 Algebra for Technologists 4 MA207 Principles of Statistical Methods 3 MA208 Statistical Applications for Quality Control 1 PH221 Elements of Physics I 4 CH108 Applied Chemistry 4 Support Courses CS101 Intro. to Microcomputer Applications 3 EN110 Freshman Composition 3 EN205 Technical Report Writirig 3 SD101 Fund. of Speech Communication 3 Social Science Elective 4/3 FALL First Year (4) MA092 Intermediate Algebra• or Social Science Elective• 3 3 ME110 Manufacturing Processes I ME140 Computer-Aided Drafting and Geometric Dimension and · Tolerancing (CAD and GO&T) EN110 Freshman Composition 3 CS101 Intro. to Microcomputer ppllcations _a 16 Second Year PH221 Elements of Physics I ET110 Applied Electricity & PLC MA207 Principles of Statistical Methods MA208 Statistical Applications for Quality Control RS280 Robotics Technology 4 4 3 1 __a SPRING ME115 EN205· MA140 MA109 CH108 Manufacturing Processes II Technical Report Writing Algebra for Technologists Trigonometry and Vectors Applied Chemistry 3 3 4 2 ......1 16 MT225 ME275 SD101 ET175 EE125 Statics & Strength of Materials 3 Engineering Materials 3 Fund. of Speech Communication 3 Applied Electronics 4 Digital Fundamentals ......1 17 15 Total credits required to complete associate degree = 64 *Students placed in MA092 should take the social science elective in the summer or later in the curriculum. 194 • Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2207 - �Natural Resources Technology See College of Natural and Health Sciences. page 245. Program Description: Career Description: Natural resources technology courses stress the acquisition of field skills necessary for success as a natural resource technician as well as the theoretical foundations for these skills. This practical knowledge is enriched by course materials which emphasize communication skills as well as the links between society, economics, policy and the natural resource base. This program can be taken as a stand alone two-year program, can constitute the first half of the bachelor of science in parks and recreation management, or it can be used in conjunction with a three-year criminal justice program to prepare a student for a career in conservation law. The natural resource technology program can also serve as a convenient stepping stone into the Fisheries & Wildlife program. Natural Resource Technician Forestry, wildlife, fisheries and park technicians are responsible for data collection and other hands-on work in either the public or private sector. All natural resource technology students are strongly encouraged to participate in at least one summer's worth of work or volunteer experience in the natural resource field to gain the professional experience and contacts they will need to begin their careers. Continuing education to bachelor's degree program - The high degree of competition in the natural resource field makes the pursuit of a bachelor's degree highly desirable. Programs which join well with the NRT degree are the parks and recreation management degree, the fisheries & wildlife degree and the 2+3 criminal justice degree programs. These programs lead to careers such as conservation officer, park naturalist, expedition leader, guide or recreation specialist. Associate 's Degree Career Choices: Natural Resource Technician Forestry, Wildlife, Parks Students are required to take sufficient elective credits to reach the minimum of 62 semester credits needed for graduation. Student Profile: Blology , Chemistry and Environmental Science Requirements ( 29 Credits) BL102 Careers in Natural Resources 1 BL140 Introduction to Fisheries & Wildlife 1 BL130 Remote Sensing 3 BL230 Introduction to Soils 4 BL240 Natural History of Vertebrates 3 BL284 Principles of Forestry 4 BL286 Watershed Management 3 CH108 Applied Chemistry 4 EV230 Introduction to GIS 3 NS103 Environmental Science 3 Other Departments (24 Credits) CS101 Intro. to Microcomputer Applications 3 EN110 Freshman Composition 3 EN205 Technical Report Writing 3 HE 181 First Aid 1 MA111 College Algebra 3 RC101 Introduction to Recreation and Leisure Services 3 SD101 Fund. of Speech Communication 3 TC1xx Outdoor Construction 3 TC111 Small Engine Mechanic 2 FALL Do you ... enjoy the outdoors and are you willing to work under all weather . conditions? have an awareness of and respect for the environment? have a strong work ethic? work cooperatively? have strong oral and written communication skills? SPRING First Year EN110 NS103 BL102 CS101 RC101 Freshman Composition 3 Environmental Science 3 Careers in Natural Resources 1 Elective 3 Intro. to Microcomputer Applications 3 Intro. to Recreation & Leisure ___a Services BL140 BL130 CH108 S0101 HE181 MA111 Intro. to Fisheries & Wildlife Intro. to Remote Sensing Applied Chemistry Fund. of Speech Communication First Aid College Algebra 1 3 4 3 1 -3 15 16 Second Year BL230 Introduction to Solis BL240 Natural History of Vertebrates Outdoor Construction TC EN205 Technical Report Writing Elective 4 3 3 3 _a 16 BL286 BL284 TC111 EV230 Watershed Management 3 Principles of Forestry 4 Elective 3 Small Engine Mechanics 2 Intro to Geographical Information _a Systems (GIS) 15 Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2267 • 195 �Office Administration See College of Engineering, Mathematics and Business, page 23L Associate's Degree Career Choices: Program Description: Career Description: This program is designed for those seeking careers in an office setting. Office Administrator/Administrative Assistant - provides support services in keyboarding, transcribing, collecting, preparing and recording report information; operating office business machines; and a variety of office duties. Students are trained on a variety of computer application software packages and formats. Strong personal skills are emphasized. Good basic writing skills are required. The majority of computer-based classes are taught in the School of Business and Economics computer lab using current computer technology. See page 232 regarding the accreditation for this program. Office Administrator Administrative Assistant Secretary Office Manager Clerk Student Profile: Office Manager - maintains efficiency and profitability; implements budgets; motivates workers; sets goals and objectives. Do you ... enjoy working with people? have detail orientation and flexibility? Clerk - performs many duties including payroll, auditing, accounts receivable and payable; maintains files; types correspondence; operates office equipment. like to work in a fast- paced environment ? enjoy performing routine office duties? like working with databases, spreadsheets and word processing? General Education Requirements EN110 Freshman Composition EN21 O Research Paper Process Business Electives (2-4) MN365 Human Resource Management 3 MK281 Marketing Principles & Strategy 3 BA261 Business Skills 1-3 FN245 Principles of Finance 3 BA254 Business Law I 3 Sufficient elective credits must be completed so that at least 64 semester credits have been earned. 3 3 or Intro. to Literature & Research Fund. of Speech Communication 3 General Education Electives 6 Departmental Requirements BA226 Records Management 3 BA231 Business Communications 3 BA121 Introduction to Business 3 BA105 Business Mathematics 3 DP160 Personal Computer WorkStation Operating Systems 3 DP151 Spreadsheets 2 DP151 Data Base 2 Desktop Publishing 3 DP241 Word Processing Techniques 2 DP225 Keyboarding/Document Formatting I 3 OA111 Keyboard Skillbuilding 2-4 OA112 Document Formatting II 3 OA113 Principles of Accounting I AC132 EN215 SD101 OA119 OA235 Secretary - performs and coordinate office duties; schedules appointments; maintains files, takes dictation; types letters; makes travel arrangements; contacts clients; and operates office equipment. or 4 Accounting Procedures Automated Office Systems 3 - SPRING FALL First Ysar OA111 Keyboarding/Document Formatting I BA121 Introduction to Business DP160 Operating Systems EN110 Freshman Composition BA105 Business Mathematics DP151 Spreadsheets Second Year EN210 Research Paper Process or• 4 EN215 DP225 OA119 Intro. to Literature & Research Word Processing Techniques Accounting Procedures 2 or 4 AC132 DP241 Principles of Accounting I Desktop Publishing General Education Elective 3 OA112 OA113 DP151 SD101 Keyboard Skillbuilding 2 Document Formatting II 3 Database 2 Fund. of Speech Communication 3 Elective 3 Designated Business Elective ~ 16 BA231 OA235 BA226 Business Communications Automated Office Systems Records Management Designated Business Elective General Education Elective Elective 3 3 3 1 3 ~ 16 _a 15 196 • Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2426 ...., �Personal Computer Specialist See College of Engineering, Mathematics and Business, page 231. Program Description: Career Description: Personal computers of today outperform the mainframe computers of a generation ago at a fraction of the cost. This associate's degree trains individuals to assist personal computer users. They will be able to assemble, upgrade, maintain, troubleshoot, and repair personal computers. Computer skill courses are combined with general education business courses. See page 232 regarding this program's accreditation. Computer professionals are in demand by businesses of all sizes to assemble, upgrade, maintain and repair the personal computers which are on virtually on every office desk. The PC specialist is also working in the area of peer-topeer and client-server local area networks as well as in configuring systems for maximum efficiency of the systems. PC specialists frequently install and operate user application software packages as well as train individuals in the use of these programs. Associate's Degree Computer Sales/Installer - sells and installs computers; maintains current knowledge in advancement of today's computers; installs hardware and software. Network Installater and Maintenance Worker - installs hardware and software; provides networking capabilities; troubleshoots; maintains computers to prevent problems. Required for Degree General education requirements Freshman Composition EN110 EN210 Research Paper Process Career Choices Computer Sales/Installer Network Installater and Maintenance Worker Student Profile Are you ... a people person? enthusiastic and eager to learn about business from the roots up? 62 credits 3 or EN215 PY228 SD101 Intro. to Literature & Research Organizational Behavior Fund. of Speech Communication General Education Electives Department Requirements Accounting Procedures OA119 (or AC132 and AC133) BA231 Business Communications BA254 Business Law I DP151 Spreadsheets Database DP151 DP160 Personal Computers Workstation Operating Systems Troubleshooting & Repair DP163 of Personal Computers OA111 Keyboarding/Document Formatting I 3 3 3 3 4 3 3 2 2 3 3 DP263 MK281 Word Processing Techniques Desktop Publishing Personal Computers Network Operating Systems Storage, Protection & Recovery of PC Marketing Principles & Strategy Electives 2 3 3 3 3 12 SPRING DP163 3 or DP225 EN110 PY228 DP151 BA254 Word Processing Techniques Freshman Composition Organizational Behavior Spreadsheets Business Law I DP160 2 3 3 2 DP151 SD101 _3. Troubleshooting and Repair of Personal Computers 3 Personal Computer Workstation Operating Systems 3 Database 2 Fund. of Speech Communication 3 Elective -6. 17 13-14 3 or DP225 DP241 DP260 FALL First Year OA111 Keyboarding/Document Formatting I Second Year EN210 Research Paper Process or 3 BA231 DP260 EN215 MK281 OA119 Intro. to Literature & Research Marketing Principles & Strategy Accounting Procedures 3 DP263 or 4 AC132 DP241 Principles of Accounting I Desktop Publishing General Education Elective Business Communications 3 Personal Computers Network Operating Systems 3 Storage, Protection and Recovery of Personal Computer 3 _Q Elective 15 3 ---3. 16 Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2426 • 197 �Substance Abuse Prevention and Treatment See College of Arts, Letters and Social Sciences, page 211. Associate's Degree Program Description: Career Description: Career Choices: This associate's degree program provides training in substance abuse counseling to prepare you for paraprofessional roles in hospitals, treatment centers and substance abuse prevention programs. Students are required to be good role models for the clients they will serve. Paraprofessional Worker - works in hospitals, treatment centers and prevention programs. Assists professionals in outpatient programs, assessment centers, detoxification units and residential programs. May develop educational presentations and materials. Paraprofessional Worker Substance Abuse Worker Conections Workers Student Profile: Do you ... have patience? understand people in trouble? want to be a good role model? view yourself as ethical and caring? This associate's degree can be completed in two years of full-time study and requires an extensive practicum placement. Practicum placements may be completed outside the local area. Placements are available in hospitals, out patient programs, assessment centers, detoxification units, longterm treatment centers, prevention programs and specialized programs in schools or in corrections settings. All placements require the Fundamentals of Substance Abuse Counseling credential. 1he test for this credential is offered through the Michigan Office of Substance Abuse Services. Substance Abuse Worker provides needed services for persons suffering from a pathological abuse of a variety of chemical substances. Conections Worker - operates as corrections officer within secure correctional facilities to provide clients with methods of changing criminal behavior. Students completing the associate's degree may apply to continue in the B.S. in human services program to qualify for entry-level counseling positions. Students completing the associate' s degree in substance abuse prevention and treatment may conveniently continue their education in the bachelor's degree in human services or other fields such as psychology, sociology or corrections. Students interested in these options should consult the chair of the appropriate discipline. 198 • Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2217 - �Substance Abuse Prevention and Treatment Substance Abuse Prevention and Treatment Associate's Degree Fall First Year EN 11 O Freshman Composition* BL 105 Function of the Human Body HM 204 Introduction to Drug Abuse PY 101 Introduction to Psychology Elective Spring 3 4 3 4 __a 11 Required Courses: BL 105 Function of the Human Body EN 110 Freshman Composition EN 21 O Research Paper Process HM 204 Fundamentals of Drug Abuse HM 250 Human Services Practicum HM 292 Alcohol Abuse Prevention & Treatment PY 101 Introduction to Psychology PY 201 Communication Skills in Counseling PY 259 Abnormal Psychology SD 101 Fundamental of Speech SO 242 Sociology of Sex so 341 Addiction SO 344 Social Welfare Systems Cognate· Required SO 225 Native Cultures of North America or SO 103 PY 291 4 3 3 3 9 3 4 3 3 3 3 3 3 Second Year EN 210 Research Paper Process• SD 101 Fundamentals of Speech SO 225 Native Cultures of North America 15 3 3 HM 250 Human Services Practicum PY291 Group Counseling 3 PY391 Family Therapy so 344 Social Welfare System or or SO 103 Cultural Diversity Electives PY 201 Communication Skills in Counseling 3 PY259 Abnormal Psychology 3 HM 292 Alcohol Abuse Prevention and Treatment 3 so 242 Sociology of Sex 3 _a so 341 Addiction _a 17 *May be taken fall or spring semester 3 Cultural Diversity Group Counseling or Family Therapy PY 391 3 Electives General education requirements and sufficient electives must be completed to total a minimum of 64 semester credits. Total Credits Required: 64 Lake Supertor State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2217 • 199 9 3 _a 15 �Technical Accounting See College of Engineering, Mathematics and Business, page 231. Associate's Degree Career Choices Accounts Receivable/ Payable Clerk Payroll Clerk Bookkeeper Accounting Data Entry Cost Accounting Clerk ~ rJ) 0 ~- (j p:, Program Description: Career Description: This program is designed for those who do not plan to go to college for four years but desire a working knowledge in the field of accounting. The program provides students with knowledge in the accounting techniques used in business as well as knowledge of economics, business law, data processing and business communication. After completing this program, you may transfer to the four-year program without loss of credits. See page 232 regarding this program's accreditation. Accounts Receivable/Payable Clerk - posts details of transactions; totals accounts and computes interest charge; monitors loans. Student Profile: Do you ... r-+- like system and order? ~ work well with numbers and rJ) information? ~ (JO. work independently and have good interpersonal skills? Cost Accounting Clerk - posts details of transactions; maintains ledgers; accounts payable and receivable; total, reconcile and compute interest charges. 1-1 ~ ~ rJ) General Education Requirements EC201 Prin. of Macroeconomics or 3 EC202 Prin. of Microeconomics EN110 Freshman Composition 3 EN210 Research Paper Process or 3 EN215 Intro. to Literature & Research MA092 Intermediate Algebra or 3 MA111 College Algebra SD101 Fundamentals of Speech 3 General Education Elective 3 Departmental requirements AC132 Principles of Accounting I 4 AC133 Principles of Accounting II 4 AC232 Intermediate Accounting I 4 AC233 4 Intermediate Accounting II AC332 Cost Accounting I 3 AC421 Federal Taxation Accounting I 3 BA231 Business Communication 3 BA254 Business Law I 3 DP151 Computer Applications 3 FN245 Principles of Finance or 3-4 FN341 Managerial Finance Sufficient elective credits must be completed so that at least 64 semester credits have been earned. Bookkeeper - handles all aspects of financial transactions; records debits and credits; compares current and past balance sheets; summarizes details of separate ledgers; and prepares reports for supervisors and managers. Accounting Data Entry - enters data into computer; edits current information; proofreads new entries. . 0 Payroll Clerk - distributes and collects timesheets; computes pay including calculations of taxes, insurances or payroll deductions; maintains backup files. Payroll clerks keep up with changes in tax and deduction laws. FALL First Year AC132 Principles Accounting I EN110 Freshman Composition Electives MA111 College Algebra· DP151 Computer Applications SPRING 4 3 3 3 BA254 AC133 SD101 __a Business Law I Principles of Accounting II Fund. of Speech Communication Elective 3 4 3 ..6. 16 16 Second Year AC232 Intermediate Accounting I AC332 Cost Accounting I AC421 Federal Taxation Accounting I EN210 Research Paper Process or EN215 Intro. to Literature & Research FN245 Principles of Finance 4 3 AC233 BA231 EC201 Intermediate Accounting II Business Communications Prin. of Macroeconomics 3 or 3 3 EC202 Prine. of Microeconomics General Education Elective Electives 4 _a 4 3 _2 17 15 ·college Algebra recommended; intermediate algebra required; MA092 credit does not apply toward 64 credits for degree. 200 • Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2426 ..._.. �Telecommunications Engineering Technology See College of Engineering, Mathematics and Business, page 231. Program Description: Career Description: The telecommunications engineering technology program is a twoyear, associate of science degree program. This program will prepare you to work in electronic and computer systems in the fastgrowing telecommunications field. The program includes both technical lecture classes and "hands-on" laboratory sessions. The technical instruction includes specialized courses in electronics, computer programming, computer networks and modem communications systems. This program prepares students for employment in the installation, operation and maintenance of electronic and data communications systems. Throughout the program, students gain practical skills with modem electronics, communications and computer network systems that are in demand in business and industry. • The specialized technical courses combine lecture courses with "hands-on" laboratory sessions. • The laboratory courses use modem electronics and microprocessor laboratories. Program Focus - You will work with your faculty advisor to select appropriate elective courses based upon your career interests. Graduates of this program who are interested in applications of telecommunications in industry can easily transfer into the B.S. manufacturing engineering technology program. Graduates who are interested in management positions can pursue additional education in the B.S. engineering management program. Associate's Degree 65-Hour Program Career Choices: Computer technician Electronics technician Telecommunications technician Departmental Requirements Engineering Technology ET110 Applied Electricity & PLC ET240 Communications I EE125 Digital Fundamentals ET125 Electrical Drafting ET175 Applied Electronics ET255 Computer Networks ET245 Communications II MT265 Quality Engineering or MA207 Principles of Statistical Methods Technical Electives 4 4 4 3 4 4 4 2 3 7 FALL Mathematics and Science Courses MA140 Algebra for Technologists MA109 Trigonometry and Vectors PH221 Elements of Physics I MA143 Calculus for Engineering I 4 2 4 4 Support Courses EN110 Freshman Composition 3 CS101 Intro. to Microcomputer Applications 3 EN205 Technical Report Writing 3 SD101 Fund. of Speech Communication 3 Natural/Social Science Elective 3 SPRING First Year EN110 ET110 MA140 MA109 CS101 Freshman Composition 3 Applied Electricity & PLC 4 Algebra for Technologists 4 Trigonometry & Vectors 2 Intro. to Microcomputer Applications _a EN205 EE125 ET125 S0101 ET175 Technical Report Writing 3 Digital Fundamentals 4 Electrical Drafting 3 Fund. of Speech Communication 3 Applied Electronics _A 16 17 Second Year PH221 MA143 ET240 Technical Elective* Elements of Physics I* Calculus for Engineering I Communications I 4 4 4 _A 16 ET255 ET245 MT265 MA207 Natural/Social Science Elective Technical Elective• Computer Networks Communications II Quality Engineering or Prin. of Statistical Methods 3 3 4 4 2 _a 16-17 *ff you are seeking the engineering or manufacturing engineering technology track, replace the second year courses with appropriate courses for that degree. Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2207 • 201 �Information Processing See College of Engineering, Mathematics and Business, page 231. Certificate Career Choices: Data Entry Clerk Program Description: Career Description: This program prepares you for entry-level positions as a word processor or receptionist. The program develops other fundamental skills in communications, computer applications and records management. Data Entry Clerk - provides data entry for any organization. Word Processor Receptionist Computer Applications Specialist DP225 Receptionist - a business frontdesk position which involves greeting the public and performing routine office duties. Secretary - performs routine office duties. Secretary FALL EN110 BA105 OA111 Word Processor - prepares documents. Freshman Composition Business Mathematics Keyboarding/Document Formatting I Word Processing T.ec;hniques Elective Computer Applications Specialist - installats, operaties and upgrades various software applications; i.e., spreadsheet, database, graphs, word processing and special-use programs. 3 3 3 2 ___:3_ 14 SD101 OA235 BA226 OA112 OA113 DP151 DP151 SPRING Fundamentals of Speech Automated Office Systems Records Management Keyboard Skillbuilding Document Formatting II Spreadsheets Database 3 3 3 2 3 2 -2 18 202 • Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2426 �Personal Computer Specialist See College of Engineering, Mathematics and Business, page 231. Certificate Program Description: Career Description: This program provides the skills necessary to assist personal computer users with the assembly, upgrade, maintenance and repairing of personal computers. With the additional courses in general education and business, holders of this certificate can obtain the associate's degree. A variety of entry-level technical positions serve the personal computer user. Computer Repair Technician works on computers, peripheral equipment and word processing systems; installs equipment; works closely with electricians. Career Choices: Computer Repair Technician Network Technician Applications Specialist Network Technician - assists in installation of computers; provides networking capabilities; troubleshoots. Applications Specialist - provides assistance with computer programs/ software; installs software. FALL DP160 DP151 DP151 OA119 EN110 OA111 Personal Computers Workstation Operating Systems Spreadsheets Database Accounting Procedures Freshman Composition Keyboarding/Document Formatting I or DP225 OP163 3 2 2 4 3 2-3 DP260 DP241 PY228 OP263 SPRING Troubleshooting and Repair of Personal Computers 3 Personal Computers Network Operating Systems 3 Desktop Publishing 3 Organizational Behavior 3 Storage, Protection and Recovery of Personal Computer ....3 15 Word Processing Techniques 16-17 Lake Superior State University • 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2426 • 203 �Minors . At least six semester hours of the required courses must be taken at LSSU for a student to obtain these minors. The grade point average for each minor must be a C or better b) Accounting-Finance Total Credits Required: 24 Required Courses: AC132 Principles of Accounting I AC133 Principles of Accounting II FN341 Managerial Finance AC and FN Electives 4 4 4 12 Art 20 Total Credits Required: Required Courses: AT110 Fundamentals of Drawing and Composition AT111 Painting Composition and Design AT210 Drawing, Painting and Composition AT211 Graphic Arts, Watercolor and Mixed Media AT250 Art History & Appreciation I AT251 Art History & Appreciation II S;: ~· ~ 0 ~ "(J'J 3 3 3 3 4 4 Biology Total Credits Required: 21 credits Required Courses: 4 BL109 General Biology BL110 General Zoology 2 BL111 General Botany 2 4 BL204 General Microbiology BL337 General Ecology 3 Biology Electives (200+ level) BL 6 This is an approved secondary teaching minor. CH225 CH226 CH231 Organic Chemistry I Organic Chemistry II Quantitative Analysis or Introductory Biochemistry CH351 4 c) CH220 Survey of Organic Chemistry 4 CH351 Introductory Biochemistry 4 CH352 Biochemistry II 3 CH353 Introductory Toxicology 3 This is an approved secondary teaching minor. Child Development Total Credits Required: Total Credits Required: 28 Required Courses: FR151 First Year French I FR151 First Year French II FR251 Second Year French I FR252 Second Year French II FR351 Advanced Conversation and Composition I FR352 Advanced Conversation and Composition II FR353 Business French I FR354 Business French II 4 4 4 4 3 3 3 3 Chemistry Minimum Total Credits Required: CH115 General Chemistry I CH116 General Chemistry II And complete one of the following options: a) CH220 Survey of Organic Chemistry CH231 Quantitative Analysis CH351 Introductory Biochemistry or CH232 Instrumental Analysis 21 5 4 4 4 4 4 29 Required Courses: ED101 Foundations of Early Childhood Education ED105 Child Guidance & Welfare ED110 Curriculum Development and Teaching Practices ED111 Infants and Toddlers: Developmentally Appropriate Practices ED220 Early Childhood Literature ED260 Practicum I PY155 Lifespan Development PY301 Exceptional Child and Adolescent HE104 Nutrition for Early Childhood HE181 First Aid 3 3 3 3 3 4 3 3 3 1 Communication Total Required Courses: Business French 4 4 4 21 Required Courses: SD201 Small Group Communication or SD225 Interpersonal Communication SD211 Advanced Public Speaking or SD210 Business & Professional Speaking SD302 Argumentation & Advocacy SD307 Classical/Contemporary Rhetoric or EN321 Rhetoric & Composition Theory SD308 Communication Theory SD325 Organizational Communication SD416 Communication in Leadership Students must complete 21 semester hours of credit in addition to basic requirements of composition and speech (SD101). This is an approved teaching minor. 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Computer Science Total Credits Required: Courses Required: CS121 Survey of Computer Science CS201 Data Structures & Algorithms CS205 Computer Organization and Architecture CS312 File & Database Management 21 3 3 3 3 Plus three additional CS courses at the 300- or 400-level This is an approved teaching minor. 9 Corrections Total Credits Required: Required Courses: CJ110 Introduction to Corrections CJ220 Institutional Corrections CJ240 Community Based Corrections CJ319 Substantive Criminal Law Minimum of nine hours from: (At least one must be 300-400) CJ101 Intro. to Criminal Justice CJ130 Client Relations in Corrections CJ140 Correctional Client Growth & Development CJ243 Investigation CJ250 Correctional Law CJ330 Correctional Casework CJ355 Juvenile Justice CJ402 Criminal Justice Internship CJ409 Procedural Criminal Law 21 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3-9 3 ...I Counseling Total Credits Required: 21 Required Courses: PY155 Lifespan Development 3 PY201 Communication Skills in Counseling 3 PY396 Tests and Measurements• 3 S0344 Social Welfare Systems 3 HM250 Human Services Practicum 3 BL105 Function of the Human Body** 4 PY259 Abnormal Psychology**• or 3 S0338 Deviance*** PY291 Group Counseling or 3 PY391 Family Therapy PY240 Behavioral Management or 3 PY385 Health Psychology *Because of prerequisite to PY396, students must choose one of the following as part of coordinating minor or electives: PY21 O Statistics 3 (already required by PY minors) S0302 Statistics for Social Science 3 MA207 Prin. of Statistical Methods 3 **May count toward general education. ***May count toward SO/PY minor. Students seeking the B.S. in human services degree who select both this minor and the substance abuse minor will note that there is a great deal of overlap between the minors. Therefore, these students must select three courses (two at the 300-400 level) from the following list of courses: HM480 Grantwriting 3 PY217 Social Psychology 3 204 • Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU ......, __, -._,, ._... �PY228 PY240 PY259 PY311 PY357 PY383 PY385 PY457 PY459 S0214 S0103 S0242 S0321 S0327 S0338 Organizational Behavior Behavior Management Abnormal Psychology Learning & Motivation Personality Theory Industrial Psychology Health Psychology Cognition Physiological Psychology Criminology Cultural Diversity Sociology of Sex Sociology of Women Sociology of Dying & Death Deviance 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Economics 21 Total Credits Required: Required Courses: EC201 Prin. of Macroeconomics EC202 Prin. of Microeconomics EC308 Intermediate Microeconomics EC309 Intermediate Macroeconomics EC Electives 3 3 3 3 9 EN320 EN321 EN322 EN330 EN331 EN332 EN333 EN334 EN335 EN420 EN421 EN430 EN431 EN432 EN433 EN450 HU256 EN231 Total Credits Required: 28 Required Courses: AC132 Principles of Accounting I AC133 Principles of Accounting II EC201 Prin. of Macroeconomics EC202 Prin. of Microeconomics FN341 Managerial Finance EC or FN Electives 4 4 3 3 4 10 21 Required Courses: EC201 Principles of Macroeconomics ED202 Principles of Microeconomics EC408 International Economics FN242 Personal Finance Electives from list below BA403 Business, Government & Society EC304 Money, Banking & Monetary Policy EC305 Public Finance EC308 Intermediate Microeconomics EC309 Intermediate Macroeconomics MN451 Labor Law MN469 Collective Bargaining FN443 Insurance FN448 Investment Strategy 3 3 3 3 9 3 3 3 3 3 4 3 4 4 English Language and Literature 21 Total Required Credits Required Courses: EN233 English Literature I EN234 English Literature II Fifteen (15) additional credits from the following courses: EN220 Advanced Composition EN221 Creative Writing EN231 American Literature I t N232 American Literature II EN235 Survey of Native American Literature 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 EN232 21 3 American Literature II or EN233 English Literature I and 3 EN234 EN322 EN335 ED420 English Literature II Structure of the English Language Children's Literature Emergent Literacy Any two EN classes beyond those which count for gen. ed. credit 3 3 6 6 English Teaching Secondary Total Credits Required: 21 Required Courses: EN231 American Literature I and EN232 American Literature II EN233 English Literature I 3 and Total Required Credits: 28 Required Courses: BL109 General Biology BL110 General Zoology BL111 General Botany NS103 Environmental Science EV341 Environmental Chemistry I: Water and Water Pollution Control BL337 General Ecology ID300 The Human Environment Additional courses to total 28 credit hours: BL204 General Microbiology BL230 Introduction to Soils CH342 Environmental Chemistry II: Air and Solid Wastes EV220 GPS/GIS Techniques EV230 Introduction to Geographical Information Systems, GIS EV285 Epidemiology EV311 Environmental Law EV313 Solid & Hazardous Waste GE311 Principles of Hydrology Total Required Credits: 3 3 4 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 3 3 28 General Business 3 3 4 4 French Language and Literature 3 3 3 4 3 3 21 Required Courses: FS101 Introduction to Fire Science FS111 Hazardous Materials FS204 Fire Protection Hydraulics and Pumps FS205 Fire Protection Systems Equipment Minimum of nine hours from: FS211 Tactics and Strategy FS301 Code Enforcement Inspection and Fire Prevention FS321 Industrial Fire Protection CJ341 Fire Cause & Arson Investigation FS420 Fire Science Certification TC101 Construction I TC102 Construction II 3 3 3 3 3 4 2 2 3 Fire Science Required Courses: FR151 First Year French I FR152 First Year French II FR251 Second Year French I FR252 Second Year French II FR351 Advanced Conversation and Composition I FR352 Advanced Conversation and Composition II FR355 Survey of French Literature I FR356 Survey of French Literature II This minor may be used as a teaching minor. or EN234 English Literature II EN322 Structure of the English Language EN320 Responding to Writing Select one class (3 credits) EN220 Advanced Composition EN221 Creative Writing EN321 Rhetoric and Composition Theory EN420 History of the English Language Select two classes (6 credits) EN330 Development of the Novel in England & America I EN331 Development of the Novel in England & America II EN332 The Short Story EN333 Studies in the Drama: The Genre and Theatre in Context EN334 Approach to Poetry Environmental Science Total Credits Required: American Literature I and Economics Teaching Total Credits Required: 3 3 3 English Teaching Elementary Total Credits Required: Economics-Finance &.-1 Responding to Writing Rhetoric and Composition Theory Structure of the English Language Development of the Novel in England & America I Development of the Novel in England & America II The Short Story Studies in the Drama: The Genre and Theatre in Context Approach to Poetry Children's Literature History of the English Language History of Literary Criticism Chaucer Milton and the Metaphysical Poets Shakespeare Seminar in Major American & English Writers Directed Individual Study Introduction to Film: Images of Our Culture Total Credits Required: 4 4 4 4 3 3 3 3 22-23 Required Courses: AC132 Principles of Accounting I or OA119 Accounting Procedures MN360 Principles of Management MK281 Marketing Principles & Strategy EC201 Principles of Macroeconomics EC202 Principles of Microeconomics 3 Lake Superior State University • 1-888-800-LSSU • 205 4 3 3 3 3 f/) H 0 ~ ..... ~ �FN245 FN341 BA231 Principles of Finance or Managerial Finance Business Communication 3-4 3 Geography 20 Geography (9-11 credits) 4 GGI06 Physical Geography: Landforms or 4 GE111 Physical Geology I GGI08 Physical Geography: Meteorology 4 and Climatology GG302 Economic Geography 4 3 GG306 Cultural Geography GG492 Individualized Studies in 2-4 Geography Geography electives to total 20 credits: GG20I World Regional Geography 4 GG321 Geography of Europe and Great 4 Britain GG322 Geography of South America, Central America and the 4 Caribbean Region GG323 Geography of East and 4 Southeast Asia GG325 Regional Geography of North 4 America GG360 Historical Geography 4 of Eastern North America It is strongly suggested that students pursuing professional careers complete MA207 Principles of Statistical Methods. Total Credits Required: ~ ..... Geography Teaching :::::3 Total Required Courses: 0 ~ 00 21 Required Courses: · GGI06 Physical Geography: Landforms or GE111 Physical Geology I GGIOB Physical Geography: Meteorology and Climatology GG201 World Regional Geography GG306 Cultural Geography At least two coursesteam: GG302 Economic eography GG321 Geography of Europe and Great Britain GG322 Geography of South America, Central America and the Caribbean Region GG323 Geography of East and Southeast Asia GG325 Regional Geography of North America 4 4 4 4 3 4 4 4 4 4 Geology Minor 24 Total Required Courses: GE111 Physical Geology I GE112 Physical Geology II GE215 Historical Geology GE216 Structural Geology and Geologic Graphics GE221 Crystallography &Mineralogy GE222 Mineralogy and Petrography This minor may be used as a teaching minor. 4 4 4 4 4 4 Geology Earth Science Total Credits Required: Required Courses: GE111 Physical Geology I GE112 Physical Geology II 20 4 4 Historical Geology Invertebrate Paleontology I Physical Geography: Meteorology &Climatology NS119 Descriptive Astronomy This minor may be used as a teaching minor. GE215 GE351 GG108 4 3 4 3 ID399 Gerontology Total Credits Required: Required Courses: . BL105 Function of the Human Body PY155 Lifespan Development RC101 Intro. to Recreation and Leisure Services RC105 Program Development and Leadership in Recreation Leisure Services RC295 Practicum RC370 Recreation for the Elderly S0326 The Sociology of Aging &Aged S0327 The Sociology of Dying & Death ES140 HE208 HE210 HE352 BA354 Health & Fitness Nutrition Intro. to Health Care Concepts Health Issues of Aging Populations Legal & Financial Issues in Health Care Administration Internship 3 2 3 3 3 3 History 23 4 3 3 3 1 3 3 3 Group Science Elementary Teaching This minor is limited to elementary education students completing a dual minor with education major or as a minor to an approved teacher education major. Total Credits Required: 29 Required Courses: BL109 General Biology 4 2 BL110 General Zoology BL111 General Botany 2 CH104 Life Chemistry I 3 CH105 Life Chemistry II 4 GE111 Physical Geology I 4 GE114 Field Excursion 4 NS101 Conceptual Physics 3 NS119 Astronomy 3 Group Science Secondary Teaching This minor is limited to secondary education students completing an approved teacher education major in one of the four natural sciences: biology, chemistry, geology/ earth science, or physics. Total Credits Required: 33 Required Courses: BL109 General Biology 4 BL110 General Zoology 2 BL111 General Botany 2 CH115 General Chemistry I 5 CH116 General Chemistry II 4 GE111 Physical Geology I 4 GE112 Physical Geology II 4 PH221 Elements of Physics I 4 PH222 Elements of Physics II 4 Total Credits Required: 21-22 Required Courses: HS101 History of World Civilization I 4 and HS102 History of World Civilization II 4 or HS131 United States History I 4 and HS132 United States History II 4 HS496 Historical Methods 2 300/400-Level History Elective HS B One course from: GG306 Cultural Geography 3 GG321 Geography of Europe and Great Britain 4 GG322 Geography of South America, Central America and the Caribbean Region 4 GG323 Geography of East and Southeast Asia 4 GG325 Regional Geography of North America 4 GG360 Historical Geography of Eastern North America 4 History Teaching Total Required Credits: Required Courses: HS101 History of World Civilization I HS102 History of World Civilization II HS131 United States History I HS132 United States History II HS440 The Declaration of Independence and the Constitution HS496 Historical Methods Suggested Additional Courses: HS202 Renaissance, Reformation and Baroque Europe HS230 Survey of American Indian History HS310 Russia: From Underdeveloped State to Superpower HS346 Canadian History HS361 Latin America HS371 Far East Civilization 1850-present GG306 Cultural Geography GG106 Physical Geography: Land Forms GG108 Physical Geography: Meteorology &Climatology PS130 Intro. to State and Local Government Total Credits Required: Total Credits Required: Required Courses: AC230 Fundamentals of Accounting FN245 Principles of Finance MN365 Human Resource Management MN469 Collective Bargaining Required Courses: EC201 Prin. of Macroeconomics EC202 Prin. of Microeconomics BA254 Business Law I MN360 Principles of Management MN365 Human Resource Management MN451 Labor Law 4 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 206 • Lake Superior State University • 1-888-800-LSSU .._, 4 2 4 4 4 4 4 4 3 4 4 4 Human Resource Management Health Care Administration 30 22 ....; .,.J V 31 3 3 3 3 3 4 -- - �Collective Bargaining Organizational Behavior Tests and Measurements Communication Skills in Counseling or PY383 Industrial Psychology MN469 PY228 PY396 PY201 3 3 3 3 Human Services Administration 23 Total Credits Required: Required Courses: S0344 Social Welfare Systems MN365 Human Resource Management Elective DP PS201 Intro. to Public Administration or PY228 Organizational Behavior HM250 Human Services Practicum AC230 Fundamentals of Accounting MK281 Marketing Principles and Strategy 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 BA254 BA255 Journalism Total Credits Required: Required Courses: JR210 Writing for Mass Media JR211 Print Newswriting JR220 Photojournalism DP241 Desktop Publishing JR310 Editing and Production Elective Courses (select two): JR311 Supervising School Publications (required for certification) JR411 Broadcast Editing & Production JR413 Directed Individual Studies JR410 Broadcast Newswriting MK281 Marketing Principles & Strategy MK387 Advertising Theory & Practice PS325 Politics and Media SD308 Communication Theory SD320 Public Relations DP345 Presentation Graphics This minor may be used as a teaching minor. 24 Required Courses: 4 HU251 Humanities I 4 HU252 Humanities II Select 16 credits from the areas of study listed below; at least six, but not more than eight credits, must be taken in a single discipline, with no more than three credits in studio or performing classes. The remaining credits are to be distributed among at least three of the following areas: Spanish literature in translation (class is taught in English), history of drama, music, mythology, philosophy, art, world literature, film, second year of a foreign language (provided it is not used to satisfy any other requirement). Loss Control 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 3 Institutional Loss Control 21 Total Credits Required: Required Courses: 3 CJ212 Loss Control 3 CJ306 Security Systems 3 CJ341 Fire Cause & Arson Investigation 3 FS101 Introduction to Fire Science 3 FS111 Hazardous Materials FS301 Code Enforcement Inspection 3 and Fire Prevention 3 FS321 Industrial Fire Protection This minor may not be used for fire science majors. Japanese Study Students must complete the full-year program at the Japan Center for Michigan Universities. Emollment in the program is based upon the requirement that the student be a full-time, tuition-paying student of LSSU. The center is located in Hikone, Japan, and it is their staff and resources that provide the courses for this minor. The minor consists of the following courses, totaling 24 semester hours: JS105JS302. This sequence shall fulfill the oneyear of foreign language required for a bachelor of arts degree. Students are strongly advised to take G.G323. Required Courses: J11 Intro. to Criminal Justice CJl 02 Police Process Minimum of 15 hours from: CJ202 Canadian Criminal Law CJ206 Law Enforcement/Loss Control Internship Investigation Crisis Intervention of Deviant Behavior · Substantive Criminal Law CJ321 Ethical Issues in Public Safety CJ406 Advanced Canadian Jurisprudence Procedural Criminal Law Criminalistics 21 Required Courses: CJ212 Loss Control 3 CJ306 Security Systems 3 Minimum of six hours from: CJ202 Canadian Criminal Law 3 CJ319 Substantive Criminal Law 3 CJ406 Advanced Canadian Jurisprudence 3 CJ409 Procedural Criminal Law 3 Minimum of nine hours from: 3 MN365 Human Resource Management CS101 Intro. to Microcomputer Applications 3 MN451 Labor Law 4 MK281 Marketing Principles & Strategy 3 MN360 Principles of Management 3 Total Credits Required: Marketing Total Credits Required: Law Enforcement Total Credits Required: 3 3 21 Humanities Total Credits Required: Business Law I Business Law II 3 Required Courses: MK281 Marketing Principles & Strategy MK283 Principles of Selling MK387 Advertising Theory & Practice MK481 Marketing Management MK486 International Marketing Electives MK EC202 Principles of Microeconomics 3 3 Mathematics 21 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 Legal Assistant Studies 26 Total Credits Required: Required Core Courses: LA102 Legal Research and Case Analysis 3 LA202 Legal Writing & Analysis 3 4 LA125 Civil Litigation and Procedure LA150 Legal Assistant Profession & Ethical Considerations 3 OA119 Accounting Procedures 4 or PS110 Intro. to American Government and Politics Electives: Minimum of nine credits from the following courses (with six credits selected from 300-400 level courses): LA140 Personal Injury Litigation & Investigative Techniques 3 LA250 Law Office Management, Systems &Technology 3 LA300 Seminar in Legal Assistant Studies 1-4 3 LA305 Tribal Law and Government 3 LA320 Real Estate Law 2 LA321 Family Law 3 LA322 Probate Law & Procedure 3 LA401 Evidence & Trial Practice 3 LA405 No-Fault Automobile Law LA406 Worker's Disability Compensation 2 Law 3 CJ319 Substantive Criminal Law 3 CJ409 Procedural Criminal Law Total Credits Required: 21 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 (/). 22 Required Courses: MA143 Calculus for Engineering I and MA144 Calculus for Engineering II or 8 M151 Calculus I and MA152 Calculus II MA207 Prin. of Statistical Methods 3 or MA308 Probability and Mathematical Statistics 4 Plus additional mathematics courses numbered 215 or higher for a minimum of 22 credits. Mathematics Elementary Teaching Minimum Credits Required: Courses Required: MA103 Number Systems and Problem Solving MA104 Geometry & Measurement MA151 Calculus I MA207 Prin. of Statistical Methods MA215 Fund. Concepts of Math MA321 History of Mathematics 21 4 4 4 3 3 3 Mathematics Secondary Teaching Minimum Credits Required: Required Courses: MA151 Calculus I MA152 Calculus II Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU • 207 23 4 4 J..i 0 ~ •l""'I ~ �MA215 Fund. Concepts of Mathematics MA216 Discrete Mathematics and Problem Solving MA207 Principles of Statistical Methods 3 3 3 or MA308 Probability and Mathematical Statistics MA321 History of Mathematics MA325 College Geometry 4 3 3 Native Studies of the Americas Minimum Credits Required 23 The Native Studies of the Americas minor is designed to provide valuable historical and contemporary information about Native culture and society. The courses in the Native Studies of the Americas minor reflect the Native experience throughout North and South America, but focus on issues of importance to Native peoples in the Great Lakes region. The Native Studies of the Americas minor is appropriate for students majoring in a wide variety of subjects who may or may not be Native themselves, but expect to work in a Native setting or in an area with a high Native population. Students who are simply interested in and wish to explore the Native cultures in our area will also benefit from this program. Required Courses (10 credits) NA/S0225 Native Cultures of North America 3 NA/HS230 Survey of Native History of North America 4 NA 31 O Seminar ilJ Native Studies of the Americas 3 Electives from the following (13 credits) (at least 3 credits must be 300 level) S0103 Cultural Diversity 3 NA141 Ojibwe I, Anishinaabemowin 4 NA142 Ojibwe II, Anishinaabemowin 4 NA201 Second-Year Ojibwe I, Anishinaabemowin 4 NA202 Second-Year Ojibwe II, Anishinaabemowin 4 NA210 Indigenous Peoples of Central and South America 3 NA/EN235 Survey of Native Literature of North America 3 NA/H U240 Native Art and Culture 3 NA/LA/PS305 Tribal Law and Government 3 NA320 Contemporary Native Issues of North America 3 Office Administration Total Credits Required: Required Courses: DP160 Operating Systems DP151 Spreadsheets 23 3 2 or DP241 DP225 BA226 OA235 BA121 OA119 Data Base Desktop Publishing Word Processing Techniques Records Management Automated Office Systems Introduction to Business Accounting Procedures 3 2 3 3 3 or 4 AC132 Principles of Accounting I Personal Computer Specialist Psychology Total Credits Required: 20 Required Courses: DP160 Personal Computer Workstation Operating Systems 3 DP163 Troubleshooting and Repair of Personal Computers 3 DP260 Personal Computers Network Operating System 3 DP263 Storage, Protection & Recovery of Personal Computers 3 DP/CS/AM Electives 8 Total Credits Required: Required Courses: PY101 Introduction to Psychology PY21 O Statistics PY212 Experimental Psychology PY Electives PY Elective at 300+ level PY357 Personality Theory 4 3 3 6 3 or PY396 Tests & Measurements PY457 Cognition or 3 or PY459 Physiological Psychology This is an approved teaching minor. Political Science Total Credits Required: 28 Required Courses: PS110 Intro. to American Government & Politics 4 PS211 Political Science Research & Statistics 4 A minimum of one course in each of the following four fields: 13-16 American Politics (PS325, 364, 367, 467) Comparative Politics (PS160, 331, 334, 340) International Relations (PS241, 411, 420) Political Philosophy (PS351, 352) Additional political science electives must be taken to reach 28 credits. A minimum of 12 credits must be at the 300/400 level. 4-7 Public Administration Total Credits Required: 28 Required Courses: PSIIO Intro. to American Government & Politics 4 PSl30 Intro. to State and Local Government 4 PS201 Intro. to Public Administration 3 PS301 Policy Analysis & Evaluation 4 PS401 Prin. of Public Administration 3 PS499 Political Science/Public Administration Internship 3 EC20I Prin. of Macroeconomics 3 PS21 I Political Science Research & Statistics 4 Political Science Teaching Public Relations Total Credits Required: Total Credits Required: 21 Required Course: PS11 O Intro. to American Government & Politics 4 Minimum of one course from each of the following four fields: 15-16 American Government: PS120 Intro. to Legal Processes 3 PS130 Intro. to State and Local Government 4 PS201 Intro. to Public Administration 3 PS301 Policy Analysis & Evaluation 4 PS325 Politics and Media 3 PS357 Politics of Violence 3 PS364 Political Parties, Interest Groups and Public Opinion 3 PS367 Congress and the Presidency 4 PS401 Prin. of Public Administration 3 PS467 Constitutional Law and Civil Liberties 4 Political Philosophy: PS351 Political Philosophy I 4 PS352 Political Philosophy II 4 Comparative Politics: PS160 Intro. to Canadian Government & Politics PS331 Comparative Politics of Western Eu rope and Russia PS334 Middle East Politics PS340 Politics in Multicultural Societies International Relations: PS241 Intro. to International Relations PS247 Model United Nations PS411 U.S. Foreign Policy PS420 Politics of the World Economy 22 3 4 3 3 4 1 3 4 Electives to Total: 21 A minimum of nine credits must be at the 300/ 400 level. 21 Required Courses (13): SD320 Public Relations 4 SD210 Business and Professional Speaking or 3 SD211 Advanced Public Speaking SD302 Argumentation and Advocacy 3 SD308 Communication Theory 3 Elective Courses (8): ID399 Internship in Public Relations 1-4 SD307 Classical/Contemporary Rhetoric or 3 EN321 Rhetoric and Composition Theory SD325 Organizational Communications 3 EN220 Advanced Composition 3 JR210 Survey of Mass Media 3 JR211 Newswriting 3 JR220 Photojournalism 3 DP225 Word Processing Techniques 3 DP241 Desktop Publishing 3 BA231 Business Communications 3 MK281 Marketing Principles and Strategy 3 MK387 Advertising Theory and Practice 3 PS325 Politics and Media 3 - Recreation Studies Total Credits Required: Required Courses (16): ES140 Health and Fitness RC101 Intro. to Recreation and Leisure Services RC105 Program Development and Leadership in Recreation and Leisure Services RC295 Practicum 208 • Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU 24 3 - 3 3 2 w �Recreation Leader Apprenticeship Administration of Recreation and Leisure Services Departmental Electives (9 ): (six credits from 300- and 400-level classes) HM480 Grantwriting RA210 Lifeguarding RA211 Water Safety and Lifeguard Instructor RC212 Instructional Methods in Adapted Aquatics RC220 Methods in Arts & Crafts RC240 Foundation of Therapeutic Recreation RC262 Outdoor Recreation RC270 Sports Management RC280 Readiness in Games, Activities and Sports RC320 Dance & Rhythmic Activities for Recreation RC342 Disabilities Seminar in Therapeutic Recreation RC344 Recreational Pursuits and Disabling Conditions RC346 Clinical Issues in Therapeutic Recreation RC362 Land Management for Recreational Purposes RC365 Expedition Management RC370 Recreation for the Elderly RC435 Problems & Issues in Therapeutic Recreation RC496 Selected Research Topics RC390 RC482 4 3 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 1 Recreation Studies Skill Total Credits Required: 23-31 Required Courses: RC101 Intro. to Recreation and Leisure Services 3 RC105 Program Development and Leadership in Recreation and Leisure Services 3 RC295 Practicum 2-4 RC370 Recreation for the Elderly 3 Cognate Requirements: ES140 Health and Fitness 3 PY155 Lifespan Development 3 S0326 Sociology of Aging & Aged 3 HM250 Human Services Practicum 3-9 Sociology - General Total Credits Required: Required Courses: S0101 Introduction to Sociology S0238 Social Psychology Additional sociology courses to total a minimum of 20 hours, among which at least six hours are 300- or 400-level courses. 20 3 3 14 Sociology Teaching Total Credits Required: 21 Required Courses: S0101 Introduction to Sociology 3 S0103 Cultural Diversity 3 S0102 Social Problems 3 S0238 Social Psychology 3 Choose one of the following: S0325 Social Stratification 3 S0403 Development of Sociological Theory 3 S0302 Statistics for Social Science 4 Additional sociology electives to total 21 semester hours. At least nine credits must be at the 300/400 level. Spanish Language, Literature and Culture Total Credits Required: 28 Required Courses: SP161 First Year Spanish I 4 SP162 First Year Spanish II 4 SP261 Second Year Spanish I 4 SP262 Second Year Spanish II 4 SP361 Advanced Spanish I* 4 SP362 Advanced Spanish II* 4 SP365 Directed Study* 1-4 *With faculty approval, these courses may be substituted with courses taken abroad. Speech and Drama Students must complete 21 semester hours of credit in addition to Composition and Speech (SD101) from speech and drama offerings, or their equivalents. Those who wish both a major in English language and literature and a minor in speech and drama must take additional credit in English for any of the advanced courses with overlap both programs. Substance Abuse Counseling Total Credits Required: Sociology Social Work Total Credits Required: 20 Required Courses: SW11 O Introduction to Social Work 3 SW201 Communication Skills in Counseling 3 SW250 Social Work Practicum 6-9 SW31 O Clinical Practice and Diagnosis 3 SW344 Social Welfare Systems 3 One elective course from the following: SW202 Social Research Methods SW291 Group Counseling SW301 Alternative Dispute Resolution and Conflict Management SW305 Tribal Law and Government SW338 Deviance 3 SW341 Addiction 3 SW391 Family Therapy 3 SW480 Grantwriting 3 The practicum may be taken for six or nine credits; nine credits are required when application for social work technician registration with state of Michigan is desired. 3 3 3 Required Courses: HM204 Fundamentals of Drug Abuse HM250 Human Services Practicum HM292 Alcohol Abuse Prevention and Treatment S0341 Addiction PY201 Communication Skills in Counseling PY396 Tests and Measurements* PY291 Group Counseling or PY391 Family Therapy BL105 Function of the Human Body** 21 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 PY259 Abnormal Psychology••• or 3 S0338 Deviance*** *Because of prerequisite to PY396, students must choose one of the following as part of coordinating minor or electives: PY210 Statistics · 3 (already required by PY minors) S0302 Statistics for Social Science 4 (counts toward SO minors) MA207 Prin. of Statistical Methods 3 **May count toward general education. ...May count toward SO/PY minor. Students must obtain a Michigan Apprentice Counseling Certificate by successfully completing the Michigan Office of Substance Abuse Counseling Examination before applying for a practicum. Students seeking the B.S. in human services degree who select both this minor and the counseling minor will note that there is a great deal of overlap between the minors. Therefore, these students must select three courses (two at the 300-400 level) from the following list of courses. HM480 Grantwriting 3 PY217 Social Psychology 3 PY228 Organizational Behavior 3 PY240 Behavior Management 3 PY259 Abnormal Psychology 3 PY311 Learning and Motivation 3 PY357 Personality Theory 3 PY383 Industrial Psychology 3 PY385 Health Psychology 3 PY457 Cognition 3 PY459 Physiological Psychology 3 S0214 Criminology 3 S0103 Cultural Diversity 3 S0242 Sociology of Sex 3 S0321 Sociology of Women 3 S0327 The Sociology of Dying and Death 3 S0338 Deviance 3 Teaching Total Credits Required: 21 Required Courses: TE150 Reflections on Learning 3 TE250 Human Diversity, Power and Opportunity in Social Institutions 3 TE301 * Learners, Learning, and Teaching in Context 4 TE401 * Teaching of Subject Matter to Diverse Learners 5 TE402 * Crafting Teaching Practice 6 *Subject to approval. Writing Total Credits Required: Required Courses: EN220 Advanced Composition EN221 Creative Writing EN321 Rhetoric & Composition Theory JR210 Writing for the Mass Media JR211 Print Newswriting Elective Courses: JR413 Directed Individual Studies JR310 Electronic Editing and Production EN320 Responding to Writing MK387 Advertising Theory and Practice Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU • 209 20 3 3 3 3 3 2 3 3 3 r/J $.-c O ~ ·~ 11:::::4 ~ �"' . ;t; - ., "'~ ~ - 210 • Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU �College of Arts, Letters and Social Sciences Post-Baccalaureate Certificate Legal Assistant Studies Liberal Arts Substance Abuse Prevention Treatment Bachelor's Degrees Minors Criminal Justice Emphasis in Corrections, Criminalistics, Generalist, Law Enforcement, Certification in Law Enforcement, 3-Year Planfor a BS Following NRT Degree, Loss Control Public Safety Early Childhood Education Education Elementary and Secondary Teaching English Language and Literature Elementary and Secondary Teaching Fine Arts Studies Fire Science Emphasis in Engineering Technology, Generalist, Hazardous Materials History Elementary and Secondary Teaching Human Services Individual Studies Legal Assistant Studies Political Science Tracks in General., Pre-law, Public Administration Psychology Elementary and Secondary Teaching Social Science Sociology Elementary and Secondary Teaching Double Mqjor in Sociology & Human Services Associate's Degrees Criminal Justice Concentrations in Corrections and Law Enforcement Early Childhood Education Fire Science Legal Assistant Studies Art Business French Child Development Communications Counseling English Language and Literature English Language and Literature Teaching French Language and Literature Geography Geography - Teaching Gerontology History History-Teaching Human Services Administration Humanities Japanese Study Journalism Legal Assistant Studies Native American Studies Political Science Political Science - Teaching Psychology Psychology - Teaching Public Administration Public Relations Recreation Studies Skill Sociology Sociology - Teaching Social Work Spanish Literature and Culture Speech and Drama Substance Abuse Counseling Teaching Writing Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU • 211 �-------- --- College of Arts, Letters and Social Sciences Mission Statement: Faculty The mission of the College of Arts, Letters and Social Sciences is to provide a quality educational experience to our students. Although the disciplines found within the college are quite diverse, all of our programs are concerned with the study of human behavior from the perspective of the liberal arts, the social sciences or from a professional approach. Mr. James Blashill, Dean Associate Professor Professors Dr. Richard Conboy Dr. Richard Crandall Dr. John Cullen Dr. Terry Heyns Mr. Richard Jennings Dr. Gary Johnson Dr. Leon Linderoth Mr. James Madden Mr. Robert Money Mr. James Moody Dr. Diana Pingatore Dr. Susan Ratwik Dr. Timothy Sawyer Dr. Thomas Schirer Mr. Gary Toffolo Dr. John Wilkinson Associate Professors Dr. Carol Andary Dr. Leslie Dobbertin Dr. Polly Fields Dr. Eric Gadzinski Ms. Georgegeen Gaertner Mr. Marcel Pichot Mr. John Stevens Mr. Robert Willey - Assistant Professors Dr. George Denger Dr. Gerald Dobbertin Ms. Elizabeth Foley Ms. Pamela Hayward Dr. James Heasley Dr. Virginia Hines Mr. Philip Jones Mr. James Kobolt Mr. Roger Land Ms. Cary Miller Ms. Shirley Schoenemann Mr. Ray Trouve Mr. Houston Tucker ...... 212 Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU �School of Criminal Justice, Fire Science and Education Mission Statement: It is the mission of the criminal justice/ fire science program faculty and staff to provide an atmosphere where active learning may occur, to provide students with the highest quality educational experience, to continue to support the "professional model" as currently utilized, to become appropriate role models for students, to support the educational program by acquiring the appropriate equipment and supplies, to fulfill the advising role, and to assess the academic outcomes of the program. Program Objectives: Faculty The criminal justice and fire science programs allow you a unique opportunity to receive state certification in a number of areas. You may obtain Firefighter I and II Michigan certifiability, Wtldland Firefighting certification (USPS S130, S190, and I220), and certifiability through the Michigan Law Enforcement Officer Training Council (MLEOTC). The following certificates may also be awarded: the Michigan Corrections Officer Certificate, Incident Command System, Hazardous Material Awareness Level, Hazardous Material Operations Level, and the 40 hour Emergency Response Technician - HAZWOPER (29CFR 1910.120). Chair Dr. Paige Gordier, Associate Professor Professors Dr. Terry Heyns Mr. James Madden Associate Professors Ms. Shirley Schoenemann Assistant Professors Ms. Elizabeth Foley Dr. Virginia Hines Mr. Philip Jones Mr. James Kobolt Mr. Roger Land Mr. Houston Tucker Staff • Provide students with a broadbased, liberal education. Ms. Jackie Perron, Secretary, Teacher Education • Provide students with the skills necessary to perform as 21st century criminal justice practitioners. Ms. Catherine Plont, Child Development Lab • Assist students with their development of a set of professional ethics. Dr. Warren Starr, Field Experience Director, Teacher Education Program • Assist students in the development of their critical thinking skills. Ms. Jeanne Thompson, Secretary, Criminal Justice and Fire Science • Assist students with the development of their writing skills. • Provide an educational atmosphere where active learning may occur. • Assess the educational outcomes of the program. Ms. Debra Smart, Child Development Lab Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU • 213 �School of Criminal Justice, Fire Science and Education Criminal Justice/ Fire Science Program Description: An option must be selected within criminal justice to prepare you for the career you have chosen. Faculty Chair Dr. Paige Gordier Associate Professor Professors Dr. Terry Heyns Mr. James Madden Assistant Professors Ms. Elizabeth Foley Mr. Philip Jones Mr. James Kobolt Mr. Roger Land Mr. Houston Tucker General education requirements and sufficient elective credits must be completed so that at least 124 semester credits have been earned. Public Safety - graduates compete for jobs in local, state or federal agencies as public safety officers, police officers, sheriff deputies, conservation officers or fire fighters. Corrections - probation, parole and corrections officers operate prison systems and help offenders become contributing members of society. 1his option has a four and two-year degree. Criminalistics - combines law enforcement training with a chemistry minor. Careers are available in the science-based fields of criminal justice, such as laboratory or evidence technician. Generalist - this program is ideal for some transfer students or those working in criminal justice agencies who want a bachelor's degree. Employment varies depending upon your specialization. Law Enforcement - MLEOTCcertified students have the best opportunities. Graduates are hired by local, state and federal agencies as police officers, sheriff deputies, federal investigators, customs and immigration inspectors, and conservation officers. Canadian graduates find careers with agencies such as the Royal Canadian Mounted Police and the Ontario Provincial Police. Loss Control - with a growing private sector, job opportunities are good. Graduates may find jobs in security departments, in security equipment sales or in private security firms. Many graduates begin their careers as manager trainees. 214 • Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2384 - �School of Criminal Justice, Fire Science and Education Michigan Law Enforcement Officers Training Council (MLEOTC) Certification: Students enrolled in the emphasis in criminalistics, law enforcement or public safety in the criminal justice baccalaureate degree may be eligible for MLEOTC certification. Upon graduation and the completion of the mini-academy, these students may be eligible for employment with local law enforcement agencies in Michigan without further training. MLEOTC Mini-Academy: Students enrolled in the MLEOTC track will have to complete a seven-week mini-academy held after the end of the school year. Contained within the mini-academy are skill hours such as firearms, driving and defense tactics. Only students who are enrolled in the MLEOTC track at the beginning of their senior year will be eligible for enrollment in the miniacademy. Michigan Corrections Officer Training Council Certification: Students enrolled in the associate' s or baccalaureate degree in corrections will also take the five courses necessary for this certification. Canadian students may substitute CJ202 Canadian Criminal Law and CJ406 Advanced Canadian Jurisprudence for CJ319 Substantive Criminal Law and CJ409 Procedural Law. PS160 Introduction to Canadian Government may be substituted for PSllO Introduction to U.S. Government. Michigan Fire Fighters Training Council (FFTC) Certification: Students enrolled in the associate' s degree, bachelor's degree, or minoring in fire science may be eligible for certification as a Firefighter I and II. Entrance Requirements: To qualify for admission as freshmen, applicants must meet the minimum criteria of Lake Superior State University. Criminalistics and fire science students must have completed two units of algebra and at least one laboratory course, preferably chemistry, in high school. Code of Conduct: Majors in criminal justice and fire science will be required to sign a code of conduct. The code specifies certain behavior on the part of students and also states that violation of criminal laws and/ or University regulations may end in the separation of the student from the criminal justice/ fire science program. Criminal Justice/ Fire Science Advisory Committee Law Enforcement Members: Scott Fitzgerald, Sault Ste. Marie Russell Smith, Michigan State Police Dan Frazier, Cheboygan Ralph Boudreau, Michigan State Police Harris Miller, Sault Ste. Marie Jeff Moran, Chippewa County Sheriff Michael Roy, Alpena Community College Patrick Wyman, Mackinaw City Police Department Ugo Capy, Sault College Tim Matelski, St. Ignace Police Department Robert Davis, Sault Ste. Marie, Ontario Police Department Corrections Members: Arthur Tessmer, Kinross Correctional Facility Wayne Fortin, John Ferroni, Gary McLeod, Sault Ste. Marie Probation/Parole Federal Members: Mel Hendrickson, U.S. Customs Port Director Robert McNamara, U.S. Border Patrol Bruce Wagner, U.S. Immigration Security/Fire Science Members: Robin Robinson, Algoma Steel Corp. Kenneth Eagle, Sault Ste. Marie Fire Chief Wayne Francisco, Atlanta, Michigan Lynn McCoy, Sault, Ont. Fire Chief Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2384 • 215 �School of Criminal Justice, Fire Science and Education Education Elementary Teaching: Elementary teachers need academic preparation to be able to teach subjects in four areas: • Faculty • Dr. Warren Starr, Director Teacher Education Ms. Nina Klein, EUPISD • LSSU Science and Math Center Associate Professor Ms. Shirley Schoenemann, Child Development Lab Assistant Professors Dr. Virginia Hines Ms. Claudia Stanko-Bedell • • language arts mathematics natural science social science There are two options for completing course work in these four areas. With each, teachers are certified to teach kindergarten through sixth grade, all subjects, in self-contained rooms. Also, they are permitted to teach their academic major and/ or minor(s) in grades six through eight. Option 1: A bachelor of arts or a bachelor of science degree in a major area. Requirements for Formal Application: • Minimum of 2.5 GPA in major, minor and overall • Sophomore standing or beyond before next fall term • Successful completion of 50101 Speech; ENllO Freshman Composition; and EN215 Introduction to Literature and Research, or EN210 Research Paper Process, or their equivalent • Emollment in or successful completion of TE150 and TE250 with a grade of B- or better in each course • Successful completion of LSSU writing, reading and mathematics proficiency • Successful completion of Michigan Test for Teacher Certification Basic Skills Test l. One academic major from the list below 2. All the courses in the three remaining sections of the planned program not related to the student's major 3. PY265 Child and Adolescent Development (TE150 meets prerequisite) 4. Teacher education professional component 5. General education requirements not met through the planned program 6. Prior to August of the internship year, students must receive a passing score on the Michigan Test for Teacher Certification - Elementary Education. A copy of the test results must be filed with the Department of Teacher Education before the internship begins Major: See requirements for teaching option major on the following pages: • • • • • • • • Biology, page 77 English Language and Literature, page 107 Geology, page 132 History, page 138 Mathematics, page 149 Psychology, page 164 Social Sciences, page 170 Sociology, page 172 Option 2: A bachelor of arts or a bachelor of science degree in elementary education. l. Two academic minors in different planned program areas: a. b. c. d. language arts mathematics natural science social studies 2. All courses in the two remaining areas of the planned program not related to the minors 3. PY265 Child and Adolescent Psychology (TE150 meets prerequisite) 4. Teacher education professional component 5. General education requirements not met through planned program 6. Prior to August of the internship year, the Michigan Test for Teacher Certification Elementary Education Test and any subject area tests need to be satisfactorily completed. A copy of the test results must be filed with the Department of Teacher Education before internship begins. ......, ._, ..... Minors: See requirements for each minor on the following pages: • • • Communications, page 204 Computer Science, page 204 Economics, page 205 216 • Lake Supertor State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2811 - �School of Criminal Justice, Fire Science and Education • • • • • • • • • • • PS11 o English Language and Literature, page205 French, page 205 Geography, page 206 Geology, page 206 Group Science, page 206 History, page 206 Journalism, page 207 Mathematics, page 207 Political Science, page 208 Psychology, page 208 Sociology, page 208 or PS160 PY265 • • 3 3 3 3 3 3 or 3 3 4 4 3 or MA110 Exploration in Mathematics Natural Sciences Chemistry in Society NS110 Field Excursion in Earth Science GE114 Conceptual Physics NS101 General Biology BL109 Social Science HS101 History of World Civilization I and HS102 History of World Civilization II 3 4 3 3 4 8 or HS131 HS132 GG201 United States History I and United States History II World Regional Geography Intro. to Canadian Government and Politics 4 Child and Adolescent Development 3 Certification is available in the following teaching option areas. See requirements for each on the following pages: Responding to Writing Children's Literature Mathematics Number Systems & Problem MA103 Solving (MA092 is prerequisite) Geometry & Measurement MA104 MA111 College Algebra and a statistics course from BA, MA, PY or SO 4 Secondary teachers are certified to teach in their academic major and minor(s) in grades seven through 12. This program leads to a bachelor of arts or a bachelor of science degree in the student's major area. Depending upon which option is selected, students take all of the courses in two or three of the following planned program areas not covered by their major or two minors. EN320 EN335 Education Secondary Teaching: Planned Program for Elementary Teachers: Language Arts EN215 Intro. to Literature and Research Literature Course: EN231 American Literature I American Literature II EN232 EN233 English Literature I English Literature II EN234 NA235 Survey of Native Literature of North America Emergent Literacy ED420 Intro. to American Government and Politics 8 4 • • • • • • • Biology, page 77 English Language and Literature, page 107 Geology, page 132 History, page 138 Mathematics, page 149 Political Science, page 159 Psychology, page 164 Social Science, page 170 Sociology, page 172 Students can also complete any of the following teaching option minors and be certified to teach in these areas. See requirements on the following pages: • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Biology, page 204 Communications, page 204 Computer Science, page 204 Economics, page 205 English, page 205 French, page 205 Geography, page 206 Geology /Earth Sciences, page 206 History, page 206 Journalism, page 207 Mathematics, page 207 Political Science, page 208 Psychology, page 208 Sociology, page 209 Admission to LSSU Teacher Education Program Admission to the program will be competitive and is based upon the following criteria: • Passing score on Michigan Test for Teacher Certification Basic Skills Test • Completion of a two-page typed essay • Completion of an extemporaneous essay • Faculty interview • Amount of experience related to teaching and/ or working with children Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2811 • 217 �School of Criminal Justice, Fire Science and Education Education General Programs for Secondary Teachers: is supported by the following required courses: • One academic major from the above list (see individual school requirements) • Fall: TE491 Internship in Teaching Diverse Learners I (6) • one academic minor from above list (see individual school requirements) TE601 Professional Roles and Teaching Practice I (3) • Teacher education professional component • General education requirements not met through major and minor • Prior to August of the internship year, students must receive a passing score on the Michigan Test for Teacher Certification in their subject areas. A copy of the test results must be filed with the Department of Education before the internship begins TE602 Reflection and Inquiry in Teaching Practice I (3) • Spring: TE492 Internship in Teaching Diverse Learners II (6) TE603 Professional Roles and Teaching Practice II (3) TE604 Reflection and Inquiry in Teaching Practice II (3) Teacher Education Professional Component: Students seeking elementary or secondary teacher certification are required to complete 21 credits of the teacher education professional component. • Prior to formal admission: TElSO Reflection on Learning (3) TE250 Student Diversity and Schools (3) • After formal admission: TE301 Students and the Context of Learning (4) TE401 Teaching of Subject Matter to Diverse Learners (5) TE402 Crafting Teaching Practice (6) • Teaching Internship Following graduation, students complete a full-year intern teaching experience at an elementary or secondary school. The experience 218 • Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2811 �School of English and Speech Course Grid: Courses taught every year: EN215 Intro. to Literature and Research EN220 Advanced Composition EN231 American Literature I EN232 American Literature II EN233 English Literature I EN234 English Literature II EN235 Native American Literature EN236 Literature and Culture EN320 Responding to Writing EN335 Children's Literature Courses taught odd/even years: Fall - Odd (99, 01, 03) EN322 Structure of the English Language EN330 Development of the Novel in England and America I EN332 The Short Story Fall - Even (98, 00, 02) EN331 Development of the Novel in England and America II EN421 History of Literary Criticism EN430 Chaucer Spring - Odd (99, 01, 03) EN321 Rhetoric and Composition Theory EN334 Approach to Poetry EN431 Milton Spring - Even (98, 00, 02) EN333 Studies in the Drama: the Genre and Theatre in Context EN420 History of the English Language EN432 Shakespeare Every year the English Department holds the Osborn Poetry Contest and the Fiction Short Story Contest. Submissions are due at the beginning of February, with the winners announced in March. The Forensics Team is active throughout the year. Faculty Chair Ms. Georgegeen Gaertner, Associate Professor Professors Mr. Richard Jennings Dr. Leon Linderoth Dr. Diana Pingatore Associate Professors Dr. Polly Fields Dr. Eric Gadzinski Mr. John Stevens Assistant Professors Dr. George Denger Ms. Pamela Hayward Staff Ms. Audrey Morley, Secretary Lake Supertor State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2275 • 219 �School of Humanities and History Fine Arts Studies Degree Requirements Faculty Chair Dr. Daniel Dorrity, Professor Professors Dr. John Cullen Mr. Robert Money Mr. James Moody Dr. Thomas Schirer Mr. Gary Toffolo Dr. John Wilkinson Associate Professors Degree requirements, as defined below, are subject to amendment. Changes in program, courses, prerequisites, scheduling and availability at the partner institutions are beyond the control of Lake Superior State University. The program is multi-disciplinary in nature and flexible enough to permit you to develop interests in particular areas. The degree will be of interest to those who wish to prepare for teaching, writing/ journalism, and librarianship in the arts, as well as to those who wish to develop their interests and experiences in various areas of the fine arts. Bachelor of Arts in Fine Arts Studies To graduate with a B.A. in fine arts studies, a student must: 1. satisfy all stated requirements for a bachelor of arts degree; 2. complete 124 credits with an overall grade point average of at least 2.00; 3. complete at least 78 credits from at least three fine arts disciplines (minimum nine credits in third discipline) as defined below, with an average GPA of at least 2.00; 4. complete two concentrations in different fine arts disciplines. A concentration is a sequence of at least 21 credits and no more than 36 credits, beyond the first-year prerequisite, in which related subject matter is studied to develop a knowledge of a particular discipline; 5. complete no more than 30 credits in studio and/ or performance courses with no more than 15 in any one discipline; 6. complete all general education requirements; 7. complete a student project, which is intended to allow you, with the approval of the supervising professor, the opportunity to integrate or synthesize some aspects of the fine arts into a single project. Registration Procedures Dr. Marcel Pichot Assistant Professors Ms. Cary Miller Staff Ms. Audrey Morley, Secretary At present, students of Lake Superior State University (the home institution) who wish to take one or more courses from either Algoma University College or Sault College of Applied Arts and Technology must request permission to do so through the Student Service Center at Lake State. All courses will be registered at Lake State but a supplementary registration form will be required for courses to be taken at a host institution (Algoma or Sault College). LSSU will record the course equivalency on the student's registration form and student record after contacting the host school to verify room and enrollment in class(es). All fees will be assessed by LSSU. Credit and grades will be granted only when the host institution provides evidence that the course has been successfully completed. Concentrations/Specializations Your concentration or specialization in fine arts studies consists of concentrations in two different fine arts disciplines defined below, as well as the required credits in a third fine arts discipline. 220 • Lake Superior State University • 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2265 ..... �School of Humanities and History Fine Arts Studies Classes at LSSU enclosed in [ J are assigned numbers for classes at Sault College or Algoma University. As classes are chosen from Sault College or Algoma University, numbers will be assigned at LSSU. LSSU Course Sault College Algoma Advertising Art and Graphic Design Concentration Lettering [FAlOO] ADVlOO AAGD1006 Graphic Design I [AT104] ADV104 AAGD1046 Graphic Design II [FA113] ADV113 AAGD1137 Typography [AT230] ADV230 AAGD2306 Introduction to Computer Graphics [AT231] ADV231 AAGD2316 Computer Graphics I [AT235] ADV235 AAGD2357 Computer Graphics II [AT236] ADV340 AAGD3405 Computer Graphics III [AT237] ADV346 AAGD3465 MUSIC CONCENTRATION Required Courses Introduction to Music I MU120 MUSCllOl Introduction to Music II MU121 or [FA102] MUSC1102 History & Appreciation of Music MU220 & MU221 MUSC1015 Select 21 additional credits in Music - no more than 12 credits at the first-year level including six credits from Group I and six credits from Group II and/or III. Group I: History/Theory/Appreciation History Music of the Baroque Period MUSC2006 Music of the Classical Period MUSC2007 Music in Popular Culture: Blues & Jazz MUSC2056 Music in Popular Culture: Rock & Roll MUSC2057 History & Appreciation of Jazz MU260 MUSC2606 History of the Opera MUSC3005 Music of the Romantic Period MUSC3016 Music of the Twentieth Century MUSC3017 Native Music NAAC2026 Theory Materials of Music I: Theory [MUllS] Materials of Music II: Theory MUSC1115 MUSC2115 Appreciation Music Appreciation: Listening Fundamentals MUSC1021 Music Appreciation: Cultural Survey MUSCI022 Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2265 • 221 �School of Humanities and History Fine Arts Studies Course LSSU Sault College Algoma Group II: Applied/Studio Applied Music Proficiency I Applied Music Proficiency II Applied Music for Non-Concentration Students I Applied Music for Non-Concentration Students II Applied Music for Non-Concentration Students ill Class Piano Class Guitar MU220 [MU402], MU220 [FA120], MU220 MU220 MU220 MU170 & MU171 MU180 & MU181 MUSC1401 MUSC1402 MUSC1420 MUSC2420 MUSC3420 MUSC1701 MUSC1801 Group III: Ensemble University Choir MU140 & MU141 Instrumental Chamber Ensemble MU250 & MU251 Sault Symphony Orchestra MUllO & MUlll Jazz Ensemble MU160 Concert Band MU161 Chamber Music MU250 & MU251 MUSC1611, 2611, 3611 MUSC1621, 2621, 3621 MUSC1631, 2631, 3631 MUSC1651, 2651, 3651 MUSC1671, 2671, 3671 MUSC1621, 2621, 3621 ..._ ..... Native Arts and Culture Concentration [FA105] Introductory Ojibwe NSA118& 120 OJIB1005 Complete at least 18 credits from Group I and six more from Group I or Group II. Group I: Core Courses Native Art History Native Literature Native Music Arts & Culture I: Dgwaagi Arts and Culture II:Biboon Arts and Culture III: Minookmi/Niibin Living Arts I: Dgwaagi Living Arts II: Biboon Living Arts III: Minookmi/Niibin Intermediate Ojibwe Advanced Ojibwe Introduction to North American Native Art Ojibwe Art and Culture NAAC2006 NAAC2016 NAAC2026 NAAC2036 NAAC2046 NAAC2056 NAAC2066 NAAC2076 NAAC2086 NA235 NSA126 & 129 222 • Lake Superior State University • 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2265 OJIB2005 OJIB3005 VISA2026 VISA2027 .... �School of Humanities and History Fine Arts Studies Course LSSU Sault College Group II: Approved Native Arts and Culture Elective Courses Ethnology of North American Native Peoples Native Canadians: Heritage and Issues The Art of Ribbon Making The Art of Regalia Making Cradle Boards and Bandolier Bags NA225 Native Cultures of North America NA310 Seminar in Native American Studies NA320 Contemporary Native American Issues Algoma ANTR2035 ANTR2055 NAAC1006 NAAC1016 NAAC1026 NAAC2256 NAAC3106 NAAC3206 Theater Concentration Introduction to Theater [FAUS] Select 21 additional credits including at least six from each group Group I: Theater History/fheory Drama to 1642 Shakespeare I Shakespeare II Studies in Drama: The Genre & Theater in Context Modern & Contemporary Drama Shakespeare Contemporary Canadian Drama Medieval English Drama Le theatre classique Le theatre franais moderne Theater History I Canadian Theatre Theories of Drama Group II: Practical/Performance Theater Problems in Speech/Drama Modern European Theater Acting I Theater Movement Introduction to Stage Craft Speech and Drama Production Acting II Basic Scenic Design Directing in the Theater Threater Practicum THEA1115 ENGL2465 ENGL2536 ENGL2537 EN333 EN432 SD251 & SD252 SD161 SD309 Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2265 • 223 ENGL3336 ENGL3475 ENGL4326 ENGL4416 ENGL4426 FREN3006 FREN3326 THEA2245 THEA2357 THEA3346 THEA1616 THEA2015 THEA2115 THEA2137 THEA2167 THEA3096 THEA3115 THEA3167 THEA3187 THEA3417 �School of Humanities and History Fine Arts Studies Course LSSU Sault College Algoma FA153 & 172 FA150 FA151 FA152 V1SA1005 V1SA1506 VISA1516 V1SA1526 Visual Arts Concentration Art History and Appreciation Orawingl Design! Color Theory AT250 & AT251 ATllO [FA151] [FA152] Select at least 12 credits from the classes below. Medieval Art History Aspects of Renaissance Art Native Art History Philosophy of Art and Literature · Painting, Composition and Design Drawing, Painting, and Composition Graphic Arts, Watercolor, Mixed Media Modern Art Introduction to North American Native Art Ojibwe Art and Culture Art of Canada Special Topics I Special Topics II Design II Drawing II Drawing III Drawing IV Painting I Painting II Painting III Photography I Photography II Photography III Pottery I Pottery II Psychology of Art I Psychology of Art II Art History III Art History IV Fabric Surface Design I Fabric Surface Design II Fabric Surface Design III Printmaking I Printmaking II ATlll AT210 AT211 [FA174] [FA157] FA171 FA170 FA251 FA271 FA155 FA174 FA253 PHOlOO PHOllO PH0200 FA157 FA176 FA159 FA178 ART259 ART270 FA154 FA173 FA252 FA158 FA177 224 • Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2265 HIST3826 HIST3836 NAAC2006 PHIL2245 VISA1116 VISA2107 VISA2126 V1SA2005 VISA2026 VISA2027 VISA3005 VISA3026 VISA3027 VISA2716 VISA2706 VISA3516 VISA3716 VISA2556 VISA2746 VISA3536 VISA2006 VISA2106 VISA3006 VISA2576 VISA2766 VISA2596 VISA2786 ...... �School of H11rnanities and History Fine Arts Studies Course LSSU Sault College Algoma Writing Concentration Select six credits from the following three courses*. British Literature from Chaucer to 20th Century EN233 & EN234 Introduction to Canadian Literature Introduction to Writing & English Studies ENGL1005 ENGL1205 ENGL1705 *or equivalent introductory literature course Pick at least 18 additional credits in writing, including at least three credits from each of Groups I and II and additional credits in writing from Group Ill. A minimum of nine credits in applied rhetoric or writing courses must be completed. writing is elected as a third discipline, ENGL1705 must be completed. Approved Writing Courses Group I: Practical Writing & Production Courses Advanced Composition EN220 Practical Criticism Stylistics Basic Technical Report Writing EN205 Writing for the Mass Media JR210 Print Newswriting JR211 DP241 Desktop Publishing Reading and Writing for the Out-of-Doors Electronic Editing and Production JR310 Advanced Reading and Writing Group II - Creative Writing Courses Composition & Rhetorical Theory Responding to Writing Rhetoric and Composition Creative Writing Studies in Creative Writing The Writer's Voice I The Writer's Voice II Group III - Senior Year Courses History & Structure of English Language History of Literary Criticism History of Literary Criticism History of the English Language Broadcast Newswriting Broadcast Editing and Production ENG210, 300 ENG305 ENG315 EN320 EN321 EN221 EN420 EN421 JR410 JR411 Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2265 • 225 ENGL2206 ENGL2306 ENGL2902 WRIT2056 WRIT2107 WRIT2117 WRIT2416 WRIT3056 WRIT3107 WRIT3156 ENGL2515 ENGL3206 ENGL3216 ENGL3516 ENGL3517 ENGL3806 ENGL3807 ENGL4206 ENGL4216 ENGL4605 ENGL4925 WRIT4106 WRIT4116 If �School of Social Sciences Legal Assistant Studies Faculty Program Coordinator Carol S. Andary, Associate Professor Professor Dr. Madan Saluja, Business Law Professor Adjunct Faculty Anthony E. Andary Wm. Dyke Justin Susan Marshall James W. Perry Donald G. Sare Patrick M. Shannon Staff Sheri Davie, Secretary Legal Assistant (Paralegal) Profession: Legal Assistant Program Offerings: The legal assistant profession is one of the occupations projected to grow the fastest through the year 2005 according to the U.S. Department of Labor. A legal assistant (or paralegal) is a valued member of the legal team and works under the supervision of attorneys. The legal assistant profession is both challenging and offers many career advancement opportunities. There are four different degrees or offerings in legal assistant studies. They are as follows: This program is designed to train qualified legal assistants capable of working in a variety of work environments. Consequently, the role and job duties of a legal assistant vary depending on the areas of law and work environment in which a legal assistant is employed. Such diversity, varied challenges and employment possibilities are what makes the legal assistant profession so interesting and rewarding. For instance, legal assistants are employed in law firms; corporations; financial institutions; government (federal, tribal, state or local); courts and mediation systems; real estate offices and title companies; insurance companies; special interest groups; prosecutor and public defender offices; educational institutions; financial service organizations; credit and collection agencies; and service, consulting or publishing companies. 1. a four-year baccalaureate degree in legal assistant studies with an emphasis in legal administration, criminal law, personal injury, labor law, legislative/ constitutional law or a selected minor as approved by the legal assistant studies coordinator; 2. a two-year associate' s degree in legal assistant studies; 3. a post-baccalaureate (one-year) certificate in legal assistant studies (which is available to students who already have a bachelor's degree in some other discipline and wish to make a career change or advancement); or 4. a minor in legal assistant studies which can complement various majors (and may also be helpful to students who are planning on' attending law school). For further information on each of these programs, please see the appropriate curriculum descripti.on pages in this Catalog. 226 • Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2217 ~ ._. __. �School of Social Sciences Program Highlights: nity members throughout northern Michigan (as well as faculty) provide guidance on curriculum, graduate placement, and other matters relating to the legal assistant program at LSSU The strengths or special features of the legal assistant studies program at LSSU include the following: • • • numerous law courses are offered so that students gain substantial knowledge in various areas of the law law courses are practical "how to" courses taught by attarneys, judges and others who have expertise in the areas in which they teach an internship or practicum is available in a law office or other legal environment so that students gain valuable on-thejob experience which can lead to greater job opportunities (in fact, a number of graduates have obtained employment at their internship site) • the program has been in existence at LSSU since 1983 and adheres to high educational standards • the areas of ethics, legal research and legal writing (which are vital skills in the legal environment) are given particular emphasis • annual alumni surveys demonstrate excellent job placement throughout the United States • a legal assistant student/ alumni association enhances the educational experience through its various activities (e.g., mock trials; guest speakers from the legal community; seminars; social events) • the teaching emphasis is on preparing legal assistants to work within varied legal and related environments and to learn how to solve real-life legal problems • an advisory committee consisting of judges, lawyers, legal assistants and various commu- ~ ~ • • LSSU is a member of the American Association for Paralegal Educators the program coordinator (an attorney) is on the Certifying Board for the National Association of Legal Assistants (and is also. a member of various professional organizations, such as the American Bar Association, Legal Assistant Association of Michigan, Michigan Indian Judicial Association, etc.) Legal Assistant Studies Legal Assistant Studies Advisory Committee Role: The advisory committee provides guidance regarding curriculum matters, program needs and professional trends and opportunities as it relates to the legal assistant studies program at LSSU. Members: Honorable Joanna Neale, Cheboygan County Probate Court Honorable Michael MacDonald, Chippewa County District Court Michael Mulder, President, First of America-Sault Branch Thomas Evashevski, St. Ignace Attorney John D. Peacock, Sault Attorney Patrick M. Shannon, Assistant Superintendent of Sault Schools and Former Prosecutor James Blashill, Dean, College of Arts, Letters and Social Sciences Dr. Leslie Dobbertin, Chair, School of Social Sciences Dr. Madan Saluja, Faculty Vicki Voisin, CLAS Charlevoix Legal Assistant Renee Jent, Alumni and Alpena Legal Assistant Lynn M. Trozzo, Alumni and Sault Area Legal Assistant Amy Rose, Alumni and Sault Area Legal Assistant President, Student/ Alumni Legal Assistant Association Carol S. Andary, Attorney and Program Coordinator Lake Supertor State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2217 • 227 �School of Social Sciences Political Science The Political Science Program: LSSU' s innovative political science program is designed to contribute leaders who will help meet the challenges of the 21st century. The program provides students with both a broad liberal arts education and the important skills they need to begin a career or pursue additional education. Faculty Professors Dr. Richard Conboy Dr. Gary Johnson Associate Professor Ms.Carol.Andary Assistant Professor Dr. James Heasley Staff Ms. Judy Bawks, Secretary Ms. Sheri Davie, Secretary Student Organization: The Political Science Club is a nonpartisan student organization that promotes discussion and understanding of current political issues. The club sponsors speakers, arranges debates between political candidates, hosts student forums with the University president ("Pizza with the President"), participates in debates with students from Algoma University College in Sault Ste. Marie, Ontario ("CanAm Debates"), sponsors voter registration and get-out-thevote drives, and participates in a variety of other activities related to contemporary politics. Membership is open to all LSSU students. Since students of political science follow diverse career paths, political science majors at LSSU choose from one of three tracks or concentrations: general political science, pre-law, and public administration. Each concentration provides a combination of knowledge and skills uniquely appropriate for those with particular career goals. Internships - which involve supervised practical work experience in an off-campus location are available and encouraged. Internships may be carried out with local, state (or provincial) or federal agencies in the Sault Ste. Marie area. Other internship opportunities are available in Washington, Lansing, Toronto and Ottawa. One of the most exciting of these opportunities is the Washington Semester Program, a cooperative arrangement with American University in Washington, D.C. Students selected to participate in this program spend a semester taking classes and working in Washington. One of the innovative features of the program is the replacement of the traditional minor field of study with a set of cognate (related) courses spread across several disciplines. The cognate requirements for each concentration are tailored to meet the specific needs of those within the concentration. The cognates complement a student's courses in political science by providing important background (such as history, philosophy and economics) and valuable skills (such as computer, research, writing and speaking skills). A second innovative feature is a required year-long senior seminar. As part of this seminar, students analyze their career goals, prepare a resume and write a senior thesis. Since writing a thesis requires discipline, perseverance and the ability to integrate, the senior seminar serves as a capstone for the student's education. Students make public presentations of their theses prior to graduation. Family, friends and the University community are invited to these presentations. 228 • Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2217 ...... �School of Social Sciences Psychology is the systematic study of methods to understand, predict and influence human behavior and mental processes. The major provides students with exposure to the areas that define contemporary scientific psychology. The psychology major helps a student develop analytical thinking and communication skills which are applicable to a variety of careers. Many psychology majors pursue gradu-· ate degrees. Psychology electives enable students to construct a program of study consistent with their professional goals. The bachelor of science and bachelor of arts degrees differ only in the nature of the cognate courses that are selected. The bachelor of science degree requires science courses and the bachelor of arts degree requires foreign language courses. Psychology Faculty Professors Dr. Susan Ratwik Dr. Timothy Sawyer Assistant Professor Mr. Raymond Trouve Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2217 • 229 �School of Social Sciences Sociology Faculty Chair Dr. Leslie Ann Dobbertin, Associate Professor Professor Dr. Richard Crandall Assistant Professor Dr. Gerald F. Dobbertin Sociology is the scientific study of human social groups, from families to societies. Sociologists examine how variables~ such as culture, laws and customs, influence persons within society. Sociologists also investigate how people, through interaction, sustain or change society. The knowledge acquired through sociology is useful in a number of careers, including human services, law enforcement, corrections, elementary and secondary teaching, business administration, public administration, law, and medicine, among others. For the student who is planning a career as a professional sociologist, who teaches and conducts research; or a career as a consultant, a manager, or a policy analyst: an undergraduate major in sociology provides a good background for graduate work in sociology. 230 • Lake Supertor State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2217 �College of Engineering, Mathematics and Business Bachelor's Degrees Accounting Tracks in Public Accounting, Industrial/ Managerial, Data Processing and Accounting, 150-hour Program Business Administration Specialties in Management and Marketing Computer and Mathematical Sciences Computer Engineering Computer Science Electrical Engineering Digital Systems Electrical-Mechanical Robotics and Aut.omation Engineering Management Environmental Engineering Technology Finance and Economics Manufacturing Engineering Technology Office Administration Personal Computer Specialist Technical Accounting Telecommunica_tions Engineering Technology Associate of Applied Science Construction Technology Machine Tool Technology Certificates Information Processing Personal Computer Specialist Individualized Studies Minors Manufacturing Engineering Technology Accounting-Finance Computer Science General Option Robotics and Automation Option Mathematics Pu.re Mathematics Actuarial and Business Applications Elementary Teaching Option Secondary Teaching Option Mechanical Engineering Mechanical Design Engineering Robotics and Automation Computer Science Teaching Option Economics Economics-Finance Economics Teaching General Business Associate'& Degrees Health Care Administration Human Resource Management Marketing Business Administration Mathematics Computer Science Mathematics Elementary Teaching General Engineering Mathematics Secondary Teaching Office Administration General Engineering Technology Intemet/Network Specialist Liberal Arts Personal Computer Specialist Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-1.SSU • 231 �School of Business and Economics Faculty Chair Mr. Daniel Mugavero, Associate Professor Email: dmugavero@lakers.lssu.edu Professors Dr. John Erkkila Email: jerkkila@lakers.lssu.edu Dr. Bruce T. Harger Email: bharger@lakers.lssu.edu Dr. Ann Marinoni Dr. Madan Saluja Associate Professors Mr. Robert Gaertner ·Mr.Jack Hudson Dr. Jean Lundin Mr. Charles Meiser Dr. Lynn Ryckman Email: lryckman@lakers.lssu.edu Mr. K. James Sherman Assistant Professors Mr. Robert Marsh Email: rmarsh@lakers.lssu.edu Dr. Annette Ryckman Ms. Linda Schmitigal Email: lschmitigal@lakers.lssu.edu Mr. Scott Suneson Mission Statement: Outcomes: The faculty of the School of Business and Economics at Lake Superior State University will serve our students by helping them to identify and achieve their goals. We will do this by offering a full range of introductory and advanced courses, by making ourselves available for individual advising, and through the faculty's dedication to excellence in teaching, commitment to scholarship, and determination to bri..11g new learning into the classroom. • Graduates will demonstrate knowledge of business-core subjects . .Graduates will know specific functional areas of business and how these areas are integrated. They will understand the economic, legal, political and global environment of business. • Graduates will hold positions, including graduate study, in a field related to their educational goals. • Graduates will demonstrate skills in research, communication and critical thinking. • Graduates will demonstrate personal growth: a desire for lifelong learning, adaptation to change and curiosity. We will provide these services to traditional first time on campus students and transfer students, as well as non-traditional students, on campus and at off-campus sites. We will provide individual attention through academic advising and small class size. We will teach and demonstrate ethical conduct, business foundations, and current business concepts, technologies and practices. Our students will learn skills in research, communications and critical thinking. Our faculty will promote continuing professional development and association with professional and community organizations. • Graduates will demonstrate involvement in professional and community affairs. • Graduates will demonstrate effective interpersonal skills. • Graduates will lead moral and ethical lives. • Graduates will appreciate the work ethic. Instructors Ms. Donna Payment Accreditation: Lake Superior State University, through its College of Engineering, Mathematics and Business has the following degree programs accredited by the International Assembly for Collegiate Business Education: • bachelor of science degree in accounting, business administration, and finance and economics • master of business administration degree • associate degrees in business administration, office administration, personal computer specialist and technical accounting. 232 • Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-L.SSU, ext. 2426 �School of Engineering and Technology Mission Statement: Goals: The School of Engineering and Technology provides a superior learning experience with a vision of the future educational needs of society. The primary mission is to offer a high quality undergraduate education that is relevant to the future careers and lives of its students. Goal A: The School incorporates a personal approach to education that is supportive of students and provides fundamental and applied skills in computing, mathematics, and engineering. The programs develop and integrate students' interpersonal skills with a technical and liberal education. The learning environment, including faculty, staff, and administration, is focused on the evolving needs of students, graduates, and society. This allows individuals with diverse backgrounds to enter, succeed, and continue the lifelong learning process in their chosen careers. Provide a high quality undergraduate education which fosters lifelong learning that is current and fits projected careers of graduates as they enter business, industry or. graduate school. Goal B: Provide an environment which utilizes faculty, staff, and administration in a way that is responsive to the needs of our students and society. Goal C: Provide appropriate opportunities for students of diverse backgrounds to enhance their personal and professional growth. Goal D: Provide programs which focus on the fundamental technical and nontechnical principles and emphasize applications of these principles for business and industrial careers. Goal E: Provide programs that are recognized as high quality through periodic external reviews Goal F: Provide a superior faculty and staff, state-of-the-art facilities, equipment, and other resources to fulfill and enhance the School's viability, productivity and effectiveness. Faculty Mr. Ray Adams, Dean Mr. Lawrence Bolio, Associate Professor Mr. James Devaprasad, Associate Professor Mr. Paul Duesing, Associate Professor Mr. Steven Gerrish, Assistant Professor Dr. R. C. Krishna, Assistant Professor Mr. John Madl, Associate Professor Mr. David McDonald, Professor Mr. Alan Niemi, Assistant Professor Dr. Kishan Padakannaya, Assistant Professor Dr. Kevin Schmaltz, Assistant Professor Mr. Keith Schwiderson, Assistant Professor Mr. Morrie Walworth, Assistant Professor Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2207 • 233 Mr. Charles Weber, Associate Professor �School of Engineering and Technology Engineering Technology Industrial Advisory Board IAB members are expected to: • · Evaluate and critique engineering programs by providing professional experience and direction. • Be able to provide technical support such as teaching materials, equipment information, equipment donations and funding. • Promote LSSU engineering curriculum to young people by participating in regional recruitment seminars and invite students for industrial tours. • Attend IAB meetings. • Support the senior project program with ideas or equipment and/ or materials. • Encourage professional development of the faculty by providing summer employment and sponsoring sabbaticals. • Provide assistance with job placement for students, both full-time and summer internships. • Participate on subcommittees. • Vote during IAB meetings on issues relative to the Role Statement. Members: Charles Snyder, Chair of Advisory Board, Delco Electronics Corporation; Frederick J. Berg, Secretary of Advisory Board, General Motors Corporation; David Allison,Dura Automotive Systems, Inc.; Bob Breclaw, Mead Paper Company; Robert Byrum, Sensor Manufacturing; Thomas Chrapkiewicz, Philips Semiconductors; Michael G. Eckert, Fanuc Robotics; Joseph M. Giachino, Ford Motor Company; Dan Goodrich, ITT Automotive; Gerry Grosskopf, Industrial Magnetics; Robert Guysky, Chrysler Corporation; Dan Hochgreve, Lake Erie MEP; Harland Hyatt, Delco Corporation; William Kilponen, Kilponen & Associates; Ralph Larsen, Michigan Scientific Corporation; James Lewis, General Dynamics; Charles Litzner, Edison Sault Electric Company; Ernest Maas, Edison Sault Electric Company; Chris Maguire, Delphi Energy & Engine Management Systems; Jeff Menosky, Michigan Scientific · Corporation; Michael E. Rasmussen, Delphi-E; Russell Richmond, Delphi-E; Ralph S. Shoberg, RS. Technologies; Meri Skiera, Maxxon Corporation; Gerald F. Stibitz, P.E., Morrison Knudsen Corporation; Brian Theriault, Mercury Exploration; John Truckey, Dura Automotive Systems, Inc.; Lynnette Utecht, Autoliv North America; Gary Walker, Tenneco Automotive; Matt Witte, Ph.D., Chrysler Corporation; Jim Ziehl, Chrysler Corporation. Role Statement: The Industrial Advisory Board (IAB) is comprised of professional men and women in engineering positions who actively participate in the development of and the promotion of Lake Superior State University engineering technology programs, faculty members and students. IAB members guide, nurture and assure that the engineering department produces engineers with skills that will not only fulfill today's industrial needs, but will foresee the requirements of tomorrow in a global economy. IAB members provide "real time" interface with both faculty members and students bringing today's industrial technology to LSSU "today." 234 • Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2207 - �School of Engineering and Technology Senior Design Experience Related Professional Opportunities Baccalaureate programs in engineering and engineering technology include a senior design experience that prepares students for the transition from college to employment. These courses incorporate lectures and laboratory exercises in team-building skills, peer evaluation, scheduling and time lines, ethics, and creative problem solving. Most involve multidisciplinary teams of students working on large-scale industrial projects which could be product or process design and build, or product or process research. Students are required to develop and manage a budget, establish methods of purchasing items and communicate regularly with an industrial project contact. Faculty/Student Applied Research Cooperative Education and Summer Internships You are encouraged to participate in the cooperative education programs and summer internships. Through these experiences, you gain valuable industrial experience which can lead to greater job opportunities upon graduation and higher starting salaries. Some examples of participating employers include General Motors, Delco Electronics, Ford, Mead Paper, Michigan Scientific and Dura Automotive. The Autonomous Systems Laboratory (ASL) Student Organizations The Autonomous Systems Laboratory serves as a research center as well as an undergraduate laboratory for courses such as Dynamics, Automatic Control and Sensor Technology. The focus of the laboratory is research in robotics, controls and intelligent sensors, as well as the integration of modern technology in the undergraduate curriculum. Student participation in the applied research projects of the ASL is encouraged. Society of Automotive Engineers (SAE) Admission Requirements Society of Manufacturing Engineers (SME) Freshman - Please refer to the section on Admissions for further details. The school does not have additional entrance requirements. Memberships in student chapters of professional organizations are available to further enhance the educational opportunities for students. Organizations include: American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME) Institute for Electrical Electronic Engineers (IEEE) Society of Women Engineers (SWE) Tau Alpha Pi Honor Society Transfer Students - Articulation agreements exist with many other institutions. An evaluation of all previous course work will be made upon acceptance to the University. After evaluation of course work, an individualized plan of study will be developed by the department chair or faculty advisor. Please refer to the section on Admissions for further details. Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2207 • 235 �School of Engineering and Technology Computer Engineering Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Maurice Walworth, Chair Office: 125B CASET Telephone: 906-635-2727 Email: mwalworth@lakers.lssu.edu Judy Jones, Secretary Office: 202 CASET Telephone: 906-635-2207 Fax:906-635-6663 Computer engineering and other computer-related fields comprise some of the fastest-growing job markets today. Excellent job opportunities are forecast well into the next century. LSSU' s computer engineering program has been designed to put you in that highdemand job market with the potential for good career growth. The program blends theoretical computer science courses in computer organization, databases, operating systems and networks with traditional hands-on electrical engineering courses in digital circuits, digital system, microcontrollers, computer programming and digital signal processing. This combination provides a broad-based education that ties software to hardware and theory to application. The computer engineering program combines principles from computer science and mathematics and electrical engineering to develop solutions to computerrelated problems. Professional career opportunities cover a broad spectrum of engineering in such areas as hardware and software design, analysis, testing and development, robotics and research. The program is especially focussed to provide students with an applications orientation to computer engineering. The curriculum offers strong fundamentals in digital circuits, computer programming, microcontroller programming and interfacing, databases and operating systems. Students can then select upperlevel courses in robotics and automation, digital systems or mathematics to complete their degree. The curriculum contains a strong laboratory emphasis that provides you with practical design applications of theoretical concepts. During the senior design courses, computer engineering students will work on cross-disciplinary design teams with other engineering and technology students on solicited projects from industry. Computer applications, technical problem solving, teamwork and communication skills are reinforced throughout the course work. Cooperative education and undergraduate research opportunities exist for those who wish to include professional activities with their engineering studies. You will also have direct contact with expert professors in both the lecture and laboratory components of your courses. 236 • Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2207 �School of Engineering and Technology Electrical engineering combines principles from science and mathematics to develop solutions to computer- and electrical-related problems. Professional career opportunities cover a broad spectrum of engineering in such areas as hardware and software design, analysis, testing and development, robotics, research and manufacturing. The electrical engineering program at Lake Superior State University is designed to prepare graduates with knowledge and skills for a rewarding engineering career. The program is especially focused to provide you with an applications orientation to electrical engineering. The curriculum offers strong fundamentals in electronic network analysis, digital circuits, electronic devices, electrical-mechanical systems, control systems, and microcontroller programming and interfacing. You can select specific options in Digital Systems Design, Robotics and Automation or Electrical-Mechanical Systems. The Digital Systems Design Option is structured to prepare you for careers in digital electronics and computer systems. The Robotics and Automation Option is structured to prepare you for careers in robotics, automated manufacturing or control systems engineering. The Electrical-Mechanical Systems Option combines electrical and mechanical course work to prepare you for careers in electricalmechanical systems and product design. All three options provide students with a strong foundation in fundamentals with an emphasis on the application of engineering theory to real-world problems. The curriculum contains a strong laboratory emphasis that provides you with practical design applications of theoretical concepts. During the senior design courses, electrical engineering students will work on cross-disciplinary design teams with other engineering and technology students on solicited projects from industry. Computer applications, technical problem solving, teamwork and communication skills are reinforced throughout the course work. Electrical Engineering Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering Maurice Walworth, Chair Office: 125B CASET Telephone: 906-635-2727 Email: mwalworth@lakers.lssu.edu Judy Jones, Secretary Office: 202 CASET Telephone: 906-635-2207 Fax:906-635-6663 During your course of study, you will work in modern, state-of-theart laboratories in electronics, digital systems, robotics, automated manufacturing systems and electrical-mechanical systems. You will also have direct contact with expert professors in both the lecture and laboratory components of your courses. Cooperative education and undergraduate research opportunities exist for those who wish to interlace professional activities with their engineering studies. Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2207 • 237 �School of Engineering and Technology Engineering Management Environmental Engineering Technology Department of General Engineering/Engineering Technology David McDonald, Chair Office: 306A CASET Telephone: 906-635-2208 Email: dmcdonald@lakers.lssu.edu The engineering management degree program is designed to help prepare technical students for management opportunities. The program prepares you for a variety of management careers such as business, accounting, management, marketing, economics and manufacturing. This degree will not only expand your technical education, but also provide business skills which could qualify you for advancement in industry. Upon receipt of this degree, you also have the option of pursuing a master's degree in business administration (MBA). Program entry requires an approved technical associate' s degree of 62 semester credits, minimum. The environmental engineering technology degree is a broad-based program designed to build strong foundations in environmental science, chemistry, engineering and engineering technology. The program will prepare the engineering technologist to manage environmental problems in air, water and solid waste pollution. You will be able to assist engineers in designing products or processes that generate less waste and pollutants; plan and conduct studies to measure the chemical makeup and concentration of pollutants and map out a strategy for reducing them; assist compa- nies with the growing maze of federal and state laws; and assist with municipal or industrial waste management. In addition to the engineering technology components, both mechanical and electrical, you will complete a strong science curriculum. By combining lecture classes and laboratory instruction, you will gain an understanding of technical topics. There is a special emphasis on developing written and oral communication, teamwork and problem-solving skills. ) J ...... - Judy Jones, Secretary Office: 202 CASET Telephone: 906-635-2207 Fax:906-635-6663 - I / 238 • Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2207 �School of Engineering and Technology This curriculum is for students who plan to transfer to engineering programs at other universities after two years at Lake Superior State University. Students who have not decided on an engineering major should also emoll in this program. General Engineering The associate' s degree program in general engineering technology is a program intended for students who have decided to major in engineering technology but have not decided on a specific area. You will reeeive extra advising and schedule courses in different areas to assist in determining your career interests. As soon as you choose an engineering technology major, you will transfer to that program. General Engineering Technology Department of General Engineering/Engineering Technology David McDonald, Chair Office: 306A CASET Telephone: 906-635-2208 Email: dmcdonald@lakers.lssu.edu Judy Jones, Secretary Office: 202 CASET Telephone: 906-635-2207 Fax:906-635-6663 Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2207 • 239 �School of Engineering and Technology Manufacturing Engineering Technology Department of Manufacturing Engineering Technology Jim Devaprasad, Chair Office: 125C CASET Telephone: 906-625-2131 Email: jdevaprasad@lakers.lssu.edu Judy Jones, Secretary Office: 202 CASET Telephone: 906-635-2207 Fax:906-635-6663 Faculty: Chair Jim Devaprasad Associate Professor Professor David McDonald Associate Professors Larry Bolio Paul Duesing JohnMadl Assistant Professor R. C. Krisha Keith Schwiderson Lab Engineers Jon Coullard, Mechanical Jeff King, Electrical/ Computer Manufacturing Engineering Technology (MfgET) is a multidisciplinary field integrating basic knowledge and skills from fields such as mechanical engineering technology, electrical/ electronics engineering technology, computer science, management and economics. Whether it be a single gear or a complete automobile engine, the complete set of events that results in a finished product is planned and implemented by a manufactur-:ing engineering technologist. As with all engineering technology programs, the focus of the MfgET program is in the application of engineering principles. Therefore, unlike accredited engineering programs that require four or more calculus courses (or advanced math courses), the MfgET program (general option) requires only one calculus course and one statistics course as necessary background for applied engineering. LSSU' s School of Engineering and Technology houses traditional training facilities such as a manufacturing processes lab, materials lab, electronics lab and digital/ microprocessor lab. Further, LSSU is home for one of the best educational facilities in robotics and automation in North America. This lab has 15 industrial robots, several programmable logic controllers, machine vision systems and material handling systems. The program contains a strong laboratory emphasis with plenty of opportunities to work on these and other real manufacturing systems. Entrance requirements for the program for students completing high school are the same as LSSU's general entrance policy (please refer to the section on Admissions for further details). Students from other colleges and universities can transfer to LSSU and apply appropriate credits towards the bachelor's degree in MfgET. Students who are completing their associate' s degree in a related field from a community college can typically complete the MfgET B.S. degree in two additional years at LSSU. A scientific "high technology" basis in the field of manufacturing engineering technology is evolving. The MfgET program is designed to place LSSU graduates at the leading edge of this evolution. Other Program Highlights: • The program is nationally accredited by the Technology Accreditation Commission of the Accreditation Board for Engineering and Technology, 111 Market Place, Suite 1050, Baltimore, Maryland 21202Telephone (410) 347-7700. • The teaching emphasis is on preparing you to solve realworld manufacturing problems. • You have the option to specialize in Robotics and Automation using modern lab facilities (LSSU being one of two universities in the USA to offer this option in MfgET). Past graduates have had 100 percent job placement in industry with high starting salaries. • Emphasis on computer applications in manufacturing including: CAD, CAM, PLC, Robotics, and CNC manufacturing processes. • Cooperative education (co-op work) opportunities exist for those interested in combining professional work experience with their engineering technology studies. • Small classes and labs averaging 15 students. • You will receive instruction from faculty who view teaching as a priority. 240 • Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2207 _. .._, - �School of Engineering and Technology This degree offers a balanced education with career opportunities in a wide range of positions in mechanical and manufacturing engineering. Individuals who choose a career in mechanical engineering will typically learn to apply the principles of science and mathematics to develop solutions to mechanically related challenges or problems. Career opportunities include a broad spectrum in areas such as manufacturing, design, analysis, development, research, computeraided drafting, maintenance and testing. Often, these career choices move the individual toward engineering management as the time since graduation increases. The mechanical engineering program at Lake Superior State University is designed to prepare the graduates with knowledge and skills for a rewarding lifelong engineering career. Class and lab sizes in the Mechanical Engineering Department are kept small to allow effective interaction between students and faculty. The faculty place emphasis on, and are dedicated to, undergraduate teaching excellence. The curriculum offers two options: Design or Robotics and Automation. The Design Option is structured to prepare individuals for careers in product and process design. The Robotics and Automation Option is structured to prepare individuals for careers in automated manufacturing. Both programs emphasize technical topics which are current in the engineering market and include a senior capstone design project, where the students work in multi-disciplinary teams The projects can have a research or industrial base. tals and to provide an emphasis in the applications of engineering theory to real-world problems. In the laboratories, you work with manufacturing processes and materials testing. In the state-ofthe-art automated manufacturing laboratories, emphasis is placed on the application of industrial robots, computer systems, programmable logic controllers and vision/ sensor systems for modern manufacturing. Communication, teamwork and interpersonal skills are reinforced throughout the curriculum. Cooperative education opportunities exist for those who wish to interlace professional work opportunities with their engineering studies. Cooperative education may be used to fulfill part of the senior year project experience. Mechanical Engineering Program Department of Mechanical Engineering Dr. Kevin Schmaltz, Chair Office: 128 CASET Telephone: 906-625-2031 Email: kschmaltz@lakers.lssu.edu Judy Jones, Secretary Office: 202 CASET Telephone: 906-635-2207 Fax: 906-635-6663 To complete the bachelor of science degree in mechanical engineering, you must complete the course requirements, demonstrate writing proficiency and achieve an overall average grade of C (2.0) or better in all courses listed as departmental requirements.O The course work in both options is designed to provide you with a solid foundation in the fundamen- Lake Supertor State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2207 • 241 �School of Engineering and Technology Telecommunications Engineering Technology Associate's Degree Department of General Engineering/Engineering Technology David McDonald, Chair Office: 306A CASET Telephone: 906-635-2208 Email: dmcdonald@lakers.lssu.edu Judy Jones, Secretary Office: 202 CASET Telephone: 906-635-2207 Fax: 906-635-6663 The telecommunications engineering technology degree program combines course work in electronics, communications systems and computer networking to prepare graduates for the exciting and fastgrowing telecommunications field. Telecommunications technicians are involved in the installation, testing and operation of various communications network systems including computer data systems, telephone systems, and television and radio systems. The telecommunications engineering technology program combines fundamental courses in English, mathematics and science with specialized technical courses. The technical instruction includes courses in electronics, computer programming and networking, and modem communication systems. All engineering technology courses combine technical analysis in the lecture classes with "hands-on" applications in the laboratory sessions. You will have direct contact with expert professors in both the lecture and laboratory. Cooperative education employment and intern opportunities exist for students who wish to gain related professional work experience. Telecommunications graduates who are interested in additional education should consult with their faculty advisors to select appropriate elective courses. Graduates who are interested in the application of electronics and communications systems in an industrial environment can easily transfer into the B.S. manufacturing engineering technology program at LSSU. Those graduates who are interested in management positions within the telecommunications industry can pursue additional education in the B.S. engineering management program. •..J To complete the associate' s degree in telecommunications engineering technology, you must complete the course requirements and demonstrate writing proficiency. 242 • Lake Supertor State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2207 - �School of Mathematics and Computer Science The School of Mathematics and Computer Science has two primary objectives: (1) provide valuable service courses to all University majors in mathematics and computer science, and (2) offer exciting and challenging degree programs at the bachelor's and associate' s level, as well as offer minors in both mathematics and computer science. Computer Science In recent years, a quiet revolution has taken place. The computer has moved out of the back room of large corporations and research institutions into the front offices and living rooms of modem society. Computer scientists work at the leading edge of this revolution, developing software systems that allow us to utilize the electronic hardware the engineers have built. The work is challenging, and often frustrating, but is ultimately very rewarding. The department offers a bachelor of science in computer and mathematical sciences that combines a study of digital computing with the study of mathematical concepts. The resulting program provides you with considerable versatility and potential for future endeavors in which practical quantitative skills are important. The systems emphasis offers applied mathematics and business courses to complement the solid computer science core. The quantitative emphasis provides a strong mathematics background that is necessary for graduate school, as well as many numerically intensive computer occupations. For those interested in two years of preparation and then entry to the work force, the associate's degree in computer science is an option. A minor in computer science is available to provide excellent support and value to most majors offered at the University. A separate computer science teaching minor is also available for students pursuing teacher education. Faculty Mathematics A most productive tool: Mathematics is the foundation of the sciences and the technology largely responsible for our present standard of living. Mathematics is one of the most productive tools yet discovered for unraveling the mysteries of our universe. In some instances, it is the only language in which some ideas can be expressed. Courses offered in this discipline provide the foundation for future work in mathematics. Our teaching objectives are twofold: to give you an understanding of mathematics, and to impart an understanding of the many ways in which this tool maybe used. Chair Mr. Thomas Boger Associate Professor Professors Dr. Bernard Arbic Mr. Thomas Mickewich Dr. Gary Thesing Mr. Paul Wilson Associate Professors Dr. Anthony Fabbri Dr. Mieczyslaw Gutowski Assistant Professors Ms. Sherilyn Duesing Ms. Janina Gutowska Ms. Kristine Montis Mr. Randall Suggitt Mr. Mark Tewilliger Mathematicians are employed as teachers in secondary schools; colleges and universities. Many work for government agencies such as the Department of Defense, National Aeronautics and Space Administration and the Department of Commerce. Companies providing computer and data processing services, educational and testing services, and management and actuarial services also employ mathematicians. The Actuarial and Business Applications Option of the mathematics degree gives you a unique combination of a strong mathematical background along with the economics and finance coursework to complement it. Students graduating with this option can find career opportunities as actuaries, operations researchers, financial planners and statisticians. Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2441 • 243 �School of Mathematics and Computer Science School Offerings B.S., Computer and Mathematical Sciences-Quantitative Emphasis B.S., Computer and Mathematical Sciences-Systems Emphasis B.S., Mathematics B.S., Mathematics-Actuarial and Business Applications B.S., Mathematics, Elementary Teaching Option B.S., Mathematics, Secondary Teaching Option Graduate study improves opportunities for mathematicians and students are encouraged and supported in their graduate school plans and placement. Graduate study in numerous fields related to mathematics is possible. The school also offers a minor in mathematics to provide excellent support and value to most majors offered at the University. Separate mathematics teaching minors are also available for students pursuing teacher education at either the elementary or secondary level. • Minor in Computer Science Minor in Computer Science, Teaching Option Minor in Mathematics Minor in Mathematics, Secondary Teaching Option • The bachelor's degree in mathematics requires a capstone senior project. You will work with a faculty advisor to research an area of mathematics where you have a specific interest. The year concludes with a final presentation of results. Entrance Requirements Program Highlights A.O., Computer Science Minor in Mathematics, Elementary Teaching Option to tailor the degree to your specific interests. The associate' s degree in computer science includes a final project as well. • Students majoring in mathematics and computer science can participate in many student group activities, including competitions, company tours, and conferences at which you may speak or help organize. The bachelor's degrees in computer and mathematical sciences include both a sophomore and senior project. These "real-world" projects involve working with departments on campus and organizations in the community to serve their computing needs. You gain valuable experience in designing systems, as well as working with customers. Also, you can select projects in a certain area (applications programming, web page development, database administration, etc.) To qualify for admission to the programs offered by the school, applicants must satisfy University admission requirements as described in the Admissions section of this Catalog. Secondary school academic subjects should include: Three units of English, two units of algebra and one unit of geometry. It is strongly recommended that applicants have a fourth unit of college-preparatory mathematics, which includes onehalf unit of trigonometry. A unit of computers, as well as chemistry or physics, is also recommended. - For incoming students with college-level achievement, the opportunity will be offered, by means of examination, to obtain course credit or placement into an advanced course. ...... 244 • Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2207 �College of Natural and Health Sciences Bachelor's Degrees Associate 's Degrees Biology Chemistry Biology Health/Fitness Specialist Concentrations in Botany, Ecology, Elementary Teaching, General Biology, Pre-professional, Secondary Teaching, Zoology Liberal Arts Natural Resources Technology Clinical Laboratory Science Environmental Chemistry Secondary Teaching Environmental Science Secondary Teaching Dual Major with Environmental Geology Exercise Science Concentration in Athletic Training Fisheries and Wildlife Management Concentrations in Fisheries Management, Wildlife Management Geology Environmental Geology Elementary Teaching Secondary Teaching Dual Major with Environmental Science Individualized Studies Minors Biology Chemistry Environmental Science Geology Geology Earth Science Teaching Group Science - Secondary Teaching (all subjects) Group Science - Elementary Teaching (all subjects) Health Care Administration Recreation Studies Nursing Pre-Licensure Program Post-Licensure Completion Program Pre-Pharmacy (transfer program) Recreation Management Concentration in Parks and Recreation Management Therapeutic Recreation Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU • 245 �College of Natural and Health Sciences Mission: Faculty Dr. Donald McCrimmon, Dean Professor Crawford 225 Phone: 906-635-2267 Fax: 906-635-2266 email: dmccrimmon@gw.lssu.edu Professors Dr. Lewis Brown Dr. Sally Childs Dr. William Haag Dr. Charles Jones Dr. John Lehman Dr. C. Randall Mullin Dr. Steven Person Dr. Richard Zabelka The College of Natural and Health Sciences encompasses the biological and physical sciences, nursing, allied health sciences and recreation management. We seek to provide a challenging educational experience leading to competency in the major, as well as preparation for employment, admission to clinical practice, or enrollment in a graduate or professional school. Our curricula engage students in a continuum of active involvement, both theoretical and applied, culminating in student-scholars and faculty-mentors working together to address significant unresolved problems, scholarly issues and professional challenges. Associate Professors Dr. Thomas Allan Ms. Carol Campagna Dr. Barbara Evans Dr. Steven Furr Dr. Randall Lee Gardiner Ms. Alice Halsey Dr. Paul Kelso Dr. Dennis Merkel Dr. David Myton Dr. John Roese Ms. MaryAnne Shannon Dr. Deborah Stai - Assistant Professors Ms. Donna Anleitner Dr. Richard Back Ms. Margaret Hanson Mr. Ron Hutchins Ms. Lynn Kabke Dr. Nancy Speer Kirkpatrick Ms. Vicki MacLeod Ms. Debra McPherson Mr. Joseph Susi II Dr. Trent Sutton Ms. Edith West Dr. Stanley Wu (Visiting) Mr. Stephen Yanni Dr. Gregory Zimmerman Instructors Mr. Brian King Mr. Christopher Kirk 246 • Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2267 - - �School of Natural Sciences Mission: Professional Staff Dr. William Bowerman, Director Gale Gleason Environmental Institute Crawford 101 Phone: 906-635-6236 Fax: 906-635-2266 email: wbowerman@lakers.lssu.edu Ms. Michelle Ribant Laboratory Technician Crawford 101 Phone: 906-635-2075 Fax: 906-635-2266 email: mribant@gw.lssu.edu Mr. Roger Greil, Manager Aquatic Research Laboratory Edison Sault Hydroelectric Plant Phone: 906-635-1949 · Ms. Kathy Person, Secretary Crawford 225 Phone: 906-635-2267 Fax: 906-635-2266 email: kperson@gw.lssu.edu The School of Natural Sciences is comprised of the Departments of Biology, Chemistry and Geology/ Physics. The school's mission is to work closely with students in identifying and achieving their academic, personal and professional objectives. We focus on active involvement creating powerful learning environments, making special use of our proximity to natural features including the biological and physical resources of the region, the confluence of the three largest Great Lakes and the Canadian Shield. We engage students in the enterprise of science through inquiry-based learning, critical thinking, and progressive integration into its community of scholars. Faculty Professors Dr. Lewis Brown Dr. William Haag Dr. Charles Jones Dr. John Lehman Dr. C. Randall Mullin Dr. Steven Person Dr. Richard Zabelka Associate Professors Dr. Thomas Allan Dr. Barbara Evans Dr. Steven Furr Dr. Paul Kelso Dr. Dennis Merkel Dr. David Myton Dr. John Roese Dr. Deborah Stai Assistant Professors Dr. Richard Back Dr. Nancy Speer Kirkpatrick Dr. Trent Sutton Dr. Gregory Zimmerman Dr. Stanley Wu (Visiting) Ms. Donna White, Secretary Crawford 223 Phone: 906-635-2441 Fax: 906-635-2266 email: dwhite@gw.lssu.edu Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2267 • 247 Instructor Mr. Brian King �School of Natural Sciences Department of Biology: Biology Faculty Dr. Barbara Evans, Chair Associate Professor Crawford 335 Phone: 906-635-2164 Fax: 906-635-2266 email: bevans@lakers.lssu.edu Professor Dr. Steven Person Associate Professors Dr. Thomas Allan Dr. Steven Furr Dr. Dennis Merkel Dr. John Roese Dr. Deborah Stai Assistant Professors Dr. Richard Back Dr. Nancy Speer Kirkpatrick Dr. Trent Sutton Dr. Greg Zimmerman The following programs in the biological sciences prepare you for careers in research or applied aspects of life sciences. Lake Superior State University is ideally located for field studies of terrestrial and aquatic resources. By selecting your courses carefully, you can qualify for state and federal positions in fisheries biology, wildlife biology and other related fields. Laboratory courses, many of which are field-oriented, give you the knowledge, experience and techniques necessary for technical positions with industry and government agencies. The department also provides many opportunities for you to gain hands-on experience via independent and collaborative research. Students interested in research positions in aquatic ecology, botany, microbiology, physiology, fish and wildlife ecology and numerous other life sciences, receive a strong undergraduate background at Lake State that will enable them to either pursue a career directly or go into graduate education. Admission requirements for professional and graduate universities vary throughout the United States and Canada. Students planning post-baccalaureate education should work with their advisors to ensure these requirements are met. Recommended Minimum Guidelines To be successful in these science programs, applicants should be above average graduates of recognized secondary schools. The secondary school preparation should include a four year curriculum of the following subjects: one unit of beginning algebra; one unit of advanced algebra; one unit of chemistry; and three units of English. In addition, one unit of biology and one unit of geometry are highly recommended. Degree Programs Bachelor of Arts: Biology Students wishing to combine a strong biology curriculum with a minor in another discipline should consider this career track. For example, those who have an interest in social applications of the life sciences could take a minor course of study in a variety of fields. Students interested in the Bachelor of Arts: Biology- Elementary Education option should contact the Teacher Education Department for current courses and entrance requirements. Bachelor of Science: Biology Botany Concentration - Students interested in studying plants in their natural setting and in the laboratory should consider this career track. Ecology Concentration - Students interested in the abundance, distribution and interaction of organisms with their natural environment, and the effects of human populations on these ecosystems, should consider this career track. - General Biology - Students interested in a broad study of living systems, allowing for flexibility in curricular and career pursuits, should consider this career track. Pre-professional - Students wishing to pursue careers as physicians, dentists, optometrists or veterinarians should follow this career track. It is highly recommended that you work closely with an advisor to ensure appropriate entrance requirements are met. 248 • Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2267 - �School of Natural Sciences Zoology - Students interested in pursuing an organismal approach to study the habitat, behavior and life history of animals should follow this career track. Bachelor of Science: BiologySecondary Education This program provides you with the basic concepts of biology as well as developing an understanding of the teacher /learning process and the role of science in education. The program leads to a DX science endorsement which certifies the graduate to teach a wide range of science courses in Michigan high schools. Those interested in this course of study should contact the Teacher Education Department concerning entrance requirements. Wildlife Management Concentration - For students interested primarily in terrestrial animals and ecosystems, including game birds and mammals, non-game animals, and threatened and endangered species. Fisheries and Wildlife Management - For students interested in both aquatic and terrestrial organisms and ecosystems, including game and non-game fish and wildlife species. Most graduates are employed by state or federal natural resource agencies, environmental consulting firms, private land management companies or public utilities. Because the more challenging and rewarding jobs require a master's degree, these programs emphasize preparation for graduate study. Clinical laboratory science is a profession concerned with providing information to medical professionals based on analytical tests. These tests are designed to detect, provide evidence of, or prevent disease or impairment, and to promote and monitor good health. Graduates of this program are eligible to take national examinations for certification as registered clinical laboratory scientists and medical technologists. Students desiring membership with American Fisheries Society and/ or The Wildlife Society should consult with an advisor for details. Because all students in this curriculum must complete a senior thesis research project, this rigorous curriculum provides an extremely competitive background for admittance to graduate school. All students majoring in fisheries and wildlife management are strongly encouraged to work at least one summer or semester for a state or federal management agency to gain experience and further their professional development. Bachelor of Science: Fisheries and Wildlife Management Associate Degree: Natural Resources Technology Fisheries Management Concentration - For students interested primarily in aquatic organisms and ecosystems, including fish and shellfish, threatened and endangered species, and hatchery-reared fishes. This two-year program provides a strong background of applied, field-oriented knowledge and acquisition of the technical skills needed for natural resource evaluation and management. Graduates can continue their · studies with a bachelor of science in parks and recreation manage- Bachelor of Science: Clinical Laboratory Science Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2267 • 249 Biology �School of Natural Sciences Biology ment; criminal justice; or fisheries and wildlife management. Honors Program This program is a research sequence open to science majors with a minimum overall GPA of 3.5 through the first semester of the junior year. Majors electing this sequence will select an instructor as their supervisor. An undergraduate research project will be outlined in consultation with the supervising instructor and submitted to the department for approval. The outline must be approved before the first semester of the senior year. At the end of the seventh week of the spring semester during the senior year, you will forward an abstract of your work to the department chair and during the tenth week of the same semester, submit the final copy of your research papers in publishable form for departmental approval. All grades for this sequence will be deferred until the final semester. Eight credit hours of honors credit will be substituted for eight hours of electives upon successful completion of the research sequence. The special problem sequence will not be open to students electing the honors program research sequence. The completed research may be used for your senior thesis. 250 • Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2267 �School of Natural Sciences Chemistry A degree in environmental science or environmental chemistry is ideal for the student who has a concern for and interest in the environment and an aptitude in the natural sciences. These challenging and rewarding degree programs offered through the Department of Chemistry emphasize a solid foundation of coursework in biology, chemistry, geology and physics as well as their application to environmental issues. Our degrees integrate the study of the natural and physical sciences in order to prepare you for interesting and diverse employment opportunities as environmental professionals, chemists, and for successful entry into graduate school. Prospective teachers also find the cross-disciplinary approach of the environmental/ teaching degrees provide a solid foundation for their classroom teaching experience, and increases your employment options. The Chemistry Department at Lake Superior State University has unique opportunities that enrich and broaden the scope of our environmental degree programs. Natural settings surround the university, which is strategically located at the outlet of Lake Superior and within an hour of Lakes Huron and Michigan. This proximity to the diverse natural environment provides the basis for our integration of environmental issues and topics throughout our courses and enriches a broad variety of field and research experiences available to you. We emphasize active learning environments for the student, and stress the hands-on experiences and training required to develop the skills and knowledge needed after graduation. Graduates of the · program will apply chemical methods to the study, amelioration, and solution of environmental problems. Depending on their areas of specialization and certification, graduates may find employment with federal and state or provincial agencies, industries, businesses, public and private schools, or as environmental specialists and as environmental consultants. The environment is the central theme of the student/ faculty research conducted within the department. Every student participates in an active and meaningful research experience working closely with the faculty to explore and resolve significant issues and problems. Student/ faculty research projects, which include a wide diversity of subjects, often serve to focus the student's career interests and serve as a gateway to their subsequent career goals. The faculty work with you on research projects in areas which include: ground water and surface water quality; the routes and effects of water, soil and air pollution; the physical and biological pathways for the uptake of contaminants by plants, animals and the soil; and many other topics. Faculty Dr. David Myton, Chair Associate Professor Crawford 247 Phone: 906-635-2431 Fax: 906-=635-2266 email: dmyton@gw.lssu.edu Professors Dr. William Haag Dr. Charles Jones Dr. John Lehman Assistant Professor Dr. Stanley Wu (Visiting) Students planning to enroll in the environmental chemistry/ science degrees or the teaching degree tracks must satisfy the University admission requirements. We recommend that the following courses be completed at an accredited secondary school: two years of algebra and geometry; three years of English; and one year each of biology, chemistry and physics. Additional courses in trigonometry, calculus and the physical sciences are highly recommended. Students should attain above average standing in their high school graduating class. Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU. ext. 2267 • 251 �School of Natural Sciences Geology and Physics Faculty Dr. Lewis Brown, Chair Professor Crawford 211 Phone: 906-635-2155 Fax: 906-635-2266 email: lbrown@lakers.lssu.edu Professors Dr. C. Randall Mullin Dr. Richard Zabelka Associate Professor Dr. Paul Kelso Instructor Mr. Brian King Study of the discipline of geology at Lake Superior State University prepares students for careers involving energy fuels and mineral exploration and production, environmental cleanup and protection, and even extraterrestrial exploration. Many students in geology seek admission to advanced study following completion of the bachelor's degree. To qualify for admission to the program in geology, you must satisfy University admissions requirements. Recommended high school subjects include three years of English, two years of algebra, geometry, chemistry and physics. One semester of trigonometry is highly recommended. The geological environment of Lake Superior State University provides unexcelled opportunities for field study of classic outcrops illustrating lava flows, intrusions, structures and metamorphism from the Canadian Shield and relatively undisturbed fossil-rich sedimentary formations from the Michigan Basin. Proximity to deposits of gold, iron, copper, dolomite and other minerals as well as oil and natural gas fields in Michigan provide advantages to study at Lake Superior State. In addition to geology-related courses, the department offers courses in calculus-based and general college physics, geophysics and astronomy. We use a variety of innovative, hands-on teaching/ learning techniques that emphasize student development of action-oriented critical thinking and problemsolving skills. You will experience project-centered teamwork through participation in designing studies; gathering, processing and interpreting data; and drawing conclusions to address real-world problems. You will refine necessary communication skills by presenting findings of your studies in professionally accepted written and oral forms. We take particular pride in providing the opportunity for undergraduate students to participate in our active research programs, particularly those in paleontology and geophysics. 252 • Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2267 - - - �School of Nursing and Health Sciences Mission: Professional Staff Ms. Cheryl Howe Exercise Physiology Laboratory Technician Norris 120-D Phone: 906-635-2168 Fax: 906-635-2111 email: chowe@lakers.lssu.edu Mr. Ron Hutchins, Director LSSU Health CARE Center Phone: 906-635-2418 FAX: 906-635-6229 email: rhutchins@gw.lssu.edu Ms. Marilyn King Nursing Laboratory Supervisor CAS209 Phone: 906-635-2288 Fax: 906-635-6633 Ms. Ann MacLeod Worksite Wellness Coordinator LSSU Health CARE Center Phone: (906) 635-2033 FAX: (906) 635-6229 email: amacleod@gw.lssu.edu To provide students with the educational opportunities to develop into competent professionals. We stress active learning, through experiences requiring students to engage in critical thinking, apply theoretical concepts, demonstrate skill competencies, and model professional values. We challenge students to seek experiences that nurture and validate their professional identities and community responsibilities. In our school, students develop the ability to solve problems and communicate effectively in a global environment, and receive the educational preparation necessary to write the national certification or licensure examinations in their respective fields. Our educational programs are based upon standards set forth by accrediting/ approval agencies. Faculty Professor Dr. Sally Childs Associate Professors Ms. Carol Campagna Dr. Randall Lee Gardiner Ms. Alice Halsey Ms. Mary Anne Shannon Assistant Professors Ms. Donna Anleitner Ms.Margaret Hanson Mr. Ron Hutchins Ms. Lynn Kabke Ms. Vicki MacLeod Ms. Debra McPherson Mr. Joseph Susi II Mr. Stephen Yanni Instructor Mr. Christopher Kirk Ms. Judy Flowers, Secretary Norris 108-H Phone: 906-635-2367 Fax: 906-635-2111 email: jflowers@gw.lssu.edu Ms. Janine Murray, Secretary CAS206 Phone: 906-635-2288 Fax: 906-635-6663 email: jmurray@gw.lssu.edu Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2288 • 253 �School of Nursing and Health Sciences Nursing Faculty Interim Associate Dean Dr. Mae Markstrom Professor Associate Professors Carol A. Campagna Alice I. Halsey MaryAnne Shannon Assistant Professors Donna M. Anleitner Margaret R. Hanson Ron Hutchins LynnKabke Vicki MacLeod Edith West The Department of Nursing offers a bachelor's degree in nursing which is based on the belief that nursing is goal-oriented, directed toward assisting human beings in health promotion, maintenance, restoration and rehabilitation. The program is based upon human needs theory throughout the life cycle and is built on a liberal arts foundation in the belief that all aspects of society must be considered influential factors in the health of human beings. Bachelor of Science in Nursing: Accreditation: Course distribution requirements facilitate development of liberal backgrounds in physical science, social science and humanities. The curriculum lays a scientific basis for expanding roles in nursing practice. The nursing curriculum provides an interdisciplinary major and does not require a minor to meet graduation requirements. Students interested in a minor should refer to the appropriate Catalog section. A total of 127 credits is required to complete a bachelor of science degree in nursing. The bachelor of science in nursing program is approved by the Michigan Board of Nursing and is accredited by the National League for Nursing Accreditation Commission. Courses: Advisory Committee: The Department of Nursing has an advisory committee with local area members representing health care providers, health care administrators, health education programs and high school counselors. These members represent a community perspective to assist in providing feedback into educating bachelor's-prepared nursing graduates, identification of potential student learning activities, health care trends affecting the delivery of nursing services, and · assist in ongoing evaluation of the program. Courses offered by the department are in nursing and health sciences. Nursing courses provide the core content of the nursing major and are limited to students accepted into the nursing program. Health science courses provide a wide range of knowledge and skills useful for preparation in related health careers and in the delivery of health services in the community. The Department of Nursing offers two curricular tracks to the bachelor of science degree in nursing: the four-year program and the twoyear completion program for the registered nurse. The programs provide you with the opportunity to acquire knowledge, values and skills necessary for the practice of professional nursing. Clinical Experiences: The nursing program is unique in its international affiliation. Clinical nursing experience is obtained at hospitals and community agencies in Sault Ste. Marie, Ontario as well as at health care and community agencies in Sault Ste. Marie, Michigan and the surrounding area. The LSSU Health CARE Center provides opportunities for practice in nurse-managed community nursing centers. 254 • Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2288 - - ...... �School of Nursing and Health Sciences Pre-Nursing Entrance Requirements: Entrance Requirements to Nursing: To qualify as a pre-nursing major, applications must satisfy University admission requirements described in the admission section of the Catalog. (This information is also included in the Viewbook). Many changes are occurring in health care and other professions. New skills and knowledge are needed for the nursing graduate to provide quality nursing care. Some of the major changes and how they influence the role of the nurse are shown in the chart below. For students with college-level achievement, the opportunity will be offered, by means of examination, to obtain course credit or placement into an advanced course. High school academic subjects include a minimum of one unit of biology, one of chemistry, three of English and two of algebra. Additional science and mathematics courses are highly recommended. Students complete one year in prenursing before making application to the Department of Nursing for admission to the nursing major. Admission is based upon 1) filing a Declaration of Intent to enter the nursing program by February 1 of the spring prior to fall admission, 2) successful completion of selected pre-nursing courses, and 3) academic achievement. Change Nursing, B.S. Four-Year Program Pre-Licensure Track In response to these changes, faculty in the Department of Nursing have been carefully reviewing the current nursing curriculum. Currently, students are spending almost half of one semester learning basic nursing skills such as bed-making, transferring patients from bed to chair, and giving complete bed baths. Given the limited number of hours available for nursing students to obtain the essential knowledge and skills needed for their success upon graduation, the LSSU nursing faculty strongly believe that the basic skills (those previously listed and others) would best be obtained by the student prior to admission to the nursing program. Requiring competence in basic skills prior to admission would "free-up" valuable classroom and clinical time to devote to the knowledge and skills essential for the nurse in the 21st century. Knowledge Needed by Nurses Goal There are more unlicensed assistive workers in health care. Supervisor and management skills. To assure good-quality health care is provided. Integrated health care systems are being formed where information is linked between multiple sites. Business knowledge and skills, teamwork and information technology (computers). To deliver high quality, ,:oordinated, cost-effective care. Managed care is becoming the preferred way to deliver health care. Statistical and comprehensive clinical practice. To monitor and manage health care according to standards. There is a move to a communitybased health care system. Community systems and resources. To assess and plan for health of communities. Lake Supertor State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2288 • 255 �School of Nursing and Health Sciences Nursing, B.S. Four-Year Program Pre-Licensure Track DCertified nursing assistant courses include these basic skills and others. If nursing students are prepared at the level of a certified nursing assistant (CENA) prior to admission to the nursing program, there will be advantages to the student in a number of ways. 1. 2. 3. On admission to the nursing program, you will be prepared to take on educational subjects, issues and experiences that will best prepare you for professional nursing roles. Being certified as a nursing assistant will provide you with actual experience in a patientcare setting. This will help you to have a more realistic perception of patient care, and will also help to decrease the anxiety level if you have never had actual "hands-on" patient care experiences. From a purely economic standpoint, certification as a nursing assistant will provide you with employment opportunities at higher pay scales during the school year and summer breaks. Based on the nursing faculty's examination and discussion of issues related to changes in the nursing profession and their impact on nursing education, the following requirements for admission to the nursing program have been established. Updated Entrance Requirements: 1. Students officially admitted to the nursing program at the sophomore level for fall 1998 and 1999 will be required to possess basic nursing skills (listed below) before enrolling in NU213 - Fundamentals of Nursing in spring 1999 and 2000, respectively: a. Bed making (occupied and unoccupied). b. Patient transfers ambulation and positioning (bed to wheelchair/ bedside chair to bed, bed to stretcher, stretcher to bed). c. Complete bed bath including total hygiene. d. Body mechanics and patient safety. These skills may be acquired in a variety of ways. The faculty of the Department of Nursing do not require any one method, but offer the following suggestions for learning these skills: • Certified nursing assistant course (current or proof of prior certification) • Nursing assistant, health occupations course in high school, or personal care worker course. • Self-paced learning modules. • One-to-one tutoring with a nurse or experienced Certified Evaluator Nursing Assistant (CENA) willing to teach the skills. • A local nursing home (Tendercare) may be willing to provide a three-day educational session to learn these skills in exchange for 25 hours of volunteer work with the activities department. If other than a CENA course is presented to verify knowledge, you will be expected to demonstrate the skills in the nursing clinical laboratory. The evaluator will use a "skills checkoff" of the expected standard to evaluate competency. Competencies are available in any fundamentals of nursing textbook or nursing assistant textbook. 256 • Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2288 __, - �School of Nursing and Health Sciences 2. Students officially admitted to the nursing program at the sophomore level in the fall of 2000 will be required to have completed a CENA (Certified Evaluator Nursing Assistant) course or equivalent as determined by the Department of Nursing. You will also need to demonstrate computer literacy - basic word processing, library and Internet searches. Mathematics competency is required prior to the sophomore year. Entrance into nursing requires a cumulative grade point average of 2.5 or above in nursing, nursing support and English courses. A maximum of 50 students with the highest grade point average will be accepted. Required academic courses are separated into two groups: 1. Nursing support courses (anatomy and physiology, microbiology, life chemistry, mathematics, psychology, sociology, nutrition, pharmacology, pathophysiology, computer applications in the health sciences, health issues of aging populations, multicultural approach to health care and statistics). 2. General education requirements (English, humanities and speech). Progression Requirements in Nursing: A grade of C or above is required in all nursing, nursing support courses and English courses. A grade of D in other general education or elective courses is accepted. nursing courses and pharmacology are transferable for five years. Time requirements for program completion is four academic years; however, completion may require more than four years for students who do not meet all entrance requirements. Nursing, B.S. Four-Year Program Pre-Licensure Track Progression and readmission policies are detailed in the Nursing Student Handbook. You are responsible for transportation to and from clinical agencies, as well as additional costs incurred by enrollment in the nursing program. Costs, academic and general information are listed in the Nursing Student Handbook. Licensure: Graduates of this program are eligible to write the NCLEX-RN examination administered by the Michigan Board of Nursing for licensure as a registered nurse (RN.). Canadian students must pass the NCLEX-RN examination prior to applying for licensure in Ontario. The Michigan Board of Nursing may deny a graduate the opportunity to take the licensure examination on the basis of conviction for a crime or substance abuse. The Immigration Service may deny a visa for entry to Ontario on the basis of a conviction for a crime or for substance abuse. Applicants with a history of a conviction or substance abuse should consult with the Department of Nursing chairperson and direct questions to the Michigan Board of Nursing and the Immigration Service prior to entry in the program. Transfer credit will be granted on an individual basis. Only those courses in which you receive a grade of C or better are transferrable. Credits for baccalaureate Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2288 • 257 �School of Nursing and Health Sciences Nursing, D.S. Completion Program for RN Students Post-Licensure Track Entrance Requirements: To qualify for admission.to the RN completion program, applicants must satisfy University admission requirements as described in the admission section of the Catalog. (This information is also included in the Viewbook). For students with college-level achievement, the opportunity will be offered, by means of examination, to obtain course credit or placement into an advanced course. Applicants must be graduates of state- or provincial-approved associate' s degree or diploma nursing programs with a cumulative grade point average of 2.5 in all nursing, nursing support and English courses. Nursing support courses include: chemistry, mathematics, anatomy and physiology, microbiology, statistics, nutrition, pharmacology, pathophysiology, computer applications in health sciences, psychology and sociology courses. Credit may be granted for nutrition and pharmacology upon writing the required NLN tests prior to admission and achieving scores at the 50th percentile or above. NLN tests may be repeated once; students must enroll in the course if not successful on second writing. Psychomotor skills validation, computer literacy and mathematics competency are also required. Students may be admitted to the University at any point, but may not be admitted to nursing core until they have fulfilled the above requirements. of Nursing: copy of current Michigan or Ontario professional nursing license. All credentials must be on file preceding semester of entry. Transfer Credits: Transfer credits may be granted on an individual basis for equivalent general education and support courses. Only those courses in which you received a grade of C or better may be transferred. A maximum of 32 semester hours credit in basic nursing courses may be transferred. Time required for completion will depend upon the number of transfer credits and credits received by examination. Most registered nurses can complete the program in two years. Progression and readmission policies are detailed in the Nursing Student Handbook. Students are responsible for transportation to clinical agencies and additional costs incurred by enrollment in the nursing program. Costs, academic and general information are listed in the Nursing Student Handbook. 1he RN completion program is offered on a part-time basis at the LSSU Regional Centers in Petoskey, Escanaba and Alpena. Contact the Continuing Education Office at ext. 2802 for further information and specific course offerings. - Required Admission Credentials: ..... Submit to Admissions Office: standard LSSU Application for Admission; transcripts from previous nursing school(s) and college(s). Submit to Department ...... 258 • Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2288 �School of Nursing and Health Sciences Recreation Studies: These curricula prepare students for careers in the recreational and leisure fields in positions requiring thorough professional preparation and sound management skills. Bachelor degrees are offered in recreation management and therapeutic recreation. Recreation Management: A recreation management degree focuses upon opportunities for employment in commercial, resort, industrial, military, governmental and volunteer-based recreation settings. A business minor is included within this degree. Parks and Recreation - The parks and recreation concentration within the recreation management degree emphasizes knowledge and skills related to managing natural resources as providing opportunities for outdoor recreation enthusiasts. Within this curriculum, opportunities are available to acquire an associate' s degree in natural resources technology. Therapeutic Recreation: exercise in various populations and applying this knowledge to fitness, clinical and research settings. Students are prepared for careers in these areas, through a curriculum emphasizing skill development in the critical areas of exercise testing and exercise prescription. Course work involves the study of physiology, pathophysiology, sports medicine, laboratory procedures, research methods, exercise psychology and compute applications. Athletic Training - The athletic training concentration prepares you for a career in athletic training and to sit for the National Athletic Trainer's Association (NATA) Board of Certification Exam. To become a NATA Certified Trainer (ATC), you must fulfill specific academic and clinical placement requirements. Recreation Studies and Exercise Science Faculty Dr. Sally Childs, Chair Professor Norris 108 Phone: 906-635-2610 Fax: 906-635-2111 email: schilds@lakers.lssu.edu Assistant Professors Dr. Randall Lee Gardiner Ms. Debra McPherson Mr. Joseph Susi II Mr. Stephen Yanni Instructor Mr. Christopher Kirk Associate's Degree - Health Fitness Specialist A health fitness specialist is eligible to become certified through the American College of Sports Medicine (ACSM) as a health fitness instructor. The therapeutic recreation degree emphasizes principles of humanistic and holistic approaches to health care, improving the physical social, mental and emotional functioning of individuals with a variety of limiting conditions. In addition to employment in a variety of settings ranging among hospitals, homes for the aged, prisons, and governmental installation, you will be eligible to sit for the Therapeutic Recreation National Certification Examination. Exercise Science: The bachelor of science in exercise science focuses on developing an understanding of the physiological and psychological consequences of lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU. ext. 2367 • 259 �- 260 • Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU �Course Descriptions Abbreviations HU Humanities AC Accounting ID Interdisciplinary AT Art JS Japanese Studies BL Biology JR Journalism BA Business LA Legal Assistant Studies CH Chemistry MN Management cs Computer Science MT TC Construction Technology Manufacturing Engineering Technology CJ Criminal Justice MK Marketing CF Criminal Justice/ Fire Science MB Master Business Administration DP Data Processing MA Mathematics EC Economics ME Mechanical Engineering ED Education MU Music EE Electrical Engineering NA Native American Studies ET Electrical Engineering Technology and Telecommunications Engineering Technology NS Natural Science NU Nursing OA Office Administration PL Philosophy PH Physics PS Political Science PY Psychology RC Recreation RA Recreational Activities RS Robotics and Control Systems SW Social Work so Sociology SP Spanish SD Speech SA Student Services TE Teacher Education UN University Seminar EM Engineering Mechanics EN English EV Environmental Science ES Exercise Science FN Finance FS Fire Science FR French EG General Engineering GG Geography GE Geology GN German HE Health Sciences HS History HP Honors Program HM Human Services Each course description is preceded by the following type of heading: CH999 Chemistry (3-3) 5 or CH999 Chemistry (3-3) alternate yrs 5 The first line provides the code number (CH999) and the course name; see above for an explanation of the abbreviations. The second line includes several pieces of information: The first two nurnhers are hours of lecture-lab per week; and the number of credit hours is the third number. Sometimes, no semester will be indicated, or there will be the alternate years or every third year notation. Consult either the course schedule booklet published each semester prior to pre-registration; or your department chair concerning scheduling of such courses. Students must satisfy prerequisites and any other stated conditions before enrolling in a course; or have permission from the instructor to waive the prerequisites. Enrollment in a course may be revoked (with an N grade) if it is found during the regular drop period that the proper prerequisites have not been met. Responsibility rests with students to be certain that they have the approved prerequisites. Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU • 261 �ACCOUNTING Special topics courses will be available as need and interest develop. Consult the semester course schedule for these. AC132 Principles of Accounting I (4,0) 4 An introduction to the principles of accounting as applied to proprietorships, partnerships and corporations. Areas of study include the accounting cycle for service and merchandising enterprises, internal control and items included in the asset section of the balance sheet. AC133 Principles of Accounting II (4,0) 4 This course includes a study of the equity portion of the balance sheet as well as an introduction to financial analysis and managerial accounting. Prerequisite: Grade of C or higher in AC132. AC230 Fundamentals of Accounting (4,) 4 This course is designed to give non-business majors an understanding of the accounting process and the knowledge to read, understand, and use financial statements and reports in making decisions. The emphasis is on the use, rather than the generation, of accounting information. This course is not open to business majors. AC232 Intermediate Accounting I (4,0) 4 A review of the general theoretical framework and process of accounting for use as a reference in an intensive study of accounting doctrines and procedures proposed by various authoritative groups. Topics: Generally accepted accounting principles; the accounting process; balance sheet; income statement; present value principles and application; cash and temporary investments; receivables; inventories, plant and intangible assets; and long term investments. Prerequisites: AC132 and 133. AC233 Intermediate Accounting II (4,0) 4 Continuation of AC232 with reference to accounting theory as applied to specific critical areas of financial data accumulation and presentation.· Emphasis is placed on valuation concepts and their influence on contemporary practice. Topics: Liabilities; long term debt securities; owner's equity; earnings and revenue recognition; income ta><es ; leases; pensions; error correction; cash flows; and financial statement analysis. Prerequisite: AC232. AC332 Cost Accounting I (4,0) 4 A study of the fundamentals of cost accounting: The cost cycle, cost terminology, cost behavior, cost-volume-profit analysis, budgeting, standard cost, relevant costs, cost allocation, and cost control. Emphasis is given to both product costing and costing for control purposes. Prerequisite: AC133. AC333 Cost Accounting II (4,0) 4 A continuation of AC332 encompassing process costing, capital budgeting, inventory control, performance measurement. accounting systems and internal control, and cost accounting in relation to the certified public accountant and certified management accountant examinations. A study of various quantitative techniques and their applications are included in the course content. Prerequisites: AC332 and DP151 (spreadsheet course). AC334 Accounting Information Systems (3,0) 3 Elements that constitute an accounting system and theories upon which a system should be designed. Emphasis upon computerized accounting systems with extensive use of computers. Prerequisites: AC233, AC332 and introductory data processing course. AC335 Accounting Systems Theory (1,0) 1 This course is designed to provide the student with the theory of accounting information systems. Together with computerized accounting applications, this course will substitute for AC334, accounting information systems. This course is designed for use only at the Regional Centers, where AC334 may not be offered. Prerequisites: Computerized accounting applications course and spreadsheet course. AC421 Federal Taxation Accounting I (3,0) 3 Basic concepts of the theory and practice applicable to the preparation of individual tax returns. A comprehensive analysis of regulations governing inclusions and exclusions of income; capital gains and losses; and personal, standard , and itemized deductions. Prerequisites: AC133 and junior standing or approval of the department. AC422 Federal Taxation Accounting II (3,0) 3 Theory and practice of income tax accounting as applied to tax credits, partnerships, and corporations. Includes some library tax research . Prerequisite: AC421. AC427 Auditing (4,0) 4 A study of ethical, professional, and technical standards for independent audits and auditing procedures as they apply to internal controls. A study of audit program applications as they apply to elements of the financial statements. Prerequisites: AC233 and AC333. AC432 Advanced Accounting I (3,0) 3 This course begins with a review of accounting theory and income presentation followed by a study of accounting for corporate combinations and preparation of consolidated financial statements. Prerequisite: AC233. AC433 Advanced Accounting II (3,0) 3 A study of special topics in accounting including partnerships, governmental accounting, accounting for non-profit organizations, fiduciary accounting and insolvency. Prerequisite: AC233. ART Special topics courses will be available as need and interest develop. Consult the semester course schedule for these. AT110 Fundamentals of Drawing and Composition (3,0) 3 This course will acquaint the student with the various drawing media, such as pencil, charcoal, ink, wash and the use of various papers; studio problems in still life, object drawing, landscape, texture, and drawing from imagination and memory. Introduction to limited palette oil painting with emphasis on techniques of brush handling and concepts of visual organization language. Outside sketching required. Organic form, perspective, proportion, line, shape and tone are studied. AT111 Painting Composition and Design (3,0) 3 Projects in various media, primarily oil, acrylic paints and water color. Emphasis on individual development and expression. Outside sketching required. Specific pictorial problems, advanced paint handling and brush techniques will be studied. Understanding of structural, value and color principles by which great paintings are organized will be studied . Prerequisite: AT110. AT210 Drawing, Painting and Composition (3,0) 3 Advanced concepts of color and design elements basic to drawing and painting. The study of painting employing figure, still life, and nature as source material. Emphasis on visual perception and the study of the formal elements of painting . Prerequisite: AT111. AT211 Graphic Arts, Watercolor and Mixed Media 3 (3,0) Painting from figure, memory, portrait, and landscape stressing personal expression. Concentration on individual projects involving significant forms and symbols. Emphasis on advanced color and composition problems through study of spatial structure and color and order relative to pictorial meaning. Prerequisite: AT210. AT212 Art for Elementary Teachers (3, O) 3 This course is designed to provide an understanding of the philosophy, theories and contemporary issues of art education in kindergarten through sixth grade. Various art media will be explored by the student, and curriculum planning and evaluation will be discussed. AT250 Art History and Appreciation I (4,0) 4 Study of arts exemplified in prehistoric and primitive cultures, and in the Mesopotamian, Egyptian, Aegean, Greek, Roman, early Christian, Byzantine, Moslem, Roman and Gothic eras. The course presents a development of historic, social and aesthetic principles, including a study of signs and symbols for students of art education, science, letters, business and engineering. Art history is taught in terms of visual experience 262 • Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU �and knowledge with art films, slides and demonstrations with art materials in addition to class lectures. Universal standards that can be applied to any work of art are studied. Counts as humanities credit for general education requirements. AT251 Art History and Appreciation II (4,0) 4 A study of European and American art from the Renaissance to the 20th century, including Renaissance, baroque, rococo, neoclassic, romantic, realist and contemporary. The history of art is presented from a technical, social and aesthetic standpoint, along with a study of rhythm, motion, and proportion. Works of art are considered on their own merits and development rather than on the basis of preconceptions. Art films, color slide presentations and demonstrations using art materials supplement class lectures. Counts as humanities credit for general education requirements. of evolutionary relationships. Prerequisite: BL109. Note: "C" (2.0) or better is required to use this course as a prerequisite for other BUEV courses. BL121 Human Anatomy & Physiology I (3,3) 4 This is the first half of a two-course sequence. This course covers organization of the human body, basic principles of chemistry, the integumentary system, the skeletal and muscular systems, the nervous system and special senses. Laboratory experiences are designed to compliment the lecture topics. This course may not be used as a general education natural science elective nor does this sequence apply toward a major or minor in biological science. Prerequisite: High school chemistry and SA091 or equivalent/satisfactory score on ACT or Placement Exam. BL122 Human Anatomy & Physiol- ogy II BIOLOGY (3,3) Special topics courses will be available as need and interest develop. Consult the semester course schedule for these. BL102 Careers in Natural Resources (1,0) 1 A seminar course to present students with strategies for successful job hunting. Presentations by natural resource professionals will give students outlooks and insights into the natural resource job market. ( BL105 F~nction of the Human Body (3,2}_-4 Survey of the functional anatomy and the related physiological processes needed for the understanding of normal human activity. Not open to biological majors or minors. Prerequisite: SA091 or equivalent/satisfactory score on 'T.orPlacement Exam. /BL109 General Biology (3"2) / 4 An introduction to general biology. This course will provide an overview of biology and serve as a framework for further biological studies. Deliberations on the nature and philosophy of science (especially biology) will provide a basis for discussion of ecology, evolution, and cell biology. Prerequisites: MA086, EN091, SA091 or equivalent/satisfactory scores on ACT or the math, reading and English placement exams. BL110 General Zoology (1.5,1.5) 2 4 The second half of the Human Anatomy and Physiology sequence emphasizes the endocrine system, cardiovascular system, lymphatics and the immune response, respiratory system, digestive system, urinary system and the reproductive system. Laboratory experiences are coordinated with the lecture discussions. Prerequisite: BL121. BL130 Introduction to Remote Sensing (2,3) 3 Students will develop practical skills in measuring scale, distance, direction and area on remotely sensed imagery such as aerial photographs. Exercises in interpretation of black and white, color, and color infrared imagery will be covered in the laboratories. Basic map and compass techniques will be used to complement measurements and interpretations. One all-day field trip is required. Prerequisite: MA086 and SA091 or equivalent/satisfactory scores on ACT or Placement Exam. BL140 Introduction to Fisheries & Wildlife (1,0) 1 A discussion of the history, philosophy and practice of fisheries and wildlife conservation. An introduction to the role and professional responsibilities of resource managers. Prerequisite: SA091 or equivalent/satisfactory score on ACT or Placement Exam. BL201 Plant Morphology (2,3) 3 Introduction to the diversity of the animal kingdom, invertebrates and vertebrates. Adaptation and evolution are stressed as unifying themes throughout the course. Prerequisite: BL109. Note: "C" (2.0) or better is required to use this course as a prerequisite for other BUEV courses. A survey of the principal groups of plants from the standpoint of their structure, development and reproduction. Emphasis is placed on evolutionary relationships as revealed by comparisons of the structural and reproductive traits. Prerequisite: BL111. BL111 General Botany (1.5,1.5) 2 BL202 Field Botany (2,3) 3 Introduction to the diversity of the plant kingdom. Will include the morphology, physiology, reproduction and general habitat of organisms traditionally considered as plants but with an organization reflecting modern concepts A course whose main objective is to allow the student to be able to recognize common families, genera, and species, especially those in the local flora. Prerequisite: BL111. BL204 General Microbiology (3,3) 4 This course will deal with the history and scope of microbiology, a study of microbial structure, growth, nutrition, metabolism, genetics, taxonomy and control. A study of mycoplasma, viruses and molds will be incorporated with genetic engineering and recombinant DNA. Labs will emphasize the identification and cultivation of molds and bacteria. Prerequisites: CH104, CH108 or CH116. BL220 Genetics (3,3) 4 A study of the nature, transmission, recombination and function of hereditary material in animals, plants and microorganisms. The lecture includes Mendelian, molecular and population genetics. The laboratory includes exercises in Mendelian genetics, cytogenetics, recombinant DNA, and computer simulations of population genetics. Meets ethics component of general education requirements. Prerequisites: BL110, BL111 and CH116. A statistics course is strongly recommended. BL223 Clinical Microbiology (3,0) 3 A basic course in microbiology dealing with the study of microorganisms and pathogens in humans. A survey of viruses, molds and bacteria. Their morphology and growth characteristics will be discussed along with the physical and chemical means to control pathogenic microorganisms causing human infections. Prerequisites: CH105 and BL122. Does not apply towards a major or minor in biology. BL230 Introduction to Soil Science (3,3) 4 A course dealing with the soil ecosystem as a natural resource and as an environmental medium. Beginning with factors involved in soil formation the course will survey soil physical, chemical, and organic properties and how they respond to disturbance. Soil reactions to wastes and wetland interactions will be discussed. Laboratories will focus on description of local soils and the use of soil survey information in making soil interpretations. Prerequisites: CH108 or above; NS103 or BL110 and BL111. BL240 Natural History of the Vertebrates (2,3) 3 A survey course covering the natural history and identification of vertebrates of North America, with an emphasis on important vertebrate taxa. The laboratory will focus on common management techniques and identification of key species found within the Great Lakes region. Prerequisite: BL140 BL243 Vertebrate Anatomy (3,3) 4 A detailed study of the origin, phylogeny and anatomy of the vertebrates. Laboratories emphasize the thorough dissection of representatives of at least three classes of vertebrates. Prerequisite: BL110 and sophomore standing. Lake Superior State University • 1-888-800-LSSU • 263 �Great Lakes region. Prerequisites: BL110 and BL240. BL280 Biometrics (3,0) 3 The application of inferential statistical methods to biological problems. The focus of the course is a systematic method for determining an appropriate statistical technique. Parametric and nonparametric procedures will be covered. Prerequisite: MA207. BL284 Principles of Forestry (2,4) 4 BL312 Ornithology (2,4) 3 The biology and taxonomy of birds. Labs will focus upon bird anatomy and bird recognition using video tapes and specimens. Prerequisites: BL 110 and BL240. BL315 Plant Physiology A course introducing forest ecology, structure and function with emphasis on impacts of disturbance and outcomes of management on forest ecosystems. Students will master identification of tree and shrub species of the Eastern Upper Peninsula and become proficient with commonly used techniques to evaluate the forest resource. The lab portion of the course is in the field and proper dress is required. In addition, one all-day field trip will be scheduled. Prerequisite: BL130 or EV220. BL286 Principles of Watersheds 3 (3,0) Overview of the geomorphology, hydrology and biota of various watersheds, with emphasis on hydrographic methods, sampling techniques, land use and management principles. Prerequisites: MA 111 and BL140. BL290 Independent Study in Biology (1-4,0) 1-4 Special studies and/or research in biology for individuals or small seminar groups. Course content to be arranged by student(s) and a supervising professor with approval of school dean. Prerequisites: Students must have an overall GPA of at least 2.5, and no I grades on their transcript. Independent study courses may be repeated for a maximum of eight credits. Additional information is available at the School of Natural Science. BL302 Invertebrate Zoology (3,2) 4 A study of the invertebrate groups with emphasis on morphology, phylogeny and life cycles. Prerequisites: BL110 and sophomore standing. BL303 General Entomology (2,3) 3 An introduction to the biology, ecology and systematics of the insects. This course covers fundamentals of insect taxonomy and classification; insect anatomy and physiology; and the varied roles insects play in the natural world and in human history and culture. Prerequisites: BL110, BL111 and MA111 . BL310 Ichthyology (2,3) 3 Study of the anatomy, physiology, behavior, taxonomy and natural history of fishes, with emphasis on freshwater species. Prerequisites: BL 110 and BL240. BL311 Mammalogy (2,3) 3 An investigation of the natural history, biology and taxonomy of mammals. Techniques for measuring and monitoring mammalian populations will be presented. The laboratory will focus on field techniques and the identification by skin, skull and track of mammals of the BL339 Wildlife Ecology (3,0) 3 A theoretical analysis of the distribution, structure and dynamics of animal populations. The influence of biotic and abiotic limiting factors on wildlife populations. Community Interactions including competition, predation, and herbivory are explored in detail. Prerequisites: BL240, BL280 and BL337. BL345 Limnology (2,3) 3 (3,3) 4 Organization of plants, plant replication, photophysiology and photosynthesis, mineral nutrition, water transport in higher plants, plant growth substances, physiology of seeds, control of plant growth and plant cell tissue culture. Prerequisites: BL111 and CH226. An investigation of the principles of freshwater ecosystems with an emphasis on lakes. The physics and chemistry of natural systems are presented, as well as a survey of the dominant biota and their ecological interactions. Prerequisites: BL11 oand CH116. BL320 Cell Biology (3,3) 4 BL372 Freshwater Fish Culture (2,3) 3 Cellular structure and function with emphasis on organelle ultrastructure, molecular organization of the cell, cell membranes and permeability, the cytoskeleton and cellular interactions. Prerequisites: BL109, CH220, CH226, and junior standing. BL330 Animal Physiology (3,3) 4 The course examines the many ways animal groups solve the problem of maintaining internal homeostasis. Neural control, endocrine systems, gas exchange, energy acquisition and temperature regulation are a few of the topics examined. The lab is closely tied to the lecture material using non-invasive live animal experiments, computer-interfaced data gathering and analysis. Prerequisites: BL110 with a C (2.00) or better and CH116 with a C(2.00) or better. BL332 Embryology (2,2) Alternate Years 3 A study of pattern formation and morphogenic processes in animals, with an emphasis on vertebrates. The laboratory portion of the course emphasizes descriptive ontogeny of representative vertebrates. Prerequisites: BL 110, sophomore standing. (BL243 is highly recommended.) BL333 (3,0) Fish Ecology 3 A study of the relationship of fishes to their physical , chemical and biological environments in natural and perturbed aquatic ecosystems with an emphasis on response and adaptation at the organism, population and community levels. Various types of aquatic ecosystems will be examined with respect to habitat accommodations of fish and the impact of human activities. Includes ecological principles as applied to important sport, commercial and forage fish species. Prerequisite: BL310. BL337 General Ecology (2,3) 3 A survey of concepts of plant and animal autecology, population ecology and community ecology. Prerequisites: BL110, BL111 and MA111. Instruction in water quality monitoring, production systems, feeding and nutrition, disease identification and management, and reproduction principles of freshwater fishes used for recreational and commercial fisheries management, bait and food products. Students will learn propagation and rearing techniques for important fishes, particularly those with recreational or commercial value. Prerequisites: BL280 and BL310. B1380 Clinical Hematology and Hemostasis (3,3) Alternate Years 4 A study of the components of blood. Discussions of the formed elements to include normal and malignant states; anemias, leukemias, lymphomas, hemostasis (coagulation) processes and disease states. Laboratories will cover routine and automated blood component measurements. Offered even-numbered spring semesters. Prerequisites: CH226 and BL330. B1395 Junior Seminar (0,2) 1 A course designed to prepare students to conduct and present scientific research. Topics covered include literature searches, scientific writing and oral presentation of scientific data. Students will be expected to listen to presentations of peers enrolled in BL499 and to develop a topic for their senior thesis. Prerequisite: MA207. BL401 Honors Program I (0,8) 4 Biological sciences honors program I. (Open to students earning a bachelor of science degree in biological sciences with a grade point of 3.5 or higher). An undergraduate research project will be outlined in consultation with the supervising instructor and submitted to the department for approval. Outline must be approved before the first semester of the senior year. All grades for this sequence will be deferred until the final semester. Eight credit hours of honors credit will be substituted for eight hours of electives upon successful completion of the research sequence. The independent study courses will not be open to students electing the honors program sequence. The completed research may be used for senior thesis. 264 • Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU .._ �BL402 Honors Program II (0,8) 4 BL437 Plant Ecology (2,3) 3 BL490 Independent Study in Biology (1-4,0) 1-4 Biological sciences honors program 11. This is a continuation of the honors research sequence. Prerequisite: BL401 . A study of the autecology, population ecology and community ecology of plants, including fundamental theory, field methods and data analysis. Prerequisites: BL202, BL337 and MA207. Special studies and/or research in biology for individuals or small seminar groups. Course content to be arranged by student(s) and a supervising professor with approval of department and college dean. Prerequisites: Students must have junior or senior standing, have an overall GPA of at least 2.5, and no / grades on their transcript. Independent study courses may be repeated for a maximum of eight credits. Additional information is available at the School of Natural Science. · BL405 Animal Behavior (3,0) Alternate Years 3 A course designed to examine the proximate mechanisms and the evolutionary development of animal behavior. Important concepts are explained by reference to illustrative studies. An appreciation of the methods and theoretical significance of current research is emphasized. Prerequisites: Junior standing and BL330 or BL337. Offered even-numbered fall semesters. BL408 Vascular Plant Systematics (3,0) 3 A course covering the principles of plant systematics including the history of taxonomy, systems and approaches to classification, rules of nomenclature, and techniques used in modem biosystematics. Prerequisites: BL202, BL220 and BL337. BL420 Population Genetics and Evolution (3,0) 3 A course including historical and modern concepts of evolutionary theory. Some coverage of origin of life concepts will be included. Prerequisite: BL220. BL422 Parasitology (2,2) 3 A study of the morphology, taxonomy, habitats and life cycles of parasites. Prerequisite: BL110. BL423 Immunology (3,3) 4 A study of the basic elements of the immune response system and the various ways in which the immune system can fail, leading to immunopathological reactions. Labs will include current diagnostic methodologies. Prerequisites: BU 10, BL204 and CH226. BL430 Endocrinology (2,0) 2 A study of the major vertebrate endocrine systems with the greatest emphasis placed on mammals. Prerequisite: a course in physiology. BL432 Fisheries Management (2,3) 3 A course covering the history, theory and· practice of fisheries management with an emphasis on basic strategies used in effective management of fish populations in freshwater ecosystems. Students will learn methods of collection and synthesis of data regarding fish population dynamics and manipulation, habitat modification, and human management to achieve specific fisheries management goals and objectives. Prerequisites: BL280 and BL333. BL433 Histology (2,2) Alternate Years 3 A systems approach is used to study the microscopic anatomy of mammalian tissues and organs. Related physiological processes are integrated with the anatomical studies. Prerequisites: BL 110 and junior standing. BL439 Wildlife Management (2,3) 3 The application of ecological principles to develop practical wildlife management strategies to preserve, enhance or create viable wildlife habitats and populations. Students will have the opportunity to observe and practice standard field and laboratory techniques. Prerequisites: BL311, BL312 and BL339. BL440 Stream and Wetland Ecology (2,3) 3 BL499 Senior Thesis (1,3) 2 Required of seniors majoring in biology. Each student will present a seminar detailing their individual research project. A written paper and poster presentation are also required. Students must attend the presentations of all others enrolled in this course. Prerequisite: BL395. An interdisciplinary and comparative approach to characterizing stream and wetland ecosystems. Topics to be covered: landscape and hydrology, physical variables, fauna and flora, nutrient dynamics and trophic interactions. Also considered are human modifications of these environments, imperilment of biota, mitigation and recovery. Prerequisites: BL 130 or EV220, BL337 and BL345. BUSINESS BL450 Laboratory Apprenticeship (0,3) per credit 1-2 BAlOS Business Mathematics (3,0) 3 Students will assist in laboratories, learning instructional techniques, under direction of faculty. Course may be repeated for a maximum of two credits. Students must gain approval of the faculty member in charge of the specific laboratory, and the dean. Credits may be used as BL electives. This is a crediUno credit course. BL460 Clinical Laboratory Science Internship 30 (15 credits per semester for a maximum of 30 credits) Practical and didactic training with certified laboratory personnel. Branch training is supplemented by informal lectures, oral quizzes and written examinations. Offered only at approved or affiliated hospital laboratories. Prerequisite: Satisfactory completion of required college course work. BL475 Aquatic Entomology (2,3) 3 Survey and Identification of regional lake and stream insects, with additional emphasis on lifehistory strategies and community ecology. Insect physiology, ecology, behavior, importance as fish food organisms, and utility as indicators of water quality is also presented. Prerequisites: BL330 and BL337. BL480 Advanced Clinical Microbiology (2,3) Alternate Years 3 An advanced course in clinical microbiology concerning the role of bacteria, viruses, and fungi as the cause of various human infections. Standard modern clinical laboratory methodology will be covered. Offered odd-numbered spring semesters. Prerequisites: BL204 and CH226. Special topics courses will be available as need and interest develop. Consult the semester course schedule for these. Solution of business problems. Topics include discounts, mark-ups, payroll, interest, financing charges, depreciation methods, real estate taxes, controlling cash, metric system conversion, inventory evaluation, annuities and insurance. Story problems. Prerequisite: MA086 or equivalenUsatisfactory score on ACT or Placement exam, or satisfactory completion of LSSU's departmental arithmetic test during the first week of classes. Course not available for credit for students who have taken a full year of accounting. BA121 Introduction to Business (3,0) 3 Comprehensive coverage of the major activities of business and the key institutions that facilitate the business process. Topics covered include the following: American business enterprise system, international business, forms of business ownership, management and organization of human resources, production, marketing, information management and controls, business laws and ethics, finance, accounting, contemporary economic issues and business career opportunities. Contemporary business cases may be used for decisionmaking simulations. Enrollment open to freshman and sophomore business majors or any non-business major. BA131 Hospitality and Service Management (4,0) 4 An overview of the hospitality industry including the operation and trends in restaurant/food service management, lodging management and travel/tourism. Introduction to destinations and the following components of travel/tourism: modes of travel, tour management, associations, agencies, marketing and sales, career preparation and opportunities and travel publications. (Formerly HT121). Lake Superior State University • 1-888-800-LSSU • 265 �BA211 Business Statistics (3,0) 3 An introduction to business statistics. Topics include collection and presentation of data, measures of central tendency, variation and skewness, probability, probability distributions, Bayes's Theorem, sampling, sampling distributions, estimation, hypothesis testing, simple linear regression and correlation. Prerequisite: MA111. BA226 Records Management (3,0) 3 Study and application of records control, forms design, filing systems (manual and electronic) microforms, and the records cycle. A comput~r simulation is completed utilizing a program to print, sort, and select records as reports or labels. BA231 Business Communications (3,0) 3 Business and management communications problems. Direct, indirect, and persuasive letters; memos, short reports and directives. Some assignments must be typed. Extensive writing practice. Prerequisite: Satisfactory completion of LSSU's English competency examination. BA254 Business Law I (3,0) 3 This portion of business law covers the law applicable to contracts, sales, personal property and bailments. BA255 Business Law II (3,0) 3 This portion of business law covers the law applicabl~ to commercial paper, corporations, partnerships, agency and employment. BA261 Business Skills (1,0) 1 A series of specific, business-skill classes. Each course will provide 15 classroom hours of instruction. A student may register for one or more sections per term, for a maximum of three credits earned in this course. BA291 Students in Free Enterprise (0,3) 1 Students work in teams to develop outreach programs. They learn by means of "real-world" experiences, then teach others how market economies and businesses operate. Corporate CEOs and senior executives judge these progr~ms annually in regional competitions, and the winners of those contests then compete at the international exposition. Outreach program development enhances students' creative and communication skills by preparation of written and oral presentations. May be repeated for credit for a total of four credits. BA299 Internship in (Discipline) (4,0) 4 This course is designed to provide students with an opportunity to earn credit while obtaining meaningful discipline-related work experience outside the classroom setting. Students are expected to spend a minimum of 1BO hours in an appropriate work setting. The course may be repeated once for a maximum of eight credits. Prerequisites: 2.5 GPA, sophomore standing, employer and instructor approval, and submission to, and approval by, departmental faculty of internship plan, including method of evaluation. BA308 Managing Cultura,1 Differences (3,0) 3 I Study of differing cultural norms that impact business decisions; designed for students interested in international and cross-cultural activities. BA354 Legal and Financial Issues in Health Care Administration (3,0) 3 This course is intended for students preparing for careers in management in health care fields or as health care practitioners. Students will be made aware of legal and financial issues and problems including fault liability; institutional liability; forms of organization; credentialing and appointments; staffing issues; consent and refusal of treatment; and health care financing. The student will be more aware of the need to seek professional counsel to minimize and prevent litigation. Prerequisite: Junior standing. Also listed as HE354. BA399 Internship in (Discipline) (4,0) 4 This course is designed to provide students with an opportunity to earn credit while obtaining meaningful discipline-related work experience outside the classroom setting. Students are expected to spend a minimum of 1BO hours in an appropriate work setting. The course may be repeated once for a maximum of eight credits. Prer~quisite: 2.5 GPA, junior standing, employer and instructor approval, and submission to, and approval by, departmental faculty of internship plan, including method of evaluation. BA403 Business, Government and Society (3,0) 3 This course examines the relationships of the business firm to government and to society. The course focuses on the economic, legal, political, social and ethical environment of business firms. Topics include consumer protection, environmental regulation, antitrust, constitutional and administrativ~ law, alternative dispute resolution, and other topics of current concern. The business firm is examined in the context of market capitalism and the global economy. The course is structured to meet communicationintensive requirement of general education. Prerequisites: EC202 and junior standing. ~A466 Business Policy (3,0) 3 This course provides an opportunity for the student to develop an understanding of the interrelationship of the various divisions, departments and functions of a business organization from a top management perspective. Library research and case analysis are utilized. Prerequisite: Senior status and completion of business core. BA491 Research Reading in Business and Economics (1-3,0) 1-3 Independent study and seminar; individual student guidance by faculty for selected research topics in business. Prerequisite: Senior status. CHEMISTRY Special topics courses will be available as need and interest develop. Consult the semester course schedule for these. CH091 Basic Chemistry (3,0) 3 Thorough exposure to elementary chemistry for students inadequately prepared for college-level chemistry. Emphasis on drill to enhance problem-solving skills. MAOB6 or equivalent/ satisfactory score on ACT or Placement Exam. Students must receive a C (2.0) or better in this course to qualify for CH104, CH10B or CH115. Credit in this course does not apply toward graduation. CH104 Life Chemistry I (3,0) 3 An introduction to selected principles of chemistry, including organic chemistry, with emphasis on their physiological importance and their applications to nursing and other health related professions. This course does not apply t?ward a major or minor in chemistry. Prerequisite: MAOB6 and SA091 or equivalent/satisfactory score on ACT or Placement Exam. CH105 Life Chemistry II (3,2) 4 A continuation of organic chemistry presented in CH104 as well as a presentation of the chemical processes taking place in metabolism. The interrelationships between the metabolic processes of living systems are discussed along with their underlying chemical reactions. Prerequisite: CH104 or equivalent, each with a grade of C (2.00) or better. CH108 Applied Chemistry 4 (3,3) An introduction to selected principles of chemistry with emphasis on technological applications. Credit in this course does not apply toward a major or minor in chemistry. Prerequisite: MAOB6 and SA091 or equivalent/ satisfactory score on Placement Exam. CH115 General Chemistry I (4,3) 5 Fundamental principles of chemistry with emphasis on atomic structure, molecular structure and stoichiometry. Prerequisites: High s~hool chemistry and MA092 or equivalent, each with a grade of C (2.0) or better. SA091 or equivalent/satisfactory score on ACT or Placement Exam. CH116 General Chemistry II (3,3) 4 Continuation of CH115 with emphasis on equilibrium. Prerequisite: CH115 with a grade of C(2.0) or better. CH220 Survey of Organic Chemistry (3,3) 4 A brief course in organic chemistry covering the nomenclature, structure, reactions and preparations of the important classes of organic compounds. It will also provide students with an introduction to spectrometric analysis of organic compounds and the chemistry of bio-organic compounds. The laboratory includes experiments in the isolation and preparation of typical organic compounds using microscale apparatus. 266 • Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU �Not open to students in chemistry or environmental chemistry degree programs. Prerequisite: CH116. CH225 Organic Chemistry I (3,3) 4 Fundamental principles of organic chemistry, covering the structures, reactions and properties of aliphatic and alicyclic compounds. The course will introduce the study of organic nomenclature, functional group chemistry, stereochemistry, reactive intermediates, organic synthesis, reaction mechanisms and conjugated unsaturated systems. The laboratory introduces basic organic laboratory techniques and includes experiments in organic separations, synthesis, and analysis. Prerequisite: CH116 with a grade of C (2.00) or better. CH226 Organic Chemistry II (3,3) 4 A continuation of CH225 covering the structures, properties and reactions of aromatic compounds, carbonyl compounds, carboxylic acids and their functional derivatives, phenols, amines, organometallics, carbohydrates, amino acids and proteins. The course will introduce the study of spectral methods of structure determination and expand the study of organic synthesis and mechanisms. The laboratory will include experiments in spectroscopy, organic synthesis and mechanisms, qualitative organic analysis, and instrumental analysis. Prerequisite: CH225 with a grade of C(2.0) or better. CH231 Quantitative Analysis 4 (3,3) Evaluation of analytical data and study of gravimetric and titrimetric methods of analysis. Prereq1,1isites: CH116 with a grade of C (2.0) or better and MA151, MA143 or MA112. CH232 Instrumental Analysis 4 (3,3) CH342 Environmental Chemistry II: Air and Solid Wastes (3,3) 4 CH490 Independent Study in Chemistry (1-4,0) 1-4 A study of the environmental chemistry of the atmosphere and the geosphere, including the measurement and remediation of air pollution and soil contamination problems. The nature and handling of hazardous wastes will also be covered . Prerequisites: CH225, CH231 and NS103. Special studies and/or research in chemistry for individuals or small seminar groups. Course content to be arranged by student(s) and a supervising professor with approval of school dean. Prerequisites: Students must have junior or senior standing, have an overall GPA of at least 2.5, and no I grades on their transcript. Independent study courses may be repeated for a maximum of eight credits. Additional information is available at the School of Science and Natural Resources office. CH351 Introductory Biochemistry 4 (3,3) Introduction to the chemistry of biological molecules, including the general properties and chemical transformation of amino acids, proteins, carbohydrates, lipids and nucleic acids. Emphasis will be on correlating chemical reactions with biological function. An introduction to the intermediary metabolism of the carbohydrates, amino acids, lipids and nucleic acids will also be presented. Prerequisite: CH220 or CH226. CH352 Biochemistry II: Intermediary Metabolism (3,0) 3 A continuation of introductory biochemistry with a more-detailed study of the metabolism of carbohydrates, lipids, and nitrogen containing molecules such as amino acids and nucleotides. Emphasis will be placed on the similarities and differences among the various metabolic pathways and cycles. The interrelationships that exist among the various metabolic processes will also be discussed. An introduction to the genetic code and its relationship to nucleic acid and protein biosynthesis will also be presented. Prerequisite: CH351 . CH353 Introductory Toxicology (3,0) Alternate Years 3 Continuation of CH231 . An instrumental analysis course involving the theory and use of spectrochemical, electroanalytical and separation methods for the characterization and determination of selected chemical substances. Prerequisite: CH231 . An introduction to toxicology, including its history, types of poisons, their mode of operation and the biochemistry of detoxification. Environmental problems caused by toxic contaminants will be discussed. Offered evennumbered spring semesters. Prerequisite: CH351 . CH290 Independent Study in Chemistry (1-4,0) 1-4 CH361 Physical Chemistry I (4,0) 4 Special studies and/or research in chemistry for individuals or small seminar groups. Course content to be arranged by student(s) and a supervising professor with approval of school dean. Prerequisites: Students must have an overall GPA of at least 2.5, and no I grades on their transcript. Independent study courses may be repeated for a maximum of eight credits. Additional information is available at the School of Science and Natural Resources office. CH341 Environmental Chemistry I: Water and Water Pollution Control (3,3) 4 A study of the environmental chemistry of water, the measurement and remediation of water quality problems, the toxicology of water pollutants, and the environmental aspects of energy use. Also listed as EV341. Prerequisites: CH225, CH231, and NS103. Chemical thermodynamics with applications to both phase and chemical equilibria. Prerequisites: CH116, one year of calculus and one year of physics. CH362 Physical Chemistry II (3,3) 4 . Continuation of CH361 with emphasis on chemical dynamics, quantum chemistry, and structure. Laboratory experiments complement the lecture. Prerequisite: CH361. CH450 Laboratory Apprenticeship (0,3) per creditl-2 Students will assist in laboratories, learning instructional techniques, under direction of faculty. Course may be repeated for a maximum of two credits. Students must gain approval of the faculty member in charge of the specific laboratory, and the school dean. Credits may be used as CH electives. This is a crediVno credit course. COMPUTER SCIENCE Special topics courses will be available as need and interest develop. Consult the semester course schedule for these. CS101 Introduction to Microcomputer Applications 3 (2,2) The study of a selection of contemporary microcomputer applications, including operating systems concepts, word processing, spreadsheets and database management systems. Brief survey of other topics such as presentation graphics, multimedia usage, desktop publishing, the Internet and the World Wide Web. CS105 Introduction to Computer Programming 3 (2,2) An introductory course in computer programming using the Pascal language, intended for students with no prior computer programming experience. Input, output and simple data types. Arithmetic, control structures and simple data structures. Sound, graphics and animation techniques. Prerequisite: MAOB6 or equivalenV satisfactory score on ACT or Placement Exam. CS106 Advanced Web Page Design and Web Site Administration (2,2) 3 Web page creation using HTML, web authoring tools, and scripting languages; Java programming; graphics and page layout; web server software installation and maintenance. Prerequisites: CS101 and CS105. CS121 Survey of Computer Science ((3,0) 3 A broad-based introduction to the discipline of computer science, using the C++ programming language and basic operating system features as vehicles. Basic programming principles, including built-in and programmer-defined data, operators, functions and control structures. Applications drawn from basic computer science areas, including computer architecture, automata, artificial intelligence, database management, graphics, communication and numerical computation. Prerequisite: CS105 with a minimum grade of C. CS201 Data Structures and Algorithms (3,0) 3 An introductory course in data structures and algorithms, with an emphasis on abstraction, Lake Superior State University • 1-888-800-LSSU • 267 �implementation and analysis. Pointers, lists, stacks, queues, trees and binary trees, and graphs. Application of various data structures to problems selected from the spectrum of computer science topics. Prerequisite: CS121 with a minimum grade of C. to monitor network activity, and in performing systems upgrades are included. Prerequisites: CS101 and CS105. CS205 Computer Organization and Architecture (3,0) alternate years 3 Special studies and/or research in computer science for individuals or small seminar groups. Course content to be arranged with instructor and with approval of the department head. This course may be repeated for a maximum of eight credits. Prerequisites: Sophomore standing or higher. A hardware-oriented introduction to the structure of modern computer systems, emphasizing the role of, and interrelationships between, the various components. The evolution of modern computer systems. Memory organization, peripheral devices and their connectivity. Instruction sets, arithmetic and central processing unit structure. Control unit organization and operation. Alternative computer architectures. Prerequisite: CS121 with grade of Cor better. Corequisite: CS201. CS210 COBOL Programming (3,0) alternate years 3 An introduction to the COBOL programming language emphasizing facilities for the effective management of files and databases. Overview of COBOL syntax, arithmetic, inpuVoutput and control structures in COBOL. Report generation and table management. COBOL facilities for sorting and merging files. Sequential, relative and indexed file organizations and their applications. Facilities for interfacing with database management systems. Prerequisite: CS121. CS211 Database Applications (3,0) 3 An introductory course in database design and implementation, using microcomputer-based relational database software. Single and multitable databases, forms and reports, query processing, data import and export, and database-related programming. Prerequisite: CS201. CS221 Computer Networks (3,0) 3 An introduction to the basic principles of computer networks and communication, exploring both the hardware necessary to support computer networks and the software needed to utilize those networks. Basic network topologies, network protocols, and local and wide-area networks. Prerequisites: CS201 and CS205. CS271 Network Hardware and Software (3,0) 3 An introduction to network management strategies, network security systems, and network installation and maintenance. Topics on linking users to the Internet and email are also included. Prerequisites: CS101 and CS105. CS281 Network Design and Implementation (3,0) 3 An introduction to network design and implementation, network databases, and route and bridge applications over LAN configurations with emphasis in managing multiple networks, remote servers, and client-server operations. Topics in customizing LAN workstations, in how CS290 Independent Study in Computer Science (1-4,0) 1-4 CS312 File and Database Management (3,0) alternate years 3 An introduction to files and file processing, with an emphasis on non-sequential organizations for supporting multi-file databases. Direct file structures and hashing, indexing, tree-structures organizations. Expandable file structures. Secondary key retrieval. Application to database structures. Prerequisite: CS211. CS321 Computer Graphics (3,0) alternate years 3 An introduction to the generation of graphical images by computer. Survey of common graphics devices. Generation of lines and curves. Representation of two-dimensional objects. Techniques for area filling. Scaling, rotation and translation in two dimensions. Rendering three-dimensional objects by projections. Scaling, rotating and translating in three dimensions. Hidden line and hidden surface detection and removal. Prerequisites: CS201, and MA141 or MA151. CS333 Systems Programming (3,0) alternate years 3 An introduction to systems-level programming using Cand assembly language. Design and development of specialized systems utilities, such as window-management packages and command interpreter shells. Overview of the function and design of system utility programs, such as text editors, language processors and linkers. Prerequisite: CS205. CS334 Operating Systems Concepts (3,0) alternate years 3 Definition and historical development of operating systems. Characteristics of batch, interactive and multiprogramming systems. File systems, processor and memory management. Communication, concurrency, deadlock and protection. Prerequisite: CS333. CS418 Software Engineering (1,4) 3 A project-based introduction to the design and implementation of computer software. Requirements analysis, software specification, design methodologies, implementation, testing, verification, documentation and maintenance. Development of a complete software system for "real-world" clients by project teams. Prerequisite: CS312. CS490 Research Topics in Computer Science (1-4,0) 1-4 Special studies and/or research in computer science for individuals or small seminar groups. Course content to be arranged with instructor and with approval of the department head. This course may be repeated for a maximum of eight credits. Prerequisites: Junior standing or higher. CONSTRUCTION TECHNOLOGY Special topics courses will be available as need and interest develop. Consult the semester course schedule for these. TC101 Construction I (3,0) 3 An overview and analysis of properties, processing and applications of conventional construction materials. Wood, concrete, masonry, ferrous and nonferrous metals, glass, plastics and other materials are examined in" detail. The application of building codes as they pertain to these materials will also be presented. TC102 Construction II (3,0) 3 Concepts in construction blueprint reading and the development of skills in reading construction drawings. The correlation of building codes and specifications to the production of working drawings. Prerequisite: TC101. TC103 Surveying (2,4) 3 Concepts and operation of distance and angular measurement. Use of transit and level, land description, traverse, construction and earth work calculations. TC105 Construction III (2,2) 3 The study and applications of concrete materials. The laboratory will consist of material testing procedures used in the construction industry and according to ASTM procedures. Prerequisite: TC101. '- I TCllO Industrial Safety (2,0) 2 Study of occupational safety, occupational health and industrial hazard control. Focus on basic principles, concepts and techniques proven useful in reducing industrial injuries and occupational diseases. Prerequisite: None. TClll Small Engine Mechanics (1,2) 2 Practical study of the operation and repair of small engines. TC118 Drafting (2,3) 3 Technical drawings to include instruments, lettering, geometrical construction, sketching, multiview projection, sectioning, auxiliary views, dimensioning, tolerancing, fasteners, design and working drawings, reproduction and control drawings, pictorial drawings, intersections, graphical vector analysis and graphs. Prerequisite: none. TC125 Construction Estimating (3,2) 4 The determination of material quantities and construction cost. A construction project will 268 • Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU I-. ...... �have quantity surveying techniques and bidding procedures applied. Prerequisite: TC101. Co requisite: TC102. CJ130 Client Relations in Corrections (3,0) 3 TC132 Construction Sketching and Drawing (2,3) 3 Meaning and functions of culture and discrimina· tion, minorities in Michigan, affirmative action and attitude formation; ethics, values and professional responsiveness. Free hand and computer-aided drafting (CAD) of orthographic and pictorial representations to include the study and development of architectural working drawing, plan views, elevations, details and schedules. TC135 Assembly Drawing (2,2) 3 The study and development of drawings of component assemblies. CAD is used to detail components specific to major areas of concentrations (mechanical and construction related). Emphasis on needs, identities and development of recipients of correctional services; to assist students in gaining insights into development of sensitivity to behavior and motivations of corrections clients. Specific problems of prisoners and intervention strategies are reviewed. CJ201 Firearms Training (0,2) 1 4 A classroom internship for all associate of applied science majors. This course may be repeated for a total of eight credits. Internship credits may not be applied to other University programs as electives. Emphasis on safe weapon handling, the fundamentals of good marksmanship, proper methods of cleaning and weapon nomenclature. A variety of weapons will be used. Students will have to provide their own targets and ammunition. Prerequisite: Criminal justice student, sophomore standing or permission of department chair. TC192 Technical On-Site Internship 2-6 CJ202 Canadian Criminal Law TC191 Technical Classroom Internship ...... CJ140 Correctional Client Growth and Development (3,0) 3 An on-site internship for all students in the associate of applied science programs. May be repeated for a total of 1Ocredits. Internship credits may not be applied to other University programs. TC210 Graphical Problem Solving (1,3) 2 An introduction to technical drawing, machine tool, construction and mathematics using graphical problem-solving techniques. Prerequisite: TC118. CRIMINAL JUSTICE Special topics courses will be available as need and interest develop. Consult the semester course schedule for these. CJ101 Introduction to Criminal Justice (3,0) 3 A survey of the evolution of criminal justice with particular emphasis on the development of western models of justice. Included will be the role of law enforcement, corrections, the courts and loss control. CJ102 Police Process (3,0) . 3 Basic principles and techniques of administration which apply to criminal justice organizations. Emphasis on decision making, authority, human relations and communication within organiza· tions. CJ110 Introduction to Corrections (3,0) 3 History and philosophy of correctional policy and need for correctional reform; correctional system from arrest through sentencing; correctional personnel and clients. (3,0) 3 Survey of Canadian substantive and procedural criminal law including search and seizure, arrest, evidence and statutory and case law. CJ206 Law Enforcement/Loss Control Internship (3,0) 3 Field experience for correlation of theoretical knowledge with practice in participating law enforcement or loss control agencies. Prerequi· site: Permission of the instructor or sophomore standing. Course may be elected twice for credit of six hours. CJ212 Loss Control (3,0) 3 Study of security, including historical, legal and philosophical framework for various phases of security operations in our society today. CJ220 Institutional Corrections (3,0) 3 A survey of the history and philosophy of correctional institutions focusing on: The use of imprisonment as a mechanism of social control, custody versus treatment, rights of prisoners, prison and jail management, institutional training programs, examination of contemporary correctional institutions, prison and jail architecture, and prisoner society. CJ240 Community-Based Corrections (3,0) 3 A survey of the history, development, techniques and fundamentals of non-institutional correctional programs and services. Emphasis will be placed on the necessity of correctional programs to interact with other human service agencies within the community. CJ243 Investigation (3,0) 3 Introduction to investigation and the techniques of forensic science with emphasis upon gathering and documenting information for determination of fact. Prerequisite: CJ101. CJ250 Correctional Law (3,0) 3 Survey of substantive and procedural correc· tional law including sentencing, probation, parole, imprisonment, fines and restitution, and prisoners rights. Case law method used, based on appellate court decisions which evolve from criminal defendant litigation and complex legal issues concerning American corrections. CJ306 Security Systems (3,0) 3 Overview of specialized areas of security in specific facilities with special attention given to management of security information. Prerequisites: CJ212 . CJ313 Crisis Intervention and Deviant Behavior (3,0) 3 Survey of philosophy, theory and practice involved in the treatment of different crisis situations most commonly confronting the law enforcement officer in the performance of regular duties. Prerequisites: CJ101 and 102. CJ319 Substantive Criminal Law (3,0) 3 Survey of substantive criminal law as a means of attaining socially desirable ends including protection of life and property. Deals with historical, philosophical concepts as well as case law. Prerequisite: CJ101. CJ321 Ethical Issues in Public Safety (3,0) 3 Consideration of selected issues in public safety organizations. Emphasis on the role of practitioners and relations with the various publics. Students will be given moral dilemmas and will consider their individual value system. Prerequisites: CJ101 and 102. CJ330 Correctional Casework (3,0) 3 The history, standards and principles of correctional casework are presented; the roles, functions and goals of casework are discussed; the competencies and training required for effective casework are considered; and correctional clients - probation and parole selection and appraisal - are concentrated upon. Prerequisites: CJ220, CJ240, junior or senior standing. CJ341 Fire Cause and Arson Investigation (3,0) 3 Determination of fire cause and origin and explosion causes. Prevention, documentation and legal aspects examined. Prerequisite: Junior standing. CJ345 Statistics and Design for Public Safety (4,0) 4 Introduction to research methodology and designs utilized in public safety. Includes sampling, descriptive statistics, inferential statistics, sources of error in presenting findings, and preparing and reading research reports. Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU • 269 �Prerequisite: Junior standing in criminal justice or fire science and MA086 or equivalent/ satisfactory score on ACT or Placement Exam. CJ355 Juvenile Justice (3,0) 3 Criminological theories of the causes of juvenile delinquency and prevention strategies. The functions of the juvenile justice system including: Police, courts, detention and legal rights. The Canadian Young Offenders Act will also be studied. Prerequisites: CJ101 and S0214 (formerly CJ106). CJ401 Senior Seminar (3,0) 3 Seminar and independent study course with individual student guidance by faculty on selected research topics in criminal justice. Prerequisite: Senior standing. CJ402 Criminal Justice Internship 3-9 Criminal justice internship with an agency. Credit is based on 34 hours of field work per credit hour. Students must make application by the ninth week of the previous semester. Prerequisite: Senior standing and permission of instructor. CJ406 Advanced Canadian Jurisprudence (3,0) 3 Expands upon the material covered in CJ202, Canadian criminal law, including trail tactics and procedures, sentencing, jurors, invasion of privacy and other current topics. Prerequisite: CJ202. CJ409 Procedural Criminal Law (3,0) 3 Principles, duties and mechanics of criminal procedures as applied to important areas of arrest, search and seizure. Prerequisite: CJ319. CJ425 Women and Criminal Justice (3,0) 3 An examination of theories of female criminality and the treatment of women in criminal justice. Various issues relating to women as professionals in criminal justice will be covered. The unique issues which arise when females are incarcerated will also be examined. Prerequisites: CJ101, junior or senior standing. CJ444 Criminalistics (3,3) 4 Criminalistic methodology and practice including crime scene techniques for specific offenses, collection and preservation of evidence, narcotics and dangerous drugs, fingerprinting, presentations, and other related topics. Contains MLEOTC mandated hours. Prerequisite: CJ243. CJ484 Futures Research: Long-Range Planning for Criminal Justice (3,0) 3 This course will explore probable and possible futures and the impact on crime, criminality and the criminal justice system. It will explore alternative methods and systems to deal with projected change. Prerequisites: CJ101, CJ102, CJ321. CJ490 Independent Study for Criminal Justice (1-4) 1-4 This may take the form of either a research project or a directed reading on a specific subject. One to four credits over a period of one or more semesters may be granted according to the nature of the student's project. May be repeated up to six credits. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. CJ625 Women and Criminal Justice (3,0) 3 An examination of theories of female criminality and the treatment of women in criminal justice. Various issues relating to women as professionals in criminal justice will be covered. The unique issues which arise when females are incarcerated will also be examined. CJ684 Futures Research: Long-Range Planning for Criminal Justice (3,0) 3 This course will explore probable and possible futures and the impact on crime, criminality and the criminal justice system. It will explore alternative methods and systems to deal with projected change. CRIMINAL JUSTICE/ FIRE SCIENCE CF601 Protective Services Policy Analysis (3,0) 3 This course examines the interrelatedness and policy implications of the protective services components. CF602 Remediation in Criminal Justice, Fire Science and Emergency Preparedness (3,0) 3 CF611 Disaster Planning and Management (3,0) 3 This course explores the responsibilities of disaster planning and management for those in protective services. On site, local, regional and national disasters will be investigated. Applicable federal, state/provincial and local statutes are addressed. Actual disaster plans and case studies will be analyzed. CF612 Management of Security Programs (3,0) 3 Survey of salient issues and concerns confronting security. Examines the application and contribution of various management concepts and philosophies to assets protection issues such as information security, personnel protection, threat analysis, technological adaptation and resource allocation. DATA PROCESSING Special topics courses will be available as need and interest develop. Consult the semester course schedule for these. DP151 Computer Applications (1-2,0) 1-2 A series of courses using computer applications programs. Each course will provide 15 classroom hours of instruction per credit. A student may register for one or more sections per term for a maximum of five credits earned in this course. Students without computer experience are expected to take the introduction to computers module as a prerequisite. DP160 Personal Computers WorkStation Operating Systems (1-3,0) 1-3 This course examines the strategies and policy decisions that come into play to avoid violation or corrected, mandated, or adjudicated deficiencies. A series of courses covering popular personal computer workstation operating systems. Each course will provide 15 classroom hours of instruction per credit hour. A student may repeat this course covering a different workstation operating system for a maximum of six credit hours. CF603 Enforcement in Protective Services (3,0) 3 DP163 Troubleshooting and Repair of Personal Computers (2,2) 3 This course examines the design, scope and evaluation of the enforcement functions in the governmental and privatized areas. CF604 Prevention in Protective Services (3,0) 3 This course examines proactive assessment of operations to avoid undesired outcomes. CF610 Corrections Management Issues (3,0) 3 This course examines management strategies which have been used in the public sector, with special emphasis on corrections settings. Special considerations when managing correctional facilities will be evaluated. A basic introduction to the architecture, installation, maintenance, troubleshooting and repair of personal computers. The student will learn elementary principles of electronics, magnetism and logic. The disassembly and upgrading of a personal computer will be covered in the laboratory as well as the use of diagnostic hardware and software. Prerequisite: At least one credit hour of DP160. DP225 Word Processing Techniques (2,0) 2 Introduction to WordPerfect 6.1 for Windows and Perfect Office. Students will cover basics of word processing including document creating, saving, printing, and some advanced features such as table, merge, graphics and report formatting. Hands-on experience is scheduled in labs outside of classroom hours. 270 • Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU ...... ...... �DP241 Desktop Publishing (3,0) 3 Emphasis is on understanding the basic concepts of desktop publishing and how to produce well-designed desktop publications. Focus is on creating brochures, graphics, newsletters, reports and resumes using a highend page composer, paint and vector graphics software. Prerequisites: English competency and a working knowledge of a word processing software application. DP260 Personal Computers Network Operating Systems (1-3,0) 1-3 A series of courses covering popular personal computer network operating systems. Each course will provide 15 classroom hours of instruction per credit hour. A student may repeat this course covering a different network operating system for a maximum of six credit hours. Prerequisite: At least one credit hour of DP160. DP263 Storage, Protection and Recovery of Personal Computer (2,2) 3 Continues and expands upon DP163 with emphasis on disk; drives, formatting disks, editing, virus detection, prevention and eradication. Prerequisite: DP163. DP345 Presentation Graphics (3,0) 3 The design of overheads and slides used in presentations. Color, font size, placement and visual effect will be studied to produce effective visuals. The effective use of visuals in presentations will be covered. Graphics programs will be used to prepare visuals. Prerequisites: English competency and working knowledge of word processing or desktop publishing. principles of microeconomics. The topics covered are nominally the same as in EC202; however, there is more advanced coverage of topics in which a knowledge of mathematics is required. Prerequisites: MA151, MA141, or MA112. Credit not allowed for both EC202 and EC208. EC209 Honors Principles of Macro~ economics (3,0) 3 This course employs algebra, geometry and calculus intensively in the development of principles of macroeconomics. The topics covered are nominally the same as in EC201; however, there is more advanced coverage of topics in which a knowledge of mathematics is required. Prerequisites: MA151, MA141, or MA112. Credit not allowed for both EC201 and EC209. EC302 Managerial Economics (4,0) 4 A study of the application of economic analysis to managerial decisions. Topics include the firm and its environment, demand estimation, production and cost analysis, optimization and profit maximization, analysis of markets, pricing strategy and analysis of project decisions. Prerequisite: MA112 or MA 141 or equivalent. EC304 Money, Banking and Monetary Policy (3,0) 3 Monetary theory; study of financial institutions and central bank authorities; monetary policy and its limitations; changing structure of financial markets and industry; relationships between money, prices and national income. Prerequisite: EC201. EC305 Public Finance (3,0) 3 Special topics courses will be available as need and interest develop. Consult the semester course schedule for these. The economics of public finance, including taxation, public expenditures and fiscal policy. Rationale and objectives of government activity in a market system; distribution of tax burden; income redistribution effects of taxation and expenditure programs. Prerequisite: EC201 or EC202. EC201 Principles of Macroeconomics (3,0) 3 EC308 Intermediate Microeconomics (3,0) 3 ECONOMICS Nature and scope of economics; national income accounting; problems of unemployment and price instability; public revenues and expenditures; money and banking; fiscal and monetary policies to promote stability and economic growth. Prerequisite: MA086 or equivalent/ satisfactory score on ACT or Placement Exam. EC202 Principles of Microeconomics (3,0) 3 Principles of economic reasoning; supply and demand analysis; theories of production; price and output determination under each of the four market structures; factor returns and income distribution theories; public policy implications. Prerequisite: MA086 or equivalent/satisfactory score on ACT or Placement Exam. EC208 Honors Principles of Microeconomics (3,0) 3 This course employs algebra, geometry and calculus intensively in the development of Theory of demand; consumer choice and utility analysis; production and cost analysis; priceoutput determination under the four market structures; resource allocation; public policy and managerial applications emphasized. Prerequisite: EC202. EC309 Intermediate Macroeconomics (3,0) 3 Determinants and measurement of national income; theories of consumption and investment; aggregate economic analysis including !SLM and aggregate demand-aggregate supply models; unemployment and inflation; stabilization policies; economic growth. Prerequisite: EC201. EC407 Introductory Econometrics (3,0) 3 This course provides an introduction to the theory and use of regression analysis to solve problems in economics. The classical regression model is developed and extended to multiple regression. Topics include data problems, model specification, multicollinearity, goodness of fit, qualitative independent variables, hetroscedasticity, serial correlation, qualitative and limited dependent variables, and forecasting. Prerequisites: BA211 or MA207, EC201, EC202, MA112 or MA143 or MA151. EC408 International Economics (3,0) 3 Pure theory of trade and comparative advantage; free trade versus protectionism; trade problems of developing nations; balance of payment accounting; exchange rates; international monetary systems. Prerequisites: EC201 and EC202. EC409 Seminar in Economics (1-2,0) 1-2 Discussion of economic issues, theories and their applications. May be repeated for credit with the approval of the instructor for a total of four credits. EDUCATION Special topics courses will be available as need and interest develop. Consult the semester course schedule for these. ED101 Foundations of Early Childhood Education (3,0) 3 An introduction to the field of early childhood. Topics include its history, application of theories to curriculum, types of programs and issues in the field of child care. Observations of various early childhood settings will be required. ED105 Child Guidance and Welfare (3,0) 3 Through readings, discussions, observations and interactions with children, the student will learn how to develop guidance strategies when working with children in an early childhood setting. Prerequisite: PY155 or PY265. ED110 Curriculum Development and Teaching Practices (3,0) 3 Developing curriculum and teaching practices based on the whole child's development: Cognitive, physical, social, emotional, and creative. Emphasis on planning play activities for learning centers. Observations of children in an early childhood setting will be required. ED111 Infants and Toddlers: Developmentally Appropriate Practices (3,0) 3 Includes theories of emotional, physical, social and cognitive stages of development of children ages Oto 36 months. The knowledge of these stages will be applied to matching developmentally appropriate teaching and caregiving practices. Issues in administering infant/toddler programs will also be discussed. Prerequisite: PY155 or PY265. ED220 Early Childhood Literature (3,0) · 3 Readings in developmentally appropriate literature and related activities across the Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU • 271 �curriculum for young children, ages birth through kindergarten. Prerequisites: EN110 and SD101. ED260 Practicum I (1,12) 4 The student will complete 12.5 hours weekly in an early childhood laboratory setting. Attendance at a weekly seminar is also required. Prerequisites: ED101 and ED110 and permission of instructor. Credit/no credit grade. ED261 Practicum II (1,12) 4 The student will complete 12.5 hours weekly in an early childhood laboratory setting. Attendance at a weekly seminar is also required. Prerequisites: ED101 and ED110 and permission of instructor. Credit/no credit grade. ED270 Administration of Early Childhood Programs (3,0) 3 Knowledge of financial, legal, supervisory and administrative procedures used in operating an early childhood program will be gained through lectures, discussions, readings and activities. Prerequisite: ED260 or ED261. ED340 Practicum III - Field Experiences (1,12) 4 Students will gain hands-on experience and observational skills in a K-3 classroom. Students will attend individualized seminars, and complete 100 contact hours in the classroom with additional course requirements. Prerequisites: Permission of instructor and completion of ED260 and ED261. ED420 Emergent Literacy (3,0) 3 A methods class which facilitates understanding of the reading, writing, oral and listening development of the child from preschool to early elementary. Prerequisite: ED220 or EN335. ED430 Directed Studies in Early Childhood Education (4,0) 4 Individual research study of a relevant topic of current trends and issues in early childhood. Topic will be defined jointly by student and instructor. Prerequisite: junior status. ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING Special topics courses will be available as need and interest develop. Consult the semester course schedule for these. EE105 Fabrication Fundamentals (0,2) 1 This course introduces students to the process of the layout and construction of electronic circuits. Students will develop basic skills in the use of electrical CAD software, soldering, construction techniques and circuit board construction. Prerequisite: EG101. EE125 Digital Fundamentals (3,2) 4 A study of numbering systems and binary codes, combinational and sequential digital logic (with an emphasis on contemporary programmable logic concepts), and microcomputer memory devices systems. Prerequisites: EG101 or CS101, and MA140. EE210 Circuits and Machines (3,2) 4 A study of simple electrical rules, theorems and laws applicable to AC and DC circuits. Specifically, Kirchhoff's laws, Thevenin's and Norton's theorems, superposition, current and voltage divider rules, etc. will be studied and applied to circuit analysis. Further study in RL and RC transient circuits, motors and generators will be provided. Laboratory work will focus on the use of PLC to control motors and other DC and AC machines. Prerequisites: EG101 or CS101 and MA143. EE250 Micro-Controller Fundamentals 4 (3,2) An introduction to micro-controller architecture, machine and assembly language program development, and computer system hardware and interfacing techniques. Prerequisite: EE125. EE305 Analog and Digital Electronics (2,3) 3 A study of digital electronics, electronic devices, and circuits for non-electrical engineering majors. Topics include discrete logic device, diodes, and amplifiers. Prerequisite: EE21 o. EE310 Network Analysis I (4,3) 5 A study of simple linear electrical networks using mesh, nodal and other analysis methods. Additional circuit analysis work is performed using vectors, phasors and linear algebra. Networks will include series, parallel, seriesparallel, RLC and transformer systems. Laboratory work will concentrate on verification of the theory through circuit fabrication and computer simulations. Prerequisites: MA243 and EE210. Corequisite: MA343. EE315 Network Analysis II (3,0) 3 A continuation of EE310 with emphasis on the study of complex electrical networks using differential equations, frequency response techniques, filters, Laplace transforms, Fourier series and computer simulation. Prerequisites: EE310 and MA343. EE330 Electro-Mechanical Systems (3,2) 4 A study of AC and DC motors, motor controllers, timing and sequencing circuits, transformers, power, and power distribution systems. PLC are utilized in the laboratory to integrate the power systems to various electro-mechanical devices. Prerequisites: EE210 and MA243. EE355 Microcontroller Systems (3,3) 4 A study of microcontroller systems design based on the MC68HC11. Assembly and C languages are used for program development in the design of embedded systems. Interfacing techniques, real-time control, and microcontroller emulator use are emphasized. Prerequisites: EG265 or CS105 and EE250. Corequisite: EE370. EE370 Electronic Devices (3,3) 4 A study of the operation and characteristics of electronic devices including diodes and transistors and thyristors. Emphasis will be placed on the analysis and design of circuits using these devices, including power supplies, switching circuits, and the digital logic families. The operational amplifier will also be introduced as a "device". Prerequisites: EE210 and MA243. EE375 Electronic Circuits 4 (3,3) A study of the analog application of electronic devices including transistors and operational amplifiers. Emphasis will be placed on the analysis and design of circuits using these devices, including bias circuits, frequency response, multi-stage amplifiers, and operational amplifier circuits. Prerequisite: EE370. Corequisite: EE315. EE420 Digital Design (3,3) 4 ....., A study of logical and electronic circuit design techniques including combinational and sequential circuits, programmable logic devices, MSA and LSI devices. Synchronous state machine design using computer-based tools is emphasized for control applications. Prerequisites: EE125 and EE370. EE425 Digital Signal Processing (2,2) 3 '-- A study of the application of real-time digital signal processing in analog and digital control system design. The course emphasizes discrete Fourier transforms, design of digital filters, sampling theory, and process control using data acquisition equipment and computer simulation techniques. Additional emphasis is placed on communication theory in relation to its utilization of DSP technology. Prerequisites: MA207, MA343, EE315 and RS460. EE440 Electromagnetic Fields (2,2) 3 A study of static and time-variant electric and magnetic fields, plane waves, guided waves, transmission line theory, radiation and antennas. Prerequisite: EE315. ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY AND TELECOMMUNICATIONS ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY Special topics courses will be available as need and interest develop. Consult the semester course schedule for these. ETllO Applied Electricity and PLC (3,2) 4 Basic principles of DC and AC electricity. Topics include: RLC series and parallel circuits, 272 • Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU ...... - �electrical motors and programmable logic controllers (PLC). Laboratory exercises will reinforce the lecture material. Corequisite: MA092. ET125 Electronic Drafting (1,3) 2 An introduction to electronic drafting to include instruments, lettering, sketching, multi-view projection, dimensioning, reduction, standard electronic symbols, schematic diagrams and circuit board layout. ET175 Applied Electronics (3,2) 4 An introduction to the operation of basic electronic devices including diodes, transistors and operational amplifiers. Topics include: Power supplies, amplifiers, frequency response and filter circuits. Laboratory exercises will reinforce the lecture material and introduce computer circuit analysis. Prerequisite: ET110. Corequisite: MA140. ET240 Communications I (3,2) 4 An introduction to analog and digital communication with an emphasis on modulation techniques. Topics include: Amplitude, angle and pulse modulation, transmission and reception circuitry and special techniques. Prerequisite: ET175. Corequisite: MA143. ET245 Communications II (3,2) 4 Continuation of communications I with emphasis on transmission lines and wave propagation. Topics include: Transmission lines characteristics, Smith charts, wave propagation, antennas, waveguides and fiber optics. Prerequisite: ET240 and MA143. ET255 Computer Networks (3,3) 4 Study and analysis of computer networks and switching techniques. Topics include: Network topologies, protocols, routing algorithms and flow controls. Laboratory exercises will support the lecture material and introduce the students to local area and wide area networks. Prerequisites: ET240 and EE125. ENGINEERING MECHANICS Special topics courses will be available as need and interest develop. Consult the semester course schedule for these. EM220 Statics (3,0) 3 A study of theory and application of principles of statics with emphasis on problem solving, free body diagrams and vector analysis. Principle of equilibrium applied to particles and rigid bodies. Prerequisite: MA143. Corequisites or prerequisites: PH231 and EG265. EM320 Dynamics (3,2) 4 A study of theory and applications of dynamics and problem-solving techniques. Topics include position, velocity, and acceleration analysis of particles and rigid bodies . Newton's second law, work and energy and impulse and momentum are covered. Laboratory includes experiments demonstrating laws of dynamics and has special emphasis on creative problem-solving techniques and technical report writing. Prerequisites: MA144 and EM220. Corequisite or prerequisite: EG265. EN221 Creative Writing (3,0) 3 Writing and discussion of art forms such as poetry, fiction and drama consistent with the student's individual interests. Prerequisite: EN210 or EN215. EN231 American Literature I (3,0) 3 ENGLISH Special topics courses will be available as need and interest develop. Consult the semester course schedule for these. EN091 Basic English (3,0) 3 Thorough review of basic language skills for students who need preparation for freshman composition; weekly vocabulary tests and writing assignments. Credit/no credit final grade. Credit in this course does not apply toward graduation. All students whose English ACT scores do not place them in EN110 must receive credit for EN091 before taking EN110. EN110 Freshman Composition (3,0) 3 Emphasis on writing, usage and rhetoric which may include narration, process, description, comparison/contrast, definition and classification. Introduction to library resources and documentation. Prerequisite: Appropriate score on the English ACT examination or credit for EN091. EN205 Technical Report Writing (3,0) 3 A course in research methods, critical readings and written reports typical in technology, including memos, short reports, articles, resumes, and research processes and reporting of results in a long project. Emphasis on critical analysis and evaluation using APA style. Prerequisites: EN11 Oand sophomore standing. EN210 Research Paper Process (3,0) 3 A course in research methods and critical reading and writing. Includes introduction to library resources and research protocols. Emphasis on critical analysis and evaluation of primary and secondary source materials. Requires one short and one long research paper using APA style. Prerequisites: EN110 and sophomore standing. EN215 Introduction to Literature and Research 3 (3,0) A course in research methods and critical reading and writing, including the study of traditional and modern techniques of literary interpretation. Requires one research paper and critical essays using MLA style. Prerequisites: EN110 and sophomore standing. EN220 Advanced Composition 3 (3,0) Study and practice of the various forms of academic discourse. Library research paper required. Prerequisite: EN210 or EN215. A chronological study of American literature from the colonial writers through the Romantic period, ending with the Civil War. Prerequisite: EN110. EN232 American Literature II (3,0) 3" A chronological study of American literature from the Civil War through the present, covering the Age of Realism and the development of twentieth century literature. Prerequisite: EN110. EN233 English Literature I (3,0) 3 Reading and discussion of selected works from the Old English period to the beginning of the eighteenth century. Emphasis on major writers and works, evaluated in their historical context. Prerequisite: EN110. EN234 English Literature II (3,0) 3 Reading and discussion of selected works from the eighteenth century to the twentieth century. Emphasis on major writers and works, evaluated in their historical context. Prerequisite: EN110. EN235 Survey of Native Literature of North America (3,0) 3 An overview of Native American Literature, including myths, poetry, biographies, legends and stories from recognized Indian and nonIndian authors. The significance of Indian philosophy found in such literature will be emphasized. Prerequisite: EN210 or EN215. (Also listed as NA235). EN236 Literature and Culture 3 Fall Semester (3,0) Reading novels, stories, plays and poetry of American minorities and other cultures to discover the world-view expressed. Prerequisite: EN110. EN320 Responding to Writing 3 (3,0) A course in the theory and practice of effective writing with emphasis on evaluating and responding to writing across the disciplines. Recommended for writing ombudsmen, tutors, education students and other interested students. Course includes rhetorical and linguistic theory, current research on writing as process, theory and practice of responding to student writing, computer-assisted writing and revision, tutorial strategies and characteristics of writing in various disciplines. A strong theoretical framework with student paper examples from interdisciplinary fields. EN321 Rhetoric and Composition Theory (3,0) 3 A course in the theory of rhetoric and composition. The course takes an historical approach, Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU • 273 �tracing the growth, uses and transformations of rhetoric from the classical period to the present day, highlighting the major underlying cultural forces which fostered change in rhetoric and fueled the development of composition theory. Emphasis is upon modern rhetoric and composition theory. Prerequisite: EN11 O. EN322. Structure of the English Language (3,0) 3 Description of the system of rules underlying the grammar of English. Issues addressed will include language development, correctness, usage, language change, syntax, morphology, form classes and structure classes. Prerequisite: EN210 or 215. EN330 Development of the Novel in England and America I (3,0) Alternate Years 3 Study of the leading novelists - English and American - of the eighteenth century and the first half of the nineteenth century, beginning with Defoe and ending with the works of the 1840s. Prerequisites: EN231-232, or EN233-234. EN331 Development of the Novel in England and America II (3,0) Alternate Years 3 Study of the background and art of the Anglo/ American novel from approximately 1850 to the present. Intensive examination of characteristic forms, techniques and themes in major works. Prerequisites: EN231-232 or EN233-234. EN332 The Short Story (3,0) Alternate Years 3 A study of the background and development of the short story. Readings will include selections from Boccaccio, the French conte and the German novella in addition to English and American short stories. Prerequisite: EN210 or EN215. EN333 Studies in the Drama: the Genre and Theatre in Context (3,0) Alternate Years 3 A study of major plays in the context of theatre and literary history from the beginning to the present, including European, British, and American development. Prerequisite: EN210 or EN215. EN334 Approach to Poetry (3,0) Alternate Years 3 This is an introduction to the appreciation of poetry for junior-senior students (not exclusively English majors). Prerequisite: EN210 or EN215. EN335 Children's Literature (3,0) 3 A review of the rich and diverse field of literature for children from infancy to adolescence. Required for elementary teacher non-English majors and an elective for English majors. Prerequisites: EN210 or EN215 and SD101. EN420 History of the English Language (3,0) 3 Origin and development of the English language, including its relationship to other Inda-European languages, the history and structure of Old and Middle English, and the rise of modern English. Prerequisite: EN233-234. EN421 History of Literary Criticism (3,0) Alternate Years 3 An investigation of the history of critical theory to include classicism, neoclassicism, romanticism, the New Critics and contemporary critical trends. Prerequisite: EN233-234. EN430 Chaucer (3,0) Alternate Years 3. EV230 Introduction to Geographical Information Systems, GIS (2,3) 3 An introduction to the concepts and applications of geographical information systems (GIS). Topics to include data acquisition, spatial databases, vectors, applications, issues and trends. Students will gain practical experience in the operation of GIS systems. Prerequisites: CS101 and either BL130 or EV220. EV285 Principles of Epidemiology (3,0) 3 Intensive study of Chaucer's life and times and principal literary works: Canterbury Tales, Troilus and Criseyde, and The Romaunt of the Rose. Prerequisite: EN233. Principles, purpose and methods of descriptive and analytic epidemiology with emphasis on environmental health. Prerequisite: MA207. EN431 Milton and the Metaphysical Poets (3,0) Alternate Years 3 EV290 Independent Study in Environmental Science (1-4,0) 1-4 Intensive study of Milton's principal poetic works including Paradise Lost and Samson Agonistes; Donne's poetry and prose, and the metaphysical poets. Prerequisite: EN233. Special studies and/or research in environmental science for individuals or small seminar groups. Course content to be arranged by student(s) and a supervising professor with approval of school dean. Prerequisites: Students must have an overall GPA of at least 2.5, and no I grades on their transcript. Independent study courses may be repeated for a maximum of eight credits. Additional information is available at the School of Science and Natural Resources. EN432 Shakespeare (3,0) Alternate Years 3 Intensive study of Shakespeare's comedies, tragedies and historical dramas. Prerequisite: EN233. EN433 Seminar in Major American and English Writers (3,0) 3 An intensive study of a single writer, or of two or three writers who might be studied together profitably along thematic, technical or other lines. Prerequisite: Junior-senior standing. May be repeated twice for credit. EN450 Directed Individual Study (3,0) 3 Individual study of an author, period, genre or other related topic relevant to literary scholarship. Each student will do extensive research and prepare a paper. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE Special topics courses will be available as need and interest develop. Consult the semester course schedule for these. EV220 GPS/GIS Techniques (2,3) 3 An introduction to global positioning systems and geographic information systems technology, theory and applications. Course content includes practical map and compass use, triangulation, GPS receiver theory and operation, GIS fundamentals and operation, and the collection and integration of field positional data into GIS applications. Special emphasis is given to hands-on operation and practical applications in science, natural resource management, business, public health and safety, and public administration. Prerequisites: MA086 and SA091 or equivalent/satisfactory score on ACT or Placement Exam and CS101. EV311 Environmental Law (3,0) 3 Study of the fundamental concepts of environmental law and ethics. Course includes a survey of the field of environmental ethics and a discussion of ethical issues, a review of the basic legal systems and research techniques, state and federal environmental statues and codes of conduct for environmental professionals Extensive use of case studies related to application of environmental law are used to illustrate ethical dilemmas and the approaches for resolving them. Offered even-numbered fall semesters. Prerequisite: junior standing. EV313 Solid and Hazardous Waste (3,0) Alternate Years 3 Identification and classification of solid and hazardous wastes, including discussion of storage and processing, collection and transportation, resource recovery and recycling and ultimate disposal. Topics on radiation, decay, health effects and sources of hazardous materials will also be covered. Offered oddnumbered fall semesters. Prerequisite: MA112 or equivalent. EV341 Environmental Chemistry I: Water and Water Pollution Control (3,3) 4 A study of the environmental chemistry of water, the measurement and remediation of water quality problems, the toxicology of water pollutants, and the environmental aspects of energy use. Prerequisites: CH225, CH231 and NS103. Also listed as CH341. EV395 Junior Seminar (0,2) 1 Literature searching, scientific writing, and oral presentation of scientific data. Students will be expected to listen to presentations of peers enrolled in EV499 and develop a topic for their senior thesis. Prerequisite: Junior standing. 274 • Lake Supertor State University• 1-888-800-LSSU ...... �EV425 Environmental Systems Analysis ES230 Athletic Training I (3,0) 3 (2,3) 3 The basic approach and statistical concerns associated with conducting an environmental analysis, as required for an environmental impact analysis will be integrated with interpretation of data from actual situations. Students will learn how analysis of soil, water, air, plant communities, animal communities and organic tissue analysis can be combined to evaluate the environmental health of a specific site. Prerequisite: CH341 or CH342. This is an introductory class to the field of athletic training. It will provide an overview for the student as to what an athletic trainer does. Topics to be included will be a history of athletic training, developing conditioning programs, nutrition, protective equipment in sports, the healing process, emergency plans, injury assessment, psychology of injury, environmental conditions and the use of drugs in sports. EV450 Laboratory Apprentice (0,3) per credit 1-2 This class will be a continuation of ES230. After establishing a general knowledge base in ES230 will elaborate on those concepts and extend them to the various extremities of the body as well as the spine and head. Prerequisites: ES230 and BL122. Students will assist in laboratories, learning instructional techniques, under direction of faculty. Course may be repeated for a maximum of two credits. Students must gain approval of the faculty member in charge of the specific laboratory, and the school dean. Credits may be used as EV electives. This is a credit/no credit course. EV490 Independent Study in Environmental Science (1-4,0) 1-4 Special studies and/or research in environmental science for individuals or small seminar groups. Course content to be arranged by student(s) and a supervising professor with approval of school dean. Prerequisites: Students must have junior or senior standing, have an overall GPA of at least 2.5, and no 1grades on their transcript. Independent study courses may be repeated for a maximum of eight credits. Additional information is available at the School of Science and Natural Resources office. EV499 Senior Thesis (1,3) 2 Required of seniors majoring in environmental science. Students present seminars and provide an audience for fellow seniors. Each paper presented will be critically analyzed by the audience. Prerequisite: EV395. EXERCISE SCIENCE ES232 Athletic Training II (3,0) 3 ES234 Preventative Taping Techniques (0,2) 1 To present current and comprehensive taping and wrapping techniques used in athletic training. Prerequisite: ES232. ES248 Psychology of Sport and Performance and Coaching 3 (3,0) A review of the psychological aspects related to success in sport and athletics. Emphasis will be placed on presenting techniques for improving individual and team athletic performance, as well as consideration of the psychological aspects of coaching. Specific topics will include personality and sport, attention/anxiety/arousal regulation, motivational techniques, the aggressionperformance relationship, and the development of team cohesion and leadership. ES262 Exercise Physiology I (3,0) 3 Introduction to biological energy systems and support systems involved in physical activity and exercise. Emphasis on energy system recruitment dynamics, acute and chronic adaptations to training, and applications to programs employing physically based activities. Prerequisites: BL 121 and CH104. Special topics courses will be available as need and interest develop. Consult the semester course schedule.for these. ES268 Fitness Evaluation I - Field Tests (1,2) 2 ES140 Health and Fitness (3,0) 3 Provides theoretical background and measurement concepts specific to field tests employed in exercise science settings. Emphasis on skill, development and interpretation of results relative to normative data. Prerequisite: BL121 and ES140. Introductory course: Theoretical basics of exercise, diet and nutrition and the wellness lifestyle. Topics include aerobic and musculoskeletal fitness, weight control, stress reduction, alcohol and tobacco abuse and presents principles for promoting a wellness lifestyle. ES141 Introduction to Movement (3,0) 3 This course reviews and applies the pertinent aspects of the prerequisite disciplines of anatomy and physiology. Specific attention will be placed on muscles, bones, joint structures, and functions as well as the fundamentals of leverage, balance, and "the feel of the movement". A detailed understanding of movement description is the most critical element in the student's mastery of the subject matter. ES275 Nutrition for Sport and Exercise Performance (2,0) 2 Extends the basic principles of nutrition presented in ES262 and explicitly details the role of the major nutrients in their application to wellness and fitness settings, as well as athletic performance. Specifically addresses the interaction of diet and exercise in modifying the condition of the individuals with metabolic dysfunction (diabetes, obesity) or compromised cardiovascular health (hypertension, coronary heart disease). Also examines the special nutritional needs of athletes and the effective- ness of ergogenic aids in enhancing sport performance. Prerequisite: BL121 and ES262. ES295 Practicum (1-2,0) 1-2 Practical experiences that explore various types of work setting in exercise science, working under specialist in the various chosen areas of interest. May be repeated for a total of four credits. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. ES301 Athletic Training Practicum I (0,2) 1 To allow students to gain practical experience in the athletic training setting and apply the concepts they have learned in previous athletic training classes. Prerequisite is admission to the Athletic Training Program. Corequisite: ES345. ES302 Athletic Training Practicum II (0,2) 1 A practical experience in the field of athletic training that applies to the concepts and techniques taught in ES230, ES232, ES234, ES344 and ES349. Prerequisites: Admission to the Athletic Training Program and ES301 . Corequisite: ES349. ES344 Kinesiology (3,0) 3 Science of movement applied to muscle, joint structure and function and application of physical laws of gravity, leverage, motion and balance to human performance. Video tape motion analysis is used to apply these theories into practical experience. ES345 Modalities and Therapeutic Rehabilitation in Sports Medicine (3,0) 3 This course is designed to help guide the student in making decisions in the proper usage of modalities and therapeutic rehabilitation in an athletic setting. Students will be responsible for modality and rehabilitation progressions starting at the initial injury and progressing the athlete to return to action status. Prerequisite: ES242. ES348 Fitness Evaluation II Laboratory Procedures (2,2) 3 Provides theoretical background and technical aspects specific to laboratory procedures employed in clinical exercise science settings. Emphasis on developing skills with instrumentation for assessing cardiac activity, respiratory functioning, metabolic dynamics, anthropometer, and administering exercise protocols for diseased populations. Prerequisites: ES268 and ES262. ES349 Orthopedic Assessment in Sports Medicine (3,0) 3 Provides a clear, concise process of physical examination of the spine and extremities which would direct the student in a logical, efficient and thorough search of anatomy relevant to the field of sports medicine. This course will allow the student to continue to build a solid foundation in anatomy specific to orthopedic education. Prerequisite: BL 122 (formerly ES230). Lake Superior State University • 1-888-800-LSSU • 275 �ES358 Research Methods in Exercise Science (3,0) 3 ES434 Neurological Basics of Motor Leaming (3,0) 3 Introduction to research methods and related statistical procedures for constructing and analyzing research activities. Presentation of statistical concepts including correlation, t-tests and analysis of variance and their use in exercise science. Introduction to measurement concepts of validity and reliability and the facets of writing a research report. Prerequisites: MA207 and ES262. An overview of how the neurological system integrates external stimuli and internal processes in the effective control of movement. Introduced are control systems, attention processes, memory, and the role of feedback and practice on motor learning. Prerequisites: BL122, ES344 and ES362. ES362 Exercise Physiology II (3,0,) 3 Examines current issues in the field and students will prepare and present advanced physiological concepts related to special topics. Extends the study of the physiological aspects of exercise by examining advanced topic areas. Specific topics covered are the endocrine system and exercise, effects of exercise on the immune system, exercise and altitude, exercise and thermal stress, as well as exercise physiology concerns of various clinical populations. Prerequisites: BL 122, CH105 and ES262. ES390 Recreation Leader Apprenticeship (1,0) 1 Practical experience in learning to teach and lead various recreation experiences. Students serve with qualified instructors. Prerequisite: Basic skills and knowledge of activity and instructor permission. May be repeated for a total of three credits. ES401 Athletic Training Practicum III (0,2) 1 A practical experience in the field of athletic training that applies the concepts and techniques presented in ES230, ES232, ES234, ES345, ES349 and ES344. Prerequisites: senior status in the Athletic Training Program and ES302. Corequisite: ES452. ES402 Athletic Training Practicum IV (0,2) 1 A practical experience in the field of athletic training allowing students to serve as a team athletic trainer responsible for the health care of an athletic team under supervision of the faculty/ staff athletic trainers. Prerequisites: senior in the Athletic Training Program and ES401. ES428 Psychological Aspects of Exercise and Athletic Rehabilitation 3 (3,0) The acute and chronic psychological consequences that occur as a result of involvement in physically based activities will be examined as they apply to recreational exercisers and sport enthusiasts, as well as individuals with health problems. Emphasis will be placed on developing an understanding of the theoretical background for specific topic areas and investigating the support for these theories by examining original research reports on the effects of exercise and rehabilitation on adherence, chronic pain, anxiety, depression and sport injury. Prerequisites: ES262 and ES358. ES440 Exercise Physiology Seminar (2,0) 2 ES442 Electrocardiography in Exercise Science (2,0) 2 Examines electrophysiological basis of ECG, cardiac anatomy and metabolism responses to rest and exercise. Prerequisite: ES262 with a C grade or better. ES444 Exercise Prescription (2,0) 2 Provides experience in writing and developing advanced training and conditioning programs for a variety of populations. Process oriented; considers needs analysis and cyclic training. ES450 Philosophy of Human Performance and Leisure (3,0) 3 A study of the origins and development of leisure behavior, sport, athletics and personal fitness across cultures. Ethical issues such as violence, opportunity, exploitation, role models and equity will be examined. Prerequisites: ES262 or RC101 and junior status. ES452 Athletic Training Administration 3 (3,0) This course will examine the administrative duties that athletic trainers must perform effectively and efficiently do their jobs. These tasks involve organization tactics, job performance evaluations, budgetary concerns, facility design, record keeping, insurance concerns and legal aspects. Prerequisites: senior in the Athletic Training Program and ES349. Students within the Athletic Training Program will take this course concurrently with ES401. ES481 Professional Development Seminar (1,0) 1 Opportunities for students to refine personal and professional goals and initiate preparation of resumes and interviewing skills. Career planning and placement will be emphasized as well as internship evaluation. Seminar format. Prerequisite: Senior status required. ES492 Internship 6 Comprehensive practical application of students formal academic preparation. Prerequisite: Junior status and instructor permission. ES496 Selected Research Topics (1-3,0) 1-3 Student carries out approved project(s) of his/ her own initiative. Prerequisite: Junior standing and instructor permission. FINANCE Special topics courses will be available as need and interest develop. Consult the semester course schedule for these. FN242 Personal Finance (3,0) 3 An introduction to the principles of personal financial planning. Topics include the financial planning process, credit and borrowing fundamentals, analysis of savings, investments and taxes, individual insurance, retirement and estate planning. Prerequisite: MA086 or equivalent/satisfactory score on ACT or Placement Exam. FN245 Principles of Finance 3 (3,0) An introduction to the principles of business finance. Topics include math of finance, working capital management, financial planning and forecasting, debt and leasing, common and preferred stock, leverage and capital structure, capital budgeting, cost of capital. Students with credit in FN341 may not enroll in this course. Prerequisites: AC132, or AC230, or OA119, and MA086 or equivalent/satisfactory score on ACT or Placement Exam. FN248 Real Estate (3,0) 3 A study of the basic principles of real estate practice. Coverage includes broker-agent relationships, real estate marketing, real estate law, financing, appraising, taxation and math. Prerequisite: MA086 or equivalent/satisfactory score on ACT or Placement Exam. FN341 Managerial Finance (4,0) 4 The nature and scope of financial management including math of finance, financing instruments, leverage and capital structure, financial planning and forecasting, risk and return analysis, capital budgeting. Prerequisites: AC133 and BA211. ..... FN443 Insurance (4,0) 4 A study of the financial, legal and social aspects of the insurance industry with emphasis on risk and actuarial analysis, insurance institutions and operations, insurance contracts and policies including life, annuity, health, property, liability, group, business and governmental coverages. Financial planning worksheets are utilized to appropriate policy selection. Prerequisites: BA254 and MA086 or equivalent/satisfactory score on ACT or Placement Exam. FN446 Financial Analysis and Policy (4,0) 4 An analytical study of long- and short-term financial policy and strategy through case problems. Selected readings in financial theory supplement the case studies. Prerequisite: FN341. 276 • Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU .__ �FN448 Investment Strategy (4,0) 4 FS211 Tactics and Strategy (3,0) 3 A study of investment media and securities markets, risk and return analysis, valuation theory, portfolio construction and investment mechanics. Prerequisite: FN341 . Utilization of manpower, equipment and apparatus on the firegrou_n~. Emp~asis: Pre-fire planning, fire ground dec1smn making .. Implementing tactics and disaster planning. Students will use fire simulation programs and interactive technology to apply and implement the principles covered in didactic instruction. Prerequisite: FS101 . FIRE SCIENCE Special topics courses will be available as need and interest develop. Consult the semester course schedule for these. FS101 Introduction to Fire Science (3,0) 3 . Survey of the history and philosophy of fire protection. Examines present fire protection problems and future challenges, pu~lic fire protection agencies, firefigh_ting equ1pl!le.nt and extinguishing agents. Special emphasis 1s placed on emergency responders' safety and hazardous material recognition. FS102 Wildland and Rural Fire Control (3,0) 3 . Class will provide the theory and practical instruction necessary to manage and control wildland fires. Prevention, back burns, grid references, fuels, firefighting methods and tactics are covered in the course. Select students may earn their "red card" which provides United States Forest Service certification. Prerequisite: enrollment in degree programs in fire science, the natural sciences, natural resource technology or conservation law. FSlll Hazardous Materials (3,0) 3 Principles of combustion; examination of . theoretical and practical aspects of combust10~. Investigation of physical and chemical properties of substances which may harm responders, the general public and the environment. FS204 Fire Protection Hydraulics and Pumps (3,0) 3 The application of mathematics and physics laws to properties of water, force, pressure and flow velocities. Emphasis: Applying principles of hydraulics to fire protection problems, _use o_ f water supply sources and needs; examines fire department apparatus testing, inspectio~ _an~ maintenance; deals with apparatus spec1f1cat1ons and requirements. Prerequisite; MA086 or equivalent/satisfactory score on ACT or Placement Exam. FS205 Fire Protection Systems Equipment (3,0) 3 Use and water supply needs of sprinkler and stand pipe systems and devices, fixed extin- . guishing and detection syst~ms and devices, fire department testing, inspection and maintenance. Alarm centers, warning devices and safety considerations are covered along with fire flow calculations and risk assessment. Prerequisites: FS204 and MA086 or equivalent/satisfactory score on ACT or Placement Exam. FS220 Fire Science Certification 4 (3,3) An application of the principles of fire attack and strategy through the use of exercises and computer-generated simulations. ~azmat incident analysis and other maior disaster case studies are used in this class. Prerequisites: FS101, FS111 and FS204. Corequisites: FS205 and FS211. FS301 Code Enforcement Inspection and Fire Prevention (3,0) 3 An introduction to fire inspection procedures and inspection techniques as related to building construction fire load, fire protection systems, plans and th~ storage of hazardous materials. A study of safety code enactment, formulation and its relation to fire prevention and public education efforts and responsibilities of the fire service. Prerequisite: FS101 . FS312 Hazardous Materials Management (3,3) 4 Covers requirements of federal law dealing _with hazardous incidents, waste management with reference to OSHA, NIOSH, NFPA, and ACGIH standards. This class can certify select students at the level of general hazard awareness, emergency response operations, and hazardous waste worker. Prerequisites: FS101 and FS111 or CH115/116. FS321 Industrial Fire Protection (3,0) 3 . Examination of fire and life-style hazards in business and industry. Emphasis on managing the codes process, fire prevention and training private fire brigades. Prerequisite: FS101. FS401 Senior Seminar (3,0) 3 . Seminar and independent study course with individual student guidance by faculty on selected research topics in fire science. Prerequisite: Senior standing. FS403 Fire Science Internship 3-9 Fire science internship with an agency. Credit is based on 34 hours of field work per credit hour. Students must make application by the ninth week of the previous semester. Prerequisite: Senior standing and permission of instructor. FS490 Independent Study for Fire Science (1-4) 4 This may take the form of either a research project or a program of directed r~ading on a specific subject. One to four credits over a period of one or two semesters may be granted according to the nature of the student's project. May be repeated up to six credits. Prerrequisite: Permission of instructor. FRENCH Special topics courses will be available as need and interest develop. Consult the semester course schedule for these. FR151 First Year French I (4,1) 4 Introduction to basic French grammar and vocabulary; designed to acquaint the stude~t with the minimum essentials of oral and written French. Students will learn to read magazines, newspapers, and elementary texts as well as to express themselves orally. FR152 First Year French II (4,1) 4 Further study of French grammar and vocabu- . lary. Emphasis on student's ability to communicate both orally and in writing. The reading of various materials with the aim of translating English , enlarging the vocabulary and i~~roving understanding of the language. Prerequ1s1te: FR151 or equivalent. FR251 Second Year French I (4,1) 4 Review of basic grammar; introduction to advanced idiom; use of oral French in classroom; writing of compositions in French; reading of French texts. Prerequisite: FR152 or equivalent. FR252 Second Year French II (4,1) 4 Emphasis on use of oral French; reading, translation, and explication of text; conducted as much as possible in French. Prerequisite: FR251 or equivalent. FR351 Advanced Conversation and Composition I (3,0) 3 Extensive reading of French contemporary prose and writing of compositions on related current issues. Directed discussion of all oral and written assignments. Systematic review of grammar. Prerequisite: FR252 or equivalent. FR352 Advanced Conversation and Composition II (3,0) 3 . . Continuation of FR351 with special emphasis on the development of a more mature oral and written expression. Prerequisite: FR351 or equivalent. FR353 Business French I (3,0) 3 An initiation into the language skills for use in business situations in a French speaking environment. The course is organized around 12 different professional situations in the service . industry. A conversational approach is used with systematic oral and written practice from authentic documents. May be taken concurrently with FR351 . Prerequisite: FR252 or equivalent. FR354 Business French II (3,0) 3 Continuation of FR353. The course is organized around 12 different professional situations within lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU • 277 �the industrial sector. Further systematic practice through visits to French-speaking companies and individual reports. Aims to bring students to a level of proficiency in French business communication that would enable them to function in an internship situation. May be taken concurrently with FR352. Prerequisite: FR353 or equivalent. FR355 Survey of French Literature I (3,0) 3 A chronological study of the major works of French literature from its origins to the 18th century. Emphasis on the development and continuity of ideas and their evaluation within the political, social, and religious framework of the time, their influence on the formation of the language and literature. May be taken concurrently with FR351. Prerequisite: FR252 or equivalent. FR356 Survey of French Literature II (3,0) 3 Study and discussion of the major works of French literature of the 18th, 19th, and 20th centuries. May be taken concurrently with FR352. Prerequisite: FR355 or equivalent. FR360 Seminar in French Studies (1-4) 1-4 This course is structured as a study tour of France and provides students with an understanding of and immersion in French culture and civilization. Activities will be scheduled in Paris, Normandy, Mont St. Michel. May be used as humanities credit. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. GENERAL ENGINEERING Special topics courses will be available as need and interest develop. Consult the semester course schedule for these. EG101 Introduction to Engineering (1,2) 2 An introduction to the different areas of study within the fields of electrical and mechanical engineering. Lecture topics and laboratory activities will introduce computer programming, computer simulation exercises, data-acquisition systems, microcontroller systems, communications, robotic and manufacturing applications, material science and dynamics. Prerequisite or corequisite: MA092. EG250 Cooperative Education (2,0) 2 Supervised industrial experience with cooperative industries. The student's experience is related to academic studies and contributes significantly to professional development. Can be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. EG265 "C" Programming (3,0) 3 An introductory course in "C" programming with an emphasis on modular code development, computer interfacing, computer control architecture, control applications, graphics, simulation and team code development. Prerequisites: MA104, MA109 and EG101 or CS101. EG450 Cooperative Education Project I (2,0) 2 A course in which students work in a supervised engineering capacity (on site) with industry. This is the first of a two-course sequence that can replace the senior year Engineering Design Project II (EG495). The focus of this course is the development of the co-op project proposal and the initiation work on the co-op project. Prerequisite: EG250 Cooperative Education. Course may not be repeated for credit. Permission of instructor is required. EG451 Cooperative Education Project II (2,0) 2 A continuation of EG450 where students work in a supervised engineering capacity (on site) with industry on a technical project. This is the second of a two-course sequence that can be used as credit for EG495, Engineering Design Project II. The focus of the course is the completion and final report of the cooperative education project. Course may be repeated once for credit. Prerequisite: EG450 Cooperative Education Project. Permission of instructor is required. EG490 Research Topics in Engineering (1-4,0) 1-4 Special studies and/or research in engineering for individuals for small seminar groups. Course content to be arranged with instructor and with approval of the department head. This course may be repeated for a maximum of eight credits. EG491 Engineering Design Project I (2,2) 3 This course provides students with the skills necessary for successful completion of their design project. Topics include group dynamics, ethics, timelines, resource allocation, project management and performance evaluations. Skills in oral and written communications, problem conceptualization, creative problem solving and technical presentations are developed. Prerequisites: Senior status and expected graduation within the academic year and one of the following CH231, EE370, ME350 or MT315. EG495 Engineering Design Project II (1,6) 3 A continuation of EG491. This course provides students with the skills necessary for successful completion of their design project. Topics include group dynamics, ethics, timelines, resource allocation, project management and performance evaluations. Skills in oral and written communications, problem conceptualization, creative problem solving, and technical presentations are developed. Prerequisite: EG491. GEOGRAPHY Special topics courses will be available as need and interest develop. Consult the semester course schedule for these. GG106 Physical Geography: Landforms (3,2) 4 Introduction to the description and distribution of landforms with emphasis on lithospheric, hydrospheric and atmospheric relationships. Natural (physical) science credit given. Prerequisite: Completion of mathematics competency graduation requirement. Credit for both GG106 and NS107 not permitted. GG108 Physical Geography: Meteorology and Climatology (3,2) 4 Introduction to earth-sun relationships, maps and elementary principles of atmospheric science. Natural (physical) science credit given. Prerequisite: MA086 or equivalenUsatisfactory score on ACT or Placement Exam. Credit for both GG108 and NS105 not permitted. GG201 World Regional Geography (4,0) alternate years 4 A study of the physical environment, resources, past and present economic development, population distribution and historical development of Europe, Asia, the Islamic Middle East and North Africa, Sub-Saharan Africa, Latin America and North America. GG302 Economic Geography (4,0) alternate years 4 ..__ A study of the internal and external interrelationships of the various economic groupings of the world; i.e. North America, Europe and the emerging third world. GG306 Cultural Geography (3,0) 3 A study of the relationship of environment, culture and adaptive patterns; i.e., socioeconomic development. A special emphasis will be placed upon the current problems associated with food supplies, shortages and third world development. GG321 Geography of Europe and Great Britain (4,0) alternate years 4 A study of the physical, cultural and economic interdependence of the western European community. Special emphasis will be placed upon the role of the EEC in world economic development. Prerequisite: Junior standing. GG322 Geography of South America, Central America and the Caribbean Region (4,0) alternate years 4 The study of the geographical features and cultural history of the major regions in South America, Central America and the Caribbean with special concern for their 20th century development. Prerequisite: Junior standing. GG323 Geography of East and Southeast Asia (4,0) alternate years 4 The study of the geography of Japan, China, Korea, Southeast Asia and India with special emphasis on the impact of the major religions, regional rivalries and 20th century development. Prerequisite: Junior standing. GG325 Regional Geography of North America (4,0) alternate years 4 The study of the physical, cultural and economic development of various regions of Canada and the United States with special emphasis on the 278 • Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU ..... �development of regional characteristics and cultural traditions. Prerequisite: Junior standing . GG360 Historical Geography of Eastern North America (4,0) alternate years 4 A study of the impact of the physical features upon the historical development of eastern Canada and the eastern regions of the United States. Special attention will be given to the western migration patterns. Prerequisite: Junior standing. GG490 Independent Study in Geography (1-4) 1-4 Special topics such as regional , historical, economic, urban, cultural or physical geography. Prerequisites: Junior standing and permission of instructor.. May be repeated up to a total of 12 credits. GG492 Individualized Studies in Geography (2-4,0) 2-4 This is designed to provide an opportunity for specialized study of issues, problems and selected topics in geography. Prerequisite: Junior standing and permission of instructor. GEOLOGY Special topics courses will be available as need and interest develop. Consult the semester course schedule for these. GElll Physical Geology I (3,2) 4 The study of processes and features of the rocks and surficial materials that form the earth's crust. Emphasis will be placed on the dynamic earth including volcanoes, sea level change, catastrophic surface processes such as flooding and landslides, and energy fuels and waste disposal as they impact on society. Laboratory exercises involve minerals, rocks, topographic maps, geologic maps, aerial photographs and local field trips (as weather permits). SA091 or equivalent/satisfactory score on ACT or Placement Exam. GE215 Historical Geology (3,2) 4 GE321 Optical Mineralogy (2,3) alternate years 3 Summary review of the geologic record concerning origin and evolution of earth through geologic time. Emphasis upon stratigraphic principles, depositional environments, the tectonic framework of North America and significant events in the history of plants and animals. Laboratory exercises involve stratigraphic maps and introductory paleontology. Prerequisite: GE112. Optical properties of minerals and their underlying principles studied by oil immersion and thin section methods. Laboratory work consists of measuring optical properties and learning to identify unknown non-opaque minerals. Prerequisite: GE221 . GE216 Structural Geology and Geologic Graphics (3,3) alternate years 4 Study of stress, strain and deformation of rocks and the structural features commonly occurring in them. Laboratory exercises deal with structures in three-dimensional space and emphasize graphic methods of solving problems and of communicating geologic data. Prerequi- . site: GE215. GE221 Crystallography and Mineralogy (3,4) 4 A laboratory course initially emphasizing the crystalline structure of minerals followed by mineral identification techniques. Major topics include symmetry, crystals, physical properties, composition and related topics. Prerequisite: GE112 or NS102. Pre or co requisite CH115. GE222 Mineralogy and Petrography (3,4) 4 A continuation of GE221 emphasizing mineral identification leading to hand lens identification of igneous, sedimentary, metamorphic and other rocks. Related topics include chemical tests and a student research project. Prerequisite: GE221 . GE290 Independent Study in Geology (1-4,0) 1-4 Special studies and/or research in geology for individuals or small seminar groups. Course content to be arranged with instructor and with approval of the school dean. This course may be repeated for a maximum of eight credits. Prerequisite: Sophomore standing or higher. GE311 Principles of Hydrology (3,0) alternate years 3 GE112 Physical Geology II (4,1) 4 Surficial processes and landforms continued from GE111 . Geologic time, earthquakes, earth's interior, ocean basins, mountains, plate tectonics and other aspects of our dynamic earth are also studied, supplemented by appropriate laboratory exercises and two field trips. Prerequisite: GE111 or NS102. Origin, movement and uses of water with emphasis on water resources in relation to human needs and environmental considerations. Hydrologic principles, runoff analysis, flood routing, urban hydrology, floodplain hydraulics, groundwater hydrology. Prerequisite: PH221 or PH231 . Prior computer programming experience recommended. GE114 Field Excursions in Earth Science (1,4) 3 GE312 Groundwater Hydrology (3,0) alternate years 3 Afield-based educational experience in which aspects of geology, including environmental geology and the interrelationships among geology and other natural sciences, will be addressed. Travel destinations will vary to include regions with unique natural history. Trip expenses are the responsibility of the student. Prerequisite: SA091 or equivalent/satisfactory score on ACT or Placement Exam. Uses, preservation and protection of ground water. Physics and chemistry of ground water. Influences of geological structures and ground water exploration. Hydraulics and modeling techniques for ground water and water wells. Water well design, construction and testing. Prerequisites: PH221, 222 or PH231, PH232; GE311 ; and a course in computer programming. GE331 Introduction to Geophysics (4,0) alternate years 4 This course will include an introduction to gravity, magnetic, electric, seismic and radiometric geophysical techniques and their application to geophysical, geological and environmental problems. Emphasis will be placed on understanding the principles, techniques and applications of each to solving specific geologic/environmental problems and to understanding the structure and history of the earth. Prerequisites: GE112, MA112 or MA143 or MA151, and PH222 or PH232 (mathematics may be taken concurrently). GE351 Invertebrate Paleontology I (3,1) alternate years 3 Common invertebrate fossils, their evolutionary trends, anatomical features and geological significance. Special emphasis upon use of fossils for geologic dating and correlation, fossil description and classification. Prerequisite: GE215. GE352 Invertebrate Paleontology II (3,1) alternate years 3 Common invertebrate fossils and microfossils, their evolutionary trends, anatomical features and geological significance. Special emphasis upon use of fossils for geologic dating and correlation and use of paleontologic data. Prerequisite: GE351 . GE410 Engineering Geology (3,2) 4 This course examines rock types and stratigraphy, geological structures, surface processes, earth materials and methods of geological investigation in the context of behavior of soils and rocks as related to planning and construction. The course includes coverage of in-situ investigations including shallow geophysical methods and emphasizes environmental applications and concerns. Prerequisites: MA141 or MA151, CS100 or CS111, PH221 or PH231. GE422 Igneous and Metamorphic Petrography (2,3) alternate years 3 Description and classification of igneous and metamorphic rocks including laboratory study of rocks in thin section. Prerequisite: GE321. GE423 Sedimentary Petrography (2,2) alternate years 3 The study of the history of sedimentary rocks with emphasis placed upon depositional models. Major topics include lithology, facies and microfacies recognition and relationships, and diagenesis. Prerequisites: GE215 and GE321. GE434 Geotectonics (2,2) alternate years 3 A study of the general structure of the earth with emphasis on the dynamics of continental and oceanic crust. Includes a history of geologic Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU • 279 �thought leading to plate tectonics, with appropriate laboratory and student research projects. Prerequisites: GE222 and GE216. GE436 Field Geology (0,16) alternate summers 6 Six weeks of training and field experience in the observation, mapping, recording and interpretation of the great variety of geologic features in the Sault Ste. Marie region. Some extended field trips will be required. A supply and travel fee will be charged. Prerequisites: GE216 and GE222 and senior status. GE461 Stratigraphy and Sedimentation (4,1) alternate years 4 The study and interpretation of sedimentary processes and stratigraphic principles, emphasis on sedimentary relationships and depositional environments. Prerequisite: GE215. GN142 First Year German II (4,1) 4 Further study of German grammar and vocabulary. Emphasis on oral expression. Reading of various materials in German with aim of enlarging the student's vocabulary and improving understanding of the language. Prerequisite: GN141 or equivalent. GN241 Second Year German I (4,1) 4 Review of basic German grammar; study of vocabulary, idiom, and word formation to improve reading and conversational abilities. Prerequisite: GN142 or equivalent. GN242 Second Year German II (4,1) 4 Reading and discussion of more advanced German literary materials; conducted as much as possible in German. Emphasis on spoken language. Prerequisite: GN241 or equivalent. GE471 Economic Geology I (3,2) alternate years 4 A survey of major resource-forming processes, including ore deposits, industrial minerals and rocks, coal, crude oil and natural gas. Related topics include land ownership and mineral rights, exploration techniques, production methods, marketing strategies and economic aspects. Case studies related to resource exploration and extraction, as well as environmental impact of such activities, are incorporated to illustrate ethical dilemmas in the geosciences and approaches for resolving them. Laboratory exercises appropriate to the topics and a student research project. Prerequisites: GE112 and GE22 or equivalent. HEALTH GE472 Economic Geology II (2,2) alternate years 3 HE104 Nutrition for Early Childhood (3,0) 3 A continuation of the resource forming processes and deposits begun in GE471. Coverage of minor metals, industrial minerals, energy resources, and the economic, environmental and political aspects of the demand for limited resources are included as time permits. Student research project and field trip. Prerequisite: GE471. GE490 Research Topics in Geology (1-4,0) 1-4 Special topics courses will be available as need and interest develop. Consult the semester course schedule for these. HE101 Introduction to Medical Terminology (2,0) 2 This course introduces the beginning student to basic medical terminology related to all areas of health care. The focus of this course is on understanding and proper usage of medical language. Introduction to the function and metabolism of nutrients with special emphasis on the relationship between nutrition and childhood growth and development between 0-8. Lectures, discussion and community-based assignments will relate the body systems to the child's nutritional status, review recent developments in nutrition as they relate to childhood development, and provide basic nutrition education principles for adaptation in community settings. Special studies and/or research in geology for individuals or small seminar groups. Course content to be arranged with instructor and with approval of the school dean. This course may be repeated for a maximum of eight credits. Prerequisites: Junior standing or higher. HE113 Introduction to Health Services (3,0) 3 GERMAN HE181 First Aid (0.5,1.5) 1 Special topics courses will be available as need and interest develop. Consult the semester course schedule for these. This course provides the beginning student with an overview of our health care delivery system focusing on consumers, providers, services and settings. Basic course in first aid. Theoretical and practical experience in university laboratory. HE189 Medical First Responder (2,3) 3 GN141 First Year German I (4,1) 4 Introduction to basic German grammar and vocabulary, acquainting the students with minimum essentials of oral and written German. Reading of German texts. This course is designed to teach students the principles of basic life support and emergency care. Topics include patient assessment and handling, airway maintenance, cardiopulmonary resuscitation, bandaging, splinting and spinal immobilization. Management of common environmental and medical emergencies will also be addressed. Upon successful completion of the course, students will be eligible to apply for a Michigan Medical First Responder license. HE190 Prehospital Emergency Care and Crisis Intervention I (3,3) 4 Techniques of emergency medical care needed by the emergency medical technician-ambulance attendant. Theoretical and practical experience in administering preliminary emergency care and transportation of sick and injured victims to medical care centers. HE191 Prehospital Emergency Care and Crisis Intervention II (2,3) 3 Simulated practice with some in-hospital observation. Emphasis on laboratory practice of skills needed for functions of an EMT-A. Prerequisite: HE190. HE207 Nutrition Application 1 (1,0) This course is designed for students taking HE208 Nutrition. In this class, exercises and group discussion are utilized to assist the student in the application of nutritional principles with special emphasis on application in health care. Corequisite: HE208. HE208 Nutrition 2 (2,0) Basic principles of normal nutrition with emphasis on basic nutrients and food groups. Nutrition throughout life cycle including stressors impacting on nutritional requirements. Social, biological and physical sciences integrated throughout course. Prerequisite: BL105 or BL121. - HE209 Pharmacology (3,0) 3 Study of basic concepts of pharmacology and their relationships to health care. Drug metabolic processes are described providing foundation for clinical judgments about drug actions, reactions and interactions. Prerequi· sites: BL122 or BL105, CH105, and HE232. HE210 Introduction to Health Care Concepts 3 (3,0) Introduction to the health care system with analysis of the issues and trends affecting the provision of health care services. Not open to nursing majors. Prerequisite: Sophomore standing. HE228 Multicultural Approach to Health Care 3 (3,0) This course explores values, beliefs and practices related to health behaviors in a variety of culturally diverse groups. Methods for fostering culturally sensitive care are explored. Content includes communication, biological and nutritional considerations and assessment techniques. Prerequisite: S0101. HE232 Pathophysiology (3,0) 3 Study of physiological alterations in the body which disrupt homeostasis. Integrates anatomy, physiology and biochemistry into framework for studying disease. Core content provides 280 • Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU - - �understanding of mechanism and principles of disruptions of health. Emphasis on clinical correlations and physiological basis for common disorders. Prerequisite: BL 122. HE235 Computer Application in Health Sciences 2 (1,2) Introduces students to computer usage and its application to education, research and practice in health care professions. Topics include computer fundamentals, computer language, information systems, data-base systems, expert systems, health care applications, ethical considerations and relationships of computers to health care trends. Prerequisite: NU213. HE329 Women's Health Issues 2 (2,0) This course explores the diverse health needs of women across the life span. Students are encouraged to take an active participation in identifying topics of interest. Social, cultural, political, economic, legal and ethical issues are analyzed for their influences on ~omen's healt~ and the health care women receive. Prerequisite: S0101. HE330 Applied Nutrition (2,0) 2 Application of nutrition principles _in _health car~; obesity, anorexia nervosa and bullm1a; e~ph~s1s on gathering information and relevant ob1ect1ve measurements (anthropometric, biochemical) for use in developing nutritional care plans. Prerequisite: HE208. HE352 Health Issues of Aging Populations (3,0) 3 This course is designed to assist students from a variety of disciplines to gain a greater understanding of health-related issues that a_r~ associated with advancing age. In add1t1on to exploring physiological and psycholo~ical changes experienced by our elderly client~, students will learn how they can adapt their work strategies to work more effectiv~ly for the elderly clients that they serve. Prereqms1te: PY155. HE354 Legal and Financial Issues in Health Care Administration . (3,0) 3 This course is intended for students preparing for careers in management in health care fields or as health care practitioners. Students will be made aware of legal and financial issues and problems including fault liability; instit~ti?nal liability; forms of organization; credentialing and appointments; staffing issues; consen_t and_ refusal of treatment; and health care financing. The student will be more aware of the need to seek professional counsel to. minimi~e and . prevent litigation. Prerequisite: Junior standing. Also listed as BA354. HE601 Health Care Administration (3,0) 3 Overview of the American as well as the Canadian health care system, focusing on the political, cultural, economic, human resources,. managerial, professional, social and technological forces which shape current and future configuration of the health care system. HE603 Health Care Administration and the Law (3,0) 3 An overview of the principles of health care law through an analysis of the legal issues and factors affecting the provision of health care services in both the American and Canadian context. No prerequisites. HE604 Current Topics in Health Care Administration (3,0) 3 This is a culminating course in the health care administration track. Topics will be selected from the current issues and trends in health care administration for in-depth exploration during the course. It is a seminar format course with the expectation that students will research and analyze selected topics for classroom presentation and discussion. Prerequisites: HE601, HE602 and HE603. HE607 Health Management of Aging Populations (3,0) 3 .. Management principles applied to the prov1s1on of health care for aging populations forms the basis of this course. Population trends, aggregate health care needs, po.litical and social issues, and current and alternative systems of health care for aging populations are explored. The sociology of disease and the meanings of illness as applied to the aging process are explored. Issues of medicalizatlon of aging, individual responsibility, financing and settings for long-term care, and rationing are discussed. HE610 Managed Care (3,0) 3 Overview of Managed Care as a system and technique for managing health care delivery to ensure that services provided are necessary, efficiently provided, and appropriately priced. Provides a focus on the principles and issues of managed care, including roles o~ providers a.n~ consumers, and factors influencing the prov1s10n of health care services. HE611 Quality Management Processes (3,0) 3 The historical development of the concepts, processes and systems of evaluating and managing quality in the provision of healt_h care are explored. Quality improvement techniques, such as Total Quality Management (TQM) and Continuous Quality Improvement (CQI) will be analyzed. Special attention will be given to the underlying tools and approaches fundamental to the quality management process. HISTORY Special topics courses will be available as need and interest develop. Consult the semester course schedule for these. HS101 History of World Civilization I (4,0) 4 A study of world civilization from earliest time through the baroque. HS102 History of World Civilization II (4,0) 4 A study of world civilization from the baroque to the present. HS131 United States History I (4,0) 4 A study of United States history from the colonial settlement to the end of the American Civil War in 1865. HS132 United States History II (4,0) 4 A study of United States history from the end of the Civil War to the present. HS201 Classical World and Medieval Europe (4,0) every third year 4 A survey of Mediterranean civilization from the Bronze Age to the eve of the Renaissance. HS202 Renaissance, Reformation and Baroque Europe (4,0) every third year 4 A study of the political, institutional, religious, social, economic and cultural developments from 1400 to 1700. HS230 Survey of Native History of North America (4,0) 4 A study of American Indian history from earliest times to the present, with emphasis placed on the historical development of Indian tribes located in the Great Lakes region. Also listed as NA230. HS231 American Military History (4,0) 4 A general survey of American mili~ary history with a specific emphasis on the Midwest and Great Lakes regions. To utilize the unique geographic location of LSSU, field trips to the Straits of Mai;kinac and St. Joseph's Island are a part of the course. HS235 History of Applied Science and Technology (4,0) every third year 4 An introductory study of the origins and development of the applied sciences and technology from 1790 to the present. This survey will focus on the scientists, engineers and inventors responsible for the rapid rise of modern technology, industry, and business with particular emphasis on the developments in chemistry, metallurgy, electromagnetis':1, thermodynamics and cybernetics. The impact of these developments on the marketplace and society in general will be a major concern. HS301 History of England - 1000 T01714 (4,0) every third year 4 These 700 years witness the formation and maturing of most of the important political and social institutions that have come to be the Anglo-Saxon civilization and tradition. This period is critical to understanding present-day American culture and civilization . Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU • 281 �HS302 England in the Modem World (4,0) every third year 4 A history of England from 1715 to the present, emphasizing the struggle for parliamentary government, the Anglo-French conflict for commercial and colonial empire, the Industrial Revolution, the evolution of democracy and the recession of the British Empire. HS310 Russia: From Underdeveloped State to Superpower (4,0) every third year 4 A study of Russian history from Peter the Great to the present. HS315 Europe From Napoleon to World War I (4,0) every third year 4 A study in the political and economic history of Europe in the period 1789-1914. HS316 Europe in the 20th Century (4,0) every third year 4 A study of Europe in the age of Nazism, Communism, World War I and II, and the Common Market. HS331 American Intellectual and Cultural History I (4,0) alternate years 4 A study of American cultural and intellectual institutions as they developed from their . Elizabethan and European origins to the mid19th century. The emphasis will be placed upon the emergence of the unique and variant adaptations that arose in the first 250 years of English settlement in America. HS332 American Intellectual and Cultural History II (4,0) alternate years 4 A study of American culture from the mid-19th century until the present. Often considered our finest century, the 19th century witnesses many of America's most unique, fascinating and important contributions. The physical and philosophical aspects of these years will be surveyed. Particular attention will be given to areas where America comes to exercise important influences overseas. HS335 American Political Parties (4,0) every third year 4 A study of the rise and development of the American party system and the large number of major and minor parties that have participated in this system in the years prior to 1945. These parties will be treated in an historical fashion rather than structurally. May be taken for political science credit. HS346 Canadian History (4,0) every third year 4 A survey of Canadian history including the moving frontier, relations with the United States, .British-French rivalry, the establishment of democratic government and the changing relationship to Great Britain. HS361 Latin America (4,0) every third year 4 A study and analysis of Latin American history from the end of the Colonial Period to the present. This course will examine the basic political , social and religious institutions of Latin America and their evolution and role in the change of problems of U.S. -Latin American relations will be an important focus of this study. Prerequisite: GG322 geography of South America. Prerequisites: Senior standing and pursuit of a major or a minor in history. HS497 Senior Seminar in History (0-6) 2 A study of the history of China, Japan, India and adjoining areas of Asia from 1850 to present. Students will complete an historical research project under the supervision of a faculty member; at end of term participants make oral presentation at seminar for other students and invited guests, and submit the final paper. Prerequisite: HS496 and instructor permission. HS420 Field Methods of Archaeology (4,4) 8 HONORS PROGRAM HS371 Far East Civilization 1850Present (4,0) every third year 4 Field course in archaeological survey and excavation methods and techniques, at various sites in area including 1822 Fort Brady. Course held on-site M-R for eight weeks. Only four credit hours may count toward 300- and 400level courses for history majors. No prerequisites. HS425 The Politics of U.S. Labor History (3,0) 3 This course examines the role of organized labor in U.S. history, from colonial times to contemporary times. Attention will be given to the development of policies affecting unions. Prerequisite: upper-division student status. HS440 The Declaration of Independence and the Constitution (4,0) every third year 4 The events between 1763 and 1791 which produce these documents are the United States in the historical sense. Using original documents and contemporary comments, this critical era will be studied in depth to determine whence we came. Prerequisite: U.S. history sequence desired. HS441 Diplomatic History of the United States I (4,0) alternate years 4 American diplomacy from 1775 through the 19th century to U.S. entry into World War I in 1917. May be used as political science credit. HS442 Diplomatic History of the United States II (4,0) alternate years 4 American diplomacy from the entry of the U.S. into World War I in 1917 up through the present day. May be used as political science credit. HS490 Individual Historical Research (0,1-4) 1-4 Independent study under supervision of history faculty. May be repeated up to a total of six credits. Does not apply toward 300- or 400-level requirements in history. Prerequisite: Permission of the supervising faculty. HS496 Historical Methods (2,0) 2 Survey emphasizing research aids and techniques and historical analysis. Readings, discussions and written exercises introduce students to problems, methods and techniques of historical research. Discussion of and practice in main techniques of historical method, including bibliography and documentation. HP101 Honors First-Year Seminar (variable topics) (1-2,0) 1-2 credits An intensive reading/discussion seminar of selected topics from any discipline of special interest to first-years honors students. An interdisciplinary focus is encouraged as well as the inclusion of active learning strategies that promote self-directed learning. Class size is limited to 15 to promote student and faculty interaction around the world of ideas. Prerequisites: status as an Honors candidate (freshman) or fully admitted University Honors Program student, and/or permission of the Honors coordinator. May be repeated for a maximum of four credits. HP201 Honors Ideas Seminar (3,0) 3 An interdisciplinary sophomore-level seminar for University Honors Programs students. The course is designed to accommodate a range of specific topics; the particular topics, however, will investigate some aspect of the history of intellectual ideas, the nature of intellectual inquiry, and/or the construction of knowledge. The instructor serves as a facilitator in the seminar format which is intended to encourage student-directed learning. Prerequisites: formal admission to the University Honors Program and/or permission of the Honors Program coordinator. HP301 Honors Contemporary Issues (3,0) 3 A junior-level seminar for University Honors Program students. The course is designed to accommodate a range of special topics to be submitted by LSSU faculty under the general provision for Special Topics; the topics may evolve out of an interdisciplinary focus on some aspect of traditional disciplinary subject matter, or may be a reconfiguration of a regular course, redesigned to meet the particular needs of Honors Program students. The role of the instructor, however, would be as a facilitator, working within the seminar format to encourage student-directed learning around a topic requiring intellectual rigor. As this is a core requirement for all junior Honors students, it is expected that a given course proposal would not require prerequisites beyond those for general education. Prerequisites: formal admission to the University Honors Program, junior status, and/or permission of the Honors Program coordinator. HP201 recommended. 282 • Lake Supertor State University• 1-888-800-LSSU ...... .__ - �HP401 Honors Thesis (3,0) 3 HU251 Humanities I (4,0) 4 A major written work based on independent research or creative effort to be carried out under the supervision of a full-time faculty member. Research in intended to be widely interpreted and may include, but is not limited to, experiments, analysis of existing data, and a summary and integration of already completed but dispersed research. Students will make a formal presentation of their findings to the Honors Council, the thesis supervisor, junior/senior Honors students, and others in the spring of their senior year. Prerequisites: 3.5 GPA, 15 Honors credits, HP201 and HP301. Students must present a fully developed proposal to the Honors Council for approval before enrolling in HP401 or its equivalent in their major. The humanities in the life of mankind from prehistory to the Medieval epoch. Emphasizes significant values evolved in the Hebrew, Greek, Roman and early Christian cultures. Includes consideration of the origins of the arts, language, religion, mythology, philosophy, and ancient Chinese and Indian systems of religious thought. Prerequisite: EN110. HUMAN SERVICES Special topics courses will be available as need and interest develop. Consult the semester course schedule for these. HM204 Fundamentals of Drug Abuse (3,0) 3 Examines the pharmacology of commonly abused psychoactive and high-use drugs. Emphasizes the physiological effects of drug use and abuse. Topics include stimulants, depressants, opiates, hallucinogens, inhalants, cannabis, over-the-counter drugs, alcohol, and drug testing. Prerequisites or corequisites: BL105 or equivalent. HM250 Human Services Practicum (1,9 - 27) 3-9 This course provides a field placement opportunity for students to practice skills and use knowledge gained from courses in the skill minors. Also listed as SW250. HM292 Alcohol Abuse Prevention & Treatment 3 (3,0) This course examines current prevention, detection and treatment approaches for alcohol abuse and alcoholism. Prerequisite: HM204. HM480 Grantwriting (3,0) 3 This course gives advanced students experience in the research, writing and planning skills involved in preparing grant proposals for human service problems. Also listed as SW480. HUMANITIES Special topics courses will be available as need and interest develop. Consult the semester course schedule for these. HU240 Native Art and Culture (3,0) 3 An overview of traditional and contemporary Native arts including visual art, music, literature, storytelling, architecture, theater and dance within their cultural context. Relationships between historical and contemporary forms and expression of Native identity and philosophy through artistic mediums will be examined. Also listed as NA240. HU252 Humanities II (4,0) 4 Continuation of HU251, the humanities in the age of science, from the early Renaissance to the present. Prerequisite: EN11 O. HU255 World Mythology (4,0) 4 A survey of world mythology from "Gilgamesh" to "Finnegan's Wake". Prerequisite: EN11 O. HU256 Introduction to Film: Images of Our Culture 3 (2,2) An exploration of film as an image of our culture in both its technical sense and in its role as a contemporary art form which conveys and delimits our aesthetic and social values. Focus on the visual elements of film, historical development of the medium, and its narrative modes through screening of significant films. Applies toward humanities general education requirement. Prerequisite: EN110. HU261 World Literature I (3,0) 3 The Ancient World to the Renaissance. Readings in translation of significant, primarily Western texts. Selection can include the Bible and works by such authors as Homer, Virgil, Thucydides, Tacitus, Boccaccio, Montaigne, Rabelais, and others. Applies toward humanities general education requirement. Prerequisite: EN11 O. HU262 World Literature II (3,0) 3 The Renaissance to modern times. Readings in translation of significant, primarily Western, texts. Selections can include works by Galileo, Voltaire, Racine, Goethe, Ibsen, Dostoevksy, Brecht, Kafka, Sartre and others. Applies toward humanities general education requirement. Prerequisite: EN110. HU490 Directed Studies in Humanities (1,0) 1 To provide students who need one credit of general humanities with an opportunity to read or explore material related to the content of that term. Papers and tutorial session required. Prerequisites: Seven hours of humanities credit· evidence that students are capable of carrying ' out independent study; approval of department chair or dean. INTER-DISCIPLINARY Special topics courses will be available as need and interest develop. Consult the semester course schedule for these. ID300 The Human Environment (3,0) 3 Designed to assist the participant in understanding how the individual can become involved with solving environmental problems. Prerequisite: Junior status or permission of course coordinator. ID301 TRECS Planning Semester (1,0) 1 This course will function as a planning and organizational course for students who intend to be involved in the travel semester course which will be offered the following fall semester. Prerequisites: The student must be at least a second semester sophomore and be planning to enroll in the fall travel semester (TRECS). ID380 TRECS Semester Seminar (Travel, Research, Educational, Cultural Semester) (3,0) 3 This course will focus upon the educational opportunities which will be available through the specific sites that are visited during the travel semester. These sites include but are not limited to Washington D.C., New York City, St. Louis, MO, San Francisco, CA, various national parks, nat!onal monuments, national battlegrounds, natmnal museums, and other regions and cities throughout the United States. ID399 Internship in (Department) (1-4,0) 1-4 This course is designed to provide students with an opportunity to earn credit while obtaining meaningful discipline-related work experience outside the classroom setting . Students are expected to spend a minimum of 45 hours in an approved work setting for each credit hour earned. The course may be repeated once for a maximum of four credits. Prerequisite: 2.5 GPA in major, junior standing and permission of department head at least one semester in advance of registering for the course. JAPANESE STUDIES The Japan Center for Michigan Universities provides staff and resources for the courses in this minor. These courses are offered only at the Japan Center in Hikone, Japan. All courses require permission of coordinator. JS105 Intensive Introductory Japanese Language I (10,2) 10 This course is designed as an intensive introductory study of Japanese. The class meets five hours per week and the laboratory/recitation/ practice sessions meet five hours each week. The "New Jordan method" of Japanese language studies for English speakers is used in both class and lab sessions. Lake Superior State University • 1-888-800-l.SSU • 283 �JS106 Intensive Introductory Japanese Language II (10,2) 10 This course is designed as a continuation of JS105. It will stress uses of written Japanese and a research project in which communication with Japanese in the community will be vital. The "New Jordan Method " will be the basis of the instruction. JS201 Culture and Society of Japan I (3,0) 3 This is a very broad overview course which examines the social and political development of Japan from prehistoric times to 1300 A.O . It combines written text materials with field work. An emphasis will be placed on the social organization of Japan and its relationships with traditional religious values, economic structures, socialization of children and political institutions. JS202 Culture and Society in Japan II (3,0) 3 This is an overview of Japanese history which examines the political and social developments of Japan from 1300 A.O. to the present. Special emphasis will be placed on the Shogunate Tradition, the Meiji Restoration and 20th century political, economic and social developments. JS301 Japanese Art and Culture I (4,0) 4 This course is a broad overview of the development of the painting, sculpturing, architecture and literary traditions of Japan from earliest times to 1300 A.O. Special emphasis will be placed on the historic collections available in Nara and Kyoto. Biweekly field trips to examine and study local sites will be a regular portion of the instruction. JS302 Japanese Art and Culture II (1300 TO Present) (4,0) 4 This course is designed as a study of the development of Japanese art, architecture and literature from the Ashikaga Shogunate to the present. Special attention will be given to the influences from Western civilization and its impact on Japanese culture. JOURNALISM Special topics courses will be available as need and interest develop. Consult the semester course schedule for these. JR210 Writing for the Mass Media (3,0) 3 Acquaints students with the basic similarities and differences in newswriting among the mass media, particularly newspapers, radio and television. Students will practice writing in the various formats. Prerequisites: EN110 and ability to type 40 words per minute. JR211 Newswriting (3,0) 3 Gathering, processing and writing news and opinions on current matters using professional standards and formats in print and broadcast news and public relations. Prerequisites: JR210. JR220 Photojournalism (3,0) 3 Fundamentals of 35mm camera operations with emphasis on creative and professional applications. Weekly assignments and critique. Student required to have a camera with manual controls (shutter speed and aperture setting). Assignments in color negative film (color prints) processed commercially. No prerequisites. JR310 Editing and Production (2,3) 3 Focuses on news editing, headline writing, newspaper design and layout as well as newsroom management. Prerequisite: JR211. JR311 Supervising School Publications (3,0) 3 Teaches the elements of supervising high school publications including the high school newspaper or yearbook; methods of production; problems of production; the elements of libel; and good taste . Prerequisite: JR211 . JR410 Broadcast Newswriting (2,3) 3 Designed to improve students' broadcast newswriting skills from the fundamental level of those developed in JR210. Upon completion of this course, the student will be familiar with the process by which broadcast news is reported, written and performed on the air. Prerequisite: JR210. JR411 Broadcast Editing and Production (2,3) 3 Designed to build upon the broadcast reporting, writing and performing skills developed in JR41 o. Students will become familiar with production of newscasts, public affairs documentaries, the role of the producer in modern radio, the function and operation of the console, tape recording and playback units, microphones and sound , splicing and dubbing, achieving effects and news-oriented talk shows. Prerequisite: JR410. JR413 Directed Individual Studies (2,0) 2 Shine Sundstrom journalism internship at Sault Ste. Marie Evening News: Experience in newsroom and on assignment; writing, rewriting; use of word processor. Prerequisites: Junior status; JR210 and JR211 . File application with the dean of the College of Arts, Letters and Social Sciences by fifth week of previous semester. LEGAL ASSISTANT STUDIES Special topics courses will be available as need and interest develop. Consult the semester course schedule for these. LA102 Legal Research and Case Analysis (3,0) 3 Introduction to the law library and its use. Students will develop research techniques and skills in using encyclopedias, treatises, digests, case reporters, looseleaf services, annotated reports, legal periodicals, legislation, legislative history, administrative materials, shepardization and citation of legal authorities. Students will also develop skills in analyzing , evaluating and synthesizing court opinions and statutory law. LA125 Civil Litigation and Procedure (4,0) 4 Concentration on Federal and Michigan rules of procedure prior to, during and after trial. Detailed study of drafting pleadings, discovery procedures and case preparation for trial and appeal. Prerequisites: LA102 and LA150. LA140 Personal Injury Litigation and Investigative Techniques 3 (3,0) The study of personal litigation shall include principles of negligence, intentional torts, strict liability, products liability and professional malpractice. Emphasis will be placed on investigative techniques utilized in personal injury cases; students will draft complaints and other documents used in such litigation. The course also covers interview techniques, utilization of experts and documentary evidence. LA150 Legal Assistant Profession and Ethical Considerations (3,0) 3 Overview of the legal assistant profession including job qualifications and employment opportunities. General legal principles and terminology shall be discussed. The Code of Professional Responsibility and its application to legal assistants shall be studied in detail including such areas as: confidentiality, conflict of interest, legal advertising, competency considerations and legal malpractice. LA202 Legal Writing and Analysis (3,0) 3 Introduction to legal writing styles and skills. Through review and preparation of legal documents, students will become acquainted with basic principles, style, organization and structure of certain legal documents which shall include letter writing, preparation of memorandum of law and an appellate brief. Research skills and analysis of court opinions will be further refined. Prerequisites: LA102 and LA125. LA250 Law Office Management, Systems and Technology 3 (3,0) The management and organization of a law office, including such areas as staffing, timekeeping, equipment, legal systems, file maintenance, public relations, and the utilization of computer technology in law office organization, litigation and case preparation shall be discussed. Prerequisites: LA202 and LA125. .._ LA299 Legal Assistant Internship and Professional Development Seminar (1,3-7) 4-8 A supervised work experience as a legal assistant with a law firm, government agency, court or business enterprise such as a bank, corporation or insurance company. Personal and professional goals shall be refined, including resume preparation, interviewing skills, job search plan and overall career planning. Prerequisites: LA202 and LA125 and permission of instructor. 284 • Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU _, �LA300 Seminar in Legal Assistant Studies (variable) 1-4 A seminar dealing with selected topics in legal assistant studies. The content of this course may vary each time the course is offered. May be repeated with permission of advisor. Prerequisites: LA202, LA125, and/or permission of legal assistant advisor. LA301 Alternative Dispute Resolution and Conflict Management (3,0) 3 This course explores non-judicial avenues of dispute or conflict resolution such as negotiation, mediation, arbitration, as well as courtannexed alternative dispute resolution mechanisms. The procedural aspects, key elements, ethical considerations and practical applications of alternative dispute resolution are discussed as part of the dispute resolution landscape. The course will also include dispute-resolution and conflict management simulations and case studies. Also listed as SW301. LA305 Tribal Law and Government (3,0) 3 A study of tribal law which will explore such areas as the structure of tribal government; tribal sovereignty; treaties; civil and criminal court Jurisdiction in Indian country; tribal resources; tribal economic development; taxation and regulation; rights of individual Indians; and various federal laws and court cases concerning and affecting tribes and their members. Prerequisites: HS230 and NA230. Also listed as NA305/SW305. course also covers evidentiary rules as they relate to trial practice and preparation. Prerequisites: LA125, LA140, LA150 and LA202. LA405 No-Fault Automobile Law (3,0) 3 The study of the Michigan no-fault automobile law, including Michigan statutory and case law developments; first and third party cases; recoverable benefits and damages; review of insurance policies; and the preparation and evaluation of such cases for settlement and trial. Prerequisites: LA125, LA140, LA150 and LA202. LA406 Worker's Disability Compensation Law (2,0) 2 A study of the Worker's Disability Compensation Act, including both Michigan statutory and case law developments. Also, the administrative procedures and worker's compensation case preparation will be addressed. Prerequisites: LA125, LA140 and LA202. LA450 Advanced Legal Writing and Interviewing Seminar (3,0) 3 An advanced study of legal research and writing including the preparation of complex pleadings, legal documents, mediation summaries, settlement brochures, and trial and appellate briefs. Development of interviewing and investigative skills and techniques with regard to client and witnesses will also be discussed. Prerequisites: LA125, LA150, LA202 and senior standing. LA490 Independent Study in Legal Assistant Studies (1-4) 1-4 LA320 Real Estate Law (3,0) 3 Various aspects of real estate law and procedures will be studied, including conveyances, mortgages, land contracts, titles, environmental concerns, foreclosure proceedings and landlordtenant relationships. Emphasis will be placed on preparation of legal documents and pleadings regarding real estate law. Prerequisites: LA 102 and LA125. This may take the form of either a research project or a program of directed reading on a specific topic. One to four credits over a period of one or two semesters may be granted according to the nature of the student's project. May be repeated up to a total of eight credits. MANAGEMENT LA321 Family Law 2 (2,0) Areas of family law including marriage contracts, divorce, separation, child custody, juvenile law and adoption will be explored. Prerequisites: LA102 and LA125. LA322 Probate Law and Procedure (3,0) 3 The Probate Code will be discussed in detail along with the major topics of wills, estates trusts, guardianships, conservatorships and other probate court procedures. Preparation of probate documents and pleadings will be emphasized. Prerequisites: LA202, LA125 and LA320. LA401 Evidence and Trial Practice (3,0) 3 An in-depth study of trial preparation and practice including gathering and organization of materials and information; discovery; depositions; voir dire; preparing trial witnesses and exhibits; preparing trial motions and briefs; jury instructions and forms; organizing the trial; and post-trial procedures and documents. The Special topics courses will be available as need and interest develop. Consult the semester course schedule for these. MN360 Principles of Management (3,0) 3 Principles and techniques applicable to the functions of management: Planning, organizing, directing (staffing and leading) and controlling; development of management thought and decision-making; current issues and future concerns in management. Foundation course for study and understanding of management theory and practice. Prerequisite: Junior standing. tion and benefits, safety and health issues, employee and labor relations, including grievance handling, contract negotiation and remaining union-free as an organization. Prerequisite: Junior standing. MN451 Labor Law (4,0) 4 An analysis of labor laws pertaining to unionmanagement relations; emphasis on the private sector as well as on laws relating to health care institutions; legal aspects of relationships between unions and their members; federal wage and hour laws, including administration of the statutes and their relationship; applicable remedies for violations of federal labor laws. Prerequisite: Junior standing . MN461 Management Simulation (1,4) 3 Realistic simulations of business operations with an opportunity to practice the functions of management by means of computerized models and cases. Prerequisite or corequisite: FN341. MN464 Organizational Behavior (3,0) 3 An analysis of problems and cases relating to management and organizational behavior typically requiring decisions by an administrator. Topics include leadership, motivation, communication, negotiation, problem solving, decision making, conflict resolution, group dynamics, stress management, job design and organization structure. Prerequisite: MN360. MN469 Collective Bargaining (3,0) 3 An analysis of the process of collective bargaining, the major subjects of negotiation, including arbitration of grievances; process of dispute settlements; and influence of larger environment. The discussion includes theories of bargaining, strategies and weapons available to both parties. Also examines collective employee-employer relationships in the public sector and tactics of public employee groups and agencies. Prerequisite: Junior standing. MN471 Production/Operations Management (3,0) 3 An introduction to the design and analysis of operational systems in manufacturing and service Industries. Topics include manufacturing strategy, planning and control, forecasting, just in time systems, inventory models, product/ process design, scheduling and simulation. Some mathematical models will be used. Emphasis will be on the role of operations within an organization and the formulation and solution of operational problems. Prerequisites: BA211 and MN360 or equivalents. MN365 ~uman Resource Management (3,0) 3 An examination of current practices and recommended techniques by which management procures, develops, utilizes and maintains an effective work force. The major areas studied are: recruitment and selection, equal empJoyment opportunity and affirmative action programs, training and development, career planning and performance appraisal, compensa- Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU • 285 �MI<285 Retail Management MANUFACTURING ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY Special topics courses will be available as need and interest develop. Consult the semester course schedule for these. MT215 Design for Manufacturing (3,3) 4 A survey of design principles related to tooling design for cutting tools, jigs, fixtures and dies. An introduction to precision measurements and design concepts for assembly. Prerequisite: ME110. MT225 Statics and Strength of Materials (3,1) 3 Fundamental concepts of statics and strength of materials. Solutions of problems introducing forces, moments, normal stress, shear stress, bending stress and torsional stress. Theory and application of strain gages. Prerequisites: MA109 and MA140. MT265 Quality Engineering (2,0) 2 An introduction to the philosophy, principles and methods for the use of statistical process controlling the manufacturing environment. Numerous control charts and frequency distribution will be covered in detail. Management methods will be discussed. Prerequisite: MAOB6 or equivalent/satisfactory score on ACT or Placement Exam. MT315 CNC Manufacturing Process 3 (2,3) Writing CNC programs in machine codes, and the setup and trial runs to produce parts from these programs. Computer software interfacing between programming languages and various industrial machines will be stressed. Computeraided manufacturing (CAM) topics and applications of CAM software will also be covered. Prerequisite: ME115. MARKETING Special topics courses will be available as need and interest develop. Consult the semester course schedule for these. MI<281 Marketing Principles and Strategy (3,0) 3 A study of the marketing principles, variables, institutions, target markets, marketing mix and the development of marketing strategy. Prerequisite: EN110 MK283 Principles of Selling (3,0) 3 . The study of personal selling and its requirements. Topics included are buyer behavior, sales presentations from prospecting to closing the sale, and overcoming objections. Sales interviews by students are an integral part of the course. (3,0) 3 A study of the field of retailing . A survey of retail institutions; store location and organization; buying and merchandising techniques; retail advertising , sales promotion and image; human resource policies; and store protection. MK381 Consumer Behavior (3,0) 3 A study of behavioral concepts related to consumer behavior. Attention is directed toward understanding consumer needs, perceptions, attitudes, intentions and behavior within a strategic and managerial framework. Topics include the differences of complex decision making and habit and between high and low involvement decision making. Emphasis is on predicting and understanding purchase behavior for best firm/consumer needs' match. Prerequisite: MK281 . MK384 Physical Distribution (3,0) 3 An analysis of the physical supply/physical distribution system. Studies areas of movement control, including distribution centers and warehousing, traffic and transportation, inventory management, information flow and cost-service alternatives. Prerequisite: MK281 . MK387 Advertising Theory and Practice (3,0) 3 A study of the principles and practices in various advertising media such as newspaper, radio, television, outdoor and direct mail; consideration of creative methods, consumer behavior, measurement of effectiveness and coordination with other aspects of the promotional program. Prerequisite: MK281. MK480 Marketing Research (3,0) 3 Application of research methods to the field of marketing. Methods of gathering and presenting data, market analysis, consumer surveys and sales forecasting. Students will participate in a research project. Prerequisites: BA211 and MK281 . MK481 Marketing Management (3,0) 3 A study of the essential tasks of marketing managers: (1) identifying marketing opportunities, (2) developing marketing plans, and (3) implementing these plans by introducing marketing strategies. Prerequisite: MK281 . MK483 Sales Force Management 3 (3,0) Principles and policies of sales organization; career opportunities; recruiting, selecting and training sales people; motivation, supervision and evaluation of sales performance; compensation plans, quotes and expense accounts. Prerequisites: MK281 and MK283. MK486 International Marketing (3,0) 3 Principles and methods of international marketing; strategies for foreign market entry and operations. Analysis of the environment of international marketing management with emphasis on problems connected with social, cultural, institutional and economic variables found in foreign markets. Prerequisite: MK281. MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION MB503 Business Law (3,0) 3 Basic principles of contract law and its application to sale of goods, with emphasis on legal aspects of product marketing. Law of agency/employment; business organizations, including partnerships and corporations. MB508 Statistical Analysis (3,0) 3 ..... Overview of statistical analysis methods; application to business analysis and decision making. Emphasis: Development of problemsolving and computational skills. Prerequisite: MA086 or equivalent/satisfactory score on ACT or Placement Test. MB521 Financial Accounting (3,0) 3 Basic accounting principles; their application in business with emphasis on management uses of accounting data in decision-making. Includes discussions of accounting control systems and ethical issues. MB525 Business Finance (3,0) 3 Mathematics of finance; risk-return analysis and portfolio theory; financial markets and securities; financial analysis; capital structure, leverage, and financing alternatives; financial planning and forecasting; capital budgeting; valuation and cost of capital. Prerequisites: MB508 and MB521 or equivalent. MB561 Organizational Theory 3 Fundamental theories and concepts of management and their application to organization theory and management functions, and processes. MB581 Marketing Concepts and Applications (3,0) 3 - Planning , organizing, directing and controlling of marketing sub-system in business organizations. Focus on environment that influences marketing, and· decisions facing marketing managers such as selection, target marketing, designing marketing strategy, and organizing and controlling marketing activities. MB601 Decision Support Models (3,0) 3 An introduction to managerial support methods and analysis. Topics include statistical modeling methods, optimization and decision support tools, quantitative methods and process modeling. Emphasis will be on the analysis and development of tools to assist in managerial decision making. Hands-on use of support computer software will be required. Prerequisite: MB608 or statistics equivalent. 286 • Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU - �MB604 Managerial Economics (3,0) 3 MB625 Financial Management (3,0) 3 . Application of economic theory and analysis to managerial decision-making including demand theory and estimation, production theory and cost analysis, profit planning and optimization techniques, consumer behavior, pricing strategy, economic forecasting. Prerequisites: EC201, EC202 and MB508. Advanced study of modern financial theory and issues with emphasis on the utilization of current analytical techniques in the decision-making process. Case discussions and readings from contemporary financial literature supplement the text assignments. Prerequisite: MB525. MB608 Research Techniques (3,0) 3 Survey of research methods used in business; emphasis on development of a research design. Survey techniques, experimental design, nonexperimental designs and case study method. Prerequisite: MB508. MB610 Management Information Systems (3,0) 3 Deals with the theory and use of information systems in business from a managerial perspective. Topics include systems analysis and database modeling, local and wide area network applications, organizational information integration, Internet applications and strategic uses of information. Consists of lecture, case discussions, presentations and "hands-on" assignments. Prerequisite: DP151 or equivalent experience with computer applications. MB611 Operations Management (3,0) 3 In-depth exposure to the management of operational systems. Focus: Development and implementation of realistic solutions to complex problems related to operations management. Prerequisites: An introductory data processing course or equivalent experience, MB508 and MB601. MB612 Business Process Modeling (3,0) 3 Provides theoretical and hands-on exposure to the topic of simulation process modeling. Course will consist of tools and techniques to analyze and model processes within both manufacturing and service companies. Heavy emphasis will be placed on practical applications of such techniques. Very user-friendly graphical simulation software will be utilized during the class. Topics will include process analysis, model formulation and solution and statistical analysis. Students will gain experience in understanding and analyzing the flow of products and/or information within the firm and will learn specific modeling skills that will serve them on the job. Prerequisites: MB508 or probability/statistics equivalent and familiarity with Windows environment. MB621 Managerial Accounting and Control (3,0) 3 A study of accounting concepts, budgeting, management planning and control, and elements of cost accounting systems. Emphasis is placed on analysis and interpretation of accounting reports for management purposes: measuring performance, controlling costs and evaluating proposals. Prerequisite: MB521 or waiver of MB521 . MB631 Revising Business Prose . (1,0) . 1 Students will contribute documents from the work place. Students will learn to edit such documents for clarity, conciseness and appeal. Prerequisite: BA231 . · · MB653 Business and Society (3,0) 3 A course designed to explore the role of business and society; U.S. government regulation/deregulation, labor values and ethics, social responsibility, the changing international environment and the future of the corporation. MB654 Canadian Business Environment (3,0) 3 For the foreseeable future Canada is likely to be subject to a series of intense economic, fiscal and political pressures. These stresses will shape the environment within which business will operate in Canada. This course examines these pressures and their implications, particularly for the business community. MB659 Administrative Policy (3,0) 3 Concepts and relationships between a firm and its economic, social and political environment. Focus: Position of general manager in formulating strategic policy and implications for attainment of corporate objectives. Prerequisite: Completion of common professional component. MB660 Organizational Behavior 3 (3,0) Study and analysis of characteristics common to all organizations (behavior, structure and process); application to the effective management of organizational behavior. Prerequisite: MB561. MB678 Collective Bargaining and Dispute Settlement (3,0) 3 Introduction to theories and practices of negotiating and administering collective bargaining agreements; negotiation process, legal constraints, subject matter of contracts, grievance procedures, and arbitration. Prerequisite: MB561. MB681 Marketing Management (3,0) 3 . Decision-making activities of marketing and consumer selection; promotional sales force management; pricing; distribution channels. Emphasis is placed on the growing fields of international marketing and behavioral science. Prerequisite: MB581 . MB687 Advertising Management (3,0) 3 An analysis of ways promotion techniques are applied to marketing-related activities. The focus is on the entire promotion mix and to include areas associated with solving problems regarding the mix and various media. The course will examine how areas like consumer behavior, the competitive climate and the legal environment may have an impact on decisionmaking. Prerequisite: MB581. MB691 Independent Study (1-3,0) 1-3 Independent study and seminar; individual student guidance by faculty member for selected research topics in business. Prerequisites: Admission to graduate program and approval of program coordinator. MATHEMATICS Special topics courses will be available as need and interest develop. Consult the semester course schedule for these. Based on a series of exams each student is placed in the beginning mathematics course judged most appropriate for successful completion and mathematical progress. For courses numbered 100 and above a student's curriculum major also affects course selection. Courses numbered below 100 do not count toward graduation. The following six courses are offered in a fourweek, four meetings per week, format for one credit each. MA081 Pre-Algebra I (1,0) 1 The first in the series of six modules addresses basic operations and problem solving using whole numbers and fractions. Credit in this course does not apply toward graduation. Prerequisite: none. MA082 Pre-Algebra II (1,0) 1 The second in the series of six modules addresses basic operations and problem solving using decimals, percents, and ratio & proportion. Credit in this course does not apply toward graduation. Prerequisite: MA081 or placement by examination. MA083 Pre-Algebra III (1,0) 1 The third in the series of six modules addresses solving problems related to measurement, geometry and statistics. Credit in this course does not apply toward graduation. Prerequisite: MA082 or placement by examination. MA084 Introductory Algebra I (1,0) 1 The fourth in the series of six modules addresses the introduction to algebra, real numbers, algebraic expressions and solving of elementary equations. Credit in this course does not apply toward graduation. Prerequisite: MA083 or placement by examination . MA085 Introductory Algebra II (1,0) 1 The fifth in the series of six modules addresses application problems related to equations and inequal ities, and polynomial manipulations. Credit in this course does not apply toward Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU • 287 �graduation. Prerequisite: MA084 or placement by examination. MA086 Introductory Algebra III (1,0) 1 The sixth In the series of six modules addresses graphing and functions, solving systems of equations, and radical expressions. Credit in this course does not apply toward graduation. Prerequisite: MA085 or placement by examination. MA089 Pre-Algebra (3,0) 3 Arithmetic operations, fractions, decimals, proportions, percentages, descriptive statistics and elementary geometry. Grading in this course is credit/no credit. Credit in this course does not apply toward graduation. Prerequisite: None (Completion and content of the set of courses MA081, MAOB2, and MA083 are equivalent to those of MA089.) MA090 Introductory Algebra (3,0) 3 Elementary algebra including equations, inequalities, problem solving, polynomials and operations, graphing, systems of equations and radical expressions. Grading in this course is credit/no credit. Credit In this course does not apply toward graduation. Prerequisite: Completion of MA083 or MAOS9 or placement by examination. (Completion and content of the set of courses MA084, MAOS5, and MA086 are equivalent to those of MA090.) MA092 Intermediate Algebra (4,0) 4 Algebra for students who have not had secondlevel high school algebra or who need a refresher course in that level of algebra. Real numbers and operations, solving and graphing first degree equations and inequalities, solving systems of equations and quadratic equations, algebra of polynomials, radical and rational expressions and equations, exponential and logarithmic functions. Prerequisites: One year of high school algebra and MA086 or equivalent/ satisfactory score on ACT or Placement Exam. Credit in this course does not apply toward graduation. MA103 Number Systems and Problem Solving (3,2) 4 General notions of problem solving. Sets, functions, numeration systems and number theory. Properties and operations of whole numbers, integers, fractions and decimals. Prerequisite: Equivalent/satisfactory score on ACT or Placement Exam or MA092 with a grade of C(2.00) or better. MA104 Geometry and Measurement (3,2) 4 Basic notions of geometry. Constructions, congruence and similarity. Motion geometry, symmetry and Tessellations. Concepts of measurement. Coordinate geometry. Prerequisite: MA103 with a grade of "C" (2.00) or better. MA109 Trigonometry and Vectors (2,0) 2 Trigonometric functions of a right triangle and of real numbers, graphs of trigonometric functions, identities, inverse trigonometric functions, vectors and complex numbers. Prerequisite: Equivalent/satisfactory score on ACT or Placement Exam or MA092 with a grade of Cor better. MA110 Explorations in Mathematics (3,0) 3 A discovery course in mathematics which explores the varied relationships of mathematics to society and the natural world through application and enrichment. A statistics component is included, and a term project is required. This course satisfies the general education mathematics requirement. It will not count toward a major or minor in mathematics. Prerequisite: MA086 or equivalent/satisfactory score on ACT or Placement Exam. MAlll College Algebra (3,0) 3 Algebra for business, life and social science students. Inequalities, functions, graphs of linear, polynomial and rational functions, exponential and logarithmic functions, mathematics of finance, systems of linear equations and matrices, linear programming, and introduction to probability. Prerequisite: Two years of high school algebra equivalent/ satisfactory score on ACT or Placement Exam or MA092 with a grade of Cor better. High school plane geometry also recommended. This course will not count toward a major or minor in mathematics. MA142 Technical Calculus II (4,0) 4 Integration of trigonometric, exponential and logarithmic functions methods of integration, partial derivatives and double integrals, polar coordinates, curve fitting, series expansion of functions, using Maclaurin, Taylor, and Fourier Series. First- and second-order differential equations and Laplace transform methods. Prerequisite: MA141 with a grade of Cor better. MA143 Calculus for Engineering I (3,2) 4 Limits and continuity, differentiation, derivative applications, integration. Analytical, graphical and numerical approach with emphasis on engineering applications. Prerequisites: Two years of high school algebra and equivalent/ satisfactory score on ACT or Placement Test, or MA140 with a grade of Cor better. One-half year of high school trigonometry or MA109 with a grade of Cor better. MA150 with a grade of Cor better will also suffice. MA144 Calculus for Engineering II (3,2) 4 Applications and techniques of integration, calculus of transcendental functions, infinite series. Emphasis on engineering applications. Prerequisite: MA143 with a grade of Gor better. MA150 Precalculus Mathematics (4,0) 4 Limits, differentiation, applications of the derivative, integration, application of the definite integral, techniques of integration. Calculus of exponential and logarithmic functions, elementary differential equations, functions of several variables. Prerequisite: MA111 with a grade of C or better. This course will not count toward a major or minor in mathematics. Basic theory of functions including polynomial, exponential, logarithmic and trigonometric functions. Inequalities, topics from analytic geometry and plane trigonometry. Provides the essential background for calculus and subsequent upper-level mathematics. Prerequisites: Two years of high school algebra and one year of plane geometry and equivalent/satisfactory score on ACT or Placement Exam, or MA092 with a grade of Cor better. Courses in trigonometry and analytic geometry are recommended. This course will not count toward a major or minor in mathematics. MA140 Algebra for Technologists (4,0) 4 MA151 Calculus I (4,0) 4 Algebra for students of science and technology. Algebraic operations, functions and graphs, factoring and fractions, quadratic equations, exponents and radicals, complex numbers, exponential and logarithmic functions, systems of linear equations, determinants and matrices, analytic geometry. Prerequisites: Two years of high school algebra and equivalent/satisfactory score on ACT or Placement Exam or MA092 with a grade of Cor better. This course will not count toward a major or minor in mathematics. Limits, continuity, differentiation, applications of the derivative, integration, applications of the definite integral. Prerequisites: High school mathematics which includes two years of algebra, one year of plane geometry, and onehalf year of trigonometry and equivalent/ satisfactory score on ACT or Placement Exam, or MA150 with a grade of Cor better. MA112 Calculus for Business and Life Sciences (4,0) 4 MA141 Technical Calculus I (4,0) 4 The derivative and procedures of differentiation, integration and applications of integration, derivatives of trigonometric and inverse trigonometric functions, exponential functions, and logarithmic functions. Prerequisites: MA109 and MA140 each with a grade of Cor better. High school trigonometry may be substituted for MA109 with instructor approval. ....... MA152 Calculus II (4,0) 4 Logarithm and exponential functions, inverse trigonometric functions, techniques of Integration, improper integrals, L'hopital's rule, infinite series, conic sections, polar coordinates, parametric equations. Prerequisite: MA151 with a grade of "C" or better. MA207 Principles of Statistical Methods (3,0) 3 Descriptive statistics, probability distributions (including normal, binomial and chi-square), techniques of statistical inference including tests of hypotheses and selected nonparametric tests. (This course is a survey of elementary statistical 288 • Lake Superior State University • 1-888-800-LSSU - �concepts.) Prerequisite: MA086 or equivalenV satisfactory score on ACT or Placement Exam. This course will not count toward a major in mathematics. MA208 Statistics Applications for Quality Control (1,0) 1 A continuation of MA207, Principles of Statistics, with a focus on the use of the principles of statistics in engineering. Concepts of mean, standard deviation, probability and statistical process control through the use of control charts will be examined for application to quality control. This course normally meets the last one-half of the semester. Co- or prerequisite: MA207. MA215 Fundamental Concepts of Mathematics (3,0) 3 integration, function approximation, interpolation. Emphasis will be on the actual computer implementation of common algorithms for solving these problems. Prerequisites: CS111 and either MA142 or MA152. MA290 Independent Study in Mathematics (1-4,0) 1-4 Special studies and/or research in mathematics for individuals or small seminar groups. Course content to be arranged with instructor and with approval of the department head. This course may be repeated for a maximum of eight credits. Prerequisites: Sophomore standing or higher and permission of Instructor. MA305 Computational Linear Algebra (3,0) alternate years 3 MA342 Abstract Algebra II (3,0) on demand 3 A continuation of MA341 including rings, Integral domains, ideals, quotient rings, the natural homomorphism, fields and polynomial rings. Prerequisite: MA341. MA343 Differential Equations for Engineers 4 (3,2) First- and second-order differential equations; Laplace transformations; systems of differential equations; Fourier series methods. Emphasis on engineering applications. Prerequisite: MA243 with a grade of C or better. MA351 Graph Theory (3,0) alternate years 3 Selected topics in graph theory, including connectivity, matchings, edge and vertex colorings, networks and tournaments. Prerequisite: MA216. Elements of set theory, set algebra, cardinality, logic, mathematical induction, methods of proof, functions, relations, equivalence relations. Prerequisite: MA151 or MA142 or MA112 (latter course with permission of instructor only). Introduction to matrix algebra and vector spaces. An examination of the topics of linear algebra, with an emphasis on computational aspects. Applications of matrices and linear algebra in the natural and social sciences. Prerequisites: CS111, and either MA112, MA141 or MA151. MA216 Discrete Mathematics and Problem Solving (3,0) 3 MA308 Probability and Mathematical Statistics (4,0) 4 Selected topics from discrete mathematics including fundamental counting principles, recurrence relations and an introduction to graph theory. A strong emphasis is placed on fundamental problem-solving techniques. Prerequisite: MA215. An introductory course in probability and mathematical statistics. Probability, probability distributions, mathematical expectation, moment generating functions and the Central Limit Theorem. Prerequisite: MA142 or MA152. Selected applications of mathematics in such areas as biology, economics, social science and engineering are discussed. The construction of a mathematical model used to study a real situation will be stressed, as well as interpretation of mathematical results in that context. Prerequisites: Jr/Sr standing, a course in computer programming, and mathematical maturity at the level of MA305, MA308 or MA310. MA309 Applied Statistics (3,0) 3 . MA411 Advanced Calculus (3,0) alternate years 3 A continuation of MA308 including estimation of parameters, testing hypotheses, nonparametic methods, analysis of variance, multiple regression and an introduction to statistical software packages. Prerequisite: MA308. An extension of the calculus in one, two, and three dimensions leading to the formulation and solution (in simple cases) of the partial differential equations of mathematical physics. Differential and integral calculus of vectors, divergence, curl, line, surface and volume integrals, Green's divergence and Stokes' theorems, heat and wave equations, Fourier series, orthogonal sets, boundary value problems, separation of variables. Prerequisite: MA251. MA240 Mathematics for Automated Systems (3,0) 3 Applied linear algebra and vector algebra, Laplace transform methods for solution of firstand-second order linear differential equations. Spherical and cylindrical coordinate systems, graphing of kinematic quantities. Pre- or corequisite: MA142. MA243 Calculus and Linear Algebra for Engineers (3,2) 4 MA310 Differential Equations (4,0) 4 Differential equations of first order, linear differential equations of second and higher orders, including LaPlace transformation. Introduction to power series methods, applications. Prerequisite: MA152. Conic sections, parametric equations, polar coordinates, vectors, vector-valued functions, functions of several variables, partial differentiation and multiple integration. Matrix algebra and determinants. Introduction to differential equations. Emphasis throughout the course on engineering applications. Prerequisite: MA144 with a grade of Cor better. Selected topics in the development of mathematics from the time of the ancient Babylonians and Egyptians to the 2oth century. Prerequisites: MA152 and MA215. MA251 Calculus III (4,0) 4 MA325 College Geometry (3,0) alternate years 3 Three-dimensional space, vectors, vector-valved functions, partial differentiation, multiple integration, topics in vector calculus. Prerequisite: MA 152 with a grade of Cor better. Selected topics in geometry, including some or all of the following: Modern elementary geometry, transformations, Euclidean constructions, dissection theory, projective geometry, introduction to non-Euclidean geometry, and problems in foundations of geometry. Prerequisites: MA152 and MA215. MA261 Introduction to Numerical Methods (3,0) alternate years 3 Floating point representation of numbers and floating point arithmetic. Survey of numerical methods for solving a wide variety of common mathematical problems, including solution of a single non-linear equation, solution of a system of linear equations, matrix inversion, numerical MA321 History of Mathematics (3,0) alternate years 3 MA341 Abstract Algebra I (3,0) alternate years 3 An introduction to congruencies, groups, subgroups, quotient groups, fundamental homomorphism theorems, Sylow theorems. Prerequisite: MA215. MA401 Mathematical Modeling (3,0) alternate years 3 MA413 Introduction to Complex Analysis (3,0) on demand 3 The calculus of functions of a complex variable, algebra and geometry of complex numbers, elementary functions, limits, derivatives, CauchyRieman equations, integrals, Cauchy integral theorem, series, singularities, residue theorem. Prerequisite: MA251. MA421 Real Analysis I (3,0) alternate years 3 An examination of some of the foundations of the calculus, including basic topology of the real line, limits, continuity, metric spaces, function spaces, some uniformity concepts. Prerequisites: MA215 and MA251. MA422 Real Analysis II (3,0) on demand 3 Continuation of MA421 with emphasis on measure and integration. Prerequisite: MA421. Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU • 289 �MA490 Research Topics in Mathematics (1-4,0) 1-4 Special studies and/or research in mathematics for individuals or small seminar groups. Course content to be arranged with instructor and with approval of the department head. This course may be repeated for a maximum of eight credits. Prerequisite: Junior standing or higher and permission of instructor. ME336 Thermodynamics I (3,0) 3 MU110 Orchestra (0,3) 1 Theory and applications of thermodynamics. First and second laws of thermodynamics, energy conversion, properties of working substance, processes and cycles. Corequisite: ME335. Perform regular series of concerts as a member of the Sault Symphony Orchestra. MU111 Orchestra 1 (0,3) ME350 Machine Design I Perform regular series of concerts as a member of the Sault Symphony Orchestra. Special topics courses will be available as need and interest develop. Consult the semester course schedule for these. (3,3) 4 Design and selection of machine components and power transmission units. Topics covered include curved beam theory, Catigliano's theory, static failure, impact and fatigue. Stress analysis in the laboratory will include strain gages, uniaxial testing machines, deflections and buckling of beams and report writing. Prerequisites: ME225, ME275 and EM220. ME110 Manufacturing Processes I ME425 Vibration MECHANICAL ENGINEERING (2,3) 3 Capabilities and limitations of machines and processes for production planning and designing machinery, mechanical parts and systems. Prerequisite: none. ME115 Manufacturing Processes II (2,3) 3 Continuation of ME110. Contains advanced topics on capabilities and limitations of machines and processes for production planning and designing machinery, mechanical parts and systems. Prerequisite: ME110. ME140 Computer-Aided Drafting and Geometric Dimension and Tolerancing (CAD AND GD&T) 4 (4,1) Basic computer-aided drafting (CAD) (2-D) and (3-D) drawing, editing and dimensioning techniques are covered as well as GD&T terms, definitions and rules. Students create their own GD&T symbols library and use it to make engineering drawings using CAD commands and GD&T principles. ME225 Strength of Materials (3,0) 3 A study of stress analysis and measurements. Topics include axial, shear, torsion, bending stresses, axial strains, shear strains, Poisson's ratio, Hooke's law and the transformation of stresses and strains. Deflection of beams and buckling of columns are also treated. Prerequisite: EM220. Prerequisites or corequisites: EG265 and MA144. ME275 Engineering Materials (2,3) 3 Physical structure of engineering materials, properties, testing and applications. In the laboratory, the student will prepare and analyze the microstructure of various specimens. Prerequisite: CH108; prerequisites or corequisites: ME225 or MT225 ME335 Fluid Mechanics 3 (3,1) Theory and applications of principles of fluid mechanics with emphasis on problem solving. Fluid statics, kinematics, continuity, energy and momentum problems are covered. Dimensional analysis and pipe flow problems are treated. Prerequisites: EM220 and MA144. (3,3) 4 An introductory course to vibrations analysis, including free, forced and damped vibrations of one degree of freedom systems. Selected topics on machine balancing, monitoring and noise control will be covered. Prerequisites: EM320 and MA343. ME430 Thermodynamics II and Heat Transfer (3,3) 4 Continuation of ME336. In addition, fundamentals of steady state, and transient heat conduction, convection and radiation are covered. Design and analysis of heat exchangers are also treated. Prerequisite : ME336. ME440 Solid Modeling and Animation (3,0) 3 Theory and application of three-dimension computer-aided drafting. Emphasis will be placed on assembly drawings and presentation. Prerequisite: ME140. ME442 Finite Element Analysis MU112 Band (0,3) 1 Open to all University students. The concert band performs representative band and wind ensemble literature and provides a challenging musical experience. MU113 Band (0,3) 1 Open to all University students. The concert band performs representative band and wind ensemble literature and provides a challenging musical experience. MU120 Introduction to Music I (3,0) 3 An introduction to the basic vocabulary of music and to basic musicianship skills. Topics include notation, meter, rhythm, intervals, scales, chords, etc. No prerequisite. MU121 Introduction to Music II (3,0) 3 The course expands upon the musical vocabulary and skills developed in MU120. Topics include C-clefs, seventh chord, non-harmonic tones, cadences, etc. Prerequisite: MU120. MU140 Chorus 1 (0,3) Regular rehearsals and participation in various campus activities. MU141 Chorus (3,3) 4 This course will cover the fundamentals of finite element analysis. Topics include: modeling elements, boundary conditions, loading, convergence and an introduction to modal analysis. Commercial software will be used in the laboratory along with 3-D mesh generation. Prerequisite: ME350. (0,3) 1 Regular rehearsals and participation in various campus activities. ME455 Machine Design II (3,3) 4 MU161 Jazz Ensemble (0,3) 3 A continuation of ME350. Topics on design of fasteners, welds, gears, bearings, brakes, clutches, and shafts are covered . Lab material includes experiments on photoelasticity, fatigue, and computer simulations. Prerequisite: ME350. MU160 Jazz Ensemble (0,3) 1 Regular rehearsals and performances during school year. Regular rehearsals and performances during the school year. MU170 Class Piano I (0,2) 1 Beginning piano techniques. Music reading ability helpful but not required. MUSIC Special topics courses will be available as need and interest develop. Consult the semester course schedule for these. MU110through MU161 (except MU120 and MU121) and MU250 and MU251 count as humanities for general education. MU171 Class Piano II (0,2) 1 To improve proficiency and techniques gained in MU170. Prerequisite: MU170. MU180 Class Guitar I (0,2) 1 Introduction to guitar playing including knowledge of musical rudiments, left and right hand techniques and ensemble performance. 290 • Lake Superior State University • 1-888-800-LSSU - �MU181 Class Guitar II (0,2) 1 Course emphasizes increasing technical achievement, musicianship and the development of individual musicality. MU210 Applied Music I (0,3) 1 Individual applied music instruction. For skilled musicians with admission at the discretion of the instructor. May be repeated to a maximum of eight credits. NA142 Ojibwe II, Aniishnaabemowin (4,1) 4 A survey of music from the Middle Ages to the early 19th century with emphasis on the music of Bach, Handel, Haydn, Mozart and Beethoven. Counts as humanities credit for general education requirements. Further study on Ojibwe language vocabulary, phonics, grammar and elementary conversation. This course is designed to further acquaint students with the minimum essentials of oral and written Ojibwe. This course rounds out the foundation for further study in Ojibwe language and culture. Students will continue to learn to read Ojibwe text, express themselves orally; and gain the necessary knowledge, skill and practice which will prepare the student for Ojibwa conversation and elementary writing . Prerequisite: NA141 . MU221 History and Appreciation of Music II (4,0) 4 NA201 Second-Year Ojibwe Conversation I, Aniishnaabemowin (4,1) 4 MU220 History and Appreciation of Music I (4,0) 4 A survey of music of the 19th and 20th centuries. Counts as humanities credit for general education requirements. MU235 Music for Elementary Teachers (3,0) 3 This course Is designed to provide an understanding of the philosophy, theories and contemporary issues in music education in the kindergarten through sixth grade classrooms. The student will develop a practical knowledge of music skills and instructional techniques when planning a music curriculum for the elementary classroom. MU250 Chamber Music I (0,2) 1 For advanced students interested in solo and ensemble performance in a supervised program. MU251 Chamber Music II (0,2) 1 For advanced students interested in solo and ensemble performance in a supervised program. ~ minimum essentials of oral and written Ojibwe. This course serves as the foundation for further study in the Ojibwe language and culture. Students will begin to learn to read Ojibwa text. Students will learn to express themselves orally and gain the necessary knowledge and skill that will prepare the student for Ojibwa conversation. MU260 History & Appreciation of Jazz (4,0) 4 The course explores the historical and stylistic development of jazz and explains how to listen to this type of music. Counts as humanities credit for general education requirements. NATIVE AMERICAN STUDIES Special topics courses will be available as need and interest develop. Consult the semester course schedule for these. NA141, 142, 201 and 202 taught at Algoma University. NA141 Ojibwe I, Aniishnaabemowin (4,1) 4 Introduction to the Ojibwe language's vocabulary, phonics and grammar. This course is designed to acquaint the student with the located in the Great Lakes region. Also listed as HS230. NA235 Survey of Native Literature of North America (3,0) 3 An overview of Native American literature including myths, poetry, biographies, legends and stories from recognized Indian and nonIndian authors. The significance of Indian philosophy found in such literature will be emphasized. Prerequisite: EN210 or EN215. Also listed as EN235. NA240 Native Art and Culture (3,0) 3 An overview of traditional and contemporary Native arts including visual art, music, literature, storytelling, architecture, theater and dance within their cultural context. Relationships between historical and contemporary forms and expression of Native identity and philosophy through artistic mediums will be examined. Also listed as HU240. · NA305 Tribal Law and Government (3,0) 3 Further study in Ojibwe language with particular focus on OJibwe conversation. This course will equip students with the essentials of oral and written Ojibwe. This course rounds out the foundation for further study in the Ojibwe language and culture. Students will continue to learn to read Ojibwe text, express themselves orally and gain the necessary knowledge, skill and practice which will prepare the student for Ojibwe conversation and elementary writing. Prerequisites: NA141 and NA142. A study of tribal law which will explore such areas as the structure of tribal government; tribal sovereignty; treaties; civil and criminal court jurisdiction in Indian country; tribal resources; tribal economic development; taxation and regulation; rights of individual Indians; and various federal laws and court cases concerning and affecting tribes and their members. Prerequisites: NA230 and HS230. Also listed as LA305/SW305. NA202 Second-Year Ojibwe Conversation II ( 4,0) 4 NA310 Seminar in Native Studies of the Americas (3,0) 3 This course is designed for those who wish to further their understanding of the Anishinaabe (Ojibwe) language. More attention will be given to the written form, and conversation practice will be more intensive. Students will learn about the customs and culture of the Anishinaabe people as they learn about the language. Prerequisite: NA201. A seminar dealing with selected topics in Native American studies. The content of this course may vary each time the course is offered. Prerequisites: NA225, S0226, NA230, NA235, and NA305. NA210 Indigenous Peoples of Central and South America (3,0) 3 A study of current Native American issues, problems and concerns. Prerequisites: NA225, S0226, NA230, NA235, and NA305. Course is an introduction to the native peoples of the South and Central (Mesa) Americas based on archaeological and traditional information. The course content will focus on the history of cultural groups prior to the arrival of the Spanish. No prerequisites. NA225 Native Cultures of North America (3,0) 3 A study of the Native American Indian and Inuit cultures of North America from earliest times to the present, with emphasis on contrasting patterns of cultures. Also listed as S0225. NA230 Survey of Native History of North America (4,0) 4 A study of American Indian history from earliest times to the present, with emphasis placed on the historical development of Indian tribes NA320 Contemporary Native Issues of North America (3,0) 3 NATURAL SCIENCES Special topics courses will be available as need and interest develop. Consult the semester course schedule for these. NS101 Conceptual Physics (3,1) 3 A survey of basic physical science principles emphasizing their applications in daily life. Prerequisite: MA086 or equivalent/satisfactory score on ACT or Placement Exam. NS102 Introduction to Geology (3,2) 4 A survey course to acquaint students with the major concepts and phenomena inherent in a study of geology. It will also provide sufficient background for a better understanding of human relationships to the physical environment. Prerequisite: None. Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU • 291 �NS103 Environmental Science (3,0) 3 NU212 Health Appraisal (2,3) 3 An introduction to environmental concepts and a brief survey of environmental issues facing society. Emphasis is placed on solutions and the responsibility of the individual towards these solutions. An introduction to nursing assessment component of the nursing process as a metho~ of determining a well individual's health potential and status across the lifespan. Emphasis is on obtaining a health history, performing a nursing assessment and formulating a nursing diagnosis. Prerequisites: PY155, HE208 and BL 122. Corequisite: HE232 and NU211. NS104 Environmental Science Laboratory (0,2) 1 Laboratory component of environmental science. Corequisite: NS103. NS105 Physical Geography: Earth, Sun and Weather (3,1) alternate years 3 Study of the physical properties of the earth's surface as they relate to weather and climate. Credit for both GG108 and NS105 not permitted. Prerequisite: None. NS107 Physical Geography: Landforms and Soils (3,1) alternate years 3 Study of the physical properties of the earth's surface as they relate to landforms and soils. Credit for both GG106 and NS107 not permitted. Prerequisite: ~one. NS110 Chemistry in Society (3,2) 4 An applied topical course examining the issues, problems and challenges facing modern society with an emphasis on the underlying chemical principles and theories. Attention will b~ given to decision-making activities, to developing critical thinking skills, and to addressing social issues that relate to chemistry. Prerequisite: MA086 or equivalenVsatisfactory score on ACT or Placement Exam. NS119 Descriptive Astronomy (3,1) 3 Introductory course with a balanced, comprehensive account of contemporary astronomy with emphasis placed on the broad principles of astronomy rather than on a chronological or historical framework. Prerequisite: MA086 or equivalenVsatisfactory score on ACT or Placement Exam. NURSING Special topics courses will be available as need and interest develop. Consult the semester course schedule for these. NU211 Introduction to Professional Nursing I (3,0) 3 This course introduces the student to a theoretical foundation for professional nursing practice. It focuses on nursing's historical origin and its development throughout the years to present. Concepts discussed include: nursing philosophy, the nursing pr~ces~. human ne~ds, stress adaptation, legal/ethical issues, nursing research, nursing theory, teaching-learning, and other topics relevant to the practice of professional nursing. NU213 Fundamentals of Nursing ~Q 5 . Theoretical and clinical foundation upon which nursing is applied to individual client e~periencing common health stressors. Emphasis: Forming nursing diagnoses derived from human needs theory and implementation of both appropriate nursing Interventions and .r~l~~ed psychomotor nursing skills. Respons1b1llt1es as a health team member and as a self-directed learner are also considered. Prerequisites: NU110, NU211, NU212, HE208, HE232 and PY155. Corequisites: HE209, BL223. NU222 Transition Course: Nursing Concepts (1,0) 1 This course assists articulating students from selected Ontario Diploma Nursing Colleges using the Georgian Model (Cambrian College, Sault College and Georgian College) who are enrolled in the pre-licensure articulation program to assimilate/integrate philosophical concepts, issues and values inherent within professional nursing and the nursing program at Lake Superior State University into their personal philosophy development. NU290 Directed Study in Nursing {1-2,0) 1-2 Special study of nursing topic tailored to student interest and need. Prerequisite: minimal sophomore status May be repeated for maximum of four credits. NU325 Parent/Newborn Nursing (3,6) 5 Theoretical and clinical foundation for care of the child-bearing family using family- centered approach. Emphasis: Teaching and health promotion. Stress adaptation and self- care theories used to help clients cope with stressors encountered during child-bearing cycle. Prerequisites: BL223, NU213, HE232, HE209 and PY155. NU326 Parent/Child Nursing (4,6) 6 Theoretical and clinical foundation for application of nursing process in caring for children and their families. Emphasis: Health promotion, maintenance and restoration with application of principles and concepts related to growth and development, family theory and stress adaptation. Prerequisites: BL223, NU213, HE232, HE209 and PY155. NU327 Adult Nursing I (4,12) 8 Combined theory and clinical laboratory with concepts of stress adaptation related to common health alterations in each of the basic human need areas. Nursing clinical experience is primarily in secondary care settings for adult clients. Prerequisites: BL223, NU213, HE209, HE232 and PY155. NU360 Professional Nursing Concepts (4,0) 4 This four-credit course is the transitional course into professional nursing for the practicing registered nurse. Professional concepts of socialization, social responsibility, professionalism and professionalization, health promotion, change, and teaching/learning are the fo~i of the course. Additionally, the history of nursing, ethics, culture and critical thinking are interwoven in the exploration of the concepts. NU363 Comprehensive Health Appraisal (2,3) 3 Application of theories from nursing and related sciences to health appraisal of the individual through the lifespan. Emphasis on principles of comprehensive history taking and ~h.ysical assessment skills. Pre- or co-reqws1te: NU360. NU365 Family Nursing Theory (3,0) 3 Theoretical concepts of family development, structure and dynamics are presented. Factors influencing family health care are examined. Strategies are developed to enhance healthy family functioning. Prerequisites: S0101; acceptance into RN-BSN completion program. NU431 Adult Nursing II (4,12) 8 This is a theory and clinical laboratory course focusing on application of the nursing process in care of the adult client with multiple health stressors. Basic human needs theory and concepts of stress/adaptation, health promotion, health maintenance, health restoration and teaching-learning are applied. The student collaborates with the health team and applies theory and principles of leadership and management in providing care in secondary and tertiary care settings. Prerequisites: HE352, NU325, NU326 and NU327. Corequisite: NU435. NU432 Community Health Nursing (3,6) 5 Theoretical and clinical foundation in community health nursing. The nursing process is applied to communities, groups, families and individuals. Content includes the application of public health nursing principles, levels of prevention and epidemiology. Expands the roles of the nurse as teacher, collaborator, advocate and direct care provider. Examines health care delivery trends and issues. Prerequisites: HE352 and all required junior-level nursing courses. NU433 Mental Health Nursing (3,6) 5 Theoretical and clinical foundation in mental health nursing. Emphasis is on the use of the therapeutic relationship and communication skills to help clients cope with stressors of life experiences. Nursing, human needs theory, family theory, stress adaptation theory and developmental theory are used to help the client achieve optimum level of mental health. Prerequisites: HE352 and all required junior-level nursing courses. 292 • Lake Supertor State University• 1-888-800-LSSU �NU434 Nursing Research 3 (3,0) Focus is on the ethics, methods, evaluation of research studies and consideration of application of nursing research findings in delivery of health care. Students discuss and evaluate nursing research studies and develop and present sections of a research proposal. Prerequisites: PY210 or MA207 and all required junior nursing courses, or NU360 for BSN completion students. NU435 Management in Nursing (3,0) 3 Analysis of the leadership and management roles in professional nursing; focus is leadership/ management theories basic to the planning, organizing, directing and controlling of nursing services in health care settings. Includes concepts of continued quality improvement, risk management, performance appraisal, employee relations. Prerequisite: NU360 (for BSN Completion). Corequisite: NU431 (for four-year program). NU436 Contemporary Issues in Nursing (2,0) 2 ..... Analysis of issues involving the professional nurse. Explores role socialization from student to professional nurse. Selected social, ethical, economic and legal issues will be examined . Prerequisites: All required junior nursing courses or NU360 for BSN completion students. NU437 Professional Nursing Leadership (1,3) 2 This is a seminar and clinical course where the student is expected to synthesize the roles of professional nursing in a variety of settings. Collaborative and leadership aspects of professional nursing are emphasized by the students planning their experience with the faculty member and preceptor. Integration of ethics, research, change, caring, advocacy, and approaches to ensure quality care in nursing practice are expected. Prerequisites: NU432, NU434 and NU435. May take concurrently with NU435 or NU436. NU451 Critical Care Nursing (3,0) 3 Assists student in developing nursing knowledge essential to care of critically ill client/family. Health promotion maintenance and restoration interventions are stressed in care of clients with severe alterations in basic human needs. Prerequisite: NU431 or graduate nurse. NU490 Independent Study (1-4,0) 1-4 Individual investigation of topics tailored to student interest and need. Prerequisites: Junior or senior standing and instructor permission. OFFICE ADMINISTRATION Special topics courses will be available as need and interest develop. Consult the semester course schedule for these. OAlll Keyboarding/Document Formatting I (3,0) 3 Introduction to typewriter and computer keyboard; development of basic keyboarding skill-alphabetic, numeric, and 10-key pad numeric; to assist student to reach optimal skill and more efficiently use computer terminals, information processor and typewriter keyboards. This course is intended for students with no previous typing experience. Students will be pretested by the instructor the first day of class for placement in accordance with beginning skill level. Also, formatting of business letters, memos, tables, and reports (APA, MLA, and Turabian formats), using word processing software. OA112 Keyboard Skillbuilding (4,0) 71/2 weeks 2 Improvement of keyboarding speed and accuracy (both alphabetic and numeric), using developmental programs and keyboarding drills. Student may take this course to accumulate two to four credits. Once an office administration student reaches 60 wpm skill on alpha/numeric text (error rate - 1 per minute) this course becomes an elective. Prerequisite: OA111 or 30 wpm keyboarding skill. PHILOSOPHY Special topics courses will be available as need and interest develop. Consult the semester course schedule for these. PL204 Introduction to Philosophy (3,0) 3 A study of selected philosophical problems and of methods and ways to answer them. Counts as humanities credit for general education requirement. Prerequisite: EN210 or EN215;. PL205 Logic (3,0) 3 An introductory course in logic; study of the role of logical methods of the rational approach to knowledge; consideration of such concepts as definition, implication, inference, syllogism, deduction. Counts as humanities credit for general education requirement. Prerequisite: EN210 or EN215. PL302 Ancient Western Philosophy (3,0) 3 A study of the origins and the development of Greek and Roman philosophy from the preSocratics to the early Christians . Counts as humanities credit for general education requirement. Prerequisite: EN21 Oor EN215. PHYSICS Special topics courses will be available as need and interest develop. Consult the semester course schedule for these. OA113 Document Formatting II (3,0) 3 PH221 Elements of Physics I (3,2) 4 Formatting of legal documents, medical histories and reports, governmental correspondence, accounting statements and technical text/data, using WordPerfect 6.1 for Windows. Advanced WordPerfect features such as advanced merge, graphics, and desktop publishing skills will be used to produce letter quality documents. Prerequisite: DP225. General principles of rigid body mechanics (kinematics, laws of motion, energy and momentum), fluid mechanics and thermal physics. Prerequisites: MA109, and either MA111 or MA140. OA119 Accounting Procedures (4,0) 4 Accounting experiences common to small business or professional offices; development of basic principles underlying accounting procedures; techniques and records used in analyzing, classifying, recording and summarizing transactions; accounting procedures applied to a computer simulation for small businesses. May not be taken for credit following successful completion of AC132. OA235 Automated Office Systems (3,0) 3 Lectures and discussions about effects of new technology on the workplace and the role students are expected to play in the office. Such topics as technology, communications, human relations and customer service techniques will be covered. A practice simulation in either medical office or legal office will also be covered. Prerequisites: Word processing and a grade of C or higher in EN210 or EN215. ·· PH222 Elements of Physics II (3,2) 4 Vibrations and waves, electricity and magnetism, optics, relativity and modern physics. Prerequisite: PH221 with a grade of C or better. PH224 Topics in Physics for Electrical Technology (3,2) 4 Vibrations and waves, optics, relativity and modern physics (identical to PH222). Electricity and magnetism topics of particular relevance to electronic engineering technology. Prerequisites: PH221 with a grade of Cor better, sophomore standing in EET coursework, and MA141 (which may be taken concurrently). PH231 Applied Physics for Engineers and Scientists I (3, 2) 4 An introductory course in rigid body mechanics and fluid mechanics using calculus with emphasis on practical applications. Intended primarily for students of engineering, physical science and mathematics. Prerequisite: MA151 or MA143. Lake Superior State University • 1-888-800-LSSU • 293 �PH232 Applied Physics for Engineers and Scientists II (3,2) 4 PS222 Introduction to the Legal Profession (2,0) 2 Continuation of PH231. Introduction to thermal physics, electricity, magnetism, electromagnetic waves, and optics. Prerequisite: PH231 with a grade of Cor better. Students will become familiar with how the law functions, how the legal profession has evolved, how to prepare for and apply to law school and how law schools differ from college. Prerequisites: PS110 and 120. PH290 Independent Study in Physics (1-4,0) 1-4 Special studies and/or research in physics for individuals or small seminar groups. Course content to be arranged with instructor and with approval of the school dean. This course may be repeated for a maximum of eight credits. Prerequisites: Sophomore standing or higher and permission of instructor. POLITICAL SCIENCE Special topics courses will be available as need and interest develop. Consult the semester course schedule for these. PSllO Introduction to American Government and Politics (4,0) 4 An introductory survey of American national government and politics. PS120 Introduction to Legal Processes (3,0) 3 An introduction to the nature and characteristics of law as it operates in the United States: structure and function of the judiciary, process of litigation, influences on law, and impact and enforcement of judicial decisions. PS130 Introduction to State and Local Government (4,0) 4 A study of the politics and organization of state and local governments, with an emphasis on specific policy issues such as education, criminal justice and economic development. PS160 Introduction to Canadian Government and Politics (3,0) 3 An introductory survey of Canadian government and politics. PS201 Introduction to Public Administration (3,0) 3 PS241 Introduction to International Relations (4,0) 4 An introductory study of the factors that influence the conduct of international relations and of the various methods by which those relations are conducted. This material will then be applied to an examination of some appropriate current international controversies. PS247 Model United Nations (1,0) 1 This course includes required participation in the model United Nations program, in which students represent specific countries and become familiar with their background and politics. The goal is an understanding of how the United Nations functions. May be repeated for up to a total of four credits, but no more than two credits may be counted toward a political science major or minor. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. PS290 Research Topics in Political Science (1-4,0) 1-4 This may take the form of either a research project or a program of directed reading on a specific topic. One to four credits over a period of one or two semesters may be granted according to the nature of the student's project. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. PS301 Policy Analysis and Evaluation (4,0) 4 Examines how public issues and problems are analyzed to assist in the development of public policies. Considers the process of evaluating public programs to determine whether they are to be expanded, cut back or continued at the current level. Prerequisite: Permission of Instructor. PS325 Politics and Media (3,0) 3 international and domestic politics of the area. Prerequisite: Junior or senior standing. PS340 Politics in Multicultural Societies (3,0) 3 An examination of nationalism and other forms of political conflict arising from ethnic, racial, linguistic and religious differences In comparative perspective. Prerequisites: PS110 or PS160 and junior standing. PS351 Political Philosophy I (4,0) 4 An examination of political philosophy from the ancient Greeks through the Reformation, concentrating on Plato, Aristotle, Augustine, Aquinas and Machiavelli. Prerequisites: PS110 and junior or senior standing. PS352 Political Philosophy II (4,0) 4 An examination of political philosophy from the seventeenth century to the twentieth century, concentrating on Hobbes, Locke, Rousseau, Hume, Burke, Bentham, Mill, Hegel, and Marx. The course includes analysis of the period's main ideologies: Conservatism, liberalism, socialism, communism, anarchism, fascism and national socialism. Prerequisites: PS110 and junior or senior standing. PS357 Politics of Violence (3,0) 3 An interdisciplinary examination of the origin, nature and consequences of political violence, including war, revolution and terrorism. Prerequisite: Junior or senior standing. May also be used for sociology credit. PS364 Political Parties, Interest Groups and Public Opinion (3,0) 3 Examines the roles of political parties and interest groups in the American political system, especially in elections and lobbying activities. The formation and uses of public opinion are also analyzed. Prerequisite: PS110. i..... PS367 Congress and the Presidency 4 (4,0) Examines the legislative and executive branches of government as parts of the policy-making process. Prerequisite: PS110. This course provides an overview of the field of public administration. It examines the types of organizations, the relation of administration to politics and public management. Examines the impact of electronic and print media on contemporary American politics. Evaluates proposals for changing the method and role of media coverage of government and politics. Prerequisites: PS110 and junior standing. PS401 Principles of Public Administration (3,0) 3 PS211 Political Science Research and Statistics (4,0) 4 PS331 Comparative Politics of Western Europe and Russia 4 . (4,0) PS411 U.S. Foreign Policy (3,0) 3 An introduction to research methods and statistical applications in political science and public administration. Among other research methods, the course examines survey research, content analysis, experimental design and analysis of existing data. Introduces students to the basics of descriptive and inferential statistics, up through correlation and regression. Prerequisite: MA086 or equivalent/satisfactory score on ACT or Placement Exam. Institutions and functioning of government in major European states, such as Great Britain, France, Germany and Russia. Prerequisite: PS110. Examines major issues and methods in public administration. Analysis of specific public policy issues. Prerequisite: Advanced standing. A study of the formulation and conduct of American foreign policy. Analysis of relevant factors, institutions which influence the formulation and conduct of policy; and an examination of selected foreign policies. Prerequisite: PS110. PS334 Middle East Politics (3,0) 3 PS420 Politics of the World Economy An examination of government and politics in the Middle East, with special emphasis on the influences of Islam and nationalism on both (4,0) 4 Power conflict at the international economic level and its impact on the politics of various nations, 294 • Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU ..... - �states, regions and interests. Prerequisites: PS110 or PS160, and junior standing, as well as either EC201 or EC202. PS241 recommended but not required. PS463 Seminar in Political Science (1-3,0) 1-3 A reading and discussion seminar dealing with selected topics in political science. Course may be repeated with permission of instructor. Prerequisite: Junior or senior standing. PS467 Constitutional Law and Civil Liberties (4,0) 4 Principles of the American Constitution: separation of powers, federalism, the powers of the national and state governments, and limitations on the exercise of these powers as well as principles of the American Constitution respecting civil rights and liberties, The Bill of Rights, equal protection of the laws, citizenship and suffrage, and limitations on the exercise of those rights. Prerequisite: PS120 or its equivalent.. PS490 Independent Study in Political Science (1-3) 1-3 Independent research or directed study under the supervision of a faculty member. May be repeated for a total of nine credits. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. PS491 Senior Seminar I (3,0) 3 The first course in a capstone sequence required of all political science majors. The course examines the history of political science and public administration and reviews contemporary approaches and recent research. Students prepare a research proposal to be carried out in PS492. Prerequisites: Political science major and senior standing. PS492 Senior Seminar II (3,0) 3 Completion of the research project begun in PS491 . Students will make oral presentations of their project results at the end of the course to other students, faculty and invited guests. Prerequisite: PS491 . PS499 Political Science/Public Administration Internship (1,9 - 27) 3-9 Students arrange, with the assistance and approval of the instructor, a supervised work experience in a governmental, community or nonprofit organization. Students perform professional tasks under the supervision of agency personnel. The students' review and evaluation of the work experience is under the direction of the instructor. Permission of the instructor required by the seventh week of the preceding semester. Course may be repeated to a maximum of nine credits. PS601 Foundations of Public Administration (3,0) 3 Introduction to public administration by providing an overview of the central issues, values and problems associated with the field. Through the use of the case study method, public administration will be examined as the operation of government entities. PYlOl Introduction to Psychology (4,0) 4 PS603 Human Resource Management (3,0) 3 A general introduction to the systematic study of behavior and mental processes in humans and animals. This course provides students with an understanding of the evolution, processes and problems involved in the administration of public personnel systems in the United States. This course examines the selection and management of personnel in public organizations; evolution and development of merit systems; effects of municipal unionization and collective bargaining on personnel programs in the public sector and accountability and productivity of public employees. PS608 Research Methods in Public Administration (3,0) 3 This course provides a survey of research methods used in public and non-profit organizations and emphasizes the development of a research design. The topics covered include survey research techniques, experimental and quasi-experimental designs, and qualitative research methods. Prerequisite: undergraduate statistics course. PS625 The Politics of U.S. Labor History (3,0) 3 This course examines the role of organized labor in U.S. history, from colonial times to contemporary times. Attention will be given to the development of policies affecting unions. Prerequisite: upper-division student status. PS630 Public Policy Analysis and Evaluation (3,0) 3 Examines the process of developing public policies and evaluating their implementation. Several policy areas (e.g., criminal justice, education, health care, etc.) will be reviewed. Prerequisite: MB608 or PS608. PS655 Contemporary Issues in Public Administration (1-3,0) 1-3 This seminar examines selected issues and problems related to public administration. The content of this course may vary each time it is offered, depending on the topics selected. May be repeated with the permission of the instructor. Maximum of six credits. PS695 Applied Research Project (4,0) 4 This capstone course requires the student to complete a research project associated with their field of interest in public administration. The research projects will require the development of a research proposal and the gathering, analysis and presentation of data. Prerequisite: PS608. PSYCHOLOGY Special topics courses will be available as need and interest develop. Consult the semester course schedule for these. PY155 Lifespan Development (3,0) 3 Human psychological development from birth to death. This course covers social, emotional and intellectual development across the lifespan. PY201 Communication Skills in Counseling (2,1) 3 This course covers the essential elements of establishing a therapeutic relationship, including active listening skills, empathy and confrontation. Students both explore their potential to be congruent and authentic as counselors and demonstrate counseling skills with voluntary, involuntary and crisis counselors. No prerequisite. Also listed as SW201. PY210 Statistics 3 (3,0) Introduction to basic statistical methods of analyzing psychological data. Emphasis is placed on statistical inference, e.g., t-tests, Ftests and selected non-parametric tests. This course provides students with basic statistical_ concepts and skills necessary for laboratory and survey work, and for understanding psychological literature, and introduces them to statistical analysis on the computer. MA207 may be used in place of PY21 Oto meet the psychology major and minor requirements. Prerequisite: MA086 or equivalent/satisfactory score on ACT or Placement Exam. PY212 Experimental Psychology (3,0) 3 An examination of the basic research methods employed in the social sciences with emphasis on the experiment. Topics: Epistemology, laboratory experiments, field experiments, survey construction, correlational research. Students will each participate as a subject and an experimenter, collect data, analyze data, and write a laboratory report according to the editorial style of the American Psychological Association. Prerequisites: PY101 and PY21 Oor MA207. PY217 Social Psychology (3,0) 3 Topics include attitude formation and change, interpersonal attraction, aggression, altruism, conformity and environmental psychology. PY228 Organizational Behavior (3,0) 3 An introduction to the theories, principles and practices of organizational behavior within the workplace. May be used for sociology credit. PY240 Behavior Management (3,0) 3 Systematic introduction to behavioral concepts and techniques. Self-management applications and behavioral assessments in applied settings serve as practical lab experiences. Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU • 295 �PY259 Abnormal Psychology (3,0) 3 PY396 Tests and Measurements (3,0) 3 This course is a systematic investigation of the identification, dynamics and treatment of deviant and maladaptive behavior. This course has two parts. Part one covers measurement theory, the properties of the normal curve, reliability, validity and measurement statistics. Part two reviews major tests used by researchers, educators, clinicians, counselors, addictions counselors and industrial psychologists. Prerequisites: S0302, PY210, MA207 or equivalent. Principles of leadership skills and styles are applied to various recreation settings with emphasis on group interaction and face-to-face leading. Programming fundamentals for effective leisure services delivery are explored and implemented. Prerequisite: RC101. PY456 History and Systems of Psychology (3,0) 3 RC212 Instructional Methods in Adapted Aquatics (1,2) alternate years 2 PY265 Child and Adolescent Development (3,0) 3 Psychological development of the child through adolescence. Social, emotional and intellectual development are covered, with consideration of genetic, prenatal and postnatal influences. Prerequisite: PY101 or PY155 or TE150. An examination of persons, events, theories, schools and systems that influenced and define contemporary psychology. Prerequisite: PY311. RC105 Program Development and Leadership in Recreation and Leisure Services (3,0) 3 A survey of recent findings on cognition in humans. Topics include learning, memory, problem solving, language and complex perceptual processes. Prerequisite: PY311. Based on American Red Cross adapted aquatics guidelines, the course is designed to help students develop skills used when planning, implementing, instructing, and evaluating water activity programs for those with a disability. Current water safety instructors (WSI) may become American Red Cross certified as adapted aquatics instructors. People who do not have a WSI may become American Red Cross certified adapted aquatics aides. PY301 Exceptional Child and Adolescent (3,0) 3 PY459 Physiological Psychology (3,0) 3 RC220 Methods in Arts and Crafts (3,0) 3 The study of physically, Intellectually and socially exceptional children and adolescents, including their characteristics and unique educational needs. Prerequisite: PY155 or PY265. This course is an introduction to the neurophysiological structures of the brain and their functions as regulators of animal and human behavior. Prerequisite: PY311 . A variety of arts and crafts media are studied and applied to specific recreation settings with concentration on leading and programming. Prerequisites: RC101 and RC105. PY311 Learning and Motivation (3,0) 3 PY490 Research Topics in Psychology (1-4) 1-4 An introduction to the theory and research of learning. Factors are examined that influence the acquisition and performance of behaviors in classical and instrumental learning paradigms. Prerequisite: PY212. This may take the form of either a research project or a program of directed reading on a specific topic. One to four credits over a period of one or two semesters may be granted · according to the nature of the student's project. May be repeated up to a total of six credits. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. RC240 Foundations of Therapeutic Recreation (3,0) 3 PY291 Group Counseling (3,0) 3 This course examines the theory, techniques and practice of group counseling. Students will become familiar with basic group process, theoretical perspectives and their application to group counseling. Prerequisite: PY201. Also listed as SW291. PY357 Personality Theory (3,0) 3 This course surveys the major psychological theories used to conceptualize, treat and research personality issues. Prerequisite: 12 hours of psychology. PY383 Industrial Psychology (3,0) 3 The principles of human behavior in the industrial situation are studied with particular emphasis given to scientific methods of selecting, utilizing, and evaluating a work force in ways consistent with the well-being of the individual worker. Prerequisites: PY101 and statistics. PY385 Health Psychology (3,0) 3 This course covers psychoneuroimmunology and stress as they impact on human health and disease as well as psychological interventions which promote physical well being and healing. Prerequisite: Junior standing. PY391 Family Therapy (3,0) 3 This course applies a systems framework to the understanding of family dynamics and introduces structural perspectives and modalities for family intervention. Prerequisites: PY101 and junior standing. Also listed as SW391. PY457 Cognition (3,0) 3 PY498 Senior Research I (3,0) 3 The study of methods employed in gathering data for research purposes including direct observational techniques and self-report measures. Students will also learn to use the computer to gather data, analyze data and present data graphically; and will develop a research prospectus. Prerequisites: PY210, PY212 and PY311. PY499 Senior Research II (4,0) 4 Applications of the principles derived from PY498 to the investigation of a research topic. Also, presentations on recent developments and approaches in psychology, including ethical issues in research. Prerequisite: PY498. RECREATION Special topics courses will be available as need and interest develop. Consult the semester course schedule for these. RC101 Introduction to Recreation and Leisure Services (3,0) 3 Overview of philosophy, history, theory, programs, professional leadership and organizations, economics and leisure service delivery systems. An introduction to the profession of therapeutic recreation. Students will be introduced to history, philosophy, current professional trends, professional organizations, professional literature and career opportunities for therapeutic recreation specialists. The health care team and the role of the therapeutic recreation specialist will also be explored. Prerequisites: RC101 and RC105. ..... RC262 Outdoor Recreation (3,0) 3 This course will introduce the student to a variety of topics and content areas related to outdoor recreation. These topics will include outdoor education, organized camping and adventure education. Also included will be an opportunity to become familiar with outdoor living skills. Prerequisite: RC105. RC270 Sports Management (3,0) 3 Alternate Years This course will provide philosophies, organization techniques and administration principles for youth sports, officiating, intramurals, organized athletics and recreational sports. Issues on assessment, design, implementation, and evaluation for sports programs in today's society will be explored. Investigation of appropriate resources, professional organization's impact, training methods, certification processes and gender issues will be highlighted. Prerequisites: RC101 and RC105. RC280 Readiness in Games, Activities and Sports (3,0) alternate years 3· This course will focus on the selection and implementation of games, activities and sports which are age-appropriate for the clientele being 296 • Lake Superior State University • 1-888-800-LSSU ..... - �served. Psychological, sociological, emotional and physiological readiness will be studied as it relates to implementation, modification and presentation of games, activities, and sports to various age groups. Both positive and negative outcomes will be identified. RC295 Practicum (1-2,0) 1-2 Practical experiences designed to provide the student with various types of recreation programs. The student will work under a site supervisor specialized in that particular area of the student's interest. One credit hour for every 45 hours of practical experience. May be repeated for up to four credits. Prerequisite: Instructor permission. RC320 Dance and Rhythmic Activities for Recreation (3,0) alternate years 3 Study of dance in social and therapeutic settings; developing skills to lead programs and adapt a variety of rhythmic activities for individuals and groups: Creative movement, improvisation, variety of social dance, historical significance to actual implementation. Prerequisites: RC101 and RC105. RC340 Program Development in Therapeutic Recreation (3,0) 3 Students will explore in detail the therapeutic recreation service model which will include the components of treatment, leisure education and recreation participation. All aspects of comprehensive and specific program planning will be explored with a special concern for the development of individualized behavioral objectives. Prerequisite: RC240. RC342 Disabilities Seminar in Therapeutic Recreation (3,0) 3 An extensive survey of disabling conditions which the therapeutic recreation specialist may encounter. Emphasis will be placed on incidence, characteristics, etiology, restrictions to involvement and most current research. Class will be taken on a student research/presentation format. Prerequisite: RC240. RC344 Recreational Pursuits and Disabling Conditions (3,0) 3 A study of specialized recreational and athletic opportunities available to individuals with disabling conditions; such opportunities will be presented as potential activities to be included as part of comprehensive therapeutic recreation services. Practical applications will be encountered. Prerequisite: RC342. RC346 Clinical Issues and Practice in Therapeutic Recreation (2,4) 3 Through a combination of directed fieldwork and classroom instruction, students will begin to apply therapeutic recreation theory and program development to the clinical environment. Issues of professional development, confidentiality, assessment, documentation and evaluation will be covered. Prerequisites: RC340 and RC 342. RC362 Land Management for Recreation Purposes (3,0) 3 This course is designed to meet the needs of the student pursuing a parks and recreation degree. Provides insight and understanding for problems inherent to managing recreation lands for optimum use and minimum impact. Also, for recreation majors in outdoor recreation option. Prerequisites: RC101 and RC262. RC365 Expedition Management (2,2) 3 Prerequisite: RC105 or BA121, AC230, EC202 and FN245. RC390 Recreation Leader Apprenticeship (1,0) 1 Practical experience in learning to teach and lead various recreation experiences. Students serve with qualified instructors. Prerequisite: Basic skills and knowledge of activity and instructor permission. May be repeated for a total of three credits. Intensive study of performance, programming, leadership and management skills involved in conducting wilderness and back country recreation programming. The student will become aware of various theoretical support structures and paradigms associated with adventure education and the values associated with the use of outdoor programming as a therapeutic intervention modality. Course content includes: Initiating and programming wilderness/back country experiences, group dynamics and outdoor living skills. A ten-day outing is required immediately upon completion of the semester. Prerequisite: RC262. RC435 Problems and Issues in Therapeutic Recreation (3,0) 3 RC367 National Parks, National Monuments and National Culture (3,0) 3 This course is the second part of a two-part research sequence required by therapeutic recreation and recreation management majors. This course will focus upon research methodology associated with implementing a research project, collecting data, data analysis and presentation. Current state, national and global issues and trends in the recreation field will also be presented. Prerequisite: RC435. This course will focus on the historical development of national parks and the affiliated National Land Ethic. Included in the presentation will be a study of the social, cultural, aesthetic and economic history which fostered the development of a national attitude that favored the "national park" concept. The course will also emphasize the emergence of national parks in this country as a representative of our national cultural history. The course will trace the historical development of a land ethic. It will also trace an emerging aesthetic awareness of land among people who arrived to this continent from Central Europe during the 1600s. This Central European land ethic will be compared to the land ethic of Native Americans. Both of these will be traced through this country's history and will serve as a basis for anticipating future land management trends and issues. RC370 Recreation for the Elderly (3,0) Alternate Years 3 Geared to individuals who will be working with senior citizens in recreation programs, hospitals, nursing homes and family members. The aging process will be studied from the perspective that sound principles will be applied to leading and programming for this growing segment of our population. Prerequisites: RC101, RC105 and 200-level recreation electives. RC375 Commercial Recreation (3,0) alternate years 3 An introduction to the scope, characteristics and management aspects of the commercial recreation industry. Substantial coverage of entrepreneurial strategies, economic concepts applied to commercial recreation, steps for creating feasibility studies, and operation management. An in-depth study of specific commercial recreation programs including travel, tourism, hospitality, club, and the entertainment industry will be included with emphasis on present and future trends and career opportunities. This course will serve as a culminating educational component for the student majoring in therapeutic recreation and recreation management. The course will focus in part on current problems and issues in therapeutic recreation and will also have a major emphasis on developing an original research project. Prerequisites: RC346, PY210,. RC436 Therapeutic Recreation and Leisure Science Research (2,0) 2 RC450 Philosophy of Human Performance and Leisure (3,0) 3 A study of the origins and development of leisure behavior, sport, athletics and personal fitness across cultures. Ethical issues such as violence, opportunity, exploitation, role models and equity will be examined. Prerequisites: ES262 or RC101 and junior status. Also listed as ES450. RC481 Professional Development Seminar (1,0) 1 Opportunities for students to refine personal and professional goals and initiate preparation of resumes and interviewing skills. Career planning and placement will be emphasized as well as internship evaluation. Seminar format. Prerequisite: Senior status required. RC482 Administration of Recreation and Leisure Services (4,0) 4 This course will emphasize organizational patterns and administration problems encountered in operating various types of recreation departments and agencies. Additional content will include budgeting, fund raising, grant writing, personnel management and public relations. Prerequisites: RC105 and junior standing. RC492 Internship 2-6 This is a comprehensive practical application of the student's formal academic preparation. Prerequisites: Completion of 20 of the 25 hours Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU • 297 �of departmental core requirements and junior or senior standing and instructor permission. RAllO Golf (0,2) 1 RA151 Jogging for Fitness (0,2) 1 RC496 Selected Research Topics (1-3,0) 1-3 This course is designed to provide the beginning golfer with the fundamentals of the activity and to further play as a lifetime recreational activity. Introduction to jogging as a means of developing physical and mental fitness. Development of an activity ideal for lifetime leisure involvement. Student carries out approved project(s) of his/ her own initiative. Prerequisite: junior standing and instructor permission. RA114 Self Defense (0,2) 1 RA152 Orienteering 1 (0,2) This course is designed to introduce the student to the philosophy, concepts and various strategies associated with the martial arts. Physical and mental conditioning and physical techniques associated with the art of self defense will be presented and practiced. The focus of this class will be to introduce the student to map and compass reading skills and techniques associated with coordinating their use. It will also introduce the student to the competitive sport of orienteering. RECREATIONAL ACTIVITIES Special topics courses will be available as need and interest develop. Consult the semester course schedule for these. Lake Superior State University does not offer majors or minors in physical education. However, there is a wide variety of activity courses available that may be selected as free electives. The faculty encourage you to participate not only in these activity courses, but athletics and intramurals as well. RA103 Badminton and Racquetball (0,2) 1 This course will serve to introduce the student to two racquet sports: Racquetball and badminton . The course will offer each sport for 7.5 weeks and then the student will rotate to the other racquet sport. RA105 Bowling (0,2) 1 This course will emphasize delivery, scoring etiquette, strategies for converting spares, spot vs. pin bowling, and learning about handicapping. The course will involve theory as well as practical experience. RA119 Cross Country Skiing (0,2) 1 This course will introduce the student to the sport of cross country skiing. Emphasis will be placed on basic skill development, equipment selection, maintenance of equipment and the enjoyment of winter and the beauty it has to offer. The majority of class time will be spent skiing; class instruction will occur during the ski, usually on a one-to-one basis to meet the needs of the student. RA125 Tennis 1 (0,2) This course is intended to develop each student's present knowledge and skills in order that they will be able to pursue tennis as a lifetime leisure activity. RA127 Volleyball 1 (0,2) This course is designed to develop basic skills and progression in power volleyball. Conditioning, drill, game tactics and rules will be practically applied . RA129 Basketball 1 (0,2) RA106 Backpacking (0,2) 1 Introduction to equipment, safety precautions, environmental concerns and skills needed to successfully backpack. Class will experience a weekend backpacking trip. RA107 Canoe Techniques (0,2) 1 This course will introduce the student to the basic strokes and canoe safety associated with flat water canoeing. RA108 Outdoor Survival 1 (0,2) This class will focus on the appropriate strategies to employ to avoid a survival situation. It will also expose the student to various techniques and strategies to employ should they find themselves "lost" or unexpectedly spending several days and nights in the out-of-doors. RA109 Rock Climbing and Rappelling (0,2) 1 This course will introduce the student to the components associated with top rope climbing and rappelling. The student will become familiar with equipment, knots, setting up a safe site, terminology and technique. This course is designed to expand each student's present knowledge and skill specific to skill execution, game play, game strategy and rules. May not be repeated for credit. Not available for credit to any student/athlete playing intercollegiate basketball. RA130 Intercollegiate Sports Skills (0,2) 1 Will meet as directed by instructor. The course is designed for student-athletes involved in intercollegiate athletics. It provides the opportunity to develop advanced skills in their respective sports. The course may be taken two times for a total of two credits. It may be taken only once per academic year and only during the term in which the student-athlete is participating in an intercollegiate sport. RA150 Individualized Physical Fitness 1 (0,2) This class is designed to enable the student to discover his or her own level of fitness and develop and implement an exercise program that will address personal fitness concerns. Central to this process is introducing the student to various aspects of a balanced fitness program and providing personal assistance to the student in selecting beginning fitness goals and appropriate progression of those goals. RA153 Weight Training 1 (0,2) This class is designed to familiarize each student with basic weight training knowledge. The student will become familiar with muscular systems, functions, and safe and effective ways to organize and implement a weight training routine. RA160 Adapted Activities 1 (0,2) Leisure activities adapted to meet the needs of students with disabilities. Emphasis on walking, jogging and aquatics. (May be repeated for credit.) RA173 Social Dance 1 (0,2) This course is designed to provide participants with a broad range of dancing patterns and rhythmic skills. Through social interaction, the following social dances will be learned: Mixers, round dance, square dance and ballroom dance. RA174 Aerobic Dance 1 (0,2) This course will provide the student with an opportunity to become involved in a structured aerobic dance program. The purpose of this type of programming is to improve an individual's physical fitness through rhythmic and dance activities. RA180 Beginning Skating 1 (0,2) The students will be provided with an opportunity to learn the basic fundamentals of skating and to gain sufficient knowledge of the sport so that they may continue to enjoy and improve for the rest of their lives. - - RA194 Scuba (0,2) 1 This course is designed to introduce the student to the appropriate and safe use of self-contained underwater breathing apparatus. RA195 Beginning and Advanced Beginning Swimming (0,2) 1 Course meets in pool two hours a week. Mostly lab work but some lecture. Students cover material in Red Cross beginner and advanced beginner courses and receive certification in one or both depending on skill level attained. - RA196 Intermediate and Advanced Swimming (0,2) 1 ....... Course meets in pool two hours a week. Mostly lab work but some lecture. Students cover 298 • Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU �material in Red Cross Intermediate and Swimmer courses and receive certification in one or both depending on skill level attained. Prerequisite: Red Cross advanced beginner certification or equivalent skills. RA197 Physical Fitness for Law Enforcement (0,3) 1 This course will provide ~enior criminal justice students enrolled in the Michigan Law Enforcement Officers Training Council certification track with the opportunity to maintain their physical prowess and to prepare for the state physical ability test. Prerequisite: Senior criminal justice students enrolled in the MLEOTC track. RA210 Lifeguarding (0,4) 2 Course meets in pool four hours a week. Mostly lab work, some lecture. Students cover material in Red Cross Basic and Emergency Water Safety course and Red Cross Lifeguarding course. Students receive certification in one or both depending on skill level attained. Either certificate qualifies students to take water safety and lifeguarding Instructor course, RA211. Prerequisite: Red Cross intermediate swimming certificate or equivalent skills. RA211 Water Safety and Lifeguard Instructor (0,4) 2 Course meets four hours a week, 70 percent of the time in the pool and 30 percent of the time in the classroom. All students cover material in Red Cross water safety instructor course and do a teaching practicum at the Lake Superior State University pool. Those students entering with a current lifeguarding card may also cover lifeguarding instructor material. Prerequisites: Current Emergency Water Safety or Lifeguarding certificate. ROBOTICS AND CONTROL SYSTEMS Special topics courses will be available as need and interest develop. Consult the semester course schedule for these. RS280 Robotics Technology (2,3) 3 Introduction to the field of robotics technology. Topics include: LC Robotics applications in the manufacturing and service industries, classification of robot systems, robot anatomy, robot control systems, robot end effectors, robot sensors, robot hardware and software, robot cell design, and sociological, economical and management issues in robotics. Laboratory exercises involve programming industrial robots and robot systems integration using programmable logic controllers. Prerequisite: MA140, MA109 and CS101. RS365 Programmable Logic Controllers (2,2) 3 An introduction to the use of programmable logic controllers (PLC). Basic components of the PLC along with the interface to hydraulic/ pneumatic systems and sensors will be discussed. Some higher-level functions such as zone control, master control and sequencers will also be covered. Written business communications are an integral part of the course. Prerequisites: EE210, EG101 and ME140. RS385 Robotics Engineering (2,3) 3 An introduction to the field of robotics engineering. Topics include classification of robot systems, robot anatomy, control systems, end effectors, robot applications, robot sensors, robot hardware and software, and robot cell design. A detailed study of the orientation and configuration coordinate transformations and forward and inverse kinematics will be included. Prerequisites: EM220, EG265 or CS105, and MA243. RS430 Systems Integration and Machine Vision (3,3) 4 applications. Prerequisites: RS280, MA143, MT225, and ET175 or EE210. SOCIAL WORK Special topics courses will be available as need and interest develop. Consult the semester course schedule for these. SWllO Introduction to Social Work (3,0) 3 A general introduction and overview of the social work profession including its philosophy, values, professional roles, current trends and models in different practice settings (i.e. public welfare, child and family services, mental health, medical settings, etc.). SW201 Communication Skills in Counseling (2,1) 3 A study of the theory and application of sensors and machine vision in modern manufacturing systems. Topics will include position senors, encoders, interface electronics, force and torque senors, LAN, PLC, electrical noise, machine vision, lighting techniques, control software, feature extraction techniques and robot guidance. Prerequisites: MA144, EG265 or CS105, RS280 or RS385, and one of the following: EE310, EE305, or RS365 and EE125. This course covers the essential elements of establishing a therapeutic relationship including active listening skills, empathy and confrontation. Students both explore their potential to be congruent and authentic as counselors and demonstrate counseling skills with voluntary, involuntary and crisis counselors. No prerequisite. Also listed as PY201. RS435 Automated Manufacturing Systems 4 (3,3) Introduction to basic methods of social research. Also listed as S0202. A study and analysis of the components of an automated manufacturing system. Topics included analysis of flow lines, automated assembly systems, materials handling and storage systems, group technology, production electronics, and CIM. Course work will include applications of manufacturing systems software including factoring simulation. Laboratory work will focus on systems integration, advanced programming of industrial robots, and flow line automation. Prerequisites: MA343 and RS385. RS460 Control Systems (3,3) 4 An introduction to the analysis and design of linear feedback control systems. The course will include a study of system modeling, block diagrams, system response, stability, steady state error, bode plots and root locus. Laboratory exercises will develop a student's ability to design feedback systems and quantify system performance. Prerequisites: MA343, EM220, and EE21 Oor equivalent. RS480 Control Systems and Automation (3,3) 4 Introduction to the analysis of linear feedback control systems. Analysis of electrical, mechanical and electro-mechanical systems. Study of system stability and output response. Topics in automation include: analysis of automated flow lines, automated assembly systems and group technology. Laboratory work in control systems will focus on the study of system stability and response using position and velocity feedback servo controlled systems. Laboratory work in automation includes: programming of industrial robots, systems integration projects and manufacturing software SW202 Social Research Methods (3,0) 3 SW250 Social Work Practicum (1,9-27) 3-9 This course provides a field placement opportunity for students to practice skills and use knowledge gained from courses in skill minors. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. Also listed as HM250. SW291 Group Counseling (3,0) 3 This course examines the theory, techniques and practice of group counseling. Students will become familiar with basic group process, theoretical perspectives and their application to group counseling. Prerequisite: PY201. Also listed as PY291. SW301 Alternative Dispute Resolution and Conflict Management (3,0) 3 This course explores non-judicial avenues of dispute or conflict resolution such as negotiation, mediation, arbitration, as well as courtannexed alternative dispute resolution mechanisms. The procedural aspects, key elements, ethical considerations and practical applications of alternative dispute resolution are discussed as part of the dispute resolution landscape. The course will also include dispute resolution and conflict management simulations and case studies. Prerequisite: LA202 or junior standing. Also listed as LA301. SW305 Tribal Law and Government (3,0) 3 A study of tribal law which will explore such areas as the structure of tribal government; tribal sovereignty; treaties; civil and criminal court jurisdiction in Indian country; tribal resources; Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU • 299 �tribal economic development; taxation and regulation; rights of individual Indians; and various federal laws and court cases concerning and affecting tribes and their members. Prerequisites: HS230 and NA230,. Also listed as LA305/NA305. SW310 Clinical Practice and Diagnosis (3,0) 3 Student will learn skills in developing psychosocial history, treatment plans, becoming familiar with diagnostic criteria and categories, and appreciating the uses and limitations of various diagnostic schemes. Prerequisite: Senior standing. Completion of PY/SW201 . SW338 Deviance (3,0) 3 Analysis of causes and consequences of deviance and development of deviant subcultures; examination of various societal responses to control deviance and their effectiveness. Included are alcoholism, crime, mental illness and homosexuality among others. Prerequisite: Junior standing or three hours of sociology and/ or human services or social work. Also listed as S0338. SW341 Addiction (3,0) 3 Study of the nature of chemical dependence with emphasis on individual, social and cultural variations of drug effects. Relationships of chemical use to the family system. Comparisons between chemical and non-chemical dependent behaviors. Prerequisite: Six hours of sociology. Also listed as S0341. SW344 Social Welfare Systems (3,0) 3 Development of social welfare systems including changing programs and philosophy and interrelationships with economic, political, and family institutions; cross-cultural comparisons; current issues and problems in social welfare. Prerequisite: Junior standing or three credits in sociology. (Also listed as S0344.) SW391 Family Therapy (3,0) 3 . This course applies a systems framework to the understanding of family dynamics and · introduces structural perspectives and modalities for family intervention. Prerequisites: PY101 and junior standing. Also listed as PY391 . SW480 Grantwriting 3 (3,0) This course gives advanced students experience in the research, writing and planning skills involved in preparing grant proposals for human service problems. Also listed as HM480. SOCIOLOGY Special topics courses will be available as need and interest develop. Consult the semester course schedule for these. 50101 Introduction to Sociology (3,0) 3 An introduction to the basic concepts of sociology. Explanation of human behavior which emphasizes human groups, institutions, social change and social forces. 50102 Social Problems (4,0) 4 An introductory course providing data and theory for a variety of contemporary social problems such as poverty, unemployment, teenage pregnancy, inequality, housing shortages, violence and pollution. 50103 Cultural Diversity (3,0) 3 This course introduces the student to racial, ethnic, gender and social class variation within the United States and the global community to enable the student to better understand, live with, and appreciate diversity. 50113 Sociology of the American Family (3,0) 3 A study of the development and change of the American family since 1890. This study will explore the impact of urbanization, industrialization, increased mobility, extended education and the changing status of women on the American family. behavior and the process by which people create social structures; symbolic interactionist theory explained. Prerequisite: S0101 . S0242 Sociology of Sex (3,0) 3 Socio-psychological study of the impact of human sexuality upon human behavior. S0302 Statistics for Social Science (4,0) 4 The social foundation of statistical inference is discussed and elementary statistical concepts are introduced through numerical problems: Z scores, I-test, chi square, correlation , ANOVA, etc. Prerequisite: MA086 or equivalenV satisfactory score on ACT or Placement Exam. 50303 Contemporary Sociological Theory (3,0) 3 Comparison and assessment of the models and concepts used today by sociologists to explain human behavior. Prerequisite: S0101 . S0313 Work and Organization (3,0) 3 Introduction to basic methods of social research. (Also listed as SW202.) Development and structure of the workplace; includes contemporary trends in formal organization and management styles, changing career patterns, sources of conflict and some cross-cultural comparisons. Prerequisite: Junior standing or three hours of sociology. 50213 Introduction to Anthropology (3,0) 3 50314 Social Change (3,0) 3 A study of the evolution of humankind and the evolution and development of culture and society. Prerequisite: One introductory sociology course. Study of trends in industrial societies, theories explaining these changes, and the role of social movements in social change; focusing primarily on industrialized societies with some discussion of developing countries. Prerequisite: Junior standing or three hours of sociology. 50202 Social Research Methods (3,0) 3 S0214 Criminology (3,0) 3 A study of the nature and causes of crime and the results of various attempts to reduce crime. 50321 Sociology of Women (3,0) 3 S0225 Native Cultures of North America (3,0) 3 This analysis of the roles and status of women in contemporary American society covers social structure, social psychology and social movements; also includes some cross-cultural comparisons. A study of the Native American Indian and Inuit cultures of North America from earliest times to the present with emphasis on contrasting patterns of cultures. Also listed as NA225. S0226 Races and Minorities (3,0) 3 Study of various social and ethnic minorities in the United States with an emphasis on Black/ White relations. Competition, conflict and prejudice as they influence social and ethnic minority group relations. Social movements and their effects on majority, minority relations. Prerequisite: Sophomore standing. 50227 Population and Ecology 3 (3,0) Study of the basic issue of the world's population increase and distribution in relation to natural resources, standards of living, political systems, changes in physical and cultural environments. 50238 Social Psychology (3,0) 3 Examines the social nature of humans, exploring both the influence of social structures upon ..... - S0325 Social Stratification 3 (3,0) Class, caste, status, power, general concept of stratification and consequences of stratification will be related to social institutions. 50326 The Sociology of Aging and the Aged (3,0) 3 Examines aging and the aged in American society from the sociological perspective. S0327 The Sociology of Dying and Death (3,0) 3 ..... - Sociological examination of dying and death. - 50338 Deviance (3,0) 3 ..... Analysis of causes and consequences of deviance and development of deviant subcultures; examination of various societal responses to control deviance and their effectiveness. Included are alcoholism, crime, mental illness 300 • Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU �and homosexuality among others. Prerequisite: Junior standing or three hours of sociology and/ or human services. Also listed as SW338. S0339 Culture and Personality (3,0) 3 Analysis of the role of culture in shaping personality using both contemporary industrial society and also cross-culture material. Prerequisite: Three hours of sociology or junior standing. SPANISH Special topics courses will be available as need and interest develop. Consult the semester course schedule for these. SP161 First Year Spanish I (4,1) 4 Introduction to basic Spanish grammar and vocabulary, designed to acquaint the student with the essentials of oral and written Spanish. SP162 First Year Spanish II (4,1) 4 S0341 Addiction (3,0) 3 Study of the nature of chemical dependence with emphasis on individual, social and cultural variations of drug effects. Relationship of chemical use to the family system. Comparisons between chemical and non-chemical dependent behaviors. Prerequisite: Six hours of sociology. Also listed as SW341. S0344 Social Welfare Systems (3,0) 3 Development of social welfare systems including changing programs and philosophy and interrelationships with economic, political and family institutions; cross-cultural comparisons; current issues and problems in social welfare. Prerequisites: Junior standing or three credits in sociology. Also listed as SW344. S0401 Sociological Research I (3,0) 3 Working under the guidance of a sociology faculty member, the student develops and conducts a sociological research project, analyzes the data, prepares a written report in journal format and gives a formal presentation of the results. Prerequisites: S0202, S0303; GPA of 3.0 or higher. S0402 Sociological Research II (3,0) 3 In the course, students completing a more extensive research project will complete and present the project which they initiated in S0401 . Prerequisites: S0401. S0403 Development of Sociological Theory (3,0) 3 A critical analysis of the contributions to sociological theory by Comte, Spencer, Marx, Durkheim, Pareto, Weber and others. S0405 Seminar: Current Sociological Issues (3,0) 3 Contemporary issues in sociology, to vary from year to year. Extensive reading, writing, and discussion expected. Prerequisites: Junior standing and 12 hours in sociology. S0490 Independent Research Topics in Sociology (1-4) 1-4 This may take the form of either a research project or a program of directed reading on a specific topic. One to four credits over a period of one or two semesters may be granted according to the nature of the student's project. May be repeated to a total of six credits. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. Further study of Spanish grammar and vocabulary; emphasis on oral communication; reading of various materials in Spanish with the aim of understanding the meaning, enlarging the vocabulary and using Spanish for communication. Prerequisite: SP161 or equivalent. SP165 Spanish for Public Safety (4,1) 4 A continuation of SP161, with emphasis on vocabulary relevant to work in criminal justice. Prerequisite: SP161 or equivalent. SP261 Second Year Spanish I (4,1) 4 Intensive review of grammar and further vocabulary development. Emphasis on composition and conversation based on the reading of Spanish texts and newspapers. Prerequisite: SP162 or equivalent. SP262 Second Year Spanish II (4,1) 4 Conducted as much as possible in Spanish with the primary aim of dealing fluently with basic conversation situations. Prerequisite: SP261 or equivalent. SP305 Spanish Literature in Translation I (3,0) 3 From the Medieval period through the works of Miguel de Cervantes. The course is taught in English and the readings are in English. This course counts as humanities credit for general education requirement. SP306 Spanish Literature in Translation II (3,0) 3 Representative 18th, 19th and 20th century Spanish works and some representative Latin American works. The course is taught in English and the readings are in English. This course counts as humanities credit for general education requirement. SP361 Advanced Spanish I (4,1) 4 Acquisition of advanced skills in composition, grammar, reading and conversation, using media and readings related to the Hispanic world. Prerequisite: SP262 or equivalent. SP362 Advanced Spanish II (4,1) 4 A continuation of SP361. Prerequisite: SP361 or equivalent. SP365 Directed Study (1,4) 1-4 Individual or small-group study of Hispanic topics relevant to the student's major academic interest. Prerequisite: SP362. This directed study course may not be repeated. SPEECH Special topics courses will be available as need and interest develop. Consult the semester course schedule for these. SD101 Fundamentals of Speech Communication (3,0) 3 A study of communication theory as it relates to the oral sender and receiver in interpersonal, dyadic, small group, and public speaking situations. Application will be in perceptual analysis, dyadic encounters, small group problem-solving and discussion, and public speaking situations. SD161 Problems in Speech/Drama (1-3,0) 1-3 Practical problems in speech or theatre. Requires participation in forensics, debate, Reader's Theatre or theatre. May be repeated for a maximum of three credits. Prerequisite: SD101. SD201 Small Group Communication (3,0) 3 Analysis of verbal communication in small groups as related to information processing, problem solving, agenda establishment, decision making and policy formation. Prerequisite: SD101. SD210 Business and Professional Speaking (3,0) 3 An introduction to basic skills, principles and contexts of communication in business and professional settings. Application will be in presentational, team-building and interviewing skills. Prerequisite: SD101. SD211 Advanced Public Speaking (3,0) 3 A grounding in upper-level public address with an emphasis on both informative and persuasive strategies. It will be taught using a combination of lecture, discussion, video analysis and critiques, and speeches. Prerequisite: SD101. SD225 Interpersonal Communication (3,0) 3 An introduction to interpersonal communication theory, with a focus on improved understanding of relationships and an improved ability to communicate more effectively with a variety of people. Prerequisite: SD101. SD251 History of Drama & Theatre I (3,0) 3 The study of the historical and esthetic drama and theatre from the Greek period to the European Renaissance. Counts as humanities credit for general education requirement. Prerequisite: EN110. Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU • 301 �SD252 History of Drama & Theatre II (3,0) 3 SD416 Communication in Leadership (3,0) 3 The study of the historical and esthetic drama and theatre from the Renaissance to current theatre and drama. Counts as humanities credit for general education requirement. Prerequisite: EN110. An advanced application of theory from the speech communication field to issues in organizational leadership. Leadership theory is surveyed from the speech communication perspective, with an eye toward building applicable skills. Particular emphasis is laid upon cultivating the ability to continue the process following the conclusion of the course. Prerequisite: SD101. SD302 Argumentation and Advocacy (3,0) 3 Provides a practical grounding in the methods of public debate. Students are familiarized with theoretical frameworks for testing propositions through direct clash of evidence and arguments. The emphasis is on practical experience gained through experiences in oral argument. Prerequisite: SD101. SD307 Classical/Contemporary Rhetoric (3,0) 3 A study of the development of rhetoric beginning with the Greeks and continuing to the present. An emphasis will be placed on the influences of past rhetoric to current theory. Prerequisite: SD101. SD308 Communication Theory (3,0) 3 A study of the sources, dimensions and applications of contemporary communication theory, including the impact of mass communication in modern society. Prerequisite: SD101. SD309 Speech and Drama Productions (3,0) 3 Practical problems in the development and production of dramatic works, forensics workshops, tournaments and festivals. Prerequisite: SD101 and permission of instructor. SD320 Public Relations (4,0) 4 Public relations theory and practice will form the two emphases of the course. Theory will be explored and discussed as foundation for the application of public relations concepts and strategies. Students will be responsible for working with organizations in order to develop realistic PR campaigns which reflect the awareness of the significant structures and responsibilities involved in a professional approach to public relations. Prerequisite: SD101. SD325 Organizational Communication (3,0) 3 Focus on oral communication as it impacts on and permits coordination among people and thus allows for organized behavior. Focus on business and organizational contexts for interpersonal transactions. Participant involvement in simulation designed to generate insights into the elements involved in coordinated and competitive organizational communication. Selected topics for theory and practice: Interpersonal transactions, communication rules, conflict management, negotiations, trust, power and influence. Prerequisite: SD101. SD616 Advanced Communication in Leadership (3,0) 3 A graduate-level course on communication issues in organizational leadership. Contemporary theories of leadership are viewed in the context of their intellectual lineage, with particular attention to the relative centrality of communication in the theories and research leading up to the current state of the art. Both quantitative and qualitative research literature are reviewed, with an eye toward rendering the student conversant with the major schools of thought reflected in contemporary leadership practice. Communication strategies for the achievement of specific leadership goals and for implementation of organizational change are explored. STUDENT SERVICES Special topics courses will be available as need and interest develop. Consult the semester course schedule for these. SA090 Developmental Reading I (2,2) 3 . strategies and exposing students to basic information on LSSU programs, policies and procedures. SA105 Development of Reading Abilities (1,1) 1 Lectures, discussion, activities and labs provide students with the information and experiences needed to develop reading-rate flexibility, vocabulary skills, critical reading/thinking skills for reading in the context areas, and concentration and memory improvement. Labs are individualized to fit each student's needs, as determined by a reading test given at the beginning of the semester. SA106 Advanced College and Professional Reading (3,1) 3 Emphasis will be placed on practical application of critical reading and learning strategies toward advanced college textbook and professional material. Students will research, analyze and evaluate relevant topics to enhance knowledge within individually declared majors. A variety of techniques will be used to improve reading rates, comprehension and specialized vocabulary. Prerequisite: satisfactory completion of SA090 or ACT reading score of 19. SA125 Career Planning and Decision Making (0,1.5) 1 Expanding awareness of personal strength and career options, this course will help students make realistic decisions relating to planning and implementation of academic and life career goals. Follows a student self-directed framework utilizing video-tapes and career/self-exploration to complete assignments. Prerequisites: student must be fully admitted for enrollment at LSSU and currently enrolled in six (6) credits. A combination of lectures, activities and labs provide information and experiences needed to help eliminate inefficient reading habits and develop better reading skills. Emphasis is placed on reading/study strategies, comprehension, reading rate/flexibility, vocabulary, and concentration and memory improvement. Labs are individualized to accommodate the student's needs based on assessment tests. This course is required of those students who score below the reading proficiency level on the ACT or college placement test. A seminar to help students make the transition to university life, communicate effectively on an interpersonal level, strengthen self-concept and build positive relationships. Course content addresses the personal, social, educational and vocational aspects of individual development. SA091 Developmental Reading II (2,2) 3 SA205 Group Interactions (3,0) 3 This course is a sequel to SA090 for those students who need additional work to meet the minimal reading proficiency requirement. Greater emphasis will be given to the application and practice of critical reading/thinking skills, textbook reading strategies, vocabulary in the disciplines and comprehension. Individualized labs will be based on personal needs. Prerequisite: SA090. SAlOO University Success Strategies (1.5,0) 1 SA150 Personal Growth Seminar (0,1.5) 1 I.... This course is designed for the first-year resident advisors to develop a better understanding of self and others, particularly in regard to group responsibilities. There will be a three-day prefall orientation program. Group activities will be aimed at developing cohesiveness. Curriculum will increase awareness of group processes and interaction skills including: Leadership, referral, conflict resolution, assertiveness, crisis intervention, programming, empathy and active listening. Prerequisite: For first-year resident advisors only. Based on assessment of individual results of the Learning and Study Skills Inventory (E-LASSI), students are provided the opportunity to improve their study skills, methods of time management, modes of memorization, note-taking techniques, and university examination preparation. Emphasis is placed on making the transition to university life by focusing on various academic 302 • Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU '- ...... �TEACHER EDUCATION Special topics courses will be available as need and interest develop. Consult the semester course schedule for these. TE150 Reflections on Leaming and Teaching (3,0) 3 Students will examine their experiences and assumptions as learners and tea~hers, . . contrasting them with psychological, soc1olog1cal and anthropological theories about learning in and out of school. TE250 Student Diversity and Schools (3,0) 3 A study of the forms of diversity found among students and how these differences affect participation in schools. Schools are studied in terms of their goals, impact on students and as workplaces for teachers. Course activities include school visits and discussions of classroom teaching. Prerequisite: Sophomore standing. TE301 Students and the Contexts of Leaming (3,3) 4 A study of students and learning as they are affected by social context and sociocultural background including natural and socially constructed differences among learners. Also teaching and learning subject matter within institutional and community contexts. Includes extensive classroom observations. Prerequisites: TE150 and TE250 and admission to teacher certification program. TE401 Teaching, Leaming and Assessment in the Classroom I (3,6) 5 Curriculum, objectives, content, materials, organization, methods and assessment of teaching core subject matter to diverse learners. Includes integrated technology, laboratory and field experiences. Prerequisites: TE150, TE250 and TE301. Requires admission to teacher education program. TE402 Teaching, Leaming and Assessment in the Classroom II (3,9) 6 Continuation of curriculum, objectives, content, materials, organization, methods and assessment of teaching core subject matter to diverse learners. Includes integrated technology, laboratory and field experiences. Prerequisites: TE150, TE250, TE301 and TE401. Requires admission to teacher education program. TE491 Internship in Teaching Diverse Learners I 6 Directed and evaluated internship in heterogeneous classrooms. Teaching worthwhile content to students with varied learning needs. Theoretical and field-based explorations of common teaching dilemmas. Six credit hours: one for seminar, five for field/teaching experience, though student will actually spend at least 25 clock hours weekly with a teacher in a school. Prerequisites: successful completion of baccalaureate degree and all previous TE courses and field experiences. Permission and availability of participating schools. Corequisites: TE601 and TE602. May be repeated once. TE492 Internship in Teaching Diverse Learners II UNIVERSITY SEMINAR UN101 University Seminar I: Foundations for Success (1,0) 1 6 Continuing internship in heterogeneous classrooms at selected schools. Increased emphasis on independent teaching. Maintaining classroom communities that ensure equitable access to important knowledge and skills. Assessing academic and social outcomes. Six credit hours: one for seminar, five for field/ teaching experience, though student actually spends at least 25 clock hou~s.weekly with~ teacher in a school. Prerequ1s1tes: completion of TE491 and permission and availability of participating schools. Corequisites: TE603 and TE604. May be repeated once. This course focuses on academic skills and critical thinking, on knowledge of the institution and the role of higher education, and on personal skills for living, which together are requisite for student success and lifelong learning. Seminar I - Foundations for Success places emphasis on incorporation into university culture, time management, use of campus resources, ~r.itten and oral presentations, development of critical thinking skills, and strengthening study skills for academic success. TE601 Professional Roles and Teaching Practice I (3,0) 3 Seminar II - Developing Critical Thinking continues the goals of Seminar I while placing emphasis on the application of critical thinking skills to the academic setting. A reading anthology is used as the basis for regular written and oral communication and a term researdh paper. While continuing to apply skills and techniques used in Seminar I, students additionally develop cultural literacy and incorporate greater computer usage, and explore campus organizations, community events and community service. Teachers' ethical and professional responsibilities. Connections of school to other social agencies. Relationships of teachers to colleagues, families, other social service . providers and community leaders. Roles in school governance. Three class contact hours per week of lecture, discussion, clinical. Prerequisite: completion of TE402. Corequisites: TE491 and TE602. May be repeated once. TE602 Reflection and Inquiry in Teaching Practice I (3,0) 3 Qualitative and quantitative research methods on teaching and learning. Criteria for judging the validity and applicability of research-based knowledge. Framing educational problems worthy of inquiry. Designing and assessing studies of teaching practice. Three class contact hours of lecture, discussion, clinical work. Prerequisite: TE402. Corequisites: TE491 and TE601. May be repeated once. TE603 Professional Roles and Teaching Practice II (3,0) 3 School-agency alliances for fostering student learning. Strategies for working with families and community groups to improve responsiveness of the school curriculum to student needs. Child advocacy in the school and community. Philosophy and reform of education - revisiting the importance of formal education in modern life. Three class contact hours of lecture, discussion and clinical work. Prerequisites: TE491, TE601 and TE602. Corequisite: TE492, TE604. May be repeated once. TE604 Reflection and Inquiry in Teaching Practice II (3,0) 3 Collecting, analyzing and interpreting data on teaching, learning and education policy largely through action research in the cla~sroom. Dilemmas surrounding research on practice. Appraising and reporting results of inq_uiry. . Three class contact hours of lecture, d1scuss1on and clinical. Prerequisites: TE491, TE601 and TE602. Corequisites: TE492 and TE603. May be repeated once. UN102 University Seminar II: Developing Critical Thinking (1,0) 1 UN103 University Seminar III: Thinking About the Discipline (1,0) 1 Seminar Ill - Thinking about the Discipline begins a more focused examination of the applications of critical thinking to the ~tudent's discipline. Each school selects a reading anthology suitable for analysis and discussion by its majors in order to examine such as current critical issues, social responsibility, ethics and cultural diversity from the perspective of the student's discipline. Continuing the activities of earlier seminars this course promotes ongoing participation in community events, application of academic success skills and writing in the discipline. UN104 University Seminar IV: Professional Seminar (1,0) 1 Seminar IV - Professional Seminar serves as the fourth and final in the series and focuses on introducing the student to their discipline with special emphasis on interviews with professional examinations of career options, and overvi~ws of the literature and research of their discipline. This course focuses attention on the skills and knowledge base of the profession, features of the work environment, development of resume and career developing activities. Activities of earlier seminars continue as students apply critical thinking skills to the examination of the current literature of their field, participate in written and oral presentatio_ns, and hear presentations from working professionals. Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU • 303 �Board of Trustees Lake Superior State University is governed by an eight-member Board of Trustees. Appointed by the governor and con.firmed by the Michigan Senate, these volunteers serve an eight-year term. Meetings are open to the public with times and locations posted by LSSU. Mr. Devereaux Trepp (Chair) Traverse City Mrs. Sue Harrison (Vice Chair) Pickford ...... Mr. C. Eugene Chang (Second Vice Chair) Williamsburg Mrs. Meg Brown Mackinac Island Mgr. Louis Cappo Marquette - Mr. William R. Gregory Sault Ste. Marie 304 • Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2273 Dr. Robert Arbuckle (ex officio member) Sault Ste. Marie �Distinguished Teachers The Distinguished Teacher Award recognizes excellence in the classroom and commitment to Lake Superior State University as a whole. Nominations for the award are submitted by campus faculty, staff and students. A committee of graduating seniors with the highest grade point averages and faculty who have previously received the award determine each year's honoree. The following are recipients of this singular distinction. 1957-58 Raymond Chelberg 1984-85 Margaret Malmberg 1963-64 C. Ernest Kemp 1985-86 Robert Money 1971-72 Margaret Howe 1986-87 Rosa Kavanaugh 1972-73 David Blair 1987-88 Dimitri Diliani 1973-74 Gerald Samson 1988-89 David Behmer 1974-75 Thomas Mickewich 1989-90 Susan Ratwik 1975-76 Arthur Duwe 1990-91 William Haag 1976-77 Thomas Kelly 1991-92 James Madden 1977-78 Larry Schneider 1992-93 Sally Childs 1978-79 Steven Person 1993-94 Carol Campagna 1979-80 Bernard Arbic 1994-95 Madan Saluja 1980-81 Edeltraute Vialpando 1995-96 Carole Connaughton 1981-82 Timothy Sawyer 1996-97 Paul Duesing 1982-83 Paul Wilson 1997-98 Gary Johnson 1983-84 Michael Flynn Employee of the Year Each year, the University community honors one recipient for two awards: Administrative/Professional Employee of the Year and Educational Support Personnel Employee of the Year. Nominations are gathered from the entire campus. The following individuals exemplify the best LSSU offers to students and the community. Administrative/ Professional Educational Support Personnel 1991-92 Conrad A. Schmitigal M. Kathy Person 1992-93 Beverly E. White Trinda M. Pontus 1993-94 Margaret E. Olson Jeanne E. Thompson 1994-95 Susan K. Camp Terri D. Peller 1995-96 Robbin S. Manor Donna M. Payment 1996-97 Karen Shackleton Judy V. Jones 1997-98 Cheri Castner Pauline Killips 1998-99 Roger Greil Patricia Roe Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU, ext. 2213 • 305 �Faculty Allan, Thomas A., Associate Professor of Biology (1990, 1996); BS 1973, Central Michigan University; MS 1978, Michigan Technological University; PhD 1984, University of Maine. Andary, Carol, Associate Professor and Coordinator of Legal Assistant Studies (1984, 1993); BS 1977, Western Michigan University; JD 1980, Wayne State University. Anleitner, Donna, Assistant Professor of Nursing (1985); BSN 1971, Indiana State University; MSN 1976, Northern Illinois State University. Arbic, Bernard J., Professor of Mathematics (1967, 1986); BS 1962, Massachusetts Institute of Technology; MA 1967, Bowdoin College; PhD 1972, University of Wyoming. Back, Richard C., Assistant Professor of Biology and Co-Director of the Aquatic Research Lab (1996); BS 1982, Syracuse University; MS 1985, Clemson University; PhD 1993, University of WisconsinMilwaukee. Beckon, Susan E., Assistant Professor of Business and Economics (1996); BA 1985, MBA 1996, Michigan State University. Boger, Thomas, Associate Professor of Computer Science (1981, 1991); BS 1973, MS 1974, Michigan State University. Bolio, Lawrence A., Associate Professor of Engineering (1984); BS 1966 and 1975, Michigan Technological University; MS 1979, Northern Michigan University. Boniferro, Eileen J., Native American Advisor and Instructor (1997); BA 1989, Algoma University College; MA 1994, University of Guelph. Brown, Lewis M., Professor and Chair of Department of Geology and Physics (1979, 1989); BA 1965, Cornell College; MS 1967, University of Iowa; PhD 1973, University of New Mexico. Campagna, Carol A., Associate Professor of Nursing (1984); BSN 1964, D'Youville College; MSN 1969, University of Colorado. Castner, David G., Associate Professor of Counseling and Chair of Counseling Center (1978, 1979, 1993); BS 1972, MS 1974, University of Wisconsin-Stout. Childs, Sally A., Professor and Chair of the Department of Recreation Studies and Exercise Science (1981, 1987, 1994); BS 1971, Eastern Michigan University; MS 1978, Northern Michigan University; PhD 1986, Ohio State University. Conboy, Richard T., Professor of Political Science and Coordinator of Graduate Studies and International Education (1988, 1993, 1994, 1997); BA 1967, MPA 1969, University of Dayton; PhD 1984, The American University. Crandall, Richard C., Professor of Sociology (1969, 1987); BS 1967, MA 1969, Central Michigan University; PhD 1974, University of Michigan. Cullen, John C., Professor of Spanish and English (1967, 1985); BA 1963, MA 1965, Michigan State University; PhD 1973, Interamerican University. Delaney-Lehman, Maureen, Assistant Professor and Librarian (1989, 1992); BM 1975, Western Michigan University; MS 1980, Michigan State University; MLS 1988, University of Kentucky. Denger, George, Assistant Professor of Speech (1995); BS 1980, MA 1986, Eastern Michigan University; PhD 1997, Wayne State University. Devaprasad, James, Associate Professor and Chair of Department of Manufacturing Engineering Technology (1986, 1991, 1994, 1996); BS 1983, University of Madras, India; MS 1986, University of New Mexico. Dobbertin, Gerald, Assistant Professor of Sociology (1972, 1982); BS 1967, Wayne State University; MA 1973, Central Michigan University; PhD 1981, Michigan State University. Dobbertin, Leslie, Associate Professor and Chair of the School of Social Sciences (1974, 1982, 1991); BA 1965, Central Michigan University; MA 1972, Iowa State University; PhD 1989, Michigan State University. Dorrity, Daniel T., Professor of History and Chair of the School of Humanities and History (1970, 1990, 1994); BA 1966, MA 1967, Wayne State University; PhD 1973, University of Michigan. Duesing, Paul R., Associate Professor, Chair of the Department of Mechanical Engineering and Coordinator of Cooperative Education (1984, 1990, 1994); BSME 1971, MSME 1973, University of Michigan. Licensed professional engineer for Michigan and Ohio. Duesing, Sherilyn R., Instructor of Mathematics (1994); AS 1971, North Central Michigan College; BS 1976, Central Michigan University. Erkkila, John, Professor of Economics (1990, 1996); BS 1970, Lake Superior State College; MA 1971, University of Windsor; PhD 1988, University of Western Ontario. Evans, Barbara I., Associate Professor and Chair of Department of Biology (1994, 1997); BS 1980, University of Ottawa, Canada; PhD 1986, University of Kansas. Fabbri, Anthony J., Associate Professor of Mathematics (1996); BS 1965, MS 1967, Indiana State University; EdD 1995, University of Louisville. 306 • Lake Supertor State University • 1-888-800-LSSU .__ - �Fields, Polly Stevens, Associate Professor of English (1995); BA 1978, Vanderbilt University; MA 1989, University of Mississippi; PhD 1992, Louisiana State University. Foley, Elizabeth A., Assistant Professor of Criminal Justice and Coordinator of Corrections (1981, 1987}; BA 1969, Madonna College; MA 1982, Northern Michigan University. Furr, Richard Steven, Associate Professor of Biology (1971, 1981); BA 1963, Pfeiffer College; MS 1966, North Carolina State University; PhD 1971, University of Tennessee. Gadzinski, Eric, Assistant Professor of English (1995); BA 1977, Lafayette College; MA 1990, PhD 1995, Temple University. Gaertner, Georgegeen P., Associate Professor of English, Chair of the School of English and Speech, and Coordinator of Writing in the Disciplines (1965, 1974}; BA 1959, Michigan State University; MA 1963, University of Michigan. Gaertner, Robert, Associate Professor of Finance (1965, 1989); BBA 1964, University of Notre Dame; MBA 1965, Michigan State University; CFP 1988; ChFC 1993; CLU 1994. Gardiner, R. Lee, Associate Professor of Exercise Science (1988, 1992, 1997}; BS 1979, Grand Valley State University; MS 1988, Northern Michigan University; PhD 1997, University of Wisconsin-Madison. and Education (1993, 1996); BS 1988, Lake Superior State University; MA 1989, PhD 1992, Sam Houston State University. Gutowska, Janina, Assistant Professor of Mathematics (1988); MS 1966, University of Lodz, Poland. Gutowski, Mieczyslaw, Associate Professor of Mathematics (1984, 1990); MS 1965, University of Lodz, Poland; PhD 1973, University of Gdansk, Poland. Haag, William, Professor of Chemistry and (1984, 1994); BS 1961, Loras College; MS 1965, PhD 1971, University of Nebraska. Halsey, Alice, Associate Professor of Nursing (1973, 1983); BSN 1962, University of Michigan; MSN 1977, Wayne State University; Nursing license, Michigan and Ontario. Hanson, Margaret R., Assistant Professor of Nursing (1995}; BSN 1974, Madonna College; MS 1979, University of Michigan. Harger, Bruce T., Professor of Economics (1967, 1985, 1996); BA 1966, MA 1967, PhD 1991, Michigan State University. Hayward, Pamela A., Assistant Professor of Speech (1995); BA 1981, Northeastern Illinois University; MA 1990, University of Illinois. Heasley, James, Assistant Professor of Political Science (1998); BA 1991, Cabrini College; MA 1993, PhD 1998, Temple University. Gerrish, Steven J., Assistant Heyns, Terry L., Professor of Fire Professor of Applied Science in Engineering (1981, 1988, 1997}; BS 1978, Lake Superior State College; MA 1981, Michigan State University. Science (1989, 1994); AB 1965, Saint Louis University; MA 1967, University of Kansas; PhD 1989, Kansas State University; National certification as a fire service instructor, Professional Fire Service Qualifications Board; Certified fire instructor in Michigan, Virginia and Kansas. Godby, Marjorie B., Assistant Professor and Counselor (1986, 1992}; BS 1962, University of Minnesota; MA 1966, University of Michigan. Gordier, Paige H., Associate Professor and Chair of the School of Criminal Justice, Fire Science Hines, Virginia, Assistant Profes- sor of Teacher Education (1998); BPh 1976, Thomas Jefferson College; MA 1991, Salem-Teikyo University; EdD 1994, West Virginia University. Hronek, Beth, Instructor, Librarian (1994); BM 1983, University of Iowa; MM 1985, University of Tennessee; MLS 1990, University of Iowa. Hudson, John S., Associate Professor of Accounting (1970, 1986); BA 1963, MA 1965, Michigan State University; MBA 1967, Western Michigan University. Hutchins, Ronald S., Assistant Professor of Nursing (1997); ADN 1977, BSN 1978, Lake Superior State University; MSN 1995, Northern Michigan University. Jennings, Richard P., Professor of Speech and Coordinator of Readers' Theatre (1970, 1990); BA 1950, University of Michigan; MD 1953, Virginia Theological Seminary; MA 1970, Central Michigan University. Johnson, Gary R., Professor of Political Science and Editor, Politics & Life Sciences (1978, 1990); BA 1972, Augustana College; MA 1975, PhD 1979, University of Cincinnati. Jones, Charles W ., Professor of Chemistry and Faculty Athletics Representative (1970, 1981); AB 1954, Western State College of Colorado; MS 1957, PhD 1973, Oklahoma State University. Jones, Philip, Assistant Professor of Criminal Justice (1998); BS 1979, University of New Brunswick; MA 1992, San Houston State University. June, Mary M., Assistant Professor and Librarian (1988, 1993); BA 1978, MLS 1980, University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee. Kabke, Lynn, Assistant Professor of Nursing (1991); BSN 1989, Lake Superior State University; MSN 1994, Northern Michigan University. Kelso, Paul R., Associate Professor of Geology (1993, 1997); BS 1986, Lake Superior State College; MA 1990, PhD 1993, University of Minnesota. Lake Superior State University •1-888-800-LSSU • 307 �King, Brian C., Instructor of Geology (1995); BS 1980, University of Dayton; MS 1984, University of Kentucky. Kirk, Christopher, Instructor and Athletic Trainer (1997); BS 1995, Indiana State University; MS 1997, Miami University-Oxford. Kirkpatrick, Nancy, Assistant Professor of Biology (1995); BS 1972, Miami University; MS 1979, PhD 1993, Miami University. Kobolt, James R., Assistant Professor of Criminal Justice (1997); AA 1976, Maple Woods Community College; BA 1987, Park College; MPA 1989, Park College Graduate School of Public Affairs. Land, Roger J., Assistant Professor of Criminal Justice, Fire Science (1996); BS 1972, Brigham Young University; MS 1974, University of Utah. Lehman, John W ., Professor of Chemistry (1966, 1982); BS 1960, McPherson College; PhD 1969, University of Colorado. Linderoth, Leon W ., Professor of English (1968); AB 1958, BS 1958, Central Michigan University; MA 1960, PhD 1966, Florida State University. Lundin, Jean M., Associate Professor of Management, Marketing and Finance (1991); BS 1975, University of Wisconsin-Parkside; MBA 1977, Roosevelt University; PhD 1988, Southwest University. Madden, James, Associate Professor of Criminal Justice (1984, 1989); BA 1971, William Carey College; MS 1975, University of Southern Mississippi. Madi, John T., Associate Professor of Mechanical Engineering (1967, 1981); BSME 1965, MSME 1967, Michigan Technological University. Marinoni, Ann B., Professor of Business (1976, 1980, 1993); BA 1975, Lake Superior State University; MS 1977, Central Mi~~an University; PhD 1992, Michigan State University. Marsh, Robert J., Assistant Professor of Business and Chair of the MBA Program (1996, 1998); BA and BS 1977, University of California Santa Barbara; MBA 1991, Lake Superior State University. McDonald, David M., Professor and Chair of Department of Engineering Technology and General Engineering (1973, 1986, 1994, 1995); BSEE 1969, MSEE 1971, Michigan Technological University. McLeod, Vicki A., Assistant Professor of School of Nursing (1997); LPN 1973, Ferris State University; RN 1977, St. Luke's School of Nursing; BN 1982, MN 1990, Northern Michigan University. McPherson, Debra, Assistant Professor of Recreation Studies, Coordinator for Recreation Management, Director of Elderhostel and Lake Superior Elders (1976, 1983); BS 1974, MS 1982, Northern Michigan University. Meehan, Mary Jo, Assistant Professor and Counselor (1983, 1987}; BS 1977, MA 1981, Northern Michigan University. Meiser, Charles W ., Associate Professor of Quantitative Economics (1968, 1982); BSEE 1963, MS 1966, Purdue University. Merkel, Dennis, Associate Professor of Biology (1988, 1993); BS 1977; MS 1983, State University of New York-Syracuse; PhD 1988, Michigan State University. Mickewich, Thomas, Professor of Mathematics (1967, 1988); BA 1964, MA 1967, University of Maine. Miller, Cary, Assistant Professor of Native American Studies (1997}; BA 1993, University of Iowa; MA 1995, University of North CarolinaChapel Hill. Money, Robert M., Professor of History (1969, 1976, 1993); AB 1953, Northern Michigan University; MA 1958, University of Michigan. Montis, Kristine K., Assistant Professor of Mathematics and Acting Chair of Teacher Education (1997); BS 1977, University of Oklahoma; MA, Western New Mexico University; PhD 1997, University of Oklahoma. Moody, James W. T., Professor of History (1971, 1992); BA 1959, Greenville College; MA 1960, Michigan State University. Mugavero, Daniel C., Associate Professor of Accounting and Chair· of the School of Business and Economics (1976, 1991, 1997}; BA 1966, MBA 1967, Michigan State University; CPA 1976, CTP 1992, DABFA1997. Mullin, C. Randall, Professor of Physics and Coordinator of the Planetarium (1969, 1986); BS, 1959, St. Vincent College; PhD 1964, University of Notre Dame. Myton, David M., Associate Professor and Chair of the Department of Chemistry (1993, 1997); BS 1980, George Fox College; MST, PhD 1991, Portland State University. Neveu, Ruth, Assistant Professor and Librarian (1984, 1988); BA 1997, Lake Superior State University; MS 1984, University of Michigan. Niemi, Alan D., Assistant Professor of Electrical Engineering (1986); BS 1981, Lake Superior State College; MSEE 1985, Illinois Institute of Technology. Padakannaya, Kishan, Assistant Professor of Engineering (1998); BS 1986, BS 1988, University of Missouri; MS 1993, Southern Illinois University; PhD 1998, Washington State University. Payment, Donna M., Instructor of Office Administration (1991, 1997); BS 1990, MBA 1993, Lake Superior State University. .._ - Person, Steven J., Professor of Biology (1974, 1989); BS 1966, MS 1968, Iowa State University; PhD 1976, University of Alaska. - Pichot, Marcel, Associate Professor of French (1989, 1992); BA 1967, Andrews University; MA 1968, Western Michigan University; PhD 1975, University of Michigan. ...... 308 • Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU �Pingatore, Diana, Associate Professor of English and Honors Director (1988, 1992); BA 1977, Lake Superior State College; MA 1981, PhD 1987, Michigan State University. Schmaltz, Kevin S., Assistant Professor of Mechanical Engineering (1997); BS 1984, Virginia Technical University; MS 1992, Tulane University; PhD 1997, Carnegie Mellon University. Rangavajhula, Krishna, Assistant Professor of Engineering (1998). Schmitigal, Linda, Assistant Professor (1989, 1990, 1993, 1997, 1998); BS 1982, Lake Superior State College; MBE 1990, MBA 1993, Central Michigan University. Ratwik, Susan H., Professor and Chair of Psychology and Coordinator of the Center for Social Research (1977, 1990); BA 1969, University of Minnesota; MS 1975, PhD 1978, University of Notre Dame. Roese, John H., Associate Professor of Wildlife Ecology and Management (1990, 1995); BSF 1982, Stephen F. Austin State University; MS 1984, PhD 1989, Texas A & M University; Associate certified biologist. Ryckman, Annette J., Assistant Professor of Marketing (1994); BS 1960, Eastern Michigan University; MA 1977, PhD 1984, Michigan State University. Ryckman, Lynn A., Associate Professor of Marketing (1992); BA 1977, MA 1978, PhD 1982, Michigan State University. Rynberg, Nina L., Assistant Professor of Reading (1992, 1995); BS 1969, MA 1983, Central Michigan University; Elementary and Secondary Certification in Education; Developmental Education Specialist Certification 1995, Appalachian State University. Saluja, Madan, Professor of Management (1969, 1981); BA 1960, University of Delhi; LLB 1962, BA 1964, MA 1966, Macalester College; PhD 1977, University of Minnesota. Sawyer, Timothy J., Professor of Psychology (1976, 1989); BA 1972, Northern Michigan University; MA 1974, PhD 1976, University of Nevada-Reno. Schirer, Thomas, Professor of Humanities (1984, 1987, 1993); BA 1973, MA 1976, University of California; PhD 1983, FriedrichAlexander-University. Schoenemann, Shirley, Associate Professor of Early Childhood Education, Supervisor of Child Development Lab, and Coordinator of Early Childhood Education (1983, 1990, 1996); BA 1966, Western Michigan University; MAT 1986, Oakland University. Schwiderson, Keith H., Assistant Professor of Mechanical Engineering (1977, 1985); BS 1976, Lake Superior State College; MS 1981, Northern Michigan University. Shannon, MaryAnne P., Associate Professor of Nursing (1991); BSN 1975, University of Michigan; MSN 1979, Wayne State University; AD 1989, Lake Superior State University; ANA Certified Clinical Nurse in Gerontological Nursing, 1981. Sherman, Karl J., Associate Professor of Accounting (1971, 1980); BS 1965, Northern Michigan University; MS 1967, Southern Illinois University. Stai, Deborah, Associate Professor of Biology (1991, 1995); BS 1974, Mankato State University; MA 1980, PhD 1989, Union Institute. Stanko-Bedell, Claudia, Assistant Professor of Teacher Education (1996, 1998); BS 1975 Eastern Michigan University; MA 1978, Michigan State University. Stevens, John R., Associate Professor of English (1967, 1983); BA 1958, MA 1959, University of Michigan. Suggitt, Randall G., Assistant Professor of Mathematics (1983, 1988); BS 1976, Lake Superior State College; MA 1979, University of Montana. Suneson, Scott, Assistant Professor of Business (1996); BS 1975, Eastern Michigan University; BA 1981, Walsh College; MBA, Lake Superior State University. Susi, Joseph D. II, Assistant Professor of Exercise Science and Athletic Trainer (1992, 1998); BA 1988, Ohio Northern University; MS 1989, Indiana University. Sutton, Trent M., Assistant Professor of Biology and Co-Director of the Aquatic Research Lab (1996); BS 1991, Michigan State University; MS 1993, Michigan Technological University; PhD 1997, Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University. Terwilliger, Mark G., Assistant Professor of Mathematics and Computer Science (1990, 1994, 1995); BS 1988, Lake Superior State University; MS 1990, Michigan State University. Thesing, Gary L., Professor of Mathematics (1971, 1981, 1994);BA 1960, St. Mary of the Plains College; MS 1964, University of Notre Dame; EdD 1971, Oklahoma State University. Toffolo, E. Gary, Professor of English (1970, 1990); BS 1958, Northwestern University; MA 1961, University of Chicago. Trouve, Raymond, Assistant Professor of Psychology (1993, 1996); BS 1955, Seton Hall University; BA 1986, Lake Superior State College; MA 1975, Boston University; MA 1988, Central Michigan University. Tucker, Houston, Assistant Professor of Criminal Justice (1995); BA 1972, University of Georgia; MPA 1980, Kentucky State University; MS 1993, Eastern Kentucky University. Walworth, Maurice, Assistant Professor and Chair of Electrical and Computer Engineering (1991); BSEE 1981, MSEE 1983, Michigan Technological University. Weber, Charles L., Associate Professor of Electrical Engineering Lake Superior State University •1-888-800-LSSU • 309 �(1970, 1980); BS 1964, MS 1970, Michigan Technological University. West, Edith A., Assistant Professor of Nursing (1997}; BSN 1984, MSN 1995, Duquesne University. Wilkinson, John S., Professor of Music and Coordinator of Cultural Affairs and Fine Arts Academy (1976, 1989); BME 1969, University of Nebraska; MM 1971, DMA 1974, University of Michigan. Willey, Robert G., Associate Professor of Social Work (1995); BA 1963, Southern Illinois University; MSW 1968, Washington University. Wilson, Paul W ., Professor of Mathematics (1963, 1988}; BS 1962, MA 1963, Central Michigan University. Wu, Stanley Y., Assistant Professor of Chemistry {1998); BS 1984, MS 1987, Jinan University; MS 1991, Clarkson University; PhD 1998, University of Michigan. Yanni, Stephen R., Assistant Professor of Therapeutic Recreation (1987, 1992); BS 1986, Lake Superior State College; MS 1988, Western Illinois University. Zabelka, Richard J., Professor of Physics {1966, 1984); BS 1956, Michigan Technological University; MS 1960, University of California (LA); PhD 1964, Purdue University. Zimmerman, Gregory M., Assistant Professor of Plant Ecology (1995); BS 1977, Fort Hays State University; MS 1981, Oklahoma State University; MS 1983, North Dakota State University; PhD 1987, Colorado State University. Emeriti Faculty Anderson, Melvin L., Professor of Chemistry (1969-1993); BS 1953, MS 1955, Michigan Technological University; PhD 1965, Michigan State University. Anderson, Roland A., Associate Professor of Office Administration (1969-1986); BA 1953, Wisconsin State University-Whitewater; MA 1961, Northern Colorado University-Greeley. Behmer, David J., Professor of Biology {1967-1996); BS 1963, Wisconsin State College; MS 1965, PhD 1966, Iowa State University. Bruce, Russell D., Professor of Physical Education and Recreation (1976-1987); BA 1953, Cornell College; MA 1956, University of Michigan; PhD 1966, University of Wisconsin. Carlson, Arthur F., Associate Professor of Physics (1947-1970); BS 1935, University of Minnesota. (deceased) Castor, William N., Professor of Political Science (1971-1994); BA 1951, Middlebury College; MA 1952, Columbia University; PhD 1975, University of Denver. Carlson, Delphine, Associate Professor of Mathematics (19471969); BA 1934, MA 1938, University of Michigan. (deceased} Chandra, Puma, Professor of. Microbiology (1967-1994); BS 1949, MS 1951, Agra University; PhD 1958, Oregon State University. Cole, Wallace, Associate Professor of Mathematics (1955-1969}; BS 1926, MA 1928, University of Wisconsin. (deceased} Cooper, Ronald R., Professor of Physical Education (1956-1986); Director of Intercollegiate Athletics and James Norris Physical Education Center {1976-1986); BS 1951, MA 1958, Central Michigan University. Curtis, Robert W ., Professor of Engineering Technology {19551986); BSME 1948, Michigan Technological University; BSEd 1950, Northern Michigan University; MA 1954, University of Michigan. {deceased) Dahlman, Marvin, Associate Professor of Mechanical Engineering Technology (1952-1985); BS 1947, MS 1952, University of Minnesota. Duwe, Arthur E., Professor of Biological Science (1968-1991); BS 1949, Alma College; MS 1950, PhD 1953, Ohio State University. (deceased) Flynn, Michael, Professor of English (1961-1986); BA 1954, Central Michigan University; MA 1964, Northern Michigan University. Francisco, Wayne H., Assistant Professor of Criminal Justice (19731983); BS 1950, Eastern Michigan University; MA 1967, MS 1971, Michigan State University. Gleason, Gale R., Professor of Biology and Department Head of Biology and Chemistry {1965-1986); BS 1950, Central Michigan University; MS 1951, PhD 1960 Michigan State University. Gleason, Gilbert J., Professor of Biology (1961-1988); BS 1958, MA 1960, Central Michigan University. {deceased) ...... Harris, Earle B., Associate Professor of English (1976-1987}; AB 1946, University of Michigan; BD 1947, ThM 1964, Princeton Theological Seminary. Hatfield, Kenneth G., Instructor of Geology (1983-1993); BS 1950, Michigan Technological University. Howe, Margaret, Associate Professor of Humanities (1969-1981); AB 1932, Northwestern University; MA 1965, Northern Michigan University. Jemison, Eugene F., Associate Professor of Humanities (19691986); BA 1946, Washburn University; MFA 1948, Kansas City Art Institute. Kelly, Thomas M., Professor of Sociology (1971-1992): BA 1952, St. 310 • Lake Supertor State University• 1-888-800-LSSU - �Mary of the Lake University; STL 1956, Gregorian University, Rome; MA 1964, University of Notre Dame; MEd 1979, Loyola University. Sawczak, George J., Assistant Professor of English (1965-1982); BA 1952, Alliance; MA 1954, Kent State University. Kemp, C. Ernest, Associate Professor of Geology (1944-1980); Dean Emeritus of Lake Superior State University; BS 1949, Michigan Technological University. (deceased) Shouldice, Kenneth J., Professor of Business Administration and President (1965-1982); BS 1949, · Marquette; MS 1951, Northwestern; PhD 1969, Iowa. (deceased) Academic College Deans Arts, Letters and Social Sciences: Blashill, James R., (1975, 1993, 1995, 1997); BS 1973, Wayne State University; MS 1976, Michigan State University. Engineering, Mathematics and Business: Adams, Ray L., Associate Geology (1969-1994); BS 1954, MS 1955, Michigan Technological University; PhD 1967, Columbia University. Smith, Bernard M., Professor of Behavioral Science (1966-1980); BA 1947, MA 1949, University of Louisville; MA 1956, University of Kentucky; PhD 1960, Iowa. (deceased) Knudson, Vernie A., Associate Smith, Bryce E., Professor of Professor of Natural Resources Technology (1971-1994); BS 1954, Bethany College; BS 1958, University of Kansas; MS 1959, Fort Hays State College; PhD 1970, Oklahoma State University. Biology (1970-1995); BS 1952, MA 1957, University of Michigan; PhD 1965, University of Wisconsin. McCrimmon, Donald A., (1998); BA 1964, University of South Florida; MA 1967, Vanderbilt University; PhD 1975, North Carolina State University. Knowles, David M., Professor of Marken, Marzale, Associate Professor of Engineering Technology (1955-1984); BS 1948; MA 1956, University of Minnesota. (deceased) Matheson, John M., Professor of Journalism and Secretary, Board of Control (1969-1984); BA 1948, Michigan State University; MA 1965, PhD 1967, Southern illinois University. McCabe, John C. III, Professor of English (1970-1987); PhB 1947, University of Detroit; MFA 1948, Fordham University; PhD 1954, Shakespeare Institute, University of Birmingham, England. Poisson, Joseph A., Associate Professor of Physical Education (1963-1976); SS 1940, Northern Michigan University; MA 1957, University of Michigan. Stough, Bessie, Associate Professor of Mathematics (1947-1963); BA 1923, MA 1929, University of Michigan. (deceased) Professor of Engineering (1986, 1993, 1994, 1997); BS 1975, MS 1978, Nicholls State University. Natural and Health Sciences: University College: LaVoy, John F., (1996); BS 1977, MA 1982, Northern Michigan University Truckey, John, Associate Professor of Counseling (1966-1986); BS 1958, MA 1964, Northern Michigan University. Vialpando, Edeltraute, Professor of Foreign Languages (1967-1988); PhD 1944, Charles University, Prague, Czechoslovakia. Ward, Louis R., Professor of English (1961-1981); BA 1939, MA 1940, University of Colorado; PhD 1959, Purdue University. Wentz, Elena, Assistant Professor of Nursing (1971-1993); BA Simpson College; MSN 1977, Wayne State University. Youngs, Stephen P., Professor and Psychometrist (1947-1968); BS 1930, Northern Michigan University; MEd 1941, Colorado. (deceased) Reilly, Raymond, E., Professor of Biology and Chemistry, (19661990); BS 1951, MS 1951, MS 1963, PhD 1970, Michigan State University. Sampson, Gerald, Professor of Mathematics (1966-1990); BA 1952, University of Michigan; MA 1955, MS 1966, Texas A & M University. Lake Supertor State University •1-888-800-LSSU • 311 �Administrative Staff Albrough, Katherine A., Accountant (1989); BS 1989, MBA 1996, Lake Superior State University. Administrator (1997, 1998); BA 1992, Lake Superior State University; MA 1997, Elmira College. DeNeve-Ewing, Laurie A., Textbook Assistant (1995); BS 1985, Lake Superior State University. Alexander, Carol, Executive Secretary, Student Programs & Services/ Board of Trustees (1978, 1981, 1983, 1991, 1998); Lake Superior State University (ex-1982), Northern Michigan University (ex1970). Burdett, F. John, Information Technology Specialist (1996). DePlonty, Stella R., Assistant to the Provost for Academic Records (1960, 1987, 1998). Baars, Dennis, Head Men's and Women's Cross Country Coach and Men's Track Coach (1996); BS 1992, MS 1996, Northern Michigan University. Barber, Kelli, Admissions Officer (1998); BAA 1997, Central Michigan University. Barrett, M. Debra, Typist/ Clerk, Health CARE Center (1994); Lake Superior State University (ex-1990). Batho, Katherine M., Executive Secretary, President's Office (1990, 1994); Muskegon Business College, 1986; AD 1995, Lake Superior State University. Bawks, Judy A., Secretary, Politics & the Life Sciences, (1991); BA 1976, Lake Superior State College. Besteman, Paul A., Manager of CHP and Maintenance Planning, Physical Plant (1973, 1982, 1983, 1987, 1995, 1997); Lake Superior State College (ex-1973). Borek, Scott G., Head Hockey Coach (1995, 1996); BA 1985, Dartmouth College. Bowerman, William, Director, Gale Gleason Environmental Institute (1996); BA 1985, Western Michigan University; MA 1991, Northern Michigan University; PhD 1993, Michigan State University. Bruning, Charlotte J., Student Supervisor, Food Service (199, 19987). Bullock, Kris L., Head Women's Basketball Coach/Senior Woman Camp, Susan K., Director of Continuing Education (1977, 1988, 1993, 1994, 1995); BS 1985, Lake Superior State College; MBA 1992, Lake Superior State University. Campbell, Alden E., Manager of Engineering Services (1973, 1976, 1988, 1989, 1997); BS 1973, Lake Superior State College. Castner, Cheryl L., Textbook Services Supervisor (1980); BS, University of Wisconsin-Stout. Clark, Bruce G., Assistant Director of Admissions (1976, 1986); BA 1976, Lake Superior State College. Coates, Thomas W ., Auxiliary Marketing Specialist (1995), Building Manager, Norris (1998); BS 1986, Lake Superior State University. Collins, Michael, Associate Hockey Coach (1998); BS 1985, University of Wisconsin; MA 1988, Ohio University. Comer, Lee D., Director of Physical Plant (1996); BS 1979, Michigan Technological University. Cook, Deb L., Manager of Graphics (1994); BSA 1989, Kendall College of Art and Design. Coullard, Jon, Mechanical Lab Engineer (1996, 1997); BS 1990, Lake Superior State University. Cox, Georgiana M., Accountant (1979); BS 1979, Lake Superior State College; MBA 1988, Lake Superior State University. Cox, Juliana L., Accountant (1983); BS 1983, Lake Superior State College; BS 1987, Lake Superior State University. Crawford, William J., Athletic Director (1988, 1993, 1996); BS 1970, Western Michigan University. Devaprasad, Sara, Information Technology Specialist (1996); BS 1990, Seattle Pacific University. Dunbar, Alan, Assistant Hockey Coach (1998); BS 1998, Lake Superior State University DuVall, Mary Jo, Assistant Director of McKinley Day Care (1998); BS 1987, Lake Superior State College. Engle, Mark W ., Head Women's Volleyball Coach (1995); BS 1974, Grand Valley State University. Esch, Susan, Computer Operator (1998). Faust, Deborah, Director of Financial Aid (1979, 1990, 1994, 1998); AD 1985, Lake Superior State College; BS 1997, Lake Superior State University. Fenlon, Paul T., Director of Career & Employment Services (1981, 1987, 1997); BA 1964, Western Michigan University. Fitch, Erin, Director of McKinley Day Care (1998); Lake Superior State University (ex-1998). Fitzpatrick, Susan L., Administrative Assistant, Alumni Relations (1995); BS 1987, Lake Superior State University. Flowers, Judy M., Secretary, Recreation Studies/ Exercise Science (1995). Floyd, Kay A., Director of Grants and Contracts (1990, 1994, 1997); AD 1995, Lake Superior State University. Friedt, Peggy, Coordinator of Payroll (1996); AD 1987, Lake Superior State University. 312 • Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU ...... �Gilbert, Jodi, Admissions Officer (1995, 1998); BA 1998, Lake Superior State University. Grant, Kristen, Assistant Women's Basketball Coach (1998); BS 1997, Oakland University. Greil, Roger W ., Aquatic Lab Manager (1989); AD 1988, Lake Superior State University. Gustafson, Charles J., Media Specialist (1970); AD 1968, Lake Superior State College. Haag, Margaret, SI Coordinator, University College (1998); BA 1975, Hamline University; BS 1988, Lake Superior State University; MS 1989, University of Minnesota. Hendrickson, Judy, Services Coordinator, Upward Bound (1997); BA 1971, University of Michigan Ann Arbor and L'Universite d'Aix-en-Provence France. Howe, Cheryl, Exercise Science Laboratory Technician (1995); BS 1991, Lake Superior State University; MS 1994, Ball State University. Huntz, Daretha, Supervisor of Loans/ Accounts Receivable/ Inventory, Business Operations (1992, 1995, 1998). Jastorff, Kari, Executive Secretary, Executive Vice President and Provost Office (1997); BSEd 1989, Black Hills State University. Jastorff, Mark A., Director of University and Alumni Relations (1993); BS 1980, Black Hills State University. Juda, Kristie M., Administrative Assistant, Human Resources (1995, 1996); BS 1996, Lake Superior State University. Juntunen, Darcy, Coordinator/ Office of Student Accommodations & Support Services (1997); AD 1980, BS 1980, Lake Superior State College; MS 1991, DePaul University. Kaunisto, Gen, Typist/Clerk ill, Native American Center (1996, 1997, 1998); Lake Superior State University (ex-1988). Keely, Robert E., Production Manager of Food Service (1994). McBryde, Tracey, Pro Shop Assistant (1998). King, Jeff, Electronic/ Computer Lab Engineer (1997); BS 1996, Lake Superior State University. McCarthy, Jeannette E., Licensed Practical Nurse (1997); LPN 1968, Lake Superior State College. Klein, Nina A., Director of EUPISD Math & Science Center Grant (1994), and Program Director of Goals 2000 Grant (1995); BS 1972, University of California, Los Angeles; MS 1983, California State University. McDermott, Martin, Men's Basketball Coach (1996, 1997); BBA 1993, University of North Dakota; MEd 1995, Wayne State College. Lawson, Troy D., Network Specialist (1997), Academic Computing; BBA 1991, Lake Superior State University. Lott, Jason E., Residence Hall Area Coordinator, Student and Residential Life (1997); BS 1997, Western Michigan University. Mackie, Michele M., Data/ Account Clerk, Norris Center (1995); AD, Lake Superior State University. McDonald, Laurie, Secretary, School of Engineering and Technology (1998). McGahey, Richard, Telephone Technician (1996). Merkel, Cynthia F., Institutional Research Analyst (1987, 1988, 1994, 1998); BA 1979, Syracuse University. Methner, Jamie, Food Service Production Manager (1997) Metro, Grace M., Hair Stylist. MacPherson, Arlene, Office Manager, Registrar/ Scheduling (1988, 1992, 1996, 1997); AD 1984, Davenport College of Business. Michels, Fredrick A., Professor and Vice Provost for Information Technology (1976, 1981, 1995); BS 1968, University of Wisconsin; MLS 1971, EdD 1976, Western Michigan University. Makela, Kay A., Cashier/ Oerk, Campus Shoppe (1995); AD, Lake Superior State College. Neve, Nancy A., Personnel Clerk, Human Resources Office (1998); BS 1983, Lake Superior State College. Malaski, Annette M., Systems Analyst (1990); BS 1985, University of Wisconsin-Stevens Point. Newburg, Heather T., Director of Leaming Center (1995); BA 1993, Buena Vista College; MA 1995, Northern Michigan University. Manor, Robbin S., Campus Shoppe Manager (1990); Lansing Community College (ex-1977). Mansfield, Leisa A., Assistant Director of Admissions (1995, 1998); AD 1990, BS 1991, Lake Superior State University. Newman, Bradley E., Engineering Assistant, Physical Plant (1995); AD 1995, Lake Superior State University. Nichols, Laura, Admissions Officer (1998). Mattson, Scott L., Director of Intramurals/Head Men's & Women's Tennis Coach (1997); BS, Lake Superior State University. Noreus, Beth M., Regional Site Director-Escanaba (1995); AD 1992, Bay de Noc Community College; BS 1993, Lake Superior State University. Maze, Joan E., Residence Hall Area Coordinator, Student and Residential Life (1997); BA 1994, Xavier University. Olson, Scott A., Network Specialist (1985, 1990, 1992); Lake Superior State University (ex-1990). McAllister, Suzan L., PC Lab Manager {1997); AAS 1983, Michigan Technological University. Olson, Suzette M., Secretary II, Student and Residential Life (1988, 1996, 1998); AD 1986, 1987, Lake Superior State College. Lake Superior State University •1-888-800-LSSU • 313 �Pavloski, Sherri A., Non-Credit Program Coordinator (1988, 1997); Mohave Community College (ex1987). Scheelk, Rebecca, Regional Site Director, Petoskey (1997, 1998); AS 1988, North Central Michigan College. Perron, Jacqueline, Secretary II, Teacher Education (1998); AD 1998, Lake Superior State University. Schrauder, Karin S., Regional Site Director, Traverse City (1998); BM 1990, Lawrence University; MM 1997, Bowling Green State University. Peterman, Jenny L., Director of Purchasing/ Risk Management (1978, 1991, 1995, 1997); BS 1988, Lake Superior State University. Phillips, Saul G., Assistant Men's Basketball Coach (1997); BA and BS 1996, University Western Platteville. Pink, Thomas A., Manager of Public Relations (1989, 1993); BA 1984, Lake Superior State University. Pollock, Kevin A., Director of Enrollment and Recruitment (1998); BS 1981, MA 1989, Central Michigan University. Pyle, Patricia, Nurse Practitioner (1996); LPN 1984, Thief River Falls Area Vocational Tech; AON 1986, North Country Community College; BSN 1992, Weber State University; MSN 1994, University of Utah. Ribant, Michelle M., Science Lab Technician (1997); BS 1980, Oakland University. Rye, Colleen M., Buyer (1997); Lansing Community College (ex1996). Rye, George A., Systems Analyst (1991); BS 1968, Lake Superior State College. Rynberg, Deborah, Financial Aid Officer (1998); AD 1992, Lake Superior State University. Sabatine, Stephanie J., Program Coordinator, College Day Program (1995, 1996, 1997); AD 1995, Lake Superior State University. Schacher, Susan M., Director, River of History Museum, Instructor of Anthropology and History (1990); BS 1982, MA 1986, PhD 1990, Michigan State University. Schebel, Ray, Food Service Manager (1988); BS 1994, Lake Superior State University. Schuemann, Kahler, Director of Student and Residential Life (1996, 1997); BS 1996, Lake Superior State University. Shibley, Jeanne M., Administrative Assistant, College of Engineering, Mathematics and Business (1998); BS 1982, Northern Michigan University. Shibley, John R., Photographer/ Staff Writer (1991, 1993, 1997); Northern Michigan University (ex1984). Smart, Debra L., Child Development Laboratory Manager (1989, 1997); BS 1994, Lake Superior State University. Smart, Scott W ., Director of Financial Planning & Analysis (1988, 1993, 1997); BS 1986, Lake Superior State College; MBA 1992, Lake Superior State University. Smith, Kelly L., Regional Site Director-Alpena (1995); AD 1987, Mitchell College; BS 1994, Lake Superior State University. Smith, Scott P., Director of Annual Fund/Office Manager (1997); BS 1986, Saginaw Valley State University; MM 1990, Aquinas College. Smith, Tom, Director of Food Service and Manager of Cisler Student and Conference Center (1994); AD 1988, Lake Superior State University. Soltys, Stephen E., Accountant, Foundation (1998). Somsky-Miller, Carolyn, Admissions Officer (1998); BS 1992, Ferris State University. Stanaway, Jessica A., Systems Analyst, (1979, 1983, 1993, 1998); BA 1970, Lake Superior State College. Starr, Warren W ., Field Experience Director, Teacher Education (1998); BS 1966, Youngstown State University; MA 1970, PhD 1974, Michigan State University. Stephens, Jerry A., Computer Operations Manager (1986, 1990, 1995); BS 1986, Lake Superior State College. Storey, Karen, Office Manager, Health CARE Center (1997). Suggitt, Dennis K., Supervisor of Pro Shop (1995); Ferris State University (ex-1978). Swanson, Stacey L., Assistant Building Manager /Pool Director, Norris Center (1998); BS 1997, Lake Superior State University. Tadgerson, Aaron W ., Director of Native American Center (1995, 1997); BS 1993, Lake Superior State University. Thompson, William G., Manager of Facilities Operations (1979, 1987, 1997). Waisanen, Melvin L., Director of Student Service Center/ Registrar (1999); AA 1966, Suomi College; BA 1968, Northern Michigan University; MA 1971, Western Michigan University; PhD 1987, University of Nebraska. Weeks, Aaron, Technical Support Specialist (1998). Weeks, Karen, International Research Assistant (1998); AD 1997, BS 1997, Lake Superior State University. ..._ ..... White, Beverly E., Director of Human Resources/ Affirmative Action Officer (1976, 1990, 1994); BS 1988, MBA 1996, Lake Superior State University. Whyte, Patricia A., Director of Housing (1978, 1987); BS 1985, Lake Superior State College. Willobee, Marilyn, Director of Business Operations (1998); BS 1989, Lake Superior State University; MBA 1997, Central Michigan University. Witucki, Heidi L., Director of Upward Bound (1991); BA 1982, Northern Michigan University. 314 • Lake Superior State University • 1-888-800-LSSU - �Officers of Administration Department Chairs Arbuckle, Robert D., President, Professor of History (1992); BS 1964, Education, Clarion State University; MA 1966, PhD 1972, Penn State University. Business and Economics Prof. Daniel Mugavero Biology Dr. Barbara Evans Becker, William E., Vice President for Business and Financial Operations, (1998); BA 1965, University of Michigan; MA 1967, Central Michigan University; PhD 1972, University of Michigan. Bugbee, Thomas R., Vice President for Student Programs and Services/ Secretary to the Board of Trustees, (1988, 1993, 1998); BA 1973, Michigan State University; MA 1974, Eastern Michigan University. Toppen, David L., Executive Vice President and Provost and Professor, (1994); BS 1965, Cornell College; PhD 1970, University of Missouri-Columbia. Chemistry Dr. David Myton Criminal Justice /Fire Science Dr. Paige Gordier Electrical and Computer Engineering Prof. Maurice Walworth English and Speech Prof. Georgegeen Gaertner Environmental Science Dr. David Myton General Engineering/ Engineering Technology Prof. David McDonald Geology and Physics Dr. Lewis Brown Humanities and History Dr. Daniel Dorrity Manufacturing Engineering Technology Prof. James Devaprasad Mathematics and Computer Science Prof. Thomas Boger Mechanical Engineering Dr. Kevin Schmaltz Nursing Vacant Recreation Studies and Exercise Science Dr. Sally Childs Social Sciences Dr. Leslie Dobbertin Lake Superior State University •1-888-800-LSSU • 315 �University Calendar 1998-1999 Fall Semester • 1998 AUGUST Instruction Begins 31, Monday, 8 a.m. SEPTEMBER Labor Day Recess Classes Resume Final Day to Add Classes 4, Friday, 10 a.m. 9, Wednescay, 8 a.m. 9, Wednesday, 5 p.m. Canadian Thanksgiving Final Day to Drop Classes 12,Monday 27, Tuesday, 5 p.m. OCTOBER NOVEMBER Spring Semester Scheduling Thanksgiving Recess Fee Statements Mailed Classes Resume 16-20, Monday-Friday 24, Tuesday, 10 p.m. 30,Monday 30, Monday Classes End Final Examinations Spring Tuition Due Semester Ends 11, Friday 14-18, Monday-Friday 18, Friday 18, Friday, 6 p.m. DECEMBER Spring Semester • 1999 JANUARY Instruction Begins Final Day to Add Classes 11,Monday 18,Monday FEBRUARY Spring Break Begins 26, Friday, 10 p.m. MARCH Classes Resume Final Day to Drop Classes Summer and Fall Semester Scheduling 8, Monday 12, Friday, 5 p.m. 29-April 2, Monday-Friday APRIL Fee Statements Mailed Classes End Final Examinations Semester Ends 5,Monday 23, Friday 26-30, Monday-Friday 30, Friday, 6 p.m. MAY Commencement 1, Saturday Summer Semester • 1999 MARCH/APRIL/MAY Scheduling of Classes Registration, Tuition Payment Instruction Begins for 4-and 12~Week Classes March 29-April 2, Monday-Friday Begins April 5, Monday May 10, Monday JUNE Instruction Begins for 8-Week Classes 7,Monday Semester Ends 2, Monday AUGUST 316 • Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU .... �University Calendar 1999-2000 Fall Semester • 1999 Instruction Begins Labor Day Recess Classes Resume Final Day to Add Classes Canadian Thanksgiving Final Day to Drop Classes Thanksgiving Recess Classes Resume Classes End Final Examinations Semester Ends AUGUST 30, Monday, 8 a.m . SEPTEMBER 3, Friday, 10 p.m. 8, Wednescay, 8 a.m. 8, Wednesday, 5 p .m. OCTOBER 11, Monday 26, Tuesday, 5 p .m. NOVEMBER 23, Tuesday, 10 p.m. 29,Monday DECEMBER 10, Friday 13-17, Monday-Friday 17, Friday, 6 p.m. Spring Semester • 2000 Instruction Begins Final Day to Add Classes Spring Break Begins Classes Resume Final Day to Drop Classes Classes End Final Examinations Semester Ends Commencement JANUARY 10, Monday 17, Monday FEBRUARY 25, Friday, 10 p.m. MARCH . 6, Monday 10, Friday, 5 p.m. APRIL 21, Friday 24-28, Monday-Friday 28, Friday, 6 p.m. 29, Saturday Summer Semester • 2000 Instruction Begins for 4-and 12-Week Classes MAY May 8, Monday Instruction Begins for 8-Week Classes JUNE 5,Monday Semester Ends AUGUST 1, Tuesday Lake Superior State University •1-888-800-LSSU • 317 �Index A Abbreviations; 261 Absences; 11 Academic: advising; 10 credit; 10 deans; 311 policies; 10 probation and dismissal; 12-13 standing; 13 Accounting; 73-76, 262 Public/CPA; 73-74 Industrial/~;73-74 Data Processing and Accounting; 73, 75 150-Hour Program; 73, 76 Accounting-Finance Minor; 204 Accreditation; 6, 232, 254 ACT Placement Scores; 27 Additional Degree; 61 Administrative Staff; 312-314 Admissions; 22-28 Advanced Placement Program; 27 Advising; 10 Advisory Committees; 215, 227, 234, 254 American College Test; 22 American Indians; SO Art; 262-263 Minor;204 Associate's Degrees; 176-201 Athletic Training; 259 Athletics; 53-54 Auditing Courses; 30 B BA/BS Requirements; 60 Bachelor's Degrees; 73-175 Biology; 77-81, 248, 263-265 Botany;77-78,248 Ecology; 77, 79, 248 General Biology; 77, 79, 248 Honors Program; 250 Minor; 204 Pre-Professional; 77, 80, 248 Secondary Education; 77-81, 249 Zoology; 77, 80, 249 Board and Room; 31, 51, 53 Board of Trustees; 304 Business: 265-266 Business Administration; 82-83, 176 Business French Minor; 204 C Calendar; 316-317 Canadian Students; 25 Grading Scale for Admission; 25 Career Planning; 54 Catalog Terms; 9 Certificates; 202-203 Change of Grade; 12 Cheating and Plagiarism; 14 Chemistry; 177, 251, 266-267 Minor;204 Child Development Center; 55 Child Development Minor; 204 Oass Attendance; 11 Classification of Students; 10 CLEP; College Level Examination Program; 27-28 Clinical Laboratory Science; 84, 249 Code of Ethics; 5 Colleges: Arts, Letters and Social Sciences; 211-230 Engineering, Mathematics and Business; 231-244 Natural and Health Sciences; 245-259 Communication Minor; 204 Computer and Mathematical Sciences; 85-86 Computer Engineering; 87-88, 236 Computer Science; 89-90, 178,243, 267-268 Minor;204 Computer Services; 57 · Construction Technology; 179, 268-269 Continuing Education; 58 Cooperative Education; 235 Corrections; 91-92, 180-181 Minor;204 Counseling Minor; 204-205 Counseling Service; 54 Course Selection; 10 Courses; 261-303 Credit/No Credit; 13-14 Credit: By Examination; 14-15, 27 Evaluation; 23 Hours; 10 Load; 11 Transfer; 22-23 Criminal Justice; 91-99, 180-181, 214, 269-270 Criminal Justice/Fire Science; 270 Criminal Law Specialty; 146 Criminalistics; 91, 93 Curricular Changes; 10 D Damage Deposit; 31 Data Processing; 270-271 Dean's List; 12 Deferred Grades; 12 Degree Requirements; 60 Dentistry-pre; 80 Department Chairs; 315 Department Examinations; 28 Digital Systems; 103-104 Dining;53 Diplomas; 65-66 Dismissal Policy; 12-13 Distinguished Teachers; 305 Dropping Classes; 11 Dual Enrollment; 26 E Early Childhood Education; 100-101, 182 Economics; 271 Minor; 205, 216-218 Teaching;205 Economics/Finance Minor; 205 Education; 102, 271-272 Elective Credit; 60 Electrical Engineering; 103-104, 237,272 Electronics Engineering Technology; 272-273 Electrical-Mechanical Option; 103-104 Elementary Teaching; 102 Emeriti; 310-311 Employee of the Year; 305 Employment, Student; 49 Engineering Management; 105-106, 238 Engineering Mechanics; 273 Engineering Technology; 125-126 English Courses; 273-274 English Language & Literature; 107-110 Elementary Teaching; 107, 109 Minor;205 Teaching Minor; 205 Secondary Teaching; 107, 110 Environmental Chemistry; 111, 113 Secondary Teaching; 111-113 Environmental Engineering Technology; 114-115, 238 Environmental Geology Option; 132, 137 Environmental Science; 116-118, 274-275 Minor;205 Secondary Teaching; 116, 118 Equal Opportunity; 20-21 Ethics; 5 Exception to Graduation Requirements; 64 Exercise Science; 119-121, 259, 275-276 Athletic Training; 119, 121, 259 Expectations for Student Learning; 7 F Faculty; 306-310 Federal Pell Grants; 45 Finance; 276-277 Finance and Economics; 122-123 Financial Aid; 32-51 Financial Aid Suspension; 34 Fine Arts Studies; 124, 220-225 Fire Science; 125-128, 183, 277 Minor;205 Fisheries/ Wildlife Management; 129-130, 249 Food;53 Foreign Students; 25 Former Students; 24 French; 277-278 French Language & Literature Minor; 205 ._ G General Business Minor; 205-206 General Education Requirement; 63-64 General Engineering; 184, 239, 278 General Engineering Technology; 185, 239 Generalist (CJ); 91, 94 Generalist (Fire Science); 125, 127 Geography; 278-279 Minor;206 Teaching Minor; 206 Geology; 132-137, 252, 279-280 Elementary Teaching; 132, 135 Environmental Geology; 132, 134 Minor; 206 Secondary Teaching; 132, 136 Geology Earth Science Minor; 206 German;280 318 • Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-l.SSU ...... �Gerontology Minor; 206 Goals of University; 4 Grade Changes; 12 Grade Point Averages; 12 Grade Reports; 12 Grades and Grade Points; 12 Graduation Procedures; 65-66 Grants and Scholarships; 37-47 Group Science; Elementary Teaching Minor; 206 Secondary Teaching Minor; 206 Guest Student Admission; 25 H Hazardous Materials; 125, 128 Health; 280-281 Health Care Administration Minor; 206 Health/Fitness Specialist; 186,259 Health Records; 28 Health Services; 54 History; 138-141, 281 Elementary Teaching; 138, 140 Minor; 206 Secondary Teaching; 138, 141 Teaching Minor; 206 Honors Courses; 282-283 Honors Degree; 66 Honors, Graduation; 65-66 Housing;31 Human Resource Management Minor; 206-207 Human Services; 142, 283 Human Services Administration Minor; 207 Humanities; 283 Minor; 207 I Incomplete Grades; 12 Indians, American; 50 Individualized Studies Degree; 143 Information Processing; 202 Institutional Loss Control Minor; 207 Interdisciplinary; 283 Internet/Network Specialist; 187 Internships; 235 Liberal Arts; 190-191 Library;59 Limited English Proficiency; 26 Loans; 47-49 Loss Control; 91, 98 Minor;207 M MACRAO Agreement; 23 Machine Tool Technology; 192 Management83,285 Manufacturing Engineering Technology; 147-148, 193-194, 240,286 Marketing; 83, 286 Minor;207 Master's of Business Administration; 67-70, 286-287 Mathematics; 149-151, 243, 287-290 Actuarial and Business Applications; 149,151 Minor; 207 Elementary Teaching; 149, 152 Elementary Teaching Minor; 207 Secondary Teaching; 149, 153 Secondary Teaching Minor; 208-209 Mathematics Competency; 61-62 Maximum Student Credit Load; 11 Mechanical Engineering; 154-155, 240 Medicine-pre; 80 Memorials; 45 Michigan Corrections Officer Training Council Certification; 215 Michigan Fire Fighters Training Council Certification; 215 Minors; 204-209 Mission Statement; 4, 212-213, 232-233, 246-247, 253 MLEOTC;215 MLEOTC Mini-Academy; 215 Multiple Degrees; 61 Multiple Majors; 60-61 Music; 290-291 N Japanese Studies; 283-284 Minor; 207 Journalism; 284 Minor; 207 Native American Studies; 291 Native Studies of the Americas Minor;208 Native American Tuition Waiver; 50 Natural Resources Technology; 195, 249 Natural Sciences; 291 Non-attendance; 11 Non-credit; 13, 58 Nursing; 156-158, 254-258, 292-293 L 0 Labor Law Specialty; 144, 146 Late Adds; 11 Late Drops; 11 Law-pre; 159, 161 Law Enforcement; 91, 95-96, 180-181 Minor;207 Learning Center; 24 Legal Administration Specialty; 144, 146 Legal Assistant Studies; 144-146, 188-189 226-227, 284-285 Minor; 207 Legal Assistant Studies Post-Baccalaureate Certificate; 71-72 Legislative/Constitutional Law Specialty; 144,146 Office Administration; 196, 293 Minor;208 Officers of Administration; 315 Ontario Grade; 25 Organizations,Student;52,228,235 J p Part-time Studies; 26 PELL Grants; 45-46 Personal Computer Specialist; 197, 203 Minor; 208 Personal Injury Specialty; 144, 146 Pharmacy-pre; 163 Philosophy; 293 Physics; 252, 293-294 Placement/Testing; 27 Political Science; 159-162, 228, 294-295 Minor;208 Teaching Minor; 208 Post-Baccalaureate Certificate, 71-72 Prerequisites; 11, 261 President; 3 Privacy Act; 15 Probation, Academic; 12-13 Programs Offered; 8, 211, 231, 245 Provisional Credit; 23 Psychology; 164-165, 229, 295-296 Elementary and Secondary Teaching; 164-165 Minor; 208 Teaching Minor; 208 Public Administration Concentration; 159-162 Minor; 208 Public Relations Minor; 208 Public Safety; 91, 99 R Readmission of Former Students; 24 Recreation; 296-298 Recreation Management; 166-169, 259 Parks Option; 166, 169, 259 Recreational Activities; 298-299 Recreation Studies Minor; 208-209 Recreation Studies Skill Minor; 209 Refunds; 30-31 Registration and Scheduling; 10-11 Religious Organizations; 52 · Repeats; 11 Rights to Appeal; 12-13, 20-21, 34, 55-56 Residency, Graduation Requirements; 23,60 Residency, Michigan; 29 Robotics and Automation; 103-104 Robotics and Control Systems; 299 Room and Board; 31, 52-53 s Satisfactory Academic Progress; 12-13 Schedule Changes; 10-11 Schedule of Subjects; 10 Scholarships and Grants; 37-47 Schools: Business and Economics; 232 Criminal Justice, Fire Science and Education; 214-218 Engineering and Technology; 233-242 English and Speech; 219 Humanities and History; 220-225 Math and Computer Science; 243-244 Natural Sciences; 247-252 Nursing and Health Sciences; 253-259 Social Science; 226-230 Social Science; 170-171 Social Work; 299-300 Sociology; 172-173, 230, 300-301 Elementary and Secondary Education; 172-173 General Minor; 209 Social Work Minor; 209 Teaching Minor; 209 Lake Superior State University •1-888-800-LSSU • 319 �Spanish; 301 Language, Literature and Culture Minor;209 Speech; 301-302 Speech and Drama Minor; 209 Student: Classification; 10 Faculty /Relations Committee; 55-56 Government; 52 Organizations; 52, 228, 235 Services; 52-56 Service Courses; 302 Support Services and Accommodations; 24 Substance Abuse Prevention & Treatment; 198-199 Substance Abuse Counseling Minor; 209 T Teacher Education; 303 Teaching Minor; 209 Tech Prep; 26 Technical Accounting; 200 Telecommunications Engineering Technology; 201, 242, 272-273 Test Scores; 11 Testing Service; 54 Therapeutic Recreation; 174-175, 259 Transfer Students; 22-23 Transcripts; 15, 31 Tuition; 30 u University College; 23-24 University Seminar; 303 University Talk; 9 Upward Bound; 54-55 V Veterans; 50-51 Veterinary Medicine-Pre; 80 Vision Statement; 4 Vocational Rehabilitation; 49 w Waiver of Competency Requirements; 62-63 Withdrawal; 12, 30-31 Withdrawal Grades; 12 Work Study; 49 Writing Competency; 62 Writing Minor; 209 320 • Lake Superior State University• 1-888-800-LSSU �� Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource College Catalogs Subject The topic of the resource College Catalogs Description An account of the resource Historical collection of LSSU College Catalogs Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Lake Superior State University Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource © 2019 Board of Regents - Lake Superior State University. All Rights Reserved Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource application/pdf Language A language of the resource English Type The nature or genre of the resource text.serial Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Lake Superior State University Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1946- Text A resource consisting primarily of words for reading. Examples include books, letters, dissertations, poems, newspapers, articles, archives of mailing lists. Note that facsimiles or images of texts are still of the genre Text. Text Any textual data included in the document 8.5" X 11" 322 pp. Original Format The type of object, such as painting, sculpture, paper, photo, and additional data paper Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource College Catalog 1998-2000 Subject The topic of the resource College Catalogs Description An account of the resource Descriptions of academic programs, student services, general regulations, requirements and procedures. The publication describes all classes offered by the institution. Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Lake Superior State University Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived Registrar Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Lake Superior State University Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1998 Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource © 2021 Board of Trustees - Lake Superior State University. All Rights Reserved Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource application/pdf Language A language of the resource English Type The nature or genre of the resource text.serial Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context D20211015001 Coverage The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant 1998-2000 1990's 2000's classes College Catalogs degrees departments LSSU majors requirements https://d1y502jg6fpugt.cloudfront.net/32263/archive/files/6b8068e9aaf4c8323297b350ea6bd1e5.JPG?Expires=1779321600&Signature=ZyQtRtpH4HewkXhfbLTRXlQ8JrzYWRm5Gfi5bshM8z770aRuOSLy-oVZhPE6mSba8JLHvFEYyuNyvkp2P1E08J1KQRxooj4t3PAPFsgtJoDMTdrakSiUFLBoCnxIlMZODawFpuEgD%7E5EEM8%7ErlMqq9M0nyUZBY6bclJTqb5%7E%7Em%7EjRbi%7EpKHVc-fysq2QiofkowyLSK2G7rXT0CrFrKHlKYKFmTzq6V0p-ICyOMUdQC8YZ8kUsoQskEwK7VwZhwdhuwiADyCg5LNI3mBz-sgnoilKLWCZ0YmjIkbwrUEHmJYe0fMLiL8jfktOKB5Lt8Cagu8dfY6o5mOLQPGXqM9GCw__&Key-Pair-Id=K6UGZS9ZTDSZM 0174352fb17fc600ba934c3f2e92100c Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Photographs Subject The topic of the resource LSSU Campus History Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource © 2017 Board of Regents - Lake Superior State University. All Rights Reserved Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource image/jpeg Type The nature or genre of the resource Still Image Still Image A static visual representation. Examples include paintings, drawings, graphic designs, plans and maps. Recommended best practice is to assign the type Text to images of textual materials. Original Format The type of object, such as painting, sculpture, paper, photo, and additional data Photo Physical Dimensions The actual physical size of the original image 5" X 6.5" Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Taking a swing Subject The topic of the resource Athletics Description An account of the resource A LSSU Baseball player, takes a swing at a ball from the opposing team Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived College Relations Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Lake Superior State University Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource Circa 1990's Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource © 2021 Board of Regents - Lake Superior State University. All Rights Reserved Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource image/jpeg Type The nature or genre of the resource Still Image Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context P20210601003 baseball bat circa 1990's field game LSSU Player swing https://d1y502jg6fpugt.cloudfront.net/32263/archive/files/c70f2f4bafe38083505f935a7edf1dac.JPG?Expires=1779321600&Signature=lFuszKBXD7XozG9ZCO2xLSNjIxRaBoHg6HOpDsJeHizIWtRS5it-Y6rdA0nQoX9QZQPQX-xYXNzeHLTOzBuZQsUtcUAyPEbEqKw2b%7E0LZU5Pvq%7EpVnhXg7EsgCcE7VGEQ9r7%7EVipVNW6IA7cnyUPECIhGeh3EixjiSHJ-WwqTdt8FO9y738kjvXsuSCEZ3%7EAUdQ34pDKyASrXJigAM90PugfeufzBnKz%7EGnb1CZNK3uLRR9Vf48C3sWPKu4USt5b-wnv7Fo454%7Eay8RYZJbyE5FZeO6j881Iac7nAU97dbdwEzUd3cP-0xn0dUbuoeefDYDFyjiG8XDqERlwnutflg__&Key-Pair-Id=K6UGZS9ZTDSZM fbaa80e8e58e3c9259a38cf3d56ce3e2 Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Photographs Subject The topic of the resource LSSU Campus History Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource © 2017 Board of Regents - Lake Superior State University. All Rights Reserved Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource image/jpeg Type The nature or genre of the resource Still Image Still Image A static visual representation. Examples include paintings, drawings, graphic designs, plans and maps. Recommended best practice is to assign the type Text to images of textual materials. Original Format The type of object, such as painting, sculpture, paper, photo, and additional data Photo Physical Dimensions The actual physical size of the original image 9.5" X 6.5" Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Taking Aim Subject The topic of the resource Athletics Description An account of the resource A line of camp attendees, take their turn at making a shot Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived College Relations Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Lake Superior State University Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource Circa 1990's Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource © 2021 Board of Regents - Lake Superior State University. All Rights Reserved Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource image/jpeg Type The nature or genre of the resource Still Image Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context P20210601002 Basketball camp circa 1990's laker LSSU practice shot shots summer camps https://d1y502jg6fpugt.cloudfront.net/32263/archive/files/7ca2dd1d53a7b49c5be6bc334d7a66f4.JPG?Expires=1779321600&Signature=TypBp8VCD3IZ-A-d17VH0UDNnr5Jgf565n0OxtySx23sCdpY30n9vaqJrjDBY8xsSzwuB0g0-ud1WcXaspEnEBmQQEmAXiNxPdO16OniCTEJ%7ED7IQ0TdMOFPO9HV25QxljrnrHI0rAneOU57WyVmcQIQ1PfjBEr6bsLp7x9XdOaDNVmFjRR0lBtpFa6wkycszBZcRbFxazA7%7EtdDJw0oiWnEpjWTeMtoFNZvQYp7PT0UruGkds6qtDQKwCASu4DAFYtAo%7E45Rijqo5RNbES6yq4UXRQc1G1H4jXMaG7%7ERl4mMPgondzC6j7v%7EfXnzgWLbzT8l9F3zS-ONK9v7s6iWQ__&Key-Pair-Id=K6UGZS9ZTDSZM b2e56545491f936590fb8d92d46fe47e Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Photographs Subject The topic of the resource LSSU Campus History Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource © 2017 Board of Regents - Lake Superior State University. All Rights Reserved Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource image/jpeg Type The nature or genre of the resource Still Image Still Image A static visual representation. Examples include paintings, drawings, graphic designs, plans and maps. Recommended best practice is to assign the type Text to images of textual materials. Original Format The type of object, such as painting, sculpture, paper, photo, and additional data Photo Physical Dimensions The actual physical size of the original image 5.5" X 8.5" Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Shooting Hoops Subject The topic of the resource Athletics Description An account of the resource Two camp attendees take some practice shots during a summer camp Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived College Relations Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Lake Superior State University Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource Circa 1990's Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource © 2021 Board of Regents - Lake Superior State University. All Rights Reserved Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource image/jpeg Type The nature or genre of the resource Still Image Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context P20210601001 Basketball camp circa 1990's laker LSSU practice shot shots summer camps https://d1y502jg6fpugt.cloudfront.net/32263/archive/files/1242863cdad7547d2a271389b286cfe9.jpg?Expires=1779321600&Signature=Feb43JYnKIkZQuEd1rEtH88MeaqNtOsAg-KeLqriEWfVbLwhJvSNjZFQH8roR7gGBfZuiYWXfVqZhEaNQQDpl5i6tYxPGwBGFeVanpOFOD%7EH17FjgSdLUgDiebls5-GqQdsWPb%7E3VKDUQdN2aJagCuOkafYSQplbimILHeQHwqC%7E9l06GbZ-RefBaLfh5g4HYVfUFXs5RlcjiRx3aS5lVvpyZez6sNryoW%7E8ChbDe5ZGffjkTen2w8szUismpkCsZLsk9vWuc2mWPscb7wtZUmlQFGLkEe5tqi6Vz7YOt8Ym1q6CArwTwJpe5iWBZyPO7tH9u5ue3zachMAb%7ELdL0A__&Key-Pair-Id=K6UGZS9ZTDSZM c47acdb3b1977338046ab885509e8b59 Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Photographs Subject The topic of the resource LSSU Campus History Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource © 2017 Board of Regents - Lake Superior State University. All Rights Reserved Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource image/jpeg Type The nature or genre of the resource Still Image Still Image A static visual representation. Examples include paintings, drawings, graphic designs, plans and maps. Recommended best practice is to assign the type Text to images of textual materials. Original Format The type of object, such as painting, sculpture, paper, photo, and additional data Photo Physical Dimensions The actual physical size of the original image 7" X 5" Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Jane Briggs Hart Subject The topic of the resource Events Description An account of the resource Jane Briggs Hart - wife of Senator Philip A. Hart Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived College Relations Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Lake Superior State University Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource Circa 1990's Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource © 2020 Board of Regents - Lake Superior State University. All Rights Reserved Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource image/jpeg Type The nature or genre of the resource Still Image Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context P20200429010 1990's Campus event LSSU podium speaker https://d1y502jg6fpugt.cloudfront.net/32263/archive/files/b94c953b9262dd2eb01b2afd6a1037c4.jpg?Expires=1779321600&Signature=KbnWgafzggvCHr%7EM3i60sTgBh7kdPK8rwZgc77pTvHatTbXqzLlIRO%7EySkynAFix5LVPF5tqGIs3HLZGOwFR35CP9VMRsd5vYBPb-B7N6QjO-yE1H3X42YWLMv8f1E7nfZ-0rQCL8DrMNjfX--2Zxp4yRfMaMKYn05np-SH0ruBtCvuCIEuIScQmiUOaC8paDJQEs8o7J7DUmBq0HmZdTOUgZVWaCdS-zSVcVhFiRyPmc34b98H%7EK51BF4-CZy5GwoK5rMkFFAG2hQdIgGY3TINm7dy%7E8YxECEVc6BfinozMB%7EwLu588xzDcDnS%7EW-4JWR-OP5UJPTn39UC8lCYluQ__&Key-Pair-Id=K6UGZS9ZTDSZM 4f1507cc81fd4e74dd3f1065dc0ca36e Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Photographs Subject The topic of the resource LSSU Campus History Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource © 2017 Board of Regents - Lake Superior State University. All Rights Reserved Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource image/jpeg Type The nature or genre of the resource Still Image Still Image A static visual representation. Examples include paintings, drawings, graphic designs, plans and maps. Recommended best practice is to assign the type Text to images of textual materials. Original Format The type of object, such as painting, sculpture, paper, photo, and additional data Photo Physical Dimensions The actual physical size of the original image 7" X 5" Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Speaker Reception Subject The topic of the resource Events Description An account of the resource Attendees loiter in the lobby of the center where Bob Dole held a speaking event Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived College Relations Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Lake Superior State University Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource Circa 1990's Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource © 2020 Board of Regents - Lake Superior State University. All Rights Reserved Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource image/jpeg Type The nature or genre of the resource Still Image Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context P20200429005 1990's bob dole campaign dole event LSSU presidential run senator bob dole senator dole speaking https://d1y502jg6fpugt.cloudfront.net/32263/archive/files/86cc2962e51429fdf3ad0f1165383579.jpg?Expires=1779321600&Signature=OAiXi3-WsBhplfDaAa9jcpIaS6WM-Sy7pqcMlWAwp1-lS0j7rR1sD3PanCWbbpubIdnMo0xOAo1cKSVocPUOypA5Yn5pWCjzsLen3yzkCb17iYfeJtWojcYaeryVttnjgjWwkbiOE83n1NhfVgRbA9QLRxp5pADN7B%7E21L-UP5paOuD2yJp8ceANRVmcFbw18R%7ElC-Ub8lrmbtLOiT3SdBEAOtIlBWb7WxXI8LN-TuR3CCoQ2Fy-qhOP94rwCP9zwEzgPG21ECvu8S-pwH3s9-j5JUsYbdsWqX9w3yV7DDxdVuKkgQac2xKsoNlkOa%7EqXDFRlHXLT7NqyCGUZD32cA__&Key-Pair-Id=K6UGZS9ZTDSZM 5ed3254c4e3b82808991874a38d90f70 Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Photographs Subject The topic of the resource LSSU Campus History Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource © 2017 Board of Regents - Lake Superior State University. All Rights Reserved Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource image/jpeg Type The nature or genre of the resource Still Image Still Image A static visual representation. Examples include paintings, drawings, graphic designs, plans and maps. Recommended best practice is to assign the type Text to images of textual materials. Original Format The type of object, such as painting, sculpture, paper, photo, and additional data Photo Physical Dimensions The actual physical size of the original image 7"X 5" Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Levin and Dole Subject The topic of the resource Events Description An account of the resource Senator Carl Levin shakes hands with an attendee at Philip A. Hart Scholarship 20th anniversary event held at the Museum of African American History in Detroit. Bob Dole is in the background. Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived College Relations Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Lake Superior State University Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource September 28, 1997 Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource © 2020 Board of Regents - Lake Superior State University. All Rights Reserved Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource image/jpeg Type The nature or genre of the resource Still Image Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context P20200429001 1990's 1997 bob dole Carl Levin dole event LSSU president arbuckle presidential run senator bob dole Senator Carl Levin senator dole speaking